MSF Furnishing Training Package

Release: 8.0

Contents

MSF Furnishing Training Package	29

MSF10122 Certificate I in Furnishing	30

MSF20122 Certificate II in Furnishing	32

MSF20322 Certificate II in Cabinet Making and Timber Technology	38

MSF20413 Certificate II in Glass and Glazing	41

MSF20522 Certificate II in Furniture Making Pathways	45

MSF30122 Certificate III in Furniture Finishing	48

MSF30322 Certificate III in Cabinet Making and Timber Technology	52

MSF30422 Certificate III in Glass and Glazing	59

MSF30518 Certificate III in Picture Framing	65

MSF30722 Certificate III in Upholstery	68

MSF30822 Certificate III in Flooring Technology	71

MSF30919 Certificate III in Blinds, Awnings, Security Screens and Grilles	78

MSF31018 Certificate III in Interior Decoration Retail Services	84

MSF40122 Certificate IV in Interior Decoration	88

MSF40222 Certificate IV in Furniture Design and Manufacturing	91

MSF40318 Certificate IV in Kitchen and Bathroom Design	96

MSF40422 Certificate IV in Glass and Glazing	100

MSF40522 Certificate IV in Piano Technology	105

MSF50222 Diploma of Interior Design	108

MSF50322 Diploma of Furniture Design and Manufacturing	112

MSF60122 Advanced Diploma of Interior Design	116

MSFSS00014 Kitchen and Bathroom Installer Licence	121

MSFSS00015 Fitted Furniture Installation	123

MSFSS00016 Piano Tuning	125

MSFSS00017 Fitted Furniture Estimating	127

MSFSS00018 Piano Repair and Maintenance	129

MSFSS00019 Install solid timber floors	131

MSFSS00020 Install resin flooring	133

MSFSS00021 Polished concrete and terrazzo	135

MSFSS00022 Flooring project planning	137

MSFSS00023 Sand and finish timber floors	139

MSFSS00024 Install resilient plank and tile flooring	141

MSFSS00025 Install resilient flooring (advanced)	143

MSFSS00026 Install pre-finished flooring	145

MSFSS00027 Install commercial carpet	147

MSFSS00028 Install residential carpet	149

MSFSS00029 Waterproof internal wet areas	150

MSFBA2011 Select and apply hardware and fixings for blinds, awnings, screens and grilles	152

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA2011 Select and apply hardware and fixings for blinds, awnings, screens and grilles	155

MSFBA2012 Use blinds, awnings, security screens and grilles hand and power tools	159

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA2012 Use blinds, awnings, security screens and grilles hand and power tools	161

MSFBA2013 Set up, operate and maintain blinds and awnings static machines	164

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA2013 Set up, operate and maintain blinds and awnings static machines	167

MSFBA2014 Construct metal louvre and canopy-hooded style awnings	170

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA2014 Construct metal louvre and canopy-hooded style awnings	172

MSFBA3011 Assemble awnings	174

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA3011 Assemble awnings	177

MSFBA3012 Assemble interior blinds	180

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA3012 Assemble interior blinds	183

MSFBA3014 Assemble pelmets	186

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA3014 Assemble pelmets	189

MSFBA3015 Install louvre shutters	193

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA3015 Install louvre shutters	197

MSFBA3016 Install awnings	201

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA3016 Install awnings	205

MSFBA3017 Install interior blinds	209

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA3017 Install interior blinds	212

MSFBA3018 Assess suitability of blinds and awnings	215

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA3018 Assess suitability of blinds and awnings	218

MSFBA3019 Assemble roller shutters	221

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA3019 Assemble roller shutters	224

MSFBA3020 Install roller shutters	227

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA3020 Install roller shutters	231

MSFBA3021 Assemble louvre shutters	235

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA3021 Assemble louvre shutters	238

MSFCP2005 Use coopering sector hand and power tools	241

Assessment Requirements for MSFCP2005 Use coopering sector hand and power tools	243

MSFCP3001 Produce barrels using non-fired processes	246

Assessment Requirements for MSFCP3001 Produce barrels using non-fired processes	249

MSFCP3002 Produce barrels using fired processes	251

Assessment Requirements for MSFCP3002 Produce barrels using fired processes	254

MSFCP3003 Maintain and repair barrels	256

Assessment Requirements for MSFCP3003 Maintain and repair barrels	259

MSFDG3001 Protect leadlight and stained glass	261

Assessment Requirements for MSFDG3001 Protect leadlight and stained glass	263

MSFDG3002 Prepare and install architectural engineered leadlight and stained glass	265

Assessment Requirements for MSFDG3002 Prepare and install architectural engineered leadlight and stained glass	268

MSFDG3004 Assemble copper foil glass components	270

Assessment Requirements for MSFDG3004 Assemble copper foil glass components	273

MSFDG3005 Fuse glass	275

Assessment Requirements for MSFDG3005 Fuse glass	278

MSFDG3006 Process coloured and textured glass by hand	280

Assessment Requirements for MSFDG3006 Process coloured and textured glass by hand	283

MSFDN4003 Produce patterns and templates	285

Assessment Requirements for MSFDN4003 Produce patterns and templates	289

MSFFDM4001 Assemble custom furniture	291

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM4001 Assemble custom furniture	294

MSFFDM4002 Collect and interpret information to support production processes	297

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM4002 Collect and interpret information to support production processes	301

MSFFDM4003 Construct and evaluate prototypes and samples	303

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM4003 Construct and evaluate prototypes and samples	306

MSFFDM4004 Construct joints for custom furniture	309

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM4004 Construct joints for custom furniture	312

MSFFDM4005 Design, construct and test jigs	314

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM4005 Design, construct and test jigs	317

MSFFDM4006 Hand carve wood to custom design	319

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM4006 Hand carve wood to custom design	322

MSFFDM4007 Identify and calculate production costs	325

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM4007 Identify and calculate production costs	328

MSFFDM4008 Investigate materials and technologies for design projects	330

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM4008 Investigate materials and technologies for design projects	333

MSFFDM4009 Match furnishing style and materials to customer requirements	335

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM4009 Match furnishing style and materials to customer requirements	338

MSFFDM4010 Prepare and present design and manufacturing information	341

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM4010 Prepare and present design and manufacturing information	343

MSFFDM4011 Prepare tender submissions	345

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM4011 Prepare tender submissions	348

MSFFDM4012 Produce computer-aided line and component production drawings	350

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM4012 Produce computer-aided line and component production drawings	352

MSFFDM4013 Produce curved and shaped components for custom furniture	354

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM4013 Produce curved and shaped components for custom furniture	357

MSFFDM4014 Produce manual and computer-aided drawings from design concepts	360

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM4014 Produce manual and computer-aided drawings from design concepts	363

MSFFDM4015 Produce patterns and templates	365

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM4015 Produce patterns and templates	367

MSFFDM4016 Produce timber veneered components for custom furniture	369

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM4016 Produce timber veneered components for custom furniture	372

MSFFDM4017 Purchase materials and consumables	375

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM4017 Purchase materials and consumables	378

MSFFDM4018 Research and organise product inspection and testing	380

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM4018 Research and organise product inspection and testing	383

MSFFDM4019 Research and select manufacturing technologies	385

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM4019 Research and select manufacturing technologies	388

MSFFDM4020 Research and select product finishes	390

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM4020 Research and select product finishes	392

MSFFDM4021 Research furniture styles and movements	394

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM4021 Research furniture styles and movements	397

MSFFDM4022 Select, use and maintain hand tools for the creation of custom products	399

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM4022 Select, use and maintain hand tools for the creation of custom products	402

MSFFDM4023 Set up, operate and maintain basic static woodworking machines for furniture designs	404

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM4023 Set up, operate and maintain basic static woodworking machines for furniture designs	407

MSFFDM5001 Construct custom furniture using advanced techniques	409

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM5001 Construct custom furniture using advanced techniques	414

MSFFDM5002 Coordinate and optimise workplace maintenance programs	416

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM5002 Coordinate and optimise workplace maintenance programs	419

MSFFDM5003 Design product suitable for batched or limited production	421

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM5003 Design product suitable for batched or limited production	425

MSFFDM5004 Design product suitable for high-volume technology services in production	428

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM5004 Design product suitable for high-volume technology services in production	432

MSFFDM5005 Design product suitable for mass production	435

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM5005 Design product suitable for mass production	438

MSFFDM5006 Develop and document technical workplace information	440

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM5006 Develop and document technical workplace information	442

MSFFDM5007 Develop, trial and evaluate prototypes	444

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM5007 Develop, trial and evaluate prototypes	447

MSFFDM5008 Evaluate design proposals and concepts	450

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM5008 Evaluate design proposals and concepts	453

MSFFDM5009 Generate and transfer complex computer-aided drawings and specifications	455

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM5009 Generate and transfer complex computer-aided drawings and specifications	458

MSFFDM5010 Investigate ergonomic, anthropometric and proxemic considerations for design	460

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM5010 Investigate ergonomic, anthropometric and proxemic considerations for design	462

MSFFDM5011 Plan production	464

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM5011 Plan production	467

MSFFDM5012 Research, test and apply materials and technologies for design projects	469

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM5012 Research, test and apply materials and technologies for design projects	472

MSFFDM5013 Work collaboratively on design projects	474

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM5013 Work collaboratively on design projects	476

MSFFDT3001 Install low-voltage technology, automation, and intelligent management systems in furnishing	478

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT3001 Install low-voltage technology, automation, and intelligent management systems in furnishing	481

MSFFF2009 Use furniture finishing hand and power tools	484

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF2009 Use furniture finishing hand and power tools	486

MSFFF2010 Dismantle and reassemble furniture for finishing	488

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF2010 Dismantle and reassemble furniture for finishing	491

MSFFF2011 Remove surface coatings	493

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF2011 Remove surface coatings	495

MSFFF2012 Prepare surfaces for finishing	498

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF2012 Prepare surfaces for finishing	500

MSFFF2013 Maintain spray equipment and booth	502

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF2013 Maintain spray equipment and booth	505

MSFFF2014 Apply surface coatings by spray gun	508

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF2014 Apply surface coatings by spray gun	511

MSFFF2015 Apply stains, fillers and bleach	513

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF2015 Apply stains, fillers and bleach	516

MSFFF2016 Apply surface coatings by hand	519

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF2016 Apply surface coatings by hand	522

MSFFF3010 Match and make up colours	524

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF3010 Match and make up colours	527

MSFFF3011 Set up, operate and maintain mechanical coating systems	530

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF3011 Set up, operate and maintain mechanical coating systems	533

MSFFF3012 Apply plural component coatings	536

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF3012 Apply plural component coatings	539

MSFFF3013 Apply soft rubber techniques	541

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF3013 Apply soft rubber techniques	544

MSFFF3014 Enhance finishes	546

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF3014 Enhance finishes	549

MSFFF3015 Repair and touch up surfaces	551

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF3015 Repair and touch up surfaces	554

MSFFF3016 Apply graining and decorative finishes	557

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF3016 Apply graining and decorative finishes	560

MSFFF3017 Apply traditional French polishing techniques	563

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF3017 Apply traditional French polishing techniques	567

MSFFF3018 Set up, operate and maintain computer numerically controlled (CNC) coating systems	570

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF3018 Set up, operate and maintain computer numerically controlled (CNC) coating systems	573

MSFFL3102 Receive and prepare flooring materials	576

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3102 Receive and prepare flooring materials	579

MSFFL3103 Install soft carpet underlay and grippers	581

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3103 Install soft carpet underlay and grippers	584

MSFFL3104 Install unpatterned tufted carpet	586

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3104 Install unpatterned tufted carpet	589

MSFFL3105 Install laminate and hybrid vinyl flooring	591

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3105 Install laminate and hybrid vinyl flooring	594

MSFFL3106 Establish and maintain safe flooring installation work areas	596

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3106 Establish and maintain safe flooring installation work areas	599

MSFFL3107 Assess flooring installation sites	601

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3107 Assess flooring installation sites	603

MSFFL3108 Polish concrete floors	606

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3108 Polish concrete floors	609

MSFFL3109 Install carpet tiles	611

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3109 Install carpet tiles	614

MSFFL3110 Install adhesive-fixed carpet	617

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3110 Install adhesive-fixed carpet	620

MSFFL3111 Install commercial carpet	622

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3111 Install commercial carpet	625

MSFFL3112 Install patterned carpet	627

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3112 Install patterned carpet	630

MSFFL3113 Install carpet on complex stairs	632

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3113 Install carpet on complex stairs	635

MSFFL3114 Install resilient tiles and planks	637

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3114 Install resilient tiles and planks	640

MSFFL3115 Install commercial sheet vinyl flooring	642

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3115 Install commercial sheet vinyl flooring	645

MSFFL3116 Install resilient sheet to walls	648

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3116 Install resilient sheet to walls	651

MSFFL3117 Install mosaic and panel parquetry flooring	653

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3117 Install mosaic and panel parquetry flooring	656

MSFFL3118 Install sprung timber flooring	658

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3118 Install sprung timber flooring	661

MSFFL3119 Install timber battens and plywood in preparation to install strip timber	663

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3119 Install timber battens and plywood in preparation to install strip timber	666

MSFFL3120 Install timber flooring on joists	668

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3120 Install timber flooring on joists	671

MSFFL3121 Apply emulsion wax and oil-based coatings to timber floors	673

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3121 Apply emulsion wax and oil-based coatings to timber floors	676

MSFFL3122 Fine sand timber floors	678

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3122 Fine sand timber floors	681

MSFFL3123 Edge sand timber floors	683

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3123 Edge sand timber floors	686

MSFFL3124 Sand cork floors	688

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3124 Sand cork floors	691

MSFFL3125 Mix and apply thin-set terrazzo	693

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3125 Mix and apply thin-set terrazzo	696

MSFFL3126 Grout polished concrete floors	698

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3126 Grout polished concrete floors	700

MSFFL3127 Install synthetic textile floor coverings in indoor and outdoor facilities	702

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3127 Install synthetic textile floor coverings in indoor and outdoor facilities	705

MSFFM2013 Use furniture making hand and power tools	707

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM2013 Use furniture making hand and power tools	709

MSFFM2014 Select and apply hardware	711

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM2014 Select and apply hardware	713

MSFFM2015 Apply sheet laminates by hand	715

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM2015 Apply sheet laminates by hand	718

MSFFM2016 Join solid timber	720

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM2016 Join solid timber	723

MSFFM2017 Hand make timber joints	725

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM2017 Hand make timber joints	728

MSFFM2018 Operate basic static machines safely	731

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM2018 Operate basic static machines safely	734

MSFFM2019 Assemble furnishing products	736

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM2019 Assemble furnishing products	738

MSFFM3024 Construct jigs and fixtures	740

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3024 Construct jigs and fixtures	745

MSFFM3025 Construct furniture using leg and rail method	747

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3025 Construct furniture using leg and rail method	750

MSFFM3026 Produce angled and curved components using manufactured board	752

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3026 Produce angled and curved components using manufactured board	755

MSFFM3027 Produce angled and curved components using solid timber	757

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3027 Produce angled and curved components using solid timber	760

MSFFM3028 Prepare and apply decorative surfaces for furnishing products	762

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3028 Prepare and apply decorative surfaces for furnishing products	765

MSFFM3029 Select timbers for furniture production	767

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3029 Select timbers for furniture production	769

MSFFM3030 Produce manual and computer-aided production drawings	771

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3030 Produce manual and computer-aided production drawings	773

MSFFM3031 Prepare cutting lists from design and production documentation	775

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3031 Prepare cutting lists from design and production documentation	777

MSFFM3032 Set up, operate and maintain sawing machines	778

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3032 Set up, operate and maintain sawing machines	781

MSFFM3033 Set up, operate and maintain drilling machines	784

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3033 Set up, operate and maintain drilling machines	787

MSFFM3034 Set up, operate and maintain joining machines	789

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3034 Set up, operate and maintain joining machines	792

MSFFM3035 Set up, operate and maintain planing and finishing machines	794

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3035 Set up, operate and maintain planing and finishing machines	797

MSFFM3036 Set up, operate and maintain multi-head planing and moulding machines	799

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3036 Set up, operate and maintain multi-head planing and moulding machines	802

MSFFM3037 Set up, operate and maintain routing and shaping machines	804

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3037 Set up, operate and maintain routing and shaping machines	807

MSFFM3038 Set up, operate and maintain automated edge banding machines	809

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3038 Set up, operate and maintain automated edge banding machines	812

MSFFM3039 Fabricate synthetic solid surface products	814

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3039 Fabricate synthetic solid surface products	817

MSFFM3040 Produce and maintain cutting tools	819

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3040 Produce and maintain cutting tools	822

MSFFM3041 Determine and document requirements for cabinetry installation	824

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3041 Determine and document requirements for cabinetry installation	827

MSFFM3042 Fabricate cabinetry	830

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3042 Fabricate cabinetry	833

MSFFM3043 Install cabinetry	835

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3043 Install cabinetry	838

MSFFM3044 Set up, operate and maintain computer numerically controlled (CNC) sizing machines	840

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3044 Set up, operate and maintain computer numerically controlled (CNC) sizing machines	843

MSFFM3045 Set up, operate and maintain computer numerically controlled (CNC) machining and processing centres	845

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3045 Set up, operate and maintain computer numerically controlled (CNC) machining and processing centres	848

MSFFP2011 Use timber furnishing construction techniques	850

Assessment Requirements for MSFFP2011 Use timber furnishing construction techniques	853

MSFFP2012 Join furnishing materials	855

Assessment Requirements for MSFFP2012 Join furnishing materials	857

MSFFP2013 Use basic artwork framing techniques	859

Assessment Requirements for MSFFP2013 Use basic artwork framing techniques	862

MSFFP2014 Use basic finishing techniques on timber surfaces	864

Assessment Requirements for MSFFP2014 Use basic finishing techniques on timber surfaces	867

MSFFP2015 Use basic upholstery techniques	870

Assessment Requirements for MSFFP2015 Use basic upholstery techniques	872

MSFFP2016 Construct a basic roll-up blind	874

Assessment Requirements for MSFFP2016 Construct a basic roll-up blind	877

MSFFP2017 Develop a career plan for the furnishing industry	879

Assessment Requirements for MSFFP2017 Develop a career plan for the furnishing industry	881

MSFFP2018 Source and review information about furnishing product materials	883

Assessment Requirements for MSFFP2018 Source and review information about furnishing product materials	885

MSFFP2019 Source and review information about kitchen, bathroom and laundry design	888

Assessment Requirements for MSFFP2019 Source and review information about kitchen, bathroom and laundry design	890

MSFFP2020 Undertake a basic furniture making project	893

Assessment Requirements for MSFFP2020 Undertake a basic furniture making project	896

MSFFT4013 Coordinate onsite installation of cabinetry	899

Assessment Requirements for MSFFT4013 Coordinate onsite installation of cabinetry	902

MSFGG2017 Fabricate and install insect and security screens	904

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG2017 Fabricate and install insect and security screens	907

MSFGG3032 Mirror glass	909

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3032 Mirror glass	912

MSFGG4017 Apply standards and codes of practice for the glass and glazing industry	914

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG4017 Apply standards and codes of practice for the glass and glazing industry	917

MSFGG4018 Use specialised glass and glazing industry applications	919

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG4018 Use specialised glass and glazing industry applications	922

MSFGG4019 Manage glass and glazing industry production scheduling	924

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG4019 Manage glass and glazing industry production scheduling	927

MSFGG4020 Perform laser measurement and levelling of glass windows and doors	929

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG4020 Perform laser measurement and levelling of glass windows and doors	932

MSFGG4021 Operate complex glass processing plant control systems	934

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG4021 Operate complex glass processing plant control systems	938

MSFGG4022 Manage glass processing plant shutdown and restart	940

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG4022 Manage glass processing plant shutdown and restart	942

MSFGG4023 Plan and coordinate complex glazing installations	944

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG4023 Plan and coordinate complex glazing installations	947

MSFGG4024 Assess designed glass conservation requirements	949

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG4024 Assess designed glass conservation requirements	952

MSFGG4025 Apply innovation in contemporary designed glass	954

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG4025 Apply innovation in contemporary designed glass	957

MSFGN2004 Produce simple scale drawings by hand	959

Assessment Requirements for MSFGN2004 Produce simple scale drawings by hand	961

MSFGN3003 Advise customers on products and services	963

Assessment Requirements for MSFGN3003 Advise customers on products and services	966

MSFGN3004 Resolve quality and compliance issues	968

Assessment Requirements for MSFGN3004 Resolve quality and compliance issues	972

MSFGN3005 Read and interpret work documents	974

Assessment Requirements for MSFGN3005 Read and interpret work documents	976

MSFGN3006 Estimate and cost job	978

Assessment Requirements for MSFGN3006 Estimate and cost job	981

MSFGN3007 Set up and operate a self-employed contracting business	983

Assessment Requirements for MSFGN3007 Set up and operate a self-employed contracting business	986

MSFKB2003 Prepare for cabinetry installation	988

Assessment Requirements for MSFKB2003 Prepare for cabinetry installation	991

MSFKB2004 Provide assistance in cabinetry installation	993

Assessment Requirements for MSFKB2004 Provide assistance in cabinetry installation	996

MSFKB3012 Plan kitchen and bathroom projects	998

Assessment Requirements for MSFKB3012 Plan kitchen and bathroom projects	1000

MSFPF3010 De-frame artwork	1002

Assessment Requirements for MSFPF3010 De-frame artwork	1004

MSFPT4000 Select and use materials for piano repair and manufacture	1006

Assessment Requirements for MSFPT4000 Select and use materials for piano repair and manufacture	1009

MSFPT4001 Provide advice to customers on piano tuning and repair	1013

Assessment Requirements for MSFPT4001 Provide advice to customers on piano tuning and repair	1016

MSFPT4002 Research and apply information about piano technology	1018

Assessment Requirements for MSFPT4002 Research and apply information about piano technology	1020

MSFPT4003 Repair piano actions, keys and pedals	1023

Assessment Requirements for MSFPT4003 Repair piano actions, keys and pedals	1026

MSFPT4004 Regulate actions, keys and pedals of upright pianos	1029

Assessment Requirements for MSFPT4004 Regulate actions, keys and pedals of upright pianos	1032

MSFPT4005 Regulate actions, keys and pedals of grand pianos	1034

Assessment Requirements for MSFPT4005 Regulate actions, keys and pedals of grand pianos	1037

MSFPT4006 Apply piano tuning theory and basic acoustics	1039

Assessment Requirements for MSFPT4006 Apply piano tuning theory and basic acoustics	1041

MSFPT4007 Control tuning hammers	1043

Assessment Requirements for MSFPT4007 Control tuning hammers	1045

MSFPT4008 Pitch raise a piano	1047

Assessment Requirements for MSFPT4008 Pitch raise a piano	1050

MSFPT4009 Tune unisons aurally to a beatless condition	1052

Assessment Requirements for MSFPT4009 Tune unisons aurally to a beatless condition	1054

MSFPT4010 Tune octaves aurally to appropriate stretch	1056

Assessment Requirements for MSFPT4010 Tune octaves aurally to appropriate stretch	1059

MSFPT4011 Tune a temperament octave to produce an equally tempered scale	1061

Assessment Requirements for MSFPT4011 Tune a temperament octave to produce an equally tempered scale	1063

MSFPT4012 Tune a piano aurally and electronically	1065

Assessment Requirements for MSFPT4012 Tune a piano aurally and electronically	1068

MSFPT4013 Voice a piano	1071

Assessment Requirements for MSFPT4013 Voice a piano	1074

MSFSF2015 Cut single layer fabrics	1076

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF2015 Cut single layer fabrics	1079

MSFSF2016 Operate a steam press	1082

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF2016 Operate a steam press	1085

MSFSF2017 Construct unlined curtains and drapes	1087

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF2017 Construct unlined curtains and drapes	1090

MSFSF2018 Construct lined curtains and drapes	1092

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF2018 Construct lined curtains and drapes	1095

MSFSF2019 Construct padded pelmets	1097

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF2019 Construct padded pelmets	1100

MSFSF2020 Make up tracks for window coverings	1102

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF2020 Make up tracks for window coverings	1105

MSFSF2021 Fit and adjust curtain hardware	1107

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF2021 Fit and adjust curtain hardware	1109

MSFSF2022 Cut single layer fabrics	1111

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF2022 Cut single layer fabrics	1113

MSFSF3014 Construct Roman-style blinds	1115

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF3014 Construct Roman-style blinds	1118

MSFSF3015 Construct Roman-style blinds	1122

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF3015 Construct Roman-style blinds	1125

MSFSF3016 Lay out patterns and cut fabrics	1128

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF3016 Lay out patterns and cut fabrics	1131

MSFSF3017 Measure up and calculate fabric quantities for window coverings	1133

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF3017 Measure up and calculate fabric quantities for window coverings	1136

MSFSF3018 Advise customers on interior decoration products	1138

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF3018 Advise customers on interior decoration products	1141

MSFSS2003 Undertake surface preparation	1143

Assessment Requirements for MSFSS2003 Undertake surface preparation	1147

MSFSS2004 Rectify faults in product	1149

Assessment Requirements for MSFSS2004 Rectify faults in product	1152

MSFSS3004 Install non-security and security screens and grilles	1154

Assessment Requirements for MSFSS3004 Install non-security and security screens and grilles	1157

MSFSS3005 Assemble non-security and security screens and grilles	1161

Assessment Requirements for MSFSS3005 Assemble non-security and security screens and grilles	1164

MSFUP2007 Use upholstery hand and power tools	1168

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP2007 Use upholstery hand and power tools	1170

MSFUP2008 Fit upholstery components	1172

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP2008 Fit upholstery components	1175

MSFUP2009 Apply contemporary foundations to upholstered furniture	1178

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP2009 Apply contemporary foundations to upholstered furniture	1181

MSFUP2010 Machine sew basic upholstery final cover materials	1183

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP2010 Machine sew basic upholstery final cover materials	1186

MSFUP2011 Develop cutting plan and cut single layer upholstery fabric	1188

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP2011 Develop cutting plan and cut single layer upholstery fabric	1191

MSFUP2012 Dismantle and reassemble furniture for upholstering	1193

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP2012 Dismantle and reassemble furniture for upholstering	1196

MSFUP3015 Apply traditional foundations to upholstered furniture	1198

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP3015 Apply traditional foundations to upholstered furniture	1201

MSFUP3016 Fit and apply final cover materials to furniture using basic techniques	1203

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP3016 Fit and apply final cover materials to furniture using basic techniques	1206

MSFUP3017 Fit and apply final cover materials to furniture using decorative techniques	1208

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP3017 Fit and apply final cover materials to furniture using decorative techniques	1211

MSFUP3018 Lay out patterns and cut leather	1213

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP3018 Lay out patterns and cut leather	1216

MSFUP3019 Machine sew complex upholstery final cover materials	1218

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP3019 Machine sew complex upholstery final cover materials	1221

MSFUP3020 Fit and apply leather to furniture	1223

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP3020 Fit and apply leather to furniture	1226

MSFUP3021 Manufacture and fit loose covers	1228

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP3021 Manufacture and fit loose covers	1231

MSFUP3022 Apply finishing techniques to upholstered furniture	1233

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP3022 Apply finishing techniques to upholstered furniture	1236

MSFUP3023 Develop cutting plan and cut multiple layer upholstery fabric	1238

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP3023 Develop cutting plan and cut multiple layer upholstery fabric	1241

MSFUP3024 Cut, sew and fit skirts to upholstered furniture	1243

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP3024 Cut, sew and fit skirts to upholstered furniture	1246

MSFUP3025 Cut, sew, fit or fill cushions	1248

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP3025 Cut, sew, fit or fill cushions	1251

MSFUP3026 Apply marine sewing and installation techniques	1253

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP3026 Apply marine sewing and installation techniques	1256

MSFUP3027 Cut and sew canvas and acrylics	1258

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP3027 Cut and sew canvas and acrylics	1261

AHCLSC308 Install metal structures and features	1263

Assessment Requirements for AHCLSC308 Install metal structures and features	1266

AURVTT121 Select and apply adhesives in automotive and marine service and repair work	1268

Assessment Requirements for AURVTT121 Select and apply adhesives in automotive and marine service and repair work	1271

BSBADM311 Maintain business resources	1274

Assessment Requirements for BSBADM311 Maintain business resources	1277

BSBCRT311 Apply critical thinking skills in a team environment	1279

Assessment Requirements for BSBCRT311 Apply critical thinking skills in a team environment	1282

BSBCRT412 Articulate, present and debate ideas	1284

Assessment Requirements for BSBCRT412 Articulate, present and debate ideas	1287

BSBCRT413 Collaborate in creative processes	1289

Assessment Requirements for BSBCRT413 Collaborate in creative processes	1292

BSBCRT512 Originate and develop concepts	1294

Assessment Requirements for BSBCRT512 Originate and develop concepts	1297

BSBCUS301 Deliver and monitor a service to customers	1299

Assessment Requirements for BSBCUS301 Deliver and monitor a service to customers	1303

BSBESB303 Organise finances for new business ventures	1305

Assessment Requirements for BSBESB303 Organise finances for new business ventures	1307

BSBESB305 Address compliance requirements for new business ventures	1309

Assessment Requirements for BSBESB305 Address compliance requirements for new business ventures	1312

BSBESB401 Research and develop business plans	1314

Assessment Requirements for BSBESB401 Research and develop business plans	1317

BSBESB402 Establish legal and risk management requirements of new business ventures	1319

Assessment Requirements for BSBESB402 Establish legal and risk management requirements of new business ventures	1322

BSBESB403 Plan finances for new business ventures	1324

Assessment Requirements for BSBESB403 Plan finances for new business ventures	1327

BSBESB404 Market new business ventures	1329

Assessment Requirements for BSBESB404 Market new business ventures	1332

BSBESB405 Manage compliance for small businesses	1334

Assessment Requirements for BSBESB405 Manage compliance for small businesses	1337

BSBESB406 Establish operational strategies and procedures for new business ventures	1339

Assessment Requirements for BSBESB406 Establish operational strategies and procedures for new business ventures	1342

BSBESB407 Manage finances for new business ventures	1344

Assessment Requirements for BSBESB407 Manage finances for new business ventures	1347

BSBFIN302 Maintain financial records	1349

Assessment Requirements for BSBFIN302 Maintain financial records	1352

BSBFLM303 Contribute to effective workplace relationships	1354

Assessment Requirements for BSBFLM303 Contribute to effective workplace relationships	1358

BSBFLM309 Support continuous improvement systems and processes	1360

Assessment Requirements for BSBFLM309 Support continuous improvement systems and processes	1363

BSBINN201 Contribute to workplace innovation	1365

Assessment Requirements for BSBINN201 Contribute to workplace innovation	1368

BSBINS410 Implement records systems for small business	1370

Assessment Requirements for BSBINS410 Implement records systems for small business	1373

BSBITU306 Design and produce business documents	1375

Assessment Requirements for BSBITU306 Design and produce business documents	1378

BSBLDR411 Demonstrate leadership in the workplace	1380

Assessment Requirements for BSBLDR411 Demonstrate leadership in the workplace	1383

BSBLDR412 Communicate effectively as a workplace leader	1385

Assessment Requirements for BSBLDR412 Communicate effectively as a workplace leader	1388

BSBLDR413 Lead effective workplace relationships	1390

Assessment Requirements for BSBLDR413 Lead effective workplace relationships	1393

BSBLDR414 Lead team effectiveness	1395

Assessment Requirements for BSBLDR414 Lead team effectiveness	1398

BSBLDR523 Lead and manage effective workplace relationships	1400

Assessment Requirements for BSBLDR523 Lead and manage effective workplace relationships	1403

BSBLEG525 Apply legal principles in intellectual property law matters	1405

Assessment Requirements for BSBLEG525 Apply legal principles in intellectual property law matters	1408

BSBMKG434 Promote products and services	1410

Assessment Requirements for BSBMKG434 Promote products and services	1413

BSBMKG541 Identify and evaluate marketing opportunities	1415

Assessment Requirements for BSBMKG541 Identify and evaluate marketing opportunities	1418

BSBOPS304 Deliver and monitor a service to customers	1420

Assessment Requirements for BSBOPS304 Deliver and monitor a service to customers	1423

BSBOPS305 Process customer complaints	1425

Assessment Requirements for BSBOPS305 Process customer complaints	1428

BSBOPS402 Coordinate business operational plans	1430

Assessment Requirements for BSBOPS402 Coordinate business operational plans	1433

BSBOPS403 Apply business risk management processes	1435

Assessment Requirements for BSBOPS403 Apply business risk management processes	1438

BSBOPS404 Implement customer service strategies	1440

Assessment Requirements for BSBOPS404 Implement customer service strategies	1443

BSBPEF301 Organise personal work priorities	1445

Assessment Requirements for BSBPEF301 Organise personal work priorities	1448

BSBPEF402 Develop personal work priorities	1450

Assessment Requirements for BSBPEF402 Develop personal work priorities	1453

BSBPEF501 Manage personal and professional development	1455

Assessment Requirements for BSBPEF501 Manage personal and professional development	1458

BSBPMG420 Apply project scope management techniques	1460

Assessment Requirements for BSBPMG420 Apply project scope management techniques	1463

BSBPMG430 Undertake project work	1465

Assessment Requirements for BSBPMG430 Undertake project work	1468

BSBPRO301 Recommend products and services	1470

Assessment Requirements for BSBPRO301 Recommend products and services	1473

BSBPRO401 Develop product knowledge	1475

Assessment Requirements for BSBPRO401 Develop product knowledge	1478

BSBSTR501 Establish innovative work environments	1480

Assessment Requirements for BSBSTR501 Establish innovative work environments	1483

BSBTEC201 Use business software applications	1485

Assessment Requirements for BSBTEC201 Use business software applications	1487

BSBTEC301 Design and produce business documents	1489

Assessment Requirements for BSBTEC301 Design and produce business documents	1492

BSBTWK401 Build and maintain business relationships	1494

Assessment Requirements for BSBTWK401 Build and maintain business relationships	1497

BSBWHS311 Assist with maintaining workplace safety	1499

Assessment Requirements for BSBWHS311 Assist with maintaining workplace safety	1502

BSBWHS411 Implement and monitor WHS policies, procedures and programs	1504

Assessment Requirements for BSBWHS411 Implement and monitor WHS policies, procedures and programs	1508

BSBXCM301 Engage in workplace communication	1510

Assessment Requirements for BSBXCM301 Engage in workplace communication	1513

CPCCBC4001 Apply building codes and standards to the construction process for Class 1 and 10 buildings	1515

Assessment Requirements for CPCCBC4001 Apply building codes and standards to the construction process for Class 1 and 10 buildings	1519

CPCCBC4002 Manage work health and safety in the building and construction workplace	1522

Assessment Requirements for CPCCBC4002 Manage work health and safety in the building and construction workplace	1525

CPCCBC4003 Select, prepare and administer a construction contract	1528

Assessment Requirements for CPCCBC4003 Select, prepare and administer a construction contract	1532

CPCCBC4004 Identify and produce estimated costs for building and construction projects	1534

Assessment Requirements for CPCCBC4004 Identify and produce estimated costs for building and construction projects	1537

CPCCBC4005 Produce labour and material schedules for ordering	1539

Assessment Requirements for CPCCBC4005 Produce labour and material schedules for ordering	1542

CPCCBC4008 Supervise site communication and administration processes for building and construction projects	1544

Assessment Requirements for CPCCBC4008 Supervise site communication and administration processes for building and construction projects	1548

CPCCBC4009 Apply legal requirements to building and construction projects	1551

Assessment Requirements for CPCCBC4009 Apply legal requirements to building and construction projects	1555

CPCCBC4012 Read and interpret plans and specifications	1557

Assessment Requirements for CPCCBC4012 Read and interpret plans and specifications	1560

CPCCCA3010 Install windows and doors	1562

Assessment Requirements for CPCCCA3010 Install windows and doors	1566

CPCCCA3014 Construct and install bulkheads	1568

Assessment Requirements for CPCCCA3014 Construct and install bulkheads	1571

CPCCCM2002 Carry out hand excavation	1573

Assessment Requirements for CPCCCM2002 Carry out hand excavation	1576

CPCCCM2006 Apply basic levelling procedures	1578

Assessment Requirements for CPCCCM2006 Apply basic levelling procedures	1583

CPCCCM2010 Work safely on scaffolding higher than two metres	1585

Assessment Requirements for CPCCCM2010 Work safely on scaffolding higher than two metres	1590

CPCCCM2012 Work safely at heights	1593

Assessment Requirements for CPCCCM2012 Work safely at heights	1597

CPCCCM3001 Operate elevated work platforms up to 11 metres	1600

Assessment Requirements for CPCCCM3001 Operate elevated work platforms up to 11 metres	1606

CPCCCO2013 Carry out concreting to simple forms	1610

Assessment Requirements for CPCCCO2013 Carry out concreting to simple forms	1613

CPCCJN3003 Manufacture components for doors, windows and frames	1616

Assessment Requirements for CPCCJN3003 Manufacture components for doors, windows and frames	1619

CPCCON3046 Repair and rectify concrete	1622

Assessment Requirements for CPCCON3046 Repair and rectify concrete	1625

CPCCON3047 Cut concrete	1628

Assessment Requirements for CPCCON3047 Cut concrete	1631

CPCCPB3004 Fix wet area sheets	1633

Assessment Requirements for CPCCPB3004 Fix wet area sheets	1636

CPCCSH2003A Apply and install sealant and sealant devices	1638

CPCCWC3004 Install suspended ceilings	1648

Assessment Requirements for CPCCWC3004 Install suspended ceilings	1651

CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry	1654

Assessment Requirements for CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry	1658

CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry	1662

Assessment Requirements for CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry	1665

CPCCWP3002 Apply waterproofing process to internal wet areas	1667

Assessment Requirements for CPCCWP3002 Apply waterproofing process to internal wet areas	1671

CPCSHP3005 Apply and trim decorative additions to shopfittings and components	1674

Assessment Requirements for CPCSHP3005 Apply and trim decorative additions to shopfittings and components	1677

CPCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry	1680

Assessment Requirements for CPCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry	1684

CPPBDN4107 Investigate construction methods for Class 1 and 10 buildings	1688

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4107 Investigate construction methods for Class 1 and 10 buildings	1692

CPPSEC2022 Install electronic locks and locking systems	1694

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2022 Install electronic locks and locking systems	1697

CUAACD101 Use basic drawing techniques	1699

Assessment Requirements for CUAACD101 Use basic drawing techniques	1701

CUAACD311 Produce drawings to communicate ideas	1703

Assessment Requirements for CUAACD311 Produce drawings to communicate ideas	1706

CUAACD312 Produce computer-aided drawings	1708

Assessment Requirements for CUAACD312 Produce computer-aided drawings	1711

CUAACD313 Produce technical drawings	1713

Assessment Requirements for CUAACD313 Produce technical drawings	1715

CUAACD314 Make scale models	1717

Assessment Requirements for CUAACD314 Make scale models	1720

CUAACD412 Experiment with moulding and casting techniques	1722

Assessment Requirements for CUAACD412 Experiment with moulding and casting techniques	1725

CUAACD508 Refine model making skills	1727

Assessment Requirements for CUAACD508 Refine model making skills	1730

CUAACD511 Make moulds and casts	1732

Assessment Requirements for CUAACD511 Make moulds and casts	1736

CUAACD537 Refine 3-D design ideas and processes	1738

Assessment Requirements for CUAACD537 Refine 3-D design ideas and processes	1741

CUAANM302 Create 3D digital animations	1743

Assessment Requirements for CUAANM302 Create 3D digital animations	1747

CUAANM313 Create 3D digital models	1749

Assessment Requirements for CUAANM313 Create 3D digital models	1752

CUAANM512 Create 3D digital environments	1754

Assessment Requirements for CUAANM512 Create 3D digital environments	1757

CUACAL311 Produce calligraphy	1759

Assessment Requirements for CUACAL311 Produce calligraphy	1762

CUADES201 Follow a design process	1764

Assessment Requirements for CUADES201 Follow a design process	1767

CUADES202 Evaluate the nature of design in a specific industry context	1769

Assessment Requirements for CUADES202 Evaluate the nature of design in a specific industry context	1772

CUADES301 Explore the use of colour	1774

Assessment Requirements for CUADES301 Explore the use of colour	1777

CUADES302 Explore and apply the creative design process to 2D forms	1779

Assessment Requirements for CUADES302 Explore and apply the creative design process to 2D forms	1782

CUADES303 Explore and apply the creative design process to 3D forms	1784

Assessment Requirements for CUADES303 Explore and apply the creative design process to 3D forms	1787

CUADES304 Source and apply design industry knowledge	1789

Assessment Requirements for CUADES304 Source and apply design industry knowledge	1792

CUADES305 Source and apply information on the history and theory of design	1794

Assessment Requirements for CUADES305 Source and apply information on the history and theory of design	1796

CUADES411 Generate design solutions	1798

Assessment Requirements for CUADES411 Generate design solutions	1801

CUADES412 Interpret and respond to a design brief	1803

Assessment Requirements for CUADES412 Interpret and respond to a design brief	1806

CUADES413 Develop and extend design skills and practice	1808

Assessment Requirements for CUADES413 Develop and extend design skills and practice	1811

CUADES422 Research and apply techniques in product design	1813

Assessment Requirements for CUADES422 Research and apply techniques in product design	1816

CUADES423 Research and apply techniques in spatial design	1818

Assessment Requirements for CUADES423 Research and apply techniques in spatial design	1821

CUADES511 Implement design solutions	1823

Assessment Requirements for CUADES511 Implement design solutions	1826

CUADES512 Establish, negotiate and refine a design brief	1828

Assessment Requirements for CUADES512 Establish, negotiate and refine a design brief	1831

CUADES611 Manage design realisation	1833

Assessment Requirements for CUADES611 Manage design realisation	1836

CUADES612 Research global design trends	1838

Assessment Requirements for CUADES612 Research global design trends	1841

CUADIG303 Produce and prepare photo images	1843

Assessment Requirements for CUADIG303 Produce and prepare photo images	1847

CUADIG304 Create visual design components	1849

Assessment Requirements for CUADIG304 Create visual design components	1852

CUADIG517 Design digital simulations	1854

Assessment Requirements for CUADIG517 Design digital simulations	1857

CUADIG519 Investigate technologies for the creation of digital art	1859

Assessment Requirements for CUADIG519 Investigate technologies for the creation of digital art	1862

CUADRA201 Develop drawing skills	1864

Assessment Requirements for CUADRA201 Develop drawing skills	1867

CUAGLA401 Experiment with techniques to produce glasswork	1869

Assessment Requirements for CUAGLA401 Experiment with techniques to produce glasswork	1873

CUAGLA501 Refine glassworking techniques	1875

Assessment Requirements for CUAGLA501 Refine glassworking techniques	1879

CUAGLA502 Investigate glassworking materials and processes	1881

Assessment Requirements for CUAGLA502 Investigate glassworking materials and processes	1885

CUAILL401 Develop and refine illustrative work	1887

Assessment Requirements for CUAILL401 Develop and refine illustrative work	1890

CUAPPR512 Develop sustainability of own professional practice	1892

Assessment Requirements for CUAPPR512 Develop sustainability of own professional practice	1895

CUAPPR513 Present a body of own creative work	1897

Assessment Requirements for CUAPPR513 Present a body of own creative work	1900

CUAPPR514 Establish and maintain environmentally sustainable creative practice	1902

Assessment Requirements for CUAPPR514 Establish and maintain environmentally sustainable creative practice	1905

CUAPPR515 Establish and maintain safe creative practice	1907

Assessment Requirements for CUAPPR515 Establish and maintain safe creative practice	1910

CUAPPR612 Collaborate in professional creative projects	1912

Assessment Requirements for CUAPPR612 Collaborate in professional creative projects	1915

CUAPPR613 Engage in the business of creative practice	1917

Assessment Requirements for CUAPPR613 Engage in the business of creative practice	1921

CUARES301 Apply knowledge of history and theory to own arts practice	1923

Assessment Requirements for CUARES301 Apply knowledge of history and theory to own arts practice	1926

CUASCU411 Experiment with techniques to produce sculpture	1928

Assessment Requirements for CUASCU411 Experiment with techniques to produce sculpture	1931

CUAWOO401 Experiment with techniques to produce wood objects	1933

Assessment Requirements for CUAWOO401 Experiment with techniques to produce wood objects	1937

HLTAID011 Provide First Aid	1939

Assessment Requirements for HLTAID011 Provide First Aid	1941

ICPPRN3840 Set up and produce basic digital print	1945

Assessment Requirements for ICPPRN3840 Set up and produce basic digital print	1949

MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering	1951

Assessment Requirements for MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering	1956

MEM16006 Organise and communicate information	1959

Assessment Requirements for MEM16006 Organise and communicate information	1963

MEM16008 Interact with computing technology	1965

Assessment Requirements for MEM16008 Interact with computing technology	1969

MEM18001C Use hand tools	1971

MEM18002B Use power tools/hand held operations	1977

MEM20003A Install and upgrade locks and hardware	1983

MEM20005A Install and maintain door control devices/systems	1991

MEM30031 Operate computer-aided design (CAD) system to produce basic drawing elements	2000

Assessment Requirements for MEM30031 Operate computer-aided design (CAD) system to produce basic drawing elements	2004

MEM30031A Operate computer-aided design (CAD) system to produce basic drawing elements	2006

MSAPMSUP201A Receive or despatch goods	2013

MSFDG2001 Assemble leadlight and stained glass components	2020

Assessment Requirements for MSFDG2001 Assemble leadlight and stained glass components	2023

MSFDG3003 Paint and fire glass	2025

Assessment Requirements for MSFDG3003 Paint and fire glass	2028

MSFFL2031 Remove existing floor coverings	2030

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2031 Remove existing floor coverings	2032

MSFFL2032 Select, prepare and apply moisture barriers to concrete subfloors	2034

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2032 Select, prepare and apply moisture barriers to concrete subfloors	2037

MSFFL2033 Install hard underlays	2039

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2033 Install hard underlays	2042

MSFFL2034 Prepare subfloors with cementitious coating applications	2044

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2034 Prepare subfloors with cementitious coating applications	2047

MSFFL2035 Mechanically prepare surfaces for installation of flooring materials	2049

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2035 Mechanically prepare surfaces for installation of flooring materials	2052

MSFFL2038 Install lay flat vinyl floor coverings	2054

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2038 Install lay flat vinyl floor coverings	2057

MSFFL2040 Install engineered timber flooring	2059

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2040 Install engineered timber flooring	2062

MSFFL2041 Install impact and sound absorption underlay	2064

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2041 Install impact and sound absorption underlay	2067

MSFFL2042 Nail strip timber flooring	2069

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2042 Nail strip timber flooring	2072

MSFFL2043 Install expansion joints	2074

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2043 Install expansion joints	2077

MSFFL2044 Install mouldings and edge trims to timber flooring	2079

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2044 Install mouldings and edge trims to timber flooring	2082

MSFFL2045 Coarse sand timber flooring	2084

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2045 Coarse sand timber flooring	2087

MSFFL3052 Plan and cost flooring technology work	2089

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3052 Plan and cost flooring technology work	2092

MSFFL3055 Respond to complaints about flooring installations	2095

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3055 Respond to complaints about flooring installations	2097

MSFFL3057 Select and fit diamond tools for concrete surface preparation and polishing	2099

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3057 Select and fit diamond tools for concrete surface preparation and polishing	2102

MSFFL3058 Provide advice to customers on floor coverings	2105

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3058 Provide advice to customers on floor coverings	2107

MSFFL3066 Install linoleum floor coverings	2109

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3066 Install linoleum floor coverings	2112

MSFFL3068 Install resilient floor coverings using custom designs and decorative finishes	2114

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3068 Install resilient floor coverings using custom designs and decorative finishes	2117

MSFFL3069 Install rubber floor coverings	2119

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3069 Install rubber floor coverings	2122

MSFFL3071 Install anti-static and conductive resilient floor coverings	2124

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3071 Install anti-static and conductive resilient floor coverings	2127

MSFFL3072 Mix and apply thin-film rollcoat resin flooring systems	2129

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3072 Mix and apply thin-film rollcoat resin flooring systems	2132

MSFFL3073 Mix and apply thin-film broadcast resin flooring systems	2134

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3073 Mix and apply thin-film broadcast resin flooring systems	2137

MSFFL3074 Mix and apply self-levelling resin flooring systems	2139

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3074 Mix and apply self-levelling resin flooring systems	2142

MSFFL3075 Mix and apply trowel-applied resin flooring systems	2144

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3075 Mix and apply trowel-applied resin flooring systems	2147

MSFFL3076 Mix and apply high-build decorative resin flooring systems	2149

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3076 Mix and apply high-build decorative resin flooring systems	2152

MSFFL3077 Prepare subfloors for resin flooring systems	2154

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3077 Prepare subfloors for resin flooring systems	2157

MSFFL3078 Install direct stick timber flooring	2159

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3078 Install direct stick timber flooring	2162

MSFFL3079 Adapt and apply custom designs to timber flooring	2164

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3079 Adapt and apply custom designs to timber flooring	2166

MSFFL3080 Install timber flooring materials to stairs	2168

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3080 Install timber flooring materials to stairs	2171

MSFFL3081 Install block parquetry flooring	2173

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3081 Install block parquetry flooring	2176

MSFFL3082 Install cork tiles	2178

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3082 Install cork tiles	2181

MSFFL3087 Plan and implement maintenance systems for timber, laminate and engineered flooring	2183

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3087 Plan and implement maintenance systems for timber, laminate and engineered flooring	2186

MSFFL3089 Apply solvent-based coatings to timber flooring	2188

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3089 Apply solvent-based coatings to timber flooring	2191

MSFFL3090 Apply water-based coatings to timber flooring	2193

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3090 Apply water-based coatings to timber flooring	2196

MSFFL3092 Apply composite-based coatings to timber flooring	2198

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3092 Apply composite-based coatings to timber flooring	2201

MSFFL3094 Apply stains and fillers to timber flooring	2203

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3094 Apply stains and fillers to timber flooring	2206

MSFFL3098 Sand and fill parquetry flooring	2208

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3098 Sand and fill parquetry flooring	2211

MSFFL3099 Apply finishes to cork flooring	2213

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3099 Apply finishes to cork flooring	2216

MSFFL3100 Apply densifiers and sealers to concrete surfaces	2218

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3100 Apply densifiers and sealers to concrete surfaces	2221

MSFFL3101 Install bamboo flooring	2223

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3101 Install bamboo flooring	2226

MSFFM2010 Set up and operate basic static machines	2228

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM2010 Set up and operate basic static machines	2233

MSFFM3010 Prepare cutting list from plans and job specifications	2235

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3010 Prepare cutting list from plans and job specifications	2238

MSFFM3011 Measure and draw site layout for manufactured furniture products	2240

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3011 Measure and draw site layout for manufactured furniture products	2244

MSFFM3021 Set up, operate and maintain computer numerically controlled (CNC) sizing machines	2246

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3021 Set up, operate and maintain computer numerically controlled (CNC) sizing machines	2250

MSFFM3022 Set up, operate and maintain computer numerically controlled (CNC) machining and processing centres	2252

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3022 Set up, operate and maintain computer numerically controlled (CNC) machining and processing centres	2256

MSFGG2011 Glaze and reglaze residential windows and doors	2258

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG2011 Glaze and reglaze residential windows and doors	2261

MSFGG2012 Operate glass freefall rack and table	2264

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG2012 Operate glass freefall rack and table	2266

MSFGG2013 Move single glass sheets by mechanical means	2268

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG2013 Move single glass sheets by mechanical means	2271

MSFGG2014 Cut thin glass by hand	2273

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG2014 Cut thin glass by hand	2276

MSFGG2015 Process glass by basic machines	2278

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG2015 Process glass by basic machines	2281

MSFGG2016 Assemble glazing products	2283

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG2016 Assemble glazing products	2285

MSFGG3022 Construct and repair leadlight panels	2288

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3022 Construct and repair leadlight panels	2291

MSFGG3023 Apply and handle films	2293

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3023 Apply and handle films	2296

MSFGG3024 Form glass	2298

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3024 Form glass	2300

MSFGG3025 Apply patterns and designs to glass	2302

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3025 Apply patterns and designs to glass	2304

MSFGG3026 Laminate glass	2306

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3026 Laminate glass	2309

MSFGG3027 Toughen glass	2311

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3027 Toughen glass	2314

MSFGG3028 Select, cut and process materials for glazing products	2316

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3028 Select, cut and process materials for glazing products	2319

MSFGG3029 Assess glass and glazing requirements	2322

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3029 Assess glass and glazing requirements	2324

MSFGG3030 Process glass by automatic machines	2326

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3030 Process glass by automatic machines	2328

MSFGG3031 Cut thick glass	2330

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3031 Cut thick glass	2333

MSFGG3033 Install shower screens	2335

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3033 Install shower screens	2338

MSFGG3034 Install residential windows and doors	2340

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3034 Install residential windows and doors	2343

MSFGG3035 Install mirrors and glass splashbacks	2345

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3035 Install mirrors and glass splashbacks	2348

MSFGG3036 Install commercial glazing products	2350

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3036 Install commercial glazing products	2353

MSFGG3037 Install structural glazing products	2355

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3037 Install structural glazing products	2358

MSFGG3038 Conduct commercial and structural reglazing	2361

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3038 Conduct commercial and structural reglazing	2364

MSFGG3039 Manually move glass	2366

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3039 Manually move glass	2369

MSFGG3040 Move block and bulk glass sheet by mechanical means	2371

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3040 Move block and bulk glass sheet by mechanical means	2374

MSFGG3041 Manufacture insulated glass units	2376

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3041 Manufacture insulated glass units	2379

MSFGG3042 Process glass by semi-automatic machines	2381

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3042 Process glass by semi-automatic machines	2384

MSFGN2001 Make measurements and calculations	2386

Assessment Requirements for MSFGN2001 Make measurements and calculations	2389

MSFGN2002 Move and store materials and products	2391

Assessment Requirements for MSFGN2002 Move and store materials and products	2395

MSFGN3001 Read and interpret work documents	2398

Assessment Requirements for MSFGN3001 Read and interpret work documents	2401

MSFGN3002 Estimate and cost job	2403

Assessment Requirements for MSFGN3002 Estimate and cost job	2406

MSFGN4001 Research and meet ethical and compliance requirements	2409

Assessment Requirements for MSFGN4001 Research and meet ethical and compliance requirements	2412

MSFID4012 Decorate residential interiors	2414

Assessment Requirements for MSFID4012 Decorate residential interiors	2417

MSFID4013 Design residential interior lighting	2419

Assessment Requirements for MSFID4013 Design residential interior lighting	2422

MSFID4014 Produce digital models and documentation for interior design projects	2425

Assessment Requirements for MSFID4014 Produce digital models and documentation for interior design projects	2428

MSFID4015 Prepare materials and finishes boards for client presentation	2430

Assessment Requirements for MSFID4015 Prepare materials and finishes boards for client presentation	2432

MSFID4016 Design colour schemes for interior and exterior spaces	2434

Assessment Requirements for MSFID4016 Design colour schemes for interior and exterior spaces	2437

MSFID4017 Research and recommend furniture and accessories	2439

Assessment Requirements for MSFID4017 Research and recommend furniture and accessories	2442

MSFID4018 Research and recommend hard materials and finishes for interiors	2445

Assessment Requirements for MSFID4018 Research and recommend hard materials and finishes for interiors	2448

MSFID4019 Research interior decoration and design influences	2451

Assessment Requirements for MSFID4019 Research interior decoration and design influences	2453

MSFID4020 Research and integrate embedded technologies in interior designs	2455

Assessment Requirements for MSFID4020 Research and integrate embedded technologies in interior designs	2458

MSFID4021 Design soft furnishing solutions for interior spaces	2460

Assessment Requirements for MSFID4021 Design soft furnishing solutions for interior spaces	2463

MSFID4022 Prepare quotation and contract documentation for design projects	2466

Assessment Requirements for MSFID4022 Prepare quotation and contract documentation for design projects	2468

MSFID5016 Develop decoration proposals for complex sites	2470

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5016 Develop decoration proposals for complex sites	2473

MSFID5017 Develop event decoration proposals	2476

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5017 Develop event decoration proposals	2479

MSFID5018 Provide interior styling service	2481

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5018 Provide interior styling service	2484

MSFID5019 Decorate interiors for restoration projects	2486

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5019 Decorate interiors for restoration projects	2489

MSFID5020 Design residential interiors	2491

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5020 Design residential interiors	2494

MSFID5021 Evaluate site structure and services for interior design briefs	2497

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5021 Evaluate site structure and services for interior design briefs	2500

MSFID5022 Explore and apply creative design methodology to interior space	2502

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5022 Explore and apply creative design methodology to interior space	2504

MSFID5023 Design for all ages and abilities	2506

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5023 Design for all ages and abilities	2509

MSFID5024 Design workplace interiors	2511

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5024 Design workplace interiors	2514

MSFID5025 Develop residential interior design project documentation	2517

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5025 Develop residential interior design project documentation	2520

MSFID5027 Research and recommend colour applications and finishes	2524

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5027 Research and recommend colour applications and finishes	2527

MSFID5028 Research and recommend artwork	2529

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5028 Research and recommend artwork	2532

MSFID6010 Design commercial interior lighting	2535

Assessment Requirements for MSFID6010 Design commercial interior lighting	2539

MSFID6011 Resolve complex spatial design problems through modelling	2541

Assessment Requirements for MSFID6011 Resolve complex spatial design problems through modelling	2544

MSFID6012 Design for large scale commercial or institutional interiors	2546

Assessment Requirements for MSFID6012 Design for large scale commercial or institutional interiors	2550

MSFID6013 Design interiors for hospitality environments	2553

Assessment Requirements for MSFID6013 Design interiors for hospitality environments	2557

MSFID6014 Design for retail interiors	2560

Assessment Requirements for MSFID6014 Design for retail interiors	2564

MSFID6015 Design for conservation and restoration projects	2567

Assessment Requirements for MSFID6015 Design for conservation and restoration projects	2571

MSFID6016 Select and monitor contractors	2574

Assessment Requirements for MSFID6016 Select and monitor contractors	2577

MSFID6017 Evaluate design project outcomes	2579

Assessment Requirements for MSFID6017 Evaluate design project outcomes	2582

MSFID6018 Apply 3D digital visualisation techniques to represent interior designs	2584

Assessment Requirements for MSFID6018 Apply 3D digital visualisation techniques to represent interior designs	2587

MSFID6019 Produce digital presentations for commercial projects	2589

Assessment Requirements for MSFID6019 Produce digital presentations for commercial projects	2592

MSFID6020 Develop commercial interior design project documentation	2594

Assessment Requirements for MSFID6020 Develop commercial interior design project documentation	2597

MSFKB3009 Provide advice on modular kitchens	2601

Assessment Requirements for MSFKB3009 Provide advice on modular kitchens	2603

MSFKB3010 Detail cabinet construction requirements	2605

Assessment Requirements for MSFKB3010 Detail cabinet construction requirements	2607

MSFKB3011 Plan kitchen and bathroom projects	2609

Assessment Requirements for MSFKB3011 Plan kitchen and bathroom projects	2611

MSFKB4009 Determine spatial planning considerations for kitchen design	2613

Assessment Requirements for MSFKB4009 Determine spatial planning considerations for kitchen design	2616

MSFKB4010 Determine spatial planning considerations for bathroom design	2619

Assessment Requirements for MSFKB4010 Determine spatial planning considerations for bathroom design	2622

MSFKB4011 Design ancillary residential cabinetry	2625

Assessment Requirements for MSFKB4011 Design ancillary residential cabinetry	2628

MSFKB4012 Determine layout for laundry components	2630

Assessment Requirements for MSFKB4012 Determine layout for laundry components	2633

MSFKB4013 Document residential building services	2635

Assessment Requirements for MSFKB4013 Document residential building services	2638

MSFKB4015 Research and recommend materials, components and finishes for kitchen designs	2640

Assessment Requirements for MSFKB4015 Research and recommend materials, components and finishes for kitchen designs	2643

MSFKB4016 Research and recommend materials, components and finishes for bathroom designs	2646

Assessment Requirements for MSFKB4016 Research and recommend materials, components and finishes for bathroom designs	2649

MSFPF2009 Cut mouldings to length	2652

Assessment Requirements for MSFPF2009 Cut mouldings to length	2654

MSFPF2010 Join mouldings	2656

Assessment Requirements for MSFPF2010 Join mouldings	2659

MSFPF2011 Mount artwork	2661

Assessment Requirements for MSFPF2011 Mount artwork	2664

MSFPF2012 Cut mat boards	2667

Assessment Requirements for MSFPF2012 Cut mat boards	2669

MSFPF2013 Cut and handle glazing materials for framing	2671

Assessment Requirements for MSFPF2013 Cut and handle glazing materials for framing	2674

MSFPF2014 Assemble basic artwork packages	2676

Assessment Requirements for MSFPF2014 Assemble basic artwork packages	2679

MSFPF2015 Repair framing material finishes	2681

Assessment Requirements for MSFPF2015 Repair framing material finishes	2684

MSFPF3011 Decorate mat boards	2686

Assessment Requirements for MSFPF3011 Decorate mat boards	2688

MSFPF3013 Prepare textiles for framing	2690

Assessment Requirements for MSFPF3013 Prepare textiles for framing	2692

MSFPF3014 Assess and prepare framing design requirements	2694

Assessment Requirements for MSFPF3014 Assess and prepare framing design requirements	2697

MSFPF3015 Apply frame finishes	2700

Assessment Requirements for MSFPF3015 Apply frame finishes	2702

MSFPF3016 Assemble complex artwork packages	2705

Assessment Requirements for MSFPF3016 Assemble complex artwork packages	2708

MSFPF3017 Install artwork	2711

Assessment Requirements for MSFPF3017 Install artwork	2714

MSMENV272 Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices	2716

Assessment Requirements for MSMENV272 Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices	2719

MSMENV472 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices	2721

Assessment Requirements for MSMENV472 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices	2725

MSMENV672 Develop workplace policy and procedures for environmental sustainability	2727

Assessment Requirements for MSMENV672 Develop workplace policy and procedures for environmental sustainability	2731

MSMOPS101 Make measurements	2733

Assessment Requirements for MSMOPS101 Make measurements	2735

MSMOPS363 Organise on-site work	2737

Assessment Requirements for MSMOPS363 Organise on-site work	2743

MSMPCI101 Adapt to work in industry	2746

Assessment Requirements for MSMPCI101 Adapt to work in industry	2754

MSMPCI103 Demonstrate care and apply safe practices at work	2756

Assessment Requirements for MSMPCI103 Demonstrate care and apply safe practices at work	2762

MSMPER200 Work in accordance with an issued permit	2764

Assessment Requirements for MSMPER200 Work in accordance with an issued permit	2770

MSMSUP102 Communicate in the workplace	2773

Assessment Requirements for MSMSUP102 Communicate in the workplace	2775

MSMSUP106 Work in a team	2777

Assessment Requirements for MSMSUP106 Work in a team	2779

MSMSUP240 Undertake minor maintenance	2781

Assessment Requirements for MSMSUP240 Undertake minor maintenance	2784

MSMSUP273 Handle goods	2786

Assessment Requirements for MSMSUP273 Handle goods	2792

MSMSUP390 Use structured problem-solving tools	2794

Assessment Requirements for MSMSUP390 Use structured problem-solving tools	2797

MSMSUP404 Coordinate maintenance	2799

Assessment Requirements for MSMSUP404 Coordinate maintenance	2804

MSMWHS100 Follow WHS procedures	2806

Assessment Requirements for MSMWHS100 Follow WHS procedures	2810

MSMWHS200 Work safely	2812

Assessment Requirements for MSMWHS200 Work safely	2815

MSMWHS300 Facilitate the implementation of WHS for a work group	2817

Assessment Requirements for MSMWHS300 Facilitate the implementation of WHS for a work group	2823

MSS015043 Develop strategies for more sustainable use of resources	2826

Assessment Requirements for MSS015043 Develop strategies for more sustainable use of resources	2829

MSS015044 Design sustainable product or process	2831

Assessment Requirements for MSS015044 Design sustainable product or process	2834

MSS402003 Apply competitive systems and practices	2836

Assessment Requirements for MSS402003 Apply competitive systems and practices	2839

MSS402004 Sustain process improvements	2841

Assessment Requirements for MSS402004 Sustain process improvements	2844

MSS402022 Apply quick changeover procedures	2846

Assessment Requirements for MSS402022 Apply quick changeover procedures	2849

MSS402032 Interpret cost and waste in terms of customer value	2851

Assessment Requirements for MSS402032 Interpret cost and waste in terms of customer value	2854

MSS402051 Apply quality standards	2856

Assessment Requirements for MSS402051 Apply quality standards	2862

MSS402055 Apply quality standards	2864

Assessment Requirements for MSS402055 Apply quality standards	2867

MSS402056 Apply and improve standardised work practices	2869

Assessment Requirements for MSS402056 Apply and improve standardised work practices	2872

MSS402081 Contribute to the application of a proactive maintenance strategy	2874

Assessment Requirements for MSS402081 Contribute to the application of a proactive maintenance strategy	2878

MSS402087 Apply cost factors to work practices	2880

Assessment Requirements for MSS402087 Apply cost factors to work practices	2883

MSS403022 Facilitate a Just in Time system	2885

Assessment Requirements for MSS403022 Facilitate a Just in Time system	2888

MSS403087 Mistake proof an operational process	2890

Assessment Requirements for MSS403087 Mistake proof an operational process	2893

MSS404054 Apply statistics to operational processes	2894

Assessment Requirements for MSS404054 Apply statistics to operational processes	2896

MSS404056 Apply statistics to operational processes	2898

Assessment Requirements for MSS404056 Apply statistics to operational processes	2900

MSS404080 Undertake process capability improvements	2902

Assessment Requirements for MSS404080 Undertake process capability improvements	2904

MSS405035 Design a process layout	2906

Assessment Requirements for MSS405035 Design a process layout	2909

MSS405076 Facilitate the development of a new product	2911

Assessment Requirements for MSS405076 Facilitate the development of a new product	2915

MSTGN2005 Perform minor maintenance	2917

Assessment Requirements for MSTGN2005 Perform minor maintenance	2921

MSTGN3016 Plan tasks to assist production operations	2923

Assessment Requirements for MSTGN3016 Plan tasks to assist production operations	2926

MSTTF2002 Cut, bend and shape metal	2928

Assessment Requirements for MSTTF2002 Cut, bend and shape metal	2933

MSTTF2005 Translate information into measurements or diagrams	2935

Assessment Requirements for MSTTF2005 Translate information into measurements or diagrams	2940

MSTTF2009 Identify and select canvas and sail materials	2942

Assessment Requirements for MSTTF2009 Identify and select canvas and sail materials	2946

MSTTF2014 Weld plastic materials	2948

Assessment Requirements for MSTTF2014 Weld plastic materials	2952

MSTTF2015 Install products on and off site	2954

Assessment Requirements for MSTTF2015 Install products on and off site	2959

MSTTF3001 Identify client and site requirements for installation of fabricated textile products	2961

Assessment Requirements for MSTTF3001 Identify client and site requirements for installation of fabricated textile products	2965

MSTTF3002 Gain customer acceptance of service proposal	2967

Assessment Requirements for MSTTF3002 Gain customer acceptance of service proposal	2971

MSTTF3004 Perform advanced welding of plastic materials	2973

Assessment Requirements for MSTTF3004 Perform advanced welding of plastic materials	2978

MSTTX2014 Perform industrial sewing on textile products	2980

Assessment Requirements for MSTTX2014 Perform industrial sewing on textile products	2983

SIRRINV002 Control stock	2985

Assessment Requirements for SIRRINV002 Control stock	2988

SIRRMER004 Develop visual merchandising creative concepts	2990

Assessment Requirements for SIRRMER004 Develop visual merchandising creative concepts	2993

SIRRMER005 Implement visual merchandising concepts	2996

Assessment Requirements for SIRRMER005 Implement visual merchandising concepts	2999

SIRRMER007 Design and install visual merchandising displays	3002

Assessment Requirements for SIRRMER007 Design and install visual merchandising displays	3005

SIRRMER009 Plan and organise display lighting	3008

Assessment Requirements for SIRRMER009 Plan and organise display lighting	3011

SIRRMER011 Design and install merchandise signage	3014

Assessment Requirements for SIRRMER011 Design and install merchandise signage	3017

SIRXCEG001 Engage the customer	3020

Assessment Requirements for SIRXCEG001 Engage the customer	3022

SIRXCEG004 Create a customer-centric culture	3024

Assessment Requirements for SIRXCEG004 Create a customer-centric culture	3026

SIRXOSM005 Develop a basic website for customer engagement	3028

Assessment Requirements for SIRXOSM005 Develop a basic website for customer engagement	3032

SIRXSLS001 Sell to the retail customer	3035

Assessment Requirements for SIRXSLS001 Sell to the retail customer	3038

SITXMPR011 Plan and implement sales activities	3041

Assessment Requirements for SITXMPR011 Plan and implement sales activities	3044

TAEDEL311 Provide work skill instruction	3046

Assessment Requirements for TAEDEL311 Provide work skill instruction	3049

TAEDEL412 Facilitate workplace-based learning	3051

Assessment Requirements for TAEDEL412 Facilitate workplace-based learning	3055

TAEDEL414 Mentor in the workplace	3057

Assessment Requirements for TAEDEL414 Mentor in the workplace	3060

TLIA0019 Despatch stock	3062

Assessment Requirements for TLIA0019 Despatch stock	3065

TLIA0020 Package goods	3067

Assessment Requirements for TLIA0020 Package goods	3070

TLIA0023 Receive goods	3072

Assessment Requirements for TLIA0023 Receive goods	3075

TLIA0025 Assess and monitor optimum stock levels	3077

Assessment Requirements for TLIA0025 Assess and monitor optimum stock levels	3080

TLIA0031 Organise transport of freight or goods	3082

Assessment Requirements for TLIA0031 Organise transport of freight or goods	3085

TLIA3016 Use inventory systems to organise stock control	3087

Assessment Requirements for TLIA3016 Use inventory systems to organise stock control	3090

TLID0021 Store and handle dangerous goods and hazardous substances	3092

Assessment Requirements for TLID0021 Store and handle dangerous goods and hazardous substances	3095

TLILIC0003 Licence to operate a forklift truck	3097

Assessment Requirements for TLILIC0003 Licence to operate a forklift truck	3102

MSF Furnishing Training Package	3108

MSFSS00009 Insulating Glass Unit Manufacturing	3119

MSFSS00010 Insulating Glass Unit Fabricator/Installer	3121

MSFSS00013 Furnishing Industry Compliance	3123

MSF Furnishing Training Package

Copyright Statement
© 2016 Commonwealth of Australia. With the exception of the Commonwealth Coat of Arms, the Department’s logo, any material protected by a trade mark and where otherwise noted, all material presented in this document is provided under a Creative Commons Attribution-No Derivative Works 3.0 Australia licence. You are free: to copy, distribute, display, and perform the work to make commercial use of the work Under the following conditions: Attribution - You must give the original author credit. No Derivative Works - You may not alter, transform, or build upon this work. Special Conditions (Waiver) For the sake of clarity, where the license refers to "the work", in addition to meaning the work in its entirety this term shall also mean "extracts of the work". Extracts of the work carry with it the respective licence, and is thus “partitioned”. The details of the relevant licence conditions are available on the Creative Commons website (www.creativecommons.org.au) as is the full legal code. The document must be attributed as the MSF Furnishing Training Package Release 8.0.
Disclaimer
This work is the result of wide consultations with Australian industry participants. It is a collaborative view and does not necessarily represent the view of Department of Education and Training or any specific body. For the sake of brevity it may omit factors which could be pertinent in particular cases. While care has been taken in the preparation of this Training Package, Department of Education and Training and the original developer do not warrant that any licensing or registration requirements specified here are either complete or up-to-date for your State or Territory. Department of Education and Training and the original developer do not accept any liability for any damage or loss (including indirect and consequential loss) incurred by any person as a result of relying on the information contained in this Training Package. The Commonwealth, through the Department of Education and Training, does not accept any liability to any person for the information or advice (or the use of such information or advice) which is provided in this material or incorporated into it by reference. The information is provided on the basis that all persons accessing this material undertake responsibility for assessing the relevance and accuracy of its content. No liability is accepted for any information or services which may appear in any other format. No responsibility is taken for any information or services which may appear on any linked websites.

Published by:	Skills Insight

Release Date:	6 May 2020

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSF10122 Certificate I in Furnishing

Modification History

Release 1. Overall number of units and number of core units remains unchanged. Changes to elective units. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSF10113 Certificate I in Furnishing.

Qualification Description

Learners with this qualification have knowledge and skills that prepare them for further learning, community involvement, and entry-level work in the furnishing industry. They have basic technical and communication skills, undertake routine activities, and identify and report simple issues and problems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 8

5 core units

3 elective units, consisting of:

at least 1 MSF-coded unit from the list below

up to 2 additional units from the list below or any endorsed training package or accredited course. These units must be relevant to the work role as outlined in the qualification description above and must not duplicate the outcome of other units used to achieve this qualification.

CORE UNITS

Unit Code	Unit Title
MSMENV272	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
MSMOPS101	Make measurements
MSMSUP102	Communicate in the workplace
MSMSUP106	Work in a team
MSMWHS100	Follow WHS procedures

ELECTIVE UNITS

Unit Code	Unit Title
CUADES201	Follow a design process
CUADES301	Explore the use of colour
MSFFP2011	Use timber furnishing construction techniques
MSFFP2013	Use basic artwork framing techniques
MSFFP2014	Use basic finishing techniques on timber furniture
MSFFP2015	Use basic upholstery techniques
MSFFP2016	Construct a basic roll-up blind
MSFSS3005	Assemble non-security and security screens and grilles

Qualification Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSF10113 Certificate I in Furnishing.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSF20122 Certificate II in Furnishing

Modification History

Release 2. Update to elective units

Release 1. Revised to include content from furniture finishing qualifications (MSF20213). Some electives deleted due to zero or low use. Wide choice of workplace safety units for different industry needs. Supersedes and not equivalent to MSF20113 Certificate II in Furnishing and MSF20213 Certificate II in Furniture Finishing.

Qualification Description

Workers with this qualification perform basic and defined entry-level work involving known routines and procedures under supervision in the furnishing industry. This qualification is typically used to develop basic employment related skills and knowledge.

It includes specialised collections of skills for those working at an entry or assistant level in a variety of industries: upholstery, interior and exterior window coverings, flooring, picture framing, furniture finishing.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Nil

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 12

2 core units

10 elective units, consisting of:

1 or 2 units from Group A

1 unit from Group B (only 1 unit from this group)

5 to 8 units from Group C

Up to 3 units not listed below from any endorsed training package or accredited course. These units must be relevant to the work role as outlined in the qualification description above and must not duplicate the outcome of other units used to achieve this qualification.

CORE UNITS

Unit code	Unit title
MSFGN2001	Make measurements and calculations
MSMSUP102	Communicate in the workplace

ELECTIVE UNITS

Group A

Unit code	Unit title
MSMPCI101	Adapt to work in industry
MSMSUP106	Work in a team

Group B

Unit code	Unit title
CPCWHS1001	Prepare to work safely in the construction industry
CPCCWHS2001	Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry
MSMPCI103	Demonstrate care and apply safe practices at work
MSMWHS100	Follow WHS procedures
MSMWHS200	Work safely

Group C

Unit code	Unit title
Blinds, Awnings, Security Screens and Grilles
MSFBA2011	Select and apply hardware and fixings for blinds, awnings, screens and grilles
MSFBA2012	Use blinds, awnings, security screens and grilles hand and power tools
MSFBA2013	Set up, operate and maintain blinds and awnings static machines
MSFBA2014	Construct metal louvre and canopy-hooded style awnings
MSFBA3012	Assemble interior blinds
MSFSS2003	Undertake surface preparation
MSFSS2004	Rectify faults in product
MSFSS3005	Assemble non-security and security screens and grilles
Flooring Technology
MSFFL2031	Remove existing floor coverings
MSFFL2032	Select, prepare and apply moisture barriers to concrete sub-floors
MSFFL2033	Install hard underlays
MSFFL2034	Prepare subfloors with cementitious coating applications
MSFFL2035	Mechanically prepare surfaces for installation of flooring materials
MSFFL2038	Install lay flat vinyl floor coverings
MSFFL2041	Install impact and sound absorption underlay
MSFFL2042	Nail strip timber flooring
MSFFL2043	Install expansion joints
MSFFL2044	Install mouldings and edge trims to timber flooring
MSFFL2045	Coarse sand timber flooring
MSFFL3102	Receive and prepare flooring materials
MSFFL3103	Install carpet cushion underlays and grippers
MSFFL3104	Install unpatterned tufted carpet
MSFFL3105	Install laminate and hybrid vinyl flooring
Furniture Finishing
MSFFF2010	Dismantle and reassemble furniture for finishing
MSFFF2012	Prepare surfaces for finishing
MSFFF2013	Maintain spray equipment and booth
MSFFF2014	Apply surface coatings by spray gun
MSFFF2015	Apply stains, fillers and bleach
MSFFF2016	Apply surface coatings by hand
Picture Framing
MSFPF2009	Cut mouldings to length
MSFPF2010	Join mouldings
MSFPF2011	Mount artwork
MSFPF2012	Cut mat boards
MSFPF2013	Cut and handle glazing
MSFPF2014	Assemble basic artwork packages
Soft Furnishing
MSFSF2016	Operate a steam press
MSFSF2017	Construct unlined curtains and drapes
MSFSF2018	Construct lined curtains and drapes
MSFSF2019	Construct padded pelmets
MSFSF2020	Make up tracks for window coverings
MSFSF2021	Fit and adjust curtain hardware
MSFSF2022	Cut single layer fabrics
Upholstery
MSFUP2007	Use upholstery hand and power tools
MSFUP2008	Fit upholstery components
MSFUP2009	Apply contemporary foundations to upholstered furniture
MSFUP2010	Machine sew basic upholstery final cover materials
MSFUP2011	Develop cutting plan and cut single layer upholstery fabric
MSFUP2012	Dismantle and re-assemble furniture for upholstering
MSFUP3016	Fit and apply final cover materials to furniture using basic techniques
General
CPCCCM2002	Carry out excavation (prerequisite: CPCCWHS2001)
CPCCCO2013	Carry out concreting to simple forms (prerequisite: CPCCWHS2001)
CUADES201	Follow a design process
CUADES202	Evaluate the nature of design in a specific industry context
CUADES301	Explore the use of colour
MEM13015	Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering
MEM16006	Organise and communicate information (prerequisite: MEM13015)
MEM16008	Interact with computing technology (prerequisites: MEM13015 & MEM16006)
MSFFM2018	Operate basic static machines safely
MSFGN2004	Produce simple scale drawings by hand
MSFSF3015	Construct Roman-style blinds
MSFSF3016	Lay out patterns and cut fabrics
MSMENV272	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
MSTGN2005	Perform minor maintenance
MSTTF2009	Identify and select canvas and sail materials
MSTTF2015	Install products on and off site
MSTTX2014	Perform industrial sewing on textile products
TLIA0020	Package goods
TLIA0023	Receive goods
TLID0021	Store and handle dangerous goods and hazardous substances

Qualification Mapping Information

Superseded and is equivalent to MSF20122 Certificate II in Furnishing (Release 1)

Supersedes and not equivalent to MSF20113 Certificate II in Furnishing and MSF20213 Certificate II in Furniture Finishing.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSF20322 Certificate II in Cabinet Making and Timber Technology

Modification History

Release 2. Elective imported units updated. Supersedes and equivalent to MSF20322 Certificate II in Cabinet Making and Timber Technology (Release 1).

Release 1. Revised with name change and amendments to packaging rules. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSF20313 Certificate II in Furniture Making.

Qualification Description

Workers with this qualification work at a production operation or assistant level in the construction, manufacture and installation of timber and composite products, including furniture and cabinetry. Job roles may be factory or site based. Individuals may be multi-skilled or work in a single area such as furniture making or kitchen and bathroom construction and installation. Work involves known routines and procedures and some accountability for the quality of own work outcomes while working as a member of a team and under general supervision.

This qualification is suitable for individuals who are formally engaged in a traineeship in accordance with the Australian Apprenticeships policy. It is not appropriate for vocational education and training delivered to secondary students. This qualification does not cover shopfitting.

There are no specific licences that relate to this qualification, but induction training is required for work on construction sites.

Entry Requirements

None

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 12

7 core units

5 elective units, consisting of:

at least 3 units coded MSFFM or MSFKB from the list of electives

up to 2 additional units from the elective list or from any endorsed Training Package or accredited course. These units must be relevant to the work outcome as outlined in the qualification description above and must not duplicate the outcome of other units used to achieve this qualification.

CORE UNITS

Unit code	Unit title
MSMENV272	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
MSMSUP102	Communicate in the workplace
MSMSUP106	Work in a team
MSFFM2013	Use furniture making hand and power tools
MSFGN2004	Prepare simple scale drawings by hand
MSFGN2001	Make measurements and calculations
MSMWHS200	Work safely

ELECTIVE UNITS

Unit code	Unit title
CPCWHS1001	Prepare to work safely in the construction industry
MSAPMSUP201A	Receive or despatch goods
MSMSUP240	Undertake minor maintenance
MSMSUP273	Handle goods
MSFFF2012	Prepare surfaces for finishing
MSFFF2014	Apply surface coatings by spray gun
MSFFM2019	Assemble furnishing products
MSFFM2014	Select and apply hardware
MSFFM2015	Apply sheet laminates by hand
MSFFM2016	Join solid timber
MSFFM2017	Hand make timber joints
MSFFM2018	Operate basic static machines safely
MSFFM3029	Select timbers for furniture production
MSFKB2003	Prepare for cabinet installation
MSFKB2004	Provide assistance in cabinet installation
MSS402003	Apply competitive systems and practices
MSS402004	Sustain process improvements
MSS402022	Apply quick changeover procedures
MSS402055	Apply quality standards

Qualification Mapping Information

Release 2. Supersedes and equivalent to MSF20322 Certificate II in Cabinet Making and Timber Technology (Release 1).

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSF20313 Certificate II in Furniture Making

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSF20413 Certificate II in Glass and Glazing

Modification History

Release 8. Two elective units deleted. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSF20413 Certificate II in Glass and Glazing (Release 7)

Release 7. Metadata and first aid elective unit updated. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSF20413 Certificate II in Glass and Glazing (Release 6).

Release 6. Minor upgrades. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSF20413 Certificate II in Glass and Glazing (Release 5).

Release 5. Imported units updated. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSF20413 Certificate II in Glass and Glazing (Release 4).

Release 4. Imported units updated. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSF20413 Certificate II in Glass and Glazing (Release 3).

Release 3. Imported units updated. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSF20413 Certificate II in Glass and Glazing (Release 2).

Release 2. Unit title corrected for MSFGG3020. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSF20413 Certificate II in Glass and Glazing (Release 1).

Release 1. New qualification. Supersedes and is equivalent to LMF20411 Certificate II in Glass and Glazing.

Qualification Description

This qualification describes the skills and knowledge required to perform basic glass and glazing job roles, such as safely processing and moving thin glass. It may include assembly/repair of leadlight and stained glass involving known routines and procedures and some accountability for the quality of outcomes.

This qualification is typically used to develop skills and knowledge in basic glass and glazing techniques that include employment-related skills, including preparatory access and participation skills, broad-based induction skills and/or specific workplace skills. It involves collaboration with others through members of a group or team.

Meaningful involvement of industry is essential to achieving this qualification outcome and workplace visits and placement to ensure exposure of learners to realistic workplace conditions and employer expectations is required.

There are no specific licences that relate to this qualification. However, depending on the jurisdiction, licensing or regulatory requirements may apply to the use of some units in this qualification. Local regulations should be checked for details.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

To be awarded the MSF20413 Certificate II in Glass and Glazing, competency must be achieved in thirteen (13) units of competency.

five (5) core units of competency

eight (8) elective units of competency.

Note: Units marked with an asterisk have one or more prerequisites and must be considered in the total number of units. Please refer to individual units for details.

CORE UNITS

Complete all five (5) units from this list.

Unit code	Unit title
MSMENV272	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
MSMWHS100	Follow WHS procedures
MSMSUP102	Communicate in the workplace
MSMSUP106	Work in a team
MSFGN2001	Make measurements and calculations

ELECTIVE UNITS

Complete eight (8) elective units of competency from Groups A, B and C as specified below.

Group A

Select a minimum of five (5) units from this Group.

Unit code	Unit title
HLTAID011	Provide first aid
MSFDG2001	Assemble leadlight and stained glass components
MSFGG2011	Glaze and reglaze residential windows and doors
MSFGG2012	Operate glass freefall rack and table
MSFGG2013	Move single glass sheets by mechanical means
MSFGG2014	Cut thin glass by hand
MSFGG2015	Process glass by basic machines
MSFGG3039	Manually move glass

Group B

Select a maximum of three (3) units from this Group.

Unit code	Unit title
CUAACD101	Use basic drawing techniques
CUADRA201	Develop drawing skills
MSFDG2001	Assemble leadlight and stained glass components
MSFGG2016	Assemble glazing products
MSFGG3022	Construct and repair leadlight panels
MSFGG3028	Select, cut and process materials for glazing products
MSFSS3005	Assemble non-security and security screens and grilles

Group C

Up to three (3) relevant units may be chosen from this Training Package, other endorsed Training Packages and accredited courses, where those units are aligned at Certificate II level (maximum 3 units) or Certificate III level (maximum 2 units).

Units selected from other Training Packages and accredited courses must be relevant to the qualification outcome and not duplicate units available within this qualification.

Qualification Mapping Information

Release 8. Two elective units deleted. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSF20413 Certificate II in Glass and Glazing (Release 7)

Release 7. Metadata and first aid elective unit updated. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSF20413 Certificate II in Glass and Glazing (Release 6).

Release 6. Minor upgrades. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSF20413 Certificate II in Glass and Glazing (Release 5).

Release 5. Imported units updated. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSF20413 Certificate II in Glass and Glazing (Release 4).

Release 4. Imported units updated. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSF20413 Certificate II in Glass and Glazing (Release 3).

Release 3. Imported units updated. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSF20413 Certificate II in Glass and Glazing (Release 2).

Release 2. Unit title corrected for MSFGG3020. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSF20413 Certificate II in Glass and Glazing (Release 1).

Release 1. New qualification. Supersedes and is equivalent to LMF20411 Certificate II in Glass and Glazing.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSF20522 Certificate II in Furniture Making Pathways

Modification History

Release 1: Supersedes and equivalent to MSF20516 Certificate II in Furniture Making Pathways. Some elective units merged or deleted.

Qualification Description

This qualification is intended for a learning and assessment environment, such as a school-based pre-employment training program, where access to structured on-the-job learning in a workplace may not be available.

It delivers broad skills and knowledge in furniture making tasks which will enhance the graduates’ entry-level employment prospects for apprenticeships, traineeships or general employment in a furniture manufacturing environment or related workplace.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Nil

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 12

5 core units

7 elective units, consisting of:

6 units from Group A

1 unit from Group B

CORE UNITS

Unit code	Unit title
MSFFP2020	Undertake a basic furniture making project
MSFFP2017	Develop a career plan for the furnishing industry
MSFGN2001	Make measurements and calculations
MSMENV272	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
MSMPCI103	Demonstrate care and apply safe practices at work

ELECTIVE UNITS

Group A

Unit code	Unit title
MEM13015	Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering
MEM16006	Organise and communicate information (prerequisite: MEM13015)
MEM16008	Interact with computing technology (prerequisites: MEM13015 & MEM16006)
MSFFM2019	Assemble furnishing products
MSFFM2013	Use furniture making sector hand and power tools
MSFFM2014	Select and apply hardware
MSFFP2011	Use timber furnishing construction techniques
MSFFP2012	Join furnishing materials
MSFFP2013	Use basic artwork framing techniques
MSFFP2014	Use basic finishing techniques on timber surfaces
MSFFP2015	Use basic upholstery techniques
MSFFP2016	Construct a basic roll-up blind
MSFFP2018	Source and review information about furnishing product materials
MSFFP2019	Source and review information about kitchen, bathroom and laundry design
MSFGN2004	Produce simple scale drawings by hand

Group B

Unit code	Unit title
MSMPCI101	Adapt to work in industry
MSMSUP106	Work in a team

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to MSF20516 Certificate II in Furniture Making Pathways.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSF30122 Certificate III in Furniture Finishing

Modification History

Release 1. MSMENV272 Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices removed from the core. Overall number of units reduced by one to reflect this change. Specialisation in polyurethane coating added. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSF30113 Certificate III in Furniture Finishing.

Qualification Description

Furniture finishing workers with this qualification prepare surfaces and apply stains, coatings and finishes to furniture in manufacture or repair and perform other tasks associated with this work. They use discretion and judgement, take responsibility for their own outputs and may have limited responsibility for others in a team environment. People in this role can adapt and transfer skills and knowledge within known routines, methods, procedures and time constraints.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication. However, depending on the jurisdiction, licensing or regulatory requirements may apply to some units in this qualification. Local regulations should be checked.

Entry Requirements

Nil

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 22

8 core units

14 elective units, consisting of:

10 to 14 units from the electives listed below

up to 4 units from any endorsed Training Package or accredited course. These units must be relevant to the work role outlined in the qualification description above, must not duplicate the outcome of other units used to achieve this qualification and must not include more than 1 unit aligned at a level lower than Australian Qualifications Framework Level 3.

The Certificate III in Furniture Finishing allows for a general qualification or may be packaged to provide a single or double specialisation.

For the Certificate III in Furniture Finishing (French Polishing), all 7 units in Group A must be selected.

For the Certificate III in Furniture Finishing (Polyurethane Coating), all 6 units in Group B must be selected.

For the Certificate III in Furniture Finishing (French Polishing) (Polyurethane Coating), all 10 units in Group A and B must be selected.

Note: Some units are listed in both Group A and Group B.

CORE UNITS

Unit code	Unit title
MSFFF2009	Use furniture finishing hand and power tools
MSFFF2010	Dismantle and reassemble furniture for finishing
MSFGN2001	Make measurements and calculations
MSFGN3005	Read and interpret work documents
MSFGN3006	Estimate and cost job
MSMSUP102	Communicate in the workplace
MSMSUP106	Work in a team
MSMWHS200	Work safely

Group A: French polishing

Unit code	Unit title
MSFFF2011	Remove surface coatings
MSFFF2012	Prepare surfaces for finishing
MSFFF2015	Apply stains, fillers and bleach
MSFFF2016	Apply surface coatings by hand
MSFFF3010	Match and make up colours
MSFFF3016	Apply graining and decorative finishes
MSFFF3017	Apply traditional French polishing techniques

Group B: Polyurethane coating

Unit code	Unit title
MSFFF2011	Remove surface coatings
MSFFF2012	Prepare surfaces for finishing
MSFFF2013	Maintain spray equipment and booth
MSFFF2014	Apply surface coatings by spray gun
MSFFF3010	Match and make up colours
MSFFF3012	Apply plural component coatings

Group C: General

Unit code	Unit title
BSBESB401	Research and develop business plans
BSBESB403	Plan finances for new business ventures
BSBESB405	Manage compliance for small businesses
BSBESB407	Manage finances for new business ventures
BSBOPS304	Deliver and monitor a service to customers
MSFFF3011	Set up, operate and maintain mechanical coating systems
MSFFF3013	Apply soft rubber techniques
MSFFF3014	Enhance finishes
MSFFF3015	Repair and touch up surfaces
MSFFF3018	Set up, operate and maintain computer numerically controlled (CNC) coating systems
MSMENV272	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
TLID0021	Store and handle dangerous goods and hazardous substances

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSF30113 Certificate III in Furniture Finishing.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4- cfb27b03ed73

MSF30322 Certificate III in Cabinet Making and Timber Technology

Modification History

Release 2. Imported electve units updated. Supersedes and equivalent to MSF30322 Certificate III in Cabinet Making and Timber Technology (Release 1).

Release 1. Merges MSF31113 Certificate III in Cabinet Making, MSF30313 Certificate III in Timber and Composites Machining, and MSF30213 Certificate III in Furniture Making.

Qualification Description

Workers with this qualification have tradesperson-level skills in the manufacture and/or installation of products, including furniture and cabinetry, made from timber and other materials.

They have core skills in tool use, measuring, drawing (including computer-aided design), interpreting work documentation, preparing cutting lists, communication, teamwork, and safe and environmentally sustainable work practices. They may have specialised skills in wood machining, cabinet and furniture making, kitchen and bathroom construction and installation, marine cabinetry, coopering or drafting.

Work is in a defined range of skilled operations, usually within a range of broader activities involving established routines, methods and procedures, where some discretion and judgement is required in the selection of equipment, services or contingency measures. Individuals collaborate with others to achieve quality outcomes and take responsibility for their own work. They may have some limited responsibility for the work of others.

Kitchen and bathroom installers must be licensed in some states, and induction training is required for those working on construction sites.

Entry Requirements

Nil

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 25

8 core units

17 elective units, consisting of:

8 to 13 units from Groups A to F

3 to 8 units from Group G

1 or 2 units from Group H

up to 5 units not listed below from any endorsed Training Package or accredited course. These units:

must be relevant to the work outcome as outlined in the qualification description above

must not duplicate the outcome of other units used to achieve this qualification

must not include any unit coded MSFFP

must not include more than 1 unit aligned at a level lower than Australian Qualifications Framework Level 3.

All electives chosen must contribute to a valid, industry-supported vocational outcome.

Electives from Groups A to F can be packaged to provide a qualification with a specialisation.

Certificate III in Cabinet Making and Timber Technology (Furniture): 5 units from Group A

Certificate III in Cabinet Making and Timber Technology (Kitchens and Bathrooms): 5 units from Group B

Certificate III in Cabinet Making and Timber Technology (Marine Cabinetry): 5 units from Group C

Certificate III in Cabinet Making and Timber Technology (Wood Machining): 7 units from Group D

Certificate III in Cabinet Making and Timber Technology (Coopering): 4 units from Group E

Certificate III in Cabinet Making and Timber Technology (Drafting): 4 units from Group F

Where units are included to meet more than one specialisation, a multiple specialisation can be achieved, with each specialisation bracketed separately, e.g., Certificate III in Cabinet Making and Timber Technology (Marine Cabinetry) (Drafting). Multiple specialisations must meet industry-recognised occupational needs.

CORE UNITS

Unit code	Unit title
MSFFM2013	Use furniture making hand and power tools
MSFFM3030	Produce manual and computer-aided production drawings
MSFFM3031	Prepare cutting lists from design and production documentation
MSFGN2001	Make measurements and calculations
MSFGN3005	Read and interpret work documents
MSMENV272	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
MSMSUP102	Communicate in the workplace
MSMSUP106	Work in a team

ELECTIVE UNITS

Some units are listed under more than one heading. A unit may only be selected once.

Group A: Furniture

Unit code	Unit title
MSFFF2012	Prepare surfaces for finishing
MSFFM2016	Join solid timber
MSFFM2017	Hand make timber joints
MSFFM2018	Operate basic static machines safely
MSFFM3025	Construct furniture using leg and rail method
MSFFM3026	Produce angled and curved components using manufactured board
MSFFM3027	Produce angled and curved components using solid timber
MSFFM3028	Prepare and apply decorative surfaces for furnishing products
MSFFM3029	Select timbers for furniture production

Group B: Kitchens and bathrooms

Unit code	Unit title
MSFFM3038	Set up, operate and maintain automated edge banding machines
MSFFM3041	Determine and document requirements for cabinetry installation
MSFFM3042	Fabricate cabinetry
MSFFM3043	Install cabinetry
MSFFM3045	Set up, operate and maintain computer numerically controlled (CNC) machining and processing centres
MSFKB2003	Prepare for cabinetry installation
MSFKB3012	Plan kitchen and bathroom projects

Group C: Marine cabinetry

Unit code	Unit title
AURVTT121	Select and apply adhesives in automotive and marine service and repair work
CPCCCA3014	Construct and install bulkheads (prerequisite: CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry)
CPCCPB3004	Fix wet area sheets (prerequisite: CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry)
CPCCWC3004	Install suspended ceilings (prerequisite: CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry)
CPCSHP3005	Apply and trim decorative additions to shopfittings and components
MSFFL2038	Install lay flat vinyl floor coverings

Group D: Wood Machining

Unit code	Unit title
MSFFM3032	Set up, operate and maintain sawing machines
MSFFM3033	Set up, operate and maintain drilling machines
MSFFM3034	Set up, operate and maintain joining machines
MSFFM3035	Set up, operate and maintain planing and finishing machines
MSFFM3036	Set up, operate and maintain multi-head planing and moulding machines
MSFFM3037	Set up, operate and maintain routing and shaping machines
MSFFM3044	Set up, operate and maintain computer numerically controlled (CNC) sizing machines
MSFFM3045	Set up, operate and maintain computer numerically controlled (CNC) machining and processing centres

Group E: Coopering

Unit code	Unit title
MSFCP2005	Use coopering sector hand and power tools
MSFCP3001	Produce barrels using non-fired processes
MSFCP3002	Produce barrels using fired processes
MSFCP3003	Maintain and repair barrels

Group F: Drafting

Unit code	Unit title
CUAACD312	Produce computer-aided drawings
MSFFDM4002	Collect and interpret information to support production processes
MSFFDM4012	Produce computer-aided line and component production drawings
MSFFDM4014	Produce manual and computer-aided drawings from design concepts

Group G: General electives

Unit code	Unit title
BSBOPS304	Deliver and monitor a service to customers
CPCCJN3003	Manufacture components for doors, windows and frames
MSFFDM4005	Design, construct and test jigs
MSFFDM4009	Match furnishing style and materials to customer requirements
MSFFDM4018	Research and organise product inspection and testing
MSFFF2009	Use furniture finishing sector hand and power tools
MSFFF2012	Prepare surfaces for finishing
MSFFF2013	Maintain spray equipment and booth
MSFFF2014	Apply surface coatings by spray gun
MSFFF3010	Match and make up colours
MSFFF3012	Apply plural component coatings
MSFFF3016	Apply graining and decorative finishes
MSFFM2014	Select and apply hardware
MSFFM2015	Apply sheet laminates by hand
MSFFM2019	Assemble furnishing products
MSFFM3043	Install cabinetry
MSFFM3038	Set up, operate and maintain automated edge banding machines
MSFFM3039	Fabricate synthetic solid surface products
MSFFM3040	Produce and maintain cutting tools
MSFFT4013	Coordinate onsite installation of cabinetry
MSFGN3006	Estimate and cost job
MSMOPS363	Organise on-site work
MSMPER200	Work in accordance with an issued permit
MSMSUP390	Use structured problem-solving tools
MSS402003	Apply competitive systems and practices
MSS402056	Apply and improve standardised work practices
TLID0021	Store and handle dangerous goods and hazardous substances

Group H: Safe work

Unit code	Unit title
MSMWHS200	Work safely
CPCWHS1001	Prepare to work safely in the construction industry
CPCCWHS2001	Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry

Qualification Mapping Information

Release 2. Supersedes and equivalent to MSF30322 Certificate III in Cabinet Making and Timber Technology (Release 1).

Release 1. Supersedes and not equivalent to MSF31113 Certificate III in Cabinet Making, MSF30313 Certificate III in Timber and Composites Machining, and MSF30213 Certificate III in Furniture Making.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4- cfb27b03ed73

MSF30422 Certificate III in Glass and Glazing

Modification History

Release 3. Imported elective units updated. Supersedes and equivalent to MSF30422 Certificate III in Glass and Glazing (Release 2).

Release 2. Three elective units updated. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSF30422 Certificate III in Glass and Glazing (Release 1).

Release 1. Addition of MSFGG2017 to Group D electives. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSF30418 Certificate III in Glass and Glazing (Release 2).

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals involved in manufacturing, processing, moving or installing various types of glass products. Job roles may be in glass processing, glazing or designed glazing in both residential and commercial operations.

Workers use a range of technical knowledge to perform skilled work involving known routines, methods and procedures. They use discretion and judgement to adapt and transfer their skills and knowledge to different job needs and take responsibility for their own work within organisational parameters.

In some states and territories there may be licensing requirements that link to this qualification, and other licensing requirements where the individual is required to work onsite. Depending on the jurisdiction, licensing or regulatory requirements may also apply to the use of some units in this qualification. Licensing of glazing work applies in Queensland, NSW and South Australia. Local regulations should be checked for details.

Entry Requirements

Nil

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 23 including:

8 core units

15 elective units consisting of:

1 unit only from Group A

at least 8 units in any combination from Groups B, C, D or E

up to 6 additional units from Group B, C, D, E, F, or any endorsed Training Package or accredited course. These units must be relevant to the work outcome as outlined in the qualification description above, must not duplicate the outcome of other units available within this qualification, and if imported from other Training Packages, at least 4 must be units reflecting outcomes at AQF level 3 or higher.

Electives may be packaged to provide a qualification with a specialisation. General packaging rules must still be met when packaging units for a specialisation.

All Group B electives and at least 6 Group C electives, including those marked with ‘#’, must be selected for the award of MSF30422 Certificate III in Glass and Glazing (Glass Processing).

All Group B electives and at least 6 Group D electives, including those marked with ‘#’, plus at least 1 installation unit (MSFGG3033 – MSFGG3037), must be selected for the award of MSF30422 Certificate III in Glass and Glazing (Glazing).

At least 3 Group E electives, including those marked with ‘#’, must be selected for the award of MSF30422 Certificate III in Glass and Glazing (Designed Glazing).

CORE UNITS

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisite
HLTAID011	Provide first aid
MSFGG2014	Cut thin glass by hand
MSFGG2015	Process glass by basic machines
MSFGG3039	Manually move glass
MSFGN2001	Make measurements and calculations
MSMENV272	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
MSMSUP102	Communicate in the workplace
MSMSUP106	Work in a team

ELECTIVE UNITS

Group A

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisite
CPCCWHS2001	Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry
MSMWHS200	Work safely

Group B

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisite
MSFGG2013	Move single glass sheets by mechanical means

Group C - Glass Processing

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisite
MEM30031A	Operate computer-aided design (CAD) system to produce basic drawing elements
MSFFM3024	Construct jigs and fixtures
MSFGG2012	Operate glass freefall rack and table #
MSFGG3023	Apply and handle films
MSFGG3024	Form glass
MSFGG3025	Apply patterns and designs to glass
MSFGG3026	Laminate glass
MSFGG3027	Toughen glass
MSFGG3030	Process glass by automatic machines
MSFGG3031	Cut thick glass #
MSFGG3032	Mirror glass
MSFGG3040	Move block and bulk glass sheet by mechanical means #
MSFGG3041	Manufacture insulated glass units
MSFGG3042	Process glass by semi-automatic machines

Group D - Glazing

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisite
MSFSS3005	Assemble non-security and security screens and grilles
MSFGG2011	Glaze and reglaze residential windows and doors #
MSFGG2016	Assemble glazing products
MSFGG2017	Fabricate and install insect and security screens
MSFGG3028	Select, cut and process materials for glazing products
MSFGG3029	Assess glass and glazing requirements #
MSFGG3033	Install shower screens
MSFGG3034	Install residential windows and doors
MSFGG3035	Install mirrors and glass splashbacks
MSFGG3036	Install commercial glazing products
MSFGG3037	Install structural glazing products
MSFGG3038	Conduct commercial and structural reglazing
MSFGN3001	Read and interpret work documents

Group E - Designed Glazing

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisite
MSFDG2001	Assemble leadlight and stained glass components #
MSFDG3001	Protect leadlight and stained glass
MSFDG3002	Prepare and install architectural engineered leadlight and stained glass
MSFDG3003	Paint and fire glass
MSFDG3004	Assemble copper foil glass components
MSFDG3005	Fuse glass
MSFDG3006	Process coloured and textured glass by hand
MSFGG3022	Construct and repair leadlight panels
MSFGG3024	Form glass

Group F

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisite
BSBWHS411	Implement and monitor WHS policies, procedures and programs to meet legislative requirements
CPCCCM2006	Apply basic levelling procedures
CPCCCM2010	Work safely on scaffolding higher than two metres
CPCCCM2012	Work safely at heights	CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry
CPCWHS1001	Prepare to work safely in the construction industry
CUAACD311	Produce drawings to communicate ideas
CUACAL311	Produce calligraphy
MSAPMSUP201A	Receive or despatch goods
MSFBA2014	Construct metal louvre and canopy-hooded style awnings
MSFFM3030	Produce manual and computer-aided production drawings
MSFGG4019	Manage glass and glazing industry production scheduling
MSFGN3006	Estimate and cost job
TAEDEL311	Provide work skill instruction
TAEDEL414	Mentor in the workplace
TLID0021	Store and handle dangerous goods and hazardous substances
TLILIC0003	Licence to operate a forklift truck

Qualification Mapping Information

Release 3. Supersedes and equivalent to MSF30422 Certificate III in Glass and Glazing (Release 2).

Release 2. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSF30422 Certificate III in Glass and Glazing (Release 1).

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSF30418 Certificate III in Glass and Glazing.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSF30518 Certificate III in Picture Framing

Modification History

Release 3. One elective unit updated. Supersedes and equivalent to MSF30518 Certificate III in Picture Framing (Release 2).

Release 2. One elective unit updated. Supersedes and equivalent to MSF30518 Certificate III in Picture Framing (Release 1).

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSF30513 Certificate III in Picture Framing.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of a picture framer. Picture framers usually work in small retail outlets, which provide framing services to the general public. However, they may also undertake framing for businesses and specialise in particular types of framing.

Picture framers assess framing design requirements and use a range of technical skills to create artwork packages of varying complexity. In the first instance, they assess framing requirements from both a technical and design perspectives. Picture framers then use discretion and judgment and specialised knowledge and skills to select and use equipment and materials to achieve the desired framing effects.

There are no specific licences that relate to this qualification. However, depending on the jurisdiction, licensing or regulatory requirements may apply to the use of some units in this qualification. Local regulations should be checked for details.

Entry Requirements

N/A

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 21

14 core units

7 elective units, consisting of:

5 additional units from the list below

up to 2 additional units from any endorsed Training Package or accredited course - these units must be relevant to the work outcome

CORE UNITS

MSFGN2001	Make measurements and calculations
MSFPF2009	Cut mouldings to length
MSFPF2010	Join mouldings
MSFPF2011	Mount artwork
MSFPF2012	Cut mat boards
MSFPF2013	Cut and handle glazing materials for framing
MSFPF2014	Assemble basic artwork packages
MSFPF3010	De-frame artwork
MSFPF3016	Assemble complex artwork packages
MSFPF3014	Assess and prepare framing design requirements
MSMENV272	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
MSMSUP102	Communicate in the workplace
MSMSUP106	Work in a team
MSMWHS200	Work safely

ELECTIVE UNITS

BSBOPS305	Process customer complaints
BSBOPS304	Deliver and monitor a service to customers
BSBTEC301	Design and produce business documents
BSBESB303	Organise finances for new business ventures
BSBESB305	Address compliance requirements for new business ventures
BSBPEF301	Organise personal work priorities
ICPPRN3840	Set up and produce basic digital print
MSAPMSUP201A	Receive or despatch goods
MSFGN3006	Estimate and cost job
MSFPF2015	Repair framing material finishes
MSFPF3011	Decorate mat boards
MSFPF3013	Prepare textiles for framing
MSFPF3015	Apply frame finishes
MSFPF3017	Install artwork

Qualification Mapping Information

Release 3. One elective unit updated. Supersedes and equivalent to MSF30518 Certificate III in Picture Framing (Release 2).

Release 2. One elective unit updated. Supersedes and equivalent to MSF30518 Certificate III in Picture Framing (Release 1).

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSF30513 Certificate III in Picture Framing.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSF30722 Certificate III in Upholstery

Modification History

Release 1. MSMENV272 Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices removed from the core. Balance of core and electives adjusted to reflect this change, but overall number of units remains the same. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSF30713 Certificate III in Upholstery.

Qualification Description

Workers with this qualification have trade-level skills in upholstery, including skills in dismantling and reassembling furniture, in selecting, cutting, sewing and fitting fabric and leather upholstery material, and in producing loose covers. They have core skills in tool use, measurement, interpretation of work documentation, preparation of cutting lists, communication, teamwork, and safe and environmentally sustainable work practices. Electives allow them to achieve specialised skills in, among others, marine and automotive upholstery, computer- aided drawing, and small business management. Workers in this role use discretion, judgement and problem solving, take responsibility for their own outputs, and may have limited responsibility for others in a team environment.

Depending on the jurisdiction, licensing or regulatory requirements may apply to some units in this qualification. Local regulations should be checked for details.

Entry Requirements

Nil

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 25

12 core units

13 elective units, consisting of:

2 to 4 units from Group A

4 to 11 units from Group B

up to 7 units not listed below from any endorsed Training Package or accredited course. These units must be relevant to the work role as outlined in the qualification description above, must not duplicate the outcome of other units used to achieve this qualification, and must not include more than 1 unit aligned at a level lower than Australian Qualifications Framework Level 3.

Electives may be packaged to provide a qualification with a specialisation.

For the award of Certificate III in Upholstery (Production), MSFUP2009 and MSFUP3022 must be selected.

CORE UNITS

Unit code	Unit title
MSFGN2001	Make measurements and calculations
MSFGN3005	Read and interpret work documents
MSFGN3006	Estimate and cost job
MSFUP2007	Use upholstery hand and power tools
MSFUP2008	Fit upholstery components
MSFUP2010	Machine sew basic upholstery final cover materials
MSFUP2011	Develop cutting plan and cut single-layer upholstery fabric
MSFUP2012	Dismantle and reassemble furniture for upholstering
MSFUP3016	Fit and apply final cover materials to furniture using basic techniques
MSMSUP102	Communicate in the workplace
MSMSUP106	Work in a team
MSMWHS200	Work safely

ELECTIVE UNITS

Group A

Unit code	Unit title
MSFUP2009	Apply contemporary foundations to upholstered furniture
MSFUP3022	Apply finishing techniques to upholstered furniture
MSFUP3024	Cut, sew and fit skirts to upholstered furniture
MSFUP3025	Cut, sew and fit or fill cushions

Group B

Unit code	Unit title
BSBESB401	Research and develop business plans
BSBESB403	Plan finances for new business ventures
BSBESB405	Manage compliance for small businesses
BSBESB407	Manage finances for new business ventures
CUAACD312	Produce computer-aided drawings
MSFUP3015	Apply traditional foundations to upholstered furniture
MSFUP3017	Fit and apply final cover materials to furniture using decorative techniques
MSFUP3018	Lay out patterns and cut leather
MSFUP3019	Machine sew complex upholstery final cover materials
MSFUP3020	Fit and apply leather to furniture
MSFUP3021	Manufacture and fit loose covers
MSFUP3023	Develop cutting plan and cut multiple layer upholstery fabric
MSFUP3026	Apply marine sewing and installation techniques
MSFUP3027	Cut and sew canvas and acrylics
MSMENV272	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
TLID0021	Store and handle dangerous goods and hazardous substances

Qualification Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSF30713 Certificate III in Upholstery.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93- b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSF30822 Certificate III in Flooring Technology

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSF30818 Certificate III in Flooring Technology. Minor changes to core and electives. Specialisation in polished concrete added. 26/6/2023 - updated Packaging Rules to add prerequisite CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry to Group E CPCCON3046 Repair and rectify concrete and CPCCON3047 Cut concrete.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of flooring technicians who install floors or flooring materials in residential or commercial premises. Floors and flooring materials may be carpet, timber, vinyl, resilient, resin or concrete. Flooring technicians use a range of technical knowledge to perform skilled work involving known routines, methods, and procedures. They use discretion and judgement to adapt and transfer their skills and knowledge to different job needs and take responsibility for their own work.

In some states and territories, there may be licensing requirements for the installation of timber floors, resin floors and/or polished concrete in some jurisdictions. Other licensing or regulatory requirements may apply to the use of some units in this qualification in some jurisdictions. Local regulations should be checked for details.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

A total of 24 units must be achieved comprising:

12 core units

12 elective units, consisting of:

at least 6 units in any combination from A, B, C, D or E

up to 6 units from Groups A, B, C, D, E, F or any endorsed Training Package or accredited course – these units must be relevant to the work outcome, and if imported from other Training Packages, must be units first packaged in a Certificate III level qualification or higher.

Units selected from other Training Packages and accredited courses must not duplicate units available within this qualification.

Any combination of electives that meets the rules above can be selected for the award of the Certificate III in Flooring Technology. Where appropriate, electives may be packaged to provide a qualification with a specialisation.

Packaging for each specialisation

At least 6 Group A electives must be selected for the award of MSF30822 Certificate III in Flooring Technology (Carpet).

At least 6 Group B electives must be selected for the award of MSF30822 Certificate III in Flooring Technology (Resilient).

All 7 Group C electives must be selected for the award of MSF30822 Certificate III in Flooring Technology (Resin).

At least 8 Group D electives must be selected for the award of MSF30822 Certificate III in Flooring Technology (Timber).

At least 6 Group E electives must be selected for the award of MSF30822 Certificate III in Flooring Technology (Polished concrete).

CORE UNITS

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
MSFFL2032	Select, prepare and apply moisture barriers to concrete subfloors
MSFFL2034	Prepare subfloors with cementitious coating applications
MSFFL3052	Plan and cost flooring technology work
MSFFL3102	Receive and prepare flooring materials
MSFFL3106	Establish and maintain safe flooring installation work areas
MSFFL3107	Assess flooring installation sites
MSFGN2001	Make measurements and calculations
MSFGN3005	Read and interpret work documents
MSMSUP102	Communicate in the workplace
MSMSUP106	Work in a team
MSMWHS200	Work safely
TLID0021	Store and handle dangerous goods and hazardous substances

ELECTIVE UNITS

Group A: Carpet

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
MSFFL3103	Install soft carpet underlays and grippers
MSFFL3104	Install unpatterned tufted carpet
MSFFL3109	Install carpet tiles
MSFFL3110	Install adhesive-fixed carpet
MSFFL3111	Install commercial carpet
MSFFL3112	Install patterned carpet
MSFFL3113	Install carpet on complex stairs
MSFFL3127	Install synthetic textile floor coverings in indoor and outdoor facilities

Group B: Resilient

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
MSFFL2038	Install lay flat vinyl floor coverings
MSFFL3066	Install linoleum floor coverings
MSFFL3068	Install resilient floor coverings using custom designs and decorative finishes
MSFFL3069	Install rubber floor coverings
MSFFL3071	Install anti-static and conductive resilient floor coverings
MSFFL3114	Install resilient tiles and planks
MSFFL3115	Install commercial sheet vinyl flooring
MSFFL3116	Install resilient sheet to walls

Group C: Resin

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
MSFFL2035	Mechanically prepare surfaces for installation of flooring materials
MSFFL3072	Mix and apply thin-film rollcoat resin flooring systems
MSFFL3073	Mix and apply thin-film broadcast resin flooring systems
MSFFL3074	Mix and apply self-levelling resin flooring systems
MSFFL3075	Mix and apply trowel-applied resin flooring systems
MSFFL3076	Mix and apply high-build decorative resin flooring systems
MSFFL3077	Prepare subfloors for resin flooring systems

Group D: Timber

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
MSFFL2040	Install engineered timber flooring
MSFFL2042	Nail strip timber flooring
MSFFL2043	Install expansion joints
MSFFL2044	Install mouldings and edge trims to timber flooring
MSFFL2045	Coarse sand timber flooring
MSFFL3078	Install direct stick timber flooring
MSFFL3079	Adapt and apply custom designs to timber flooring
MSFFL3080	Install timber flooring materials to stairs
MSFFL3081	Install block parquetry flooring
MSFFL3082	Install cork tiles
MSFFL3087	Plan and implement maintenance systems for timber, laminate and engineered flooring
MSFFL3089	Apply solvent-based coatings to timber flooring
MSFFL3090	Apply water-based coatings to timber flooring
MSFFL3092	Apply composite-based coatings to timber flooring
MSFFL3094	Apply stains and fillers to timber flooring
MSFFL3098	Sand and fill parquetry flooring
MSFFL3099	Apply finishes to cork flooring
MSFFL3101	Install bamboo flooring
MSFFL3117	Install mosaic and panel parquetry flooring
MSFFL3118	Install sprung timber flooring
MSFFL3119	Install timber battens and plywood in preparation to install strip timber
MSFFL3120	Install timber flooring on joists
MSFFL3121	Apply emulsion wax and oil-based coatings to timber floors
MSFFL3122	Fine sand timber floors
MSFFL3123	Edge sand timber floors
MSFFL3124	Sand cork floors

Group E: Polished concrete

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
CPCCON3046	Repair and rectify concrete	CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry
CPCCON3047	Cut concrete	CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry
MSFFL3057	Select and fit diamond tools for concrete surface preparation and polishing
MSFFL3072	Mix and apply thin-film rollcoat resin flooring systems
MSFFL3100	Apply densifiers and sealers to concrete surfaces
MSFFL3108	Polish concrete floors
MSFFL3125	Mix and apply thin-set terrazzo
MSFFL3126	Grout polished concrete floors

Group F: Other electives

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
BSBOPS304	Deliver and monitor a service to customers
BSBESB401	Research and develop business plans
BSBESB402	Establish legal and risk management requirements of new business ventures
CPCCWHS2001	Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry
CPCCWP3002	CPCCWP3002 Apply waterproofing process to internal wet areas	CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry
MEM30031	Operate computer-aided design (CAD) system to produce basic drawing elements
MSFFL2031	Remove existing floor coverings
MSFFL2033	Install hard underlays
MSFFL2041	Install impact and sound absorption underlay
MSFFL3055	Respond to complaints about flooring installations
MSFFL3058	Provide advice to customers on flooring products
MSFFL3105	Install laminate and hybrid vinyl flooring
MSFFDM4009	Match furnishing style and materials to customer requirements
MSFGN3007	Set up and operate a self-employed contracting business
MSS402055	Apply quality standards
TAEDEL311	Provide work skill instruction
TAEDEL414	Mentor in the workplace

Qualification Mapping Information

No equivalent qualification.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSF30919 Certificate III in Blinds, Awnings, Security Screens and Grilles

Modification History

Release 2. One low use unit removed from elective bank as determined at December 2020 AISC meeting in response to Skills Ministers' objectives. Supersedes and is equivalent to to MSF30919 Certificat III in Blinds, Awnings, Security Screens and Grilles.

Release 1. Supersedes but is not equivalent to MSF30913 Certificate III in Blinds, Awnings, Security Screens and Grilles.

Qualification Description

This qualification describes the skills and knowledge required to estimate, fabricate, assemble and install blinds, awnings, shade sails, shutters, and screens and grilles using a range of materials, fixtures and fittings.

Work is usually performed in a defined range of skilled operations, where a range of methods, tools, materials and information are used to complete routine activities. Discretion and judgement are required in selecting equipment, services and contingency measures and resolving mostly predictable problems within known time constraints.

Licensing applies in some jurisdictions for the installation of blinds, awnings, shade sails, shutters, security screens and grilles. Local regulations should be checked for details.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 18

5 core units

13 elective units, consisting of:

at least 8 units from Group A, Group B and Group C

up to 5 units from Group D and remaining Group A*, Group B and Group C units

up to three units from any endorsed Training Package or accredited course provided these units are relevant to the work outcome and were first packaged in a Certificate II level qualification or higher.

Units selected from other Training Packages and accredited courses must be relevant to the qualification outcome and not duplicate units available in this qualification.

If units of competency selected have prerequisite units, these prerequisite units must also be selected as part of completion of this qualification.

Packaging for specialisations

Electives may be packaged to provide a qualification with a specialisation.

At least 5 Group A electives must be selected for award of MSF30919 Certificate III in Blinds, Awnings, Security Screens and Grilles (Fabrication and Assembly)

At least 5 Group B electives must be selected for award of MSF30919 Certificate III in Blinds, Awnings, Security Screens and Grilles (Installation)

At least 5 Group C electives must be selected for award of MSF30919 Certificate III in Blinds, Awnings, Security Screens and Grilles (Estimating Detailing)

CORE UNITS

Unit code	Unit title
BSBFLM303	Contribute to effective workplace relationships
BSBPRO401	Develop product knowledge
MSFGN2001	Make measurements and calculations
MSFGN3001	Read and interpret work documents
MSMWHS200	Work safely

ELECTIVE UNITS

Group A: Fabrication and Assembly

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisite unit
MEM18001C	Use hand tools
MEM18002B	Use power tools/hand held operations
MEM20003A	Install and upgrade locks and hardware	MEM18001C Use hand tools MEM18002B Use power tools/hand held operations
MEM20005A	Install and maintain door control devices/systems	MEM18001C Use hand tools MEM18002B Use power tools/hand held operations
MSFBA2011	Select and apply hardware and fixings for blinds, awnings, screens and grilles
MSFBA3011	Assemble awnings
MSFBA3012	Assemble interior blinds
MSFBA3014	Assemble pelmets
MSFBA3019	Assemble roller shutters
MSFBA3021	Assemble louvre shutters
MSFDN4003	Produce patterns and templates
MSFFM2010	Set up and operate basic static machines
MSFFM3010	Prepare cutting list from plans and job specifications
MSFFM3021	Set up, operate and maintain computer numerically controlled (CNC) sizing machines
MSFFM3022	Set up, operate and maintain computer numerically controlled (CNC) machining and processing centres
MSFGG2016	Assemble glazing products
MSFGG3028	Select, cut and process materials for glazing products
MSFSF3014	Construct Roman-style blinds
MSFSS3005	Assemble non-security and security screens and grilles
MSS402081	Contribute to the application of a proactive maintenance strategy
MSS403087	Mistake proof an operational process
MSTGN3016	Plan tasks to assist production operations

Group B: Installation

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisite unit
AHCLSC308	Install metal structures and features
CPCCWHS2001	Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry
CPCCSH2003A	Apply and install sealant and sealant devices	CPCCOHS2001A Apply OHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry
CPCCWHS1001	Prepare to work safely in the construction industry
CPPSEC2022	Install electronic locks and locking systems
MSFBA3015	Install louvre shutters
MSFBA3016	Install awnings
MSFBA3017	Install interior blinds
MSFBA3020	Install roller shutters
MSFFDT3001	Install low-voltage technology, automation, and intelligent management systems in furnishing
MSFGG3034	Install residential windows and doors
MSFSS3004	Install non-security and security screens and grilles
MSTGN2005	Perform minor maintenance
MSTTF3001	Identify client and site requirements for installation of fabricated textile products

Group C: Estimating Detailing

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisite unit
BSBADM311	Maintain business resources
BSBCUS301	Deliver and monitor a service to customers
BSBITU306	Design and produce business documents
BSBPRO301	Recommend products and services
MSFBA3018	Assess suitability of blinds and awnings
MSFGN3002	Estimate and cost job
MSFGN3003	Advise customers on products and services
MSFGN3004	Resolve quality and compliance issues
MSTTF3002	Gain customer acceptance of service proposal

Group D: General

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisite unit
BSBFLM309	Support continuous improvement systems and processes
BSBINN201	Contribute to workplace innovation
CPCCCA3010	Install windows and doors	CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry
CPCCCM2002	Carry out excavation	CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry
CPCCCO2013	Carry out concreting to simple forms	CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry
CPCCCM3001	Operate elevated work platforms up to 11 metres
MSFGN2002	Move and store materials and products
MSFGN4001	Research and meet ethical and compliance requirements
MSFSF2015	Cut single layer fabrics
MSTTF2002	Cut, bend and shape metal
MSTTF2005	Translate information into measurements or diagrams
MSTTF2014	Weld plastic materials
MSTTF2015	Install products on and off site
MSTTF3004	Perform advanced welding of plastic materials	MSTTF2014 Weld plastic materials
MSTTX2014	Perform industrial sewing on textile products
TLIA0020	Package goods
TLIA0023	Receive goods
TLIA0019	Despatch stock
TLIA3016	Use inventory systems to organise stock control
TLID0021	Store and handle dangerous goods and hazardous substances

Qualification Mapping Information

Release 2. One low use unit removed from elective bank as determined at December 2020 AISC meeting in response to Skills Ministers' objectives. Supersedes and is equivalent to to MSF30919 Certificat III in Blinds, Awnings, Security Screens and Grilles.

Release 1. Supersedes but is not equivalent to MSF30913 Certificate III in Blinds, Awnings, Security Screens and Grilles.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSF31018 Certificate III in Interior Decoration Retail Services

Modification History

Release 5. Elective imported units updated. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSF31018 Certificate III in Interior Decoration Retail Services (Release 4).

Release 4. Eight elective units updated and one deleted. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSF31018 Certificate III in Interior Decoration Retail Services (Release 3).

Release 3. Imported units updates. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSF31018 Certificate III in Interior Decoration Retail Services (Release 2).

Release 2. Minor updates. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSF31018 Certificate III in Interior Decoration Retail Services (Release 1).

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSF31013 Certificate III in Interior Decoration Retail Services.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who provide practical assistance and advice to customers on furnishing products in a retail, showroom or domestic environment.

They use discretion and judgment in their work roles and adapt and transfer skills and knowledge to different customer situations and needs. Furnishing products may include soft furnishings, furniture, flooring, window coverings or kitchen and bathroom items

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 13

5 core units

8 elective units, consisting of:

at least 1 unit from Group A

at least 5 units from Group B

up to 2 units from Group A, Group B, any endorsed Training Package or accredited course – these units must be relevant to the work outcome.

Units selected from other Training Packages and accredited courses must not duplicate units available within this qualification.

CORE UNITS

Unit code	Unit title
MSMENV272	Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices
MSMSUP102	Communicate in the workplace
MSMSUP106	Work in a team
MSMWHS200	Work safely
SIRXCEG001	Engage the customer

ELECTIVE UNITS

Group A

Unit code	Unit title
MSFFDM4009	Match furnishing styles and materials to customer requirements
MSFFL3052	Plan and cost flooring technology work
MSFFL3058	Provide advice to customers on floor coverings
MSFFP2019	Source and review information about kitchen, bathroom and laundry design
MSFGN2001	Make measurements and calculations
MSFGN3003	Advise customers on products and services
MSFKB3009	Provide advice on modular kitchens
MSFKB3012	Plan kitchen and bathroom projects
MSFSF3017	Measure up and calculate fabric quantities for window coverings
MSFSF3018	Advise customers on interior decoration

Group B

Unit code	Unit title
BSBFIN302	Maintain financial records
BSBOPS304	Deliver and monitor a service to customers
BSBOPS305	Process customer complaints
CUAACD311	Produce drawings to communicate ideas
CUAACD312	Produce computer-aided drawings
CUADES202	Evaluate the nature of design in a specific industry context
CUADES301	Explore the use of colour
CUADES305	Source and apply information on the history and theory of design
CUADIG304	Create visual design components
MSFGN3005	Read and interpret work documents
MSFGN3006	Estimate and cost job
MSS402055	Apply quality standards
SIRRINV002	Control stock
SIRXSLS001	Sell to the retail customer
SITXMPR011	Plan and implement sales activities

Qualification Mapping Information

Release 5. Elective imported units updated. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSF31018 Certificate III in Interior Decoration Retail Services (Release 4).

Release 4. Eight elective units updated and one deleted. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSF31018 Certificate III in Interior Decoration Retail Services (Release 3).

Release 3. Imported units updates. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSF31018 Certificate III in Interior Decoration Retail Services (Release 2).

Release 2. Minor updates. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSF31018 Certificate III in Interior Decoration Retail Services (Release 1).

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSF31013 Certificate III in Interior Decoration Retail Services.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSF40122 Certificate IV in Interior Decoration

Modification History

Release 1. Updated core and elective units. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSF40118 Certificate IV in Interior Decoration.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who provide advice and practical assistance on the finishing and furnishing of existing interior spaces. They may work in retail, consulting and building businesses as interior decorators or colour consultants. Individuals in this role are typically involved in:

working with clients and other building and design professionals and suppliers

research and analysis of the client’s goals and requirements

planning, designing and arranging space

interior styling

specifying finishes and furnishings

selection of colours

specifications and purchasing.

Decorators use a broad range of specialised and technical knowledge and skills, and they research and compare information from diverse sources to develop decoration solutions. They also use well-developed communication skills, and may provide some leadership and guidance to others.

There are no specific licences that relate to this qualification. However, depending on the jurisdiction, licensing or regulatory requirements may apply to the use of some units in this qualification. Local regulations should be checked for details.

Work may require access to construction sites and require construction induction training and certification covered by the unit CPCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry. Local regulations should also be checked for requirements.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 17

7 core units

10 elective units, consisting of:

at least 7 units from the electives listed below

up to 3 units from the electives listed below, any endorsed Training Package or accredited course – these units must be relevant to the work outcome.

Units selected from other Training Packages and accredited courses must not duplicate units available within this qualification.

CORE UNITS

Unit code	Unit title
CUADES302	Explore and apply the creative design process to 2D forms
CUADES303	Explore and apply the creative design process to 3D forms
CUAACD311	Produce drawings to communicate ideas
CUAACD313	Produce technical drawings
MSFGN4001	Research and meet ethical and compliance requirements
MSFID4012	Decorate residential interiors
MSFID4016	Design colour schemes for interior and exterior spaces

ELECTIVE UNITS

Unit code	Unit title
BSBCRT412	Articulate, present and debate ideas
BSBCRT413	Collaborate in a creative process
BSBESB406	Establish operational strategies and procedures for new business ventures
BSBOPS402	Coordinate business operational plans
BSBTEC201	Use business software applications
CPPBDN4107	Investigate construction methods for Class 1 and 10 buildings
CUAACD312	Produce computer-aided drawings
CUADES301	Explore the use of colour
CUADES305	Source and apply information on the history and theory of design
CUADES411	Generate design solutions
CUADES413	Develop and extend design skills and practice
CUADES423	Research and apply techniques in spatial design
CUADIG303	Produce and prepare photo images
CUADIG304	Create visual design components
CUAILL401	Develop and refine illustrative work
MSFID4013	Design residential interior lighting
MSFID4015	Prepare materials and finishes boards for client presentation
MSFID4017	Research and recommend furniture and accessories
MSFID4019	Research interior decoration and design influences
MSFID4021	Design soft furnishing solutions for interior spaces
MSFSF3017	Measure up and calculate fabric quantities for window coverings
MSFSF3018	Advise customers on interior decoration
MSMENV472	Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices
MSMWHS200	Work safely
SIRRMER004	Develop visual merchandising creative concepts
SIRRMER005	Implement visual merchandising concepts
SIRRMER007	Design and install visual merchandising displays
SIRRMER009	Plan and organise display lighting
SIRRMER011	Design and install merchandise signage

Qualification Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSF40118 Certificate IV in Interior Decoration.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSF40222 Certificate IV in Furniture Design and Manufacturing

Modification History

Release 3. Imported elective units updated. Supersedes and equivalent to MSF40222 Certificate IV in Furniture Design and Manufacturing (Release 2).

Release 2. Equivalency error in metadata updated. MSF40222 Certificate IV in Furniture Design and Manufacture (Release 1) is not equivalent to MSF40213 Certificate IV in Furniture Design and Manufacture.

Release 1. Packaging rules changed, description revised, core and elective units changed. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSF40213 Certificate IV in Furniture Design and Technology.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who work in product design–related and manufacturing or custom-made furniture roles in furniture or similar organisations where a combination of technical, creative, practical, research and project coordination skills is required. At this level, these individuals use knowledge of design principles and concepts in a practical way to drive design process, materials capability and production processes to develop and create product and process solutions in response to varied design briefs. Depending on the context, an individual may also use other product-specific technical production skills.

There are no specific licenses that relate to this qualification. However, depending on the jurisdiction, licensing or regulatory requirements may apply to the use of some units in this qualification. Local regulations should be checked for details.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 18

5 core units

13 elective units selected from those listed below, or from any endorsed training package or accredited course (these units must be relevant to the work outcome), and comprising:

a minimum of 8 MSF-coded units

a minimum of 1 unit from each of Groups A to F.

The remaining 4 electives may be chosen from any endorsed training package or accredited course (these units must be relevant to the work outcome). Units selected from other training packages and accredited courses must not duplicate units available within this qualification.

Core Units
CUADES411	Generate design solutions
CUADES412	Interpret and respond to a design brief
MSFFDM4008	Investigate materials and technologies for design projects
MSFFDM4010	Prepare and present design and manufacturing information
MSFFDM4014	Produce manual and computer-aided drawings from design concepts

Group A Electives: History of design

Code	Title
CUARES301	Apply knowledge of history and theory to own arts practice
CUADES305	Source and apply information on the history and theory of design
MSFFDM4021	Research furniture styles and movements

Group B Electives: Design communication

Code	Title
BSBCRT311	Apply critical thinking skills in a team environment
BSBCRT412	Articulate, present and debate ideas
BSBCRT413	Collaborate in a creative process
BSBOPS404	Implement customer service strategies
CUAACD311	Produce drawings to communicate ideas
CUADIG303	Produce and prepare photo images

Group C Electives: Design practice

Code	Title
CUADES301	Explore the use of colour
CUADES303	Explore and apply the creative design process to 3D forms
CUADES304	Source and apply design industry knowledge
BSBPMG430	Undertake project work
MSFFDM4009	Match furnishing style and materials to customer requirements
MSFFDM4020	Research and select product finishes
MSFFM3029	Select timbers for furniture production
MSFKB4011	Design ancillary residential cabinetry

Group D Electives: Workshop practice

Code	Title
BSBWHS311	Assist with maintaining workplace safety
CUAACD314	Make scale models
CUAACD412	Experiment with moulding and casting techniques
CUADES422	Research and apply techniques in product design
CUASCU411	Experiment with techniques to produce sculpture
CUAWOO401	Experiment with techniques to produce wood objects
MSFFDM4001	Assemble custom furniture
MSFFDM4003	Construct and evaluate prototypes and samples
MSFFDM4004	Construct joints for custom furniture
MSFFDM4005	Design, construct and test jigs
MSFFDM4006	Hand carve wood to custom design
MSFFDM4013	Produce curved and shaped components for custom furniture
MSFFDM4016	Produce timber veneered components for custom furniture
MSFFDM4022	Select, use and maintain hand tools for the creation of custom products
MSFFDM4023	Set up, operate and maintain basic static woodworking machines for furniture designs
MSMWHS200	Work safely

Group E Electives: Design documentation and machine interface

Code	Title
CUAACD312	Produce computer-aided drawings
CUAACD313	Produce technical drawings
CUAANM313	Create 3D digital models
CUADIG519	Investigate technologies for the creation of digital art
MSFFDM4012	Produce computer-aided line and component production drawings
MSFFDM4015	Produce patterns and templates
MSFFDM4019	Research and select manufacturing technologies
MSFFDM5002	Coordinate and optimise workplace maintenance programs

Group F Electives: Project management and professional development

Unit code	Unit title
BSBESB401	Research and develop business plans
BSBESB402	Establish legal and risk management requirements of new business ventures
BSBESB404	Market new business ventures
BSBESB407	Manage finances for new business ventures
BSBLDR413	Lead effective workplace relationships
BSBTWK401	Build and maintain business relationships
MSFFDM4002	Collect and interpret information to support production processes
MSFFDM4007	Identify and calculate production costs
MSFFDM4011	Prepare tender submissions
MSFFDM4017	Purchase materials and consumables
MSFFDM4018	Research and organise product inspection and testing
MSFGN4001	Research and meet ethical and compliance requirements
MSS402087	Apply cost factors to work practices

Qualification Mapping Information

Release 3. Supersedes and equivalent to MSF40222 Certificate IV in Furniture Design and Manufacturing (Release 2).

Release 2. Supersedes and equivalent to MSF40222 Certificate IV in Furniture Design and Manufacture (Release 1).

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSF40213 Certificate IV in Furniture Design and Technology.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSF40318 Certificate IV in Kitchen and Bathroom Design

Modification History

Release 3. One elective unit updated. One elective unit deleted. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSF40318 Certificate IV in Design of Kitchens, Bathrooms and Interior Spaces (Release 2).

Release 2. Imported units updated. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSF40313 Certificate IV in Design of Kitchens, Bathrooms and Interior Spaces (Release 1).

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSF40313 Certificate IV in Design of Kitchens, Bathrooms and Interior Spaces.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who design kitchens and bathrooms that typically feature built-in cabinetry and furniture. They may work in larger organisations or as independent designers.

Designers work directly with the client and/or with professionals, such as architects, builders, retailers, interior designers and suppliers. They possess a broad range of specialised and technical knowledge and skills, and they research and compare information from diverse sources to develop design solutions. They also use well-developed communication skills and may provide some leadership and guidance to others.

There are no specific licences that relate to this qualification. Work may require access to construction sites and require White Card construction induction training and certification covered by the unit CPCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry. Local regulations should also be checked for requirements.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 16

11 core units

5 elective units, consisting of:

at least 3 units from the electives listed below

up to 2 units from the list below, any endorsed Training Package or accredited course – these units must be relevant to the work outcome.

Units selected from other Training Packages and accredited courses must not duplicate units available within this qualification.

CORE UNITS

MSFFM3011	Measure and draw site layout for manufactured furniture products
MSFID4014	Produce digital models and documentation for interior design projects
MSFID4022	Prepare quotation and contract documentation for design projects
MSFKB3010	Detail cabinet construction requirements
MSFKB3011	Plan kitchen and bathroom projects
MSFKB4009	Determine spatial planning considerations for kitchen designs
MSFKB4010	Determine spatial planning considerations for bathroom design
MSFKB4011	Design ancillary residential cabinetry
MSFKB4013	Document residential building services
MSFKB4015	Research and recommend materials, components and finishes for kitchen designs
MSFKB4016	Research and recommend materials, components and finishes for bathroom designs

ELECTIVE UNITS

BSBCRT412	Articulate, present and debate ideas
BSBOPS404	Implement customer service strategies
CPCCBC4002	Manage work health and safety in the building and construction workplace
CPCCBC4003	Select, prepare and administer a construction contract
CPCCBC4004	Identify and produce estimated costs for building and construction projects
CPCCBC4008	Supervise site communication and administration processes for building and construction projects
CPCCBC4009	Apply legal requirements to building and construction projects
CPCWHS1001	Prepare to work safely in the construction industry
CUADES302	Explore and apply the creative design process to 2D forms
CUADES303	Explore and apply the creative design process to 3D forms
CUADES305	Source and apply information on the history and theory of design
CUADES411	Generate design solutions
CUADES413	Develop and extend design skills and practice
CUADES423	Research and apply techniques in spatial design
MSFFT4013	Coordinate on-site installation of furnishing products
MSFFDM4009	Match furnishing style and materials to customer requirements
MSFGN4001	Research and meet ethical and compliance requirements
MSFID4012	Decorate residential interiors
MSFID4013	Design residential interior lighting
MSFID4015	Prepare materials and finishes boards for client presentation
MSFID4016	Design colour schemes for interior and exterior spaces
MSFID4019	Research interior decoration and design influences
MSFID4020	Research and integrate embedded technologies in interior designs
MSFID5020	Design residential interiors
MSFID5023	Design for all ages and abilities
MSFKB3009	Provide advice on modular kitchens
MSFKB4012	Determine layout for laundry components
MSMENV472	Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices
MSMSUP390	Use structured problem-solving tools

Qualification Mapping Information

Release 3. One elective unit updated. One elective unit deleted. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSF40318 Certificate IV in Design of Kitchens, Bathrooms and Interior Spaces (Release 2).

Release 2. Imported units updated. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSF40313 Certificate IV in Design of Kitchens, Bathrooms and Interior Spaces (Release 1).

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSF40313 Certificate IV in Design of Kitchens, Bathrooms and Interior Spaces.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSF40422 Certificate IV in Glass and Glazing

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSF40418 Certificate IV in Glass and Glazing.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals in glass and glazing enterprises who perform a range of specialist and/or leadership functions, including sales, estimating scheduling, design, production control and quality assurance. Leadership job roles include higher tradesperson (post-trade), factory-based leading hands/supervisors or site supervisors in glass processing, glazing or architectural glass functions in residential and commercial operations.

Roles at this level may include requirements to evaluate and analyse current practices, develop new criteria and procedures for performing current practices, and provision of leadership and guidance to others in the application and planning of glass and glazing skills.

Entry to the qualification may be from trade and non-trade backgrounds. Industry expectation is that it will be undertaken primarily by those who have completed a Certificate III in Glass and Glazing or achieved equivalent industry experience.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication. However, depending on the jurisdiction, licensing or regulatory requirements may apply to the use of some units in this qualification. Local regulations should be checked for details.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

A total of 12 units must be achieved comprising:

5 core units

7 elective units, consisting of:

1 Group A unit

at least 1 Group B unit

at least 3 Group B or Group C units

the remaining 2 units from Group B, Group C, Group D and/or any endorsed Training Package or accredited course; these units must be relevant to the work outcome, and if imported from other Training Packages, must be units first packaged in a Certificate IV or higher-level qualification.

CORE UNITS

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
BSBLDR411	Demonstrate leadership in the workplace
BSBOPS404	Implement customer service strategies
BSBPEF402	Develop personal work priorities
MSFGG4017	Apply standards and codes of practice for the glass and glazing industry
MSS403022	Facilitate a Just in Time system

ELECTIVE UNITS

Group A: Work health and safety

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
BSBWHS411	Implement and monitor WHS policies, procedures and programs
CPCCBC4002	Manage work health and safety in the building and construction workplace

Group B: Glass and glazing industry

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
MSFGG4024	Assess designed glass conservation requirements
MSFGG4025	Apply innovation in contemporary designed glass
MSFGG4018	Use specialised glass and glazing industry applications
MSFGG4019	Manage glass and glazing industry production scheduling
MSFGG4020	Perform laser measurement and levelling of glass windows and doors
MSFGG4021	Operate complex glass processing plant control systems
MSFGG4022	Manage glass processing plant shutdown and restart
MSFGG4023	Plan and coordinate commercial glazing installation

Group C: Job-role-specific

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
BSBLDR412	Communicate effectively as a workplace leader
BSBLDR414	Lead team effectiveness
BSBMKG434	Promote products and services
BSBPMG420	Apply project scope management techniques
BSBPMG430	Undertake project work
CPCCBC4001	Apply building codes and standards to the construction process for Class 1 and 10 buildings
CPCCBC4004	Identify and produce estimated costs for building and construction projects
CPCCBC4005	Produce labour and material schedules for ordering
CPCCBC4012	Read and interpret plans and specifications
CUAGLA401	Experiment with techniques to produce glasswork
CUAGLA501	Refine glassworking techniques
CUAGLA502	Investigate glassworking materials and processes
MEM30031	Operate computer-aided design (CAD) system to produce basic drawing elements
MSFFDM4007	Identify and calculate production costs
MSFFDM4011	Prepare tender submissions
MSFFDM4015	Produce patterns and templates
MSFFDM4017	Purchase materials and consumables
MSFFM3030	Produce manual and computer-aided production drawings
MSMSUP404	Coordinate maintenance
MSS404080	Undertake process capability improvements
SIRXCEG004	Create a customer-centric culture
TAEDEL412	Facilitate workplace-based learning
TAEDEL414	Mentor in the workplace
TLIA0025	Assess and monitor optimum stock levels

Group D: General

Unit code	Unit title	Prerequisites
BSBOPS403	Apply business risk management processes
MSFFDM4018	Research and organise product inspection and testing
MSMENV472	Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices
MSS402032	Interpret cost and waste in terms of customer value
MSS404056	Apply statistics to operational processes
TAEDEL311	Provide work skill instruction
TLIA0031	Organise transport of freight or goods

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSF40418 Certificate IV in Glass and Glazing.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSF40522 Certificate IV in Piano Technology

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSF31213 Certificate III in Piano Technology.

Qualification Description

This qualification is for those who tune, maintain and make basic repairs on acoustic upright and grand pianos.

There are no formal entry requirements for this qualification; however, people commencing this qualification must have a good understanding of sound frequencies, the harmonic relationship between pitches, and the use of dynamics in music. In most cases this is achieved through instrumental and music theory learning.

Workers with this qualification service home, studio and performance pianos. They understand factors such as movement, temperature, humidity and patterns of use that affect piano condition and provide solutions and advice to clients for routine and non-routine problems. Many operate as sole traders.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this qualification at the time of publication.

Entry Requirements

Nil

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 15

6 core units

9 elective units, consisting of:

5 to 9 units from Group A

zero to 4 units from Group B

zero to 3 units not listed below from any endorsed training package or accredited course. These units:

must be relevant to the work role as outlined in the qualification description above

must not duplicate the outcome of other units used to achieve this qualification

must not include more than 1 unit aligned at a level lower than Australian Qualifications Framework Level 3.

CORE UNITS

Unit code	Unit title
MSMWHS200	Work safely
MSFPT4004	Regulate actions, keys and pedals of upright pianos
MSFPT4006	Apply piano tuning theory and basic acoustics
MSFPT4007	Control tuning hammers
MSFPT4008	Pitch raise a piano
MSFPT4012	Tune a piano aurally and electronically

ELECTIVE UNITS

Group A

Unit code	Unit title
MSFPT4000	Select and use materials for piano repair and manufacture
MSFPT4001	Provide advice to customers on piano tuning and repairs
MSFPT4002	Research and apply information about piano technology
MSFPT4003	Repair piano actions, keys and pedals
MSFPT4005	Regulate actions, keys and pedals of grand pianos
MSFPT4009	Tune unisons aurally to a beatless condition
MSFPT4010	Tune octaves aurally to appropriate stretch
MSFPT4011	Tune a temperament octave to produce an equally tempered scale
MSFPT4013	Voice a piano

Group B

Unit code	Unit title
BSBESB303	Organise finances for new business ventures
BSBESB305	Address compliance requirements for new business ventures
BSBESB404	Market new business ventures
BSBFIN302	Maintain financial records
BSBINS410	Implement records systems for small business
BSBMKG434	Promote products and services
BSBTWK401	Build and maintain business relationships
BSBXCM301	Engage in workplace communication
MSFFF3015	Repair and touch up surfaces
MSFFF3017	Apply traditional French polishing techniques
MSFFM2017	Hand make timber joints
MSFFM2018	Operate basic static machines safely
MSFGN2001	Make measurements and calculations
SIRXOSM005	Develop a basic website for customer engagement

Qualification Mapping Information

Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSF31213 Certificate III in Piano Technology.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93- b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSF50222 Diploma of Interior Design

Modification History

Release 2. Imported elective units updated. Supersedes and equivalent to MSF50222 Diploma of Interior Design (Release 1).

Release 1. Updated core and elective units. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSF50218 Diploma of Interior Design.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of interior designers who provide advice mainly for residential building interiors. They may also be involved in the provision of advice about interior decoration. Individuals may be self-employed or employed in businesses such as design studios.

Designers provide a broad range of design advice and services, and are involved in:

researching and analysing the client’s goals and requirements

planning, arranging and styling the space, and preparing detailed client presentations

selecting and specifying colour schemes, furniture, fabrics, fixtures and lighting

working in collaboration with builders, architects and service contractors

preparing detailed design documentation.

There are no specific licences that relate to this qualification. However, depending on the jurisdiction, licensing or regulatory requirements may apply to the use of some units in this qualification. Local regulations should be checked for details.

Work may require access to construction sites and require induction training and certification covered by the unit CPCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry. Local regulations should also be checked for requirements.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 27

10 core units

17 elective units, consisting of:

at least 11 units from Groups A and B, with at least 5 from Group A

up to 6 additional units from Group A, Group B, any endorsed Training Package or accredited course – these units must be relevant to the work outcome.

Units selected from other Training Packages and accredited courses must not duplicate units available within this qualification.

CORE UNITS

Unit code	Unit title
CUADES302	Explore and apply the creative design process to 2D forms
CUADES303	Explore and apply the creative design process to 3D forms
CUADES512	Establish, negotiate and refine a design brief
MSFID4013	Design residential interior lighting
MSFID4014	Produce digital models and documentation for interior design projects
MSFID4016	Design colour schemes for interior and exterior spaces
MSFID5020	Design residential interiors
MSFID5021	Evaluate site structure and services for interior design briefs
MSFID5022	Explore and apply creative design methodology to interior space
MSFID5025	Develop residential interior design project documentation

ELECTIVE UNITS

Group A

Unit code	Unit title
BSBCRT512	Originate and develop concepts
BSBPMG430	Undertake project work
CUAANM313	Create 3D digital models
CUADIG517	Design digital simulations
CUAPPR513	Present a body of own creative work
MSFGN4001	Research and meet ethical and compliance requirements
MSFID4020	Research and integrate embedded technologies in interior designs
MSFID4021	Design soft furnishing solutions for interior spaces
MSFID4022	Prepare quotation and contract documentation for design projects
MSFID5016	Develop decoration proposals for complex sites
MSFID5017	Develop event decoration proposals
MSFID5018	Provide interior styling service
MSFID5019	Decorate interiors for restoration projects
MSFID5023	Design for all ages and abilities
MSFID5024	Design workplace interiors
MSFID5027	Research and recommend colour applications and finishes
MSFID5028	Research and recommend artwork
MSS015043	Develop strategies for more sustainable use of resources

Group B

Unit code	Unit title
BSBCRT412	Articulate, present and debate ideas
BSBCRT413	Collaborate in creative processes
BSBESB406	Establish operational strategies and procedures for new business ventures
BSBOPS402	Coordinate business operational plans
CPCWHS1001	Prepare to work safely in the construction industry
CPPBDN4107	Investigate construction methods for Class 1 and 10 buildings
CUADES304	Source and apply design industry knowledge
CUADES305	Source and apply information on the history and theory of design
CUADES411	Generate design solutions
CUADES413	Develop and extend design skills and practice
CUADES423	Research and apply techniques in spatial design
CUADIG303	Produce and prepare photo images
CUADIG304	Create visual design components
CUAILL401	Develop and refine illustrative work
CUAPPR514	Establish and maintain environmentally sustainable creative practice
MSFFDM4021	Research furniture styles and movements
MSFID4012	Decorate residential interiors
MSFID4015	Prepare materials and finishes boards for client presentation
MSFID4017	Research and recommend furniture and accessories
MSFID4018	Research and recommend hard materials and finishes for interiors
MSFID4019	Research interior decoration and design influences

Qualification Mapping Information

Release 2. Supersedes and equivalent to MSF50222 Diploma of Interior Design (Release 1).

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSF50218 Diploma of Interior Design.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSF50322 Diploma of Furniture Design and Manufacturing

Modification History

Release 3. Imported elective units updated. Supersedes and equivalent to MSF50322 Diploma of Furniture Design and Manufacturing (Release 2).

Release 2. Imported elective units updated. Supersedes and equivalent to MSF50322 Diploma of Furniture Design and Manufacturing (Release 1).

Release 1. Supersedes and is non-equivalent to MSF50313 Diploma of Furniture Design and Technology.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of individuals who work in paraprofessional design and manufacturing roles in furniture or similar organisations using a combination of technical, creative, practical, research and project management skills in small-scale design projects. At this level these individuals are able to work collaboratively to establish and refine the design brief and to develop and implement design solutions for application in a commercial context. They use detailed knowledge of the design process, current technologies, materials capability and production processes. Depending on the context, an individual may also use other product-specific technical production skills.

There are no specific licenses that relate to this qualification. However, depending on the jurisdiction, licensing or regulatory requirements may apply to the use of some units in this qualification. Local regulations should be checked for details.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 18

7 core units

11 elective units consisting of:

at least 6 units from the electives listed below

up to 5 units from the electives listed below, any endorsed Training Package or accredited course – these units must be relevant to the work outcome

Units selected from other Training Packages and accredited courses must not duplicate units available within this qualification.

Core Units	Prerequisite units
BSBCRT512	Originate and develop concepts
CUADES511	Implement design solutions
CUADES512	Establish, negotiate and refine a design brief
MSFFDM5008	Evaluate design proposals and concepts
MSFFDM5009	Generate and transfer complex computer-aided drawings and specifications
MSFFDM5012	Research, test and apply materials and technologies for design projects
MSFFDM5013	Work collaboratively on design projects

Elective Units	Prerequisite units
BSBESB406	Establish operational strategies and procedures for new business ventures
BSBLEG525	Apply legal principles in intellectual property law matters
BSBLDR523	Lead and manage effective workplace relationships
BSBMKG541	Identify and evaluate marketing opportunities
BSBPEF501	Manage personal and professional development
BSBPMG430	Undertake project work
BSBSTR501	Establish innovative work environments
BSBTWK401	Build and maintain business relationships
CUAACD314	Make scale models
CUAACD537	Refine 3-D design ideas and processes
CUAACD508	Refine model making skills
CUAACD511	Make moulds and casts
CUAANM313	Create 3D digital models
CUADES413	Develop & extend design skills and practice
CUADES611	Manage design realisation
CUADIG519	Investigate technologies for the creation of digital art
CUAPPR512	Develop sustainability of own professional practice
CUAPPR513	Present a body of own creative work
CUAPPR515	Establish and maintain safe creative practice
CUAPPR613	Engage in the business of creative practice
MSFFDM4002	Collect and interpret information to support production processes
MSFFDM4005	Design, construct and test jigs
MSFFDM4007	Identify and calculate production costs
MSFFDM4010	Prepare and present design and manufacturing information
MSFFDM4012	Produce computer-aided line and component production drawings
MSFFDM4018	Research and organise product inspection and testing
MSFFDM4021	Research furniture styles and movements
MSFFDM5001	Construct custom furniture using advanced techniques
MSFFDM5002	Coordinate and optimise workplace maintenance programs
MSFFDM5003	Design product suitable for batched or limited production
MSFFDM5004	Design product suitable for high-volume technology services in production
MSFFDM5005	Design product suitable for mass production
MSFFDM5006	Develop and document technical workplace information
MSFFDM5007	Develop, trial and evaluate prototypes
MSFFDM5010	Investigate ergonomic, anthropometric and proxemic considerations for design
MSFFDM5011	Plan production
MSFGN4001	Research and meet ethical and compliance requirements
MSS015043	Develop strategies for more sustainable use of resources
MSS015044	Design sustainable product or process
MSS404056	Apply statistics to operational processes
MSS405035	Design a process layout
MSS405076	Facilitate the development of a new product	MSS404056 Apply statistics to operational processes.

Qualification Mapping Information

Release 3. Supersedes and equivalent to MSF50322 Diploma of Furniture Design and Manufacturing (Release 2).

Release 2. Supersedes and equivalent to MSF50322 Diploma of Furniture Design and Manufacturing (Release 1).

Release 1. Supersedes and is non-equivalent to MSF50313 Diploma of Furniture Design and Technology.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSF60122 Advanced Diploma of Interior Design

Modification History

Release 2. Imported elective units updated. Supersedes and equivalent to MSF60122 Advanced Diploma of Interior Design (Release 1).

Release 1. Updated core and elective units. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSF60118 Advanced Diploma of Interior Design.

Qualification Description

This qualification reflects the role of interior designers who develop creative and technical solutions for built interior environments. Interior design at this level covers the planning and detailing of complex residential, commercial and institutional design projects with an emphasis on space creation, space planning and the factors that affect peoples’ responses to living and working environments.

Designers may be self-employed or employed in businesses as design consultants, design project administrators and design managers. Work involves the use of systematic and coordinated methodologies, including research, analysis and integration of knowledge into the creative process, and knowledge of the principles of interior design and building technologies. Contexts are diverse and often unpredictable. Accountability and responsibility for self and others in achieving outcomes is involved.

There are no specific licences that relate to this qualification. However, depending on the jurisdiction, licensing or regulatory requirements may apply to the use of some units in this qualification. Local regulations should be checked for details.

Work may require access to construction sites and require construction induction training and certification covered by the unit CPCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry. Local regulations should also be checked for requirements.

Entry Requirements

There are no entry requirements for this qualification.

Packaging Rules

Total number of units = 39

16 core units

23 elective units, consisting of:

at least 11 units from Group A and B, with at least 5 from Group A

at least 6 units from Group C

up to 6 additional units from Group A, Group B, Group C, any endorsed Training Package or accredited course – these units must be relevant to the work outcome.

Units selected from other Training Packages and accredited courses must not duplicate units available within this qualification.

CORE UNITS

Unit code	Unit title
CUADES302	Explore and apply the creative design process to 2D forms
CUADES303	Explore and apply the creative design process to 3D forms
CUADES512	Establish, negotiate and refine a design brief
CUADES611	Manage design realisation
MSFID4013	Design residential interior lighting
MSFID4014	Produce digital models and documentation for interior design projects
MSFID4016	Design colour schemes for interior and exterior spaces
MSFID5020	Design residential interiors
MSFID5021	Evaluate site structure and services for interior design briefs
MSFID5022	Explore and apply creative design methodology to interior space
MSFID5024	Design workplace interiors
MSFID5025	Develop residential interior design project documentation
MSFID6010	Design commercial interior lighting
MSFID6011	Resolve complex spatial design problems through modelling
MSFID6018	Apply 3D visualisation techniques to represent interior designs
MSFID6020	Develop commercial interior design project documentation

ELECTIVE UNITS

Group A

Unit code	Unit title
CUAANM512	Create 3D digital environments
CUADES413	Develop and extend design skills and practice
CUADES612	Research global design trends
CUAPPR612	Collaborate in professional creative projects
MSFID5016	Develop decoration proposals for complex sites
MSFID6012	Design for large scale commercial or institutional interiors
MSFID6013	Design interiors for hospitality environments
MSFID6014	Design for retail interiors
MSFID6015	Design for conservation and restoration projects
MSFID6016	Select and monitor contractors
MSFID6017	Evaluate design project outcomes
MSFID6019	Produce digital presentations for commercial projects

Group B

Unit code	Unit title
BSBCRT512	Originate and develop concepts
BSBPMG430	Undertake project work
CUAANM302	Create 3D digital animations
CUAANM313	Create 3D digital models
CUADES304	Source and apply design industry knowledge
CUADIG517	Design digital simulations
MSFGN4001	Research and meet ethical and compliance requirements
MSFID4020	Research and integrate embedded technologies in interior designs
MSFID4021	Design soft furnishing solutions for interior spaces
MSFID4022	Prepare quotation and contract documentation for design projects
MSFID5017	Develop event decoration proposals
MSFID5018	Provide interior styling service
MSFID5019	Decorate interiors for restoration projects
MSFID5023	Design for all ages and abilities
MSFID5027	Research and recommend colour applications and finishes
MSFID5028	Research and recommend artwork
MSS015043	Develop strategies for more sustainable use of resources

Group C

Unit code	Unit title
BSBCRT412	Articulate, present and debate ideas
BSBESB406	Establish operational strategies and procedures for new business ventures
BSBOPS402	Coordinate business operational plans
CPCWHS1001	Prepare to work safely in the construction industry
CUADES411	Generate design solutions
CUADES423	Research and apply techniques in spatial design
CUADIG303	Produce and prepare photo images
CUADIG304	Create visual design components
CUAILL401	Develop and refine illustrative work
CUAPPR514	Establish and maintain environmentally sustainable creative practice
MSFID4015	Prepare materials and finishes boards for client presentation
MSFID4017	Research and recommend furniture and accessories
MSFID4019	Research interior decoration and design influences
MSMENV672	Develop workplace policy and procedures for sustainability

Qualification Mapping Information

Release 2. Supersedes and equivalent to MSF60122 Advanced Diploma of Interior Design (Release 1).

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSF60118 Advanced Diploma of Interior Design.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFSS00014 Kitchen and Bathroom Installer Licence

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFSS00011 Kitchen and Bathroom Installer License.

Description

This skill set addresses licensing requirements in some jurisdictions for the installation of kitchen and bathroom cabinetry.

Pathways Information

Most of these units provide credit towards the Certificate III in Cabinet Making and Technology and other Certificate III and IV qualifications in the MSF Furnishing Training Package.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

This skill set meets the licensing requirements in some jurisdictions for the installation of kitchen and bathroom cabinetry.

Skill Set Requirements

MSFFT4013	Coordinate onsite installation of cabinetry
MSFKB4013	Document residential building services
MSFGN3006	Estimate and cost job
MSFFM3041	Determine and document requirements for cabinetry installation
MSFFM3043	Install cabinetry
MSFFM3042	Fabricate cabinetry

Target Group

This skill set is suitable for tradespeople with Certificate III level skills who require a licence to undertake kitchen and bathroom installations.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These competencies from the MSF Furnishing Training Package meet industry requirements to obtain a licence for the installation of kitchen and bathrooms.

MSFSS00015 Fitted Furniture Installation

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFSS00005 Fitted Furniture Installer.

Description

This skill set reflects the skills required to install fitted furniture, including the coordination of the installation process where other tradespeople are involved.

Pathways Information

These units provide credit towards relevant Certificate III and Certificate IV qualifications in the MSF Furnishing Training Package.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply directly to this Skill Set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

BSBOPS304	Deliver and monitor a service to customers
MSFFM3041	Determine and document requirements for cabinetry installation
MSFFM3043	Install cabinetry
MSFFT4013	Coordinate onsite installation of furnishing products

Target Group

This skill set is suitable for individuals who have relevant industry experience at a Certificate III level and who seek to upgrade skills in customer service, the technical aspects of fitted furniture installation and the coordination of the installation process.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These competencies from the MSF Furnishing Training Package meet industry requirements for the installation of fitted furniture.

MSFSS00016 Piano Tuning

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFSS00001 Piano Tuning Skill Set.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to tune upright acoustic pianos.

Pathways Information

These units provide credit towards the Certificate IV in Piano Tuning in the MSF Furnishing Training Package.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply directly to this Skill Set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

MSFPT4004	Regulate actions, keys and pedals of upright pianos
MSFPT4006	Apply piano tuning theory and basic acoustics
MSFPT4007	Control tuning hammers
MSFPT4008	Pitch raise a piano
MSFPT4012	Tune a piano aurally and electronically

Target Group

This skill set is suitable for people requiring professional skills in tuning home, studio or performance pianos. It is suitable for learners who understand the harmonic relationship between sound frequencies in Western music, usually achieved through instrumental and music theory learning.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These competencies from the MSF Furnishing Training Package meet industry requirements for basic piano tuning skills.

MSFSS00017 Fitted Furniture Estimating

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFSS00012 Fitted Furniture Estimator.

Description

This skill set reflects the skills required to cost work and prepare tender submissions for the installation of fitted furniture in response to customer requirements.

Pathways Information

These units provide credit towards relevant Certificate III and Certificate IV qualifications in the MSF Furnishing Training Package.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this skill set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

BSBOPS304	Deliver and monitor a service to customers
MSFFDM4011	Prepare tender submissions
MSFFM3041	Determine and document requirements for cabinetry installation
MSS402051	Apply quality standards
MSS404054	Apply statistics to operational processes

Target Group

This skill set is suitable for individuals who have relevant industry experience at a Certificate III level and who seek to upgrade skills in customer service, costing and quoting of work and preparation of professional tender documents to improve business performance.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These competencies from the MSF Furnishing Training Package meet industry requirements for the estimating associated with the manufacture and installation of fitted furniture.

MSFSS00018 Piano Repair and Maintenance

Modification History

Release 1. New skill set.

Description

This skill set addresses the skills and knowledge required to undertake basic repairs and maintenance on acoustic pianos.

Pathways Information

These units provide credit towards the Certificate IV in Piano Tuning in the MSF Furnishing Training Package.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply directly to this Skill Set at the time of publication.

Skill Set Requirements

MSFPT4000	Select and use materials for piano repair and manufacture
MSFPT4001	Provide advice to customers on piano tuning and repair
MSFPT4002	Research and apply information about piano technology
MSFPT4003	Repair piano actions, keys and pedals
MSFPT4004	Regulate actions, keys and pedals of upright pianos

Target Group

This skill set is suitable for people requiring professional skills in undertaking basic repairs and maintenance on home, studio or performance pianos. It is suitable for learners who understand the role of harmony and dynamics in music, usually achieved through instrumental and music theory learning.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These competencies from the MSF Furnishing Training Package meet industry requirements for basic piano tuning skills.

MSFSS00019 Install solid timber floors

Modification History

Release 1. New skill set.

Description

This skill set sets out the units of competency with the skills and knowledge required to install solid timber flooring. This skill set does not cover the installation of solid timber flooring as a structural component of a building.

Pathways Information

These units provide credit towards MSF30822 Certificate III in Flooring Technology.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Nil.

Skill Set Requirements

MSFFL2042	Nail strip timber flooring
MSFFL2043	Install expansion joints
MSFFL3107	Assess flooring installation sites
MSFFL3119	Install timber battens and plywood in preparation to install strip timber
MSFFL3120	Install timber flooring on joists

Target Group

This skill set is for those requiring specialised skills in this area, including those working towards a Certificate III in Flooring Technology and those with existing trade qualifications seeking additional skills.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the MSF Training Package meet industry requirements for installing solid timber flooring.

MSFSS00020 Install resin flooring

Modification History

Release 1. New skill set.

Description

This skill set sets out the units of competency with the skills and knowledge required to install resin flooring.

Pathways Information

These units provide credit towards MSF30822 Certificate III in Flooring Technology.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Nil.

Skill Set Requirements

MSFFL2032	Select, prepare and apply moisture barriers to concrete subfloors
MSFFL2035	Mechanically prepare surfaces for installation of flooring materials
MSFFL3072	Mix and apply thin-film rollcoat resin flooring systems
MSFFL3073	Mix and apply thin-film broadcast resin flooring systems
MSFFL3077	Prepare subfloors for resin flooring systems
MSFFL3107	Assess flooring installation sites

Target Group

This skill set is for those requiring specialised skills in this area, including those working towards a Certificate III in Flooring Technology and those with existing trade qualifications seeking additional skills.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the MSF Training Package meet industry requirements for installing resin flooring.

MSFSS00021 Polished concrete and terrazzo

Modification History

Release 1. New skill set.

Description

This skill set sets out the units of competency with the skills and knowledge required to install polished concrete and terrazzo flooring.

Pathways Information

These units provide credit towards MSF30822 Certificate III in Flooring Technology.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Nil.

Skill Set Requirements

MSFFL3057	Select and fit diamond tools for concrete surface preparation and polishing
MSFFL3072	Mix and apply thin-film rollcoat resin flooring systems
MSFFL3100	Apply densifiers and sealers to concrete surfaces
MSFFL3108	Polish concrete floors
MSFFL3125	Mix and apply thin-set terrazzo
MSFFL3126	Grout polished concrete floors

Target Group

This skill set is for those requiring specialised skills in this area, including those working towards a Certificate III in Flooring Technology and those with existing trade qualifications seeking additional skills.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the MSF Training Package meet industry requirements for installing polished concrete and terrazzo flooring.

MSFSS00022 Flooring project planning

Modification History

Release 1. New skill set.

Description

This skill set sets out the units of competency with the skills and knowledge required for planning flooring technology projects.

Pathways Information

These units provide credit towards MSF30822 Certificate III in Flooring Technology.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Nil.

Skill Set Requirements

MSFFL3052	Plan and cost flooring technology work
MSFFL3102	Receive and prepare flooring materials
MSFFL3107	Assess flooring installation sites
MSFGN2001	Make measurements and calculations
MSFGN3005	Read and interpret work documents

Target Group

This skill set is for those requiring specialised skills in this area, including those working towards a Certificate III in Flooring Technology and those with existing trade qualifications seeking additional skills.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the MSF Training Package meet industry requirements for planning flooring technology projects.

MSFSS00023 Sand and finish timber floors

Modification History

Release 1. New skill set.

Description

This skill set describes the skills and knowledge required to sand and finish timber floors.

Pathways Information

These units provide credit towards MSF30822 Certificate III in Flooring Technology.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Nil.

Skill Set Requirements

MSFFL2045	Coarse sand timber flooring
MSFFL3089	Apply solvent-based coatings to timber flooring
MSFFL3090	Apply water-based coatings to timber flooring
MSFFL3121	Apply emulsion wax and oil-based coatings to timber floors
MSFFL3122	Fine sand timber floors
MSFFL3123	Edge sand timber floors

Target Group

This skill set is for those requiring specialised skills in this area, including those working towards a Certificate III in Flooring Technology and those with existing trade qualifications seeking additional skills.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the MSF Training Package meet industry requirements for sanding and finishing timber floors.

MSFSS00024 Install resilient plank and tile flooring

Modification History

Release 1. New skill set.

Description

This skill set sets out the units of competency with the skills and knowledge required to install resilient flooring.

Pathways Information

These units provide credit towards MSF30822 Certificate III in Flooring Technology.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Nil.

Skill Set Requirements

MSFFL2032	Select, prepare and apply moisture barriers to concrete subfloors
MSFFL2033	Install hard underlays
MSFFL2034	Prepare subfloors with cementitious coating applications
MSFFL2035	Mechanically prepare surfaces for installation of flooring materials
MSFFL3114	Install resilient tiles and planks

Target Group

This skill set is for those requiring specialised skills in this area, including those working towards a Certificate III in Flooring Technology and those with existing trade qualifications seeking additional skills.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the MSF Training Package meet industry requirements for installing resilient flooring.

MSFSS00025 Install resilient flooring (advanced)

Modification History

Release 1. New skill set.

Description

This skill set sets out the units of competency with the skills and knowledge required to install resilient flooring at an advanced level.

Pathways Information

These units provide credit towards MSF30822 Certificate III in Flooring Technology

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Nil.

Skill Set Requirements

MSFFL3066	Install linoleum floor coverings
MSFFL3068	Install resilient floor coverings with custom designs and decorative finishes
MSFFL3069	Install rubber floor coverings
MSFFL3071	Install anti-static and conductive resilient floor coverings
MSFFL3116	Install resilient sheet to walls

Target Group

This skill set is for those requiring specialised skills in this area, including those working towards a Certificate III in Flooring Technology and those with existing trade qualifications seeking additional skills.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the MSF Training Package meet industry requirements for advanced resilient flooring installation.

MSFSS00026 Install pre-finished flooring

Modification History

Release 1. New skill set

Description

This skill set sets out the units of competency with the skills and knowledge required to install pre-finished flooring.

Pathways Information

These units provide credit towards MSF30822 Certificate III in Flooring Technology.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Skill Set Requirements

MSFFL2032	Select, prepare and apply moisture barriers to concrete subfloors
MSFFL2040	Install engineered timber floors
MSFFL2044	Install mouldings and edge trims to timber floors
MSFFL3105	Install laminate and hybrid vinyl flooring

Target Group

This skill set is for those requiring specialised skills in this area, including those working towards a Certificate III in Flooring Technology and those with existing trade qualifications seeking additional skills.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the MSF Training Package meet industry requirements for pre-finished floor installation.

MSFSS00027 Install commercial carpet

Modification History

Release 1. New skill set.

Description

This skill set sets out the units of competency with the skills and knowledge required to install commercial carpet.

Pathways Information

These units provide credit towards MSF30822 Certificate III in Flooring Technology.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Nil.

Skill Set Requirements

MSFFL3110	Install adhesive-fixed carpet
MSFFL3112	Install patterned carpet
MSFFL3113	Install carpet on complex stairs

Target Group

This skill set is for those requiring specialised skills in this area, including those working towards a Certificate III in Flooring Technology and those with existing trade qualifications seeking additional skills.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the MSF Training Package meet industry requirements for installing commercial carpet.

MSFSS00028 Install residential carpet

Modification History

Release 1. New skill set.

Description

This skill set sets out the units of competency with the skills and knowledge required to install residential carpet.

Pathways Information

These units provide credit towards MSF30822 Certificate III in Flooring Technology.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Nil.

Skill Set Requirements

MSFFL3103	Install soft carpet underlay and grippers
MSFFL3104	Install unpatterned tufted carpet

Target Group

This skill set is for those requiring specialised skills in this area, including those working towards a Certificate III in Flooring Technology.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the MSF Training Package meet industry requirements for installing residential carpet.

MSFSS00029 Waterproof internal wet areas

Modification History

Release 1. New skill set.

Description

This skill set sets out the units of competency with the skills and knowledge required to waterproof internal wet areas in preparation for installing flooring.

Pathways Information

These units provide credit towards MSF30822 Certificate III in Flooring Technology.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Nil.

Skill Set Requirements

CPCCWHS2001	Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry
CPCCWP3002	Apply waterproofing process to internal wet areas
MSFFL2032	Select, prepare and apply moisture barriers to concrete subfloors
MSFFL3107	Assess flooring installation sites

Target Group

This skill set is for those requiring specialised skills in this area, including those working towards a Certificate III in Flooring Technology and those with existing trade qualifications seeking additional skills.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These units of competency from the MSF Training Package meet industry requirements for waterproofing internal wet areas in preparation for installing flooring.

MSFBA2011 Select and apply hardware and fixings for blinds, awnings, screens and grilles

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFBA2003 Select and apply blinds and awnings hardware and fixings.

Application

This unit of competency describes the skills and knowledge required to select and use hardware and other fixings in the manufacture and installation of blinds, awnings, and non-security and security screens and grilles.

The unit applies to those working in the blinds, awnings, non-security and security screens and grilles industry, in both residential and commercial environments and small to large scale enterprises.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Not applicable.

Unit Sector

Blinds and awnings

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan and prepare work	1.1	Identify hardware and fixing requirements from work order
1.2	Identify and select types of hardware and fixings required for the work
1.3	Identify work health and safety (WHS) requirements and personal protection requirements of job according to workplace procedures
1.4	Identify and select required tools and equipment based on work order, and check their safe and effective operation
2. Use hardware and fittings	2.1	Lay out hardware items ready for application according to workplace procedures
2.2	Apply hardware and fixings according to work order instructions and workplace procedures
2.3	Check work as it progresses against quality standards and work order requirements, and rectify identified deficiencies within scope of own role
3. Finalise selection and use of hardware and fixings	3.1	Clean work area and surfaces, and dispose of waste and scrap materials safely and sustainably according to workplace procedures
3.2	Collect and store unused hardware and fixings for re-use and disposal according to workplace procedures
3.3	Check tools and equipment, and tag and report faulty items according to established workplace procedures
3.4	Clean, maintain and store tools and equipment according to workplace procedures
3.5	Legibly complete and process required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.
Numeracy skills to:	make familiar estimations measure familiar and predictable quantities and units
Oral communication skills to:	communicate with site supervisor to: confirm work orders and instructions identify and discuss problems communicate with others in work area
Reading skills to:	interpret routine workplace documentation, including work orders, WHS requirements, and workplace procedures
Technology skills to:	use workplace technology to select and apply hardware and fixings, including specified tools, equipment, calculators, and measuring devices

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFBA2003 Select and apply blinds and awnings hardware and fixings.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA2011 Select and apply hardware and fixings for blinds, awnings, screens and grilles

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFBA2003 Select and apply blinds and awnings hardware and fixings.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills of this unit, which must include the ability to:

safely and correctly identify, select and apply hardware and fixings to at least four different styles of blinds, awnings, or non-security and security screens and grilles.

In the course of each of the above, the person must:

interpret work order and use information to select and apply hardware and fixings

plan and organise own work activities, including the preparation and layout of work site, and obtaining equipment and materials to avoid backtracking

select, set up, and maintain tools and equipment according to manufacturer instructions and workplace procedures

follow work instructions and safe operating procedures to:

minimise risk of injury to self and others

prevent damage to materials, tools, equipment, hardware, fixings and products

maintain required production output and quality

use tools, equipment, products and material safely

use personal protective equipment (PPE)

apply safe lifting and handling procedures

work with others and in a team when selecting and applying hardware and fixings

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for applying the hardware and fixings described in the performance evidence

types, characteristics, uses, maintenance and limitations of the hardware, fixings, tools and equipment used to apply hardware and fixings required in the performance evidence, and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

features of work orders relating to the work in the performance evidence, and how to identify and interpret key information

work health and safety (WHS) policies, procedures and regulations specific to work described in performance evidence:

controlling hazards and risks

eliminating hazardous materials and substances

using firefighting equipment and first aid equipment

using personal protective equipment

workplace procedures relating to:

communicating with site supervisor and others in work area

emergency and evacuation

manual handling, including lifting and carrying

disposing of waste safely and in an environmentally sustainable manner

recycling and re-use guidelines

setting up, using, maintaining and storing tools and equipment used when applying hardware and fixings

pre-checking and inspection techniques that assist in anticipating production problems, and avoiding rework and wastage

quality and continuous improvement processes and standards

cleaning and storing tools and equipment

storing and labelling surplus unused items

tagging and reporting faulty tools and equipment

recording and reporting work information

mathematical methods for estimating and measuring materials and spaces, including factoring in required tolerances

techniques for using hardware and fixings required for performance evidence that include processes that:

conform to quality requirements

comply with supplier instructions and manufacturer specifications

maximise the appearance of the finished work

provide for the most economical use of materials and labour

key features of documentation relating to work described in performance evidence:

work orders

work instructions

operator instructions and manuals

key features, uses and techniques for using hardware:

cord locks

Dyna Bolts

head boxes

head rails

Loxons

nails

nuts and bolts

plugs

pop rivets

screws

split pins

Tek screws

wands

key features, uses, and techniques for using fixings:

chemical anchors

hollow wall anchors

masking tape

mongo plugs

silicone spray and silastic

spring brackets

key features, uses, and techniques for using tools and equipment:

caulking guns

drills, including hand, powered and cordless

hammers

hollow wall anchor guns

pop rivet guns

screwdrivers, including hand, power and cordless

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must occur in the workplace, or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

Access is required to:

PPE applicable to job requirements, including:

hearing protection

protective clothing

respiratory protection

safety footwear

safety glasses or goggles

WHS documentation specific to the performance evidence

hardware and fixings specified in the knowledge evidence

workplace documentation, including:

work orders

customer care cards

workplace procedures specified in the knowledge evidence

manufacturer specifications

time sheets.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFBA2012 Use blinds, awnings, security screens and grilles hand and power tools

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to select and use hand and power tools to manufacture and install blinds, awnings, security screens and grilles. Workers with this competency use tools to complete routine tasks.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Blinds and awnings

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for tool use	1.1 Identify task requirement from work instructions 1.2 Select the appropriate tool based on task requirements and identify work health and safety requirements for its use 1.3 Confirm serviceability and safety of tool and report any faults to supervisor 1.4 Select equipment to hold or support material based on the tool selected and the nature of the task 1.5 Prepare material and hold in position to ensure safe operation
2. Use tools	2.1 Use tools safely and in accordance with workplace procedures and manufacturer specifications 2.2 Use techniques that optimise the effective use of the tool for the nominated task 2.3 Ensure safe state, position and location of tools in the work area when not in immediate use 2.4 Follow safety procedures for the use of power and the handling of power tools
3. Clean up work area and tools	3.1 Clean tools and equipment using cleaning materials and agents suited to the item 3.2 Complete routine operator maintenance on tools in accordance with workplace procedures and manufacturer instructions 3.3 Store tools and equipment based on specific storage needs and workplace requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures

Numeracy skills to interpret work instructions associated with number or measurement.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFBA2001 Use blinds, awnings security screens and grilles sector hand and power tools

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA2012 Use blinds, awnings, security screens and grilles hand and power tools

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit and demonstrated the ability to:

choose appropriate hand tools for the manufacture or fitting of blinds, awnings, security screens or grilles and safely use them to workplace quality standards on at least 2 separate occasions, including at least 6 of the following tools:

caulking gun

clamp

eyelet punch

file

hammer

hand grinder

hex key

laser level or levelling device

metal press

pipe bender

pop rivet gun

rollers

combination saw or hacksaw,

scissors

screwdriver

spanner or socket set

square, measuring device or markers

stud finder

tap and die sets

tape measure

tensioning device

knives, shears or tin snips

choose appropriate power tools for the manufacture or fitting of blinds, awnings, security screens or grilles and safely use them to workplace quality standards on at least 2 separate occasions, including at least 2 of the following tools:

grinder

drill

circular, jig, drop, or docking saw

press-stud machine

hot knife

staple gun or hollow wall anchor gun

planer

complete operator maintenance on hand and power tools, including sharpening one blade or drill bit or changing the blade on a power saw or planer

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workplace health and safety procedures

general use, maintenance and safety requirements, including personal protective equipment (PPE) for hand and power tools used to manufacture and install blinds, awnings, security screens and grilles

workplace procedures for reporting and recording faulty hand and power tools

appropriate tools and safety considerations for working with materials commonly encountered in this sector, including at least 2 of the following:

textiles (canvas, acrylic, PVC, clear PVC, mesh and binding)

metals (aluminium and steel in extruded or sheet form)

timber

synthetic, aluminium or steel screen material.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

hand and power tools required for performance evidence

PPE

materials on which tools are used

ancillary holding equipment

power sources

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFBA2013 Set up, operate and maintain blinds and awnings static machines

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to safely use static machines, machines that are fixed to a set location for their operation, to produce blinds and awnings. The unit has a focus on the safe use and basic capabilities of a range of static machines commonly used. Workers with this competency follow standard procedures to complete routine tasks.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Blinds and awnings

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for task	1.1 Determine task requirements, including time frames, from work documentation and instructions from supervisory staff 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements, including use of personal protective equipment (PPE) 1.3 Check that cutting tools, templates and other required tools and equipment are available, safe and functional 1.4 Select material for machining and check it meets task quality requirements 1.5 Identify procedures for waste minimisation and energy efficiency while completing task 1.6 Plan work process and work area and prepare and lay out equipment and materials to ensure efficient processes and timely completion of work
2. Set up machines	2.1 Check that emergency stops, gauges, guards, controls and safety equipment are functional prior to machine start-up 2.2 Complete machine settings and adjust to meet task requirements in compliance with manufacturer instructions 2.3 Complete trial runs to check that machine is fully functional and that finished work meets task accuracy and quality requirements 2.4 Make adjustments to machine settings to meet task quality and efficiency requirements
3. Operate machine	3.1 Carry out pre-start checks on equipment in accordance with workplace practices 3.2 Feed material into machine in accordance with manufacturer instructions, safe handling procedures and workplace practices 3.3 Operate machine in accordance with its designed capacity and purpose and manufacturer specifications using required safety equipment and PPE 3.4 Monitor machine operation to ensure product quality and efficient output 3.5 Check waste quantities and make adjustments to minimise waste 3.6 Identify items that do not meet quality requirements and recycle or discard in accordance with workplace procedure 3.7 Record and report machining process and equipment faults to appropriate personnel
4. Complete operator maintenance	4.1 Follow equipment lock-out procedures in accordance with work health and safety legislation and workplace practices 4.2 Check cutting tools and remove and replace if blunt or damaged following workplace practices and manufacturer specifications 4.3 Keep machining area clear of dust, off-cuts and debris in accordance with work health and safety requirements
5. Clean up work area and maintain equipment	5.1 Clean work area, safely dispose of rubbish and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 5.2 Maintain and store equipment in accordance with manufacturer specifications and workplace practices 5.3 Identify, tag and report faulty equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 5.4 Complete job documentation in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation involving drawings and product specifications

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to take accurate measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFBA2002 Set up, operate and maintain blinds and awnings sector static machines.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA2013 Set up, operate and maintain blinds and awnings static machines

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed all the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

safely set up, operate and complete operator maintenance on at least 3 of the following static machines:

computerised fabric cutters

computerised Venetian machines

docking saw

drill press

drop cutting machine

eyelet machine

fabric carousel

fabric slitters

hoist

lathe cutter

pelmet blender

press stud machine

RF welder

roller guillotines

special crimping pliers

tube bender

venetian punches

vertical blind cutters.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workplace safety policies and procedures for the use of static machines, including:

risk control measures for hazards, including

cutting and crushing hazard

objects and particles thrown by machine

noise

airborne contaminants

slips, trips and falls

manual handling injuries, including lifting and carrying

the use of personal protective equipment (PPE):

safety glasses/goggles

hearing protection

safety footwear

protective clothing

respiratory protection

firefighting equipment

first aid equipment

how materials respond to machining, including:

textiles

metal

timber

characteristics of at least 3 of the machine types listed in Performance Evidence, including industry expectations for quality and speed of output, methods for improving energy efficiency, and machine-specific safety requirements

workplace procedures for:

maintaining workplace records and information

reporting machinery faults and material defects

quality checking

acceptable tolerance levels.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

static machines required for performance evidence

PPE

unprocessed materials to be machined

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFBA2014 Construct metal louvre and canopy-hooded style awnings

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to cut materials and prepare and assemble metal louvre and canopy-hooded style awnings. Workers with this competency interpret work documents and follow established procedures to complete work and check that it meets quality requirements prior to installation.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Blinds and awnings

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan and prepare task	1.1 Identify task requirements from work documentation 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.3 Select tools and equipment and check that they are safe and functional 1.4 Select materials and hardware and check that they meet task quality requirements.
2. Cut stock and assemble awning	2.1 Cut metal to manufacturer recommendations 2.2 Bend metal to form shape of awning using appropriate equipment 2.3 Assemble awning to specifications
3. Make quality checks	3.1 Check finished awning against work documentation and test within limits of normal operation for correct operation 3.2 Identify, repair or rework parts of the work that do not comply with work order
4. Complete work	4.1 Clean and package completed work with required installation hardware and store in accordance with workplace procedures 4.2 Clean, maintain and store tools and equipment in accordance with procedures and report any faulty tools and equipment to supervisor 4.3 Clean work area and dispose of waste in accordance with workplace procedures 4.4 Complete documentation in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate simple information on familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to interpret work instructions associated with number or measurement, take accurate measurements and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFBA2009 Construct metal louvre and canopy hooded style awnings.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA2014 Construct metal louvre and canopy-hooded style awnings

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

construct the following to workplace standards

1 metal louvred awning

1 metal canopy-hooded awning.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

metal louvre and canopy-hooded awnings construction:

terms used to describe components

metals commonly used

steps in the construction process

types of tools and static equipment used and procedures for their safe use and maintenance, including at least 4 of the following:

drills

pop rivet guns

screw guns

guillotine

panel saws

benders

shears

types of hardware components and how they are fitted

personal protective equipment requirements

workplace practices and procedures for:

work health and safety

environmental protection requirements, including waste minimisation and disposal

labelling and storing work

records and information.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

work orders

tools, equipment and materials required for performance evidence

personal protective equipment (PPE)

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFBA3011 Assemble awnings

Modification History

Release 1. New unit of competency.

Application

This unit of competency describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare and assemble a range of awnings according to job requirements. The unit involves planning job requirements, identifying required products and components to be assembled and their measurements, and applying workplace procedures to ensure safe and correct assembly.

The unit applies to those assembling any awning for residential and commercial environments. The styles of awning to be assembled include folding-arm and canopy style. The awnings include light-weight domestic, heavy-weight commercial, and fire-rated and cyclone-rated. They may be intended for installation in a range of openings, including windows, doors and building entrances.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Not applicable.

Unit Sector

Blinds and awnings

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to assemble awnings	1.1	Identify and confirm job requirements and style of awning to be assembled from work order and supplier instructions
1.2	Identify work health and safety (WHS) and personal protection requirements of assembly
1.3	Select tools and equipment, and check their safe and effective operation
1.4	Select materials from stock and check against job requirements
1.5	Plan logical, safe and efficient work sequence that reflects work order and quality requirements, and economically uses materials
2. Assemble awnings	2.1	Source required materials, equipment, and awning mechanisms in line with work instructions and manufacturer specifications
2.2	Lay out, measure, mark and cut materials for awning
2.3	Assemble component parts according to job requirements and manufacturer specifications
2.4	Finish awning assembly according to work instructions
3. Finalise assembly	3.1	Check that assembled awning complies with quality and work order requirements, and rectify identified deficiencies within scope of own role or report to designated personnel
3.2	Clean assembled awning according to workplace procedures
3.3	Check tools and equipment, and tag and report faulty items according to workplace procedures
3.4	Clean, maintain and store remaining tools and equipment according to workplace procedures
3.5	Clean work area and surfaces, and dispose of waste safely and sustainably according to workplace procedures
3.6	Legibly complete and process required workplace documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret, discuss and use mathematical information in work orders, work instructions and awning specifications use mathematical information to estimate and measure assembly requirements, including required tolerances
Oral communication skills to:	communicate ideas and information to confirm work requirements and specifications and report work outcomes and problems: speaking clearly asking questions to gain information
Reading skills to:	interpret routine workplace documentation, including: WHS requirements and procedures workplace assembly requirements and operator instructions work orders and instructions awning specifications, including design, size and quantity

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. New unit of competency. No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA3011 Assemble awnings

Modification History

Release 1. New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills of this unit, which must include the ability to:

safely and correctly assemble each of the following styles of awnings:

roll-up style

canopy style

folding-arm style, including preparing skin

metal louvre style.

In the course of each of the above assemblies, the person must:

interpret work order, and locate required materials, tools and equipment

select and set up required product and components according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures and quality requirements

apply safe lifting and handling procedures

follow work instructions and safe operating procedures to:

minimise risk of injury to self and others

prevent damage to tools, equipment and products

maintain required production output and quality

use hand and power tools safely

use personal protective equipment (PPE)

report material faults, damaged products and equipment

use and dispose of waste sustainably

avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions and wastage.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

features of assembly work orders and supplier instructions relating to the awnings in the performance evidence, and how to identify and interpret key information

work order requirements, and industry-accepted quality indicators and requirements, relating to assembly work described in performance evidence:

key requirements of Australian standards and codes of practice for assembly

safety considerations and potential dangers associated with incorrect assembly

cutting patterns and sequences

identifying work process problems and resolving within scope of own role

work health and safety (WHS) legislation, regulations, standards, codes of practice, and procedures specific to assembly work described in performance evidence:

legislation and codes of practice relating to child safety mechanisms

controlling hazards and risks

eliminating hazardous materials and substances

using firefighting equipment and first aid equipment

using personal protective equipment:

hearing protection

protective clothing and head wear

respiratory protection

safety footwear

safety glasses and goggles

workplace procedures relating to:

communication channels and protocols

manual handling, including lifting and carrying

safely cutting and assembling awnings

following manufacturer instructions and procedures

cleaning and storing assembled awnings

storing surplus unused items

assessing condition of cutting tools

tagging and reporting faulty tools and equipment

disposing of waste safely and in an environmentally sustainable manner

recycling and re-use guidelines

using, cleaning, maintaining and storing tools and equipment

recording and reporting assembly information

techniques for measuring, cutting, setting up and assembling awnings described in performance evidence that:

conform to quality requirements

comply with supplier instructions and manufacturer specifications

maximise the appearance of the finished work

provide for the most economical use of materials and labour

mathematical methods for estimating and measuring assembly materials and openings, including factoring in required tolerances

types of common problems that occur during assembly, and how to avoid and respond

systems for storing and labelling materials required for assembly work

types, characteristics, terminology, uses, maintenance and limitations of the following items required for the assembly described in performance evidence:

awning components and materials

operating mechanisms required for type of awning being assembled

fittings and attachments, including threads

tools and equipment used to assemble awnings, and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance:

cutting tools

cutting bench

saws

documentation requirements for assembly work described in performance evidence.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must occur in the workplace, or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

Access is required to tools, materials, equipment and specifications for the assembly described in the performance evidence above, including:

awnings requiring assembly as specified in the performance evidence

PPE applicable to job requirements

WHS documentation specific to the assembly

tools and equipment specified in the knowledge evidence

workplace documentation required for assembly work, including:

work orders

workplace procedures specified in the knowledge evidence

supplier instructions and manufacturer specifications.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFBA3012 Assemble interior blinds

Modification History

Release 1. New unit of competency.

Application

This unit of competency describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare and assemble a range of interior blinds according to job requirements. The unit involves planning job requirements, identifying required products and components to be assembled and their measurements and applying workplace procedures to ensure safe and correct assembly. The unit does not involve installing the blinds.

The unit applies to those assembling any blind for interior residential and commercial environments. The style of blinds to be assembled include aluminium, plastic or timber Venetian blinds; Roman blinds; roll-up and pull-down blinds; and vertical-style blinds. The blinds may be intended for installation in a range of openings, including windows, fixed and sliding doors, and building entrances. The unit does not apply to assembling wood-weave style blinds.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Not applicable.

Unit Sector

Blinds and awnings.

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to assemble interior blinds	1.1	Identify and confirm job requirements and style of blind to be assembled from work order and supplier instructions
1.2	Identify work health and safety (WHS) and personal protection requirements of assembly
1.3	Select tools and equipment, and check their safe and effective operation
1.4	Select materials from stock and check against job requirements
1.5	Plan logical, safe and efficient work sequence that reflects work order and quality requirements, and economically uses materials
2. Assemble blinds	2.1	Source required materials, equipment and blind mechanisms in line with work instructions and manufacturer specifications
2.2	Lay out, measure, mark and cut materials for blind
2.3	Assemble component parts according to job requirements and manufacturer specifications
2.4	Finish blind assembly according to work instructions
3. Finalise assembly	3.1	Check that assembled blind complies with quality and work order requirements, and rectify identified deficiencies within scope of own role or report to designated personnel
3.2	Clean assembled blind according to workplace procedures
3.3	Check tools and equipment, and tag and report faulty items according to workplace procedures
3.4	Clean, maintain and store remaining tools and equipment according to workplace procedures
3.5	Clean work area and surfaces, and dispose of waste safely and sustainably according to workplace procedures
3.6	Legibly complete and process required workplace documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret, discuss and use mathematical information embedded in blind specifications, work orders and instructions use mathematical information to estimate and measure assembly requirements, including required tolerances
Oral communication skills to:	communicate ideas and information to confirm work requirements and specifications and report work outcomes and problems: speaking clearly asking questions to gain information
Reading skills to:	interpret routine workplace documentation, including: WHS requirements and procedures workplace assembly requirements and operator instructions work orders and instructions blind specifications, including design, size and quantity

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. New unit of competency. No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA3012 Assemble interior blinds

Modification History

Release 1. New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills of this unit, which must include the ability to:

safely and correctly assemble three of the following interior blinds:

aluminium, plastic or timber Venetian

pleated style

roll-up or pull-down

roller

wood-weave Roman

vertical.

In the course of each of the above assemblies, the person must:

interpret work order, and locate required materials, tools and equipment

select and set up required product and components according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures and quality requirements

apply safe lifting and handling procedures

follow work instructions and safe operating procedures to:

minimise risk of injury to self and others

prevent damage to tools, equipment and products

maintain required production output and quality

use hand and power tools safely

use personal protective equipment (PPE)

report material faults, damaged products and equipment

use and dispose of waste sustainably

avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions and wastage.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

features of assembly work orders and supplier instructions relating to the blinds in the performance evidence, and how to identify and interpret key information

work order requirements, and industry-accepted quality indicators and requirements, relating to assembly work described in performance evidence:

key requirements of Australian standards and codes of practice for assembly

safety considerations and potential dangers associated with incorrect assembly

cutting patterns and sequences

identifying work process problems and resolving within scope of own role

work health and safety (WHS) legislation, regulations, standards, codes of practice and procedures specific to assembly work described in performance evidence:

legislation and codes of practice relating to child safety mechanisms

controlling hazards and risks

eliminating hazardous materials and substances

using firefighting equipment and first aid equipment

using personal protective equipment:

hearing protection

protective clothing and head wear

respiratory protection

safety footwear

safety glasses and goggles

workplace procedures relating to:

communication channels and protocols

manual handling, including lifting and carrying

safely cutting and assembling blinds

following manufacturer instructions and procedures

responding to emergencies and evacuations

cleaning and storing completed assembled blinds

storing surplus unused items

assessing condition of cutting tools

tagging and reporting faulty tools and equipment

disposing of waste safely and in an environmentally sustainable manner

recycling and re-use guidelines

using, cleaning, maintaining and storing tools and equipment

recording and reporting assembly information

techniques for measuring, cutting, setting up and assembling blinds described in performance evidence that:

conform to quality requirements

comply with supplier instructions and manufacturer specifications

maximise the appearance of the finished work

provide for the most economical use of materials and labour

mathematical methods for estimating and measuring assembly materials and openings, including factoring in required tolerances

types of common problems that occur during assembly, and how to avoid and respond

systems for storing and labelling materials required for assembly work

types, characteristics, terminology, uses, maintenance and limitations of the following items required for the assembly described in performance evidence:

blind components and materials

operating mechanisms required for type of blind being assembled

fittings and attachments, including threads

tools and equipment used to assemble blinds, and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance:

cutting tools

cutting bench

saws

documentation requirements for assembly work described in performance evidence.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must occur in the workplace, or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

Access is required to tools, materials, equipment and specifications for the assembly described in the performance evidence above, including:

blinds specified in the performance evidence

PPE applicable to job requirements

WHS documentation specific to the assembly

tools and equipment specified in the knowledge evidence

workplace documentation required for each assembly process, including:

work orders

workplace procedures

supplier instructions and manufacturer specifications.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFBA3014 Assemble pelmets

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFBA3008 Construct pelmets.

Application

This unit of competency describes the skills and knowledge required to cut, prepare and assemble pelmet components for interior blind installations according to job requirements. The unit involves planning job requirements, identifying required pelmets and components to be used, and applying workplace procedures to ensure safe and correct assembly. The unit does not involve installing pelmets.

The unit applies to those assembling pelmets for any interior residential or commercial environment. The pelmets may be for a range of interior blinds, including aluminium, plastic or timber Venetian blinds; and Roman, roller or vertical blinds.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Not applicable.

Unit Sector

Blinds and awnings.

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for pelmet assembly	1.1	Identify job and pelmet requirements from work order and supplier instructions
1.2	Identify work health and safety (WHS) and personal protection requirements of assembly according to workplace procedures
1.3	Identify and select required materials, hardware, components, tools and equipment based on work order, and check their safe and effective operation
1.4	Plan logical, safe and efficient work sequence that reflects work order and quality requirements, and economically uses materials
2. Prepare and assemble pelmet components	2.1	Set up required materials and equipment in line with work instructions and manufacturer specifications
2.2	Measure and cut components to specification and lay out ready for assembly according to workplace procedures
2.3	Assemble components according to work instructions
2.4	Monitor work operations to identify problems and resolve within scope of own role or report to designated personnel in line with workplace procedures
3. Finalise assembly	3.1	Check that completed assembled pelmet complies with quality and work order requirements, and rectify identified deficiencies within scope of own role
3.2	Clean, package and store completed pelmet according to workplace procedures
3.3	Check tools and equipment, and tag and report faulty items according to workplace procedures
3.4	Clean, maintain and store remaining tools and equipment according to workplace procedures
3.5	Clean work area and surfaces, and dispose of waste safely and sustainably according to workplace procedures
3.6	Legibly complete and process required workplace documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret, discuss and use mathematical information in pelmet specifications, work orders and instructions use mathematical information to estimate and measure assembly requirements, including required tolerances
Oral communication skills to:	communicate ideas and information to confirm work requirements and specifications and report work outcomes and problems: speaking clearly asking questions to gain information
Reading skills to:	interpret routine workplace documentation, including: WHS requirements and procedures assembly requirements work orders and pelmet specifications, including design, size, colour and quantity

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFBA3008 Construct pelmets.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA3014 Assemble pelmets

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFBA3008 Construct pelmets.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills of this unit, which must include the ability to:

cut pelmet component materials according to work orders to within +/- 1 mm and safely and correctly assemble pelmets for at least four of the following different styles of internal blinds:

aluminium Venetian blinds

plastic or timber Venetian blinds

roller blinds

Roman blinds

vertical blinds.

One of the above four assemblies must be for a bay window, box bay window or corner window.

In the course of the four assemblies, the following pelmets must be assembled:

metal

timber

wood weave.

In the course of each of the above assemblies, the person must:

interpret work order and locate required materials, tools and equipment

select and set up required product and components according to manufacturer specifications, workplace procedures and quality requirements

apply safe lifting and handling procedures

follow work instructions and safe operating procedures to:

minimise risk of injury to self and others

prevent damage to tools, equipment and products

maintain required production output and quality

use hand and power tools safely

use personal protective equipment (PPE)

use and dispose of waste sustainably

avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions and wastage

identify and resolve routine problems and faults encountered.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

features of assembly work orders and supplier instructions relating to the pelmets in the performance evidence, and how to identify and interpret key information

work order requirements, and industry-accepted quality indicators and requirements, relating to assembly work described in performance evidence:

key requirements of Australian standards and codes of practice for assembly

safety considerations and potential dangers associated with incorrect assembly

cutting patterns and sequences

typical work process problems and ways of resolving within scope of own role

work health and safety (WHS) regulations, standards, procedures and practices specific to assembly work described in performance evidence:

controlling hazards and risks

eliminating hazardous materials and substances

using firefighting equipment and first aid equipment

using personal protective equipment:

hearing protection

protective clothing and head wear

respiratory protection

safety footwear

safety glasses and goggles

workplace procedures relating to:

communication channels and protocols

manual handling, including lifting and carrying

safely cutting and assembling pelmets

following manufacturer instructions and procedures

responding to emergencies and evacuations

cleaning, packaging and storing completed assembled pelmets

storing surplus unused items

assessing condition of cutting tools

tagging and reporting faulty tools and equipment

disposing of waste safely and in an environmentally sustainable manner

recycling and re-use guidelines

using, cleaning, maintaining and storing tools and equipment

recording and reporting assembly information

techniques for measuring, cutting, setting up and assembling blinds described in performance evidence that:

conform to quality requirements

comply with supplier instructions and manufacturer specifications

maximise the appearance of finished work

provide for economical use of materials and labour

mathematical methods for estimating and measuring assembly materials and openings, including factoring in required tolerances

types of common problems that occur during assembly, and how to avoid and respond

systems for storing and labelling materials required for assembly work and assembled pelmets

types, characteristics, terminology, uses, maintenance and limitations of the following items required for the assembly described in performance evidence:

pelmet components and materials

operating mechanisms

fittings and attachments

tools and equipment:

cutting tools

drills

glue guns

hammers

pop rivet guns

saws

screwdrivers

hardware:

screws

nails

pop rivets

documentation requirements for assembly work described in performance evidence.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must occur in the workplace, or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

Access is required to tools, materials, equipment and specifications for the assembly described in the performance evidence above, including:

pelmets for blinds specified in the performance evidence

PPE applicable to job requirements:

hearing protection

protective clothing and head wear

respiratory protection

safety footwear

safety glasses or goggles

WHS documentation specific to the assembly

tools and equipment specified in the knowledge evidence

workplace documentation required for each assembly process, including:

work orders

workplace procedures

supplier instructions and manufacturer specifications.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFBA3015 Install louvre shutters

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes but is not equivalent to MSFBA3003 Install timber shutters.

Application

This unit of competency describes the skills and knowledge required to identify work requirements and then install louvre shutters according to job requirements. The unit involves planning job requirements, identifying required shutter products to be used and their measurements and fasteners, and applying workplace procedures to ensure their safe and correct installation.

The unit applies to those installing interior and exterior louvre shutters in residential and commercial environments. The shutters may be installed on a range of surfaces, including aluminium, ceramic tiles, porcelain tiles, concrete, masonry, plasterboard and timber.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Not applicable.

Unit Sector

Blinds and awnings.

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for installation of louvre shutters	1.1	Identify job and shutter requirements from work order and supplier instructions
1.2	Complete a check measure on site and document required product specifications and specific access and installation requirements
1.3	Identify work health and safety (WHS) and personal protection requirements of installation according to workplace procedures
1.4	Identify and select required materials, tools, equipment and accessories based on work order, and check their safe and effective operation
1.5	Schedule installation and agree access arrangements to site
1.6	Plan logical, safe and efficient work sequence that reflects work order and quality requirements
2. Install louvre shutters	2.1	Inspect installation site in consultation with customer, confirm type of shutter to be installed, and address job, site and customer-specific technical and safety requirements
2.2	Set up required materials, equipment and shutter mechanisms in line with work instructions and manufacturer specifications
2.3	Fit shutter to opening according to work order and manufacturer specifications
2.4	Fasten shutter according to shutter type, work order and opening surface; and using fastening tools in line with supplier instructions and workplace procedures
2.5	Test installed shutter for correct operation within limits of normal operation, and adjust and repair performance problems in line with own level of responsibility
3. Finalise installation	3.1	Check that completed work complies with quality and work order requirements, and rectify identified deficiencies within scope of own role
3.2	Clean work area and surfaces, and dispose of waste safely and sustainably according to workplace procedures
3.3	Identify and store surplus unused items for re-use and recycling according to workplace procedures
3.4	Check tools and equipment, and tag and report faulty items according to workplace procedures
3.5	Clean and store remaining tools and equipment according to workplace procedures
3.6	Advise customer on correct operation and maintenance of louvre shutters
3.7	Legibly complete and process required workplace and customer documentation according to workplace requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret, discuss and use mathematical information in routine workplace documentation process customer documentation, including required invoicing and receipting keep records of hours worked, quantity of items used and additional routine costs estimate and measure materials and installation spaces, including factoring in required tolerances
Oral communication skills to:	discuss and negotiate site access, installation requirements, and correct operation of louvre shutters with a range of customers, including real estate agents, body corporate representatives, builders, home owners, and tenants: speaking clearly applying effective listening techniques asking questions to gain information
Reading skills to:	interpret routine workplace documentation, including work orders, WHS requirements and workplace installation procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes but is not equivalent to MSFBA3003 Install timber shutters.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA3015 Install louvre shutters

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes but is not equivalent to MSFBA3003 Install timber shutters.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills of this unit, which must include the ability to:

safely and correctly install one of each of the following types of louvre shutters:

one interior louvre shutter for a residential building

one interior louvre bi-fold shutter for either a residential or commercial building

one interior louvre bi-pass shutter for either a residential or commercial building

one special-shaped interior louvre shutter for either a residential or commercial building, based on the template created by candidate for that purpose

one exterior louvre shutter for a residential building

one exterior louvre shutter for a commercial building.

One of the above interior installations must be in a bay window, box bay window, or corner window.

One of the above exterior installations must be above ground level and demonstrate the safe and correct use of lifting equipment.

In the course of each of the above installations, the person must:

interpret work order and locate and use materials, tools and equipment required for the installation

apply safe lifting and handling procedures

follow work instructions and safe operating procedures to:

minimise risk of injury to self and others

prevent damage to site, tools, equipment and products

maintain required production output and quality

use hand and power tools safely

use personal protective equipment (PPE)

use and dispose of waste sustainably

avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions and wastage

identify and resolve routine problems and faults encountered

work with others, recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

features of installation work orders and supplier instructions relating to the types of louvre shutters in the performance evidence, and how to identify and interpret key information

work order requirements, and industry-accepted quality indicators and requirements, relating to installations described in performance evidence:

key requirements of Australian standards and codes of practice for individual installers

building code requirements specific to installation described in performance evidence

safety considerations and potential dangers associated with incorrect installation

wind zoning requirements relating to exterior louvre shutters

operation and maintenance requirements of louvre shutters in performance evidence

emerging trends in installing louvre shutters, including new materials used and their associated energy ratings and fire retardant attributes

work health and safety (WHS) procedures, practices and regulations specific to installations described in performance evidence:

controlling hazards and risks

eliminating hazardous materials and substances

managing rain and wind resistance during installation

using firefighting equipment and first aid equipment

operating lifting equipment

using personal protective equipment

workplace procedures relating to:

communicating work requirements with customers

scheduling installation

accessing and inspecting installation sites

manual handling, including lifting and carrying

safely installing and fastening louvre shutters

tagging and reporting faulty tools and equipment

disposing of waste safely and in an environmentally sustainable manner

recycling and re-use guidelines

cleaning and storing tools and equipment

storing surplus unused items

recording and reporting installation information

presenting invoices, and collecting and receipting payments

techniques for installing electric and manual shutter control devices:

electric, including radio-controlled remote devices and photocell sensor devices using 240V mains power, and 12V rechargeable solar and battery-operated control

manual, including winders and straps

effect of site characteristics and access restrictions on installation equipment selection and use

techniques for installing and fastening louvre shutters described in performance evidence, including:

on surfaces made of:

aluminium

ceramic and porcelain tiles

concrete

masonry

plasterboard

timber

fastening agents:

adhesive tape

nails

screws

installing and fastening that:

conform to quality requirements

comply with supplier instructions and manufacturer specifications

maximise appearance of the finished work

provide for the most economical use of materials and labour

mathematical methods for estimating and measuring materials and installation spaces, including factoring in required tolerances

types of common problems that occur during installation, and how to avoid and respond

types, characteristics, uses, maintenance and limitations of the following items required for the installations described in performance evidence:

products and materials specific to louvre shutter installation:

fastening products, including adhesive tape, Dyna Bolts, masonry anchors, nails, nuts and bolts and screws

fillers, including caulking, cover strips and filler strips

shutter hardware, including hinges and mounting brackets

track systems

tools and equipment:

hand tools, including caulking gun, scissors, screwdrivers and tape measure

power tools, including coping saw, docking saw, jigsaw and power drill

equipment, including ladders, drop sheets, barriers, cones, signs and lifting equipment

documentation requirements for installation work described in performance evidence.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must occur in the workplace, or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

Access is required to tools, materials, equipment and specifications for the installation described in the performance evidence above, including:

louvre shutters requiring installation as specified in the performance evidence

PPE applicable to job requirements

WHS documentation specific to the installation

tools and equipment specified in the knowledge evidence

workplace documentation required for each installation, including:

work quotations and work orders

workplace procedures specified in the knowledge evidence

supplier instructions and manufacturer specifications

customer care cards

customer invoices and receipts

time sheets.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFBA3016 Install awnings

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes but is not equivalent to MSFBA3002 Install exterior blinds and awnings.

Application

This unit of competency describes the skills and knowledge required to install awnings according to job requirements. The unit involves planning job requirements, identifying required products to be used and their measurements and fasteners, and applying workplace procedures to ensure safe and correct installation.

The unit applies to those installing awnings in residential and commercial environments. The style of awning to be installed may be aluminium roll-up, folding-arm, metal-hooded canopy, textile canopy or metal louvre. The material used in the awnings may be light-weight domestic, heavy-weight commercial, fire-rated or cyclone-rated. The awnings may be installed in a range of openings, including windows; fixed and sliding doors; and building entrances. They may be installed on a range of surfaces, including aluminium, concrete, masonry, plasterboard, steel and timber.

Where installed control devices involve wiring to be connected to mains power, electrical work must be completed by a qualified licensed electrician.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Not applicable.

Unit Sector

Blinds and awnings.

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for installation of awning	1.1	Identify job and awning requirements from work order and supplier instructions
1.2	Complete a check measure on site and document required product specifications and specific access and installation requirements
1.3	Identify work health and safety (WHS) and personal protection requirements of installation according to workplace procedures
1.4	Identify and select required materials, tools, equipment and accessories based on work order, and check their safe and effective operation
1.5	Schedule installation and agree access arrangements to site
1.6	Plan logical, safe and efficient work sequence that reflects work order
2. Install awning	2.1	Inspect installation site in consultation with customer, confirm type of awnings to be installed, and address job, site and customer-specific technical and safety requirements
2.2	Set up required materials, equipment and awning mechanisms in line with work instructions and manufacturer specifications
2.3	Fit awnings to openings according to work order, type of control system and manufacturer specifications
2.4	Fix awnings according to type, work order and opening surface using fixing hardware in line with supplier instructions and workplace procedures
2.5	Test installed awnings for correct operation within limits of normal operation, and adjust and repair performance problems in line with own level of responsibility
3. Finalise installation	3.1	Check that completed work complies with quality and work order requirements, and rectify identified deficiencies
3.2	Clean work area and surfaces, and dispose of waste safely and sustainably according to workplace procedures
3.3	Identify and store surplus unused items for re-use and recycling according to workplace procedures
3.4	Check tools and equipment, and tag and report faulty items according to workplace procedures
3.5	Clean and store remaining tools and equipment according to workplace procedures
3.6	Advise customer on correct operation and maintenance of awnings
3.7	Legibly complete and process required workplace and customer documentation

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret, discuss and use mathematical information in routine workplace documentation process customer documentation, including required invoicing and receipting keep records of hours worked, quantity of items used and additional routine costs estimate and measure installation openings, including factoring in required tolerances
Oral communication skills to:	discuss and negotiate site access, installation requirements, and correct operation of awnings with a range of customers, including real estate agents, body corporate representatives, builders, home owners, and tenants: speaking clearly applying effective listening techniques asking questions to gain information
Reading skills to:	interpret routine workplace documentation, including work orders, WHS requirements and workplace installation procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes but is not equivalent to MSFBA3002 Install exterior blinds and awnings.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA3016 Install awnings

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes but is not equivalent to MSFBA3002 Install exterior blinds and awnings.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills of this unit, which must include the ability to:

safely and correctly install one of each of the following types of exterior awnings:

one manual pull-down awning for a residential building

one motorised roll-up awning for a commercial building

one awning for a residential building that is either a metal hooded canopy or a textile canopy

one folding-arm awning for a commercial building that is fitted with an electric wind sensor control device.

One of the above installations must be above ground level and demonstrate the safe and correct use of lifting equipment.

One of the above motorised control devices must be a 240V device connected to mains power; and one a 12V rechargeable solar or battery-operated device.

In the course of each of the above installations, the person must:

interpret work order and locate components, materials, tools and equipment required for the installation

apply safe lifting and handling procedures

follow work instructions and safe operating procedures to:

minimise risk of injury to self and others

prevent damage to site, tools, equipment and products

maintain required production output and quality

use fixing hardware, hand and power tools safely

use personal protective equipment (PPE)

use and dispose of waste sustainably

avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions, and wastage

identify and resolve routine problems and faults encountered

work with others, recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity.

In installing the suite of awnings, the candidate must demonstrate the ability to:

install in at least two of the following different openings:

door or window

sliding door

wide-span opening 3 metres or above

fasten to at least two of the following different surfaces:

aluminium

concrete

masonry

plasterboard

steel

timber.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

features of installation work orders and supplier instructions relating to the types of awnings in the performance evidence, and how to identify and interpret key information

work order requirements, and industry-accepted quality indicators and requirements, relating to installations described in performance evidence:

key requirements of Australian standards and codes of practice for individual installers

building code requirements specific to installation described in performance evidence

safety considerations and potential dangers associated with incorrect installation

wind zoning requirements

operation and maintenance requirements of awnings in performance evidence

emerging trends in installing awnings, including new materials used in face, reveal and packing and their associated energy ratings and fire retardant attributes

work health and safety (WHS) procedures, practices and regulations specific to installations described in performance evidence:

controlling hazards and risks

eliminating hazardous materials and substances

managing rain and wind resistance during installation

using firefighting equipment and first aid equipment

operating lifting equipment

using personal protective equipment

workplace procedures relating to:

communicating work requirements with customers

scheduling installation

accessing and inspecting installation sites

manual handling, including lifting and carrying

safely installing and fastening awnings

tagging and reporting faulty tools and equipment

disposing of waste safely and in an environmentally sustainable manner

recycling and re-use guidelines

cleaning and storing tools and equipment

storing surplus unused items

recording and reporting installation information

presenting invoices, and collecting and receipting payments

techniques for installing electric and manual control devices:

electric, including radio-controlled remote devices and photocell sensor devices using 240V mains power, and 12V rechargeable solar and battery-operated control

manual, including wands and pull sticks

effect of site characteristics and access restrictions on installation equipment selection and use

techniques for installing and fastening awnings described in performance evidence, including:

in openings made of:

aluminium

concrete

masonry

plasterboard

steel

timber

installing and fixing that:

conform to quality requirements

comply with supplier instructions and manufacturer specifications

maximise the appearance of the finished work

provide for the most economical use of materials and labour

mathematical methods for estimating and measuring installation openings, including factoring in required tolerances

requirements and procedures for using qualified licensed electricians when installation and control devices involve mains power

types of common problems that occur during installation, and how to avoid and respond

types, characteristics, uses, maintenance and limitations of the following items required for the installations described in performance evidence:

awning products and materials

special application brackets

operating mechanisms required for type of awnings being installed, including radio-controlled remote devices and photocell sensor devices

specialised fixing hardware used for the different types of awnings:

Dyna Bolts

masonry anchors

mounting brackets

nuts and bolts

screws, including hex screws

tools and equipment:

hand tools, including drills, screwdrivers, hex keys and snip cutters

power tools, including 240V mains connected and 12V rechargeable solar and battery-operated

equipment, including ladders, drop sheets, barriers, cones, signs and lifting equipment

documentation requirements for installation work described in performance evidence.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must occur in the workplace, or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

Access is required to tools, materials, equipment and specifications for the installation described in the performance evidence above, including:

awnings requiring installation as specified in the performance evidence

PPE applicable to job requirements

WHS documentation specific to the installation

fixing hardware, tools and equipment specified in the knowledge evidence

control devices for awnings being installed

workplace documentation required for each installation, including:

work orders, customer orders, job cards and work quotations

workplace procedures specified in the knowledge evidence

supplier instructions and manufacturer specifications

customer care cards

customer invoices and receipts

time sheets.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFBA3017 Install interior blinds

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFBA3001 Install interior blinds.

Application

This unit of competency describes the skills and knowledge required to identify work requirements and then install interior blinds according to specifications. The unit involves planning job requirements, identifying required blind products, fittings, and attachments to be used, and applying workplace procedures to ensure their safe and correct installation

The unit applies to those installing blinds in any interior space of residential and commercial environments. The style of blinds to be installed includes aluminium, plastic or timber Venetian, Roman, roller, and vertical blinds. The blinds may be installed on a range of surfaces, including concrete, masonry, plasterboard and timber.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Not applicable.

Unit Sector

Blinds and awnings.

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for installation of interior blind	1.1	Identify job and blind requirements from work order and supplier instructions
1.2	Identify work health and safety (WHS) and personal protection requirements of installation according to workplace procedures
1.3	Identify and select required materials, tools, equipment and accessories based on work order, and check their safe and effective operation
1.4	Schedule installation and agree access arrangements to site
1.5	Plan logical, safe and efficient work sequence that reflects work order and quality requirements
2. Install interior blind	2.1	Inspect installation site in consultation with customer, confirm blind to be installed, and address job, site and customer-specific technical and safety requirements
2.2	Set up required materials, equipment and blind mechanisms in line with work instructions and manufacturer specifications
2.3	Fit pelmets and cord brackets using required hardware and adjust to suit blind operation according to workplace procedures
2.4	Fit blind and pulley according to work order, design requirements and manufacturer specifications
2.5	Test installed blind for correct operation within limits of normal operation, and adjust and repair performance problems in line with own level of responsibility
3. Finalise installation	3.1	Check that completed work complies with quality and work order requirements and rectify identified deficiencies
3.2	Clean work area and surfaces, and dispose of waste safely and sustainably according to workplace procedures
3.3	Identify and store surplus unused items for re-use and recycling according to workplace procedures
3.4	Check tools and equipment, and tag and report faulty items according to workplace procedures
3.5	Clean and store remaining tools and equipment according to workplace procedures
3.6	Advise customer on correct operation and maintenance of blind
3.7	Legibly complete and process required workplace and customer documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret, discuss and use mathematical information in routine workplace documentation process customer documentation, including required invoicing and receipting keep records of hours worked, quantity of items used and additional routine costs estimate and measure installation materials and spaces, including factoring in required tolerances
Oral communication skills to:	discuss and negotiate site access, installation requirements and correct operation of blinds with a range of customers, including real estate agents, body corporate representatives, builders, home owners, and tenants: speaking clearly applying effective listening techniques asking questions to gain information
Reading skills to:	interpret routine workplace documentation, including work orders, WHS requirements and workplace installation procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFBA3001 Install interior blinds.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA3017 Install interior blinds

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFBA3001 Install interior blinds.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills of this unit, which must include the ability to:

safely and correctly install at least four of the following interior blinds:

aluminium Venetian blinds

plastic or timber Venetian blinds

roller blinds

Roman blinds

vertical blinds.

One of the above four installations must be in a bay window, box bay window, or corner window or door.

In the course of each of the above installations, the person must:

interpret work order and locate materials, tools and equipment required for the installation

apply safe lifting and handling procedures

follow work instructions and safe operating procedures to:

minimise risk of injury to self and others

prevent damage to site, tools, equipment and products

maintain required production output and quality

use hand and power tools safely

use personal protective equipment (PPE)

use and dispose of waste sustainably

avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions and wastage

identify and resolve routine problems and faults encountered

work with others, recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity.

In installing the suite of blinds, the candidate must also demonstrate the ability to install on the following surfaces:

concrete or masonry

plasterboard or timber.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

features of installation work orders and supplier instructions relating to the styles of interior blinds in the performance evidence, and how to identify and interpret key information

work order requirements, and industry-accepted quality indicators and requirements, relating to installations described in performance evidence:

key requirements of Australian standards and codes of practice for individual installers

consumer product safety standards and requirements associated with domestic corded internal window blinds

safety considerations and potential dangers associated with incorrect installation

operation and maintenance requirements of blinds in performance evidence

emerging trends in installing interior blinds, including new materials and their associated energy ratings and fire retardant attributes

work health and safety (WHS) procedures, practices and regulations specific to installations described in performance evidence:

controlling hazards and risks

eliminating hazardous materials and substances

using firefighting equipment and first aid equipment

using personal protective equipment

workplace procedures relating to:

communicating work requirements with customers

scheduling installation

accessing and inspecting installation sites

manual handling, including lifting and carrying

safely installing and securing blinds

tagging and reporting faulty tools and equipment

disposing of waste safely and in an environmentally sustainable manner

recycling and re-use guidelines

cleaning and storing tools and equipment

storing surplus unused items

recording and reporting installation information

presenting invoices, and collecting and receipting payments

techniques for installing and securing blinds described in performance evidence that include attachment processes that:

conform to quality requirements

comply with supplier instructions and manufacturer specifications

maximise the appearance of the finished work

provide for economical use of materials and labour

effect of site characteristics and access restrictions on equipment selection and use

mathematical methods for estimating and measuring installation materials and spaces, including factoring in required tolerances

types of common problems that occur during installation, and how to avoid and respond

tools and equipment required for the installations described in performance evidence:

hand tools, including drills, hammers, ladders and screwdrivers

power tools required to install interior blinds described in performance evidence

equipment, including drop sheets and ladders

materials, including bolts, masonry anchors, nails and screws

fittings and attachments, including mounting brackets and operating mechanisms

systems for storing and labelling materials required for the installation work

types, characteristics, uses, maintenance, and limitations of the following items required for the installations described in performance evidence:

blind products and materials

operating mechanisms required for style of interior blind being installed

fittings and attachments

tools and equipment

documentation requirements for installation work described in performance evidence.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must occur in the workplace, or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

Access is required to tools, materials, equipment and specifications for the installation described in the performance evidence above, including:

blind styles requiring installation and installation locations specified in the performance evidence

PPE applicable to job requirements

WHS documentation specific to the installation

tools and equipment specified in the knowledge evidence

workplace documentation required for each installation, including:

work orders, customer orders, job cards and work quotations

workplace procedures specified in the knowledge evidence

supplier instructions and manufacturer specifications

customer invoices and receipts

time sheets.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFBA3018 Assess suitability of blinds and awnings

Modification History

Release 1. No equivalent unit. Supersedes but is not equivalent to MSFBA3010 Assess suitability of blinds or awnings.

Application

This unit of competency describes the skills and knowledge required to assess the suitability of blinds and awnings in a range of environments taking into account building structure, natural environmental constraints, regulations and legislation.

The unit applies in those assessing the suitability of blinds and awnings for both residential and commercial environments in small to large scale enterprises.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Not applicable.

Unit Sector

Blinds and awnings

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop and maintain knowledge of blind and awning products	1.1	Research and analyse information on characteristics of blind and awning product and component characteristics
1.2	Collect and organise materials, product samples and visual aids for future retrieval and use
1.3	Research and analyse information on building styles, building codes, regulations and legislation required for assessing suitability of blind and awning products
2. Assess suitability of blind and awning products for customer requirements, and building and location	2.1	Review work instructions to establish customer requirements
2.2	Inspect location for product observing work health and safety (WHS) requirements
2.3	Assess restrictions and limitations of building and natural environment
2.4	Assess restrictions and limitations of blind and awning products
3. Provide advice to customer following assessment on suitability of blind and awning products	3.1	Explain characteristics of product to customer using sample materials, visual aids and product specifications
3.2	Explain building covenant and other regulations and legislative requirements relevant to product, building and location to customer
3.3	Select range of suggested product styles and materials, and present to customer for evaluation
3.4	Discuss and respond to customer queries using examples to illustrate advice on finished products
4. Finalise assessment	4.1	Return sample products to storage
4.2	Prepare report of recommended product costing and overall estimate
4.3	Present assessment and costing information to customer

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret, use and discuss mathematical information in workplace documentation use a blend of personal ‘in-the-head’ methods and formal methods to calculate routine and familiar costs use a calculator to calculate and compare costs of blinds and awnings estimate and measure blinds, awnings and their installation locations
Oral communication skills to:	greet and interact with customers in a professional manner use questioning and active listening techniques to identify and clarify customer requirements express own opinion clearly using sufficiently broad vocabulary
Reading skills to:	interpret at times complex workplace documentation, including building covenants and other regulations and legislative requirements specific to the assessment
Technology skills to:	use ICT-based tools to access blind and awning product information organise and maintain product information in an easily accessible manner
Writing skills to:	write simple notes of research findings legibly document assessment outcomes, including product costings

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. No equivalent unit. Supersedes but is not equivalent to MSFBA3010 Assess suitability of blinds or awnings

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA3018 Assess suitability of blinds and awnings

Modification History

Release 1. No equivalent unit. Supersedes but is not equivalent to MSFBA3010 Assess suitability of blinds or awnings.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills of this unit, which must include the ability to:

assess each of the following requirements for blinds and awnings, and provide a suitable and practical assessment in line with customer requirements:

awning in a residential property

exterior blinds in a multi-story commercial property

awning on a ground level commercial property abutting a natural feature of cultural significance

exterior blinds in a bushfire-prone location

work with others, recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice applicable to assessment of suitability of blinds and awnings described in the performance evidence:

codes relating to wind loads, fire attenuation and set backs

building covenants and heritage trust

body corporate requirements

environmental requirements and constraints

work health and safety (WHS) requirements

standards and requirements specific to site, and policies and procedures for assessing suitability of blinds and awnings for situations

sources of authoritative and current information on blinds and awnings specified in performance evidence

types of tools and equipment used for assessing suitability of blinds and awnings for situations, and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

types and styles of buildings, and legislation that applies to their construction, modification and decoration

terms used to describe components of blinds and awnings

sources of authoritative and current information on products relating to assessment services described in performance evidence

workplace procedures relating to:

assessing suitability of blinds and awnings

customer service standards

communicating product information to customers, including presentation methods

recording and reporting outcomes of customer discussion

storing and retrieving product information

documenting, communicating, reporting and retrieving assessment-related information

products suitable to customer location

emerging trends in blinds and awnings, including new materials and their associated energy ratings and fire-retardant attributes

key features and characteristics of products and components used in the construction and installation of blinds and awnings, including features described in:

product instructions and specification sheets

service conditions

manufacturer specifications

special requirements

restrictions and limitations on suitability of blinds and awnings:

building, including materials, height, architectural integrity, structure and access

natural environment, including overhang, space and height

weather, including wind rating and rainfall

directional perspective, including north, south, east and west facing

impact of the following customer requirements on suitability of blind and awning product:

advertising and branding

darkening effects

decoration

insulation

light dispersal

noise reduction

presenting a professional image

privacy

sun protection

weather protection

principles and techniques of customer service

mathematical methods for estimating and measuring blinds, awnings and their installation locations.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must occur in the workplace, or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

Access is required to:

authoritative sources of information relating to range of products that apply to assessment in performance evidence

computer with access to the internet

product samples, materials and visual aids relating to products, including:

magazines

photographs

software presentations

sketches

trade brochures

legislation, regulations, standards, codes of practice and workplace procedures specified in knowledge evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFBA3019 Assemble roller shutters

Modification History

Release 1. New unit of competency.

Application

This unit of competency describes the skills and knowledge required to identify and assemble roller shutters according to job requirements. The unit involves planning job requirements, identifying required shutter products to be assembled and their measurements, and applying workplace procedures to ensure safe and correct assembly. The unit does not involve installing the roller shutters.

The unit applies to those assembling residential and commercial roller shutters, which can include light-weight domestic, heavy-weight commercial, and fire-rated and cyclone-rated shutters. The shutters may be required for a range of openings, including windows, fixed and sliding doors, building entrances, and inside and exterior to buildings.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Not applicable.

Unit Sector

Blinds and awnings

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to assemble roller shutters	1.1	Identify and confirm job requirements and style of shutter to be assembled from work order and supplier instructions
1.2	Identify work health and safety (WHS) and personal protection requirements of assembly according to workplace procedures
1.3	Select tools and equipment, and check their safe and effective operation
1.4	Select materials from stock and check against job requirements
1.5	Plan logical, safe and efficient work sequence that reflects work order and quality requirements, and economically uses materials
2. Assemble roller shutters	2.1	Source required materials, equipment and shutter mechanisms in line with work instructions and manufacturer specifications
2.2	Lay out, measure, mark and cut materials for shutter according to workplace procedures
2.3	Assemble component parts according to job requirements and manufacturer specifications
2.4	Finish shutter assembly according to work instructions
3. Finalise assembly	3.1	Check that assembled shutter complies with quality and work order requirements, and rectify identified deficiencies within scope of own role or report to designated personnel
3.2	Clean assembled shutter according to workplace procedures
3.3	Check tools and equipment, and tag and report faulty items according to workplace procedures
3.4	Clean, maintain and store remaining tools and equipment according to workplace procedures
3.5	Clean work area and surfaces, and dispose of waste safely and sustainably according to workplace procedures
3.6	Legibly complete and process required workplace documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret and discuss mathematical information in shutter specifications, work orders and instructions use mathematical information to correctly estimate and measure assembly requirements, including required tolerances
Oral communication skills to:	communicate information to confirm work requirements and specifications and report work outcomes and problems: speaking clearly asking questions to gain information
Reading skills to:	interpret routine workplace documentation, including: WHS requirements and procedures workplace assembly requirements and operator instructions work orders and instructions shutter specifications, including design, size and quantity

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. New unit of competency. No equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA3019 Assemble roller shutters

Modification History

Release 1. New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills of this unit, which must include the ability to:

safely and correctly assemble each of the following types of roller shutters:

light-weight exterior domestic roller shutter

heavy-weight exterior commercial roller shutter

fire-rated or cyclone-rated roller shutter

interior roller shutter.

In the course of the above four assembly processes, the person must demonstrate the ability to assemble shutters with the following shutter control devices:

at least two electric systems involving a radio-controlled remote device or photocell sensor device

at least one manual system involving winders or straps.

One of the above shutter control devices must be a 240V control device to be connected to mains power when installed; and one a 12V rechargeable solar or battery-operated control device.

In the course of each of the above assemblies, the person must:

interpret work order, and locate required materials, tools and equipment

select and set up required product and components according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures and quality requirements

apply safe lifting and handling procedures

follow work instructions and safe operating procedures to:

minimise risk of injury to self and others

prevent damage to site, tools, equipment and products

maintain required production output and quality

use hand and power tools safely

use personal protective equipment (PPE)

use and dispose of waste sustainably

avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions and wastage

identify and resolve routine problems and faults encountered

work with others, recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

features of assembly work orders and supplier instructions relating to the types of roller shutters in the performance evidence, and how to identify and interpret key information

work order requirements, and industry-accepted quality indicators and requirements, relating to assembly work described in performance evidence:

key requirements of Australian standards and codes of practice for assembly

building code requirements specific to roller shutter product described in performance evidence

safety considerations and potential dangers associated with incorrect assembly

impact of wind zoning requirements on assembly of exterior roller shutters

operation of roller shutters in performance evidence

emerging trends in roller shutters, including:

new materials used in face, reveal and packing

associated energy ratings and fire-retardant attributes

work health and safety (WHS) procedures, practices and regulations specific to assembly work described in performance evidence:

controlling hazards and risks

eliminating hazardous materials and substances

using firefighting equipment and first aid equipment

operating lifting equipment

using personal protective equipment

workplace procedures relating to:

communication channels and protocols

manual handling, including lifting and carrying

safely cutting and assembling roller shutters

following manufacturer instructions and procedures

tagging and reporting faulty tools and equipment

disposing of waste safely and in an environmentally sustainable manner

recycling and re-use guidelines

cleaning and storing tools and equipment

storing surplus unused items

recording and reporting assembly information

techniques for assembling shutters with electric and manual shutter control devices:

electric, including radio-controlled remote devices and photocell sensor devices using 240V mains power, and 12V rechargeable solar and battery-operated control

manual, including winders and straps

mathematical methods for estimating and measuring assembly materials and openings, including factoring in required tolerances

types of common problems that occur during assembly, and how to avoid and respond

systems for storing and labelling materials required for assembly work

types, characteristics, uses, maintenance and limitations of the following items required for the assembly described in performance evidence:

roller shutter products and materials

operating mechanisms required for type of roller shutter being assembled

tools and equipment used to assemble roller shutters and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance:

hand tools, including screwdrivers, hack saws and snip cutters

power tools, including 240V mains connected, and 12V rechargeable solar and battery-operated

documentation requirements for assembly work described in performance evidence

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must occur in the workplace, or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

Access is required to tools, materials, equipment and specifications for the assembly described in the performance evidence above, including:

roller shutters requiring assembly as specified in the performance evidence

PPE applicable to job requirements

WHS documentation specific to the assembly

tools and equipment specified in the knowledge evidence

shutter control devices

workplace documentation required for assembly process, including:

work orders

workplace procedures specified in the knowledge evidence

supplier instructions and manufacturer specifications

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFBA3020 Install roller shutters

Modification History

Release 1. New unit of competency.

Application

This unit of competency describes the skills and knowledge required to identify and install roller shutters according to job requirements. The unit involves planning job requirements, identifying required shutter products to be used and their measurements and fasteners, and applying workplace procedures to ensure their safe and correct installation.

The unit applies to those installing roller shutters in residential and commercial environments. The shutters to be installed include light-weight domestic, heavy-weight commercial, and fire-rated and cyclone-rated shutters. The shutters may be installed in a range of openings, including windows, fixed and sliding doors, building entrances, and inside and exterior to buildings. They may be fastened to a range of surfaces, including aluminium, concrete, masonry, plasterboard and timber.

Licensing, legislative, or certification requirements may apply to this unit. Relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine necessary requirements for installing roller shutters

Pre-requisite Unit

Not applicable.

Unit Sector

Blinds and awnings

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for installation of roller shutters	1.1	Identify job and shutter requirements from work order and supplier instructions
1.2	Complete check measure on site and document required product specifications and specific access and installation requirements
1.3	Identify work health and safety (WHS) and personal protection requirements of installation according to workplace procedures
1.4	Identify and select required materials, tools, equipment and accessories based on work order, and check their safe and effective operation
1.5	Schedule installation and agree access arrangements to site
1.6	Plan logical, safe and efficient work sequence that reflects work order
2. Install roller shutters	2.1	Inspect installation site in consultation with customer, confirm type of shutter to be installed, and address job, site and customer-specific technical and safety requirements
2.2	Set up required materials, equipment and shutter mechanisms in line with work instructions and manufacturer specifications
2.3	Fit shutter to opening according to work order, type of control system and manufacturer specifications
2.4	Fasten shutter according to shutter type, work order and opening surface using fastening tools in line with supplier instructions and workplace procedures
2.5	Test installed shutter for correct operation within limits of normal operation, and adjust and repair performance problems in line with own level of responsibility
3. Finalise installation	3.1	Check that completed work complies with quality and work order requirements, and rectify identified deficiencies
3.2	Clean work area and surfaces, and dispose of waste safely and sustainably according to workplace procedures
3.3	Identify and store surplus unused items for re-use and recycling according to workplace procedures
3.4	Check tools and equipment, and tag and report faulty items according to workplace procedures
3.5	Clean and store remaining tools and equipment according to workplace procedures
3.6	Advise customer on correct operation and maintenance of roller shutters
3.7	Legibly complete and process required workplace and customer documentation

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret, discuss and use mathematical information in work orders and specifications estimate and measure installation openings, including factoring in required tolerances process customer documentation, including required invoicing and receipting record hours worked, quantity of items used and additional routine costs
Oral communication skills to:	discuss and negotiate site access, installation requirements, and correct operation of roller shutters with a range of customers, including real estate agents, body corporate representatives, builders, home owners, and tenants: speaking clearly applying effective listening techniques asking questions to gain information
Reading skills to:	interpret routine workplace documentation, including work orders, WHS requirements and workplace installation procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. New unit of competency. No equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA3020 Install roller shutters

Modification History

Release 1. New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills of this unit, which must include the ability to:

safely and correctly install one of each of the following types of roller shutters:

light-weight exterior domestic roller shutter

heavy-weight exterior commercial roller shutter

fire-rated or cyclone-rated roller shutter

interior roller shutter.

One of the above installations must be in an above-ground level opening and demonstrate the safe and correct use of lifting equipment.

In the course of the above four installations, the person must demonstrate the ability to install shutters with the following shutter control devices:

one electric system involving radio-controlled remote device or photocell sensor device

one manual system involving winders or straps.

One of the above shutter control devices must be a 240V control device connected to mains power, and one a 12V rechargeable solar or battery-operated control device.

In the course of each of the above installations, the person must:

interpret work order, and locate required materials, tools and equipment

apply safe lifting and handling procedures

follow work instructions and safe operating procedures to:

minimise risk of injury to self and others

prevent damage to site, tools, equipment and products

maintain required production output and quality

use hand and power tools safely

use personal protective equipment (PPE)

use and dispose of waste sustainably

avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions and wastage

identify and resolve routine problems and faults encountered

work with others, recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity.

In installing the suite of roller shutters, the candidate must demonstrate the ability to:

install in at least two of the following different openings:

door or window

sliding door

wide-span opening of 3.2 metres or above requiring the help of an assistant

fasten to at least two of the following different surfaces:

aluminium

concrete

masonry

plasterboard

timber.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

features of installation work orders and supplier instructions relating to the types of roller shutters in the performance evidence, and how to identify and interpret key information

work order requirements, and industry-accepted quality indicators and requirements, relating to installations described in performance evidence:

key requirements of Australian standards and codes of practice for individual installers

building code requirements specific to installation described in performance evidence

safety considerations and potential dangers associated with incorrect installation

wind zoning requirements relating to exterior roller shutters

operation and maintenance requirements of roller shutters in performance evidence

emerging trends in installing roller shutters, including:

new materials used in face, reveal and packing

their associated energy ratings and fire-retardant attributes

work health and safety (WHS) procedures, practices and regulations specific to installations described in performance evidence:

controlling hazards and risks

eliminating hazardous materials and substances

managing rain and wind resistance during installation

using firefighting equipment, first aid equipment

operating lifting equipment

using personal protective equipment

workplace procedures relating to:

communication channels and protocols

scheduling installation

accessing and inspecting installation sites

manual handling, including lifting and carrying

following manufacturer instructions and procedures

safely installing and fastening roller shutters

tagging and reporting faulty tools and equipment

disposing of waste safely and in an environmentally sustainable manner

recycling and re-use guidelines

cleaning and storing tools and equipment

storing surplus unused items

recording and reporting installation information

presenting invoices, and collecting and receipting payments

techniques for installing electric and manual shutter control devices:

electric, including radio-controlled remote devices and photocell sensor devices using 240V mains power, and 12V rechargeable solar and battery-operated control

manual, including winders or straps

effect of site characteristics and access restrictions on installation equipment selection and use

techniques for installing and fastening roller shutters described in performance evidence, including:

in openings made of a range of:

aluminium

concrete

masonry

plasterboard

timber

installing and fastening that:

conform to quality requirements

comply with supplier instructions and manufacturer specifications

maximise the appearance of the finished work

provide for the most economical use of materials and labour

mathematical methods for estimating and measuring installation openings, including factoring in required tolerances

requirements and procedures for using qualified licensed electricians when installation and control devices involve mains power

types of common problems that occur during installation, and how to avoid and respond

types, characteristics, uses, maintenance and limitations of the following items required for the installations described in performance evidence:

roller shutter products and materials

operating mechanisms required for type of roller shutter being installed, including radio-controlled remote devices and photocell sensor devices

specialised fasteners used for the different types of roller shutters

tools and equipment:

hand tools, including screwdrivers, hack saws and snip cutters

power tools, including 240V mains connected, and 12V rechargeable solar and battery-operated

equipment, including ladders, drop sheets, barriers, cones, signs and lifting equipment

documentation requirements for installation work described in performance evidence

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must occur in the workplace, or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

Access is required to tools, materials, equipment and specifications for the installation described in the performance evidence above, including:

roller shutters requiring installation as specified in the performance evidence

PPE applicable to job requirements

WHS documentation specific to the installation

tools and equipment specified in the knowledge evidence

control devices for shutters being installed

workplace documentation required for each installation, including:

work orders, customer orders, job cards, and work quotations

workplace procedures specified in the knowledge evidence

supplier instructions and manufacturer specifications

customer care cards

customer invoices and receipts

time sheets.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFBA3021 Assemble louvre shutters

Modification History

Release 1. No equivalent unit. Supersedes but is not equivalent to MSFBA3003 Install timber shutters.

Application

This unit of competency describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare and assemble louvre shutters according to job requirements. The unit involves planning job requirements, identifying required products and components to be assembled and their measurements, and applying workplace procedures to ensure their safe and correct assembly.

The unit applies to those assembling interior and exterior louvre shutters used in residential and commercial environments.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Not applicable.

Unit Sector

Blinds and awnings

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to assemble louvre shutters	1.1	Identify and confirm job requirements and style of shutter to be assembled from work order and supplier instructions
1.2	Identify work health and safety (WHS) and personal protection requirements of assembly according to workplace procedures
1.3	Select tools and equipment, and check their safe and effective operation according to workplace procedures
1.4	Select materials from stock and check against job requirements
1.5	Plan logical, safe and efficient work sequence that reflects work order and quality requirements, and economically uses materials
2. Assemble louvre shutters	2.1	Source required materials, equipment and shutter mechanisms in line with work instructions and manufacturer specifications
2.2	Lay out, measure, mark and cut materials for shutter
2.3	Assemble component parts according to job requirements and manufacturer specifications
2.4	Finish shutter assembly according to work instructions
3. Finalise assembly	3.1	Check that assembled shutter complies with quality and work order requirements, and rectify identified deficiencies within scope of own role or report to designated personnel
3.2	Clean assembled shutter according to workplace procedures
3.3	Check tools and equipment, and tag and report faulty items according to workplace procedures
3.4	Clean, maintain and store remaining tools and equipment according to workplace procedures
3.5	Clean work area and surfaces, and dispose of waste safely and sustainably according to workplace procedures
3.6	Legibly complete and process required workplace documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret, discuss and use mathematical information in shutter specifications, work orders and instructions use mathematical information to estimate and measure assembly requirements, including required tolerances
Oral communication skills to:	communicate ideas and information to confirm work requirements and specifications and report work outcomes and problems: speaking clearly asking questions to gain information
Reading skills to:	interpret routine workplace documentation, including: WHS requirements and procedures workplace assembly requirements and operator instructions work orders and instructions shutter specifications, including design, size and quantity

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. No equivalent unit. Supersedes but is not equivalent to MSFBA3003 Install timber shutters.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFBA3021 Assemble louvre shutters

Modification History

Release 1. No equivalent unit. Supersedes but is not equivalent to MSFBA3003 Install timber shutters.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills of this unit, which must include the ability to:

safely and correctly assemble each of the following styles of shutters:

one fixed louvre shutter

one louvre bi-fold shutter

one sliding louvre shutter

one special-shaped louvre shutter for either a residential or commercial building, based on the template created by candidate for that purpose.

In the course of each of the above assemblies, the person must:

interpret work order, and locate required materials, tools and equipment

select and set up required product and components according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures and quality requirements

apply safe lifting and handling procedures

follow work instructions and safe operating procedures to:

minimise risk of injury to self and others

prevent damage to site, tools, equipment and products

maintain required production output and quality

use hand and power tools safely

use personal protective equipment (PPE)

report material faults, damaged products and equipment

use and dispose of waste sustainably

avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions and wastage

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

features of assembly work orders and supplier instructions relating to the types of louvre shutters in the performance evidence, and how to identify and interpret key information

work order requirements, and industry-accepted quality indicators and requirements, relating to assembly work described in performance evidence:

key requirements of Australian standards and codes of practice for assembly

building code requirements specific to assembly described in performance evidence

safety considerations and potential dangers associated with incorrect assembly

cutting patterns and sequences

identifying work process problems and resolving within scope of own role

operation requirements of louvre shutters in performance evidence

emerging trends in louvre shutters, including new materials used and their associated energy ratings and fire-retardant attributes

work health and safety (WHS) regulations, standards, procedures, and practices specific to assembly described in performance evidence:

controlling hazards and risks

eliminating hazardous materials and substances

using firefighting equipment, first aid equipment

operating lifting equipment

using personal protective equipment

workplace procedures relating to:

communicating channels and protocols

manual handling, including lifting and carrying

safely cutting and assembling louvre shutters

tagging and reporting faulty tools and equipment

disposing of waste safely and in an environmentally sustainable manner

recycling and re-use guidelines

cleaning and storing tools and equipment

storing surplus unused items

recording and reporting assembly information

techniques for measuring, setting up and assembling electric and manual shutter control devices:

electric, including radio-controlled remote devices and photocell sensor devices using 240V mains power, and 12V rechargeable solar and battery-operated control

manual, including winders and straps

techniques for measuring, cutting, setting up and assembling louvre shutters described in performance evidence that:

conform to quality requirements

comply with supplier instructions and manufacturer specifications

maximise the appearance of the finished work

provide for the most economical use of materials and labour

mathematical methods for estimating and measuring assembly materials and openings, including factoring in required tolerances

types of common problems that occur during assembly, and how to avoid and respond

types, characteristics, terminology, uses, maintenance and limitations of the following items required for the assembly described in performance evidence:

shutter components and materials

operating mechanisms required for type of shutter being assembled

tools and equipment required to assemble shutters, and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance:

cutting tools

cutting bench

saws

documentation requirements for assembly work described in performance evidence

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must occur in the workplace, or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

Access is required to tools, materials, equipment and specifications for the assembly work described in the performance evidence above, including:

louvre shutters requiring assembly as specified in the performance evidence

PPE applicable to job requirements

WHS documentation specific to the assembly

tools and equipment specified in the knowledge evidence

workplace documentation required for assembly work, including:

work orders

workplace procedures specified in the knowledge evidence

supplier instructions and manufacturer specifications.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFCP2005 Use coopering sector hand and power tools

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to select and safely use hand and power tools for coopering tasks. Workers with this competency complete routine tasks to create barrels and similar cooperage products.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Unit Sector

Coopering

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for tool use	1.1 Identify task requirement from work instructions 1.2 Select appropriate tools based on task requirements and identify work health and safety requirements for their use 1.3 Check tools are safe and functional and report any faults to supervisor 1.4 Select equipment to hold or support material based on the tools selected and the nature of the task 1.5 Prepare material and hold in position to ensure safe operation
2. Use tools	2.1 Use tools safely and in accordance with workplace procedures and manufacturer specifications 2.2 Use techniques that optimise the effective use of the tools for the nominated task 2.3 Ensure safe state, position and location of tools in the work area when not in immediate use 2.4 Follow safety procedures for the use of power and the handling of power tools
3. Clean up work area and tools	3.1 Clean tools and equipment using cleaning materials and agents suited to the item 3.2 Complete routine operator maintenance on tools in accordance with workplace procedures and manufacturer instructions 3.3 Store tools and equipment based on specific storage needs and workplace requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and tool manuals

Numeracy skills to measure lengths and angles

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFCP2001 Use coopering sector hand and power tools.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFCP2005 Use coopering sector hand and power tools

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

select appropriate hand tools and safely use them on at least 2 occasions for coopering tasks, including at least 6 of the following tools:

hand plane

chisel

hand saw

spokeshave

hammer

mallet

auger

croze

driver

knife (belly, crum, heading or hollow)

cooper’s hammer

maul

bradawl

adze

shaves (hoop, inside or heading)

swift

marking-out tools

file or rasp

scraper

screwdriver

hand drill

select appropriate power tools and safely use them on at least 2 occasions for coopering tasks, including at least 5 of the following tools:

bench grinder

presses (hoops)

head making machine

drop saw

circular saw

planer

double sided planer

drill

jig saw

computer numeric controlled (CNC) router

laser cutter

trimmer

biscuit machine

brad/nail or staple gun

sanders (long belt, disk or machine)

conduct operator maintenance on hand and power tools, including:

grinding and sharpening 2 of the following:

shaves

specialised hand tools

drill bits

changing the blade on a power saw.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workplace procedures for work health and safety, including the use of personal protective equipment (PPE)

basic barrel construction and repair terminology and techniques.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

hand and power tools required for performance evidence

materials on which tools are used

PPE

ancillary holding equipment

power sources

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFCP3001 Produce barrels using non-fired processes

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed. Previous unit was housed in an AQF2 qualification. This unit aligns with AQF3.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to produce barrels using non-fired processes. It includes both manual and automated production methods. Workers with this competency follow established procedures using discretion, judgement and problem solving.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Unit Sector

Coopering

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Choose appropriate materials	1.1 Analyse timber types and characteristics to identify appropriate timber for the barrel 1.2 Analyse metal types and characteristics to identify appropriate metal for the barrel
2. Determine the impact of barrel components and storage processes on contents	2.1 Identify effects of barrel fermentation, maturation and seasoning and controlled oxidisation on barrel and barrel contents. 2.2 Apply knowledge of barrel storage processes to barrel production
3. Prepare for production	3.1 Verify and comply with work health and safety (WHS) legislative and organisational requirements 3.2 Review, confirm and clarify work order with appropriate personnel 3.3 Plan barrel production sequence 3.4 Determine procedures for checking quality at each stage of the process 3.5 Select suitable work area for the task 3.6 Select tools and equipment suitable for the work and check they are safe and functional
4. Select and prepare components	4.1 Collect materials, hardware, fittings and attachments 4.2 Select fixing and joining devices in accordance with work instructions and type of materials to be joined 4.3 Select jigs, and check they are suitable for purpose 4.4 Machine and prepare components, including staves and heads, to specification
5. Assemble components	5.1 Lay out and join components using jigs and appropriate fastenings and clamping devices 5.2 Use hand and power tools and equipment as required 5.3 Check assembled components for compliance with specifications
6. Finish barrel	6.1 Line barrel according to specification 6.2 Test barrel for leakage and repair faults 6.3 Fit and secure decorative features or fittings to specification 6.4 Sand and prepare barrel for coating 6.5 Coat barrel in accordance with specification and intended commercial application
7. Clean work area and maintain equipment	7.1 Tag and report faulty and defective equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 7.2 Organise and store finished barrels in holding area 7.3 Remove waste and scrap following workplace procedures 7.4 Clean tools and equipment, check they are in serviceable condition, and store them in accordance with workplace procedures 7.5 Clean equipment and work area in accordance with workplace procedures 7.6 Complete records and reports to workplace requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to comprehend work instructions

Writing skills to complete work records

Oral communication skills to clarify work instructions

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate lengths, volumes and angles.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFCP2002 Produce barrels using non-fired processes.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFCP3001 Produce barrels using non-fired processes

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed. Previous unit was housed in an AQF2 qualification. This unit aligns with AQF3.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

make and test at least 1 non-fired and fully finished barrel.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

characteristics of wood commonly used for barrels, including at least 2 species of oak and one non-oak species

function of hand and power tools commonly used in barrel production

personal protective equipment (PPE) required for barrel production

barrel production sequence, including

docking and grading staves

dressing staves

jointing staves

rising or assembling barrel

bending the barrel

crozing

making heads

cutting the head

fitting the head

finishing the barrel

fitting final hoops

testing

leakage repair methods including plugging, caulking and re-machining

types of metal used in barrels, including steel, stainless steel, copper and other alloys

properties of oak, including medullary rays and tyloses

impact of seasoning, including combination techniques, on cell structure and on the levels of oak lactones and other extractable oak constituents released into barrel contents

effects of controlled oxidation, barrel maturation and in-barrel fermentation on barrel and contents.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

materials and tools required for performance evidence

PPE

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFCP3002 Produce barrels using fired processes

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed. Previous unit was housed in an AQF2 qualification. This unit aligns with AQF3.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to produce barrels using fired processes. It includes both manual and automated production methods. Workers with this competency follow established procedures using discretion, judgement and problem solving.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Unit Sector

Coopering

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Choose appropriate materials	1.1 Analyse timber types and characteristics to identify appropriate timber for the barrel 1.2 Analyse metal types and characteristics to identify appropriate metal for the barrel
2. Determine the impact of barrel components and storage processes on contents	2.1 Identify effects of barrel fermentation, maturation and seasoning and controlled oxidisation on barrel and barrel contents. 2.2 Apply knowledge of barrel storage processes to barrel production.
3. Prepare for production	3.1 Verify and comply with work health and safety (WHS) legislative and organisational requirements 3.2 Review, confirm and clarify work order with appropriate personnel 3.3 Plan barrel production sequence 3.4 Determine procedures for checking quality at each stage of the process 3.5 Select suitable work area for the task 3.6 Select tools and equipment that are suitable for the work and check them for safe operation
4. Select and prepare components	4.1 Collect materials, hardware, fittings and attachments 4.2 Select fixing and joining devices in accordance with work instructions and type of materials to be joined 4.3 Select jigs and check suitability for purpose 4.4 Machine and prepare components, including staves and heads, to specification
5. Pre-assemble barrel components	5.1 Lay out and join components using jigs 5.2 Join and clamp heads 5.3 Fit and hoop staves 5.4 Use hand and power tools and equipment as required 5.5 Check assembled components for compliance with specifications
6. Fire the barrel	6.1 Determine toasting technique and timing appropriate to barrel’s intended use 6.2 Toast and char barrel interior to specification 6.3 Apply tensioning processes 6.4 Fit hoops 6.5 Complete crozing to specification 6.6 Cut heads, bevel them to size and fit
7. Finish the product	7.1 Finish barrel using belt, disk or machine sander and hand tools 7.2 Fit and secure final hoops and decorative features to specification 7.3 Test barrel for leakage and repair faults
8. Clean work area and maintain equipment	8.1 Tag and report faulty and/or defective equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 8.2 Organise and store finished barrels in holding area 8.3 Remove waste and scrap following workplace procedures 8.4 Clean tools and equipment, check they are in serviceable condition, and store them appropriately in accordance with workplace procedures 8.5 Clean equipment and work area in accordance with workplace procedures 8.6 Complete records and reports to workplace requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to comprehend work instructions

Writing skills to complete work records

Oral communication skills to clarify work instructions

Numeracy skills to calculate lengths, angles, volumes, and material quantities

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFCP2003 Produce barrels using fired processes.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFCP3002 Produce barrels using fired processes

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed. Previous unit was housed in an AQF2 qualification. This unit aligns with AQF3.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

make and test at least 1 fired and fully finished barrel.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

characteristics of wood commonly used for barrels, including at least 2 species of oak and one non-oak species

function of hand and power tools commonly used in barrel production

personal protective equipment (PPE) required for barrel production

barrel production sequence, including

docking and grading staves

dressing staves

jointing staves

rising or assembling barrel

bending the barrel

crozing

making heads

cutting the head

toasting or charring

fitting the head

finishing the barrel

fitting final hoops

testing

leakage repair methods including plugging, caulking and re-machining

types of metal used in barrels, including steel, stainless steel, copper and other alloys

properties of oak, including medullary rays and tyloses

the impact of seasoning, including combination techniques, on cell structure and on the levels of oak lactones and other extractable oak constituents

impact of firing on barrel and barrel contents

effects of controlled oxidation, barrel maturation and in-barrel fermentation on barrel and contents.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

materials and tools required for performance evidence

PPE

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFCP3003 Maintain and repair barrels

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed. Previous unit was listed in an AQF2 qualification. This unit aligns with AQF3 and higher qualifications.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to inspect, disassemble, clean, repair and restore barrels. Workers with this competency follow established procedures using discretion, judgement and problem solving.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Unit Sector

Coopering

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and confirm maintenance requirements	1.1 Verify and comply with work health and safety (WHS) legislative and organisational requirements 1.2 Review work order, and confirm and clarify with appropriate personnel 1.3 Disassemble barrel as necessary to allow inspection 1.4 Clean barrel of any materials which may inhibit inspection 1.5 Test, inspect and evaluate barrel for faults 1.6 Identify and confirm further maintenance and repair requirements for barrel
2. Prepare for maintenance and repair	2.1 Analyse maintenance and repair requirements, and determine procedures for checking quality at each stage of the process 2.2 Select tools, equipment, materials and components required for maintenance and repair, and prepare them for use 2.3 Complete disassembly required for maintenance and repair 2.4 Clean barrel and components internally and externally
3. Complete maintenance and repair activities	3.1 Replace faulty parts and components 3.2 Repair leakage faults using appropriate techniques and materials 3.3 Re-assemble and refire barrel 3.4 Test and inspect barrel to confirm the effectiveness of repairs 3.5 Select and apply cleaning and sterilisation processes
4. Clean work area and maintain equipment	4.1 Tag and report faulty and defective equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 4.2 Remove waste and scrap following workplace procedures 4.3 Clean tools and equipment, check they are in serviceable condition, and store them appropriately in accordance with workplace procedures 4.4 Clean equipment and work area in accordance with workplace procedures 4.5 Complete records and reports to workplace requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to comprehend work instructions

Writing skills to complete work records

Oral communication skills to clarify work instructions

Numeracy skills to calculate lengths, volumes, angles and material quantities

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and equivalent to MSFCP2004 Maintain and repair barrels

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFCP3003 Maintain and repair barrels

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed. Previous unit was listed in an AQF2 qualification. This unit aligns with AQF3 and higher qualifications.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

clean by hand and machine methods, and repair at least 2 barrels (or equivalent cooperage product), including:

at least 1 leakage fault

at least 1 faulty stave

at least one faulty head or head joint.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

ways to address common material faults in barrels, including at least 5 of the following:

knots

sapwood

splits and shakes

rot and decay

insect infestation

mineral streak or brown stripe

broken chime

split staves

acetic or volatile barrel

mouldy barrel

water contamination

ways to address common wear, tear and deterioration faults in barrels, including at least 2 of the following:

handling damage

discolouration

broken staves

buckled heads

burst heads

build-up of fermentation products

contamination

standard hot water leakage testing

leakage repair methods:

plugging

caulking

re-machining

function of hand and power tools commonly used for barrel maintenance and repair

personal protective equipment (PPE) required for barrel maintenance and repair.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

all materials and tools required for performance evidence

PPE

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFDG3001 Protect leadlight and stained glass

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFSL3002 Protect stained glass and leadlighting.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to protect leadlight and stained glass for security, environmental and heritage purposes.

This unit applies to individuals working with designed glass.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Leadlight and Stained Glass

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify protection requirements	1.1 Identify and follow work health and safety, legislative and organisational requirements 1.2 Inspect and determine the process for achieving protection of the leadlight and stained glass 1.3 Identify types and quantities of materials required for the protection of leadlight and stained glass from plans or work instructions 1.4 Determine work sequence in a logical order to suit the job 1.5 Select and check tools, equipment and materials for suitability, serviceability and safety prior to use
2. Install protection	2.1 Cut, shape and form protection materials to ensure correct size and application 2.2 Install or fit protection materials in accordance with protection requirements 2.3 Identify and rectify problems occurring during the operation.
3. Finalise the protection process	3.1 Inspect glass for quality of work and identify and repair deficiencies 3.2 Clean and store tools, equipment and materials in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Clean work area and leave in a safe condition and dispose of or recycle waste in accordance with workplace protocols 3.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFSL3002 Protect stained glass and leadlighting.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFDG3001 Protect leadlight and stained glass

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFSL3002 Protect stained glass and leadlighting.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

protected 2 different leadlight and stained glass components in-situ using at least 2 different methods and/or techniques.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

state or territory work health and safety legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for leadlight and stained glass operations

leadlight and stained glass protection terminology and techniques

organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for the protection of leadlight and stained glass

types of glass and other materials used in the leadlight and stained glass industry, their characteristics, properties, uses and limitations

protection methods, their properties, uses and limitations

characteristics and properties of materials used in the protection of leadlight and stained glass

environmental protection requirements relating to the disposal of waste material

problem identification and resolution

procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

stained glass and leadlight for protection

tools and equipment to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFDG3002 Prepare and install architectural engineered leadlight and stained glass

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFSL3004 Prepare and install architectural engineered leadlight and stained glass.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare and install leadlight and stained glass in structural and other architecturally engineered applications.

This unit applies to individuals working with designed glass.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking glass and glazing work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Leadlight and Stained Glass

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify work requirements	1.1 Identify and follow work health and safety, legislative and organisational requirements 1.2 Identify, confirm and clarify work requirements with appropriate personnel 1.3 Identify the process for preparing and installing architecturally engineered leadlight and stained glass
2. Prepare for installation	2.1 Determine work sequence in a logical order to suit the job 2.2 Select and check tools, equipment and materials for suitability, serviceability and safety prior to use 2.3 Check components of the leadlight and stained glass against specifications or job order 2.4 Select leadlight and stained glass fixing method 2.5 Prepare frame or opening to receive leadlight and stained glass using appropriate techniques 2.6 Accurately measure and prepare fixing and sealing materials following manufacturer recommendations
3. Identify site conditions and constraints	3.1 Recognise site safety hazards and take corrective action to reduce risk of injury to self and others 3.2 Identify and address on-site difficulties in accordance with regulations and enterprise agreements 3.3 Identify special characteristics of the leadlight and stained glass aperture in relation to the effect of the fitting process on the finished job 3.4 Apply covering material to protect existing fixtures and fittings in accordance with workplace procedures
4. Fit leadlight and stained glass	4.1 Fix leadlight and stained glass to the frame or opening using the selected method 4.2 Apply solvents and sealants in accordance with manufacturer instructions 4.3 Clean leadlight and stained glass and/or frame after fixing using appropriate cleaning agents
5. Finalise the installation	5.1 Check completed installation to ensure compliance 5.2 Check completed installation for compliance with customer requirements and specifications 5.3 Clean and store tools, equipment and materials in accordance with workplace procedures 5.4 Clean work area and leave in a safe condition and dispose of or recycle waste in accordance with workplace protocols 5.5 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFSL3004 Prepare and install architectural engineered leadlight and stained glass.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFDG3002 Prepare and install architectural engineered leadlight and stained glass

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFSL3004 Prepare and install architectural engineered leadlight and stained glass.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

constructed 3 different leadlight panels which individually or cumulatively include geometric and organic shapes

made repairs that individually or cumulatively include all of the following:

corner

edge

internal

complete re-lead

bench repair

in situ repair.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

state or territory work health and safety legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for leadlight and stained glass operations

architectural leadlight and stained glass construction terminology and techniques

organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for preparation and installation of architectural leadlight and stained glass

types of glass and other materials used in the leadlight and stained glass industry, their characteristics, properties, uses and limitations

structural leadlight and stained glass, their properties, uses and limitations

types, characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of tools, equipment and materials

environmental protection requirements relating to the disposal of waste material

problem identification and resolution

storage systems and labelling

procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

stained glass and leadlight for installation

tools and equipment to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence

customer and/or work requirements

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFDG3004 Assemble copper foil glass components

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFSL3006 Assemble copper foil glass components.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to assemble copper foil components using a range of fixing and joining components.

This unit applies to individuals working with designed glass.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Leadlight and Stained Glass

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine job requirements	1.1 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements and other workplace procedures. 1.2 Use personal protective equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 1.3 Identify job requirements from specifications, drawings, designs, job sheets or work instructions
2. Plan and prepare for work	2.1 Select and service tools and equipment, and identify rectify or report any faults prior to commencement 2.2 Identify and obtain materials appropriate to the work application ensuring they are prepared, safely handled and located ready for use 2.3 Identify and apply environmental workplace considerations and measures to reduce noise, dust and obstacles 2.4 Plan assembly sequence based on job requirements 2.5 Select fixing and joining devices in accordance with types of materials to be joined and job requirements 2.6 Select and check jigs for suitability for the work
3. Assemble components	3.1 Lay out and assemble components using jigs and appropriate fastenings 3.2 Use hand and power tools correctly in accordance with job requirements 3.3 Check assembled work for compliance with specifications 3.4 Prepare, assemble and fit components in accordance with specifications 3.5 Repair or tag work which does not meet quality specifications for further processing, recycling, or disposal in accordance with workplace procedures 3.6 Organise and store finished products in suitable holding area
4. Check work area and maintain equipment	4.1 Tag and report faulty and/or defective equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 4.2 Identify and store items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Clean work area and safely dispose of rubbish 4.4 Check, clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFSL3006 Assemble copper foil glass components.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFDG3004 Assemble copper foil glass components

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFSL3006 Assemble copper foil glass components.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

assembled copper foil components for:

1 panel or door insert

1 three-dimensional object

repaired and reinforced 1 copper foil component.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

state or territory work health and safety legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for assembling copper foil components

organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for component assembly

environmental protection requirements relating to the disposal of waste material

problem identification and resolution relating to copper foil glass assembly

types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

characteristics of copper foil components and materials used in assembly

procedures for recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

copper foil and glass for assembly

tools and equipment to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence

workplace procedures.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFDG3005 Fuse glass

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFSL3007 Fuse glass.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to fuse glass. It includes operating and monitoring kilns to fuse glass for manufacture of customised formed glass products.

This unit applies to individuals working with designed glass.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Leadlight and Stained Glass

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine job requirements	1.1 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements and other workplace procedures 1.2 Identify job requirements from specifications, drawings, designs, job sheets or work instructions
2. Plan and prepare for work	2.1 Identify the process for obtaining materials and moving completed work to the next process 2.2 Identify the procedures for checking the quality of materials and items produced, working condition of kiln and any other equipment and/or attachments and quality requirements for each stage of the fusing process 2.3 Establish and maintain communication with others involved in the work to ensure efficient work flow coordination, personnel cooperation and safety throughout the work 2.4 Plan the work sequence in a logical order to suit the job 2.5 Select and check kilns, tools, equipment and materials prior to use to ensure they are appropriate for the work and are in a safe and serviceable condition 2.6 Identify and check kiln components and controls, including emergency stops and guards for correct operation
3. Conduct glass fusing operations	3.1 Operate, adjust and monitor kiln and fusing equipment to ensure correct product quality and output in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Identify and use appropriate firing and annealing schedules 3.3 Identify, manage and control root causes of problems making adjustments to ensure quality 3.4 Identify and report problems that occurred during work operations to appropriate personnel in accordance with workplace procedures 3.5 Follow authorised changes in working procedures or requirements
4. Complete work	4.1 Inspect product for quality against work instructions and re-work or discard items that do not meet requirements 4.2 Identify and store items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Clean work area and safely dispose of rubbish 4.4 Check, clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 4.5 Complete workplace documentation in accordance with SOPs

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFSL3007 Fuse glass.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFDG3005 Fuse glass

Modification History

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFSL3007 Fuse glass.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

used 3 different fusing techniques to the capacity of the kiln being used.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

state or territory work health and safety legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for assembling copper foil components

qualities and characteristics of fusing glass, including hazards and handling requirements

equipment, processes and procedures for fusing glass

procedures for reporting materials, product or equipment faults

correct operation of kilns and understanding of the development of kiln firing schedules

problem identification and resolution relating to fusing glass

work flow requirements related to fusing of glass

environmental protection requirements relating to the disposal of waste material

characteristics of materials used and uses of products produced.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

glass for fusing

kiln

tools and equipment to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence

workplace procedures.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFDG3006 Process coloured and textured glass by hand

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFSL3008 Process coloured and textured glass by hand.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to cut, shape and apply finishing techniques to annealed, coloured and textured glass of manufactured thickness.

This unit applies to individuals working with designed glass.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Leadlight and Stained Glass

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine job requirements	1.1 Read work documentation and identify job requirements 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.3 Select and check tools, equipment and materials for suitability, serviceability and safety prior to use 1.4 Plan sequence of work to ensure processing is conducted in a logical order
2. Plan and prepare for work	2.1 Select glass cutting table and clear work surface of debris and dust 2.2 Clear work area of obstructions and potential hazards with cullet bins 2.3 Check glass for imperfections and damage prior to handling 2.4 Safely place glass to be cut in the required work area using correct manual handling procedures 2.5 Accurately measure glass within specified tolerances accurately to minimise waste 2.6 Set and test equipment settings and safety controls in accordance with workplace procedures
3. Process glass	3.1 Achieve required quality and output through correct operating and monitoring of tools and equipment in accordance with manufacturer instructions 3.2 Make routine lubrication and adjustments of tools and/or equipment in accordance with manufacturer recommendations 3.3 Identify and report problems occurring during work operations to appropriate personnel in accordance with workplace procedures 3.4 Inspect completed product for quality of work and repair, reprocess or discard in accordance with workplace procedures
4. Complete work	4.1 Label and store processed glass ensuring there are no projections in accordance with workplace procedures 4.2 Remove scraps and off-cuts for disposal and/or recycling in accordance with environmental or workplace procedures 4.3 Remove and store tools, equipment and unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 4.4 Clean work area, safely dispose of rubbish and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures 4.5 Accurately complete workplace documentation in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFSL3008 Process coloured and textured glass by hand.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFDG3006 Process coloured and textured glass by hand

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFSL3008 Process coloured and textured glass by hand.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

completed all of the following in annealed coloured, opaque and textured glass by hand:

straight cuts

simple shapes

truncated and radius corners

circles

complex shapes.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

safe work practices and procedures and use of personal protective equipment (PPE)

qualities and characteristics of coloured and textured glass, including hazards and handling requirements

correct identification and use of glass cutting equipment, their functions and procedures for use

set-up and operation of glass cutting equipment, including procedures for reporting product defects or equipment faults

work flow requirements related to glass cutting

environmental protection requirements relating to the disposal of waste material

established communication channels and protocols.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

equipment, tools and materials required to complete tasks specified in the Performance Evidence

glass product to be cut

safety and personal protective equipment

work orders

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFDN4003 Produce patterns and templates

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers developing patterns and/or templates for production processes by hand, by using appropriate tools and equipment, and by computer-assisted production.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furnishing design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for and dimension the task	1.1	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.2	Customer orders are interpreted to establish required sizes of finished products
1.3	Size requirements are checked in relation to the production process and finishing capacity of the workplace
2	Plan process	2.1	Material for pattern or template is identified for approximate size and characteristics
2.2	Required instruments and equipment are identified, located and assembled
2.3	Drawings and related specifications are interpreted
2.4	Procedures for using pattern development instruments and tools are checked and equipment is prepared for use
3	Plot dimensions	3.1	Equipment and tools are used following normal workplace procedures
3.2	Each dimension is measured, exploded and plotted maintaining appropriate angles, arcs and curves
3.3	Visual inspection and measurements are used to compare pattern dimensions and shapes with drawings and specifications
4	Complete pattern or template	4.1	Pattern or template is completed ensuring that the pattern indicates completion date and original drawing details
4.2	Required workplace approval of pattern or template is obtained
4.3	Plans are marked with notations for workplace requirements, including authorship, process or customer requirements, authorisation and any review dates
4.4	Plans are copied and filed, as required, according to workplace policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate conceptual ability, discretion, judgement and problem-solving skills in the production of patterns or templates work is performed with little external assistance and with minimal supervision or direction development of patterns and/or templates is undertaken in accordance with established enterprise procedures and practices customers may be internal or external
Tools and equipment include:	computer numeric controlled (CNC) machines static woodworking machines relevant hand tools
Materials include:	manufactured board solid timbers composite materials
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	work organisation procedures and practices relating to the production of patterns and/or templates designer/drawer specifications and instructions legislation/regulations/codes relevant to the work undertaken furniture production techniques and criteria, including ergonomic requirements quality and Australian Standards and procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFDN4003B Produce patterns and/or templates

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFDN4003 Produce patterns and templates

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Interpret drawings and extrapolate to physical dimensions

Select appropriate mediums and materials and produce a minimum of three (3) patterns or templates making use of:

manufactured board

solid timber

composite material

Suggest improvements to pattern and template production and, where authorised, negotiate changes

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Company operating procedures, including procedures for pattern and/or template production

Types, characteristics uses and limitations of pattern/template materials

Operation requirements of equipment and work systems in own work area

Competency requirements of the work activities

Relevant regulatory requirements, recognised standards and codes, and industry practices

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to drawings, job specifications, information on production/fabrication process, production materials and relevant computer equipment and software.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDM4001 Assemble custom furniture

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed to active voice. Range of Conditions removed and relevant content moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to remove duplication with Performance Criteria. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFDT4002 Assemble custom furniture.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to assemble custom furniture to production specifications for design, manufacturing or similar operations.

This unit applies to individuals working in a manufacturing or design studio environment who participate in the assembly of custom furniture, either alone or as part of an internal or external team.

No licensing or legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Workshop practice

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Verify and ensure compliance with relevant legislative, work health and safety and workplace requirements related to assembling custom furniture 1.2 Read and interpret job requirements to identify processes and materials 1.3 Plan assembly sequence and confirm materials and component layout from job specifications 1.4 Select and check tools, equipment and materials in accordance with workplace procedures 1.5 Select adhesives, trims and accessories and evaluate against job specifications 1.6 Develop and document quality-checking procedures for each step of assembly process
2. Assemble custom furniture	2.1 Lay out components, materials and tools in accordance with assembly plan 2.2 Check components against specification prior to assembly and reject components that are out of specification in accordance with workplace procedures 2.3 Assemble components and check against job specification for accuracy, fit, twist and distortion 2.4 Assemble and fit other features to meet job specifications 2.5 Apply hardware and decorative accessories in accordance with job specifications 2.6 Prepare product for final finish, including checking for and removing bruises, scratches, dents and marks, to meet quality standards 2.7 Check product quality at identified checkpoints in accordance with work plan and against job specifications
3. Finalise operation and maintain equipment	3.1 Store or recycle unused materials as required in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Clean and store tools and equipment according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Tag and report on faulty or defective equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 3.4 Clean and clear work area in accordance with workplace procedures 3.5 Complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Numeracy skills to interpret technical information and perform basic calculations including measurements.

Reading skills to interpret written instructions and specifications.

Writing skills to document quality standards and report on the assembly process.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and equivalent to MSFFDT4002 Assemble custom furniture.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM4001 Assemble custom furniture

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed to active voice. Range of Conditions removed and relevant content moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to remove duplication with Performance Criteria. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFDT4002 Assemble custom furniture.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

assemble and finish three different and significant custom furnishing products using three different adhesive types to meet quality standards and job specifications.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

techniques for the assembly, fixing and finishing of custom furniture components including:

wall units

vanity units

kitchen cabinets

sideboards/buffets

drawer units

display cabinets

counters

tables

beds

shelving

doors

characteristics and properties of materials used in furniture components and their assembly including:

timber (both native and imported)

adhesives

screws

nails

dowels

metal fasteners

knockdown fittings

glass

decorative finishes

abrasive paper

types, characteristics, uses, limitations and safety requirements of tools and equipment used in assembly operations including:

clamps

winding sticks

measuring tapes or rules

hammers

mallets

squares

presses

types, characteristics, uses, limitations and safety requirements of adhesives and fasteners used in custom furniture assembly

locational characteristics that impact the approach to and outcomes of assembly of custom furniture

potential workflows relating to the furniture items being assembled

relevant problem identification and resolution relating to faults, out-of-specification components, tools, equipment and overall quality

safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

applicable legislative, work health and safety and workplace requirements relevant to assembling custom furniture

work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

workplace and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for the assembly of custom furniture.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment, information and resources, including:

product specifications

assembly equipment and materials

location information for where custom furniture will be fitted, sufficient to inform assembly approach and methods.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDM4002 Collect and interpret information to support production processes

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed to active voice. Range of Conditions removed, and relevant content moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to include volume and frequency of evidence and remove duplication with Performance Criteria. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFT4003 Organise production processes and MSFFT4008 Interpret and use workplace information.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to collect and apply statistical and other information to support the development and organisation of production processes in a furniture or similar operation.

This units applies to individuals working in a manufacturing environment who use information to analyse production processes, either alone or as part of an internal or external team.

No licensing or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Project management and professional development

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Collect information	1.1 Identify existing and potential sources of statistical information in workplace, relevant to process being developed or managed 1.2 Establish statistical requirements of workplace, and any regulatory requirements, and set method of data collection to meet requirements 1.3 Apply mathematical and quality-checking processes to manage statistical information
2. Analyse job requirements	2.1 Read and interpret job specifications and production processes to identify required steps and stages in process, and clarify specifications to confirm understanding 2.2 Read and interpret job specifications and production processes to identify potential points of application of statistical data 2.3 Assess equipment capabilities in terms of meeting job specifications 2.4 Compare workplace production plans, including run time and quantities, with capabilities. 2.5 Apply and report on statistical information to identify potential points of process improvement in production
3. Complete preparatory activities	3.1 Use collected information to inform proposed modifications or adaptations of equipment to ensure achievement of job requirements 3.2 List requirements for tooling or dies as required in accordance with job specifications 3.3 Communicate raw material requirements to appropriate personnel in accordance with workplace procedures
4. Develop and implement operational plans	4.1 Develop operational work plans, including timeframes and milestones, in accordance with workplace procedures 4.2 Organise production operations based on understanding of requirements and information collected to ensure optimum use of resources 4.3 Record and amend operational plans in accordance with workplace procedures and industry practice
5. Conduct trials to monitor equipment operation and product quality	5.1 Set up equipment to make appropriate use of guards, warning devices and safety features, and modify standard operating procedures to suit production process 5.2 Monitor equipment operations to ensure variations or inconsistencies in output are identified, reported and rectified 5.3 Adjust equipment controls and settings to ensure consistency and continuity of production 5.4 Plan and document equipment maintenance, set-up and close-down procedures to support production process 5.5 Inspect product quality and compare with requirements 5.6 Modify the process where required to improve product quality 5.7 Record and report on any non-conformity in product output and investigate possible causes
6. Evaluate production process	6.1 Gather, prepare and process productivity information and other data reports in accordance with workplace procedures 6.2 Check and report on all procedures for process and conformity with trial outcomes 6.3 Note reasons for both positive and negative outcomes as per requirements 6.4 Analyse outcomes for trends or patterns that can be used to optimise workplace operations 6.5 Gain authorisation for ongoing work procedures from appropriate personnel for implementation, and negotiate required changes 6.6 Recommend variations to design specifications based on trial outcomes

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret job specifications.

Numeracy skills to establish, document and interpret statistical information relating to production.

Writing and oral communication skills to record and report on information and provide analysis.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and not equivalent to MSFFT4003 Organise production processes and MSFFT4008 Interpret and use workplace information.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM4002 Collect and interpret information to support production processes

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed to active voice. Range of Conditions removed, and relevant content moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to include volume and frequency of evidence and remove duplication with Performance Criteria. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFT4003 Organise production processes and MSFFT4008 Interpret and use workplace information.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

collect and interpret information to support production processes for one specified and significant production operation, including:

reading and interpreting workplace documents including job specifications, statistical reports and other data and process documents

conducting trials

coordinating and evaluating the production process

reporting on the success of the process

undertaking statistical gathering and analysis using appropriate methods for the audience.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

sources of workplace information including:

production plans and schedules

product drawings and specifications

equipment instructions and capacities

relevant standards, inspection requirements and design rules

customer-related information

inventory and stock levels

archives and records

supplier and market analysis

workplace and workflow theory relating to production processes and manufacturing

equipment safety features

workplace procedures for setting up for production and reporting

company products, market, work systems and equipment

contemporary business information and statistical reporting, forecasting and presentation techniques

softwares suitable for storage, manipulation, management and presentation of statistical information

equipment and machine processes relevant to the production processes, including microprocessor or computer-controlled machines

quality procedures, inspection and testing requirements

legislative requirements of the work activities

job specifications, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

production plans and procedures

past collections of data

data-collecting and analysis tools or software.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDM4003 Construct and evaluate prototypes and samples

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and title changed. Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed. Range of Conditions removed and relevant content moved to the Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to remove duplication with Performance Criteria. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFDT4005 Construct and evaluate furniture prototypes and samples, and MSFFT4006 Construct prototypes and samples.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to construct and evaluate, or oversee the construction and evaluation of, prototypes and samples based on established plans, drawings or specifications. Prototypes may be produced by hand, by using appropriate machines, tools and equipment, or by computer-assisted production, and may require the application of joinery, construction and finishing techniques.

The unit applies to individuals working in an industry operation of any size, or a design studio environment, who produce prototypes, either alone or as part of an internal or external team.

No licensing or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Workshop practice

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish work requirements	1.1 Identify purpose of prototype or sample from prototype specifications 1.2 Identify materials specifications for item from prototype specifications and workplace documentation 1.3 Identify and verify ergonomic requirements from prototype specifications 1.4 Identify construction requirements and methods for materials being used from prototype specifications
2. Plan for prototype construction	2.1 Prepare work plan for item, including construction stages or steps, checkpoints for measurements and tests, and assembly methods, to ensure requirements will be met 2.2 Ensure work health and safety requirements, including personal protection needs, are met throughout the work 2.3 Verify design brief and work plan, including compatibility of materials, with appropriate personnel and in accordance with workplace procedures 2.4 Locate suitable work area and ensure it is ready for work operation in accordance with workplace procedures
3. Obtain materials and equipment	3.1 Acquire correct type and quantity of material and other components to be used from specifications and ensure they are ready for use 3.2 Select suitable equipment based on work requirements and selected materials, and check operational effectiveness in accordance with manufacturer specifications 3.3 Identify and adjust jigs and other construction aids to suit work
4. Construct the prototype or sample	4.1 Follow work plan to construct item, referencing any sketches and other job specifications 4.2 Conduct checks at identified points and in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Identify, document and implement, within workplace procedures, any required modifications to design or plan 4.4 Perform initial inspection of prototype or sample to ensure it is fit for purpose
5. Finalise the work sequence	5.1 Prepare product for finishing in accordance with design specification 5.2 Clean, maintain and store tools and equipment in accordance with manufacturer specifications 5.3 Clean and clear work area, including applying waste management strategies in accordance with workplace procedures 5.4 Complete required workplace documentation
6. Evaluate prototype or sample	6.1 Evaluate prototype or sample for functionality and aesthetic appeal against design brief 6.2 Assess elements and principles of design of prototype or sample against design brief 6.3 Assess technical integrity of prototype or sample against design brief 6.4 Verify that ergonomic requirements are met from design requirements 6.5 Modify prototype or sample as needed to satisfy requirements of design brief and document any unresolvable variations 6.6 Review prototype or sample with client to ensure it meets requirements 6.7 Record process faults in prototype or sample and report to appropriate personnel in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Numeracy skills to interpret technical information and perform basic calculations relating to measurement and estimation.

Reading skills to interpret specifications and work plans.

Writing and oral communication skills to record and report on prototype work sequences and produce evaluations.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and not equivalent to MSFFDT4005 Construct and evaluate furniture prototypes and samples, and MSFFT4006 Construct prototypes and samples.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM4003 Construct and evaluate prototypes and samples

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and title changed. Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed. Range of Conditions removed and relevant content moved to the Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to remove duplication with Performance Criteria. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFDT4005 Construct and evaluate furniture prototypes and samples, and MSFFT4006 Construct prototypes and samples.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

construct two different prototypes or samples from concept sketches and freehand development drawings, and in doing so:

interpret a design brief to apply design elements and principles

identify compatibility or incompatibility of materials, adhesives, fittings and fasteners for the application

select and apply appropriate joinery, construction and finishing techniques

select and use appropriate materials, equipment and processes for the item being constructed

show how the design of the prototype components relates to the expected life of the item

ensure that the prototype satisfies the original or varied specification.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

the function and features of a design brief, including:

the aims, objectives, milestones for the design project

target audience

budget

timeline

consultation requirements

colour requirements

image requirements

function

the characteristics and behaviours of a broad range of materials, including:

scrap timber and manmade timber

plastics

metal and metal alloys

stone

glass

fabrics and textiles

fibreglass

leather

foam

cardboard and paper products

any other manipulable substance

adhesives

fillers and finishes

assembly processes, including:

nailing

gluing

screwing

welding

pressing

sewing

bonding

jointing

connecting various materials

work health and safety legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for the construction of prototypes and samples

workplace and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for constructing prototypes and samples

environmental protection requirements in relation to the selection and use of materials

established communication channels and protocols relevant to the prototyping process, including stakeholder or client communications

relevant problem identification and resolution to meet job specifications in terms of function, aesthetics, elements and principles of design, technical integrity and ergonomics

elements and principles of design, including:

line

shape

form (geometric or organic)

texture

colour

function

principles of ergonomic design and aesthetic values

types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

set-up and operation of equipment

design and other relevant software and applications used in prototyping

product assembly techniques

sketching and drawing methods, including:

isometric

oblique

perspective

orthographic

elevation drawings that explode the parts of the concept sketches and include:

rough sizes

scale

tones

values

storage systems and labelling

procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDM4004 Construct joints for custom furniture

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed to active voice. Range of Conditions removed and relevant content moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to remove duplication with Performance Criteria. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFM4002 Construct joints for custom furniture.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge to join timber by constructing joints using hand and portable power tools. It includes adapting or designing joints that are compatible with the product material, purpose and style of the product being made.

This unit applies to individuals working in a manufacturing or design studio environment who make and adapt joints to join timber, either alone or as part of an internal or external team.

No licensing or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Workshop Practice

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Verify and comply with relevant legislative, work health and safety and workplace requirements related to constructing joints 1.2 Read and interpret product specifications and other relevant documentation to identify furniture joint requirements 1.3 Identify product purpose, furniture style and construction material required from supplied documentation 1.4 Identify joint requirements and select appropriate joint type for design, construction or adaption 1.5 Select tools, adhesives and fasteners to match joint type 1.6 Check tools, equipment and materials for serviceability and safety in accordance with workplace procedures 1.7 Develop and document quality-checking procedures for each step in joint construction process
2. Make joint	2.1 Mark out cutting and joining lines to suit joint type 2.2 Check measurements and calculations for accuracy and to ensure quality outcomes 2.3 Identify timber features and observe optimal usage criteria 2.4 Cut timber to specification, and inspect and prepare for joining 2.5 Join timber in accordance with job specifications 2.6 Use fasteners and adhesives to ensure that, based on specification, required joints are firm 2.7 Check finished joint against quality requirements
3. Finalise the work sequence	3.1 Prepare product for finishing in accordance with design specification 3.2 Clean, maintain and store carving tools in accordance with manufacturer specifications 3.3 Clean and clear work area in accordance with workplace procedures 3.4 Complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Numeracy skills to interpret technical information and perform basic calculations including measurements.

Reading skills to interpret job specifications.

Writing and oral communication skills to document quality standards and procedures and record and report on joint construction.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and not equivalent to MSFFM4002 Construct joints for custom furniture.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM4004 Construct joints for custom furniture

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed to active voice. Range of Conditions removed and relevant content moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to remove duplication with Performance Criteria. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFM4002 Construct joints for custom furniture.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

produce a minimum of four different joint types that meet industry standards and tolerances, with at least two produced substantially by hand operations, and in doing so:

utilise at least three different adhesive types across the different joint types

match requirements of adhesives and fasteners to the timbers/materials used.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

types of joints used, including:

dowel

mortise and tenon

dovetail

lap joint

biscuit joint

finger joint

housing joint

mitre or bridle joints

types of tools and equipment used in joint construction and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance, including:

chisels

mallets

mortise gauges

vernier callipers

vices

dovetail, tenon and coping saws

planes

files

hand and power drills

dowel jigs

portable biscuit machines

power routers, planers, saws and sanders

characteristics and properties of timber being used for joint

characteristics, properties and selection criteria of adhesives used, including:

resorcinol formaldehyde

polyurethane

epoxy

cyanoacrylate

moisture suppressants and barrier systems relevant to joint construction and finishes

workflow in relation to the products being made or repaired

equipment safety features and serviceability criteria

applicable work health and safety, legislative and workplace requirements relevant to constructing joints for custom.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

a selection of products requiring joints

a full suite of tools and adhesives for potential selection and use.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDM4005 Design, construct and test jigs

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and Application changed. Element and Performance Criteria changed. Range of Conditions removed and relevant content moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to remove duplication with Performance Criteria. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFDN4004 Design, construct and test jigs and MSFFDT4015 Produce templates and jigs for custom-made furniture.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design, construct and test jigs required for manufacture, assembly, construction and testing of products. It covers all jigs, whether temporary or highly engineered, designed manually or through use of computer-aided design tools.

This unit applies to individuals required to design, construct and test jigs as part of their job role in design, manufacturing and similar workplaces, either alone or as part of an internal or external team.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Workshop practice

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine production requirements	1.1 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements, including personal protection needs, throughout the work 1.2 Gather information about item to be produced from work documentation and liaise with others involved in design and production process 1.3 Identify and review constraints and opportunities for jig design from requirements and workplace procedures
2. Design jig	2.1 Develop ideas for jig design based on knowledge of materials and production processes 2.2 Refine jig design through testing and experimentation to meet requirements 2.3 Make accurate calculations to support effective jig design 2.4 Plan a production process that works effectively with jig design 2.5 Produce jig design based on testing and production process investigation undertaken 2.6 Specify materials for jig construction from design process
3. Construct jig	3.1 Select tools and equipment suited to the jig design 3.2 Construct jig in accordance with design and within tolerances using techniques that match requirements
4. Test jig	4.1 Use jig to produce sample and determine its adherence to set tolerances 4.2 Adjust jig and design specifications to meet production requirements in response to testing

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Numeracy skills to interpret technical information and perform basic calculations including measurements=.

Reading skills to interpret job requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and not equivalent to MSFDN4004 Design, construct and test jigs and MSFDT4015 Produce templates and jigs for custom-made furniture.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM4005 Design, construct and test jigs

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and Application changed. Element and Performance Criteria changed. Range of Conditions removed and relevant content moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to remove duplication with Performance Criteria. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFDN4004 Design, construct and test jigs and MSFFDT4015 Produce templates and jigs for custom-made furniture.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

successfully design, construct and test jigs that operate within acceptable production tolerances for two projects, including one moving jig.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

how to interpret detailed product specifications and technical drawings

characteristics, uses and limitations of materials used for jig construction

construction techniques relevant to the chosen jig material

processes for testing jig design

machine technical specifications, including the acceptable criteria for related jigs

mathematical procedures for taking measurements and making calculations for jig design.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

product specifications and drawings

drawing materials or equipment for jig design

jig construction materials

construction machinery, equipment and hand tools.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDM4006 Hand carve wood to custom design

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed to active voice. Range of Conditions removed and relevant content moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to remove duplication with Performance Criteria and clarify requirements. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFM4001 Hand carve wood to custom design.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to confirm the design requirements, select the wood, hand carve a custom design and prepare the carving for finishing.

This unit applies to individuals working in a manufacturing or design studio environment who hand carve wood components, either alone or as part of an internal or external team.

No licensing or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Workshop practice

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm the design requirements	1.1 Verify and comply with relevant legislative, work health and safety and workplace requirements related to hand carving wood 1.2 Read and interpret product design requirements and confirm feasibility of design 1.3 Elaborate on and document product design requirements in accordance with workplace requirements
2. Select and prepare the wood to be hand carved	2.1 Analyse and confirm design requirements in terms of product specification and product usage 2.2 Identify wood species that will satisfy product specifications 2.3 Select wood for carving from a detailed analysis and comparison of product specification and characteristics, properties and costs of available wood species 2.4 Prepare wood for hand carving using suitable methods
3. Select carving tools	3.1 Select carving tools suitable to meet requirements 3.2 Check selected carving tools for serviceability, sharpness, maintenance compliance and safety in accordance with manufacturer instructions and workplace procedures 3.3 Rectify faults or pass to suitably qualified personnel for resolution 3.4 Select required equipment to hold or support material for hand tools application
4. Carve the wood	4.1 Select a style and method of wood carving suitable for selected wood and design requirements 4.2 Apply and enface carving patterns on wood to guide carving and optimise use of wood 4.3 Confirm wood grain selection and appropriateness of tools by applying to bulk clearance 4.4 Apply carving tools to precision requirements of product design
5. Finalise operation	5.1 Prepare product for finishing in accordance with design specification 5.2 Clean, maintain and store carving tools in accordance with manufacturer specifications 5.3 Clean and clear work area in accordance with workplace procedures 5.4 Complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Numeracy skills to interpret technical drawings and designs that include measurements.

Reading skills to interpret design information and timber specifications.

Writing and oral communication skills to record and report on the hand carving operation.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and equivalent to MSFFM4001 Hand carve wood to custom design.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM4006 Hand carve wood to custom design

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed to active voice. Range of Conditions removed and relevant content moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to remove duplication with Performance Criteria and clarify requirements. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFM4001 Hand carve wood to custom design.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

hand carve two significant products, showing:

the interpretation and necessary adoption of the design specifications

the selection of suitable timber for the carving

the completion of the carving to specification or commercially acceptable standard

the preparation of the products for finishing

carry out operator maintenance on hand tools used across the two significant products, including the grinding and sharpening of at least one knife and one chisel.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

terminology covering hand carving operations and materials

techniques used in hand carving, including:

chip carving

relief carving

Scandinavian flat plane

caricature carving

love spoon

treen

whittling

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of timber species for hand carving

techniques for the design and documentation of specifications for hand carved products

workplace and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for hand carving of wood

types, characteristics, uses, limitations and maintenance requirements of the range of tools used in wood carving, including:

carving knives

chisels (straight and curved)

short bent front bent

spoon bit

back bent

skew

fishtail

spade

parting tool

macaroni (fluterino and backeroni)

palm tools

rasps

rifflers

punches

gouges

venier

router

processes for evaluating the quality of carving tools in terms of specifications, safety, maintainability and commercial reputation

preparation methods wood for carving, including:

confirming grain

identifying and responding to faults

dealing with knots and contaminants

cutting wood to workable size and shape

applicable work health and safety, legislative and workplace requirements and instructions relevant to the hand carving of wood.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

product specifications and/or drawings

a range of hand carving tools.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDM4007 Identify and calculate production costs

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed. Range of Conditions removed and relevant content moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to remove duplication with Performance Criteria and clarify requirements. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFT4010 Identify and calculate production costs.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to gather and analyse information needed for the costing process and then estimate, calculate and document production costs in a commercial production environment.

This unit applies to individuals working in a role requiring estimation of end-to-end production costs, either alone or as part of an internal or external team.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Project management and professional development

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Gather and analyse information	1.1 Identify and collect information required to calculate production costs 1.2 Analyse information and extract relevant details 1.3 Convert required information to an appropriate format or software and store ready for retrieval and application
2. Estimate production costs	2.1 Estimate and accurately record types and quantities of materials required for production based on specifications 2.2 Estimate time requirements for production activities and other lead times based on specifications 2.3 Estimate and record labour requirements for direct production and handling operations based on specifications 2.4 Estimate and record costs associated with wastage (labour, materials, consumables) based on specifications and previous project outcomes
3. Determine production costs	3.1 Calculate and document total production costs using required software in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Determine and document allowance for overheads and mark-up percentages in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Determine costs associated with transportation and packaging of product 3.4 Calculate and communicate final cost to customer through liaison with marketing/sales personnel and other personnel involved in financial decision-making
4. Document costing	4.1 Document details of costs in accordance with workplace procedures and formats 4.2 Check and verify costing details in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 File and store costing information for future reference in accordance with workplace procedures 4.4 Respond appropriately and in accordance with workplace procedures to changes in scope and other requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Numeracy skills to identify and interpret different data types, perform calculations including measurements and provide product and production estimates.

Reading skills to interpret product and production costing information.

Writing and oral communication skills to record and report on production costing processes and information accurately.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and not equivalent to MSFFT4010 Identify and calculate production costs.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM4007 Identify and calculate production costs

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed. Range of Conditions removed and relevant content moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to remove duplication with Performance Criteria and clarify requirements. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFT4010 Identify and calculate production costs.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

identify and calculate production and product costs for two different products, and:

deliver documentation that identifies accurate costing information about all of the following:

materials

labour

overheads and percentage mark-ups

wastage

transport and packaging where relevant

produce reporting that shows the collection, organisation, and interpretation of information including procedures (in the context of cost), materials costings, payroll data, accounting records, costing matrices of other businesses and past production data

select suitable software or other means for documenting and communicating the production and product costs

adapt costings based on differences or changes in production scope, and report on the impact of those changes for one of the products.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

information required to establish production costs and what specific details are required:

product specifications

process specifications

production plan

labour unit costs

warehousing and distribution

logistic support contracts

supply agreements

overhead costs:

rental/lease costs

utilities

non-production resources

depreciation of plant and equipment

warehousing margins

physical distribution unit costs

insurance

workplace financial and costing policies and procedures for calculating and communicating costings

how changes in product/production scope impact on costings

features of software applications for calculating production costs to inform appropriate selection

methods of communication relating to documenting production costs for both internal workplace and stakeholder/client consumption

mathematical procedures used to calculate production costs:

estimation

the four basic mathematical operations: addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division

calculation of percentage mark-ups.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

product specifications

production process information

workplace costing policies and procedures

current information technology used for calculating and communicating costings.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDM4008 Investigate materials and technologies for design projects

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and title changed. Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed. Range of Conditions removed and relevant content moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to remove duplication with Performance Criteria and include volume/frequency of evidence. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFDT4011 Research and select furniture materials and technology.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to research and recommend materials and technologies that meet the requirements of a design brief.

This unit applies to individuals working in a manufacturing or design studio environment who analyse and compare product and technology information from a wide range of sources to develop a design solution, either alone or as part of an internal or external team.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Furniture design and manufacturing – general

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine project requirements	1.1 Review and clarify project brief with client to confirm requirements 1.2 Confirm and evaluate parameters and constraints from requirements 1.3 Select work resources based on needs of project 1.4 Identify and assess aspects of brief that inform finish selection 1.5 Identify key project stakeholders and establish required communication protocols
2. Research materials	2.1 Assess aesthetic requirements of materials and identify potential options that meet requirements 2.2 Evaluate intended use against the functional features of different materials 2.3 Identify and consider new and emerging finish technologies for their application to project brief 2.4 Identify application requirements in terms of available expertise 2.5 Evaluate finish properties for their safety and sustainability 2.6 Source and compare information about costs and availability against project brief
3. Research technologies	3.1 Assess product requirements and identify potential technology options for design and production 3.2 Evaluate intended use against outputs of different technological approaches 3.3 Identify and consider new and emerging production technologies for their application to brief 3.4 Identify application requirements in terms of available expertise, equipment and other relevant resources 3.5 Assess technological options against production output requirements including volume, quality and speed 3.6 Source and compare information about costs and availability against project brief
4. Refine ideas and recommend solution	4.1 Explore and refine ideas about materials and technology through a process of reflection and testing 4.2 Choose a materials and technology solution based on research findings that satisfies elements and principles of design and key objectives of project brief 4.3 Provide clear and relevant research information highlighting findings and rationale for materials and technologies chosen

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Numeracy skills to interpret technical information and perform calculations relating to product and production costings.

Reading skills to interpret information including design briefs, and materials and technology specifications.

Writing and oral communication skills to record and present investigation findings.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFDT4011 Research and select furniture materials and technology.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM4008 Investigate materials and technologies for design projects

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and title changed. Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed. Range of Conditions removed and relevant content moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to remove duplication with Performance Criteria and include volume/frequency of evidence. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFDT4011 Research and select furniture materials and technology.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

investigate materials and associated technologies that respond to three different design briefs and which individually or cumulatively involve at least two types of materials, and in doing so:

evaluate the variations in costs and quality outcomes associated with different materials and technologies for each of the three design briefs.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

elements and principles of design, their interrelationships and how they are used in materials selection

how different technologies can be used to achieve design elements, and how materials and technologies interact

emerging industry technologies and the potential for application to meet a design brief

production methodologies of furniture (or similar) manufacturers, including suitability of different methods for a range of output volumes

design techniques for products based on materials selection

materials used to produce products, including:

their specifications, behaviours and limitations

wood, plastics, metals and other commonly used materials

how to structure and present research information and recommendations.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design briefs

information technology for research and design presentation.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDM4009 Match furnishing style and materials to customer requirements

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and application changed. Elements and performance criteria changed. Range of conditions removed and relevant information moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to remove duplication with Performance Criteria. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFT4009 Match furnishing style and materials to customer requirements.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to determine and match customer style and materials requirements and create the related workplace documentation.

This unit applies to individuals providing furnishing product information to customers in any sector. Customers may be internal or external.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Design practice

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine customer requirements	1.1 Establish customer needs through review of documentation or consultation with customer and in-person inspection of product site if required 1.2 Research and identify potential options and provide details or examples of potential furnishing or similar products that meet styles and materials requirements to customer 1.3 Explain limitations and benefits of different styles and materials within context of product’s intended location and use 1.4 Identify and explain options for the use and modification of styles or materials to customer 1.5 Confirm customer specifications and parameters for making final selections
2. Match options to customer requirements	2.1 Compare customer specifications and user requirements with furnishing styles and materials options, ensuring consistency of style and materials between existing and proposed new products or locations 2.2 Present range of best-fit styles and materials to customer for evaluation 2.3 Answer customer queries and use examples to illustrate answers
3. Document customer requirements	3.1 Establish and confirm specifications, delivery requirements and required quality standards in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Calculate required product quantities and associated costs 3.3 Document details in accordance with workplace procedures, including research results and confirmation of styles and materials matching, and special instructions required for production

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Numeracy skills to interpret technical information and perform calculations relating to product and production costings.

Reading skills to interpret research information and specifications.

Writing and oral communication skills to document research results and report to stakeholders.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFT4009 Match furnishing style and materials to customer requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM4009 Match furnishing style and materials to customer requirements

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and application changed. Elements and performance criteria changed. Range of conditions removed and relevant information moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to remove duplication with Performance Criteria. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFT4009 Match furnishing style and materials to customer requirements.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

match furnishing style and/or materials to meet the needs of two different customers, providing information on all of the following:

product characteristics and origins

competitive features

how the product meets specific customer needs

costs.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

legal and ethical considerations when providing information to customers, including individual responsibility under Australian consumer law

parameters for making furnishing style and materials selections:

overall design parameters

colour

materials

practicality

cost

end user requirements

historical and contemporary, including emerging art and design styles and movements, and their respective style characteristics and materials, and options relevant to the work context:

product characteristics and origins

competitive features

costs

visual aesthetics

current market segment products, and suitable online and offline sources of inspiration and possible design elements that will meet client needs:

brochures

magazines

websites such as online galleries and retail sites

design forums

reference books

other existing workplace design information

transferable technological ideas or concepts

natural or man-made structures and objects

current ethical issues in society affecting makers and designers, including but not limited to:

social justice

environmental sustainability

ethical sourcing of material

biodiversity

cultural heritage and sensitivities

social responsibilities of makers and designers

making techniques for products based on materials selection

style, materials and finishes used to produce products, including their specifications, behaviours and limitations, and how currently available materials and finishes can be applied to achieve historical art and design styles

workplace policies and procedures for:

costing of products

interactions with customers

documentation requirements

mathematical procedures for calculation of costs.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

information about product options

information technology for documentation.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDM4010 Prepare and present design and manufacturing information

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and title changed. Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed. Range of Conditions removed and relevant content moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to remove content duplicated with Performance Criteria, and volume/frequency of evidence added. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFDT4007 Prepare and present furniture design information.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare and present information about design concepts and the associated manufacturing proposals in response to a design brief.

This unit applies to individuals who analyse and use information from a wide range of sources as part of the design process. They may work alone or as a member of a collaborative design/manufacturing team.

No licensing or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Furniture design and manufacturing – general

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan for presentation of information	1.1 Review, confirm and clarify design brief with appropriate personnel 1.2 Assess type and quantity of information to be presented based on design brief 1.3 Develop a presentation methodology suited to audience and select equipment and software appropriate to chosen methodology
2. Prepare information	2.1 Collate and prepare drawings for presentation that include both concept and construction information 2.2 Gather prototypes and samples from design process and prepare for presentation to suit audience needs 2.3 Source and prepare supporting written information about design, proposed manufacturing process and potential options 2.4 Include information about all stages of manufacturing process
3. Present information	3.1 Present recommendations in a format and level of detail suited to client and scope of the project 3.2 Articulate rationale for chosen solution and present to client 3.3 Seek client feedback on proposed solution and use feedback in design process

Foundation Skills

The Foundation Skills describe those required skills (such as, language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills) that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Numeracy skills to interpret technical information.

Reading skills to interpret design briefs and other relevant information.

Writing and oral communication skills to record and report on design and manufacturing information.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and not equivalent to MSFFDT4007 Prepare and present furniture design information.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM4010 Prepare and present design and manufacturing information

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and title changed. Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed. Range of Conditions removed and relevant content moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to remove content duplicated with Performance Criteria, and volume/frequency of evidence added. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFDT4007 Prepare and present furniture design information.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

prepare and present design and manufacturing information for two different products that includes:

two types of drawings (sketches, working drawings, digital drawings or manual drawings)

information on materials, and construction techniques or manufacturing technologies, and finishing

one of maquettes, prototypes or samples

selection of workplace technology including communication and design software that shows consideration of audience

selection and implementation of one or more methods to review the effectiveness of the presentation.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

information collection methods that support presentation development and delivery

communication protocols

elements and principles of design

application and use of ergonomic and anthropometric data (or factors) in design projects

presentation methods for communicating elements and principles of design

manufacturing methodologies being presented, including their advantages and disadvantages.

digital and non-digital presentation methods options for presentation methodology, and the advantages and disadvantages and associated equipment requirements for presenter and audience:

presentation boards

portfolios

photography

video and remote delivery

other forms of multimedia.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design briefs

current information technology including design software for preparation of information.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDM4011 Prepare tender submissions

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and title changed. Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria updated to active voice. Range of Conditions removed and relevant content added to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to remove duplication with Performance Criteria. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFT4012 Prepare a tender submission.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to analyse tender requirements and prepare and submit a formal tender for the supply of products and services.

This unit applies to individuals working in senior operational, supervisory or management roles in any industry sector, either alone or as part of an internal or external team.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Project management and professional development

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify opportunity to provide products or services	1.1 Identify opportunities that are within operational scope or work areas of business unit or workplace 1.2 Match available workplace resources expertise to potential opportunities 1.3 Assess feasibility of undertaking proposed project or work and seek approval in accordance with workplace policies and procedures
2. Analyse tender requirements	2.1 Correctly interpret tender specification documentation and seek clarification with originator if required 2.2 Develop proposed methodology that matches scope and nature of tender request 2.3 Identify required resources and confirm their availability with provider in accordance with workplace procedures 2.4 Adjust methodology to accommodate availability of resources and expertise available
3. Prepare a tender estimate	3.1 Prepare estimate taking all requirements into account and providing for contingencies as required by workplace policies, procedures and requirements 3.2 Ensure costing of estimate conforms to workplace policies and procedures 3.3 Create estimate that satisfies total requirement and, where this cannot be provided, provide substantiated explanations and options 3.4 Check estimate for accuracy and detail in accordance with workplace procedures
4. Submit a tender	4.1 Prepare tender documentation in accordance with workplace policies and procedures 4.2 Verify that tender addresses required details and meets originator’s requirements 4.3 Submit complete and accurate tender within required timeframe and in format required by request 4.4 Record and store tender documentation in accordance with workplace requirements
5. Review tender process	5.1 Negotiate changes and variations to tender to meet needs of client and workplace, and in accordance with contractual arrangements, workplace policies, procedures and delegated authority 5.2 Review and evaluate tender content and process using outcome and feedback provided by client and stakeholders 5.3 Adjust procedures if required to improve subsequent bids

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Numeracy skills to interpret technical information and perform calculations related to product and production costings.

Reading skills to interpret tender requirements.

Writing and oral communication skills to consult with workplace and stakeholders and prepare tenders.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and equivalent to MSFFT4012 Prepare a tender submission.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM4011 Prepare tender submissions

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and title changed. Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria updated to active voice. Range of Conditions removed and relevant content added to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to remove duplication with Performance Criteria. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFT4012 Prepare a tender submission.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

prepare two formal tenders for different and significant goods and services that address:

the full requirements of the tender brief

total resource requirements

total costing covering all components and scenarios

legislative requirements

options for the client.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

work area for which tender is being prepared, including:

compliance requirements (internal and external)

quality requirements

features and formats of complex information that includes:

multi-trade work instructions and work orders

building and structural plans and safety procedures – and how to interpret them

report writing techniques

factors that impact decision to submit tenders:

resources

capacities

capabilities

tender processes:

management

preparation

submission

review

evaluation

financial and legal requirements for tendering

legislation relating to tendering and contracting for goods and/or services of the workplace.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

requests for tender

computer equipment and software.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDM4012 Produce computer-aided line and component production drawings

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and title changed. Application changed. Performance Criteria simplified and changed to active voice. Range of Conditions removed with relevant information moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to remove duplication with Performance Criteria and clarify volume/frequency of evidence. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFDN4002 Produce line and component production drawings.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use computing and software capabilities to produce line and component production drawings intended for use in a furnishing industry production, manufacturing or marketing environment.

This unit applies to individuals required to create line drawings as part of their job role in design, manufacturing and similar workplaces for production purposes.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Design documentation and machine interface

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Produce line drawings	1.1 Identify and obtain essential information that informs drawing requirements 1.2 Select presentation style and appropriate software to achieve desired result 1.3 Create clear drawings that accurately reflect product specification and presentation requirements
2. Prepare component production drawings	2.1 Obtain essential information on component specifications, dimensions and drawing and labelling management 2.2 Identify drawing conventions and specifications to be noted on drawing 2.3 Plot dimensions and connect to match appropriate drawing view or perspective 2.4 Identify and note required production information, special requirements and drawing information 2.5 Check drawing for accuracy, clarity and compliance with workplace documentation requirements 2.6 Label, store and process drawing in accordance with workplace requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Numeracy skills to interpret and present technical information and calculate measurements.

Reading skills to interpret requirements.

Writing skills to communicate production information and requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFDN4002 Produce line and component production drawings.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM4012 Produce computer-aided line and component production drawings

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and title changed. Application changed. Performance Criteria simplified and changed to active voice. Range of Conditions removed with relevant information moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to remove duplication with Performance Criteria and clarify volume/frequency of evidence. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFDN4002 Produce line and component production drawings.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

produce three computer-aided line and production drawings, of which one must be 3D, and:

interpret specifications and measurements in two and three-dimensional (2D and 3D) forms across the three drawings.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

typical features and functions of computer-aided drawing programs and their application in producing detailed line and production drawings:

drawing tools

view displays

edit functioning

working layers

plotting

basic elements of line and component production drawings:

size and shape of component or product

projection and production method

limits, fits and tolerances of size, form and position

surface treatments

materials specifications

regulatory requirements, recognised standards and codes, and industry practices for drawing.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design concepts

specifications

computer-aided design equipment included current industry-standard software.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDM4013 Produce curved and shaped components for custom furniture

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed to active voice. Range of Conditions removed and relevant content moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to include volume and frequency of evidence and remove duplication with Performance Criteria. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFM4003 Produce curved and shaped components for custom furniture.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to produce curved and shaped components for custom furniture or similar products in in furnishing or similar operations.

This unit applies to individuals working in a manufacturing or design studio environment who produce custom curved or shaped components, either alone or as part of an internal or external team.

No licensing or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Workshop practice

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Verify and comply with relevant legislative, work health and safety and organisation requirements related to producing curved and shaped components 1.2 Read and interpret job specifications to identify processes and materials 1.3 Identify, evaluate and select production materials 1.4 Select and check tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 1.5 Identify, evaluate and select techniques for bending, forming and shaping components for particular applications 1.6 Plan sequence of work, including the starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of construction 1.7 Develop and document quality-checking procedures for each step of production process
2. Produce components	2.1 Set out component specifications in accordance with work instructions and mark materials following industry best-practice 2.2 Operate tools, machines and equipment in accordance with safety requirements and manufacturer specifications 2.3 Bend, form and shape materials in accordance with production plan 2.4 Check components against specified tolerances, fit and accuracy in job specifications
3. Finalise operation and maintain equipment	3.1 Prepare product for finishing in accordance with design specifications 3.2 Clean, maintain and store carving tools and other equipment in accordance with manufacturer specifications 3.3 Clean and clear work area in accordance with workplace procedures 3.4 Complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Numeracy skills to interpret technical information and perform calculations including measurements.

Reading skills to interpret design information and specifications.

Writing skills to record and report on production.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFM4003 Produce curved and shaped components for custom furniture.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM4013 Produce curved and shaped components for custom furniture

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed to active voice. Range of Conditions removed and relevant content moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to include volume and frequency of evidence and remove duplication with Performance Criteria. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFM4003 Produce curved and shaped components for custom furniture.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

produce six significant timber curved components, five from solid timber and one using ply:

one involving shaping from solid timber using hand techniques

one involving shaping from solid timber using machine techniques

one involving laminating

one involving use of heat/steam

one involving other techniques

items must demonstrate appropriate design, use of materials and strength for purpose

perform checks on tools and equipment used across the six components, relating to appropriateness for use, service standards and safety.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

techniques for timber bending, forming and shaping, including:

laminating

coopering

steam bending

saw kerfing

hand shaping

machine shaping

timber shaped by hand or static machine tools

types and characteristics of materials use in the curving or shaping of components, including:

solid timber and timber composites including plywood, medium density fibreboard (MDF) and veneer

plastic laminate

sheet metal

adhesives

screws

nails

dowels

decorative finishes

abrasive paper

finishing materials

types, characteristics, uses, limitations and maintenance requirements of solid timbers commonly used in furniture production

types, characteristics, uses and limitations on hand and power tools used in timber bending, forming and shaping, including:

band, cross-cut, mitre, panel and rip saws

surface and panel planers

belt sanders

horizontal borers

vertical drill presses

dove-tailers

pedestal grinders

wood-turning lathes

veneer guillotines

presses

interpretation of plan representations of furniture design

techniques for the preparation of drawings/set-outs/rods and geometrical concepts

workflow within the workplace

applicable work health and safety, legislative and workplace requirements relevant to the production of curved and shaped components for custom furniture are verified and complied with

workplace and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for the production of curved and shaped components for custom furniture

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

hand and power tools

a wide range of timber and timber composite materials

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDM4014 Produce manual and computer-aided drawings from design concepts

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and title changed. Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria simplified and changed to active voice. Range of Conditions removed with relevant information moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to include volume and frequency of evidence and remove duplication with Performance Criteria. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFDN4001 Produce drawings from design concepts.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to produce manual and computer-aided drawings of furnishing or similar products from design concepts.

This unit applies to individuals required to create drawings as part of their job role in design, manufacturing and similar workplaces, either alone or as part of an internal or external team.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Design documentation and machine interface

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for drawing work	1.1 Identify product purpose, characteristics and production materials and methods, and assess impact of these on drawing process 1.2 Confirm type of drawing to be developed from information and select appropriate medium and tools 1.3 Set up hardware and software as required in accordance with operating instructions and workplaces procedures 1.4 Identify drawing conventions and specifications for notation on drawing 1.5 Establish and document design concept requirements, identifying dimensions, angles, shapes and finished size
2. Quantify and draft initial drawing	2.1 Accurately plot dimensions from prototype sketch and documented specifications 2.2 Connect dimensional points to match appropriate drawing view 2.3 Accurately note required production information or special requirements 2.4 Note drawing conventions and specifications on documentation
3. Complete drawing	3.1 Check angles, shapes and dimensions against specifications and concept prototype drawing 3.2 Identify and make required adjustments to designs based on review and consultation with relevant people 3.3 Check drawing for compliance with workplaces documentation requirements 3.4 Store data files in accordance with operating instructions and workplaces procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Numeracy skills to interpret technical information and perform calculations.

Reading skills to interpret the product or design specifications.

Writing skills to document production and other requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFDN4001 Produce drawings from design concepts.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM4014 Produce manual and computer-aided drawings from design concepts

Modification History

.Release 1. Unit code and title changed. Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria simplified and changed to active voice. Range of Conditions removed with relevant information moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to include volume and frequency of evidence and remove duplication with Performance Criteria. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFDN4001 Produce drawings from design concepts.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

interpret specifications and measurements in two and three-dimensional (2D and 3D) form, and:

produce three drawings from design concepts, including:

one manual drawing

one computer-aided 2D drawing

one computer-aided 3D drawing

select appropriate equipment and software to achieve the drawing requirements

utilise the features and functions of equipment and software in a best-practice manner.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

manual and computer-aided drawing:

processes

techniques

expected features

presentation protocols

principles for design and manufacture, especially relating to furniture and furnishings

current industry-standard softwares used for CAD, including their features and functions:

drawing tools

view displays

edit functions

working with layers

plotting

printing

regulatory requirements, recognised standards and codes, and industry practices for drawing.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design concepts

specifications

drawing equipment and current industry-standard software

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDM4015 Produce patterns and templates

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and Application changed. Performance Criteria simplified and changed to active voice. Range of Conditions removed with relevant information moved to assessment requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to remove duplication with Performance Criteria. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFDN4003 Produce patterns and templates.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan process and plot dimensions to develop patterns and/or templates for production processes using both hand tools and computer-assisted production.

This unit applies to individuals working in design and manufacturing roles who produce patterns and templates, either alone or as part of an internal or external team.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Design documentation and machine interface

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for and dimension the task	1.1 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.2 Correctly interpret customer orders to establish required sizes of finished products 1.3 Check size requirements in relation to production process and finishing capacity of workplace
2. Plan process	2.1 Identify material for pattern or template for approximate size and characteristics 2.2 Identify, locate and assemble required instruments and equipment 2.3 Correctly interpret drawings and related specifications 2.4 Check procedures for using pattern development instruments and tools and prepare equipment for use
3. Plot dimensions	3.1 Use equipment and tools in accordance with procedures 3.2 Measure, explode and plot each dimension maintaining appropriate angles, arcs and curves 3.3 Use visual inspection and measurements to compare pattern dimensions and shapes with drawings and specifications
4. Complete pattern or template	4.1 Complete pattern or template ensuring that pattern indicates completion date and original drawing details 4.2 Obtain required approvals of pattern or template 4.3 Mark plans with notations for workplace requirements, including authorship, process or customer requirements, authorisation and any review dates 4.4 Copy and file plans in accordance with workplace policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Numeracy skills to interpret technical information and perform calculations including measurements.

Reading skills to interpret job requirements.

Writing skills to document requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFDN4003 Produce patterns and templates.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM4015 Produce patterns and templates

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and Application changed. Performance Criteria simplified and changed to active voice. Range of Conditions removed with relevant information moved to assessment requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to remove duplication with Performance Criteria. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFDN4003 Produce patterns and templates.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

interpret drawings and select appropriate mediums and materials to produce a minimum of three patterns or templates which individually or cumulatively make use of three different types of materials, and

produce patterns and templates by hand and by computer.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of pattern and template materials

pattern and template production:

procedures and processes

techniques

softwares suitable for production of patterns and templates, and their applications

operating requirements of equipment and work systems in own work area

regulatory requirements, recognised standards and codes, and industry practices.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

drawings

specifications

information on production/fabrication process

computer equipment and software.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDM4016 Produce timber veneered components for custom furniture

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed to active voice. Range of Conditions removed and relevant content moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to remove duplication with Performance Criteria. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFM4004 Produce timber veneered components for custom furniture.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to produce timber veneered components including laminates (two or more layers of veneer adhered to each other) for custom-made furniture and similar products in a wide variety of operations.

This unit applies to individuals working in a manufacturing or design studio environment who produce custom curved or shaped components, either alone or as part of an internal or external team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Workshop practice

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Verify and comply with relevant legislative, work health and safety and workplace requirements relating to producing timber veneered components 1.2 Read and interpret job specifications to identify processes and materials 1.3 Identify, evaluate and select suitable timber or timber veneer material, evaluated and selected 1.4 Check tools, equipment and materials in accordance with workplace procedures 1.5 Plan and document sequence of work, including starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of finish 1.6 Develop and document quality-checking procedures for each step in veneering process
2. Prepare timber veneer	2.1 Select timber and prepare the cutting face in accordance with procedures 2.2 Cut timber veneer along grain at specified thickness 2.3 Monitor veneer thickness and consistency in context of size and tolerances 2.4 Dress veneer to the required tolerances for further use
3. Lay out and prepare materials	3.1 Lay out veneer design from job specifications 3.2 Select veneers and check for flaws 3.3 Match veneers and select and prepare for method of joining to adjacent veneers 3.4 Prepare for application and lay out veneers 3.5 Select and prepare suitable processes for joining to backing and adjacent veneers 3.6 Select and prepare for style of edge finish
4. Apply or fit and finish	4.1 Measure, mark and cut veneers to size, and apply to base material 4.2 Apply adhesives in accordance with workplace procedures and manufacturer instructions 4.3 Apply selected joining process in accordance with workplace procedures, including use of protective equipment 4.4 Complete final trim and finishing to job specifications 4.5 Check work against required quality standards, and rectify any non-conformities
5. Finalise the work sequence	5.1 Prepare product for finishing in accordance with design specification 5.2 Clean, maintain and store carving tools in accordance with manufacturer specification 5.3 Clean and clear work area in accordance with workplace procedures 5.4 Complete workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Numeracy skills to interpret technical information and perform calculations including measurements.

Reading skills to interpret job requirements.

Writing skills to complete workplace documentation.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFM4004 Produce timber veneered components for custom furniture.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM4016 Produce timber veneered components for custom furniture

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed to active voice. Range of Conditions removed and relevant content moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to remove duplication with Performance Criteria. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFM4004 Produce timber veneered components for custom furniture.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

prepare a minimum of one significant veneer, including:

the selection of materials

the preparation of the cutting face

the cutting and dressing of the veneer

apply and finish veneers to at least three different surfaces, including:

one flat

one curved

one laminate

at least two requiring veneer edging

perform checks on tools and equipment used in the above production items, relating to appropriateness for use, service standards and safety.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of veneers including laminates

techniques for the manufacture and application of veneers, including:

mechanical press

vacuum technique

hot glue hammering

butting two right angle edges together then ‘stitching’ the veneer using a hot melt glue or tape

using a scarf joint then gluing the surfaces together

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of different veneering timbers:

wood

particleboard

medium density fibreboard (MDF)

techniques for style and edge finishes, both solid timber and veneer edging to cover exposed edges

techniques for briefing and plan representations of furniture design

the preparation of drawings or set-outs

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance, including:

knives

chisels

measuring tapes or rules

mallets

squares

levels

planes

band saws

rotary lathe

slicing machine

half round lathe

power saws

power drills/screwdrivers

hand drills

pneumatic tools, compressor and spray equipment

clamps

screwdrivers

rollers

laminate trimmers

cutters and hand routers

sandpaper

wire wool

sanding block

materials used in the veneer manufacturing and application process, including:

timber

manufactured board

laminates

timber strips

adhesives

cleaning materials

tapes

workflow in relation to furniture production and application of timber veneer

applicable work health and safety, legislative and workplace requirements relevant to producing timber veneered components for custom-made products

workplace and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for the production of timber veneer components.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

veneer manufacturing and application equipment and materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDM4017 Purchase materials and consumables

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and title changed. Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed. Range of Conditions removed and relevant information moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to remove duplication with Performance Criteria. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFT4011 Purchase materials and consumables.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to purchase materials and consumables for production within a furnishing or similar enterprise, through existing contracts and other formal purchasing arrangements or through local purchase delegation.

This unit applies to individuals working in a manufacturing or design studio environment who are involved with production preparation, stock management and estimations, either working alone or as part of an internal or external team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Project management and professional development

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify purchasing requirements	1.1 Identify purchasing requirements from material specifications, orders and instructions, and in accordance with workplace procedures 1.2 Prioritise purchasing requirements in consultation with others in accordance with workplace procedures 1.3 Determine and confirm quantities, quality of goods, price limitations and delivery requirements in consultation with appropriate personnel and in accordance with workplace procedures
2. Source materials and consumables	2.1 Identify sources of materials and/or consumables from workplace preferred supplier lists or through networks and knowledge of local and/or overseas suppliers 2.2 Report difficulties in supply in accordance with workplace procedures 2.3 Confirm availability of supply
3. Compare costs	3.1 Contact alternative suppliers to check costing 3.2 Compare actual costs with predicted costs 3.3 Recommend alternative suppliers as relevant to appropriate personnel in accordance with workplace procedures 3.4 Delegate ordering of goods/materials/equipment in accordance with workplace procedures
4. Purchase materials and consumables	4.1 Ensure supplier has capacity to meet price, quality and delivery expectations 4.2 Develop purchase order or list in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Place order with supplier and confirm delivery schedules 4.4 Issue and respond to orders and invoices in accordance with workplace procedures
5. Maintain and monitor material and consumable supplies	5.1 Monitor stock regularly using inventory records and physical checks, where applicable, to ensure maintenance of supply 5.2 Maintain up-to-date records of materials and consumables 5.3 Document acquisition requirements in accordance with workplace procedures 5.4 Suggest improvements to purchasing operations and, where authorised, negotiate changes
6. Liaise with other departments	6.1 Establish communication channels with other departments in accordance with workplace procedures 6.2 Liaise with other departments to ensure customer requirements are achieved

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Numeracy skills to interpret technical information and perform calculations.

Writing skills to complete ordering-relating documentation.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFT4011 Purchase materials and consumables.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM4017 Purchase materials and consumables

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and title changed. Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed. Range of Conditions removed and relevant information moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to remove duplication with Performance Criteria. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFT4011 Purchase materials and consumables.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

purchase materials on a minimum of four occasions, including two different materials and at least one perishable consumable purchase, in accordance with workplace procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

contemporary supply or purchasing systems theory

inventory systems management

production planning processes and theories

company operating procedures, including procedures for purchasing materials and consumables

material and consumable usage rates

operation requirements of equipment and work systems in own work area

work health and safety requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

The following conditions must be met for this unit:

access to workplace policies, procedures and stock documentation

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDM4018 Research and organise product inspection and testing

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and title changed. Application changed. Substantial changes to Elements and Performance Criteria. Range of Conditions removed and relevant information moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to remove duplication with Performance Criteria and include volume/frequency of evidence. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFT4007 Sample, inspect and text products to specifications.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify specifications and test procedures for products, identify and organise the application of authorised testing procedures, interpret test results and report findings within a furnishing or similar workplace.

This unit applies to individuals working in a manufacturing or design studio environment who engage with quality and other control measures relating to products, either alone or as part of an internal or external team.

No licensing or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Project management and professional development

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify product specifications and test and inspection requirements	1.1 Read and interpret product quality specifications and drawings to inform test requirements 1.2 Identify test parameters from product quality specifications and drawings 1.3 Identify test methods for each required test parameter and select most effective and efficient method according to workplace procedures 1.4 Identify design features that may impact testing methods, results and inspection procedures
2. Develop inspection and testing procedures	2.1 Identify appropriate standards, reference materials, test methods or procedures that may be applicable 2.2 Assess suitability of available standards, reference materials, test methods and/or procedures against testing requirements 2.3 Identify workplace hazards associated with inspection and testing of product for inclusion in procedures 2.4 Identify the need for specific equipment, specialised facilities, expert personnel or training needs 2.5 Select appropriate test methodology consistent with testing requirements and resource availability 2.6 Identify any changes required to workplace procedures to implement testing or inspection procedures 2.7 Identify an appropriate sample size of conforming and potentially nonconforming products, materials for testing according to workplace requirements
3. Document procedures	3.1 Write procedures based on identified requirements for specific product and in accordance with workplace documentation standards 3.2 Perform test of procedures to ensure suitability of method and accuracy of test procedures 3.3 Ensure safety, sample preparation, testing, data handling or evidence gathering and reporting procedures are in place
4. Organise testing or inspection of product	4.1 Ensure all required personnel are available and approved for participation in work area in accordance with workplace procedures 4.2 Ensure tests are conducted in accordance with documentation and workplace procedures 4.3 Analyse results of testing to ensure validity of procedures 4.4 Modify test or inspection procedures as required to ensure quality of results
5. Report findings	5.1 Document findings of tests in accordance with procedures 5.2 Recommend resolutions for identified potential or existing problems with tested product in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Numeracy skills to interpret technical information.

Reading skills to interpret product specifications and drawings.

Writing skills to record and report on product inspection and testing results.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFT4007 Sample, inspect and test products to specifications.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM4018 Research and organise product inspection and testing

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and title changed. Application changed. Substantial changes to Elements and Performance Criteria. Range of Conditions removed and relevant information moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to remove duplication with Performance Criteria and include volume/frequency of evidence. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFT4007 Sample, inspect and text products to specifications.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

read and interpret job specifications, drawings, test/inspection and workplace procedures to develop and implement test/inspection procedures for a minimum of four different products or procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

general quality systems theory

sampling techniques for commonly encountered materials including:

timber

metal alloys

glass

fabrics and textiles

plastics

leather

adhesives

fillers; and

finishes

inspection techniques and faults common within the sector products

testing techniques (destructive and nondestructive) relevant to the sector and related equipment/aids

requirements and processes of specialised inspection and test personnel

testing requirements at all stages of product development and production, including of samples of raw materials, components, assemblies and end products

workflow in relation to required times and stages where quality checking is required

work health and safety requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent

types of designer or drawer specifications and instructions, including the softwares through which these might be developed and communicated

quality systems documentation or equivalent containing sampling, inspecting and testing frequency and criteria

workplace specifications and requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

product specifications and drawings

access to specialised facilities and personnel as required.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDM4019 Research and select manufacturing technologies

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFDT5008 Research and recommend alternative manufacturing processes and MSFFDT5009 Research and recommend machine technology.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to determine production considerations and then to investigate and select a manufacturing technology that is suitable for the design concept.

This unit applies to individuals working in a manufacturing or design studio environment. They analyse and compare technical information from a wide range of sources to develop a design solution.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Furniture design and manufacturing – general

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine production considerations	1.1 Identify and collate information about project brief and initial design concepts 1.2 Review information and establish production parameters and constraints 1.3 Identify all those involved in the production process and seek input on key considerations for selecting manufacturing technology 1.4 Establish key technical parameters for selection of manufacturing technology
2. Investigate potential manufacturing technologies	2.1 Identify and assess information sources on potential technologies 2.2 Assess feasibility of technologies in context of design concept and overall design brief 2.3 Identify and interrogate how manufacturing process and its technical application may impact eventual outcome 2.4 Identify sustainability and safety aspects of technologies and assess implications for use 2.5 Source and compare information about costs and technology access against project brief
3. Refine ideas and select solution	3.1 Explore and refine ideas about technologies through process of reflection and testing 3.2 Test compatibility of manufacturing technologies with design concept and adapt approaches 3.3 Choose manufacturing technology solution that works with proposed design solution and make it integral to ongoing design process 3.4 Provide clear and relevant rationale for technology chosen

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in performance criteria.

Numeracy skills to interpret technical information.

Reading skills to interpret research information and design briefs.

Writing skills to record and repot on manufacturing technologies research and document solutions.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFDT5008 Research and recommend alternative manufacturing processes and MSFFDT5009 Research and recommend machine technology.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM4019 Research and select manufacturing technologies

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFDT5008 Research and recommend alternative manufacturing processes and MSFFDT5009 Research and recommend machine technology.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

research and select manufacturing technologies and their application to three different design briefs, which individually or cumulatively involve at least two types of manufacturing technologies.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

how the selection of the manufacturing technology sits within the overall design and production process

information needed to inform technology selection

roles and responsibilities of those involved in decisions about selection of manufacturing technologies

types of technical parameters that need to be considered and the nature of the relationship between the design concept and manufacturing technologies

sources of information on manufacturing technologies

key features, costs, efficiencies and technical application of current and emerging technologies, including:

CNC operations

3D printing

foundries and casting

robotics

laser cutting

water-jet cutting

how to structure and present information and recommendations.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design briefs and associated concepts

information technology for research and presentation.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDM4020 Research and select product finishes

Modification History

Release 1. Unit Code and title changed. Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed. Range of Conditions removed and relevant items moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to include volume/frequency of evidence and remove duplication with Performance Criteria. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFDT4010 Research and select furniture product finishes.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to determine project requirements, and then to research and select finishes that meet the requirements of the brief.

This unit applies to individuals working in a manufacturing or design studio environment who analyse and compare product information from a wide range of sources to develop a design solution, either alone or as part of an internal or external team.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Design practice

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine project requirements	1.1 Review and clarify project brief with client 1.2 Confirm and evaluate parameters and constraints of project from specifications 1.3 Select work resources based on the needs of project 1.4 Identify and assess aspects of brief that inform finish selection 1.5 Identify key project stakeholders and establish required communication protocols
2. Research finish options	2.1 Assess aesthetic requirements of finish and identify potential options 2.2 Evaluate intended use against functional features of different products 2.3 Identify and consider new and emerging finish technologies for their application to the brief 2.4 Identify application requirements in terms of available expertise 2.5 Evaluate finish properties for their safety and sustainability 2.6 Source and compare information about costs and availability against project brief
3. Refine ideas and select finishes	3.1 Explore and refine ideas about finishing options through a process of reflection and testing 3.2 Choose a preferred solution based on research findings that satisfies elements and principles of design and key objectives of project brief 3.3 Provide clear and relevant research information highlighting findings and rationale for finishes chosen

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Numeracy skills to interpret technical information.

Reading skills to interpret design briefs and research information.

Writing skills to document research findings and solutions.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and not equivalent to MSFFDT4010 Research and select furniture finishes.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM4020 Research and select product finishes

Modification History

Release 1. Unit Code and title changed. Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed. Range of Conditions removed and relevant items moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to include volume/frequency of evidence and remove duplication with Performance Criteria. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFDT4010 Research and select furniture product finishes.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

research and select finishes that respond to three different design briefs and that individually or cumulatively involve at least:

two types of base material onto which the finish is applied

two types of finishing materials

two different application methods.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

elements and principles of design, their interrelationships, and how they are used in relation to finishes

characteristics, properties and selection criteria for different finishing or coating materials, both aesthetic and functional, including:

lacquers

laminates

metal

oils

paints

paper

pigments

plastics

stainless steel

stains

synthetics

textiles

veneers

vinyls

waxes

the interactions of different finishing materials with different base materials

properties of finishes and how these inform recommendations:

aesthetics

application methods and technologies

construction, composition and materials, including tactile nature of finishes

maintenance requirements

quality

safety application, flammability, fixing requirements

sustainability sourcing, production, longevity, recycling or end of life disposal

current and emerging finishing technologies

how to structure and present research information and recommendations.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

product design briefs

information technology for research and design presentation.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDM4021 Research furniture styles and movements

Modification History

Release 1. Unit Code and Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed. Range of Conditions removed and relevant content moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to remove duplication with Performance Criteria and include volume/frequency of evidence. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFDT4012 Research furniture styles and movements.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to research furniture styles and movements and analyse how they influence design by accessing a range of information sources. It also covers identifying influences on the design of furniture and documenting information for use in future design projects.

This unit applies to individuals working in a manufacturing or design studio environment who analyse and compare product information from a wide range of sources to develop a design solution, either alone or as part of an internal or external team.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

History of design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan research	1.1 Verify and ensure compliance with relevant legislative, work health and safety and workplace requirements related to researching furniture styles and movement 1.2 Clearly define research objectives and scope based on work needs from design brief 1.3 Evaluate and select formal and informal research methods based on their potential to meet research objective 1.4 Identify and locate relevant and credible sources of information on furniture styles and movements
2. Gather and analyse information on furniture styles and movements	2.1 Gather information using a systematic approach 2.2 Establish relevance of information against research objectives 2.3 Compare and contrast different information sources and extract key information 2.4 Identify different influences on furniture styles, movements and features 2.5 Identify significant trends, designers and techniques and their influences on styles and movements 2.6 Apply research information to current furniture design trends, philosophy and surrounding buildings 2.7 Organise and compile research materials and results of research in a manner that facilitates future use and reference
3. Maintain currency with furniture styles and movements	3.1 Regularly check research sources and compiled information for usefulness in informing design projects 3.2 Analyse current and emerging cultural, economic and environmental influences on furniture styles and movements for impact and usefulness in future projects 3.3 Identify and pursue opportunities to update and expand knowledge of styles and movements 3.4 Incorporate findings from research into design outcomes based on project needs

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret research information.

Writing skills to communicate research outcomes.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and not equivalent to MSFFDT4012 Research furniture styles and movements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM4021 Research furniture styles and movements

Modification History

Release 1. Unit Code and Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed. Range of Conditions removed and relevant content moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to remove duplication with Performance Criteria and include volume/frequency of evidence. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFDT4012 Research furniture styles and movements.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

research and collate or document key aspects of information on all of the following to inform one significant project:

significant influences on furniture styles

individual designers of note

changes in furniture styles, movements and philosophy over time

current and emerging furniture trends that impact design practice.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

credible sources of information on furniture styles and movements, and the type of information they can provide

importance of accurate referencing of information sources

types of research techniques, both formal and informal

significant influences on furniture styles and movements, including:

cultural and social

economic

environmental

geographical

individual designers

ways to collate and/or document research information to facilitate future use.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

information technology for research.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDM4022 Select, use and maintain hand tools for the creation of custom products

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and title changed. Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed to active voice. Range of Conditions removed and relevant content moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to clarify volume and frequency of evidence and remove duplication with Performance Criteria. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFDT4013 Select use and maintain hand tools for the creation of custom furniture.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to select and use hand tools in applications relating to custom furniture making. It includes manufacturing specialist hand tools that support unique functions.

This unit applies to individuals working in a manufacturing or design studio environment use hand tools in the creation of products, either alone or as part of an internal or external team.

No licensing or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Workshop practice

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for hand-tools work	1.1 Verify and ensure compliance with work health and safety (WHS), legislative and workplace requirements relevant to selection and applicable to use of hand tools 1.2 Research and identify suitable type and range of hand tools based on their functions, manufacturing specifications and quality reputations 1.3 Select hand tools based on job requirements 1.4 Check hand tools for serviceability, precision settings, maintenance compliance and safety 1.5 Ensure equipment for holding or supporting materials while using hand tools is available
2. Identify and manufacture specialist hand tools	2.1 Identify need for manufacture of specialist hand tools from research undertaken of existing hand tool capabilities 2.2 Complete and verify design of specialist tool based on tool requirements 2.3 Select materials for the specialist tool from required functions and available materials options 2.4 Manufacture specialist tool to specifications 2.5 Test and modify specialist tool as required to satisfy specified function 2.6 Document design specifications in accordance with workplace procedures
3. Use hand tools	3.1 Locate and hold materials in place for hand tool application 3.2 Ensure hand tool safety requirements are complied with throughout operation 3.3 Apply and adjust hand tools as required to achieve required specificity of outcome 3.4 Maintain hand tools as needed during operation to ensure continuing achievement of specified outcomes 3.5 Safely store hand tools during operation when not in immediate use in accordance with manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures
4. Finalise operation and maintain tools	4.1 Clean, maintain and store all tools and equipment in accordance with manufacturer specifications 4.2 Clean and clear work area in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Numeracy skills to interpret technical information.

Writing skills to complete workplace documentation.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and equivalent to MSFFDT4013 Select, use and maintain hand tools for the creation of custom furniture.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM4022 Select, use and maintain hand tools for the creation of custom products

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and title changed. Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed to active voice. Range of Conditions removed and relevant content moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to clarify volume and frequency of evidence and remove duplication with Performance Criteria. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFDT4013 Select use and maintain hand tools for the creation of custom furniture.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

select, use and maintain six different hand tools for different specified production functions across three different products, utilising the full capabilities of the hand tools to achieve outcomes

design and manufacture one specialist hand tool for a specified production function

tune and sharpen two of the following:

chisels

hand planes

spokeshave.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

types, characteristics, uses, limitations and maintenance requirements of the range of hand tools used in furniture production, including:

hand planes

chisels

hand saws

spokeshave

hammer

mallet

marking-out tools

files

rasps

scraper

screwdrivers

hand drill

straight edges

knives

clamps

steel/bronze wool

sandpaper

brushes

stones and whetstones

grinder

manufacturing specifications for hand tools

processes for evaluating the quality of hand tools in terms of specifications, safety, maintainability and commercial reputation

techniques for the design of specialised hand tools and the manufacturer of one-off tools

workflow within the workplace

relevant work health and safety regulations, legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to use of hand tools

workplace and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for use of hand tools.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

a wide range of industry-standard hand tools.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDM4023 Set up, operate and maintain basic static woodworking machines for furniture designs

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code, title and Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed to active voice. Range of Conditions removed and relevant content moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to include volume and frequency of evidence and remove duplication with Performance Criteria. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFDT4009 Set up, operate and maintain basic static woodworking machines for furniture designs.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge to set up, operate and maintain basic static woodworking machines to achieve design requirements for furniture or similar products. It includes tuning and general problem-solving.

This unit applies to individuals working in a manufacturing or workshop environment who set up, operate and maintain basic static woodworking machines, either alone or as part of an internal or external team.

No licensing or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Workshop practice

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine set-up and operating requirements of woodworking machines	1.1 Verify and ensure compliance with relevant legislative, work health and safety and workplace requirements related to selection and use of static woodworking machines 1.2 Identify set-up requirements for static woodworking machines in accordance with furniture design and safety requirements 1.3 Identify operating requirements to achieve design outcomes and determine safety requirements
2. Set up and operate static woodworking machines	2.1 Check selected machines for serviceability, precision settings, maintenance compliance and safety in accordance with workplace procedures 2.2 Interpret work specifications and instructions and set up machines to perform operations 2.3 Operate machines in accordance with manufacturer operating procedures to achieve required work outcome 2.4 Monitor work to ensure quality standards are met 2.5 Follow safety procedures
3. Maintain static woodworking machines	3.1 Assess machines for performance compliance 3.2 Identify, rectify and report on faults or non-compliance issues, or replace as needed in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Apply problem-solving techniques to identify and address operational problems 3.4 Conduct routine maintenance to ensure optimal performance of machines 3.5 Clean and clear work area in accordance with workplace procedures 3.6 Clean, maintain and store all machines in accordance with manufacturer specifications

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit to the performance criteria.

Numeracy skills to interpret technical information.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and equivalent to MSFFDT4009 Set up, operate and maintain basic static woodworking machines for furniture designs.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM4023 Set up, operate and maintain basic static woodworking machines for furniture designs

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code, title and Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed to active voice. Range of Conditions removed and relevant content moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to include volume and frequency of evidence and remove duplication with Performance Criteria. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFDT4009 Set up, operate and maintain basic static woodworking machines for furniture designs.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

set up, operate and maintain four different basic static woodworking machines for use on two different projects.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

types, characteristics, uses, limitations and maintenance requirements of the range of static woodworking machines used in furniture production, including:

table saw

thicknesser

jointer

band saw

interrelationship between basic static woodworking machines and design outcomes

manufacturing specifications for static woodworking machines

processes for evaluating the quality of static woodworking machines in terms of specifications, safety, maintainability and commercial reputation

workflow within the furnishing workplace

applicable work health and safety, legislative and workplace requirements relevant to the selection and use of static woodworking machines.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

required range of basic static woodworking machines.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDM5001 Construct custom furniture using advanced techniques

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed to active voice and reviewed. Range of Conditions removed and relevant content moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to remove duplication with Performance Criteria. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFDT5004 Construct custom furniture using advanced techniques.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to construct original and unique custom furniture using or adapting traditional and innovative construction techniques. It includes interpreting and adapting design specifications that are compatible with the product material, purpose and style of the furniture.

This unit applies to individuals working in a manufacturing or design studio environment who construct custom furniture, either alone or as part of an internal or external team.

No licensing or legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Workshop practice

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Verify and ensure compliance with relevant legislative, work health and safety and workplace requirements related to constructing custom furniture 1.2 Read and interpret job specifications and other relevant documentation to identify furniture construction and finishing requirements 1.3 Select and check tools, equipment and materials prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for work, serviceable and in safe condition 1.4 Identify product purpose, context, furniture style and construction materials 1.5 Plan and document work sequence covering each step in construction process, including sub-assemblies, in accordance with workplace requirements 1.6 Develop and document quality-checking procedures for each step in construction process
2. Curve and shape components	2.1 Identify, evaluate and confirm techniques for bending, forming and shaping components as being appropriate for construction requirement 2.2 Set out component specifications in accordance with work instructions and mark materials in accordance with industry practices 2.3 Use tools, machines and equipment in accordance with safety requirements and manufacturer specifications 2.4 Bend, form and shape materials in accordance with production plan and workplace procedures 2.5 Check components against specified tolerances, fit and accuracy
3. Veneer components	3.1 Identify, evaluate and select suitable veneer material from design specifications 3.2 Use tools, machines and equipment in accordance with safety requirements and manufacturer specifications 3.3 Measure, mark and cut veneer components to size based on job specifications 3.4 Prepare and lay out veneers for application 3.5 Select and prepare suitable joining processes for backing and adjacent veneers 3.6 Apply adhesives in accordance with workplace procedures or manufacturer instructions 3.7 Produce rough veneering components in accordance with production plan and workplace procedures 3.8 Complete final trim and finishing to specifications 3.9 Check work against required quality standards, and rectify any non-conformance
4. Make joints	4.1 Identify joints requirements and select type of joint to be used and adapt/design as necessary 4.2 Select tools, adhesives and fasteners to match joint type 4.3 Mark out cutting and joining lines to suit joint type 4.4 Check measurements and calculations for accuracy to ensure quality outcomes 4.5 Identify material features and observe optimal usage criteria 4.6 Cut material to specification, and inspect and prepare for joining 4.7 Join material in accordance with job specifications 4.8 Use fasteners and adhesives to make joints firm where required and in accordance with workplace procedures 4.9 Check finished joint against quality requirements
5 Construct sub-assemblies	5.1 Lay out components and materials, including adhesives, trims and accessories, and tools, in accordance with assembly plan 5.2 Check components against specification prior to assembly and reject items out of specification 5.3 Assemble sub-assemblies using appropriate tools, jigs and fixtures and check against specification for accuracy, fit, twist and distortion 5.4 Check sub-assembly quality against plans at identified checkpoints
6. Assemble custom furniture	6.1 Lay out components, sub-assemblies and materials, including adhesives, trims and accessories, and tools, in accordance with assembly plan 6.2 Check components and sub-assemblies against specification prior to assembly and reject items out of specification 6.3 Assemble components, fit using appropriate tools, jigs and fixtures, and check against specification for accuracy, fit, twist and distortion 6.4 Apply hardware and decorative accessories to specification 6.5 Prepare product for final finish, including the removal of bruises, scratches, dents and marks 6.6 Check product quality against plans at identified checkpoints
7. Finish furniture surface	7.1 Using samples of the type of material surface and specified finish, evaluate various finishing options and select the preferred option 7.2 Test sample of material with selected finishing technique to ensure appropriateness 7.3 Prepare furniture surface in accordance with finishing specification 7.4 Rectify imperfections, pores or nail or screw holes on surface 7.5 Apply finishing processes and materials in accordance with agreed specifications 7.6 Polish or buff surface depending on shine required from specification 7.7 Check work against required quality standards 7.8 Rectify any non-conformity with required quality standards
8. Complete housekeeping	8.1 Store or recycle unused materials as required 8.2 Clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with procedures 8.3 Tag and report faulty or defective equipment in accordance with workplace practices 8.4 Clean and clear work area in accordance with workplace procedures 8.5 Complete workplace documentation, including time log for operations for costing and business improvement activities.

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in performance criteria.

Numeracy skills to interpret technical information and perform calculations including measurements

Reading skills to interpret job specifications

Writing skills to complete workplace documentation.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and equivalent MSFFDT5004 Construct custom furniture using advance techniques.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM5001 Construct custom furniture using advanced techniques

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed to active voice and reviewed. Range of Conditions removed and relevant content moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to remove duplication with Performance Criteria. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFDT5004 Construct custom furniture using advanced techniques.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

complete all aspects of the construction and finishing of two furniture items requiring advanced construction techniques and satisfying high-quality custom-made furniture standards and expectations in terms of innovation, complexity, tolerance and fit of components and quality.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

types of tools and equipment used in construction and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

workflow techniques appropriate for the management of the construction work/project

presentation and interpretation of plan representation of a furniture design

techniques for timber bending, forming and shaping including:

steam/heat bending

curfing

pressure bending

shaping by hand or static machine

techniques for the preparation of drawings or set-outs or rods and geometrical concepts

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of materials

techniques for the manufacture and application of veneers

techniques for assembly, fixing and finishing of custom furniture components

types, characteristics, uses, limitations and safety requirements of adhesives, fasteners and hardware used in custom furniture assembly

matching requirements of adhesives and fasteners to timbers/materials used

finishing techniques

characteristics, properties and selection criteria of finishing materials

finishing characteristics and properties of timber being used

applicable work health and safety, legislative and workplace requirements relevant to constructing custom furniture are verified and complied with.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDM5002 Coordinate and optimise workplace maintenance programs

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and title changed. Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed. Range of Conditions removed and relevant content moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to remove duplication with Performance Criteria. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFT5005 Organise enterprise maintenance programs and MSFFT5007 Optimise computer numerically controlled operations.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to establish, organise and implement both preventative and reactive maintenance programs including software updates, capabilities and manipulations required to optimise operational and production performance. It includes computer numerically controlled (CNC) operations as well as other production and facility equipment involved in the production process.

This unit applies to individuals working in a technology- and maintenance-based role within a manufacturing workplace.

No licensing or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Design documentation and machine interface

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Clarify maintenance requirements	1.1 Check equipment specifications, service requirements and workplace procedures for recommended maintenance intervals and processes 1.2 Separate special requirements for maintenance from normal lubrication, adjustment and maintenance schedules 1.3 Compare information with previous experience, future equipment use, production requirements and standard operating procedures 1.4 Identify and develop an outline plan for maintenance and a related work schedule that meets workplace needs
2. Establish maintenance systems	2.1 Identify costing for process based on maintenance requirements 2.2 Identify workplace health and safety maintenance system requirements 2.3 Document and record required production interruptions, processes and procedures 2.4 Identify maintenance providers 2.5 Analyse maintenance systems options and recommend process to management 2.6 Obtain approvals for the maintenance systems concepts and resources
3. Organise maintenance activities	3.1 Identify suitable times for maintenance processes and shutdowns as needed from production schedules and staff rosters 3.2 Obtain permission from management for timing of maintenance to optimise the maintenance process and production 3.3 Develop detailed work plans based on production schedules, covering the availability of expertise and scheduling of resource availability 3.4 Identify employees with the required competencies and, where necessary, facilitate appropriate training and assessment 3.5 Obtain approvals for production schedule in accordance with organisational requirements 3.6 Refine work plan to ensure the maintenance program will maintain workplace outputs in terms of workplace policy
4. Resource maintenance requirements	4.1 Establish maintenance and reliable supply of required consumables 4.2 Confirm availability of externally sourced equipment
5. Complete maintenance procedures	5.1 Complete maintenance work schedule in accordance with the work plan 5.2 Take readings, measurements and recordings and compare with equipment, product and other relevant specifications 5.3 Identify areas requiring further testing and recommend appropriate procedures for testing to management 5.4 Adjust work schedule plan based on experience and complete documentation 5.5 Complete maintenance records and forward to appropriate personnel
6. Optimise operations	6.1 Note areas where changes to equipment operation or routine maintenance are required to maintain optimum work output and equipment life 6.2 Compare production potential of components and equipment with actual outputs using cost–benefit analysis techniques, and analyse reasons for differences 6.3 Identify and analyse opportunities for equipment and systems integration to ascertain the optimal integration model 6.4 Recommend improvements to maintenance operations to management, based on cost–benefit analysis and integration opportunities

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Numeracy skills to interpret technical information.

Writing skills to record and report on workplace maintenance programs.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFT5005 Organise enterprise maintenance programs and MSFFT5007 Optimise computer numerically controlled operations.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM5002 Coordinate and optimise workplace maintenance programs

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and title changed. Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed. Range of Conditions removed and relevant content moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to remove duplication with Performance Criteria. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFT5005 Organise enterprise maintenance programs and MSFFT5007 Optimise computer numerically controlled operations.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

establish the maintenance program for one significant production operation that includes:

at least one computer numerically controlled operation

coordination of maintenance within the context of production schedules

identification of resource requirements for maintenance, including skills of employees involved

recording and reporting requirements to provide system visibility and accountability potential

identification of opportunities for optimisation across the operation, including for automated processes

complete one cost–benefit analysis of an existing and significant maintenance program and suggest improvements to maintenance operations and, where authorised, negotiate changes.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

contemporary equipment maintenance theories covering benefits and costs

the effects of production schedules, time and resource requirements when scheduling the maintenance process

risk analysis processes

workplace operating procedures, including procedures for maintenance

operation requirements of equipment and work systems in the work area, including:

computer numerically controlled (CNC) operations

competency requirements of the maintenance work activities

workplace health and safety maintenance system requirements

work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

production schedules and other relevant workplace information

access to CNC equipment.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDM5003 Design product suitable for batched or limited production

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and title changed. Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed and updated to active voice. Range of Conditions removed and relevant content moved to the Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFDT5005 Design batch or limited production item of furniture.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design products suitable for batched or limited production (including one-off items) in a furniture-making or similar operation. It includes the considerations required to enable production of further batches, including details and fittings being produced with jigs and fixtures, and assessing the production methods required for particular materials.

This unit applies to individuals working in a manufacturing or design studio environment who design products with production methods as a consideration, working either alone or as part of an internal or external team.

No licensing or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Design practice

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Research product needs	1.1 Identify parameters affecting the design of product from client or end recipient and other information sources 1.2 Identify and record product functional needs from client or end recipient following industry best-practice methods 1.3 Investigate similar products in market and design elements from relevant sources 1.4 Assess materials for production-method limitations from materials specifications and client requirements 1.5 Identify and record visual/aesthetic needs of product from client or end recipient following industry best-practice methods 1.6 Identify and record relevant ethical considerations from client or end recipient and other potential collaborators 1.7 Identify and record ergonomic and anthropometric needs from client or end recipient and following industry standards 1.8 Prioritise product needs following industry best-practice methods 1.9 Identify and document relevant batched and limited production-run methods, technologies and equipment that could be applied or used, and work health and safety considerations, based on identified parameters and needs
2. Prepare information for design brief	2.1 Review and clarify product needs, parameters and other factors with client or end recipient 2.2 Report on product needs, including design and production method opportunities, using suitable reporting methods and incorporating client or end recipient feedback 2.3 Identify and record needs that cannot be met and negotiate changes with client or end recipient following industry best-practice methods 2.4 Clarify and agree on outcomes of design process with client or end recipient following industry best-practice methods 2.5 Prepare initial brief following industry best-practice methods
3. Generate ideas in response to design brief	3.1 Analyse product and client needs and integrate into generation of ideas using suitable ideation methods 3.2 Present initial ideas based on design brief and in suitable format 3.3 Refine ideas through review and reworking, both individually and collaboratively, using industry best-practice methods 3.4 Present final ideas in a manner suitable for audience
4. Evaluate and develop design proposals	4.1 Evaluate each design idea in context of design brief and suitability for batched or limited production runs, and record results 4.2 Select design proposal/s for further development that best meet requirements 4.3 Seek feedback on design proposals using suitable methods 4.4 Complete design proposals in response to evaluation feedback
5. Present product proposals to client or end recipient	5.1 Prepare product proposals for presentation to client or end recipient in accordance with industry best-practice methods 5.2 Ensure presentation arrangements are made, checked and confirmed in accordance with industry best-practice methods 5.3 Present design proposals to client or end recipient in accordance with industry best-practice methods 5.4 Gather, analyse and confirm client feedback in accordance with industry best-practice methods 5.5 Complete design proposals with client feedback and batched or limited production methods and limitations incorporated
6. Produce final product proposal information	6.1 Finalise and document product details including production methods, in accordance with industry best-practice methods 6.2 Document visual aspects of product proposal in accordance with industry best-practice methods 6.3 Document parts details relevant to batched or limited production of product and in accordance with industry best-practice methods 6.4 Document batched or limited production run manufacturing methods in manner suited to place of manufacture and materials specifications 6.5 Ensure all other relevant details are recorded in accordance with industry best-practice methods 6.6 Ensure product proposal addresses work health and safety and other related requirements 6.7 Review proposal process with team members to improve design quality and outcomes

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Numeracy skills to interpret technical and production information.

Writing and oral communication skills to produce design briefs and document and present manufacturing information.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFDT5005 Design batch or limited production item of furniture.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM5003 Design product suitable for batched or limited production

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and title changed. Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed and updated to active voice. Range of Conditions removed and relevant content moved to the Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFDT5005 Design batch or limited production item of furniture.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

successfully design products suitable for batched or limited production runs (including one-off items) for one major and two minor projects, and in doing so:

analyse potentially suitable materials to use in the work process and ensure these are acceptable for both client needs and batched or limited production run manufacturing

follow industry best-practice in design briefing coverage, including budget, timelines, product measurements and other specifications, production needs and methods and potential external collaborators or partners

follow workplace best-practice in communicating with both internal and external clients and collaborators to ensure transparency of process and that clients’ needs are met

develop and present final product proposals that balance the limitations and opportunities of batched and limited production for products with client functional and aesthetic needs, including cost-effective use of materials and tools or equipment

evaluate the variations in costs associated with different production methods and production runs of different sizes

lead others and work effectively in a team to improve design quality and outcomes

recognise dependencies in the workplace and across the wider production team (which may include external collaborators) and use cooperative approaches to optimise workflow and productivity.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

historical and contemporary art and design styles and movements

design methodologies

ergonomic and anthropometric standards

visual aesthetics of products being designed

ideas generation and conceptual development techniques, including:

suspending belief

looking for gaps of need alternatives

daydreaming

creative leaping

filaments

brainstorming

six thinking hats

asking questions of norms and beliefs

current market segment products, and suitable online and offline sources of inspiration and possible design elements that will meet client needs

current ethical issues in society affecting makers and designers

all aspects of the product design, including:

shape and dimension

materials

colour

texture, patterns and relief

the site and positioning of the end product

ability to produce in batches or limited production runs

ability to adapt the design to different production methods or volumes

production methodologies of furniture (or similar) manufacturers

production techniques for products based on materials selection

materials and finishes used to produce products

costing techniques

design-based softwares and other tools suitable for presenting design briefs

established workplace communication channels and protocols including document control methods

relevant work health and safety legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the design and manufacture of products

work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design software that reflects current industry standards

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDM5004 Design product suitable for high-volume technology services in production

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and title changed. Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed and updated to active voice. Range of Conditions removed and relevant content moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFDT5006 Design a furniture using high volume technology services (HVTS) in production.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design products suitable for, or with components requiring, production using high-volume technology services in a furniture-making or similar operation. It includes the considerations required to enable the application of these services to produce details and components for the design.

This unit applies to individuals working in a manufacturing or design studio environment who design products with production methods as a consideration, working either alone or as part of an internal or external team.

No licensing or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Design practice

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Research product needs	1.1 Identify parameters affecting design of product from client or end recipient and other information sources 1.2 Identify and record product functional needs from client or end recipient following industry best-practice methods 1.3 Investigate similar products in market and design elements from relevant sources 1.4 Assess materials for suitability or requirement for high-volume technology services from materials specifications and client requirements 1.5 Identify and record visual or aesthetic needs of product from client or end recipient following industry best-practice methods 1.6 Identify and record ethical considerations from client or end recipient and other potential collaborators 1.7 Prioritise product needs following industry best-practice methods 1.8 Identify and document relevant high-volume technology services that could be applied or used, based on identified parameters and needs
2. Prepare information for the design brief	2.1 Review and clarify product needs, parameters and other factors with client or end recipient 2.2 Report on product needs, including design and high-volume technology service opportunities, using suitable reporting methods and incorporating client or end recipient feedback 2.3 Identify and record needs that cannot be met and negotiate changes with client or end recipient following industry best-practice methods 2.4 Clarify and agree on outcomes of design process with client or end recipient following industry best-practice methods 2.5 Prepare initial brief following industry best practice methods
3. Generate ideas in response to design brief	3.1 Analyse product and client needs and integrate into generation of ideas using suitable ideation methods 3.2 Visually present initial ideas based on design brief and in suitable format 3.3 Refine ideas through review and reworking, both individually and collaboratively, using industry best-practice methods 3.4 Visually present final ideas in a manner suitable for audience
4. Evaluate and develop design proposals	4.1 Evaluate each design idea in context of design brief and suitability for using high-volume technology services, and record results 4.2 Select design proposal/s for further development that best meet requirements 4.3 Seek feedback on design proposals using suitable methods 4.4 Assess availability and cost of, and access to, proposed high-volume technology services
5. Present product proposals to client	5.1 Prepare product proposals for presentation to client or end recipient in accordance with industry best-practice methods 5.2 Ensure presentation arrangements are made, checked and confirmed in accordance with industry best-practice methods 5.3 Present design proposals to client or end recipient in accordance with industry best-practice methods 5.4 Gather, analyse and confirm client feedback in accordance with industry best-practice methods 5.5 Complete design proposals with client feedback and high-volume technology services and limitations incorporated
6. Produce final product proposal information	6.1 Finalise and document product details including production methods, in accordance with industry best-practice methods 6.2 Document visual aspects of product proposal in accordance with industry best-practice methods 6.3 Document parts details relevant to high-volume technology services production in manner suited to place of manufacture and materials specifications 6.4 Ensure all other relevant details are recorded in accordance with industry best-practice methods 6.5 Ensure product proposal addresses work health and safety and other related requirements 6.6 Review proposal process to improve design quality and outcomes

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Numeracy skills to interpret technical and production information.

Writing and oral communication skills to produce design briefs and document and present manufacturing information.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFDT5006 Design a furniture using high volume technology services (HVTS) in production.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM5004 Design product suitable for high-volume technology services in production

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and title changed. Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed and updated to active voice. Range of Conditions removed and relevant content moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFDT5006 Design a furniture using high volume technology services (HVTS) in production.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

successfully produce design proposals using three different materials requiring different high-volume machinery for production, and in doing so:

collect, organise, read and interpret information including workplace procedures, manufacturer and materials specifications and client requirements

identify potentially suitable materials to use in the work process and ensure these are acceptable for both client needs and high-volume technology services that may be on- or offsite

follow industry best-practice in design briefing coverage, including budget, timelines, product measurements and other specifications, production needs and methods and potential external collaborators/partners

follow workplace best-practice in communicating with both internal and external clients and collaborators to ensure transparency of process and that clients’ needs are met

develop and present final product proposals that balance the limitations and opportunities of batched and limited production for products with client functional and aesthetic needs, including cost-effective use of materials and tools or equipment

apply mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements and product/production costs as part of design proposal

evaluate the variations in costs and other benefits associated with different production methods and production runs of different sizes

lead others and work effectively in a team to improve design quality and outcomes

recognise dependencies in the workplace and across the wider production team (which may include external collaborators) and use cooperative approaches to optimise workflow and productivity.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

historical and contemporary art and design styles and movements

design methodologies

ergonomic and anthropometric standards

visual aesthetics of products being designed

ideas generation and conceptual development techniques, including:

suspending belief

looking for gaps of need alternatives

daydreaming

creative leaping

filaments

brainstorming

six thinking hats

asking questions of norms and beliefs

current market segment products, and suitable online and offline sources of inspiration and possible design elements that will meet client needs:

brochures

magazines

websites such as online galleries and retail sites

design forums

reference books

other existing workplace design information

transferable technological ideas or concepts

natural or man-made structures and objects

current ethical issues in society affecting makers and designers, including but not limited to:

social justice

environmental sustainability

ethical sourcing of material

biodiversity

cultural heritage and sensitivities

social responsibilities of makers and designers

all aspects of the product design, including but not limited to:

shape and dimension

materials

colour

texture, patterns and relief

the site and positioning of the end product

ability to produce in batches or limited production runs

ability to adapt the design to different production methods or volumes

production methodologies of furniture (or similar) manufacturers, including suitability of different high-volume technology methods for a range of materials and output volumes

production methods, processes and input requirements for high-volume technology services including:

laser cutting

machine point to point cutting

water jet cutting

plasma cutting

stereolithography (SLA) and computer numerically controlled (CNC) machining

making techniques for products based on materials selection

materials and finishes used to produce products, including their specifications, behaviours and limitations

costing techniques including components overheads and wastage

design-based softwares and other tools suitable for presenting design briefs, design ideas and product proposals for a range of clients, both internal and external, and both local and international

established workplace communication channels and protocols including document control methods

relevant work health and safety legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the design and manufacture of products

work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design software that reflects current industry standards

access to workplaces that provide high-volume technology services

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDM5005 Design product suitable for mass production

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and title changed. Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed and updated to active voice. Range of Conditions removed and relevant information moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to remove duplication with Performance Criteria. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFDT5012 Design for mass production.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design products suitable for mass production in a furniture-making or similar operation. It includes the considerations required to review and adapt a design brief, specify equipment requirements and personnel capabilities, identify cost-effective opportunities and plan for future production runs.

This unit applies to individuals working in a manufacturing or design studio environment who design products with production methods as a consideration, working either alone or as part of an internal or external team.

No licensing or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Design practice

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan for design	1.1 Review, confirm and clarify elements of furniture design brief with appropriate personnel and client 1.2 Establish and maintain communication with relevant personnel in accordance with workplace processes 1.3 Address and verify any problems or underlying factors raised by design brief in terms of adaption to mass production 1.4 Identify featured elements of design from design brief 1.5 Identify featured principles of design from design brief 1.6 Set and cost volumes of mass production runs and evaluate these against identified intended market
2. Design for mass production	2.1 Review concepts for proposed adaption of design brief in context of mass furniture production requirements 2.2 Present and review different solutions to satisfy requirements of design brief 2.3 Review sample maquette and prototypes against concept sketches 2.4 Review and compile final working drawings and specifications in readiness for mass production 2.5 Design concept for mass manufacture, considering available equipment and resources and other variables
3. Evaluate production requirements for mass production	3.1 Review and assess equipment capabilities and modify design brief based on available or obtainable equipment 3.2 Review and assess personnel capabilities and modify design brief based on assessed and available skills 3.3 Assess material or resource supply chain to workplace, set stock sizes and modify design brief based on availability of resources 3.4 Assess and review outsourcing opportunities using cost–benefit analysis 3.5 Review workflow methods, including consideration of work health and safety, and amend design brief or workflow methods to cater for mass production 3.6 Research and implement opportunities for innovation in mass production procedures in accordance with workplace procedures
4. Implement design	4.1 Plan and organise manufacturing process, considering available equipment and resources and workplace procedures 4.2 Process material in accordance with manufacturing plan and work health and safety regulations 4.3 Produce jigs to assist with manufacturing components in accordance with work requirements 4.4 Produce components and prepare for assembly in accordance with workplace procedures 4.5 Assemble components based on working drawings
5. Finalise mass production	5.1 Finish final product in accordance with specifications 5.2 Evaluate final product for functionality and aesthetic appeal against design brief 5.3 Review mass production methodology in accordance with workplace procedures 5.4 Package and dispatch production run products in accordance with enterprise transport methods 5.5 Record and report on product anomalies resulting from mass production anomalies to appropriate personnel and in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in performance criteria.

Numeracy skills to interpret technical and production information.

Reading skills to interpret design briefs.

Writing and oral communication skills to produce or adapt design briefs and document and present manufacturing information.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFDT5012 Design for mass production.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM5005 Design product suitable for mass production

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and title changed. Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed and updated to active voice. Range of Conditions removed and relevant information moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to remove duplication with Performance Criteria. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFDT5012 Design for mass production.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

successfully design, or redesign, products suitable for mass production for one major and two minor projects, and in doing so:

apply research, analytical and mathematical skills to the identification and selection of materials and the selection of appropriate production and construction techniques for products

create innovative designs that satisfy the agreed parameters and consider, but are not limited by, other historical or contemporary influences

prepare and work through a design brief taking into account the requirements of mass production to fulfil the design brief and oversee a mass production run

review information provided and creatively generate proposals for a furnishing or similar product

apply elements and principles of design to designing for mass production in accordance with a design brief

evaluate the variations in costs associated with different production methods and production runs of different sizes.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workplace and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for designing for mass production

environmental protection requirements

established communication channels and protocols

relevant problem identification and resolution

elements and principles of design and their relationship with mass production practices, including:

ergonomics and aesthetic values

supply chain management

approaches to outsourcing arrangements

cost–benefit analysis methods

workplace resource audit techniques

types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

characteristics of materials, products and defects and their relevance in a mass production environment

set-up and operation of furniture-making and related equipment

relevant computer programs, software and digital communication tools

product machining, assembly and finishing techniques

sketching and drawing techniques

storage systems and labelling relating to the packaging and dispatch of mass-produced items

procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement.

work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

access to mass production operations facilities and/or personnel

design software that reflects current industry standards

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDM5006 Develop and document technical workplace information

Modification History

Release 2. Metadata updated. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFDM5006 Develop and document technical workplace information (Release 1).

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to establish documentation requirements and draft information that provides concise and unambiguous direction and guidance for workplace activities. Documentation may be procedures, specifications or technical manuals.

This unit applies to individuals responsible for the creation of potentially complex documentation, either working alone or as part of an internal or external team.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Design documentation and machine interface

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify documentation requirements	1.1 Determine purpose of documentation through consultation and review of work information 1.2 Establish documentation functionality and format based on its purpose, level of formality and compliance requirements 1.3 Determine requirements and protocols for document creation and quality of production based on workplace requirements 1.4 Create design that allows for efficient entry of information and maximises effective presentation
2. Prepare documentation	2.1 Identify, obtain and collate information for documentation 2.2 Plan information sequence for logical and clear flow 2.3 Draft text using language appropriate to audience and purpose of document
3. Review documentation	3.1 Check text for accuracy and rectify errors 3.2 Confirm adherence to compliance requirements through analysis of documentation 3.3 Prepare final documentation in agreed format and seek and obtain approvals from relevant personnel 3.4 Assign or designate responsibility for all updates and changes to documentation in accordance with workplace requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Numeracy skills to interpret and communicate technical information.

Reading skills to interpret a range of technical information.

Writing and oral communication skills to develop and document technical information.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 2. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFDM5006 Develop and document technical workplace information (Release 1).

Release 1. Supersedes and not equivalent to MSFFT5004 Develop and document procedures and specifications.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM5006 Develop and document technical workplace information

Modification History

Release 2. Meta data updated. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFDM5006 - Develop and document technical workplace information (Release 1).

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

develop one of the following documentation types:

a complete operational procedure that identifies and provides clear instruction of key steps in the process

a formal product specification comprising:

project and document scope

product name and model numbers as relevant

product dimensions

product features

technical drawings or photographs

quality standards

other product-specific information

and in doing so meeting all internal and external quality and compliance requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

work area for which documentation is being prepared, including:

compliance requirements (internal and external)

quality requirements

common requirements for development of operational procedures and specifications, including:

format

presentation

required inclusions

document management, including version control

technical writing techniques

range of people potentially involved in development of procedures and specifications

communication protocols for the approval and dissemination of procedures and specifications.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

information technology

workplace requirements/formats for documentation.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDM5007 Develop, trial and evaluate prototypes

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed. Range of Conditions removed and relevant content moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to remove duplication with Performance Criteria. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFT5008 Develop, trial and evaluate prototypes.

Application

This unit covers the skills and knowledge required to develop specifications, identify and select materials and processes, perform a production trial of prototypes and complete evaluation tasks and documentation. Prototypes may be produced by hand, by using appropriate machines, tools and equipment or by computer-assisted production, and may require the application of joinery, construction and finishing techniques.

This unit applies to individuals working alone in an industry operation of any size, or a design studio environment, where they play a lead role in the design and prototyping of products, either alone or as part of an internal or external team.

No licensing or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Design practice, workshop practice

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop prototype or sample specifications	1.1 Identify and analyse purpose and outline requirements for prototype or sample from design concepts or customer requirements 1.2 Research and identify materials suitable to match design concepts or customer requirements 1.3 Research and identify appropriate construction requirements and methods for materials to be used 1.4 Research and identify ergonomic requirements from design concepts or customer requirements and in accordance with principles of ergonomic design 1.5 Prepare and document detailed prototype or sample design specifications, including drawings as required, following industry best-practice methods
2. Plan for prototype construction	2.1 Verify that purpose of prototype or sample is reflected in plans and drawings 2.2 Verify materials specifications and compatibility for item from prototype or sample documentation 2.3 Verify construction requirements and methods including equipment for materials being used 2.4 Prepare work plan for item, including construction stages or steps, checkpoints for measurements and tests, assembly methods, and work health and safety considerations, in accordance with workplace procedures 2.5 Clean and clear a suitable work area for prototype or sample production 2.6 Ensure required materials and other items are available and ready for use 2.7 Ensure jigs and other construction aids are identified and where required adjusted to suit work
3. Produce the prototype	3.1 Follow work plan to construct the prototype or sample, referencing any sketches and other job specifications 3.2 Conduct checks at the identified points and in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Identify, document and implement any required modifications to design and plan within workplace procedures 3.4 Perform initial inspection of prototype or sample to ensure it is fit for purpose 3.5 Ensure learnings from prototype construction are referred back to development personnel
4. Finalise the work sequence	4.1 Prepare prototype or sample for finishing in accordance with design specification 4.2 Clean, maintain and store tools and equipment in accordance with manufacturer specifications 4.3 Clean and clear work area, including applying waste management strategies in accordance with workplace procedures 4.4 Complete workplace documentation, including recommendations for optimisation of prototype or sample brief or work plan
5. Trial and evaluate the prototype	5.1 Develop, specify and document trial objectives and processes in accordance with industry best-practice methods 5.2 Ensure personnel involved in trial and evaluation are prepared for their responsibilities and functions 5.3 Prepare and certify trial equipment, tools and materials prior to use in accordance with relevant specifications and workplace procedures 5.4 Conduct prototype or sample trials and capture or record results in accordance with trial specifications 5.5 Evaluate results of trial including longevity of product and make recommendations for production in accordance with procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Numeracy skills to interpret technical information and perform calculations.

Reading skills to interpret design concepts.

Writing and oral communication skills to develop and document prototype processes and results and work collaboratively with other personnel.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFT5008 Develop, trial and evaluate prototypes.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM5007 Develop, trial and evaluate prototypes

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed. Range of Conditions removed and relevant content moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to remove duplication with Performance Criteria. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFT5008 Develop, trial and evaluate prototypes.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

develop and evaluate two different prototypes, and in doing so:

identify compatibility/incompatibility of materials, adhesives, fittings and fasteners for the application

demonstrate how the design of the prototype or sample components will influence the working lifetime of the item.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

the function and features of a strong design brief, including:

the aims, objectives, milestones for the design project

workplace or personal profiles

target audience

budget

timeline

consultation requirements

colour requirements

image requirements

function

range, characteristics and behaviours of a broad range of materials, including:

scrap timber and manmade timber

plastics

metal and metal alloys

stone

glass

fabrics and textiles

fibreglass

leather

foam

cardboard and paper products

any other manipulable substance

adhesives

fillers and finishes

assembly processes, including:

nailing

gluing

screwing

welding

pressing

sewing

bonding

jointing

connecting various materials

state or territory WHS legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for the construction of prototypes and samples

organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for constructing prototypes and samples

environmental protection requirements

established communication channels and protocols

relevant problem identification and resolution

elements and principles of design, including:

line

shape

form (geometric or organic)

texture

colour

function

trends and detailed knowledge of furniture construction

principles of ergonomics design and aesthetic values

types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

set-up and operation of equipment

design and other relevant software and applications

product assembly techniques

sketching and drawing methods, including:

isometric

oblique

perspective

orthographic

elevation drawings that explode the parts of the concept sketches and include:

rough sizes

scale

tones

values

storage systems and labelling

procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

destructive and non-destructive testing techniques and processes

appropriate mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDM5008 Evaluate design proposals and concepts

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and title changed. Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed. Assessment Requirements changed. Supersedes and is not equivalent to:

MSFFDT4004 Assess environmental impact of a design

MSFFDT4006 Determine work health and safety (WHS) implications of designs

MSFFDT5002 Assess and resolve technical integrity of a design

MSFFDT5010 Evaluate furniture design proposals and concepts

MSFFDT5011 Assess economic impact of a design

MSFFT5009 Determine production feasibility of designs.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to establish design evaluation criteria, apply those criteria and determine the feasibility of designs for commercially viable production, usually as part of a collaborative process. It may involve original design or adaptations developed by self or others.

This unit applies to individuals working in a manufacturing or design studio environment who use specialised knowledge and critical thinking to evaluate and use diverse and potentially complex information.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Furniture design and manufacturing – general

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish design evaluation criteria and process	1.1 Analyse original design brief as basis for developing evaluation criteria 1.2 Identify and analyse business objectives and capacity in determining evaluation criteria 1.3 Establish scope of creative and operational criteria required for design evaluation and gather all relevant information 1.4 Identify and select products which are competitors or potential competitors in marketplace for comparative purposes 1.5 Identify all those involved in evaluation process and establish communication 1.6 Determine evaluation criteria and process through collaboration and review of information 1.7 Document criteria and process in accordance with workplace requirements
2. Apply evaluation criteria	2.1 Evaluate competitive products and proposed design against all criteria in accordance with agreed process 2.2 Use collaboration and critical thinking in evaluation process 2.3 Document outcomes in accordance with agreed process
3. Determine feasibility and options	3.1 Analyse evaluation outcomes of proposed design and competitive products using critical analysis skills 3.2 Identify potential design improvements as part of evaluation process 3.3 Make determination about potential for designs to be progressed based on agreed process 3.4 Complete and process evaluation records in accordance with workplace requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in performance criteria.

Numeracy skills to understand technical information product and production costings.

Reading skills to interpret design proposals and business information.

Writing and oral communication skills to document evaluation records

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to:

MSFFDT4004 Assess environmental impact of a design

MSFFDT4006 Determine work health and safety (WHS) implications of designs

MSFFDT5002 Assess and resolve technical integrity of a design

MSFFDT5010 Evaluate furniture design proposals and concepts

MSFFDT5011 Assess economic impact of a design

MSFFT5009 Determine production feasibility of designs.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM5008 Evaluate design proposals and concepts

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and title changed. Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed. Assessment Requirements changed. Supersedes and is not equivalent to:

MSFFDT4004 Assess environmental impact of a design

MSFFDT4006 Determine work health and safety (WHS) implications of designs

MSFFDT5002 Assess and resolve technical integrity of a design

MSFFDT5010 Evaluate furniture design proposals and concepts

MSFFDT5011 Assess economic impact of a design

MSFFT5009 Determine production feasibility of designs.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

evaluate three different design proposals and concepts, that each consider all of the following:

adherence to brief

design process and its application

functionality

the application and use of design to meet the elements and principles of design and ergonomics

marketability

production considerations:

materials

production process and impacts on overall business operations

safety

costs

profitability

sustainability

technical integrity.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

nature and scope of the design evaluation process:

who is involved – roles, responsibilities and interrelationships

process and key stages

documentation requirements

role of collaboration

elements and principles of design, their interrelationships and how they can be used to create good design

how to establish evaluation criteria against which a design needs to be evaluated and key considerations:

adherence to brief

compliance

design process and its application

functionality

profitability

application of elements and principles of design

production considerations

marketability

sustainability

technical integrity

manufacturing technologies in the relevant industry sector

processes that support critical analysis and how to use them, including:

comparing

contrasting

reflecting

distinguishing relevant from irrelevant.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design briefs

proposed designs.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDM5009 Generate and transfer complex computer-aided drawings and specifications

Modification History

Release 1. Unit Code and Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria simplified and changed to active voice. Range of Conditions removed with relevant information moved to assessment requirements. Assessment Requirements changed. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFDN5001 Generate and transfer complex computer-aided drawings and specifications.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare complex drawings using computer-aided techniques and capabilities, including three-dimensional (3D) modelling, exploded assembly drawings and conversion of drawings for computer numerically controlled (CNC) applications.

This unit applies to individuals working in design and manufacturing roles who produce and manage complex computer-aided drawings and specifications, either alone or as part of an internal or external team.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Furniture design and manufacturing – general

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Create exploded assembly drawings	1.1 Obtain and complete drawing preparations, including applying expected features of drawing 1.2 Prepare accurate 3D models for all components 1.3 Create and confirm perspective view of model 1.4 Explode model so that all components are visible 1.5 Label all individual components in accordance with workplace requirements 1.6 Complete quality checks to ensure accuracy of outcomes 1.7 Store drawings in accordance with workplace requirements
2. Create job sheets	2.1 Identify and complete preparations in accordance with workplace requirements 2.2 Set up job sheet template in accordance with workplace requirements and practices 2.3 Create and accurately dimension necessary orthographic views 2.4 Identify and accurately list sequencing of machine operations, safety and operator requirements 2.5 Prepare, review and test draft job sheets and amend to workplace requirements 2.6 Store job sheets in accordance with workplace requirements
3. Convert drawings for CNC applications	3.1 Identify and confirm conversion requirements from CNC machine specifications 3.2 Create layers and additional information required for final conversion 3.3 Assign drawing entities to relevant layers 3.4 Complete conversion to required file type 3.5 Store converted file in accordance with workplace requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Numeracy skills to interpret technical information and perform calculations and measurements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFDN5001 Generate and transfer complex computer-aided drawings and specifications.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM5009 Generate and transfer complex computer-aided drawings and specifications

Modification History

Release 1. Unit Code and Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria simplified and changed to active voice. Range of Conditions removed with relevant information moved to assessment requirements. Assessment Requirements changed. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFDN5001 Generate and transfer complex computer-aided drawings and specifications.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

create two exploded assembly drawings that include:

preparation of 3D models

creation of perspective views

exploding the models to expose all components

industry-standard features: drawing name, labelling of all components, dimensions and/or scale bar and specifications

create two confirmed job sheets that have the necessary orthographic views and all required management and inventory information including file storage, product coding, inventory information and drawing management requirements

convert two drawings for CNC application, including the creation of layers, assignment of drawing entities and the protection and storage of converted files

apply information management strategies to manage and store the drawings and job sheets produced (both hardcopy and digital), including version control.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

key aspects of professional design practice

type, range, uses and limitations of contemporary computer-aided design (CAD) software and applications

construction processes in the relevant context

types of construction materials and their characteristics, uses and limitations in the relevant context

workplace information management systems and processes related to drawings.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

product specifications

computer-aided drawing equipment and current industry-standard software.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDM5010 Investigate ergonomic, anthropometric and proxemic considerations for design

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and title changed. Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed. Range of Conditions removed and relevant information moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed and volume/frequency of evidence clarified. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFDT5001 Apply ergonomics, anthropometrics and proxemic considerations to a product.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to confirm design requirements, research potential ergonomic, anthropometric and proxemic considerations for a design and apply findings to the design process.

This unit applies to individuals working in a manufacturing or design studio environment who use specialised knowledge and critical thinking to evaluate and use diverse and potentially complex information.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Design practice

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm design requirements	1.1 Review, confirm and clarify design brief with product owner or briefer 1.2 Identify potential issues relating to ergonomic, anthropometric and proxemic factors
2. Research ergonomic, anthropometric and proxemic considerations	2.1 Identify credible sources of information about ergonomics, anthropometrics and proxemics 2.2 Source and analyse information for its application to design solution 2.3 Assess how ergonomic, anthropometric and proxemic factors impact functionality of design for different types of people 2.4 Determine potential impacts of ergonomic, anthropometric and proxemic issues on how solution meets elements and principles of design 2.5 Identify, distil and document key information that applies to design
3.Use information in the design process	3.1 Explore different solutions based on research outcomes to satisfy the requirements of the design brief through testing and experimentation 3.2 Make accurate calculations for product adjustments that arise from ergonomic, anthropometric and proxemic considerations 3.3 Integrate outcomes into work on overall design solution and associated documentation, drawings and models

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret research information.

Writing skills to document ergonomic, anthropometric and proxemic consideration outcomes.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFDT5001 Apply ergonomics, anthropometrics and proxemic considerations to a product.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM5010 Investigate ergonomic, anthropometric and proxemic considerations for design

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and title changed. Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed. Range of Conditions removed and relevant information moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed and volume/frequency of evidence clarified. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFDT5001 Apply ergonomics, anthropometrics and proxemic considerations to a product.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

research and use information about ergonomics, anthropometrics and proxemics in the design of three different products, drawn from any of one major and two minor design projects), and in doing so:

balance ergonomic, anthropometric and proxemic considerations with aesthetic and functional requirements

follow industry best-practice in understanding and application of ergonomics, anthropometrics and proxemics

seek subject-matter expertise to guide design, solutioning and assessment of results.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

elements and principles of design, and their interrelationship with ergonomic, anthropometric and proxemic values

current market segment products, and suitable online and offline sources of inspiration and possible design elements that will meet client needs and demonstrate ergonomic, anthropometric and proxemic values:

brochures

magazines

websites such as online galleries and retail sites

design forums

reference books

other existing enterprise design information

transferable technological ideas or concepts

natural or man-made structures and objects

key aspects of the following and how they may impact the design of different products:

ergonomics:

safety

comfort

ease of use

productivity and performance

aesthetics

anthropometrics:

physical requirements and attributes of product end user

proxemics:

spacing requirements of product end user and location of product

all aspects of the product design, including but not limited to:

shape and dimension

materials

colour

texture, patterns and relief

the site and positioning of the end product

ability to produce in batches or limited production runs

ability to adapt the design to different production methods or volumes

Australian Standards and government recommendations for product design concerning ergonomics, anthropometrics and proxemics

materials, finishes and production methods, and how these interact with achievement of ergonomic, anthropometric and proxemic requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design briefs

information technology for research

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDM5011 Plan production

Modification History

Release 2. Metadata section updated. Supersedes and equivalent to MSFFDM5011 Plan production (Release 1).

Release 1. Unit code and Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria updated to active voice. Range of Conditions removed and relevant content moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to remove duplication with Performance Criteria. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFT5006 Plan production.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan and document the overall requirements of production in a furnishing or similar workplace.

This unit applies to an individual working alone or as part of a team but with limited guidance, in a furnishing or similar workplace or any size, who has responsibility for managing production processes.

No licensing or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Project management and professional development

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish production requirements	1.1 Interpret data from sales or market forecast for inclusion in production plan 1.2 Analyse specifications and supporting data 1.3 Establish projected requirements regarding product quantity, quality, raw materials and performance characteristics 1.4 Determine and confirm production capacity of machines and personnel 1.5 Identify resources required, including raw materials supply requirements for production line
2. Prepare production plan	2.1 Assemble and confirm information and details to include in production plan 2.2 Consider inefficiencies and constraints and potential improvements or variations to plan 2.3 Prepare production plan in accordance with workplace procedures
3. Monitor and coordinate variations to plan	3.1 Monitor production plan to ensure efficient and effective production performance and identify any variations required 3.2 Modify plans where necessary to reflect out-of-stock and overstock situations, machine and human resource requirements or variations 3.3 Coordinate implementation of plan variations to ensure compliance with instructions/or specifications
4. Maintain records	4.1 Maintain production planning records in accordance with workplace requirements 4.2 Prepare reports where necessary and in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit to the performance criteria.

Numeracy skills to interpret and analyse technical information and record and report on production data.

Writing skills to prepare production plans and report on production.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 2. Supersedes and equivalent to MSFFDM5011 Plan production (Release 1).

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFT5006 Plan production.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM5011 Plan production

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria updated to active voice. Range of Conditions removed and relevant content moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed to remove duplication with Performance Criteria. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFT5006 Plan production.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

establish and confirm the production requirements for one significant production requirement, and in doing so:

prepare the production plan

monitor and coordinate variations to the plan

maintain records

engage with appropriate workplace software and systems.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

production processes, products, machines, planning and forecasting software

the range of production operations, including:

repetitive production runs

short runs

quick changes

indent orders

stock replenishment

work and workplace organisation systems including:

just in time (JIT)

quick response

quality systems

team processes

benchmarking systems

suppliers, their capabilities and customer requirements

safety and environmental aspects of relevant workplace activities

workplace procedures and reporting/recording processes, including:

the workplace business plan

previous production plans

planning and production policies

machine/equipment specifications

work orders

job procedures

work health and safety requirements, including:

legislation

building codes

material safety management systems

hazardous and dangerous goods codes

local safe operating procedures or equivalent.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

access to workplace procedures, equipment, stock systems and other relevant workplace information.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDM5012 Research, test and apply materials and technologies for design projects

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and title changed. Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed. Range of Conditions removed and relevant information moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFDT5008 Research and recommend alternative manufacturing processes and MSFFDT5009 Research and recommend machine technology.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to research different complex materials and technologies and their applications. It also covers how to use this information to inform design briefs, select materials and technologies that interact harmoniously together, and establish testing requirements for final selection.

This unit applies to individuals working in a manufacturing or design studio environment who analyse and compare information and test results to develop a combined materials and technologies production solution, either alone or as part of an internal or external team.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Furniture design and manufacturing – general

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine project requirements	1.1 Review and clarify project brief with client 1.2 Confirm and evaluate parameters and constraints from project brief 1.3 Identify and assess aspects of brief that are impacted by materials and technologies selection 1.4 Identify key project stakeholders and establish required communication protocols
2. Research materials and technologies for testing	2.1 Evaluate features of briefed product and research how materials and technologies have been used to achieve these in other projects 2.2 Investigate physical properties, capabilities, limitations or constraints of different materials and how these could be utilised in projects 2.3 Research aesthetic properties of different materials in terms of suitability for testing 2.4 Identify production methods, including safety issues and specialised equipment and personnel, required to work with different materials, and assess suitability of those methods against project brief 2.5 Identify and consider new and emerging technologies against project brief and proposed production methods 2.6 Evaluate materials and technologies in context of sustainability, cost and availability for testing and production 2.7 Select materials and technologies to be tested based on outcomes of research
3. Test materials and technologies	3.1 Develop test program and reporting methods for materials and technologies that addresses all facets identified, including interaction of materials and technologies 3.2 Ensure test program addresses safety considerations, both specific to use of selected materials and technologies, and generally for workplace 3.3 Validate test program with relevant personnel or key stakeholders 3.4 Organise physical, financial and human resources based on scope and nature of testing program 3.5 Follow test program to test materials and technologies 3.6 Report on test program results in accordance with agreed reporting methods
4. Analyse and report on test results	4.1 Interpret test program results and their implications from report 4.2 Evaluate advantages and disadvantages of tested materials and technologies based on test results and against project requirements 4.3 Assess production methods and expertise requirements from test results 4.4 Recommend and validate materials, production methods including equipment and technologies, and expertise with key stakeholders 4.5 Complete workplace documentation to finalise project brief, highlighting research and test results, and rationale for materials chosen

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit to performance criteria.

Numeracy skills to interpret technical information and understand technology operations.

Reading skills to interpret project brief and research information.

Writing and oral communication skills to document and communicate research results.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFDT5008 Research and recommend alternative manufacturing processes and MSFFDT5009 Research and select manufacturing technologies.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM5012 Research, test and apply materials and technologies for design projects

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and title changed. Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed. Range of Conditions removed and relevant information moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFDT5008 Research and recommend alternative manufacturing processes and MSFFDT5009 Research and recommend machine technology.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

research, test and apply materials and associated technologies for three different design briefs, and in doing so:

research five different types of materials and three different design- or production-related technologies

develop, implement and report on a test program for two different types of materials and two different design- or production-related technologies

prepare and present three reports in appropriate formats to convey information to key stakeholders.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

elements and principles of design, their interrelationships and how they are used in materials selection

characteristics, properties and selection criteria for different materials, both aesthetic and functional, including:

manmade and natural timbers (native and imported) including composites and finishes

plastics

metals

alloys

stone-based products

glass

textiles

fibreglass

foam

synthetics

cardboard and paper products

any other manipulable substance

particular features and behaviours of materials and the impact of these on production methods and technologies

types and methods of testing specific to different materials, including strength and performance under different conditions

design- and production-related technologies applicable to all stages of a project, and their impact on materials selection and output variables

key features, costs, efficiencies and technical application of current and emerging technologies, including:

CNC operations

3D printing

foundries and casting

robotics

laser cutting

water-jet cutting

how to structure and present testing program results and recommendations

the expertise and specialised equipment or technologies required for different materials, and the impact of these on project constraints including timeframes and budgets

non-traditional materials that complement or enhance the overall design.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design briefs

range of complex materials for testing

industry-standard technologies suitable for design and production

information technology for research and design presentation.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDM5013 Work collaboratively on design projects

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and title changed. Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed. Range of Conditions removed and relevant content moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFDT5015 Work collaboratively on a design project.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to establish, implement and maintain collaboration on a complete design project.

This unit applies to individuals working in a manufacturing or design studio environment who participate in the management of a design project as part of a collaborative team.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Furniture design and manufacturing – general

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan for project collaboration	1.1 Agree, confirm and clarify project requirements with client 1.2 Identify and pursue opportunities for collaboration in project, establishing communication with all those involved in design process
2. Establish and implement collaborative approaches	2.1 Establish shared understandings of objectives and parameters through discussion and ongoing communication 2.2 Agree on ways of working that acknowledge different contributions of those involved and need for a holistic approach 2.3 Acknowledge and follow ethical approaches to information sharing, privacy and need to take responsibility for outcomes 2.4 Share, challenge and test ideas and approaches to design and manufacturing challenges in a supportive way 2.5 Organise, allocate and document tasks and activities in cost-effective and equitable manner with clear, agreed outcomes
3. Maintain and evaluate design collaboration	3.1 Engage in an open process of review and evaluation with others 3.2 Measure client satisfaction with project outcome based on feedback 3.3 Collect observations from others about possible improvements for future projects 3.4 Identify and use outcomes of evaluation for own development

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Writing and oral communication skills to collaborate with design partners.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFDT5015 Work collaboratively on a design project.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDM5013 Work collaboratively on design projects

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code and title changed. Application changed. Elements and Performance Criteria changed. Range of Conditions removed and relevant content moved to Assessment Requirements. Assessment Requirements changed. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFDT5015 Work collaboratively on a design project.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

work as a member of a collaborative team on two design projects that involve:

establishment of requirements with collaborator and client

design ideation

development and refinement of all aspects of design proposals and briefs

coordination of implementation of design brief in production

delivery of end result to client

recognition of dependencies and cooperative approaches that optimise workflow and productivity

industry best-practice communication methods and collaboration tools that enhance collaboration.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

potential collaborators in a design project and the different roles people play

legal and ethical considerations for collaborative practice, including:

copyright and intellectual property

privacy, confidentiality and disclosure

benefits of collaboration for individuals and organisations, including the value of collaboration as a problem-solving tool

types of behaviours that support effective collaborative relationships

types of tools and documents to support the establishment, implementation and maintenance of collaborative practice

inclusions for design project management planning:

budget

communication, consultation and reporting

objectives and milestones

resources - human, financial and physical

quality assurance process

responsibilities of different people

risk management and contingency plans

timeframes

typical problems encountered in a collaborative process and how they may be avoided or resolved

ways of evaluating projects in terms of their success as collaborative undertakings.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design brief

people for collaboration.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFDT3001 Install low-voltage technology, automation, and intelligent management systems in furnishing

Modification History

Release 1. New unit of competency.

Application

This unit of competency describes the skills and knowledge required to identify job requirements and then select, fit and install low-voltage technology, automation and intelligent management systems in furnishing products. The unit involves taking measurements to support the accurate fit of the items; and correctly using and applying adhesives and concealment methods suited to the installation design, product being installed, and furnishing product material. It also involves understanding quality and compliance indicators and requirements so that the installation complies with industry-accepted standards.

This unit applies to unlicensed installers working in all sectors of the furnishing industry using low voltage (24 volts or less) technology, automation, or intelligent management systems. The furnishing products involved are diverse, and may include kitchen and bathroom cabinetry, fitted furniture and window furnishings. The items installed are also diverse and may include docking stations, and sound and visual devices.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication. Where installation involves wiring to be connected to mains power, electrical work must be completed by a qualified licensed electrician

Pre-requisite Unit

Not applicable.

Unit Sector

Furniture design and technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for installation of low-voltage technology, automation, and intelligent management system item into furnishing	1.1	Identify job and product requirements from work order and visual representations of installation design
1.2	Identify work health and safety (WHS) and personal protection requirements of installation according to workplace procedures
1.3	Identify and select required installation items based on the work order
1.4	Identify and select tools, equipment and accessories to be used during installation and check their safe and effective operation
1.5	Clean and prepare furnishing product surfaces to enable accurate fitting
2. Install low-voltage technology, automation and intelligent management system item into furnishing	2.1	Take accurate measurements and fit item according to design requirements
2.2	Secure item using fitting tools according to supplier instructions and workplace procedures
2.3	Apply adhesives according to supplier instructions and workplace procedures
2.4	Test installed item against expected performance and troubleshoot performance problems in line with own level of responsibility
2.5	Place cabling concealments according to installation design
3. Finalise installation	3.1	Check that completed work complies with quality and work order requirements, and rectify identified deficiencies
3.2	Clean work area and surfaces, and dispose of waste safely and sustainably according to workplace procedures
3.3	Check tools and equipment, and tag and report faulty items according to workplace procedures
3.4	Clean and store remaining tools and equipment according to workplace procedures
3.5	Identify and store surplus unused items for re-use and recycling according to workplace procedures
3.6	Complete required workplace documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret, discuss and use mathematical information in work orders and design specifications use a blend of ‘in the head’ and formal methods and tools to correctly complete measurements estimate and measure installation items
Reading skills to:	interpret routine workplace documentation, including work orders, WHS requirements, and workplace installation procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. New unit of competency. No equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFDT3001 Install low-voltage technology, automation, and intelligent management systems in furnishing

Modification History

Release 1. New unit of competency.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills of this unit, which must include the ability to:

safely and correctly install in furnishing a minimum of the following items in line with job requirements and workplace procedures:

one low-voltage hardware item

one item requiring automation

one item from an intelligent management system.

In the course of each of the above installations, the person must:

interpret work order and design specifications relating to the installation

apply safe lifting and handling procedures

follow work instructions and safe operating procedures to:

minimise risk of injury to self and others

prevent damage to surface, tools, equipment and materials

maintain required production output and quality

use hand and power tools safely

use personal protective equipment (PPE)

use and dispose of waste sustainably

avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions and wastage

identify and resolve routine problems and faults encountered

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

features of installation work orders and visual representations of designs, and how to identify and interpret key information

emerging trends in installing low-voltage technology, automation and intelligent management systems in furnishing products

work health and safety (WHS) procedures, practices and regulations specific to installations described in performance evidence

workplace procedures relating to:

manual handling, including lifting and carrying

safely installing, securing and concealing installation items

tagging and reporting faulty tools and equipment

disposing of waste safely and in an environmentally sustainable manner

cleaning and storing tools and equipment

storing surplus unused items

recording and reporting fitting and installation information

work order requirements, and industry-accepted quality indicators and requirements, relating to installations described in performance evidence:

boundaries of work for unlicensed personnel

key requirements of Australian standards for individual installers

safety considerations and potential dangers associated with incorrect installation

techniques for installing, securing, and concealing items described in performance evidence

mathematical methods for estimating and measuring installation items

types of common problems that occur during installation, and how to avoid and respond

types, characteristics, uses, expected performance benchmarks, and limitations of low-voltage technology, automation, intelligent management system items and after-market serviceability:

cabinet hardware

charging devices

docking stations

lighting

sound

visual devices

types, characteristics, uses, maintenance and limitations of the following items required for the installations described in performance evidence:

adhesives and their suitability for different material types

hand tools

power tools

documentation requirements for installation work described in performance evidence

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must occur in the workplace, or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

Access is required to tools, materials, equipment and specifications for the installation described in the performance evidence above, including:

work orders and design specifications

workplace and WHS procedures specified in knowledge evidence

supplier instructions and manufacturer specifications

furnishing items requiring installation of low-voltage technology, automation, and intelligent management systems

low-voltage technology, automation and intelligent management system items, and associated required hand and power tools, equipment, materials and accessories

PPE applicable to job requirements.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFF2009 Use furniture finishing hand and power tools

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to select and use hand and power tools for furniture finishing. Workers with this competency use tools to complete routine tasks.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Furniture finishing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for tool use	1.1 Identify task requirement from work instructions 1.2 Select appropriate tool for task and identify work health and safety requirements for its use 1.3 Confirm serviceability and safety of tool and report any faults to supervisor 1.4 Select equipment to hold or support material based on the tool selected and the nature of the task 1.5 Prepare material and hold in position to ensure safe operation
2. Use tools	2.1 Use tools safely and in accordance with workplace procedures and manufacturer specifications 2.2 Use techniques that optimise the effective use of the tool for the nominated task 2.3 Ensure safe state, position and location of tools in the work area when not in immediate use 2.4 Follow safety procedures for the use of power and the handling of power tools
3. Clean up work area and tools	3.1 Clean tools and equipment using suitable cleaning materials and agents 3.2 Complete routine operator maintenance on tools in accordance with workplace procedures and manufacturer instructions 3.3 Store tools and equipment based on workplace requirements and their specific storage needs

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and tool manuals.

Numeracy skills to interpret work instructions associated with number or measurement.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFF2001 Use furniture finishing sector hand and power tools

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF2009 Use furniture finishing hand and power tools

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

choose appropriate hand tools and use them safely on at least 2 separate occasions for furniture finishing tasks, including at least 10 of the following tools:

blender

cabinet scraper

chisel

clamps

cork sanding block

file

hammer

mop brush

nail punch

oil stone

paint brush

paint scraper

pencil brush

pincers

pliers

polish rubbers

putty knife

rubber mallet

screwdrivers

spanners

swooge

choose appropriate power tools and use them safely on at least 2 separate occasions for furniture finishing tasks, including at least 3 of the following tools:

belt/stroke sander

compressor

orbital sander

spray gun

steam iron.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workplace procedures for work health and safety

general use, maintenance and safety requirements for hand and power tools used in furniture finishing

personal protective equipment (PPE) used in furniture finishing.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

hand and power tools required for performance evidence

PPE

materials on which tools are used

ancillary holding equipment

power sources

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFF2010 Dismantle and reassemble furniture for finishing

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to dismantle and reassemble furniture and fittings for the purposes of performing furniture finishing tasks. Workers with this competency complete routine tasks in the furniture finishing industry.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Furniture finishing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for task	1.1 Determine task requirements, including process for dismantling, from work documentation 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.3 Select tools and equipment to meet task requirements and check they are safe and functional 1.4 Select materials to meet task requirements and check they meet task quality requirements
2. Dismantle furniture or fitting	2.1 Identify items to be dismantled from task requirements 2.2 Dismantle components to meet task requirements 2.3 Remove, tag and store fasteners and attachments in accordance with workplace procedures 2.4 Separate, tag and store components in accordance with workplace procedures 2.5 Dispatch component to the next process in accordance with workplace procedures
3. Re-assemble furniture or fitting	3.1 Identify components for reassembly from task requirements 3.2 Reassemble to meet task requirements 3.3 Select and use fasteners and attachments in accordance with workplace procedures 3.4 Dispatch assembled item to the next process in accordance with workplace procedures
4. Finalise task	4.1 Check, clean and store equipment and unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 4.2 Identify and tag equipment faults and inform appropriate personnel in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Clean work area, safely dispose of rubbish and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 4.4 Complete required workplace records

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate simple information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate area and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFF2002 Dismantle and re-assemble furniture for finishing.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF2010 Dismantle and reassemble furniture for finishing

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed all the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

dismantle and re-assemble at least 3 different items, including one assembled with knockdown fittings.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

process for dismantling and reassembling materials used in furniture and fittings, including at least 5 of the following:

timber

manufactured board

veneer

brass

metal

adhesive

laminate

Perspex

furniture and fitting assembly processes, including the use of fasteners, adhesives and joints

workflow for dismantling and reassembling furniture and fittings

structural design of common furniture items, including at least 3 of the following:

chairs

tables

desks

wall units

buffets

side tables

drawers

the function of tools and equipment commonly used to dismantle and reassemble furniture, including at least 5 of the following:

measuring tapes or rulers

hammers

rubber mallets

pincers

screwdrivers

shifting spanners

spanners

socket sets

hacksaw and blades

clamps

timber wedges

long nose pliers

power drill/screwdriver

air compressor and hoses

work health and safety requirements, including manual handling procedures

personal protective equipment (PPE) required for dismantling and assembling furniture.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

work orders

furniture or fittings for dismantling and reassembly

tools and equipment required for performance evidence

PPE

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFF2011 Remove surface coatings

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to safely remove surface coatings by hand or by chemical means, in preparation for new surface coatings to be applied.

Workers with this competency complete routine tasks in the furniture finishing industry.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Furniture finishing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for surface coating removal	1.1 Determine task requirements from work documentation 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.3 Test and identify surface coating 1.4 Select tools, equipment, materials, accessories and consumables to meet task requirements and check they are safe and functional
2. Remove surface coatings	2.1 Identify sequence for coating removal operation 2.2 Use equipment, chemicals and abrasives within manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.3 Remove surface coating according to workplace procedures 2.4 Inspect surfaces to ensure removal of surface coating meets workplace standards 2.5 Report on defects found after removal of surface coating in accordance with workplace procedures 2.6 Store and label item ready for next process
3. Clean work area and maintain equipment	3.1 Check, clean and store equipment and unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Tag unserviceable equipment, identify faults and inform appropriate personnel in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Clean work area, correctly store or dispose of chemicals and other materials and rubbish, and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures, regulations and environmental standards 3.4 Complete required workplace records

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate simple information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate area and estimate material requirements

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFF2003 Remove surface coatings.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF2011 Remove surface coatings

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed all the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

remove surface coatings on at least 4 occasions, collectively including:

solid timber, manufactured board, and metal surfaces

flat, vertical, carved and curved surfaces

each of the following:

sanding and scrubbing

chemical stripping and dipping

heat application and hand scraping

high pressure water application.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workflow for the removal of surface coatings

types, properties and characteristics of coatings

removal materials and the types of coatings they are suited to, including at least 5 of the following:

caustic soda

thinners

turpentine

methylated spirits

gun wash

gel stripper

putties

hot water

glues

abrasive paper

coating removal techniques, including:

sanding and scrubbing

chemical stripping and dipping

heat application and hand scraping

high pressure water application

material safety management systems

the function of tools and equipment commonly used to remove surface coatings, including at least 6 of the following:

liquid containers

brushes

scrapers

scrubbing brush

steel wool

sanding blocks

heat guns

high-pressure water cleaners

dipping tanks

stainless steel stripping bench

iron

plane

chisels

power sanders

air compressor

sources of workplace information and procedures, including:

workplace procedures for the use of tools and equipment

work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs

workplace procedures for reporting and record keeping

manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

safety data sheets, product application and safety information

work health and safety requirements, including personal protective equipment (PPE) required for removing surface coatings.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

work orders

Items with surfaces to be removed

tools, equipment and consumables required for performance evidence

PPE

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFF2012 Prepare surfaces for finishing

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare a range of furniture surfaces for the application of surface coatings by hand or machine. Workers with this competency complete routine tasks in the furniture finishing industry

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Furniture finishing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for surface preparation	1.1 Determine task requirements, including identifying characteristics of surface, required surface coating materials and efficient work methods, from work documentation 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety (WHS) requirements 1.3 Identify and set up required materials, tools and equipment and related engineering controls 1.4 Identify and exclude sources of contamination in work area 1.5 Identify and follow workplace procedures for surface preparation in accordance with the surface and surface coating materials being used
2. Prepare surfaces	2.1 Prepare surfaces of furniture item in accordance with workplace procedures and specifications 2.2 Rectify surface faults 2.3 Inspect surfaces and approve for suitability for further processing 2.4 Rectify or report item defects in accordance with workplace procedures 2.5 Store item ready for next process
3. Clean work area and maintain equipment	3.1 Check, clean and store equipment and unused materials in accordance with equipment instructions and workplace procedures 3.2 Tag unserviceable equipment, identify faults and inform appropriate personnel 3.3 Clean work area, safely store or dispose of chemicals and waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 3.4 Complete required workplace records

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation.

Writing skills to communicate simple information in familiar workplace documents.

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate area and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFF2004 Prepare surfaces for finishing.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF2012 Prepare surfaces for finishing

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed all the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

prepare surfaces on at least 3 occasions, collectively including internal and curved surfaces and at least 2 of the following materials:

solid hardwood

solid softwood

MDF

veneered board

metal.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

types of coatings commonly used in furniture finishing and their characteristics

surface preparation techniques, equipment and materials

hazardous substances and materials used in surface preparation

workflow in relation to the application and removal of surface coatings

function of tools and equipment commonly used for surface preparation, including at least 6 of the following:

squares

hammers

nail punches

liquid containers

brushes

cabinet scrapers

files

steel wool/scourers

sanding blocks

steam irons

chisels

power sanders

air compressors and hoses

fixed belt/stroke sanders

screwdrivers

clamps

drills

mallets

vices

saws

personal protective equipment (PPE) required for surface preparation

sources of workplace information and procedures, including:

workplace procedures for the use of tools and equipment

work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs

workplace procedures for reporting and record keeping

manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

work health and safety requirements, including personal protective equipment.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

work orders

surfaces to be prepared

tools, equipment and consumables required for performance evidence

PPE

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFF2013 Maintain spray equipment and booth

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to strip, clean, restore and service spray equipment and booths.

Workers with this competency undertake entry-level work under supervision in the furnishing industry.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Furniture finishing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for task	1.1 Determine task requirements, including timings, equipment to be maintained, materials and efficient work methods, from work documentation 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.3 Identify materials, tools, equipment and accessories and check for safe and effective operation 1.4 Clear work area of unwanted stock, products and materials in accordance with workplace procedures 1.5 Isolate equipment from power sources and make safe in accordance with workplace procedures
2 Maintain the equipment	2.1 Dismantle equipment in accordance with manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.2 Lay out components in a logical re-assembly sequence 2.3 Clean and service components using authorised materials, tools and equipment 2.4 Inspect components and repair or replace faulty items or refer them for further maintenance action 2.5 Re-assemble equipment and perform operational tests 2.6 Record and report on equipment maintenance in accordance with workplace procedures
3. Maintain booths	3.1 Neutralise sources of combustion and ignition throughout the work sequence 3.2 Inspect and clean out ventilation and other services and replenish, replace or refer for required further maintenance action 3.3 Clean and restore surfaces and floors in accordance with workplace procedures and standards 3.4 Clean and restore materials and consumable stores in accordance with workplace procedures and standards

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate simple information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate area and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFF2005 Maintain spray equipment and booth.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF2013 Maintain spray equipment and booth

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

disassemble, maintain and re-assemble at least 2 of the following spray systems:

computerised spray system

electrostatic spray gun

powder-coating spray gun

air compressor, including its hoses and dryers

conventional suction-fed spray gun

conventional gravity-fed spray gun

pressure pot system

airless spray system

maintain a booth and booth services on at least 2 occasions, from either of the following types of booth:

dry filter bath

purpose-designed, positive-pressure, down-draft water booth.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

spray system equipment and procedures

maintenance requirements for spray booth services, including:

ventilation

lighting

water

electrical reticulation

paint lines

consumables storage areas

types of cleaning solvents and agents and their characteristics

material safety management systems

sources of work information, including:

workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment

work instructions

workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication

manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

common types of materials used in maintaining spray equipment and booths, including:

water

solvents and other cleaning compounds and chemicals

rags

steel wool

brushes

hoses

brooms

squeegees

common types of tools used in maintaining spray equipment and booths, including:

liquid containers

feeding systems

spray guns

scrapers (non-ferrous) screwdrivers

shifting spanners

spanners

work health and safety requirements, including personal protective equipment (PPE).

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

work orders

spray systems and equipment, spray booth, cleaning and maintenance materials required for performance evidence

PPE

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFF2014 Apply surface coatings by spray gun

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to apply surface coatings using a handheld spray gun. Workers with this competency complete routine tasks in the furniture finishing industry.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Furniture finishing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan and prepare for task	1.1 Determine task requirements, including characteristics of surface and required surface coating, from work documentation 1.2 Plan task by identifying processing and application techniques, time and safety requirements and efficient work methods 1.3 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.4 Identify tools, equipment and accessories to meet task requirements and check they are safe and operational 1.5 Identify and prepare required surface coatings and other materials and check they meet task quality requirements
2. Check and prepare for spraying	2.1 Identify surface or other faults in products to be coated and report or repair faults in accordance with workplace procedures 2.2 Protect other products and equipment in the workplace from overspray 2.3 Perform trial applications of surface materials to check condition of spray system, spray patterns, equipment operation, materials viscosity and conformity with specified surface finish 2.4 Clean or replace unserviceable components and reassemble spray system 2.5 Identify and rectify spray pattern faults in accordance with workplace procedures. 2.6 Identify and rectify material faults in accordance with workplace procedures
3. Apply surface coating	3.1 Ensure surfaces are kept free of contamination 3.2 Apply surface coatings in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Check surface build and coverage against workplace requirements for even spread and thickness 3.4 Rectify surface faults in accordance with workplace procedures 3.5 Inspect products and approve for suitability for further processing
4. Clean work area	4.1 Check, clean and store equipment and unused materials in accordance with equipment instructions and workplace procedures 4.2 Tag unserviceable equipment, identify faults and inform appropriate personnel in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Clean work area, including spray booth, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 4.4 Complete required workplace records

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate simple information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate area and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFF2006 Apply surface coatings by spray gun.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF2014 Apply surface coatings by spray gun

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed all the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

select and apply surface coatings, including the adjustment of spray equipment to achieve required spray pattern, on at least 3 occasions so that the coatings are free of faults, with a consistent sheen, and meet workplace quality standards. At least 2 of the following surface types must be included:

solid timber

manufactured board

veneer board

metal.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

types of spray equipment, including:

conventional air spray guns and airless spray guns

high volume/low pressure (HVLP) air-assisted and airless spray guns

spray processes

types of coating, including:

pre-catalysed lacquer

acid catalysed lacquer and nitro-cellulose lacquer

one-pot polyurethane and water-based coatings

stains, lacquers, polish, enamels and acrylics

methods to prevent contamination of surfaces during and after surface coating

workflow for spraying operations

the function of tools and equipment commonly used in applying spray coatings, including at least 6 of the following:

pressure feed systems

spray booth

liquid containers

air compressor and hoses

air regulator

positive pressure air-wash masks

canister-type face masks

screwdrivers

shifting spanner and spanners

sources of workplace information, including:

workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment

work instructions

workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication

manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

work health and safety requirements, including manual handling procedures and the use of personal protective equipment (PPE).

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

work orders

items requiring spray coatings

spray equipment, spray booth, coatings and cleaning products required for performance evidence

PPE

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFF2015 Apply stains, fillers and bleach

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to apply stains, fillers and bleach to solid timber and manufactured board surfaces. Workers with this competency complete routine tasks in the furniture finishing industry.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Furniture finishing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for task	1.1 Determine task requirements, including characteristics of the surface and required surface treatment, from work documentation 1.2 Select suitable stain, filler and bleach materials to meet job requirements 1.3 Plan work by identifying processing and application techniques, time and safety requirements and efficient work methods in accordance with workplace procedures 1.4 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.5 Identify tools, equipment and accessories and check for safe and effective operation for staining, filling or bleaching task
2. Prepare for application of materials	2.1 Check surfaces for contamination and correct preparation according to workplace procedures and standards 2.2 Identify products with surface or other faults and perform required repairs on faults 2.3 Identify and prepare materials requiring staining and filling 2.4 Perform trial applications of stains or fillers to check equipment operation, materials consistency, viscosity and specified colour 2.5 Identify and rectify or adjust for faults or inconsistencies in colour in accordance with workplace procedures 2.6 Identify and label materials required for bleaching to prevent cross-contamination of bulk material during application
3.Apply finishing materials	3.1 Identify techniques for applying stain, filler or bleach from work orders 3.2 Apply materials according to task instructions, manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Store bleached items appropriately for drying and monitor in accordance with workplace procedures 3.4 Inspect and approve finished products for suitability for further processing 3.5 Re-stain, fill, or bleach products that do not meet quality requirements or tag for further investigation
4. Clean work area and maintain equipment	4.1 Check, clean and store equipment and unused materials in accordance with equipment instructions and workplace procedures 4.2 Tag unserviceable equipment, identify faults and inform appropriate personnel 4.3 Clean work area and safely dispose of bleaching materials and rubbish identifying items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 4.4 Complete required workplace records

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate simple information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate area and estimate material requirements

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFF2007 Apply stains, fillers and bleach.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF2015 Apply stains, fillers and bleach

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

apply stains, fillers and bleach to at least 3 different surfaces, including at least 2 of the following:

solid softwood

solid hardwood

manufactured board.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

application techniques

characteristics of stains, fillers and bleaches, including:

toxicity

reactivity

flammability

viscosity

methods to prevent contamination of surfaces during and after processing

workflow in relation to the application of stains, fillers and bleach

sources of workplace information, including:

workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment

work instructions

workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication

manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

materials application and safety information, and material safety data sheets (SDS)

typical materials required for applying stains, fillers and bleach, including:

water

abrasive papers

cotton rags and hessian

typical tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), required for applying stains, fillers and bleach, including:

liquid containers

rubber gloves

face masks

spray booths

spray guns

compressor

air lines

brushes

sanding block

types of stain, including:

lacquer-based wiping stain

spirit-based

water and oil-based

types of bleach, including:

two-solution bleach

oxalic acid bleach

types of filler, including:

oil-based

water-based and plastic (one-pot) filler

work health and safety requirements, including personal protective equipment.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

work orders

application tools and equipment required for performance evidence

PPE

stains, fillers, bleach

surfaces to be processed

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFF2016 Apply surface coatings by hand

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to apply coatings to solid timber, manufactured board and metal surfaces by hand.

Workers with this competency complete routine tasks in the furniture finishing industry.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Furniture finishing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for task	1.1 Determine task requirements, including characteristics of surface and required surface finish, from work documentation 1.2 Plan task by identifying processing and application techniques, time and safety requirements and efficient working methods in accordance with workplace procedures 1.3 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.4 Identify and check materials, tools, equipment and accessories for safe and effective operation for the surface coating task
2. Prepare for application of materials	2.1 Check surfaces for contamination and correct preparation according to workplace procedures and standards 2.2 Identify and perform required repairs on products with surface or other faults 2.3 Identify and prepare required finishing materials 2.4 Perform trial applications of surface materials to check equipment operation, materials consistency and specified surface finish 2.5 Identify and rectify faults in accordance with workplace procedures
3. Apply finishing materials	3.1 Identify techniques for hand-applying materials 3.2 Apply finishing materials according to job instructions, material manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Inspect finished products and approve for suitability for further processing 3.4 Refinish products that do not meet quality specifications or tag for further investigation
4.Clean work area and maintain equipment	4.1 Check, clean and store equipment and unused materials in accordance with equipment instructions and workplace procedures 4.2 Tag unserviceable equipment, identify faults and inform appropriate personnel 4.3 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 4.4 Complete required workplace records

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate simple information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate area and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFF2008 Apply surface coatings by hand.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF2016 Apply surface coatings by hand

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed all the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

prepare for and apply coatings by hand on a minimum of 5 occasions, covering:

one solid timber surface

one manufactured board surface

one metal surface.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

hand application techniques, including use of brush and swooge

characteristics of coatings, waxes and oils in terms of toxicity, reactivity, flammability and required viscosity

methods to prevent contamination of surfaces during and after finishing

workflow in relation to the application of finishing material

common materials used in applying surface coatings by hand, including:

water

detergent

wax

oil

enamel

acrylic

one-pot polyurethane

polish

methylated spirits

turpentine

terebine

abrasive papers

cotton rags

steel wool

typical tools and equipment required for applying surface coatings by hand, including:

sanders

pneumatic or low-voltage electric buff

rubber sanding block

brushes and swooges

personal protective equipment (PPE) required for applying surface coatings by hand

sources of workplace information, including:

workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment

work instructions

workplace procedures for reporting and communication

manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

materials application and safety information, including material safety data sheets (SDS)

work health and safety requirements, including PPE.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

work orders

tools and equipment required for performance evidence

PPE

surfaces to be coated

coating materials

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFF3010 Match and make up colours

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to match and make up colours for surfaces that have previously been coated or polished, or for new work that must match existing work or a specified sample.

Furniture finishing workers with this competency follow established procedures, using some discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve potential issues. They recognise dependencies and use cooperative approaches to optimise workflow and productivity.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Furniture finishing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan and prepare task	1.1 Determine task requirements, including design, colour, finish process and quality, from work documentation 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.3 Access colour matching aids and colouring materials and ready for use 1.4 Identify and prepare types of colouring materials for colouring task 1.5 Identify and check tools, equipment and accessories for safe and effective operation
2. Match colours	2.1 Clean and prepare surfaces to enable accurate colour matching 2.2 Consider characteristics of surface and the impact of these on colouring in work plan 2.3 Identify and select required techniques for colour application in accordance with workplace procedures 2.4 Assess properties of colouring agents in relation to the specific circumstances 2.5 Apply colour matching techniques to identify most likely fit in terms of product, colour and application techniques 2.6 Trial proposed products, colours and application techniques to confirm colour-matching outcomes 2.7 Record colour-matching formulae in accordance with workplace procedures or industry standards
3. Make up colours	3.1 Identify product quantities from client demand or accurate assessment of coating or colouring requirement 3.2 Calculate colouring additives from manufacturer specifications 3.3 Accurately measure colouring additives and blend with the base product
4. Apply colours	4.1 Apply colour solution in accordance with selected application techniques and workplace procedures 4.2 Repeatedly verify colour application against sample colour 4.3 Inspect surface for faults in applied colour film and rectify defects 4.4 Seal coloured or matched-up surface with finishing material in accordance with task requirements and workplace procedures
5.Clean up work area	5.1 Check, clean, and store equipment and seal, store and label unused colouring and other materials in accordance with equipment instructions, regulations and workplace procedures 5.2 Tag unserviceable equipment, identify faults and inform appropriate personnel in accordance with workplace procedures 5.3 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 5.4 Complete required workplace records

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate area and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFF3001 Match and make up colours.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF3010 Match and make up colours

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed all the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

accurately match:

pigments on 3 occasions

stains on 2 occasions.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

types, characteristics and degradation patterns of coatings and stains

properties of coated and stained surface materials and the impact of these on colouring

characteristics of colouring agents, including:

pigments

dyes

stains

universal tinters and toning lacquer

properties of colouring agents, including:

colour

staining power

texture

durability

opacity

spreading power

toxicity and oil absorptive power

types of matching aids

product catalogues and other information systems

material safety management systems and related safety requirements

common materials used for matching and making up colours, including:

spirit-based stains

pigments

lacquers

oil varnish

two-part polyurethane

methylated spirits

lacquer thinners

mineral turpentine and polish

typical tools and equipment used for matching and making up colours, including:

mixing pots

brushes

spray equipment and mechanical mixer/vibrator

colour rubber

colour wad

personal protective equipment (PPE) used for matching and making up colours

sources of workplace information, including:

workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment

work instructions

workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication

manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

work health and safety requirements, including personal protective equipment.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

mixing and testing equipment required for performance evidence

PPE

work orders, sample colouring requirements, colouring agents and base coating products

cleaning equipment and materials

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFF3011 Set up, operate and maintain mechanical coating systems

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to set up, operate and maintain mechanical coating systems in order to apply coatings to specifications.

Furniture finishing workers with this competency follow established procedures, using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve potential issues. They recognise dependencies and use cooperative approaches to optimise workflow and productivity.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Furniture finishing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1.Prepare for task	1.1 Determine task requirements, including characteristics of surface and required surface coating, from work documentation 1.2 Plan work by identifying processing and application techniques, time and safety requirements and efficient work methods 1.3 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.4 Identify tools, equipment and accessories to meet task requirements and check they are safe and functional 1.5 Identify and prepare coating materials required for the task
2. Check and prepare for spraying	2.1 Identify products with surface or other faults and report or repair faults in accordance with workplace procedures 2.2 Protect other products and equipment in workplace from overspray in accordance with workplace procedures and safety standards 2.3 Perform trial applications of surface materials to check equipment operation, materials consistency and specified surface finish 2.4 Identify and rectify or report machine faults in accordance with workplace procedures 2.5 Identify material faults and rectify in accordance with workplace procedures
3.Apply surface coating	3.1 Ensure surfaces are kept free of contamination 3.2 Apply required surface coatings in accordance with job requirements and workplace procedures 3.3 Monitor surface coating viscosity and coverage and check against workplace requirements for even spread and thickness 3.4 Perform required rectification of surface faults in accordance with workplace procedures 3.5 Inspect products to assess suitability for further processing 3.6 Rectify or report defects in accordance with workplace procedures
4 Clean work area and maintain equipment	4.1 Check, clean and store equipment and unused materials in accordance with equipment instructions and workplace procedures 4.2 Tag unserviceable equipment, identify faults and inform appropriate personnel in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 4.4 Complete required workplace records

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to take accurate measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFF3002 Set up, operate and maintain mechanical coatings systems.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF3011 Set up, operate and maintain mechanical coating systems

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed all the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

select and apply surface coatings, including the adjustment of spray equipment, to achieve required coating using a minimum of 2 of the following mechanical systems:

curtain coating

UV coating

tumbling

dipping

electrostatic powder coating

automatic (robotic) spray equipment.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

mechanical spray system equipment and processes

characteristics of coatings and base materials, including:

toxicity

reactivity

flammability

required viscosity

recoatability

effects of fumes and heat and other radiation on surface coatings

methods to prevent contamination of surfaces during and after surface coating

workflow for spraying operations

typical tools and equipment required when setting up, operating and maintaining mechanical coating systems, including:

computerised spray system

electrostatic spray gun

baking oven

barrel tumbler

spray booth

liquid containers

air compressor and hoses

screwdrivers

shifting spanner and spanners

ford cup

typical materials used when setting up, operating and maintaining mechanical coating systems, including:

stains

lacquers

wax

oil

two-pack polyurethane

three-pack polyester

enamels

acrylics

sources of workplace documentation, including:

workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment

work instructions

workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication

manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

work health and safety requirements, including personal protective equipment (PPE).

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

work orders

mechanical spray systems and equipment, spray booth, coatings and cleaning products required for performance evidence

PPE

items to be sprayed

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFF3012 Apply plural component coatings

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to apply plural component coatings, including polyurethane, polyester and acid catalysed coatings, to surfaces including solid timber, manufactured board and metal. Work may be performed individually or in a team.

Furniture finishing workers with this competency follow established procedures, using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve potential issues. They recognise dependencies and use cooperative approaches to optimise workflow and productivity.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Furniture finishing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for task	1.1 Determine task requirements, including surface characteristics and required surface treatment, from work documentation 1.2 Plan for work by identifying processing and application techniques, time and safety requirements and efficient work methods 1.3 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.4 Identify tools, equipment and accessories to meet task requirements and check for safety and functionality
2. Prepare for application of materials	2.1 Check surfaces for contamination and correct preparation in accordance with workplace procedures and standards 2.2 Identify products with surface or other faults and perform required repairs 2.3 Identify and prepare required materials 2.4 Inspect and clean spray booths to ensure nitro-cellulose lacquer remnants are not present in booth prior to application of plural component coatings, referring to work documentation to establish booth use 2.5 Perform trial application of plural component coatings to check equipment operation, materials consistency and viscosity meets job requirements 2.6 Identify and rectify or adjust faults or inconsistencies in applied coating in accordance with workplace procedures
3. Apply finishing materials	3.1 Identify and select techniques for applying plural component coatings 3.2 Apply materials in accordance with job instructions, material manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Inspect finished products and approve for suitability for further processing 3.4 Rectify products that do not meet quality specifications or tag for further investigation in accordance with workplace procedures
4. Clean work area and maintain equipment	4.1 Check, clean and store equipment and unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 4.2 Tag unserviceable equipment, identify faults and inform appropriate personnel in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 4.4 Complete required workplace records

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to take accurate measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFF3003 Apply plural component coatings.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF3012 Apply plural component coatings

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

apply plural component coatings on at least 3 occasions, including all of the following:

acid catalysed

two-part polyurethane

polyester.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

application techniques including brushing and spraying

characteristics of acid catalysed, polyurethane and polyester coatings

materials used to apply plural component coatings, including:

two-part polyurethane

two/three-part polyester

acid catalysed lacquer

solvents

methods to prevent contamination of surfaces during and after coating

workflow in relation to the application of polyurethane and polyester

tools and equipment commonly used to apply plural component coatings, including:

liquid containers

rubber gloves

positive pressure air-wash face masks

positive pressure water-wash spray booths

protective clothing

spray guns

compressor

air lines

brushes

sanding block

orbital sanders

sources of workplace information, including:

workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment

work instructions

workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication

manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

work health and safety requirements, including personal protective equipment (PPE).

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

work orders

spray application equipment required for performance evidence

PPE

items to be coated

acid catalysed, polyurethane and polyester coatings

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFF3013 Apply soft rubber techniques

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use soft rubber techniques to apply polish or spirit varnish to solid timber and manufactured board surfaces.

Furniture finishing workers with this competency follow established procedures, using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve potential issues. They recognise dependencies and use cooperative approaches to optimise workflow and productivity.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Furniture finishing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for task	1.1 Determine task requirements including surface characteristics and required surface finish from work documentation 1.2 Plan for task by identifying processing and application techniques, time and safety requirements and efficient work methods 1.3 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.4 Identify tools, equipment and accessories to meet task requirements and check for safety and functionality.
2. Prepare for application of materials	2.1 Check surfaces for contamination and correct preparation in accordance with workplace procedures and standards 2.2 Identify products with surface or other faults and perform required repairs 2.3 Identify and prepare required finishing materials 2.4 Perform trial application of polish or varnish to check rubber operation, materials consistency and conformity with specified surface finish 2.5 Identify and rectify faults in accordance with workplace procedures
3. Apply soft rubber	3.1 Lightly sand surface and check for and rectify defects in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Charge rubber in accordance with job requirements 3.3 Apply soft rubber finish using correct pressure and suitable rubber movements 3.4 Inspect surface and repair or rectify any defects in accordance with workplace procedures
4. Clean work area and maintain equipment	4.1 Check, clean and store equipment and unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 4.2 Tag unserviceable equipment, identify faults and inform appropriate personnel in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 4.4 Complete required workplace records

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate area and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFF3004 Apply soft rubber techniques.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF3013 Apply soft rubber techniques

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed all the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

apply soft rubber techniques on 3 separate occasions, including both of the following types of surfaces:

a flat surface of at least 2 square metres

an item with smaller and more detailed surface areas including curved and carved surfaces.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

soft rubber applications and techniques

characteristics of coatings, including:

toxicity

reactivity

flammability

required viscosity

methods to prevent contamination of surfaces during and after finishing

workflow for applying finishing material

typical tools and equipment required to apply soft rubber techniques, including:

brushes

swooges

soft rubbers of cotton-wool or wadding body wrapped in cotton cloth

sanding blocks

typical materials required to apply soft rubber techniques, including:

polish

methylated spirits

spirit varnish

scourers

abrasive papers

cotton rags

steel wool

sources of workplace information, including:

workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment

work instructions

workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication

manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

work health and safety requirements, including personal protective equipment (PPE).

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

work orders

soft rubber materials, coating materials and other consumables required for performance evidence

PPE

surfaces to be coasted

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFF3014 Enhance finishes

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to cut and buff and apply materials to coated solid wood, manufactured board and metal surfaces by hand to enhance the finish.

Furniture finishing workers with this competency follow established procedures, using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve potential issues. They recognise dependencies and use cooperative approaches to optimise workflow and productivity.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Furniture finishing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for task	1.1 Determine task requirements, including surface characteristics and required surface finish, from work documentation 1.2 Plan for task by identifying processing and application techniques, time and safety requirements and efficient work methods 1.3 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.4 Identify tools, equipment and accessories to meet task requirements and check for safety and functionality
2. Prepare for application of materials	2.1 Check surfaces for contamination and correct preparation in accordance with workplace procedures and standards 2.2 Identify products with surface or other faults and perform required repairs 2.3 Perform required cutting and buffing surfaces to prepare for finishing 2.4 Identify and prepare required finishing materials 2.5 Perform trial applications of surface materials to check equipment operation, materials consistency and conformity with specified surface finish 2.6 Identify and rectify faults in accordance with workplace procedures
3. Apply finishing materials	3.1 Identify required techniques for applying materials by hand 3.2 Apply finishing materials in accordance with job instructions, manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Inspect finished products and approve for suitability for further processing 3.4 Refinish products that do not meet quality specifications or tag for further investigation
4. Clean work area and maintain equipment	4.1 Check, clean and store equipment and unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 4.2 Tag unserviceable equipment, identify faults and inform appropriate personnel in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 4.4 Complete required workplace records

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate area and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFF3005 Enhance finishes.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF3014 Enhance finishes

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed all the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

on at least 3 occasions, including 1 occasion involving a curved surface, enhance existing finishes by:

cutting down

pulling in

compounding and buffing

waxing and oiling to achieve a satin finish.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

hand application techniques

functions and safety requirements of hand and power tools, particularly in wet working environments

characteristics of compounds, waxes and oils in terms of toxicity, reactivity, flammability and required viscosity

methods to prevent contamination of surfaces during and after finishing

typical materials used to enhance finishes, including:

water

detergent

cutting compound

wax

oil

buffing creams

typical tools and equipment used to enhance finishes, including:

abrasive papers

pulling/pullover rubber

cotton rags

steel wool

orbital sander pneumatic or low voltage

electric or pneumatic buff

rubber sanding block

workflow for applying finishing material

sources of workplace information, including:

workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment

work instructions

workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication

manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

work health and safety requirements including personal protective equipment (PPE).

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

work orders

items with finishes requiring enhancement required for performance evidence

hand finishing equipment

compounds, waxes and oils

PPE

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFF3015 Repair and touch up surfaces

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to repair and touch up damaged solid timber, manufactured board and metal surfaces by hand.

Furniture finishing workers with this competency follow established procedures, using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve potential issues. They recognise dependencies and use cooperative approaches to optimise workflow and productivity.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Furniture finishing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for task	1.1 Determine task requirements including surface characteristics and required surface finish from work documentation 1.2 Plan for work by identifying processing and application techniques, time and safety requirements and efficient work methods 1.3 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.4 Identify tools, equipment and accessories to meet task requirements and check for safety and functionality
2. Repair surfaces	2.1 Check surfaces for contamination and correct preparation in accordance with workplace procedures and standards 2.2 Identify and assess products with surface or other faults 2.3 Select and prepare required materials required for repairs 2.4 Complete repairs to required manufacturer standards and industry practices
3. Prepare for application of materials	3.1 Identify and select techniques for hand application of materials to meet job requirements 3.2 Identify and prepare required coating materials 3.3 Perform trial applications of surface materials to check equipment operation, materials consistency and specified surface finish 3.4 Identify and rectify faults in accordance with workplace procedures
4. Apply surface coating	4.1 Apply surface coatings in accordance with job instructions, manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 4.2 Inspect coated products and approve for suitability for further processing 4.3 Recoat products that do not meet quality specifications or tag for further investigation in accordance with workplace procedures
5. Clean work area and maintain equipment	5.1 Check, clean and store equipment and unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 5.2 Tag unserviceable equipment, identify faults and inform appropriate personnel in accordance with workplace procedures 5.3 Clean work area, including painting locations, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 5.4 Complete required workplace records

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate area and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFF3006 Repair and touch up surfaces.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF3015 Repair and touch up surfaces

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed all the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

repair and finish a minimum of 4 damaged surfaces, collectively including the following:

a strip-off and re-finish

2 touch-ups involving different repair techniques

repair or touch up of a metal surface.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

repair and touch up techniques, including:

decontamination and repair

stripping

wash off

stoppings

epoxy

button lac

water putty

wax

plugs and refinishing

decontamination materials, techniques and safety requirements

application techniques

characteristics of coatings and base materials in terms of:

toxicity

reactivity

flammability

required viscosity

recoatability

methods to prevent contamination of surfaces during and after surface coating

workflow for applying surface coatings

typical surface faults and remediation, including at least 4 of the following:

machine marks

bruising

pencil marks

grease

cross-sanding marks

scratches

glue marks

dirt marks

insect and termite holes

holes

knots

blisters

rubber marks

burns or tears

ropiness and foreign matter in the polish

function of tools and equipment commonly used to repair and touch up surfaces, including at least 6 of the following:

brushes

rollers

soup rubbers

paint trays

power agitators

sanders

liquid containers

scrapers

quirk sticks

sandpapers

cotton rags

hessian

steel wool

sandpaper

abrasive papers

typical materials used for repairing and touching up surfaces, including at least 4 of the following:

lacquers

paints

acrylics

enamels

one-pot polyurethane

methylated spirits

pigments

spirit colours

sources of workplace information, including:

workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment

work instructions

workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication

manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

work health and safety requirements, including use of personal protective equipment (PPE).

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

work orders

tools and equipment required for performance evidence

coatings and other consumables

PPE

items to be enhanced

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFF3016 Apply graining and decorative finishes

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to apply timber grain imitation and decorative (faux) finishes to solid timber, manufactured board and metal surfaces during finishing tasks.

Furniture finishing workers with this competency follow established procedures, using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve potential issues. They recognise dependencies and use cooperative approaches to optimise workflow and productivity.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Furniture finishing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for task	1.1 Determine task requirements, including surface characteristics and required surface finish, from workplace documentation 1.2 Plan for work by identifying processing and application techniques, time and safety requirements and efficient work methods 1.3 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.4 Identify tools, equipment and accessories to meet task requirements and check for safety and functionality
2. Prepare for application of materials	2.1 Check surfaces for contamination and correct preparation in accordance with workplace procedures and standards 2.2 Identify products with surface or other faults and perform required repairs 2.3 Identify and prepare required materials to complete the task 2.4 Perform trial applications of material to check equipment operation, materials consistency, viscosity and sample match 2.5 Identify and rectify or adjust faults and inconsistencies in colour and surface appearance in accordance with workplace procedures
3. Apply finishing materials	3.1 Identify techniques for applying graining solution and other finishes to meet task requirements 3.2 Apply materials in accordance with task requirements, manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.3 Inspect finished products for suitability for further processing 3.4 Rectify products that do not meet quality specifications or tag for further investigation
4. Clean work area and maintain equipment	4.1 Check, clean and store equipment and any unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 4.2 Tag unserviceable equipment, identify faults and inform appropriate personnel in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Clean work area, including washing down all areas used for bleaching, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace and environmental standards 4.4 Complete required workplace records

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate area and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFF3007 Apply graining and decorative finishes.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF3016 Apply graining and decorative finishes

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed all the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

apply graining solution to imitate a minimum of 2 different timber species

apply material to imitate a marble finish and one other finish type.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

techniques for applying colouring agents or glazes

decontamination materials, techniques and safety requirements

identification of application techniques

methods to prevent contamination of surfaces during and after surface coating

common graining and decorative finishes, including:

ragging

stippling

ageing

distressing

materials typically used to apply graining and decorative finishes, including at least 6 of the following:

water

abrasive papers

cotton rags

hessian

lacquer-based wiping stain

polyurethane wiping stain

spirit stain

pigment oil stain

proprietary brand stains

pigments

acrylic paint

enamel

tools and equipment typically used in applying graining and decorative finishes, including at least 6 of the following:

liquid containers

rubber gloves

face masks

spray booths

spray guns

compressor

air lines

brushes

sanding block

brushes

graining tools

workflow for applying surface coatings

sources of workplace information, including:

workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment

work instructions

workplace procedures for reporting and communication

manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

work health and safety requirements, including personal protective equipment (PPE).

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

work orders

tools and equipment required for performance evidence

coatings and other consumables

PPE

items to be finished

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFF3017 Apply traditional French polishing techniques

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use traditional French polishing techniques to apply shellac polish to solid timber or veneered manufactured board surfaces by hand.

Furniture finishing workers with this competency follow established procedures, using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve potential issues. They recognise dependencies and use cooperative approaches to optimise workflow and productivity.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Furniture finishing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan and prepare for task	1.1 Determine task requirements from work documentation, including drawings, specifications and instructions 1.2 Recognise and adhere to quality assurance requirements in accordance with workplace procedures 1.3 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.4 Select tools and equipment consistent with job requirements and work instructions, check for safety and serviceability, and report any faults to supervisor 1.5 Prepare skinning in, bodying up and spiriting out/stiffening up rubbers to meet work requirements
2. Prepare for application of polish	2.1 Check surfaces for contamination and correct preparation in accordance with workplace procedures and standards 2.2 Identify and report or repair products with surface or other faults in accordance with workplace procedures 2.3 Identify and apply techniques for applying polish by hand using traditional methods in accordance with workplace procedures 2.4 Prepare materials and equipment suitable for skinning in, bodying up and spiriting out/stiffening up operations to meet requirements 2.5 Stain, fill in and seal surfaces with polish using a mop brush, blender or swooge to meet requirements
3. Skin in job surface	3.1 Lightly sand surface and check for and rectify defects in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Charge skinning-in rubber with polish, showing consideration for job colour and clarity in accordance with quality standards 3.3 Skin in surface, covering small areas at a time, using correct amount of pressure and suitable rubber movements 3.4 Apply required pumice powder in accordance with workplace procedures 3.5 Inspect skinned-in surface and repair any defects using suitable materials
4. Body up a skinned in surface	4.1 Use polish, lubricating oil and pumice powder to body up the skinned-in surface, using correct amount of pressure and suitable rubber movements 4.2 Continuously monitor rubber and job surface to evaluate their condition 4.3 Recharge body-up rubber and apply required lubricating oil and pumice to ensure surface faults and blemishes do not develop 4.4 Ensure bodied-up surface is full and flat with an even sheen and shows no blemishes in accordance with quality requirements
5. Spirit off/stiffen up surface	5.1 Use correctly charged rubber, correct amount of pressure and suitable rubber movements to stiffen up/spirit off surface in accordance with requirements 5.2 Ensure stiffened up/spirited off surface is free of oil, full, flat with an even sheen and shows no blemishes or rubber marks
6. Clean up work area	6.1 Check, clean and store tools and equipment and any unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 6.2 Store rubbers separately in airtight glass or plastic containers in accordance with workplace procedures 6.3 Tag unserviceable equipment, identify faults and inform appropriate personnel in accordance with workplace procedures 6.4 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 6.5 Complete required workplace records

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate area and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFF3008 Apply traditional French polishing techniques.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF3017 Apply traditional French polishing techniques

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed all the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

apply traditional French polishing to 3 surfaces, including:

a flat surface

a curved surface

an enclosed panel.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workplace and equipment safety requirements

construction techniques of rubbers

safe handling of materials associated with traditional French polishing, including:

lac

polishes

paraffin and linseed oils

methylated spirits

shellac mixing procedures

repair techniques for defects in timber surfaces and polish film

appropriate rubber charging and movements for each stage of French polishing

storage requirements for lac products and rubbers

common types of polish, including:

shellac

button lac

de-waxed lac

de-waxed/de-coloured lac

white or bleached lac

common types of lubricating oil, including:

paraffin

linseed

typical surface faults and remediation, including at least 4 of the following:

machine marks

bruising

pencil marks

grease

cross-sanding marks

scratches

glue marks

dirt marks

insect and termite holes

holes

knots

blisters

rubber marks

burns or tears

ropiness and foreign matter in the polish

typical tools and methods used in French polishing, including at least 4 of the following:

filler blades

brushes

abrasive papers

skinning in

bodying up and spiriting out rubbers

mop brush

blender

swooge and scrapers

personal protective equipment (PPE) used in French polishing

sources of workplace information, including:

work instructions

workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication

manufacturer specifications and operational procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

work orders

French polishing tools and equipment and cleaning materials required for performance evidence

PPE

timber components/furnishings requiring polish

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFF3018 Set up, operate and maintain computer numerically controlled (CNC) coating systems

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to set up, operate and maintain CNC coating systems in order to apply coatings to specifications.

Furniture finishing workers with this competency follow established procedures, using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve potential issues. They recognise dependencies and use cooperative approaches to optimise workflow and productivity.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Furniture finishing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for task	1.1 Determine task requirements, including characteristics of the surface and the required surface coating, from work documentation 1.2 Plan work by identifying processing and application techniques, time and safety requirements and efficient work methods in accordance with workplace procedures 1.3 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.4 Identify tools, equipment and accessories to meet task requirements and check they are safe and functional 1.5 Identify and prepare coating materials for the task
2. Check and prepare for spraying	2.1 Identify products with surface or other faults and report or repair faults in accordance with workplace procedures 2.2 Protect other products and equipment in workplace from overspray in accordance with workplace procedures and safety standards 2.3 Perform trial applications of surface materials to check equipment operation, materials consistency and specified surface finish 2.4 Identify and rectify or report machine faults in accordance with workplace procedures 2.5 Identify material faults and rectify in accordance with workplace procedures
3. Apply surface coating	3.1 Ensure surfaces are kept free of contamination 3.2 Apply surface coatings in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Monitor surface coating viscosity and coverage and check against workplace requirements for even spread and thickness 3.4 Perform required rectification of surface faults in accordance with workplace procedures 3.5 Inspect products and assess for suitability for further processing 3.6 Rectify or report defects in accordance with workplace procedures
4. Clean work area and maintain equipment	4.1 Check, clean and store equipment and unused materials in accordance with equipment instructions and workplace procedures 4.2 Tag unserviceable equipment, identify faults and inform appropriate personnel in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Clean work area, including spray booth, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 4.4 Complete required workplace records

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate area and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFF3009 Set up, operate and maintain computer numerically controlled (CNC) coating systems.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFF3018 Set up, operate and maintain computer numerically controlled (CNC) coating systems

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

select and apply surface coatings, including the adjustment of system controls, to achieve required coating using at least 2 of the following types of computer numerically controlled (CNC) systems:

curtain coating

UV coating

tumbling

dipping

electrostatic powder coating tasks.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

CNC coating system equipment, processes and procedures

characteristics of coatings and base materials in terms of toxicity, reactivity, flammability, required viscosity and recoatability

effects of fumes, heat and other radiations on surface coatings

methods to prevent contamination of surfaces during and after surface coating

workflow in relation to spraying operations

function of tools and equipment used in setting up, operating and maintaining computer numerically controlled (CNC systems, including at least 6 of the following:

computerised spray system

electrostatic spray guns

baking ovens

barrel tumblers

spray booths

liquid containers

compressor and hoses

screwdrivers

shifting spanner and spanners

ford cup

typical materials used in setting up, operating and maintaining computer numerically controlled (CNC) coating systems, including:

stains

lacquers

wax

oil

two-pack polyurethane

three-pack polyester

enamels

acrylics

powder coating

sources of workplace documentation, including:

work instructions

workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication

manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

work health and safety requirements, including the use of personal protective equipment (PPE).

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

work orders

items to be coated

CNC coating systems and equipment, including spray booth, required for performance evidence

coatings and cleaning products

PPE

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3102 Receive and prepare flooring materials

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL2030 Receive and prepare flooring materials. Changes to application, elements and performance criteria to improve clarity and consistency across MSFFL units. Changes to assessment requirements.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to check, prepare, package, transport and load flooring materials to an installation site with minimum damage. It includes acclimatisation and storage of materials onsite and is limited to the use of non-regulated moving devices (such as hand trolleys and palette jacks). Categories of flooring materials may include carpet, resilient, resin, timber, terrazzo and polished concrete. Each category also includes materials other than the actual flooring materials that are necessary for the installation of the flooring material (for example, in the instance of carpet, adhesives, underlay and grippers).

Workers with this competency undertake routine tasks on residential and non-residential/commercial sites according to job instructions including plans and specifications and workplace procedures using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve routine issues. They work with a high degree of self-direction under routine supervision, and they are responsible for their output.

The work described in this unit may require a licence or certification in some jurisdictions, and state or territory authorities should be consulted to determine the current status. Workers on construction sites are required by law to complete induction training. They must also comply with relevant legislation, regulations, Australian Standards, codes and manufacturer installation instructions.

Competency Field

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to receive flooring materials	1.1 Interpret material receiving and preparation requirements from job and manufacturer instructions 1.2 Inspect the receiving site and identify security, access, delivery and storage arrangements and locations and methods for unloading materials 1.3 Identify hazards relating to the site, work practices, materials, tools and equipment, and check risk treatments are in place and operating 1.4 Select and check all required tools and equipment are ready to use, and organise to fix any deficiencies according to workplace procedures
2. Receive flooring materials	2.1 Receive and check received materials are according to delivery documentation 2.2 Inspect received materials for defects and damage and reject or set aside unacceptable items 2.3 Complete receipt documentation according to workplace procedures
3. Package and load flooring materials for transport	3.1 Interpret job instructions to identify the flooring materials required and calculate the necessary quantities 3.2 Calculate package weights, shapes, sizes and suitability for the vehicle being used to transport them 3.3 Package materials for transport to the site, considering the potential for damage to them 3.4 Load the packaged materials onto the transport vehicle according to regulatory requirements 3.5 Secure and protect the load using the correct load restraint and protection equipment according to workplace procedures
4. Unload and store flooring materials at the worksite	4.1 Identify roles and responsibilities for the lifting and unloading of materials 4.2 Select, access and use suitable onsite unloading and transporting equipment, according to regulatory and site requirements 4.3 Unload the load according to workplace procedures 4.4 Check the unloaded materials are according to delivery documentation 4.5 Inspect materials for defects and damage and reject or set aside unacceptable items 4.6 Store the materials in a suitable, accessible onsite location, complying with procedures to protect materials from damage 4.7 Stack the materials in a manner appropriate to their weight, size and potential for crushing
5. Complete the task according to workplace procedures	5.1 Clean up the work area, identify items for recycling and dispose of waste 5.2 Identify, tag and report any damage to equipment and tools 5.3 Check, clean and do routine maintenance on equipment and tools and store them and unused materials 5.4 Complete task outcome documentation

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL2030 Receive and prepare flooring materials.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3102 Receive and prepare flooring materials

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL2030 Receive and prepare flooring materials. Changes to application, elements and performance criteria to improve clarity and consistency across MSFFL units. Changes to assessment requirements.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks in the elements and performance criteria of this unit of competency and has demonstrated the ability to, according to job instructions:

prepare to receive, package and load for transport, unload and store flooring materials for two different jobs with varied site conditions and potential damage considerations

safely use two different non-regulated materials-handling devices.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge relevant to the particular type of flooring materials of:

international, Australian and state/territory and standards, regulations and codes of practice for the handling, transporting and storage of flooring materials including for dangerous goods, hazardous substances, mass and loading

the safe and correct use of, and maintenance requirements for tools and equipment for, receiving and preparing flooring materials

the most common issues that can arise when receiving and preparing flooring materials and how to avoid and respond to them, including:

inadequate on-site acclimatisation of flooring materials

threats posed by inadequate packaging, humidity, moisture, heat/cold, wind, handling practices, contamination and crushing

uneven loads

not allowing adequate time requirements to complete the loading and/or lifting of materials

workplace policies and procedures relevant to their job role and responsibilities including for:

receiving and preparing flooring materials

communication and reporting

environmental protection and sustainability

quality indicators for completed work and process improvements

work health and safety, including the use of personal protective equipment and safety data sheets

work planning.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

locations in which to receive and prepare flooring materials

flooring materials in sufficient quantities to undertake a complete installation

equipment and tools required for the activities set out in the elements and performance criteria, including non-regulated moving devices and those to control hazards

job instructions and workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3103 Install soft carpet underlay and grippers

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL2036 Install soft carpet underlays and gripper accessories. Changes to title, application, elements and performance criteria to improve clarity and consistency across MSFFL units. Changes to assessment requirements.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare to install and install soft carpet underlay, carpet gripper strips and gripping edging trims, in preparation for the installation of carpet on concrete and timber subfloors and non-complex stairs.

Workers with this competency undertake routine tasks on residential and non-residential/commercial sites according to job instructions including plans and specifications and workplace procedures using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve routine issues. They work with a high degree of self-direction under routine supervision, and they are responsible for their output.

The work described in this unit may require a licence or certification in some jurisdictions, and state or territory authorities should be consulted to determine the current status. Workers on construction sites are required by law to complete induction training. They must also comply with relevant legislation, regulations, Australian Standards, codes and manufacturer installation instructions.

Competency Field

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install soft carpet underlay and grippers	1.1 Interpret underlay and gripper strips and metal moulding installation requirements from job and manufacturer instructions and calculate the quantities of materials required 1.2 Identify hazards relating to the work site, work practices, materials, tools and equipment, and check risk treatments are in place and operating 1.3 Select and check all required tools and equipment are ready to use, and organise to fix any deficiencies according to workplace procedures 1.4 Gather underlay, gripper strips, gripping edging trims and other materials required by job instructions, and check they meet quality requirements and are prepared and ready to install according to manufacturer instructions 1.5 Confirm the subfloor and stairs are clean and suitable for installing the underlay and grippers, and fix or report any deficiencies according to workplace procedures
2. Cut, fit and fasten soft carpet underlay and grippers	2.1 Measure, mark and cut gripper strips to length and size to minimise waste, according to manufacturer instructions 2.2 Fasten gripper strips using mechanical fixings and adhesive according to the manufacturer instructions, product labels, safety data sheets and workplace procedures 2.3 Fit gripper edging trims and moulding at thresholds and abutments to other flooring surfaces using mechanical fixings and adhesive according to the manufacturer instructions, product labels, safety data sheets and workplace procedures 2.4 Measure, mark and cut underlay to length and size to minimise waste, according to manufacturer instructions 2.5 Trim off excess and finish installing underlay to meet quality requirements 2.6 Check the underlay and gripper strips are installed correctly according to job instructions and quality requirements, and fix any deficiencies
3. Complete the task according to workplace procedures	3.1 Clean up the work area, identify items for recycling and dispose of waste 3.2 Identify, tag and report any damage to equipment and tools 3.3 Check, clean and do routine maintenance on equipment and tools and store them and unused materials 3.4 Complete task outcome documentation

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL2036 Install soft carpet underlays and gripper accessories.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3103 Install soft carpet underlay and grippers

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL2036 Install soft carpet underlays and gripper accessories. Changes to title, application, elements and performance criteria to improve clarity and consistency across MSFFL units. Changes to assessment requirements.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks in the elements and performance criteria of this unit of competency and has demonstrated the ability to install according to job instructions:

soft carpet underlay and grippers in two complete rooms:

one of which has a timber subfloor

one of which has a concrete subfloor

either or both of which have at least one obstruction and at least one irregular angle

internal and external mitres to nap locks in at least one installation

at least one multi-purpose trim in at least one installation

soft carpet underlay and grippers to:

a box step stairway with at least three steps

a kite winder treads stairway with at least three steps.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

manufacturer installation instructions and the relevant Australian standards for:

soft carpet underlay including single fibre, composite fibre, foam rubber and bonded foam underlay

gripper strips

gripping edging trims

the safe and correct use of, and maintenance requirements for tools and equipment for, installing underlay and grippers

the most common issues that can arise when installing underlay and grippers and how to avoid and respond to them

workplace policies and procedures relevant to their job role and responsibilities including for:

installing underlay and grippers

communication and reporting

environmental protection and sustainability, including maximising resource utilisation and minimising waste

quality indicators for completed work and process improvements

work health and safety, including the use of personal protective equipment and safety data sheets

work planning

how to identify if a subfloor and stairs are suitable for installing underlay and grippers

how to identify if carpet underlay and grippers are installed correctly.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

locations in which to install underlay and grippers

underlay, gripper strips, gripping edging trims and other materials required by job instructions

equipment and tools required for the activities set out in the elements and performance criteria, including those to control hazards

job instructions and workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3104 Install unpatterned tufted carpet

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL2037 Install unpatterned tufted carpet. Changes to application, elements and performance criteria to improve clarity and consistency across MSFFL units. Changes to assessment requirements.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare, lay out, cut, join, stretch, fasten, trim and finish unpatterned tufted carpet. It does not include the installation of:

soft carpet underlay and grippers (which MSFFL3103 Install soft carpet underlay and grippers addresses)

carpet using the direct-stick or dual-bond methods (which MSFFL3110 Install adhesive-fixed carpet addresses)

carpet on complex stairs (which MSFFL3113 Install carpet on complex stairs addresses).

Workers with this competency undertake routine tasks on residential and non-residential/commercial sites according to job instructions including plans and specifications and workplace procedures using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve routine issues. They work with a high degree of self-direction under routine supervision, and they are responsible for their output.

The work described in this unit may require a licence or certification in some jurisdictions, and state or territory authorities should be consulted to determine the current status. Workers on construction sites are required by law to complete induction training. They must also comply with relevant legislation, regulations, Australian Standards, codes and manufacturer installation instructions.

Competency Field

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install the carpet	1.1 Interpret carpet installation requirements from job and manufacturer instructions and calculate the quantities of materials required 1.2 Identify hazards relating to the work site, work practices, materials, tools and equipment, and check risk treatments are in place and operating 1.3 Select and check all required tools and equipment are ready to use, and organise to fix any deficiencies according to workplace procedures 1.4 Gather the carpet and finishing, joining, fastening and other materials required by job instructions, and check they meet quality requirements and are prepared and ready to install according to manufacturer instructions 1.5 Confirm the subfloor, underlay and grippers are clean and suitable for installing the carpet, and fix or report any deficiencies according to workplace procedures
2. Cut, fit and fasten the carpet	2.1 Determine the set out and laying direction of the carpet according to job instructions to minimise waste and joins, consider the direction of the pile, and ensure an efficient, quality installation 2.2 Establish the skirting point and seam placements 2.3 Lay out carpet pieces and check them for size, direction of pile and match 2.4 Measure, mark, cut, seal and join the carpet pieces according to workplace procedures 2.5 Position, stretch and fasten the carpet according to the manufacturer instructions 2.6 Trim off excess carpet, install finishing strips, and finish installing the carpet to meet quality requirements 2.7 Check the carpet is installed correctly according to job instructions and quality requirements, and fix any deficiencies
3. Complete the task according to workplace procedures	3.1 Clean up the work area, identify items for recycling and dispose of waste 3.2 Identify, tag and report any damage to equipment and tools 3.3 Check, clean and do routine maintenance on equipment and tools and store them and unused materials 3.4 Complete task outcome documentation

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL2037 Install unpatterned tufted carpet.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3104 Install unpatterned tufted carpet

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL2037 Install unpatterned tufted carpet. Changes to application, elements and performance criteria to improve clarity and consistency across MSFFL units. Changes to assessment requirements.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks in the elements and performance criteria of this unit of competency and has demonstrated the ability to install according to job instructions:

two types of unpatterned tufted carpet — where the subfloor has been adequately prepared — in two connecting rooms, including at least one seam join and one cross join

unpatterned tufted carpet — where the stairs have been adequately prepared — on:

a box step stairway with at least three steps

a kite winder treads stairway with at least three steps

a bullnose step.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

manufacturer installation instructions and the relevant Australian standards for unpatterned tufted carpet

the safe and correct use of, and maintenance requirements for tools and equipment for, installing unpatterned tufted carpet

the most common issues that can arise when installing unpatterned tufted carpet and how to avoid and respond to them

workplace policies and procedures relevant to their job role and responsibilities including for:

installing unpatterned tufted carpet

communication and reporting

environmental protection and sustainability, including maximising resource utilisation and minimising waste

quality indicators for completed work and process improvements

work health and safety, including the use of personal protective equipment and safety data sheets

work planning

how to identify if a subfloor is suitable for installing unpatterned tufted carpet

how to identify if carpet underlay, grippers and unpatterned tufted carpet are installed correctly.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

locations in which to install the carpet and which already have underlay and grippers installed

unpatterned tufted carpet and finishing, joining, fastening and other materials required by job instructions

equipment and tools required for the activities set out in the elements and performance criteria, including those to control hazards

job instructions and workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3105 Install laminate and hybrid vinyl flooring

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL2039 Install laminate flooring. Changes to title, application, elements and performance criteria to improve clarity and consistency across MSFFL units. Changes to assessment requirements.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install laminate and hybrid vinyl flooring including flooring of composite materials intended for floating installation: that is, products that are not recommended for direct fixing.

Workers with this competency undertake routine tasks on residential and non-residential/commercial sites according to job instructions and workplace procedures using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve routine issues. They work with a high degree of self-direction under routine supervision, and they are responsible for their output.

The work described in this unit may require a licence or certification in some jurisdictions, and state or territory authorities should be consulted to determine the current status. Workers on construction sites are required by law to complete induction training. They must also comply with relevant legislation, regulations, Australian Standards, codes and manufacturer installation instructions.

Competency Field

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install laminate and hybrid vinyl flooring	1.1 Read and interpret laminate and hybrid vinyl flooring installation requirements from job and manufacturer instructions and calculate the quantities of materials required 1.2 Identify hazards relating to the work site, work practices, materials, tools and equipment, and check risk treatments are in place and operating 1.3 Select and check all required tools and equipment are ready to use, and organise to fix any deficiencies according to workplace procedures 1.4 Gather the flooring, underlay, adhesives, trims and other materials required by job instructions, and check they meet quality requirements and are prepared and ready to install according to manufacturer instructions, product labels and safety data sheets 1.5 Confirm the subfloor is clean and suitable for installing the flooring, and fix or report any deficiencies according to workplace procedures 1.6 Remove or undercut door jambs, cover trims and other joinery, and store for refitting or send for machining according to job instructions
2. Cut, fit and fasten the laminate and hybrid vinyl flooring	2.1 Install appropriate underlay if required according to manufacturer instructions 2.2 Establish the starting point and mark out working lines 2.3 Lay out the flooring pieces according to job instructions to maximise aesthetics with respect to material colours, grains and patterns and to minimise waste and joins, and to ensure an efficient, quality installation 2.4 Measure, mark and cut the flooring pieces to length and size 2.5 Install the flooring according to the manufacturer instructions, allowing appropriate field and perimeter expansion joints 2.6 Trim off excess, install finishing strips, refit removed items and finish installing the flooring to meet quality requirements 2.7 Check the flooring is installed correctly according to job instructions and quality requirements, and fix any deficiencies
3. Complete the task according to workplace procedures	3.1 Clean up the work area, identify items for recycling and dispose of waste 3.2 Identify, tag and report any damage to equipment and tools 3.3 Check, clean and do routine maintenance on equipment and tools and store them and unused materials 3.4 Complete task outcome documentation

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL2039 Install laminate flooring.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3105 Install laminate and hybrid vinyl flooring

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL2039 Install laminate flooring. Changes to title, application, elements and performance criteria to improve clarity and consistency across MSFFL units. Changes to assessment requirements.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks in the elements and performance criteria of this unit of competency and has demonstrated the ability to complete according to job instructions:

at least two installations including:

at least one with hybrid vinyl flooring

at least one with laminate flooring

each of which includes:

a hallway with at least one complete room

an area with an obstacle that requires the flooring to be laid around it (such as an island bench or column)

intermediate or expansion/compartmentalisation trims

finishing trims.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

manufacturer installation and use instructions for:

laminate and hybrid vinyl flooring

underlays for laminate and hybrid vinyl flooring

adhesives for fastening laminate and hybrid vinyl flooring, including polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), epoxy and polyurethane elastomeric

the safe and correct use of, and maintenance requirements for tools and equipment for, installing laminate and hybrid vinyl flooring

the most common issues that can arise when installing laminate and hybrid vinyl flooring and how to avoid and respond to them, including differences between the expansion and contraction of the flooring materials

workplace policies and procedures relevant to their job role and responsibilities including for:

installing laminate and hybrid vinyl flooring

communication and reporting

environmental protection and sustainability, including maximising resource utilisation and minimising waste

quality indicators for completed work and process improvements

work health and safety, including the use of personal protective equipment and safety data sheets

work planning

how to identify if a subfloor is suitable for installing laminate and hybrid vinyl flooring

how to identify if laminate and hybrid vinyl flooring are installed correctly.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

locations in which to install laminate and hybrid vinyl flooring

laminate and hybrid vinyl flooring, underlay, adhesives, trims and other materials required by job instructions

equipment and tools required for the activities set out in the elements and performance criteria, including those to control hazards

job instructions and workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3106 Establish and maintain safe flooring installation work areas

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3053 Establish and maintain a safe flooring technology work environment. Changes to title, application, elements and performance criteria to improve clarity and consistency across MSFFL units. Changes to assessment requirements.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to conduct a systematic risk assessment of a work area in which flooring materials will be or are being installed, to establish and maintain a safe work environment throughout the installation.

Workers with this competency undertake routine tasks on residential and non-residential/commercial sites according to job instructions and workplace procedures using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve routine issues. They work with a high degree of self-direction under routine supervision, and they are responsible for their output.

The work described in this unit may require a licence or certification in some jurisdictions, and state or territory authorities should be consulted to determine the current status. Workers on construction sites are required by law to complete induction training. They must also comply with relevant legislation, regulations, Australian Standards, codes and manufacturer installation instructions.

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and interpret operational and environmental information	1.1 Interpret job instructions to identify work requirements 1.2 Identify all required tools, how to operate them and the safety implications of doing so 1.3 Identify materials required by the job instructions and the safety implications of handling and installing them
2. Identify hazards	2.1 Read manufacturer instructions for materials handled and identify potential hazards 2.2 Identify and analyse the work area and potential hazards in it 2.3 Access and analyse information about safety systems and identify hazards adequately mitigated by workplace procedures 2.4 Recognise and record mitigated hazards and their likely impacts according to workplace procedures
3. Assess risks	3.1 Accurately estimate the likelihood the hazard will cause harm 3.2 Determine the consequences of the harm occurring 3.3 Determine the level of risk, based on the identified likelihood and consequences
4. Identify and decide on risk treatments	4.1 Identify and assess options to eliminate or minimise the risk 4.2 Identify options that are feasible in the work area for the work task 4.3 Choose the most appropriate treatment for the work area and task
5. Implement risk treatments	5.1 Prepare a plan for the chosen treatment that includes actions, responsibilities and required resources 5.2 Organise required resources according to workplace procedures 5.3 Implement the risk treatment according to the plan and workplace procedures 5.4 Explain the risk treatment outcomes to the relevant people

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3053 Establish and maintain a safe flooring technology work environment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3106 Establish and maintain safe flooring installation work areas

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3053 Establish and maintain a safe flooring technology work environment. Changes to title, application, elements and performance criteria to improve clarity and consistency across MSFFL units. Changes to assessment requirements.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks in the elements and performance criteria of this unit of competency and has demonstrated the ability to identify, analyse and respond to safety requirements and risks in order to establish and maintain at least one safe flooring installation work area.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

common hazards in a flooring technology work environment and their likelihood and consequences, including:

dust inhalation

falls

flying debris

fume inhalation

lack of control during pouring

machine safety

power sources and leads

trips

vibration

common risk treatments, including:

debris protection measures, including machine guards, skirts, safe distances and access controls

dust and fume extraction systems

isolation strategies (such as testing, safe distances, barriers, entry limits and signage)

personal protective equipment

pour protection (such as area sealing and plugs)

power source protection (such as earth leakage and coded leads)

workplace policies and procedures relevant to their job role and responsibilities including for:

communication and reporting

environmental protection and sustainability, including maximising resource utilisation and minimising waste

quality indicators for completed work and process improvements

work health and safety, including the use of personal protective equipment and safety data sheets

work planning

how to identify if a safe flooring materials installation work area has been established and maintained.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

a flooring installation work needing to be established and maintained as safe

job instructions and workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3107 Assess flooring installation sites

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3054 Assess flooring installation sites. Changes to application, elements and performance criteria to improve clarity and consistency across MSFFL units. Changes to assessment requirements.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to inspect and assess flooring installation sites and report with recommendations about the condition of timber and concrete subfloor structures and subfloors and about factors that may affect the installation of flooring coverings including underlays on them.

Workers with this competency undertake routine tasks on residential and non-residential/commercial sites according to job instructions and workplace procedures using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve routine issues. They work with a high degree of self-direction under routine supervision, and they are responsible for their output.

The work described in this unit may require a licence or certification in some jurisdictions, and state or territory authorities should be consulted to determine the current status. Workers on construction sites are required by law to complete induction training. They must also comply with relevant legislation, regulations, Australian Standards, codes and manufacturer installation instructions.

Competency Field

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to assess flooring installation sites	1.1 Identify from the customer’s enquiry or job instructions the type of the proposed floor coverings and other relevant work requirements 1.2 Identify hazards relating to the work site, work practices, materials, tools and equipment, and check risk treatments are in place and operating 1.3 Select and check all required inspection, testing and other tools and equipment are ready to use, and organise to fix any deficiencies according to workplace procedures 1.4 Determine the subfloor surface requirements of the proposed floor coverings from manufacturer instructions
2. Assess flooring installation environments	2.1 Identify aspects of the internal and external environment that may affect the installation of floor coverings 2.2 Investigate the potential interactions between the environment and the proposed floor coverings
3. Assess subfloor structures and subfloors	3.1 Visually inspect the subfloor structure and subfloor to identify the materials used 3.2 Run and check datum lines and confirm dimensions are accurate 3.3 Complete tests appropriate to the type of floor covering to be installed according to manufacturer instructions
4. Report findings according to workplace procedures	4.1 Identify remedies to any faults identified and make recommendations for floor coverings 4.2 Prepare an assessment report 4.2 Make copies of the report available to appropriate people

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3054 Assess flooring installation sites.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3107 Assess flooring installation sites

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3054 Assess flooring installation sites. Changes to application, elements and performance criteria to improve clarity and consistency across MSFFL units. Changes to assessment requirements.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks in the elements and performance criteria of this unit of competency and has demonstrated the ability to complete and prepare a report about the findings of a full internal and external site assessment according to job instructions for:

one timber subfloor structure and subfloor

one concrete subfloor.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

pre-installation inspections:

how subfloors must be prepared for carpet and underlay

the safe and correct use of and maintenance requirements for tools and equipment used for inspections

type, characteristics and common defects of timber and concrete subfloor structures, including the role of moisture and how it affects the installation of flooring materials

how to conduct, according to Australian standards, the following moisture tests on timber and concrete subfloors:

a visual inspection for signs of moisture

an electrical resistance moisture test on timber flooring, floor joists, bearers and stumps

a calcium chloride test on concrete flooring

a hygrometer (in-situ) moisture test on concrete flooring

a capacitance moisture test on concrete flooring

how to conduct a flatness and falls assessment

inspection items required for timber flooring:

datum line running and checking (relating to floor fall, dips, irregularities and finished floor height in relation to other floor coverings and door clearances)

protruding nails

loose metal and other objects

cracked, loose, rotting or damaged boards

insect attack

cross-flow ventilation

inspection items required for concrete flooring:

datum line running and checking

protruding obstacles

cracks or damage (identifying static versus dynamic)

damage to expansion joints

concrete surface for weakness

the presence of concrete sealers and/or surface treatments

existing floor coatings

oil, fats, grease, and/or detergent contamination

transitions to other flooring systems

drainage requirements including falls to drains

ramps

aspects of the internal and external environment that must be inspected in addition to the subfloor

formats and required inclusions for assessment reports, including the:

type of inspection completed

testing methods used

inspection’s findings

suggested remedies to any faults identified

recommendations for floor coverings or finishing

workplace policies and procedures relevant to their job role and responsibilities including for:

conducting assessments

communication and reporting including reporting findings

quality indicators for completed work and process improvements

work health and safety, including the use of personal protective equipment and safety data sheets

work planning.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

installation sites for flooring materials including subfloors and their supporting structures

equipment, tools and materials required for the activities set out in the elements and performance criteria, including those to control hazards

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3108 Polish concrete floors

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3056 Polish concrete floors. Changes to application, elements and performance criteria to improve clarity and consistency across MSFFL units. Changes to assessment requirements.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to clean, prepare and polish concrete floors.

Workers with this competency undertake routine tasks on residential and non-residential/commercial sites according to job instructions and workplace procedures using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve routine issues. They work with a high degree of self-direction under routine supervision, and they are responsible for their output.

The work described in this unit may require a licence or certification in some jurisdictions, and state or territory authorities should be consulted to determine the current status. Workers on construction sites are required by law to complete induction training. They must also comply with relevant legislation, regulations, Australian Standards, codes and manufacturer installation instructions.

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to polish concrete floors	1.1 Interpret concrete polishing requirements from job instructions 1.2 Identify hazards and check risk treatments are in place and operating 1.3 Select and check concrete grinding, polishing and other required equipment and tools are ready to use, and organise to fix any deficiencies according to workplace procedures 1.4 Gather cleaning chemicals, preparation and finishing products and other materials required by job instructions, and check they meet quality requirements and are ready to use according to the manufacturer instructions, product labels, safety data sheets and workplace procedures
2. Receive flooring materials	2.1 Remove fittings, fixtures, loose debris, dirt, adhesives, paint and other items and contaminants from the floor using appropriate methods and products 2.2 Measure and mix cleaning chemicals, if required, in the correct ratios according to the manufacturer instructions, product labels and safety data sheets 2.3 Set up the polishing machine with the machine rotation speed, direction and diamond tools appropriate for removing contaminants 2.4 Operate the polishing machine to capture and remove contaminants according to job instructions
3. Operate polishing machinery to polish the floor	3.1 Operate the polishing machine to establish a passing pattern, and polish the concrete floor according to workplace procedures and job instructions 3.2 Overlap outer zones and stagger passes to achieve the desired finish 3.3 Continually monitor the machine to ensure its motors are running within the manufacturer safe operating limits and there are no apparent electrical faults 3.4 Polish the floor’s perimeter using edge and corner polishing equipment and appropriate attachments 3.5 Identify excessive wear on the polishing machine and accessories during the polishing process and change the tools or fix any deficiencies according to workplace procedures 3.6 Buff the floor using buffing pads 3.7 Check the floor is polished correctly according to job instructions and quality requirements, and fix any deficiencies
4. Complete the task according to workplace procedures	4.1 Clean up the work area, identify items for recycling and dispose of waste 4.2 Identify, tag and report any damage to equipment and tools 4.3 Check, clean and do routine maintenance on equipment and tools and store them and unused materials 4.4 Complete task outcome documentation

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3056 Polish concrete floors.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3108 Polish concrete floors

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3056 Polish concrete floors. Changes to application, elements and performance criteria to improve clarity and consistency across MSFFL units. Changes to assessment requirements.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks in the elements and performance criteria of this unit of competency and has demonstrated the ability to:

polish according to job instructions at least one new concrete floor and one existing concrete floor

use at least two of the following pieces of concrete polishing equipment, each of a different size:

single-headed

planetary action

hand-grinding and edging machine.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

manufacturer instructions for the use of cleaning chemicals, preparation and finishing products and other materials required by job instructions

the safe and correct use of, and maintenance requirements for tools and equipment for, polishing concrete floors including dust and/or vacuum systems, diamond abrasives and factors that affect diamond wear

the most common issues that can arise when polishing concrete floors and how to avoid and respond to them

workplace policies and procedures relevant to their job role and responsibilities including for:

polishing concrete floors

communication and reporting

environmental protection and sustainability, including maximising resource utilisation and minimising waste

quality indicators for completed work and process improvements

work health and safety, including the use of personal protective equipment and safety data sheets

work planning

how to identify if a concrete floor is prepared, clean and otherwise suitable for polishing

how to identify if a concrete floor has been polished correctly.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

concrete floors for polishing

cleaning chemicals, preparation and finishing products and other materials required by job instructions

equipment and tools required for the activities set out in the elements and performance criteria, including those to control hazards

job instructions and workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3109 Install carpet tiles

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3059 Install carpet tiles. Changes to application, elements and performance criteria to improve clarity and consistency across MSFFL units. Changes to assessment requirements.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare, set out, cut, lay and fasten carpet tiles, including tiles with geometric design features (such as custom designs).

Workers with this competency undertake routine tasks on residential and non-residential/commercial sites according to job instructions and workplace procedures using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve routine issues. They work with a high degree of self-direction under routine supervision, and they are responsible for their output.

The work described in this unit may require a licence or certification in some jurisdictions, and state or territory authorities should be consulted to determine the current status. Workers on construction sites are required by law to complete induction training. They must also comply with relevant legislation, regulations, Australian Standards, codes and manufacturer installation instructions.

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install carpet tiles	1.1 Interpret carpet tile installation requirements from job and manufacturer instructions and calculate the quantities of materials required 1.2 Identify hazards relating to the work site, work practices, materials, tools and equipment, and check risk treatments are in place and operating 1.3 Select and check all required tools and equipment are ready to use, and organise to fix any deficiencies according to workplace procedures 1.4 Gather the carpet tiles, adhesives, trims and other materials required by job instructions, and check they meet quality requirements and are prepared and ready to install according to manufacturer instructions, product labels and safety data sheets 1.5 Confirm the subfloor is clean and suitable for installing the carpet tiles, and fix or report any deficiencies according to workplace procedures 1.6 For direct stick laying, apply a primer to the subfloor that suits the type of tiles being installed
2. Cut, fit and fasten carpet tiles	2.1 Determine the set out and laying direction of the carpet tiles according to job instructions to minimise waste and joins, consider direction of the pile, patterns and design elements, and ensure an efficient, quality installation 2.2 Establish the starting point and mark out working lines 2.3 Apply adhesive to the subfloor according to the manufacturer instructions, product labels, safety data sheets and workplace procedures 2.4 Install the carpet tiles according to workplace procedures 2.5 Measure, mark, cut and install carpet tiles as required 2.6 Install finishing strips and finish installing the carpet tiles according to workplace procedures 2.7 Check the carpet tiles are installed correctly according to manufacturer installation instructions, the relevant Australian standards and quality requirements, and fix any deficiencies
3. Complete the task according to workplace procedures	3.1 Clean up the work area, identify items for recycling and dispose of waste 3.2 Identify, tag and report any damage to equipment and tools 3.3 Check, clean and do routine maintenance on equipment and tools and store them and unused materials 3.4 Complete task outcome documentation

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3059 Install carpet tiles.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3109 Install carpet tiles

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3059 Install carpet tiles. Changes to application, elements and performance criteria to improve clarity and consistency across MSFFL units. Changes to assessment requirements.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks in the elements and performance criteria of this unit of competency and has demonstrated the ability to complete according to job instructions:

at least three installations that include:

at least two full-spread installations

at least one:

pressure-sensitive adhesive installation

low-adhesive adhesive installation

hallway with multiple connecting rooms

site link-up around a central core

custom design requirement

instance of a multi-directional pattern or border

a carpet tile installation — where the stairs have been adequately prepared — on a box step stairway with at least three steps, including appropriate stair nosing.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

manufacturer installation instructions and the relevant Australian standards for carpet tiles including:

backed or un-backed

fixed or un-fixed

wool

synthetic or combination of fibres

pile

needle-punch

tufted

fusion bonded and woven

modular and square to one metre

tiles of various sizes and shapes including square, rectangular, hexagonal and diamond

manufacturer use instructions for adhesives for fastening carpet tiles including:

low adhesive adhesives

pressure sensitive and wet acrylic adhesives

water and solvent-based contact adhesives

appropriate adhesives for and types of dual bond underlay systems

manufacturer installation instructions and the relevant Australian standards for finishing strips

the safe and correct use of, and maintenance requirements for tools and equipment for, installing carpet tiles

the most common issues that can arise when installing carpet tiles and how to avoid and respond to them

workplace policies and procedures relevant to their job role and responsibilities including for:

installing carpet tiles

communication and reporting

environmental protection and sustainability, including maximising resource utilisation and minimising waste

quality indicators for completed work and process improvements

work health and safety, including the use of personal protective equipment and safety data sheets

work planning

how to identify if a subfloor is suitable for installing carpet tiles

how to identify if carpet tiles are installed correctly.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

locations in which to install carpet tiles

carpet tiles, adhesives, finishing strips and other materials required by job instructions

equipment and tools required for the activities set out in the elements and performance criteria, including those to control hazards

job instructions and workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3110 Install adhesive-fixed carpet

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3060 Install adhesive-fixed carpet. Changes to application, elements and performance criteria to improve clarity and consistency across MSFFL units. Changes to assessment requirements.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare, lay out, cut, join fasten, trim and finish installing carpet by 'direct sticking' the carpet straight to the subfloor and ‘dual bonding' the carpet and underlay to the subfloor. It includes the installation of adhesive-fixed carpet to non-complex stairs.

Workers with this competency undertake routine tasks on residential and non-residential/commercial sites according to job instructions and workplace procedures using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve routine issues. They work with a high degree of self-direction under routine supervision, and they are responsible for their output.

The work described in this unit may require a licence or certification in some jurisdictions, and state or territory authorities should be consulted to determine the current status. Workers on construction sites are required by law to complete induction training. They must also comply with relevant legislation, regulations, Australian Standards, codes and manufacturer installation instructions.

Competency Field

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install adhesive-fixed carpet	1.1 Interpret underlay and carpet installation requirements from job and manufacturer instructions and calculate the quantities of materials required 1.2 Identify hazards relating to the work site, work practices, materials, tools and equipment, and check risk treatments are in place and operating 1.3 Select and check all required tools and equipment are ready to use, and organise to fix any deficiencies according to workplace procedures 1.4 Gather underlay, carpet, adhesives, trims and other materials required by job instructions, and check they meet quality requirements and are prepared and ready to install according to manufacturer instructions, product labels and safety data sheets 1.5 Confirm the subfloor is clean and suitable for installing the carpet, and fix or report any deficiencies according to workplace procedures 1.6 Apply primer to the subfloor according to the manufacturer instructions
2. Lay carpet using the direct-stick method	2.1 Determine the set out and laying direction of the carpet according to job instructions to minimise waste and joins, consider the direction of the pile, and ensure an efficient, quality installation 2.2 Establish the skirting point and seam placements for the carpet 2.3 Lay out carpet pieces and measure, mark and check them for size, direction of the pile, pattern and match 2.4 Fold back the carpet and apply adhesive to the subfloor according to the manufacturer instructions and workplace procedures 2.5 Position, stretch and fasten the carpet into the adhesive, and seal and join the carpet pieces, according to the manufacturer instructions 2.6 Trim off excess carpet, install finishing strips, and finish installing the carpet to meet quality requirements 2.7 Check the carpet is installed correctly according to job instructions and quality requirements, and fix any deficiencies
3. Lay carpet using the dual-bond method	3.1 Confirm the subfloor is clean and suitable for installing the carpet, and fix or report any deficiencies according to workplace procedures 3.2 Apply primer to the subfloor according to the manufacturer instructions 3.3 Establish the skirting point and seam placements for the underlay 3.4 Lay out and trim the underlay according to job instructions 3.5 Fold back the underlay and apply adhesive to the subfloor according to the manufacturer instructions, product labels, safety data sheets and workplace procedures 3.6 Position and fasten the underlay into the adhesive and trim the underlay according to the manufacturer instructions and job instructions 3.7 Establish the skirting point and seam placements for the carpet 3.8 Lay out the carpet pieces and measure, mark and check them for size, direction of the pile, pattern and match 3.9 Fold back the carpet and apply adhesive to the underlay according to the manufacturer instructions and workplace procedures 3.10 Position, stretch and fasten the carpet into the adhesive, and seal and join the carpet pieces, according to the manufacturer instructions 3.11 Trim off excess carpet, install finishing strips and finish installing the carpet to meet quality requirements 3.12 Check the carpet is installed correctly according to job instructions and quality requirements, and fix any deficiencies
4. Complete the task according to workplace procedures	4.1 Clean up the work area, identify items for recycling and dispose of waste 4.2 Identify, tag and report any damage to equipment and tools 4.3 Check, clean and do routine maintenance on equipment and tools and store them and unused materials 4.4 Complete task outcome documentation

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3060 Install adhesive-fixed carpet.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3110 Install adhesive-fixed carpet

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3060 Install adhesive-fixed carpet. Changes to application, elements and performance criteria to improve clarity and consistency across MSFFL units. Changes to assessment requirements.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks in the elements and performance criteria of this unit of competency and has demonstrated the ability to install according to job instructions:

tufted or woven carpet using the direct stick method to connecting rooms at least once, including at least one cross join and one seam join

tufted or woven carpet on adhesive fixed underlay using the dual-bond carpet method to connect rooms at least once, including at least one cross join, one seam join using heat bond tape and one box step

the carpet — where the stairs have been adequately prepared — on:

a box step stairway with at least three steps

a kite winder treads stairway with at least three steps

a bullnose step.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

manufacturer installation and use instructions and the relevant Australian standards for:

tufted carpet

fusion-bonded carpet

woven carpet

needle-punched carpet

PVC-backed carpet

fibrous, bonded-foam and recycled-rubber underlays

plasticised and rubber resin acrylic adhesives

water and solvent-based adhesives

solvent-based contact adhesive

the safe and correct use of, and maintenance requirements for tools and equipment for, installing adhesive-fixed carpet

the most common issues that can arise when installing adhesive-fixed carpet and how to avoid and respond to them

workplace policies and procedures relevant to their job role and responsibilities including for:

installing adhesive-fixed carpet

communication and reporting

environmental protection and sustainability, including maximising resource utilisation and minimising waste

quality indicators for completed work and process improvements

work health and safety, including the use of personal protective equipment, safety data sheets and ventilation

work planning

how to identify if a subfloor is suitable for installing adhesive-fixed carpet

how to identify if adhesive-fixed carpet is installed correctly.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

locations in which to install the adhesive-fixed carpet

underlay, carpet, adhesives, trims and other materials required by job instructions

equipment and tools required for the activities set out in the elements and performance criteria, including those to control hazards

job instructions and workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3111 Install commercial carpet

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3061 Install commercial carpet. Changes to application, elements and performance criteria to improve clarity and consistency across MSFFL units. Changes to assessment requirements.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install commercial-grade carpet to multiple connecting rooms, large commercial areas and in multi-storey buildings. It does not include installing:

underlay and grippers (which MSFFL3103 Install soft carpet underlay and grippers addresses)

carpet using the direct-stick or dual-bond methods (which MSFFL3110 Install adhesive-fixed carpet addresses)

carpet on complex stairs (which MSFFL3113 Install carpet on complex stairs addresses).

Workers with this competency undertake routine tasks on residential and non-residential/commercial sites according to job instructions including plans and specifications and workplace procedures using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve routine issues. They work with a high degree of self-direction under routine supervision, and they are responsible for their output.

The work described in this unit may require a licence or certification in some jurisdictions, and state or territory authorities should be consulted to determine the current status. Workers on construction sites are required by law to complete induction training. They must also comply with relevant legislation, regulations, Australian Standards, codes and manufacturer installation instructions.

Competency Field

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install commercial carpet	1.1 Interpret carpet installation requirements from job and manufacturer instructions and calculate the quantities of materials required 1.2 Identify hazards relating to the work site, work practices, materials, tools and equipment, and check risk treatments are in place and operating 1.3 Select and check all required tools and equipment are ready to use, and organise to fix any deficiencies according to workplace procedures 1.4 Gather the carpet and finishing, joining, fastening and other materials required by job instructions, and check they meet quality requirements and are prepared and ready to install according to manufacturer instructions 1.5 Confirm the subfloor, underlay and grippers are clean and suitable for installing the carpet, and fix or report any deficiencies according to workplace procedures
2. Cut, fit and fasten the commercial carpet	2.1 Determine the set out and laying direction of the carpet according to job instructions to minimise waste and joins, consider the direction of the pile, and ensure an efficient, quality installation 2.2 Establish the skirting point and seam placements for the carpet 2.3 Lay out the carpet pieces and check them for size, direction of pile and pattern match 2.4 Measure, mark, cut, seal and join the carpet pieces according to workplace procedures 2.5 Position, stretch and fasten the carpet according to the manufacturer instructions 2.6 Trim off excess carpet, install finishing strips, and finish installing the carpet to meet quality requirements 2.7 Check the carpet is installed correctly according to job instructions and quality requirements, and fix any deficiencies
3. Complete the task according to workplace procedures	3.1 Clean up the work area, identify items for recycling and dispose of waste 3.2 Identify, tag and report any damage to equipment and tools 3.3 Check, clean and do routine maintenance on equipment and tools and store them and unused materials 3.4 Complete task outcome documentation

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3061 Install commercial carpet.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3111 Install commercial carpet

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3061 Install commercial carpet. Changes to application, elements and performance criteria to improve clarity and consistency across MSFFL units. Changes to assessment requirements.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks in the elements and performance criteria of this unit of competency and has demonstrated the ability to complete according to job instructions:

at least three commercial carpet installations — where the subfloor has been adequately prepared — that include every one of the following at least once, in any combination:

carpet:

commercial woven carpet

commercial tufted carpet

areas:

an area containing at least two rooms connected by a common corridor

an area containing at least seven lineal metres of carpet in length that must be split and joined

an area with an obstacle that requires the carpet to be stretched up to it (such as a lift lobby, reception area or column)

three seam joins and three cross joins

a box step stairway with at least three steps including the installation of commercial-grade stair nosing

a kite winder treads stairway with at least three steps

a bullnose step.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

manufacturer installation instructions and the relevant Australian standards for commercial carpet

the safe and correct use of and maintenance requirements for tools and equipment including power stretchers for installing commercial carpet

the safe and correct handling of heavy carpet loads

the most common issues that can arise when installing commercial carpet and how to avoid and respond to them

workplace policies and procedures relevant to their job role and responsibilities including for:

installing commercial carpet

communication and reporting

environmental protection and sustainability, including maximising resource utilisation and minimising waste

quality indicators for completed work and process improvements

work health and safety, including the use of personal protective equipment and safety data sheets

work planning

how to identify if a subfloor is suitable for installing commercial carpet

how to identify if carpet underlay, grippers and commercial carpet are installed correctly.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

locations in which to install commercial carpet and which already have underlay and grippers installed

commercial carpet

equipment and tools required for the activities set out in the elements and performance criteria, including those to control hazards

job instructions and workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3112 Install patterned carpet

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3062 Install patterned and custom-designed carpet. Changes to title, application, elements and performance criteria to improve clarity and consistency across MSFFL units. Changes to assessment requirements.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to set out, lay, stretch, join and finish woven and tufted custom carpets with geometric, decorative and other patterned designs. It does not include the installation of:

underlay and grippers (which MSFFL3103 Install soft carpet underlay and grippers addresses)

carpet using the direct-stick or dual-bond methods (which MSFFL3110 Install adhesive-fixed carpet addresses)

carpet on complex stairs (which MSFFL3113 Install carpet on complex stairs addresses).

Workers with this competency undertake routine tasks on residential and non-residential/commercial sites according to job instructions and workplace procedures using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve routine issues. They work with a high degree of self-direction under routine supervision, and they are responsible for their output.

The work described in this unit may require a licence or certification in some jurisdictions, and state or territory authorities should be consulted to determine the current status. Workers on construction sites are required by law to complete induction training. They must also comply with relevant legislation, regulations, Australian Standards, codes and manufacturer installation instructions.

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install the patterned carpet	1.1 Interpret carpet installation requirements from job and manufacturer instructions and calculate the quantities of materials required 1.2 Identify hazards relating to the work site, work practices, materials, tools and equipment, and check risk treatments are in place and operating 1.3 Select and check all required tools and equipment are ready to use, and organise to fix any deficiencies according to workplace procedures 1.4 Gather the carpet and finishing, joining, fastening and other materials required by job instructions, and check they meet quality requirements and are prepared and ready to install according to manufacturer instructions 1.5 Confirm the subfloor, underlay and grippers are clean and suitable for installing the carpet, and fix or report any deficiencies according to workplace procedures
2. Cut, fit and fasten the patterned carpet	2.1 Determine the set out and laying direction of the carpet according to job instructions to minimise waste and joins, consider the direction of the pile, and ensure an efficient, quality installation 2.2 Establish the skirting point and seam placements for the carpet 2.3 Lay out carpet pieces and check them for size, direction of pile and match 2.4 Measure, mark, cut, seal and join the carpet pieces according to workplace procedures 2.5 Position, stretch and fasten the carpet to the gripper according to the manufacturer instructions 2.6 Trim off excess carpet, install finishing strips, and finish installing the carpet to meet quality requirements 2.7 Check the carpet is installed correctly according to job instructions and quality requirements, and fix any deficiencies
3. Complete the task according to workplace procedures	3.1 Clean up the work area, identify items for recycling and dispose of waste 3.2 Identify, tag and report any damage to equipment and tools 3.3 Check, clean and do routine maintenance on equipment and tools and store them and unused materials 3.4 Complete task outcome documentation

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3062 Install patterned and custom-designed carpet.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3112 Install patterned carpet

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3062 Install patterned and custom-designed carpet. Changes to title, application, elements and performance criteria to improve clarity and consistency across MSFFL units. Changes to assessment requirements.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks in the elements and performance criteria of this unit of competency and has demonstrated the ability to complete according to job instructions:

at least three patterned carpet installations — where the subfloor has been adequately prepared — that include every one of the following at least once, in any combination:

carpet:

woven patterned carpet

tufted patterned carpet

designs:

pattern matching at seams and cross joints

patterned design concepts including patterned border

installation systems:

dual-bond

gripper strip

a box step stairway with at least three steps

a kite winder treads stairway with at least three steps

a bullnose step.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

manufacturer installation instructions and the relevant Australian standards for patterned carpet

the safe and correct use of, and maintenance requirements for tools and equipment for, installing patterned carpet

the most common issues that can arise when installing patterned carpet and how to avoid and respond to them

workplace policies and procedures relevant to their job role and responsibilities including for:

installing patterned carpet

communication and reporting

environmental protection and sustainability, including maximising resource utilisation and minimising waste

quality indicators for completed work and process improvements

work health and safety, including the use of personal protective equipment and safety data sheets

work planning

how to identify if a subfloor is suitable for installing patterned carpet

how to identify if carpet underlay, grippers and patterned carpet are installed correctly.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

locations in which to install the patterned carpet and which already have underlay and grippers installed

patterned carpet

equipment and tools required for the activities set out in the elements and performance criteria, including those to control hazards

job instructions and workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3113 Install carpet on complex stairs

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFL3064 Install carpet to custom design stairs. Changes to title, application, elements and performance criteria to improve clarity and consistency across MSFFL units. Changes to assessment requirements. Workplace outcome has changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare, set out, cut, join and fix plain and patterned carpet to angular, curved, rounded and wrap-rounded stairs, including fitting metal moulding and decorative finishes. It does not include the installation of carpet using the direct-stick or dual-bond methods (which MSFFL3110 Install adhesive-fixed carpet addresses).

Workers with this competency undertake routine tasks on residential and non-residential/commercial sites according to job instructions and workplace procedures using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve routine issues. They work with a high degree of self-direction under routine supervision, and they are responsible for their output.

The work described in this unit may require a licence or certification in some jurisdictions, and state or territory authorities should be consulted to determine the current status. Workers on construction sites are required by law to complete induction training. They must also comply with relevant legislation, regulations, Australian Standards, codes and manufacturer installation instructions.

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install the carpet	1.1 Interpret carpet installation requirements from job and manufacturer instructions and calculate the quantities of materials required 1.2 Identify hazards relating to the work site, work practices, materials, tools and equipment, and check risk treatments are in place and operating 1.3 Select and check all required tools and equipment are ready to use, and organise to fix any deficiencies according to workplace procedures 1.4 Gather the carpet and other materials required by job instructions, and check they meet quality requirements and are prepared and ready to install according to manufacturer instructions 1.5 Confirm the stairs are clean and suitable for installing the carpet, and fix or report any deficiencies according to workplace procedures
2. Install the underlay and grippers	2.1 Measure, mark and cut the underlay and gripper strips to length and size to minimise waste 2.2 Fasten the underlay and gripper strips according to manufacturer instructions 2.3 Fit gripping edging trims at thresholds and abutments to other flooring surfaces according to workplace procedures 2.4 Trim off excess and finish installing underlay and gripper strips to meet quality requirements 2.5 Check the underlay and gripper strips are installed correctly according to job instructions and quality requirements, and fix any deficiencies
3. Install the carpet	3.1 Determine the set out and laying direction of the carpet according to job instructions to minimise waste and joins, consider the direction of the pile, and ensure an efficient, quality installation 3.2 Establish the skirting point and seam placements for the carpet 3.3 Lay out carpet pieces and check them for size, direction of pile and match 3.4. Measure, mark, cut, seal and join the carpet pieces according to workplace procedures 3.5 Position, stretch and fasten the carpet according to the manufacturer instructions 3.6 Trim off excess carpet, install finishing strips and finish installing the carpet according to job instructions 3.7 Check the carpet is installed correctly according to job instructions and quality requirements, and fix any deficiencies
4. Complete the task according to workplace procedures	4.1 Clean up the work area, identify items for recycling and dispose of waste 4.2 Identify, tag and report any damage to equipment and tools 4.3 Check, clean and do routine maintenance on equipment and tools and store them and unused materials 4.4 Complete task outcome documentation

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFL3064 Install carpet to custom design stairs.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3113 Install carpet on complex stairs

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFL3064 Install carpet to custom design stairs. Changes to title, application, elements and performance criteria to improve clarity and consistency across MSFFL units. Changes to assessment requirements. Workplace outcome has changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks in the elements and performance criteria of this unit of competency and has demonstrated the ability to complete according to job instructions at least three patterned tufted or woven carpet installations, including the installation of carpet for all the following, in any combination:

a timber staircase

a concrete staircase

at least three bullnose steps

at least three enclosed steps

at least three open newell steps

at least three open tread steps

a curved step

a wrap-around step.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

manufacturer installation instructions and the relevant Australian standards for carpet

the safe and correct use of, and maintenance requirements for tools and equipment for, installing carpet on stairs

the most common issues that can arise when installing carpet on stairs and how to avoid and respond to them

workplace policies and procedures relevant to their job role and responsibilities including for:

installing carpet on stairs

communication and reporting

environmental protection and sustainability, including maximising resource utilisation and minimising waste

quality indicators for completed work and process improvements

work health and safety, including the use of personal protective equipment and safety data sheets

work planning

how to identify if stairs are suitable for installing carpet

how to identify if carpet is installed correctly.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

stairs on which to install the carpet

carpet

equipment and tools required for the activities set out in the elements and performance criteria, including those to control hazards

job instructions and workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3114 Install resilient tiles and planks

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3065 Install resilient tiles. Changes to title, application, elements and performance criteria to improve clarity and consistency across MSFFL units. Changes to assessment requirements.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare, set out, cut, lay and fix resilient tiles and planks in single and multiple connecting rooms using both single and multi-directional installation methods. It includes the installation of tiles and planks with specific design features such as patterns, motifs and logos.

Workers with this competency undertake routine tasks on residential and non-residential/commercial sites according to job instructions and workplace procedures using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve routine issues. They work with a high degree of self-direction under routine supervision, and they are responsible for their output.

The work described in this unit may require a licence or certification in some jurisdictions, and state or territory authorities should be consulted to determine the current status. Workers on construction sites are required by law to complete induction training. They must also comply with relevant legislation, regulations, Australian Standards, codes and manufacturer installation instructions.

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install resilient tiles and planks	1.1 Interpret resilient tile or plank installation requirements from job and manufacturer instructions and calculate the quantities of materials required 1.2 Identify hazards relating to the work site, work practices, materials, tools and equipment, and check risk treatments are in place and operating 1.3 Select and check all required tools and equipment are ready to use, and organise to fix any deficiencies according to workplace procedures 1.4 Gather the resilient tiles or planks, adhesives, trims and other materials required by job instructions, and check they meet quality requirements and are prepared and ready to install according to manufacturer instructions, product labels and safety data sheets 1.5 Confirm the subfloor is clean and suitable for installing the resilient tiles or planks, and fix or report any deficiencies according to workplace procedures
2. Cut, fit and fasten resilient tiles and planks	2.1 Determine the set out and laying direction of the resilient tiles or planks according to job instructions to minimise waste and ensure an efficient, quality installation 2.2 Establish the starting point and mark out working lines 2.3 Measure, mark and cut the resilient tiles or planks as required 2.4 Apply adhesive to the subfloor according to the manufacturer instructions, product labels, safety data sheets and workplace procedures 2.5 Install the resilient tiles or planks according to workplace procedures 2.6 Install finishing strips and finish installing the resilient tiles or planks according to workplace procedures 2.7 Check the resilient tiles or planks are installed correctly according to job instructions and quality requirements, and fix any deficiencies
3. Complete the task according to workplace procedures	3.1 Clean up the work area, identify items for recycling and dispose of waste 3.2 Identify, tag and report any damage to equipment and tools 3.3 Check, clean and do routine maintenance on equipment and tools and store them and unused materials 3.4 Complete task outcome documentation

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3065 Install resilient tiles.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3114 Install resilient tiles and planks

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3065 Install resilient tiles. Changes to title, application, elements and performance criteria to improve clarity and consistency across MSFFL units. Changes to assessment requirements.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks in the elements and performance criteria of this unit of competency and has demonstrated the ability to complete according to job instructions:

on a timber or concrete subfloor including cutting and fastening of the resilient tiles or planks:

at least one resilient tile and/or plank installation of connecting rooms using multi-directional patterns

at least one resilient tile and/or plank installation that includes a 45-degree set-out with borders

at least one resilient tile and/or plank installation that includes a custom design or feature strips.

Note: the above installations must include at least one resilient tile installation and one resilient plank installation.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

manufacturer installation instructions and the relevant Australian standards for resilient tiles and planks, including:

homogenous and heterogeneous

linoleum

rigid

rubber

semi-rigid

manufacturer use instructions for adhesives for fastening resilient tiles and planks including:

double-sided tape

polyurethane contact adhesive

pressure sensitive and wet acrylic adhesive

two-part epoxy

water and solvent-based contact adhesive

manufacturer installation instructions and the relevant Australian standards for finishing strips

the safe and correct use of, and maintenance requirements for tools and equipment for, installing resilient tiles and planks

the most common issues that can arise when installing resilient tiles and planks and how to avoid and respond to them

workplace policies and procedures relevant to their job role and responsibilities including for:

installing resilient tiles and planks

communication and reporting

environmental protection and sustainability, including maximising resource utilisation and minimising waste

quality indicators for completed work and process improvements

work health and safety, including the use of personal protective equipment and safety data sheets

work planning

how to identify if a subfloor is prepared, clean and otherwise suitable for installing resilient tiles and planks

how to identify if resilient tiles and planks have been installed correctly.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

locations in which to install resilient tiles and planks

resilient tiles and planks, adhesives, finishing strips and other materials required by job instructions

equipment and tools required for the activities set out in the elements and performance criteria, including those to control hazards

job instructions and workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3115 Install commercial sheet vinyl flooring

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3067 Complete large scale and complex vinyl flooring installations. Changes to title, application, elements and performance criteria to improve clarity and consistency across MSFFL units. Changes to assessment requirements.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare, cut, weld, lay out and fasten vinyl (heterogeneous and homogenous) sheet flooring to large areas including complex areas (such as wet areas, stairs, stringers and steps).

Workers with this competency undertake routine tasks on residential and non-residential/commercial sites according to job instructions and workplace procedures using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve routine issues. They work with a high degree of self-direction under routine supervision, and they are responsible for their output.

The work described in this unit may require a licence or certification in some jurisdictions, and state or territory authorities should be consulted to determine the current status. Workers on construction sites are required by law to complete induction training. They must also comply with relevant legislation, regulations, Australian Standards, codes and manufacturer installation instructions.

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install vinyl sheet flooring	1.1 Interpret vinyl sheet flooring installation requirements from job and manufacturer instructions and calculate the quantities of materials required 1.2 Identify hazards relating to the work site, work practices, materials, tools and equipment, and check risk treatments are in place and operating 1.3 Select and check all required tools and equipment are ready to use, and organise to fix any deficiencies according to workplace procedures 1.4 Gather the vinyl sheet flooring, adhesives and finishing, joining and other materials required by job instructions, and check they meet quality requirements and are prepared and ready to use or install according to the manufacturer instructions, product labels, safety data sheets and workplace procedures 1.5 Confirm the subfloor is clean and suitable for installing the vinyl sheet flooring, and fix or report any deficiencies according to workplace procedures
2. Cut, fit and fasten vinyl sheet flooring	2.1 Determine the set out and laying direction of the vinyl sheet according to job instructions to minimise waste and joins, consider the direction of patterns and design elements, and ensure an efficient, quality installation 2.2 Establish the starting point and mark out working lines 2.3 Cut and fasten any required pre-form fillet according to job instructions 2.4 Lay out the vinyl sheets and check them for size, direction of grain, and sheet and pattern match 2.5 Measure, mark and cut the vinyl sheets as required 2.6 Fold back the vinyl sheet flooring and apply adhesive to the subfloor according to the manufacturer instructions, product labels, safety data sheets and workplace procedures 2.7 Position and fasten the vinyl sheet flooring into adhesive according to workplace procedures 2.8 Weld vinyl sheets’ seams and joins according to the manufacturer instructions 2.9 Finish installing the vinyl sheet flooring and install skirting, reducer and edge strips to meet quality requirements 2.10 Check the vinyl sheet flooring is installed correctly according to job instructions and quality requirements, and fix any deficiencies
3. Complete the task according to workplace procedures	3.1 Clean up the work area, identify items for recycling and dispose of waste 3.2 Identify, tag and report any damage to equipment and tools 3.3 Check, clean and do routine maintenance on equipment and tools and store them and unused materials 3.4 Complete task outcome documentation

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3067 Complete large scale and complex vinyl flooring installations.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3115 Install commercial sheet vinyl flooring

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3067 Complete large scale and complex vinyl flooring installations. Changes to title, application, elements and performance criteria to improve clarity and consistency across MSFFL units. Changes to assessment requirements.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks in the elements and performance criteria of this unit of competency and has demonstrated the ability to complete according to job instructions:

at least four vinyl sheet flooring installations — two using heterogeneous vinyl sheet and two using homogeneous vinyl sheet — that cover at least once, in any combination:

all of the following installation types:

cove installation

flat installation

stair installations with a metal stair nosing

all of the following characteristics:

pencil cove

cove fillet

border cove

internal and external mitred corners

more than two widths of vinyl

hallway or passage with connecting room

all the following techniques:

trimming selvedges

bar scribing

direct scribing

template scribing

under scribing

pattern matching

heat weld joins

cold (chemical) weld joins.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

the characteristics of box and recessed steps

manufacturer installation instructions and the relevant Australian standards for vinyl sheet flooring including:

homogenous vinyl sheet

heterogeneous vinyl sheet (including encapsulated glass fibre)

manufacturer use instructions for adhesives for fastening vinyl sheet flooring including:

water-based acrylic

two-part epoxy

two-part polyurethane

single pack polyurethane

water-based and solvent-based contact adhesive

the safe and correct use of, and maintenance requirements for tools and equipment for, installing vinyl sheet flooring

the most common issues that can arise when installing vinyl sheet flooring and how to avoid and respond to them

workplace policies and procedures relevant to their job role and responsibilities including for:

installing vinyl sheet flooring

communication and reporting

environmental protection and sustainability, including maximising resource utilisation and minimising waste

quality indicators for completed work and process improvements

work health and safety, including the use of personal protective equipment and safety data sheets

work planning

how to identify if a subfloor is suitable for installing vinyl sheet flooring

how to identify if vinyl sheet flooring is installed correctly.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

locations in which to install vinyl sheet flooring

vinyl sheet flooring, adhesives and finishing, joining and other materials required by job instructions

equipment and tools required for the activities set out in the elements and performance criteria, including those to control hazards

job instructions and workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3116 Install resilient sheet to walls

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3070 Install resilient sheet to walls. Changes to application, elements and performance criteria to improve clarity and consistency across MSFFL units. Changes to assessment requirements.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare walls and install resilient sheet to dry and wet walls.

Workers with this competency undertake routine tasks on residential and non-residential/commercial sites according to job instructions including plans and specifications and workplace procedures using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve routine issues. They work with a high degree of self-direction under routine supervision, and they are responsible for their output.

The work described in this unit may require a licence or certification in some jurisdictions, and state or territory authorities should be consulted to determine the current status. Workers on construction sites are required by law to complete induction training. They must also comply with relevant legislation, regulations, Australian Standards, codes and manufacturer installation instructions.

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install resilient sheet	1.1 Interpret resilient sheet installation requirements from job and manufacturer instructions and calculate the quantities of materials required 1.2 Identify hazards relating to the work site, work practices, materials, tools and equipment, and check risk treatments are in place and operating 1.3 Select and check all required tools and equipment are ready to use, and organise to fix any deficiencies according to workplace procedures 1.4 Gather the resilient sheet, coatings, adhesives and other materials required by job instructions, and check they meet quality requirements and are prepared and ready to use or install according to the manufacturer instructions, product labels, safety data sheets and workplace procedures 1.5 Confirm the wall substrate is clean and suitable for installing the resilient sheet, and fix or report any deficiencies according to workplace procedures
2. Prepare the walls	2.1 Establish a mixing station in a safe, suitable location, and prepare the surface coating 2.2 Trial the surface coating to check the equipment is operating correctly and the consistency of the coating material and the surface finish are according to the manufacturer instructions 2.3 Apply surface coating to the required depth and coverage according to the manufacturer instructions and job requirements 2.4 Check internal and external corners for square 2.5 Check wall surfaces for plane, and smooth and clear them for further processing
3. Cut, fit and fasten resilient sheet	3.1 Prepare feathering systems and applications and apply according to the manufacturer instructions and job instructions 3.2 Determine the set out and laying direction of the resilient sheet according to job instructions to minimise waste and joins and considering the direction of seams, patterns, design elements and plumbing, to ensure an efficient, quality installation 3.3 Establish the starting point and mark out working lines 3.4 Cut and fasten any required pre-form fillet according to job instructions 3.5 Measure, mark and cut the resilient sheet as required 3.6 Apply adhesive to the wall according to the manufacturer instructions, product labels, safety data sheets and workplace procedures 3.7 Position and fasten the resilient sheet according to workplace procedures 3.8 Heat the resilient sheet to form profiles as required by job instructions 3.9 Weld the resilient sheet’s seams and joins according to the manufacturer instructions 3.10 Finish installing the resilient sheet and trim joins and seams 3.11 Check the resilient sheet is installed correctly according to job instructions and quality requirements, and fix any deficiencies
4. Complete the task according to workplace procedures	4.1 Clean up the work area, identify items for recycling and dispose of waste 4.2 Identify, tag and report any damage to equipment and tools 4.3 Check, clean and do routine maintenance of equipment and tools and store them and unused materials 4.4 Complete task outcome documentation

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3070 Install resilient sheet to walls.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3116 Install resilient sheet to walls

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3070 Install resilient sheet to walls. Changes to application, elements and performance criteria to improve clarity and consistency across MSFFL units. Changes to assessment requirements.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks in the elements and performance criteria of this unit of competency and has demonstrated the ability to complete according to job instructions:

at least one patch and repair to a wall including internal and external corners

at least one skim coat to walls including internal and external corners

at least one installation of a wet room resilient sheet using a horizontal installation system with heat-welded joins including internal and external corners to walls, the covering of window reveals and sealing to door frames and fittings

at least one installation of a wet room resilient sheet using a vertical installation system with heat-welded joins including internal and external corners to walls, the covering of window reveals and sealing to door frames and fittings.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

manufacturer installation instructions and the relevant Australian standards for resilient homogenous and heterogeneous vinyl sheet

characteristics of substrates and techniques for preparing them for resilient sheet, including:

concrete

cement rendered

fibrous cement board

plasterboard

ply sheeting

manufacturer installation instructions and the relevant Australian standards for:

priming, repairing and smoothing cement-based compounds

acrylic, water and solvent-based adhesives

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of different profiles:

internal and external angles

coves

profiling to pipe work

the safe and correct use of, and maintenance requirements for tools and equipment for, installing resilient sheet

the most common issues that can arise when installing resilient sheet and how to avoid and respond to them

workplace policies and procedures relevant to their job role and responsibilities including for:

installing resilient sheet

communication and reporting

environmental protection and sustainability, including maximising resource utilisation and minimising waste

quality indicators for completed work and process improvements

work health and safety, including the use of personal protective equipment, safety data sheets and dust and/or vacuum systems

the use of portable scaffolding

work planning

how to identify if a substrate is prepared, clean and otherwise suitable for installing resilient sheet

how to identify if resilient sheet has been installed correctly.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

locations in which to install resilient sheet

resilient sheet

equipment and tools required for the activities set out in the elements and performance criteria, including those to control hazards

job instructions and workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3117 Install mosaic and panel parquetry flooring

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3083 Install patterned and mosaic parquetry flooring. Changes to title, application, elements and performance criteria to improve clarity and consistency across MSFFL units. Changes to assessment requirements.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare, set out, cut and install mosaic and panel parquetry floors to complete rooms. It includes laying a moisture vapour barrier and underlay.

Workers with this competency undertake routine tasks on residential and non-residential/commercial sites according to job instructions and workplace procedures using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve routine issues. They work with a high degree of self-direction under routine supervision, and they are responsible for their output.

The work described in this unit may require a licence or certification in some jurisdictions, and state or territory authorities should be consulted to determine the current status. Workers on construction sites are required by law to complete induction training. They must also comply with relevant legislation, regulations, Australian Standards, codes and manufacturer installation instructions.

Competency Field

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install mosaic and panel parquetry flooring	1.1 Interpret mosaic and panel parquetry flooring installation requirements from job and manufacturer instructions and calculate the quantities of materials required 1.2 Identify hazards relating to the work site, work practices, materials, tools and equipment, and check risk treatments are in place and operating 1.3 Select and check all required tools and equipment are ready to use, and organise to fix any deficiencies according to workplace procedures 1.4 Gather the parquetry flooring material and confirm its species, grade, size, quantity and quality against job instructions 1.5 Check and confirm the parquetry flooring material’s moisture content is suitable for site conditions according to workplace procedures 1.6 Gather adhesives, trims and other materials required by job instructions, and check they meet quality requirements and are prepared and ready to install according to the manufacturer instructions, product labels, safety data sheets and workplace procedures
2. Install moisture vapour barrier and underlay	2.1 Confirm the subfloor is clean and suitable for installing the moisture vapour barrier and parquetry, and fix or report any deficiencies according to workplace procedures 2.2 Remove or undercut door jambs, cover trims and other joinery, and store for refitting or send for machining according to job instructions 2.3 Fasten the moisture vapour barrier according to manufacturer instructions 2.4 Measure, mark and cut underlay to length and size to minimise waste 2.5 Fasten underlay according to workplace procedures and manufacturer instructions 2.6 Finish installing underlay to meet quality requirements
3. Cut, fit and fasten mosaic and panel parquetry flooring	3.1 Establish the starting point and mark out working lines 3.2 Lay out the parquetry flooring according to job instructions to maximise aesthetics with respect to material colours, grains and patterns, to minimise waste, and to ensure an efficient, quality installation 3.3 Measure, mark and cut parquetry fingers or panels as required 3.4 Apply adhesive to the substrate according to the according to the manufacturer instructions, product labels, safety data sheets and workplace procedures 3.5 Install the parquetry flooring according to the manufacturer instructions, allowing appropriate intermediate and perimeter expansion joints 3.6 Install finishing strips appropriate for the type of subfloor, refit removed items and finish installing the flooring 3.7 Check the parquetry flooring is installed correctly according to job instructions and quality requirements, and fix any deficiencies 3.8 Make any necessary preparations for sanding the parquetry flooring according to job instructions
4. Complete the task according to workplace procedures	4.1 Clean up the work area, identify items for recycling and dispose of waste 4.2 Identify, tag and report any damage to equipment and tools 4.3 Check, clean and do routine maintenance on equipment and tools and store them and unused materials 4.4 Complete task outcome documentation

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3083 Install patterned and mosaic parquetry flooring.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3117 Install mosaic and panel parquetry flooring

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3083 Install patterned and mosaic parquetry flooring. Changes to title, application, elements and performance criteria to improve clarity and consistency across MSFFL units. Changes to assessment requirements.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks in the elements and performance criteria of this unit of competency and has demonstrated the ability to install according to job instructions one mosaic parquetry floor or one panel parquetry floor to a complete room.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

manufacturer installation instructions for mosaic and panel parquetry flooring

the safe and correct use of, and maintenance requirements for tools and equipment for, installing mosaic and panel parquetry flooring

the most common issues that can arise when installing mosaic and panel parquetry flooring and how to avoid and respond to them

workplace policies and procedures relevant to their job role and responsibilities including for:

installing mosaic and panel parquetry flooring

communication and reporting

environmental protection and sustainability, including maximising resource utilisation and minimising waste

quality indicators for completed work and process improvements

work health and safety, including the use of personal protective equipment and safety data sheets

work planning

how to identify if a subfloor is suitable for installing mosaic and panel parquetry flooring

how to identify if mosaic and panel parquetry flooring are installed correctly.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

locations in which to install mosaic and panel parquetry flooring

moisture vapour barrier, underlay and mosaic and panel parquetry flooring and other materials required by job instructions

equipment and tools required for the activities set out in the elements and performance criteria, including those to control hazards

job instructions and workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3118 Install sprung timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to set out, cut and lay timber for the installation of a special-purpose sprung platform-based timber floor (such as in a sports or leisure facility).

Workers with this competency undertake routine tasks according to job instructions and workplace procedures using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve routine issues. They work with a high degree of self-direction under routine supervision, and they are responsible for their output.

The work described in this unit may require a licence or certification in some jurisdictions, and state or territory authorities should be consulted to determine the current status. Workers on construction sites are required by law to complete induction training. They must also comply with relevant legislation, regulations, Australian Standards, codes and manufacturer installation instructions.

Competency Field

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install sprung timber flooring	1.1 Interpret sprung timber flooring installation requirements from job and manufacturer instructions and calculate the quantities of materials required 1.2 Identify hazards relating to the work site, work practices, materials, tools and equipment, and check risk treatments are in place and operating 1.3 Select and check all required tools and equipment are ready to use, and organise to fix any deficiencies according to workplace procedures 1.4 Gather the flooring material and confirm its species, grade, size, quantity and quality against job instructions 1.5 Check and confirm the flooring material’s moisture content is suitable for site conditions according to workplace procedures 1.6 Gather the underlay, adhesives, trims and other materials required by job instructions, and check they meet quality requirements and are prepared and ready to install according to the manufacturer instructions, product labels, safety data sheets and workplace procedures 1.7 Confirm the subfloor is clean and suitable for installing the flooring, and fix or report any deficiencies according to workplace procedures 1.8 Remove or undercut door jambs, cover trims and other joinery, and store for refitting or send for machining according to job instructions
2. Cut, fit and fasten sprung timber flooring	2.1 Install underfloor pads according to manufacturer instructions 2.2. Install batten and/or sheet substrate materials according to job and manufacturer instructions 2.3 Establish the starting point and mark out working lines 2.4 Lay out the flooring according to job instructions to maximise aesthetics with respect to material colours, grains and patterns, to minimise waste and joins, and to ensure an efficient, quality installation 2.5 Measure, mark and cut the flooring to length and size 2.6 Install the flooring according to the manufacturer instructions, allowing appropriate field and perimeter expansion joints 2.7 Refit removed items and finish installing the flooring 2.8 Check the flooring is installed correctly according to job instructions and quality requirements, and fix any deficiencies 2.9 Make any necessary preparations for sanding the flooring, according to job instructions
3. Complete the task according to workplace procedures	3.1 Clean up the work area, identify items for recycling and dispose of waste 3.2 Identify, tag and report any damage to equipment and tools 3.3 Check, clean and do routine maintenance on equipment and tools and store them and unused materials 3.4 Complete task outcome documentation

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3118 Install sprung timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks in the elements and performance criteria of this unit of competency and has demonstrated the ability to install according to job instructions one type of sprung timber sports floor as part of a team, demonstrating at least 20 m² as the lead installer for the subfloor system and flooring installation.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

manufacturer installation instructions for sprung timber flooring including:

strip tongue and groove

parquetry floating floors

manufactured engineered flooring used for indoor sporting applications

manufacturer installation instructions for rubber and neoprene underfloor pads

manufacturer use instructions for sprung timber flooring adhesives including:

polyvinyl alcohol (PVA)

polyurethane elastomeric

the safe and correct use of, and maintenance requirements for tools and equipment for, installing sprung timber flooring

the most common issues that can arise when installing sprung timber flooring and how to avoid and respond to them

workplace policies and procedures relevant to their job role and responsibilities including for:

installing sprung timber flooring

communication and reporting

environmental protection and sustainability, including maximising resource utilisation and minimising waste

quality indicators for completed work and process improvements

work health and safety, including the use of personal protective equipment and safety data sheets

work planning

how to identify if a subfloor is suitable for installing sprung timber flooring

how to identify if sprung timber flooring is installed correctly.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

locations in which to install sprung timber flooring

sprung timber flooring and other materials required by job instructions

equipment and tools required for the activities set out in the elements and performance criteria, including those to control hazards

job instructions and workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3119 Install timber battens and plywood in preparation to install strip timber

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3085 Install battens or plywood in preparation for strip timber. Changes to title, application, elements and performance criteria to improve clarity and consistency across MSFFL units. Changes to assessment requirements.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare for work, lay a moisture vapour barrier and cut and fix timber battens or plywood before installing strip timber, which is not included in this unit. Battens may be used to either raise a floor or correct the level of a floor. The unit does not address nailing strip timber flooring or installing direct stick timber flooring.

Workers with this competency undertake routine tasks on residential and non-residential/commercial sites according to job instructions and workplace procedures using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve routine issues. They work with a high degree of self-direction under routine supervision, and they are responsible for their output.

The work described in this unit may require a licence or certification in some jurisdictions, and state or territory authorities should be consulted to determine the current status. Workers on construction sites are required by law to complete induction training. They must also comply with relevant legislation, regulations, Australian Standards, codes and manufacturer installation instructions.

Competency Field

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install timber battens and plywood	1.1 Interpret timber batten and plywood installation requirements from job instructions and calculate the quantities of materials required 1.2 Identify hazards relating to the work site, work practices, materials, tools and equipment, and check risk treatments are in place and operating 1.3 Select and check all required tools and equipment are ready to use, and organise to fix any deficiencies according to workplace procedures 1.4 Gather the moisture vapour barrier, timber battens or plywood, adhesives, trims and other materials required by job instructions, and check they meet quality requirements and are prepared and ready to install according to the manufacturer instructions, product labels, safety data sheets and workplace procedures
2. Lay the moisture vapour barrier	2.1 Confirm the subfloor is clean and suitable for installing the moisture vapour barrier and timber battens or plywood, and fix or report any deficiencies according to workplace procedures 2.2 Remove or undercut door jambs, cover trims and other joinery, and store for refitting or send for machining according to job instructions 2.3 Fasten the moisture vapour barrier according to manufacturer instructions
3. Cut, fit and fasten timber battens and plywood	3.1 Establish the starting point and mark out working lines 3.2 Measure, mark and cut the timber battens or plywood according to job instructions to length and size, to minimise waste and joints, and to ensure an efficient, quality installation 3.3 Fasten the timber battens or plywood according to the manufacturer instructions 3.4 Adjust battens for levels according to job instructions
4. Complete the task according to workplace procedures	4.1 Clean up the work area, identify items for recycling and dispose of waste 4.2 Identify, tag and report any damage to equipment and tools 4.3 Check, clean and do routine maintenance on equipment and tools and store them and unused materials 4.4 Complete task outcome documentation

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is to equivalent to MSFFL3085 Install battens or plywood in preparation for strip timber.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3119 Install timber battens and plywood in preparation to install strip timber

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3085 Install battens or plywood in preparation for strip timber. Changes to title, application, elements and performance criteria to improve clarity and consistency across MSFFL units. Changes to assessment requirements.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks in the elements and performance criteria of this unit of competency and has demonstrated the ability to install according to job instructions:

full-thickness battens packed to achieve a level surface in one complete area

full battens scribed down to thinner sizes to fully support the subfloor

plywood mechanically fixed to a concrete subfloor.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

manufacturer installation instructions for:

moisture vapour barrier

timber battens with a density greater than 600 Kg/m3

manufacturer use instructions for adhesives including:

elastomeric

polyurethane

polyvinyl alcohol (PVA)

the safe and correct use of, and maintenance requirements for tools and equipment for, installing moisture vapour barrier, timber battens and plywood

the most common issues that can arise when installing moisture vapour barrier, timber battens and plywood and how to avoid and respond to them

workplace policies and procedures relevant to their job role and responsibilities including for:

installing moisture vapour barrier, timber battens and plywood

communication and reporting

environmental protection and sustainability, including maximising resource utilisation and minimising waste

quality indicators for completed work and process improvements

work health and safety, including the use of personal protective equipment and safety data sheets

work planning

how to identify if a subfloor is suitable for installing a moisture vapour barrier, timber battens and plywood

how to identify if a moisture vapour barrier, timber battens and plywood are installed correctly.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

locations in which to install a moisture vapour barrier, timber battens and plywood before installing strip timber

moisture vapour barrier, timber battens, plywood and other materials required by job instructions

equipment and tools required for the activities set out in the elements and performance criteria, including those to control hazards

job instructions and workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3120 Install timber flooring on joists

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan, prepare and install timber strip flooring, ply and reconstituted timber sheet product directly onto joists, install decking directly onto joists and remove and replace boards in an existing timber floor directly onto joists.

Workers with this competency undertake routine tasks on residential and non-residential/commercial sites according to job instructions and workplace procedures using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve routine issues. They work with a high degree of self-direction under routine supervision, and they are responsible for their output.

The work described in this unit may require a licence or certification in some jurisdictions, and state or territory authorities should be consulted to determine the current status. Workers on construction sites are required by law to complete induction training. They must also comply with relevant legislation, regulations, Australian Standards, codes and manufacturer installation instructions.

Competency Field

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine job requirements	1.1 Interpret timber flooring installation requirements from job and manufacturer instructions and calculate the quantities of materials required 1.2 Identify hazards relating to the work site, work practices, materials, tools and equipment, and check risk treatments are in place and operating 1.3 Select and check all required tools and equipment are ready to use, and organise to fix any deficiencies according to workplace procedures 1.4 Gather the timber flooring material and confirm its species, grade, size, quantity and quality against job instructions 1.5 Check and confirm the timber flooring material’s moisture content is suitable for site conditions according to workplace procedures 1.6 Gather fasteners and other materials required by job instructions, and check they meet quality requirements and are prepared and ready to install according to manufacturer instructions
2. Cut, fit and fasten the timber flooring	2.1 Erect signage and/or barricades according to workplace procedures 2.2 Inspect the joists for flatness, structural integrity and cleanliness and confirm they are suitable for installing the timber flooring, and fix or report any deficiencies according to workplace procedures 2.3 Measure, mark and cut timber flooring materials to length and size according to job instructions, to minimise waste and joints and to ensure an efficient, quality installation 2.4 Install the timber flooring according to the manufacturer instructions 2.5 Install finishing strips appropriate for the type of timber flooring 2.6 Check the timber flooring is installed correctly according to job instructions and quality requirements, and fix any deficiencies 2.7 Make any necessary preparations for sanding and finishing the timber flooring according to job instructions
3. Complete the task according to workplace procedures	3.1 Clean up the work area, identify items for recycling and dispose of waste 3.2 Identify, tag and report any damage to equipment and tools 3.3 Check, clean and do routine maintenance on equipment and tools and store them and unused materials 3.4 Complete task outcome documentation

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3120 Install timber flooring on joists

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks in the elements and performance criteria of this unit of competency and has demonstrated the ability to complete according to job instructions:

one installation of 19 mm strip timber flooring directly onto joists to an area of at least five joist spaces and at least one metre wide

one installation of a ply or reconstituted timber sheet product directly onto joists an area of at least five joist spaces and at least one metre wide

one installation of 19 mm decking directly onto joists comprising an area of at least five joist spaces and at least one metre wide

the removal and replacement of a board in an existing timber floor directly onto joists.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

AS 1684 Residential Timber Framed Construction as it applies to the installation of timber flooring

manufacturer installation instructions for:

strip timber flooring (19 mm or thicker)

decking boards

plywood

particleboard

manufacturer use instructions for polyurethane and polymer adhesives

the safe and correct use of, and maintenance requirements for tools and equipment for, installing timber flooring on joists

the most common issues that can arise when installing timber flooring on joists and how to avoid and respond to them

workplace policies and procedures relevant to their job role and responsibilities including for:

installing timber flooring on joists

communication and reporting

environmental protection and sustainability, including maximising resource utilisation and minimising waste

quality indicators for completed work and process improvements

work health and safety, including the use of personal protective equipment and safety data sheets

work planning

how to identify if joists are suitable for installing timber flooring

how to identify if timber flooring is installed correctly on joists.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

locations with joints on which to install timber flooring

timber flooring and other materials required by job instructions

equipment and tools required for the activities set out in the elements and performance criteria, including those to control hazards

job instructions and workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3121 Apply emulsion wax and oil-based coatings to timber floors

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFL3091 Apply oil-based coatings to timber flooring. Changes to title, application, elements and performance criteria to improve clarity and consistency across MSFFL units. Changes to assessment requirements.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to select oil-based and emulsion wax coating systems appropriate for the job, prepare for the work and apply the selected coatings to timber and parquetry floors.

Workers with this competency undertake routine tasks on residential and non-residential/commercial sites according to job instructions and workplace procedures using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve routine issues. They work with a high degree of self-direction under routine supervision, and they are responsible for their output.

The work described in this unit may require a licence or certification in some jurisdictions, and state or territory authorities should be consulted to determine the current status. Workers on construction sites are required by law to complete induction training. They must also comply with relevant legislation, regulations, Australian Standards, codes and manufacturer installation instructions.

Competency Field

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to apply emulsion wax and oil-based coating systems	1.1 Interpret coating requirements from job and manufacturer instructions and calculate the quantities of materials required 1.2 Identify hazards relating to the work site, work practices, materials, tools and equipment, and check risk treatments are in place and operating including systems to ventilate chemical fumes and to meet environmental protection requirements 1.3 Select and check all required tools and equipment are ready to use, and organise to fix any deficiencies according to workplace procedures 1.4 Plan the work sequence to ensure efficient, quality application 1.5 Select coating materials considering the job instructions, the qualities of the materials, and their compatibility with each other and with the surface to be coated 1.6 Check the coating materials meet quality requirements and are prepared and ready for use according to the manufacturer instructions, product labels, safety data sheets and workplace procedures 1.7 Confirm the surface to be coated is clean and suitable for coating, and fix or report any deficiencies according to workplace procedures 1.8 Erect signage and/or barricades around the area to be coated according to workplace procedures
2. Apply the coating	2.1 Apply coating material according to the manufacturer instructions, product labels, safety data sheets and workplace procedures 2.2 Reapply coating material as required according to the recommended time between coats 2.3 Buff and sand between coats according to manufacturer instructions 2.4 Check the floor is coated correctly according to job instructions and quality requirements, and fix any deficiencies 2.5 Provide floor maintenance instructions and warranty provisions to the client according to workplace procedures
3. Complete the task according to workplace procedures	3.1 Clean up the work area, identify items for recycling and dispose of waste 3.2 Identify, tag and report any damage to equipment and tools 3.3 Check, clean and do routine maintenance on equipment and tools and store them and unused materials 3.4 Complete task outcome documentation

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3121 Apply emulsion wax and oil-based coatings to timber floors

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFL3091 Apply oil-based coatings to timber flooring. Changes to title, application, elements and performance criteria to improve clarity and consistency across MSFFL units. Changes to assessment requirements.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks in the elements and performance criteria of this unit of competency and has demonstrated the ability to apply according to job instructions:

emulsion wax and oil-based coatings to two complete rooms:

with at least one coating an oil-based coating

with coatings applied to two different timber species.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

manufacturer use instructions for emulsion wax and oil-based coatings

the qualities of common emulsion wax and oil-based coatings including:

what they look like when applied

their durability and longevity

their ventilation requirements

their moisture content

their reaction to changes in temperature and relative humidity

the safe and correct use of, and maintenance requirements for tools and equipment for, applying emulsion wax and oil-based coatings

the most common issues that can arise when applying emulsion wax and oil-based coatings and how to avoid and respond to them

workplace policies and procedures relevant to their job role and responsibilities including for:

applying emulsion wax and oil-based coatings

communication and reporting

environmental protection and sustainability, including maximising resource utilisation and minimising waste

quality indicators for completed work and process improvements

work health and safety, including the use of personal protective equipment and safety data sheets

work planning

how to identify if timber flooring is suitable for applying emulsion wax and oil-based coatings

how to identify if emulsion wax and oil-based coatings are applied correctly.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

timber flooring on which to apply emulsion wax and oil-based coatings

coating and other materials required by job instructions

equipment and tools required for the activities set out in the elements and performance criteria, including those to control hazards

job instructions and workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3122 Fine sand timber floors

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3095 Fine sand timber flooring. Changes to title, application, elements and performance criteria to improve clarity and consistency across MSFFL units. Changes to assessment requirements.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare for work and fine sand existing floors either after coarse sanding, where only minor rectification of scratches or wear and tear has occurred, or between coats. It involves operating rotary sanding machines.

Workers with this competency undertake routine tasks on residential and non-residential/commercial sites according to job instructions and workplace procedures using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve routine issues. They work with a high degree of self-direction under routine supervision, and they are responsible for their output.

The work described in this unit may require a licence or certification in some jurisdictions, and state or territory authorities should be consulted to determine the current status. Workers on construction sites are required by law to complete induction training. They must also comply with relevant legislation, regulations, Australian Standards, codes and manufacturer installation instructions.

Competency Field

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to fine sand timber floors	1.1 Interpret sanding requirements from job instructions 1.2 Inspect the floor to determine its suitability for fine sanding, considering its moisture content and any contamination, and identify and complete pre-sanding requirements according to the Australian standard 1.3 Assess the condition of the floor, and determine the extent of fine sanding required to satisfy the job instructions 1.4 Identify hazards and ensure dust containment strategies and other risk treatments are in place and operating 1.5 Select and check the sanding machines and other required equipment and tools are ready to use, and organise to fix any deficiencies according to workplace procedures 1.6 Gather sanding belts and papers and other materials required by job instructions, and check they meet quality requirements and are ready to use according to manufacturer instructions
2. Operate sanding machinery to fine sand the floor	2.1 Set up, check and adjust the safety and other features of sanding machines according to manufacturer instructions 2.2 Conduct trial runs to check the operations of the sanding machines and the quality of the finished work 2.3 Operate the sanding machines to sand the floor following a systematic pattern to maximise efficiency and achieve job instructions 2.4 Select, attach, routinely check and change sanding discs, pads and sheets to ensure a quality finish 2.5 Continually monitor the sanding machines to ensure their motors are running within the manufacturer safe operating limits and there are no apparent electrical faults, and fix deficiencies and ensure adjustments as required 2.6 Check the floor is sanded correctly according to job instructions and quality requirements, and fix any deficiencies
3. Complete the task according to workplace procedures	3.1 Store and recycle unused materials according to workplace procedures 3.2 Check, clean and store tools and equipment according to workplace procedures 3.3 Clean work area and dispose of rubbish safely 3.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3095 Fine sand timber flooring.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3122 Fine sand timber floors

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3095 Fine sand timber flooring. Changes to title, application, elements and performance criteria to improve clarity and consistency across MSFFL units. Changes to assessment requirements.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks in the elements and performance criteria of this unit of competency and has demonstrated the ability to fine sand according to job instructions three complete rooms that include:

a new or existing solid (parquetry or tongue and groove) floor

a pre-finished or engineered floor.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

manufacturer instructions for the use of sanding discs, pads and sheets and other materials required by job instructions

the safe and correct use of, and maintenance requirements for tools and equipment for, fine sanding timber floors including factors that affect wear on sanding machines, belts and papers

the most common issues that can arise when fine sanding timber floors and how to avoid and respond to them

workplace policies and procedures relevant to their job role and responsibilities including for:

fine sanding timber floors

communication and reporting

environmental protection and sustainability, including maximising resource utilisation and minimising waste

quality indicators for completed work and process improvements

work health and safety, including the use of personal protective equipment, safety data sheets and dust and/or vacuum systems

work planning

how to identify if a timber floor is prepared, clean and otherwise suitable for fine sanding

how to identify if a timber floor has been fine sanded correctly.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

timber floors for fine sanding

sanding belts and papers and other materials required by job instructions

equipment and tools required for the activities set out in the elements and performance criteria, including those to control hazards

job instructions and workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3123 Edge sand timber floors

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3096 Edge sand timber flooring. Changes to title, application, elements and performance criteria to improve clarity and consistency across MSFFL units. Changes to assessment requirements.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare for work and edge sand existing floors using a disc, orbital or belt sander to grade the surface and remove cupping, ridges, high points or deep scratches along the edges of the room, in corners or areas of reduced access (such as wardrobes). The pattern of sanding is to overlap and blend the floorboards into the body of the sanded floor.

Workers with this competency undertake routine tasks on residential and non-residential/commercial sites according to job instructions and workplace procedures using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve routine issues. They work with a high degree of self-direction under routine supervision, and they are responsible for their output.

The work described in this unit may require a licence or certification in some jurisdictions, and state or territory authorities should be consulted to determine the current status. Workers on construction sites are required by law to complete induction training. They must also comply with relevant legislation, regulations, Australian Standards, codes and manufacturer installation instructions.

Competency Field

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to edge sand timber floors	1.1 Interpret sanding requirements from job instructions 1.2 Inspect the floor to determine its suitability for edge sanding, considering its moisture content and any contamination, and identify and complete pre-sanding requirements according to the Australian standard 1.3 Assess the condition of the floor, and determine the extent of edge sanding required to satisfy the job instructions 1.4 Identify hazards and ensure dust containment strategies and other risk treatments are in place and operating 1.5 Remove fittings, fixtures and other objects from the floor according to workplace procedures 1.6 Select and check the sanding machines and other required equipment and tools are ready to use, and organise to fix any deficiencies according to workplace procedures 1.7 Gather sanding discs, pads and sheets and other materials required by job instructions, and check they meet quality requirements and are ready to use according to manufacturer instructions
2. Operate sanding machinery to edge sand the floor	2.1 Set up, check and adjust the safety and other features of sanding machines according to manufacturer instructions 2.2 Conduct trial runs to check the operation of the sanding machines and the quality of the finished work 2.3 Operate the sanding machines to sand the floor following a systematic pattern to maximise efficiency and achieve job instructions 2.4 Select, attach, routinely check and change sanding belts or papers to ensure a quality finish 2.5 Continually monitor the sanding machines to ensure their motors are running within the manufacturer safe operating limits and there are no apparent electrical faults, and fix deficiencies and ensure adjustments as required 2.6 Check the floor is sanded correctly according to job instructions and quality requirements, and fix any deficiencies
3. Complete the task according to workplace procedures	3.1 Clean up the work area, identify items for recycling and dispose of waste 3.2 Identify, tag and report any damage to equipment and tools 3.3 Check, clean and do routine maintenance on equipment and tools and store them and unused materials 3.4 Complete task outcome documentation

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3096 Edge sand timber flooring.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3123 Edge sand timber floors

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3096 Edge sand timber flooring. Changes to title, application, elements and performance criteria to improve clarity and consistency across MSFFL units. Changes to assessment requirements.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks in the elements and performance criteria of this unit of competency and has demonstrated the ability to complete according to job instructions at least two timber flooring preparations requiring edge sanding:

to grade the surface

to remove any cupping, ridges, high points or deep scratches along the edges of the room, in corners or areas of reduced access

to blend the floorboards into the body of a coarse and a fine-sanded timber floor.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

manufacturer instructions for the use of sanding belts and paper and other materials required by job instructions

the safe and correct use of, and maintenance requirements for tools and equipment for, edge sanding timber floors including factors that affect wear on sanding machines, belts and papers

the most common issues that can arise when edge sanding timber floors and how to avoid and respond to them

workplace policies and procedures relevant to their job role and responsibilities including for:

edge sanding timber floors

communication and reporting

environmental protection and sustainability, including maximising resource utilisation and minimising waste

quality indicators for completed work and process improvements

work health and safety, including the use of personal protective equipment, safety data sheets and dust and/or vacuum systems

work planning

how to identify if a timber floor is prepared, clean and otherwise suitable for edge sanding

how to identify if a timber floor has been edge sanded correctly.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

timber floors needing edge sanding

sanding belts and papers and other materials required by job instructions

equipment and tools required for the activities set out in the elements and performance criteria, including those to control hazards

job instructions and workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3124 Sand cork floors

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare for work and sand either new cork flooring or re-sand existing cork flooring, where only minor rectification of scratches or wear and tear has occurred, or between coats. It involves operating floor sanding, rotary or orbital sanding and edge sanding machines.

Workers with this competency undertake routine tasks on residential and non-residential/commercial sites according to job instructions and workplace procedures using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve routine issues. They work with a high degree of self-direction under routine supervision, and they are responsible for their output.

The work described in this unit may require a licence or certification in some jurisdictions, and state or territory authorities should be consulted to determine the current status. Workers on construction sites are required by law to complete induction training. They must also comply with relevant legislation, regulations, Australian Standards, codes and manufacturer installation instructions.

Competency Field

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to sand the cork floor	1.1 Interpret sanding requirements from job instructions 1.2 Inspect the floor to determine its suitability for sanding, considering its moisture content and any contamination, and identify and complete pre-sanding requirements according to the Australian standard 1.3 Assess the condition of the cork floor, and determine the extent of sanding required to satisfy the job instructions 1.4 Identify hazards and ensure dust containment strategies and other risk treatments are in place and operating 1.5 Remove fittings, fixtures and other objects from the floor according to workplace procedures 1.6 Select and check the sanding machines and other required equipment and tools are ready to use, and organise to fix any deficiencies according to workplace procedures 1.7 Gather sanding belts and papers and other materials required by job instructions, and check they meet quality requirements and are ready to use according to manufacturer instructions
2. Operate sanding machinery to sand the floor	2.1 Set up, check and adjust the safety and other features of sanding machines according to manufacturer instructions 2.2 Conduct trial runs to check the operation of the sanding machines and the quality of the finished work 2.3 Operate the sanding machines to sand the floor following a systematic pattern to maximise efficiency and achieve job instructions 2.4 Select, attach, routinely check and change sanding belts or papers to ensure a quality finish 2.5 Continually monitor the sanding machines to ensure their motors are running within the manufacturer safe operating limits and there are no apparent electrical faults, and fix deficiencies and make adjustments as required 2.6 Sand the floor’s perimeter using edge and corner sanding equipment and appropriate attachments 2.7 Check the floor is sanded correctly according to job instructions and quality requirements, and fix any deficiencies
3. Complete the task according to workplace procedures	3.1 Clean up the work area, identify items for recycling and dispose of waste 3.2 Identify, tag and report any damage to equipment and tools 3.3 Check, clean and do routine maintenance on equipment and tools and store them and unused materials 3.4 Complete task outcome documentation

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3124 Sand cork floors

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks in the elements and performance criteria of this unit of competency and has demonstrated the ability to sand according to job instructions three complete rooms that collectively include:

cork tiles

cork planks

patterned cork tiles (bevelled edge)

stained cork tiles.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

manufacturer instructions for the use of sanding belts and paper and other materials required by job instructions

the safe and correct use of, and maintenance requirements for tools and equipment for, sanding cork floors including factors that affect wear on sanding machines, belts and papers

the most common issues that can arise when sanding cork floors and how to avoid and respond to them

workplace policies and procedures relevant to their job role and responsibilities including for:

sanding cork floors

communication and reporting

environmental protection and sustainability, including maximising resource utilisation and minimising waste

quality indicators for completed work and process improvements

work health and safety, including the use of personal protective equipment, safety data sheets and dust and/or vacuum systems

work planning

how to identify if a cork floor is prepared, clean and otherwise suitable for sanding

how to identify if a cork floor has been sanded correctly.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

cork floors for sanding

sanding belts and papers and other materials required by job instructions

equipment and tools required for the activities set out in the elements and performance criteria, including those to control hazards

job instructions and workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3125 Mix and apply thin-set terrazzo

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to mix and apply thin-set terrazzo.

Workers with this competency undertake routine tasks on residential and non-residential/commercial sites according to job instructions and workplace procedures using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve routine issues. They work with a high degree of self-direction under routine supervision, and they are responsible for their output.

The work described in this unit may require a licence or certification in some jurisdictions, and state or territory authorities should be consulted to determine the current status. Workers on construction sites are required by law to complete induction training. They must also comply with relevant legislation, regulations, Australian Standards, codes and manufacturer installation instructions.

Competency Field

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to mix and apply thin-set terrazzo	1.1 Interpret terrazzo application requirements from job and manufacturer instructions and calculate the quantities of materials required 1.2 Identify hazards relating to the work site, work practices, materials, tools and equipment, and check risk treatments are in place and operating 1.3 Select and check terrazzo mixing, installation and other required equipment and tools are ready to use, and organise to fix any deficiencies according to workplace procedures 1.4 Gather the terrazzo materials and other materials required by job instructions, and check they meet quality requirements and are ready to use according to the manufacturer instructions, product labels, safety data sheets and workplace procedures
2. Mix, apply and finish off thin-set terrazzo	2.1 Establish a suitable mixing area and protect surrounding surfaces 2.2 Check and confirm the substrate is free of cracks, flat, primed, clean and otherwise prepared and suitable for installing terrazzo 2.3 Check the substrate’s moisture content is suitable for installing thin-set terrazzo according to manufacturer instructions 2.4 Place floor divider strips for aesthetic purposes and for control and expansion joints, according to job instructions 2.5 Mix the terrazzo base and other ingredients according to the manufacturer instructions, product labels, safety data sheets and workplace procedures 2.6 Spread and trowel the terrazzo mix to the appropriate thickness, according to workplace procedures and manufacturer instructions 2.7 After the surface has cured, grind, grout, polish and seal the surface according to workplace procedures and manufacturer instructions
3. Complete the task according to workplace procedures	3.1 Clean up the work area, identify items for recycling and dispose of waste 3.2 Identify, tag and report any damage to equipment and tools 3.3 Check, clean and do routine maintenance on equipment and tools and store them and unused materials 3.4 Complete task outcome documentation

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3125 Mix and apply thin-set terrazzo

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks in the elements and performance criteria of this unit of competency and has demonstrated the ability to mix, install, and finish according to job instructions thin-set terrazzo on at least two occasions, with at least one occasion to include a control joint.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

manufacturer instructions for mixing terrazzo materials

the safe and correct use of, and maintenance requirements for tools and equipment for, mixing and installing thin-set terrazzo

the most common issues that can arise when mixing and installing thin-set terrazzo and how to avoid and respond to them

workplace policies and procedures relevant to their job role and responsibilities including for:

mixing and installing thin-set terrazzo

communication and reporting

environmental protection and sustainability, including maximising resource utilisation and minimising waste

quality indicators for completed work and process improvements

work health and safety, including the use of personal protective equipment and safety data sheets

work planning

how to identify if a substrate is suitable for installing thin-set terrazzo

how to identify if thin-set terrazzo is installed correctly.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

locations with prepared substrates in which to apply thin-set terrazzo

terrazzo materials, floor divider strips and other materials required by job instructions

equipment and tools required for the activities set out in the elements and performance criteria, including those to control hazards

job instructions and workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3126 Grout polished concrete floors

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to grout polished concrete floors.

Workers with this competency interpret task instructions and plans and follow established workplace procedures using judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve routine issues. They work with some self-direction under routine supervision.

The work described in this unit may require a licence or certification in some jurisdictions, and state or territory authorities should be consulted to determine the current status. Workers on construction sites are required by law to complete induction training. They must also comply with relevant legislation, regulations, Australian Standards, codes and manufacturer installation instructions.

Competency Field

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to grout polished concrete floors	1.1 Interpret grouting requirements from job and manufacturer instructions and calculate the quantities of materials required 1.2 Identify hazards relating to the worksite, work practices, materials, tools and equipment, and check risk treatments are in place and operating 1.3 Select and check that required tools and equipment are ready to use, and organise to fix any deficiencies according to workplace procedures 1.4 Gather grouting materials and other materials required by job instructions, and check they meet quality requirements and are ready to use according to the manufacturer instructions, product labels, safety data sheets and workplace procedures 1.5 Assess if the floor needs grinding, and grind and hone according to the material manufacturer instructions
2. Mix, apply and finish off the grout	2.1 Establish a suitable mixing area and protect surrounding surfaces 2.2 Prepare and apply grout according to the manufacturer instructions, product labels, safety data sheets and workplace procedures 2.3 Cut off excess grout and finish the floor according to job instructions 2.4 Check the floor is grouted correctly according to job instructions and quality requirements, and fix any deficiencies
3. Complete the task according to workplace procedures	3.1 Clean up the work area, identify items for recycling and dispose of waste 3.2 Identify, tag and report any damage to equipment and tools 3.3 Check, clean and do routine maintenance on equipment and tools and store them and unused materials 3.4 Complete task outcome documentation

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3126 Grout polished concrete floors

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks in the elements and performance criteria of this unit of competency and has demonstrated the ability to grout at least two floors using a different grouting technique for each floor.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

manufacturer instructions for preparing grout

the safe and correct use of, and maintenance requirements for tools and equipment for, preparing concrete floors for grouting and grouting them

common techniques for grouting polished concrete floors

the most common issues that can arise when preparing concrete floors for grouting and grouting them and how to avoid and respond to them

workplace policies and procedures relevant to their job role and responsibilities including for:

preparing concrete floors for grouting and grouting them

communication and reporting

environmental protection and sustainability, including maximising resource utilisation and minimising waste

quality indicators for completed work and process improvements

work health and safety, including the use of personal protective equipment and safety data sheets

work planning

how to identify if a concrete floor is suitably prepared for grouting

how to identify if a concrete floor has been grouted correctly.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

locations with concrete floors to be grouted

grouting materials and other materials required by job instructions

equipment and tools required for the activities set out in the elements and performance criteria, including those to control hazards

job instructions and workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3127 Install synthetic textile floor coverings in indoor and outdoor facilities

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3063 Install synthetic textile floor coverings to sports facilities and outdoor spaces. Changes to title, application, elements and performance criteria to improve clarity and consistency across MSFFL units. Changes to assessment requirements.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install synthetic turf and needle-punch floor coverings in indoor and outdoor facilities, including the preparation, cutting, laying out, joining, fixing and finishing of the synthetic textile floor covering material.

Workers with this competency undertake routine tasks on residential and non-residential/commercial sites according to job instructions and workplace procedures using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve routine issues. They work with a high degree of self-direction under routine supervision, and they are responsible for their output.

The work described in this unit requires a licence or certification in some jurisdictions, and state or territory authorities should be consulted to determine the current status. Workers on construction sites are required by law to complete induction training. They must also comply with Australian Standards, codes and manufacturer installation instructions.

Competency Field

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to install synthetic textile floor coverings	1.1 Interpret floor covering installation requirements from job and manufacturer instructions and calculate the quantities of materials required 1.2 Identify hazards relating to the work site, work practices, materials, tools and equipment, and check risk treatments are in place and operating 1.3 Select and check all required tools and equipment are ready to use, and organise to fix any deficiencies according to workplace procedures 1.4 Gather the floor coverings and other materials required by job instructions, and check they meet quality requirements and are prepared and ready to install according to manufacturer instructions 1.5 Confirm the subfloor is clean and suitable for installing the synthetic floor covering material, and fix or report any deficiencies according to workplace procedures
2. Cut, fit and fasten synthetic textile floor coverings	2.1 Cut and lay required shock padding/underlay for the floor covering according to job instructions, manufacturer instructions and workplace procedures 2.2 Determine the set out and laying direction of the floor covering according to job instructions to minimise waste and joins, consider the direction of the pile and ensure an efficient, quality installation 2.3 Establish the skirting point and seam placements for the floor covering 2.4 Lay out the synthetic floor covering material and check it for size, direction of pile and pattern match 2.5 Measure, mark, cut, seal and join the synthetic floor covering material according to workplace procedures and manufacturer instructions 2.6 Position, stretch and fasten the synthetic floor covering according to workplace procedures 2.7 Fit the synthetic floor covering material to finishing strips, trim excess material to walls and finish installing the material according to workplace procedures 2.8 Check the synthetic floor covering material is installed correctly according to job instructions and quality requirements, and fix any deficiencies 2.9 Check the floor covering is installed correctly according to job instructions and quality requirements, and fix any deficiencies
3. Complete the task according to workplace procedures	3.1 Clean up the work area, identify items for recycling and dispose of waste 3.2 Identify, tag and report any damage to equipment and tools 3.3 Check, clean and perform routine maintenance on equipment and tools and store them and unused materials 3.4 Complete task outcome documentation

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3063 Install synthetic textile floor coverings to sports facilities and outdoor spaces.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3127 Install synthetic textile floor coverings in indoor and outdoor facilities

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3063 Install synthetic textile floor coverings to sports facilities and outdoor spaces. Changes to title, application, elements and performance criteria to improve clarity and consistency across MSFFL units. Changes to assessment requirements.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks in the elements and performance criteria of this unit of competency and has demonstrated the ability to complete according to job instructions:

at least two installations of synthetic textile floor coverings that also require the preparation of the subfloor including:

one synthetic turf grass to an outdoor installation or recreational or sports area

one synthetic needle-punch to an indoor installation or recreational or sports area

installation of synthetic textile floor coverings — where the stairs have been adequately prepared — on a box step stairway with at least three steps, including the fitting of appropriate stair nosing.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

manufacturer installation and use instructions for:

bonded foam, latex foam, rubber and styrene-butadiene rubber (SBR) underlay and/or shock pads

synthetic textile floor coverings, including needle punch carpet, PVC-backed carpet, rubber-backed carpet and unfilled, sand-filled and rubber-filled synthetic turf

adhesives, including plasticised and rubber resin acrylic adhesive, solvent-based outdoor / grass adhesive, two-part polyurethane and water, solvent-based and solvent-free adhesives

the safe and correct use of, and maintenance requirements for tools and equipment for, installing synthetic textile floor covering

the safe and correct handling of heavy synthetic textile floor covering loads

the most common issues that can arise when installing synthetic textile floor coverings and how to avoid and respond to them

workplace policies and procedures relevant to their job role and responsibilities including for:

installing synthetic textile floor coverings

communication and reporting

environmental protection and sustainability, including maximising resource utilisation and minimising waste

quality indicators for completed work and process improvements

work health and safety, including the use of personal protective equipment and safety data sheets

work planning

how to identify if a subfloor is suitable for installing synthetic textile floor coverings

how to identify if synthetic textile floor coverings are installed correctly.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

locations in which to install synthetic textile floor coverings

synthetic floor covering

equipment and tools required for the activities set out in the elements and performance criteria, including those to control hazards

job instructions and workplace procedures.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM2013 Use furniture making hand and power tools

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to select and use hand and power tools to perform common furniture making tasks such as cutting, joining, planning and sanding wood and other materials. It includes tool safety and basic tool sharpening. Workers with this competency complete routine tasks in industries such as cabinet and furniture making and wood machining.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Cabinetry and furniture

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Prepare for tool use	1.1 Identify task requirements from work instructions 1.2 Select tool to meet task requirements and identify work health and safety requirements for its use 1.3 Check that tool is safe and functional and report any faults to supervisor 1.4 Select equipment to hold or support material being worked on 1.5 Prepare material and hold in position for safe and efficient work
2 Use tools	2.1 Use tools safely and in accordance with workplace procedures and manufacturer specifications 2.2 Use tools to workplace efficiency standards 2.3 Ensure tools are in a safe state, position and location when not in immediate use 2.4 Follow safety procedures for the use of power
3 Clean up work area and tools	3.1 Clean tools and equipment using appropriate cleaning materials and agents 3.2 Complete routine operator maintenance on tools in accordance with workplace procedures and manufacturer instructions 3.3 Store tools and equipment according to their specific storage needs and workplace requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures

Numeracy skills to interpret work instructions associated with number or measurement.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFM2001 Use furniture making sector hand and power tools.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM2013 Use furniture making hand and power tools

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

choose appropriate hand tools and safely and efficiently use them to industry standards on at least 2 separate occasions for furniture making tasks, including at least 9 of the following tools:

chisel

file or rasp

claw, Warrington or tack hammer

plane

saw

holding tool

levelling equipment

mallet

marking-out and measuring tools

scraper

screwdriver

choose appropriate power tools and use safely to industry standards on at least 2 separate occasions for furniture making tasks, including at least 5 of the following tools:

brad, nail or staple gun

drill and impact driver

biscuit or domino joining machine

multi-tool

planer

router

trimmer

belt or orbital sander

circular, drop or jig saw

conduct operator maintenance on hand and power tools, including:

grinding and sharpening 2 of the following:

chisel

drill bit

hard plane blade

changing and setting up cutters in a planer or router

changing the blade on a power saw.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workplace health and safety procedures

general use, maintenance and safety requirements for hand and power tools used in furniture production

personal protective equipment (PPE) requirements for hand and power tools used in furniture production.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

hand and power tools required for performance evidence

materials on which tools are used

ancillary holding equipment

PPE

power sources

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM2014 Select and apply hardware

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to select and apply hardware to new or refurbished furniture or cabinetry. Furniture may be made from any material and may be freestanding or fitted, including kitchen and bathroom cabinetry. Workers with this competency follow established procedures in timber technology industries such as cabinet and furniture making.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Cabinetry and furniture

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Plan and prepare for task	1.1 Identify task requirements from work documentation 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.3 Select hardware to meet design specifications 1.4 Select tools to meet task requirements and check for safety and functionality
2 Attach hardware	2.1 Lay out hardware items in accordance with design 2.2 Take measurements to determine precise location and correct alignment for hardware 2.3 Use machinery in accordance with workplace procedures 2.4 Secure hardware using tools suited to hardware and material to which it is being attached 2.5 Inspect completed work for compliance with quality requirements and rectify any deficiencies
3 Finalise task and maintain equipment	3.1 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 3.2 Clean equipment and complete routine maintenance in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Identify, tag and report faulty equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 3.4 Complete task documentation in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret work instructions and furniture design documentation

Writing skills to communicate simple information in familiar workplace forms

Numeracy skills to take accurate measurements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFM2003 Select and apply hardware.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM2014 Select and apply hardware

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

select and apply 6 different items of hardware to cabinetry or other furniture items, including at least 3 of the following:

basket and lift systems

hinges

handles

drawer-runners

metal drawer systems

sliding rail systems

rotating or slide-out storage systems.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workplace procedures for:

work health and safety

quality assurance and tolerance levels

reporting of equipment faults and material defects

furniture production workflow

how to interpret basic aspects of furniture design documentation

furniture materials and suitable hardware types and attachment methods:

manufactured board

solid timber

metal

hand and power tools and personal protective equipment (PPE) typically required for hardware application.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

furniture items requiring hardware

furniture design documentation

tools and equipment required for performance evidence

PPE

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM2015 Apply sheet laminates by hand

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare, lay out and apply sheet laminates by hand to base materials in furniture and cabinetry production. Workers with this competency follow established procedures using discretion, judgement and some problem solving.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Cabinetry and Furniture

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for task	1.1 Determine task requirements from work documentation 1.2 Plan task sequence and identify procedures for checking quality at each stage 1.3 Identify and follow work health and safety procedures 1.4 Select suitable work area for task 1.5 Select tools and equipment and check that they are safe and functional. 1.6 Select laminate and adhesives and check that they meet quality requirements
2. Lay out and prepare materials	2.1 Prepare surfaces to be laminated using techniques suited to base material 2.2 Prepare and lay out laminates 2.3 Position joining tools, equipment and materials ready for task
3. Apply fit and finish	3.1 Use tools and equipment safely and in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Measure laminates within required tolerances and mark and cut to size 3.3 Apply adhesives suited to base material in accordance with workplace procedures and manufacturer instructions 3.4 Roll and hammer laminates to secure in accordance with workplace procedures 3.5 Complete final trim and finishing to specifications 3.6 Inspect completed work for compliance with quality requirements and rectify any deficiencies
4. Finalise task	4.1 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 4.2 Clean tools and equipment, complete routine maintenance and leave in safe mode in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Tag and report faulty equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 4.4 Complete task documentation in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar work documentation

Writing skills to communicate simple information in familiar workplace documents and make clear and legible markings on materials

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate lengths, areas and angles, estimate material requirements and interpret technical information on documentation

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFM2004 Apply sheet laminates by hand.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM2015 Apply sheet laminates by hand

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

apply and finish laminates on at least 3 occasions, including:

laminate edging on at least 2 occasions

laminate joints on at least 1 occasion

applying adhesive using 2 of the following methods:

spray

brush

scraper

roller.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workplace procedures for:

work health and safety

quality assurance and tolerance levels

reporting of faults and material defects

workflow for furniture production

types of laminates and their characteristics

how to interpret furniture and cabinetry design documentation

tools and equipment commonly used to apply laminates

personal protective equipment (PPE) used when applying laminates.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

laminating tools and equipment required for performance evidence

PPE

substrate materials to be laminated

sheet laminate

adhesives

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM2016 Join solid timber

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to join timber to manufacture solid timber flat surfaces.

Workers with this competency follow established procedures in timber technology industries such as cabinet and furniture making using discretion, judgement and some problem solving.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Cabinetry and furniture

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Prepare for task	1.1 Identify task requirements from work documentation 1.2 Plan work sequence and identify procedures for checking quality at each stage 1.3 Identify and follow work health and safety procedures 1.4 Select suitable work area for task 1.5 Select tools and equipment to meet task requirements and check that they are safe and functional
2 Lay out and prepare materials	2.1 Obtain timbers and check they meet task quality requirements 2.2 Identify joining process to meet task requirements 2.3 Prepare and lay out timbers to facilitate efficient joining process
3 Join timber	3.1 Accurately measure, mark and cut timbers to size 3.2 Use tools and equipment safely and in accordance with manufacturer specifications 3.3 Apply adhesives in accordance with workplace procedures and manufacturer instructions 3.4 Complete final trim and finishing to meet task specifications 3.5 Check that joint meets required quality standards and rectify any deficiencies
4 Finalise task	4.1 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 4.2 Clean machinery, complete routine maintenance and leave in a safe mode in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Identify, tag and report faulty equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 4.4 Complete task documentation in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate simple factual information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate lengths and areas and material requirements

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFM2005 Join solid timber.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM2016 Join solid timber

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

join at least 4 solid timber tops, shelves or panels, each with a minimum of 3 sections

use each of the following edge joining methods at least once to achieve workplace quality standards:

butt and dowel

moulded edge joint (finger-joint, tongue in groove, or zigzag)

biscuit joint or domino

slip-tongue (aka tongue-in-groove) joint.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workplace procedures for:

work health and safety

quality assurance

reporting of machinery faults and material defects

the following wood characteristics and defects:

bowing

cupping

expansion

grain direction

spring

twisting

characteristics of different types of adhesives used to join solid timber and their application methods

types of sawing methods, including back sawn and quarter sawn, and the impact of these on joining

tools, materials, equipment, personal protective equipment (PPE) and processes used in timber joining.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

work documentation

tools, equipment and machinery required for performance evidence

PPE

timber materials for joining

workplace procedures.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM2017 Hand make timber joints

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to make timber joints using hand and portable power tools. Workers with this competency complete routine tasks in industries such as furniture and cabinet making.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Cabinetry and furniture

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for task	1.1 Identify task requirements, including joint type, and purpose and style of finished product from work instructions 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.3 Select tools and equipment to meet task requirements and check they are safe and functional 1.4 Select materials, adhesives and fasteners to meet task quality requirements
2. Make joint	2.1 Mark out cutting and joining lines to suit joint type 2.2 Check measurements are within tolerances to ensure quality outcomes 2.3 Join timber in accordance with workplace requirements 2.4 Use fasteners and adhesives to make joints firm based on task requirements 2.5 Confirm finished joint meets task quality requirements and rectify any deficiencies
3. Finalise task	3.1 Clean work area, safely dispose of rubbish and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 3.2 Clean tools and complete routine maintenance in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Identify, tag and report faulty tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 3.4 Complete task documentation in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures

Writing skills to communicate simple information in familiar workplace documents and make clear and legible markings on timbers

Numeracy skills to measure lengths and angles and make basic calculations.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFM2006 Hand make timber joints.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM2017 Hand make timber joints

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

choose and make appropriate joints, including 4 different joint types and 2 types of adhesive, using only handheld tools while undertaking:

box construction

carcass construction

drawer construction

frame construction.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workplace procedures for:

work health and safety

quality assurance:

visual appearance – alignment, neatness

tolerance

gaps or play in joints and strength

reporting of faults

workflow for furniture production

joint types and their suitability for different purposes, including at least four of the following:

dowel

mortice and tenon

dovetail

lap joint

biscuit joint

finger joint

housing joint

mitre joint

bridle joint

characteristics of different timber types commonly used in joint construction

characteristics of different adhesive types commonly used in joint construction

function of tools commonly used for hand construction of joints, including at least 5 of the following:

chisel

mallet

mortise gauges

vernier calipers

vice

dovetail saw

tenon saw

coping saw

plane

file

hand drill

power drill

dowel jig

power router

portable biscuit machines

power planers

power saw

personal protective equipment (PPE) required for hand construction of joints.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

joining tools and equipment required for performance evidence

PPE

timber materials to be joined

adhesives

workplace procedures.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM2018 Operate basic static machines safely

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to safely operate basic stationary machinery used in industries such as wood machining and cabinet and furniture making. Workers with this competency undertake basic operations. More advanced skills in setting up, maintaining and using machines to their full capacity are covered in units dedicated to specific machine types.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Wood machining

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Prepare for task	1.1 Identify task requirements from work instructions 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.3 Select material for machining based on job requirements and check that it meets task quality requirements 1.4 Check that emergency stops, gauges, guards, controls and safety equipment are functional prior to machine start-up 1.5 Complete machine settings and adjust to meet task requirements in compliance with manufacturer instructions 1.6 Follow workplace procedures for machine start-up 1.7 Complete trial run to check machine is operating correctly and report any problems to supervisor
2 Operate machines	2.1 Feed material into machine in accordance with manufacturer instructions, safety requirements and workplace procedures 2.2 Operate machine in accordance with its designed capacity and purpose, and to manufacturer recommendations 2.3 Identify items that do not meet quality requirements and recycle or discard in accordance with workplace procedures 2.4 Recognise problems with product or machine operation and report to appropriate persons in accordance with workplace procedures
3 Finalise task	3.1 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 3.2 Clean machinery, complete routine maintenance and leave in a safe mode in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Identify, tag and report faulty equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 3.4 Complete task documentation in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures.

Writing skills to communicate simple information in familiar workplace documents.

Numeracy skills to interpret work instructions associated with number or measurement.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFM2010 Set up and operate basic static machines.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM2018 Operate basic static machines safely

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

safely operate at least 5 of the following static machines on at least 2 occasions each to complete specified tasks to workplace quality standards:

band saw

crosscut saw

panel saw

rip saw

edge bander

hinge borer

thicknesser

jointer

wide belt sander.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

safety requirements and considerations for operation of static machines:

correct positioning of hands and body in relation to the machine

importance of grain direction in solid timber for the safe positioning of the work piece in the machine

correct use of machine guards and safety devices, including Australian Standards requirements

how to prevent kick back of work piece in the machine

required dust extraction for the materials being used

characteristics of static machines used in machining materials, including at least 5 of the following:

band saw

compound mitre saw/crosscut saw

panel saw

rip saw

edge bander

hinge borer

thicknesser

jointer

personal protective equipment (PPE) required for operation of static machines

characteristic of manufactured board and solid timber in response to machining

edge treatments

selecting the correct face on double sided flat panels for the finished situation

importance of using correct tooling for the machine and operation being performed

workplace procedures for:

quality assurance and tolerance levels

reporting of machinery faults and material defects.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

static machines required for performance evidence

PPE

unprocessed materials for machining

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM2019 Assemble furnishing products

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use basic construction skills to assemble furnishing products. Products may be fitted or freestanding pieces of furniture or components made of timber, manufactured board or other material.

Workers with this competency complete routine tasks in industries such as cabinet and furniture making.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Wood machining

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Prepare for assembly	1.1 Determine task requirements from work documentation 1.2 Plan assembly sequence and identify procedures for checking quality at each stage 1.3 Identify and follow work health and safety procedures 1.4 Select suitable work area for task 1.5 Select tools and equipment and check that they are safe and functional 1.6 Select components, joining devices, hardware and fittings in accordance with specifications
2 Assemble items	2.1 Lay out and join components using jigs and appropriate fastenings 2.2 Use tools, equipment and machinery safely and in accordance with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Attach hardware and fittings in accordance with specifications 2.4 Check product quality against specifications at each stage of assembly 2.5 Identify components which do not meet quality requirements and rectify deficiencies or process in accordance with workplace procedures 2.6 Process finished products in accordance with workplace procedures
3 Clean work area and maintain equipment	3.1 Clean work area, safely dispose of rubbish and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 3.2 Clean tools and equipment, complete routine maintenance and leave in a safe mode in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Identify, tag and report faulty equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 3.4 Complete job documentation in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and estimate material requirements and interpret numerical data in production plans.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFM2002 Assemble furnishing components and MSFFM2007 Follow plans to assemble production furniture.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM2019 Assemble furnishing products

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

assemble at least 2 cabinets (freestanding or fitted) or 1 cabinet and 1 full piece of furniture. Collectively, these must include at least 3 of the following:

door

drawer

frame

shelve

attach at least 3 types of hardware, including at least 2 of the following:

hinges

handles

drawer-runners

metal drawer systems

sliding rail systems.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workplace procedures for:

work health and safety

quality assurance:

squareness, alignment and wind

hardware, fittings and attachments

functionality and tolerances

conformity to specifications

reporting of machinery faults and material defects

how to interpret production drawings

components of common furnishing products, including:

cabinets

tables

doors

drawers

frames

shelves

how characteristics of timber and manufactured board affect the assembly process

tools, materials and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), commonly used to assemble furniture and cabinets

types and characteristics of hardware used in furniture and cabinets

storage considerations for assembled items:

avoidance of damage

compatibility of items for storage

environmental conditions.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

furniture products or component parts for assembly

tools, equipment and materials required for performance evidence

PPE

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3024 Construct jigs and fixtures

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers preparing and constructing jigs and fixtures to produce furniture components.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify the purpose of the jig or fixture	1.1	Purpose of the jig or fixture, and the equipment it is to be used on is established
1.2	Proposed service life of jig or fixture is established
1.3	Tolerances allowed are identified
1.4	Materials for jig construction are established
1.5	Quality requirements for each stage of the construction process are identified
2	Plan jig or fixture construction	2.1	Plan of proposed jig or fixture is produced
2.2	Approval of design is gained through workplace procedures
2.3	Steps or stages in production are planned, noting check points for measurements and tests
3	Collect materials and equipment	3.1	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
3.2	Sufficient materials to complete the project are assembled ready for use
3.3	Suitable work area is selected
3.4	Hand and/or power tools are identified and checked for serviceability and assembled in work area
3.5	Appropriate equipment required is identified and checked for serviceability
4	Construct the jig or fixture	4.1	Production plan is followed to construct the jig or fixture
4.2	Tools and equipment are used in accordance with workplace procedures
4.3	Quality checks are conducted at the identified points
4.4	Modifications are identified and recommended within workplace procedures
4.5	Modifications to the plan are documented and followed
4.6	Jig or fixture is checked for fitness for purpose
5	Finalise operation and maintain equipment	5.1	Work area is cleaned, hand and/or power tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored in accordance with workplace procedures
5.2	Machinery is cleaned and left in a safe mode
5.3	Faulty and/or defective equipment is tagged and reported in accordance with workplace practices
5.4	Unused hardware is collected and stored for re-use or disposal following workplace procedures
5.5	Waste and scrap materials are dealt with following workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Machines for which jigs and fixtures are made include:	band saws cross-cut saws jig saws mitre saws panel and rip saws belt sanders panel planers surface planers horizontal borers vertical drill presses mortisers tenoners spindle moulders overhead and inverted pin routing machines
Uses for jigs and fixtures include:	holding shaping drilling cutting routing
Production of components requiring jigs and fixtures include:	chair legs shaping curved components end panels trenching grooving
Tools and equipment include:	measuring tapes or rulers hammers mallets squares bevels chisels planes hand saws power saws power drills/screwdrivers pneumatic tools, compressor and spray equipment clamps screwdrivers pincers
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods code, and local safe operating procedures work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving in the set up and operation of machines competency may be demonstrated in workplaces involved in the manufacture of solid timber furniture, domestic furniture, commercial furniture, kitchen and bathroom cabinets and/or furniture components
Materials used in the construction of jigs and fixtures include:	solid timber manufactured board metal plastics synthetic solids laminates and non-ferrous materials
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFM3033B Construct jigs and fixtures.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3024 Construct jigs and fixtures

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection practices to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, tools, equipment or products

maintain required production output and product quality

Select materials and construct a minimum of three (3) different types of jigs/fixtures, including one (1) for a shaping machine and one (1) which is adjustable

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of jigs and fixtures

Criteria for selecting material for use in jigs and fixtures

Requirements for cutting, shaping and joining materials

Identification of equipment, processes and procedures

Work flow in relation to the use of jigs and fixtures

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to a job context, materials and equipment for jig or fixture construction.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3025 Construct furniture using leg and rail method

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to construct and assemble furniture using traditional leg and rail construction methods.

Workers with this competency follow established procedures and designs to make furniture using discretion, judgement and some problem solving.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Cabinetry and furniture

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Prepare for task	1.1 Determine task requirements from design and other work documentation 1.2 Plan construction and assembly sequence and identify procedures for checking quality at each stage 1.3 Identify and follow work health and safety procedures 1.4 Select suitable work area for the task 1.5 Complete preparatory drawings and set-outs in accordance with design and other work documentation 1.6 Develop cutting list for components in accordance with design and other work documentation 1.7 Select tools and equipment and check that they are safe and functional 1.8 Check that materials meet task quality requirements
2 Complete construction	2.1 Set out and prepare materials and mark components in accordance with task requirements 2.2 Use tools, equipment and machinery safely and in accordance with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Check product meets quality requirements at each stage of construction and assembly. 2.4 Make components in accordance with specified shapes, angles or curves, and confirm against set-outs and task requirements 2.5 Assemble components using jigs and/or clamps and fastenings according to task requirements 2.6 Apply adhesives according to workplace procedures and/or manufacturer instructions 2.7 Complete the joining process in accordance with workplace procedures 2.8 Confirm that assembled furniture complies with specifications and rectify any deficiencies 2.9 Prepare product for final finish in accordance with task requirements
3 Finalise task	3.1 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 3.2 Clean machinery, complete routine maintenance and leave in a safe mode in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Identify, tag and report faulty equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 3.4 Complete job documentation in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents and make clear and legible markings on materials

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate lengths and angles and estimate material requirements

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFM3002 Construct furniture using leg and rail method.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3025 Construct furniture using leg and rail method

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

construct at least 1 table and 1 chair collectively using 4 different leg and rail joints.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workplace procedures for:

work health and safety

reporting machinery faults and material defects

quality assurance, including checking:

squareness, alignment and wind

hardware, fittings and attachments

functionality and tolerances

compliance with design specifications

distortion and product faults

how to:

interpret furniture design documentation

prepare drawings and set-outs

different leg and rail joints and their applications

basic characteristics of timber types used in furniture construction

relationship between furniture material selection and structural standards

basic ergonomic principles and guidelines for furniture construction

tools and machinery and personal protective equipment (PPE) commonly used in leg and rail construction

properties of different types of adhesives used in furniture construction.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design documentation

unprocessed materials for construction

tools, equipment and machinery required for performance evidence

PPE

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3026 Produce angled and curved components using manufactured board

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to produce and assemble manufactured board components using angled and curved construction methods. Products may be custom-made or mass-manufactured and could include curved counters, desks, seating, cabinetry and end panels.

Workers with this competency follow established procedures using discretion, judgement and problem solving to determine construction methods based on design documentation provided to them.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Cabinetry and furniture

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Prepare for task	1.1 Determine task requirements from design and other work documentation 1.2 Plan construction and assembly sequence and identify procedures for checking quality at each stage 1.3 Identify and follow work health and safety procedures 1.4 Select suitable work area for the task 1.5 Complete preparatory drawings and set-outs in accordance with work documentation 1.6 Develop cutting list for components in accordance with work documentation 1.7 Select tools and equipment and check they are safe and functional 1.8 Check that materials meet task quality requirements
2 Complete construction	2.1 Set out and prepare materials and mark components in accordance with design requirements 2.2 Use tools and equipment safely and in accordance with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Check product quality against specifications at each stage of construction and assembly. 2.4 Bend and form materials 2.5 Make components and confirm against set-out for tolerances, fit and accuracy 2.6 Assemble components and confirm against set-out for accuracy, fit, twist and distortion 2.7 Prepare product for final finish in accordance with task requirements
3 Finalise task	3.1 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 3.2 Clean machinery, complete routine maintenance and leave in safe mode in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Identify, tag and report faulty equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 3.4 Complete task documentation in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents and make clear and legible markings on materials

Numeracy skills to measure lengths, angles and areas and estimate material requirements

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFM3003 Produce angled and curved furniture using manufactured board.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3026 Produce angled and curved components using manufactured board

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

produce at least 4 curved components using manufactured board, collectively including:

one kerfing method

one machine curved method

one laminated curve method

skinning a curved sub-frame

produce at least 2 angled components using manufactured board, collectively including:

one bevel join

one flat panel angled component.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workplace procedures for:

work health and safety

quality assurance

reporting of machinery faults and material defects

workflow for the construction process

how to:

interpret design documentation

prepare drawings and set-outs

techniques for producing curved and angled components using manufactured board, including machine and laminated curve methods and bevel joins

techniques for skinning a curved sub-frame

techniques for producing flat panel angled components

types and characteristics of manufactured board used for angled and curved components

tools and machinery used to create angle and curved components using manufactured board, including those used for bending and forming

personal protective equipment (PPE) required when creating angle and curved components using manufactured board

types and characteristics of adhesives used in cabinetry and furniture construction.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design documentation

unprocessed materials for construction

tools, equipment and machinery required for performance evidence

PPE

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3027 Produce angled and curved components using solid timber

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to produce and assemble solid timber components using angled and curved construction methods. Products may be custom-made or mass-manufactured and could include curved counters, desks, seating, cabinetry and end panels.

Workers with this competency follow established procedures using discretion, judgement and problem solving to determine construction methods based on design documentation provided to them.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Cabinetry and furniture

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Prepare for task	1.1 Determine task requirements from design and other work documentation 1.2 Plan construction and assembly sequence and identify procedures for checking quality at each stage 1.3 Identify and follow work health and safety procedures 1.4 Select suitable work area for task 1.5 Complete preparatory drawings and set-outs in accordance with work documentation 1.6 Develop cutting list for components in accordance with work documentation 1.7 Select tools and equipment and check they are safe and functional 1.8 Check that materials meet task quality requirements
2 Complete construction	2.1 Set out and prepare materials and mark components in accordance with design requirements 2.2 Use tools and equipment safely and in accordance with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Check product quality against specifications at each stage of construction and assembly. 2.4 Bend and form materials 2.5 Make components and confirm against set-out for tolerances, fit and accuracy 2.6 Assemble components and confirm against set-out for accuracy, fit, twist and distortion 2.7 Prepare product for final finish in accordance with task requirements
3 Finalise task	3.1 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 3.2 Clean machinery, complete routine maintenance and leave in safe mode in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Identify, tag and report faulty equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 3.4 Complete task documentation in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents and make clear and legible markings on materials

Numeracy skills to measure lengths, angles and areas and estimate material requirements

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFM3004 Produce angled and curved furniture using solid timber.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3027 Produce angled and curved components using solid timber

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

produce at least 4 curved components using solid timber, collectively including:

one kerfing method

one machine curved method

one laminated curve method

produce at least 2 angled components using solid timber, collectively including:

one bevel join

one flat panel angled component.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workplace procedures for:

work health and safety

quality assurance

reporting of machinery faults and material defects

workflow for the construction process

how to:

interpret design documentation

prepare drawings and set-outs

techniques for producing curved and angled components using solid timber, including machine and laminated curve methods and bevel joins

techniques for skinning a curved sub-frame

techniques for producing flat panel angled components

types and characteristics of timbers used for angled and curved components

tools and machinery used to create angled and curved timber components, including those used for bending and forming

personal protective equipment (PPE) required when creating angle and curved components using solid timber

types and characteristics of adhesives used in cabinetry and furniture construction.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design documentation

unprocessed materials for construction

tools, equipment and machinery required for performance evidence

PPE

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3028 Prepare and apply decorative surfaces for furnishing products

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare, construct and apply veneers and inlays to furnishing product.

Workers with this competency follow established procedures using some discretion, judgement and problem solving.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Cabinetry and furniture

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Prepare for task	1.1 Determine task requirements from design and other work documentation 1.2 Plan construction sequence and identify procedures for checking quality at each stage 1.3 Identify and follow work health and safety procedures 1.4 Select suitable work area for task 1.5 Select tools and equipment to meet task requirements and check that they are safe and functional 1.6 Check that materials meet task quality requirements.
2 Lay out and prepare materials	2.1 Confirm quality of materials against job requirements and lay out to required design 2.2 Select suitable joining points based on job requirements 2.3 Prepare and cut material to required size and thickness
3 Construct and apply decorative surfaces	3.1 Use machinery safely and in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Cut and join items to specifications and in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Use adhesives in accordance with workplace procedures and manufacturer instructions 3.4 Check product quality against specifications at each stage of construction and assembly and rectify any non-conformity
4 Finalise task	4.1 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 4.2 Clean machinery, complete routine maintenance and leave in safe mode in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Identify, tag and report faulty equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 4.4 Complete task documentation in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to factual information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to take accurate measurements, calculate area, estimate materials and interpret technical information on design documentation.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFM3007 Prepare and apply decorative surfaces for furniture.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3028 Prepare and apply decorative surfaces for furnishing products

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

prepare and apply the following decorative surfaces to workplace standards:

2 veneer layups

1 inlay.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workplace procedures for:

work health and safety

quality assurance

reporting of machinery faults and material defects

types of surfaces and materials used in decorative surface application:

adhesives, cleaning materials and solvents

laminates

manufactured board and other suitable substrate material

textiles

sheet metal

timber

timber strips

features of veneer:

different cuts – quarter, crown, rotary, peeled

different figures found in veneer

veneer matching patterns

how to:

interpret furniture design documentation

prepare drawings and set-outs

tools and machinery commonly used to apply decorative surfaces to furnishing products

personal protective equipment (PPE) required while applying decorative surfaces to furnishing products.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design documentation

tools, equipment and machinery required for performance evidence

PPE

furnishing items requiring application of decorative surfaces

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3029 Select timbers for furniture production

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to determine timber requirements and evaluate the suitability of different timbers against those requirements.

Workers with this competency select timbers to meet specified client or production requirements. They use discretion, judgement and specialised knowledge of timbers.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Cabinetry and furniture

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Determine timber requirements	1.1 Identify aesthetic and practical requirements for timbers from workplace information 1.2 Develop selection criteria to guide timber evaluation based on task requirements
2 Evaluate timbers against requirements	2.1 Select potential timbers for consideration based on task requirements and production limitations 2.2 Assess the properties of selected timbers against selection criteria 2.3 Identify and consider the need for compatibility with other materials 2.4 Consider moisture content of timber being used to ensure compliance with production requirements 2.5 Develop and document recommendations for timber to be used based on evaluation and in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret unfamiliar technical information about timbers

Writing skills to communicate reasons for timber recommendations.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFM3008 Select timbers for furniture production.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3029 Select timbers for furniture production

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

evaluate and select timbers to meet 3 different design or production briefs.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

native and non-native hardwoods and softwoods commonly used for furnishing production, including their:

density and hardness

elasticity

strength

brittleness

main uses and production limitations

timber characteristics, including:

cupping, bowing, springing and twisting

basic chemical composition

compatibility with other materials

impact on timber of climate and workshop conditions

how to maintain performance and visual quality

wood pests and protection

how to identify natural and seasoning faults

seasoning methods

how timber is graded

measuring moisture content in timber

sawn timber and types of defects

solid timber conversion techniques

emerging wood technologies, including heat treatments and wood preservatives

personal protective equipment (PPE) required.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design or production briefs

specialised information about different types of timbers

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3030 Produce manual and computer-aided production drawings

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to make manual and computer-aided drawings to support manufacture and assembly in cabinet and furniture making, wood machining and other industries. Workers with this competency use discretion, judgement and problem solving to apply their knowledge of manufacture and assembly to the drawing process.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Cabinetry and furniture

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify drawing task requirements	1.1 Identify function and characteristics of object to be drawn 1.2 Identify purpose of drawings in production process
2. Establish drawing criteria and limitations	2.1 Establish dimensions, tolerance, angles, shapes, finished sizes and other specifications to be recorded in drawings 2.2 Identify appropriate drawing types, views and scales to meet task requirements 2.3 Select appropriate drawing conventions and symbols to meet task requirements 2.4 Select appropriate medium for drawings
3. Draft initial drawing	3.1 Include spatial information in drawings, including angles, shapes and dimensions 3.2 Include non-spatial information in drawings, including production notes and list of materials required for production 3.3 Note drawing conventions and specifications on documentation
4. Complete drawing	4.1 Check angles, shapes and dimensions and other spatial and non-spatial information against specifications and sample, and correct errors 4.2 Check drawing for compliance with workplace documentation requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret production documentation

Writing skills to add production notes and other information to drawings

Numeracy skills to calculate lengths, areas, volumes and angles, to make calculations related to scale, and to work with geometric concepts.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFM3009 Produce manual and computer-aided production drawings.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3030 Produce manual and computer-aided production drawings

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

prepare production drawings of 3 furniture or furnishings products or components, collectively including:

both manual and computer-aided methods

orthographic projection

section view.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

orthographic views

section views

isometric projection

2-D and 3-D shapes

drawing conventions according to Australian Standard AS1100

centre lines

visible lines

hidden lines

dimension lines

hatching

breaks

end sections

symbols for indicating construction materials

title block

appropriate drawing scales for different purposes

the use of drawings in cutting lists

how CAD is used by industry, including the links between CAD and CNC production machinery

CAD software and file types commonly used in furniture and furnishings industry

CAD drawing and editing commands

creating and using layers in CAD

CAD file management.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

production documentation on which to base drawings

computer and CAD software

hand drawing tools and materials required for performance evidence.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3031 Prepare cutting lists from design and production documentation

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to interpret various types of design and production documentation to prepare cutting lists and other information for subsequent processing operations in industries such as cabinet and furniture making and wood machining. Workers with this competency follow established procedures using discretion, judgement and problem solving.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Cabinetry and furniture

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Interpret design and production documentation	1.1 Identify documentation required for preparation of cutting list 1.2 Identify components to be produced and their processing requirements from documentation 1.3 Establish quantity, size and shape of components from documentation
2 Prepare cutting lists	2.1 Format cutting list and processing information in accordance with workplace procedures 2.2 Clearly identify and describe all required components using established workplace terminology 2.3 Accurately document component sizes and tolerances in accordance with workplace procedures 2.4 Take account of required quality standards and waste minimisation in preparation of cutting list 2.5 Document subsequent processing requirements and their dimensional allowances

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and diverse types of design and production documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to interpret numerical information in design and production documentation, to calculate area and to estimate material usage.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFM3010 Prepare cutting list from plans and job specifications.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3031 Prepare cutting lists from design and production documentation

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

interpret design and production documentation to prepare cutting lists for at least 4 different production tasks, collectively using 3 different types of material, with each task to involve at least 10 different components.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workplace procedures for the presentation of cutting list information

purpose and characteristics of different types of design and production documentation and how to interpret the information they contain

characteristics of production equipment, materials and tooling commonly used and their impact on development of cutting lists

pattern techniques for optimising use of materials.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design and production documentation

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3032 Set up, operate and maintain sawing machines

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to safely and efficiently set up, operate and maintain sawing machines using their full technical potential and capacities to complete tasks such as cutting freehand curves and simple and compound angles and undertaking deep, freehand and off-fence ripping. Workers with this competency follow established procedures in timber technology industries using discretion, judgement and problem solving to identify and troubleshoot product and machinery issues.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Wood machining

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Prepare for task	1.1 Determine task requirements and cutting specifications from work documentation 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.3 Select material for machining and check it meets task quality requirements 1.4 Check that cutting tools, jigs and other required tools and equipment are available, safe and functional 1.5 Identify procedures for waste minimisation and energy efficiency while completing task
2 Set up machines	2.1 Check that emergency stops, gauges, guards, controls and safety equipment are functional prior to machine start-up 2.2 Complete saw settings and adjust to meet task requirements in compliance with manufacturer instructions 2.3 Complete trial runs to check that saw is fully functional and that finished work meets task accuracy and quality requirements 2.4 Identify and make necessary adjustments to saw settings to meet task quality and efficiency requirements
3 Operate machines	3.1 Follow saw start-up procedures in accordance with manufacturer instructions 3.2 Position material to be sawn in accordance with manufacturer instructions, tooling requirements, and safe handling and workplace procedures 3.3 Operate saw in accordance with its designed capacity and purpose, and to manufacturer recommendations 3.4 Monitor saw operation to ensure product quality and output 3.5 Check waste quantities and make adjustments to minimise waste 3.6 Identify items that do not meet quality requirements and recycle or discard in accordance with workplace procedures 3.7 Recognise problems with product or saw operation and resolve or report to appropriate persons in accordance with workplace procedures
4 Finalise task	4.1 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 4.2 Clean machinery, complete routine maintenance and leave in safe mode in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Identify, tag and report faulty equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 4.4 Complete task documentation in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation involving drawings and product specifications

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate lengths, degrees and areas and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFM3012 Set up, operate and maintain sawing machines.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3032 Set up, operate and maintain sawing machines

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

set up and operate at least 4 of the following types of saw to complete tasks in accordance with workplace procedures and specifications:

cross-cut saws

circular rip saws

sliding table panel saws and scroll-band saws

numerically controlled (NC) beam saws

wall saws

band re-saws and straight line edgers

complete operator maintenance on each of the 4 machines at least once, including:

checking that guards, safety switches, and machine jigs and attachments are functioning correctly

servicing machine lubrication points

identifying tooling needing sharpening and repair

checking that drive belts are undamaged and correctly tensioned

cleaning machine at the end of a production run

checking that electrical systems are functioning, and identifying issues for referral to qualified electrician

completing maintenance documentation

meet workplace standards for efficiency, including:

identifying and resolving routine problems

working with others, recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise workflow and productivity.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workplace procedures for:

work health and safety

quality assurance and tolerance levels

reporting of machinery faults and material defects

risk control measures, including personal protective equipment (PPE), for the following hazards

cutting and crushing hazard

objects and particles thrown by machine

noise

airborne contaminants

slips, trips and falls

manual handling injuries

functions of different types of sawing machines, including at least 4 of the following:

cross-cut saws

circular rip saws

sliding table panel saws and scroll-band saws

numerically controlled (NC) beam saws

wall saws

band re-saws and straight line edgers

sawing processes and techniques including those for cutting simple and compound angles and freehand curves and undertaking deep, freehand and off-fence ripping

characteristics and response to the machine sawing process of materials commonly used, including at least 4 of the following:

solid timber

manufactured board

laminates

plastics

acrylics

synthetic solids

function of other tools and materials typically used in the sawing process

machine-specific tools

jigs and fixtures

machine consumables

oils and lubricants and trial materials.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

work documentation

unprocessed materials for sawing

sawing machines (4 different types) and other tools and equipment required for performance evidence

PPE

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3033 Set up, operate and maintain drilling machines

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to set up, operate and maintain drilling machines (including multi boring machines) using their full technical potential and capacities. It includes fitting cutters, selecting appropriate drilling pattern and drilling holes both vertically and horizontally.

Workers with this competency follow established procedures in timber technology industries using discretion, judgement and problem solving to identify and troubleshoot product and machine issues.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Wood machining

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Prepare for task	1.1 Determine task requirements and drilling specifications from work documentation 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.3 Select material for machining and check it meets task quality requirements 1.4 Check that cutting tools, jigs and other required tools and equipment are available, safe and functional 1.5 Identify procedures for waste minimisation and energy efficiency while completing task
2 Set up machines	2.1 Check that emergency stops, gauges, guards, controls and safety equipment are functional prior to machine start-up 2.2 Complete drill settings and adjust to meet task requirements in compliance with manufacturer instructions 2.3 Complete trial runs to check that drill is fully functional and that finished work meets task accuracy and quality requirements 2.4 Make adjustments to drill settings to meet task quality and efficiency requirements
3 Operate machines	3.1 Follow drill start-up procedures in accordance with manufacturer instructions 3.2 Position material to be drilled in accordance with manufacturer instructions, tooling requirements, and safe handling and workplace procedures 3.3 Operate drill in accordance with its designed capacity and purpose, and to manufacturer recommendations 3.4 Monitor drill operation to ensure product quality and output 3.5 Check waste quantities and make adjustments to minimise waste 3.6 Identify items that do not meet quality requirements and recycle or discard in accordance with workplace procedures 3.7 Recognise problems with product or drill operation and resolve or report to appropriate persons in accordance with workplace procedures
4 Finalise task	4.1 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 4.2 Clean machinery, complete routine maintenance and leave in safe mode in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Identify, tag and report faulty equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 4.4 Complete task documentation in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures, work documentation including drawings, and product specifications

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate lengths, degrees and areas and estimate material requirements

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFM3013 Set up, operate and maintain drilling machines.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3033 Set up, operate and maintain drilling machines

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

set up and operate at least 2 of the following types of drilling machines to complete task requirements in accordance with workplace procedures

single-head multi-spindle machine

single-spindle vertical and horizontal machine

multi-head multi-spindle machine

complete operator maintenance on each of the 2 machines at least once, including:

checking that guards, safety switches, and machine jigs and attachments are functioning correctly

servicing machine lubrication points

identifying tooling needing sharpening and repair

checking that drive belts are undamaged and correctly tensioned

cleaning machine at the end of a production run

checking that electrical systems are functioning correctly, and identifying issues for referral to qualified electrician

completing maintenance documentation.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workplace procedures for:

work health and safety

quality assurance and tolerance levels

reporting of machinery faults and material defects

functions and characteristics of types of drilling machine:

single-head multi-spindle machines

single-spindle vertical and horizontal machines

multi-head multi-spindle machines

drilling processes and techniques

characteristics and response to the drilling process of materials commonly used:

solid timber

manufactured board

metal

glass

the function of other tools and materials typically used in the drilling process:

machine-specific tools

jigs and fixtures

machine consumables

oils and lubricants and trial materials

personal protective equipment (PPE) required when operating drilling machines.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

work documentation

unprocessed materials for drilling

drilling machines (2 different types) required for performance evidence

PPE

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3034 Set up, operate and maintain joining machines

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to safely and efficiently set up, operate and maintain joining machines using their full technical potential and capacities to complete varied joints such as angle, compound angle, mortise and tenon and scribed

Workers with this competency follow established procedures in timber technology industries, using discretion, judgment and problem solving to identify and troubleshoot product and machine issues.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Wood machining

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Prepare for task	1.1 Determine task requirements and joining specifications from work documentation 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.3 Select material for machining and check it meets task quality requirements 1.4 Check that cutting tools, jigs and other required tools and equipment are available, safe and functional 1.5 Identify procedures for waste minimisation and energy efficiency while completing task
2 Set up machines	2.1 Check that emergency stops, gauges, guards, controls and safety equipment are functional prior to machine start-up 2.2 Complete machine settings and adjust to meet task requirements in compliance with manufacturer instructions 2.3 Complete trial runs to check that machine is fully functional and that finished work meets task accuracy and quality requirements 2.4 Identify and make necessary adjustments to machine settings to meet task quality and efficiency requirements
3 Operate machines	3.1 Follow machine start-up procedures in accordance with manufacturer instructions 3.2 Position material to be joined in accordance with manufacturer instructions, tooling requirements, and safe handling and workplace procedures 3.3 Operate machine in accordance with its designed capacity and purpose, and to manufacturer recommendations 3.4 Monitor machine operation to ensure product quality and output 3.5 Check waste quantities and make adjustments to minimise it 3.6 Identify items that do not meet quality requirements and recycle or discard in accordance with workplace procedures 3.7 Recognise problems with product or machine operation and resolve or report to appropriate persons in accordance with workplace procedures
4 Finalise task	4.1 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 4.2 Clean machinery, complete routine maintenance and leave in safe mode in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Identify, tag and report faulty equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 4.4 Complete task documentation in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures, work documentation including drawings, and product specifications

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate lengths, degrees and areas and estimate material requirements

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFM3014 Set up, operate and maintain joining machines.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3034 Set up, operate and maintain joining machines

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

set up and operate two of the following machines and use with at least 2 different types of material in accordance with workplace procedures

mortice machine

tenon machine

dovetail machine

complete operator maintenance on each of the 2 machines at least once, including:

checking that guards, safety switches, and machine jigs and attachments are functioning correctly

servicing machine lubrication points

identifying tooling needing sharpening and repair

checking that drive belts are undamaged and correctly tensioned

cleaning machine at the end of a production run

checking that electrical systems are functioning, and identifying issues for referral to qualified electrician

completing maintenance documentation.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workplace procedures for:

work health and safety

quality assurance and tolerance levels

reporting of machinery faults and material defects

risk control measures, including personal protective equipment (PPE), for the following hazards

cutting and crushing hazard

objects and particles thrown by machine

noise

airborne contaminants

slips, trips and falls

manual handling injuries

joining processes and techniques

characteristics and response to the joining process of these materials:

solid timber

manufactured board

the function of other tools and materials typically used in the joining process:

machine-specific tools

jigs and fixtures

machine consumables

oils and lubricants and trial materials.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

work documentation

joining machines (2 different types) required for performance evidence

PPE

unprocessed materials for joining

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3035 Set up, operate and maintain planing and finishing machines

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to safely and efficiently set up, operate and maintain planing and finishing machines using their full potential and capacities to complete tasks such as sanding faces, edges, end grain and straight, concave or convex surfaces.

Workers with this competency follow established procedures in timber technology industries, using discretion, judgment and problem solving to identify and troubleshoot routine product and machine issues.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Wood machining

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Prepare for task	1.1 Determine task requirements and planning and finishing specifications from work documentation 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.3 Select material for machining and check it meets task quality requirements 1.4 Check that jigs and other required tools and equipment are available, safe and functional 1.5 Identify procedures for waste minimisation and energy efficiency while completing task
2 Set up machines	2.1 Check that emergency stops, gauges, guards, controls and safety equipment are functional prior to machine start-up 2.2 Complete machine settings and adjust to meet task requirements in compliance with manufacturer instructions 2.3 Complete trial runs to check that machine is fully functional and that finished work meets task accuracy and quality requirements 2.4 Identify and make necessary adjustments to machine settings to meet task quality and efficiency requirements
3 Operate machines	3.1 Follow machine start-up procedures in accordance with manufacturer instructions 3.2 Position material to be planed and finished in accordance with manufacturer instructions, tooling requirements, and safe handling and workplace procedures 3.3 Operate machine in accordance with its designed capacity and purpose, and to manufacturer recommendations 3.4 Monitor machine operation to ensure product quality and output 3.5 Check waste quantities and make adjustments to minimise waste 3.6 Identify items that do not meet quality requirements and recycle or discard in accordance with workplace procedures 3.7 Recognise problems with product or machine operation and resolve or report to appropriate persons in accordance with workplace procedures
4 Finalise task	4.1 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 4.2 Clean machinery, complete routine maintenance and leave in safe mode in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Identify, tag and report faulty equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 4.4 Complete task documentation in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures, work documentation involving drawings and product specifications

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate lengths, degrees and areas and estimate material requirements

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFM3015 Set up, operate and maintain planning and finishing machines.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3035 Set up, operate and maintain planing and finishing machines

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

set up and operate each of the following types of planing and finishing machines to meet task requirements and in accordance with workplace procedures:

surface planer

a panel planer

a wide belt sander

complete operator maintenance on at least 2 machines at least once, to include:

checking that guards, safety switches, and machine jigs and attachments are functioning correctly

servicing machine lubrication points

identifying tooling needing sharpening and repair

checking that drive belts are undamaged and correctly tensioned

cleaning machine at the end of a production run

checking that electrical systems are functioning, and identifying issues for referral to qualified electrician

completing maintenance documentation.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workplace procedures for:

work health and safety

quality assurance and tolerance levels

reporting of machinery faults and material defects

risk control measures, including personal protective equipment (PPE), for the following hazards

cutting and crushing hazard

objects and particles thrown by machine

noise

airborne contaminants

slips, trips and falls

manual handling injuries

planing and finishing processes and techniques

characteristics and response to the planing process of these materials:

solid timber

manufactured board

the function of other tools and materials typically used in the planning and finishing process:

machine-specific tools

jigs and fixtures

machine consumables

oils and lubricants and trial materials.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

work documentation

planing and finishing machines – surface planer, panel planer, wide belt sander – required for performance evidence

PPE

unprocessed materials for planning and finishing

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3036 Set up, operate and maintain multi-head planing and moulding machines

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to safely and efficiently set up, operate and maintain through- and push-feed multi-head planning and moulding machines using their full potential and capacities to machine solid timber and manufactured board and complete tasks such as square dressing timber and producing detailed mouldings.

Workers with this competency follow established procedures in timber technology industries using discretion, judgement and problem solving to identify and troubleshoot product and machine issues.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Wood machining

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for task	1.1 Determine task requirements and planning and moulding specifications from work documentation 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.3 Select material for machining and check it meets task quality requirements 1.4 Check that cutting tools, jigs and other required tools and equipment are available, safe and functional 1.5 Identify procedures for waste minimisation and energy efficiency while completing task
2. Set up machines	2.1 Check that emergency stops, gauges, guards, controls and safety equipment are functional prior to machine start-up 2.2 Complete machine settings and adjust to meet task requirements in compliance with manufacturer instructions 2.3 Complete trial runs to check that machine is fully functional and that finished work meets task accuracy and quality requirements 2.4 Identify and make necessary adjustments to machine settings to meet task quality and efficiency requirements
3. Operate machines	3.1 Follow machine start-up procedures in accordance with manufacturer instructions 3.2 Position material to be machined in accordance with manufacturer instructions, tooling requirements, and safe handling and workplace procedures 3.3 Operate machine in accordance with its designed capacity and purpose, and to manufacturer recommendations 3.4 Monitor machine operation to ensure product quality and output 3.5 Identify items that do not meet quality requirements and recycle or discard in accordance with workplace procedures 3.6 Recognise problems with product or machine operation and resolve or report to appropriate persons in accordance with workplace procedures
4. Finalise task	4.1 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 4.2 Clean machinery, complete routine maintenance and leave in safe mode in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Identify, tag and report faulty equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 4.4 Complete task documentation in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures, work documentation involving drawings and product specifications

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate lengths, degrees and areas and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFM3016 Set up, operate and maintain multi-head planing and moulding machines.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3036 Set up, operate and maintain multi-head planing and moulding machines

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

set up and operate a multi-headed planing and moulding machine to meet task requirements in accordance with workplace procedures to complete the following:

square dress timber

produce at least 3 detailed mouldings profiled on at least one edge and one face to meet Australian Standards criteria

complete operator maintenance on a machine at least once, to include:

checking and confirming correct functioning of:

guards

safety switches

machine jigs and attachments

servicing of machine lubrication points

identifying tooling needing sharpening and repair, including changing and maintaining straight and profile knives

checking that drive belts are undamaged and correctly tensioned

cleaning of machine at the end of a production run

checking correct electrical function and identifying issues for referral to qualified electrician

completing maintenance documentation.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workplace procedures for:

work health and safety

quality assurance and tolerance levels

reporting of machinery faults and material defects

functions and characteristics of planing and moulding machines

planing and moulding processes and techniques

risk control measures, including personal protective equipment (PPE), for the following hazards

cutting and crushing hazard

objects and particles thrown by machine

noise

airborne contaminants

slips, trips and falls

manual handling injuries

the function of tools and materials typically used in the planing and moulding process:

machine-specific tools

tension wrenches

screwdrivers

hammers and spanners

planing and moulding machine consumables

oils and lubricants and trial materials.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

work documentation

multi-head planing and moulding machines required for performance evidence

PPE

unprocessed materials for planning and moulding

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3037 Set up, operate and maintain routing and shaping machines

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to safely and efficiently set up, operate and maintain routing and shaping machines using their full potential and capacities to complete tasks such as moulding, grooving, shaping and rebating materials. Workers with this competency follow established procedures in wood technology industries, using discretion, judgement and problem solving to identify and troubleshoot product and machine issues.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Wood machining

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Prepare for task	1.1 Determine task requirements and routing and shaping specifications from work documentation 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.3 Select material for machining and check it meets task quality requirements 1.4 Check that cutting tools, jigs and other required tools and equipment are available, safe and functional 1.5 Identify procedures for waste minimisation and energy efficiency while completing task
2 Set up machines	2.1 Check that emergency stops, gauges, guards, controls and safety equipment are functional prior to machine start-up 2.2 Complete machine settings and adjust to meet task requirements in compliance with manufacturer instructions 2.3 Complete trial runs to check that machine is fully functional and that finished work meets task accuracy and quality requirements 2.4 Identify and make necessary adjustments to machine settings to meet task quality and efficiency requirements
3 Operate machines	3.1 Follow machine start-up procedures in accordance with manufacturer instructions 3.2 Position material to be machined in accordance with manufacturer instructions, tooling requirements, and safe handling and workplace procedures 3.3 Operate machine in accordance with its designed capacity and purpose, and to manufacturer recommendations 3.4 Monitor machine operation to ensure product quality and output 3.5 Identify items that do not meet quality requirements and recycle or discard in accordance with workplace procedures 3.6 Recognise problems with product or machine operation and resolve or report to appropriate persons in accordance with workplace procedures
4 Finalise task	4.1 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 4.2 Clean machinery, complete routine maintenance and leave in safe mode in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Identify, tag and report faulty equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 4.4 Complete task documentation in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures, work documentation involving drawings and product specifications

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate lengths, degrees and areas and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFM3017 Set up, operate and maintain routing and shaping machines.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3037 Set up, operate and maintain routing and shaping machines

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

set up and operate a spindle moulding machine and an overhead or inverted pin routing machine to complete task requirements in accordance with workplace procedures

complete operator maintenance on each of the 2 machines at least once, to include:

checking that guards, safety switches, and machine jigs and attachments are functioning correctly

servicing machine lubrication points

identifying tooling needing sharpening and repair

checking that drive belts are undamaged and correctly tensioned

cleaning machine at the end of a production run

checking that electrical systems are functioning, and identifying issues for referral to qualified electrician

completing maintenance documentation.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workplace procedures for:

work health and safety

quality assurance and tolerance levels

reporting of machinery faults and material defects

function and characteristics of routing and shaping machines:

spindle moulding machine

overhead or inverted pin routing machine

routing and shaping processes and techniques

characteristics and response to routing and shaping of materials commonly used:

solid timber

manufactured board

plastics

laminates

risk control measures, including personal protective equipment (PPE), for the following hazards

cutting and crushing hazard

objects and particles thrown by machine

noise

airborne contaminants

slips, trips and falls

manual handling injuries

function of tools and materials typically used in the routing and shaping process:

machine-specific tools

jigs and fixtures

machine consumables

oils and lubricants and trial materials.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

work documentation

routing and shaping machines required for performance evidence

PPE

unprocessed materials for routing and shaping

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3038 Set up, operate and maintain automated edge banding machines

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to set up, operate and maintain edge banding machines which use automated processes to apply and process an edge trim to solid timber or manufactured board.

Workers with this competency follow established procedures in timber technology industries, using discretion, judgement and problem solving to identify and resolve routine product and machine issues.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Wood machining

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for task	1.1 Determine task requirements and edging specifications from work documentation 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.3 Select material for machining and check it meets task quality requirements 1.4 Check that cutting tools and other required tools and equipment are available, safe and functional 1.5 Identify procedures for waste minimisation and energy efficiency while completing task
2. Set up machines	2.1 Check that emergency stops, gauges, guards, controls and safety equipment are functional prior to machine start-up 2.2 Complete machine settings and adjust to meet task requirements in compliance with manufacturer instructions 2.3 Complete trial runs to check that machine is fully functional and that finished work meets task accuracy and quality requirements 2.4 Identify and make necessary adjustments to machine settings to meet task quality and efficiency requirements
3. Operate machines	3.1 Follow machine start-up procedures in accordance with manufacturer instructions 3.2 Position material to be machined in accordance with manufacturer instructions, tooling requirements, and safe handling and workplace procedures 3.3 Operate machine in accordance with its designed capacity and purpose, and to manufacturer recommendations 3.4 Monitor machine operation to ensure product quality and output 3.5 Check waste quantities and make adjustments to minimise waste 3.6 Identify items that do not meet quality requirements and recycle or discard in accordance with workplace procedures 3.7 Recognise problems with product or machine operation and resolve or report to appropriate persons in accordance with workplace procedures
4. Finalise task	4.1 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 4.2 Clean machinery, complete routine maintenance and leave in safe mode in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Identify, tag and report faulty equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 4.4 Complete task documentation in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures, work documentation involving drawings and product specifications

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate area and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFM3019 Set up, operate and maintain automated edge banding machines.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3038 Set up, operate and maintain automated edge banding machines

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

set up and operate an automated (not fully automatic) edging machine to apply at least 3 different edge treatment materials

complete operator maintenance at least once, including:

checking that guards, safety switches, and machine jigs and attachments are functioning correctly

servicing machine lubrication points

identifying tooling needing sharpening and repair

checking that drive belts are undamaged and correctly tensioned

cleaning machine at the end of a production run

checking that electrical systems are functioning, and identifying issues for referral to qualified electrician

completing maintenance documentation.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workplace procedures for:

work health and safety

quality assurance and tolerance levels

reporting of machinery faults and material defects

functions and characteristics of edge banding machines:

pre-milling technology

standard automated edgers (not fully automatic)

soft forming machines

risk control measures, including personal protective equipment (PPE), for the following hazards

cutting and crushing hazard

objects and particles thrown by machine

noise

airborne contaminants

slips, trips and falls

manual handling injuries

characteristics of timber and board products and adhesives commonly used with edge banding machines, and of these edging products:

solid timber

laminates

plastics

non-ferrous materials and foils.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

work documentation

automated edge banding machines required for performance evidence

PPE

unprocessed materials for edge banding

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3039 Fabricate synthetic solid surface products

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to fabricate products containing synthetic solid surfaces such as acrylic or polyester. Products may include benchtops, edges, sinks, bowls and waterproof wall treatments. Workers with this competency follow established procedures in industries such as cabinet making and kitchen and bathroom installation using discretion, judgement and some problem solving.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Cabinetry and furniture

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for task	1.1 Determine task requirements from design and other work documentation 1.2 Plan fabrication sequence and identify procedures for checking quality at each stage 1.3 Identify and follow work health and safety procedures 1.4 Select suitable work area for the task 1.5 Complete preparatory drawings and set-outs in accordance with job specifications 1.6 Develop cutting list for components in accordance with job specifications 1.7 Select tools and equipment and check that they are safe and functional 1.8 Check that materials meet task quality requirements
2 Complete fabrication	2.1 Set out and prepare materials and mark components in accordance with work instructions 2.2 Use tools, equipment and machinery safely and in accordance with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Check product quality against specifications at each stage of fabrication 2.4 Confirm against set-outs for accuracy tolerances, fit and distortion 2.5 Fit components, accessories and decorative components in accordance with task specifications 2.6 Prepare product for final finish by removing bruises, scratches, dents and marks
3 Finalise operation	3.1 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 3.2 Clean machinery, complete routine maintenance and leave in safe mode in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Identify, tag and report faulty equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 3.4 Complete job documentation in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills measure and calculate area, estimate materials and interpret technical information on design documentation.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFM3020 Fabricate synthetic solid surface products.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3039 Fabricate synthetic solid surface products

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

fabricate at least 3 synthetic solid surface products, including at least 1 full benchtop.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workplace procedures for:

work health and safety

quality assurance

reporting of machinery faults and material defects

how to:

interpret furniture design documentation

prepare drawings and set-outs for synthetic solid surface products

types and characteristics of synthetic solid surface materials

tools and machinery commonly used in the fabrication of solid surface products

personal protective equipment (PPE) required for fabrication of solid surface products.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design documentation

unprocessed materials for fabrication

tools, equipment and machinery required for performance evidence

PPE

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3040 Produce and maintain cutting tools

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to produce and maintain cutting tools used in woodworking machinery.

Workers with this competency follow established procedures in industries such as wood machining and cabinet making, using some discretion, judgment and problem solving to keep cutting tools safe and efficient.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Cabinetry and furniture

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for task	1.1 Determine cutting tool requirements from task documentation and inspection of machine 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety procedures 1.3 Assess whether cutting tool is suitable for machining 1.4 Check that machines, grinding tools and accessories are safe and functional
2. Set up machines	2.1 Complete machine settings and adjust to meet task requirements and in compliance with manufacturer instructions 2.2 Confirm that grinding is achieving required quality in cutting tool 2.3 Identify and make necessary adjustments to machine settings
3. Operate machines	3.1 Follow machine start-up procedure in accordance with manufacturer instructions 3.2 Machine tooling in accordance with manufacturer instructions and safe handling and workplace procedures 3.3 Operate machine in accordance with its designed capacity and purpose, and to manufacturer recommendations 3.4 Monitor machine operation to ensure quality of output 3.5 Recognise problems and resolve or report to appropriate persons in accordance with workplace procedures
4. Finalise task	4.1 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 4.2 Clean machinery, complete routine lubrication and adjustments and leave in a safe mode in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Identify, tag and report faulty equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 4.4 Complete job documentation in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to take accurate measurements and estimate materials requirements

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFM3023 Produce and maintain cutting tools.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3040 Produce and maintain cutting tools

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

produce a set of 2 matching profile cutters

maintain a router cutter and solid profile cutter head.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

type and characteristics of cutting tools:

profile knives

router cutters

straight knives

profile cutter heads

types and characteristics of grinding machines

cutter development geometry and principles

characteristics of cutter steels

grinding practices and techniques

personal protective equipment (PPE) required for producing and maintaining cutting tools

type and characteristics of grinding adhesives and processes

workplace procedures for:

acceptable tolerance levels

work health and safety

reporting machinery faults and material defects.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

raw materials or cutting tools in woodworking machines required for performance evidence

grinding machine

PPE

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3041 Determine and document requirements for cabinetry installation

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to conduct onsite assessment of spatial and other requirements for the installation of fitted cabinetry. This includes assessment of overall site, walls, floors, appliances, services and other structural components in addition to taking detailed and precise measurements. Cabinetry may be custom-made or mass manufactured.

Cabinet installers with this competency follow procedures, using discretion, judgement and problem solving to identify and resolve potential installation issues. Installers may or may not be involved in the actual construction of cabinetry.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking kitchen and bathroom work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Competency Field

Cabinetry and furniture

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Assess overall installation site	1.1 Review project brief and design documentation and identify site aspects to be assessed 1.2 Arrange site access with client in accordance with workplace procedures 1.3 Identify and follow site work health and safety procedures when making onsite inspections 1.4 Determine access requirements for materials and equipment based on site features 1.5 Identify and review other work being undertaken at site for impact on installation work
2. Assess site construction features for impact on cabinetry installation	2.1 Examine wall and floor construction and features and determine implications for cabinet installation 2.2 Identify and inspect other structural features and determine implications for cabinet installation
3. Assess appliances and services for impact on cabinetry installation	3.1 Review appliance installation requirements from manuals or physical inspection and determine impact on cabinet installation 3.2 Identify compliance issues and their impact on design and layout and determine appropriate action
4 Obtain measurements	4.1 Select measuring devices and processes suited to situation 4.2 Take, reconfirm and record accurate measurements of all required site aspects 4.3 Select and use appropriate calculations to obtain required cabinetry dimensions and other relevant information 4.4 Follow workplace requirements for quality assurance requirements and allowable tolerances
5. Document installation requirements	5.1 Review findings from assessments and determine individual and interrelated implications for cabinetry construction and installation 5.2 Prepare site plan that shows all features and measurements that will affect cabinetry manufacture or installation using established drawing protocols 5.3 Prepare supporting documentation that details other required information to support manufacture and installation process

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret unfamiliar design documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Oral communication skills to liaise with clients and work colleagues on familiar operational matters

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate area, mass, perimeter, volume, scales and ratios.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Redesigned unit – merges, supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFKB3002 Determine requirements for installation of cabinets, MSFFM3011 Measure and draw site layout for manufactured furniture products and MSFKB3003 Check and measure fit of cabinets.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3041 Determine and document requirements for cabinetry installation

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

conduct 2 site assessments and identify issues impacting installation arising from:

overall site condition and access

structure

appliances

services

for each of the above 2 site assessments, produce accurate documentation that includes:

scaled plan and elevation identifying:

all site dimensions

placement and dimensions of all features impacting manufacture and installation

supporting site information to inform manufacture and installation

recognise and respond to 2 different challenges posed by site conditions:

1 structural

1 appliance or services related.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workplace and site procedures for:

work health and safety

quality assurance

tolerance levels

for fitted cabinetry projects:

planning processes

roles of different trades and when different trade skills are required

typical communication channels and protocols for those involved

processes and technologies used for the construction of fitted cabinetry

characteristics and features of cabinetry products and components

National Construction Code requirements for installation of fitted cabinetry

statutory local and state or territory planning regulations affecting cabinetry installations

basic building and architectural terminology

structural and non-structural components of buildings and their different construction methods that can affect cabinet installation, and how to adapt installation to address common issues with:

floors

walls

beams

ceilings

doors and windows

skirtings

installation requirements and how to address common issues with:

appliances

services:

communications

electricity

gas

ventilation

water

features and use of measuring devices:

tape measures

laser beams

angle readers

rulers

critical dimensions that may affect manufacture and installation:

square of the structure

angles of floor to walls

walls to ceiling

vertical walls

horizontal floor and ceiling

service locations and critical structural criteria

methods to calculate:

area

perimeter

volume

mass

scales and ratios (ingredients/elements and triangulation)

drawing techniques, technologies and processes:

scope of information to be included on site drawings

industry symbols and protocols for the documentation of site features and expression of dimensions

purpose and key provisions of Australian Standard AS1100 and its impact on documentation requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources required for performance evidence, including:

installation site with walls, floors and services

design documentation

service and appliance information

site and workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3042 Fabricate cabinetry

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to fabricate components from manufactured board or timber and assemble them into cabinets.

Workers with this competency follow established procedures in timber technology industries using discretion, judgement and problem solving to identify and resolve routine product and machine issues.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Cabinetry and furniture

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Plan fabrication process	1.1 Determine task requirements and cutting list specifications from work documentation 1.2 Prepare working drawings and set outs to meet task requirements 1.3 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.4 Check that materials meet task quality requirements. 1.5 Identify procedures for waste minimisation and energy efficiency while completing task
2 Set up machines	2.1 Check that emergency stops, gauges, guards, controls and safety equipment are functional prior to machine start-up 2.2 Complete machine settings and adjust to meet task requirements in compliance with manufacturer instructions 2.3 Check that cutting tools, jigs and other required tools and equipment are available, safe and functional 2.4 Complete trial runs to check that machine is fully functional and that finished work meets task accuracy and quality requirements 2.5 Identify and make necessary adjustments to machine settings to meet task quality and efficiency requirements
3 Convert board to product components	3.1 Follow machine start-up procedures in accordance with manufacturer instructions 3.2 Position material in accordance with manufacturer instructions, tooling requirements, safe handling and workplace procedures 3.3 Operate machine in accordance with its designed capacity and purpose, and to manufacturer recommendations 3.4 Monitor machine operation to ensure product quality and output 3.5 Check waste quantities and make adjustments to minimise it 3.6 Confirm components against set-outs for required tolerances, fit and accuracy and recycle or discard non-compliant components in accordance with workplace procedures 3.7 Recognise problems with product or machine operation and resolve or report to appropriate persons in accordance with workplace procedures
4 Assemble cabinet	4.1 Assemble components and check against plans or set-out for accuracy, including dimensions, square and tolerances 4.2 Prepare product for final finish in accordance with task requirements
5 Finalise operation	5.1 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 5.2 Clean machinery, complete routine maintenance and leave in a safe mode in accordance with workplace procedures 5.3 Identify, tag and report faulty equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 5.4 Complete job documentation in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures, work documentation involving drawings and product specifications

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate area and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and not equivalent to MSFFM2011 Apply manufactured board conversion techniques

Supersedes and not equivalent to MSFKB3005 Fabricate cabinets for the built-in environment

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3042 Fabricate cabinetry

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

fabricate cabinetry products from cutting lists or cut plans to workplace standards, including at least 2 of the following:

floor cabinet

wall cabinet

tall cabinet

as part of the above, at least 5 of the following must be fabricated:

end panels

shelving

bench tops

backs

bottoms

doors and fixing rails

meet workplace standards for efficiency, including:

identifying and resolving routine problems

working with others, recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise workflow and productivity.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workplace procedures for:

quality standards and procedures

guidelines regarding acceptable tolerance levels

safety policies and procedures

reporting machinery faults and material defects

workflow process for cabinetry construction

types and characteristics of manufactured board for cabinetry construction:

raw board

melamine surfaces

veneered board

plywood and hard board

different types of timber

types and features of cabinetry product components:

end panels

shelving

bench tops

backs

bottoms

doors and fixing rails

tools and machinery commonly used in cabinetry construction

personal protective equipment (PPE) required for cabinetry construction.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

work documentation

tools and machinery required for performance evidence

PPE

unprocessed manufactured board or timber

workplace procedures.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3043 Install cabinetry

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install custom-made or mass manufactured cabinetry and all associated fixtures and fittings. It requires the ability to complete pre-installation checks, identify site constraints, install products and complete quality checking of finished work.

Cabinet installers with this competency follow established procedures using discretion, judgement and problem solving to install cabinetry and resolve installation issues, often in consultation with others. Installers may or may not have been involved in the actual construction of cabinetry.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Cabinetry and furniture

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Prepare for installation	1.1 Determine installation requirements and sequencing from design and other work documentation 1.2 Select and prepare required tools, equipment and materials based on task requirements 1.3 Complete pre-checks on cabinetry in accordance with workplace procedures 1.4 Identify customer and others involved in installation process and establish communication based on task requirements
2 Identify site conditions and constraints	2.1 Obtain access to site in accordance with project guidelines and work health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify site safety hazards and take action to reduce risk to self and others 2.3 Identify other on-site characteristics for their impact on the installation process 2.4 Protect site features, fixtures and fittings using suitable coverings prior to start of installation
3 Install products	3.1 Prepare products and materials to site requirements 3.2 Install products and associated hardware using hand and power tools safely and according to manufacturer instructions 3.3 Take and confirm measurements and levels during process to achieve correct fit and overall installation quality 3.4 Use fixing methods and products according to site conditions and product requirements 3.5 Identify and accommodate services and appliance installation requirements
4 Complete quality checks	4.1 Inspect edges and lines and confirm fit is level, straight and flush 4.2 Inspect all installed cabinet components and confirm correct alignment 4.3 Confirm that required tolerances have been achieved 4.4 Measure installed cabinet components and check that they comply with spatial and other specifications from design and other work documentation 4.5 Identify installation deficiencies and use problem solving skills to achieve required outcome
5 Finalise installation process	5.1 Clean work area and dispose of waste safely and in accordance with environmental standards 5.2 Check, clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 5.3 Seek and document customer approval of completed installation in accordance with workplace procedures 5.4 Complete installation documentation in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret design documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Oral communication skills to liaise with others on practical matters as part of the installation process

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate lengths and areas.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Redesigned unit – merges, supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFM3006 Install furnishing products, MSFKB3004 Conduct on-site adjustments to cabinets and components and MSFKB3006 Install fitted cabinets and components.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3043 Install cabinetry

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

install each of the follow types of cabinetry on at least 2 occasions, to include at least one ‘run’ involving 3 different cabinetry types:

floor mounted

wall mounted

full height

overhead.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

how to interpret design documentation

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

types of cabinetry that require professional installation

factors that impact cabinetry installation:

design objectives

needs of other trades

requirements of services

appliance installation requirements

wall and floor construction

specific areas constraints:

wet areas

outdoor areas

statutory local and state or territory planning regulations

tools, equipment and materials for cabinetry installation

processes and techniques that support quality installations:

how to scribe to a wall

how to ensure hardware works effectively

common types of installation adjustments for different product components

use of fillers

making cut-ins for services

types of quality checks for cabinetry installations:

level

plumb

twist / racking

alignment of doors and/or drawers

smooth opening and closing

problem solving processes for resolving installation problems:

re-examining plans and drawings

comparing measurements

determining root cause

applying product knowledge to situation

discussing issue with colleagues

assessing pros and cons of options and techniques

using resources on site to solve issue where possible

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources required for performance evidence, including:

installation site with walls and floors

cabinetry and associated hardware for installation

installation documentation

service and appliance information

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3044 Set up, operate and maintain computer numerically controlled (CNC) sizing machines

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to set up, operate and maintain CNC sizing machines for the manufacture of products.

Workers with this competency follow established procedures, using discretion, judgement and problem solving to identify and resolve routine product and machine issues.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Wood machining

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for task	1.1 Determine task requirements from work documentation 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.3 Select material for machining and confirm it meets task and workplace quality requirements 1.4 Identify and confirm procedures for waste minimisation and energy efficiency
2. Set up machines	2.1 Set CNC program to meet task requirements 2.2 Confirm operational readiness of safety equipment and emergency stops, gauges, guards and controls prior to machine start-up 2.3 Complete machine settings and adjustments in accordance with job requirements and machine and tool manufacturer instructions 2.4 Check and confirm safe and effective operation of machines, cutting tools and jigs 2.5 Complete trial runs to check machine operation, accuracy and quality of finished work 2.6 Make final adjustments to CNC programs and equipment in accordance with task requirements and workplace procedures
3. Operate machines	3.1 Operate machine in accordance with its designed capacity and purpose, and to manufacturer recommendations 3.2 Monitor machine operation to ensure product quality and output 3.3 Check waste quantities and make adjustments to minimise waste 3.4 Identify items that do not meet quality requirements and recycle or discard in accordance with workplace procedures 3.5 Recognise problems with product or machine operation and resolve or report to appropriate persons in accordance with workplace procedures 3.6 Follow authorised changes in working procedures
4. Finalise task	4.1 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 4.2 Clean machinery, complete routine maintenance and leave in safe mode in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Identify, tag and report faulty equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 4.4 Complete task documentation in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures, work documentation involving drawings and product specifications

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate area and estimate material requirements

Technology skills to use software features of CNC machinery.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFM3021 Set up, operate and maintain CNC sizing machines.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3044 Set up, operate and maintain computer numerically controlled (CNC) sizing machines

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

set up, operate and complete operator maintenance on CNC sizing equipment to produce at least 3 different cutting patterns.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workplace procedure for:

quality assurance and tolerance levels

reporting of machinery faults and material defects

uses of CNC sizing machines:

CNC beam saws

double end profiling machines

CNC practices and techniques, including workflow process

characteristics of materials to be sized:

solid timber

manufactured board

laminate

solid synthetic materials and plastics.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources required for performance evidence, including:

work documentation

unprocessed materials for cutting

CNC sizing machine

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3045 Set up, operate and maintain computer numerically controlled (CNC) machining and processing centres

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to set up, operate and maintain CNC machining and processing centres to manufacture products.

Workers with this competency follow established procedures, using discretion, judgment and problem solving to identify and resolve routine product and machine issues.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Wood machining

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for task	1.1 Determine task requirements from work documentation 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.3 Select material for machining and confirm it meets task and workplace quality requirements 1.4 Identify and confirm procedures for waste minimisation and energy efficiency
2. Set up for machining and processing	2.1 Set CNC program to meet task requirements 2.2 Confirm operational readiness of safety equipment and emergency stops, gauges, guards and controls prior to machine start-up 2.3 Complete machining and processing settings and adjustments in accordance with task requirements and machining and processing and tool manufacturer instructions 2.4 Check and confirm safe and effective operation of machines, cutting tools and jigs 2.5 Complete trial runs to check machine operation, accuracy and quality of finished work 2.6 Make final adjustments to CNC programs and equipment in accordance with task requirements and workplace procedures
3. Operate machining and processing centres	3.1 Operate machining and processing centres in accordance with its designed capacity and purpose, and to manufacturer recommendations 3.2 Monitor machine operation to ensure product quality and output 3.3 Check waste quantities and make adjustments to minimise waste 3.4 Identify items that do not meet quality requirements and recycle or discard in accordance with workplace procedures 3.5 Recognise problems with product or machine operation and resolve or report to appropriate persons in accordance with workplace procedures 3.6 Follow authorised changes in working procedures
4. Finalise task	4.1 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 4.2 Clean machinery, complete routine maintenance and leave in safe mode in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Identify, tag and report faulty equipment in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures, work documentation involving drawings and product specifications

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate lengths, areas and quantities and estimate material requirements

Technology skills to use software features of CNC machinery.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFM3022 Set up, operate and maintain CNC machining and processing centres.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3045 Set up, operate and maintain computer numerically controlled (CNC) machining and processing centres

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

set up, operate and complete operator maintenance on at least 1 CNC machining and processing centre to complete detailed profiling. This must include at least 3 different shapes and, for each of these shapes, using each of the following methods:

development and application of sub-program

development and application of parametric program

application of CAD/CAM functions.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workplace procedures for

work health and safety

quality assurance and tolerance levels

reporting of machinery faults and material defects

uses of CNC machining and processing centres:

three axis machining centres

multi-tasking machining centres

flat-bed routers and mortice

tools and equipment associated with CNC centres:

stand-alone or integral computing systems

machine-specific tools

personal protective equipment (PPE) required for CNC machining and processing

CNC practices and techniques, including workflow process

characteristics of materials to be machined and processed and uses of products produced:

materials

solid timber

manufactured board

products:

vacuum formed doors

widening joints

framed construction

drawers and laminating veneers.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources required for performance evidence, including:

work documentation

unprocessed materials for processing

CNC controlled equipment

PPE

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFP2011 Use timber furnishing construction techniques

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to follow basic processes for the construction and assembly of a timber product. It includes the use of a limited range of tools, equipment and construction techniques. Learners with his competency have basic skills to support further study or entry-level work in furnishing and furniture making industries. This unit is usually delivered within a pre-employment training program.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Furniture making pathways

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Identify construction and assembly requirements	1.1 Review drawings and identify tools and equipment required to create item 1.2 Estimate quantities of materials required based on drawings 1.3 Identify key steps in construction and assembly process for individual components and complete item 1.4 Identify quality standards to be achieved 1.5 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements
2 Follow construction and assembly processes	2.1 Confirm that tools and equipment are safe for use prior to starting work 2.2 Operate tools and equipment in accordance with safety requirements and manufacturer specifications 2.3 Lay out and accurately mark and cut materials to meet item specifications 2.4 Join materials in accordance with specifications 2.5 Assemble components using jigs or clamps and fastenings based on item requirements 2.6 Apply adhesives in accordance with workplace procedures and manufacturer instructions 2.7 Confirm item meets quality standards and seek guidance from supervisor to address any deficiencies
3 Clean work area	3.1 Clean and store tools in accordance with procedures 3.2 Safely dispose of waste in accordance with procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret scale drawings and follow basic safety procedures

Oral communication skills to seek feedback and guidance from supervisor

Numeracy skills to take accurate measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFM1001 Construct a basic timber furnishing product and MSFFM1002 Operate basic woodworking machines.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFP2011 Use timber furnishing construction techniques

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed all the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

safely use basic construction and assembly techniques to create a complete timber furnishing item to required quality standard with work processes to include at least:

5 different hand-held tools

1 static machine

2 timber joints

1 adhesive type

1 jig or fastening device.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

for timber furnishing items:

how to interpret scale drawings

workflow process for construction and assembly

safety requirements, including personal protective equipment (PPE)

tools, equipment and machinery typically used

materials typically required

types of quality checks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

scale drawings

tools, equipment and materials required for performance evidence

PPE

procedures for work health and safety.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFP2012 Join furnishing materials

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to join timber and other furnishing materials, including the construction of simple timber joints.

Learners with his competency have basic skills to support further study or entry-level work in furnishing and furniture making industries. This unit is usually delivered within a pre-employment training program. Work is carried out under supervision.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Furniture making pathways

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for task	1.1 Identify task requirements, including type of joining and quality requirements, from supervisor instructions 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety procedures 1.3 Select tools and equipment to meet task requirements and check that they are safe and functional 1.4 Check that materials meet task quality requirements
2. Join materials	2.1 Lay out materials for joining to maximise efficiency of joining process 2.2 Measure and mark out of cutting and joining lines in accordance with task requirements 2.4 Join materials using hand and power tools 2.5 Select and use fasteners, adhesives and appropriate clamping systems to meet task requirements 2.6 Check finished joint against quality requirements
3. Clean work area	3.1 Clean and store tools in accordance with procedures 3.2 Safely dispose of waste in accordance with procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Oral communication skills to participate in simple spoken exchanges with supervisor

Numeracy skills to measure and make simple calculations.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Redesigned unit – merges, supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFP2005 Join furnishing materials and MSFFP2006 Make simple timber joints.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFP2012 Join furnishing materials

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

make 2 different timber joints:

1 using hardwood

1 using softwood.

join 1 composite or plastic product.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

safe work practices and procedures for joining furnishing materials

types of simple timber joints and typical uses, including at least 3 of the following:

butt joint

dowel

domino

biscuit joint

mitre

matched

rebate

hand tools and equipment commonly used for joining furnishing materials

personal protective equipment (PPE) required when joining furnishing materials

furnishing materials and their response to common joining methods:

composite and plastic materials

hardwood

softwood

quality requirements for joints:

visual appearance

tolerance

gaps or play in joints and strength

standard applications for adhesive types, including:

dispersion

reaction

hot melt

contact

fastening methods.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

timber and composite or plastic materials for joining required for performance evidence

hand tools

PPE

adhesives and fastening devices

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFP2013 Use basic artwork framing techniques

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use basic artwork framing techniques. It includes the use of a limited range of tools, equipment and framing techniques. Learners with his competency have basic skills to support further study or entry-level work. This unit is usually delivered within a pre-employment training program.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Furniture making pathways

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Identify framing requirements	1.1 Identify framing requirements from spoken or written work instructions 1.2 Identify key steps in framing process 1.3 Identify and follow work health safety requirements
2 Cut and join mouldings	2.1 Select tools and equipment to cut and join mouldings and check that they are safe and functional. 2.2. Check that moulding materials meet task quality requirements. 2.3 Set out material for cutting to length in accordance with task requirements and workplace procedures 2.4 Use tools and equipment in accordance with safety requirements and manufacturer specifications 2.5 Cut mouldings to length and check for quality and fit in accordance with workplace practices 2.6 Lay out components and fix in preparation for joining according to work instructions and workplace procedures 2.7 Join components and check for quality, alignment and finish in accordance with workplace practices
3 Cut mat board	3.1 Select tools and equipment required for cutting mat board and check they are safe and functional 3.2 Check that mat board material meets task quality requirements 3.3 Set out mat board material for cutting in accordance with task requirements and workplace procedures 3.4 Use tools and equipment in accordance with safety requirements and manufacturer specifications 3.5 Cut mat boards check for quality in accordance with workplace practices
4 Cut glass for framing	4.1 Select tools and equipment for cutting glass and check that they are safe and functional 4.2 Check that glass meets task requirements 4.3 Set out glass for cutting in accordance with task requirements and workplace procedures 4.4 Use tools and equipment in accordance with safety requirements and manufacturer specifications 4.5 Cut glass and check for quality in accordance with workplace practices
5 Mount artwork	5.1 Determine method of mounting to meet task requirements 5.2 Set up mounting equipment in accordance with equipment instructions and workplace procedures 5.3 Position artwork on substrate and place in mounting equipment in accordance with task requirements 5.4 Operate mounting equipment in accordance with manufacturer instructions and workplace procedures 5.5 Remove assembled artwork from equipment and inspect for quality in accordance with workplace procedures
6 Assemble artwork package	6.1 Clean fabricated components and lay out for assembly in accordance with workplace procedures 6.2 Attach artwork to backing material using selected method 6.3 Assemble and adjust frame components to fit and fix in place 6.4 Fit frame over package and fix backing securely 6.5 Attach fittings, attachments and hanging aids appropriate for artwork 6.6 Inspect package for quality and process in accordance with workplace procedures
7 Complete task	7.1 Check, clean and store equipment and any unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 7.2 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 7.3 Complete required workplace records

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar documentation and follow basic safety procedures

Oral communication skills to seek feedback and guidance from supervisor

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate area and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFPF1001 Frame a simple artwork.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFP2013 Use basic artwork framing techniques

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

design and complete the framing for one flat paper-based piece of art.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workflow process for framing artwork

tools and equipment typically used in framing artwork

materials typically used to frame simple artwork, including:

timber

touch-up materials

glues

sandpaper

standard mat board material

appropriate mounting materials

glass

safety requirements, including personal protective equipment (PPE) and manual handling procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

artwork framing tools, equipment and materials required for performance evidence

PPE

procedures for work health and safety.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFP2014 Use basic finishing techniques on timber surfaces

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to perform basic furniture finishing tasks on timber furniture items such as tables, chairs and stools. It includes preparation and hand or spray coating of surfaces using a limited range of tools, equipment and finishing techniques. Learners with his competency have basic skills to support further study or entry-level work in furnishing and furniture making industries. This unit is usually delivered within a pre-employment training program.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Furniture making pathways

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan and prepare for task	1.1 Identify task requirements from work documentation and instructions 1.2 Identify quality requirements in accordance with workplace practices 1.3 Observe work health and safety requirements, including personal protection and safe handling requirements 1.4 Select tools and equipment to meet task requirements, check they are safe and functional, and report any faults to supervisor 1.5 Check that furniture item and materials meet task requirements, including quality requirements
2. Prepare surface and materials for finishing process	2.1 Check that surfaces are free of contamination and are ready for finishing process according to workplace procedures and industry standards 2.2 Identify products with surface or other faults and report and repair according to workplace procedures and industry standards 2.3 Prepare materials for surface finishing in readiness for application
3. Prepare surface	3.1 Apply stain to timber surfaces in accordance with manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures and standards 3.2 Seal stained surface with polish using mop brush, blender or swooge 3.3 Lightly sand sealed surface to make smooth 3.4 Apply wood filler or sanding sealer in accordance with manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 3.5 Seal filled-in surface with oil varnish in accordance with manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures and standards 3.6 Lightly sand sealed surface to make smooth
4. Apply finishing material	4.1 Apply finishing material in accordance with manufacturer specifications until required build is achieved 4.2 Cut back finishing material to remove surface defects or foreign material in accordance with workplace procedures and standards 4.3 Burnish surface with fine steel wool and lubricating oil to achieve even sheen
5. Clean up work area	5.1 Check, clear and store equipment and any unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 5.2 Clean work area and safely dispose of waste including wood filler and lubricating oil rags, showing regard for spontaneous combustion risks, in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 5.3 Complete required workplace records

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar documentation and follow basic safety procedures

Oral communication skills to seek feedback and guidance from supervisor

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate area and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFF1001 Complete a basic furniture finishing project.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFP2014 Use basic finishing techniques on timber surfaces

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

for one timber furnishing item, complete the following to required quality standard:

prepare surface for finishing

apply colour to surface

apply finishing material.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

characteristics and safe handling of coating materials commonly used in furniture finishing

common types of stains, including:

water stain

pigment oil stain

lacquer-based wiping stain

common types of wood grain fillers, including:

oil-based filler

polyurethane (plastic) filler

water-based filler

common types of finishing materials, including:

oil varnish

marine varnish

lacquer and sanding sealer

common types of lubricating oils, including:

linseed oil

paraffin oil

teak oil

common surface faults and their required repair techniques, including at least 5 of the following:

machine marks

bruising

pencil marks

grease

cross-sanding marks

scratches

glue marks

dirt marks

insect and termite holes

holes

knots

blisters

coating application tools and techniques, including at least 6 of the following:

filler blades

brushes

spray equipment

sandpapers

skinning in

bodying up and spiriting out rubbers

mop brush

blender

swooge and scrapers

personal protective equipment (PPE) required for timber surface finishing

work health and safety requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

job documentation

coating materials, timber components or furnishings requiring finishing, and cleaning materials required for performance evidence

PPE

procedures for work health and safety.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFP2015 Use basic upholstery techniques

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to follow basic processes for the creation of an upholstered furniture item. It includes the use of a limited range of tools, equipment and upholstery techniques. Learners with his competency have basic skills to support further study or entry-level work in furnishing and furniture making industries. This unit is usually delivered within a pre-employment training program.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Furniture making pathways

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify task requirements	1.1 Identify upholstery requirements, including quality requirements, from design drawings and spoken or written work instructions 1.2 Identify key steps in work process 1.3 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements, including use of personal protective equipment (PPE)
2. Fit and finish product	2.1 Confirm that tools and equipment are safe and functional and that material meets task requirements 2.2 Prepare material and set out in accordance with task requirements and mark components in accordance with workplace procedures 2.3 Use tools and equipment in accordance with safety requirements and manufacturer specifications 2.4 Prepare components, including any specified shapes, angles or curves, and check against set-out and task requirements 2.5 Fit components in accordance with task requirements 2.6 Undertake assembly process in accordance with workplace procedures 2.7 Check that item meets quality requirements and seek guidance from supervisor to address any deficiencies
3. Clean work area	3.1 Clean and store tools in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Safely dispose of waste in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret drawings or templates and follow basic safety procedures

Oral communication skills to seek feedback and guidance from supervisor

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate area and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFUP1001 Complete a basic upholstery project

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFP2008 Make a simple upholstery product.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFP2015 Use basic upholstery techniques

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

use basic upholstery techniques to prepare, fit and finish at least one of the following products, with work to include fitting of fabric or leather cover to a base and the assembly and attachment of trim or fittings:

foot stool

headboard

seat top for chairs

padded blanket box

pin cushion top box

pin board.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

how to interpret drawings of product designs

workflow for upholstery projects

work health and safety requirements for upholstery projects

tools and equipment commonly used in upholstery, including personal protective equipment (PPE)

function of materials commonly used in upholstery, including at least 4 of the following:

timber

metal

plastics

fabric

webbing

plastic edging

foam

calico

hessian

glues

screws

nails and staples

quality checking for upholstery work.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

product drawings

tools, equipment and materials, including PPE, required for performance evidence

procedures for work health and safety.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFP2016 Construct a basic roll-up blind

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFBA1001 Construct a basic roll up blind.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to follow basic processes for the construction of a roll-up blind. It includes the use of a limited range of tools, equipment and construction techniques. Learners with his competency have basic skills to support further study or entry-level work in furnishing and furniture making industries. This unit is usually delivered within a pre-employment training program.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Furniture making pathways

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify construction requirements	1.1 Identify task requirements from work documentation or spoken instructions from supervisor 1.2 Identify key steps in construction process 1.3 Check, under supervisor guidance, that tools and equipment are suitable, safe and functional 1.4 Check that materials and hardware meet task requirements 1.5 Identify and follow workplace health and safety requirements
2. Follow blind construction process	2.1 Calculate allowances for hardware, joins and hems 2.2 Lay out material flat and square on cutting table large enough to take full width of material and mark to indicate cut lines 2.3 Safely use tools to cut fabric and finish bottom and side hems to meet task requirements 2.4 Select cut and attach splines and rollers to meet task requirements 2.5 Attach control mechanism, pin, lath and ring pull and/or bottom rail to meet task requirements 2.6 Attach child safety mechanisms
3. Apply quality checks	3.1 Check that finished blind performs within normal operational limits and meets task requirements 3.2 Identify and repair or rework parts of blind that do not meet requirements
4. Finalise operation and maintain equipment	4.1 Clean, package and store completed work in accordance with procedures 4.2 Clean, maintain and store tools and equipment in accordance with procedures and report any faulty tools and equipment to supervisor 4.3 Clean work area and dispose of waste in accordance with procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Oral communication skills to seek feedback and guidance from supervisor

Numeracy skills to interpret numerical information in specifications and take accurate measurements to support work tasks

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFBA1001 Construct a basic roll up blind.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFP2016 Construct a basic roll-up blind

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFBA1001 Construct a basic roll up blind.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

construct at least 1 basic roll-up blind to required quality standards.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

types and characteristics of roll-up blind materials

components of a roll-up blind

workflow for construction of a basic roll-up blind

equipment, materials and hardware required for blind construction, including personal protective equipment (PPE)

requirements for child safety mechanisms

procedures for:

work health and safety, including personal protective equipment

record keeping and reporting in the workplace

storage and labelling

waste management.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

work specifications

materials and equipment for blind construction, including PPE, required for performance evidence

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFP2017 Develop a career plan for the furnishing industry

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to research sectors, occupations, training and career paths in the furnishing industry and to develop a personal career plan. Learners with his competency use it to support further study or entry-level work in furnishing and furniture making industries. This unit is usually delivered within a pre-employment training program.

Workers with this competency guide their career development using industry knowledge and an understanding of their own interests and aptitudes.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Furniture making pathways

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Explore furnishing occupations	1.1 Identify and use multiple reliable sources of information about furnishing industry. 1.2 Identify occupations and employing organisations in furnishing industry and associated sectors
2. Plan for career	2.1 Identify potential career plan that matches personal interests and aptitudes 2.2 Identify skill, education and training requirements for career. 2.3 Compare own current skills, knowledge and aptitudes to requirements of career 2.4 Create a plan for entry into and progression through the career, including ongoing work and education
3. Review plan	3.1 Seek feedback on plan from people with industry knowledge 3.2 Amend plan based on feedback and further research

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret unfamiliar information about industry sectors and occupations

Writing skills to use and organise simple sentences in a documented career plan

Oral communication skills to use questioning and active listening to obtain feedback

Technology skills to create text documents, use simple formatting and research information using digital media.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFP2002 Develop a career plan for the furnishing industry.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFP2017 Develop a career plan for the furnishing industry

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

identify and use 3 reliable sources of information about the furnishing industry to identify occupations in different sectors and types of employing organisations

develop and document a plan for entry into and progression through a career, including ongoing work and education.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

basic online research techniques

the types of jobs in different furnishing industry sectors, including at least 5 of the following:

blinds, awnings and security screens

cabinet making (kitchens, bathrooms and built-in fitments)

design

furniture making

furniture finishing

flooring technology

glass and glazing

picture framing

soft furnishings

wood machining

upholstery

other industries that employ people with furnishing related skills

changing and emerging job roles in the furnishing industry

their own skills, knowledge and aptitudes

types of learning and learning institutions that support skills development in furnishing and allied industries.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources required for performance evidence, including information technology for research and plan documentation.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFP2018 Source and review information about furnishing product materials

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to research materials used in furnishing products and apply this knowledge to production needs. Materials for kitchens and bathroom construction are covered in a separate unit. Learners with his competency have basic skills to support further study or entry-level work in furnishing and furniture making industries. This unit is usually delivered within a pre-employment training program.

Workers with this competency undertake research to guide materials choice in furnishing production.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Furniture making pathways

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Source information about furnishing product materials	1.1 Identify material requirements for furnishing production 1.2 Identify and use multiple reliable sources of information to identify materials that meet furnishing production needs
2. Apply knowledge of material characteristics to guide production choices	2.1 Identify strength, durability and other physical characteristics of material relevant to production needs 2.2 Identify material cost, handling requirements, workplace safety and environmental impact considerations relevant to production needs 2.3 Identify common problems and faults in materials 2.4 Identify finishing requirements, including surface finishing, for materials 2.5. Compare benefits and limitations of different materials to guide choice of material for production

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret unfamiliar information about materials from diverse sources.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFP2007 Identify materials used in furnishing production.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFP2018 Source and review information about furnishing product materials

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

gather and interpret information from at least 3 different sources about 4 materials suitable for specific furnishing production tasks and, for each material, report on its:

physical properties

cost

handling, safety and sustainability considerations

benefits and limitations in comparison to alternatives.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

sources of information about materials

typical material requirements in different furnishing industry sectors, including at least 2 of the following:

blinds, awnings and security screens

cabinet making (kitchens, bathrooms and built-in fitments)

design

furniture making

furniture finishing

flooring technology

glass and glazing

picture framing

soft furnishings

wood machining

upholstery

commonly used materials in furnishing production, their generic and common trade names, and the types of products in which they are used:

timber:

hardwood

softwood

engineered wood product

composite materials:

different types of board

plywood

plastics

metals:

aluminium

brass

lead

steel

fabrics

emerging material trends and technologies

for commonly-used materials:

handling requirements

safety considerations and requirements for personal protective equipment during manufacture and installation

sustainability considerations

types of commercial production processes

performance characteristics:

stretch

abrasion

durability

elasticity

insulation

noise absorption

strength

fire resistance

common faults, problems and defects and their causes.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources required for performance evidence, including information technology for research.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFP2019 Source and review information about kitchen, bathroom and laundry design

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to undertake research to guide material and design choices in kitchen, bathroom and laundry manufacture and installation. Learners with his competency have basic skills to support further study or entry-level work in furnishing and furniture making industries. This unit is usually delivered within a pre-employment training program.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Furniture making pathways

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1.Source information to meet kitchen, bathroom and laundry design needs	1.1 Identify kitchen, bathroom and laundry project requirements, including user needs, usage patterns, and spatial and budgetary limitations 1.2 Source and use multiple reliable sources of information about kitchen, bathroom and laundry design, materials and products to meet requirements
2. Apply knowledge of materials and products to kitchen, bathroom and laundry design	2.1 Identify strength, durability and other physical characteristics of potential material to meet project requirements 2.2 Identify cost, handling requirements, workplace safety and environmental impact considerations of potential material 2.3 Identify common problems and faults in potential materials 2.4 Compare benefits and limitations of different materials to guide choice for project
3. Match designs, materials and products to requirements	3.1 Compare benefits and limitations of different designs and products to guide choice for project 3.2 Create a design, including a basic drawing, and document chosen materials and products for project

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret information about materials and products from diverse sources.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Redesigned unit – includes content from, supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFP2009 Identify materials suitable for kitchen or bathroom construction and MSFFP2010 Research and draw a basic kitchen or bathroom design.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFP2019 Source and review information about kitchen, bathroom and laundry design

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

identify, for 1 kitchen, bathroom or laundry project:

customer needs

usage patterns

spatial limitations.

general financial limitations

create a design, including a basic drawing, that addresses these needs and limitations, including location and characteristics of cabinetry and at least 3 of the following:

appliances

benchtops

sinks, basins and tubs

cabinetry finishes

hardware and accessories

fixtures and fittings

splashbacks

gather and interpret information from at least 3 different sources about 4 materials suitable for the project and, for each material, report on its:

physical properties

cost

handling, safety and sustainability considerations

benefits and limitations in comparison to alternatives.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

sources of information about kitchen, bathroom and laundry design and associated materials and products

key aspects of kitchen, bathroom and laundry design and components included:

basic design concepts

appliances

benchtops

cabinetry

fixtures and fittings

hardware and accessories

splashbacks

commonly used materials in the construction of different components of kitchens, bathrooms and laundries, including at least 3 of the following:

benchtops

cabinetry – carcases, bases and finishes

hardware and accessories

kickboards

splashbacks

emerging material trends and technologies in kitchens and bathrooms

for commonly used materials and products:

handling requirements

safety considerations and requirements for personal protective equipment during manufacture and installation

types of commercial production processes

performance characteristics:

aesthetic qualities

durability

restorability

benefits and constraints of different materials and products, including cost

reasons for selection in different situations.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources required for performance evidence, including information technology for research.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFP2020 Undertake a basic furniture making project

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan and undertake a project to make a basic item of furniture. Learners with his competency have basic skills to support further study or entry-level work in furnishing and furniture making industries. This unit is usually delivered within a pre-employment training program.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Furniture Making Pathways

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Research furnishing materials and components	1.1 Determine materials that are appropriate for furnishing projects 1.2 Describe advantages and disadvantages of different furnishing materials 1.3 Identify and source commonly available hardware 1.4 Identify and research different methods used to join timber and engineered board 1.5 Describe advantages and disadvantages of different joining methods
2. Develop a furnishing-based project	2.1 Select a project that can be completed within time and resource constraints 2.2 Determine types of material required for project 2.3 Calculate amount of material and components required 2.4 Develop project scope and gain approval for project
3. Determine drawing requirements	3.1 Research different methods of producing drawings 3.2 Decide whether drawings will be produced using computer-aided design (CAD) or manual methods 3.3 Decide on appropriate dimensioning methods for drawings produced 3.4 Decide on methods and conventions for naming and saving new or modified drawings
4. Create project drawings	4.1 Produce project drawings 4.2 Review drawings with trainer/instructor and peers 4.3 Modify drawings as required in response to feedback provided 4.4 Produce items and materials list using CAD software or other means
5. Plan the manufacture of the product	5.1 Determine machines, tools and equipment required for product manufacture and work health and safety (WHS) and personal protective equipment (PPE) requirements 5.2 Determine sequence of component manufacture and measures needed to protect manufactured components from damage 5.3 Develop sequence for assembly of project 5.4 Get advice and approval for project and plan
6. Manufacture the product	6.1 Follow safe work practices and procedures 6.2 Comply with WHS requirements at all times 6.3 Use appropriate PPE in accordance with procedures 6.4 Manufacture and store components and acquire stock components according to developed plan 6.5 Assemble product according to developed and approved plan using appropriate hand and power tools and equipment 6.6 Check for conformance to requirements throughout manufacture and assembly process
7. Complete work requirements	7.1 Clear work area of waste and clean according to requirements 7.2 Maintain and/or store machines, tools and equipment according to instructions

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to undertake research on furnishing materials

Writing skills to record project sequences, create lists of project requirements, and label drawings

Oral communication skills to use questioning and active listening to obtain feedback

Numeracy skills to assess material quantity requirements

Technology skills to undertake online research and to understand principles of CAD software.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFP2001 Undertake a basic furniture making project.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFP2020 Undertake a basic furniture making project

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

research, plan and complete a furniture making project, including

estimating the material, skill and time requirements for at least 1 of the following projects

lamp table

hall table

bedside table

occasional table

hat stand

dining chair

writing desk

blanket box

ottoman

choosing a project (not required to be one of the above) that is achievable given material, skill and time constraints

selecting furnishing materials and calculating quantities needed, including at least 1 of the following:

timber

engineered board

composite materials

upholstery foams

glass

textiles

metal

pre-machined components

selecting hardware and calculating quantities needed, including at least 1 of the following:

hinges

knockdown fittings

handles

screws

staples

nails/upholstery tacks

drawer runners and fixtures

lock

determining appropriate joining methods, including at least 1 of the following:

knock down fittings

nails

screws

gluing

biscuits

timber joints

dowels

dominoes

producing drawings of the project product and its components

planning sequence of manufacture

producing components

assembling project, including using tools and equipment in a safe and effective manner

inspecting finished project against quality requirements

tidying/cleaning work area as appropriate

returning tools, equipment and project items to designated storage areas and/or conditions.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

basic online research techniques and sources of information on furnishing projects, materials and components

furnishing drawing practices

tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), commonly used in furniture making

safe work practices and procedures in a furniture making environment, including use of PPE

methods of joining timber and engineered board.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

tools, equipment and materials, including PPE, required for performance evidence

procedures for work health and safety.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFT4013 Coordinate onsite installation of cabinetry

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to coordinate the work of tradespeople who provide services involved in the installation, refurbishment, restoration or repair of furnishing products, including kitchen, bathroom or laundry settings where installations require multiple types of trade work.

Workers with this competency use communication, discretion, judgement and problem solving to coordinate and guide the work of others.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking kitchen and bathroom work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Competency Field

Furnishing Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Plan coordination of trade services	1.1 Review work documentation and establish scope of work and type of trade services required to complete installation 1.2 Inspect worksite for compliance with contract documentation, and confirm proposed work falls within allowable scope 1.3 Identify need for additional or revised information and drawings from worksite inspection and source in accordance with job requirements and workplace procedures 1.4 Develop logical plan for completion of all required trade work that includes clear actions, timeframes and communication requirements between those involved
2 Organise and monitor trade work	2.1 Organise required trade services in accordance with job requirements, relevant timeframes and workplace procedures 2.2 Provide clear and accurate information about scope of work requirements to tradespeople 2.3 Monitor progress of trade works and identify variations that may impact installation process 2.4 Assess impact of any variations, adjust timeframes accordingly and communicate changes to all relevant people 2.5 Monitor quality of trade services being provided, identify any issues and resolve in consultation with relevant tradesperson
3. Finalise and verify trade work compliance	3.1 Inspect and assess finalised trade work against quality and contract requirements 3.2 Identify deficiencies and resolve to ensure compliance with job requirements 3.3 Inspect site and confirm that site is restored to required state prior to confirmation of work completion 3.4 Follow workplace procedures for documenting completion of work and approving tradesperson payments

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to provide information to tradespeople in diverse formats and complete familiar workplace documentation

Oral communication skills to liaise with others on practical matters, to provide feedback on work and use conflict resolution skills when issues arise

Numeracy skills to interpret numerical aspects of technical drawings and to take accurate measurements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFT4001 Coordinate on-site installation of furnishing products.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFT4013 Coordinate onsite installation of cabinetry

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

coordinate 3 onsite installations of furnishing products, with each installation to involve at least 3 different tradespeople.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workplace procedures for:

allocating and contracting trade work

site safety

task done by, and licensing requirements for, tradespeople working on:

ceiling and wall linings

electrical services

flooring

gas services

glass and glazing

painting

stonemasons

tiling

waterproofing

water supply and drainage

for each of the above trades:

requirements of buildings codes, regulations and codes of practice

work quality indicators

how to interpret technical design documentation

key stages of the work process for the design, fabrication and installation of cabinetry and the specific planning and sequencing requirements for trade work involving multiple people to facilitate efficient installation

types of problems that occur during installations involving multiple trades and how to respond

personal protective equipment (PPE) required on construction sites

communication and coordination techniques for:

providing clear information to others about work requirements

using questioning and active listening

providing feedback

resolving conflict.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources required for performance evidence, including:

design documentation

installation sites

other tradespeople for communication and liaison

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG2017 Fabricate and install insect and security screens

Modification History

Release 1 New unit of competency.

Note: MSFGG2010 Fabricate and install insect and security screens was superseded by MSFSS3005 Assemble non-security and security screens and grilles in 2020, but a subsequent review found that the content of MSFGG2010 should be restored to the qualification. This unit, MSFGG2017, has the same title and content (with minor updates) as MSFGG2010. MSFGG2017 is a new unit and does not supersede any other unit.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to measure, fabricate and install insect or security screens for doors or windows using aluminium.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Plan for work	1.1 Determine specifications of insect or security screen from work instructions, including the identification of its pattern or plan 1.2 Identify and apply work health and safety requirements relevant to fabrication and installation of aluminium screens, including personal protective equipment 1.3 Identify fabrication and installation processes to meet specifications 1.4 Calculate quantities of materials required from plans, work instructions and measurement of screen opening in accordance with Australian Standards and industry practice 1.5 Prepare cutting lists from plans, work instructions and measurements of opening to meet specifications and minimise waste 1.6 Select fittings, fixings and joining devices or materials in accordance with specifications or type of materials to be joined or fixed
2 Prepare for work	2.1 Determine logical work sequence to suit the work and workplace procedures 2.2 Assemble tools, equipment and materials and check they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition 2.3 Check size, quantity, finish and profile of components against specifications
3 Fabricate and install insect or security screen	3.1 Measure and mark materials to cutting list requirements and to achieve most economical use of materials 3.2 Cut and stamp materials to cutting list requirements and in accordance with workplace procedures or industry practice 3.3 Assemble components of insect or security screen in accordance with workplace procedures or industry practice 3.4 Attach fittings to screen in accordance with workplace procedures or industry practice 3.5 Install insect or security screen in opening in accordance with recognised industry standards
4 Complete work	4.1 Inspect installed insect or security screen to identify any quality defects 4.2 Repair, refabricate or reinstall insect or security screen to rectify defects 4.3 Collect and store any material which can be reused 4.4 Remove waste and scrap materials and process for disposal or recycling in accordance with workplace procedures 4.5 Clean work area and dispose of rubbish 4.6 Clean and store tools, equipment and unused material in accordance with workplace procedures 4.7 Complete workplace documentation in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG2017 Fabricate and install insect and security screens

Modification History

Release 1 New unit of competency.

Note: MSFGG2010 Fabricate and install insect and security screens was superseded by MSFSS3005 Assemble non-security and security screens and grilles in 2020, but a subsequent review found that the content of MSFGG2010 should be restored to the qualification. This unit, MSFGG2017, has the same title and content (with minor updates) as MSFGG2010. MSFGG2017 is a new unit and does not supersede any other unit.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

measure, fabricate and install one hinged aluminium screen door, one sliding aluminium screen door and one aluminium window screen

safely use at least three of the following:

drop saw

up-cut saw

stamping and notching tools

copy routers

end millers

crimpers

electric or pneumatic powered drills and screwdrivers

pop rivet guns

welding machine.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workflow requirements in relation to the fabrication and installation of insect and security screens

characteristics and application of materials and fittings used in fabrication and installation of screens including:

extruded door framing

corner stakes

interlocks

fly mesh

heavy-duty security mesh

emergency escape security screen

fittings and fixing/fasteners (screws and pop rivets)

anti-jemmy protection hardware

hinges

wheels

lock mechanisms that comply with Australian Standards

door closures

lock guards

workplace safety system requirements related to fabricating and installing aluminium insect and security screens

relevant Australian Standards relating to security screen doors and security window grilles.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including those specified in the performance evidence

modelling of industry operating conditions.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG3032 Mirror glass

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG3012 Set up and operate glass mirroring equipment.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to set up, operate, monitor and maintain glass mirroring equipment.

This unit applies to glass processing workers mirroring glass in accordance with pre-determined work orders.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Read work instructions and identify job and quality requirements 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements, using all required personal protective equipment 1.3 Identify quality procedures for each stage of the process 1.4 Plan work sequence in a logical order to suit the job and workplace procedures 1.5 Establish and maintain communication with others involved with the work to ensure efficient work flow coordination, personnel cooperation and safety
2. Prepare glass for mirroring	2.1 Remove existing mirror by acid washing, cleaning and polishing in accordance with work instructions 2.2 Wash glass to be mirrored with detergent in accordance with workplace procedures 2.3 Rinse glass to be mirrored with demineralised water in accordance with workplace procedures
3. Conduct glass mirroring operations	3.1 Apply tinning solution in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Rinse glass with demineralised water in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Apply mirror solution to glass in accordance with workplace procedures 3.4 Wash and blow dry glass in accordance with workplace procedures 3.5 Apply backing paint in accordance with workplace procedures
4. Complete work	4.1 Inspect product for quality of work and discard or return items which do not meet quality requirements for reprocessing in accordance with workplace procedures 4.2 Place completed work in holding area in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Clean work area and safely dispose of rubbish in accordance with workplace procedures 4.4 Inspect, maintain and tag equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 4.5 Remove and store tools, equipment and unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 4.6 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG3012 Set up and operate glass mirroring equipment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3032 Mirror glass

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG3012 Set up and operate glass mirroring equipment.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

completed the mirroring process on 3 different types of glass.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

purpose and key provisions of relevant Australian Standards

workplace safety system requirements related to the operation of glass mirroring equipment

work flow requirements in relation to the operation of glass mirroring equipment, including how the process fits into the overall glass processing system

the role and importance of communication with others in relation to quality and safety

characteristics of materials used and uses of products produced by glass mirroring operations

mathematical procedures

common items found in work instructions for glass laminating, including:

material to be used

number of sheets to be mirrored and holding area for completed items

process required to complete work tasks

qualities, characteristics and uses of different types of glass for mirroring, including:

annealed

laminated

sheet

toughened

types, characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of glass mirroring equipment:

backing paint

buffing and cleaning tables

compressors

copper plating electrodes

dual nozzle spray guns

extractor fans

heated drying racks

mirroring formulas

semi-automatic and computer-navigated mirroring equipment

solution containers

spray booths

stripping acid tanks for re-mirroring

tinning solution

water distiller

identification, handling and storage requirements for hazardous chemicals

procedures for the preparation of glass and the mirroring process, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond

quality indicators for mirrored glass

handling and storage requirements for completed mirrored glass

procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

equipment, tools and materials to complete tasks in Performance Evidence

glass product to be mirrored

safety and personal protective equipment

work orders

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG4017 Apply standards and codes of practice for the glass and glazing industry

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG4009 Apply standards and codes of practice for the glass industry. Changes to title, application, elements, performance criteria and assessment requirements.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to evaluate complex glass and glazing requirements, determine the codes of practice and standards that apply and integrate their requirements into work processes. These include relevant requirements of the National Construction Code and Australian Standards, including AS1288 and in particular, Section 6 Sloped overhead glazing, Section 7 Balustrades and Section 9 Framed, unframed and partly framed glass assemblies. (All Australian Standards cited in this unit and its assessment requirements are current at the time of publication. If these are revised, the superseding standards must be used.)

This unit applies to experienced workers who interpret and use advanced technical information to develop solutions to potentially complex glass and glazing requirements. They commonly work independently and typically solve complex problems that require theoretical knowledge and experience about the specification, manufacture and installation of a wide range of glass and glazing products. Job roles commonly involve leadership and supervisorial responsibilities.

At the time of this unit’s release, the work described in this unit does not require licensing or certification, but state or territory authorities should be consulted to determine the current status. Workers on construction sites are required by law to complete induction training. They must also comply with relevant legislation, Australian Standards, codes and manufacturers’ installation instructions.

Competency Field

Glass and glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Evaluate the glass and glazing work requirements	1.1 Identify glass and glazing job requirements from the client’s brief and specialist technical specifications 1.2 Record the job requirements according to workplace procedures 1.3 Determine the technical feasibility of the job requirements and the applicable standards and codes of practice
2. Determine application of glass and glazing standards	2.1 Identify products and/or types of glass potentially suitable for job requirements 2.2 Determine technical specifications of potentially suitable products and/or types of glass from suppliers and other sources 2.3 Assess potentially suitable products for conformance to applicable standards and codes of practice 2.4 Identify any need for specialist technical advice and organise to obtain it according to workplace procedures 2.5 Develop an optimal solution that meets job requirements and conforms to applicable standards and codes of practice 2.6 Communicate installation instructions to clients, building professionals and other relevant parties to enable installation to comply with applicable standards and codes of practice
3. Develop documentation	3.1 Prepare detailed documentation for the solution according to workplace procedures 3.2 Identify and develop documentation required by external personnel based on the scope of the project 3.3 Distribute documentation to internal and external personnel within required timeframes

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG4009 Apply standards and codes of practice for the glass industry.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG4017 Apply standards and codes of practice for the glass and glazing industry

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG4009 Apply standards and codes of practice for the glass industry. Changes to title, application, elements, performance criteria and assessment requirements.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks in the elements and performance criteria of this unit of competency and has demonstrated the ability to:

assess requirements and develop documentation that complies with applicable codes of practice and all Australian Standards for one or more jobs that individually or cumulatively involve glass and glazing for:

a stairway

a balustrade

a sloped or overhead glass installation

a 5-star rated building

a fire-rated application

a curtain wall and/or facade

a partition.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

key aspects of:

AS 1288: sections 6, 7 and 9

AS/NZS 2208: all sections

AS/NZS 1170: all sections

AS/NZS 4667: all sections

AS/NZS 4668: all sections

AS1428.1 (design for access and mobility)

National Construction Code (NCC) and state and territory requirements relating to glass and glazing in buildings

workplace safety system requirements related to the handling and installation of glass and glazing products that affect the development of specifications

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of types of glass potentially suitable for complex glass and glazing requirements, including relating to:

aspect ratios

energy efficiency

installation methods

tolerances

wind loadings

current and emerging products, techniques and applications in glass and glazing, including those relating to energy efficiency, double glazing, thermally broken frames, acoustics and types of glass

sources of specialist glass and glazing technical advice

the range of people and parties potentially involved in glass and glazing work and typical interactions required, including architects, builders, clients, engineers, product developers and/or suppliers and logistics personnel

the most common issues that can arise when applying standards and codes of practice for the glass industry and how to avoid and respond to them

workplace policies and procedures relevant to their job role and responsibilities including for:

applying standards and codes of practice for the glass industry

communication and reporting

environmental protection and sustainability, including noise and waste

quality assurance

work health and safety, including personal protective equipment

work planning

how to identify if standards and codes of practice for the glass industry are applied correctly.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

details of glass and glazing work requirements as specified in the performance evidence

AS/NZS documentation as specified in the knowledge evidence

workplace procedures.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG4018 Use specialised glass and glazing industry applications

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG4010 Use glass industry data systems. Changes to title, application, elements, performance criteria and assessment requirements.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use applications — computer programs for specific estimating, design, production, inventory, sales and other business functions — specifically for the glass and glazing industry.

This unit applies to experienced workers who interpret and use advanced technical information to develop solutions to potentially complex glass and glazing requirements. They commonly work independently and typically solve complex problems that require theoretical knowledge and experience about the specification, manufacture and installation of a wide range of glass and glazing products. Job roles commonly involve leadership and supervisorial responsibilities.

At the time of this unit’s release, the work described in this unit does not require licensing or certification, but state or territory authorities should be consulted to determine the current status. Workers must comply with Australian Standards, codes and manufacturers’ installation instructions.

Competency Field

Glass and glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify application and data requirements	1.1 Identify how use of the application supports the particular work function 1.2 Identify the features of the application used to support the particular work function 1.3 Identify data and data sources required for input into the application
2. Enter and manipulate data	2.1 Open data system and log on as operator for the work 2.2 Enter data into the system and navigate the system to meet work requirements 2.3 Check entered or edited data for accuracy 2.4 Use relevant features of the application to manipulate, process and present data 2.5 Transfer data between applications, linking and embedding related data files, according to work requirements
3. Generate reports	3.1 Generate processed data in the correct format 3.2 Check generated reports and other documentation for accuracy and completeness of information 3.3 Identify and correct any data or processing errors before completion
4. Save data and exit system	4.1 Save and store data in appropriate directory or folder according to workplace procedures 4.2 Close file and exit application without loss of data 4.3 Back up files according to workplace procedures
5. Respond to problems with the system	5.1 Recognise faults that occur during data entry, processing and outputting 5.2 Identify causes of data processing faults and take appropriate action 5.3 Log and report problems according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG4010 Use glass industry data systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG4018 Use specialised glass and glazing industry applications

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG4010 Use glass industry data systems. Changes to title, application, elements, performance criteria and assessment requirements.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks in the elements and performance criteria of this unit of competency and has demonstrated the ability to:

use a specialised glass and glazing application to generate documentation and/or reports for three different jobs or work situations.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

the main features of at least one specialised glass industry application and how, when and why to use those features

the most common issues that can arise when using the application and how to avoid and respond to them

workplace policies and procedures relevant to their job role and responsibilities including for:

using specialised glass industry applications

communication and reporting

environmental protection and sustainability

quality assurance

work health and safety

work planning

how to identify if the outputs of the specialised glass industry application meet quality requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

computer hardware and applications, ergonomic furniture and other equipment required for the activities set out in the elements and performance criteria

job instructions and workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG4019 Manage glass and glazing industry production scheduling

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG4011 Manage glass industry production scheduling. Changes to application, elements, performance criteria and assessment requirements.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use planning and systems control applications to plan, monitor and adjust glazing industry production scheduling, including for glass processing and the manufacturing and installation of windows, doors and decorative glass.

This unit applies to experienced workers who interpret and use advanced technical information to develop solutions to potentially complex glass and glazing requirements. They commonly work independently and typically solve complex problems that require theoretical knowledge and experience about the specification, manufacture and installation of a wide range of glass and glazing products. Job roles commonly involve leadership and supervisorial responsibilities.

At the time of this unit’s release, the work described in this unit does not require licensing or certification, but state or territory authorities should be consulted to determine the current status. Workers on construction sites are required by law to complete induction training. They must also comply with relevant legislation, Australian Standards, codes and manufacturers’ installation instructions.

Competency Field

Glass and glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify production and resource requirements	1.1 Identify production requirements from analyses of sales forecasts, stock holdings and other relevant workplace documentation 1.2 Identify and confirm production priorities by evaluating documentation and consulting with relevant internal and external personnel 1.3 Identify the factors to be taken into account and the interrelationships between them when developing and managing the production schedule 1.4 Determine raw materials, packaging, consumables, equipment and human resources are adequate to meet production requirements
2. Develop production schedules	2.1 Consult with key production personnel to obtain required information about production opportunities and constraints 2.2 Develop the production schedule using a planning application to achieve quantities, budgets, timelines and other production requirements, and to minimise costs and holdings of product and maximise production efficiency 2.3 Document the production schedule in a format suited to relevant personnel and make it available to them
3. Monitor production schedules implementation	3.1 Monitor production output against the schedule 3.2 Identify variations and their causes between the schedule and output, and liaise with relevant personnel according to workplace procedures 3.3 Identify and assess the impact on production of resource shortages and other potential and actual unforeseen events 3.4 Identify and assess the impact of failures to meet delivery deadlines and other requirements and negotiate with relevant production personnel to rectify failures
4. Amend production schedules	4.1 Identify the time and resource implications of unforeseen events, revise resource requirements and adjust the schedule 4.2 Negotiate production schedule amendments with relevant production personnel 4.3 Amend and distribute schedule documentation to relevant personnel according to workplace procedures
5. Review production schedules	5.1 Identify, investigate and report variances in production against the schedule according to workplace procedures 5.2 Seek feedback from production personnel 5.3 Seek feedback from production personnel to identify opportunities to improve the production schedule 5.4 Revise the scheduling process to reflect identified improvement opportunities and communicate changes to relevant personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG4011 Manage glass industry production scheduling.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG4019 Manage glass and glazing industry production scheduling

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG4011 Manage glass industry production scheduling. Changes to application, elements, performance criteria and assessment requirements.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks in the elements and performance criteria of this unit of competency and has demonstrated the ability to:

use a planning and systems control application to manage production scheduling over a complete production scheduling period.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

the role and scope of the scheduling function, including relevant personnel; the information necessary for scheduling; and the impact of scheduling on related planning, purchasing, production and despatch processes

the main features of at least one planning and systems control application and how, when and why to use those features

the most common issues that can arise when managing glazing industry production scheduling, including using the application and failures to meet delivery timelines, and how to avoid and respond to them

workplace policies, procedures and performance indicators relevant to their job role and responsibilities including for:

managing glass industry production scheduling

communication and reporting, including personnel to be consulted and/or notified of the production schedule and amendments, the information relevant to each, and recording systems and requirements

environmental protection and sustainability, including maximising resource utilisation and minimising waste

quality indicators for completed work and process improvements

work health and safety, including the use of personal protective equipment and safety data sheets

work planning.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in a glass and glazing production workplace.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG4020 Perform laser measurement and levelling of glass windows and doors

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG4012 Perform laser measurement and levelling for glass windows and doors in buildings. Changes to title, application, elements, performance criteria and assessment requirements.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan for work, take accurate measurements, make alignment calculations and level and align glass windows and doors.

Workers with this competency undertake routine tasks on residential and non-residential/commercial sites according to job instructions and workplace procedures using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve routine issues. They work with a high degree of self-direction under routine supervision, and they are responsible for their output.

At the time of this unit’s release, the work described in this unit does not require licensing or certification, but state or territory authorities should be consulted to determine the current status. Workers on construction sites are required by law to complete induction training. They must also comply with relevant legislation, Australian Standards, codes and manufacturers’ installation instructions.

Competency Field

Glass and glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for laser measurement and levelling	1.1 Read and interpret installation requirements from job instructions and manufacturers’ installation instructions 1.2 Identify hazards and check risk treatments are in place and operating 1.3 Select and check all required tools and equipment are ready to use, and organise to fix any deficiencies according to workplace procedures 1.4 Plan the work sequence to ensure an efficient, quality installation 1.5 Gather the windows, doors, jacking bolts, shims, packers, fasteners and other materials required by job instructions, and check they meet quality requirements and are prepared and ready to install according to manufacturers’ instructions
2. Use laser devices to make measurements	2.1 Make, interpret and record accurate measurements using laser levelling devices according to workplace procedures 2.2 Locate or set up a datum point from measurements 2.3 Take readings to the datum point and at nominated stations, according to job instructions
3. Perform levelling	3.1 Make levelling realignment calculations using the correct instrument 3.2 Level and align the glass window or door components according to the manufacturers’ installation instructions and job instructions 3.3 Temporarily fix the glass window or door components in position 3.4 Adjust the temporary positioning for level, and fix the glass window or door in position using appropriate fasteners
4. Complete the task according to workplace procedures	4.1 Close down levelling equipment and notify appropriate personnel of the completed installation 4.2 Clean up the work area, identify items for recycling and dispose of waste 4.3 Identify, tag and report any damage to equipment and tools 4.4 Check, clean and do routine maintenance on equipment and tools and store them and unused materials 4.5 Complete task outcome documentation

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG4012 Perform laser measurement and levelling for glass windows and doors in buildings.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG4020 Perform laser measurement and levelling of glass windows and doors

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG4012 Perform laser measurement and levelling for glass windows and doors in buildings. Changes to title, application, elements, performance criteria and assessment requirements.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks in the elements and performance criteria of this unit of competency and has demonstrated the ability to:

in two locations:

set up the laser levelling device to ensure accurate measurements

level and align, either sub-frame or sub-channel, for installation in buildings:

a glass door

a shopfront

a glass balustrade

confirm the accuracy of the measurements taken.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

principles of levelling and alignment and numerical operations, geometry and calculations and/or formulae for levelling, including Reduced Level (RL)

the requirements of AS 2047 Windows and external glazed doors in buildings (current at the time of publication. If this is revised, the superseding standard must be used.)

the safe and correct use of, and maintenance requirements for, tools and equipment for performing laser measurement and levelling of glass windows and doors

glass product specifications and tolerances plus or minus 1 mm and size over a distance

manufacturers’ use and maintenance instructions for levelling devices, including the:

rotating laser level

line and dot level

duel beam level

laser square level

manufacturers’ installation instructions for windows, doors, jacking bolts, shims, packers and fasteners

the most common issues that can arise when performing laser measurement and levelling of glass windows and doors and how to avoid and respond to them

workplace policies and procedures relevant to their job role and responsibilities including for:

performing laser measurement and levelling of glass windows and doors

communication and reporting

environmental protection and sustainability, including waste

quality indicators for completed work

work health and safety, including use of personal protective equipment and safety data sheets

work planning

how to identify if glass windows and doors are not levelled correctly, and the consequences of not levelling them correctly

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

buildings in which to level, outline and install glass windows and doors

windows, doors, jacking bolts, shims, packers, fasteners and other materials required by job instructions

laser levelling equipment and other tools and equipment required for the activities set out in the elements and performance criteria, including those to control hazards

job instructions and workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG4021 Operate complex glass processing plant control systems

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG4014 Operate complex glass processing plant control systems. Changes to application, elements, performance criteria and assessment requirements.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to operate a complex glass processing plant control panel using control loops and a broad range of control algorithms to control plant areas and multiple products and process streams.

This unit applies to experienced workers who interpret and use advanced technical information to develop solutions to potentially complex glass and glazing requirements. They commonly work independently and typically solve complex problems that require theoretical knowledge and experience about the specification, manufacture and installation of a wide range of glass and glazing products. Job roles commonly involve leadership and supervisorial responsibilities.

Technicians and central control room operators with this competency manage multiple complex tasks and take overall responsibility for the operation of equipment and processes within the plant area, including optimisation of these using the control system.

At the time of this unit’s release, the work described in this unit does not require licensing or certification, but state or territory authorities should be consulted to determine the current status. Workers on construction sites are required by law to complete induction training. They must also comply with relevant legislation, Australian Standards, codes and manufacturers’ installation instructions.

Competency Field

Glass and glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify application and data requirements	1.1 Use system equipment and features to access the control system 1.2 Monitor glass processing tasks using the operator interface, selecting appropriate controller modes 1.3 Access required historical data and information from the system 1.4 Monitor and acknowledge messages and alarms and take appropriate action according to workplace procedures 1.5 Access and manage advanced control features to meet work requirements
2. Access control information	2.1 Access relevant data and information from the control system and drawings by applying systems knowledge 2.2 Determine status of individual pieces of equipment from control panel readings, and use the information to identify potential faults 2.3 Minimise fluctuations and variations in the process by interpreting existing trends and control schematics 2.4 Determine and relate the overall operating effectiveness of the plant area to the required targets for the area
3. Control process variations and monitor operations	3.1 Use historical data about plant operations to help identify problems, and process available information to identify potential faults 3.2 Make required set-point or output changes to meet plant area and process requirements 3.3 Adjust production in response to test results and control panel information 3.4 Monitor key process and environmental variables and take appropriate action according to workplace procedures 3.5 Adjust controller settings according to workplace procedures 3.6 Optimise plant area according to workplace procedures 3.7 Undertake coordination with stakeholders external to the plant area according to work requirements 3.8 Record adjustments and variations to specifications and schedules and communicate to appropriate personnel within required time frames
4. Facilitate planned and unplanned process start-ups and shutdowns	4.1 Select and apply procedures for planned start-up and shutdown processes 4.2 Select and apply procedures for unplanned shutdown processes 4.3 Implement emergency responses according to workplace procedures 4.4 Identify and communicate necessary information to all personnel affected by events 4.5 Log required information according to workplace procedures
5. Respond to alarms or out-of-specification conditions and control hazards	5.1 Identify and prioritise system(s) affected by the alarm or condition and take appropriate action according to workplace procedures 5.2 Respond promptly to alarm or incidents according to workplace procedures 5.3 Deal with any out-of-specification material according to workplace procedures and communicate problems and solutions to appropriate personnel 5.4 Record incident information according to workplace procedures and communicate details of the alarm and action taken to the next shift at the changeover 5.5 Follow up incidents to confirm appropriate action has been taken 5.6 Identify hazards in the production and processing work area and assess the risks arising from those hazards 5.7 Implement measures to control risks according to workplace procedures and duty of care requirements
6. Resolve other problems within scope of responsibility	6.1 Identify possible problems with equipment, control systems or process to determine if action is needed 6.2 Establish the possible causes of faults and rectify them using appropriate solutions within one’s area of responsibility 6.3 Follow initiated control actions until resolution, and report problems outside one’s area of responsibility according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG4014 Operate complex glass processing plant control systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG4021 Operate complex glass processing plant control systems

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG4014 Operate complex glass processing plant control systems. Changes to application, elements, performance criteria and assessment requirements.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks in the elements and performance criteria of this unit of competency and has demonstrated the ability to:

identify, analyse and respond to each of the following at least once:

instrument failure or malfunction

electrical failure or malfunction

mechanical failure or malfunction

equipment design deficiencies

product parameters (temperature, flows, pressure or levels) outside optimal range

process control system malfunction

power or utility failures

application problems.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

basic science of upstream and downstream glass processes

glass product specifications and tolerances

general operating principles and features of glass processing plants, including:

process control philosophies, strategies and systems, including multiple control systems

systems operating parameters and integrity limits

architecture and location of the glass process and/or production equipment

interactions between glass plant items and/or processes and between plant units within entire plant

communication systems and techniques for effective communication

fire and gas detection and protection systems

emergency shutdown procedures

organisational procedures for the operation of a specific plan control system

features and functions of control loops, including:

interactions between multiple control loops

cascade control

piping and instrumentation diagram (P&ID) control

set points

controlled variable and indicated variable

features and functions of instrumentation and control systems and components, including:

feed forward, feedback and open control

sensing devices

final control elements

transducers and/or transmitters

impacts of changing controller settings and the limits within which changes can be made

features of typical problems encountered in a glass processing plant, and the process of how to respond, including for:

operating without advanced control features

loss of power or utilities

analysing failure modes

variation and/or loss of feed

unstable control of pressure, temperature level and flows

control equipment failure

process plant trips

change in atmospheric conditions (rain, temperature, wind and lightning)

emergency situations

how to interpret complex process drawings, including P&IDs, probability of failure on demand (PFD) and cause and effect.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in a glass processing workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

a complex glass processing plant control panel using control loops and a broad range of control algorithms to control plant areas and multiple products and process streams

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG4022 Manage glass processing plant shutdown and restart

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG4015 Manage glass processing plant shutdown and restart. Changes to application, elements, performance criteria and assessment requirements.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to coordinate and document the safe and efficient shutdown and restart of a glass production or processing plant. The shutdown may be a planned or an unplanned shutdown or emergency.

This unit applies to experienced workers who interpret and use advanced technical information to develop solutions to potentially complex glass and glazing requirements. They commonly work independently and typically solve complex problems that require theoretical knowledge and experience about the specification, manufacture and installation of a wide range of glass and glazing products. Job roles commonly involve leadership and supervisorial responsibilities.

Workers with this competency typically work as leading plant technician on a shift. They use discretion and judgement to respond to the shutdown and coordinate all personnel involved to ensure the shutdown is safe and orderly and that the plant is left in the best condition possible for a quick restart.

At the time of this unit’s release, the work described in this unit does not require licensing or certification, but state or territory authorities should be consulted to determine the current status. Workers on construction sites are required by law to complete induction training. They must also comply with relevant legislation, Australian Standards, codes and manufacturers’ installation instructions.

Competency Field

Glass and glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Manage the shutdown sequence	1.1 Check plant safety systems and ensure the plant has been made safe 1.2 Identify and analyse the reason for the plant shutdown using information systems and other data 1.3 Obtain confirmation of the identified shutdown from operators to verify the nature and the reliability of the shutdown 1.4 Initiate procedures to rectify the cause of the fault or shutdown with repair or readjustment before returning the system to start-up status
2. Conduct the start-up process	2.1 Satisfy all start-up permissions before starting the start-up process 2.2 Conduct start-up and return to normal operation according to workplace procedures
3. Document the shutdown and start-up process	3.1 Complete logs and workplace documentation with required details, actions and responses 3.2 Record and report any ongoing production problems according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG4015 Manage glass processing plant shutdown and restart.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG4022 Manage glass processing plant shutdown and restart

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG4015 Manage glass processing plant shutdown and restart. Changes to application, elements, performance criteria and assessment requirements.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks in the elements and performance criteria of this unit of competency and has demonstrated the ability to:

shut down a glass processing plant on at least one occasion in response to a fault

analyse the cause or reason for the shutdown

take remedial action

restart the plant.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workplace safety system and its relationship to plant shutdown and restart

basic physics, chemistry and mathematics relevant to the process

glass product specifications and tolerances

general operating principles and features of glass processing plants, including:

process control philosophies, strategies and systems, including multiple control systems

basis of control for glass processing plant/s

systems operating parameters and integrity limits

architecture and location of the glass process and/or production equipment

interactions between glass plant items and/or processes and between plant units within entire plant

communication systems and protocols

fire and gas detection and/or protection systems

emergency shutdown procedures

organisational procedures for the operation of a specific glass plant

the reason(s) for a planned, unplanned and emergency processing plant:

shutdown to cold

short shutdown to allow minor work

warm shutdown

plant trip and restart hot shutdown

typical routine and major glass processing plant idiosyncrasies and problems, faults and the process of how to respond

personnel involved in a shutdown and their roles

complex process drawings, including piping and instrumentation diagrams (P&IDs) and probability of failure on demand (PFD)

correct methods of starting, stopping, operating and controlling glass processing plants.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in a glass processing workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

a complex glass processing plant control system to shut down a plant in response to a fault

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG4023 Plan and coordinate complex glazing installations

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG4016 Plan and coordinate commercial glazing installations. Changes to title, application, elements, performance criteria and assessment requirements.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan and coordinate complex glazing installations. Complex installations involve planning and coordination with multiple other stakeholders and site personnel and include installations requiring advanced handling and installation techniques.

This unit applies to experienced workers who interpret and use advanced technical information to develop solutions to potentially complex glass and glazing requirements. They commonly work independently and typically solve complex problems that require theoretical knowledge and experience about the specification, manufacture and installation of a wide range of glass and glazing products. Job roles commonly involve leadership and supervisorial responsibilities.

Workers with this competency perform specialist or leadership functions in glass and glazing enterprises. They interpret contract documentation, develop a project schedule, coordinate resources, and communicate with a diverse range of site personnel to meet quality requirements.

At the time of this unit’s release, the work described in this unit does not require licensing or certification, but state or territory authorities should be consulted to determine the current status. Workers on construction sites are required by law to complete induction training. They must also comply with relevant legislation, Australian Standards, codes and manufacturers’ installation instructions.

Competency Field

Glass and glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine installation requirements	1.1 Identify the scope of works by analysing contract documentation 1.2 Determine glazing installation requirements and timing in consultation with principal contractors, architects and engineers 1.3 Determine and document internal and external human, physical and financial resource requirements according to the scope of works 1.4 Identify and document site requirements and limitations
2. Plan the installation	2.1 Develop an installation schedule to meet timeframes, sequence operations and allocate responsibilities in consultation with other building trades and contractors 2.2 Define the critical path for the installation according to the installation schedule 2.3 Organise the supply of resources from internal or external sources and record supply details 2.4 Develop installation site and safety plans to coordinate with other building trades and contractors 2.5 Obtain permits within the required time frames 2.6 Monitor project time frames, and adjust them if necessary to account for other construction activity
3. Coordinate delivery and start-up	3.1 Check and supervise onsite plant delivery and placement against the installation schedule and site and safety plans 3.2 Schedule and monitor onsite human resource requirements according to the installation schedule, the scope of role and workplace procedures 3.3 Support the effective coordination of installation activity through engagement with the construction work supervisor and other tradespeople
4. Coordinate on-site installation	4.1 Monitor the quality and safety of work through ongoing communication with key site stakeholders and physical site inspections 4.2 Monitor the work and performance of subcontracted plant operators and staff against agreed requirements 4.3 Prepare site reports of supervisory inspections with any variation requests or requirements and communicate them to the appropriate people 4.4 Complete administrative processes to meet regulatory and organisational requirements
5. Manage quality compliance	5.1 Inspect and monitor site checklists, detailing specific items at appropriate stages 5.2 Use industry and workplace quality manuals and procedures in managing the quality process with all quality requirements communicated to onsite personnel 5.3 Check work against contractual quality standards and organise and check any required rectifications for completion 5.4 Arrange and accurately document regulatory inspections of the completed installation 5.5 Accurately complete final contract documentation according to job requirements and communicate to relevant personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG4016 Plan and coordinate commercial glazing installations.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG4023 Plan and coordinate complex glazing installations

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG4016 Plan and coordinate commercial glazing installations. Changes to title, application, elements, performance criteria and assessment requirements.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

planned and coordinated two complex glazing installations according to contract requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

state or territory building and construction codes, standards and government regulations relevant to the installation being undertaken

glass and glazing industry standards and codes of practice

complex glazing handling and installation techniques

certification requirements for glazing installation work performed under regulations or local authority requirements and processes and timeframes for regulatory approvals

features, formats and inclusions in contract documentation and how to interpret these

key stakeholders in complex glazing installations and communication and negotiation techniques for establishing and maintaining effective working relationships with them

potential site requirements and limitations, and how these are managed:

access permits

access limitations and challenges and impact on work

communication protocols

delivery processes

impact of other building and construction personnel and equipment

safety requirements

regulatory requirements

project management and critical path techniques:

planning and scheduling

documentation

monitoring

communication

quality control processes and how these are implemented.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace and at sites where complex glazing is being installed or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

a site requiring a complex glazing installation

equipment and personnel required for the activities set out in the elements and performance criteria

contract documentation for the installation, and industry and workplace quality manuals and procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG4024 Assess designed glass conservation requirements

Modification History

Release 1. New unit

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to assess conservation requirements for designed glass installations, including of lead light and stained, kiln-formed and laminated glass, by researching and applying recognised conservation principles and practices. It includes the ability to prepare comprehensive reports on assessment requirements, including estimates of the cost of recommended work.

This unit applies to experienced glass industry workers working with designed glass who interpret and use advanced technical information to develop solutions to potentially complex designed glass requirements. They commonly work independently and typically solve complex problems that require theoretical knowledge and experience about the specification, manufacture and installation of a wide range of designed glass installations.

At the time of this unit’s release, the work described in this unit does not require licensing or certification, but state or territory authorities should be consulted to determine the current status. Workers on construction sites are required by law to complete induction training. They must also comply with relevant legislation, Australian Standards, codes and manufacturers’ installation instructions.

Competency Field

Glass and glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to assess conservation requirements	1.1 Identify from relevant personnel and job instructions the assessment’s purpose and requirements 1.2 Inspect the location of the designed glass installation and identify security, access, storage and other relevant arrangements 1.3 Identify hazards relating to the location, work practices, materials, tools and equipment, and check risk treatments are in place and operating 1.4 Select and check all required tools and equipment are ready to use, and organise to fix any deficiencies according to workplace procedures 1.5 Identify suitable assessment procedures and techniques and obtain approval from relevant personnel to use them 1.6 Gather plans, historical documents and industry standards for the installation
2. Assess conservation requirements	2.1 Position plans and historical documents to allow for confirmation of the structure and placement of the designed glass installation 2.2 Photograph the installation to create a photographic sequence documenting its condition and for later reference 2.3 Identify and document the installation’s structural and other relevant features, faults and past treatments according to workplace procedures 2.4 Assess and document the impacts on the installation of environmental factors according to workplace procedures 2.5 Clean up the assessment area, identify items for recycling and dispose of waste 2.6 Check, clean and do routine maintenance on equipment and tools and store them and unused materials
3. Prepare condition reports	3.1 Determine required conservation work identified by the assessment with relevant personnel 3.2 Prepare a condition report with photographic sequences, assessment evidence, analysis and recommended conservation work 3.3 Identify and estimate materials, subcontracted services, direct and indirect costs, overheads and mark-ups according to workplace procedures 3.4 Prepare and document a proposal for the recommended conservation work with the scope of work, estimates, relevant variation and other conditions and timeframes according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG4024 Assess designed glass conservation requirements

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks in the elements and performance criteria of this unit of competency and has, according to job instructions:

prepared four condition reports:

two for leadlight panels

two for stained glass panels

developed one proposal for the recommended conservation work.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

state or territory work health and safety legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for designed glass installations

organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for the assessment of designed glass installations

the safe and correct use of and maintenance requirements for tools and equipment used to assess designed glass conservation requirements

historical and current designed glass installation construction, framing and structural methods

designed glass installation construction and repair terminology and techniques

principles and guidelines of the Australia International Council on Monuments and Sites (ICOMOS) Burra Charter

types of plans and other documentation used to inform conservation assessment

the types, characteristics, properties, uses and limitations of designed glass and related materials historically used

types of potential issues with designed glass installations:

glass faults

structural faults

environmental impacts

differences between preservation, restoration and reconstruction

the most common issues that can arise when assessing designed glass conservation requirements and how to avoid and respond to them

features and inclusion of condition reports

professions and trades working alongside or in conjunction with designed glass conservation

workplace policies and procedures relevant to their job role and responsibilities including for:

assessing designed glass conservation requirements

communication and reporting

environmental protection and sustainability, including maximising resource utilisation and minimising waste

quality indicators for completed work and process improvements

work health and safety, including the use of personal protective equipment

work planning.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

designed glass installations for assessment

photographic and other equipment and tools required for the activities set out in the elements and performance criteria, including those to control hazards

job instructions and workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG4025 Apply innovation in contemporary designed glass

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use innovative techniques to design and fabricate designed glass works, including lead light and stained, kiln-formed and laminated glass. It involves research and analysis of innovative ideas about glass and experimentation, adaptation of traditional techniques and subsequent refinement and application of new ideas and techniques. ‘Designs’ may include drawings, models, specifications, production plans and design rationales.

This unit applies to experienced glass industry workers working with designed glass who interpret and use advanced technical information to develop solutions to potentially complex designed glass requirements. They commonly work independently and typically solve complex problems that require theoretical knowledge and experience about the specification, manufacture and installation of a wide range of designed glass installations.

At the time of this unit’s release, the work described in this unit does not require licensing or certification, but state or territory authorities should be consulted to determine the current status. Workers on construction sites are required by law to complete induction training. They must also comply with relevant legislation, Australian Standards, codes and manufacturers’ installation instructions.

Competency Field

Designed glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify the potential or need for innovation	1.1 Analyse design and production requirements from job instructions to identify opportunities to innovate in the use of designed glass 1.2 Identify and access sources of relevant information about historical, cultural and other factors relevant for innovation to meet design and production requirements
2. Conduct research and experimentation	2.1 Identify suitable research and experimentation techniques and procedures and obtain approval from relevant personnel to use them 2.2 Identify and engage with specialists who could assist the realisation of innovative techniques and designs 2.3 Research, adapt and use relevant ideas and approaches from other practitioners with consideration of intellectual property, moral rights and copyright 2.4 Select, adapt or introduce new materials, tools, equipment or technologies to enable experimentation 2.5 Experiment to establish the best ways to achieve innovative responses to job requirements, considering feasibility 2.6 Consult with colleagues about the results of experimentation
3. Produce innovative designs	3.1 Prepare preliminary designs according to job instructions 3.2 Produce and evaluate samples to assess materials, construction methods, feasibility or cost 3.3 Prepare final designs according to job instructions 3.4 Identify and estimate materials, subcontracted services, direct and indirect costs, overheads and mark-ups for panel fabrication according to workplace procedures
4. Fabricate innovative pieces	4.1 Select and check all required tools and equipment are ready to use 4.2 Gather materials required to fabricate the pieces, and check they meet quality requirements 4.3 Identify hazards and hazard controls and check the hazard controls are in place and operating 4.4 Lay out, measure, cut and assemble materials and complete fabricating innovative pieces according to designs and specifications 4.5 Clean up the work area, identify items for recycling and dispose of waste 4.6 Identify, tag and report any damage to equipment and tools 4.7 Check, clean and do routine maintenance on equipment and tools and store them and unused materials

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG4025 Apply innovation in contemporary designed glass

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks in the elements and performance criteria of this unit of competency and has:

produced a portfolio of four designs, with two to include cost estimates for fabrication

fabricated four pieces from the portfolio:

two leadlight and/or stained glass

two individually designed glass installations.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

state or territory work health and safety legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for designed glass experimentation, fabrication and installation

contemporary designed glass construction terminology and techniques

types of glass and other materials used in the designed glass industry, their characteristics, properties, uses and limitations

innovative and experimental designed glass production techniques in 2D and 3D formats

colour theory, line, dimension, chiaroscuro and depth and their application to designed glass

glass painting and firing techniques

use and properties of a range of paints and materials for glass work

testing finished and unfinished materials used in designed glass

workplace policies and procedures relevant to their job role and responsibilities including for:

innovating with designed glass

communication and reporting

environmental protection and sustainability, including maximising resource utilisation and minimising waste

quality indicators for completed work and process improvements

work health and safety, including the use of personal protective equipment

work planning

the most common issues that can arise when experimenting with, fabricating and installing designed glass and how to avoid and respond to them.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

materials, equipment and tools required for the activities set out in the elements and performance criteria, including those to control hazards

job instructions and workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGN2004 Produce simple scale drawings by hand

Modification History

Release 1. Newly created unit.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare drawings by hand, including orthographic projections, to support product design, manufacture and installation. It includes knowledge of basic drawing symbols and conventions and a basic understanding of how computer-aided drawing (CAD) is applied in industry contexts, but does not necessarily cover skills in using CAD or in producing detailed and complex production drawings. Workers with this competency create drawings to support routine production and installation tasks in cabinet making, furniture, furnishing, wood machining and other industries.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

General

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Identify drawing requirements	1.1 Identify type of drawing needed from work information provided 1.2 Source relevant information from work documentation and establish geometric features and finished size of item or area to be drawn 1.3 Identify methods for recording spatial and other data in manual and computer-aided drawing 1.4 Obtain drawing materials suited to the type of drawing
2 Prepare drawings	2.1 Make accurate calculations to determine required drawing scale 2.2 Accurately mark critical dimensions and geometric features 2.3 Use established drawing conventions and symbols 2.4 Include explanatory notes and additional production or installation information based on work requirements 2.5 Check drawing against requirements to confirm accuracy

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret design and production documentation

Writing skills to use drawing symbols and notations and provide simple information to support drawings

Numeracy skills to calculate lengths, areas, volumes and angles, to make calculations related to scale, and to work with geometric concepts.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. New unit. No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGN2004 Produce simple scale drawings by hand

Modification History

Release 1. Newly created unit.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed all the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

produce at least one drawing to communicate a design idea for a furniture or furnishing product or component

produce at least one set of drawings to guide manufacture, assembly and installation of a furniture or furnishing component, including:

1 orthographic projection (front, top and side views)

1 section view

1 detail view.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

drawing conventions according to Australian Standard AS1100

centre lines

visible lines

hidden lines

dimension lines

hatching

breaks

end sections

symbols representing materials

title block

appropriate scales for different purposes

the use of drawings in cutting lists

basic aspects of how computer-aided drawing (CAD) is used by industry, including the links between CAD and CNC production machinery.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated under routine supervision in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources required for performance evidence, including:

workplace information on which to base drawings

drawing materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGN3003 Advise customers on products and services

Modification History

Release 1. No equivalent unit. Supersedes but is not equivalent to MSFBA3009 Provide advice to customers on blinds and awnings.

Application

This unit of competency describes the skills and knowledge required to provide advice to customers on products and services. It requires broad and current knowledge relating to the products and services, and skills required to establish customer product or service requirements, and present and discuss the benefits and features of viable options that meet customer requirements and preferences.

The unit applies to those providing customers with product and service advice in a wide range of residential and commercial environments, including small through to large-scale enterprises.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication

Pre-requisite Unit

Not applicable.

Unit Sector

Generic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop knowledge of products and services relevant to own workplace	1.1	Research and analyse information on characteristics of products and services relevant to own workplace
1.2	Record and store research findings according to workplace procedures
1.3	Collect and organise information, materials, product samples and visual aids relating to products and services for future retrieval and use
2. Prepare to provide advice to customer	2.1	Review work instructions to establish customer product and service requirements
2.2	Select fit-for-purpose information, materials, product samples and visual aids that match customer requirement
2.3	Schedule appointment with customer
3. Provide advice to customer	3.1	Attend scheduled appointment with customer equipped with suitable support information, products, materials and visual aids
3.2	Consult with client to confirm client requirements and expectations
3.3	Present viable options relating to product and service requirements in a format and style suited to customer needs
3.4	Explain and discuss features, benefits, limitations, availability and approximate costs, terms and product and service options with customer within context of customer’s specific requirements
4. Finalise advisory service to customer	4.1	Assist customer to decide on preferred product and service options
4.2	Document customer preferences and selections according to workplace procedures
4.3	Establish availability of customer preferences and selections with suppliers
4.4	Store support information, products, materials and visual aids according to workplace procedures
4.5	Complete workplace documentation and submit to required personnel according to workplace procedures
4.6	Complete required customer follow-up according to workplace customer service procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret, discuss and use mathematical information in workplace documentation quantify customer requirements estimate and discuss product and service cost information schedule appointments and discuss cooling-off periods and payment terms and conditions
Oral communication skills to:	listen to customer requirements using questioning and active listening techniques to clarify customer requirements and elicit preferences respond to and feedback customer requirements accurately and clearly, using suitable and sufficiently broad vocabulary to convey the features and characteristics of products and services express own opinion clearly
Reading skills to:	interpret at times complex workplace documentation, including service conditions, customer and supplier legal obligations
Technology skills to:	use ICT-based tools in familiar contexts to access product and service information
Writing skills to:	write simple notes of research findings legibly document customer preferences and selections

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes but is not equivalent to MSFBA3009 Provide advice to customers on blinds and awnings.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGN3003 Advise customers on products and services

Modification History

Release 1. No equivalent unit. Supersedes but is not equivalent to MSFBA3009 Provide advice to customers on blinds and awnings.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills of this unit, which must include the ability to:

provide at least three different customers with product and service advice; once in relation to a product, once in relation to a service.

In the course of providing the above advice, the person must:

establish and clarify customer requirements and expectations

demonstrate current and suitably broad knowledge of product and service range

explain and discuss each suggested viable option with customer, including:

features, benefits and limitations of product or service

product or service availability

approximate costs

facilitate informed customer decision-making

finalise advisory service according to workplace procedures and customer service standards

work with others, recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

sources of authoritative and current information on products and services relating to advisory services described in performance evidence

workplace procedures relating to:

customer service standards

consultation methods

communicating product and service information to customers, including presentation methods

scheduling appointments

recording and reporting outcomes of customer appointment

storing and retrieving product and service information

documenting, communicating and reporting customer preferences

products and services offered by own workplace

key features, characteristics, and terms of products and services relating to advisory services described in performance evidence, including features described in:

product and service instructions and specification sheets

service conditions

manufacturer specifications

special requirements

legal obligations associated with products and services described in performance evidence, including:

cooling-off periods

payment terms and conditions

principles and techniques of customer service and product promotion

mathematical methods for quantifying customer requirements and estimating costs.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must occur in the workplace, or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

Access is required to a commercially realistic range of customers requiring the advice described in the performance evidence above, including:

authoritative sources of information relating to range of products and services that apply to advice in performance evidence

computer with access to the internet for further research

product samples, materials and visual aids relating to workplace products and services, including:

magazines

photographs

software presentations

sketches

trade brochures

workplace procedures specified in knowledge evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGN3004 Resolve quality and compliance issues

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFSS3003 Resolve quality and compliance issues

Application

This unit of competency describes the skills and knowledge required to identify actual and potential quality and compliance issues, and plan and implement cost-effective and efficient solutions to resolve those issues.

The unit applies to those resolving routine quality and compliance issues in the fabrication, assembly and installation of blinds, awnings, shutters, security screens and grilles. Resolution of non-routine issues identified in the course of this work is not part of this unit.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit as roller shutter installers require a building licence in certain States. Relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine necessary certification or licensing for installing roller shutters. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Not applicable.

Unit Sector

Generic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan and organise quality and compliance checks	1.1	Identify nature and scope of quality and compliance checks to be undertaken on work products and processes
1.2	Access and interpret instructions and plans applicable to work products and processes
1.3	Access and interpret legislative and workplace quality and compliance documentation applicable to checking process
1.4	Identify work health and safety (WHS) and personal protection requirements of compliance check according to workplace procedures
1.5	Plan and organise required materials, tools and equipment according to workplace and safety procedures and in line with workplace environmental considerations
2. Identify quality and compliance issues	2.1	Investigate products and processes and note actual and potential quality and compliance issues in workmanship, process, and materials
2.2	Assess nature and scope of noted non-compliances
2.3	Document current condition of hardware, software, user and procedure
2.4	Provide verbal and written reports on identified actual and potential quality and compliance issues to required personnel according to workplace procedures and nature of issue
2.5	Escalate actual and potential quality and compliance issues that represent imminent risk and are outside scope of own level of responsibility
3. Plan and implement solutions to resolve quality and compliance issues	3.1	Identify and prioritise cost-effective and efficient solutions to resolve identified quality and compliance issues and meet quality, compliance and performance requirements
3.2	Determine quality and compliance issues that can be resolved at own level, and escalate where specialist and higher level intervention is required according to workplace procedures
3.3	Plan solution to resolve quality and compliance issues
3.4	Check that planned solution complies with quality and workplace requirements
3.5	Plan strategies for evaluating effectiveness of planned solution
3.6	Document planned solution and evaluation strategies, and seek authorisation to proceed as required according to workplace procedures
3.7	Implement planned solution to rectify identified non-compliances within scope of own role and according to workplace procedures
4. Finalise quality and compliance resolution process	4.1	Maintain record of substantiated non-compliances
4.2	Evaluate effectiveness of implemented solution using established strategies
4.3	Legibly complete and process report detailing quality and compliance issues and implemented solution according to workplace requirements
4.4	Clean work area and dispose of, re-use and recycle waste safely and sustainably according to workplace procedures
4.5	Check tools and equipment, and tag and report faulty items according to established workplace practices
4.6	Clean and store remaining materials, tools and equipment according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.
Learning skills to:	review own skills and knowledge in relation to quality and compliance criteria, and seek information as required approach colleagues where assistance and advice are needed in identifying and resolving quality and compliance issues
Numeracy skills to:	interpret, discuss and use routine mathematical information in documentation and identify quality and compliance implications complete measurements and estimate product and material requirements
Reading skills to:	interpret basic plans, quality and compliance criteria and safety procedures read work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFSS3003 Resolve quality and compliance issues

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGN3004 Resolve quality and compliance issues

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFSS3003 Resolve quality and compliance issues

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills of this unit, which must include the ability to:

plan and safely and effectively complete checks on five different products or processes relevant to own work in fabricating, assembling, or installing blinds, awnings, shutters, security screens or grilles

recommend and have accepted:

planned solutions to actual or potential quality and compliance issues

planned strategies to evaluate solutions

implement recommended solutions and report on each of the above five resolution processes and their outcomes

avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions and wastage

work with others in a team and use cooperative approaches to optimise productivity.

Three of the above issues must be separate and different quality issues, and two must be separate and different compliance issues.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

quality and compliance requirements relating to products and processes being checked in performance evidence:

Australian standards

state and territory legislation and local government regulations

accepted industry good practice

manufacturer specifications

product drawings

key features of product specifications and workplace procedures relating to product and process checks described in performance evidence

work health and safety (WHS), legislative, and workplace requirements relevant to undertaking quality and compliance checks in the performance evidence, including safety data sheets, hazardous and dangerous goods codes and safe operating procedures

workplace procedures relating to:

identifying and resolving quality and compliance issues

communicating and escalating non-compliance issues with required personnel

recording and reporting non-compliance information

safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

following work instructions and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self and others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

environmental protection requirements relating to disposal of waste material

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must occur in the workplace, or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

Access is required to:

products and processes in the blinds, awnings, shutters, security screens or grilles sectors relevant to candidate where there are quality and compliance issues, which relate to at least two of the following:

hardware or software quality or compliance issues

user or procedural quality or compliance issues that increase wastage, or unnecessary increase in production or installation time

defective or inappropriate products, materials or equipment

PPE applicable to job requirements

workplace documentation relevant to products and processes being checked, including quality and compliance criteria:

manufacturer and product specifications

relevant and current legislation, regulations, codes and standards

state, territory and local authority policies

colleagues with specialist and higher level experience to whom quality and compliance issues can be escalated.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGN3005 Read and interpret work documents

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit of competency is applied in industries where workers interpret and apply information from documents such as standards, codes, specifications, instructions, and work plans and procedures.

Workers with this competency identify types of work document, understand their purpose, interpret them, and plan work based on the information they contain.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Generic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify type and purpose of work document	1.1 Identify type of work document and its function and basic characteristics 1.2 Identify sections of document relevant to task being undertaken 1.3 Identify supplementary and explanatory information to support document use
2. Interpret document	2.1 Interpret key information in documentation relevant to task being undertaken 2.2 Seek clarification of information where necessary
3. Plan own work sequence	3.1 Identify required material, tools and equipment from documentation 3.2 Plan task sequence and identify procedures for checking compliance with work document requirements at each stage
4. Maintain documentation	4.1 Use and maintain work documents according to workplace procedures 4.2 Maintain supplementary, explanatory and modification information according to workplace procedures 4.3 File and store all documentation for efficient retrieval according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Technology skills to access, file and store electronic or hard-copy workplace documentation

Communication skills to read and interpret documentation and seek clarification.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent MSFGN3001 Read and interpret work documents.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGN3005 Read and interpret work documents

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

locate, read, and interpret at least 10 different work documents, including each of the following:

Australian Standards relevant to sector

instructions and specifications from tool or material manufacturer

building codes required for a project

job procedures

safe work instructions or equivalent

safety data sheets (SDS)

photographs or other visual material

work plans

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

the basic format and function of:

Australian Standards

building codes

job procedures

manufacturer technical instructions and specifications

SDS

work plans

conventions and symbols of plans, drawings, and specifications

workplace procedures for filing and storing documentation.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

documentation litsed in the performance evidence.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGN3006 Estimate and cost job

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit of competency can be applied in any industry involving the manufacture and/or installation of products or delivery of services. It describes the skills and knowledge required to obtain job information, estimate the net cost of providing products and services, calculate mark-up and tax, calculate the full cost to the customer, and develop a customer quotation.

Workers with this competency cost jobs for customers on-site and off-site using discretion, judgement and specialised industry knowledge in line with established costing procedures.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Generic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Gather job information	1.1 Find out what customer requires in sufficient detail for accurate costings 1.2 Record job specifications based on information gathered 1.3 Identify delivery timing and methods
2. Estimate time and labour	2.1 Identify material and service types and quantities required 2.2 Identify labour requirements to manufacture and install products and perform services 2.3 Estimate other costs that may be incurred
3. Calculate costs	3.1 Calculate and document total cost of providing products and services based on estimates 3.2 Determine and document allowances for overheads and mark-up percentages according to workplace procedures 3.3 Calculate and document final cost to customer, including goods and services tax (GST) where required, according to workplace procedures
4. Complete final documentation	4.1 Check and verify costing details according to workplace procedures 4.2 Identify and resolve costing errors or anomalies 4.3 Prepare accurate customer quotation according to workplace formats 4.4 File costing and quotation documentation for future reference according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Communication skills to understand and clarify customer needs

Numeracy skills to calculate required time and materials, cost, mark-up, and GST

Technology skills to use standard industry technology for estimation, costing and documentation

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGN3002 Estimate and cost job

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGN3006 Estimate and cost job

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit and demonstrated the ability to:

estimate and cost 3 jobs with differing:

scope and nature of product or service

labour costs

material costs

quantity requirements

overheads.

In estimating and costing each of these 3 jobs, the candidate must:

use standard industry technology for estimation, costing and documentation

use mathematical processes to accurately estimate and correctly calculate percentage mark-ups and GST.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

ways in which job information may be gathered, including:

on-site inspection and measurement

customer discussion

review of documentation

products and services suitable for the job, including:

sources of information

features and options

costs involved in providing products and services:

materials

labour rates and their components

production time and cost

transport and delivery

overhead components

industry sector and enterprise costing and quoting procedures:

mark-up percentages

application of goods and services tax (GST)

documentation formats and inclusions for quotations

terms and conditions included in quotations

checking and approval processes

workplace procedures and protocols for:

identifying customer requirements

recording job specifications

checking and verifying costing details

filing and storing costing and quotation documentation

legal and ethical considerations relevant to estimating and costing jobs.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must occur in the workplace, or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

The candidate must have access to:

suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

product/service information

costing and quotation procedures and documentation

technology for calculation of costs

modelling of industry operating conditions, including time constraints for preparation of costings and quotations.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGN3007 Set up and operate a self-employed contracting business

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to establish and operate a small-scale business as a contractor or subcontractor. It does not include employing other people.

Workers with this competency undertake routine tasks on residential and non-residential/commercial sites using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve routine and some non-routine issues. As self-employed contractors they work with a high degree of self-direction.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

General

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Set up a contracting business	1.1. Identify and assess the ownership, taxation and liability aspects of relevant business models and determine an appropriate business structure 1.2 Identify licences and permits required to operate the business and assess one’s ability to meet license/permit requirements 1.3 Identify and document the business’ legislative, work health and safety, taxation superannuation and other obligations to authorities and subcontractors 1.4 Identify and communicate with professionals required to meet contractual, accounting, legal, taxation and recordkeeping requirements 1.5 Identify required insurances for risks related to income loss, public liability, vehicle operation and workers compensation 1.6 Investigate methods of acquiring motor vehicles and other equipment, and decide on the most suitable method 1.7 Determine the business’ policy about deposits, payments, timeframes and variations based on information reviewed 1.8 Follow processes of relevant agencies and businesses to put in place required arrangements
2. Cost and quote work	2.1 Identify opportunities to find customers 2.2 Identify the customer’s requirements in sufficient detail for accurate costings 2.3 Document job instructions according to the customer’s requirements 2.4 Cost the job by estimating materials, labour and fixed costs, allowances for contingencies and profit margin and goods and services tax 2.5 Prepare a quotation and contract conditions according to business procedures and submit it to the customer within the agreed timeframe
3. Manage and finalise contracts	3.1 Maintain records to monitor costs as a job progresses 3.2 Identify variations from contractual conditions and communicate with the customer to negotiate outcomes 3.3 On completion of the job, produce and submit an invoice to the customer for final payment. 3.4 Compare the predicted to the actual financial outcome and modify quoting methods and profit margin for future quotations 3.5 Provide timely, accurate financial information to a bookkeeper or accountant in line with their requirements.

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGN3007 Set up and operate a self-employed contracting business

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit and demonstrated the ability to:

research, identify and action required processes to plan to set up a business

estimate and provide quotes for at least two jobs with differing requirements for scope or type of product or service

complete and finalise at least one basic contract

set up accurate financial records and comply with tax and other regulatory requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

relevant Commonwealth, state, territory and local government legislative requirements relating to operating a small business including business registration, licensing and taxation requirements

the most common issues that can arise when setting up and operating a self-employed contracting business and how to avoid and respond to them

basic business processes essential for successfully setting up and operating a self-employed contracting business including how to:

successfully communicate with customers and suppliers

cost and quote work

keep necessary business records

establish and use basic contracts

set and achieve quality benchmarks for completed work

improve business processes by evaluating past outcomes

plan work and manage time effectively.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

information about relevant business models

information about legislative requirements relating to operating a small business including business registration, licensing and taxation requirements

customers with job requirements and with whom to discuss progress with job scenarios.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFKB2003 Prepare for cabinetry installation

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare an installation site and confirm cabinetry and components are complete and ready for installation. It includes checking work documentation and confirming that quality requirements have been met. Workers with this competency follow established procedures, often as assistants under the guidance of a supervisor with trade qualifications.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Competency Field

Kitchens and bathroom

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Follow site procedures	1.1 Identify roles of different people on site and site communication protocols 1.2 Identify and follow site work health and safety requirements 1.3 Identify and follow site procedures for access and deliveries
2. Prepare for work	2.1 Identify own work requirements from installation plans 2.2 Locate required installation tools and equipment and confirm operational readiness 2.3 Clear and prepare work area in accordance with installation and site safety requirements 2.4 Determine, confirm and access safe power source for tools
3. Confirm readiness of cabinetry for assembly and installation	3.1 Check cabinetry components against delivery documentation and installation plan and confirm completeness 3.2 Move cabinetry components to installation site while minimising risk of injury to self and others and risk of damage to cabinets 3.3 Assess cabinetry and components against work documentation, including quality requirements, and report any defects in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret installation documentation

Writing skills to report basic information about cabinet condition

Oral communication skills to use questioning and active listening for communication on site

Numeracy skills to interpret numerical data on installation and delivery documentation and complete numerical processes involving counting and comparison.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFKB2001 Prepare for cabinet installation.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFKB2003 Prepare for cabinetry installation

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

prepare for 2 different cabinetry installation jobs on separate sites, including:

identifying and following procedures for site safety and access

preparing work area and equipment

ensuring cabinetry is ready for installation.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

work health and safety requirements

safe manual handling procedures

types of installation documentation, and their key features:

drawings, including symbols and terminology used

product specifications

component lists

cabinetry layout and design information

installation instructions

tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), commonly required for cabinetry installation

cabinets components, including:

cabinet sections

door and drawer systems

drawer runners and slides

handles

hinges, runners and latches

legs, plinths and kickboards

locks

quality checking procedures

common defects and how to resolve them:

chips and markings

colour and texture variations

incompleteness

scratches

procedures for maintaining workplace records for cabinetry installation.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

installation site

installation tools and equipment, including PPE, required for performance evidence

cabinetry and components to be installed

site and workplace procedures

installation documentation.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFKB2004 Provide assistance in cabinetry installation

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to assist in the onsite installation of cabinets for kitchens or bathrooms. It includes assembling cabinets, fitting components, and fixing cabinets to wall and floor surfaces, and making a limited range of adjustments. Workers with this competency follow established procedures, often as assistants under the guidance of a supervisor with trade qualifications.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Competency Field

Kitchens and bathroom

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Lay out components and materials	1.1 Identify and follow site work health and safety requirements 1.2 Determine floor layout and individual cabinet construction requirements from installation documentation or through checking with supervisor 1.3 Lay out components to match sequence of assembly 1.4 Check product codes and labels and identify any special installation requirements
2. Assemble carcasses	2.1 Use joining methods according to installation documentation or supervisor instructions 2.2 Complete cabinet facings in accordance with task requirements 2.3 Use measuring techniques to confirm correct carcass levels 2.4 Attach components to cabinets in correct locations 2.5 Make minor adjustments using appropriate assembly techniques according to supervisor instructions 2.6 Inspect completed carcasses for compliance with quality requirements, rectify any deficiencies and confirm work with supervisor 2.7 Use hand and power tools safely and according to operating instructions
3. Fix cabinetry	3.1 Confirm cabinet fixing methods with supervisor according to site requirements 3.2 Fix cabinets to walls and floors according to installation documentation and supervisor instructions 3.3 Fix components according to installation documentation and supervisor instructions
4. Finish work	4.1 Clean cabinets and confirm installation complies with quality requirements 4.2 Identify and rectify any deficiencies under guidance from supervisor 4.3 Clean work area and dispose of rubbish safely and in accordance with environmental standards 4.4 Check, clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 4.5 Complete installation documentation in accordance with workplace procedures 4.6 Secure work area in accordance with task requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret installation documentation

Writing skills to record basic information in workplace records

Oral communication skills to use questioning and active listening when interacting with supervisor

Numeracy skills to interpret numerical date in installation plans and take measurements.

Learning skills to seek and use advice from supervisor to improve own work.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFKB2002 Provide assistance in cabinet installation.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFKB2004 Provide assistance in cabinetry installation

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

assist with cabinetry installation tasks on 2 different occasions and sites under supervision, including:

laying out, assembling and fixing components

quality checking and defect identification and rectification.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

work health and safety requirements

features of cabinets and their components:

cabinet sections

door and drawer systems

drawer runners and slides

handles

hinges, runners and latches

legs, plinths and kickboards

locks

hand and power tools typically required for cabinet assembly and fixing

personal protective equipment (PPE) required for cabinet assembly and fixing

joining methods for cabinet assembly and situations when each is used:

screws and hinges

adhesives

patented devices

connectors

cabinetry fixing methods and situations when each is used:

glue

staples

bolts

screws

wall plugs

post-installation quality checking procedures

common defects and how to resolve them:

alignment

levelling

procedures for maintaining workplace records for cabinetry installation.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

installation site

installation tools and equipment, including PPE, required for performance evidence

cabinetry and components to be installed

site and workplace procedures

installation documentation.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFKB3012 Plan kitchen and bathroom projects

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan kitchen and bathroom renovation and new-build projects, including sequencing of cabinetry installation and other work.

Workers with this competency include kitchen and bathroom designers, sales advisors and tradespeople involved in kitchen and bathroom construction at different stages of the process.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Kitchens and Bathrooms

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine project scope	1.1 Seek information about the project through direct client communication or review of documentation 1.2 Establish scope and complexity of project from information provided 1.3 Establish key people and organisations to be involved in the project and their respective roles and responsibilities
2. Assess individual work requirements	2.1 Determine own work responsibilities from review of project information 2.2 Agree communication lines and protocols with individuals whose role intersects with, and impacts on, own responsibilities 2.3 Confirm and document detailed sequencing details with others involved in the project
3. Plan work	3.1 Develop and document a project schedule that reflects work requirements 3.2 Address the contingencies involved in project sequencing in consultation with others 3.3 Confirm and communicate work schedule to others involved in the project in a timely manner

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret work documentation

Writing skills to communicate project sequence

Oral communication skills to liaise with others working on project

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFKB3011 Plan kitchen and bathroom projects.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFKB3012 Plan kitchen and bathroom projects

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

planned and documented the work process for 3 different projects, 1 of which must be a kitchen and 1 of which must be a bathroom.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

roles and responsibilities of those typically involved in kitchen and bathroom projects, and their involvement at different stages of the project, including at least 7 of the following:

architects

colour consultants

designers

material and component suppliers

builders

cabinetmakers

electricians

flooring specialists

glaziers

painters

plumbers / gas fitters

stonemasons

tilers

waterproofers

key stages and sequencing of kitchen and bathroom projects and what each stage involves:

concept design

design specification

planning approval

technical site assessment/site measure

demolition

construction:

services

waterproofing

installation

differences between renovation and new build projects

project planning and implementation, including:

sequence of operations

budget

timelines

allocation and delivery of resources

contingencies

features of cabinets and components commonly used in kitchen and bathroom projects, including manufacturing methodologies

supply chains for kitchen and bathroom components and materials.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

project documentation.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFPF3010 De-frame artwork

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFPF3001 De-frame artwork.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to dismantle and remove artwork from frames, including the sorting, recording and documentation of original items.

This unit applies to picture framers who de-frame items in different media for the purposes of repair, restoration or re-framing. They use discretion, judgement and specialised knowledge.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Picture Framing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Read work order and identify de-framing requirements 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements throughout the work 1.3 Select and prepare a safe and suitable work area to de-frame, sort and protect the items 1.4 Examine item in terms of composition, condition and components and determine required process 1.5 Select tools and equipment that match construction and fastener type and check for quality, serviceability and safety prior to use 1.6 Determine dismantling sequence and handling techniques based on nature of the item
2. Dismantle artwork	2.1 Dismantle original frame to the extent required in the work instructions using appropriate tools and procedures 2.2 Remove and store labels, fasteners and attachments 2.3 Separate, protect, tag and store components following workplace procedures 2.4 Examine condition of de-framed object and note details for the work order and condition report 2.5 Identify, collate and file relevant historical information
3. Complete work	3.1 Mark completed work for identification and store in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Identify and store items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Clean work area and safely dispose of rubbish 3.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation 3.5 Check, clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFPF3001 De-frame artwork.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFPF3010 De-frame artwork

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFPF3001 De-frame artwork.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

de-framed and documented 5 artwork items that include:

an object

a textile

a work on paper

a canvas.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

work flow process for dismantling of framed items

different reasons for de-framing artwork and how the scope of work may vary

safety considerations and requirements when de-framing, including personal protective equipment

frame construction techniques, materials and processes

techniques for de-framing artwork, the types of problems that can occur and how to respond

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

functions, features and safe use of tools used to de-frame artwork:

cutting blades

hand-operated tools

pincers

pliers and marking out tools

screwdrivers

documentation requirements for de-framing, including recording for reference all components and their positioning

potential effects of the de-framing process on the artwork and liabilities and obligations

artwork conservation handling techniques and practices.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

workspace equipped with:

tools and equipment to complete de-framing tasks in the Performance Evidence

personal protective equipment

work orders and condition reports.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFPT4000 Select and use materials for piano repair and manufacture

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to distinguish between and select materials used to manufacture or repair pianos.

This unit applies to piano technologists who work in accordance with established procedures, using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to apply and communicate technical solutions to resolve predictable and unpredictable issues. They use factual, technical and theoretical knowledge to identify, analyse, compare and act on information from a range of sources.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Piano Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine material requirements	1.1 Analyse characteristics of timber, metal and synthetic materials used in piano construction to determine structural and aesthetic requirements 1.2 Review, confirm and clarify client requirements to support materials decisions
2. Select and use fasteners	2.1 Determine job requirements for fasteners, including design, colour, finish process and quality, from work documentation and verbal instructions 2.2 Apply fasteners in accordance with workplace procedures 2.3 Set up worksite to meet task requirements, including preparing required material and selecting holding and supporting equipment 2.4 Place or support work in position for fastener application 2.5 Select tools and attach fasteners in accordance with their safety and effecting intended purposes 2.6 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements
3. Select and use adhesives	3.1 Select adhesives in accordance with job requirements 3.2 Set up worksite to meet task requirements, including preparing required materials and selecting holding and supporting equipment 3.3 Place or support work in position for adhesive application 3.4 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements including those that apply to safe application of adhesives 3.5 Apply adhesives using required clamping techniques
4. Determine hardware needs	4.1 Assess type, preparation, application and durability of surface coatings used for interior and exterior finishing on piano components 4.2 Use information to determine hardware needs for piano construction and repair
5. Clean up work area	5.1 Check, clean and store equipment and any unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 5.2 Clean work area, safely dispose of rubbish and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 5.3 Complete required workplace records

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate factual information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFPT3002 Select materials for piano repair and manufacture.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFPT4000 Select and use materials for piano repair and manufacture

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

select and use at least three types of fasteners and use three different adhesives to make piano repairs.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workplace standards, requirements, policies and procedures for selecting materials for piano repair and manufacture

types, characteristics, uses, limitations and preparation of the following materials, tools, equipment and hardware used in piano repair and manufacture, and where relevant their safe use, operation and maintenance:

timber materials, including:

spruce

ebony

beech

birch

hardwood

softwood

veneers

chipboard

medium density fibreboard (MDF)

characteristics of piano timbers, including:

density

moisture content

grain

shrinkage

knots

holding and support techniques, including:

portable workbench

clamps

vices

gripper mats

clamping tools and techniques, including:

sash

G clamp

spring

pipe

plastic or synthetic materials, including:

keys

bushings

damper head

damper flanges

hammer butt

jack

jack flange

capstan

felts including synthetic and wool

natural materials including ivory and leather

metals including:

aluminium

steel

solders

cast iron

brass

fasteners including:

screws (head, slot, machine and thread types)

nails (panel pins)

adhesives including:

animal (horse and fish)

polyvinyl chloride (PVC)

contact

epoxy

casein

latex

surface coatings including:

shellack

single pack

polyurethane (two pack)

nitro-cellulose and pre-catalysed lacquers

woodgrain fillers

stains

oils

enamels

acrylics

finishes including:

high gloss

gloss

satin

matt

limed

pigmented

hardware including:

locks

hinges (butt and escutcheon inserts)

sliding rollers/runners

knobs

handles

finger guards

castors

structural requirements including:

hardness

density

aesthetic requirements including:

growth rings

veneers

medullary rays

colour

grain patterns

how to identify and resolve routine and non-routine problems

set-up and operation of tools and equipment used to repair and manufacture pianos

storage systems and labelling, especially for hazardous materials

procedures for recording, reporting and maintaining workplace records and information

work health and safety requirements related to materials used in piano manufacture and repair.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources required for performance evidence, including:

pianos for repair

hand and power tools

repair materials

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFPT4001 Provide advice to customers on piano tuning and repair

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to assess piano tuning and repair requirements, liaise with the customers and provide advice and accurate quotations for repair and tuning work.

This unit applies to piano technologists who work in accordance with established procedures, using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to apply and communicate technical solutions to resolve predictable and unpredictable issues. They use factual, technical and theoretical knowledge to identify, analyse, compare and act on information from a range of sources.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Piano Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish customer requirements	1.1 Obtain initial information about tuning and repair requirements from workplace and customer information 1.2 Use questioning and active listening techniques to clarify customer needs and perceived issues 1.3 Provide feedback to customer to ensure correct interpretation of requirements
2. Assess piano	2.1 Remove piano case parts and stored safely away from instrument 2.2 Identify and record piano faults based on inspection of instrument 2.3 Determine nature and scope of repairs required to rectify faults from assessment 2.4 Determine required frequency of tuning based on industry recommendations and advise customer on conditions that may affect tuning stability 2.5 Reassemble piano case parts after assessment to return to original state
3. Provide customer with recommendations	3.1 Advise customer of recommendations for tuning and repair 3.2 Provide customer with options regarding priority of repairs to support informed decision 3.3 Explain and discuss options about materials used in repairs to facilitate customer understanding of available products and services
4. Present quotation to customer	4.1 Agree and accurately document customer requirements 4.2 Prepare and document quotation that includes accurate breakdown of all relevant costs 4.3 Provide information that includes advice on terms and conditions in accordance with workplace procedures 4.4 Obtain customer approval for work in accordance with workplace practices

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to estimate costs and make calculations to establish final price of work.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFPT3016 Provide advice to customers on piano tuning and repair.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFPT4001 Provide advice to customers on piano tuning and repair

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

assess 3 different pianos and provide advice and an accurate quotation for tuning and/or repair work for each of the pianos.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

types, characteristics, uses, limitations and preparation of materials and equipment used in piano repair and manufacture

piano tuning and repair terminology

options available to customers for tuning and repairing pianos, including different materials

factors that affect the frequency of piano tuning required:

condition and age of piano

amount of use of the piano

quality of the piano

environmental considerations:

internal and external humidity changes

piano position in home or other location

air conditioning and heating

seasonal temperature and humidity changes

typical faults and items requiring repair and actions required:

worn, loose or broken action parts or keyboards

worn or broken pedal systems

tuning instability

cracks or delamination of bridges, ribs and soundboards

case faults

required inclusions for customer quotations:

progressive listing of repair points in an orderly format

all costs – materials, labour, shipping of parts, potential travel expenses

statement of warranty terms

statement of payment terms, including deposit

estimation of the time the instrument will be out of service.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources required for performance evidence, including:

pianos for assessment

customers

tools required for piano assessment and disassembly/reassembly

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFPT4002 Research and apply information about piano technology

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the ability to research and apply knowledge of piano technology to tuning, maintenance, repair and customer advice tasks. It includes knowledge of piano types, piano structures and materials, and the historical evolution of piano technology.

Piano technologists with this competency use discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify, communicate and implement technical solutions based on an understanding of piano history, construction, and technology.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Piano Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Research historical and contemporary aspects of piano technology	1.1 Identify credible sources of information about piano technology and history 1.2 Source and review information about historical and contemporary piano technology and its relevance to current scope of work 1.3 Establish the contemporary role of piano technicians from research
2. Apply research to work	2.1 Analyse construction of piano to determine work required 2.2 Assess major systems and their parts and functions before commencing work 2.3 Distinguish playing mechanisms and potential implications for tuning and repair 2.4 Select work practices that are suited to age and style of piano being tuned or repaired
3. Maintain knowledge for piano technology work	3.1 Identify opportunities for ongoing development of knowledge to support work in piano technology 3.2 Incorporate updated knowledge and learning into day-to-day work activities

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to source and interpret diverse types of unfamiliar information

Technology skills to use digital media for research.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFPT3001 Apply piano industry knowledge and work techniques.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFPT4002 Research and apply information about piano technology

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed all the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

source and research information from 3 different sources on the following:

traditional and contemporary upright and grand piano design and the variety of mechanisms used in pianos and how these affect piano technology work

apply this knowledge to the planning and implementation of 2 different piano tuning or repair jobs.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

sources of credible information about piano technology

types, characteristics, uses, limitations and preparation of materials and equipment used in piano tuning and repair

original keyboard instrument types and their features, including:

zither

clavichord

harpsichord

forte piano

piano

different periods of keyboard instrument development, including:

antique (1700–1850)

Victorian (1850–1900)

modern (1900–2000)

current (2000 onwards)

types of pianos, including:

vertical:

upright

spinet

console

player

grand:

baby (4’6"–6’)

professional (6’–7’6")

concert (7’6"–9’+)

square

piano infrastructure features, including systems:

the case

timing pins

soundboard and bridges

strings

pinblock and tuning pins

keys and actions

actions

soundboard/bridges

strings

structural

terms used to describe piano components and systems

facets of role of piano technicians, including:

quotations

tuning

repairs

rebuilding

restoration

polishing

piano moving

selling

advice on purchases

areas of change that affect the piano technician role, including:

restriction to tuning or repairs only

less or more restoration

less or more major repairs

increased use of technology in tuning process

established lines of communication and protocols for piano technologists and their customers

work health and safety requirements that impact the piano technician role.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources required for performance evidence, including:

upright or grand pianos

information technology for research purposes workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFPT4003 Repair piano actions, keys and pedals

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to repair piano actions, keys and pedals.

Piano technologists with this competency follow established procedures, using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to apply and communicate technical solutions to resolve predictable and unpredictable issues.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Piano Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan and prepare for repairing actions, keys and pedals	1.1 Analyse and confirm job requirements with personnel, customer or from workplace documentation 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements including physical and ergonomic needs 1.3 Establish and maintain communication with others involved with the work to ensure efficient workflow, coordination, personnel cooperation and safety in accordance with workplace procedures 1.4 Select tools and equipment consistent with task needs, inspect for serviceability and safety, and repair any faults or report in accordance with workplace procedures 1.5 Select materials required to repair piano actions, keys and pedals in accordance with job requirements
2. Repair piano actions, keys and pedals	2.1 Use required tools and equipment to remove or dismantle actions and keys 2.2 Remove faulty or damaged parts from actions, keys and pedals 2.3 Re-centre action as required to support repair 2.4 Select materials for replacement felts and leathers and cut and glue to action parts 2.5 Replace faulty or damaged parts in accordance with manufacturer recommendations and workplace procedures 2.6 Monitor quality of the repair process in accordance with workplace quality procedures
3. Clean up work area	3.1 Check, clean and store equipment and any unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Clean work area, safely dispose of any waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 3.3 Complete required workplace records

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate factual information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFPT3003 Repair piano actions, keys and pedal.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFPT4003 Repair piano actions, keys and pedals

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

repair a minimum of two actions, keys and pedals in at least one upright or one grand piano.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workplace standards, requirements, policies and procedures for repairing upright and grand piano actions, keys and pedals

types, characteristics, uses, limitations and preparation of materials and equipment used in piano repair and manufacture

typical faults and or parts that may be damaged, including:

actions:

broken damper springs

faulty hammer heads and shanks

faulty hardware

keys:

broken keys

discoloured keys

faulty key leads

pedals:

loose/worn pedal caps

worn pedal felt

damaged trap work

broken pedals

tasks involved in recentring action parts, including:

identifying faulty centre pins

extracting faulty centre pins

re-bushing flanges

replacing centre pins

replacing flanges

types of tools and equipment used to repair actions, keys and pedals and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance, including:

knives

guillotine

measuring equipment

centering equipment

glue brushes and sticks

glue pots

uses and locations of felts and leathers:

felts

box cloth

cushion felt

check felt

hammer-rest baize

backtouch baize

name board felt

celeste-rail felt

bushing felt

damper felts

leathers:

doeskin

pigskin

sheepskin

kangaroo skin

split skin

problem identification of actions, keys and pedals and resolution

set-up and operation of tools and equipment used for repairing actions, keys and pedals

procedures for recording, reporting and maintaining workplace records and information

best physical and ergonomic approaches to promote muscle control and avoid fatigue, including:

standing or seated according to type of piano and height of individual

evenly distributing body weight between both feet while standing to reduce fatigue

use a resting arm, where available, to aid control during tuning and reduce tiredness

work health and safety requirements for piano repair.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

pianos to be repaired as specified in performance evidence

hand and power tools

repair materials

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFPT4004 Regulate actions, keys and pedals of upright pianos

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to regulate upright piano actions, keys and pedals, including adjusting action rail, striking distance, hammer running alignment, key depth, lost motion and set off; checking distance, damper spoon bending, damper stop rail, jack stop rail and sustain, soft, mute and sostenuto pedals.

Piano technologists with this competency established procedures, using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to apply and communicate technical solutions to resolve predictable and unpredictable issues.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Piano Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan and prepare for regulating actions, keys and pedals	1.1 Analyse and confirm job requirements with personnel, customer or from workplace documentation 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements including physical and ergonomic needs 1.3 Establish and maintain communication with others involved with work to ensure efficient workflow, coordination, personnel cooperation and safety 1.4 Analyse written instructions and apply to job requirements 1.5 Select tools and equipment consistent with needs of job, inspect for serviceability and safety, and repair any faults or report in accordance with workplace procedures
2. Align action components	2.1 Inspect and adjust action rail to ensure optimal alignment 2.2 Adjust striking distance to industry specifications 2.3 Inspect and adjust hammer running and angling to ensure optimal alignment 2.4 Align wippen in accordance with workplace procedures
3. Regulate keyboard	3.1 Level, square and space keys 3.2 Inspect and make required adjustments to key depth
4. Regulate keyboard and action	4.1 Assess and make required adjustments to lost motion to achieve optimal key movement efficiency 4.2 Assess and make required adjustments to set-off to achieve optimal key control 4.3 Assess and make required adjustments to checking distance to achieve optimal key control 4.4 Assess and regulate dampers to industry specifications 4.5 Inspect and adjust damper spoon bending to industry specifications 4.6 Inspect and adjust damper stop rail and jack stop rail to industry specifications
5. Assess and adjust pedals	5.1 Inspect and adjust sustain pedal to lift when pedal is one third through its motion 5.2 Assess and make required adjustments to soft pedal to operate in accordance with acceptable lost motion 5.3 Assess and make required adjustments mute pedal so hammers clear felt in rest position but strike felt in lockdown position 5.4 Assess and make required adjustments to sostenuto pedal so relevant dampers are locked in position when note is played
6. Make final check and inspection	6.1 Inspect upright piano for playability and performance against expected standards 6.2 Make further required adjustments to actions, keys and pedals to achieve optimal outcomes
7. Clean up work area	7.1 Check, clean and store equipment and any unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 7.2 Clean work area, safely dispose of rubbish and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 7.3 Complete required workplace records

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFPT3006 Regulate actions, keys and pedals of upright pianos.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFPT4004 Regulate actions, keys and pedals of upright pianos

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed all the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

regulate actions, keys and pedals in at least 3 upright pianos.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workplace standards, requirements, policies and procedures for regulating upright piano actions, keys and pedals

types, characteristics, uses, limitations and preparation of materials and equipment used in piano regulating

types of tools and equipment used to regulate actions, keys and pedals and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance, including:

capstan regulator

set off regulator

touch/dip block

rule

regulating buttons

damper regulator

key easing pliers

wire bender

screwdriver

problem identification of actions, keys and pedals and resolution

set-up and operation of tools and equipment used for regulating actions, keys and pedals

procedures for recording, reporting and maintaining workplace records and information

best physical and ergonomic approaches to promote muscle control and avoid fatigue, including:

standing or seated according to type of piano and height of individual

evenly distributing body weight between both feet while standing to reduce fatigue

use a resting arm, where available, to aid control during tuning and reduce tiredness

work health and safety requirements for piano tuning.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources required for performance evidence, including:

upright pianos for tuning

hand and power tools

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFPT4005 Regulate actions, keys and pedals of grand pianos

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to regulate grand piano actions, keys and pedals, including adjusting glide bolts, striking distance, hammer running alignment, key height and depth, set off and drop; checking distance, damper regulation damper stop rail, jack and repetition lever adjustment, sustain, soft and sostenuto pedals.

This unit applies to piano technologists who work in accordance with established procedures, using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to apply and communicate technical solutions to resolve predictable and unpredictable issues.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Piano Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan and prepare for work	1.1 Analyse and confirm job requirements with personnel, customer or from workplace documentation 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements including physical and ergonomic needs 1.3 Establish and maintain communication with others involved with work to ensure efficient workflow, coordination, personnel cooperation and safety 1.4 Analyse written instructions and apply to job requirements 1.5 Select tools and equipment consistent with needs of job, inspect for serviceability and safety, and repair any faults or report in accordance with workplace procedures
2. Assess and align action components	2.1 Determine correct action operation by setting trial regulation standards 2.2 Inspect and adjust action rail to ensure optimal alignment 2.3 Inspect and adjust hammer running and angling to ensure optimal alignment 2.4 Align wippen in accordance with workplace procedures 2.5 Bed action to key frame and bed key frame to key bed in accordance with workplace procedures
3. Regulate keys	3.1 Level, square and space keys in accordance 3.2 Inspect and make required adjustments to key depth
4. Regulate actions	4.1 Assess and make required adjustments to jack-to-roller alignment and repetition lever height to achieve optimal note repetition 4.2 Inspect and adjust striking distance to industry specifications 4.3 Assess and make required adjustments to let-off to achieve optimal key control 4.4 Assess and make required adjustments to checking distance to achieve optimal key control 4.5 Assess and make required adjustments to repetition spring to achieve optimal note repetition 4.6 Assess and make required adjustments to hammer drop to industry specifications 4.7 Inspect and regulate dampers to industry specifications
5. Assess and adjust pedals	5.1 Inspect and adjust sustain pedal to lift when pedal is one third through its motion 5.2 Assess and make required adjustments to soft pedal to operate in accordance with acceptable lost motion 5.3 Assess and make required adjustments mute pedal so hammers clear felt in rest position but strike felt in lockdown position 5.4 Assess and make required adjustments to sostenuto pedal so relevant dampers are locked in position when note is played
6. Make final check and inspection	6.1 Inspect grand piano for playability and performance against expected standards 6.2 Make further required adjustments to actions and pedals to achieve optimal outcomes
7. Clean up work area	7.1 Check, clean and store equipment and any unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 7.2 Clean work area, safely dispose of rubbish and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 7.3 Complete required workplace records

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFPT3007 Regulate actions, keys and pedals of grand pianos.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFPT4005 Regulate actions, keys and pedals of grand pianos

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed all the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

regulate actions, keys and pedals in at least three grand pianos.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workplace standards, requirements, policies and procedures for regulating grand piano actions, keys and pedals

types, characteristics, uses, limitations and preparation of materials and equipment used in piano regulating

types of tools and equipment used to regulate actions, keys and pedals and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance, including:

capstan regulator

set off regulator

touch/dip block

rule

regulating buttons

damper regulator

key easing pliers

wire bender

screwdriver

tasks required to regulate dampers, including:

damper lift

damper stop rail

damper travel

alignment to strings

damper spacing

damper guide bushings

problem identification of grand piano actions, keys and pedals and resolution

set-up and operation of tools and equipment used for regulating actions, keys and pedals

procedures for recording, reporting and maintaining workplace records and information

best physical and ergonomic approaches to promote muscle control and avoid fatigue, including:

standing or seated according to type of piano and height of individual

evenly distributing body weight between both feet while standing to reduce fatigue

use a resting arm, where available, to aid control during tuning and reduce tiredness

work health and safety requirements for piano tuning.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources required for performance evidence, including:

grand pianos

hand and power tools

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFPT4006 Apply piano tuning theory and basic acoustics

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to apply piano tuning theory and basic acoustics to piano tuning tasks.

Piano technologists with this competency follow established procedures, using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to apply and communicate technical solutions to predictable and unpredictable issues.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Piano Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse existing acoustics and apply knowledge to optimise	1.1 Analyse existing piano acoustics and apply elements of basic acoustics to piano tuning tasks to achieve optimal acoustics 1.2 Analyse existing piano acoustics and apply acoustical laws of sounding strings to piano tuning tasks to achieve optimal acoustics
2. Analyse existing tuning and apply knowledge to optimise	2.1 Assess and analyse existing piano tuning against piano tuning theory 2.2 Apply elements of piano tuning theory to adjust piano tuning 2.3 Assess effect of inharmonicity on piano tuning and make required adjustments
3. Analyse existing scales pitching and apply knowledge to optimise	3.1 Analyse existing scales and apply elements of musical scale theory to piano tuning tasks 3.2 Assess existing behaviour of piano strings and apply proper dimensions to piano tuning to achieve optimal behaviour 3.3 Assess existing string behaviour against laws of strings and make required adjustment to optimise behaviours 3.4 Apply optimal musical scales tuning to piano tuning tasks

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFPT3008 Apply piano tuning theory and basic acoustics.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFPT4006 Apply piano tuning theory and basic acoustics

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed all the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

analyse existing acoustics, tuning and scales and apply basic acoustics, piano tuning theory and musical scale theory to tuning on at least two upright pianos.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

the physics and features of basic acoustics, including:

sound waves

beats

frequencies

harmonics

cycles

partials

overtones

nodes

fundamentals

sine waves

intonation

transients

cents

commas

compound tones

inharmonicity

the physics and features of piano tuning theory, including:

how wire vibrates

what happens when two or more wires vibrate simultaneously

how vibrations are organised into a tuning scale

how vibrations are related mathematically

pitch, beat rates, intervals and octave stretching

musical scale theory, including:

diatonic scale

equal temperament

mean-tone

laws of strings including Mersenne’s laws, including:

First law

Third law

Combined law

Taylor’s Formula

need for wrapped strings

problem identification for acoustics and tuning, and resolution.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources required for performance evidence, including:

upright or grand pianos

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFPT4007 Control tuning hammers

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to control tuning hammers by accurately moving the tuning pins in very small increments.

This unit applies to piano technologists who work in accordance with established procedures, using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to apply and communicate technical solutions to resolve predictable and unpredictable issues. They use factual, technical and theoretical knowledge to identify, analyse, compare and act on information from a range of sources.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Piano Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan and prepare for using tuning hammers	1.1 Analyse and confirm job requirements with personnel, customer or from workplace documentation 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements including physical and ergonomic needs 1.3 Establish and maintain communication with others involved with work to ensure efficient workflow, coordination, personnel cooperation and safety 1.4 Analyse written instructions and apply to job requirements 1.5 Select tools and equipment consistent with needs of job, inspect for serviceability and safety, and repair any faults or report in accordance with workplace procedures
2. Set pin in specified position	2.1 Set pin at desired pitch utilising a pitch standard, within accuracy constraints to ± 0.5 cents 2.2 Strike key using stabilising blows 2.3 Demonstrate coordinated motor and auditory reflexes throughout tuning 2.4 Tune and stabilise strings using appropriate techniques
3. Clean up work area	3.1 Check, clean and store equipment and any unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 3.3 Complete required workplace records

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to work with numerical concepts involved in piano tuning.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFPT3009 Develop control of tuning hammers.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFPT4007 Control tuning hammers

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed all the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

set tuning pins and tune and stabilise strings using tuning hammers on upright or grand pianos on 3 occasions.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workplace standards, requirements, policies and procedures for tuning pianos

piano tuning process

types, characteristics, uses, limitations and preparation of materials and equipment used in piano tuning

types of tools and equipment used to tune pianos and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance, including:

pitch standard

tuning lever/hammer

temperament strip

mutes and wedges

tip wrench

tuning tips and heads

pitch standards, including:

piano

electronic keyboard

electronic tuning device (ETD)

tuning fork

hammer techniques, including:

selection of tuning tip and angle

jerking movements

positioning hammer on pin at correct angle to avoid bending of tuning pin

stabilisation techniques, including:

use of firm key blows in conjunction with placement of pin

calculation of string stretch

problem identification for tuning hammer work and resolution

set-up and operation of tools and equipment used for tuning pianos

procedures for recording, reporting and maintaining workplace records and information

best physical and ergonomic approaches to promote muscle control and avoid fatigue, including:

standing or seated according to type of piano and height of individual

evenly distributing body weight between both feet while standing to reduce fatigue

use a resting arm, where available, to aid control during tuning and reduce tiredness

work health and safety requirements for piano tuning.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources required for performance evidence, including:

pianos for tuning

materials used in the tuning pianos

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFPT4008 Pitch raise a piano

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify the need for pitch raising (when a piano is more than one cycle flat or sharp from desired standard), and pitch raise a piano prior to the tuning process by calculating and assessing the ability of an upright or grand piano to achieve the desired pitch, including assessment of overpull or stretch of strings.

This unit applies to piano technologists who work in accordance with established procedures, using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to apply and communicate technical solutions to resolve predictable and unpredictable issues. They use factual, technical and theoretical knowledge to identify, analyse, compare and act on information from a range of sources.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Piano Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan and prepare for pitch raising	1.1 Analyse and confirm job requirements with personnel, customer or from workplace documentation 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements including physical and ergonomic needs 1.3 Establish and maintain communication with others involved with work to ensure efficient workflow, coordination, personnel cooperation and safety 1.4 Analyse written instructions and apply to job requirements 1.5 Select tools and equipment consistent with needs of job, inspect for serviceability and safety, and repair any faults or report in accordance with workplace procedures
2. Assess suitability of piano for pitch raise	2.1 Assess components used in pitch raising for suitability 2.2 Analyse distance from target pitch 2.3 Calculate overpull/stretch required to achieve target pitch 2.4 Establish required pitch standard
3. Pitch raise piano	3.1 Tune strings in accordance with required process 3.2 Pitch raise to achieve an accuracy of ± 5 cent per note 3.3 Demonstrate correct tuning hammer technique to achieve required standard
4. Clean up work area	4.1 Check, clean and store equipment and any unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 4.2 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 4.3 Complete required workplace records

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to work with numerical concepts involved in piano tuning.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFPT3010 Pitch raise a piano.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFPT4008 Pitch raise a piano

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

tune a minimum of three sets of strings on at least one upright or one grand piano

pitch raise a minimum of three times on at least one upright or one grand piano.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workplace standards, requirements, policies and procedures for regulating piano pitch

types, characteristics, uses, limitations and preparation of materials and equipment used in piano regulating

types of tools and equipment used to pitch raise and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance, including:

tuning fork

tuning lever/hammer

temperament strip

mutes and wedges

tip wrench

tuning tips and heads

pitch standard

components involved in pitch raising a piano, including:

strings

wrest plank/tuning plank

frame

soundboard

bridges

pitch standards, including:

piano

electronic keyboard

electronic tuning device (ETD)

tuning fork

how to identify which tuning process is required, including:

for a small pitch raise, normal tuning sequence

for a significant pitch raise, fast tuning sequence followed by normal tuning sequence to achieve tuning stability problem identification of pitch and pitch raising and resolution

set-up and operation of tools and equipment used for tuning pianos

procedures for recording, reporting and maintaining workplace records and information

best physical and ergonomic approaches to promote muscle control and avoid fatigue, including:

standing or seated according to type of piano and height of individual

evenly distributing body weight between both feet while standing to reduce fatigue

use a resting arm, where available, to aid control during tuning and reduce tiredness

work health and safety requirements for piano tuning.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources required for performance evidence, including:

pianos for tuning

tools and materials used in piano tuning

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFPT4009 Tune unisons aurally to a beatless condition

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to tune unisons aurally so they can achieve an even and accurate pitch. This may include the use of tuning hammers and stabilisation techniques.

This unit applies to piano technologists who work in accordance with established procedures, using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to apply and communicate technical solutions to resolve predictable and unpredictable issues. They use factual, technical and theoretical knowledge to identify, analyse, compare and act on information from a range of sources.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Piano Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan and prepare for tuning unisons aurally	1.1 Analyse and confirm job requirements with personnel, customer or from workplace documentation 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements including physical and ergonomic needs 1.3 Establish and maintain communication to ensure efficient workflows, coordination, personnel cooperation and safety 1.4 Select tools and equipment consistent with needs of job, inspect for serviceability and safety, and repair any faults or report in accordance with workplace procedures
2. Set a string	2.1 Aurally tune fundamental string to a pitch standard 2.2 Given an external pitch standard, match frequency of one string to that pitch to within ± .5 cent 2.3 Stabilise tuned string using correct hammer techniques
3. Tune an adjacent string in unison to the fundamental string	3.1 Adjust pitch of unison string to fundamental string, employing stabilisation techniques, to beatless condition 3.2 Tune remaining strings in accordance with above process
4. Clean up work area	4.1 Check, clean and store equipment and any unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 4.2 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 4.3 Complete required workplace records

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to work with numerical concepts involved in piano tuning.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFPT3011 Tune unisons aurally to a beatless condition.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFPT4009 Tune unisons aurally to a beatless condition

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed all the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

tune at least two unisons aurally on at least one upright or grand piano

detect aurally the differences in frequency between strings within ± .5 cent without the aid of an electronic device where the fundamentals are matching with no audible interfering patterns, at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workplace standards, requirements, policies and procedures for tuning pianos

types, characteristics, uses, limitations and preparation of materials and equipment used in piano tuning

types of tools and equipment used to regulate actions, keys and pedals and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance, including:

pitch standard

tuning lever/hammer

temperament strip

mutes and wedges

tip wrench

tuning tips and heads

best physical and ergonomic approaches to promote muscle control and avoid fatigue, including:

standing or seated according to type of piano and height of individual

evenly distributing body weight between both feet while standing to reduce fatigue

use a resting arm, where available, to aid control during tuning and reduce tiredness

pitch standards, including:

piano

electronic tuning device (ETD)

tuning fork

techniques for using hammers, including:

selection of tuning tip and angle

jerking movements

positioning hammer on pin at correct angle to avoid bending of tuning pin

stabilisation techniques, including:

use of firm key blows in conjunction with placement of pin

calculation of string stretch

problem identification for tuning unisons and resolution

set-up and operation of tools and equipment used for tuning pianos

how to identify the fundamental string (the first string of a given note that is tuned to an external pitch standard) and the adjacent string

how to recognise that in a bi-cord, the string selected can be either side of the fundamental, while in a tri-cord, three adjacent strings are tuned

how to identify beatless condition where two strings are at the same frequency

procedures for recording, reporting and maintaining workplace records and information

work health and safety requirements for piano tuning.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources required for performance evidence, including:

pianos for tuning

tools and materials used in piano tuning

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFPT4010 Tune octaves aurally to appropriate stretch

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to tune octaves aurally so they achieve an even and accurate pitch and then continue to tune strings while using hammer and stabilisation techniques.

This unit applies to piano technologists who work in accordance with established procedures, using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to apply and communicate technical solutions to resolve predictable and unpredictable issues. They use factual, technical and theoretical knowledge to identify, analyse, compare and act on information from a range of sources.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Piano Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan for tuning octaves aurally	1.1 Analyse and confirm job requirements with personnel, customer or from workplace documentation 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements including physical and ergonomic needs 1.3 Establish and maintain communication to ensure efficient workflow, coordination, personnel cooperation and safety 1.4 Analyse written instructions and apply to job requirements 1.5 Select tools and equipment consistent with needs of job, inspect for serviceability and safety, and repair any faults or report in accordance with workplace procedures
2. Tune the fundamental string aurally to a pitch standard	2.1 Given an external pitch standard, match frequency of one string to that pitch to within ± .5 cent 2.2 Stabilise tuned string using hammer techniques
3. Match frequency of a string one octave above or below pitch standard	3.1 Assess pitch and make adjustments to pitch of string/octave above or below pitch standard 3.2 Utilise stabilisation techniques to retain tuning 3.3 Use 4th and 5th intervals to establish highest or lowest beatless condition 3.4 Match the overtone of primary note a fundamental octave up, or match fundamental of a primary note to 1st octave of one overtone lower 3.5 Use 10th, double octaves and minor 7th checks to verify tuning 3.6 Test intervals going up and down to ensure tuning meets industry standards 3.7 Tune remaining octaves in accordance with above process
4. Clean up work area	4.1 Check, clean and store equipment and any unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 4.2 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 4.3 Complete required workplace records

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to work with numerical concepts involved in piano tuning.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFPT3012 Tune octaves aurally to appropriate stretch.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFPT4010 Tune octaves aurally to appropriate stretch

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed all the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

tune at least two octaves aurally on one upright or one grand piano

detect aurally the differences in frequency between strings within ± .5 cent without the aid of an electronic device where the fundamentals are matching with no audible interfering patterns on at least one upright piano.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workplace standards, requirements, policies and procedures for tuning pianos

types, characteristics, uses, limitations and preparation of materials and equipment used in piano tuning

types of tools and equipment used to regulate actions, keys and pedals and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance, including:

pitch standard

tuning lever/hammer

temperament strip

mutes and wedges

tip wrench

tuning tips and heads

pitch standards, including:

piano

electronic tuning device (ETD)

tuning fork

hammer techniques, including:

selection of tuning tip and angle

jerking movements

positioning hammer on pin at correct angle to avoid bending of tuning pin

stabilisation techniques, including:

use of firm key blows in conjunction with placement of pin

calculation of string stretch

problem identification for tuning and stretch, and resolution

set-up and operation of tools and equipment used for tuning pianos

how to identify the fundamental string (the first string of a given note that is tuned to an external pitch standard) and the adjacent string

how to recognise that in a bi-cord, the string selected can be either side of the fundamental, while in a tri-cord, three adjacent strings are tuned

how to identify beatless condition where two strings are at the same frequency

procedures for recording, reporting and maintaining workplace records and information

best physical and ergonomic approaches to promote muscle control and avoid fatigue, including:

standing or seated according to type of piano and height of individual

evenly distributing body weight between both feet while standing to reduce fatigue

use a resting arm, where available, to aid control during tuning and reduce tiredness

work health and safety requirements for piano tuning.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources required for performance evidence, including:

pianos for tuning

tools and materials used in piano tuning

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFPT4011 Tune a temperament octave to produce an equally tempered scale

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to tune temperaments on both upright and grand pianos to produce an equally tempered scale. It may involve using a pitch standard to establish the start note.

This unit applies to piano technologists who work in accordance with established procedures, using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to apply and communicate technical solutions to resolve predictable and unpredictable issues. They use factual, technical and theoretical knowledge to identify, analyse, compare and act on information from a range of sources.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Piano Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan and prepare for tuning temperaments	1.1 Analyse and confirm job requirements with personnel, customer or from workplace documentation 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements including physical and ergonomic needs 1.3 Establish and maintain communication with others involved with work to ensure efficient workflow, coordination, personnel cooperation and safety 1.4 Analyse written instructions and apply to job requirements 1.5 Select tools and equipment consistent with needs of job, inspect for serviceability and safety, and repair any faults or report in accordance with workplace procedures
2. Tune temperament	2.1 Tune start note in temperament octave from established pitch reference 2.2 Tune temperament octave using 4th and 5th cycle, following a set order of notes 2.3 Confirm correct positions using 3rd and 6th checks individually and chromatically
3. Clean up work area	3.1 Check, clean and store equipment and any unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 3.3 Complete required workplace records

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to work with numerical concepts involved in piano tuning.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFPT3013 Tune a temperament octave to produce an equally tempered scale.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFPT4011 Tune a temperament octave to produce an equally tempered scale

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed all the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

tune at least two temperament octaves to produce an equally tempered scale on at least one upright or one grand piano.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workplace standards, requirements, policies and procedures for tuning pianos

types, characteristics, uses, limitations and preparation of materials and equipment used in piano tuning

types of tools and equipment used to regulate actions, keys and pedals and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance, including:

pitch standard

tuning lever/hammer

temperament strip

mutes and wedges

tip wrench

tuning tips and heads

how to identify and work from the start note (the note in the temperament octave that corresponds to the note tuned from the pitch standard)

how to identify and work from the pitch reference (the first note tuned on piano from pitch standard generally accepted as being A49/C52 or corresponding notes one octave below, which are A37/C40)

how to identify and work with a temperate octave (notes F 33 through to F 45, with some temperaments spread over 1½ octaves)

problem identification for temperate octaves and resolution

set-up and operation of tools and equipment used for tuning pianos

procedures for recording, reporting and maintaining workplace records and information

best physical and ergonomic approaches to promote muscle control and avoid fatigue, including:

standing or seated according to type of piano and height of individual

evenly distributing body weight between both feet while standing to reduce fatigue

use a resting arm, where available, to aid control during tuning and reduce tiredness

work health and safety requirements for piano tuning.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources required for performance evidence, including:

pianos for tuning

tools and materials used in piano tuning

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFPT4012 Tune a piano aurally and electronically

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to tune an upright and grand piano to a set level of accuracy within a specified timeframe and to an appropriate level of accuracy using aural or electronic tuning devices (ETD) that may include computer software or a hardware device. It applies in workplace and on-site environments for small- to large-scale enterprises.

This unit applies to piano technologists who work in accordance with established procedures, using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to apply and communicate technical solutions to resolve predictable and unpredictable issues. They use factual, technical and theoretical knowledge to identify, analyse, compare and act on information from a range of sources.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Piano technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1.Plan and prepare for tuning	1.1 Analyse and confirm job requirements with personnel, customer or from workplace documentation 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements including physical and ergonomic needs 1.3 Establish and maintain communication with others involved with work to ensure efficient workflow, coordination, personnel cooperation and safety 1.4 Analyse written instructions and apply to job requirements 1.5 Select tools and equipment consistent with needs of job, inspect for serviceability and safety, and repair any faults or report in accordance with workplace procedures
2. Dismantle piano	2.1 Determine required procedure for dismantling piano to meet job requirements 2.2 Dismantle piano to allow access to internal components during tuning process 2.3 Safely store all piano parts while performing tuning tasks in accordance with procedures
3. Tune piano	3.1 Accurately tune start note to a pitch standard 3.2 Assess and tune temperament octave F33-F45 to desired standard 3.3 Asses and tune octaves and unisons to desired standard in accordance with requirements 3.4 Use interval checks to assess accuracy throughout tuning process 3.5 Achieve stable tuning within industry-established timeframes without damage to piano components
4. Re-assemble piano	4.1 Assess and identify case parts and place for re-assembly 4.2 Reassemble case parts in accordance with workplace practices
5. Clean up work area	5.1 Check, clean and store equipment and any unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 5.2 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 5.3 Complete required workplace records

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to work with numerical concepts involved in piano tuning.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFPT3014 Tune a piano aurally and electronically within time and accuracy constraints.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFPT4012 Tune a piano aurally and electronically

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

tune 2 upright or grand pianos aurally and electronically.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workplace standards, requirements, policies and procedures for tuning pianos

types, characteristics, uses, limitations and preparation of materials and equipment used in piano tuning

types of tools and equipment used to tune pianos and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance, including:

pitch standard

tuning lever/hammer

temperament strip

mutes and wedges

tip wrench

tuning tips and heads

procedures for dismantling upright and grand pianos:

upright piano:

removal of top front board and fall board

lift lid

grand piano:

removal of fall board and music disk

lift lid

how to identify and the definitions of a start note:

the note in the temperament octave that corresponds to the note tuned from the pitch standard

the first note tuned on piano from pitch standard generally accepted as being A49/C52 or corresponding notes one octave below, which are A37/C40

pitch standards, including:

piano

electronic tuning device

tuning fork

interval checks to be used in assessing tuning, including:

thirds

fourths

fifths

sixths

sevenths

tenths

common types of piano damage and methods to avoid causing them:

bent tuning pins

broken strings

elongated tuning pin holes

damaged bearings

problem identification for tuning and resolution

set-up and operation of tools and equipment used for tuning pianos

procedures for recording, reporting and maintaining workplace records and information

types of customer requirements and how these affect tuning activities, including:

level of playing required:

standard of pianist

time piano is used

environment

location of piano

pitch requirements

budget

best physical and ergonomic approaches to promote muscle control and avoid fatigue, including:

standing or seated according to type of piano and height of individual

evenly distributing body weight between both feet while standing to reduce fatigue

use a resting arm, where available, to aid control during tuning and reduce tiredness

work health and safety requirements for piano tuning.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources required for performance evidence, including:

pianos for tuning

tools and materials used in piano tuning

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFPT4013 Voice a piano

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to voice a piano to change the tone from harsh to soft or soft to harsh, and to make the tone even after tuning. Work may include needling, reshaping and hardening hammers to change the tone.

This unit applies to piano technologists who work in accordance with established procedures, using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to apply and communicate technical solutions to resolve predictable and unpredictable issues. They use technical and theoretical knowledge to identify, analyse, compare and act on information from a range of sources.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Piano Technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan and prepare for voicing a piano	1.1 Analyse and confirm job requirements with personnel, customer or from workplace documentation 1.2 Identify work health and safety requirements including physical and ergonomic needs 1.3 Establish and maintain communication with others involved with work to ensure efficient workflow, coordination, personnel cooperation and safety 1.4 Select tools and equipment consistent with needs of job, inspect for serviceability and safety, and repair any faults or report in accordance with workplace procedures 1.5 Confirm that piano has been tuned and regulated to industry standards before voicing is commenced
2. Voice a piano	2.1 Assess tone of piano to identify undesirable tonal qualities in consultation with customer or workplace documentation 2.2 Reshape surface felt to ensure a clean and square striking surface 2.3 Assess tonal effects and response and perform required adjustments to needling on to achieve desired tonal effects and to balance tonal response 2.4 Reshape hammers after needling to ensure correct shape and surface texture 2.5 Assess requirements for ironing or hardening hammers and make changes in accordance with workplace procedures 2.6 Assess final tonal quality against customer requirements and make any required adjustments
3. Clean up work area	3.1 Check, clean and store equipment and any unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 3.3 Complete required workplace records

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to work with numerical concepts involved in piano tuning.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFPT3015 Voice a piano.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFPT4013 Voice a piano

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed all the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

voice at least one upright or grand piano.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workplace standards, requirements, policies and procedures for tuning and voicing pianos

knowledge of piano tuning and regulation methodologies

the nature of undesirable piano tonal qualities, including:

harsh/soft noise which may occur when there is a loose hammer head, loose centre pins or uneven level strings

string noises

false beats in strings

bright or metallic sound due to hard hammers

needling techniques, including:

correct method of supporting the hammers to avoid damage to action centres

selecting the appropriate needling zones to achieve particular tonal effects

hardening techniques, including:

lacquers

irons

collodion

types, characteristics, uses, limitations and preparation of materials and equipment used in piano tuning and voicing

types of tools and equipment used to tune and voice pianos and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance, including:

screwdrivers

voicing needles

voicing tools and blocks

hammer iron

lacquer and brush

sandpaper

hammer lifting tool

tuning wedge

string level tool

string lifting tool

problem identification for piano voicing and resolution

set-up and operation of tools and equipment used for tuning pianos

procedures for recording, reporting and maintaining workplace records and information

best physical and ergonomic approaches to promote muscle control and avoid fatigue, including:

standing or seated according to type of piano and height of individual

evenly distributing body weight between both feet while standing to reduce fatigue

use a resting arm, where available, to aid control during tuning and reduce tiredness

work health and safety requirements for piano tuning.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources required for performance evidence, including:

pianos for tuning

tools and materials used in piano tuning

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFSF2015 Cut single layer fabrics

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFSF2001 Cut single layer fabrics

Application

This unit of competency describes the skills and knowledge required to measure, mark out and cut single layer fabrics for the manufacture of curtains and soft furnishing accessories.

The unit applies to those in the furnishing industry cutting all types of single layer fabrics, including lining and interlining. It does not apply to cutting from patterns.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Not applicable.

Unit Sector

Soft furnishing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to cut single layer fabrics	1.1	Identify job and equipment requirements from work order
1.2	Select and lay out fabrics according work order and workplace procedures
1.3	Inspect fabrics for flaws, design features affecting job requirements and required finish
1.4	Select suitable scissors and blades and check prior to use for required sharpness, set, operation and safe condition
2. Undertake cutting process	2.1	Mark out measurements for pleat lines, hems, headings and special seam allowances using workplace-approved methods
2.2	Cut fabric according to work health and safety (WHS) requirements, job requirements, workplace procedures and material characteristics
2.3	Hang fabric using required protective covers and attached care label information
3. Finish and dispatch work	3.1	Check that completed work complies with quality and work order requirements, and rectify identified deficiencies within scope of own role
3.2	Dispatch cut lengths according to workplace procedures
3.3	Collect and store material that can be re-used, and dispose of waste safely and sustainably according to workplace procedures
3.4	Clean work area and equipment, and tag damaged tools and equipment
3.5	Complete required workplace records according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret, discuss and use mathematical information in routine workplace documentation use mathematical information to complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements
Reading skills to:	interpret routine workplace documentation, including work orders, WHS requirements and workplace installation procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFSF2001 Cut single layer fabrics

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF2015 Cut single layer fabrics

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFSF2001 Cut single layer fabrics

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills of this unit, which must include the ability to:

accurately measure and cut fabric quantities to minimise waste and produce consistent quality items for at least five different work orders; each work order must relate to one of the following types of products:

curtain

cushion

drape

swag

upholstered furniture component.

Each of the above work orders must require a different type of fabric and number of items to be cut. One work order must require lining or interlining, and one hanging cut fabric.

In the course of completing each of the above five work orders, the person must:

interpret work order and locate required materials, tools and equipment

apply safe handling procedures

follow work instructions and safe operating and inspection procedures to:

minimise risk of injury to self and others

prevent damage to materials, equipment and products

maintain required production output and quality

use personal protective equipment (PPE)

identify special marking out requirements

use and dispose of waste sustainably

avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions and wastage

identify and resolve routine problems and faults encountered

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) requirements to observe when cutting fabrics:

ergonomic criteria

personal protection requirements

work order requirements, and industry-accepted quality indicators and requirements, relating to the cutting process described in performance evidence:

safety considerations and potential dangers associated with cutting equipment

operation of work systems

environmental requirements of cutting operations

work flow requirements for cutting process

layout and key features of work order requirements relating to cutting single layer fabrics:

required fabrics

number of items to be cut

fabric sizes to be cut

required allowances

required equipment

workplace standards

workplace procedures for:

selecting and laying out fabrics

marking out measurements for pleat lines, hems, headings and special seam allowances

inspecting fabric types for flaws

identifying design features affecting job requirements

identifying and labelling cut-out materials

selecting and using cutting equipment:

blades

cutting machines

scissors

cutting out and labelling materials

hanging fabrics

checking tools and equipment and tagging damaged items

effect of cutting on fabrics

use of material features in realising attractive use of fabric patterns:

face of materials

naps

direction

pattern matches

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must occur in the workplace, or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

Access is required to:

single layer fabric required for the performance evidence, including lining or interlining

PPE applicable to job requirements

measuring and calculating equipment:

tapes

rulers

calculator and other workplace calculating equipment

cutting equipment:

scissors

blades

cutting machines

workplace documentation specified in the knowledge evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFSF2016 Operate a steam press

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to operate steam pressing equipment.

Workers with this competency follow established procedures in the soft furnishing sector.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Soft Furnishing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify task requirements	1.1 Determine task requirements from work documentation and material care labels 1.2 Identify equipment and processes required to meet task requirements 1.3 Identify workplace quality requirements for finished product
2. Plan steam pressing operations	2.1 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 2.2 Identify temperatures and any particular precautions from care labels and workplace instructions 2.3 Plan work sequence for task in accordance with workplace procedures 2.4 Identify steam pressing equipment emergency stops, gauges, guards and controls 2.5 Plan task sequences to meet requirements
3. Set up steam pressing equipment	3.1 Set temperatures and adjust equipment to meet task requirement 3.3 Check material for quality prior to pressing and report damaged or incomplete items in accordance with workplace procedures
4. Press fabrics	4.1 Lift materials and hold onto press using appropriate techniques 4.2 Conduct pressing operations in accordance with planned sequence 4.3 Make adjustments to press settings to improve quality of work 4.4 Maintain required quantity and quality of work 4.5 Protect pressed items from dust and other contaminants and place in workplace approved holding areas 4.6 Monitor pressing process and report on materials and equipment operating conditions that may affect product quality in accordance with workplace procedures 4.7 Implement authorised changes in operating procedures and temperatures in accordance with workplace procedures
5. Complete task	5.1 Check, clean and store equipment in accordance with equipment instructions and workplace procedures 5.2 Tag unserviceable equipment, identify faults and inform appropriate personnel in accordance with workplace procedures 5.3 Clean work area and safely dispose of waste in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 5.4 Complete required workplace records

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate area and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFSF2005 Operate a steam press.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF2016 Operate a steam press

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed all the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

press at least 5 different types of materials, including all of the following, to workplace quality standards:

plain fabrics

patterned fabrics

lining materials

leather.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

types of steam press and their characteristics

effects of steam on different materials

procedures for minimising damage to and maintaining contaminant-free pressed fabrics

aspects of the role that require task planning, including:

required temperatures and warm up/cool down times

key parts of the materials to be pressed which require checks for quality of work

work area housekeeping requirements

safe and suitable work area

factors that may impact steam press operations and holding or lifting material, including:

machine type

personal right or left-hand preference of the operator

manipulation requirements for the materials

special pressing requirements for different parts of the pressed panels

work health and safety requirements, including personal protective equipment (PPE) and manual handling procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources required for performance evidence, including:

work orders

items to be pressed with care labels

steam pressing equipment

PPE

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFSF2017 Construct unlined curtains and drapes

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to construct and machine sew unlined, pleated and gathered curtains and drapes. Workers with this competency follow established procedures in the soft furnishing industry.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Soft Furnishing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish task requirements and prepare for task	1.1 Determine task requirements from work documentation 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.3 Identify heading type and consequent requirements for measuring, calculating, sewing, folding and finishing 1.4 Identify correct side of fabric, naps, direction of pattern and pattern matches to inform lay out 1.5 Check drapery panels for faults 1.6 Select and thread appropriate needle types for fabric
2. Lay out work to be sewn	2.1 Fold top fabric, bringing edges to be seamed together and matching any pattern and maintaining an appropriate finished length in accordance with workplace quality requirements 2.2 Hold fabric together using pins or other workplace-approved methods
3. Stitch seams and form corners	3.1 Hold curtain fabrics to suit right- or left-handedness of sewer, and manipulation requirements for bulk and slipperiness of materials 3.2 Complete machine sewing operations in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Fold and form corners to match task requirements, inserting any required weight bags 3.4 Complete hems using any required weights, stitch type and appropriate sewing method 3.5 Stitch and finish corners and trim any loose threads in accordance with quality standards
4. Construct curtain headings	4.1 Attach curtain heading tape in accordance with workplace-approved method and task instructions 4.2 Keep sewn pleat spaces uniform within drops and to specification 4.3 Fix care labels to heading or hem of curtain in accordance with workplace standards
5. Finish work	5.1 Check finished curtain panels including stitch length, end finishing and final length of finished curtain panels against work requirements 5.2 Press work in readiness for next work stage in accordance with workplace procedures 5.3 Repair any parts of the work that do not comply with work order in accordance with workplace procedures
6. Complete work for next process	6.1 Complete and store required workplace documentation in accordance with workplace procedures 6.2 Fold, protect and dispatch finished work to next process in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate area and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFSF2007 Construct unlined curtains and drapes.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF2017 Construct unlined curtains and drapes

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed all the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

measure and construct to workplace standards at least 4 different types of pleated or gathered curtains or drapes using industrial sewing machines and pressing equipment.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

equipment and procedures for sewing

fabric types, common faults and inspection procedures

risks to health from repetitive actions and prevention strategies

workplace standards and procedures for construction of curtains and drapes

types of curtain heading styles, including at least 3 of the following:

gathered

slotted (rod pocket)

pencil pleat and pinch pleat (may include tab top)

knife pleat

goblet pleat and cartridge

the function of tools and equipment commonly used to construct curtains and drapes, including:

sewing machines

hemming machines

overlockers

pleating machines

interpretation of work documentation, including requirements for:

widths and numbers of finished curtain panels, heading style, number and spacing of pleats

finishing and any filling of curtain headings

materials commonly used to construct curtains and drapes, including:

interlining and curtain fabrics

fasteners

threads

techniques for marking out:

returns

overlaps

pleats

spaces

machine sewing procedures, including:

straight stitching along marked pleat line from the top of the heading to the lower edge of the stiffening material or vice versa

securing beginning and end of threads of the stitching with even and appropriate seam stitch type, length and visibility

using flat seams

attaching care labels and fibre content labels

ensuring finished components match task requirements

work health and safety requirements, including personal protective equipment (PPE), ergonomic work practices and manual handling procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources required for performance evidence, including:

work orders

sewing machine and consumables

PPE

fabrics

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFSF2018 Construct lined curtains and drapes

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to construct and machine sew lined curtains and drapes, including detached and sewn-in linings. Work may include interlined loose-lined and bag-lined products. Workers with this competency follow established procedures in the soft furnishing industry.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Soft Furnishing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Establish task requirements and prepare for task	1.1 Determine task requirements from work documentation 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.3 Identify heading type and consequent requirements for measuring, calculating, sewing, folding and finishing 1.4 Identify correct side of fabric, naps, direction of pattern and pattern matches in order to guide lay out 1.5 Identify lining attachment method and consequent requirements for attachments, fasteners, trims and sewing 1.6 Check drapery panels for faults 1.7 Select and thread appropriate needle types for fabric
2 Lay out work to be sewn	2.1 Fold top fabric, bringing edges to be seamed together to match pattern where required and maintaining an appropriate finished length in accordance with workplace quality requirements 2.2 Lay out linings and any interlining materials and fold ready for sewing 2.3 Hold fabric together using pins or other workplace-approved methods
3 Stitch seams and form corners	3.1 Hold curtain fabrics to suit right- or left-handedness of sewer and manipulation requirements for bulk and slipperiness of materials 3.2 Sew in place linings to be bagged in accordance with requirements 3.3 Complete machine sewing operations in accordance with task requirements 3.4 Fold and form corners to match task requirements and insert any required weight bags 3.5 Complete hems using required weights, stitch type and appropriate sewing method 3.6 Stitch and finish corners and trim any loose threads in accordance with quality standards
4 Construct curtain headings	4.1 Attach curtain heading tape in accordance with workplace procedures and task instructions 4.2 Sew attached lining and interlinings into heading in accordance with task requirements 4.3 Keep sewn pleat spaces uniform within drops and to specification 4.4 Attach linings and interlinings to curtain backs by sewing or using appropriate fasteners 4.5 Fix care labels to heading or hem of curtain in accordance with task requirements 4.6 Sew separate linings using appropriate heading tape and attach to curtain in accordance with task requirements
5 Finish task	5.1 Check finished curtain panels including stitch length, end finishing and final length of finished curtain panels against task requirements 5.2 Press work in readiness for next work stage in accordance with workplace procedures 5.3 Repair in accordance with workplace procedures any parts of work that do not comply with task requirements
6 Complete work for next process	6.1 Complete and store required workplace documentation in accordance with workplace procedures 6.2 Fold, protect and dispatch finished work to next process in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate area and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFSF2008 Construct lined curtains/drapes.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF2018 Construct lined curtains and drapes

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed all the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

measure and construct at least 2 different types of lined curtains or drapes to meet workplace standards using industrial sewing machines and pressing equipment.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

equipment and procedures for sewing

fabric types including lining and interlining materials, and their common faults and inspection procedures

risks to health from repetitive actions and prevention strategies

workplace standards and procedures for construction of curtains and drapes

tools and equipment commonly used to construct curtains and drapes, including:

sewing machines

hemming machines

overlockers

pleating machines

interpretation of work documentation, including:

widths and numbers of finished curtain panels, heading style, number and spacing of pleats

finishing and any filling of curtain headings

materials commonly used to construct curtains and drapes, including:

interlining and curtain fabrics

fasteners

threads

techniques for marking out:

returns

overlaps

pleats

spaces

machine sewing procedures, including:

straight stitching along marked pleat line from the top of the heading to the lower edge of the stiffening material or vice versa

securing beginning and end of threads of the stitching with even and appropriate seam stitch type, length and visibility

using flat seams

attaching care labels and fibre content labels

ensuring finished components match task requirements

work health and safety requirements, including personal protective equipment (PPE), ergonomic work practices and manual handling procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources required for performance evidence, including:

work orders

sewing machine and consumables

PPE

fabrics

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFSF2019 Construct padded pelmets

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to measure, cut and assemble padded pelmets.

Workers with this competency follow established procedures in the soft furnishing industry.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Soft Furnishing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish task requirements and prepare for work	1.1 Determine task requirements from work documentation 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.3 Identify requirements for measuring, cutting, padding, fixing and finishing to meet task requirements 1.4 Identify type of pelmet and components of pelmet to be padded 1.5 Select tools, devices and materials required to complete task 1.6 Plan work to conform to quality requirements and efficient use of time and to minimise wastage
2. Cut timber and pad pelmet	2.1 Measure, cut and prepare timber components to meet task requirements 2.2 Lay out padding and other materials 2.3 Assemble and attach components using fastenings, tools and equipment to meet task specifications 2.4 Operate tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures and work health and safety requirements
3. Finish task	3.1 Monitor work to ensure quality of product and correct finish, operation of any moving parts, and number and fitting of fasteners/brackets 3.2 Identify problems during work operations and report according to workplace procedures 3.3 Minimise waste and collect and store re-usable materials according to workplace procedures 3.4 Perform routine maintenance of tools and equipment according to workplace and manufacturer instructions 3.5 Clean work area according to workplace procedures
4. Complete work for next process	4.1 Package completed pelmets to meet task requirements 4.2 Secure, label and store package according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete and store required workplace documentation in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate area and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFSF2009 Construct padded pelmets.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF2019 Construct padded pelmets

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

measure, cut and assemble the components of at least 3 different types of padded pelmets to workplace standards.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

characteristics of different types of pelmets

workplace standards and procedures for construction of padded pelmets

tools and equipment commonly used to construct padded pelmets, including:

measuring and calculating equipment:

fabric and general cutting tools:

fabric and general assembling tools and materials:

materials commonly used to construct pelmets:

fasteners

threads

timber

adhesives

padding material

fabric

linings and trims

work health and safety requirements, including personal protective equipment (PPE), ergonomic work practices and manual handling procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

work orders and quality specifications

cutting and assembly equipment required for performance evidence

PPE

fabrics, padding, trims, timber

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFSF2020 Make up tracks for window coverings

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to cut, assemble and package tracking components and curtain hardware in preparation for onsite fitting. Workers with this competency follow established procedures in the soft furnishing industry.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Soft Furnishing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Identify products, fittings and attachments to be used	1.1 Determine track type, components and tools required from work documentation 1.2 Identify task requirements, including those for quality and quantity
2 Prepare for work	2.1 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 2.2 Select tools to meet task requirements and check they are safe and functional 2.3 Select materials to meet task requirements and check they meet quality requirements 2.4 Confirm cutting equipment setting and operation of safety cut-out and guards 2.5 Plan work to conform to quality requirements, minimise time, and economically use materials 2.5 Identify procedures for checking quality of work
3 Cut tracking to required length	3.1 Operate cutting equipment in accordance with workplace procedures and work health and safety requirements 3.2 Monitor cutting and confirm required quality is achieved 3.3 Identify and report operational problems in accordance with workplace procedures 3.4 Follow workplace procedures to minimise waste and collect and store re-usable materials 3.5 Complete routine maintenance of cutting equipment in accordance with workplace procedures and manufacturer instructions 3.6 Remove waste and clean work area in accordance with workplace procedures
4 Assemble and package tracking components	4.1 Collect and assemble components to complete tracking, and complete checks for quality and quantity in accordance with workplace procedures 4.2 Package and prepare components for distribution in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFSF2010 Make up tracks for window coverings.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF2020 Make up tracks for window coverings

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

make up at least 3 different types of tracks to workplace quality requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

characteristics of different track types:

timber

metal

plastic

components of tracks and the assembly process:

tracks

poles

brackets

runners

end pieces

cording

hooks and rings

hand and power tools commonly used to make up tracks for window coverings

work health and safety requirements, including personal protective equipment (PPE), ergonomic work practices and manual handling procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

work orders

tracks and their components

tools and equipment required for performance evidence

PPE

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFSF2021 Fit and adjust curtain hardware

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to fit and adjust adjusting tracking, rods, poles and other curtain hardware. Workers with this competency follow established procedures in the soft furnishing industry.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Soft Furnishing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Prepare for fitting attachments to products	1.1 Identify task requirements from work documentation, including type of tracks, rods or poles and other components to be fitted 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.3 Identify and review manufacturer information on products to plan work 1.4 Plan attachment process to conform to quality requirements, minimise time, economically use materials and maximise appearance of finished work 1.5 Select tools and equipment to meet task requirements and check they are safe and functional 1.6 Select materials to meet task requirements and check they meet quality requirements 1.7 Set up width and projection to provide for stacking space, overlap, projection, return, and number and type of other attachments
2 Complete fitting operations	2.1 Follow task requirements and workplace procedures for fitting hardware 2.2 Install and test all components and confirm they are operational
3 Clean work area and prepare products for the next process	3.1 Clean work area equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Inspect completed and confirm compliance with workplace quality requirements 3.3 Repair or return fittings which do not meet quality specifications 3.4 Complete and store required workplace documentation in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFSF2011 Fit and adjust curtain hardware.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF2021 Fit and adjust curtain hardware

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

fit and adjust 5 different types of window tracks, collectively including the following:

one cord-drawn

one decorative pole

one conduit

one ceiling fitted

one face fitted.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

types of curtain hardware:

hand-drawn or cord-drawn tracks

decorative rods

poles

cord tensioners and conduit

workflow for fitting, customising and adjusting curtain tracks, poles and other hardware, including bending of tracks

hand and power tools commonly used to fit hardware

work health and safety requirements, including personal protective equipment (PPE), ergonomic work practices and manual handling procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

work orders

tracks, rods, poles and conduit

tools and equipment required for performance evidence

PPE

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFSF2022 Cut single layer fabrics

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to measure, mark out and cut single layer fabrics for the manufacture of curtains and soft furnishing accessories. It does not apply to cutting from patterns.

Soft furnishing workers with this competency follow established procedures.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Soft furnishing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish task requirements and prepare for work	1.1 Determine task requirements from work documentation 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.3 Select and lay out fabrics to meet task requirements 1.4 Inspect fabrics for flaws and design features affecting task requirements and required finish and make adjustments as needed 1.5 Select scissors and blades and check they are safe, functional and sharp
2. Undertake cutting process	2.1 Mark out measurements for pleat lines, hems, headings and special seam allowances using workplace procedures 2.2 Ensure mark out minimises wastage while meeting job requirements 2.3 Cut fabric to meet task requirements 2.4 Hang fabric using required protective covers and according to care label information
3. Finish and dispatch work	3.1 Check that completed work complies with task quality requirements 3.2 Rectify identified deficiencies within scope of own role 3.3 Dispatch cut lengths according to workplace procedures 3.4 Collect and store material that can be re-used, and dispose of waste according to workplace procedures 3.5 Clean work area and equipment, and tag damaged tools and equipment 3.6 Complete required workplace records according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate lengths and areas and estimate material requirements

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFSF2015 Cut single layer fabrics

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=ce216c9c-04d5-4b3b-9bcf-4e81d0950371

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF2022 Cut single layer fabrics

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

accurately measure and cut fabric quantities to minimise waste and meet workplace quality requirements for at least 5 separate items. At least one item must include lining or interlining, and at least one must require hanging cut fabric. At least 3 of the following must be included:

curtain

cushion

drape

swag

upholstered furniture component.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

work health and safety requirements for cutting fabrics:

safety considerations and potential dangers associated with cutting equipment

ergonomic work practices

correct use of personal protection equipment (PPE)

work order requirements and industry-accepted quality indicators and requirements relating to the cutting process

environmental and sustainability considerations for cutting operations

workplace procedures for:

selecting and laying out fabrics

marking out measurements for pleat lines, hems, headings and special seam allowances

inspecting fabric types for flaws

identifying design features affecting job requirements

identifying and labelling cut-out materials

selecting and using cutting equipment:

blades

cutting machines

scissors

cutting out and labelling materials

hanging fabrics

checking tools and equipment and tagging damaged items

effect of cutting on fabrics

use of material features in realising attractive use of fabric patterns:

face of materials

naps

direction

pattern matches.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must occur in the workplace, or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

measuring, calculating and cutting equipment required for performance evidence

PPE

single layer fabrics including lining or interlining

workplace procedures

any relevant manufacturing specifications, codes, standards and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=ce216c9c-04d5-4b3b-9bcf-4e81d0950371

MSFSF3014 Construct Roman-style blinds

Modification History

Release 1. No equivalent unit. Supersedes but is not equivalent to MSFSF3004 Construct Roman-style blinds.

Application

This unit of competency describes the skills and knowledge required to construct and sew Roman-style blinds to job requirements. The unit involves planning job requirements, identifying required fabrics and blind components to be used, and applying workplace procedures to ensure their safe and correct construction. The unit does not involve installing the blinds or constructing wood-weave style Roman blinds.

The unit applies to those constructing Roman-style blinds for any interior residential or commercial environment. The Roman blinds may be bonded, cascade, kooped, oriental, staggered, straight or relaxed. They may be made using lining, interlining or full block fabric. The battens used may be aluminium or timber.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Not applicable.

Unit Sector

Soft furnishing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to construct Roman-style blinds	1.1	Identify job requirements from work order and supplier instructions, and confirm with required personnel
1.2	Identify work health and safety (WHS) and personal protection requirements of blind construction process
1.3	Identify, select and prepare required hardware, components, tools, and equipment based on work order, and check their safe and effective operation
1.4	Identify required fabric and correct side, naps, direction of pattern and pattern matches, and check for flaws
1.5	Select and thread suitable needle types for selected fabric
2. Sew Roman-style blinds	2.1	Lay out work to be sewn according to workplace procedures
2.2	Measure and mark out of fold and stitching lines for batten placement according to work order, workplace procedures, and quality requirements
2.3	Hold fabric together, and support where required, according to workplace-approved methods
2.4	Complete pre-batten machine sewing operations according to work order and workplace procedures
2.5	Measure and check finished length and width of panels against work order, and adjust where required to meet quality requirements
2.6	Insert batten pockets and fix according to workplace procedures
2.7	Complete post-batten hems and corners, and trim threads
3. Finalise construction of Roman-style blinds	3.1	Check that finished blind complies with quality and work order requirements, and rectify and report identified deficiencies within scope of own role
3.2	Press work for next work stage and attach rings according to workplace procedures
3.3	Protect finished work and dispatch to next process according to workplace procedures
3.4	Clean work area and surfaces, and dispose of waste safely and sustainably according to workplace procedures
3.5	Check and store tools and equipment, and tag and report faulty items according to workplace procedures
3.6	Legibly complete and process required workplace documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret, discuss and use mathematical information in familiar work orders and workplace procedures complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements
Oral communication skills to:	communicate ideas and information to confirm work requirements and specifications and report work outcomes and problems: speaking clearly asking questions to gain information
Reading skills to:	interpret routine workplace documentation, including: WHS requirements and procedures supplier instructions workplace instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. No equivalent unit. Supersedes but is not equivalent to MSFSF3004 Construct Roman-style blinds.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF3014 Construct Roman-style blinds

Modification History

Release 1. No equivalent unit. Supersedes but is not equivalent to MSFSF3004 Construct Roman-style blinds.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills of this unit, which must include the ability to:

safely and correctly measure and construct at least two different types of Roman-style blinds to required size and accuracy that match work order requirements.

One of the above blinds must be for a bay window, box bay window or corner window.

Each blind must be a different size and use a different fabric type, design, nap and pattern direction.

One blind must use standard lining and interlining and one blind must use block-out fabric.

One blind must use aluminium back battens and one blind must use timber battens.

In the course of constructing each of the above blinds, the person must:

interpret work order, and locate required specifications, tools and equipment

identify fabrics to be used and any special sewing requirements

apply safe lifting and handling requirements

follow work instructions, safe operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise risk of injury to self and others

prevent damage to materials, tools, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

use power tools safely

use personal protective equipment (PPE)

use and dispose of waste sustainably

identify and resolve routine problems and faults encountered

avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions and wastage

work with others, recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

features of work order and supplier instructions relating to the blind construction specified in the performance evidence, and how to identify and interpret key information

emerging trends in constructing Roman-style blinds, including new materials and their associated energy ratings and fire retardant attributes

work order requirements, and industry-accepted quality indicators and requirements, relating to blind-construction described in performance evidence:

safety considerations and potential dangers, including risks to health from repetitive actions and prevention strategies

identifying work process problems and resolving within scope of own role

blind construction requirements relating to:

headboard and track requirements

cutting patterns and sequences

measuring and marking out fold or stitching lines

lining and interlining

mounting style

number and widths of panels

required fasteners

seam allowances and types

widths and numbers of finished blinds

work health and safety (WHS) regulations, standards, procedures, and practices specific to blind-construction described in performance evidence:

ergonomic criteria

controlling hazards and risks

eliminating hazardous materials and substances

using firefighting equipment and first aid equipment

using personal protective equipment:

hearing protection

protective clothing and head wear

respiratory protection

safety footwear

safety glasses and goggles

workplace procedures relating to:

communication channels and protocols

manual handling, including lifting and carrying

identifying required fabric, equipment and processes

cutting and laying out work to be sewn:

laying out lining and interlining materials and folding ready for sewing

matching and securing lining material patterns

methods for checking pattern matching and maintaining finished length

keeping pattern matches uniform within drops and across matching sets of blinds

machine sewing operations that match quality and work requirements

inspecting fabric and finished blind

responding to emergencies and evacuations

tagging and reporting faulty tools and equipment

disposing of waste safely and in an environmentally sustainable manner

recycling and re-use guidelines

using, cleaning, and storing tools and equipment

recording and reporting blind construction information

techniques for measuring, cutting, setting up and constructing blinds that:

comply with supplier instructions and manufacturer specifications

conform to quality requirements relating to:

even and appropriate seam stitch type, length and visibility

lining and interlining attachment to back of blind

required weights, stitch type and sewing method for hems

inserting and fixing batten pockets

end finishing

final length of finished blind

maximise the appearance of the finished work:

pattern matches

flat and straight seam lines

clean corners

secured beginning and end of threads

provide for economical use of labour and materials

types of common fabric faults and problems that occur during blind construction, and how to avoid and respond

types, characteristics, terminology, uses, design features and limitations of the following items required to construct the Roman-style blinds in performance evidence:

materials to be machined:

fasteners

headboard and track

interlining and curtain fabrics

lining

threads

power tools:

sewing machines

drills

pressing equipment

saws

staplers

hardware:

needle types suited to fabric used in the performance evidence

aluminium and timber battens

documentation requirements for blind construction described in performance evidence.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must occur in the workplace, or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

Access is required to:

fabrics to construct blinds specified in the performance evidence

sewing machine

PPE applicable to job requirements

WHS documentation specific to the construction

tools and equipment specified in the knowledge evidence

workplace documentation required for blind-construction process, including:

work orders

workplace procedures

equipment and supplier instructions, and manufacturer specifications.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFSF3015 Construct Roman-style blinds

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to construct and sew bonded, cascade, looped, oriental, staggered, straight or relaxed Roman-style blinds using lining, interlining or full block fabric and aluminium or timber battens. It does not include wood-weave style Roman blinds, and it does not include blind installation. Workers with this competency interpret work documentation, identify fabrics and components to be used, and plan and complete construction, resolving routine problems and faults and optimising workflow and productivity.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Competency Field

Soft furnishing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to construct Roman-style blinds	1.1 Identify task requirements, including fabric to be used and any special sewing requirements, from work documentation and confirm according to workplace procedures. 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements for task, including personal protective equipment 1.3 Select tools and equipment, including needles, to meet task requirements and check that they are safe and functional 1.4 Select fabric, hardware and other components to meet task requirements and check they meet quality requirements 1.5 Identify inward and outward facing side of fabric, naps, direction of pattern and pattern matches 1.6 Place patterns in relation to blind/blinds and determine pattern repeats, allowing enough fabric to match over multiple drops and/or blinds 1.7 Identify task sequence and quality checks for each stage to optimise workflow and avoid rework
2. Sew Roman-style blinds	2.1 Lay out fabric according to workplace procedures 2.2 Measure and mark out fold and stitching lines for batten placement according to task requirements 2.3 Hold fabric together and support where required according to workplace procedures 2.4 Complete pre-batten machine sewing operations according to workplace procedures 2.5 Measure and check finished length and width of panels against task requirements, and adjust where required 2.6 Insert batten pockets and fix according to workplace procedures 2.7 Complete post-batten hems and corners, and trim threads
3. Assemble Roman-style blinds	3.1 Attach child safety labels and hardware 3.2 Attach care labels 3.3 Attach fabric to the headboard or track 3.4 Attach rings and affix lifting cords
4. Finalise construction of Roman-style blinds	4.1 Check that finished blind complies with quality and other task requirements and rectify and report identified deficiencies within scope of own role 4.2 Protect finished work and dispatch to next process according to workplace procedures 4.3 Clean work area and surfaces and dispose of waste safely and sustainably according to workplace procedures 4.4 Check and store tools and equipment, and tag and report faulty items according to workplace procedures 4.5 Complete and process task documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate simple information on familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate length and area and material requirements

Oral communication skills to confirm and clarify task requirements and to support cooperative and efficient workflow

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFSF3014 Construct Roman-style blind.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF3015 Construct Roman-style blinds

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

safely measure and construct at least two different types of Roman-style blinds to meet task and workplace size and quality requirements. These blinds must differ in size and style and have different types of headers, pull-up battens, and fabric type and design.

This work must meet workplace and industry standards for efficiency, including:

identifying and resolving routine problems and faults, if encountered

working with others using cooperative approaches to optimise workflow and productivity.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

how to identify and interpret key information from work documentation for the construction of Roman-style blinds, including work orders, cutting lists, designs, and supplier instructions and specifications

processes and quality requirements for Roman-style blind construction, including:

headboard and track

cutting patterns and sequences

measuring and marking out fold or stitching lines

number and widths of batten spacings

laying out lining and interlining materials and folding ready for sewing

matching and securing lining material patterns

checking pattern matching and maintaining finished length

keeping pattern matches uniform within drops and across matching sets of blinds

machine sewing operations, including even and appropriate seam stitch type, length, and visibility

inserting and fixing batten pockets

required weights, stitch type and sewing method for hems

end finishing

fabric adhesion and fasteners

inspection of finished blind

disposing of waste safely and in an environmentally sustainable manner

using, cleaning, and storing tools and equipment

tagging and reporting faulty tools and equipment

recycling and re-use

recording and reporting blind construction information

function of tools and components used to construct Roman-style blinds:

materials:

headboard and track

fabrics

threads

power tools:

sewing machines

drills

pressing equipment

saws

staplers

hardware:

needle types suited to fabric used in the performance evidence

aluminium and timber battens

screws, brackets and assembly hardware

how to identify and mitigate work process problems within scope of own role

risks commonly encountered in constructing Roman-style blinds, including risks to health from repetitive actions and manual handling

risk mitigation methods, including personal protective equipment (PPE)

workplace communication channels and protocols

common fabric faults and problems, and how to respond

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

fabrics to construct Roman-style blinds

tools and equipment to construct Roman-style blinds, including sewing machine and PPE

workplace documentation required for blind-construction process, including:

work orders

workplace procedures

equipment and supplier instructions

manufacturer specifications

work health and safety documentation

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.education.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFSF3016 Lay out patterns and cut fabrics

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to lay out patterns and cutting fabrics for construction of diverse soft furnishings and upholstery products. Fabrics may be single or double layer and include both plain fabrics and those which involve matching stripes, checks and pattern repeats. Workers with this competency follow established procedures, using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve potential issues. They recognise dependencies and use cooperative approaches to optimise workflow and productivity.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Soft Furnishing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan task	1.1 Identify task requirements, including specifications, patterns, fabrics, number of items to be cut and required equipment, from work documentation 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.3 Identify specific cutting requirements and whether cutting table guides are needed 1.4 Select suitable work area and clean of any contaminants 1.5 Select equipment and tools to suit fabric and other task requirements and check that they are safe and functional 1.6 Check that cutting tools are sharp 1.7 Select fabrics to meet task requirements and lay out smooth and square
2. Prepare materials for cutting	2.1 Inspect fabrics for flaws and appropriate finish 2.2 Identify naps, direction of pattern, pattern repeat and finished side of materials 2.3 Square up fabrics to edges or guide markings on cutting table 2.4 Lay out patterns in accordance with work procedures and instructions using registration points on pattern and other instructions to match required fabric pattern 2.5 Measure and make required adjustments
3. Complete cutting operations	3.1 Cut fabrics to meet task requirements 3.2 Prepare cut fabrics for distribution or next process in accordance with task requirements and workplace procedures 3.3 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 3.4 Complete and store documentation in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate length and area and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFSF3007 Lay out patterns and cut fabrics.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF3016 Lay out patterns and cut fabrics

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

lay out patterns, measure accurately and cut out at least 5 different fabric types or pattern styles.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

fabric types, common faults and inspection procedures

procedures for laying out and cutting fabrics, including factors to consider for patterned fabrics and pattern repeats

types of tools commonly used for layout and cutting, including:

measuring devices

scissors

cutting blades

automatic cutting machines

manual and automated fabric cutting techniques and workflow

work health and safety requirements, including personal protective equipment (PPE), ergonomic work practices and manual handling procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

work orders

cutting tools and equipment required for performance evidence

PPE

patterns

fabrics to be cut

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFSF3017 Measure up and calculate fabric quantities for window coverings

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to measure up and calculate fabric and tracking quantities for window coverings during a site visit for subsequent use in job specifications and quotes/tenders.

Workers with this competency established procedures, using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve potential issues.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking windows coverings work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training, as specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Competency Field

Soft Furnishing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for site measure	1.1 Review work order and identify drape requirements, fabric types and lining/interlining requirements 1.2 Identify and obtain required measuring tools and equipment 1.3 Follow workplace procedures to organise site access
2. Complete and document drape measurements	2.1 Document fabric width and repeat features based on customer selection 2.2 Document finished length of window covering 2.3 Identify heading and required fullness ratio 2.4 Identify and record loose or attached lining preference 2.5 Measure and document finished width of tracking and window covering 2.6 Calculate number of fabric drops per curtain 2.7 Calculate length of each fabric drop based on finished length plus hem and heading allowances and pattern repeats 2.8 Calculate and record fabric requirements, with allowances for seams, hems, headings, drape fullness or heading type
3. Calculate and document lining and interlining quantities	3.1 Document width of lining and interlining fabrics based on customer selection 3.2 Calculate number of lining/interlining widths or quantity of continuous lining based on required number of drape drops or continuous fabric 3.3 Calculate length of lining/interlining including hem allowances 3.4 Calculate and record amount of lining/interlining taking account of need to minimise waste
4. Complete documentation	4.1 Review and check all measurements on documentation for completeness 4.2 Finalise documentation and process in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate length and area and material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFSF3008 Measure up and calculate fabric quantities for window coverings.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF3017 Measure up and calculate fabric quantities for window coverings

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

measure up and accurately calculate and document fabric quantities for at least 3 different window covering types.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

fabric and designs commonly used for window coverings and their requirements for fabric quantities in terms of aesthetics and functionality

measuring tools and procedures for calculating fabric quantities for curtains and blinds

mathematical processes for calculating fabric quantities

workplace procedures for documenting measurements and fabric requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources required for performance evidence, including:

work orders that include details of fabric and style requirements

window openings to measure

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFSF3018 Advise customers on interior decoration products

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to provide advice to customers on interior decoration products in relation to colour coordination, fabric selection and general style.

Workers with this competency provide advice on interior decoration products. They may work in showrooms, retail outlets or other customer service contexts.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Soft furnishing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop and maintain knowledge of interior decoration products	1.1 Research information on products and services from authoritative sources 1.2 Identify characteristics of different products using available product and service documentation 1.3 Source and maintain product information in format consistent with organisational requirements 1.4 Use knowledge to improve quality of advice provided to customers
2. Identify customer needs	2.1 Use questioning and active listening techniques to clarify customer needs and general style preferences 2.2 Establish customer's budget and expectations 2.3 Discuss and confirm customer needs in accordance with organisational customer service standards
3. Provide product advice	3.1 Identify products to meet customer requirements 3.2 Provide information about colour, fabric and design options to meet customer needs 3.3 Provide accurate technical information about products 3.4 Provide product samples and pictures to customer 3.5 Explain benefits and approximate costs of each option 3.6 Document customer decision on product and follow organisational processes for purchasing or ordering

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret unfamiliar product information from diverse sources

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace sales documents

Oral communication skills to use questioning and active listening skills to determine needs and to clearly explain product features in language the customer can understand

Numeracy skills to calculate product costs and costing variables.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFSF3010 Advise customers on interior decoration.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFSF3018 Advise customers on interior decoration products

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

clarify the needs of 3 customers and provide advice on products to meet these needs, collectively including advice on:

general style

fabric

colour.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

individual responsibility when providing product advice under Australian consumer law

sources and types of information about interior decoration products

current and emerging trends in interior decoration:

different styles and colour trends

soft furnishings

blinds and awnings

furniture and accessories

principles of colour coordination and matching

fabric types used in domestic furnishing applications:

main characteristics and uses

special handling requirements

safety considerations

benefits and limitations

organisational customer service and sales protocols and procedures for:

interactions with customers

documentation requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources required for performance evidence, including:

customers

product information

product samples

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFSS2003 Undertake surface preparation

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers preparing surfaces, by hand or machine, for protective coatings, under-coatings and finishes using solvents.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Security Screens and Grilles

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Establish work requirements	1.1	Applicable work health and safety (WHS), legislative and organisational requirements relevant to surface preparation are verified and complied with
1.2	Instructions, plans and/or work instructions are read and interpreted to identify processes and materials to complete work tasks
1.3	Tools, equipment and materials are selected and checked prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition
1.4	Where required, appropriate solvent and application method is selected to meet job specification
2	Prepare worksite and set up equipment	2.1	Worksite is prepared in accordance with surface cleaning activity
2.2	Appropriate equipment and any required consumables are assembled, set up and prepared in accordance with manufacturer specifications and organisational procedures
2.3	Hazards are recognised and steps adopted to ensure safety
3	Prepare surfaces using solvents as required	3.1	Surfaces are prepared for procedures
3.2	Safe working environment for solvent use is established according to regulatory requirements and organisational procedures
3.3	Solvents are applied
3.4	Treated surface is neutralised and made safe to handle
3.5	The area is made safe in accordance with organisational procedures
4	Prepare surfaces using mechanical means	4.1	Safe working environment for mechanical surface preparation is established according to regulatory requirements and organisational procedures
4.2	Surfaces are prepared to specifications using mechanical means
4.3	Adjustments are made, as required, to meet specifications
4.4	Surface preparation faults are rectified as necessary
4.5	Equipment used is cleaned and checked for damage and operational faults in accordance with organisational procedures
5	Ensure surfaces are adequately prepared and clean up	5.1	Surface preparation is assessed for cleanliness and conformance with specification
5.2	Any faults in the surface preparation are identified and action taken to remedy them in accordance with procedures
5.3	Problems are reported to a designated person
5.4	Records and documentation are completed in accordance with organisational procedures
5.5	Work area is restored and waste disposed of in accordance with organisational procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures or equivalent work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving
Surface preparation includes:	the preparation of product material for finish coating, either powder coating or other paint type surface, through solvent or mechanical means mechanical means include steel brush, file, and so on
Tools and equipment include:	files hand rasps hand finishing tools power tools jigs power sanders
Materials include:	metal aluminium composite materials
Hazards include:	acids hydrocarbons and other solvents as both liquid or vapour moving equipment and machinery manual handling hazards
Solvents include:	acids hydrocarbons
Application of solvents includes:	brush spraying wiping dipping in a solvent bath
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulation and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment and personal protective equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFSS2004A Undertake surface preparation.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFSS2003 Undertake surface preparation

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Interpret work order and locate and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Prepare a minimum of two (2) surfaces for powder coating or other finish without the need for further preparation

Complete work area housekeeping activities, including clean up, effectively and in accordance with organisational procedures

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions or wastage

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for the preparation of surfaces for coating

Environmental protection requirements relating to the disposal of waste material

Established communication channels and protocols

Relevant problem identification and resolution

Common surface contaminants

Treatment for different substrates

Types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

Safe handling of hazardous materials

Storage systems and labelling

Procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to materials, equipment and specifications for surface preparation.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFSS2004 Rectify faults in product

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify and rectify defects in workmanship or materials that affect the look or functional quality of security screen or grille products. Work may be performed during installation or production of security screens or grilles, or independently. Workers with this competency follow established procedures to produce or install security screens and grilles.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state or territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking security screens and grilles work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Competency Field

Security Screens and Grilles

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan and prepare for task	1.1 Determine task requirements from work documentation 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.3 Select tools and equipment to meet task requirements of job, check for serviceability, and rectify or report any faults in accordance with workplace procedures 1.4 Identify, obtain and prepare materials to complete task in accordance with job and safe handling requirements 1.5 Prepare work area and minimise noise, dust and obstacles in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards
2. Assess fault to identify rectification issues	2.1 Identify and inspect faults to confirm extent and nature of fault 2.2 Determine and report on nature and causes of faults 2.3 Assess faults to inform required remediation approach 2.4 Confirm solution to repair the fault and plan approach
3. Rectify faults	3.1 Prepare damaged or defective area for repair in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Apply required specialist instruments and tools to rectify fault 3.3 Complete rectification to damaged or defective area to meet task requirements 3.4 Process rectified parts for inspection and return to production or installation sequence
4. Clean up work area	4.1 Check, clean and store equipment and unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 4.2 Tag unserviceable equipment, identify faults and inform appropriate personnel in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 4.4 Complete required workplace records, including nature of fault, work conducted and outcome

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate simple factual information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate area and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFSS2001 Rectify faults in product.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFSS2004 Rectify faults in product

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed all the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

inspect, assess and rectify at least 5 separate and different faults to specifications and workplace requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workplace requirements, policies and procedures for manufacturing and installing security screens and grilles

established communication channels and protocols

faults commonly found in security screen or grille products and methods to rectify them

tools and equipment commonly used to rectify security screen or grille products and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

characteristics of steel and aluminium products and defects

procedures for maintaining workplace records and information

work health and safety requirements, including personal protective equipment (PPE) and manual handling procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials

materials, equipment and specifications required for performance evidence

PPE.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFSS3004 Install non-security and security screens and grilles

Modification History

Release 1. No equivalent unit. Supersedes but is not equivalent to MSFSS3001 Install security screens and grilles

Application

This unit of competency describes the skills and knowledge required to identify and install non-security and security screens and grilles according to job requirements. The unit involves planning job requirements, identifying required products to be installed and their measurements and fasteners, and applying workplace procedures to ensure safe and correct installation compliant with industry and Australian standards.

The unit applies to those installing non-security and security screens and grilles in residential and commercial environments on surfaces, including aluminium, concrete, masonry, steel and timber.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking non-security and security screens and grilles work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Not applicable.

Unit Sector

Non-security and security screens and grilles

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for installation of non-security and security screens and grilles	1.1	Identify job and product requirements from work order and supplier instructions, and confirm with required personnel
1.2	Complete check measure on site and document required product specifications, and specific access and installation requirements
1.3	Identify work health and safety (WHS) and personal protection requirements of installation
1.4	Identify and select required screens and grilles, tools and equipment based on work order, and check their safe and effective operation according to manufacturer specifications
1.5	Plan logical, safe and efficient work sequence that reflects work order
2. Install non-security and security screens and grilles	2.1	Set up required product, materials and equipment in line with work instructions and manufacturer specifications
2.2	Prepare installation opening for screens and grilles
2.3	Insert and fasten security screens and grilles and install locking mechanism according to work order and manufacturer specifications
2.4	Test installed screens and grilles for correct operation within limits of normal operation, and adjust and repair performance problems in line with own level of responsibility
3. Finalise installation	3.1	Check that completed work complies with quality and work order requirements, and rectify identified deficiencies within scope of own role
3.2	Clean work area and surfaces, and dispose of waste safely and sustainably according to workplace procedures
3.3	Identify and store surplus unused items for re-use and recycling according to workplace procedures
3.4	Check tools and equipment, and tag and report faulty items according to established workplace procedures
3.5	Clean and store remaining tools and equipment according to workplace procedures
3.6	Advise customer on correct operation and maintenance of screens and grilles
3.7	Legibly complete and process workplace documentation according to workplace requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret, discuss and use mathematical information in work orders, job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs use a blend of ‘in the head’ and formal methods and tools to estimate and measure materials and installation spaces, including factoring in required tolerances
Oral communication skills to:	confirm installation requirements and specifications, and report work outcomes and problems: speaking clearly applying effective listening techniques asking questions to gain information
Reading skills to:	interpret routine workplace documentation, including work orders, WHS requirements and safety procedures, basic plans and workplace installation procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. No equivalent unit. Supersedes but is not equivalent to MSFSS3001 Install security screens and grilles

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFSS3004 Install non-security and security screens and grilles

Modification History

Release 1. No equivalent unit. Supersedes but is not equivalent to MSFSS3001 Install security screens and grilles

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills of this unit, which must include the ability to:

safely and correctly install the following in line with legislative requirements, industry and Australian standards requirements, and workplace procedures:

one hinged security screen door

one sliding security screen door

one internal or external fixed window grille above ground level in a residential or commercial building, demonstrating the safe and correct use of lifting and safety equipment

one emergency egress security screen

one non-security screen in any opening or building type.

In the course of each of the above installations, the person must:

interpret work order and locate and use materials, tools and equipment required for the installation

apply safe lifting and handling procedures

demonstrate safe and correct use of safety equipment

follow work instructions and safe operating procedures to:

minimise risk of injury to self and others

prevent damage to site, tools, equipment and products

maintain required production output and quality

use and maintain hand and power tools safely

use personal protective equipment (PPE)

use and dispose of waste sustainably

avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions and wastage

identify and resolve routine problems and faults encountered

work with others, by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

features of installation work orders and instructions relating to the types of non-security and security screens and grilles in the performance evidence, and how to identify and interpret key information

work order requirements, and industry-accepted quality indicators and requirements, relating to installations described in performance evidence:

safety considerations and potential dangers associated with incorrect installation

consumer product safety standards and requirements

instructions for removing existing screens and grilles and installing replacement screens and grilles, including caveats on operational requirements

key requirements of legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes required to install the non-security and security screens and grilles:

Australian standards and National Construction Code requirements for individual installers:

bushfire attack levels

fire attenuation

cyclone protection

fall prevention

requirements specific to installation described in performance evidence

operation and maintenance requirements of non-security and security screens and grilles in performance evidence

emerging trends in installing non-security and security screens and grilles

work health and safety (WHS) procedures, practices and regulations specific to installations described in performance evidence:

controlling hazards and risks

eliminating hazardous materials and substances

using firefighting equipment and first aid equipment

operating lifting equipment

using safety and personal protective equipment

workplace procedures relating to:

communicating work requirements

accessing and inspecting installation sites

manual handling, including lifting and carrying

installing and securing non-security and security screens and grilles

tagging and reporting faulty tools and equipment

disposing of waste safely and in an environmentally sustainable manner

recycling and re-use guidelines

cleaning and storing tools and equipment

storing surplus unused items

recording and reporting installation information:

installation completion and equipment faults and malfunctions

hazards and incidents

outcomes of inspection

lock type and location of combination and keys

operating limitations and requirements of installed product

quality outcomes

techniques for installing and securing screens and grilles described in performance evidence, including:

into openings made of the following materials:

aluminium

concrete

masonry

plasterboard

steel

timber

preparing installation position for screens and grilles

removing existing screens and grilles

assessing suitability of jamb for screen and grille frames to be installed

making adjustments to existing jambs

safely and securely positioning screen and grille frames

preparing for locking mechanism

identifying and resolving installation and operational problems:

new installation problems

problems associated with existing opening and products in place

installing and securing that:

conform to quality requirements

conform to standard building practices

comply with supplier instructions and manufacturer specifications

maximise the appearance of the finished work

provide for economical use of materials and labour

mathematical methods for estimating and measuring materials and installation spaces, including factoring in required tolerances

types of common problems that occur during installation, and how to avoid and respond

types, characteristics, terminology of, uses, maintenance and limitations of the following items required for the installations described in performance evidence:

products and materials specific to screen and grille installation:

securing products, including DynaBolts, masonry anchors, nails, nuts and bolts, screws and rivets

hardware, including tabs, locks, rollers and hinges

tools and equipment:

hand tools, including hammers, screwdrivers, tape measures, squares, chisels and files

power tools, including power drills

equipment, including ladders, safety barricades, cones, signs, lifting equipment and scaffolding

documentation requirements for installation work described in performance evidence.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must occur in the workplace, or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

Access is required to tools, materials, equipment and specifications for the installation described in the performance evidence above, including:

non-security and security screens and grilles to be installed

locations requiring installation specified in the performance evidence

PPE applicable to job requirements

WHS documentation specific to the installations in the performance evidence

tools and equipment specified in the knowledge evidence

workplace documentation required for installations in the performance evidence, including:

work orders

job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs

legislative and workplace requirements and procedures specified in the knowledge evidence

supplier instructions and manufacturer specifications.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFSS3005 Assemble non-security and security screens and grilles

Modification History

Release 1. No equivalent unit. Supersedes but is not equivalent to MSFGG2010 Fabricate and install insect and security screens

Application

This unit of competency describes the skills and knowledge required to measure and assemble non-security and security screens and window grilles and their components. It involves following workplace procedures that comply with the requirements of industry and Australian standards.

The unit applies to those assembling non-security and security screens and grilles for residential and commercial environments. The screens and grilles may be for hinged and sliding door and window openings, and for emergency egress.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Not applicable.

Unit Sector

Non-security and security screens and grilles

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to assemble non-security and security screens and grilles	1.1	Identify job requirements from work instructions and select work method for assembling screens and grilles
1.2	Calculate quantity of required materials and prepare cutting list from plans, work instructions and measurements of opening to suit type of screen or grille to be installed
1.3	Select fittings, fixings, joining devices and materials, and tools and equipment to meet job requirements
1.4	Check safe and effective operation of tools and equipment according to manufacturer specifications
1.5	Plan work sequence to suit job requirements and workplace procedures
1.6	Check size, quantity, finish and profile of screen and grille components against work order
2. Assemble non-security and security screens and grilles	2.1	Measure and mark materials according to cutting list requirements and to maximise economical use
2.2	Cut materials according to cutting list requirements and workplace procedures
2.3	Assemble components of screens and grilles in line with work health and safety (WHS) requirements and job requirements, industry standards and workplace procedures
2.4	Fasten fittings to screens and grilles according to workplace procedures
2.5	Identify and report non-routine problems to designated personnel according to workplace procedures
3. Finalise assembly	3.1	Check that assembled product complies with quality and work instruction requirements, and rectify identified deficiencies within scope of own role
3.2	Clean work area and surfaces, and dispose of waste safely and sustainably according to workplace procedures
3.3	Identify and store surplus unused materials for re-use and recycling according to workplace procedures
3.4	Check tools and equipment, and tag and report faulty items according to workplace procedures
3.5	Clean and store remaining tools and equipment according to workplace procedures
3.6	Legibly complete and process required workplace documentation according to workplace requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret, discuss and use mathematical information in familiar work orders, cutting lists, and basic plans, drawings and designs use mathematical ideas and techniques to complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements
Reading skills to:	interpret routine workplace documentation, including: WHS requirements workplace assembly procedures routine work instructions, including work orders, cutting lists, and basic plans, drawings and designs

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. No equivalent unit. Supersedes but is not equivalent to MSFGG2010 Fabricate and install insect and security screens

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFSS3005 Assemble non-security and security screens and grilles

Modification History

Release 1. No equivalent unit. Supersedes but is not equivalent to MSFGG2010 Fabricate and install insect and security screens

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills of this unit, which must include the ability to:

prepare and assemble the following in line the requirements of industry and Australian standards and workplace procedures:

one hinged security screen door in a residential or commercial building

one sliding security screen door in a residential or commercial building

one fixed window grille above ground level in a residential or commercial building, demonstrating the safe and correct use of safety and lifting equipment

one emergency egress security screen in a residential building

one non-security screen in any opening or building type.

In assembling the suite of non-security and security screens and grilles, the candidate must also demonstrate the ability to:

interpret work order and locate and use materials, tools and equipment required for the assembly

measure for windows and doors, and identify and select product materials to be used

correctly select component hardware and fittings required for assembly:

door closures

hinges

lock guards

guides and lock mechanisms that comply with Australian Standards

wheels

assemble screen and grille frame and components, optimising materials, and cutting, tooling, drilling and crimping in compliance with Australian standards

apply safe lifting and handling procedures

follow work instructions and safe operating procedures and inspection procedures to:

minimise risk of injury to self and others

prevent damage to site, tools equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

use hand and power tools safely

use personal protective equipment (PPE)

use and dispose of waste sustainably

identify and resolve routine problems and faults encountered

avoid backtracking, work flow interruptions and wastage

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

features of assembly work orders relating to the performance evidence, and how to identify and interpret key information

work instruction requirements, and industry-accepted quality indicators and requirements, relating to the assembly described in performance evidence:

key requirements of industry and Australian standards

work flow requirements

safety considerations and potential dangers associated with incorrect assembly

pattern and plan to be followed in assembly

operation of range of non-security and security screens and grilles in performance evidence

work health and safety (WHS) procedures, practices and regulations specific to assembly described in performance evidence:

controlling hazards and risks

eliminating hazardous materials and substance

using personal protective equipment:

aprons and overalls

gauntlets

gloves

hard hats

safety footwear

safety glasses

workplace procedures relating to:

identifying equipment, processes and procedures to use when assembling non-security and security screens and grilles

calculating quantities of required materials:

from plans and work instructions

by measuring screen opening

manual handling, including lifting and carrying

safely assembling screens and grilles

reporting non-routine problems

tagging and reporting faulty tools and equipment

disposing of waste safely and in an environmentally sustainable manner

recycling and re-use guidelines

cleaning and storing tools and equipment

storing surplus unused items

recording and reporting assembly information

techniques for assembling non-security and security screens and grilles described in performance evidence that include processes that:

conform to quality requirements

comply with supplier instructions and manufacturer specifications

maximise the appearance of the finished work

provide for economical use of materials and labour

types, characteristics, terminology of, uses, maintenance and limitations of the following items required for the assembly described in performance evidence:

framing material and in-fill material

tools and equipment:

assembly benches

bolt cutters or mechanical shears

copy routers

crimpers

drop and up-cut saws

electric and pneumatic powered drills and screwdrivers

end millers

fly screen spline rollers

knives

pneumatic and manual presses

pop rivet guns

soft rubber mallets

stamping and notching tools

materials:

anti-jemmy protection hardware

corner stakes

extruded door framing

fittings, fixing and fasteners, including screws and pop rivets

fly mesh

heavy-duty security mesh

interlocks

uses of non-security and security screen and grille products produced

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must occur in the workplace, or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

Access is required to tools, materials, equipment and specifications for the assembly work described in the performance evidence above, including:

non-security and security screens, grilles and work areas specified in the performance evidence requiring assembly

PPE applicable to job requirements

WHS documentation specific to the assembly

materials required in the assembly of screens and grilles:

aluminium or other framing material

aluminium or other sheeting

fittings, fixing and fasteners

tools and equipment specified in the knowledge evidence

workplace documentation required for each assembly, including:

work orders, customer orders, job cards and work quotations

workplace procedures specified in the knowledge evidence

supplier instructions and manufacturer specifications

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFUP2007 Use upholstery hand and power tools

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use hand and power tools for upholstery. Workers with this competency complete routine tasks in the upholstery sector.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Upholstery

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for tool use	1.1 Identify task requirement from work instructions 1.2 Select tools to meet task requirements and identify work health and safety requirements for their use, including use of personal protective equipment 1.3 Confirm tools are safe and functional and report any faults to supervisor 1.4 Select equipment to hold or support material based on tools selected and nature of the task 1.5 Prepare material and hold in position to ensure safe operation
2. Use tools	2.1 Use tools safely and in accordance with workplace procedures and manufacturer specifications 2.2 Use techniques that optimise effective use of tools for nominated task 2.3 Ensure safe state, position and location of tools in the work area when not in immediate use 2.4 Follow safety procedures for use of power and handling of power tools
3. Clean up work area and tools	3.1 Clean tools and equipment using cleaning materials and agents suited to item 3.2 Complete routine operator maintenance on tool in accordance with workplace procedures and manufacturer instructions 3.3 Store tools and equipment based on specific storage needs and workplace requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures

Numeracy skills to interpret work instructions associated with number or measurement.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFUP2001 Use upholstery sector hand and power tools.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP2007 Use upholstery hand and power tools

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed all the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

choose appropriate hand tools and use safely on at least 2 separate occasions to complete upholstery projects, including at least 12 of the following:

adjustable spanner, sockets, or screwdriver

button press and cutters or stud press

cross pein, claw, or magnetic tack hammer

tin snips, side cutters, bolt cutters or pincers

drill

file, rasp, or rotating hole punch

hand ventilation setter

knife (retractable blade)

needle (bag) or regulator

spring bender or wire bender

pop rivet gun

ripping chisel

ruler, tape measure or nail punch

saw

seam stretcher

shears, scissors or foam slicer

soft tipped or white rubber mallet

staple remover or stuffing iron tack remover

vice or clamps

web pliers or web strainer

wood chisels

choose appropriate power tools and use safely on at least 2 separate occasions to complete upholstery tasks, including at least 6 of the following:

band, circular or drop saw

buttoning machine

drill, impact driver or drill press

electric iron, hot knife, or hot melt glue gun

electric/pneumatic foam cutter or fabric cutter

grinder

knife fabric cutter (circular or straight)

lacquer spray gun, silicone cartridge gun, or spray adhesive system

nail gun or staple gun

planer or sander.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workplace procedures for work health and safety

general use, maintenance and safety requirements, including personal protective equipment (PPE), for hand and power tools used in upholstery.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

upholstery hand and power tools required for performance evidence

PPE

materials on which tools are used

ancillary holding equipment

power sources

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFUP2008 Fit upholstery components

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to fit upholstery components to furniture. Workers with this competency complete routine tasks in the upholstery sector.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Upholstery

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for component application	1.1 Determine task requirements, including components to be fitted, design variations, tolerances, process, materials, finish and quality, from work documentation 1.2 Determine fitting sequence to meet task requirements 1.3 Determine procedures for quality checking at each stage of process in accordance with workplace procedures 1.4 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.5 Select fixing devices in accordance with work instructions and type of materials to be used 1.6 Select suitable work area for task 1.8 Obtain components, materials, fittings and attachments to meet task requirements 1.9 Select tools and equipment to meet task requirements and check they are safe and functional.
2. Fit components	2.1 Lay out components and attach using appropriate fastenings 2.1 Use tools and equipment to meet task requirements 2.3 Check attached components for compliance with specifications 2.4 Repair products that do not meet quality specifications or tag for further processing, or recycling or disposal, in accordance with workplace procedures 2.5 Organise and store finished products in accordance with workplace procedures
3. Complete task	3.1 Check, clean and store equipment and any unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Tag unserviceable equipment, identify faults and inform appropriate personnel in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 3.4 Complete required workplace records

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar work documentation and specifications

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate area and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFUP2002 Fit upholstery components.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP2008 Fit upholstery components

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

fit upholstery components for at least 3 different items of upholstered furniture requiring assembly.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

how to interpret work documentation for upholstered furniture items

workflows for assembling upholstered furniture

workplace procedures for problem and quality reporting

types of upholstery components and their required assembly, including at least 4 of the following:

actions

arms

seats

backs

legs

facings

prefabricated polished timber components

metal components

plinths

glides

ceramic and plastic fittings

typical tools and equipment used to fit upholstery components, including at least 4 of the following:

measuring tapes or rulers

staple gun

air driver

air drill and accessories

scissors and mallets

air wrench

nail gun

clip gun

tack hammer

ripping chisels and staple removers

personal protective equipment (PPE) required when fitting upholstery components

materials commonly used in fitting upholstery components, including:

finished upholstery components

frames

glues

screws

nails and staples and other fixing devices

checks required when fitting upholstery components, including:

alignment and squareness

correct fastening

materials and attachment according to work instruction

conformity to work instructions and quality requirements

work health and safety requirements, including personal protective equipment (PPE) and manual handling procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

work orders or plans

upholstery hand and/or power tools, equipment, materials and basic machinery required for performance evidence

PPE

components for fitting

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFUP2009 Apply contemporary foundations to upholstered furniture

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to construct upholstery foundations using modern methods. Workers with this competency complete routine tasks in the upholstery sector.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Upholstery

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for task	1.1 Determine task requirements from work documentation 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety procedures 1.3 Identify attaching methods and determine fitting sequence to meet task requirements 1.4 Select and prepare work area to meet task requirements 1.5 Select tools and hardware to meet task requirements and check they are safe and functional 1.6 Select required foundation components
2. Attach foundation	2.1 Measure required mounting points and mark on frame 2.2 Position contemporary foundation and use appropriate fasteners to secure it to item 2.3 Inspect foundation for fit, finish and quality, and tag those requiring reworking or refitting for further reprocessing or recycling or disposal in accordance with workplace procedures 2.4 Monitor process and note conditions that may affect quality standards in accordance with workplace procedures 2.5 Report variations to normal activities in accordance with workplace procedures 2.6 Implement authorised changes to standard operating and procedures and task requirements in accordance with workplace procedures
3. Complete task	3.1 Check, clean and store equipment and any unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Tag unserviceable equipment, identify faults and inform appropriate personnel in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 3.4 Complete required workplace records in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate area and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSTUP2003 Apply contemporary foundations to upholstered furniture.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP2009 Apply contemporary foundations to upholstered furniture

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

use contemporary foundation items to construct foundations for at least 3 items of furniture, one being a chair requiring seat, back and arms.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workflow in relation to furniture production

contemporary foundation types and fittings, including at least 4 of the following:

elastic webbing

nylon webbing

no-sag springs

conical springs

plastic and styrene edging

foam and polyester fibre

materials used in contemporary foundations, including at least 6 of the following:

elastic webbing

nylon webbing

coil springs

spiral springs

no-sag springs

pulma flex

plastic and styrene edging

foam

hessian and polyester fibre

tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), commonly used in contemporary foundation construction

work health and safety requirements, including PPE and manual handling procedures

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

work orders

furniture frames, fittings, tools and equipment, including PPE, required for performance evidence

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFUP2010 Machine sew basic upholstery final cover materials

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to sew upholstery final cover materials using simple sewing machines (flat bed, walking foot or overlocker) and techniques to join two or more pieces of upholstery fabric or vinyl and canvas together. Workers with this competency complete routine tasks in the upholstery sector.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Upholstery

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for task	1.1 Determine task requirements from work documentation 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.3 Determine machines, materials, work method and sequence to meet task requirements 1.4 Identify equipment, supplementary equipment, components and controls and check they are safe and functional 1.5 Identify materials to be used, check they meet task requirements, including those for quality, and report problems in accordance with workplace procedures 1.6 Lay out work pieces in sequence in accordance with task requirements and workplace procedures
2. Control sewing operation	2.1 Set up sewing machine, including attachments, and adjust for task requirements 2.2 Operate machine to maintain required product quality and quantity according to task and workplace requirements 2.3 Check that finished products meet task quality requirements and perform required repairs 2.4 Direct completed work to next operation in accordance with workplace procedures
3. Complete task	3.1 Check, clean and store equipment and any unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Tag unserviceable equipment, identify faults and inform appropriate personnel in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures 3.4 Complete required work records in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading and writing skills to confirm work requirements and specifications, and to report work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures.

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate lengths and areas and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFUP2004 Machine sew basic upholstery final cover materials.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP2010 Machine sew basic upholstery final cover materials

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed all the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

join final cover materials for fitting to at least 2 items of upholstered furniture using a basic (flat bed, walking foot or overlocker) sewing machine

sew piping for an item of upholstered furniture

make seams on fabric, vinyl and canvas.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

procedure for reporting damaged or imperfect products

workflow requirements for sewing

how to interpret job requirements from documentation, including:

materials

threads

shape and any special requirements for the item

any required workplace documentation to be competed

how to set up and adjust a basic sewing machine, including:

threading machine and winding bobbin

setting required tensions

selecting required machine settings

lubricating and adjusting the machine

testing operations for work order requirements

characteristics of materials used and finished products

causes of faults and repair methods

how to identify equipment, processes and procedures

quality systems and standards

work health and safety requirements, including personal protective equipment and manual handling procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials

appropriate sewing machines, work orders, operating procedures, materials and threads required for performance evidence’.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFUP2011 Develop cutting plan and cut single layer upholstery fabric

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop a cutting plan and measure out and cut single-layer plain and patterned upholstery fabrics. Workers with this competency complete routine tasks in the upholstery sector.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Upholstery

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan and prepare for cutting	1.1 Determine task requirements, including required fabrics, number and nature of items to be cut and required equipment, from work documentation 1.2 Identify fabric sizes to be cut from task requirements, including any required seam allowances 1.3 Determine work methods and sequence from task requirements and in accordance with workplace procedures 1.4 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.5 Select and prepare suitable work area and ensure it is clear of contaminants
2. Prepare fabric for cutting and develop cutting plan	2.1 Select suitable scissors, cutting machines, and knives or blades and check for appropriate sharpness, set, operation and safe condition 2.2 Select fabric, noting if it is railroaded, and check for quantity, quality, contaminants, size, pattern and consistency in accordance with workplace procedures 2.3 Lay out fabric smooth and square and inspect for flaws and appropriate finish 2.4 Identify nap or pile direction, pattern matches and face of materials 2.5 Develop cutting plan to minimise waste and in accordance with workplace procedures 2.6 Measure and mark fabric, including registration points, in accordance with workplace procedures
3. Cut material	3.1 Confirm measurements and make required adjustments to positioning 3.2 Cut fabric in accordance with manufacturer instructions and workplace procedures 3.2 Inspect cut material against job requirements, and reprocess unsatisfactory items in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Fold, wrap and store or package cut items in accordance with workplace procedures
4. Complete task	4.1 Check, clean and store equipment and any unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 4.2 Tag unserviceable equipment, identify faults and inform appropriate personnel in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures 4.4 Complete required workplace records

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate lengths and area and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFUP2005 Develop cutting plan and cut single layer upholstery fabric.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP2011 Develop cutting plan and cut single layer upholstery fabric

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed all the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

develop a cutting plan and measure, mark out, and cut upholstery fabric to meet workplace quality requirements, including at least one patterned material and at least 5 of the following:

velour/velvet

tapestry

damask

linen

cotton

outdoor fabric or acrylic canvas

vinyl.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

work requirements, including workplace standards, for cutting single-layer fabric

workflows for planning and cutting upholstery fabric

fabric types, common faults and inspection procedures

design features of the finished items in relation to attractive use of fabric patterns

common tools and equipment required for developing a cutting plan and cutting single-layer upholstery fabric, including:

cutting equipment, including:

scissors

cutting machines

knives or blades

hot knife (for acrylics)

measuring and calculating equipment, including:

tapes

rulers

calculators

computers

cutting table

work health and safety requirements, including personal protective equipment (PPE) and manual handling procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources required for performance evidence, including:

work orders

fabrics, tape measure, cutting table, cutting machines, cutting knives, and blades and scissors

PPE

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFUP2012 Dismantle and reassemble furniture for upholstering

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to dismantle and reassemble furniture and fittings for the purposes of fitting or refurbishing upholstery. Workers with this competency complete routine tasks in the upholstery sector.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Upholstery

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Determine task requirements including process or order for dismantling from work documentation 1.2 Inspect item to be dismantled and identify components to guide sequence for dismantling 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.4 Select tools and equipment to meet task requirements, check they are safe and functional and report any faults to supervisor in accordance with workplace procedures
2. Dismantle furniture	2.1 Dismantle items using tools and procedures and to extent required to meet task requirements 2.2 Inspect any previous upholstery for wear and condition and identify application techniques 2.3 Remove and store fasteners and attachments in accordance with workplace procedures 2.4 Separate, tag and store component parts in accordance with workplace procedures 2.5 Dispatch component parts to next process in accordance with workplace procedures
3. Reassemble furniture	3.1 Identify items to be reassembled from task requirements 3.2 Reassemble items using tools and procedures to meet task requirements 3.3 Select and use fasteners and attachments in accordance with workplace procedures 3.4 Dispatch assembled piece to next process in accordance with workplace procedures
4. Complete task	4.1 Check, clean and store equipment and unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 4.2 Identify and tag faulty equipment and inform appropriate personnel in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 4.4 Complete required workplace records

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate area and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFUP2006 Dismantle and re-assemble furniture for upholstering.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP2012 Dismantle and reassemble furniture for upholstering

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed all the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

dismantle and reassemble at least 4 different upholstered furniture items, including:

one armchair

one sofa.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

construction techniques and processes for upholstered furniture

how to avoid damage to materials commonly used in furniture/furnishings during dismantling and reassembly, including at least 4 of the following:

timber

manufactured board

veneer

brass

laminate

perspex

the function of tools and equipment commonly used for dismantling and reassembling upholstered furniture, including at least 4 of the following:

measuring tapes or rulers

hammers

rubber mallet

pincers

screwdrivers

shifting spanner

spanners

socket set

hacksaw and blades

clamps

timber wedges

wood chisels

dowel drill

long-nose pliers

floor board lifter

power drill/screwdriver

air compressor and hoses

workflows for dismantling and reassembling furniture

work health and safety requirements, including personal protective equipment (PPE) and manual handling procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

work orders

upholstered furniture for dismantling/re-assembling required for performance evidence

tools and equipment, including PPE

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFUP3015 Apply traditional foundations to upholstered furniture

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to construct traditional upholstery foundations. Upholstery workers with this competency work in accordance with established procedures, using some discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve potential issues. They recognise dependencies and use cooperative approaches to optimise workflow and productivity.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Upholstery

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan task	1.1 Determine task requirements, including confirming type of traditional furniture foundations to be applied, from work documentation 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.3 Identify attaching methods and determine fitting sequence to meet task requirements 1.4 Select and prepare work area to meet task requirements 1.5 Select tools and hardware to meet task requirements and check they are safe and functional 1.6 Select traditional foundation components to meet task requirements
2. Prepare and attach traditional foundation	2.1 Measure required mounting points and mark on frame 2.2 Position traditional foundation and use appropriate fasteners to secure to item 2.3 Inspect applied foundation for fit, finish and quality, and tag those that require rework, recycling or disposal in accordance with workplace procedures 2.4 Monitor process and note conditions that affect quality standards 2.5 Report variations to normal activities in accordance with workplace procedures 2.6 Implement authorised changes to standard operating procedures and task requirements in accordance with workplace procedures
3. Complete task	3.1 Check, clean and store equipment and any unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Tag unserviceable equipment, identify faults and inform appropriate personnel in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures 3.4 Complete required workplace records, including stock usage, in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate lengths and areas and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFUP3001 Apply traditional foundations to upholstered furniture.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP3015 Apply traditional foundations to upholstered furniture

Modification History

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed all the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

apply traditional foundations to at least 3 items of upholstered furniture, collectively including at least 4 of the following:

interlace and turn back jute webbing

tie off and lace up coil springs

fit hessian bridles (loose and/or deep)

use coconut fibre

use wadding (flock or linters)

create a stitched edge (one blind, one top, one edge roll).

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workflow for furniture production and refurbishment

traditional foundation types and fittings

techniques for constructing traditional foundations

characteristics and uses of materials, including at least 6 of the following, in traditional foundations:

webbing

coil springs

flock

linters

coconut fibre

bridle

bridle ties

solid timber base

padded frames

hard edge

hessian

calico

lacing twine

twine for stitched edging and sewing in springs

tools and equipment commonly used in traditional foundation construction

work health and safety requirements, including personal protective equipment (PPE) and manual handling procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

work orders

tools and equipment required for performance evidence

PPE

furniture frames and materials

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFUP3016 Fit and apply final cover materials to furniture using basic techniques

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to fit and apply plain and patterned materials as the final covering to upholstered furniture using basic techniques.

Upholstery workers with this competency work in accordance with established procedures, using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve potential issues. They recognise dependencies and use cooperative approaches to optimise workflow and productivity.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Upholstery

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for task	1.1 Determine task requirements including design, fabrics, accessories and finish from work documentation or spoken instructions 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.3 Determine materials, work method and sequence to meet task requirements 1.4 Select and prepare suitable work area and clear it of contaminants 1.5 Select equipment and tools to meet task requirements and check they are operating safely 1.6 Check that furniture frames and foundations are free of contaminants and in suitable condition for attaching final covers, and perform required modifications or repairs in accordance with workplace procedures 1.7 Check that material panels conform with specifications provided in work documentation or spoken instructions 1.8 Select trims and check that they meet task requirements
2. Fit and apply fabric	2.1 Lay out work pieces in sequence in accordance with task requirements and workplace procedures 2.2 Attach materials to furniture in accordance with workplace procedures and industry standards 2.3 Secure materials to foundation using appropriate fixing processes 2.4 Check finish of applied material against task and workplace quality standards
3. Fit and apply fabric and trim	3.1 Apply trims in accordance with task requirements and workplace procedures 3.2 Check that trims meet task quality requirements in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Reprocess or make final adjustments to ensure finish meets task and workplace quality requirements
4. Complete task	4.1 Package, protect and store finished product in accordance with workplace procedures 4.2 Check, clean and store equipment and any unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Tag unserviceable equipment, identify faults and inform appropriate personnel in accordance with workplace procedures 4.4 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 4.5 Complete required workplace records

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate area and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFUP3002 Fit and apply final cover materials to furniture using basic techniques.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP3016 Fit and apply final cover materials to furniture using basic techniques

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

fit and apply a patterned fabric cover to a minimum of 2 items of furniture and 2 sets of cushions

fit and apply covers in plain material to a minimum of 2 items of furniture, including a unit construction piece with seat, back and two arms.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

work requirements, including workplace quality standards, for fitting and applying final covers

workflows for applying final material covers to furniture

common faults and inspection procedures for materials used for final covers, including:

plain and patterned fabrics

vinyl

velvet

the function of items used in applying final covers to furniture, including at least 5 of the following:

piping

double piping

cords

gimp

glues

staples

buttons

tacks

tingles and antique nails

quality requirements for applying final cover materials, including ensuring that:

patterns, naps/pile, sheens, direction of pattern, pattern repeat, and finished side of the materials are positioned appropriately

the finish of the material over the furniture foundation is smooth and consistent

weaving lines are straight and square to each other

tools commonly used when applying final cover materials to furniture

work health and safety requirements, including personal protective equipment and manual handling procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources required for performance evidence, including:

work orders

cover materials, trims, furniture frames and foundations, fixing materials and tools

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFUP3017 Fit and apply final cover materials to furniture using decorative techniques

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to fit and apply plain and patterned materials as the final covering to upholstered furniture using decorative techniques.

Upholstery workers with this competency work in accordance with established procedures, using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve potential issues. They recognise dependencies and use cooperative approaches to optimise workflow and productivity.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Upholstery

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for task	1.1 Determine task requirements including design, fabrics, accessories and finish from work documentation or spoken instructions 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety (WHS) requirements 1.3 Determine materials and work method and sequence 1.4 Select and prepare suitable work area and clear it of contaminants 1.5 Select equipment and tools to meet task requirements and check they are safe and functional 1.6 Check that furniture frames and foundations are free of contaminants and in suitable condition for task requirements, and perform required modifications or repairs in accordance with workplace procedures 1.7 Check material panels for quantity, quality, contaminants, size, pattern and consistency to meet task requirements 1.8 Select trims and check that they meet task requirements
2. Fit and apply material	2.1 Lay out work pieces in sequence to meet task requirements 2.2 Apply materials to furniture in accordance with workplace procedures and industry standards 2.3 Apply decorative features to materials in accordance with task requirements 2.4 Secure materials to foundation using appropriate fixing processes 2.5 Check finish of applied material against task quality requirements
3. Fit and apply trim and decorative features	3.1 Apply trims and decorative finishes in accordance with task requirements and workplace procedures 3.2 Check trims and decorative finishes against task and workplace quality requirements 3.3 Perform required modifications or repairs and make final adjustments to ensure finish meets task and workplace quality requirements
4. Complete task	4.1 Package, protect and store finished product in accordance with workplace procedures 4.2 Check, clean and store equipment and any unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Tag unserviceable equipment, identify faults and inform appropriate personnel in accordance with workplace procedures 4.4 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 4.2 Complete required workplace records

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate area and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFUP3003 Fit and apply final cover materials to furniture using decorative techniques.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP3017 Fit and apply final cover materials to furniture using decorative techniques

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed all the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

fit and apply a final material cover for:

2 bedheads of at least 700 mm x 500 mm, using diamond buttoning, one with hand pleating, one with stitched pleating

a chair, using other decorative finishes, including one or more of the following:

pleating

fluting

stab and deep buttoning (elongated).

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

work requirements, including workplace quality standards, for fitting and applying final covers with decorative finishes

workflows for applying final material covers to upholstered furniture using decorative techniques

characteristics, common faults and inspection procedures for material used for final covers, including:

plain and patterned fabrics

vinyl

velvet

the function and characteristics of items used in applying final covers to furniture, including at least 5 of the following:

piping

cords

pleats

glues

staples

buttons

tacks

tingles/gimp pins

antique nails/upholstery studs

quality requirements for applying final cover materials, including ensuring that:

patterns, naps/pile, sheens, direction of pattern, pattern repeat, and finished side of the materials are positioned appropriately

the finish of the material over the furniture foundation is smooth and consistent

weaving lines are straight and square to each other

tools commonly used when applying final cover materials to furniture

work health and safety requirements, including personal protective equipment (PPE) and manual handling procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

work orders

cover materials, trims, furniture frames and foundations, fixing materials and tools required for performance evidence, including PPE

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFUP3018 Lay out patterns and cut leather

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to select leather hides, lay out patterns, and cut leather by hand to the required pattern.

Upholstery and other textile workers with this competency work in accordance with established procedures, using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve potential issues. They recognise dependencies and use cooperative approaches to optimise workflow and productivity.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Upholstery

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for task	1.1 Determine task requirements from work documentation, including required colour and quality of materials, number of items to be cut, and tools and equipment required 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.3 Select and prepare suitable work area and clear it of contaminants 1.4 Identify where pattern pieces fit in finished furnishing component and identify areas subject to high wear 1.5 Select scissors or blades to cut leather and check they have appropriate sharpness 1.6 Check that tools and equipment are in functional and safe condition 1.7 Select hide, spread out and inspect to identify flaws and durable and less durable parts 1.8 Identify direction of natural markings and finished side of leather to inform pattern lay-out
2. Lay out pattern	2.1 Lay out patterns in accordance with workplace procedures and instructions, using low-wear parts of hide on the less heavily used furniture components, and maximising use of hide for the design 2.2 Mark any registration points on pattern and follow other instructions to match pattern 2.3 Measure hide and make appropriate adjustments
3. Cut leather	3.1 Complete cutting operations in accordance with work instructions and procedures 3.2 Inspect cut work, identify any faults and take appropriate remedial action in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Regularly check performance of cutting equipment, including evidence from cut pieces, for signs of faulty operation 3.4 Wrap cut-out components using appropriate protective covers and attach care label information
4. Complete task	4.1 Fold, protect and dispatch cut components to next process following workplace procedures 4.2 Check, clean and store equipment and any unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Tag unserviceable equipment, identify faults and inform appropriate personnel in accordance with workplace procedures 4.4 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 4.5 Complete required workplace records

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate lengths and areas and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFUP3004 Lay out patterns and cut leather.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP3018 Lay out patterns and cut leather

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed all the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

select appropriate leather for at least one leather armchair

measure and cut selected leather for that armchair to match patterns.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

work requirements, including workplace standards and inspection procedures, for laying out patterns and cutting leather

features of different leather types, common faults, and wear capability of different parts of the hide (may be a full hide or partial), including:

suitable thickness and quality

natural markings

finished and unfinished sides

high and low wear

direction of markings

flaws and blemishes

colour variation between hides

flexibility

workflows for cutting leather and laying out patterns

design features of the finished furnishing items and how these relate to laying out the pattern and cutting the leather

tools commonly used to cut leather, including:

scissors

cutting blades and electric shears

work health and safety requirements, including personal protective equipment (PPE) and manual handling.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

work order

appropriate scissors and cutting blades, leather, patterns and work order required for performance evidence

PPE

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFUP3019 Machine sew complex upholstery final cover materials

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use specific sewing machine techniques to sew upholstery final cover materials. It includes the production of specialised products and decorative finishes using industrial sewing machines and attachments.

Upholstery workers with this competency work in accordance with established procedures, using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve potential issues. They recognise dependencies and use cooperative approaches to optimise workflow and productivity.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Upholstery

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for task	1.1 Determine task requirements from work documentation, including materials, threads, features, special requirements and shape of finished item 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.3 Determine machines, attachments, materials, work method and sequence of tasks to meet task requirements 1.4 Identify equipment, including any supplementary equipment, and check it is operating effectively and safely 1.5 Identify and inspect materials and report on problems, including any materials or part-constructed products that do not meet task requirements, in accordance with workplace procedures 1.6 Lay out work pieces in sequence in accordance with task requirements and workplace procedures
2. Conduct sewing operation	2.1 Set up and adjust sewing machine, including attachments, to meet task requirements 2.2 Operate machine to maintain required product quality and outputs 2.3 Check that finished products meet workplace quality standards
3. Complete task	3.1 Direct completed work to next operation in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Check, clean and store equipment and any unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Tag unserviceable equipment, identify faults and inform appropriate personnel in accordance with workplace procedures 3.4 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 3.5 Complete required workplace records

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate length and area and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFUP3005 Machine sew complex upholstery final cover materials.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP3019 Machine sew complex upholstery final cover materials

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed all the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

complete at least 1 double-sided stool top with double-stitched quartering of different materials and twin needle decorative finishes, including 3 of the following:

single and double piping

blind hemming

balloon seam

gathering

sewing with specialised attachments, including gathering

sewing fasteners and attachments, including sewing of zips and Velcro.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

procedures for reporting damaged or imperfect products or interruption to workflow

workflow requirements for upholstery sewing process

how to operate sewing equipment, including:

flat bed

walking foot

overlocker

post or flatbed twin needle

how to set up and adjust sewing machine features, including:

threading machine and winding bobbin

setting required tensions

selecting required machine settings

lubricating and adjusting the machine

testing operations to meet work order requirements

characteristics of materials and their response to machine sewing, including:

fabrics

vinyl

canvas

acrylics

leather

quality systems and standards for machine sewing upholstery cover materials

workplace procedures for machine sewing

work health and safety requirements, including personal protective equipment (PPE) and manual handling procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

work orders

sewing machine, materials for sewing and threads required for performance evidence

PPE

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFUP3020 Fit and apply leather to furniture

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to fit and apply leather that has been pre-cut to a pattern to an upholstered item of furniture.

Upholstery workers with this competency follow established procedures, using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve potential issues. They recognise dependencies and use cooperative approaches to optimise workflow and productivity.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Upholstery

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for task	1.1 Determine task requirements, including design, accessories and finish specifications, from work documentation or spoken instructions 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.3 Determine materials, work method and sequence to meet task requirements 1.4 Select and prepare suitable work area and clear it of contaminants 1.5 Select equipment and tools to meet task requirements and check they are safe and functional 1.6 Check that furniture frames and foundations are in suitable condition for task requirements, and modify or repair as required in accordance with workplace practices 1.7 Check leather panels meet task requirements in terms of quantity, quality, grain, size and wear stress 1.8 Select and check trims are free of contaminants and meet task requirements for quantity, quality, size, pattern and consistency
2. Fit and apply leather	2.1 Lay out work pieces in sequence in accordance with task requirements and workplace procedures 2.2 Apply leather pieces to furniture, ensuring that appropriate leather is fitted to high wear areas and that there is a smooth and consistent finish of leather over the furniture foundation 2.3 Apply required decorative features, including pleats, to leather before fitting 2.4 Secure leather to foundation using appropriate fixing processes 2.5 Check finish of applied leather against task quality standards
3. Apply trim	3.1 Lay out work pieces in sequence in accordance with task requirements and workplace procedures 3.2 Apply trims and decorative finishes to item in accordance with task requirement and workplace procedures 3.3 Check trims and decorative finishes against task quality requirements and perform any required modifications or repairs 3.4 Make any required final adjustments to ensure finish of completed item meets quality standards
4. Complete task	4.1 Package, protect and store finished product in accordance with workplace procedures 4.2 Check, clean and store equipment and any unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Tag unserviceable equipment, identify faults and inform appropriate personnel in accordance with workplace procedures 4.4 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 4.5 Complete required workplace records

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate area and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFUP3006 Fit and apply leather to furniture.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP3020 Fit and apply leather to furniture

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed all the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

fit and apply pre-cut leather pieces, including pleats, to at least one furniture item.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

work requirements including workplace standards for fitting and applying leather to furniture

workflows for applying leather to furniture

leather types and their characteristics, common faults and inspection procedures, including:

natural markings

finished and unfinished sides

high and low wear

direction of markings

flaws and blemishes

colour variation between hides

flexibility

workplace and industry standards for quality and fit of finished product

tools and equipment typically used to fit and apply leather to furniture, including:

scissors

single or multi-needle flatbed sewing machines

heat guns

hammers

staple guns

skivering machines and hand sewing needles

materials typically used to fit and apply leather to furniture, including:

glues

staples

buttons

tacks

piping

cords

banding

hidem binding and pleats

work health and safety requirements, including personal protective equipment (PPE) and manual handling procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

work orders

leather panels, trims, furniture frames and foundations required for performance evidence

PPE

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFUP3021 Manufacture and fit loose covers

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop a pattern to meet a loose cover requirement, cut from that pattern, and make and fit the loose cover to an item of upholstered furniture.

Upholstery workers with this competency follow established procedures, using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve potential issues. They recognise dependencies and use cooperative approaches to optimise workflow and productivity.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Upholstery

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for task	1.1 Determine task requirements, including design, fabrics, accessories and finish specifications, from work documentation or spoken instructions 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.3 Determine materials, work method and sequence to meet task requirements 1.4 Select and prepare suitable work area and clear it of contaminants 1.5 Select equipment and tools to meet task requirements and check they are safe and functional
2. Develop patterns	2.1 Develop 3D templates from surface of existing furniture without undue distortion 2.2 Mark out and cut out component shapes using appropriate technique for material 2.3 Produce standard 2D patterns in accordance with specifications and to accepted standards and construction tolerances 2.4 Review patterns against client specifications and task requirements 2.5 Consult and clarify requirements with client
3. Select and cut fabric	3.1 Select and inspect fabrics in accordance with task requirements and lay out smooth and square 3.2 Identify nap/pile, direction of pattern, pattern repeat and finished side of materials 3.3 Square up fabrics to edges or guide markings on cutting table to ensure optimal cutting 3.4 Lay out patterns using registration points on pattern and other instructions to match required fabric pattern and minimising fabric waste 3.5 Cut fabric and inspect cut components in accordance with workplace procedures
4. Sew panels	4.1 Identify and follow sewing machine set-up requirements and make required adjustments 4.2 Ensure machine sewing maintains required product quality and outputs 4.3 Check finished loose covers for required quality and reprocess as required in accordance with workplace procedures
5. Fit and finish cover	5.1 Apply loose cover to upholstered furniture and check for fit 5.2 Apply required decorative accessories 5.3 Make required adjustments to ensure fit meets quality standards and specifications
6. Complete task	6.1 Check, clean and store equipment and any unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 6.2 Tag unserviceable equipment, identify faults and inform appropriate personnel in accordance with workplace procedures 6.3 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 6.4 Complete required workplace records

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate length and area and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFUP3007 Manufacture and fit loose covers.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP3021 Manufacture and fit loose covers

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

develop 2 patterns for loose covers for given items of furniture, including:

one plain material, including piping detail

one patterned material with inverted pleat skirt, including piping detail.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

work requirements, including workplace standards and workflows for manufacturing and fitting loose covers

fabric types, including plain, patterned and velvet, and common faults and inspection procedures

design features of the finished furnishing items and how this relates to laying out the pattern and cutting the fabrics

sewing machines typically required to make loose covers, including:

single or multi-needle flatbed

walking foot

overlocker and gatherer

how to set up and adjust sewing machine features, including:

threading machine and winding bobbin

setting required tensions

selecting required machine settings

lubricating and adjusting the machine

testing operations for work order requirements

work health and safety requirements, including personal protective equipment (PPE) and manual handling procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

work orders

plain and patterned fabrics, sewing machines and furniture to be upholstered for performance evidence

PPE

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFUP3022 Apply finishing techniques to upholstered furniture

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use concealing and decorative finishing techniques to hand finish upholstered furniture.

Upholstery workers with this competency follow procedures, using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve potential issues. They recognise dependencies and use cooperative approaches to optimise workflow and productivity.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Upholstery

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for task	1.1 Determine task requirements including upholstered components to be finished from work documentation or spoken instructions 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.3 Assemble items to be finished in an appropriate work area and check that they meet task quality requirements 1.4 Select tools, equipment, finishing materials and hardware to meet task requirements
2. Apply finishing techniques	2.1 Apply finishing techniques in accordance with workplace procedures 2.2 Notify appropriate personnel of any problems in accordance with workplace procedures 2.3 Inspect finished upholstered item against task requirements, and send unsatisfactory finish for reworking
3. Complete task	3.1 Package, store and tag finished work and dispatch to next process in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Check, clean and store equipment and any unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Tag unserviceable equipment, identify faults and inform appropriate personnel in accordance with workplace procedures 3.4 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 3.5 Complete required workplace records

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate area and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFUP3008 Apply finishing techniques to upholstered furniture.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP3022 Apply finishing techniques to upholstered furniture

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed all the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

hand sew at least 2 items of upholstered furniture using 2 different sewing methods, collectively including cushion-mouth or outside-back sewing techniques

sew using each of these concealed finishing techniques:

straight-edge

shark’s-teeth

apply 3 of the following to upholstered furniture:

scroll gimp/braid

close studding

open studding

continuous studding

double piping

single piping as a finish in a groove

band and stud finish

flange cord

cord and ruching.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

fabric types, common faults and inspection procedures

materials typically used to finish upholstered furniture, including:

fabrics

leather

upholstery nails

gimping

metal trim

piping and vinyl

finishing methods used for different fabric types

the function of tools and equipment typically used to finish upholstered furniture, including:

needles and threads

tack hammers

hammers

hot melt glue gun

work health and safety requirements, including personal protective equipment (PPE) and manual handling procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

work orders

sewing equipment, hardware and fabrics required for performance evidence

PPE

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFUP3023 Develop cutting plan and cut multiple layer upholstery fabric

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop a cutting plan and cut multiple layer upholstery fabrics such as velvet or vinyl and plain or patterned fabric by hand or using automatic methods.

Upholstery workers with this competency follow established procedures, using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve potential issues. They recognise dependencies and use cooperative approaches to optimise workflow and productivity.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Upholstery

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for task	1.1 Determine task requirements, including required fabrics and equipment and number and nature of items to be cut, from work documentation 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.3 Determine work methods and sequence from task requirements and in accordance with workplace procedures 1.4 Select and prepare suitable work area and clear it of contaminants 1.5 Select appropriate equipment and tools for cutting fabrics and check they are operating safely 1.6 Select fabric and check that it is free of contaminants and meets quantity, quality, size, pattern and consistency requirements for job in accordance with workplace procedures 1.7 Check that scissors and other cutting equipment are appropriately sharp, functional and in safe condition
2. Develop cutting list and cutting plan	2.1 Note cutting requirements, including bias or other instructions, to inform planning 2.2 Take and note measurements for upholstered items to inform planning 2.3 Develop cutting list using appropriate format, abbreviations and terminology for cut sizes, names and number of pieces in accordance with workplace procedures 2.4 Develop cutting plan taking account of railroaded fabric and ensuring that fabric is laid correctly to indicate run for each panel, that dimensions for each component part are noted, and that fabric waste is minimised, in accordance with workplace procedures
3. Prepare materials for cutting	3.1 Lay out selected fabrics in accordance with task requirements and check that it is free of flaws and has appropriate finish 3.2 Identify nap/pile direction, direction of pattern, pattern repeat and finished side of the materials to inform layout of pieces 3.3 Square up fabrics to edges or guide markings on cutting table 3.4 Lay out patterns in accordance with work procedures and instructions, using registration points on pattern and other instructions to match required fabric pattern
4. Cut material	4.1 Confirm measurements and make required adjustments to positioning 4.2 Check that tools and equipment are safe and functional 4.3 Complete required cutting operations in accordance with workplace procedures 4.4 Inspect cut fabric for quality and process unsatisfactory items in accordance with workplace instructions 4.5 Fold fabrics, wrap using appropriate protective covers, and attach care label information prior to dispatch to next process in accordance with workplace procedures
5. Complete task	5.1 Check, clean and store equipment and any unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 5.2 Tag unserviceable equipment, identify faults and inform appropriate personnel in accordance with workplace procedures 5.3 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 5.4 Complete required workplace records

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate length and area and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFUP3009 Develop cutting plan and cut multiple layer upholstery fabric.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP3023 Develop cutting plan and cut multiple layer upholstery fabric

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed all the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

develop a cutting plan for at least 5 different products. At least 4 of the following materials should be included. At least 1 material should be patterned:

velour/velvet

tapestry

damask

linen

cotton

outdoor fabric or acrylic canvas

vinyl.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

common faults and inspection procedures for material, including:

plain and patterned fabric

velvet

vinyl

work requirements, including workplace standards, for cutting multiple layer fabrics

typical tools and equipment required for cutting multiple layer upholstery fabrics, including:

cutting table

tape measures

scissors

cutting blades

round knife cutter

straight knife

automatic cutting machines and cloth cutting machine

work health and safety requirements, including personal protective equipment (PPE) and manual handling procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

work orders

cutting tools and fabrics required for performance evidence

PPE

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFUP3024 Cut, sew and fit skirts to upholstered furniture

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to measure, mark out, cut and sew skirts for items of upholstered furniture. Upholstery workers with this competency follow established procedures using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve potential issues. They recognise dependencies and use cooperative approaches to optimise workflow and productivity.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Upholstery

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan task	1.1 Determine task requirements including design, fabrics, accessories and finish for the skirts from work documentation or spoken instructions 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.3 Determine work method and sequence from task requirements 1.4 Select and prepare suitable work area and clear it of contaminants 1.5 Select equipment and tools to meet task requirements and check they are safe and functional 1.6 Check fabric is free of contaminants and meets task requirements for quantity, quality, size, pattern and consistency
2. Measure and mark out pattern/template	2.1 Measure furniture item to be fitted or obtain measurements from work documentation 2.2 Develop pattern or template from measurements 2.3 Lay out fabric and position pattern or template to conform with pattern, nap or direction of fabric and to minimise wastage 2.4 Mark any registration points and follow other instructions to match pattern to fabric 2.5 Mark fabric in accordance with workplace procedures
3. Cut and sew skirts	3.1 Square up fabric to edges or guide markings on cutting table 3.2 Cut fabric and check that work is within tolerance for accuracy in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Identify and follow sewing machine set-up requirements and adjustments 3.4 Operate machine to maintain required product quality and output 3.5 Check that finished skirts meet quality requirements and reprocess as required by workplace procedures
4. Complete task	4.1 Check, clean and store equipment and any unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 4.2 Tag unserviceable equipment, identify faults and inform appropriate personnel in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 5.4 Complete required workplace records

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate length and area and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFUP3010 Cut, sew and fit skirts to upholstered furniture.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP3024 Cut, sew and fit skirts to upholstered furniture

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

measure, mark out, cut and sew each of the following types of skirts, 2 of which must be lined and one of which must be fitted to a footstool or chair:

knife pleat skirt

box pleat skirt

mock box pleat skirt

inverted pleat skirt.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

work requirements, including workplace standards and inspection procedures, for fabricating skirts

workflows for fabricating skirts

material types and characteristics, common faults and inspection procedures, including:

fabric

calico

chalk

pattern/template material

design features of the finished furnishing items in relation to laying out the pattern and cutting the fabric

tools and equipment typically required to cut, sew and fit skirts to upholstered furniture, including:

measuring tape

cutting table

straight edges

skewers

scissors

flatbed walking foot and overlocker sewing machines

how to set up and adjust sewing machine features, including:

threading machine and winding bobbin

setting required tensions

selecting required machine settings

lubricating and adjusting the machine

testing operations for work order requirements

work health and safety requirements, including personal protective equipment (PPE) and manual handling procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

work orders

items of furniture to which skirts are fitted

cutting tools, cutting table, fabric and sewing machines required for performance evidence

PPE

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFUP3025 Cut, sew, fit or fill cushions

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to measure, cut, sew, and fit or fill loose and fitted cushions for upholstered furniture. Upholstery workers with this competency follow established procedures using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve potential issues. They recognise dependencies and use cooperative approaches to optimise workflow and productivity.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Upholstery

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan task	1.1 Determine task requirements including design, fabrics, accessories and finish for cushions from work documentation or spoken instructions 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.3 Determine filling medium, work method and sequence from task requirements 1.4 Select and prepare suitable work area and clear it of contaminants 1.5 Select appropriate equipment and tools and check that they are functional and safe 1.6 Check that materials are free of contaminants and meet requirements for quantity, quality, size, pattern and consistency in accordance with workplace procedures
2. Cut and sew cushion covers	2.1 Lay out material on cutting table and identify nap or pile, direction of pattern, pattern repeat and finished side of fabric to inform cutting approach 2.2 Lay out patterns using registration points on pattern and other instructions to match required fabric pattern, ensuring maximum use of fabric 2.3 Cut fabric and inspect work to ensure accuracy and tolerance in accordance with workplace procedures 2.4 Identify and follow sewing machine set-up requirements and make required adjustments 2.5 Ensure machine maintains required product quality and output 2.6 Check that finished cushion meet quality requirements and reprocess as required in accordance with workplace procedures
3. Fit and fill cushions	3.1 Check cushion covers for fit and determine amount of filling for each application 3.2 Fill cushions to required size using appropriate methods 3.3 Perform final sewing tasks in accordance with workplace procedures
4. Complete task	4.1 Check, clean and store equipment and any unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 4.2 Tag unserviceable equipment, identify faults and inform appropriate personnel in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 4.4 Complete required workplace records

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate area and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFUP3011 Cut, sew and fit or fill cushions.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP3025 Cut, sew, fit or fill cushions

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

cut, sew and fit or fill the following cushions:

scatter cushion with piping, closed using a slip stitch

round seat pad of at least 300 mm diameter and 50 mm thick in a patterned fabric, with border and single top stitch, top border with zipper, and touch tape ties

wrap-around cushion with plain-seam side borders

typical cane style back-cushion with gathering to the corners, centre piped.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

work requirements, including workplace standards and inspection procedures, for cutting, sewing and fitting or filling cushions

workflows for cutting, sewing and fitting or filling cushions

material types and characteristics, common faults and inspection procedures, including at least 6 of the following:

fabric

filling material:

foam

Dacron

flock

crumbed foam

springs

wadding fibre

linters and feathers/down

design features of the finished furnishing items and how these affect laying out the pattern and cutting the fabric

typical tools and equipment required to cut, sew and fit or fill cushions, including:

cutting table

cutting machines

scissors

sewing machines, including flatbed, walking foot and overlocker

cushion filling machines

how to set up and adjust sewing machine features, including:

threading machine and winding bobbin

setting required tensions

selecting required machine settings

lubricating and adjusting the machine

testing operations for work order requirements

work health and safety requirements, including personal protective equipment (PPE) and manual handling procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

work orders

cutting table, material, filling medium, sewing machines and cushion filling machine required for performance evidence

PPE

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFUP3026 Apply marine sewing and installation techniques

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use marine sewing techniques to create upholstery items, such as covers for use in marine applications, and to fit required attachments and fixing devices.

Upholstery and marine fit-out workers with this competency work in accordance with established procedures using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve potential issues. They recognise dependencies and use cooperative approaches to optimise workflow and productivity.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Upholstery

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for task	1.1 Determine task requirements, including machines, attachments, materials and work sequence and method, from work documentation and in accordance with workplace procedures 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.3 Check that equipment, including components and controls, are functional and safe 1.4 Check that materials and part-constructed products meet job requirements in accordance with workplace procedures 1.5 Lay out work pieces in sequence in accordance with specifications and workplace procedures
2. Conduct sewing operation	2.1 Set up sewing machine, including attachments, and make required adjustments in accordance with workplace procedures 2.2 Fit thread type and size to machine to suit fabric 2.3 Operate machine to maintain required product quality and outputs 2.4 Attach reinforcing or protective measures, fittings or attachments and fixing devices in accordance with workplace procedures 2.5 Inspect finished products, including covers, for quality and reprocess in accordance with workplace procedures
3. Complete task	3.1 Check, clean and store equipment and any unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Tag unserviceable equipment, identify faults and inform appropriate personnel in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 3.4 Complete required workplace records, including those for stock usage

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate length and area and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFUP3012 Apply marine sewing and installation techniques.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP3026 Apply marine sewing and installation techniques

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

prepare and install a minimum of 3 square metres of cover to at least 3 vertical or horizontal surfaces

sew at least 3 covers, collectively including at least 3 of the following fasteners and attachments:

clips

press studs

buckles

eyelets

shackles

zips

reinforcing patches

straps.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

procedures for reporting damaged or imperfect products

workflow requirements for sewing process

function of sewing equipment, including:

overlockers

flatbed machines

twin needle machines

walking foot machines

common material and product faults and repair methods

equipment and processes for sewing and installing marine items

types of sewing machine typically used for marine sewing

quality systems and standards for marine items

tools and equipment commonly used in marine sewing and installation

materials used for marine upholstery and their appropriateness for different applications, including:

canvas

sail materials

leather

foam-backed vinyl and upholstery fabrics

work health and safety requirements, including personal protective equipment (PPE) and manual handling procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

work orders

sewing machine, materials, fittings and threads required for performance evidence

PPE

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFUP3027 Cut and sew canvas and acrylics

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to measure, cut and sew canvas and acrylic materials and apply fixtures and fittings for varied applications including automotive and marine applications.

Upholstery and automotive and marine fit-out workers with this competency follow established procedures, using discretion, judgement and problem-solving to identify and resolve potential issues. They recognise dependencies and use cooperative approaches to optimise workflow and productivity.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Upholstery

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for task	1.1 Determine task requirements from work documentation including required material, number and nature of items to be cut and equipment to be used 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.3 Determine required machines, attachments, tools, materials, work method and sequence to achieve task requirements 1.4 Select and prepare suitable work area and clear it of contaminants 1.5 Check that equipment, including components, controls and any supplementary equipment, is functional and safe 1.6 Check that scissors and other cutting equipment are appropriately sharp, functional and safe 1.7 Check that materials to be cut and sewn meet requirements and report problems in accordance with workplace procedures
2. Develop cutting plan	2.1 Identify cutting requirements from work documentation 2.2 Confirm measurements for item, noting locations of high wear, chafing, fittings, attachments and fixing devices 2.3 Develop cutting list using appropriate format, abbreviations and terminology in accordance with workplace procedures 2.4 Finalise cutting plan in accordance with workplace procedures
3. Prepare materials for cutting	3.1 Select and lay out material and inspect for flaws in accordance with task requirements 3.2 Identify finished side of materials and position on cutting table for marking or pattern lay-out 3.3 Mark out material or lay out patterns in accordance with workplace procedures and task requirements
4. Cut material	4.1 Confirm measurements and make required adjustments to positioning of fabric 4.2 Check tools and equipment for correct operation 4.3 Complete required cutting operations in accordance with task requirements 4.4 Inspect cut material for quality and reprocess unsatisfactory items in accordance with workplace instructions 4.5 Label and dispatch cut materials to next process in accordance with workplace procedures
5. Conduct sewing operation	5.1 Check that items to be sewn meet size, quality and other task requirements 5.2 Set up sewing machine, including attachments and make required adjustments in accordance with workplace procedures 5.3 Operate machine in accordance with manufacturer instructions and workplace procedures to maintain required product quality and output 5.4 Attach reinforcing or protective measures, fittings or attachments and fixing devices in accordance with workplace procedures 5.5 Inspect finished items for quality, and reprocess unacceptable items in accordance with workplace procedures
6. Complete task	6.1 Check, clean and store equipment and any unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 6.2 Tag unserviceable equipment, identify faults and inform appropriate personnel in accordance with workplace procedures 6.3 Clean work area, safely dispose of waste and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures and environmental standards 6.4 Complete required workplace records

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate information in familiar workplace documents

Numeracy skills to measure and calculate length and area and estimate material requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFUP3013 Cut and sew canvas and acrylics.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFUP3027 Cut and sew canvas and acrylics

Modification History

Release 1. Changes to code, application, elements, performance criteria, assessment requirements. Foundation skills added. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed all the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

measure, cut and sew at least one canvas product and one acrylic product, collectively including at least 2 of the following:

clips

press studs

buckles

eyelets

shackles

zips

reinforcing patches

straps

apply at least 2 metres of binding as an edge finish, including a curve and three corners.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

procedures for reporting damaged or imperfect products or interruption to workflows

workflows for the cutting and sewing process

function of cutting and sewing equipment, including:

overlockers

flatbed sewing machines

walking foot sewing machines

measuring tapes

scissors

cutting blades

knives and threads

characteristics of materials and appropriateness for different applications, including:

cloths

canvases

acrylics

carpets

foam-backed fusion bonded

needle punched materials

thread

common fault in material used and repair methods

quality systems and standards for canvas and acrylics work

workplace procedures for cutting and sewing canvas and acrylics

work health and safety requirements, including personal protective equipment (PPE) and manual handling procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

work orders

cutting table, scissors, blades and cutting machines and sewing machine required for performance evidence

PPE

workplace procedures, manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals, and reference materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

AHCLSC308 Install metal structures and features

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with AHC Agriculture, Horticulture, Conservation and Land Management Training Package Version 2.0.
Release 1	This version released with AHC Agriculture, Horticulture, Conservation and Land Management Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit of competency describes the skills and knowledge required to install metal structures and features as a component of landscape project works.

This unit applies to individuals who take responsibility for their own work and for the quality of the work of others. They use discretion and judgement in the selection, allocation and use of available resources.

No occupational licensing, legislative or certification requirements are known to apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Landscape (LSC)

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan and prepare work	1.1 Interpret plans and specifications 1.2 Check the quantity and quality of materials 1.3 Select tools and equipment and check for serviceability 1.4 Identify hazards, assess risks and implement controls 1.5 Select and use personal protective equipment (PPE)
2. Set out the site for the structure	2.1 Determine and locate services 2.2 Mark out the position of the structure or feature 2.3 Establish profiles to conform to nominated tolerances 2.4 Excavate and prepare footings according to the type of structure to be erected
3. Prepare and cut metal components	3.1 Lay components out for assembly 3.2 Mark the length of components and the positions of joins 3.3 Cut, check and join components in preparation for joining and assembly
4. Assemble and erect structure	4.1 Fix, join or assemble metal components into position and fix into place 4.2 Install remaining components and fix into position 4.3 Finish off structure to ensure all components are secure and complete 4.4 Apply coatings
5. Check quality of work and clean-up site	5.1 Inspect the quality of finished works to ensure they have met the required drawings and specifications standards 5.2 Clean debris from structure and site 5.3 Remove and dispose of all debris in a manner that minimises risk to the environment 5.4 Store unused metal components for future re-use 5.5 Clean, maintain and store tools and equipment

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential for performance in this unit of competency but are not explicit in the performance criteria.

Foundation Skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
AHCLSC308 Install metal structures and features Release 2	AHCLSC308 Install metal structures and features Release 1	Minor typographical error corrected	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volumes, including Implementation Guides, are available at VETNet: - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=c6399549-9c62-4a5e-bf1a-524b2322cf72

Assessment Requirements for AHCLSC308 Install metal structures and features

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with AHC Agriculture, Horticulture, Conservation and Land Management Training Package Version 2.0.
Release 1	This version released with AHC Agriculture, Horticulture, Conservation and Land Management Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must be assessed on their ability to integrate and apply the performance requirements of this unit in a workplace setting. Performance must be demonstrated consistently over time and in a suitable range of contexts.

The candidate must provide evidence that they can:

plan and prepare metal structures and features using plans and specifications

mark out sites for metal structures and features using design drawings and specifications

use surveying instruments

establish levels and prepare footings

excavate footings

estimate quantities

use power tools efficiently and safely

measure and mark lengths of metal components

fix, join or assemble metal components using a variety of recognised methods

apply a variety of surface finishes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

the principles and practices of installing metal structures and features

levelling principles and techniques

footings for metal structures and their construction methods.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy current standards for RTOs.

Links

Companion Volumes, including Implementation Guides, are available at VETNet: - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=c6399549-9c62-4a5e-bf1a-524b2322cf72

AURVTT121 Select and apply adhesives in automotive and marine service and repair work

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to select and use adhesives with a range of automotive and marine surfaces. It involves preparing for the task, selecting and using tools and equipment, and completing workplace processes and documentation.

The unit applies to those working in the automotive service and repair industry. The adhesives include those used with automotive, marine, motorcycle, aircraft or recreational vehicle materials.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Vehicle Body Technical - Trimming and Upholstery

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Determine job requirements from workplace instructions 1.2 Access and interpret adhesive information 1.3 Identify hazards associated with the work and manage risks 1.4 Select tools and equipment and check for serviceability 1.5 Prepare work area and plan work to minimise waste and use time efficiently
2. Select adhesive	2.1 Select required adhesive for specific automotive materials according to manufacturer specifications and workplace procedures 2.2 Identify and follow specific safety data sheet (SDS) information for selected adhesive
3. Apply adhesive to prepared surfaces	3.1 Clean and prepare surfaces according to adhesive manufacturer specifications 3.2 Apply adhesives according to workplace procedures and safety and environmental requirements, and without causing damage to system or components
4. Complete work processes	4.1 Make final adhesive selection and present for use 4.2 Clear work area and dispose of or recycle materials according to workplace procedures 4.3 Complete documentation according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Locates required sources of information efficiently.
Oral communication	Clarifies instructions and procedures Reports quality issues and job outcomes clearly.
Planning and organising	Plans own work requirements Prioritises actions to achieve required outcomes Ensures tasks are completed within workplace timeframes.
Technology	Uses specialist tools and equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to AURVTT021 Select and apply adhesives in automotive and marine service and repair work.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

Assessment Requirements for AURVTT121 Select and apply adhesives in automotive and marine service and repair work

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with AUR Automotive Retail, Service and Repair Training Package Version 6.0

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

select and apply adhesives to at least three different automotive or marine components, in which the work must involve at least one door trim.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to locate and interpret information required to select and apply adhesives in automotive and marine service and repair work, including:

information provided by customer and supervisors

manufacturer specifications and procedures or equivalent documentation

workplace procedures required to select and apply adhesives in automotive and marine service and repair work, including:

establishing serviceability of tools and equipment

documentation procedures

housekeeping procedures, including:

examination of tools and equipment

storage of equipment

identification, tagging and isolation of faulty equipment

disposal of excess materials

recycling procedures

work health and safety (WHS) requirements relating to selecting and applying adhesives in automotive and marine service and repair work, including procedures for:

selecting and using PPE

using safety data sheets (SDS) for adhesives

using specialist tools and equipment

storing adhesives

environmental requirements, including procedures for trapping, storing and disposing of adhesives and waste materials

information relating to adhesives, including:

adhesive-specific specifications

adhesive-specific application and removal instructions and processes

SDS information

adhesive manufacturer specifications

adhesive types required for different automotive and marine materials

adhesive application techniques and procedures, including:

surface preparation

application

cleaning and disposal

procedures for protecting vehicle, vessel and components when applying adhesives

procedures for final inspection of applied adhesive.

Assessment Conditions

Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting.

Assessment must include direct observation of tasks.

Where assessment of competency includes third-party evidence, individuals must provide evidence that links them to the adhesives they have selected and used on vehicles, vessels and components, e.g. work orders.

Assessors must verify performance evidence through questioning on skills and knowledge to ensure correct interpretation and application.

The following resources must be made available:

automotive or marine trimming workplace or simulated workplace

workplace instructions

instructions relating to the selection and use of adhesives

SDS for adhesives

adhesives

PPE required to use adhesives

three different automotive or marine components as specified in the performance evidence requiring the use of adhesives

tools, equipment and materials appropriate for applying adhesives.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b4278d82-d487-4070-a8c4-78045ec695b1

BSBADM311 Maintain business resources

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to determine, administer and maintain resources and equipment to complete a variety of tasks.

It applies to individuals who are skilled operators and apply a broad range of competencies in various work contexts. They may exercise discretion and judgement using appropriate theoretical knowledge of business resources and their basic maintenance to provide technical advice and support to a team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Administration – General Administration

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Advise on resource requirements	1.1 Calculate estimates of future and present business resource needs in accordance with organisational requirements 1.2 Ensure advice is clear, concise and relevant to achieve organisational requirements 1.3 Provide information on the most economical and effective choice of equipment, materials and suppliers 1.4 Identify resource shortages and possible impact on operations
2 Monitor resource usage and maintenance	2.1 Ensure resource handling is in accordance with established organisational requirements including occupational health and safety requirements 2.2 Use business technology to monitor and identify the effective use of resources 2.3 Use consultation with individuals and teams to facilitate effective decision-making on the appropriate allocation of resources 2.4 Identify and adhere to relevant policies regarding resource use in the performance of operational tasks 2.5 Routinely monitor and compare resource usage with estimated requirements in budget plans
3 Acquire resources	3.1 Ensure acquisition and storage of resources is in accordance with organisational requirements, is cost effective, and consistent with organisational timelines 3.2 Acquire resources within available timelines to meet identified requirements 3.3 Review resource acquisition processes to identify improvements in future resource acquisitions

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.4, 2.4, 2.5, 3.3	Identifies and interprets information from a range of sources, including organisational policies and procedures
Writing	1.1, 1.3, 2.2, 2.5, 3.3	Uses clear and succinct language and appropriate layout to provide information, advice and support materials
Oral Communication	1.2, 1.3, 2.3	Presents information or advice choosing language appropriate to the context and needs of the audience Uses active listening and questioning to confirm understanding
Numeracy	1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 2.2, 2.4, 2.5, 3.1-3.3	Selects and uses appropriate tools to aid with estimation and other resource assessment requirements Uses a combination of mainly informal and some formal written mathematical equations to represent the outcomes of the resource allocation process
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 1.2, 2.1, 2.4, 3.1, 3.2	Takes some personal responsibility for adherence to organisational procedures and protocols
Interact with others	2.3	Uses collaborative techniques to engage personnel in consultations and negotiations
Get the work done	1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 2.2, 2.5, 3.3	Plans a range of routine tasks and required resources, accepting goals and aiming to achieve them within allocated timeframes Recognises and takes responsibility for addressing predictable problems in familiar work contexts Follows routine procedures for using digital technology to enter, store and retrieve information directly relevant to role Understands the purpose and some specific functions of some common digital tools used in work contexts Evaluates effectiveness of decisions in terms of how well they met stated goals

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBADM311 Maintain business resources	BSBADM311A Maintain business resources	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBADM311 Maintain business resources

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

collect and record data on resource use

observe resource use over defined and operational timeframes

perform routine resource maintenance.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

list the key provisions of relevant legislation

identify the organisational resource acquisition policies, plans and procedures

identify the organisational procedures for record keeping/filing systems, security and safe recording practices.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the general administration field of work and include access to office equipment and resources.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBCRT311 Apply critical thinking skills in a team environment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes skills and knowledge required to apply critical thinking skills to generate solutions to workplace problems in a team environment.

The unit applies to individuals who are required to develop and extend their critical and creative thinking skills to different issues and situations. These individuals apply a range of problem solving, evaluation and analytical skills resolve workplace issues within a team context.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Critical Thinking & Problem Solving – Critical Thinking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to address workplace problem	1.1 Identify and select workplace problem to address within scope of job role of team members 1.2 Identify organisational and legislative frameworks applicable to selected problem 1.3 Develop questions to identify key issues and challenges of selected problem 1.4 Consult key stakeholders using questions to gather information on selected problem
2. Evaluate solutions for workplace problem	2.1 Identify a range of critical thinking techniques to generate solutions to selected problem 2.2 Develop solutions using knowledge and experience of team members 2.3 Explain development process for individual solutions generated to team members 2.4 Apply agreed criteria for selecting most suitable option in consultation with team members 2.5 Critically evaluate solutions generated and select solution to be implemented
3. Finalise and review solution development process	3.1 Present solution to relevant stakeholders with explanation of critical thinking processes involved 3.2 Respond to challenges and questions from stakeholders 3.3 Evaluate critical thinking processes with team members and using feedback received 3.4 Identify critical thinking learnings to apply to individual and team situations

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	Uses questioning as a strategy to expand knowledge Reflects on existing thinking and current practices to generate new ideas
Oral communication	Participates in a verbal exchange of ideas and elicits the view and opinions of others by listening and questioning
Reading	Comprehends textual information and integrates ideas and concepts from various sources
Writing	Documents observations and experiences related to problem solving
Teamwork	Collaborates with others to test, strengthen and explore new ideas and different ways of thinking

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Supersedes but is not equivalent to BSBCRT301 Develop and extend critical and creative thinking skills.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBCRT311 Apply critical thinking skills in a team environment

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

generate and present solutions to a workplace problem on at least two occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify and analyse workplace problems as part of a team

develop questions on key challenges of a chosen problem

consult relevant stakeholders to gather information on workplace problem

use a range of creative thinking techniques as part of a team to generate ideas or responses to questions or issues

use critical thinking processes to develop relevant questions and criteria for identified workplace issue

present to relevant stakeholders and respond to answers

assess feedback to identify key personal and team learnings.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisational and legislative frameworks

advantages of different perspectives when asking questions

critical thinking techniques

applicable criteria to assess potential solutions to workplace issue

boundaries to be considered when generating ideas and responses

methods to develop individual critical and creative thinking skills.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to specific challenges and situations to which critical and creative thinking may be applied to workplace problems as part of a team.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBCRT412 Articulate, present and debate ideas

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to articulate, present and debate ideas in a work or broader life context using creative techniques in order to provoke response, reaction and critical discussion.

The unit applies to individuals who contribute and present ideas that may be complex in nature and may relate to new products, services, processes or creative works. These individuals are required to communicate ideas persuasively.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Critical Thinking & Problem Solving – Critical Thinking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish framework for communication	1.1 Assess purpose of, and audience for communication according to task requirements 1.2 Evaluate advantages and disadvantages of various methods of communication according to task requirements 1.3 Research organisational or legislative frameworks applicable to communication
2. Develop ideas for communication	2.1 Assess persuasive communication techniques against objectives of communication 2.2 Identify specific ways to provoke and encourage response in individuals or groups in consultation with others 2.3 Consider potential communication challenges and strategies for mitigation 2.4 Research and document selected key ideas for presentation according to objectives of communication
3. Debate and discuss ideas	3.1 Present substantiated communication to audience 3.2 Facilitate conversations that challenge existing, and explore new, approaches to idea generation 3.3 Respond to questions about communication with relevant information 3.4 Use feedback to refine communication

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Oral communication	Articulates ideas and requirements clearly and creatively using techniques appropriate to audience and environment Participates in a verbal exchange of ideas and elicits the view and opinions of others by listening and questioning Uses a range of persuasive responses and makes comparisons which show an understanding of topics and concepts
Writing	Presents clearly written formats, drawing on a range of communication practices to achieve goals
Initiative and enterprise	Identifies opportunities to develop and apply new ideas and select ideas for implementation Identifies key themes and ideas to be explored and identifies ways to respond to and use diverse perspectives
Technology	Uses features and functions of digital tools and technologies to store and present information

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBCRT401 Articulate, present and debate ideas.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBCRT412 Articulate, present and debate ideas

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

facilitate a discussion and debate on ideas with at least two different audience types.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

evaluate the purpose, audience and legislative and organisational frameworks applicable to task

identify and analyse methods to elicit responses from audiences in consultation with others

identify challenges to communication of ideas for mitigation

research selected ideas for presentation

adopt persuasive communication techniques

participate actively in presentation and critical discussion of ideas

respond constructively to presentation feedback

use feedback to further refine developed communication.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

ways in which individuals receive and respond to ideas and information, and factors that influence response

advantages and disadvantages of various methods of communication

organisational or legislative frameworks applicable to subject or format of communication

key features of persuasive communication techniques, including storytelling

methods of researching ideas including:

desktop research

consultation with relevant experts

common techniques to tailor comments to audiences.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to opportunities to present, discuss and debate ideas with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBCRT413 Collaborate in creative processes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to engage in a creative process and reflect on own role in the process.

The unit applies to individuals who are working in creative industries, as well as those involved in broader business and community activities where creative team effort is highly valued.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Critical Thinking & Problem Solving – Critical Thinking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Enter into a collaborative creative process	1.1 Identify individual and group responsibilities according to task requirements 1.2 Identify legislative and organisational frameworks applicable to task 1.3 Identify expectations of collaborative process and task outcome with team 1.4 Confirm channels to communicate with team
2. Engage in a collaborative creative process	2.1 Develop action plan for collaboration 2.2 Establish solutions according to task requirements in collaboration with team 2.3 Provide constructive feedback on the ideas of others 2.4 Support team members to meet task requirements
3. Reflect on own role in the collaborative creative process	3.1 Reflect on personal level of participation, relationships with others and personal behaviour in the collaborative process 3.2 Seek feedback from others on personal contribution and participation 3.3 Identify methods and opportunities to improve collaborative skills

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	Reflects on processes and outcomes and identifies some key principles that may be relevant in future situations
Oral communication	Presents ideas clearly using language and features suitable to diverse audiences Uses listening and questioning techniques to elicit the views and opinions or others and to confirm understanding Actively identifies the requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting appropriate channel, format, tone and content to suit purpose and audience
Writing	Notes comments, suggestions and ideas for own use
Teamwork	Looks for ways of establishing connections and building genuine understanding with a diverse range of people Responds to and uses diverse perspectives to enrich the creative process Contributes to creating a climate where people feel comfortable to suggest, explore, adapt and adopt new ideas as a regular part of work life
Problem-solving	Uses problemsolving skills to evaluate and challenge ideas and move towards solutions
Self-management	Reflects on personal values, behaviours and assumptions and considers how these might be perceived by others

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBCRT402 Collaborate in a creative process.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to BSBCRT403 Explore the history and social impact of creativity.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBCRT413 Collaborate in creative processes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

collaborate in a creative process on at least two occasions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

contribute to a collaborative creative process in a way that generates, expands and develops ideas into a wellconceived solution

develop an action plan with team according to task requirements

evaluate and seek feedback on own role in the collaborative process

identify and act on ways to enhance own ability to contribute effectively to a collaborative creative process.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

legal framework that applies to the collaboration of creative process

methodologies for creative idea generation and refinement

features of trustworthy and ethical behaviour in the context of creative endeavours

various roles individuals may play in a collaborative creative process and how these roles contribute to the overall effort

strategies to develop teamwork in a collaborative creative process

components of team action plan including:

task requirements

timelines

delegation of responsibilities

techniques for maximising the potential for creativity in a team.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

a team of people in a collaborative creative process.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBCRT512 Originate and develop concepts

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to originate and develop concepts for products, programs, processes or services to an operational level.

The unit applies to individuals who develop concepts for any business or community activity or process. This may include marketing and advertising campaigns, staff development programs, information technology and communication systems, radio and television programs and entertainment events. These individuals operate with a high degree of autonomy and also collaborate with others to generate ideas and refine concepts for implementation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Critical Thinking & Problem Solving – Critical Thinking

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Scope issue	1.1 Select issue to be explored in consultation with relevant personnel 1.2 Assess possible solutions to business issue and identify restrictions according to job role and organisational policy 1.3 Research information on possible solutions to identified issue 1.4 Assess factors affecting viability of possible solutions
2. Generate and present solutions	2.1 Brainstorm ideas for addressing issue 2.2 Evaluate ideas against identified factors affecting viability 2.3 Compare ideas with best practice examples of similar products or programs or processes or services 2.4 Select and present a solution in relevant format to stakeholders
3. Refine solutions for implementation	3.1 Seek feedback on ideas from stakeholders 3.2 Respond to questions with substantiated answers 3.3 Document feedback according to organisational requirements 3.4 Refine and finalise solution according to task requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	Reflects and evaluates methods used to develop concepts and seeks ways to improve Actively elicits views and opinions of others to develop and refine ideas
Oral communication	Expresses thoughtful and challenging opinions using engaging language and non-verbal features Elicits views and information from others using a range of active listening and questioning techniques
Reading	Interprets and evaluates a range of complex information
Writing	Documents findings and ideas using language and structure to suit the purpose Prepares proposals and plans for relevant stakeholders incorporating appropriate vocabulary and grammatical structures
Teamwork	Collaborates with others to achieve joint outcomes, playing an active role in facilitating effective group interaction and influencing direction Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with internal and external stakeholders to seek or share information
Planning and organising	Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations to gather and evaluate possible concepts, and select the most appropriate concept for development Monitors outcomes, considering results from a range of perspectives and identifying key concepts and principles that may be adaptable to future situations
Technology	Uses main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks and access information

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBCRT501 Originate and develop concepts.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBCRT512 Originate and develop concepts

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop, refine and implement a solution to address a workplace issue on at least one occasion.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

consult with stakeholders to identify workplace issue to be addressed within scope of job role and organisational policy

generate potential ideas that provide innovative solutions to identified issues

evaluate viability of ideas

present ideas and information to others and reflect on responses

refine chosen solution in response to feedback.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

creative thinking techniques to generate innovative solutions to issues

existing products, programs, processes or services to address selected issue

factors affecting viability of possible solutions including:

commercial potential

suitability for the target audience or purpose

feasibility of implementing solution

issues and requirements to commercialise the concept

practical and operational issues to be considered in specific work or community context

practical and operational issues that determine whether a concept can be implemented

techniques for generating creative ideas and solutions, and for translating them into workable concepts.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

background information required to evaluate the operational factors that will affect the implementation of concepts

opportunities to collaborate with others throughout the concept development process.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBCUS301 Deliver and monitor a service to customers

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify customer needs, deliver and monitor customer service and identify improvements in the provision of customer service.

It applies to individuals who apply a broad range of competencies in various work contexts. In this role, individuals often exercise discretion and judgement using appropriate theoretical knowledge of customer service to provide technical advice and support to customers over short or long term interactions.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Stakeholder Relations – Customer Service

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Identify customer needs	1.1 Use appropriate interpersonal skills to accurately identify and clarify customer needs and expectations 1.2 Assess customer needs for urgency to determine priorities for service delivery according to organisational and legislative requirements 1.3 Use effective communication to inform customers about available choices for meeting their needs and assist in the selection of preferred options 1.4 Identify limitations in addressing customer needs and seek appropriate assistance from designated individuals
2 Deliver a service to customers	2.1 Provide prompt service to customers to meet identified needs in accordance with organisational and legislative requirements 2.2 Establish and maintain appropriate rapport with customers to ensure completion of quality service delivery 2.3 Sensitively and courteously handle customer complaints in accordance with organisational and legislative requirements 2.4 Provide assistance or respond to customers with specific needs according to organisational and legislative requirements 2.5 Identify and use available opportunities to promote and enhance services and products to customers
3 Monitor and report on service delivery	3.1 Regularly review customer satisfaction with service delivery using verifiable evidence according to organisational and legislative requirements 3.2 Identify opportunities to enhance the quality of service and products, and pursue within organisational and legislative requirements 3.3 Monitor procedural aspects of service delivery for effectiveness and suitability to customer requirements 3.4 Regularly seek customer feedback and use to improve the provision of products and services 3.5 Ensure reports are clear, detailed and contain recommendations focused on critical aspects of service delivery

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.2 2.1, 2.3, 2.4, 3.1, 3.5	Comprehends textual information to determine customer service requirements Proofreads texts for clarity of meaning and accuracy of grammar and punctuation
Writing	2.3, 3.5	Completes responses to customer complaints in required format Prepares reports using sequencing, format and words to communicate recommendations clearly and effectively
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4	Provides information or advice using structure and language to suit the audience Asks questions and listens to gain information or confirm understanding
Navigate the world of work	1.2, 2.1-2.4, 3.1, 3.2	Recognises, understands and applies organisational policies and procedures relevant to role
Interact with others	1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 3.4	Selects and uses appropriate communication conventions to establish connections, build rapport, seek information and develop professional working relationships Adjusts personal communication style in response to the opinions, values and particular needs of others
Get the work done	1.2, 2.3, 2.5, 3.1-3.5	Plans and implements systems to gather and organise information Monitor actions and progress against goals and implements adjustments as appropriate Uses problem-solving skills to analyse and respond to customer complaints or enquiries Identifies and follows up on opportunities to improve work practices and outcomes

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBCUS301 Deliver and monitor a service to customers	BSBCUS301B Deliver and monitor a service to customers	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBCUS301 Deliver and monitor a service to customers

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

use communication skills to establish rapport and build relationships with customers in accordance with organisational requirements

identify customer needs using appropriate questioning and active listening skills

provide customer service in accordance with organisational requirements

respond to and record customer feedback and action taken according to organisational standards, policies and procedures

produce a report which identifies and recommends ways to improve service delivery.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

summarise key provisions of relevant legislation from all levels of government that may affect aspects of business operations

explain organisational policy and procedures for customer service, including handling customer complaints

provide examples of verifiable evidence that could be used to review customer satisfaction

outline the interpersonal skills needed for serving customers, including customers with specific needs.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the customer service field of work and include access to:

office equipment and technology

workplace documents, organisational policies and procedures for customer service

examples of customer complaints and feedback

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBESB303 Organise finances for new business ventures

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to estimate start-up costs, financial viability and projected cash flow and budget for a new business venture. It involves assessing the need to access required finances based on calculations and estimates undertaken.

The unit applies to those establishing a business providing self-employment, as well as those establishing a new venture as part of a larger organisation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Business Competence – Entrepreneurship and Small Business

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to organise finances for new business venture	1.1 Establish current financial situation, showing funds available and commitments already incurred 1.2 Identify equity finance and assets from available sources 1.3 Identify business mix and forecast expected business activity over a year
2. Determine required finances for new business venture	2.1 Estimate start-up costs for business venture according to established business activities 2.2 Estimate income and expenses for first year of operation 2.3 Project cash flow for first year of operation 2.4 Seek specialist financial advice as required according to workplace procedures 2.5 Record cash flow and budget and required finances
3. Plan to access finances for new business venture	3.1 Investigate and source suitable types of finances 3.2 Establish methods of accessing finances and servicing any repayment schedule 3.3 Complete required documentation

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Gathers, interprets and analyses a variety of textual information from a range of sources and identifies relevant and key information
Writing	Uses information and industry-related terminology to complete required workplace documentation
Oral Communication	Uses listening and questioning techniques to seek information and confirm understanding
Numeracy	Analyses numerical information to complete required calculations and estimates
Initiative and enterprise	Seeks input and expert advice when decisions involve unfamiliar issues Determines priorities and sequences steps involved in clearly defined familiar tasks, and identifies and assembles resources required
Technology	Uses main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks and access information

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBSMB303 Organise finances for the micro business.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBESB303 Organise finances for new business ventures

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

organise finances for at least one new business venture.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

investigate financial position, commitments and needs

determine projected cash flow and budget for business venture

estimate finances needed to establish and operate the business venture.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

sources of specialist financial advice relating to new business ventures, including Australian Taxation office (ATO)

accounting software for use in the business venture described in performance evidence

key financial terminology relevant to new business ventures

relationship between finances and sales and marketing strategies

workplace procedures for:

costing or pricing and preparing financial forecasts

estimating start-up costs, including cost of expenses and assets

seeking specialist financial advice

income and costs to be considered when estimating operating budget, including:

monthly variable and fixed costs required for business activity

drawings needed for business venture to be financially viable

monthly income generated by business venture based on price per unit item or hourly charge rate for labour

goods and services tax

operating finance required for business.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

business technology, including internet access

finance documentation and resources relating to business described in performance evidence

sources of specialist advice.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBESB305 Address compliance requirements for new business ventures

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to source advice and specialist services to assist in addressing business compliance relating to regulatory, taxation and insurance requirements.

The unit applies to those establishing a business providing self-employment, as well as those establishing a new venture as part of a larger organisation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Business Competence – Entrepreneurship and Small Business

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Research compliance requirements of new business venture	1.1 Identify regulatory, taxation and insurance requirements relevant to new business venture 1.2 Access information that assists in interpreting and explaining identified compliance requirements 1.3 Research relationships between legislation, regulations, codes of practice, associated standards and accessed information to determine compliance requirements of the business venture
2. Seek specialist advice on compliance and risk minimisation	2.1 Identify sources of specialist advice and services relevant to identified compliance requirements and business venture profile 2.2 Select and access identified specialist advice and services according to business needs, available resources, and workplace procedures 2.3 Clarify and confirm compliance requirements and their appropriateness for business, and risk minimisation needs with advisors 2.4 Review and document advice and procedures
3. Take action to support business compliance	3.1 Arrange insurance cover for the business according to business needs, available resources, and workplace procedures 3.2 Implement compliance procedures according to specialist advice received 3.3 Seek feedback on implemented compliance procedures from required personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Identifies and interprets legislative and regulatory information relevant to business requirements
Oral communication	Articulates clearly using specific and relevant language suitable to audience to convey requirements, and listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Numeracy	Analyses numerical information to calculate specific business requirements Uses formal and informal mathematical language to discuss compliance
Self-management	Takes some personal responsibility for ensuring business compliance with legal and regulatory requirements
Planning and organising	Plans routine tasks with goals and outcomes, taking some responsibility for decisions regarding sequencing and timing Determines priorities and sequences steps involved in clearly defined tasks, and identifies and assembles resources required

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBSMB305 Comply with regulatory, taxation and insurance requirements for the micro business.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBESB305 Address compliance requirements for new business ventures

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

implement procedures to address at least two different compliance requirements for a business or new business venture.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify, select and access sources of advice on compliance and risk minimisation procedures

identify regulatory, taxation and insurance compliance requirements, and risk minimisation needs.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

regulatory, taxation and insurance compliance information, and specialist advice and services in relation to operation of new business ventures, including:

industry codes of practice and standards

registration and licensing

work health and safety (WHS) requirements and responsibilities

required insurances

workplace procedures that support compliance of new business venture, including for:

selecting and accessing specialist advice and services

arranging business insurance cover

key components of compliance procedures:

following taxation and industrial relations principles

updating and maintaining legal documents

investigating areas of non-compliance

monitoring provision of products and/or services

taking corrective action where necessary.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

business technology, including internet access for research

legislation, regulations, codes of practice and standards relating to compliance requirements described in performance evidence

workplace procedures and resources relevant to performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBESB401 Research and develop business plans

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to research and develop business plans for achieving business goals and objectives.

The unit applies to those establishing or operating a business providing self-employment, as well as those establishing a new venture as part of a larger organisation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Business Competence – Entrepreneurship and Small Business

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to develop business plan	1.1 Identify purpose and required components of business plan 1.2 Identify and document business goals, objectives and budget 1.3 Research market needs and estimate market size
2. Draft business plan	2.1 Establish resource, legal and compliance requirements according to identified business goals and objectives 2.2 Assess product mix, volumes and pricing opportunities relevant to the identified target market and according to business goals and objectives 2.3 Plan marketing activities relevant to the product mix and according to marketing objectives and strategies and budgetary requirements 2.4 Develop draft plan according to identified business goals, objectives and market needs 2.5 Analyse draft plan and identify, assess and prioritise internal and external risks according to workplace procedures 2.6 Research specialist services and sources of advice and cost according to available resources
3. Create a business plan	3.1 Identify costs associated with production and delivery of business products and/or services 3.2 Calculate prices based on costs and profit targets, as a charge-out rate for labour or unit price for products and/or services 3.3 Prepare cash flow projections to enable business operation according to business plan and legal requirements 3.4 Select budget targets to enable ongoing monitoring of financial performance 3.5 Identify sources of finance for required liquidity according to business goals and objectives and workplace procedures
4. Finalise business planning and plan for risk	4.1 Develop risk management strategies according to business goals and objectives, and legal and compliance requirements, and established business activities 4.2 Assess likelihood of non-conformance with each component of business plan 4.3 Develop a contingency plan to address possible areas of nonconformance according to workplace procedures 4.4 Identify specific interests and objectives of key stakeholders and confirm their support of planning outcomes

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Identifies, analyses and evaluates information during planning process
Writing	Prepares written documentation that communicates plan information clearly and effectively
Numeracy	Interprets numerical information to determine prospective markets, resource allocations and business profits/losses
Self-management	Identifies implications of legal and compliance requirements related to own work Makes a range of critical and non-critical decisions, taking a range of constraints into account
Planning and organising	Uses a combination of formal, logical planning processes to identify relevant information and to evaluate alternative strategies or methods

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBSMB404 Undertake small business planning.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

BSBSMB415 Refine and strengthen a small business

BSBSMB422 Plan small business growth.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBESB401 Research and develop business plans

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop at least one business plan that addresses the goals and objectives of a business or business venture.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

legal and compliance requirements relating to business operation to be included in plan, including:

environmental

work health and safety (WHS), including WHS responsibilities and procedures for identifying hazards relating to business profile

equal opportunity

industrial relations

types of business planning, including:

feasibility studies

strategic, operational, financial and marketing planning

factors affecting structure of business plan, including:

purpose of plan

target audience

desired outcomes

key components of business plan, including:

sources and costs of finance to provide required liquidity and profitability for business

marketing strategies and methods to promote market exposure of business

methods or means of production or operation required for business

staffing requirements to effectively produce or deliver products and services

contingency plan

methodology for researching and preparing a business plan

common business risks and risk management strategies

workplace procedures for:

assessing and prioritising internal and external risks to business

establishing resource requirements aligned to business goals and objectives, including for calculating staffing requirements to produce or deliver products and/or services

developing a business contingency plan for unexpected events and situations

developing risk management strategies.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

legislation, regulations, standards and codes relating to business described in performance evidence

workplace documentation and resources relevant to performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBESB402 Establish legal and risk management requirements of new business ventures

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify and comply with legal and risk management requirements of the business or new business venture, including negotiating, creating and planning for legal contracts used within the business, where required.

The unit applies to those establishing a business providing self-employment, as well as those establishing a new venture as part of a larger organisation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Business Competence – Entrepreneurship and Small Business

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify legal and risk management requirements relating to business	1.1 Identify legal structure of business using reliable sources 1.2 Identify legislative and regulatory requirements applicable to identified legal structure 1.3 Analyse identified requirements and their relationship to business and workplace practices and processes
2. Implement procedures and processes to comply with legislative and regulatory requirements	2.1 Develop and implement procedures to ensure compliance with relevant legislative and regulatory requirements 2.2 Develop and implement processes and procedures for storing and maintaining legal documents and business records 2.3 Establish systems to identify areas of noncompliance and take corrective action where necessary
3. Negotiate and arrange contracts	3.1 Assess products and/or services to determine procurement rights and ensure protection of business interests 3.2 Negotiate and secure contractual procurement rights for goods and/or services as required and according to business plan and workplace procedures 3.3 Complete any contractual arrangements according to workplace procedures and business plan 3.4 Seek legal advice if required to confirm contractual rights and obligations
4. Mitigate business risks	4.1 Analyse business activities and identify applicable risk management requirements 4.2 Assess probability and impact of identified internal and external risks to business 4.3 Develop a plan to prioritise and treat risks 4.4 Implement procedures to mitigate risks according to risk treatment plan

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	Accesses information to maintain up-to-date information on legal and risk management requirements
Reading	Identifies, analyses and evaluates a range of complex text to determine legislative, regulatory and related business requirements
Writing	Prepares written plans and workplace documentation that communicate information clearly and effectively
Oral communication	Uses specific and relevant language to clearly articulate legal issues, and uses questioning and listening techniques to clarify solutions Participates in verbal negotiations using tone and language suitable to audience
Numeracy	Reviews, analyses and contrasts numerical data which may be embedded in documents
Self-management	Monitors adherence to workplace procedures and legislative requirements
Planning and organising	Implements actions as per plans and makes adjustments if necessary and addressing unexpected issues

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBSMB401 Establish legal and risk management requirements of small business.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

BSBIPR405 Protect and use intangible assets in small business

BSBSMB410 Review and implement energy efficiency in business operations.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBESB402 Establish legal and risk management requirements of new business ventures

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

establish legal and risk management requirements for at least one business or new business venture, and implement procedures for meeting them

create at least one contract with a supplier of goods or services to business or new business venture

identify, assess and treat at least three different risks specific to business or new business venture and prioritise risks with highest probability of occurrence and greatest negative impact.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

legislative and regulatory requirements relating to operation of new business ventures, including:

consumer legislation

environmental requirements and responsibilities

registration and licensing

industry codes of practice and standards

work health and safety (WHS) requirements and responsibilities

insurance products and requirements, including adequate coverage

workplace procedures for:

negotiating, creating and terminating contractual arrangements, including seeking legal advice

investigating and securing procurement rights relating to products and/or services

identifying options for leasing or owning business premises

legal rights and obligations of alternative ownership structures

key features of workplace record-keeping processes and procedures that:

meet minimum legal and taxation requirements

maintain records in a secure and accessible manner

key components of compliance procedures:

following taxation and industrial relations principles and requirements

updating and maintaining legal documents

investigating areas of non-compliance

monitoring provision of products and/or services

taking corrective action where necessary

key steps in risk management process, including procedures for developing and implementing business risk treatment plan.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

business technology, including internet access

legislation, regulations, codes of practice and standards relating to business described in performance evidence

workplace documentation and resources relevant to performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBESB403 Plan finances for new business ventures

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify financial requirements of a business, including profit targets, cash flow projections and strategies to garner financial support.

The unit applies to those establishing a business providing self-employment, as well as those establishing a new venture as part of a larger organisation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Business Competence – Entrepreneurship and Small Business

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to plan finances	1.1 Identify costs associated with production and delivery of business products and/or services 1.2 Set profit targets according to business venture requirements and workplace procedures 1.3 Calculate prices based on costs and profit targets, as a charge-out rate for labour or unit price for products and/or services 1.4 Calculate breakeven sales point to assess viability of business venture 1.5 Evaluate and select pricing strategies in relation to market conditions to meet profit targets and according to workplace procedures 1.6 Prepare projected profit statement to supplement business plan
2. Develop a financial plan	2.1 Identify working capital requirements necessary to attain profit projections 2.2 Identify noncurrent asset requirements and consider alternative asset management strategies 2.3 Prepare cash flow projections to enable business operation according to business plan and legal requirements 2.4 Identify capital investment requirements accurately for each operational period 2.5 Select budget targets to enable ongoing monitoring of financial performance
3. Plan to acquire finance	3.1 Identify startup and ongoing financial requirements according to financial plan and budget 3.2 Identify sources of finance for required liquidity according to business goals and objectives and workplace procedures 3.3 Research and assess cost of securing finance on optimal terms 3.4 Develop strategies to obtain finance as required to ensure financial viability of business venture

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Identifies, analyses and evaluates complex information from a range of sources
Writing	Prepares written plans and workplace documentation that communicate information clearly and effectively
Numeracy	Analyses numerical information to determine costs, prices, profit and losses, and other financial data
Self-management	Identifies implications of legal and regulatory responsibilities for own work Takes a range of constraints into account and adjusts, if necessary

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBSMB402 Plan small business finances.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBESB403 Plan finances for new business ventures

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop at least one financial plan that addresses financial requirements of a business or new business venture, including cash flow projections and a projected profit statement.

In the course of the above, the candidate must demonstrate that the plan:

reflects legal requirements applicable to business

includes strategies to monitor financial performance of business.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

legislative and regulatory requirements relating to business described in performance evidence

process for conducting breakeven analyses

workplace procedures for:

costing for the business, including margin or markup, charge-out rates and unit costs

setting profit targets

identifying sources and investigating costs of securing appropriate financial assistance

methods and relative costs of obtaining finance

principles and procedures for preparing:

balance sheets

cash flow forecasts

profit and loss statements

financial plans

purpose of financial reports

accounting terminology required when planning finances for new business ventures

methods for analysing working capital cycles.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

software for financial calculations

legislation and regulations relating to business described in performance evidence

workplace documentation and resources relevant to performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBESB404 Market new business ventures

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop and implement a marketing strategy that is integrated into the business plan in order to improve the performance of a business venture. It involves analysing and interpreting market data.

The unit applies to those establishing a business providing self-employment, as well as those establishing a new venture as part of a larger organisation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Business Competence – Entrepreneurship and Small Business

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop marketing strategy for business venture	1.1 Identify focus of marketing activities according to business plan objectives and products and/or services being provided 1.2 Establish marketing objectives in consultation with required people and according to business plan and workplace procedures 1.3 Identify customer base, target market and competitors according to identified marketing objectives 1.4 Establish and evaluate strategy to ensure ethical and cultural appropriateness and alignment with customer and industry expectations
2. Establish marketing mix for the business venture	2.1 Assess product mix, volumes and pricing opportunities according to marketing focus and business plan objectives 2.2 Research and evaluate costs and benefits of available distribution channels and customer service strategies 2.3 Select marketing and promotional activities to suit target market and according to marketing strategies 2.4 Analyse customer journey to evaluate marketing mix
3. Implement marketing strategy	3.1 Plan marketing activities according to marketing objectives and strategy and budgetary requirements 3.2 Communicate roles and responsibilities to required people according to marketing plan and workplace procedures 3.3 Monitor implementation of marketing activities according to marketing plan 3.4 Assess use of digital devices, platforms and technologies for effectiveness in implementing marketing activities
4. Evaluate marketing performance	4.1 Assess business performance according to business plan objectives 4.2 Develop a plan to address performance gaps 4.3 Analyse stakeholder response to all aspects of marketing mix to improve targeting and outcomes 4.4 Assess changes in customer requirements in both online and offline environments, where applicable, and identify opportunities for improvement

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Identifies, analyses and evaluates complex information from a range of sources
Writing	Prepares plans and other workplace documentation using structure, layout and terminology appropriate to audience
Oral communication	Presents ideas and requirements clearly and using language and non-verbal techniques appropriate to audience and environment Uses questioning and listening to check and confirm understanding
Numeracy	Analyses numerical information to determine budgetary requirements and product quantities Uses a range of calculation methods to evaluate costs and benefits
Initiative and enterprise	Reviews current situation and develops strategies to address improvements in marketing performance Implements actions as per plan, making slight adjustments if necessary and addressing some unexpected issues Uses formal and informal processes to monitor implementation of solutions
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning and organising own workload, identifying ways of sequencing and combining elements for greater efficiency

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBSMB403 Market the small business.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to BSBSMB409 Build and maintain relationships with small business stakeholders.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBESB404 Market new business ventures

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop and implement a marketing strategy for a business or new business venture, addressing activities in the digital environment.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

workplace processes and procedures for:

developing marketing objectives and marketing mix

identifying industry market trends relating to marketing new business ventures

communicating roles and responsibilities in marketing strategies to those involved

key features of a marketing mix that addresses market and business venture needs and:

optimises sales and profit

evaluates costs and benefits

determines customer needs and promotional activities

ethically and culturally appropriate practices relating to marketing new business ventures

performance evaluation methods relating to marketing strategies

methods of:

analysing costs and benefits of marketing strategies

monitoring customer satisfaction

conducting market analysis and research

key features of current digital devices, platforms and technologies that achieve marketing objectives by engaging, responding to and monitoring customers.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

business technology, including software for analysis of data

workplace documentation and resources relevant to performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBESB405 Manage compliance for small businesses

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop and implement strategies for managing compliance obligations for small businesses. The unit requires broad knowledge of regulatory and legislative requirements used when developing these strategies.

The unit applies to those establishing or operating a business providing self-employment, as well as those establishing a new venture as part of a larger organisation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Business Competence – Entrepreneurship and Small Business

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine compliance obligations	1.1 Research internal and external compliance requirements and relevant Australian and international standards 1.2 Research codes of practice and material that interprets obligations and legislative requirements 1.3 Apply research information to determine relevance to business operations, products and services 1.4 Document compliance requirements, risks and consequences of possible breaches applicable to own business
2. Develop strategies to manage compliance requirements	2.1 Draft compliance management framework, prioritising areas where breaches have critical implications for the business 2.2 Validate draft compliance management framework using external expertise and/or sources of advice according to workplace procedures 2.3 Allocate responsibilities for compliance functions according to compliance management framework and workplace procedures
3. Implement and monitor compliance management strategies	3.1 Select interval between cyclical compliance checks according to compliance management framework 3.2 Communicate compliance requirements to required people 3.3 Record timing and outcomes of compliance checks according to business requirements and workplace procedures 3.4 Take action to address non-compliances according to compliance management framework and confirm that non-compliances have been resolved
4. Conduct improvement in compliance management	4.1 Review outcomes of compliance checks to identify operational problems 4.2 Analyse non-compliances to determine modifications required 4.3 Update compliance management strategies based on information analysed 4.4 Communicate changes in compliance management strategies to relevant people

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Identifies, analyses and evaluates information to determine legislative and regulatory requirements, trends and outcomes
Writing	Researches, plans and prepares documentation using format and language appropriate to context, organisational requirements and audience
Oral communication	Presents information and seeks advice using language appropriate to audience Participates in discussions using listening and questioning to elicit advice and to clarify or confirm understanding
Numeracy	Calculates numerical information relating to compliance obligations
Self-management	Develops, monitors and modifies workplace procedures according to legislative requirements and organisational goals Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when seeking and/or sharing information Uses systematic, analytical processes in setting goals, gathering relevant information, and identifying and evaluating options against agreed criteria
Planning and organising	Plans, organises and implements work activities of self and others that ensure compliance with organisational policies and procedures, and legislative requirements

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBSMB418 Manage compliance for small business.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBESB405 Manage compliance for small businesses

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop, implement, and monitor the effectiveness of strategies for managing at least three different compliance requirements for a small business.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

analyse small business operations to identify compliance requirements and their implications for the business

develop compliance strategies that address regulatory and legislative requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

Australian and international standards, legislation, regulations, industry and organisational codes of practice specific to small business described in performance evidence

external professional, industry based and government sources of advice and expertise

key features of compliance management strategies relevant to small business

methods for carrying out compliance checks and developing compliance strategies

key components of compliance management frameworks

workplace procedures for

accessing external expertise and advice

validating compliance management framework

allocating responsibilities for compliance functions within business

recording timing and outcomes of compliance checks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

Australian and international standards, laws, regulations, industry and organisational codes and standards relating to business described in performance evidence

business technology

workplace documentation and resources relevant to performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBESB406 Establish operational strategies and procedures for new business ventures

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop and implement operational strategies and procedures for new businesses.

The unit applies to those establishing a business providing self-employment, as well as those establishing a new venture as part of a larger organisation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Business Competence – Entrepreneurship and Small Business

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Review operational strategies and procedures for business or new business venture	1.1 Develop a detailed operational plan that sets out clear action points to fulfil on business goals and objectives 1.2 Identify work health and safety (WHS) and environmental issues and implement strategies to minimise risk factors 1.3 Review and evaluate, where appropriate, a quality assurance process for the business in line with industry standards, compliance requirements and cultural criteria 1.4 Develop operational key performance indicators (KPIs) that align to business plan 1.5 Align KPIs to business strategies, including utilisation of existing or new technologies, where practicable, to optimise business performance
2. Implement developed operational strategies and procedures	2.1 Implement systems to evaluate business performance and customer satisfaction, including by setting KPIs or targets 2.2 Implement systems to control stock, expenditure or cost, wastage or shrinkage and risks to health and safety according to business plan, incorporating new digital technologies where applicable 2.3 Identify and manage staffing requirements, considering a range of permanent and flexible arrangements, and adhering to budgetary constraints 2.4 Provide products and/or services according to established legal, ethical cultural and technical standards 2.5 Provide products and/or services according to time, cost and quality specifications, and customer requirements, incorporating new digital technologies where applicable 2.6 Apply quality procedures to address product and/or service and customer requirements
3. Evaluate business performance	3.1 Use digital technologies to regularly evaluate and review achievement of operational targets to ensure optimum business performance, according to business goals and objectives 3.2 Review and document systems and structures to support business performance 3.3 Investigate and analyse operating problems to establish causes and implement changes as required, as part of business quality system 3.4 Update operational policies and procedures to incorporate corrective action
4. Review business operations	4.1 Review and adjust business operations to increase business success, according to business goals and objectives 4.2 Research and implement new and emerging digital technologies into business operations according to business goals and objectives and workplace procedures 4.3 Research new business opportunities and adjust business goals and objectives as new opportunities arise

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Evaluates complex text to determine legislative, regulatory and workplace documentation
Writing	Prepares written reports and workplace documentation that communicate information clearly and effectively
Numeracy	Interprets numerical information to manage performance information and regulate cash flow
Self-management	Evaluates adherence to workplace policies and procedures and considers own role for its contribution to broader goals of work environment Identifies implications of legal and regulatory responsibilities for own work, with specific reference to safety Identifies concepts, principles and features of approaches in use in other contexts and applies them to own situation
Planning and organising	Develops plans to manage relatively complex, non-routine tasks that may contribute to longer-term operational and strategic goals

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBSMB420 Evaluate and develop small business operations.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

BSBFRA401 Manage compliance with franchisee obligations and legislative requirements

BSBFRA402 Establish a franchise

BSBFRA403 Manage relationship with franchisor

BSBFRA404 Manage a multiple-site franchise

BSBFRA501 Establish a franchise operation

BSBFRA502 Manage a franchise operation

BSBFRA503 Manage establishment of new sites or regions

BSBFRA504 Manage relationships with franchisees

BSBFRA505 Manage closure of a franchise

BSBIPR501 Manage intellectual property to protect and grow business

BSBSMB423 Create a digital technology plan for small business.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBESB406 Establish operational strategies and procedures for new business ventures

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop strategies and procedures to manage operations for at least one new business or new business venture, including:

an operational plan

risk management procedures

a quality assurance process

performance measures.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

use existing, new and emerging digital technologies to optimise business performance

research and record business improvements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

legislation, regulations, industry codes of practice and standards specific to small business described in performance evidence

key features of methods for implementing operation and revenue control systems, including for controlling stock and expenditure

methods for evaluating performance and implementing improvements, including:

identifying and meeting staffing requirements

analysing and correcting business problems

reviewing and adjusting the business plan

work health and safety (WHS) responsibilities and procedures for managing hazards and assessing risks associated with business described in performance evidence

principles of risk management, including risk assessment

quality assurance system principles and methods

role of digital technologies and innovation in modern business

key features of systems to manage staff, stock, expenditure, services and customer service

key features of required technical or specialist skills relevant to business operations

workplace procedures for implementing new and emerging digital technologies into business operations.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

business equipment and resources, including business technology

legislation, regulations, codes of practice and standards relating to business described in performance evidence

workplace documentation and resources relevant to performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBESB407 Manage finances for new business ventures

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to implement and review financial management strategies, including by using new and emerging digital technologies and interpreting financial reports and other numerical data.

The unit applies to those establishing a business providing self-employment, as well as those establishing a new venture as part of a larger organisation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Business Competence – Entrepreneurship and Small Business

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Implement financial strategy	1.1 Identify financial information requirements and obtain specialist services, as required 1.2 Produce financial budgets or projections for each forward period, and distribute to required people according to legal requirements and workplace procedures 1.3 Develop a plan to negotiate and manage business capital to best enable implementation of the business plan 1.4 Develop and maintain strategies and enable adequate financial provision for taxation according to legal requirements 1.5 Develop, monitor and maintain client credit policies to maximise cash flow 1.6 Select key performance indicators (KPIs) to enable ongoing monitoring of financial performance in line with business plan 1.7 Record and communicate financial procedures to required personnel to facilitate implementation of business plan according to workplace procedures
2. Monitor financial performance	2.1 Use available systems to monitor and report on financial performance targets, and analyse data to establish extent to which financial goals have been met 2.2 Monitor marketing and operational strategies for their effects on financial goals 2.3 Calculate and evaluate financial ratios according to own business and/or industry benchmarks
3. Review financial performance	3.1 Assess financial strategy to determine whether variations or alternative plans are needed according to workplace procedures, and change as required 3.2 Research and implement, with relevant personnel, new and emerging digital technologies to boost business profitability according to business plan

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Evaluates complex text to determine legislative, regulatory and workplace documentation
Writing	Prepares written reports and workplace documentation that communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Oral communication	Articulates clearly using specific and relevant language suitable to audience to convey requirements, and employs listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Numeracy	Interprets numerical information to calculate required financial information
Self-management	Identifies implications of legal and regulatory responsibilities for own work Selects appropriate form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose relevant to own role
Initiative and enterprise	Uses formal and informal processes to monitor implementation of ideas and analyse outcomes
Planning and organising	Develops plans to manage relatively complex, non-routine tasks that may contribute to longer-term operational and strategic goals

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBSMB421 Manage small business finances.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBESB407 Manage finances for new business ventures

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

implement a financial strategy for at least one business or new business venture according to business plan and goals.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

adhere to legal requirements

produce financial projections, including cash flow estimates

develop a plan to negotiate and manage business assets and financial capital

define strategies for debt collection and contingencies for debtors

manage cash flow

define key indicators for financial performance

communicate with required people

seek specialist services, where required

monitor the financial performance of the business and make changes to strategy as required

identify opportunities to implement new and emerging digital technologies to support the financial management of the business.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

legislative and regulatory financial requirements that apply to new business venture described in performance evidence

key purposes of financial reports

components of financial budgets or projections, including cash flow estimates

workplace procedures for:

recording and communicating financial procedures to required personnel

distributing financial budgets and projections

using digital technologies to monitor and report on financial performance targets and analyse data

assessing and changing financial plan

forms, channels and modes of communication used in relation to managing business finances

key features of business and industry benchmarking used to evaluate financial ratios

key features of financial decision-making relevant to the business, including:

strategies that enable adequate financial provision for taxation

components of client credit policies, including contingencies for debtors in default

key features of significant financial indicators

key features of balance sheet preparation and interpretation

key features of debt collection procedures and strategies

key features of profit and loss statement preparation and interpretation

key features of stock records and stock control relevant to the business.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

business equipment and resources, including business technology

legislation, regulations, codes of practice and standards relating to business described in performance evidence

workplace documentation and resources relevant to performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBFIN302 Maintain financial records

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to maintain daily financial records such as reconciling systems for debtors and creditors, preparing and maintaining a general ledger and trial balance. It also includes activities associated with monitoring cash control for accounting purposes.

The unit applies to individuals employed in a range of work environments with responsibility for simple accounting functions within an organisation. They may work as individuals providing administrative support within an enterprise or may be other members of staff with delegated responsibilities relating to maintenance of general financial records.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Business Competence – Financial Literacy

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare journals required for posting to general ledger	1.1 Identify transactions required to be included in journal entries 1.2 Identify general ledger accounts affected according to organisational policies, procedures and accounting standards 1.3 Prepare and document the journal entries according to organisational policies, procedures and accounting standards 1.4 Assess follow-up steps for journal entries
2. Post journal entries and reconcile discrepancies	2.1 Post journal entries into general ledger system according to organisational policies, procedures and accounting standards 2.2 Reconcile accounts payable and accounts receivable subsidiary ledger systems with general ledger 2.3 Rectify any discrepancies and escalate, where required if outside scope of individual authority 2.4 Prepare adjusted journal entries and closing entries for general ledger
3. Maintain general ledger	3.1 Prepare closing and post-closing trial balance from general ledger system of the organisation 3.2 Prepare trial balance 3.3 Check general ledger for accuracy of information and despatch to relevant stakeholders, where required 3.4 Check trial balance meets accounting equation requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Numeracy	Uses a limited range of mathematical calculations to reconcile amounts using whole numbers and decimals Integrates data from different sources and records numerical information in a format appropriate to context and purpose of material Arranges and compares numerical information
Reading	Recognises and interprets numerical and textual information to determine job requirements and complete required activities
Writing	Uses factual and suitable financial language to refer issues and inconsistencies in data
Teamwork	Recognises strengths and expertise of others and seeks their assistance as required
Planning and organising	Identifies and monitors adherence to applicable industry standards, legislative and organisational requirements in undertaking own work
Self-management	Selects appropriate practices and protocols when handling confidential information Recognises and addresses problems in the context of own work and seeks advice from others, as necessary
Technology	Uses digital technologies to access, record, store, organise and compile data as required

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

BSBFIA301 Maintain financial records

BSBFIA304 Maintain a general ledger

BSBINT306 Apply knowledge of international finance and insurance to complete work requirements.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBFIN302 Maintain financial records

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

record and process daily transactions for five different days, and identify and respond to discrepancies and errors, according to accounting principles.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

enter, transfer and record financial data.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key provisions of relevant legislation, codes of practice and national standards that may affect both:

financial record keeping

aspects of financial operations

key components of organisational accounting systems and procedures

procedures for checking for errors or discrepancies

organisational policies and procedures relating to maintaining financial records

types of financial entries including credits and debits

tax records required to be kept by businesses

principles of double entry bookkeeping and accrual accounting

methods of presenting financial data

processes for rectifying or referring discrepancies or errors in documentation or transactions to designated persons according to organisational and legislative requirements

accounting software used in the maintenance of financial records.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

accounting software

examples of source documents relating to financial record keeping including source journals and daily transactions.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBFLM303 Contribute to effective workplace relationships

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to gather information and maintain effective relationships and networks, with particular regard to communication and representation.

This unit applies to individuals who use leadership skills including motivation, mentoring and coaching to develop efficient, effective and unified teams and facilitate communication between team members and management of the organisation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Frontline Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Seek, receive and communicate information and ideas	1.1 Collect information associated with the achievement of work responsibilities from appropriate sources 1.2 Communicate ideas and information to diverse audiences in an appropriate and sensitive manner 1.3 Seek contributions from internal and external sources to develop and refine new ideas and approaches in accordance with organisational processes 1.4 Facilitate consultation processes to allow employees to contribute to issues related to their work, and promptly communicate outcomes of consultation to the work team 1.5 Promptly deal with and resolve issues raised, or refer them to relevant personnel
2 Encourage trust and confidence	2.1 Treat people with integrity, respect and empathy 2.2 Encourage effective relationships within the framework of the organisation’s social, ethical and business standards 2.3 Gain and maintain the trust and confidence of colleagues, customers and suppliers through competent performance 2.4 Adjust interpersonal styles and methods in relation to the organisation’s social and cultural environment
3 Identify and use networks and relationships	3.1 Identify and utilise workplace networks to help build relationships 3.2 Identify and describe the value and benefits of networks and other work relationships for the team and the organisation
4 Contribute to positive outcomes	4.1 Identify difficulties and take action to rectify the situation within own level of responsibility according to organisational and legal requirements 4.2 Support colleagues in resolving work difficulties 4.3 Regularly review workplace outcomes and implement improvements in consultation with relevant personnel 4.4 Identify and resolve poor work performance within own level of responsibility and according to organisational policies 4.5 Deal constructively with conflict, within the organisation’s established processes

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 4.3	Comprehends textual information to determine regulatory requirements and adhere to job processes and internal policies
Writing	1.1-1.5, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5	Uses appropriate language to record key information related to the outcomes of the job Varies writing style to meet requirements of audience and purpose
Oral Communication	1.2-1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 3.1, 4.2-4.5	Speaks clearly using tone and pace appropriate for the audience and purpose Uses appropriate techniques, including active listening and questioning, to clarify information and to confirm understanding
Navigate the world of work	1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 4.1, 4.4, 4.5	Takes personal responsibility for adherence to explicit and implicit organisational policies, procedures, standards and legislative requirements within own job role and in all interactions with others
Interact with others	1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with internal and external stakeholders to build rapport, establish networks, seek or share information, Adjusts personal communication style in response to a diverse range of individuals in the work context Uses collaborative techniques to engage team members in consultations and negotiations Implements strategies to respond appropriately to conflict and poor work performance
Get the work done	1.1, 1.3, 1.4,1.5, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and prioritising tasks and own workload for effective outcomes Uses formal analytical thinking techniques and broad ranging consultative processes to identify issues and implement a constructive approach to solutions and improvement opportunities Uses familiar digital technologies and systems to access, present and communicate information

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBFLM303 Contribute to effective workplace relationships	BSBFLM303C Contribute to effective workplace relationships	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBFLM303 Contribute to effective workplace relationships

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

access and analyse information to achieve planned outcomes

apply techniques for resolving problems and conflicts and dealing with poor performance within organisational and legislative requirements

review and improve workplace outcomes in consultation with relevant personnel

adjust interpersonal style and communications to respond to cultural and social diversity

apply relationship management and communication skills with a range of people that:

demonstrate integrity, respect, empathy and cultural sensitivity and promote trust

forge effective relationships with internal and/or external people and help to maintain these networks

encourage participation and foster contribution of and respect for ideas and feedback

provide support to colleagues to resolve difficulties.

communicate ideas and information to diverse audiences

develop networks and build team relationships.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

give examples of how work relationships and the cultural and social environment can support or hinder achieving planned outcomes

explain techniques for developing positive work relationships and building trust and confidence in a team

identify relevant legislation from all levels of government that affects business operation

describe a range of methods and techniques for communicating information and ideas to a range of stakeholders

outline problems solving methods

explain methods to resolve workplace conflict

explain methods to manage poor work performance

explain how to monitor, analyse and introduce ways to improve work relationships.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the management field of work and include access to:

relevant legislation and regulations

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBFLM309 Support continuous improvement systems and processes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to support the organisation’s continuous improvement systems and processes. Particular emphasis is on actively encouraging the team to participate in the process, monitoring and reporting on specified outcomes and supporting opportunities for further improvements.

It applies to individuals with roles of responsibility who use initiative, organisational and communication skills to influence the ongoing development of the organisation.

At this level, work will normally be carried out within known routines, methods and procedures, and may also involve complex or non-routine activities that require some discretion and judgement.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Management and Leadership – Frontline Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Contribute to continuous improvement systems and processes	1.1 Actively encourage and support team members to participate in decision-making processes and to assume responsibility and exercise initiative 1.2 Communicate the organisation’s continuous improvement processes to individuals and teams 1.3 Effectively utilise mentoring and coaching to ensure that individuals/teams are able to support the organisation’s continuous improvement processes
2 Monitor and report specified outcomes	2.1 Utilise the organisation’s systems and technology to monitor team progress and to identify ways in which planning and operations could be improved 2.2 Apply continuous improvement techniques and processes to improve customer service
3 Support opportunities for further improvement	3.1 Communicate agreed recommendations for improvements in achieving the business plan to team members 3.2 Document and use work performance to identify opportunities for further improvement 3.3 Maintain records, reports and recommendations for improvement within the organisation’s systems and processes

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Learning	1.3	Contributes to ongoing organisational improvement by mentoring others to support continuous improvement processes
Reading	2.1, 3.3	Interprets everyday workplace documentation
Writing	1.2, 3.1-3.3	Uses appropriate vocabulary and grammatical structures to achieve precise meaning in a range of documentation
Oral Communication	1.1-1.3, 3.1	Articulates information in a positive manner using appropriate terminology, tone and style appropriate to context and audience Uses questioning and listening techniques to exchange and clarify information
Navigate the world of work	1.2, 3.3	Understands the nature and purpose of own role and associated responsibilities and how own role meshes with others and contributes to broader work goals Takes responsibility for adherence to organisational processes and systems
Interact with others	1.2, 1.3	Shares information and resources, offers assistance voluntarily and facilitates effective group interactions
Get the work done	2.1, 2.2, 3.2, 3.3	Takes responsibility for routine low-impact decisions within familiar situations Evaluates effectiveness of decisions in terms of how well they meet stated goals Uses a range of digitally based technology and applications to organise, monitor, manage and communicate relevant information effectively

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBFLM309 Support continuous improvement systems and processes	BSBFLM309C Support continuous improvement systems and processes	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBFLM309 Support continuous improvement systems and processes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

perform actions to support continuous improvement including:

using work performance to identify improvement

adjusting plans to reflect changes

communicating effectively with all stakeholders

using technology to monitor operational progress

applying suitable recordkeeping processes.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain principles and techniques relating to:

continuous improvement systems and processes

benchmarking

best practice

describe the benefits of continuous improvement

list quality approaches which the organisation may implement

explain methods that can be used in continuous improvement

outline barriers to continuous improvement

explain recording, reporting and recommendation processes to facilitate continuous improvement applied within the organisation.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the management field of work and include access to:

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others

business technology.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBINN201 Contribute to workplace innovation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to make a pro-active and positive contribution to workplace innovation.

It applies to individuals working in any industry or community context, in both small and large organisations who take a pro-active approach to identifying, suggesting and developing ideas about better ways of doing things at a practical operational level in a specific area of activity. While the individual’s overall work is undertaken with some supervision and guidance, they apply discretion, judgement and effective interpersonal skills in order to contribute to workplace innovation.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Creativity and Innovation – Innovation

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Identify opportunities to do things better	1.1 Be aware of own role in workplace innovation 1.2 Proactively identify opportunities for improvement in own area of work 1.3 Gather and review information which may be relevant to ideas and which might assist in gaining support for ideas
2 Discuss and develop ideas with others	2.1 Identify people who could provide input into ideas for improvements 2.2 Select the best way of approaching people to begin sharing ideas 2.3 Seek feedback on improvement of ideas, and discuss and develop options and possible variations 2.4 Review and select ideas for follow up based on feedback and further review
3 Address the practicalities of change	3.1 Take action to implement routine changes in consultation with others and within scope of own responsibility 3.2 Identify and articulate issues and practical processes for implementing proposed ideas 3.3 Present ideas and practical suggestions to the appropriate people about how improvements could be made

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.3, 2.4, 3.2	Categorises, interprets and reviews information from a range of sources to generate ideas relevant to the workplace
Writing	3.2, 3.3	Communicates information using clear language and formats appropriate for the audience
Oral Communication	2.3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3	Actively participates in verbal exchanges of ideas and elicits the view and opinions of others by listening and questioning Uses clear and relevant language to clarify workplace issues and promote ideas
Numeracy	1.3, 3.2	Performs basic mathematical calculations to estimate time and cost in relation to implementation of ideas
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 1.2, 3.1	Understands responsibilities of own role
Interact with others	2.3, 3.1-3.3	Follows accepted communication practices and protocols when discussing or presenting ideas to others Seeks and takes into account perspectives and opinions of others
Get the work done	1.2, 1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 2.4, 3.1-3.3	Plans and implements routine tasks making limited decisions and seeking assistance, when necessary Uses analytical or lateral thinking processes to identify improvements or new ways of approaching tasks Identifies and anticipates operational problems and develops possible solutions

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBINN201 Contribute to workplace innovation	BSBINN201A Contribute to workplace innovation	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBINN201 Contribute to workplace innovation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

identify ideas for improvements and use information from a range of sources including other people to review and select ideas to put forward for implementation

communicate the ideas and seek input from others in order to identify how the ideas could be implemented

implement routine changes within scope of responsibility.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain the role of individuals in suggesting and making improvements and the importance of proactive involvement

list the positive impacts and the challenges of change and innovation

provide examples of the types of changes that can occur as a result of effective individual participation within own scope of responsibility

give examples of the types of changes that are within and outside own scope of responsibility

list typical reasons why suggested improvements or innovations may not be implemented, including operational and management constraints

explain how to prepare and communicate ideas for improvement to maximise likelihood of support.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the creativity and innovation and include access to:

workplace documents

case studies and, where possible, real situations

office equipment and resources

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBINS410 Implement records systems for small business

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to research, develop and implement business or records systems for a small business.

The unit applies to individuals who use a range of organisational, analytical and communication techniques to carry out the responsibilities of their role and report directly to a supervisor or manager within the business or section of a larger organisation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Technical Skills – Information Services

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine information management requirements	1.1 Consult with relevant stakeholders and identify and document core business functions, supporting activities, resources, and business and social contexts 1.2 Research and identify organisational functions and activities for which records must be kept 1.3 Analyse the organisation’s functions and activities and identify required detail and format of records 1.4 Identify security and access requirements for records system content from analysis of organisation’s activities 1.5 Analyse business documentation to determine organisational reporting and accountability requirements
2. Select required records system	2.1 Identify metadata needed to describe, store, locate and retrieve records in a records system 2.2 Specify technological, internal controls, maintenance, disposal and updating requirements of prospective records systems according to scale and nature of business operations 2.3 Select records systems that meets required requirements according to scale, nature, and organisational cash flow requirements
3. Develop procedures and implement records system	3.1 Develop rules for incorporating individual records and metadata into records system 3.2 Develop and document procedures for the use of the system 3.3 Distribute information and instructions to relevant stakeholders in the use of the records system 3.4 Monitor and assist with implementation of the records system

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Evaluates and interprets information from a range of relevant sources and identifies relevant and key information
Writing	Creates documents to convey information and instructions using language and format appropriate to text and audience
Oral Communication	Uses active listening and questioning techniques to confirm and clarify information Communicates using words and non-verbal features appropriate to the audience and context
Numeracy	Interprets, compares and contrasts numerical data to determine needs Uses numerical systems associated with record storage systems
Planning and organising	Uses understanding of organisational requirements in planning an appropriate information management system Sequences and schedules tasks required to achieve outcomes and manages relevant communication
Technology	Uses digital systems and tools to complete tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBRKG403 Set up a business or records system for a small business.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBINS410 Implement records systems for small business

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify, select, develop and implement a records system for a small business.

In the process of the above, the candidate must:

document the steps used to determine the criteria for a records system appropriate to the organisation’s business functions and reporting requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key principles and processes of records management and records management systems

internal controls required of the business or records system

key characteristics of the organisational functions, structure and culture relevant to implementation of records system

organisational policies and procedures relevant to implementing a records system in a small business.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

workplace documentation and resources relevant to performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBITU306 Design and produce business documents

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design and produce various business documents and publications. It includes selecting and using a range of functions on a variety of computer applications.

It applies to individuals who possess fundamental skills in computer operations and keyboarding. They may exercise discretion and judgement using appropriate theoretical knowledge of document design and production to provide technical advice and support to a team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Information and Communications Technology – IT Use

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Select and prepare resources	1.1 Select and use appropriate technology and software applications to produce required business documents 1.2 Select layout and style of publication according to information and organisational requirements 1.3 Ensure document design is consistent with company and/or client requirements, using basic design principles 1.4 Discuss and clarify format and style with person requesting document/publication
2. Design document	2.1 Identify, open and generate files and records according to task and organisational requirements 2.2 Design document to ensure efficient entry of information and to maximise presentation and appearance of information 2.3 Use a range of functions to ensure consistency of design and layout 2.4 Operate input devices within designated requirements
3. Produce document	3.1 Complete document production within designated timelines according to organisational requirements 3.2 Check document produced to ensure it meets task requirements for style and layout 3.3 Store document appropriately and save document to avoid loss of data 3.4 Use manuals, training booklets and/or helpdesks to overcome basic difficulties with document design and production
4. Finalise document	4.1 Proofread document for readability, accuracy and consistency of language, style and layout prior to final output 4.2 Make any modifications to document to meet requirements 4.3 Name and store document in accordance with organisational requirements and exit application without data loss/damage 4.4 Print and present document according to requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	2.1, 2.2, 3.2, 3.4, 4.1	Recognises and interprets textual information from a range of sources to determine and adhere to requirements Applies strategies to self-correct and verify clarity and conformity of information
Writing	2.2, 2.3, 3.1, 4.2, 4.3	Develops documents using required format, accurate spelling and grammar and terminology specific to requirements Organises content to support purposes and audience of material, using clear and logical language
Oral Communication	1.4	Confirms requirements with relevant personnel using specific terminology and listening and questioning techniques
Navigate the world of work	1.2, 1.3, 2.1, 2.4, 3.1, 3.2, 4.2-4.4	Recognises and follows explicit and implicit protocols and meets expectations associated with own role
Interact with others	1.4	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating in a range of familiar work contexts
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.4, 3.1-3.4, 4.1-4.4	Uses basic features and functions within applications to access, store, organise data and perform routine work tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBITU306 Design and produce business documents	BSBITU306A Design and produce business documents	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBITU306 Design and produce business documents

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

select appropriate technology and software for design and production of business documents

adhere to organisational requirements when:

selecting layout and style

opening and generating files

producing documents within designated timelines

naming and storing documents

printing and presenting documents

adhere to task requirements when producing documents including:

applying basic design principles

applying consistent formatting

using appropriate styles

using correct layouts

proofreading as required

use appropriate data storage options

apply knowledge of functions and features of contemporary computer applications

print and present completed documents.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify appropriate technology for production requirements

describe functions and features of contemporary computer applications

outline organisational policies, plans and procedures

list organisational requirements for document design e.g. style guide.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the information and communications technology – IT use field of work and include access to:

office equipment and resources

relevant software applications

examples of style guides

organisational procedures.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBLDR411 Demonstrate leadership in the workplace

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to lead teams and individuals by modelling high standards of conduct to reflect the organisation’s standards and values.

The unit applies to individuals who are making the transition from being a team member to taking responsibility for the work and performance of others and providing the first level of leadership within the organisation. These leaders have a strong influence on the work culture, values and ethics of the teams they supervise.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Social Competence – Leadership

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to demonstrate leadership	1.1 Identify organisation’s requirements for management performance 1.2 Identify qualities required for positive management performance according to organisational policies and procedures 1.3 Develop and implement performance plans for individual and team according to organisation’s business objectives 1.4 Establish key performance indicators according to organisation’s business objectives
2. Align behaviour with organisational values	2.1 Locate and assess organisation’s standards and values for conducting business 2.2 Identify how own performance will contribute to upholding organisational values 2.3 Identify issues to be resolved according to organisational values 2.4 Gather and organise information relevant to the issues under consideration
3. Model leadership behaviour	3.1 Facilitate individual’s and team’s active participation in team decision-making processes 3.2 Examine options and assess associated risks to determine preferred course of action 3.3 Develop plan to implement decisions agreed by relevant individuals and teams 3.4 Use feedback processes to monitor the implementation and impact of decisions

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Gathers, interprets and analyses text relating to organisational goals, standards and values to aid planning and decision making
Writing	Records and reports key information related to the organisational goals, standards and objectives Researches, plans and prepares documentation for relevant stakeholders
Oral Communication	Uses structure and language when developing performance plans, or when seeking and providing information about organisational goals and objectives
Numeracy	Identifies and comprehends mathematical information in familiar texts to establish key performance indicators
Enterprise and initiative	Identifies how own role meshes with others and contributes to broader work goals Monitors adherence to organisational policies and procedures and considers own role in terms of its contribution to broader goals of the work environment
Teamwork	Collaborates with others to achieve joint outcomes, playing an active role in facilitating effective outcomes Identifies the importance of taking audience, purpose and contextual factors into account when making decisions about what to communicate with whom, why and how
Planning and organising	Develops plan to manage relatively complex, non-routine tasks with an awareness of how they contribute to longer term operational and strategic goals Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, non-routine situations, setting goals Evaluates effectiveness of decisions in terms of how well they meet stated goals

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBMGT401 Show leadership in the workplace.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to BSBMGT405 Provide personal leadership.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBLDR411 Demonstrate leadership in the workplace

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop and implement at least two performance plans, including one relating to individuals and one relating to teams.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

comply with organisation’s standards and values

evaluate own behaviour and performance against organisational standards and values and adjust to achieve required standards

ensure own behaviour and performance contributes to the integrity and credibility of the organisation

facilitate processes to make decisions that are based on:

relevant information

examination of options and associated risks

input from relevant people

communicate about making and implementing decisions including:

facilitating agreement on the preferred course of action and implementation plans

monitoring and seeking feedback on the implementation and impact of decisions.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

methods to identify an organisation’s standards and values when they are stated, and where they are implied

organisational values and expectations of behaviour

basic leadership theories

common leadership styles

organisation’s process for raising questions about standards and values

examples of behaviours and performance that would typically be considered damaging to an organisation

concepts of:

organisational values and ethics

role modelling

integrity and credibility

leadership.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

workplace documentation and resources.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBLDR412 Communicate effectively as a workplace leader

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to communicate effectively as a workplace leader, including understanding the context, choosing methods of communication to suit the audience, and following up.

The unit applies to managers, supervisors and team leaders required to communicate with other persons within the workplace. Communication skills cover a range of methods and contexts within principally structured environments.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Social Competence – Leadership

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for communication	1.1 Identify purpose and audience for communication 1.2 Identify the desired outcome of the communication 1.3 Evaluate available methods of communication according to task requirements and organisational business policies and procedures 1.4 Identify potential barriers to effective communication and develop solutions to minimise impact
2. Engage in communication	2.1 Communicate using media and format relevant to the context 2.2 Use respectful and positive approaches to communications 2.3 Employ two-way processes to ensure receipt and acknowledgement of message 2.4 Provide opportunities to clarify and confirm understanding
3. Review communication	3.1 Maintain record of the communication process and outcomes according to organisational policies and procedures 3.2 Identify follow up actions and communicate to relevant persons 3.3 Seek feedback on communication processes from all parties 3.4 Identify and incorporate opportunities to improve leadership communication processes

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Analyses and evaluates textual information from a range of sources to inform communication processes
Writing	Plans and prepares workplace documentation for relevant stakeholders according to organisational formats
Oral Communication	Participates in a variety of spoken exchanges with a range of audiences using structure and language to suit the audience
Initiative and enterprise	Adheres to organisational policies and procedures relevant to own role
Teamwork	Cooperates, collaborates and consults with others to clarify and confirm understanding and seek feedback Selects and uses appropriate communication conventions and practices to build rapport, seek or present information
Planning and organising	Plans and implements activities and processes to identify and establish communication and record keeping requirements Uses analytical processes to identify potential problems and generate solutions Systematically gathers and analyses all relevant information and evaluates options in order to make decisions about communication processes

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBLDR401 Communicate effectively as a workplace leader.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBLDR412 Communicate effectively as a workplace leader

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

prepare, engage and review communication on at least four occasions with different individuals or groups.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify the context for communication and select approach and responses accordingly

create and present messages by choosing method and mode appropriate to the audience and context

undertake effective two-way communication from the perspective of a supervisor or team leader

identify and record actions required as a result of communication and follow-up in a timely manner.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

legislation requirement and organisational policies on workplace communication

characteristics of effective leadership communication

electronic and non-electronic communication methods, including situations where they would or would not be used

effective listening techniques

common feedback process and methods

leadership communication responsibilities applicable to own role

common barriers to effective communication in a workplace context

characteristics of verbal and non-verbal communication.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

workplace documentation and resources for communication and leadership.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBLDR413 Lead effective workplace relationships

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills, knowledge and outcomes required to use leadership to promote team cohesion. It includes motivating, mentoring, coaching and developing the team and forming the bridge between the management of the organisation and team members.

The unit applies to team leaders, supervisors and new or emerging managers where leadership plays a role in developing and maintaining effective workplace relationships. It applies in any industry or community context. At this level work will normally be carried out within routine and non-routine methods and procedures, which require planning, evaluation, leadership and guidance of others.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Social Competence – Leadership

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to lead workplace relationships	1.1 Identify work team objectives according to organisational strategy 1.2 Collect and analyse information for the achievement of work task 1.3 Share ideas and information with relevant internal and external stakeholders according to work task 1.4 Develop strategy for completion of work task in collaboration with work team
2. Lead workplace relationships	2.1 Identify and implement methods to facilitate collaboration to complete work task 2.2 Support colleagues experiencing difficulties fulfilling work requirements 2.3 Manage conflict constructively within the organisation’s processes and parameters of own role 2.4 Communicate work progress to relevant internal and external stakeholders
3. Review leadership	3.1 Seek feedback on relationship management for work task from relevant stakeholders 3.2 Analyse feedback on relationship management 3.3 Evaluate personal performance in leading workplace relationships 3.4 Identify areas of improvement for leading workplace relationships future work tasks

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Collects, analyses and evaluates textual information from a range of resources to inform improvement strategies
Oral Communication	Selects or adjusts communication style to maintain effectiveness of interaction and build and maintain engagement consistent with organisational requirements
Initiative and enterprise	Identifies and follows legislative and organisational requirements relevant to own role
Teamwork	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with diverse stakeholders Adapts personal communication style to build trust and positive working relationships and to show respect for the opinions, values and particular needs of others Plays a lead role in situations requiring effective collaboration, demonstrating conflict resolution skills and ability to engage and motivate others
Planning and organising	Plans and implements activities and processes to manage and review work performance Systematically gathers and analyses all relevant information to formulate and evaluate possible solutions to difficulties

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBLDR402 Lead effective workplace relationships.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBLDR413 Lead effective workplace relationships

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

lead effective workplace relationships on at least four occasions with different individuals or groups.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

access and analyse information required to achieve planned outcomes

collaborate with work team to develop and implement a work task strategy

apply techniques for resolving problems and conflicts, and dealing with poor performance according to organisational and legislative requirements

monitor and communicate work progress to relevant internal and external stakeholders

seek and review feedback to improve workplace leadership.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

considerations for communicating information including audience cultural and social diversity

consultation processes including internal and external sources of consultees

impacts of relationships, cultural and social environment, in supporting or hindering the achievement of planned outcomes

techniques for developing positive work relationships and building trust and confidence in a team, including:

interpersonal styles

communications

consultation

cultural and social sensitivity

networking

impact of legislation and organisational policies on workplace relationships

techniques for communicating information and ideas to a range of stakeholders

common methods to resolve workplace conflict

common methods to manage poor work performance

common methods to monitor, analyse and improve work relationships.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

legislation, regulations, standards and codes relevant to performance evidence

workplace documentation and resources

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBLDR414 Lead team effectiveness

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills, knowledge and outcomes required to lead the performance of a team and to develop team cohesion.

The unit applies team leaders, supervisors and new emerging managers who have an important leadership role in the development of efficient and effective work teams. Leaders at this level also provide leadership for the team and bridge the gap between the management of the organisation and the team members. As such they must ‘manage up’ as well as manage their team/s.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Social Competence – Leadership

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan team outcomes	1.1 Lead team to identify and establish team objectives and work processes 1.2 Support team to document identified objectives and work processes according to organisational processes 1.3 Encourage team members to incorporate innovation and productivity measures in work plans 1.4 Lead and support team members to meet expected outcomes
2. Promote team cohesion	2.1 Provide opportunities for input of team members into planning, decision making and operational aspects of work team 2.2 Support team members to take responsibility for own work and to assist each other in undertaking required roles and responsibilities 2.3 Provide feedback to team members on their efforts and contributions 2.4 Address or refer issues, concerns and problems identified by team members 2.5 Model expected behaviours and approaches
3. Supervise team performance	3.1 Encourage team members to participate in and take responsibility for team activities and communication processes 3.2 Support team to identify and resolve problems which impede performance 3.3 Ensure own contribution to work team serves as a role model for others
4. Liaise with management	4.1 Establish open communication with line management 4.2 Communicate information from line management to the team 4.3 Communicate unresolved issues, concerns and problems raised by the team to line management to action 4.4 Communicate issues raised by management to the team to action

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Writing	Prepares workplace plans that communicate intent and elicits feedback clearly and effectively
Oral communication	Engages in discussions or provides information using structure and language appropriate to the audience and situation
Teamwork	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with team members Adapts personal communication style to model required behaviours, build trust and positive working relationships and to show respect for the opinions and values of others Plays a lead role in situations requiring effective collaboration, demonstrating conflict resolution skills and ability to engage and motivate others
Planning and organising	Develops, implements and monitors plans and processes to ensure team engagement and effectiveness Uses formal analytical thinking techniques to identify issues and generate possible solutions, seeking input from others, as required

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBLDR403 Lead team effectiveness.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to BSBSMB407 Manage a small team.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBLDR414 Lead team effectiveness

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop a team development plan, that addresses:

innovation and productivity measures

team cohesion

issues management and actions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

apply knowledge of organisational goals, objectives and plans to work tasks

communicate with team members and management to identify and establish team purpose, roles, responsibilities, goals plans and objectives and resolve problems

consult, encourage, support and provide feedback to team members

model team leadership behaviours and approaches.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

work processes, including team purpose, roles, responsibilities, goals and plans

organisational escalation policies and procedures

behaviours which enhance organisational image for work team, clients and customers

processes for setting goals that contribute to team effectiveness

effects of individual behaviour on team effectiveness

innovation and productivity measures in work plans

key features of common leadership styles.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

information about the organisation, including organisational structure, goals, objectives and plans.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBLDR523 Lead and manage effective workplace relationships

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to lead and manage effective workplace relationships.

The unit applies to individuals in leadership or management positions who have a prominent role in establishing and managing processes and procedures to support workplace relationships. These individuals apply the values, goals and cultural diversity policies of the organisation. They use complex and diverse methods and procedures as well as a range of problem solving and decision making strategies, which require the exercise of considerable discretion and judgement.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Social Competence – Leadership

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish effective workplace relationship processes	1.1 Identify required processes for workplace collaboration according to organisational policies and procedures 1.2 Develop consultation processes for employees to contribute to issues related to their work role 1.3 Develop processes for conflict management 1.4 Develop processes for escalated issues or refer to relevant personnel
2. Manage effective workplace relationships	2.1 Delegate and confirm responsibilities for fulfilling work tasks 2.2 Collaborate and support team to perform work tasks 2.3 Identify and address issues in workplace relationships according to processes established 2.4 Monitor and communicate to employees outcomes of conflict management
3. Review management of workplace relationships	3.1 Seek feedback on management of workplace relationships from relevant stakeholders 3.2 Evaluate feedback for improvements to leadership style 3.3 Identify areas of improvement for future workplace relations leadership

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Writing	Prepares plans and policies incorporating appropriate vocabulary, grammatical structure and conventions
Self-management	Adapts personal communication style to model behaviours, build trust and positive working relationships, and to support others Takes responsibility for formulating, organising and implementing plans, processes and strategies that impact the workplace
Initiative and enterprise	Follows organisational policies and procedures regarding diversity and ethical conduct
Teamwork	Plays a lead role in situations requiring effective collaboration, demonstrating high level support and facilitation skills and ability to engage and motivate others Evaluates outcomes to identify opportunities for improvement
Planning and organising	Systematically gathers and analyses all relevant information and evaluates options to inform decisions about organisational strategies

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Supersedes but is not equivalent to BSBLDR502 Lead and manage effective workplace relationships.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBLDR523 Lead and manage effective workplace relationships

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

implement processes to manage ideas and information on at least two occasions, including:

communicating information to support others to achieve work responsibilities

facilitating employees’ contributions to consultation on work issues

providing feedback on the outcomes of consultations

resolving issues raised or referring to relevant personnel

develop and implement processes and systems to manage difficulties on at least two occasions, including:

identifying and resolving conflicts and other difficulties according to organisational policies and procedures

planning how to address difficulties

providing guidance, counselling and support to assist co-workers in resolving their work difficulties.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

systems, policies and procedures that can support the development of effective work relationships

key aspects of work relationships, including:

interpersonal styles

communications

consultation

cultural and social sensitivity

networking

conflict resolution

legislation relevant to managing effective workplace relationships

organisational policies and procedures relevant to workplace relationships

methods to develop processes for:

consultation with employees

conflict management

task issue management.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

legislation, regulations, standards and codes relevant to workplace relationships

workplace documentation and resources for workplace relationships.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBLEG525 Apply legal principles in intellectual property law matters

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to apply legal principles in intellectual property law matters. It covers maintaining control over the copyright owner’s work, commercialising copyright material, preventing the unauthorised use of an original work and using other party’s original work legitimately.

The unit applies to individuals who provide support in a range of legal service settings with a degree of responsibility to plan and complete investigations.

It also applies to people who may be authors, creators or other owners of works covered by copyright, as well as employees who have a role in ensuring that their organisational copyright is protected and/or that their organisation uses others’ copyright appropriately to benefit the organisation without infringing the rights of copyright owners.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Technical Skills – Legal Services

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to apply principles of intellectual property	1.1 Identify task requirements 1.2 Identify key principles of intellectual property law according to task requirements 1.3 Identify key provisions of legislation and common law, policies or procedures relevant to task requirements
2. Employ principles of intellectual property	2.1 Apply principles of intellectual property law to relevant legal matters arising in the workplace 2.2 Analyse and evaluate key issues 2.3 Develop recommendations of legal and economic implications of copyright infringement according to task requirements
3. Finalise application of intellectual property principles	3.1 Review analysis with designated person 3.2 Obtain feedback from relevant personnel 3.3 Amend advice according to feedback 3.4 Store documents and data used according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Description
Reading	Researches and analyses complex texts, including legislation, to identify relevant information Monitors and reviews organisational policies and procedures to ensure compliance with legislative requirements
Writing	Records and maintains copyright documentation according to legislative and organisational requirements Reviews and updates organisational policies and procedures to ensure compliance with legislative requirements
Oral Communication	Provides advice using language and terminology appropriate to audience Obtains information from others by listening and questioning
Initiative and enterprise	Implements, monitors and reviews policies and procedures to ensure organisational compliance with legislative requirements
Self-management	Follows accepted communication practices when seeking or providing advice about intellectual property Identifies and complies with legislative requirements associated with own role
Planning and organising	Plans, organises and implements tasks needed to ensure compliance with legislative and organisational requirements Systematically gathers and analyses information to decide on action needed to prevent or address copyright infringements
Technology	Uses digital technologies or tools to access and record information

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

BSBIPR301 Comply with organisational requirements for protection and use of intellectual property

BSBIPR401 Use and respect copyright

BSBIPR402 Protect and use new inventions and innovations

BSBIPR403 Protect and use brands and business identity

BSBIPR404 Protect and use innovative designs

BSBIPR601 Develop and implement strategies for intellectual property management.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBLEG525 Apply legal principles in intellectual property law matters

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

apply principles of intellectual property law in at least four different matters.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

review and interpret information to determine how copyright applies in the organisation

recommend actions to address risks and infringements

communicate advice or recommendations about copyright to relevant stakeholders.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

legislative framework for copyright and its application to the organisation including:

copyright owner of original works within or used by the organisation

policies and procedures for use of own copyright materials by other parties

policies and procedures for legitimate use of others’ copyright materials

sources of information and advice on copyright

the types of works that attract copyright

circumstances where a copyright notice is required

regulations on selling copyright rights including:

commercialisation potential of copyright material

potential benefits for the firm

intellectual property agreement documentation requirements

further actions where intellectual pretty rights are breached

methods to limit or deter unauthorised use of copyright material

direct and indirect infringement of copyright

when authorisation for use of copyright material is needed and how to obtain it

different types of licences and how they apply to the firm.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

relevant legislation, regulations, standards and codes relevant to intellectual property.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBMKG434 Promote products and services

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to coordinate and review the promotion of an organisation’s products and/or services.

The unit applies to individuals with a broad knowledge of the promotion of products and services specific to an organisation. They may have responsibility to provide guidance or to delegate aspects of these tasks to others.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Technical Skills – Marketing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish promotional activities	1.1 Identify need for promotion of product or service according to organisational and market requirements 1.2 Identify overall promotional objectives in consultation with relevant stakeholders 1.3 Analyse and select promotional activity options for meeting promotional objectives 1.4 Determine contingency strategies for selected activity options
2. Coordinate promotional activities	2.1 Allocate roles and responsibilities for delivery of promotional services and communicate to relevant personnel 2.2 Monitor progress of promotional activities according to action plan 2.3 Identify and address potential issues during implementation within scope of own responsibility 2.4 Apply determined contingency strategies, if required
3. Review promotional activities	3.1 Analyse effectiveness of planning processes using feedback and data 3.2 Identify possible improvements in future activities 3.3 Collect feedback and provide to others involved in promotional activity 3.4 Analyse costs and timelines for benefits accruing from the promotional activities 3.5 Prepare conclusions and recommendations relating to effectiveness of promotional activities

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets, analyses and collates textual information relevant to promotional activities from a range of sources
Writing	Uses clear and specific language to develop formal and informal documents for different audiences in accordance with organisational requirements
Oral Communication	Actively participates in verbal exchanges of ideas and elicits the views and opinions of others by listening and questioning Uses clear and specific language to clarify, explain and present information relating to the promotional activity
Numeracy	Classifies, analyses and compares numeric information, including costs and timelines, relevant to the promotional activity
Self-management	Adheres to legislative requirements and organisational policies and procedures Evaluates effectiveness of decisions in terms of how well they meet stated goals
Teamwork	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols with a range of stakeholders to project a professional image while seeking or sharing information Recognises the importance of building rapport to establish and maintain positive working relationships
Planning and organising	Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation and manages relevant communication
Technology	Uses a range of digital tools to access data, and to extract, organise, integrate and share relevant information

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBMKG413 Promote products and services.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

BSBPRO301 Recommend products and services

BSBPRO401 Develop product knowledge.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBMKG434 Promote products and services

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

Promote at least three products or services.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify the context for the promotional activities, including:

relevant legislation and regulations

organisation’s goals, objectives, systems, policies and procedures

budget and timelines

marketing needs and, if defined, marketing plans

objectives of the promotional activities

consult with relevant stakeholders to plan promotional activities to meet objectives, budget and timelines

coordinate promotional activities including:

allocating roles and responsibilities

using communication channels to convey responsibilities

obtaining relevant resources and promotional products

analyse feedback and data to evaluate the effectiveness of planning processes and promotional activities and make recommendations on future directions of promotional activities.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

legislative and regulatory context of the organisation as relevant to promotional activities

content of action plans, including:

task steps

costs

timeframe

resources and responsibilities

internal and external stakeholders involved in coordinating promotional activities

planning processes for organising promotional activities

organisation’s marketing objectives and how they support the overall business objectives

common promotional activities that could be used to support the marketing objectives.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

legislation, regulations, standards and codes for promoting products and services

workplace documentation and resources for promoting products and services.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBMKG541 Identify and evaluate marketing opportunities

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify, evaluate and take advantage of marketing opportunities by analysing market data, distinguishing characteristics of possible markets and assessing viability of changes to operations.

The unit applies to individuals working in a supervisory or management marketing or advertising role within a marketing or advertising team or media organisation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Technical Skills – Marketing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Explore marketing opportunities	1.1 Analyse information on market and business needs for marketing opportunities 1.2 Identify potential new markets 1.3 Apply innovative approaches relevant to the development of potential marketing opportunities
2. Evaluate marketing opportunities	2.1 Identify and analyse opportunities for organisational fit according to organisational goals and capabilities 2.2 Analyse the viability of each opportunity 2.3 Determine probable return on investment and potential competitors 2.4 Select marketing opportunities according to outcomes of viability analysis, return on investment and competition
3. Evaluate required changes to current operations	3.1 Seek feedback from relevant stakeholders 3.2 Incorporate feedback received for current operations and take advantage of viable marketing opportunities 3.3 Review current operations and document changes needed 3.4 Identify resource requirements for marketing opportunities 3.5 Document and communicate viability of marketing opportunities to key stakeholders

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Evaluates and comprehends textual information from a range of sources and draws own conclusions
Writing	Integrates information from a number of sources to develop material that supports purposes of documentation using suitable grammatical structure and clear, logical language
Oral Communication	Presents opinions, ideas and organisational requirements clearly and creatively using language and presentation techniques appropriate to audience and environment Elicits views and opinions of others by listening and questioning
Numeracy	Evaluates financial and marketing data using whole numbers, decimals and percentages to make accurate calculations
Initiative and enterprise	Evaluates outcomes of decisions to identify opportunities for improvement Develops new and innovative ideas through exploration, analysis and critical thinking
Self-management	Identifies and follows explicit and implicit organisational protocols and meets expectations associated with own role
Planning and organising	Develops plans to manage relatively complex tasks with an awareness of how they may contribute to longer-term operational and strategic goals Makes decisions by systematically analysing information, identifying and evaluating options against set criteria, and choosing most appropriate option

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBMKG501 Identify and evaluate marketing opportunities.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

BSBMKG518 Plan and implement services marketing

BSBMKG519 Plan and implement business-to-business marketing

BSBMKG521 Plan and implement sponsorship and event marketing.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBMKG541 Identify and evaluate marketing opportunities

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify and evaluate at least three marketing opportunities.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

comply with organisational policies and procedures

communicate and document potential of identified marketing opportunity to relevant stakeholders.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key provisions of relevant legislation, codes of practice and national standards affecting marketing operations

how to calculate the financial viability of marketing opportunities

return on investment

financial and marketing data

organisational structure, products and services

principles of marketing and marketing mix

statistical methods and techniques to evaluate marketing opportunities, including forecasting techniques.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

legislation, regulations, standards and codes for marketing

workplace marketing documentation and resources relevant to performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBOPS304 Deliver and monitor a service to customers

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify customer needs, deliver and monitor customer service and identify improvements in the provision of customer service.

The unit applies to those who apply a broad range of competencies in various work contexts. In this role, individuals often exercise discretion and judgement using appropriate knowledge of customer service. They provide technical advice and support to customers over short or long-term interactions.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Business Competence – Business Operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify customer needs	1.1 Identify and clarify customer needs and expectations 1.2 Evaluate customer needs and determine priorities for service delivery according to organisational requirements 1.3 Inform customers about available choices for meeting their needs and assist selection of preferred options 1.4 Identify limitations in addressing customer needs and seek assistance from designated individuals, where required
2. Deliver a service to customers	2.1 Provide service to meet identified customer needs according to organisational and legislative requirements 2.2 Establish and maintain rapport with customers 2.3 Manage customer complaints according to organisational and legislative requirements 2.4 Provide assistance and respond to customers with specific needs according to organisational and legislative requirements 2.5 Identify and use available opportunities to promote and enhance services and products to customers
3. Evaluate customer service delivery	3.1 Review customer satisfaction with service delivery using verifiable evidence according to organisational and legislative requirements 3.2 Seek and respond to customer feedback according to organisational policies and procedures 3.3 Identify opportunities to enhance the quality of customer service 3.4 Document recommendations for customer service improvements 3.5 Submit recommendations to relevant personnel according to organisational policies and procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Description
Learning	Identifies and follows up on opportunities to improve work practices and outcomes
Oral communication	Provides information or advice using structure and language to suit the audience Asks questions and listens to gain information or confirm understanding
Reading	Evaluates textual information to determine customer service requirements Proofreads texts for clarity of meaning and accuracy of grammar and punctuation
Writing	Completes responses to customer complaints in required format Prepares reports using sequencing, format and words to communicate recommendations clearly and effectively
Planning and organising	Complies with organisational policies and procedures relevant to role Plans and implements systems to gather and organise information
Problem-solving	Uses problem solving skills to analyse and respond to customer complaints or enquiries
Teamwork	Selects and uses appropriate communication conventions to establish connections, build rapport, seek information and develop professional working relationships Adjusts personal communication style in response to the opinions, values and particular needs of others

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBCUS301 Deliver and monitor a service to customers.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

BSBCUE309 Develop product and service knowledge for customer engagement operation

BSBEDU303 Assist with the provision of international education information

BSBINT303 Organise the importing and exporting of goods

BSBINT304 Assist in the international transfer of services

BSBSLS407 Identify and plan sales prospects.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBOPS304 Deliver and monitor a service to customers

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

deliver a service to at least three different customers, including:

using communication skills to establish rapport and build relationships with customers according to organisational requirements

identifying customer needs using appropriate questioning and active listening skills

providing customer service according to organisational requirements

responding to and recording customer feedback and action taken according to organisational standards, policies and procedures

producing a report which identifies and recommends ways to improve service delivery.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key provisions of customer service legislation and consumer law

organisational policies and procedures relating to customer service, including complaints handling

common forms of verifiable evidence that could be used to review customer satisfaction

customer service standards and protocols for serving customers, including customers with specific needs.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

technology required to gather and provide information and assistance to customers

workplace documents, and organisational policies and procedures relating to customer service

examples of customer complaints and feedback.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBOPS305 Process customer complaints

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes skills and knowledge required to handle complaints from customers.

The unit applies to those who apply a broad range of competencies and may exercise discretion and judgement using appropriate knowledge of products, customer service systems and organisational policies to provide technical advice and support to a team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Business Competence – Business Operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Receive complaints	1.1 Assess complaint according to organisational policy 1.2 Inform relevant stakeholders that complaint has been received 1.3 Document customer complaints according to organisational policies and procedures
2. Process complaints	2.1 Identify complaints requiring escalation according to organisational policy, and escalate as required 2.2 Identify additional information requirements to resolve complaints that do not require escalation 2.3 Prepare information for resolving complaint
3. Resolve complaints	3.1 Identify implications of complaint for customer and organisation 3.2 Analyse options to resolve customer complaints according to legislation, organisational policies and codes of practice 3.3 Propose options according to legislative requirements and organisational policies 3.4 Escalate matters for which a solution cannot be determined to relevant personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Description
Reading	Identifies and interprets textual information to determine legislative, regulatory and organisational requirements
Writing	Documents complaints and actions taken according to organisational requirements Records spoken information clearly and accurately for future reference
Oral communication	Presents or requests information using words and non-verbal features appropriate to the audience and context Uses listening and questioning techniques to gather information and confirm understanding
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and completing tasks to achieve required outcomes Follows organisational communication practices and procedures when referring complaints, seeking advice or negotiating outcomes
Problem-solving	Addresses less predictable problems applying problem solving processes in determining solutions that meet organisational requirements
Technology	Uses the main features and functions of digital tools to complete work tasks

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBCMM301 Process customer complaints.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

BSBCUE304 Provide sales solutions to customers

BSBCUE308 Conduct outbound customer engagement.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBOPS305 Process customer complaints

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

process at least three customer complaints relating to business operations.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

follow organisational procedures when referring and resolving complaints.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key provisions of legislation relating to customers including Australian Consumer Law and consumer guarantees

communication techniques for handling customer complaints

organisational policies, procedures and standards for processing complaints

organisational escalation procedures and relevant personnel.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

organisational policies and procedures relevant to customer complaints

legislation and codes of practice relevant to customer complaints.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBOPS402 Coordinate business operational plans

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to implement operational plans by planning and acquiring resources, monitoring and adjusting operational performance and providing reports on performance, as required.

The unit applies to individuals who plan activities to achieve team and organisational objectives. At this level, work will normally be carried out within routine and non-routine methods and involve procedures that require planning, evaluation, leadership and guidance of others.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Business Competence – Business Operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to implement operational plan	1.1 Consult with stakeholders to identify resource requirements relevant to operational plan 1.2 Collate, analyse and document details of resource requirements 1.3 Develop operational plan and determine implementation method 1.4 Plan for contingencies 1.5 Develop and present proposals for resource requirements
2. Implement operational plan	2.1 Assist in recruiting and onboarding employees required to implement operational plan according to organisational policies and procedures 2.2 Acquire physical resources and services according to organisational policies and procedures 2.3 Support efficient, cost-effective and safe use of resources 2.4 Adjust implementation of the operational plan in consultation with others to manage contingencies
3. Monitor operational performance	3.1 Collate relevant information and determine operational and productivity performance 3.2 Identify and use key performance indicators (KPIs) and assess operational performance 3.3 Identify unsatisfactory performance and take action to rectify the situation according to organisational policies
4. Review operations based on performance	4.1 Develop recommendations for variation to operational plans 4.2 Present recommendations to the designated persons or groups to gain approval 4.3 Maintain records related to operational performance according to organisational policies and procedures 4.4 Report information on operational performance to management

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Description
Reading	Identifies, interprets, analyses and reviews textual information related to the operational plan and monitoring of operational performance
Writing	Communicates relationships between ideas and information, matching style of writing to purpose and audience Researches, plans and prepares workplace documentation for relevant stakeholders using organisational formats
Oral communication	Participates in a variety of spoken exchanges with a range of audiences varying structure and language to suit the audience
Numeracy	Selects and uses familiar mathematical techniques to organise timely supply of adequate resources for the operational plan and to use budgetary information to monitor performance
Enterprise and initiative	Monitors adherence to organisational policies and procedures and considers own role in terms of its contribution to broader goals of the work environment
Teamwork	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with diverse individuals to build rapport, seek or present information Collaborates with others to achieve joint outcomes, playing an active role in facilitating effective group communication, influencing direction and taking a leadership role on occasion
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning, organising, implementing and monitoring tasks required to achieve required outcomes Evaluates effectiveness of decisions in terms of how well they met stated goals Identifies and addresses an increasing range of familiar problems by implementing contingency plans

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

BSBFLM305 Support operational plan

BSBMGT402 Implement operational plan.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBOPS402 Coordinate business operational plans

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

prepare, implement and review two operational plans.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

interact with a range of people and groups to identify resource requirements, performance objectives, systems, procedures and records relating to the operational plan

plan and acquire physical and human resources using organisation’s systems and procedures

manage and support personnel to achieve performance objectives including facilitating new employee onboarding

present information and recommendations to support implementation and variation of the operational plan

monitor operational performance against the performance objectives and budgets and implement improvements to rectify unsatisfactory performance

vary the operational plan and gain approval to deal with contingencies

document and provide reports on performance as required by the organisation.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

processes to identify resource requirements

sources of information to identify resource requirements

methods to manage contingencies including through consultation with relevant stakeholders

key features of performance monitoring systems and processes

common methods for problem solving

methods to support staff including mentoring, coaching and supervision

implementation methods for operational plan

budget and other financial information related to the organisation

organisational objectives including costs, identified shortfalls and surpluses.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

organisational operational plans, policies and procedures relevant to performance evidence

workplace documentation and resources including budgets

physical and human resource procurement documentation

employee onboarding and performance monitoring procedures.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBOPS403 Apply business risk management processes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify business risks and to apply established risk management processes to a defined area of operations that are within the responsibilities and obligations of the work role.

The unit applies to individuals with a broad knowledge of risk analysis or project management who contribute well developed skills in creating solutions to unpredictable problems through analysis and evaluation of information from a variety of sources. They may have responsibility to provide guidance or delegate aspects of these tasks to others. Risks applicable to own work responsibilities and area of operation may include projects being undertaken individually or by a team, or operations within a section of the organisation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Business Competence – Business Operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify risks	1.1 Identify context for risk management 1.2 Undertake required steps to identify risks 1.3 Document identified risks according to relevant policies, procedures, legislation and standards
2. Analyse and evaluate risks	2.1 Analyse risks in consultation with relevant stakeholders 2.2 Undertake risk categorisation and determine level of risk 2.3 Document analysis processes and outcomes
3. Treat risks	3.1 Identify control measures for risks 3.2 Assess strengths and weaknesses of control measures 3.3 Refer risks to relevant personnel, where required, according to policies and procedures 3.4 Select and implement control measures for personal area of operation and responsibilities
4. Monitor and review effectiveness of risk treatments	4.1 Review implemented treatments against measures of success 4.2 Use review results to improve the treatment of risks 4.3 Monitor and review management of risk in personal area of operation

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Description
Learning	Uses analysis and consultative processes to inform decisions about selection and implementation of risk control measures Evaluates effectiveness of plans and results to inform improvement decisions
Reading	Comprehends documents and texts of varying complexity to extract and analyse relevant information
Writing	Uses specific, industry related terminology and logical organisational structure in workplace documents that identify and analyse risk and report management process outcomes
Oral communication	Participates effectively in interactions with stakeholders by using questioning and listening to elicit opinions and clarify understanding
Numeracy	Uses numerical tools to assess risk and uses numerical data to review plans
Enterprise and initiative	Complies with organisational and legislative requirements Takes responsibility for identification and management of risk within own work context and refers matters to others as required
Teamwork	Selects appropriate communication protocols and conventions when conferring with others to establish risk management requirements
Planning and organising	Determines job sequence and works logically and systematically to undertake defined tasks
Technology	Uses familiar digital technologies and systems to access information, prepare plans and communicate with others

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBRSK401 Identify risk and apply risk management processes.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBOPS403 Apply business risk management processes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to apply organisational policies, procedures and processes to:

treat at least three risks by:

identifying different types of organisational risks

consulting with stakeholders to analyse and evaluate risks

implementing control measures

referring risks that are beyond own area of responsibility to others

maintaining risk management documentation.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

legislative and regulatory context of the organisation in relation to risk management

techniques for identifying and evaluating risks

organisational policies and procedures for risk management

areas where risks are commonly identified in an organisation

risks beyond scope of individual responsibility to be referred to relevant organisational personnel

purpose and key elements of current risk management standards.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

legislation, regulations, standards and codes relating to business risk

workplace documentation on selected organisational risks.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBOPS404 Implement customer service strategies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to advise, carry out and evaluate customer service strategies.

The unit applies to individuals who have well developed skills and a broad knowledge of customer service strategies for addressing customer needs and problems. Individuals may provide guidance or delegate work related tasks to others.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Business Competence – Business Operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Advise on customer service needs	1.1 Identify organisational customer service objectives and customer needs 1.2 Assess and clarify customer requirements 1.3 Identify and diagnose problems with service delivery 1.4 Develop options to improve customer service delivery according to organisational requirements 1.5 Provide recommendations to promote improvement of customer service delivery
2. Support implementation of customer service strategies	2.1 Consult with relevant stakeholders to develop customer service strategies 2.2 Assess customer service strategies and opportunities against customer service objectives 2.3 Identify and allocate available budget resources to fulfil customer service objectives 2.4 Action procedures to resolve customer difficulties and complaints according to organisational requirements
3. Evaluate and report on customer service	3.1 Review stakeholder satisfaction with service delivery according to organisational requirements 3.2 Identify and report changes necessary to meet customer service objectives 3.3 Prepare conclusions and recommendations on future directions of client service strategies 3.4 Monitor systems, records and reporting procedures for changes to customer satisfaction

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Description
Reading	Reviews textual information and comprehends details that relate to the interests or requirements of the client and organisation
Writing	Creates a range of formal texts using structure, grammar and clear and specialised language to describe customer needs, maintain information and support a particular position
Oral communication	Uses pace, intonation, intelligible pronunciation and listening and questioning techniques to interact effectively with others
Numeracy	Recognises and interprets numerical information and performs calculations on familiar mathematical information
Enterprise and Initiative	Recognises and applies organisational protocols and meets expectations associated with own work
Teamwork	Uses a range of strategies to establish a sense of connection and build rapport with customers Collaborates with others contributing knowledge and skills to achieve joint outcomes
Planning and organising	Applies formal and logical processes when planning and implementing tasks Applies standard procedures when responding to familiar problems within own work context
Technology	Uses digital technologies to access, organise, present and store information relevant to own role

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBCUS401 Coordinate implementation of customer service strategies.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

BSBCUS402 Address customer needs

BSBCUS403 Implement customer service standards

BSBSLS408 Present, secure and support sales solutions.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBOPS404 Implement customer service strategies

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop and implement at least two strategies to improve customer service delivery.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

respond to and report on customer feedback and complaints

review client satisfaction using verifiable data

consult and communicate effectively with relevant people

develop and implement strategies and methods to improve customer service delivery, including:

budgeting

promotion to staff

documentation and follow up.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

customer communication techniques

principles of customer service

sources of verified client information

techniques for identifying customer needs and reviewing customer satisfaction

organisational business structure, products and services related to customer service

techniques for drawing insights from verifiable evidence to develop recommendations and conclusions

product and service standards and best practice models.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

organisational policies and procedures for customer service

examples of customer complaints and feedback

client satisfaction data.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBPEF301 Organise personal work priorities

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.
Release 2	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.2. Release created to amend typographical error in the foundation skills.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to organise personal work schedules, to monitor and obtain feedback on work performance and to maintain required levels of competence.

The unit applies to individuals who exercise discretion and judgement and apply a broad range of competencies in various work contexts.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Critical Thinking & Problem Solving – Personal Effectiveness

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Organise and complete own work schedule	1.1 Develop work goals and key performance indicators (KPIs) according to task and organisational requirements 1.2 Prioritise workload according to task timeframes 1.3 Identify factors affecting achievement of work objectives 1.4 Develop personal work plans
2. Evaluate own work performance	2.1 Identify variations between expected and actual work performance according to task requirements and KPIs 2.2 Report variations to relevant personnel 2.3 Seek feedback from relevant personnel for solutions to minimise variations in expected and actual work outputs 2.4 Research sources of stress and access appropriate supports according to organisational policies and procedures
3. Coordinate personal skill development and learning	3.1 Identify personal and professional development needs for job role 3.2 Identify opportunities to undertake personal skill development activities in consultation with supervisor 3.3 Access professional development opportunities 3.4 Record professional development undertaken for continuous learning and career development process 3.5 Incorporate feedback into review of further learning needs

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	Employs a range of approaches and investigative techniques to source the knowledge necessary to arrange personal learning experiences
Reading	Interprets textual information to determine organisation’s procedures, own work performance and objectives
Writing	Prepares written reports and workplace documents that communicate information clearly and effectively
Oral communication	Provides and receives feedback using specific and relevant language Uses listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Self-management	Complies with organisational policies, procedures and protocols
Teamwork	Selects the appropriate form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose relevant to own role Proactively collaborates with others to achieve specific goals
Planning and organising	Plans and organises work commitments to ensure deadlines and objectives are met Uses formal analytical thinking techniques to recognise and respond to routine problems
Technology	Uses digital systems and tools to enter, store and monitor information

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBWOR301 Organise personal work priorities and development.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBPEF301 Organise personal work priorities

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.
Release 2	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.2. Release created to amend typographical error in the foundation skills.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

prepare and implement a personal work plan.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

prepare a work plan according to organisational requirements and work objectives

use technology to schedule, prioritise and monitor completion of tasks in a work plan

assess and prioritise own work tasks and address contingencies

monitor and assess personal performance against job role requirements by seeking feedback from relevant personnel

identify personal development needs and access, complete and record skill development and learning.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisational policies and procedures relevant to work tasks

goals, objectives and key performance indicators for task within scope of job role

methods to elicit, analyse and interpret feedback when communicating with other people in the workplace

content of work plans including:

timeframes

tasks requirements

risks

contingencies for identified risks

types of personal learning and professional development requirements

principles and techniques of goal setting, measuring performance and time management

signs and sources of stress and strategies to deal with stress in the workplace

methods to identify and prioritise personal learning needs.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

challenges and situations to demonstrate application of performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBPEF402 Develop personal work priorities

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan and prioritise own work tasks. It also addresses the skills and knowledge to monitor and obtain feedback on personal work performance.

The unit applies to individuals who are required to design their own work schedules and work plans and to establish priorities for their work. They will typically hold some responsibilities for the work of others and have some autonomy in relation to their own role.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Critical Thinking & Problem Solving – Personal Effectiveness

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan personal work schedule	1.1 Identify task requirements 1.2 Identify own accountabilities in line with task requirements 1.3 Assess barriers for performance of personal accountabilities 1.4 Develop a personal work schedule
2. Implement personal work schedule	2.1 Communicate personal work schedule to relevant personnel 2.2 Monitor own performance according to personal work schedule 2.3 Document variations between expected and actual work performance according to task requirements and communicate to relevant personnel
3. Review personal work priorities	3.1 Seek and evaluate feedback from relevant stakeholders on own work performance 3.2 Analyse variations between expected and actual work performance 3.3 Update personal work schedule according to internal and external feedback and changes in circumstances

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	Develops strategies to reflect on own performance and obtain feedback
Reading	Identifies and applies textual information from relevant sources to understand organisation’s policies and practices
Writing	Prepares written reports and workplace documentation that communicate complex information clearly and effectively
Numeracy	Analyses numerical information related work accountabilities
Enterprise and initiative	Identifies and understands roles and responsibilities in relation to organisational objectives, policies and procedures
Planning and organising	Plans, organises and implements tasks to meet organisational requirements Uses the main features and functions of digital technologies and tools to complete work tasks efficiently and effectively

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBWOR404 Develop work priorities.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

BSBSMB408 Manage personal, family, cultural and business obligations

BSBWOR424 Develop a time management plan.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBPEF402 Develop personal work priorities

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop, implement and review one personal work schedule.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify personal responsibilities and barriers to their fulfilment according to task requirements

prepare a personal work schedule

communicate work schedule to relevant personnel

monitor personal work performance to identify variations between expected and actual work performance

review own work performance against workgroup objectives through self-assessment and seeking and acting on feedback from internal and external stakeholders.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

content of work plans including:

resource requirements

stakeholder needs

workgroup targets

business technology applications to schedule tasks and plan work

methods of personal work performance review including:

self-assessment

feedback from others

techniques to prepare personal plans and establish priorities

methods to elicit, analyse and interpret feedback.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to challenges and situations to demonstrate the application of performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBPEF501 Manage personal and professional development

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to implement systems and process that support the personal and professional development of self and others.

The unit applies to individuals working in a range of managerial positions who are accountable for the development and performance of others.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Critical Thinking & Problem Solving – Personal Effectiveness

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Manage work goal development	1.1 Document team member responsibilities and identify organisational framework for development of work goals 1.2 Support others to develop work goals, plans and activities that align with their responsibilities 1.3 Assess others’ work goals, plans and activities for alignment with organisational goals and provide feedback to team members 1.4 Facilitate access to personal and professional development opportunities that align to team member goals, plans and activities
2. Facilitate achievement of work priorities	2.1 Assess and prioritise personal, team and organisational demands 2.2 Use technology to manage work priorities of the team 2.3 Identify and implement techniques to manage team health and wellbeing in the workplace
3. Develop and maintain professional competence	3.1 Document own development needs, priorities and plans using applicable competency standards, where required 3.2 Seek feedback from relevant personnel on own development needs 3.3 Participate in personal and professional development activities that address identified needs, priorities and plans

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Learning	Investigates and uses a range of strategies to develop personal competence
Reading	Analyses and interprets textual information from organisational policies and practices or feedback to inform personal development planning
Writing	Uses feedback to prepare reports that summarise ways to improve competence
Oral communication	Uses active listening and questioning to seek and receive feedback
Enterprise and Initiative	Identifies how own role contributes to broader organisational goals Considers organisational protocols when planning career development of self and others
Teamwork	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols when communicating with diverse stakeholders Uses interpersonal skills to establish and build positive working relationships with others
Planning and organising	Plans and prioritises tasks in order to meet deadlines, manage role responsibilities and to manage own personal welfare Identifies and uses appropriate technology to improve work efficiency
Technology	Uses technology to manage and prioritise work tasks

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

BSBLED503 Maintain and enhance professional practice

BSBWOR501 Manage personal work priorities and professional development.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBPEF501 Manage personal and professional development

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop and implement a plan for own personal and professional development

manage personal and professional development of at least two other individuals.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify roles and responsibilities of team members

support two different individuals to develop work goals that align with their role and responsibilities

facilitate team member access to relevant personal and professional development activities

use technology to organise and prioritise tasks and commitments of a team or work area

research and implement techniques for maintaining health and wellbeing of self and others

develop personal work goals, plans and activities to meet work goals

measure personal work performance, including assessing competency against competency standards

participate in personal and professional development activities to develop professional competence.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

roles and responsibilities of team members

principles and techniques involved in the management or organisation of:

performance measurement

personal behaviour, selfawareness and personality traits identification

personal development plans

personal goal setting

task prioritisation

common personal and professional development activities relevant to the industry

technology to plan and prioritise work tasks

techniques to manage health and wellbeing in the workplace

organisation’s human resources policies and procedures relevant to professional development.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to challenges and situations to demonstrate the application of performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBPMG420 Apply project scope management techniques

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to contribute to the project’s scope by assisting with identifying its objectives, deliverables, constraints, assumptions and outcomes. It also involves applying controls once the project has commenced and contribute to reviewing the suitability of those controls.

The unit applies to individuals who support project managers and other team members to apply project scope management techniques.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Business Competence – Project Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Contribute to defining project scope	1.1 Participate in identifying project objectives and requirements and review project initiation documentation 1.2 Contribute to identifying project deliverables 1.3 Contribute to identifying measurable outcomes to enable evaluation of project performance 1.4 Contribute to developing and documenting the scope management plan 1.5 Confirm approval of project scope with relevant project authority
2. Apply project scope controls	2.1 Undertake work according to agreed project scope management plan 2.2 Identify and respond to variations according to established change control procedures within scope of own responsibility 2.3 Communicate instances of non-compliance with overall scope to the project manager and other team members
3. Contribute to review of scope controls	3.1 Identify scope changes against scope management plan with assistance 3.2 Contribute to reporting scope changes 3.3 Participate in reviewing effectiveness of project outcomes

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Description
Reading	Identifies and analyses complex texts
Writing	Contribute to developing and amending plans and associated documentation using appropriate organisational formats and vocabulary
Oral Communication	Interacts effectively in verbal exchanges, using clear language to convey information, and active listening and questioning to clarify understanding
Numeracy	Selects and applies a range of mathematical and problem-solving strategies to contribute to developing timelines and monitoring progress
Teamwork	Uses appropriate communication practices in a range of work contexts Collaborates and cooperates with others to achieve shared goals
Planning and organising	Contributes to plans and organises tasks required to monitor and report on project implementation Analyses outcomes to identify future improvements

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBPMG409 Apply project scope management techniques.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBPMG420 Apply project scope management techniques

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

support project managers and other team members to apply project scope management techniques during at least two different projects.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

work according to project scope management plan including established change control procedures and performance measurement procedures

contribute to delineating and controlling project scope

communicate with the project manager and other team members

record project scope management plan

interpret and follow project initiation documentation for purposes of documenting project scope.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

components of project scope management plans including:

established change control procedures

performance measurement indicators

factors likely to impact project scope

procedures relating to scope change including:

formal change-control processes

reporting change

methods for measuring work outcomes and progress against plans

methods for reviewing project outcomes

scope control methods

types of project initiation documentation.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

project documentation which includes information about project scope.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBPMG430 Undertake project work

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to undertake a minor project or a section of a larger project. It covers developing a project plan, administering and monitoring the project, finalising the project and reviewing the project to identify lessons learned for application to future projects.

The unit applies to individuals who play a significant role in ensuring a project meets timelines, quality standards, budgetary limits and other requirements set for the project.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Business Competence – Project Management

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish project parameters	1.1 Identify project scope 1.2 Define project stakeholders 1.3 Seek clarification from delegating authority of issues related to project and project parameters 1.4 Identify responsibilities of relevant stakeholders and reporting requirements 1.5 Clarify relationship of project to other projects and to the objectives of the organisation 1.6 Identify availability and access of resources for undertaking the project
2. Develop project plan	2.1 Identify risks and develop a risk management plan for project, including Work Health and Safety (WHS) 2.2 Develop project budget and timeframe and seek approval from relevant stakeholders 2.3 Consult team members and apply their views in planning the project 2.4 Identify and access appropriate project management tools 2.5 Develop project plan according to project parameters and deliverables 2.6 Finalise project plan and gain necessary approvals to commence project according to documented plan
3. Administer and monitor project	3.1 Communicate to project team members their responsibilities and project requirements 3.2 Establish and maintain required recordkeeping systems throughout the project 3.3 Implement and monitor plans for managing the project 3.4 Undertake risk management as required
4. Finalise and review project	4.1 Complete financial recordkeeping associated with project and confirm according to agreed budget 4.2 Complete project documentation and obtain sign-offs for concluding project 4.3 Review project outcomes and processes against the project scope and plan 4.4 Document feedback and suggested improvements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Organises, evaluates and critiques ideas and information from a range of complex texts
Writing	Develops plans, reports and recommendations using vocabulary, structure and conventions appropriate to text Establishes and maintains records according to organisational requirements
Numeracy	Uses formal and some informal, oral and written mathematical language and representation to prepare and communicate budgetary and financial information
Oral communication	Participates in verbal discussions using clear language and appropriate features to present or seek information Using listening and questioning skills to seek information and confirm understanding
Self-management	Identifies and responds to organisational and legislative/regulatory requirements
Teamwork	Selects and uses appropriate communication protocols and practices to ensure shared understanding of project roles and expectations Uses collaborative techniques to engage stakeholders in consultations and negotiations
Planning and organising	Develops and implements plans to manage projects that involve diverse stakeholders with potentially competing demands Systematically gathers and analyses all relevant information and evaluates options to make informed decisions Evaluates outcomes of decisions to identify opportunities for improvement
Technology	Uses digital technologies and applications to access, organise and share information

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBPMG522 Undertake project work.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to BSBADM407 Administer projects.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBPMG430 Undertake project work

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

undertake project work on a minor project or a section of a larger project.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

confirm the quality of project outcomes according to expectations of the organisation

consult and communicate with relevant stakeholders to generate input and engagement in planning, implementing and reviewing the project

provide support to team members to enable them to achieve deliverables and to transition them as appropriate at completion of the project.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

project management tools

types of documents and other sources of information commonly used in defining the parameters of a project

mission, goals, objectives and operations of the organisation

relevant legislation and regulations, including work health and safety (WHS) requirements, for project planning

project management processes according to policies and procedures of the organisation and including:

lines of authority and approvals

quality assurance

human resources

budgets and finance

risk management

recordkeeping

reporting.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

relevant legislation, regulations, standards and codes

workplace documentation and resources relevant to performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBPRO301 Recommend products and services

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to provide advice and information within an organisation about the development and distribution of its products and services.

It applies to individuals who apply a broad range of administrative competencies in varied work contexts, using some discretion and judgement and who may provide technical advice and support to a team.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Industry Capability – Product Skills and Advice

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop and maintain knowledge of products and services	1.1 Actively and regularly research knowledge and understanding of industry products and services using authoritative sources 1.2 Use available product and service documentation to identify and understand characteristics of products and services, and to make comparisons with other products and services 1.3 Accurately document and maintain information on products and services in a format consistent with organisational requirements 1.4 Apply acquired knowledge to improve quality within personal work areas
2. Recommend products and services	2.1 Ensure that recommendations on products and services are in line with organisational requirements 2.2 Provide recommendations that emphasise product and service issues relevant to client needs 2.3 Ensure that evidence in support of recommendations is verifiable and presented in a suitable format 2.4 Structure recommendations to identify clear benefits to clients and the organisation
3. Advise on promotional activities	3.1 Provide advice that is clear, is supported by verifiable evidence and is compatible with organisational requirements 3.2 Ensure that promotional documentation and materials are appropriate to presentation of the organisation’s products and services 3.3 Ensure that costs of promotional activities conform to budget resources 3.4 Estimate impact of promotional activities from verifiable customer feedback sources 3.5 Evaluate the benefits of promotional activities and incorporate in plans for future promotional activities

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 3.4	Interprets, understands and compares textual information about products and services from a range of sources
Writing	1.2, 1.3, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 3.1, 3.2, 3.5	Uses clear and specific language to develop documents for different audiences in accordance with organisational requirements
Oral Communication	3.1	Provides recommendations using language appropriate to the purpose and audience
Numeracy	3.3, 3.4	Extracts and evaluates meaning from data to calculate actual costs against budget and impact of promotional activities
Navigate the world of work	1.3, 1.4, 2.1, 3.1	Understands and follows organisational policies and procedures relevant to own role
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.4, 3.1, 3.2, 3.5	Plans and implements tasks required to achieve required outcomes Analyses information in order to decide on appropriate advice or recommendations Evaluates outcomes of decisions to identify opportunities for improvement

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBPRO301 Recommend products and services	BSBPRO301A Recommend products and services	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBPRO301 Recommend products and services

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

use appropriate sources to document accurate information about the organisation’s products and services

prepare and provide advice about products and services according to organisational requirements

evaluate promotional activities including consideration of:

whether promotional materials meet organisational requirements

actual costs against budget

customer feedback.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

list authoritative sources of information about the organisation’s products and services

outline the organisation’s products and services

outline the policies and procedures that apply when providing advice or recommendations about products and services

list and describe organisational promotional activities

explain methods used to gather verifiable customer feedback about products and services

explain how and why customer feedback is analysed.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the industry capability – product skills and advice field of work and include access to:

relevant organisational policies and procedures

relevant workplace documentation and resources

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBPRO401 Develop product knowledge

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop product knowledge in preparation for the sales process.

It applies to individuals who need to solve a defined range of unpredictable problems, analyse and evaluate information from a variety of sources and who may provide leadership and guidance to others with some limited responsibility for the output of others.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Industry Capability – Product Skills and Advice

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Acquire knowledge of products in a specified area	1.1 Identify information sources about products in a specified area and evaluate them for reliability and validity 1.2 Identify product purpose/s and use/s 1.3 Identify key features of the product/s 1.4 Identify product strengths and weaknesses 1.5 Articulate guarantees and warranties and identify service support details
2. Convert product knowledge into benefits	2.1 Identify features of the product which have potential buyer appeal 2.2 Present features of the product which have buyer appeal as benefits to the buyer 2.3 Present product benefits within the context of organisational requirements and legislation
3. Evaluate competitors’ products	3.1 Use a range of information sources to identify competitors’ products 3.2 Compare features, benefits, strengths and weaknesses of competitors’ products with own products 3.3 Establish relative standing of the organisation’s product with the competitors’ product/s and communicate differences to the buyer

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 2.1, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3	Identifies, interprets, understands and compares information to monitor and evaluate quality of product and services and check against client requirements
Writing	1.1, 1.5, 2.2, 2.3, 3.2	Records results of product evaluations to show clear comparisons of features, benefits and weaknesses Uses clear and specific language to develop documents for different audiences in accordance with organisational requirements
Oral Communication	2.2, 2.3, 1.5, 3.3	Provides recommendations using language appropriate to the purpose and audience
Numeracy	1.3, 1.4, 3.2, 3.3	Analyses numerical information to measure, compare and evaluate features
Navigate the world of work	2.3	Understands and follows organisational policies and procedures and legislative requirement relevant to own role
Get the work done	1.1, 3.1, 3.3	Plans and implements tasks required to achieve required outcomes Analyses information to decide on appropriate recommendations

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
BSBPRO401 Develop product knowledge	BSBPRO401A Develop product knowledge	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBPRO401 Develop product knowledge

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 1.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

use valid and reliable sources to gather information about the organisation’s products and competitors’ products

determine buyer needs and present key features and benefits of product to match needs, in accordance with organisational and legislative obligations

compare competitors’ products with own organisation’s products and communicate differences to buyer.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

list sources of information for own organisation’s products and competitors’ products

explain why it is important to discuss features, benefits, strengths and weaknesses when describing products

summarise industry competitors, including products offered and potential buyer markets

outline organisational policies and procedures, relevant to the sales process

outline the key provisions of relevant legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice that are relevant to the sales process.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in the industry capability – product skills and advice field of work and include access to:

information sources regarding an organisation’s and competitors’ products, service or ideas

office equipment and resources

relevant organisational policies and procedures

case studies and, where possible, real situations

interaction with others.

Assessors must satisfy NVR/AQTF assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBSTR501 Establish innovative work environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create an environment that enables and supports practice which focuses on a holistic approach to the integration of innovation across all areas of work practice.

The unit applies to individuals working in leadership or management roles in any industry or community context. The individual could be employed by the organisation, but may also be an external contractor, the leader of a cross organisation team or of a self-formed team of individuals.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Critical Thinking and Problem Solving – Business Strategy

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish work practices	1.1 Identify relevant stakeholders 1.2 Identify organisational objectives and practices 1.3 Evaluate current work conditions 1.4 Determine working conditions that allow innovative practices according to organisational policies and procedures 1.5 Identify organisational resources relating to innovation 1.6 Build and lead team and maximise opportunities for innovation
2. Create an innovative environment	2.1 Evaluate the impacts of changing work environment 2.2 Collaborate with stakeholders and develop ideas for enhancing work environment 2.3 Identify and select resources required for enhancing work environment 2.4 Assess the ability of the workspace to support innovation 2.5 Assist team members to adapt and perform in new work environment
3. Implement innovative work environment	3.1 Encourage creative mindsets, collaborative working and development of positive workplace relationships 3.2 Reinforce the value of innovation according to organisational vision and objectives 3.3 Take risks to open up opportunities for innovation 3.4 Select ways of celebrating and encouraging innovation 3.5 Encourage and support evaluation of innovative ideas
4. Share and evaluate innovative ideas and work environment	4.1 Share relevant information, knowledge and skills on innovative practices with stakeholders 4.2 Provide and encourage formal and informal learning opportunities to develop skills required for innovation 4.3 Create opportunities where individuals can learn from the experience of others 4.4 Seek and respond to suggestions, improvements and innovations from all team members

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets and evaluates information that may deal with complex ideas related to issues both within and outside a given workplace context
Writing	Develops information for others using language to suit the context and audience
Oral communication	Presents ideas and concepts to a range of audiences using structure and language to suit the audience Uses active listening and questioning to discuss and clarify information and to confirm understanding
Self-management	Takes responsibility for implementing practices and procedures to achieve organisational objectives in innovation according to role requirements Accepts responsibility for planning and implementing tasks and practices to achieve organisational goals, negotiating key aspects with others and taking into account current capabilities and needs
Initiative and enterprise	Develops new and innovative ideas through exploration, evaluation, analysis and critical thinking
Teamwork	Uses required communication techniques to build rapport and foster strong relationships with co-workers in a range of work contexts Uses inclusive and collaborative techniques to share, promote and convey complex information about new ideas and systems within the workplace Facilitates a climate where people feel comfortable suggesting and discussing improvements and new ideas
Problem Solving	Uses problem solving processes to identify, assess and respond to challenges and risks around innovation

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

BSBINN501 Establish systems that support innovation

BSBINN502 Build and sustain an innovative work environment.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBSTR501 Establish innovative work environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

establish at least two different procedures and practices that foster innovation in areas of work practice, including at least three of the following:

collaborative work arrangements

building team capacity to contribute to innovation

providing formal and informal learning opportunities

evaluating ideas of innovation in work environment

celebrating and encouraging innovation

consulting with relevant stakeholders

changing physical work environment, including designing, fitting-out and decorating workspaces

communicating and sharing of ideas and feedback.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

reinforce the value of innovation to the vision and objectives of the organisation

model behaviour, including:

being receptive to ideas

giving constructive advice

establishing and maintaining relationships based on mutual respect and trust

taking considered risks that provide opportunities for innovation

support innovation and collaboration of ideas to make improvements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

concepts and theories of innovation

context for innovation in the workplace, including:

core business values

overall objectives

broader environmental context

value and benefit of innovative ideas and projects

factors and tools that motivate individuals

creative thinking and innovative work practices

ways of celebrating and promoting innovation in the workplace

approaches to management and leadership and how they support and hinder innovation

challenges and barriers to innovation and ways of overcoming them, including:

rewarding and celebrating innovation

coaching and learning

modelling behaviour and managing the physical environment.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

relevant legislation and codes of practice

relevant organisational policies and procedures

workplace equipment and resources.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBTEC201 Use business software applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to select and use software and organise electronic information and data.

The unit applies to those who use a limited range of practical skills with a fundamental knowledge of equipment use and the organisation of data in a defined context, under direct supervision or with limited individual responsibility.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Digital Competence - Technology Use

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Select and prepare to use technology	1.1 Identify task purpose, audience, format and presentation requirements, and clarify with relevant personnel, where required 1.2 Select relevant technology and software applications to achieve requirements of the task 1.3 Adjust workspace, furniture and equipment to suit own ergonomic requirements
2. Input and process information or data	2.1 Identify and open application, according to task and organisational requirements 2.2 Enter information or data into application according to organisational requirements 2.3 Ensure information or data is checked and amended according to organisational and task requirements 2.4 Format information or data using appropriate application functions according to organisational and task requirements 2.5 Use relevant help functions to overcome simple issues
3. Finalise and store document	3.1 Review and edit final information or data, and prepare for storage in accordance with organisational and task requirements 3.2 Name and store document and exit application

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Recognises and interprets information from familiar sources to determine job role and task requirements
Writing	Produces and amends files to meet task and organisational requirements Completes required documentation using organisational formats

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to:

BSBITU211 Produce digital text documents

BSBITU212 Create and use spreadsheets

BSBWOR204 Use business technology.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to BSBCUE301 Use multiple information systems.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBTEC201 Use business software applications

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

select and use at least three business software applications on two occasions each.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

select and use technology safely and according to organisational requirements

identify and address faults according to requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key features of:

organisation’s work health and safety requirements relevant to own role

organisation’s requirements for file naming and storage

applications used for organising electronic information and data.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

workplace equipment and resources

electronic files, information and data

workplace documentation.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBTEC301 Design and produce business documents

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design and produce various business documents. It includes selecting and using a range of functions on a variety of computer applications.

The unit applies to those who possess fundamental skills in computer operations. They may exercise discretion and judgement using appropriate theoretical knowledge of document design and production to provide technical advice and support to a team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Digital Competence - Technology Use

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Select and prepare resources	1.1 Select and use technology and software applications to produce required business documents 1.2 Select layout and style of publication according to information and organisational requirements 1.3 Use basic design principles and ensure document design is consistent with organisational requirements 1.4 Discuss and clarify format and style with required stakeholder
2. Design document	2.1 Identify, open and create files according to task and organisational requirements 2.2 Design document and ensure efficient entry of information 2.3 Use a range of functions to ensure consistency of design and layout
3. Produce document	3.1 Complete document production according to organisational policies, procedures and requirements 3.2 Check document produced to ensure it meets task requirements for style and layout 3.3 Store document appropriately and save document 3.4 Use help function to overcome basic difficulties with document design and production, where required
4. Finalise document	4.1 Proofread document for readability, accuracy and consistency of language, style and layout prior to final output 4.2 Modify document according to task requirements 4.3 Name and store document in accordance with organisational requirements and exit application 4.4 Present document according to task requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Recognises and interprets textual information from a range of sources to determine and adhere to requirements
Writing	Develops documents using required format, accurate spelling and grammar and terminology specific to requirements Organises content to support purposes and audience of material, using clear and logical language
Self-management	Recognises and follows explicit and implicit protocols and meets expectations associated with own role

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to:

BSBITU306 Design and produce business documents

BSBITU313 Design and produce digital text documents.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

BSBINT305 Prepare business documents for the international trade of goods

BSBITU309 Produce desktop published documents.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBTEC301 Design and produce business documents

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design, produce and finalise four different types of business documents, using at least two different software applications.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

comply with organisational policies and procedures for producing business documents

adhere to task requirements when producing documents including:

applying basic design principles

applying consistent formatting

using appropriate styles

using correct layouts

proofreading

use required data storage options.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

technology required to produce document

key functions and features of contemporary computer applications

organisational policies and procedures

organisational requirements for document design, including style guide.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

workplace equipment and resources

relevant software applications

style guide

organisational policies and procedures.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBTWK401 Build and maintain business relationships

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to establish, develop and maintain effective work relationships and networks through relationship building and negotiation skills required by workers. These workers may be within an organisation as well as freelance or contract workers.

The unit applies to individuals with a broad knowledge of networking and negotiation who contribute to creating solutions to unpredictable problems. They may have responsibility for and provide guidance to others.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Social Competence – Teamwork and Relationships

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish business relationships	1.1 Identify business development and networking objectives of the organisation and own role 1.2 Determine networking opportunities according to identified objectives and organisational policies and procedures 1.3 Confirm communication channels for information exchange with business contacts 1.4 Engage with business contacts using written and verbal communication to promote business opportunities
2. Maintain business relationships	2.1 Use communication techniques to establish rapport with business contacts 2.2 Identify barriers to business development opportunities 2.3 Use problem-solving techniques to negotiate solutions to identified situations 2.4 Seek specialist advice in the development of contacts, as required
3. Build and improve business relationships	3.1 Develop strategies to represent and promote organisational interests to contacts 3.2 Participate in formal and informal networks that promote the organisation 3.3 Communicate issues regarding relationships in writing and verbally to organisational personnel 3.4 Seek and respond to feedback from management on the quality of relationships with business contacts

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Seeks opportunities to develop and extend expertise and identify areas for professional improvement
Reading	Sources and analyses information to establish networks that consistently promotes business opportunities
Writing	Uses appropriate vocabulary, layout and grammatical structure to convey ideas and information
Oral Communication	Uses persuasive language and appropriate non-verbal features to achieve mutually acceptable outcomes Uses active listening and questioning techniques to confirm understanding
Initiative and enterprise	Identifies and adheres to organisational policies and procedures
Teamwork	Looks for ways to establish connections and build genuine understanding with a diverse range of people Cultivates relationships with people with the knowledge, skills and influence to get things done or provide support
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning, sequencing and implementing tasks required to build and maintain networks Uses analytical processes to identify problems, gather relevant information, evaluate options and determine solutions

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBREL401 Establish networks.

Supersedes but is not equivalent to:

BSBREL402 Build client relationships and business networks

BSBREL403 Implement international client relationship strategies

BSBSMB411 Manage specialist external advisory services.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBTWK401 Build and maintain business relationships

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

communicate with others to build and maintain at least two different business relationships.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

promote professional business relationship using written and verbal communication techniques

identify methods to improve business relationships

participate in formal and informal networking opportunities that promote the business.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

strategies for establishing and maintaining business relationships

methods of engaging with business contacts including through participation in professional networks and associations

relevant networks, organisations, agencies, associations or individuals

principles and techniques needed to negotiate positive outcomes

organisational policies, plans and procedures relevant to business relationships

methods for obtaining feedback on business relationships.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

workplace documentation and resources

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBWHS311 Assist with maintaining workplace safety

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to assist with implementing and monitoring an organisation’s work health and safety (WHS) policies, procedures and programs as part of a small work team.

The unit applies to individuals who have roles in assisting with maintaining workplace safety in an organisation. Individuals closely monitor aspects of work associated with the safe delivery of products and services, and they contribute to influencing safety in the workplace.

NOTES

1. The terms ‘occupational health and safety’ (OHS) and ‘work health and safety’ (WHS) are equivalent, and generally either can be used in the workplace. In jurisdictions where model WHS laws have not been implemented, registered training organisations (RTOs) are advised to contextualise this unit of competency by referring to existing WHS legislative requirements.

2. The model WHS laws include the model WHS Act, model WHS Regulations and model WHS Codes of Practice. See Safe Work Australia for further information.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Regulation, Licensing and Risk – Work Health and Safety

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Assist with incorporating WHS policies and procedures into work team processes	1.1 Identify health and safety requirements of work team according to applicable WHS laws 1.2 Assist with explaining organisational WHS policies, procedures, programs and legislative requirements to required personnel 1.3 Assist with explaining hazard identification and risk assessment outcomes to required personnel
2. Contribute to consultative arrangements for managing WHS	2.1 Assist with implementing consultative processes designed to engage work team in managing WHS 2.2 Respond to WHS issues in a timely manner and according to organisational policies and procedures for issue resolution 2.3 Encourage others to participate in arrangements for managing WHS 2.4 Assist in engaging with required personnel to identify and implement improvements in response to WHS feedback
3. Contribute to organisational procedures for providing WHS training	3.1 Identify WHS training needs of the work team and report to relevant stakeholders 3.2 Identify strategies and opportunities for developing work team’s WHS competence and report to relevant stakeholders 3.3 Provide assistance to work team members to support the effective development of their WHS competence
4. Participate in identifying hazards, and assessing and controlling risks for the work area	4.1 Identify hazards in the work area and report to relevant stakeholders according to organisational policies and procedures, and WHS legislative requirements 4.2 Assist with implementing processes designed to control risks using the hierarchy of control measures according to organisational procedures and WHS legislative requirements 4.3 Identify and document inadequacies in existing risk control measures according to organisational policies and procedures, the hierarchy of control measures and WHS legislative requirements 4.4 Report inadequacies in existing risk control measures to relevant stakeholders 4.5 Complete and maintain WHS incident records in the work area according to organisational procedures and WHS legislative requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets WHS legislative and organisational documentation Applies appropriate strategies to construct meaning from WHS legislative and organisational documentation
Writing	Documents WHS information using required format and industry specific vocabulary
Oral communication	Presents information using language and non-verbal communication appropriate to audience and context Uses questioning and active listening to confirm understanding
Navigate the world of work	Follows WHS policies, procedures and legislative requirements relevant to own role Keeps up to date with changes to WHS laws relevant to own role
Interact with others	Selects appropriate communication protocols and conventions to provide information to others Collaborates with others to achieve joint outcomes Plays an active role in facilitating effective group interaction, influencing direction and taking a leadership role on occasion Provides feedback to others in forms with which they can engage and respond
Get the work done	Sequences and schedules activities, monitors implementation and manages relevant communication Initiates standard procedures when responding to issues raised through consultation Uses feedback to participate in the identification and implementation of opportunities to improve arrangements for managing WHS issues

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBWHS301 Maintain workplace safety.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBWHS311 Assist with maintaining workplace safety

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and to:

assist with implementing and monitoring at least three different organisational work health and safety (WHS) policies or procedures into a work team’s processes.

During the above, the candidate must:

assist with implementing and monitoring consultation about each policy or procedure according to legislative and organisational requirements

identify opportunities to encourage work team to contribute to implementing improvements to each policy or procedure based on feedback received through consultation

complete WHS documentation.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit. This includes knowledge of:

characteristics and composition of the work team

procedures related to the following:

identifying hazards

assessing and controlling risks to health and safety, including the hierarchy of control measures

organisational WHS policies and procedures, including those relating to:

risk management

fire

emergencies

evacuation

incident investigation

reporting

relevant legislation, regulations and codes of practice from all levels of government that impact on business operations, including those relating to:

WHS and environmental issues

equal opportunity

industrial relations

antidiscrimination

WHS aspects of other organisational systems and procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must comply with WHS laws, and WHS legal responsibilities and duty of care required for this unit. It must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities undertaken by individuals carrying out WHS duties in the workplace, and include access to:

safety processes relevant to the area of work

organisational policies and procedures, standard operating procedures and plans

standards, WHS laws and licensing requirements

opportunities for interaction with others

workplace equipment and resources required for the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBWHS411 Implement and monitor WHS policies, procedures and programs

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to implement and monitor an organisation’s work health and safety (WHS) policies, procedures and programs in the relevant work area in order to meet legislative requirements.

The unit applies to those with supervisory responsibilities in a work area who have a broad knowledge of WHS policies and contribute well-developed skills in creating solutions to problems through analysis and evaluation of information from a variety of sources. They provide supervision and guidance to others and have limited responsibility for the output of others.

NOTES

1. The terms ‘occupational health and safety’ (OHS) and ‘work health and safety’ (WHS) are equivalent, and generally either can be used in the workplace. In jurisdictions where model WHS laws have not been implemented, registered training organisations (RTOs) are advised to contextualise this unit of competency by referring to existing WHS legislative requirements.

2. The model WHS laws include the model WHS Act, model WHS Regulations and model WHS Codes of Practice. See Safe Work Australia for further information.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Regulation, Licensing and Risk – Work Health and Safety

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Provide information to work team about WHS policies and procedures	1.1 Identify and communicate relevant provisions about WHS laws to work team 1.2 Provide information about organisation’s WHS policies, procedures and programs, and ensure it is readily accessible to work team 1.3 Communicate information about identified hazards and outcomes of risk assessment and control to work team
2. Implement and monitor work team consultative arrangements for managing WHS	2.1 Communicate importance of consultation mechanisms in managing WHS risks to work team 2.2 Apply consultation mechanisms to facilitate work team participation in managing work area hazards, according to organisational policies and procedures 2.3 Contribute to managing issues raised through consultation mechanisms, according to organisational consultation procedures and WHS legislative requirements 2.4 Communicate outcomes of consultation about WHS issues to work team
3. Implement and monitor organisational procedures for providing WHS training to work team	3.1 Identify and document team WHS training needs according to organisational requirements and WHS laws 3.2 Make arrangements to meet WHS training needs of team members in consultation with relevant stakeholders 3.3 Provide workplace learning opportunities to facilitate team and individual achievement of identified WHS training needs
4. Implement and monitor organisational procedures and legal requirements for identifying hazards, and assessing and controlling risks	4.1 Identify and report on hazards in work area according to organisational policies and procedures, and WHS legislative requirements 4.2 Contribute to managing and implementing hazard reports according to organisational policies and procedures, and WHS legislative requirements 4.3 Implement procedures to control risks using the hierarchy of control measures according to organisational policies and procedures, and WHS legislative requirements 4.4 Identify and report inadequacies in existing risk controls according to the hierarchy of control measures, and WHS legislative requirements 4.5 Monitor outcomes of reports on inadequacies, as required, to ensure prompt organisational response
5. Implement and monitor organisational procedures for maintaining WHS records	5.1 Complete and maintain WHS incident records of occupational injury and disease in work area according to organisational policies and procedures, and WHS legislative requirements 5.2 Use aggregate information and data from work area records to meet organisational recordkeeping requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Interprets and analyses WHS laws and organisational texts
Writing	Documents organisational WHS policies, procedures and programs according to WHS laws, using structure, layout and language suitable for audience Records WHS issues and actions taken according to reporting requirements Prepares and maintains required records using appropriate structure and vocabulary
Oral communication	Provides WHS organisational information and advice using structure and language suitable for audience Uses questioning and active listening to clarify understanding
Navigate the world of work	Adheres to legal and regulatory responsibilities, and organisational policies and procedures in relation to own WHS role and responsibilities Keeps up to date on changes to WHS laws, and related organisational policies and procedures relevant to own role
Interact with others	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and protocols to facilitate consultation and provide feedback Initiates and contributes to facilitating consultative role: responding, explaining, clarifying and expanding on ideas and information as required Collaborates with others to achieve individual team member and team outcomes
Get the work done	Uses combination of logical planning and intuitive understanding of context to identify relevant information and risks, and to identify and evaluate alternative strategies Uses decision-making processes: sets and clarifies goals, gathers information, and identifies and evaluates choices against a set of criteria Takes responsibility for reporting WHS risk control inadequacies Uses processes to monitor implementation of WHS organisational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBWHS401 Implement and monitor WHS policies, procedures and programs to meet legislative requirements.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBWHS411 Implement and monitor WHS policies, procedures and programs

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, and to:

implement and monitor the work health and safety (WHS) policies, procedures and programs for one work area in an organisation.

During the above, the candidate must:

explain relevant WHS information clearly and accurately to work team

provide work team with access to WHS policies, procedures and programs in appropriate structure and language

implement and monitor procedures, according to WHS legislative and organisational requirements, for:

consultation on and communication about WHS hazards and risks

WHS training needs and learning opportunities

WHS records

using WHS aggregate data relating to hazards and risk control.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit. This includes knowledge of:

key provisions of commonwealth and state/territory WHS laws that apply to the business, and procedures for their application in the work area

organisational policies and procedures for:

consulting during WHS issue management

identifying hazards and managing risks, including using aggregate information and work area data

incident response, investigation and reporting

legal responsibilities and duties of managers, supervisors, persons conducting a business or undertaking (PCBUs) and workers in relation to WHS risk management in the workplace

procedures for assessing implications of near misses in relation to incidents, injuries and illnesses in the work area

effective consultation mechanisms in managing health and safety risks in the workplace

features of effective workplace learning opportunities, including coaching and mentoring assistance that facilitates team and individual achievement of WHS training needs

key principles and components of the hierarchy of control measures

procedures for applying the hierarchy of control measures in own work area.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must comply with WHS laws, legal responsibilities and duty of care required for this unit. It must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities undertaken by individuals carrying out WHS duties in the workplace, and must include access to:

actual workplace or simulated environment

workplace equipment and resources

examples of documents about workplace safety, hazard identification and risk assessment

WHS laws and organisational documentation required to demonstrate the performance evidence

opportunities for interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

BSBXCM301 Engage in workplace communication

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0. Version created to clarify knowledge evidence
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 4.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to communicate (through written, oral and nonverbal form) in the workplace within an industry.

This unit applies to a wide range of workers, but has a specific focus on the communication skills required for workers with limited responsibility for others.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Cross Sector Skill

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan workplace communication	1.1 Establish audience and purpose of workplace communication 1.2 Identify information needs and communication requirements of intended recipients of workplace communication 1.3 Establish methods of communication available to convey message or information based on work context 1.4 Select appropriate method(s) of communication to convey messages or information 1.5 Plan content of message or communication
2. Undertake routine communication	2.1 Communicate message or information according to organisational requirements and in a manner that is respectful and clear in meaning 2.2 Adjust communication methods to enable effective communication with those from diverse backgrounds as required 2.3 Receive workplace information and instructions, and interpret and clarify as needed 2.4 Respond to communications according to requirements of the message 2.5 Identify and report any communication challenges to appropriate person
3. Participate in workplace communication	3.1 Clearly contribute ideas and information to workplace discussions 3.2 Support others to communicate in workplace discussions through courteous and professional behaviour 3.3 Use active listening and questioning techniques to clarify issues in a group situation 3.4 Seek feedback from others on effectiveness of communication

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Navigate the world of work	Understands nature and purpose of own role and associated responsibilities and how it contributes to organisational goals and outcomes
Get the work done	Uses problem-solving skills to identify and analyse issues or barriers, consider options and develop responses and opportunities for improvement Uses digital technology to find, record or communicate basic information

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. New unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Assessment Requirements for BSBXCM301 Engage in workplace communication

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 2	This version released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 7.0. Version created to clarify knowledge evidence
Release 1	This version first released with BSB Business Services Training Package Version 4.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills of this unit, including on at least one occasion, evidence of the ability to:

identify the most appropriate method of communication for the intended audience

prepare written material that is clear in meaning and format according to organisational requirements

demonstrate active listening and questioning techniques in a workplace discussion

communicate information and ideas verbally in a workplace discussion, considering the needs of those from diverse backgrounds

identify and report any communication challenges to superiors

seek feedback from others on effectiveness of communication

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit. This includes knowledge of:

legislative requirements relevant to workplace communication

organisational requirements relevant to workplace communication (including digital form):

ethical behaviour guidelines from state or federal governments

workplace policies

codes of conduct

organisational reputation and culture

techniques to resolve communication challenges

methods and techniques to participate in workplace discussions, including active listening, questioning and providing feedback

key principles of cross-cultural communication and communication with individuals with special needs or disabilities

communication methods suited to audience and workplace requirement:

verbal means: telephones, mobile devices, video conference

written means: email, SMS, social media

Internet of Things (IoT)

communication challenges relevant to performance evidence:

conflicts with clients or team members

potential risks or safety hazards

unethical or inappropriate communication

key relevant features of:

different communication styles

different communication methods

relevant cross cultural communication techniques.

Assessment Conditions

Mandatory conditions for assessment include:

A safe working or simulated environment

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=11ef6853-ceed-4ba7-9d87-4da407e23c10

CPCCBC4001 Apply building codes and standards to the construction process for Class 1 and 10 buildings

Modification History

Release 2	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 6.4. Typographical error corrected in the Knowledge Evidence. Word 'detects' corrected to read 'defects'.
Release 1	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to CPCCBC4001A Apply building codes and standards to the construction process for low rise building projects. CPCCBC4001A Apply building codes and standards to the construction process for​ low rise buildings​ has been ​split into two units, one for residential low-rise buildings and one for commercial low-rise buildings. Attainment of both CPCCBC4001 and CPCCBC4053 is equivalent to CPCCBC4001A. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages 2012.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the skills and knowledge required to access, interpret and apply relevant building codes and standards applicable to the National Construction Code (NCC) Classes 1 and 10 buildings, to a maximum of two storeys. It includes knowledge of the structure of the NCC, as well as the ability to access relevant information from the code as applicable to various building projects.

It applies to builders, site managers and related construction industry professionals responsible for ensuring compliance with building codes and standards related to residential construction projects.

This unit of competency is suitable for those using specialised knowledge to complete routine and non-routine tasks and using their own judgement to deal with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

Completion of the general construction induction training program specified by the model Code of Practice for Construction Work is required for any person who is to carry out construction work. Achievement of CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry meets this requirement.

Licensing, regulatory or registration requirements apply to this unit of competency in some jurisdictions. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm these requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil.

Unit Sector

Building and Construction

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Classify building.	1.1	Determine nature of building, its use and arrangement from construction plans and specifications.
1.2	Access, read and interpret relevant Australian Standards and codes for residential building and construction projects.
1.3	Define classification of building from the NCC.
1.4	Identify and interpret multiple classifications from the NCC.
2	Determine construction compliance requirements.	2.1	Identify NCC Performance Requirements relevant to Class 1 and 10, up to two storeys, building projects.
2.2	Determine range of criteria to ensure that construction methods comply with NCC Performance Requirements.
2.3	Identify and document non-conforming construction methods against NCC Performance Requirements.
2.4	Propose and discuss Performance Solution with design and building and construction professionals.
2.5	Analyse and apply Assessment Methods to determine compliance with Performance Solution or Deem-to-Satisfy Solution (DTS).
2.6	Meet the evidence of suitability requirements for building materials and products stated in the NCC.
2.7	Complete relevant documentation to meet NCC requirements.
3	Determine fire protection requirements.	3.1	Identify NCC and other legislative requirements for passive and active fire control elements in buildings.
3.2	Determine level of fire resistance required for the construction of various buildings.
3.3	Check existing buildings for compliance with passive and active fire protection requirements.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

problem-solving skills to:

analyse non-conforming construction methods, define key problem and produce appropriate solution

seek clarification of appropriate solution to meet construction method compliance

technology skills to:

use digital tools and devices to communicate and collaborate effectively with others

use equipment and programs to access, extract information and develop relevant documentation.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is not equivalent to CPCCBC4001A Apply building codes and standards to the construction process for low rise building projects.

CPCCBC4001A Apply building codes and standards to the construction process for low rise buildings has been split into two units, one for residential low-rise buildings and one for commercial low-rise buildings.

Attainment of both CPCCBC4001 and CPCCBC4053 is equivalent to CPCCBC4001A.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

Assessment Requirements for CPCCBC4001 Apply building codes and standards to the construction process for Class 1 and 10 buildings

Modification History

Release 2	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 6.4. Typographical error corrected in the Knowledge Evidence. Word 'detects' corrected to read 'defects'.
Release 1	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to CPCCBC4001A Apply building codes and standards to the construction process for low rise building projects. CPCCBC4001A Apply building codes and standards to the construction process for​ low rise buildings​ has been ​split into two units, one for residential low-rise buildings and one for commercial low-rise buildings. Attainment of both CPCCBC4001 and CPCCBC4053 is equivalent to CPCCBC4001A. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages 2012.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the elements and performance criteria of this unit by applying codes and standards to the construction process of one Class 1 or 10 building project, to a maximum of two storeys.

In doing this, the candidate must:

determine type of construction and use of building from construction plans and specifications and class of building using National Construction Code (NCC) classifications

identify current building and construction codes and Australian Standards relevant to the building project

apply NCC Performance Requirements in relation to the design and construction of the building:

energy efficiency

damp and weatherproofing

fire safety

health and amenity

structure

safe movement and access

ancillary provisions

apply Performance Solutions to ensure that construction complies with NCC Performance Requirements

identify faults and problems and propose actions to rectify

inspect a building to determine fire protection compliance with NCC and other legislative requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

government building legislation, codes and standards:

the NCC:

Performance Requirements and General Requirements

Performance Solutions and Assessment Methods

Performance Hierarchy

evidence of suitability for building materials and products

classes of building and types of construction

organisational policies and procedures, quality systems and best practice approaches

workplace safety requirements

properties, characteristics and limitations of specified building materials and components

processes, procedures and techniques of construction

basic building design principles and the behaviour of structures under stress, strain, compression, bending or combined actions

causes and implications of building defects related to failure of applying building codes and standards to residential and commercial buildings

extent of remedial work required for various defects cause by inadequate design and application of building codes and practices

environmental requirements and sustainability principles and concepts

project plans, specifications, working drawings and structural details

construction terminology.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment can be undertaken in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

A simulated environment is one that realistically replicates workplace conditions, materials and equipment, interactions with others and workplace irregularities, and which meets industry standards for safety and environmental practices.

Candidates must have access to:

relevant government building and construction regulations

current building and construction codes and standards

NCC Volume 2

construction drawings, site plans and specifications

organisational policies and procedures and other quality documentation to undertake the performance criteria and assessment requirements

digital technology devices, applications and software to source and document information.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

CPCCBC4002 Manage work health and safety in the building and construction workplace

Modification History

Release 2	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.1. Typographical error in Element and Performance Criteria 2.4 corrected.
Release 1	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCBC4002A Manage occupational health and safety in the building and construction workplace. Title change. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages 2012.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the skills and knowledge required to inspect workplaces for hazards and conduct work health and safety (WHS) risk analyses. It includes the development and implementation of appropriate responses to mitigate risks to meet government legislation and regulations.

This unit of competency applies to builders, site managers and forepersons who are responsible for the management of risk in building and construction workplaces.

This unit of competency is suitable for those using specialised knowledge to complete routine and non-routine tasks and using their own judgement to deal with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

Completion of the general construction induction training program specified by the model Code of Practice for Construction Work is required for any person who is to carry out construction work. Achievement of CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry meets this requirement.

Licensing, regulatory or registration requirements apply to this unit of competency in some jurisdictions. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm these requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil.

Unit Sector

Building and Construction

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Assess workplace risk.	1.1	Evaluate construction site safety and identify potential risk areas.
1.2	Assess on site worker’s health and safety.
1.3	Identify hazards and determine control measures that comply with legislative requirements and organisational policies.
1.4	Consult with workers to evaluate effectiveness of existing control measures and WHS experts, as necessary, to contribute to an inspection report.
1.5	Complete a workplace inspection report with recommended actions to minimise workplace incidents and mitigate risk.
2	Establish and implement safety plans.	2.1	Establish a workplace safety plan incorporating information from the workplace inspection report to raise safety awareness and support safe workplace practices.
2.2	Implement processes to identify hazards, rate the risks and put control measures in place.
2.3	Establish educational programs specific to the building and construction workplace to ensure workers carry out safe work practices.
2.4	Negotiate and resolve safety issues and conflicts.
3	Monitor workplace safety.	3.1	Monitor and audit workplace safety to ensure compliance with WHS regulations and workplace safety requirements.
3.2	Record findings and recommend and implement actions to address non-compliance.
3.3	Review effectiveness of educational programs to ensure all workers have been inducted and maintain safe work practices.
3.4	Monitor, review and document effectiveness of control measures to determine changes and improvements as required.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCBC4002A Manage occupational health and safety in the building and construction workplace

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

Assessment Requirements for CPCCBC4002 Manage work health and safety in the building and construction workplace

Modification History

Release 2	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.1. Typographical error in Element and Performance Criteria 2.4 corrected.
Release 1	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCBC4002A Manage occupational health and safety in the building and construction workplace. Title change. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages 2012.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by conducting a workplace safety audit for a construction worksite.

In doing this, a candidate must:

access and interpret relevant government work health and safety (WHS) legislation and regulations

identify faults, problems and non-compliances and their impact on workplace safety

introduce safety systems allowing for ease of reporting safety issues, controlling hazards and maintaining worker safety and competence.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

current WHS Acts and regulations

relevant safety codes, standards and guidelines

organisation’s workplace safety policies and procedures:

workplace safety and reporting requirements

inspection, auditing and investigation processes

hazards arising from:

high-risk construction work:

crane operation

dogging and rigging

concrete pumping

tilt-up panel construction

scaffolding

operation of plant and equipment

demolition

asbestos removal and exposure to asbestos fibres

exposure to silica

airborne contaminates

exposure to excessive noise

electrical work

working at heights

hazardous materials and substances

working in confined spaces

safe work practices:

emergency, first aid and evacuation procedures

waste management and environmental practices

personal protective equipment (PPE)

educational programs:

worker site-specific induction training

contractor detailed WHS induction

WHS induction for visitors

Health and Safety Representative (HSR) training

mental health first aid and welfare of workers

digital tools and devices to communicate and collaborate effectively with others

a range of digitally-based technology and applications to access, extract, integrate and compile information.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment can be undertaken in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

A simulated environment is one that realistically replicates workplace conditions, materials and equipment, interactions with others and workplace irregularities, and which meets industry standards for safety and environmental practices.

Candidates must have access to:

WHS legislation and regulations

safety codes, standards and guidelines

organisational policies and procedures and other quality documentation required to undertake the performance criteria and assessment requirements

workplace incident data and incident reports

business equipment to collect and record data, and produce reports

digital devices, applications and software to research, transmit and receive information electronically.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

CPCCBC4003 Select, prepare and administer a construction contract

Modification History

Release 3	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 8.0. Performance Criteria 3.1 updated to provide clarity.
Release 2	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.1. Typographical error in Element and Performance Criteria 3.3 corrected.
Release 1	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPCCBC4003A Select and prepare a construction contract. Combines CPCCBC4003A Select and prepare a construction contract and CPCCBC4016A Administer a construction contract. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages 2012.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the skills and knowledge required to select, prepare and administer contracts for commercial and residential construction projects. It includes contract selection, administration of a range of documents related to the contract and identifying causes of breach of contract.

It applies to National Construction Code (NCC) classifications:

Residential - Class 1 and 10 buildings, maximum two storeys

Commercial - Class 2 to 9, Type C only constructions.

It applies to builders, estimators and project and site managers who interpret complex documents and communicate clearly and succinctly during contract negotiations.

This unit of competency is suitable for people operating with autonomy. A person working at this level would be expected to take responsibility for selecting and preparing construction contracts.

Completion of the general construction induction training program specified by the model Code of Practice for Construction Work is required for any person who is to carry out construction work. Achievement of CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry meets this requirement.

Licensing, regulatory or registration requirements apply to this unit of competency in some jurisdictions. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm these requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil.

Unit Sector

Building and Construction

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify and analyse business contracts.	1.1	Recognise various types of building and construction contracts, their legal requirements and application.
1.2	Analyse the importance of the intention to create legal relations.
1.3	Read and interpret essential contract elements, terms, sections and clauses of a valid construction contract.
1.4	Evaluate rights, obligations and liabilities of all parties.
1.5	Identify and analyse circumstances that constitute a breach of contract.
1.6	Identify factors involved in the termination of contracts.
1.7	Identify legislative requirements and procedures.
2	Select appropriate contract.	2.1	Communicate clearly and directly with all parties to confirm the capacity to form a binding agreement.
2.2	Prepare and compile the range of documents that collectively make up the contract.
2.3	Establish factors and special conditions associated with the parties’ consent to a contract.
2.4	Recognise and apply the requirements associated with an offer and acceptance of a contract.
2.5	Select a contract appropriate to the type of construction.
3	Prepare the contract.	3.1	Prepare selected contract draft with relevant details, in consultation with relevant personnel and in accordance with the accepted processes of the organisation and legal requirements.
3.2	Assess and schedule progress payments, including processes for applying for extension of time.
3.3	Ensure any discrepancies or disagreements are resolved prior to contract preparation.
3.4	Ensure legality and validity of draft contract in consultation with relevant persons.
3.5	Prepare final contract in accordance with the organisation’s legal process.
4	Administer the contract.	4.1	Process progress payments accurately as due under the contract.
4.2	Process applications for extension of time in accordance with organisational policies and contract conditions.
4.3	Identify, negotiate and document variations to contract.
4.4	Act to minimise liquidated damages or penalties nominated in the contract.
4.5	Administer contract and resolve contractual disputes in accordance with contract and relevant legislation and regulations.
4.6	Assess conditions for issuing a final certificate.
5	Finalise a contract.	5.1	Apply process for practical completion of contract.
5.2	Finalise defects liability under a building or construction contract.
5.3	Finalise contract in accordance with relevant legislation and contract provisions.
5.4	Issue appropriate certificate upon completion of the contract work.
5.5	Complete and secure documentation arising from finalisation of a contract for records purposes.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is not equivalent to CPCCBC4003A Select and prepare a construction contract

Supersedes and is not equivalent to CPCCBC4016A Administer a construction contract.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

Assessment Requirements for CPCCBC4003 Select, prepare and administer a construction contract

Modification History

Release 3	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 8.0. Performance Criteria 3.1 updated to provide clarity.
Release 2	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.1. Typographical error in Element and Performance Criteria 3.3 corrected.
Release 1	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes but is not equivalent to CPCCBC4003A Select and prepare a construction contract. Combines CPCCBC4003A Select and prepare a construction contract and CPCCBC4016A Administer a construction contract. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages 2012.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the elements and performance criteria of this unit by selecting, preparing and administering one contract for a construction project.

In doing this, the candidate must:

select the correct contract by analysing identified legislative requirements and construction type

prepare the construction contract specifying requirements for contract termination and special conditions agreed by all parties

administer the contract following government legal and regulatory requirements and to the organisation’s standards

monitor price and time variations and negotiate with various parties to resolve contract anomalies

collect all related construction contract and final inspection documentation and issue completion certificate.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

Australian legal system and its relevance to contracts

various types of housing and construction industry contracts and the circumstances they cover

definitions and interpretations commonly applied to contracts

Australian Standards

AS2124 General conditions of contract, and

AS4000 General conditions off contract series

relationships between the organisation and its clients

range of documents associated with a contract:

equipment, site accommodation and services information

human resource projections

materials lists

construction drawings and specifications

project timelines

schedules

digital tools and devices to communicate and collaborate effectively with others

range of digitally-based technology and applications to access, extract, integrate and compile information.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment can be undertaken in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

A simulated environment is one that realistically replicates workplace conditions, materials and equipment, interactions with others and workplace irregularities, and which meets industry standards for safety and environmental practices.

Candidates must have access to:

relevant government building and construction and contract legislation

current building and construction codes and standards

relevant construction industry contracts

construction drawings and specifications

organisational policies and procedures and other quality documentation required to undertake the performance criteria and assessment requirements

digital devices, applications and software to transmit and receive information electronically.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

CPCCBC4004 Identify and produce estimated costs for building and construction projects

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCBC4004A Identify and produce estimated costs for building and construction projects. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages 2012.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the skills and knowledge required to establish estimated costs associated with the acquisition of materials and labour for building and construction projects. It includes factoring in relevant overhead costs and margins.

This unit of competency applies to estimators, builders, managers and trade contractors within the construction industry responsible for producing estimated costs on various residential and commercial construction projects within their scope of work as a trade contractor or builder.

This unit of competency is suitable for those using specialised knowledge to complete routine and non-routine tasks and using their own judgement to deal with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

Completion of the general construction induction training program specified by the model Code of Practice for Construction Work is required for any person who is to carry out construction work. Achievement of CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry meets this requirement.

Licensing, regulatory or registration requirements apply to this unit of competency in some jurisdictions. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm these requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil.

Unit Sector

Building and Construction

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Establish project requirements.	1.1	Read and interpret construction drawings and specifications in conjunction with relevant building and construction regulations, codes and standards.
1.2	Identify building site features, type of building and method of construction, and specified building materials.
1.3	Establish site facilities, and communication and temporary boundary fencing requirements.
1.4	Identify waste removal requirements and apply waste management site fees.
1.5	Identify additional project-specific statutory, approvals or compliance costs.
2	Calculate materials and labour costs.	2.1	Produce a materials and consumables quantity list and obtain a price from supplier.
2.2	Identify and estimate off-site production costs, including delivery.
2.3	Identify numbers of contractors, sub-contractors and employees appropriate for the project and work rates.
2.4	Estimate labour hours and calculate labour costs, including on-costs and worker insurance costs.
3	Identify type and cost of physical resources.	3.1	Identify physical resources required for the project.
3.2	Determine limitations, conditions, operational costs and timeframes for hire of physical resources.
3.3	Obtain supplier prices, including transport of physical resources.
3.4	Identify, itemise and cost plant, equipment and machinery.
4	Produce estimated project costs.	4.1	Review and compile materials, consumables and off-site production costs and delivery charges.
4.2	Compile labour costs inclusive of rates and entitlements.
4.3	Compile costs of physical resources.
4.4	Apply organisational overhead recovery and margins.
4.5	Produce estimated project costs for inclusion in a tender or bill.
4.6	Manage and mitigate risks associated with estimating project costs.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCBC4004A Identify and produce estimated costs for building and construction projects.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

Assessment Requirements for CPCCBC4004 Identify and produce estimated costs for building and construction projects

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCBC4004A Identify and produce estimated costs for building and construction projects. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages 2012.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by estimating the cost of one residential or commercial building and construction project.

In doing this, the candidate must:

estimate project costing from construction drawings, specifications and written information

list physical resources appropriate for the construction of the project

produce project cost using an appropriate software program.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

government building and construction regulations

building and construction standards and codes

the National Construction Code (NCC)

organisational policies and procedures

organisational scope, processes and requirements for using employee and subcontractor labour

Environmental Protection Authority (EPA) regulations

construction drawings and specifications

relevant physical resources and requirements for their operations:

earth moving and excavation equipment

hoists and lifting equipment

mobile cranes

compressors

generators

pumps

calculating unit costs:

construction cost per square metre

laying of foundation per metre

laying of slabs per square metre

masonry walls per square metre

laying of steel tray roofing per square metre

installation of pipes per metre

installation of sanitary ware per unit

tiling per square metre

painting per square metre

a range of digitally-based technology and applications to estimate quantities, calculate costs and maintain records

workplace procedures, workplace safety and environmental requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment can be undertaken in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

A simulated environment is one that realistically replicates workplace conditions, materials and equipment, interactions with others and workplace irregularities, and which meets industry standards for safety and environmental practices.

Candidates must have access to:

current construction drawings and specifications

building and construction standards and codes

government building and construction regulations

organisational policies and procedures and other quality documentation required to undertake the performance criteria and assessment requirements

calculating technology, online applications and software to produce building and construction costs.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

CPCCBC4005 Produce labour and material schedules for ordering

Modification History

Release 2	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 6.4. Correction to Training Package title in the Modification History from CPC Property Services to CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package.
Release 1	This version first released with CPC Property Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCBC4005A Produce labour and material schedules for ordering. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages 2012.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the skills and knowledge required to produce schedules for physical and human resources and materials for residential or commercial projects. It includes monitoring project schedules and tracking and recording costs as they are incurred.

This unit of competency applies to site managers and forepersons, estimators, project managers and builders in the construction industry with responsibility for producing schedules for ordering materials and allocating labour.

This unit of competency is suitable for those using specialised knowledge to complete routine and non-routine tasks and using their own judgement to deal with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

Completion of the general construction induction training program specified by the model Code of Practice for Construction Work is required for any person who is to carry out construction work. Achievement of CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry meets this requirement.

Licensing, regulatory or registration requirements apply to this unit of competency in some jurisdictions. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm these requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil.

Unit Sector

Building and Construction

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Assess physical and human resource requirements.	1.1	Check conditions of approval from local government and regulatory bodies and project commencement dates.
1.2	Identify variations to scope of works and contractual terms and arrangements by the client.
1.3	Compile a list of nominated and approved suppliers and contractors and develop channels for effective communication.
1.4	Confirm availability of materials with suppliers and labour with contractors.
1.5	Enter critical project information into project schedule.
2	Produce schedules.	2.1	Prepare electronic call forward sheet and site files containing necessary site documentation.
2.2	Break down project into stages and tasks and set milestones and timeframes for commencement and completion.
2.3	Itemise materials and labour required for the stages of construction.
2.4	Sequence material delivery dates and commencement times for labour.
2.5	Factor in unplanned delays.
3	Monitor project costs and maintain project files.	3.1	Monitor construction stage progression costs and approved variation costs against estimated project cost.
3.2	Manage and monitor project progress against scheduled timelines.
3.3	Record unscheduled and approved variations, changes to the approved plan and specifications and delays to the project.
3.4	Resolve issues, within scope of responsibilities, and maintain a cost analysis against final estimated project cost.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

technology skills to:

use digital devices to communicate and collaborate effectively with suppliers, contractors and others

use equipment and programs to prepare and access electronic call forward sheets and files.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCBC4005A Produce labour and material schedules for ordering

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

Assessment Requirements for CPCCBC4005 Produce labour and material schedules for ordering

Modification History

Release 2	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 6.4. Correction to Training Package title in the Modification History from CPC Property Services to CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package.
Release 1	This version first released with CPC Property Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCBC4005A Produce labour and material schedules for ordering. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages 2012.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the elements and performance criteria of this unit by producing a schedule for the ordering of materials and allocation of labour for a residential or commercial building and construction project.

In doing this, the candidate must:

produce a labour and materials schedule across the life of the project

develop and manage efficient communications between staff, contractors and suppliers

monitor, maintain and record project progress and variations, estimated and increased costs and changes to construction drawings and specifications.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

relevant government building legislation and regulations

building and construction codes and standards

construction drawings and specifications

building and construction contractor and supplier contracts

local authority building application processes, approval and conditions

organisational policies and procedures:

costing and ordering materials

selecting and engaging suppliers

approving and contacting contractors

projects costs:

organisational and subcontractor labour

organisation overheads

public liability, professional indemnity and workers’ compensation

temporary electrical, plumbing and draining services

temporary site facilities, storage facilities and boundary fencing

communications

project administration

workplace procedures, workplace safety and environmental requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment can be undertaken in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

A simulated environment is one that realistically replicates workplace conditions, materials and equipment, interactions with others and workplace irregularities, and which meets industry standards for safety and environmental practices.

Candidates must have access to:

current construction drawings and specifications

relevant organisational policies and procedures

various construction industry contracts

organisational policies and procedures and other quality documentation required to undertake the performance criteria and assessment requirements

digital devices, applications and software to set up electronic call forward sheets, compile site files and create channels of communication with internal and external stakeholders.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

CPCCBC4008 Supervise site communication and administration processes for building and construction projects

Modification History

Release 5	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 6.5. Changes to Foundation Skills, Knowledge Evidence and Performance Evidence.
Release 4	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 6.4. Correction to version release numbering.
Release 3	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 6.0. Typographical error in Element 4 corrected. Element 4.2 corrected from; Conduct onsite inspections for project monitoring according to schedule using relevant inspection checklists to: 4.2 Conduct onsite project monitoring and inspection of work quality
Release 2	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.1. Typographical corrections in Performance Evidence.
Release 1	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCBC4008B Conduct on-site supervision of building and construction projects. Title change for clarity purposes. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages 2012.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the skills and knowledge required to supervise site communications, monitor and maintain compliance with codes and standards and implement project administration processes on a building and construction project.

It is strongly recommended that the site, as specified in the performance evidence, is ‘live’ (see Companion Volume for guidance).

This unit of competency specifies the skills and knowledge required to supervise the administration of quality control compliance and the use of site communications and record keeping systems; and conduct onsite inspections to complete the required project administration processes.

This unit applies to National Construction Code (NCC) classifications:

Residential - Class 1 buildings to a maximum of two storeys

Commercial - NCC Class 2 to 9, Type C only constructions.

This unit of competency is suitable for builders, site managers, forepersons and other construction industry professionals using specialised knowledge and skills to complete routine and non-routine tasks and using their own judgement to deal with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

Completion of the general construction induction training program, specified in the model Code of Practice for Construction Work, is required by anyone carrying out construction work. Achievement of CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry meets this requirement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil.

Unit Sector

Building and Construction

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Supervise the administration of quality control compliance.	1.1	Identify project quality control compliance requirements.
1.2	Communicate organisational quality control processes and industry requirements to relevant personnel.
1.3	Develop processes to ensure onsite work performance meets industry regulatory framework, jurisdictional requirements and quality control standards.
1.4	Confirm that regulatory, jurisdictional and organisational compliance and quality control requirements have been met.
1.5	Access or develop schedules and checklists detailing specific inspections to be conducted at appropriate stages of construction.
2	Supervise the administration of projects.	2.1	Identify project administration requirements.
2.2	Authorise payment of material and contractor invoices, drawing against contract allowances and back-charges, as required.
2.3	Authorise variations to contracts and take corrective action as required.
2.4	Process insurance claims for site loss or damage.
3	Supervise the use of site communications and record keeping systems.	3.1	Develop and implement systems for effective communication between onsite and offsite staff, contractors and suppliers that systematically gather onsite information.
3.2	Develop and implement construction project recording systems to capture relevant project details.
3.3	Maintain a daily communications diary and key events.
3.4	Record information relating to certifier inspections, union and legislative matters.
4	Conduct onsite project monitoring and inspection of work quality	4.1	Apply workplace safety requirements and project administration procedures during onsite visit.
4.2	Conduct onsite project monitoring and inspection of work quality.
4.3	Inspect and record quality of work, notify relevant people of defects and issue rectification notice.
4.4	Develop systems to monitor rectified work to ensure compliance with organisational quality control requirements, building standards and client satisfaction.
5	Complete project administration processes.	5.1	Record work defects notified by external parties, establish liabilities and remedial action required, and develop inspection checklist.
5.2	Notify client of rectification, and record client’s response to completed work.
5.3	Instigate procedures that will result in client approval and acceptance where this was not the client’s initial response.
5.4	Confirm contract requirements are fulfilled with relevant company personnel and client.
5.5	Arrange for local authority completion inspection.
5.6	Prepare certificates and appropriate client handover information, including all guarantees, warranties and termite protection forms.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria, including:

technology skills to:

use communication tools and devices to communicate and collaborate effectively with others

use equipment and programs to access, extract information and develop relevant documentation

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCBC4008B Conduct on-site supervision of building and construction projects.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

Assessment Requirements for CPCCBC4008 Supervise site communication and administration processes for building and construction projects

Modification History

Release 5	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 6.5. Changes to Foundation Skills, Knowledge Evidence and Performance Evidence.
Release 4	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 6.4. Correction to version release numbering.
Release 3	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 6.0. Typographical error in Element 4 corrected. Element 4.2 corrected from; Conduct onsite inspections for project monitoring according to schedule using relevant inspection checklists to: 4.2 Conduct onsite project monitoring and inspection of work quality
Release 2	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.1. Typographical corrections in Performance Evidence.
Release 1	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCBC4008B Conduct on-site supervision of building and construction projects. Title change for clarity purposes. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages 2012.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a candidate must meet the elements and performance criteria by:

1.	Developing a plan to supervise the administration processes for one building and construction project which is either a:
Class 1 to a maximum of two storeys, or
Class 2 to 9, Type C building
In doing this, the candidate must: a. Create a plan to implement, administer, maintain and monitor site quality control. b. Read and understand thoroughly the Site Safety Plan used on site. c. Outline the communication systems that will be used on site. d. Outline how systematic gathering of onsite information will be recorded. e. Develop a progress inspection checklist for at least two trades for a section of building.
2.	Conducting at least one site inspection to evaluate safety, project progress and work quality for at least one section of a building. This worksite must be for a building and construction project which is either a:
Class 1 to a maximum of two storeys, or
Class 2 to 9, Type C building
In doing this, the candidate must submit the following two documents:
a.	The inspection checklist used
b.	The rectification plan which outlines:
i.	What must be rectified
ii.	Why it must be rectified (with reference to appropriate standard, code or plan specification, etc)
iii.	The recommended order in which rectifications should be done
iv.	Expected duration of each rectification and when they are expected to be rectified by
v.	Who will carry out the rectification and how they will be notified
vi.	Will any rectifications affect the work remaining schedule, if yes - who did you notify.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

building and construction industry contracts

construction methodologies

workplace procedures

work health and safety (WHS):

hierarchy of control

duty of care

risk assessment

organisational quality management systems related to:

communicating with regulatory authorities

worker and contractor payment systems

issuing of completion certificates and appropriate documentation

finalising project contractual agreements

onsite communication:

emails

face-to-face verbal communication

telephone contacts

site diaries

written reports and memoranda

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment can be undertaken in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

A simulated workplace is one that fully replicates the resources, environment and any time and productivity pressures that exist in the actual workplace, and which meets industry standards for safety and environmental practices. The simulated workplace environment must be developed in consultation with industry stakeholders. (see Companion Volume for guidance).

Candidates must have access to:

relevant jurisdictional safety legislation and regulations

building and construction codes and standards

relevant project plans and specifications

organisational quality control documentation relevant to supervising the administration of quality control compliance, communications and recording systems, and work progress and quality

business and safety equipment and materials to supervise administration processes for a building and construction project onsite.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

CPCCBC4009 Apply legal requirements to building and construction projects

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCBC4009B Apply legal requirements to building and construction projects. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages 2012.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the skills and knowledge required to apply legal requirements to residential and commercial building and construction projects. It includes meeting licensing requirements, complying with financial and insurance laws and meeting the conditions of building contracts.

It applies to National Construction Code (NCC) classifications:

Residential - Class 1 and 10 buildings, maximum two storeys

Commercial --Class 2 to 9, Type C only constructions.

This unit of competency applies to builders, site managers, forepersons, estimators and other construction industry personnel responsible for applying legal requirements to residential or commercial building and construction projects.

This unit of competency is suitable for those using specialised knowledge to complete routine and non-routine tasks and using their own judgement to deal with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems relating to legal requirements of building and construction projects.

Completion of the general construction induction training program specified by the model Code of Practice for Construction Work is required for any person who is to carry out construction work. Achievement of CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry meets this requirement.

Licensing, regulatory or registration requirements apply to this unit of competency in some jurisdictions. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm these requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil.

Unit Sector

Building and Construction

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify legislation relating to the construction project.	1.1	Identify legal requirements from relevant government Acts and regulations appropriate to the type of building and construction project.
1.2	Identify legal requirements for building contracts, construction insurance, industrial relations obligations and payroll systems.
1.3	Determine class of building for the project and check for limitations of builder’s registration and licence.
1.4	Identify any construction activity restrictions, limitations and conditions from building approvals and permits for the project.
1.5	Check licensing requirements or competencies for subcontractors, site supervisors and managers.
1.6	Identify sustainability, environmental and waste management legislated requirements.
1.7	Identify work health and safety (WHS) legislation and requirements of Construction work Code of Practice.
2	Apply site safety requirements.	2.1	Apply all the relevant requirements of WHS regulations that apply to the project.
2.2	Adapt organisation’s workplace procedures and workplace safety requirements to align with the project.
2.3	Implement strategies to ensure all workers are inducted, informed and regularly updated of their on-site safety responsibilities.
3	Apply legal requirements.	3.1	Apply contract law in accordance with common law principles, relevant state or territory laws and regulations, and fair trading legislation.
3.2	Apply the contract agreements and meet all the conditions during construction of the project.
3.3	Confirm all mandatory building, subcontractor and worker’s compensation insurances are current and applied to comply with legal requirements.
3.4	Administer payroll system which incorporates employee and contractor payments, deduction of taxes, including goods and services tax (GST), tracking of transactions and calculating wages.
4	Apply industrial relations.	4.1	Apply workplace and subcontractor agreements and relevant awards to comply with industrial relations legislation.
4.2	Identify and apply provisions for training agreements and make information available to all workers.
4.3	Take proactive measures to ensure discrimination and harassment are not practiced in the workplace.
5	Resolve disputes and complaints.	5.1	Apply dispute resolution processes following organisational policies.
5.2	Address complaints promptly, consult with complainant and resolve issue with the best solution for all.
5.3	Record dispute outcome and maintain documentation.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCBC4009B Apply legal requirements to building and construction projects

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

Assessment Requirements for CPCCBC4009 Apply legal requirements to building and construction projects

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCBC4009B Apply legal requirements to building and construction projects. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages 2012.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the elements and performance criteria of this unit by applying legal requirements to one residential or commercial building and construction project.

In doing this, the candidate must:

identify and apply relevant legislative requirements applicable to the building and construction project

apply legal obligations for:

insurance covering workers, materials and building

industrial relations, financial transactions, payment of wages and payment of subcontractor and supplier invoices

contractual agreements

apply building and construction standards and codes during construction.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

building and construction industry contracts

builder registration and licensing

Construction work Code of Practice

appropriate government legislation:

business registration and licensing

industrial relations

work health and safety (WHS)

taxation and financial transactions

insurance

waste management and environmental protection

organisational policies and procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment can be undertaken in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

A simulated environment is one that realistically replicates workplace conditions, materials and equipment, interactions with others and workplace irregularities, and which meets industry standards for safety and environmental practices.

Candidates must have access to:

relevant government building and construction legislation

current building and construction codes and standards

relevant construction industry contracts

organisational policies and procedures, insurance, industrial relations and other quality documentation required to undertake the performance criteria and assessment requirements

digital devices, applications and software to obtain legal and building and construction information and record outcomes of disputes.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

CPCCBC4012 Read and interpret plans and specifications

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCBC4012B Read and interpret plans and specifications. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages 2012.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the skills and knowledge required to read and interpret plans and specifications applicable to residential and commercial projects. It includes identifying site characteristics, features of the proposed building and details of the construction.

It applies to National Construction Code (NCC) classifications:

Residential - Class 1 and 10 buildings, maximum two storeys

Commercial - Class 2 to 9, Type C only constructions.

The unit of competency applies to site managers, forepersons, estimators, builders, managers and other building and construction industry personnel who read and interpret plans and specifications for quantity surveying, costing and tendering and construction of building and construction projects.

This unit is suitable for people with specialised knowledge, completing routine and non-routine tasks and using their own judgement to deal with predictable and sometimes unpredictable problems.

Completion of the general construction induction training program specified by the model Code of Practice for Construction Work is required for any person who is to carry out construction work. Achievement of CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry meets this requirement.

Licensing, regulatory or registration requirements apply to this unit of competency in some jurisdictions. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm these requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil.

Unit Sector

Building and Construction

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify types of plans.	1.1	Confirm plans, specifications and amendments are the current version.
1.2	Identify types of plans and aspects of the drawings specific for the intended purpose.
1.3	Confirm details on plans comply with the specifications.
2	Read and interpret the plan.	2.1	Distinguish key features on the plans.
2.2	Identify building location from site plan.
2.3	Identify building layout, spaces and dimensions from floor plan.
2.4	Examine detail drawings to determine sizes, thickness and methods of construction.
2.5	Identify internal linings, external cladding and roof materials from plans and specifications.
3	Identify structural details.	3.1	Identify concrete footing and slab sizes and position and type of reinforcing.
3.2	Identify load bearing points of the building.
3.3	Identify wind bracing and tie-down requirements.
4	Identify non-structural details.	4.1	Identify provisional sum (PS) and prime cost (PC) items.
4.2	Locate installation and connection points of services to the building.
4.3	Identify location of fixtures from plans and details of finishes from specifications.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCBC4012B Read and interpret plans and specifications

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

Assessment Requirements for CPCCBC4012 Read and interpret plans and specifications

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCBC4012B Read and interpret plans and specifications. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages 2012.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the elements and performance criteria of this unit by identifying and interpreting building and construction information from a set of plans and specifications.

In doing this, the candidate must:

identify orientation of structures, site contours, datum and reduced levels, and site features to be removed or retained

identify structural load bearing information of the building and compare information from specification

check wind bracing materials and tie-down methods for accuracy against the wind bracing table

interpret essential elements from two-dimensional to three-dimensional format, and apply to estimation, planning and supervisory tasks.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

types of plans:

concept drawing/sketches

architectural

structural

civil

mechanical

electrical

plumbing and draining

parts of a plan:

site plan

floor plan

elevations

sections

details

drawing conventions:

datum and reduced levels (RL)

title block

scale

dimensions

abbreviations

utilities and services plans and specifications

isometric drawings, oblique drawings, perspective drawings and orthographic drawings

computer-aided design (CAD) drawings

building and construction regulations, standards and codes

classes of buildings

the NCC

building information modelling (BIM)

building and construction methods and terminology

workplace processes, workplace safety and environmental requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors listed in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment can be undertaken in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment.

A simulated environment is one that realistically replicates workplace conditions, materials and equipment, interactions with others and workplace irregularities, and which meets industry standards for safety and environmental practices.

Candidates must have access to:

plans and specifications and other quality documentation required to undertake the performance criteria and assessment requirements

relevant government building and construction and contract legislation

current building and construction codes and standards

National Construction Code

computers, applications and software to access CAD.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

CPCCCA3010 Install windows and doors

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCCA3010A Install and replace windows and doors. Title change. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages 2012.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the skills and knowledge required to plan, prepare and install window and door units, meeting all relevant requirements of the National Construction Code (NCC), Australian Standards, work health and safety (WHS), and Commonwealth and state or territory legislation.

Completion of the general construction induction training program specified by the model Code of Practice for Construction Work is required for any person who is to carry out construction work. Achievement of CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry meets this requirement.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry.

Unit Sector

Carpentry and Joinery

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan and prepare.	1.1	Read and interpret work instructions and plan sequence of work.
1.2	Plan all work to comply with laws and regulations, the National Construction Code (NCC), Australian Standards, work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements, manufacturers’ specifications, workplace requirements, drawings and specifications.
1.3	Select tools and equipment, check for serviceability and report any faults.
1.4	Select and use personal protective equipment (PPE) as required for each stage of the task.
1.5	Inspect work site, locate services, assess hazards and apply risk controls, including required signage and barricades.
1.6	Select materials required for task, calculate quantities, handle safely and prepare and position ready for use.
2	Install window units.	2.1	Check wall frame opening for adequate clearance for window unit.
2.2	Position window unit with packing and flashings so that the head and sill are level, stiles are plumb and in wind, and reveals or frame are finished flush with face of inside wall lining.
2.3	Select type, gauge and quantity of fasteners as per Australian Window Association - An Industry Guide to the Correct Fixing of Windows and Doors and fix window to wall frame.
3	Prepare internal and external door openings, and construct and fix jamb.	3.1	Check wall frame for adequate clearance for door frame.
3.2	Mark door jamb and head, cut to length, allowing for door clearances.
3.3	Trench the door head to accommodate jambs, allowing for specified clearances.
3.4	Assemble, square, fix and brace door frame with flush rebates.
3.5	Select type, gauge and quantity of fasteners as per Australian Window Association - An Industry Guide to the Correct Fixing of Windows and Doors. Install door frame into wall frame opening, ensuring the door jambs are plumb and in wind, positioned flush to linings, head is level, and all appropriate flashings are in place.
4	Install door.	4.1	Mark out hinges and fit to door and jamb.
4.2	Fit door to frame and adjust gaps to requirements of AS2688 Timber and composite doors.
4.3	Fit and fix door furniture and door stop components to manufacturers’ specifications.
5	Install cavity door and door unit.	5.1	Fit hardware (rollers) to door according to manufacturer’s specifications.
5.2	Fit door to cavity sliding door unit and adjust height of rollers to ensure leading door edge is plumb and closes neat against cavity sliding door stile.
5.3	Make final adjustments to packing of cavity sliding door stile.
5.4	Fit and fix door furniture and cavity door centring locators, according to manufacturer’s specifications.
6	Clean up.	6.1	Clean up, meeting all legislative and workplace requirements for safety, waste disposal and materials handling.
6.2	Check, maintain and store tools and equipment and report any faults.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCCA3010A Install and replace windows and doors.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

Assessment Requirements for CPCCCA3010 Install windows and doors

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCCA3010A Install and replace windows and doors. Title change. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages 2012.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by:

installing in wall frames:

a standard window

a sliding cavity door unit and door

constructing and fitting a standard external rebated door frame

fitting and hanging one door, including door furniture, privacy set and door stops

fitting and hanging a pair of doors.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

compliance requirements of the National Construction Code and Australian Standards, relevant to installing windows and doors, including AS2688 Timber and composite doors and AS2047 Windows and external glazed doors in buildings, and Australian Window Association - An Industry Guide to the Correct Fixing of Windows and Doors

workplace quality policies and standards relevant to installing windows and doors

safety requirements for installing windows and doors

flashing requirements and installation techniques relevant to installing windows and doors

plans, specifications and drawings for installing windows and doors

types of tools and equipment required to install windows and doors, their characteristics, uses and limitations

processes for setting out windows and doors

processes for calculating material requirements for installing windows and doors

materials relevant to installing windows and doors

various types of doors:

flush panel, framed and panelled, and glazed

hinged door units including standard doors, sliding, flywire, combination window and door units, door sidelight units (glazed or unglazed) and internal doors

jambs, stiles and sills

flashing

door furniture, including flush pulls, latches and deadlocks, push plates and closers, handles and locks

window, door installation including flashing and fixing

types of windows and doors, materials used and their characteristics and uses.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

This unit must be assessed in the workplace or a close simulation reflecting workplace conditions and standards, materials, equipment, activities, responsibilities, procedures, safety requirements and environmental considerations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

CPCCCA3014 Construct and install bulkheads

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCCA3014A Construct bulkheads. Title change. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages 2012.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the skills and knowledge required to construct bulkheads for decorative purposes, to contain fittings, such as range hoods and cupboards, to conceal services, and to help facilitate changes in ceiling heights, meeting all relevant requirements of the National Construction Code (NCC), Australian Standards, work health and safety (WHS), and Commonwealth and state or territory legislation.

The unit includes preparing for sheeting bulkheads with plasterboard, lining boards, reconstituted timber products and metal or plastic decorative panels; and installation of bulkheads which may be hung from, incorporated into, or fastened onto a structure in situ.

Completion of the general construction induction training program specified by the model Code of Practice for Construction Work is required for any person who is to carry out construction work. Achievement of CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry meets this requirement.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry.

Unit Sector

Carpentry and Joinery

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan and prepare.	1.1	Read and interpret work instructions and plan sequence of work.
1.2	Plan all work to comply with laws and regulations, the National Construction Code (NCC), Australian Standards, work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements, manufacturers’ specifications, workplace requirements, drawings and specifications.
1.3	Select tools and equipment, check for serviceability and report any faults.
1.4	Select and use personal protective equipment (PPE) for each part of the task.
1.5	Inspect work site, locate services, assess hazards and apply risk controls, including required signage and barricades.
1.6	Identify materials required for task, calculate quantities, handle safely and prepare and position ready for use.
2	Fabricate bulkhead components.	2.1	Set out bulkhead.
2.2	Cut bulkhead trimmers and plates to set out.
3	Install bulkhead components.	3.1	Select fasteners to support the weight of the bulkhead.
3.2	Assemble bulkhead, fix to position and specification.
4	Install pre-manufactured bulkheads.	4.1	Set out pre-manufactured bulkhead sections.
4.2	Use fasteners as specified by frame manufacturer.
4.3	Fix to position and specification.
5	Clean up	5.1	Clean up, meeting all legislative and workplace requirements for safety, waste disposal and materials handling.
5.2	Check, maintain and store tools and equipment and report any faults.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCCA3014A Construct bulkheads.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

Assessment Requirements for CPCCCA3014 Construct and install bulkheads

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCCA3014A Construct bulkheads. Title change. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages 2012.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by:

constructing and installing:

one straight bulkhead framed in timber or steel measuring a minimum of 2 m width, 300 mm height and 300 mm depth

one curved bulkhead framed in timber or steel measuring a minimum of 2 m width, 300 mm height and 300 mm depth

installing a pre-manufactured bulkhead measuring a minimum of 2 m width, 300 mm height and 300 mm depth.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

compliance requirements of the National Construction Code and Australian Standards relevant to constructing and installing bulkheads

workplace quality policies and standards relevant to constructing and installing bulkheads

safety requirements relevant to constructing and installing bulkheads

purposes of bulkheads:

decoration, to contain fittings (bar hoods and cupboards) and help facilitate changes in height to ceilings

services

range hoods

materials and methods used to construct and install bulkheads

application of curved geometry in the construction of bulkheads

load and anchor capacities for bulkheads

use of plans, specifications and drawings when constructing and installing bulkheads

types and uses of tools and equipment used to construct and install bulkheads

processes for setting out and measuring materials used to construct bulkheads

processes for calculating material requirements for constructing and installing bulkheads.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

This unit must be assessed in the workplace or a close simulation using realistic workplace conditions and standards, materials, activities, responsibilities, procedures, safety requirements and environmental considerations.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

CPCCCM2002 Carry out hand excavation

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and equivalent to CPCCCM2002A Carry out excavation. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages 2012.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the skills and knowledge required to undertake hand excavation tasks to form excavations for footings and the provision of services.

The unit is suitable for those with basic skills and knowledge undertaking routine work tasks under the direction of more experienced workers.

Completion of the general construction induction training program specified by the model Code of Practice for Construction Work is required for any person who is to carry out construction work. Achievement of unit CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry meets this requirement.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry.

Unit Sector

Common

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan and prepare for hand excavation.	1.1	Read and interpret work instructions and plan sequence of work.
1.2	Plan all work to comply with laws and regulations, the National Construction Code (NCC), Australian Standards, work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements, workplace requirements, drawings and specifications.
1.3	Select and use personal protective equipment (PPE) for each part of the task.
1.4	Select tools and equipment, check for serviceability and report any faults.
2	Prepare excavation site and erect safety equipment.	2.1	Inspect work site to locate above ground services and assess hazards and determine risk controls.
2.2	Locate service markers or taped areas to ensure underground services are avoided and free from interference.
2.3	Establish line and depth using site pegs/profiles to mark excavation limits.
2.4	Establish required signage and barricades and other risk controls.
2.5	Establish temporary drainage system to divert surface and sub-surface water from excavation.
3	Dig excavations.	3.1	Dig excavations with hand tools to route, line and depth, following procedures to minimise risk to self and others.
3.2	Install basic trench/excavation support.
3.3	Use hand tools to remove loose material from excavation.
4	Check and store tools and equipment.	4.1	Clean up, meeting all legislative and workplace requirements for safety, waste disposal and materials handling.
4.2	Check, maintain and store tools and equipment and report any faults.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPCCCM2002A Carry out excavation.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

Assessment Requirements for CPCCCM2002 Carry out hand excavation

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and equivalent to CPCCCM2002A Carry out excavation. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages 2012.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must satisfy all the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit by excavating, by hand, a 3 metre trench with a right angle, .5 metres deep and .5 metres wide.

All work must be performed to the standard required in the workplace and must comply with laws and regulations, the National Construction Code (NCC), Australian Standards, work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements, workplace requirements, drawings and specifications.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

compliance requirements of the Commonwealth and state or territory legislation relevant to carrying out excavations

workplace quality policies and standards for carrying out excavations

safety requirements for carrying out excavations

environmental requirements for carrying out excavations

types and uses of hand tools and equipment required for carrying out excavations

locating services on construction sites

use and types of service markers

processes for establishing trench line and depth

temporary drainage systems to divert surface and sub-surface water from excavations

types of basic trench excavation support.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

This unit must be assessed:

in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace environment, provided that simulated or project-based assessment techniques replicate construction workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities and procedures

using realistic tasks or simulated tasks, relevant specifications and work instructions, standard work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

CPCCCM2006 Apply basic levelling procedures

Modification History

Release 1.

This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Version 2.

Revised unit of competency. Replaces superseded equivalent unit CPCCCM2006B Apply basic levelling procedures.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to carry out levelling in a single plane for the purpose of establishing correct and accurate set-out of building components. It includes the set-up, testing and use of levelling devices, and establishing and transferring heights using a range of levelling equipment.

The unit supports workers in the construction industry who use a variety of common methods and equipment when working with others and as a member of a team. It applies to levelling work on residential and commercial work sites.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Construction

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and prepare.	1.1.	Job requirements are obtained, confirmed with relevant personnel, and applied to planning.
1.2	Work site is inspected, and conditions and hazards are identified within scope of own role and reported according to workplace procedures.
1.3.	Health and safety requirements for levelling procedures are confirmed and applied to planning.
1.4.	Levelling tools and equipment are selected according to job requirements, checked for serviceability, and faults are rectified or reported before starting work.
1.5.	Team roles and verbal and non-verbal communication signals are confirmed, as required.
2.	Set up and use levelling device.	2.1.	Required heights or levels are identified from work instructions.
2.2.	Levelling device is set up, and levelling device tolerance is checked according to manufacturer specifications.
2.3.	Levels are shot and heights are transferred to required location and marked according to job requirements.
2.4.	Results of levelling activities are documented according to organisational requirements.
3.	Clean up.	3.1.	Work area is cleared and materials sorted and removed or recycled according to statutory and regulatory authority requirements.
3.2.	Tools and equipment are cleaned, checked, maintained and stored according to manufacturer specifications.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	interpret and calculate levelling readings and measurements.
Reading skills to:	read and interpret documentation from a variety of sources, including drawings and specifications.
Writing skills to:	enter routine data associated with levelling procedures legibly into workplace documentation.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan and schedule work in a logical sequence.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Health and safety requirements must include:	emergency procedures, including: evacuation first aid hazard identification and risk control procedures safe operating procedures for levelling, including: manufacturer specifications safe work method statements (SWMS) safety data sheets (SDS) selection, correct fitting, and use of personal protective equipment (PPE) prescribed under legislation, regulations and workplace policies and practices selection and use of tools and equipment.
Levelling tools and equipment must include:	each of the following: laser levels and targets marking equipment measuring tapes and rules spirit levels and straight edges two of the following: automatic/optical levels plumb bobs water levels.
Levelling device tolerance checks must include one or more of the following:	reverse readings for spirit level two peg test for automatic level.
Marks for heights or levels must include:	chalk or nail mark mark on vertical surface datum or survey peg drawing or sketch.
Levelling activities must include three or more of the following:	measuring and recording heights for the installation of signage positioning offsets and recovery pegs for construction projects recording ground levels at respective critical set-out points recording heights or level and the transfer of data points recording or checking levels in drainage recording slab or pad levels for placement of steel columns or masonry piers setting up levelling devices shooting levels for concrete slabs transferring levels and heights for formwork.

Unit Mapping Information

CPCCCM2006B Apply basic levelling procedures

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

Assessment Requirements for CPCCCM2006 Apply basic levelling procedures

Modification History

Release 1.

This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Version 2.

Revised unit of competency. Replaces superseded equivalent unit CPCCCM2006B Apply basic levelling procedures.

Performance Evidence

A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit. The person must also transfer levels and record differences in height for three different projects as required by job specifications, using at least three of the following levelling devices:

a spirit level and straight edge

automatic/optical levelling device

levelling with water technique

laser levelling device.

In doing the above work, the person must:

conduct a two peg test with an automatic/optical level to confirm that the instrument meets manufacturer tolerances

locate, interpret and apply relevant information in job specifications to the levelling task

comply with site safety plan, and health and safety regulations applicable to workplace operations

comply with organisational policies and procedures, including quality requirements

safely and effectively use tools and equipment

communicate and work effectively and safely with others, including using agreed communication signals

confirm accuracy of the readings taken, including set-up and movement of device in two locations

accurately record results of each levelling procedure according to organisational requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

characteristics, technical capabilities and limitations of different types of levelling devices

methods of performing calculations associated with levelling

processes for setting out levelling tasks

requirements for line, level and plumb in construction projects

site and equipment safety requirements relevant to basic levelling procedures

symbols and construction terminology used when interpreting construction plans

techniques used when applying basic levelling procedures

contents of and terms used in job safety analyses (JSA) and safe work method statements (SWMS) and the use of this documentation when levelling.

Assessment Conditions

Suitable assessment of performance requires:

equipment and tools:

as listed in the range of conditions and assessment requirements

specifications:

job requirements

health and safety requirements

manufacturer specifications

safety data sheets (SDS)

SWMS

workplace and relevant work site procedures

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work must be completed as part of a team and under direct supervision and observation

timeframe:

according to job requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

CPCCCM2010 Work safely on scaffolding higher than two metres

Modification History

Release 1.

This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Version 2.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to work safely on construction sites where the work activity involves working above two metres from ground level and where fall protection measures are required. It covers safe methods for accessing the work site; and safe methods of moving or passing tools, equipment and materials to heights above two metres, including handling methods that avoid excessive bending or twisting.

The unit supports construction workers operating from scaffolding over two metres in height that has already been constructed with signage and exclusion barriers in place, in order to reach upper storeys or roofs of buildings. It applies to workers who need to control the risk of falling and of falling objects when working on site or removing scaffold components.

It applies to construction work on residential and commercial work sites in new construction, renovation or refurbishment, and maintenance projects.

No licensing, legislative, regulatory, or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of endorsement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Construction

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify work requirements.	1.1.	Site of proposed work at heights is identified from relevant information.
1.2.	Tasks to be completed are identified from work orders and supervisor instructions.
1.3.	Personal protective equipment (PPE) suitable to the job is selected and checked for serviceability.
1.4.	Method of accessing work area is identified according to safe work method statement (SWMS).
1.5.	Safe work methods for moving tools, equipment and materials to work area are identified to minimise risks.
1.6.	Verbal and non-verbal communication signals are confirmed with team members, supervisor and other personnel working on site, as required.
2.	Access work area.	2.1.	Work site is inspected and conditions and hazards are assessed and reported, as required, and risk controls selected according to SWMS.
2.2.	Safety of scaffolding is checked and faults are reported to relevant personnel.
2.3.	Arrangements are made to install required access equipment according to SWMS.
2.4.	Access equipment is inspected for defects and issues are reported and rectified according to health and safety requirements.
2.5.	Safe work methods are used to access work area and to move tools, equipment and materials to required locations on the work site.
2.6.	Tools and materials are placed to eliminate or reduce the risk of items falling.
3.	Conduct work tasks.	3.1.	Work is conducted following workplace-approved procedures and SWMS.
3.2.	Communication with team members and other site personnel is maintained as required to progress work tasks according to required timelines.
3.3.	Fall protection equipment is kept in place and adjusted to cater for movement during work.
3.4.	Scaffold components and fall barriers are kept in place during work.
4.	Finalise work processes.	4.1.	Egress from work area is completed following SWMS and work site supervisor approved methods for moving self, tools and materials to ground level.
4.2.	Tools, equipment and materials returned to ground level are cleaned, checked, maintained and stored according to manufacturer specifications.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	perform measurements relating to checking safety of scaffolding.
Oral communication skills to:	report faults in scaffolding construction or materials report non-routine hazards to a supervisor.
Reading skills to:	interpret safe work methods and risk control strategies in the SWMS relating to job tasks.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan and schedule work in a logical sequence.
Initiative and enterprise skills to:	identify standard controls for routine hazards.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Safe work method statement must include:	establishing exclusion areas using signage and barricades identifying hazards and assessing risks associated with work site and job tasks health and safety and environmental requirements mandated by regulatory authorities, work site safety plan, and workplace procedures identifying risk control measures to be implemented for job tasks safe operating procedures for: accessing, moving within, and leaving work site moving and placing tools, equipment and materials using tools and equipment, including PPE, prescribed by legislation, regulations, and work site and workplace requirements using tools and equipment at heights.
Hazards to be considered must involve:	air temperature construction activity involving other workers and contractors dust and vapours electrical equipment energy sources equipment and materials hazardous materials light manual handling moisture noise stationary and moving plant working at heights.
Safety of scaffolding must include checking for:	access gate bracing condition of scaffold frame and planks guard rails locking pins for castors, if present mid-rails sheeting, if required toe boards.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

Assessment Requirements for CPCCCM2010 Work safely on scaffolding higher than two metres

Modification History

Release 1.

This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Version 2.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit. The person must also identify, assess and manage risks while completing three different work tasks on scaffolding higher than two metres at different locations and in different conditions.

The work tasks conducted must involve transporting tools, equipment and materials to the work site; completing the task using the tools, equipment and materials; and then returning them to ground level.

In doing the above work, the person must:

locate, interpret and apply relevant job task information, standards and specifications

comply with site safety plan and safe work method statements (SWMS) for access to the work site and completion of the job tasks at heights

safely and effectively use tools, plant and equipment

communicate and work effectively and safely with others

select and use height access work methods, including inspecting scaffold for faults

apply knowledge of construction materials to identify:

manual handling risks

types of lifting and support structures approved for use

modify work activities to cater for variations in work site procedures, contexts and environment to work safely at heights

use safe handling requirements, based on information provided for equipment, products and materials.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

construction terminology relevant to working at heights

contents of and terms used in job safety analyses (JSA) and SWMS for accessing work sites at heights and for completing job tasks while working at heights

contents of and terms used in safety data sheets (SDS) relevant to the use of tools, equipment and materials

emergency procedures relevant to working on scaffolding higher than two metres

quality requirements relating to the set-up of equipment for accessing heights, and for job tasks completed while working at heights

requirements of Australian standards and codes of practice governing work at heights, including:

AS 6001 Working platforms for housing construction

AS/NZS 1576 Scaffolding – General requirements

AS/NZS 4576 Guidelines for scaffolding

Safe Work Australia Model Code of Practice – Preventing Falls in Housing Construction

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of plant, tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), used for accessing work sites over two metres, and for applying safe work methods to complete job tasks while working at heights

common faults in scaffolding and access equipment

workplace and work site health and safety requirements relevant to working at heights.

Assessment Conditions

Suitable assessment of performance requires:

equipment:

scaffolding erected for access to a construction work site higher than two metres

access equipment to move self, tools, equipment and materials to working platforms, including ladders and hoists

tools, equipment and materials to conduct the work tasks specified in the performance evidence

PPE relevant to task

materials:

materials required to perform three work tasks at height

contingencies:

faults in scaffolding construction and access equipment

specifications:

AS 6001 Working platforms for housing construction

AS/NZS 1576 Scaffolding – General requirements

AS/NZS 4576 Guidelines for scaffolding

diagrams or sketches relating to work at heights

instructions issued by authorised organisational or external personnel

JSA, SWMS and SDS relating to the work to be conducted at heights

Safe Work Australia Model Code of Practice – Preventing Falls in Housing Construction

schedules, plans and specifications for working at heights

signage at the work site

verbal, written and graphical instructions relating to work to be conducted at heights

physical conditions:

different weather conditions, such as wet or windy weather

relationships with team members and supervisor:

work must be completed as part of a team and under direct supervision and observation

timeframe:

according to job specification.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

CPCCCM2012 Work safely at heights

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCCM2010B Work safely at heights. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages 2012.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to work safely on construction sites where the worker has the potential to fall from one level to another.

This unit of competency does not cover the erection of scaffold or work platforms, but it does include identifying and reporting common faults with scaffold or work platform systems.

Work at heights is undertaken in a range of construction work, including new construction, renovation, refurbishment and maintenance.

This unit also applies to workers in other industries who need to control the two separate risks associated with people and objects falling from heights.

Completion of the general construction induction training program, specified in the Safe Work Australia model Code of Practice: Construction Work, is required by anyone carrying out construction work. Achievement of CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry meets this requirement.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency in some states and territories. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Pre-requisite Unit

CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry

Unit Sector

Construction

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify task requirements.	1.1	Read work order and associated drawings and consult with relevant persons to determine the proposed work-at-heights task, including where and how work is to be carried out, and the equipment or plant to be used.
1.2	Participate in the development of the safe work method statement (SWMS) for the specified task.
1.3	Select appropriate work-at-heights control measures including required fall restraint devices and/or fall arrest devices in accordance with workplace and regulatory requirements.
1.4	Determine location of anchor points for harness-based work to safely access required work area.
1.5	Review completed SWMS and clarify issues with relevant persons.
2	Access and assess work area.	2.1	Select personal protective equipment (PPE), check for serviceability and report problems.
2.2	Identify unstable, fragile or brittle work surfaces and implement control measures to prevent a fall from height.
2.3	Check fall protection equipment, including required fall restraint and fall arrest devices to ensure serviceability and report problems.
2.4	Identify, select and install signage and barricade equipment in accordance with SWMS or relevant safe work procedure.
2.5	Install/fit fall protection equipment, including fall restraint devices and fall arrest devices as appropriate, within the limitations of licensing requirements, level of authority and SWMS.
2.6	Ensure required fall protection, scaffold and barriers have been adequately installed and where necessary certified, in accordance with regulatory and workplace requirements.
2.7	Connect to fall protection equipment, including temporary anchor points, without being exposed to a risk of a fall from height.
2.8	Consult with relevant persons to confirm fall protection equipment and safety systems are correctly fitted, adjusted and installed, and are appropriate to the task.
2.9	Access work area safely and move and place tools, equipment and materials using methods that eliminate or minimise the risk of falling objects.
3	Conduct work tasks.	3.1	Undertake work tasks in compliance with the SWMS and workplace requirements.
3.2	Traverse between anchor points while remaining connected to the fall prevention system and protected from a risk of a fall from height.
3.3	Use PPE appropriate to the task and in accordance with manufacturer requirements.
3.4	Maintain communication with relevant persons while working at height.
3.5	Keep fall protection equipment in place and adjust to allow for movement during work.
3.6	Keep fall prevention equipment adjusted to prevent falling off or through a structure using the restraint technique.
3.7	Keep scaffold/work platform components and fall barriers in place during work.
3.8	Monitor control measures and consult with relevant persons to respond to changing work practices or site conditions.
3.9	Exit from work area removing tools and materials in compliance with worksite procedures, safety and environmental requirements.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCCM2010B Work safely at heights.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

Assessment Requirements for CPCCCM2012 Work safely at heights

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCCM2010B Work safely at heights. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages 2012.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a candidate must meet the elements and performance criteria by working safely at heights above 2 m on three occasions, using different fall protection equipment/devices on each occasion.

One occasion must include a restraint technique (anchor point) system with a minimum of three anchor points.

The candidate must access the work area, traverse between anchor points and exit from the work area.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace and regulatory requirements for working safely at heights under applicable Commonwealth, state or territory work health and safety (WHS) legislation, Australian Standards and codes of practice:

hazard identification and risk control

job safety and environmental analyses (JSEAs)

safe work method statements (SWMSs)

safety data sheets (SDSs)

safety manuals and instructions for plant, tools and equipment:

operation manuals

manufacturer specifications

safety signs and load charts for plant

signage and barricades

selection, fitting and use of personal protective equipment (PPE)

environmental and worksite safety plans

reporting problems

processes for planning to work safely at heights:

assessment of weather and ground conditions that may affect safety while working at heights

assessment of conditions and hazards

determination of work requirements

identification of equipment defects

inspection of worksites

methods for identifying common faults with scaffold or work platform systems

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of equipment used when working safely at heights:

air compressors and hoses

anchor points

edge protection

elevated work platforms (EWPs)

fall arrest anchors

fall arrest inertia reels

guard rails

hand and power tools including nail guns

ladders

power leads

rescue equipment

ropes

safety harnesses, lanyards and attachments such as snap hooks and carabiners

scaffolding

shock absorbers

stairways

static line systems

temporary anchor systems

trestles

safe methods for accessing work area, traversing between anchor points and exiting from work area including removing tools and materials when working at heights.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors outlined in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or a simulated workplace using realistic conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities, procedures, safety requirements and environmental considerations.

Candidates must have access to:

industry-standard equipment required to perform the tasks specified in the Performance Evidence

appropriate workplace information and records, including policies, procedures and legislative requirements.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

CPCCCM3001 Operate elevated work platforms up to 11 metres

Modification History

Release 2	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 8.0. Changes to the Performance Evidence.
Release 1	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Version 2. Revised unit of competency. Replaces superseded equivalent CPCCCM3001C Operate elevated work platforms.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the outcomes required to operate specific types of elevated work platforms (EWPs) safely and effectively in different locations, including on uneven terrain. The unit includes locating, setting up, operating and shutting down scissor lifts and self-propelled boom lifts with a boom length under 11 metres.

The unit supports construction workers in the safe and effective operation of electrical, hydraulic and mechanical EWPs.

The unit does not cover truck-mounted EWPs, powered telescoping devices, hinged devices or articulated devices, or any combination of these used to support a platform on which personnel, equipment and materials may be elevated to perform work and which has a boom length of 11 metres or more.

It applies to construction work on residential and commercial work sites in new construction, renovation or refurbishment, and maintenance projects.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit in some States. Relevant state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm those requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Common

Unit Sector

Construction

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Plan and prepare.	1.1.	Job requirements are obtained, confirmed and applied to planning.
1.2.	Work site is inspected and terrain level checked to determine stabilising and safe working area requirements.
1.3	Work site conditions and hazards are assessed and site health and safety requirements confirmed and applied to planning.
1.4	Safe work method statement (SWMS) for the type of EWP and job and work site requirements is reviewed with relevant personnel and confirmed.
1.5.	Plant, tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), are selected according to job requirements, checked for serviceability, and faults are rectified or reported before starting work.
1.6.	Materials appropriate to the work application are identified, obtained, prepared, safely handled and located ready for use.
1.7.	Verbal and non-verbal communication signals are confirmed with team members, supervisor, and other personnel working on site, as required.
1.8.	Rescue plan, including use of fall arrest system, is established and practised before using EWP.
2.	Conduct routine checks of EWP.	2.1.	Power source is connected to platform equipment according to manufacturer specifications.
2.2.	Routine pre-operational equipment checks are carried out according to operator manual or manufacturer specifications, and logbooks for defect checks and EWP maintenance schedules.
2.3.	Equipment is switched on in line with start-up procedures, and controls are checked for correct operation and ease of movement.
2.4.	EWP is checked to ensure that emergency safety devices specified in operator manual are present and operating correctly.
3.	Locate EWP in place.	3.1.	Platform is positioned for work application and stabilisers, if fitted, are engaged to set equipment base level into place according to safe operating procedures.
3.2.	Tools, equipment and materials are placed into bucket or on platform according to job application requirements.
4.	Elevate platform to work location.	4.1.	Fall arrest harness is fitted securely and lanyard is connected to attachment point.
4.2.	EWP controls are operated according to manufacturer recommendations and platform is elevated to work position.
4.3.	Power is switched off where specified and locking devices are engaged according to operator manual.
4.4.	Work is carried out according to job specification, operator manual, and health and safety requirements.
5.	Lower platform and shut down.	5.1.	Controls are operated according to manufacturer recommendations and platform is lowered to down position.
5.2.	Shut-down procedures are carried out according to operator manual instructions and equipment is switched off.
6.	Clean up.	6.1.	Work area is cleared and materials disposed of, reused or recycled according to legislation, regulations, codes of practice, and job specifications.
6.2.	EWP, tools and equipment are cleaned, checked, maintained and stored according to manufacturer recommendations and standard work practices.
6.3.	Work completion procedures are applied and relevant personnel notified that work is finished.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	interpret safe working load of EWP from manufacturer specifications calculate the load to be put on EWP.
Oral communication skills to:	provide work site personnel with key safety information when elevating and lowering an EWP use listening and questioning to clarify job and health and safety requirements.
Reading skills to:	interpret operator manual instructions for using different controls of EWPs and operating on different types of terrain.
Writing skills to:	legibly complete required documentation, including: equipment inspection and handover documents that form part of work completion procedures faulty equipment or workplace incident reports.
Planning and organising skills to:	plan and schedule work in a logical sequence.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Safe work method statement must include:	assessing terrain at work site identifying location of overhead power lines directly above or within specified clearance distances as set out in documentation, such as WorkSafe Victoria’s ‘No Go Zones For Overhead Electrical Power Lines’ reference to permission to operate EWP from the power authority, if required identifying hazards and assessing risks for type of EWP, work site and job tasks, including existence of underground pits health and safety and environmental requirements mandated by regulatory authorities, work site safety plan, and workplace procedures establishing exclusion areas using signage and barricades identifying risk control measures to be implemented for job tasks safe operating procedures for type of EWP safe working load of the EWP using tools and equipment, including PPE, prescribed by legislation, regulations, and work site and workplace requirements.
Emergency safety devices must be applicable to the EWP and include three or more of the following:	bleed valves electronic override emergency electric hydraulic pump emergency or controlled descent device ground controls manual hydraulic pump.
Work completion procedures must include:	completing logbook completing post-operational checks safely and securely storing safety equipment.

Unit Mapping Information

CPCCCM3001C Operate elevated work platforms

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

Assessment Requirements for CPCCCM3001 Operate elevated work platforms up to 11 metres

Modification History

Release 2	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 8.0. Changes to the Performance Evidence.
Release 1	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Version 2. Revised unit of competency. Replaces superseded equivalent CPCCCM3001C Operate elevated work platforms.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit. The person must also set up and operate each of the following types of elevated work platforms (EWPs) at two different locations on the site, including moving the plant around the work site safely:

self-propelled boom lift (BL)

scissor lift (SL).

The following functions and controls must be performed while operating both BL and SL:

boom up and down

operate attachments

operate outriggers, where fitted.

The following functions and controls must be performed while operating the BL:

slew left and right

telescope in and out.

At least one EWP must be set up and operated on uneven terrain, using outriggers as required.

In doing the above, the person must fit harnesses and attach lanyards as follows:

energy or shock absorbers, which must be used with all fall arrest equipment

lanyards, which must be attached to the harness installed so that the maximum distance a person equipped with a harness would free fall before the fall arrest system takes effect is two metres.

In doing the above, the person must also:

establish and apply a rescue plan

apply safe operating procedures, including conducting operational risk assessment and treatments associated with:

earth leakage boxes

lighting

power cables, including overhead service trays, cables and conduits

restricted access barriers

surrounding structures

traffic control

trip hazards

work site visitors and the public

working at heights up to 11 metres

working in proximity to others

working with dangerous materials

locate, interpret and apply information relating to job requirements, including:

diagrams and sketches

environmental requirements, including:

clean-up protection

noise and dust management

vibration management

waste management

quality requirements relevant to EWP work

instructions issued by authorised organisational and external personnel

manufacturer specifications, operator manual, and instructions where specified

signage

industry standards and job specifications

verbal, written and graphical instructions

work schedules, plans and specifications

comply with site safety plan and health and safety legislation, regulations and codes of practice applicable to workplace operations

safely and effectively use tools, plant and equipment relevant to EWP work

ensure safe working load of EWP is not exceeded

communicate with others on the work site using verbal and non-verbal communication and communication technology

work effectively and safely with others on the work site.

Knowledge Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must demonstrate knowledge of:

functions and operational limitations of EWP equipment

types of EWP equipment and health and safety authority certification of competency requirements

controls and techniques for using EWP

health and safety requirements for construction work sites, including:

procedures relating to equipment operation, including emergency shutdown and stopping, extinguishing equipment fires, organisational first aid requirements, and evacuation procedures

hazard identification and risk control procedures, including for handling hazardous materials and dangerous goods

selection and use of personal protective equipment (PPE)

location and use of firefighting equipment

selection and use of tools and equipment

processes for identifying equipment faults

general construction terminology relevant to operating EWPs

safe operating procedures for operating EWPs, including contents of and terms used in:

job safety analyses (JSA)

safe work method statements (SWMS)

safety data sheets (SDS)

processes for calculating load mass requirements

quality requirements relevant to operating EWPs

regulatory and legislative requirements relevant to operating EWPs

AS 2550 Set: Cranes, hoists and winches - Safe use

relevant Acts, regulations and codes of practice relevant to working safely at heights on construction sites

procedures for working safely at heights

signalling methods and communications relevant to operating EWPs

types, characteristics, use and limitations of plant, tools and equipment relevant to operating EWPs

use and limitations of fall rescue systems.

Assessment Conditions

Suitable assessment of performance requires:

equipment:

EWPs

extension leads

safety harnesses and lanyards

special attachments for the EWP when shifting equipment

PPE prescribed under legislation, regulations, codes of practice and workplace policies and practices

materials:

logbooks

service manuals

operator manuals

contingencies:

uneven terrain

specifications:

AS 2550 Set: Cranes, hoists and winches - Safe use

job specifications

manufacturer specifications

SWMS

physical conditions:

different weather conditions

relationship with team members and supervisor:

work is conducted as part of a team

timeframe:

according to job requirements.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

CPCCCO2013 Carry out concreting to simple forms

Modification History

Release 2	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.1. Knowledge Evidence formatted for clarity.
Release 1	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCCO2013A Carry out concreting to simple forms. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the skills and knowledge required to safely install formwork, reinforcement and place and finish concrete for the construction of minor slabs, pathways and other minor works to a specified design finish, meeting all relevant requirements of the National Construction Code (NCC), Australian Standards, work health and safety (WHS), and Commonwealth and state or territory legislation.

The unit is suitable for those with basic skills and knowledge undertaking routine work tasks under the direction of more experienced workers.

Completion of the general construction induction training program specified by the model Code of Practice for Construction Work is required for any person who is to carry out construction work. Achievement of CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry meets this requirement.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry.

Unit Sector

Concreting

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan and prepare.	1.1	Read and interpret work instructions and plan sequence of work.
1.2	Plan all work to comply with laws and regulations, the National Construction Code (NCC), Australian Standards, work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements, manufacturers’ specifications, workplace requirements, drawings and specifications.
1.3	Select tools and equipment, check for serviceability and report any faults.
1.4	Select and use personal protective equipment (PPE) for each part of the task.
1.5	Inspect work site, locate services, assess hazards and apply risk controls, including required signage and barricades.
1.6	Select materials required for task, calculate quantities, handle safely and prepare and position ready for use.
2	Erect simple formwork.	2.1	Prepare substrate.
2.2	Review formwork design from drawings.
2.3	Erect formwork.
2.4	Install vapour barrier.
3	Place and tie reinforcement.	3.1	Handle, cut and position reinforcing components.
3.2	Position reinforcing bars and mesh.
3.3	Position bar chairs and spacers with minimum edge cover.
4	Place concrete.	4.1	Clean formwork or excavation of excess material and debris before concrete placement.
4.2	Transport concrete by wheelbarrow.
4.3	Place concrete in formwork to specified depth.
4.4	Screed concrete to the alignment of formwork and specified datums.
4.5	Finish surface of concrete to specifications.
5	Strip simple formwork.	5.1	Denail timber components following stripping of formwork.
5.2	Clean and stack components and store for reuse or bundle for removal.
5.3	Remove formwork components from site.
6	Clean up.	6.1	Clean up, meeting all legislative and workplace requirements for safety, waste disposal, materials handling and protection of the environment.
6.2	Check, maintain and store tools and equipment and report any faults.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCCO2013A Carry out concreting to simple forms.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

Assessment Requirements for CPCCCO2013 Carry out concreting to simple forms

Modification History

Release 2	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.1. Knowledge Evidence formatted for clarity.
Release 1	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCCO2013A Carry out concreting to simple forms. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must satisfy all the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit by carrying out concreting to a simple form slab of at least 1 square metre and 100 mm in depth by:

preparing substrate

erecting formwork

cutting, placing and tying reinforcement

placing and hand-screeding concrete to the required finished level and job specification.

All work must be planned and performed using appropriate tools and equipment to the standard required in the workplace and must comply with laws and regulations, the National Construction Code (NCC), Australian Standards, work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements, manufacturers’ specifications, workplace requirements, drawings and specifications.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

compliance requirements of the National Construction Code and Australian Standards relevant to concreting to simple forms

workplace quality policies and standards relevant to concreting to simple forms

safety requirements for concreting to simple forms

types and uses of tools and equipment required for concreting to simple forms

uses of concreting materials, including:

bar chairs

bracing

edge form and boards

fabric sheet mesh

pegs

spacers

reinforcing bars

vapour barriers

concreting techniques, including:

placing

screeding

finishing

floating

simple forms of concrete, including:

beam thickeners

channels

garden edges

pathways

post holes

simple concrete aprons and slabs

finishing, including:

broomed

trowelled

trowelling machine finish

wood-floated

properties and use of concrete relevant to concreting to simple forms, including:

uses and limitations at differing strength levels

ingredients and proportions

maintaining design strength during placement

mixing techniques

curing techniques

vibrating and over-vibration

levelling techniques for concreting to simple forms

materials storage and environmentally friendly waste management

plans, drawings and specifications for concreting to simple forms

processes for the calculation of material requirements for concreting to simple forms, including volume of concrete

quality requirements for concreting to simple forms

simple formwork and reinforcing componentry.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

This unit must be assessed in the workplace or a close simulation using realistic workplace conditions and standards, materials, activities, responsibilities, procedures, safety requirements and environmental considerations.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

CPCCJN3003 Manufacture components for doors, windows and frames

Modification History

Release 2	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.1. Performance Evidence formatted for clarity.
Release 1	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCJN3003A Manufacture components for doors, windows and frames. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages 2012.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the skills and knowledge required to manufacture components for doors, windows and frames, meeting all relevant requirements of the National Construction Code (NCC), Australian Standards, work health and safety (WHS), and Commonwealth and state or territory legislation.

Completion of the general construction induction training program specified by the model Code of Practice for Construction Work is required for any person who is to carry out construction work. Achievement of CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry meets this requirement.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry

Unit Sector

Carpentry and Joinery

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan and prepare.	1.1	Read and interpret work instructions and plan sequence of work.
1.2	Plan all work to comply with laws and regulations, the National Construction Code (NCC), Australian Standards, work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements, manufacturers’ specifications, workplace requirements, drawings and specifications.
1.3	Select tools and equipment, check for serviceability and report any faults.
1.4	Select and use personal protective equipment (PPE) for each part of the task.
1.5	Inspect workplace, assess hazards and apply risk controls, including required signage and barricades.
1.6	Select materials required for task, calculate quantities, handle safely and prepare and position ready for use.
2	Dress materials.	2.1	Check machines and cutting tools for safe and effective operation.
2.2	Adjust machine settings for task requirements.
2.3	Position and cut material, check for quality and rectify faults.
3	Shape materials.	3.1	Check spindles, cutting tools and jigs for safe and effective operation.
3.2	Adjust spindle machine settings for task requirements.
3.3	Feed material into machine and operate machine to shape material.
4	Join materials and produce components.	4.1	Set out materials for joining.
4.2	Check joining machines, cutting tools and jigs for safe and effective operation.
4.3	Adjust joining machine settings for task requirements.
4.4	Operate machine to produce joints.
5	Finish components and prepare for assembly.	5.1	Check finishing and sanding machines for safe and effective operation and adjust for task requirements.
5.2	Dry-assemble components, check for quality and consistency, and rectify faults.
5.3	Sand and finish components, check for quality and consistency, and rectify faults.
6	Clean up.	6.1	Clean up, meeting all legislative and workplace requirements for safety, waste disposal and materials handling.
6.2	Clean, check, maintain and store machines, tools and equipment and report any faults.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCJN3003A Manufacture components for doors, windows and frames.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

Assessment Requirements for CPCCJN3003 Manufacture components for doors, windows and frames

Modification History

Release 2	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.1. Performance Evidence formatted for clarity.
Release 1	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCJN3003A Manufacture components for doors, windows and frames. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages 2012.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by machining, dry-assembling and finishing components for:

a four-panelled door and door frame

a four-light operable sash and frame.

In performing these tasks, the candidate must:

prepare and assemble the following components:

door stops

jambs

mullion

panels

sills/threshold

styles

top, bottom and mid rail

glazing bars

use the following machines:

band saws

docking saws

rip saws

panel saw

planing machines:

surface planer

thicknesser

shaping machines

joining machines:

mortising

tenoning

sanding machines:

linisher

wide belt/stroke.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

compliance requirements of the National Construction Code (NCC) and Australian Standards relevant to manufacturing door and window components

workplace quality policies and standards relevant to manufacturing door and window components

safety requirements for manufacturing door and window components

processes and techniques used to manufacture door and window components, including to:

set out door and window components:

door stops

jambs

mullion

panels

sills/threshold

styles

top, bottom and mid rail

glazing bars

produce cutting lists

material identification marking systems used when manufacturing door and window components

properties, performance and limitations of different types of timber available for manufacturing doors and window components:

plastic covered timber-cored material

raw timber

range, type and characteristics of materials used to manufacture door and window components

types and uses of machines, tools and equipment required to manufacture door and window components:

band saws

docking saws

rip saws

panel saw

planing machines:

surface planer

thicknesser

shaping machines

multi-head moulding machines

joining machines:

mortising

tenoning

horizontal borer

sanding machines:

disk sander

linisher

wide belt/stroke

processes for operating machines:

setting up processes

safety checking, fault finding and rectification

monitoring machine processes

cleaning and maintaining machines in accordance with manufacturers’ specifications.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

This unit must be assessed in the workplace or a close simulation reflecting workplace conditions and standards, materials, equipment, activities, responsibilities, procedures, safety requirements and environmental considerations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

CPCCON3046 Repair and rectify concrete

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCCO3046 Repair and rectify concrete.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the skills and knowledge required to repair and rectify defects in concrete. Repairs and rectifications include patching, refinishing, sealing or recolouring to improve aesthetic appearance, as well as more significant repairs and rectifications such as cutting and replacing sections of concrete and repairing cracks in accordance with engineer or manufacturer specifications.

The unit does not cover structural defects requiring underpinning concrete or specialist works involving highly engineered solutions.

A person who has achieved this unit of competency would be expected to take responsibility for organising and completing work tasks with a high degree of self-direction.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency in some states and territories. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Completion of the general construction induction training program, specified in the Safe Work Australia model Code of Practice: Construction Work, is required by anyone carrying out construction work. Achievement of CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry meets this requirement.

Pre-requisite Unit

CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry

Unit Sector

Concreting

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan and prepare to repair or rectify concrete.	1.1	Assess concrete defect to determine possible causes and repair or rectification processes in consultation with relevant persons.
1.2	Access and interpret manufacturer or engineer specifications associated with concrete repair or rectification work.
1.3	Plan work tasks to comply with manufacturer or engineer specifications and relevant legislation, regulations, standards, codes, work health and safety (WHS), environmental and workplace requirements.
1.4	Select tools and equipment, check for serviceability and rectify or report any faults.
1.5	Select and fit required personal protective equipment (PPE).
1.6	Inspect work site, assess hazards and apply risk controls including required signage and barricades.
1.7	Calculate and acquire material quantities to meet task specifications and safely locate materials ready for use.
2	Carry out concrete repair or rectification activities.	2.1	Use tools, equipment and materials for concrete repair or rectification activities safely in accordance with manufacturer and workplace requirements.
2.2	Carry out concrete repair or rectification activities in accordance with engineer or manufacturer specifications and workplace requirements.
2.3	Conduct checks to ensure concrete defect has been repaired or rectified and take actions required to meet engineer or manufacturer specifications and workplace requirements.
3	Clean up.	3.1	Clear work area and dispose of, reuse or recycle materials in accordance with regulatory and workplace requirements.
3.2	Clean, check, maintain and store tools and equipment in accordance with manufacturer and workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCCO3046 Repair and rectify concrete.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

Assessment Requirements for CPCCON3046 Repair and rectify concrete

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCCO3046 Repair and rectify concrete.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the elements and performance criteria of this unit by following manufacturer or engineer specifications to repair and rectify defects in a minimum of one square metre of concrete for each of the following:

three types of defects selected from the list below:

cracks less than 2 millimetres (mm) in width

broken edge off concrete

effects of dusting

damaged or blistered horizontal concrete

damage to vertical elements requiring feather coat to repair

floor that has been screeded out of tolerance and requires self-levelling compound to repair

one type of defect selected from the list below:

a live or dormant crack of between 2 mm and 10 mm in width

damaged concrete that needs to be cut out and replaced.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

compliance requirements of legislation, regulations and Australian Standards relevant to concrete repair and rectification tasks:

environmental protection and waste disposal

specified tolerances

work health and safety (WHS)

common defects in concrete and associated repair or rectification techniques and materials:

bonded toppings failure

cracks including wet, live and dormant

damaged or blistered concrete

effects of dusting

existing concrete toppings failure

levelling failure

non-bonding of new to old interfaces

non-compliant surfaces

oversized or undersized slabs

subsidence

correct techniques for vibrating concrete including correct mixes for vertical elements

correct positioning of reinforcement where applicable for different repair products including repair material bond to substrate, bonding to reinforcement and cover

dust suppression methods to be used when repairing or rectifying concrete

health risks associated with silica dust exposure

possible causes of defects in concrete including chemical and physical influences:

cement hydration process

climate effects

concrete placement, finishing and curing

types and purpose of concrete additives

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of tools, equipment and materials used when repairing and rectifying concrete

workplace requirements for repairing and rectifying concrete:

cleaning up the work area

documentation and reporting

maintaining and storing tools and equipment

quality

safety requirements including personal protective equipment (PPE).

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or a simulated workplace using realistic conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities, procedures, safety requirements and environmental considerations.

Candidates must have access to documentation, specifications, work sites, materials, tools and equipment required to achieve the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

CPCCON3047 Cut concrete

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to CPCCCO3047 Cut and core concrete.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the skills and knowledge required to safely cut concrete. It requires using concrete and masonry saws to cut concrete to specification.

A person who has achieved this unit of competency would be expected to take responsibility for organising and completing these tasks with a high degree of self-direction.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency in some states and territories. For further information, check with the relevant regulatory authority.

Completion of the general construction induction training program, specified in the Safe Work Australia model Code of Practice: Construction Work, is required by anyone carrying out construction work. Achievement of CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry meets this requirement.

Pre-requisite Unit

CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry

Unit Sector

Concreting

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan and prepare to cut concrete.	1.1	Interpret specifications for concrete cutting and clarify requirements with relevant persons.
1.2	Assess work site to determine concrete type, thickness, reinforcement and base type impacting cutting requirements.
1.3	Plan work tasks to comply with relevant legislation, regulations, standards and codes, and manufacturer, work health and safety (WHS), environmental and workplace requirements.
1.4	Select and fit required personal protective equipment (PPE).
1.5	Inspect work site, assess hazards and apply risk controls, including required signage and barricades.
1.6	Select tools and equipment, check for serviceability and rectify or report any faults.
2	Carry out concrete cutting activities.	2.1	Inspect concrete to assess its readiness for cutting and to prevent raveling, cracking and saw damage.
2.2	Conduct required measurements and calculations and mark cutting positions according to specifications.
2.3	Use tools and equipment safely to perform trial cuts according to manufacturer and workplace requirements.
2.4	Cut concrete according to specifications and quality requirements.
2.5	Control dust from concrete cutting activities according to workplace requirements.
3	Clean up.	3.1	Clear work area and dispose of, reuse or recycle materials according to regulatory and workplace requirements.
3.2	Clean, check, maintain and store tools and equipment according to manufacturer and workplace requirements.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is not equivalent to CPCCCO3047 Cut and core concrete.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

Assessment Requirements for CPCCON3047 Cut concrete

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to CPCCCO3047 Cut and core concrete.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the elements and performance criteria of this unit by cutting concrete on two different occasions involving, on each occasion:

saw-cutting one joint to a horizontal concrete surface to a minimum of five metres straight or to the set line.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

compliance requirements of legislation, regulations and Australian Standards relevant to concrete cutting tasks:

environmental protection and waste disposal

specified tolerances

work health and safety (WHS)

concrete cutting processes and techniques:

soft cutting

expansion cutting

cutting methods that can cause excessive blade wear, raveling and cracking

factors to consider when assessing the readiness of concrete for cutting to avoid raveling, cracks and saw damage including the effects of weather and climate

health risks associated with silica dust exposure

purpose and importance of construction, contraction, control and expansion joints:

doweling systems

installation methods

role in the long-term serviceability of concrete pavements

typical hazards associated with concrete cutting using concrete and masonry saws, and risk control methods for each:

blade fracture

electrocution

saw kick-back, push-back and pull-in

silica dust

toxic fumes

uses, maintenance and limitations of tools and equipment used to cut concrete

workplace requirements for cutting concrete:

cleaning up the work area

maintaining and storing tools and equipment

quality

reporting problems

safety requirements including dust suppression and personal protective equipment (PPE).

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or a simulated workplace using realistic conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities, procedures, safety requirements and environmental considerations.

Candidates must have access to documentation, specifications, concrete, tools and equipment required to achieve the performance evidence.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

CPCCPB3004 Fix wet area sheets

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and equivalent to CPCCPB3004A Fix wet area sheets. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages 2012.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the skills and knowledge required to fix wet area sheets to comply with manufacturer and job specifications.

A person working at this level would be expected to take responsibility for organising and completing tasks assigned to them without close supervision.

Completion of the general construction induction training program specified by the model Code of Practice for Construction Work is required for any person who is to carry out construction work. Achievement of CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry meets this requirement.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry.

Unit Sector

Plasterboard

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan and prepare.	1.1	Read and interpret work instructions and plan sequence of work.
1.2	Plan all work to comply with laws and regulations, the National Construction Code (NCC), Australian Standards, work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements, manufacturers’ specifications, and workplace requirements.
1.3	Select and use personal protective equipment (PPE) for each stage of the task.
1.4	Inspect work site, assess hazards and apply risk controls, including required signage and barricades.
1.5	Select tools and equipment, check for serviceability and report any faults that may affect the safe operation of the equipment, tag equipment and set aside.
1.6	Select materials required for task, calculate quantities, handle safely and prepare and position ready for use.
2	Plan and cut wet area sheets.	2.1	Determine work sequences, fixing processes from manufacturers’ specifications and AS/NZS2589 Gypsum linings - application and finishing.
2.2	Match sheet size to wall dimensions.
2.3	Plan cutting process to minimise dust exposure for others.
2.4	Follow manufacturers’ specifications for cutting process and provision for penetrations.
2.5	Cut sheets to minimise waste and number of joints and maximise board use.
3	Fix wet area sheets.	3.1	Hang and fix sheets using manual handling techniques and following manufacturer's specifications, ensuring the sheets have appropriate gap from the floor and flashing are installed to specification.
3.2	Check completed work to ensure stop-up activities can be easily completed.
4	Clean up.	4.1	Clear work area and dispose of, reuse or recycle materials.
4.2	Clean, check, maintain and store tools and equipment in accordance with manufacturers’ specifications

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPCCPB3004A Fix wet area sheets

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

Assessment Requirements for CPCCPB3004 Fix wet area sheets

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and equivalent to CPCCPB3004A Fix wet area sheets. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages 2012.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit by hanging and fixing 15 square metres of wet area sheets.

All work must be performed to the standard required in the workplace and must comply with Commonwealth and state/territory laws and regulations, the National Construction Code, Australian Standards, work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements, manufacturers’ specifications, and workplace requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

compliance requirements of the National Construction Code and Australian Standards for fixing wet area sheets, including AS/NZS2589 Gypsum linings - application and finishing

quality policies and standards for fixing wet area sheets

requirements for wet areas that will be tiled, and for wet areas that will be non-tiled

safety requirements for fixing wet area sheets, including personal protective equipment (PPE), job safety analyses, safe work method statements and safety data sheets

processes for safe handling and lifting of wet area sheets

environmental requirements for fixing wet area sheets

manufacturers' specifications for fixing wet area sheets

types and uses of adhesives and fasteners for fixing wet area plasterboard sheets

wet area plasterboard materials

installing flashings to specification

materials storage and environmentally friendly waste management

plans, drawings and specifications for fixing wet area plasterboard sheets

plasterboard fixing techniques for wet area plasterboard sheets

processes for the calculation of material requirements for fixing wet area plasterboard sheets

types of tools and equipment for fixing wet area plasterboard sheets.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

This unit must be assessed:

in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace environment, provided that simulated or project-based assessment techniques replicate construction workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities and procedures

using realistic tasks or simulated tasks, relevant specifications and work instructions, standard work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

CPCCSH2003A Apply and install sealant and sealant devices

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit specifies the outcomes required to apply sealants and sealant devices to structures.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit of competency supports the achievement of skills and knowledge to apply and install sealant and sealant devices, which may include working with others and as a member of a team.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
CPCCOHS2001A	Apply OHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Plan and prepare.	1.1. Work instructions and operational details are obtained using relevant information, confirmed and applied for planning and preparation purposes. 1.2. Safety (OHS) requirements are followed in accordance with safety plans and policies. 1.3. Signage and barricade requirements are identified and implemented. 1.4. Tools and equipment selected to carry out tasks are consistent with job requirements, checked for serviceability and any faults are rectified or reported prior to commencement. 1.5. Sealant material quantity requirements are calculated in accordance with plans, specifications and quality requirements. 1.6. Materials appropriate to the work application are identified, obtained, prepared, safely handled and located ready for use. 1.7. Environmental requirements are identified for the project in accordance with environmental plans and statutory and regulatory authority requirements, and are applied.
2. Prepare surface to receive sealants.	2.1. Surface is cleaned free of contaminants such as oil, grease, dust or moisture. 2.2. Surface is prepared by sanding and/or cleaning in accordance with preparation specifications.
3. Apply sealant.	3.1. Sealant materials are applied to manufacturer recommendations and specifications. 3.2. Care is taken to ensure no air is trapped within applied sealant. 3.3. Surfaces are aligned and fixings correctly installed to specifications.
4. Install sealant devices.	4.1. Sealant devices are fitted securely to specified positions. 4.2. Assistance is provided to secure installation of fixtures, assuring level and plumb to line.
5. Clean up.	5.1. Excessive sealant is removed from joints and surrounding surfaces, and cartridge nozzle or container is sealed securely. 5.2. Sealants are promptly removed from tools and equipment. 5.3. Work area is cleared and waste material and debris are disposed of, reused or recycled in accordance with legislation, regulations, codes of practice and job specifications. 5.4. Tools and equipment are cleaned, routinely maintained and returned to store.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Required skills for this unit are: ability to recognise procedures, respond to change and contribute to workplace responsibilities, such as current work site environmental sustainability frameworks or management systems communication skills to: enable clear and direct communication, using questioning to identify and confirm requirements, share information, listen and understand follow instructions use and interpret non-verbal communication use language and concepts appropriate to cultural differences innovation skills to select appropriate tools and equipment, respond to workplace challenges and put ideas into action numeracy skills to apply measurements and calculations relevant to surface areas problem solving skills to recognise and take action to rectify minor faults and problems teamwork skills to be able to work with others to action tasks and relate to people from a range of cultural, social, ethnic backgrounds and with varying physical and mental abilities.
Required knowledge
Required knowledge for this unit is: AS1940 The storage and handling of flammable combustible liquids behaviour of sealant materials used in structures job safety analysis (JSA) and safe work method statements measurement and calculation techniques relevant to surface areas safe materials handling techniques and requirements, including hazardous materials relevant to sealant application work safe use of scaffolding and working platforms types and performance of sealants used in buildings types and use of hand tools and equipment relevant to sealant application and installation work workplace and equipment safety requirements.

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	This unit of competency could be assessed in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace environment, provided that simulated or project-based assessment techniques fully replicate construction workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities and procedures.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to handle and use all the sealant materials and application devices listed in the range statement, providing evidence of the ability to: comply with OHS regulations and state and territory legislation applicable to workplace operations comply with organisational policies and procedures, including quality assurance requirements select and use appropriate processes, tools and equipment to carry out tasks adopt and carry out correct procedures prior to and during handling and application of materials demonstrate safe and effective operational use of tools and equipment demonstrate safe application in the process of cleaning up application area and cleaning equipment communicate with others to ensure safe and effective operations.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This competency is to be assessed using standard and authorised work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints. Assessment of essential underpinning knowledge will usually be conducted in an off-site context. Assessment is to comply with relevant regulatory or Australian standards' requirements. Resource implications for assessment include: sealants and sealant devices appropriate to application tasks plant and equipment appropriate to application processes hand tools appropriate to application processes work location appropriate to activity processes MSDS information. Reasonable adjustments for people with disabilities must be made to assessment processes where required. This could include access to modified equipment and other physical resources, and the provision of appropriate assessment support.
Method of assessment	Assessment methods must: satisfy the endorsed Assessment Guidelines of the Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package include direct observation of tasks in real or simulated work conditions, with questioning to confirm the ability to consistently identify and correctly interpret the essential underpinning knowledge required for practical application reinforce the integration of employability skills with workplace tasks and job roles confirm a reasonable inference that competency is not only verified under the particular assessment circumstance, but is able to be transferred to other circumstances and environments. Validity and sufficiency of evidence requires that: competency will need to be demonstrated over a period of time reflecting the scope of the role and practical requirements of the workplace where the assessment is part of a structured learning experience the evidence collected must relate to a number of performances assessed at different points in time and separated by further learning and practice with a decision on competency only taken at the point when the assessor has complete confidence in the person's demonstrated ability and applied knowledge all assessment that is part of a structured learning experience must include a combination of direct, indirect and supplementary evidence. Assessment processes and techniques should, as far as is practical, take into account the language, literacy and numeracy capacity of the candidate in relation to the competency being assessed. Supplementary evidence of competency may be obtained from relevant authenticated documentation from third parties, such as existing supervisors, team leaders or specialist training staff.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Information includes:	diagrams or sketches instructions issued by authorised organisational or external personnel manufacturer specifications and instructions, where specified material safety data sheets (MSDS) memos regulatory and legislative requirements pertaining to application of sealants and sealant devices relevant Australian standards safe work procedures relating to application of sealants and sealant devices signage verbal, written and graphical instructions work bulletins work schedules, plans and specifications.
Planning and preparation include:	assessment of conditions and hazards determination of work requirements and safety plans and policies equipment defect identification work site inspection.
Safety (OHS) is to be in accordance with state and territory legislation and regulations and project safety plan and may include:	emergency procedures, including extinguishing fires, organisational first aid requirements and evacuation handling hazardous materials where applicable in accordance with AS1940 The storage and handling of flammable combustible liquids hazard control hazardous materials and substances organisational first aid PPE prescribed under legislation, regulations and workplace policies and practices safe operating procedures, including the conduct of operational risk assessment and treatments associated with: concealed services (water, power and gas) lighting restricted access barriers traffic control work site visitors and the public working at heights working in confined spaces working in proximity to others use of firefighting equipment use of tools and equipment workplace environmental requirements and safety.
Tools and equipment include:	brooms brushes cartridge applicators putty knives and paring knives rollers sanders spray equipment.
Quality requirements include:	attention to job specifications control of handling procedures preparation of surfaces quality of materials relevant regulations, including: Australian standards internal company quality policy and standards manufacturer specifications where specified workplace operations and procedures use and maintenance of equipment.
Environmental requirements include:	clean-up management dust and noise stormwater protection waste management.
Statutory and regulatory authority includes:	federal, state and local authorities administering applicable Acts, regulations and codes of practice.
Sealant materials include:	bitumen mastic putty silicone waterproof paint.
Sealant materials can be applied to:	acrylic sheeting bricks and concrete masonry concrete glass metal sheeting paints plaster sheeting plywood and particle board structural metallic sections and components timber.
Sealant devices include:	cover plates to aluminium framework cover straps or beading to sheet jointing flashings to window and door frames impregnated material for masonry expansion joints strip or sheet membrane.
Waste material and debris include:	broken or damaged goods cardboard loose material paper plastic sealants and sealing materials.

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector	Construction

Functional area

Functional area

CPCCWC3004 Install suspended ceilings

Modification History

Release 4	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 6.6. Change to Knowledge Evidence.
Release 3	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 6.2. Correction to prerequisite unit code from CPPWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry to CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry.
Release 2	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.0. Updated to reflect current industry terminology, tools and equipment.
Release 1	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 2.0.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the skills and knowledge required to install exposed and concealed suspended ceilings.

It includes setting out and installing ceiling suspension systems and installing lining material.

A person working at this level would be expected to take responsibility for organising and completing tasks assigned to them without close supervision.

Completion of the general construction induction training program specified by the model Code of Practice for Construction Work is required for any person who is to carry out construction work. Achievement of CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry meets this requirement.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry.

Unit Sector

Construction

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan and prepare.	1.1	Read and interpret work instructions and plan sequence of work.
1.2	Plan all work to comply with laws and regulations, the National Construction Code (NCC), Australian Standards, work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements, manufacturers’ specifications, and workplace requirements.
1.3	Select and use personal protective equipment (PPE) for each stage of the task.
1.4	Inspect work site, assess hazards and apply risk controls, including required signage and barricades.
1.5	Select tools and equipment, check for serviceability and report any faults that may affect the safe operation of the equipment, tag equipment and set aside.
1.6	Select materials required for task, calculate quantities, handle safely and prepare and position ready for use.
2	Install suspension system.	2.1	Set out ceiling grid and alignment levels for ceiling.
2.2	Fix suspension rods to underside of soffit and structural members with masonry anchors, bolts and screws at prescribed centres.
2.3	Assemble suspended framework and connect to suspension rods.
2.4	Fasten suspension system, check for looseness and rattles, and secure as required.
2.5	Fix bridging framework to both sides of service ducts to support suspension system.
3	Install lining materials.	3.1	Install lining materials according to design pattern set out in job drawings.
3.2	Cut edges of lining materials and conceal to match pre-finished edges.
3.3	Provide openings and penetrations as shown in job drawings.
3.4	Fix trims and beads at junctions with other building elements and surfaces.
4	Clean up.	4.1	Clear work area and dispose of, reuse or recycle materials.
4.2	Clean, check, maintain and store tools and equipment in accordance with manufacturers’ specifications.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPCCWC3004A Install suspended ceilings

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

Assessment Requirements for CPCCWC3004 Install suspended ceilings

Modification History

Release 4	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 6.6. Change to Knowledge Evidence.
Release 3	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 6.2. Correction to prerequisite unit code from CPPWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry to CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry.
Release 2	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.0. Updated to reflect current industry terminology, tools and equipment.
Release 1	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 2.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by installing:

one exposed suspended ceiling of minimum area of 10 square metres

one concealed suspended ceiling of minimum area of 15 square metres.

Each of the suspended ceilings must include grid and support wires or rods, and a penetration to accommodate one or more of the following fittings:

an air duct

an exhaust system

a support column or beam.

All work must be performed to the standard required in the workplace and must comply with Commonwealth and state/territory laws and regulations, national construction codes, Australian Standards, work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements, manufacturers’ specifications, and workplace requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

compliance requirements of the National Construction Code and Australian Standards for installing suspended ceilings

quality policies and standards for installing suspended ceilings

safety requirements for installing suspended ceilings, including personal protective equipment (PPE), job safety analyses, safe work method statements and safety data sheets

environmental requirements for installing suspended ceilings

methods to mitigate risks of seismic movement when installing suspended ceilings

processes for reading and interpreting plans, drawings and specifications used when installing suspended ceilings

suspended ceiling installation techniques and processes, including:

alignment levelling

anchors and bolts

droppers and suspension rods

furring channels

main beams, rails and runners

spacer bars

tracks and main tracks

reinforced concrete ceiling and floor slabs

steel ceiling and rod framing

timber and steel floor

timber ceiling and rod framing

suspended ceiling materials and their preparation and applications, including:

fibre cement sheeting

infill panels, including:

acoustic

decorative timber

metal

two-pack

insulation materials

plasterboard

suspended ceiling components

techniques for calculating material requirements for installing suspended ceilings

types of tools and equipment for installing suspended ceilings.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

This unit must be assessed:

in the workplace or a close simulation of the workplace environment, provided that simulated or project-based assessment techniques replicate construction workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities and procedures

using realistic tasks or simulated tasks, relevant specifications and work instructions, standard work practices, safety requirements and environmental constraints.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry

Modification History

Release	Comment
Version 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPCCOHS1001A Work safely in the construction industry.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the mandatory work health and safety training required prior to undertaking construction work. The unit requires the person to demonstrate personal awareness and knowledge of health and safety legislative requirements in order to work safely and prevent injury or harm to self and others. It covers identifying and orally reporting common construction hazards, understanding basic risk control measures, and identifying procedures for responding to potential incidents and emergencies. It also covers correctly selecting and fitting common personal protective equipment (PPE) used for construction work.

This unit meets the general construction induction training requirements of:

Part 1.1 Definitions and Part 6.5 of the Model Work Health and Safety Regulations;

Division 11 of Part 3 of the Occupational Safety and Health Regulations 1996 for Western Australia; and

Division 3 of Part 5.1 of the Occupational Health and Safety Regulations 2007 for Victoria.

It is expected that site-specific induction training will be conducted prior to conducting construction work.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit. Relevant work health and safety state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm jurisdictional requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Construction

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify health and safety legislative requirements of construction work.	1.1.	Basic roles, responsibilities and rights of duty holders are identified and explained according to jurisdictional health and safety legislative requirements.
1.2.	Duty of care requirements are identified.
1.3.	Construction safe work practices are identified and explained.
2.	Identify construction hazards and risk control measures.	2.1.	Basic principles of risk management are identified.
2.2.	Construction hazards are identified and discussed.
2.3.	Purpose and use of PPE are identified and demonstrated.
2.4.	Measures for controlling hazards are identified.
3.	Identify health and safety communication and reporting processes.	3.1.	Health and safety documents are identified and discussed.
3.2.	Roles of designated health and safety personnel are identified and explained.
3.3.	Safety signs and symbols are identified and explained.
3.4.	Procedures for reporting hazards, incidents and injuries are identified.
4.	Identify incident and emergency response procedures.	4.1.	Procedures for responding to incidents and emergencies are identified and explained.
4.2.	Procedures for accessing first aid are identified.
4.3.	Types and purpose of fire safety equipment are identified and discussed.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	locate and recognise numbers commonly used in safety signs.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify instructions listen to instructions to identify key safety information tell another person about a construction problem or hazard.
Reading skills to:	follow simple pictorial safety instructions follow simple safety instructions that are written in English.
Problem-solving skills to:	select risk control measures.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Jurisdictional health and safety legislative requirements must include at least one of the following state and territory Acts or their equivalent:	Australian Capital Territory: Work Health and Safety Act 2011 New South Wales: Work Health and Safety Act 2011 Northern Territory: Work Health and Safety (National Uniform Legislation) Act 2011 Queensland: Work Health and Safety Act 2011 South Australia: Work Health and Safety Act 2012 Tasmania: Work Health and Safety Act 2012 Victoria: Occupational Health and Safety Act 2004 Western Australia: Occupational Safety and Health Act 1984.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCOHS1001A Work safely in the construction industry

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

Assessment Requirements for CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry

Modification History

Release	Comment
Version 1	Replaces superseded equivalent CPCCOHS1001A Work safely in the construction industry.

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills, and range of conditions of this unit, in addition to the specific performance and knowledge evidence described below.

The person must:

identify and orally report two construction hazards

orally explain how risk could be reduced or removed in relation to those two hazards

select appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) to control the risk

orally explain basic procedures for responding to incidents and emergencies, including types and purpose of the following fire safety equipment:

fire blankets

fire extinguishers, including water, carbon dioxide, powder and foam

hose reels and mains

identify and orally explain the meaning of required safety signs and symbols

orally explain the purpose of job safety analyses (JSAs), safe work method statements (SWMS) and safety data sheets (SDS)

orally explain the roles of the following designated health and safety personnel:

first aid officers

work health and safety representatives

work health and safety committee members

supervisors.

The person must also demonstrate correctly fitting to themselves the PPE listed below:

eye protection

hearing protection

hard hat

high visibility retro reflective vest.

Knowledge Evidence

A person must demonstrate knowledge of:

basic duty of care, and the roles, rights and responsibilities of business owners and workers in relation to working safely while undertaking construction work

basic meaning of the terms ‘hazard’ and ‘risk’

basic principles of risk management, including the following five steps in order:

identify hazard

assess risk

consult and report

control hazard

review

basic procedures for accessing first aid

construction hazards, including those relating to:

asbestos

confined spaces

electrical: power lines, cords and equipment

excavations and trenches, including underground services

dust

falling objects

hazardous substances and dangerous goods

hot and cold work environments

manual handling

noise

plant and equipment operation

traffic and mobile plant

unplanned collapse

ultraviolet radiation

working at heights, including scaffolding

construction work that requires a high risk work licence

types, purpose and use of PPE used in construction, as specified in the performance evidence, and including safety footwear, harnesses and respiratory protection, and ultraviolet (UV) protective clothing and sunscreen

construction emergencies, including:

chemical spill

fire

injury to personnel

structural collapse

toxic or flammable vapour emission

vehicle or mobile plant accident

construction incidents, including:

incidents resulting in personal injury or damage to property

near misses or dangerous occurrences that do not cause injury but may pose an immediate and significant risk to persons or property, and need to be reported so that action can be taken to prevent recurrence

safe work practices that should be followed in construction work, including:

accessing and using site amenities for drinking water, hand washing and toilets

following safety procedures when performing work tasks and using equipment

identifying and reporting hazards, incidents and injuries in the workplace

keeping the work area clean, tidy and free from debris

not using or being affected by drugs and/or alcohol while at work

preventing bullying and harassment in the workplace

selecting and using required PPE

smoking only in designated areas

storing and removing waste and debris in designated areas

meanings and symbols associated with construction safety signs, symbols and tags, including:

emergency information signs: exits, emergency equipment and first aid

fire signs: location of fire alarms and firefighting equipment

hazard signs and symbols: danger and warning

regulatory signs and symbols: prohibition, mandatory and limitation or restriction

safety and lockout tags: danger and out-of-service tags.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

all of the PPE listed in the performance evidence

specifications:

state or territory Act relevant to the location of the learner, as specified in the range of conditions.

The assessment of performance evidence must be done by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically and/or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media in real time.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Assessors must hold the unit CPCCOHS2001A Apply OHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry, or its successor.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and equivalent to CPCCOHS2001A Apply OHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry.

The unit of competency was updated to the Standards for Training Packages 2012.

This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Version 4.0.

Application

This unit specifies the outcomes required to carry out work health and safety (WHS) requirements through safe work practices in all on- or offsite construction workplaces.

It requires the performance of work in a safe manner through awareness of risks and work requirements, and the planning and performance of safe work practices with concern for personal safety and the safety of others.

The unit covers fundamental WHS requirements necessary to undertake work tasks within any sector in the construction industry. It includes the identification of hazardous materials, including asbestos, and compliance with legislated work safety practices. It does not cover removal of asbestos, which is a licensed activity.

It applies to workers in the construction industry.

This unit also relates directly to the general construction induction training requirements of the Model Work Health and Safety Regulations 2011 and relevant occupational health and safety regulations for Victoria and for Western Australia. Achievement of CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry covers these induction training requirements.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and assess risks.	1.1 Identify, assess and report hazards in the work area to designated personnel. 1.2 Report safety risks in the work area based on identified hazards, to designated personnel. 1.3 Follow safe work practices, duty of care requirements and safe work instructions for controlling risks. 1.4 Contribute to WHS, hazard, accident or incident reports in accordance with workplace procedures, Australian government and state or territory WHS legislation, and relevant information.
2. Identify hazardous materials and other hazards on work sites.	2.1 Correctly identify and, if appropriate, handle and use hazardous materials on a work site in accordance with legislative requirements, and workplace policies and procedures. 2.2 Apply measures for controlling risks and construction hazards effectively and immediately. 2.3 Use appropriate signs and symbols to secure hazardous materials that have safety implications for self and other workers, immediately they are identified. 2.4 Identify asbestos-containing materials on a work site and report to designated personnel.
3. Plan and prepare for safe work practices.	3.1 Identify, wear, correctly fit, use and store correct personal protective equipment and clothing for each area of construction work in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Select tools, equipment and materials, and organise tasks in conjunction with other personnel on site and in accordance with workplace procedures. 3.3 Determine required barricades and signage, and erect at the appropriate site location. 3.4 Apply material safety data sheets (MSDSs), job safety analyses (JSAs) and safe work method statements (SWMSs) relevant to the work to be performed.
4. Apply safe work practices.	4.1 Carry out tasks in a manner that is safe for operators, other personnel and the general community, in accordance with legislative requirements, and workplace policies and procedures. 4.2 Use plant and equipment guards in accordance with manufacturers’ specifications, work site regulations and Australian Standards. 4.3 Follow procedures and report hazards, incidents and injuries to relevant authorities. 4.4 Recognise and do not use prohibited tools and equipment in areas containing identified asbestos. 4.5 Identify and follow requirements of work site safety signs and symbols. 4.6 Clear and maintain work site area to prevent and protect self and others from incidents and accidents, and to meet environmental requirements.
5. Follow emergency procedures.	5.1 Identify designated personnel in the event of an emergency for communication purposes. 5.2 Follow safe workplace procedures for dealing with accidents, fire and other emergencies, including identification and use, if appropriate, of fire equipment within scope of own responsibilities. 5.3 Describe, practice and effectively carry out emergency response and evacuation procedures when required. 5.4 Carry out emergency first aid treatment of minor injuries and, as soon as possible, accurately report treatment details to designated personnel.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCOHS2001A Apply OHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

Assessment Requirements for CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry

Modification History

Release 1.

Supersedes and equivalent to CPCCOHS2001A Apply OHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry.

The unit of competency was updated to the Standards for Training Packages 2012.

This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Version 4.0.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency in this unit, a person must apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures on three separate and different occasions in the construction industry.

In doing this, the person must meet the performance criteria for this unit.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a person must demonstrate knowledge of:

jurisdictional work health and safety (WHS) and environmental legislation and regulations

workplace requirements for undertaking all aspects of applying WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry including interpreting work orders and reporting problems

procedures and policies for identifying and reporting hazards, safety risks and hazardous materials, including asbestos, in the workplace

procedures for following safe practices when dealing with hazards and hazardous materials, and controlling risks associated with them

use of appropriate protective equipment and clothing, choice of tools, use of barricades and signage, and the necessity of following relevant safety procedures as indicated

methods of safely performing tasks in accordance with legislative requirements and workplace policies and procedures

procedures for reporting hazards, incidents and injuries

necessity for keeping work site clear of risks to prevent accidents and to meet environmental requirements

policies and procedures to be followed in an accident, fire or other type of emergency.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must satisfy the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment of performance must be undertaken in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Tasks are to be performed to the level of proficiency and within the time limits expected in a workplace.

Assessors are responsible for ensuring that the person demonstrating competency has access to:

appropriate documents, materials, tools, equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry

requirements of appropriate sections of legislation and regulations

relevant workplace policies and procedures.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

CPCCWP3002 Apply waterproofing process to internal wet areas

Modification History

Release 2	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.1. Changes to Performance Evidence and Unit Sector.
Release 1	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and equivalent to CPCCWP3002A Apply waterproofing process to internal wet areas. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages 2012.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to apply waterproofing to internal wet areas, meeting all relevant requirements of Australian Standards, work health and safety (WHS), and Commonwealth and state or territory legislation.

It includes identification of the appropriate waterproofing system to be used, its preparation and its application.

A person working at this level would be expected to take responsibility for organising and completing tasks assigned to them without close supervision.

Completion of the general construction induction training program specified by the model Code of Practice for Construction Work is required for any person who is to carry out construction work. Achievement of CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry meets this requirement.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry

Unit Sector

Construction waterproofing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan and prepare to apply waterproofing process to internal wet areas.	1.1	Read and interpret work instructions and plan sequence of work.
1.2	Select and use personal protective equipment (PPE) as required for each stage of the task.
1.3	Plan all work to comply with laws and regulations, Australian Standards, work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements, manufacturers’ specifications, workplace requirements, drawings and specifications.
1.4	Follow requirements of job safety analyses and safety data sheets.
1.5	Inspect work site, assess hazards and apply risk controls, including required signage and barricades.
1.6	Select tools and equipment, check for serviceability and report any faults.
1.7	Select materials required for task, calculate quantities, handle safely and prepare and position ready for use.
2	Select waterproofing system.	2.1	Locate internal structure to be waterproofed from drawings and specifications.
2.2	Check area for soundness and surface defects.
2.3	Select waterproofing systems suitable for and compatible with site conditions and substrate.
3	Prepare for waterproofing installation.	3.1	Set out internal wet area and check alignment, fixtures and finished levels for conformity with drawings and specifications, and report defects.
3.2	Test moisture content in substrate for compatibility with system and report defects.
3.3	Check adequacy of drainage and report defects.
3.4	Prepare flashings and termination seals and make ready for installation to manufacturers’ specifications.
3.5	Check that substrate has a uniform finish to manufacturers’ instructions.
3.6	Clean and prepare substrate ready for waterproofing.
3.7	Prime substrate ready for waterproofing.
4	Apply waterproofing.	4.1	Apply waterproofing system to prepared surface to manufacturers’ specifications.
4.2	Detail and terminate waterproofing membrane in accordance with system requirements.
4.3	Check completed waterproofing installation for conformity to manufacturers’ specifications.
4.4	Document movement joints for subsequent trades.
4.5	Perform final inspection and completion activities.
4.6	Protect waterproofing membrane.
5	Apply sealants to construction joints.	5.1	Select sealant for compatibility with application, substrate and finishes.
5.2	Install backing rods and/or release agents to prevent three-sided adhesion.
5.3	Apply sealant manufacturers’ specifications, tool to required finish and allow to cure.
5.4	Perform final inspection and completion activities.
5.5	Protect sealant, in accordance with manufacturers’ specifications.
6	Clean up.	6.1	Clear work area, dispose of materials, and reuse or recycle in compliance with legislation, regulations and codes of practice.
6.2	Clean, check, maintain and store tools and equipment in accordance with manufacturers’ recommendations.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPCCWP3002A Apply waterproofing process to internal wet areas.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

Assessment Requirements for CPCCWP3002 Apply waterproofing process to internal wet areas

Modification History

Release 2	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.1. Changes to Performance Evidence and Unit Sector.
Release 1	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.0. Supersedes and equivalent to CPCCWP3002A Apply waterproofing process to internal wet areas. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages 2012.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must satisfy all of the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit by waterproofing an internal wet area, including:

one shower area, a minimum 1800 millimetres high, 900 millimetres x 900 millimetres wide, incorporating:

a niche

tap penetrations

draining connection

water stop/hob

surrounds for an inserted bath with periphery barrier or water stop.

All work must be performed to the standard required in the workplace and must comply with laws and regulations, Australian Standards, work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements, manufacturers’ specifications and workplace requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

requirements of Australian Standards for waterproofing internal wet areas

safety requirements for waterproofing internal wet areas, including:

job safety analyses and/or safe work method statements in accordance with Safe Work Australia Code of Practice for Construction Work or state and/or territory equivalent

safety data sheets (SDS)

personal protective equipment (PPE)

manufacturers’ specifications for waterproofing systems and materials

assessment and appreciation of moisture content in substrate materials for waterproofing internal wet areas

waterproofing around fixtures:

vanities

toilets

shower screens

taps

penetrations

waterproofing materials, processes and systems for internal wet areas:

waterproofing systems/materials:

cementitious

water-based

moisture-cured

sealants

sprayed material membranes

sheet:

butyl

ethylene propylene diene monomer rubber (EPDM)

polyvinyl chloride (PVC)

decoupling

ancillary materials:

adhesives

sealants

drainage flanges

penetration flashings

water stops

internal waterproofing materials, processes and techniques

types and uses of materials storage and environmentally friendly waste management

types and uses of plans, drawings and specifications for waterproofing internal wet areas

types and uses of tools and equipment for waterproofing internal wet areas

principles and considerations of water exclusion

processes for the calculation of material requirements for waterproofing internal wet areas

quality requirements for waterproofing internal wet areas

termination and flashing principles.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

This unit must be assessed in the workplace or a close simulation using realistic workplace conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities, procedures, safety requirements and environmental considerations.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

CPCSHP3005 Apply and trim decorative additions to shopfittings and components

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.0 Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCSH3005 Apply and trim decorative additions to shopfittings and components.

Application

This unit of competency specifies the skills and knowledge required to apply and trim specifically designed decorative panelling, frames, borders and mirrors to shopfittings and components to ensure a quality finish. It includes offsite work on units being fabricated for installation and on-site installation of units and internal walls.

It applies to shopfitters who also work concurrently with clients and associated contractors to accommodate client requirements where the shop is operational.

Individuals at this level take responsibility for organising and completing these tasks with a high degree of self-direction.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit of competency at the time of publication.

Completion of the general construction induction training program, specified in the Safe Work Australia model Code of Practice: Construction Work, is required by anyone carrying out construction work. Achievement of CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry meets this requirement.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil.

Unit Sector

Shopfitting

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan and prepare to apply decorative additions.	1.1	Identify, read and interpret decorative additions from job requirements, plans and specifications.
1.2	Determine type of decorative addition to be applied and calculate material quantities using measurements and formulas.
1.3	Identify worksite hazards and conditions and implement risk control measures following work health and safety and environmental requirements.
1.4	Determine job priorities and sequence job tasks in consultation with others in the workplace.
1.5	Obtain materials, check for conformity and safely handle and locate materials ready for use.
1.6	Establish appropriate method for fixing decorative additions to the substrate.
1.7	Select, fit and use personal protective equipment (PPE) required for the task.
1.8	Select tools and equipment for the task, check for serviceability, and rectify and report faults.
2	Fix and finish decorative additions.	2.1	Set out position of decorative additions in accordance with plan and job description and confirm with client.
2.2	Draw a plan to develop a true mitre for a compound angle and a mitre of different material widths and calculate angles by dissection.
2.3	Set out, mark and cut to length decorative additions.
2.4	Follow specifications to cut curved decorative additions work.
2.5	Fit decorative additions and use established method to fix to substrate.
2.6	Trim and finish decorative additions to meet organisational quality requirements.
3	Clean up.	3.1	Clean tools and equipment, check for serviceability and report damage or faults.
3.2	Clear work area and dispose of, reuse or recycle materials following workplace and environmental requirements.
3.3	Store and secure tools and equipment following workplace procedures.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCSH3005 Apply and trim decorative additions to shopfittings and components.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

Assessment Requirements for CPCSHP3005 Apply and trim decorative additions to shopfittings and components

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 5.0 Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCSH3005 Apply and trim decorative additions to shopfittings and components.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by applying and trimming:

decorative timber panelling with a minimum of two square metres to a section of wall

a minimum of two square metre extruded section border to a wall

a timber or aluminium frame for a mirror that is at least 1200 mm x 600 mm.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

shopfitting regulations, codes and standards

organisation’s quality assurance requirements relating to the application and trimming of decorative additions to shopfittings and components

sustainable shopfitting practices

content of and terms, symbols and conventions used in working drawings and specifications

workplace processes and procedures and environmental requirements

characteristics, applications and limitations of materials commonly used for decorative and ornamental additions to shop components:

decorative panelling

extruded sections and mouldings

mirrors

adhesives and double-sided tapes

fixings and fastenings

acrylic

glass

laminates

manufactured board

workplace safety:

job safety and environmental analysis (JSEA)

safe work method statements (SWMSs)

safety data sheets (SDSs)

hazardous manual tasks

exposure to excessive noise

exposure to dust

electrical safety

emergency procedures (evacuation, location and use of firefighting equipment, first aid)

safety of public, visitors and others in the workplace

processes and techniques for applying and trimming decorative additions:

efficient cutting strategies to minimise waste

geometry to develop a true raking mould shape or mitre

functional and operational features of tools and equipment:

air compressor and hoses

nail guns

power drills

levelling equipment

battery operated tools

solving problems, overcoming issues and meeting project schedules.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or a simulated workplace using realistic conditions, materials, activities, responsibilities, procedures, safety requirements and environmental considerations.

Candidates must have access to:

relevant shopfitting legislation, codes and Australian Standards

current workplace procedures, workplace safety and environmental documentation

shopfitting drawings and specifications, organisational policies, procedures and equipment to undertake the performance criteria and assessment requirements

digital technology, devices and software to program equipment and to develop and save documents electronically.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

CPCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 2	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 8.0. Minor typographical error corrected in Release 1 Modification History under Amended Performance Evidence. Changed from Added reference to ‘shirt of jacket’ to Added reference to 'shirt or jacket'.
Release 1	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 7.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry. Amended Foundations Skills: Included ‘written skills’ category to the Foundations Skills to support the inclusion of ‘written reporting’ requirement in the Assessment Conditions. Amended Performance Evidence: Removed the word ‘orally’ in four instances Removed reference to ‘retro reflective’ Added reference to ‘shirt or jacket’ Inclusion of WHS abbreviation. Knowledge Evidence: Inclusion of ultraviolet abbreviation. Amended Assessment Conditions: Added following statement: ‘assessment must reflect a range of methods including practical demonstration, oral and written reporting’. Updated unit reference to CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry Changed the word ‘done’ to ‘conduct.’

Application

This unit of competency specifies the mandatory work health and safety training required prior to undertaking construction work. The unit requires the person to demonstrate personal awareness and knowledge of health and safety legislative requirements in order to work safely and prevent injury or harm to self and others. It covers identifying and orally reporting common construction hazards, understanding basic risk control measures, and identifying procedures for responding to potential incidents and emergencies. It also covers correctly selecting and fitting common personal protective equipment (PPE) used for construction work.

This unit meets the general construction induction training requirements of:

Part 1.1 Definitions and Part 6.5 of the Model Work Health and Safety Regulations;

Division 11 of Part 3 of the Occupational Safety and Health Regulations 1996 for Western Australia; and

Division 3 of Part 5.1 of the Occupational Health and Safety Regulations 2007 for Victoria.

It is expected that site-specific induction training will be conducted prior to conducting construction work.

Licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit. Relevant work health and safety state and territory regulatory authorities should be consulted to confirm jurisdictional requirements.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Construction

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the range of conditions.
1.	Identify health and safety legislative requirements of construction work.	1.1.	Basic roles, responsibilities and rights of duty holders are identified and explained according to jurisdictional health and safety legislative requirements.
1.2.	Duty of care requirements are identified.
1.3.	Construction safe work practices are identified and explained.
2.	Identify construction hazards and risk control measures.	2.1.	Basic principles of risk management are identified.
2.2.	Construction hazards are identified and discussed.
2.3.	Purpose and use of PPE are identified and demonstrated.
2.4.	Measures for controlling hazards are identified.
3.	Identify health and safety communication and reporting processes.	3.1.	Health and safety documents are identified and discussed.
3.2.	Roles of designated health and safety personnel are identified and explained.
3.3.	Safety signs and symbols are identified and explained.
3.4.	Procedures for reporting hazards, incidents and injuries are identified.
4.	Identify incident and emergency response procedures.	4.1.	Procedures for responding to incidents and emergencies are identified and explained.
4.2.	Procedures for accessing first aid are identified.
4.3.	Types and purpose of fire safety equipment are identified and discussed.

Foundation Skills

This section describes the language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills essential to performance in this unit but not explicit in the performance criteria.
Skill	Performance feature
Numeracy skills to:	locate and recognise numbers commonly used in safety signs.
Oral communication skills to:	ask questions to clarify instructions listen to instructions to identify key safety information tell another person about a construction problem or hazard.
Reading skills to:	follow simple pictorial safety instructions follow simple safety instructions that are written in English.
Problem-solving skills to:	select risk control measures.
Written skills to:	complete a basic form.

Range of Conditions

This section specifies work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below.
Jurisdictional health and safety legislative requirements must include at least one of the following state and territory Acts or their equivalent:	Australian Capital Territory: Work Health and Safety Act 2011 New South Wales: Work Health and Safety Act 2011 Northern Territory: Work Health and Safety (National Uniform Legislation) Act 2011 Queensland: Work Health and Safety Act 2011 South Australia: Work Health and Safety Act 2012 Tasmania: Work Health and Safety Act 2012 Victoria: Occupational Health and Safety Act 2004 Western Australia: Occupational Safety and Health Act 1984.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

Assessment Requirements for CPCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry

Modification History

Release	Comment
Release 2	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 8.0. Minor typographical error corrected in Release 1 Modification History under Amended Performance Evidence. Changed from Added reference to ‘shirt of jacket’ to Added reference to 'shirt or jacket'.
Release 1	This version first released with CPC Construction, Plumbing and Services Training Package Release 7.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to CPCCWHS1001 Prepare to work safely in the construction industry. Amended Foundations Skills: Included ‘written skills’ category to the Foundations Skills to support the inclusion of ‘written reporting’ requirement in the Assessment Conditions. Amended Performance Evidence: Removed the word ‘orally’ in four instances Removed reference to ‘retro reflective’ Added reference to ‘shirt or jacket’ Inclusion of WHS abbreviation. Knowledge Evidence: Inclusion of ultraviolet abbreviation. Amended Assessment Conditions: Added following statement: ‘assessment must reflect a range of methods including practical demonstration, oral and written reporting’. Updated unit reference to CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry Changed the word ‘done’ to ‘conduct.’

Performance Evidence

A person demonstrating competency in this unit must satisfy the requirements of the elements, performance criteria, foundation skills, and range of conditions of this unit, in addition to the specific performance and knowledge evidence described below.

The person must:

identify and orally report two construction hazards

explain how risk could be reduced or removed in relation to those two hazards

select appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) to control the risk

explain basic procedures for responding to incidents and emergencies, including types and purpose of the following fire safety equipment:

fire blankets

fire-extinguishers, including water, carbon dioxide, powder and foam

hose reels and mains

identify and orally explain the meaning of required safety signs and symbols

explain the purpose of job safety analyses (JSAs), safe work method statements (SWMS) and safety data sheets (SDS)

explain the roles of the following designated health and safety personnel:

first aid officers

work health and safety (WHS) representatives

WHS committee members

supervisors.

The person must also demonstrate correctly fitting to themselves the PPE listed below:

eye protection

hearing protection

hard hat

high visibility vest, shirt or jacket.

Knowledge Evidence

A person must demonstrate knowledge of:

basic duty of care, and the roles, rights and responsibilities of business owners and workers in relation to working safely while undertaking construction work

basic meaning of the terms ‘hazard’ and ‘risk’

basic principles of risk management, including the following five steps in order:

identify hazard

assess risk

consult and report

control hazard

review

basic procedures for accessing first aid

construction hazards, including those relating to:

asbestos

confined spaces

electrical: power lines, cords and equipment

excavations and trenches, including underground services

dust

falling objects

hazardous substances and dangerous goods

hot and cold work environments

manual handling

noise

plant and equipment operation

traffic and mobile plant

unplanned collapse

ultraviolet (UV) radiation

working at heights, including scaffolding

construction work that requires a high-risk work licence

types, purpose and use of PPE used in construction, as specified in the performance evidence, and including safety footwear, harnesses and respiratory protection, and UV protective clothing and sunscreen

construction emergencies, including:

chemical spill

fire

injury to personnel

structural collapse

toxic or flammable vapour emission

vehicle or mobile plant accident

construction incidents, including:

incidents resulting in personal injury or damage to property

near misses or dangerous occurrences that do not cause injury but may pose an immediate and significant risk to persons or property, and need to be reported so that action can be taken to prevent recurrence

safe work practices that should be followed in construction work, including:

accessing and using site amenities for drinking water, hand washing and toilets

following safety procedures when performing work tasks and using equipment

identifying and reporting hazards, incidents and injuries in the workplace

keeping the work area clean, tidy and free from debris

not using or being affected by drugs and/or alcohol while at work

preventing bullying and harassment in the workplace

selecting and using required PPE

smoking only in designated areas

storing and removing waste and debris in designated areas

meanings and symbols associated with construction safety signs, symbols and tags, including:

emergency information signs: exits, emergency equipment and first aid

fire signs: location of fire alarms and firefighting equipment

hazard signs and symbols: danger and warning

regulatory signs and symbols: prohibition, mandatory and limitation or restriction

safety and lockout tags: danger and out-of-service tags.

Assessment Conditions

The following must be present and available to learners during assessment activities:

equipment:

all of the PPE listed in the performance evidence

specifications:

state or territory Act relevant to the location of the learner, as specified in the range of conditions.

The assessment must reflect a range of methods including practical demonstration, oral and written reporting.

The assessment of performance evidence must be conducted by direct observation of the learner by an assessor, either by an assessor observing the learner physically and/or by an assessor observing the learner via audio and visual media in real time.

Assessor requirements

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations (RTOs) current at the time of assessment.

Assessors must hold the unit CPCCWHS2001 Apply WHS requirements, policies and procedures in the construction industry, or its successor.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=7e15fa6a-68b8-4097-b099-030a5569b1ad

CPPBDN4107 Investigate construction methods for Class 1 and 10 buildings

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 11.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to CPPBDN4001 Research and evaluate construction materials and methods for building design projects. CPPBDN4001 Research and evaluate construction materials and methods for building design projects was split to create two units. This unit is based on the construction methods component. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages 2012.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to investigate construction methods for Class 1 and 10 buildings as defined in the National Construction Code (NCC). It includes determining the application, performance and interaction of contemporary construction methods against compliance with relevant legislation, the NCC and Australian Standards.

The unit applies to drafters who work under the supervision of building designers or architects to identify and apply information and data on construction methods across building design projects. Drafters use specialised knowledge to complete routine and non-routine tasks and deal with predictable and sometimes unpredictable drafting problems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil.

Unit Sector

Building Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Assess and select construction methods for site preparation, foundations and footings for building project.	1.1	Interpret site classification report for foundation material and wind classification to identify implications for structural design of building.
1.2	Evaluate implications of earthworks, vegetation and existing structures on construction methods.
1.3	Investigate drainage methods required to manage surface water and subsoil drainage, during and post construction works.
1.4	Select termite risk management systems to suit regional characteristics.
1.5	Identify, select, sketch and annotate appropriate construction methods for common concrete footings and slabs.
1.6	Identify, select, sketch and annotate appropriate construction methods for common sub-floor and suspended structural floor systems.
2	Assess construction methods for framing, cladding and lining systems for building project.	2.1	Sketch and annotate commonly used structural wall and roof framing systems.
2.2	Sketch and annotate commonly used systems for structural masonry.
2.3	Sketch and annotate commonly used cladding systems.
2.4	Identify insulation systems appropriate for region and building type.
2.5	Sketch and annotate common lining systems.
2.6	Sketch and annotate construction details of eaves and box gutter supporting systems.
3	Determine compliance of selected construction methods.	3.1	Confirm NCC requirements for glazing methods for perimeter framed glazing, doors, showers and balustrades for a building design project.
3.2	Confirm NCC requirements for fire separation in a building design project taking account of non-combustible materials, position of openings, boundary offsets and construction techniques.
3.3	Identify NCC compliant construction methods for a building design project in a bushfire prone area.
3.4	Confirm NCC requirements for health and amenity for wet areas, room heights, facilities, natural light and ventilation.
3.5	Confirm NCC requirements for safe movement and access for stairs, balustrades and swimming pools.
4	Confirm internal fit-out of Class 1 and 10 buildings.	4.1	Identify, sketch and annotate commonly used joinery components for cabinetry, architraves, skirting boards and decorative finishes.
4.2	Determine and record structural implications of options for placement and selection of internal fixtures, fittings and finishes.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

reading skills to interpret:

key requirements of the NCC and Australian Standards

specifications for construction materials and methods

specialised vocabulary, acronyms and technical terminology used in construction documentation.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is not equivalent to CPPBDN4001 Research and evaluate construction materials and methods for building design projects.

CPPBDN4001 Research and evaluate construction materials and methods for building design projects was split to create two units. This unit is based on the construction methods component.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPBDN4107 Investigate construction methods for Class 1 and 10 buildings

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 11.0. Supersedes and is not equivalent to CPPBDN4001 Research and evaluate construction materials and methods for building design projects. CPPBDN4001 Research and evaluate construction materials and methods for building design projects was split to create two units. This unit is based on the construction methods component. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages 2012.

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by investigating and selecting construction methods to produce sketches and annotations of commonly used construction methods for three building design projects:

each project must be a Class 1 building and at least one must incorporate an associated Class 10 building, as defined by the National Construction Code (NCC)

at least one project must be a two-storey building

at least one project must be a building in a bushfire-prone area.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

correct terminology to define building construction and methodologies for Class 1 and 10 buildings

sketching and annotation methods

types of construction relevant to Class 1 and 10 building designs

construction methods associated with different geographical locations and climatic conditions, including strengths and weaknesses for different contexts

basic principles of soil mechanics as outlined in AS 2870 Residential slabs and footings

glazing methods for Class 1 and 10 buildings specified in AS 1288 Glass in buildings - Selection and installation

quality and tolerance standards to industry guidelines for construction methods used in Class 1 and 10 buildings

application, behaviour, performance and interactions of construction methods used in Class 1 and 10 buildings

common hazards and risks associated with construction methods used in Class 1 and 10 buildings

key requirements of engineer site classification reports:

foundation material

wind classification

commonly used footing and slab construction methods, articulation, shrinkage control

structural implications for provision of services

typical structural wall and roof framing systems, bracing, tie-down and provision for services

typical systems for structural masonry:

reinforced

unreinforced

retaining

typical cladding systems, non-structural masonry, roofing and flashings.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations. Competency is to be assessed in the workplace or a simulated environment that accurately reflects performance in a real workplace setting where these skills and knowledge would be performed. This includes access to:

computer with internet access and word processing software

relevant regulations, codes and standards

technical references with current information on construction methods

drafting equipment for computer or hand detail sketching.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CPPSEC2022 Install electronic locks and locking systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. CPPSEC2022A Install mechanical lock and locking system. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to install a range of electronic locks and locking systems for door and window applications. It includes upgrading or strengthening hollow doors to increase security, and fitting door control devices and locks to windows, doors and jams.

The unit is suitable for those with basic skills and knowledge undertaking routine work tasks under the direction of more experienced workers.

This unit may form part of the licensing requirements for people who sell, supply, advise on, install, maintain, monitor, repair or service security equipment and systems in those states and territories where these are regulated activities.

Pre-requisite Unit

None.

Unit Sector

Technical

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe what needs to be done to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare to install electronic lock and locking systems.	1.1	Review work instructions to confirm installation timeframes, client needs, site location and equipment requirements, and clarify issues with relevant persons.
1.2	Identify and obtain electronic lock and locking system to be installed following workplace procedures.
1.3	Review and follow workplace policies and procedures including work health and safety (WHS) when carrying out work tasks.
2	Plan and organise installation operation.	2.1	Plan and prioritise work tasks allowing sufficient time to meet work instructions.
2.2	Select and organise required tools and equipment including personal protective equipment and check for safe and correct operation.
2.3	Select and organise required materials and hardware for product installation suitable to the specific installation surfaces and procedures.
2.4	Inspect installation area to identify and control or report risks and hazards.
3	Conduct installation procedures.	3.1	Use safe work practices when carrying out installation procedures according to WHS requirements.
3.2	Fit locks to windows, doors and jams in accordance with manufacturers’ instructions.
3.3	Fit door control devices to allow correct operation of doors in accordance with manufacturers’ instructions.
3.4	Upgrade or strengthen hollow doors to increase security.
3.5	Identify problems impacting the installation and obtain approval from relevant persons to vary the installation plan if required.
3.6	Inspect installed electronic locks and locking and system to confirm correct operation and ensure no damage or distortion to the surrounding environment or services.
4	Complete installation and documentation.	4.1	Notify installation completion to relevant persons.
4.2	Complete installation documentation according to workplace requirements.
4.3	Check tools and equipment for faults, wear or damage and rectify or report problems.
4.4	Restore work area to original condition and remove waste caused by installation operation.

Foundation Skills

As well as the foundation skills explicit in the performance criteria of this unit, candidates require:

reading skills to understand key requirements of:

plans when locating installation sites for electronic locks and locking systems

Australian standards and manufacturers’ instructions

numeracy skills to calculate measurements to accurately position and fix door control devices and locks.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and equivalent to CPPSEC2022A Install mechanical lock and locking system.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

Assessment Requirements for CPPSEC2022 Install electronic locks and locking systems

Modification History

Release 1	This version first released with CPP Property Services Training Package Release 9.0. CPPSEC2022A Install mechanical lock and locking system. Updated to meet the Standards for Training Packages

Performance Evidence

To demonstrate competency, a candidate must meet the performance criteria of this unit by installing electronic locks and locking systems involving:

upgrading or strengthening two hollow doors

fitting three door control devices

fitting locks to three windows, doors and jams.

Knowledge Evidence

To be competent in this unit, a candidate must demonstrate knowledge of:

workplace policies and procedures that ensure compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements when installing electronic locks and locking systems:

licensing requirements and limits of own authority

reporting and documentation

requirements for complying with Australian Communications and Media Authority cabling rules

work health and safety

basic carpentry techniques used when installing electronic locks and locking systems

documentation to be completed when installing electronic locks and locking systems to ensure compliance with licensing and warranty requirements

general principles of locksmithing

installation methods and procedures for electronic locks and locking systems

materials, hardware, tools and equipment including personal protective equipment (PPE) used when installing electronic locks and locking systems

types, functions and features of electronic locks and locking systems

types of doors and windows suitable for electronic lock applications

typical hazards encountered when installing electronic locks and locking systems and the control measures for each:

confined spaces

electrical

ground glass

hazardous materials and chemicals

people in the work area

power tools

vermin

welding and drilling techniques used when installing electronic locks and locking systems.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must meet the requirements for assessors contained in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations.

All individuals engaged by a licensed RTO for security licensing purposes must hold both a security trainers licence (where such a licence exists within the relevant jurisdiction) and the licence for performing the security activities for which the individual is providing training or assessment. Regulators may impose other assessor conditions to meet jurisdictional assessment requirements.

Assessment must be conducted in the workplace or in a simulated workplace environment. Candidates must have access to:

workplace policies and procedures, work instructions, documentation, electronic locks and locking systems, PPE, tools, materials and hardware required to achieve the performance evidence

product information and manufacturers’ instructions for locks and locking systems being installed.

Links

Companion volumes to this training package are available at the VETNet website - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=6f3f9672-30e8-4835-b348-205dfcf13d9b

CUAACD101 Use basic drawing techniques

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create a basic visual representation of objects or ideas. It does not relate to drawing as an art form.

It applies to individuals in any context where a basic sketch or drawing of objects, ideas or layouts is required.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual communication – art, craft and design

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for drawing	1.1 Clarify purpose of drawings with appropriate people 1.2 Identify tools and materials required for basic drawing techniques 1.3 Select appropriate tools and materials for basic drawing techniques
2. Produce basic drawings	2.1 Apply a limited range of techniques to represent objects or ideas 2.2 Follow safety instructions when handling tools and materials 2.3 Seek feedback on drawings from relevant people and refine drawings as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	2.2	Comprehends safe handling instructions for tools and materials
Oral Communication	1.1, 2.3	Uses questioning and active listening techniques to confirm task purpose and seek feedback
Navigate the world of work	2.2	Follows defined safety procedures when handling tools and materials
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3	Decides on tools, materials and techniques required to complete tasks, with the assistance of others

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUAACD101 Use basic drawing techniques	CUVACD101A Use basic drawing techniques	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages and clarify intent.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUAACD101 Use basic drawing techniques

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

identify tools, materials and techniques required to produce drawings

use a range of basic drawing techniques to produce and refine drawings that represent objects or ideas.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

list materials and tools commonly used for drawing and explain how to use them safely

describe different types of drawing techniques.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to materials and tools used in drawing work.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUAACD311 Produce drawings to communicate ideas

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to produce drawings that represent and communicate ideas. It does not relate to drawing as an art form. It involves planning drawing work, experimenting with ideas and producing drawings.

The unit applies to those who use drawings, either digital or hand drawn, for personal use or in response to a project or brief. They allow for visual communication and are used as visual representation tools. Drawings may include design concepts for objects, layout planning, illustrations, processes, sequences or spaces.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual Communication – Art, Craft and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan drawing work	1.1 Identify drawing requirements from reference material and confirm with applicable personnel 1.2 Identify factors that may impact on how drawing work is undertaken 1.3 Gather information about drawing techniques, materials and equipment from different sources 1.4 Evaluate information for application to communicating ideas and specific drawings
2. Experiment to represent ideas	2.1 Explore different drawing techniques with identified materials and equipment 2.2 Select approaches that best suit the purpose of drawings and their presentation context
3. Create drawings	3.1 Organise materials, tools and equipment for selected techniques 3.2 Produce preliminary drawings and compare with drawing requirements in consultation with required personnel 3.3 Confirm intellectual property and other applicable legislative requirements are met 3.4 Finalise drawings, incorporating feedback on work in progress as required 3.5 Prepare drawings for presentation context

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets information from familiar sources to determine drawing production requirements and legal and safety constraints
Oral Communication	Gathers information and opinions from others using questioning and active listening techniques
Self-management	Complies with safety requirements associated with creative work
Teamwork	Uses accepted practices and protocols in discussions of work progress with others
Initiative and enterprise	Analyses drawing requirements and tests the capabilities of materials, tools and equipment when determining the approach for final production that meets drawing requirements

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CUAACD301 Produce drawings to communicate ideas.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUAACD311 Produce drawings to communicate ideas

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

produce drawings to communicate at least three different ideas.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify and analyse drawing requirements

explore techniques, materials and equipment according to required safety procedures

determine intellectual property requirements

produce drawings that:

show a command of selected techniques

successfully communicate the required ideas.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

properties and capabilities of the range of materials, tools and equipment used in drawing digitally and by hand

sources of information about different approaches to drawing

work health and safety requirements associated with tools and materials used for drawing

intellectual property and copyright requirements and other legislation related to own drawing work.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

equipment, tools and materials required to produce drawings

information sources.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUAACD312 Produce computer-aided drawings

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use different computer-aided design and drafting (CADD) program functions to produce drawings and documentation. It involves preparing to undertake the work, understanding the object or project brief parameters and measurements and finalising drawings according to requirements. The focus of this unit is on the technical skills required to operate CADD, not on design skills.

The unit applies to those who use computer-aided drawing skills in various contexts.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual Communication – Art, Craft and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for computer-aided drawing work	1.1 Clarify drawing requirements and objectives in concept or project information 1.2 Identify hardware, software, tools and equipment required for computer-aided design and drafting projects 1.3 Set up hardware and software according to operating instructions and organisational procedures as required 1.4 Identify and retrieve digitised information required for projects
2. Gather object parameters and measurements	2.1 Establish and record critical dimensions and data for required designs 2.2 Identify requirements in relation to accuracy, tolerances and other information according to drawing requirements
3. Prepare plots or drawings	3.1 Access and use CADD functions and features according to operating instructions 3.2 Access and use peripheral equipment required for projects 3.3 Prepare and review preliminary drawings in consultation with required personnel
4. Finalise drawings	4.1 Check designs against project objectives and specifications and mark up documentation according to organisational procedures 4.2 Identify and make required adjustments to designs in consultation with required personnel 4.3 Store data files according to operating instructions and organisational procedures 4.4 Submit final drawings within agreed time parameters

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets and evaluates detailed information, instructions and technical specifications in different formats when preparing for and producing computer aided drawings Reviews accuracy of drawings against specifications and project information
Writing	Records key design information using industry standard conventions and terminology
Oral Communication	Elicits information and opinions from others using questioning and careful listening
Numeracy	Identifies and records measurements and other numerically expressed specifications required for drawings Operates numerical functions of computer aided drawing equipment and produces drawings to scale and measurements that meet drawing requirements
Self-management	Takes responsibility for following necessary organisational procedures when planning and undertaking work
Teamwork	Participates in review of work progress with required personnel
Planning and organising	Plans and organises required equipment, software and data in logical steps according to workplace and project requirements Prepares preliminary drawings for evaluation by others and makes recommended refinements Manages time to complete final drawings within established timeframes
Technology	Produces, edits, stores and retrieves drawings using features of digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CUAACD302 Produce computer-aided drawings.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUAACD312 Produce computer-aided drawings

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

use features and functions of a computer-aided design and drafting (CADD) program to produce at least three different computer-aided drawings that meet project objectives.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

select CADD hardware and software to suit project requirements

follow operating instructions and organisational procedures

use feedback from others to refine and produce final drawings within specified timelines.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

software, peripheral equipment and tools used for CADD

ways in which CADD is used within the specific workplace situation

typical features and functions of CADD programs, including:

drawing tools to support methods for drawing lines, arcs, polylines, texts, dimensions

view displays

edit functions

working with layers

plotting and printing.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

CADD equipment and software

project or concept information

operating instructions and organisational procedures

required personnel.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUAACD313 Produce technical drawings

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to apply different techniques to produce technical drawings that meet required standards and conventions. It involves planning and preparing for technical drawing activities, creating technical drawings and finalising them according to project requirements.

The unit applies to those who use technical drawings in different contexts to meet project requirements

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual Communication – Art, Craft and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan and prepare for technical drawing work	1.1 Identify drawing requirements with reference to project documentation in consultation with required personnel 1.2 Identify factors that may impact on technical drawing work 1.3 Select techniques to fit the purpose of drawings 1.4 Prepare equipment and materials according to workplace procedures and safety requirements
2. Create technical drawings	2.1 Produce and review preliminary drawings according to drawing requirements 2.2 Apply applicable conventions and standards to technical drawings 2.3 Discuss drawings with required personnel and confirm required amendments 2.4 Amend drawings according to drawing requirements
3. Finalise technical drawings	3.1 Check drawings against project objectives and drawing requirements according to organisational procedures 3.2 Finalise and submit technical drawings within agreed timeframes

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets project documentation and other applicable information when identifying drawing requirements and constraints
Oral Communication	Elicits information and opinions from others using questioning and careful listening
Numeracy	Interprets numerical and spatial concepts related to drawing standards and conventions
Self-management	Takes responsibility for following workplace procedures and safety requirements when planning and undertaking work
Teamwork	Participates in review of work progress with required personnel
Planning and organising	Plans tasks in a logical sequence and manages time to complete final drawings within established timeframes

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CUAACD303 Produce technical drawings.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUAACD313 Produce technical drawings

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

produce technical drawings according to at least three different project requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

show a command of selected techniques

adhere to technical drawing standards and conventions

satisfy specified drawing purposes and concepts

follow workplace procedures and safety requirements

use feedback from others to refine and produce final drawings

meet deadlines.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

physical properties and capabilities of the range of materials, tools and equipment used for technical drawing work

technical drawing techniques and their application to a range of contexts and subject matter

common standards and conventions for technical drawing

work health and safety requirements relating to preparing technical drawing materials and equipment.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

equipment and materials required to produce technical drawings

documented technical drawing requirements

workplace documentation

required personnel.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUAACD314 Make scale models

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to make three-dimensional (3-D) physical scale models in response to specifications. It does not cover the use of 3-D digital software. It involves preparing to make scale models, completing construction of the models and finalising the model construction process according to scale model requirements.

The unit applies to those who work in many industries and use any 3-D form to make scale models as an essential part of the design process for a range productions or events.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual Communication – Art, Craft and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to make scale models	1.1 Clarify scale model requirements according to documentation, verbal briefs and consultation with required personnel 1.2 Identify potential challenges and plan work to minimise risk in consultation with required personnel 1.3 Select techniques for model making according to project requirements 1.4 Confirm presentation requirements and timelines for final scale models 1.5 Confirm equipment, materials and work space requirements for model construction 1.6 Set up work space and equipment according to safety considerations and organisational procedures
2. Complete model construction	2.1 Make preliminary models representing core dimensions in line with specifications 2.2 Review preliminary models against objectives and specifications in consultation with required personnel 2.3 Confirm intellectual property and other relevant legislative requirements are met 2.4 Make adjustments to models as required 2.5 Complete models according to project requirements
3. Finalise model construction process	3.1 Present models to required personnel according to project and organisational requirements 3.2 Follow organisational storage and inventory procedures post-construction 3.3 Seek and use feedback from others to improve own skills

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Assesses information from different sources and identifies key objectives of scale model projects, and construction and presentation details
Oral Communication	Elicits information and opinions from others and presents scale model solutions using selected strategies
Numeracy	Interprets and applies numerical specifications and scale requirements to accurate construction and adjustment of scale models
Self-management	Complies with intellectual property and other legislative requirements within the scope of own role and responsibility when planning and undertaking work
Teamwork	Collaborates and cooperates with colleagues to determine design requirements and plan work processes to achieve effective and compliant design outcomes
Planning and organising	Organises tasks in a logical sequence to enable completion within prescribed timeframe Analyses task requirements to select applicable techniques Determines production resources required with input from others

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CUAACD304 Make scale models.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUAACD314 Make scale models

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

make scale models according to at least two different project requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify appropriate equipment and materials to make three-dimensional (3-D) models

establish a safe work space for the use of equipment and materials

use selected techniques and processes to make models that meet project requirements

use safe work practices at all times

communicate with others during preparation, construction and presentation of 3-D models.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

common model making methods, processes and techniques, including the physical properties and capabilities of equipment, tools and materials used

ways to present finished scale models

work space requirements for producing scale models, including set-up of work space for particular types of work

issues and challenges that arise in making scale models

intellectual property requirements and legislation associated with making scale models

work health and safety requirements that apply to scale model making.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

documented scale model requirements and organisational procedures

tools, materials and equipment required to construct scale models

interaction with appropriate people.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUAACD412 Experiment with moulding and casting techniques

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop technical skills in moulding and casting through experimentation. It involves developing different ideas based on own knowledge and existing ideas, extending moulding and casting skills through experimentation and producing moulds and casts.

The unit applies to those who work on the design and production of three-dimensional projects in industrial and creative contexts. In the creative industries this includes ceramic artists, sculptors and prop makers.

No licensing, legislative, or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual Communication – Art, Craft and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop ideas and designs for moulds and casts	1.1 Research, adapt and use applicable ideas and approaches from own knowledge of different casting and moulding techniques and other practitioners to inform ideas and designs 1.2 Explore ideas and techniques at the same time to strengthen potential outcomes 1.3 Consider market potential, required techniques and access to materials, tools and equipment when developing ideas for work 1.4 Refine and confirm ideas based on experimentation, research and collaboration with others
2. Extend moulding and casting skills	2.1 Evaluate potential for new approaches to moulding and casting based on capabilities of techniques already used 2.2 Adapt or introduce new materials, tools and equipment to achieve different outcomes 2.3 Extend capabilities of moulding and casting through experimentation
3. Make moulds and casts	3.1 Set up or coordinate resources according to safety or other workplace requirements 3.2 Create moulds and casts using techniques and media selected from research and experimentation 3.3 Review and refine ideas and approaches based on ongoing experiences with the production of work
4. Evaluate own work	4.1 Review own work in terms of conceptual development and technical execution 4.2 Identify areas for future improvement, especially in terms of own skill development 4.3 Discuss completed work with required personnel and respond positively to feedback

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets information from different sources and determines applicable moulding techniques
Oral communication	Elicits opinions and feedback form others using detailed and clear language
Numeracy	Determines resource requirements using simple mathematical formulae
Self-management	Takes responsibility for compliance with legal, safety and sustainability practices associated with moulding and casting techniques
Teamwork	Seeks collaborative relationships with others and discusses own ideas, elicits feedback on completed work and identifies skill development opportunities
Planning and organising	Plans and organises requirements for casting production
Initiative and enterprise	Achieves different results and extends skills and experience using research, exploration and experimentation

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CUAACD402 Experiment with moulding and casting techniques.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUAACD412 Experiment with moulding and casting techniques

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

Produce at least one finished moulded item and one cast item using techniques selected from experimentation.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

develop ideas and techniques using research and experimentation and considering intellectual property requirements

adapt, extend and combine the capabilities of different moulding materials and techniques

apply techniques using safe and sustainable work practices throughout the moulding, casting and production process

evaluate own work through self-reflection and collaboration with others.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

physical properties and capabilities of different materials and tools used in moulding and casting

characteristics of different materials under different treatments and their potential to achieve different effects

research methodologies used by artists who experiment with moulding and casting techniques

suppliers of moulding and casting resources needed in a professional practice

intellectual property requirements and other applicable legislation if using or adapting ideas from other practitioners

work health and safety and sustainability requirements for the set-up and operation of moulding and casting work space.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

casting and mould-making materials, tools and equipment

a workspace in which items can be constructed safely

research tools and information sources

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUAACD508 Refine model making skills

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the, skills and knowledge required to refine techniques for the development of three-dimensional (3-D) physical models.

It applies to individuals working across a range of media and industry contexts who use well developed technical and creative skills to build 3-D models independently or as part of a team. The model could be used as a way of testing or presenting ideas. In some cases the model may be a finished work or artistic piece.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual communication – art, craft and design

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Maintain professional practice	1.1 Comply with workplace expectations, and ethical and legal obligations in professional activities 1.2 Update information about creative approaches, techniques, materials and equipment relevant to model making 1.3 Identify techniques from other industries that could be applied to the development of scale models and make connections in own work 1.4 Source new ideas and trends through regular review of the work of others 1.5 Use feedback from others to improve own skills in design 1.6 Seek opportunities to develop technical and conceptual skills
2. Refine and consolidate own technique	2.1 Experiment with new techniques, materials and equipment when developing model making ideas 2.2 Identify strengths and weaknesses of various approaches through practice and play 2.3 Identify and select approaches best suited to own practice 2.4 Develop and document a design process that reflects own style and approach
3. Make models to professional standard	3.1 Interpret ideas, problem-solving tasks or briefs with creativity, accuracy and efficiency 3.2 Develop a clear plan and schedule for model making work 3.3 Select and assemble appropriate model making materials, tools, techniques and equipment consistent with specifications 3.4 Develop precise and accurate scale models as required 3.5 Identify opportunities for refinement and re-thinking and make adjustments as required 3.6 Communicate the design process and the final solution using detailed work documentation 3.7 Present maquettes and models that meet project requirements to key people

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.2, 1.4, 3.1, 3.3	Interprets and evaluates a range of visual and textual information to generate ideas, clarify design project requirements and maintain awareness of industry trends and practices
Writing	2.4, 3.2, 3.6	Develops and refines a range of detailed textual and visual documents using clear language and industry specific terminology
Oral communication	1.5, 3.7	Uses detailed and clear language to present information to others Uses active listening and questioning techniques to elicit information and confirm understanding
Numeracy	3.4	Interprets measurements for the production of models
Navigate the world of work	1.1, 1.2, 1.6	Meets workplace expectations and takes responsibility for compliance with legal and ethical requirements associated with design work Updates and maintains knowledge of model making practice in order to perform role
Get the work done	1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4 3.5, 3.7	Sequences work to a plan, managing resource selection and assembly and the development and refinement of scale model designs and production processes to meet requirements Selects practical strategies to enhance and support industry expertise including peer feedback, self-directed inquiry and review Uses experimentation with new materials and techniques and critical analysis of outcomes to inform decisions Presents resolved solutions that meet all requirements

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUAACD508 Refine model making skills	CUVACD508A Refine model making skills	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages and clarify intent.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUAACD508 Refine model making skills

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

identify and explore new techniques, resources and materials and integrate into model making

develop and refine models that meet project specifications and professional standards

document the design process.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify ways in which model making is used in a range of industry contexts

describe the basic principles and techniques for model making

outline physical properties and capabilities of the range of materials, tools and equipment used for model making

describe presentation methods for finished models

describe work space requirements for the production of models, including work space set-up for particular types of model making work

describe typical issues and challenges that arise in the context of making scale models

outline the ethical, organisational and legislative requirements associated with model making.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

projects that require construction of models

tools, equipment and other resources required for constructing models.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUAACD511 Make moulds and casts

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create moulds and casts for a range of artistic and other purposes.

It applies to individuals who work independently in industrial and creative contexts and use well-developed technical skills for the chosen methods of casting or moulding. Individuals typically work as ceramic artists, glass artists, sculptors or prop makers, but the unit is relevant to others working with the design and production of any three-dimensional object.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual communication – art, craft and design

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Evaluate mould-making and casting approaches	1.1 Research historical and contemporary theories and practices of mould-making and casting in the context of own work 1.2 Evaluate the ways in which casting and moulding may be used in different contexts and for different purposes 1.3 Investigate current materials, technologies and options for mould making and casting
2. Design and make models for the mould-making and casting process	2.1 Evaluate the design and production limitations of a variety of models 2.2 Design a variety of forms suitable for the mould-making and casting process 2.3 Make a variety of forms based on own designs 2.4 Evaluate forms to assess aesthetic, functional and technical issues 2.5 Make patterns or models suitable for reproduction by mould making and casting 2.6 Prepare patterns or models for mould making and casting
3. Select mould-making and casting resources	3.1 Establish the mould-making and casting needs of specific work projects, including technical specifications, in consultation with relevant people 3.2 Select appropriate materials, tools and equipment for the project 3.3 Consider the particular safety issues that affect mould-making and casting work 3.4 Calculate correct quantities of materials, avoiding wastage where possible
4. Complete construction process	4.1 Use mould-making and casting materials to meet specific work needs 4.2 Select and use different techniques and equipment to achieve desired outcomes 4.3 Fabricate one-piece and multi-piece moulds that meet technical specifications 4.4 Achieve different outcomes and effects through experimentation with various materials 4.5 Determine and allow required curing and drying time 4.6 Recognise and resolve technical and design issues in the mould-making and casting process 4.7 Apply safe strategies for the use, maintenance and storage of mould-making and casting materials, tools and equipment
5. Evaluate work	5.1 Review items produced in terms of durability and quality of finish 5.2 Assess the work in terms of its creative and aesthetic objectives 5.3 Identify and act on the potential for adjustment and refinement in future work

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.2, 1.3	Evaluates and integrates facts and ideas from a range of sources to inform work practice
Writing	1.1, 1.3, 3.1	Records facts, information, project requirements and specifications accurately using industry terminology and simple vocabulary
Oral communication	3.1	Participates in exchanges with others to elicit required information and establish understanding
Numeracy	3.4, 4.5	Calculates resource and material requirements and production time requirements
Navigate the world of work	3.3, 4.7	Meets obligations to follow safe practices for mould-making and casting work Follows required safety practice for the use, maintenance and storage of tools and equipment
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 2.1- 2.6, 3.2, 4.1- 4.6, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3	Plans and organises work in a logical sequence in response to needs of specific projects Makes a series of analytical decisions in relatively complex situations considering design options for moulds, appropriate casting processes and required resources for projects Applies systematic, intuitive and experimental approaches to mould construction tasks and recognises and resolves problems encountered in the process Evaluates the technical properties of products from mould and cast production processes, and their visual and creative qualities and identifies future improvement opportunities

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUAACD511 Make moulds and casts	CUVACD511A Make moulds and casts	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages and clarify intent.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUAACD511 Make moulds and casts

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

assess and use information about mould-making and casting in own work

develop a range of design models suited to reproduction

produce multiple items using mould-making and casting techniques that meet specified technical and design requirements

apply safe work practices to the preparation and completion of moulding and casting construction processes

assess the quality of final work and document future improvement opportunities.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

briefly outline historical and contemporary theories and practices of mould-making and casting, relevant to own area of work

describe in detail how mould-making and casting are used in own area of work

identify current technologies and equipment used for mould-making and casting and outline their application to different purposes

list the properties and applications of materials commonly used for mould-making and casting in the relevant work context

explain reasons for the use of particular materials and techniques to achieve particular effects

identify common technical problems that arise in the creation of moulds and casts

detail the workplace health and safety requirements for making moulds or casts in the relevant work context.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

casting and mould-making materials, tools and equipment

a work space in which items can be made safely.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUAACD537 Refine 3-D design ideas and processes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to extend understanding and use of three-dimensional (3-D) design ideas and processes for the production of work at a professional level.

The unit applies to those who work with a wide and potentially complex range of ideas about 3-D design.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual Communication – Art, Craft and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Originate ideas for 3-D design	1.1 Obtain design brief from required personnel 1.2 Research and explore information and generate ideas for design concepts 1.3 Develop initial design concepts consistent with aim of the work or specifications of the brief 1.4 Evaluate and explore options and materials that meet design brief requirements 1.5 Refine options and select approach that best meets design brief requirements
2. Plan design process	2.1 Develop clear plan and schedule for design realisation 2.2 Organise and allocate resources to meet design brief requirements 2.3 Discuss design process with others involved in design realisation as required 2.4 Monitor process and confirm purpose and quality of the design is maintained 2.5 Identify difficulties or problems and take action to rectify as required 2.6 Maintain documentation according to organisational policies and procedures
3. Refine and consolidate process	3.1 Develop 3-D designs and design processes that meet design brief requirements 3.2 Develop and document design process that reflects own style and approach 3.3 Identify opportunities for refinement and review and make adjustments as required 3.4 Communicate the design process and final solution according to design brief requirements and organisational policies and procedures 3.5 Prepare and present 3-D design solutions to required personnel
4. Maintain expertise	4.1 Improve own design skills using feedback from others 4.2 Maintain currency of industry standards and seek opportunities to further develop technical and conceptual skills 4.3 Source new ideas and trends through regular review of the work of others 4.4 Keep informed about new creative approaches, techniques, materials and equipment for 3-D design

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets and evaluates different visual and textual information to generate ideas, identify requirements of design projects and maintain awareness of industry trends and practices
Writing	Develops and refines different detailed textual and visual documents using clear language and industry specific terminology
Oral Communication	Presents and shares information with others using detailed and clear language Elicits information and confirms understanding using active listening and questioning techniques
Numeracy	Performs mathematical calculations to schedule work activities and allocate resources within budget requirements
Self-management	Takes responsibility for compliance with legal, ethical and organisational requirements associated with design work
Teamwork	Selects and uses appropriate conventions and techniques when liaising with colleagues to provide information, present designs, seek feedback and gather current industry information
Planning and organising	Develops a structured plan for the design process incorporating scheduling, resource allocation and required communication Independently manages the development and refinement of the design process in documents that reflects personal style and originality
Problem-solving	Monitors progress and determines solutions to problems as they are encountered
Initiative and enterprise	Develops ideas in response to parameters of a brief using independent research and experimentation

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CUAACD507 Refine 3-D design ideas and processes.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet: - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUAACD537 Refine 3-D design ideas and processes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

plan, develop and document effective 3-D design solutions and design processes that meet project requirements.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

originate and refine concept for three-dimensional (3-D) designs

apply applicable ethical, organisational and legislative requirements to design activities

use feedback and own initiative to extend proficiency and practice in 3-D design work.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

techniques for creating 3-D designs in the particular area of work

basic principles of 3-D design

physical properties and capabilities of different equipment, tools and materials used for 3-D design

common presentation methods for finished 3-D designs

work space requirements for producing 3-D design, including set-up of work space for particular types of 3-D work

typical issues and challenges that arise in the context of making 3-D designs

ethical and organisational requirements associated with 3-D designs.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

work specifications and/or design brief

information sources

equipment and tools and appropriate work space to produce design work

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet: - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUAANM302 Create 3D digital animations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to animate simple 3D models and create 3D animations, which may include audio components. The models are for inclusion in interactive media products, short stand-alone animated sequences and basic games.

It applies to individuals who plan and create 3D animated sequences in consultation with relevant personnel in a wide variety of contexts in the digital content industry.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual Communication – Animation and Digital Effects

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Clarify animation requirements	1.1 Clarify 3D animation requirements documented in design briefs with relevant personnel 1.2 Examine models to be animated to determine appropriate animation techniques 1.3 Identify file formats and delivery platform for animated sequences 1.4 Identify factors that may influence animation design approach 1.5 Clarify work flow sequences with relevant personnel to ensure production schedule deadlines are met
2. Plan approach	2.1 Research animations, artworks and other creative sources that may inspire ideas 2.2 Generate a range of ideas for animations that are technically feasible, respond to briefs and provide creative solutions to all design issues 2.3 Present ideas to relevant personnel using appropriate design techniques 2.4 Adjust approach to incorporate feedback and agree on final design concept 2.5 Discuss and select 3D animation software with relevant personnel to ensure animated sequences meet technical and creative requirements 2.6 Identify audio assets to support animations as required
3. Produce animated sequences for review	3.1 Create 3D animations using software and animation techniques to suit design requirements 3.2 Adopt safe ergonomic practices when using equipment for long periods of time 3.3 Apply basic animation, screen, visual design and communication principles to produce animations 3.4 Apply real world camera techniques to virtual cameras used in 3D animation as required 3.5 Confirm with relevant personnel that models have not infringed copyright 3.6 Render completed animated sequences using appropriate output file formats 3.7 Save and store animated sequences using standard naming conventions and version control protocols 3.8 Demonstrate 3D animated sequences to relevant personnel for evaluation by agreed deadlines
4. Finalise animated sequences	4.1 Review animated sequences to assess creative solutions to design briefs, appropriateness to users or audience, and technical feasibility 4.2 Discuss and confirm additional requirements or modifications with relevant personnel, and complete changes as required for signoff

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.3, 1.5, 2.1, 2.2, 3.5, 4.1	Interprets production documentation and design specifications in relation to own duties and copyright issues
Writing	3.6, 3.7, 4.2	Generates and records information for the design of 3D animations in required format Uses standard naming conventions and version control protocols when saving and storing files
Oral Communication	1.1, 1.5, 2.3-2.5, 4.2	Obtains information by listening and questioning Uses clear language to discuss ideas, contribute information, and express requirements
Navigate the world of work	3.2, 3.5	Understands and complies with legislative requirements relevant to role
Interact with others	1.1, 1.5, 2.3-2.5, 3.8, 4.2	Responds to and draws on others’ perspectives when negotiating design of 3D animations Collaborates to achieve joint outcomes in the design process, playing an active role in facilitating effective group interaction
Get the work done	1.1-1.5, 2.1-2.3, 2.5, 2.6, 3.3-3.8, 4.1, 4.2	Organises and completes animation requirements in line with specifications, arranging consultations at key design points Takes responsibility for decisions directly related to own tasks Uses digital software to create drawings and animations and to manage files

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUAANM302 Create 3D digital animations	CUFANM302A Create 3D digital animations	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Performance criteria reworded for clarity.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUAANM302 Create 3D digital animations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

interpret design specifications and generate a range of creative ideas and concepts that respond to the brief

collaborate with others to clarify requirements, discuss ideas, select final design concept and review final animations

use animation software to create 3D animations that meet requirements of design briefs within production deadlines

correctly name and store animations in appropriate file formats.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

explain basic animation techniques and principles

describe screen, visual design and communication principles as they apply to animations

outline intellectual property considerations if using images from external sources

outline work health and safety requirements as they apply to using screens and keyboards for extended periods of time.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

production documents and briefs

resources, equipment and software required for 3D animations

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUAANM313 Create 3D digital models

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create 3D digital models that are produced primarily for online and mobile device application, and meet technical and design specifications.

The unit applies to those who clarify production requirements and produce 3D models under supervision, but they may have responsibility for planning their own work.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual communication – Animation and digital effects

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Clarify work requirements	1.1 Clarify requirements and purpose for 3D digital models with reference to production documents 1.2 Confirm workflow sequences and production schedule deadlines in consultation with required personnel 1.3 Clarify modelling technique that suits production requirements with required personnel 1.4 Discuss and select digital modelling software that suits production delivery platform and modelling techniques, with required personnel 1.5 Gather and analyse reference materials for visualising 3D models
2. Develop 3D digital models	2.1 Block out models based on reference materials using software features and modelling principles 2.2 Adopt safe ergonomic practices when using screens and keyboards for extended periods of time 2.3 Apply different effects to shape models according to design requirements using software features and geometry 2.4 Perform basic rigging to an animated skeleton to test models’ topology allows for required deformation 2.5 Refine and check integrity of models progressively until they meet design requirements 2.6 Confirm with required personnel that models have not infringed copyright 2.7 Test and identify model faults, and modify as required 2.8 Apply models to required personnel for feedback, and adjust as required
3 Finalise 3D digital models	3.1 Review 3D models to ensure creative solutions meet design specifications 3.2 Discuss and confirm with required personnel additional requirements or modifications to 3D models and undertake necessary amendments 3.3 Render and output models in required format and submit to required personnel by agreed deadlines 3.4 Make back-up copies of files, and save and store 3D models using standard naming conventions

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Performs required adjustments to models using knowledge of shapes, symmetry and solids
Oral communication	Explains ideas and requirements clearly and listens carefully to verbal instructions Confirms understanding using questioning and listening skills
Reading	Analyses textual information from production documents and reference materials to confirm design requirements
Writing	Clarifies requirements and prepares work-related documentation using specific language required for audience
Planning and organising	Plans, organises and implements tasks required to meet requirements within deadlines
Self-management	Applies legislative requirements relevant to own role
Teamwork	Responds to and draws on others’ perspectives when negotiating design of 3D digital models Collaborates to achieve joint outcomes in the design process, playing an active role in facilitating effective group interaction Makes aesthetic and technical decisions in collaboration with others
Technology	Uses digital software to create models and manage files

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CUAANM303 Create 3D digital models.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUAANM313 Create 3D digital models

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create at least two 3D digital models that meet design requirements and production deadlines.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

collaborate with others to clarify requirements, discuss techniques, select modelling software and review models

use 3D modelling software proficiently to build models and apply various modelling effects

adopt safe ergonomic practices when using screens and keyboards for extended periods of time

correctly store 3D models in appropriate file formats using industry naming conventions.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

stages in the production process from initial design through to finished product

basic modelling principles used to build 3D digital models

methods of using geometry to create scale, form, weight and volume in 3D models

standard file naming conventions for saving and storing 3D models

concept of integrity as it applies to 3D modelling

relationship between topology and deformation

processes of rendering as it applies to 3D modelling

processes for using digital modelling software

intellectual property and copyright considerations if using images from external sources

work health and safety requirements relating to using screens and keyboards for extended periods of time.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

production documentation

software for producing 3D digital models

interaction with others required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUAANM512 Create 3D digital environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create 3D digital environments using appropriate software, reference material and established designs.

The unit applies to those who follow technical and design specifications to produce 3D environments to scale. As members of a production team they must consider how later production stages rely on, and therefore influence, the creation of their work.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual communication – Animation and digital effects

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Clarify work requirements	1.1 Determine requirements and purpose for 3D digital environments with reference to production documentation 1.2 Identify workflow sequences and production deadlines in consultation with required personnel 1.3 Select software that best suits the type of production and delivery platform for which 3D digital environments are being created 1.4 Gather and analyse reference materials for visualisation of 3D environments
2. Create 3D digital environments	2.1 Build a previsualisation of environments in relation to reference materials using software features, and submit to required personnel for approval 2.2 Build realistically detailed environment models and progressively refine them until they meet design requirements 2.3 Check integrity of models and ensure spatial relationship meets design requirements 2.4 Apply texture coordinates according to design requirements 2.5 Create and incorporate matte paintings according to design requirements 2.6 Apply lighting and shaders according to design requirements 2.7 Experiment with different lighting rigs and select a rig that meets design requirements 2.8 Adopt safe ergonomic practices when using screens and keyboards for extended periods of time 2.9 Continuously refine all aspects of 3D digital environments until required creative effect is achieved 2.10 Submit environments to required personnel for feedback on whether production requirements have been met and make final adjustments as required
3. Finalise projects	3.1 Render and output environments and submit to required personnel by agreed deadlines 3.2 Make back-up copies of files, and save and store animations using appropriate output file formats and standard naming conventions 3.3 Participate in project evaluations and contribute ideas and suggestions about ways to improve future projects

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Uses clear language to explain and discuss task requirements Confirms understanding using questioning and listening techniques
Reading	Interprets and analyses textual information from different sources for idea development and confirmation of job parameters
Planning and organising	Plans and manages workflow processes to ensure design and production requirements are satisfied Documents task requirements and workflow sequences
Self-management	Follows organisational procedures when managing files and directories Adheres to work health and safety requirements
Teamwork	Uses appropriate communication practices and protocols to present drafts Refines ideas and discusses project outcomes in collaboration with others
Technology	Uses digital tools to develop refined, technically accurate 3D digital environments for different productions and delivery platforms using digital tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CUAANM502 Create 3D digital environments.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUAANM512 Create 3D digital environments

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create detailed 3D digital environments that meet design requirements and production deadlines for at least two different productions.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

apply a range of modelling techniques to achieve creative and realistic effects

select and proficiently use required animation software to achieve product outcomes

store 3D environments in required file formats using industry naming conventions

participate productively in project evaluation for improvement

adopt safe ergonomic practices when using screens and keyboards for extended periods of time

work collaboratively with others in a production team to achieve project outcomes.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

strategies to address typical challenges when creating digital environments

digital modelling techniques used in development of 3D environments

the realistic construction of 3D environments using spatial relationship elements including scale, form, weight and volume

strategies to evaluate projects to improve future projects

concept of integrity in modelling 3D environments

different 3D animation software

following concepts and their application to developing 3D environments:

texture coordinates

matte paintings

lighting and shaders

required file formations and industry naming conventions

work health and safety requirements relating to working with computers and keyboards for extended periods of time.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

production documentation

interaction with others required to demonstrate the performance evidence

animation software.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUACAL311 Produce calligraphy

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to explore and use different techniques to produce finished calligraphic works. Works are informed by design concepts which are reviewed and adjusted during the work in progress.

It applies to individuals who are developing their expertise in design and technique. They work under supervision but have some independence and use discretion and judgement within defined guidelines.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual communication – calligraphy

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan calligraphy work	1.1 Discuss ideas and techniques for own calligraphic work in consultation with required personnel 1.2 Research historical and contemporary calligraphic practices to apply to own work 1.3 Consider intellectual property requirements for own work 1.4 Select calligraphy strategies and techniques for own work
2. Create calligraphy work	2.1 Calculate, select and organise type and quantity of calligraphic equipment, tools and materials based on the requirements of chosen work 2.2 Use combined calligraphy techniques, and elements and design principles when creating desired effects 2.3 Handle equipment, tools and materials safely and minimise waste throughout all processes 2.4 Review work in progress and make adjustments as required to produce final work
3. Finalise and evaluate calligraphy work	3.2 Dispose of equipment, tools and materials according to workplace safety and sustainability requirements as required 3.3 Clean and store equipment, tools and materials according to specific requirements of different items 3.4 Seek feedback from relevant personnel on proficiency of work and success in communicating ideas 3.5 Evaluate own work using feedback from relevant personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets and evaluates complex and unfamiliar information for supporting design ideas
Writing	Documents comprehensive records of production using clear, industry relevant terminology
Oral Communication	Shares ideas for designs and techniques using industry relevant terminology Uses questioning and active listening techniques to elicit information and feedback, and confirm understanding
Numeracy	Determines quantities of equipment, tools and materials and measures dimensions of art pieces using basic calculations
Self-management	Follows defined guidelines for legal, safety and sustainability practices
Teamwork	Seeks perspective and guidance from others to inform design ideas
Planning and organising	Organises processes to set up work, assess techniques and produce creative work with guidance from others Makes routine decisions directly related to own role
Problem solving	Uses trial and error processes to solve technique problems

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CUACAL301 Produce calligraphy.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUACAL311 Produce calligraphy

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

create at least two pieces of calligraphic work that adapt and combine calligraphy techniques and show technical proficiency in chosen techniques.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

discuss ideas and techniques from historical and contemporary calligraphic practice

review and document the work process.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

techniques for achieving different effects in calligraphic works

historical and contemporary principles of calligraphic practice and how they can inform own design ideas

key characteristics and interrelationships used in calligraphic work to inform elements and principles of design

tools and equipment used for producing calligraphic work, including:

physical features and uses

maintenance techniques

storage requirements

physical properties and capabilities of different materials and techniques used to produce calligraphic work

typical workspace requirements for producing calligraphic work including ways of organising space and equipment for efficient work operation

procedures for working safely with calligraphy materials, tools and equipment

copyright, moral rights and intellectual property requirements with reference to calligraphy

techniques, workplace health safety requirements, and sustainability requirements for disposing of calligraphy resources.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

equipment, tools, materials and information sources required for producing calligraphic work.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUADES201 Follow a design process

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to follow a design process at a basic level, incorporating an element of problem solving to identify and resolve challenges that may hinder the process. It involves establishing the challenges faced in the design process, exploring different ideas for solutions and solving the associated challenges through implementation of solutions.

The unit applies to those who work under direct supervision and respond to specific issues or changes which may relate to product and service requirements.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Design – Design Process

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1.Clarify the challenge	1.1 Confirm nature and scope of challenge with stakeholders 1.2 Agree on specific objectives with stakeholders 1.3 Identify constraints that may impact the design process 1.4 Identify and source applicable supporting information and assistance
2. Explore different ideas and select solutions	2.1 Generate different ideas according to challenge requirements 2.2 Explore different options and ideas for meeting requirements and discuss with stakeholders 2.3 Analyse different ideas and feedback and select preferred solution 2.4 Summarise key ideas and present to stakeholders in required format 2.5 Obtain required approvals to progress solution
3. Implement solution	3.1 Schedule key tasks and organise resources required for implementation 3.2 Carry out testing, prototyping or trialling of proposed solution 3.3 Maintain any required documentation 3.4 Identify problems and seek advice and guidance from others
4. Evaluate solution	4.1 Check success of solution based on original objectives 4.2 Seek feedback from required stakeholders 4.3 Review both the solution and the process undertaken and record for future reference

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Reviews own work and identifies improvement opportunities
Reading	Reviews and interprets textual information from different sources to scope job requirements and generate ideas
Writing	Produces meeting summaries using simple language and structure
Oral Communication	Gains information, confirms understanding and seeks feedback using questioning and listening techniques Presents ideas using correct pronunciation and vocabulary
Numeracy	Recognises and interprets numerical information relating to timeframes and dates
Teamwork	Cooperates with others in immediate work context
Planning and organising	Plans routine tasks with familiar goals and outcomes
Self-management	Seeks assistance when problems are beyond immediate responsibilities or experience Takes responsibility for routine low-impact decisions within familiar situations
Initiative and enterprise	Identifies ideas in use in other contexts and considers how they might be applied in own context with minimal adjustment

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBDES201 Follow a design process.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUADES201 Follow a design process

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

follow the design process for at least two challenges.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

determine project objectives, possible constraints and required support materials

collaborate with others to generate ideas, solve problems and seek approvals and feedback

schedule tasks and create project documentation that support proposed solutions

review work and identify at least one area for future improvement.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

creative thinking techniques used to generate ideas

key steps in the design process as a way of thinking and solving problems

sources of information for new ideas, applicable to specific context.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

office equipment required to implement solutions.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUADES202 Evaluate the nature of design in a specific industry context

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to examine and consider the design process in a specific industry context. It involves exploring industry specific designs, establishing links between designs and own work and retaining knowledge on industry design trends.

The unit applies to those who, in any context, need to develop a basic appreciation and knowledge of the way design works in a particular industry, and of its potential impacts on industry and individual work practice.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Design – Design Process

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Explore design in given industry context	1.1 Investigate the nature, history, role and importance of design in one’s own industry context 1.2 Evaluate roles played by designers and other contributors in design process 1.3 Source information on impact of technology on design in the industry
2. Examine links between design and own work	2.1 Investigate impact of design on own work 2.2 Determine role of individual workers across the industry in affecting future design directions
3. Keep up-to-date with industry design trends	3.1 Identify and access opportunities and maintain currency of knowledge about industry design trends 3.2 Evaluate how design trends affect the overall industry and how it operates 3.3 Share information and discuss emerging trends with work colleagues 3.4 Identify trends that will impact own work and seek opportunities to develop applicable skills

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Identifies and uses opportunities to maintain and improve skills and knowledge
Reading	Reviews textual information from different sources and identifies applicable information
Writing	Prepares specific information using clear and appropriate language to present to other personnel
Oral Communication	Participates in verbal exchanges using vocabulary, style and tone applicable for audience Clarifies understanding using listening techniques
Teamwork	Achieves shared goals in collaboration with others
Planning and organising	Plans routine tasks with familiar goals and outcomes
Initiative and enterprise	Identifies ideas in use in other contexts and considers how they might be applied in own context with minimal adjustment Identifies and applies some general design and operating principles of digital tools to inform design work
Self-management	Takes responsibility for routine low-impact decisions within familiar situations

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBDES202 Evaluate the nature of design in a specific industry context.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUADES202 Evaluate the nature of design in a specific industry context

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

evaluate the nature of design in at least one industry context.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify design concepts from different information sources on design and identify how they can be applied to own work.

identify one or more opportunities to maintain currency of industry trends and design skills

identify and share information on emerging design trends with colleagues.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

consumer/enduser expectations of design in the chosen industry context

current and emerging technologies and their effects on design in the chosen industry context

influential designers, both past and present, in the chosen industry context

major design trends in chosen industry context

role of design in chosen industry context.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

office equipment and resources

sources of information on design in a specific industry context.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUADES301 Explore the use of colour

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to explore the use of colour and to apply colour theory. It involves researching colour and colour theory, experimenting with different colours and colour-combinations and communicating different ideas using colour.

It applies to individuals whose work involves understanding and applying the use of colour according to colour requirements.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Design – Design Process

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Source information on colour and colour theory	1.1 Identify and access sources of information on colour and colour theory 1.2 Evaluate and collate information on colour and its application in different contexts
2. Experiment with colour	2.1 Develop ideas on testing, challenging or confirming colour theory 2.2 Test different colours and colour-combinations through experimentation with different ideas 2.3 Confirm safe use of materials, tools and equipment during experimentation with colour
3. Communicate ideas through use of colour	3.1 Investigate how colour communicates particular ideas 3.2 Select materials, tools and equipment applicable to idea 3.3 Apply colour to communicate idea based on own knowledge of colour and colour theory 3.4 Review own use of colour and what it communicates 3.5 Seek and obtain feedback from others on way colour has been used and its success in communicating idea 3.6 Present and store work samples as required for future use

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Evaluates and integrates facts and descriptions of colour from different texts including text embedded in visual media
Writing	Produces different text types using applicable vocabulary, grammatical structure and conventions Applies basic referencing and sequencing of professional and archival resources
Oral Communication	Presents ideas, asks questions and listens, seeks feedback and generates ideas
Numeracy	Selects and uses mathematical information for measurement and volume
Self-management	Takes some personal responsibility for adherence to legal and regulatory requirements with specific reference to safety Takes responsibility for routine low-impact decisions within familiar situations
Planning and organising	Plans, sequences and implements tasks required to achieve outcomes
Initiative and enterprise	Evaluates decisions on how well they meet stated goals Contributes to design of new approaches within immediate work environment
Technology	Follows routine procedures for using digital technology to enter, store and retrieve information directly relevant to role

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBDES301 Explore the use of colour.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUADES301 Explore the use of colour

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

communicate at least two different ideas using colour.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

research information on colour and colour theory to inform work

develop ideas through experimentation with different colours and techniques.

review completed work and gain feedback on the effectiveness of the way colour has been used.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

colour attributes and colour relationships related to communicating ideas

colour theories and their application in different contexts

limitations of colour theory

materials, tools and equipment required to experiment with colour

ways other practitioners use colour in communicating ideas.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

office equipment and resources

materials, resources and equipment needed to apply colour in the applicable work context.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUADES302 Explore and apply the creative design process to 2D forms

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to explore and creatively apply the design process to the development of two-dimensional (2D) forms. It involves exploring ideas and the creative design process, and communicating different ideas through application of design processes to 2D forms.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Design – Design Process

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Source information on 2D design	1.1 Identify and access applicable sources of information on 2D design 1.2 Evaluate and collate information on features of 2D design
2. Explore the creative design process for 2D forms	2.1 Generate different ideas and options for use of 2D design using creative thinking techniques 2.2 Explore and challenge different ideas using experimentation of different 2D designs 2.3 Challenge assumptions, evaluate ideas and refine approaches 2.4 Consciously change perspective, and evaluate ideas and situations in new ways
3. Communicate ideas through application of design processes to 2D forms	3.1 Investigate and examine how a particular idea might be communicated in 2D 3.2 Select materials, tools and equipment applicable to the realisation of idea 3.3 Apply a creative design process to produce different 2D idea realisations 3.4 Examine own application of design process and success in communicating the idea 3.5 Seek and obtain feedback from others about the 2D form and its success in communicating idea 3.6 Present and store concept realisations and work samples as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets textual information from applicable sources to determine and adhere to requirements
Writing	Produces different text types using applicable vocabulary, grammatical structure and referencing conventions
Oral Communication	Participates in verbal exchanges using vocabulary, style and tone applicable to audience Clarifies understanding using listening techniques
Numeracy	Performs mathematical calculations to produce 2D designs
Planning and organising	Plans and organises required tasks
Initiative and enterprise	Identifies ideas in use in other contexts and considers how they might be applied in own context Selects new ideas that may improve a process in immediate work context Evaluates decisions on how well they meet stated goals
Self-management	Takes responsibility for routine low-impact decisions within familiar situations

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBDES302 Explore and apply the creative design process to 2D forms.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUADES302 Explore and apply the creative design process to 2D forms

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

realise at least two different ideas using creative design processes on two-dimensional (2D) forms.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

apply creative thinking techniques and experimentation processes based on available resource materials

review own work and identify one or more areas for future improvements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

creative thinking techniques that can be used as part of the design process

elements and principles of design as applied to 2D forms

materials, tools and equipment required for the design of 2D forms

ways an individual can interpret and choose ideas within the design process

common challenges that arise in the design of 2D forms.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

materials, resources and equipment needed to apply design processes to 2D forms.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUADES303 Explore and apply the creative design process to 3D forms

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to explore and creatively apply the design process to the development of three-dimensional (3D) forms. It involves exploring ideas and the creative design process, and communicating different ideas through application of design processes to 3D forms.

The unit applies to those who work under supervision and apply an understanding of the design process using discretion and judgement.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Design – Design Process

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Source information on 3D design	1.1 Identify and access applicable sources of information on 3D design 1.2 Evaluate and collate information on features of 3D design
2. Explore the creative design process for 3D forms	2.1 Generate different ideas and options for use of 3D design using creative thinking techniques 2.2 Explore and challenge different ideas using experimentation of 3D designs 2.3 Challenge assumptions, evaluate on ideas and refine approaches 2.4 Consciously change perspective, and evaluate ideas and situations in new ways
3. Communicate ideas through application of design processes to 3D forms	3.1 Investigate and examine how a particular idea might be communicated in 3D form 3.2 Select materials, tools and equipment applicable to the realisation of the idea 3.3 Apply a creative design process to produce different 3D idea realisations 3.4 Examine own application of design process and success in communicating the idea 3.5 Seek and obtain feedback from others about the 3D form and its success in communicating idea 3.6 Present and store concept realisations or work samples as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets textual information from applicable sources to determine and adhere to requirements
Writing	Produces different text types using applicable vocabulary, grammatical structure and referencing conventions
Oral Communication	Participates in verbal exchanges using vocabulary, style and tone applicable to audience Clarifies understanding using listening techniques
Numeracy	Performs mathematical calculations required to produce 3D concept designs
Get the work done	Plans and organises required tasks
Initiative and enterprise	Identifies ideas in use in other contexts and considers how they might be applied in own context Selects and adopts new ideas to improve a process in immediate work context Evaluates decisions on how well they meet stated goals
Self-management	Takes responsibility for routine low-impact decisions within familiar situations

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBDES303 Explore and apply the creative design process to 3D forms.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUADES303 Explore and apply the creative design process to 3D forms

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

realise at least two different ideas using creative design processes on three-dimensional (3D) forms.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

apply creative thinking techniques and experimentation processes based on available resource materials

review own work and identify one or more areas for future improvements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

creative thinking techniques that can be used as part of the design process

elements and principles of design as applied to 3D forms

materials, tools and equipment required for the design of 3D forms

ways an individual can interpret and choose ideas within the design process

challenges and issues in the design of 3D forms

relationships between form and space.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

materials, resources and equipment needed to apply design processes to 3D forms.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUADES304 Source and apply design industry knowledge

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to source, apply and update general knowledge of the design industry based on problem solving, aesthetics, materials and processes appropriately used within the design industry. It involves researching information on different features of the industry, applying it to one’s own work practice, and remaining up-to-date on industry practices.

It applies to individuals who work under supervision and support the professional design process such as evaluating the nature of design.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Design – Design Process

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Source and apply information on the structure and operation of design industry	1.1 Identify and analyse information on the design industry and professional design practice 1.2 Inform own design practice and work using knowledge of the design industry 1.3 Obtain information on employment obligations and opportunities in the design industry 1.4 Apply knowledge of employment obligations and opportunities within daytoday work activities
2. Seek information on new design technology	2.1 Identify sources of information on new technology affecting different areas of design practice 2.2 Investigate applicable technologies to assist required work performance
3. Update industry knowledge	3.1 Identify and use opportunities to update knowledge of the design industry and monitor current issues of concern to the industry 3.2 Share updated knowledge with colleagues and peer group as required, and incorporate into daytoday work activities
4. Apply information on ethical and legal work practices	4.1 Source information on ethical and legal work practices in the context of design 4.2 Share updated knowledge on ethical and legal work practice in daytoday work activities

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Evaluates different texts to determine legislative and regulatory requirements, and current industry practices
Writing	Produces different text types using applicable vocabulary, grammatical structure and referencing conventions
Oral Communication	Presents information using vocabulary, style and tone appropriate to audience
Numeracy	Identifies and comprehends numerical information in different familiar texts
Self-management	Takes some personal responsibility for adherence to legal, ethical and regulatory requirements Takes responsibility for routine low-impact decisions within familiar situations
Planning and organising	Plans and organises required tasks Contributes to design of new approaches within immediate work environment
Technology	Completes routine tasks using common digital systems and tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBDES304 Source and apply design industry knowledge.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUADES304 Source and apply design industry knowledge

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify the following for working in the design industry and its application to own work:

employment obligations and opportunities

new technology

ethical and legal work practices.

participate in at least one open information sharing session with peers

investigate one or more new technologies and identify how they can affect and assist design output

identify and participate in at least one activity to maintain currency in design industry trends and practices.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

relationship between design and allied industries design industry

impact of legislation, including intellectual property, on the design industry

ethical work practices in the design industry

current and emerging technologies used within the design industry

obligations of employers and employees in the design industry

key organisations that may provide advice or information about the design industry

sources of information on the design industry and ways of maintaining current industry knowledge.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

sources of information on industry structure, business practices, technologies, and ethical, legal and intellectual property requirements.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUADES305 Source and apply information on the history and theory of design

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to source information on design history and theory, and to apply that information in the individual’s design work.

It applies to individuals who work in design and need to develop and maintain a general knowledge of design history and theory.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Design – Design Process

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Collect information on design history and theory	1.1 Identify and access applicable sources of information on design history and theory 1.2 Organise research material and findings for use in design practice, facilitating easy access and crossreferencing
2. Apply information to own area of work	2.1 Evaluate information in the context of current design practice 2.2 Assess which aspects of information on design history and theory could be used or adapted to inform current practice 2.3 Apply understanding of own area of work using applicable information in culturally appropriate way
3. Update and maintain knowledge of design trends	3.1 Identify and use opportunities to update and expand knowledge of design trends and developments 3.2 Incorporate and integrate knowledge into design activities

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Identifies, interprets and evaluates information on historical and current design trends from different sources
Writing	Notes findings and sources of information for design knowledge, trends and developments Documents information for colleagues and peers as requested
Oral Communication	Asks questions and clarifies information, listens to responses and shares ideas with others
Self-management	Understands main tasks, responsibilities and boundaries of own role Takes responsibility for routine low-impact decisions within familiar situations
Planning and organising	Plans and implements required tasks
Initiative and enterprise	Contributes to new approaches within immediate work environment
Technology	Follows routine procedures for using digital technology to enter, store and retrieve information directly applicable to role

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBDES305 Source and apply information on the history and theory of design.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUADES305 Source and apply information on the history and theory of design

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify features of the history and theory of design and how they can be adapted and applied to own work.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

source and organise research findings on history and theory of design applicable to own work

identify one or more opportunities to expand on maintain currency of theoretical and design knowledge.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

current design trends in industry contexts applicable to that of one’s own work

evolution of design in industry contexts applicable to that of one’s own work

organisational information practices and their application in industry contexts applicable to that of one’s own work

sources of information on design history and theory applicable to own design work.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

sources of information on applicable industry history and theories of design.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUADES411 Generate design solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to generate design solutions in response to a particular design need.

The unit applies to those who generate concepts and solutions in response to a design challenge in any industry context. The starting point may be an open or closed brief; a spontaneous idea; modification of an existing product, service, process or system; or a point in an ongoing design process.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Design – Design Process

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Define the design challenge	1.1 Determine and evaluate stakeholder needs 1.2 Clarify specifications, parameters and constraints of the design challenge in consultation with required personnel 1.3 Articulate essence of the design challenge in a format that meets stakeholder requirements
2 Undertake research to inform the design solution	2.1 Source and evaluate information that may assist in responding to the design challenge 2.2 Determine historical, current and future perspectives and trends that might inform design solutions 2.3 Identify applicable social, economic, environmental, ethical and cultural issues that may impact design solutions 2.4 Analyse, distil and collate information to inform the development of the design solution
3 Communicate and collaborate with others	3.1 Establish and develop working relationships with required personnel 3.2 Seek and integrate input and ideas from others during design process 3.3 Inform key stakeholders about progress of the design and related implications 3.4 Negotiate and agree on any changed requirements or modifications
4 Generate ideas and responses to the design challenge	4.1 Examine and integrate ideas generated from research and consultation 4.2 Generate different options and ideas using creative thinking techniques
5 Select a design solution	5.1 Evaluate different options and ideas using developed criteria 5.2 Select a solution based on agreed criteria and in consultation with required personnel 5.3 Adjust and refine proposed design solution based on research, testing and reflection 5.4 Present proposed design solution with applicable supporting documentation according to project requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Researches, collates and analyses textual information from different sources
Writing	Documents ideas, sources and concepts using applicable formats and specific language Refines and edits work
Oral Communication	Participates in verbal exchanges of ideas and elicits views and opinions of others using listening and questioning techniques Clarifies, explains or presents information relating to design solution using clear and specific language applicable for audience
Numeracy	Interprets numeric data and applies mathematical calculations applicable to design solution
Self-management	Understands nature and purpose of own role and associated responsibilities and how it contributes to the work of others in immediate work context Selects the applicable form, channel and mode of communication for a specific purpose required for own role
Teamwork	Cooperates with others as part of familiar routine activities and contributes to specific activities requiring joint responsibility and accountability
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning and implementing required tasks
Problem-solving	Analyses and evaluates information systematically to aid in decision making and problem solving
Initiative and enterprise	Applies some basic principles of lateral thinking to generate new or innovative ideas

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBDES401 Generate design solutions.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUADES411 Generate design solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

generate design solutions according to at least two different stakeholder needs.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

develop and document a design solution through research, reflection, and generation and refinement of ideas

apply principles of functionality, ergonomics, aesthetics and sustainability to the development of ideas

communicate effectively in collaboration with others in the design process.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

elements and principles of design and their application in the applicable design context

key features of the wider industry, and the economic, social and historical context design solutions are being generated in

design trends and technologies, including other designs and the work of other design practitioners in the relevant industry context

sources of information that support the development of technical and other knowledge

materials, tools, equipment, techniques and processes used in the generation of design solutions in the applicable industry context.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

interaction with others for the collaborative nature of the design process

sources of information on design for the applicable industry context.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUADES412 Interpret and respond to a design brief

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to interpret and creatively respond to a design brief through the production of work. Individuals are required to integrate the creative, communication and planning processes that support effective response to a design brief.

The unit applies to those who work in any industry or design context where work is prescribed by a commissioning agent/client in a brief. Work is carried out independently, although guidance is available if required.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Design – Design Process

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Interpret design brief	1.1 Analyse the specifications of design brief 1.2 Establish client for the proposed product/service 1.3 Identify and clarify specifications, parameters or constraints of design brief in consultation with required personnel 1.4 Source and evaluate information pertinent to design brief
2 Explore and develop design concept	2.1 Generate ideas for design concept through research, exploration and experimentation 2.2 Develop initial design concept consistent with design brief parameters 2.3 Evaluate and explore options for refining concept that meets design brief parameters 2.4 Refine options and select approach which best meets design brief requirements
3 Liaise with client	3.1 Agree on communication process and frequency of communication with client 3.2 Present concepts for work at required stages during design process 3.3 Present and explore different options and creative ideas with client when required 3.4 Reach agreement on concept for work which complies with design brief
4 Plan production of work	4.1 Assess specific design production risks 4.2 Identify all components required to produce a prototype 4.3 Assess technical requirements for production against specified guidelines 4.4 Identify and consult with support services required for production 4.5 Produce a prototype and evaluate against design brief requirements 4.6 Analyse prototype and determine any further adjustments to production requirements 4.7 Finalise production specifications supported by required documentation
5 Complete production of work	5.1 Collect and organise required components for the work 5.2 Produce or monitor the production of work and confirm all parameters of design brief are met 5.3 Document work progress in format required for the nature of the design and requirements of design brief 5.4 Seek client approval for work as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Analyses textual information and interprets job specifications
Writing	Develops, documents and amends workplace documentation using specific industry-related terminology
Oral Communication	Participates actively in verbal exchanges of ideas and elicits the views and opinions of others using listening and questioning techniques Clarifies, explains and presents information using clear language
Numeracy	Interprets numeric data and applies mathematical calculations to produce prototype according to design specification
Teamwork	Identifies the requirements of important communication exchanges, selecting applicable channels, format, tone and content to suit purpose and audience Collaborates and negotiates with others to achieve joint outcomes
Self-management	Takes responsibility for planning and implementing required tasks
Problem-solving	Analyses and evaluates information systematically to aid in decision making and problem solving
Initiative and enterprise	Applies some basic principles of lateral thinking to generate new or innovative ideas Understands and explicitly applies some basic principles of lateral thinking to generate new or innovative ideas

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBDES402 Interpret and respond to a design brief.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUADES412 Interpret and respond to a design brief

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

interpret and respond to at least two different design briefs.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

articulate and document the process of developing own design practice

adjust work processes via peer feedback and self-evaluation.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

current and emerging trends and technologies in the design discipline related to the brief described in the performance evidence, and the opportunities and challenges they represent

sources of information relating to work opportunities and career planning.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

materials, design briefs, resources and equipment used in the development of technical and conceptual skills in the design context described in the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUADES413 Develop and extend design skills and practice

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop and extend skills as a practising designer. It involves obtaining and developing conceptual and technical skills, developing an individual style in these skills and evaluating the use of these skills in own work tasks. Designers must continually refine, develop and evaluate their own conceptual and technical skills. Research, experimentation and collaboration are key factors in this process.

The unit applies to those who work as a designer, in any industry context, either independently or employed by an organisation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Design – Design Process

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1 Acquire and develop technical skills	1.1 Plan strategies for development of applicable technical skills in design practice 1.2 Plan and use opportunities to develop and assess technical skills 1.3 Identify and use practice, feedback, discussion and evaluation opportunities to continuously improve technical skills 1.4 Develop and extend technical skills through testing capabilities of materials, tools and equipment 1.5 Identify and use applicable media to stimulate technical and professional development
2 Develop conceptual skills and ideas	2.1 Engage in ongoing experimentation and exploration of different ideas and techniques 2.2 Discuss ideas with others and apply knowledge gained to own work 2.3 Stimulate conceptual and technical skills development using studies of others work 2.4 Research and share ideas across different design disciplines 2.5 Identify and use different opportunities to develop own skills and keep informed about current design practice
3 Develop own voice	3.1 Explore and experiment with new ideas in making and interpreting design work 3.2 Develop own voice and expand practice using technology where required
4 Evaluate own work	4.1 Seek and apply constructive criticism from others 4.2 Evaluate own work against planned strategy for own practice 4.3 Evaluate own work in the context of work by others4.4 Adjust work processes and practice as necessary to improve technical, conceptual and commercial outcomes
5 Research work opportunities	5.1 Identify sources of information relating to work opportunities for designers 5.2 Identify networks and promotional opportunities for designers which may be helpful in developing career opportunities 5.3 Incorporate research results and information into own work and career planning

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Identifies and implements improvements in own creative and technical design skills and practice
Reading	Researches and evaluates a variety of textual information from different sources
Writing	Documents ideas, feedback and research results using clear and specific language
Oral Communication	Participates in different verbal exchanges and presentations using applicable tone and vocabulary to suit the audience Clarifies and confirms understanding using active listening techniques
Self-management	Determines importance of developing technical skills and of learning from feedback and self-reflection Broadens areas of interest and focus, seeks new challenges and understands expertise can be adapted and applied in diverse contexts
Teamwork	Cultivates relationships with people with the knowledge, skills and influence to provide collaborative support
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning and implementing required tasks
Initiative and enterprise	Applies basic principles of lateral thinking to generate new or innovative ideas Recognises potential of new approaches to enhance work practices and outcomes Evaluates effectiveness of decisions on how well they meet stated goals
Problem-solving	Analyses and evaluates information to aid in decision making and problem solving
Technology	Understands principles and concepts underpinning the design and operation of digital systems and applies these when seeking to understand the potential of new technology

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBDES403 Develop and extend design skills and practice.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUADES413 Develop and extend design skills and practice

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop and use strategies to develop or extend skills, ideas and a unique voice.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify adjustments to work processes as a result of peer feedback and self-evaluation

research work options, networking and promotional opportunities and identify how to incorporate information into own work and career development.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

current and emerging designers in the applicable design discipline

current and emerging trends and technologies in the applicable design discipline, and the opportunities and challenges they represent

professional development information and resources available to designers in the applicable design discipline

sources of information relating to work opportunities and career planning.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

materials, resources and equipment used in the development of technical and conceptual skills in the design context.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUADES422 Research and apply techniques in product design

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to test and apply techniques for the design and construction of product design prototypes. It involves planning resources required to meet the design brief, testing different approaches based on research and developing prototypes of products that meet brief requirements.

It applies to individuals who generate product designs as part of their working environment. Products may include soft furnishings, furniture, toys, decorative objects and kitchenware.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Design – design process

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan and organise requirements	1.1 Interpret design briefs in consultation with required personnel 1.2 Research financial, physical and human resources required for developing design concept to prototype stage 1.3 Investigate environmental, ethical and technical factors that impact on selection and use of resources 1.4 Select and prepare resources based on research into designs and approaches used for similar objects
2. Test design approaches	2.1 Produce preliminary visuals according to design brief requirements 2.2 Experiment and test design approaches using different techniques 2.3 Evaluate, challenge and refine testing processes 2.4 Critique own work and seek feedback as required 2.5 Document outcomes of testing according to organisational policies and procedures 2.6 Select final design approach based on outcomes of testing and input from others
3. Make prototypes of products	3.1 Scope work and determine requirements for object fabrication 3.2 Select and organise materials, tools and equipment for fabrication according to design approach 3.3 Make prototype consistent with design concepts and briefs 3.4 Respond to feedback and refine work as required 3.5 Present prototypes within agreed timeframes

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Evaluates detailed textual and visual information and determines conceptual and production requirements, including applicable legislation and standards
Writing	Documents resources information and outcomes from idea development and testing using clear, specific language and industry-related terminology
Oral Communication	Elicits feedback and confirms understanding using questioning and active listening techniques Participates in discussions using language and non-verbal features applicable to audience and context
Numeracy	Identifies financial needs and calculates resource requirements for prototype production
Self-management	Understands purpose of own role, and related responsibility for compliance with legal and ethical requirements and design standards Directs own exploration of techniques and processes, and critically evaluates test samples
Teamwork	Collaborates with others and discusses work process and outcomes, elicits feedback and identifies improvements Selects and uses applicable communication conventions and techniques to respond to feedback and present prototypes to others
Planning and organising	Plans, organises and completes tasks required to meet project and time requirements
Initiative and enterprise	Makes analytical decisions about design options and applicable resources required for different design outcomes and their representation, using input from others when required

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CUADES402 Research and apply techniques in product design.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUADES422 Research and apply techniques in product design

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design two products using at least two different researched product design techniques.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

interpret requirements in a design brief in consultation with required personnel

identify and prepare resources required to respond to the design brief

test and use different approaches and techniques for the design of products, and document the results of testing

create a prototype based on selected design approach

adhere to applicable standards and legislative requirements for the design and manufacture of products.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

factors that impact on the selection and use of resources when researching and applying techniques in product design

materials, tools and equipment, and their capabilities and application to product design and manufacture

role of experimentation and testing in the design process

techniques and processes used to test design approaches

legislation and standards relevant to product design and production.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

product design briefs

equipment, tools and materials used to produce prototypes of products

a suitable work space.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUADES423 Research and apply techniques in spatial design

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to test and apply techniques for the production of models or maquettes for spatial designs. It involves planning resources required to meet the design brief, testing different approaches based on research and developing prototypes of products that meet brief requirements.

It applies to individuals who generate ideas and solutions for the layout of spaces. Spatial design solutions are required for exhibitions, fit-outs for exterior spaces or environments, and fit-outs for building foyers and offices, special events and theatre sets.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Design – design process

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan and organise requirements	1.1 Interpret requirements of design briefs in consultation with required personnel 1.2 Research financial, physical and human resources required for developing design concept to prototype stage 1.3 Investigate environmental, ethical and technical factors that impact on selection and use of resources 1.4 Select and prepare resources based on research into designs and approaches used for similar spaces
2. Test design approaches	2.1 Produce preliminary visuals according to design brief requirements 2.2 Experiment and test design approaches using different techniques 2.3 Evaluate, challenge and refine testing processes 2.4 Critique own work and seek feedback as required 2.5 Document outcomes of testing according to organisational policies and procedures 2.6 Select final design approach based on outcomes of testing and input from others
3. Make spatial design models	3.1 Scope work and determine requirements for object fabrication 3.2 Select and organise materials, tools and equipment for fabrication according to design approach 3.3 Make models consistent with design concepts and briefs 3.4 Respond to feedback and refine work as required 3.5 Present models or maquettes within agreed timeframes

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Evaluates detailed textual and visual information and determines conceptual and production requirements, including applicable legislation and standards
Writing	Documents resources information and outcomes from idea development and testing processes using clear, specific language and industry-related terminology
Oral Communication	Elicits feedback and confirms understanding using questioning and active listening techniques Selects and uses applicable strategies to respond to feedback and present sample designs to others
Numeracy	Identifies financial needs from information that may be embedded in texts and calculates resource requirements
Self-management	Understands purpose of own role and related responsibility for compliance with applicable legal and ethical requirements and design standards when planning and undertaking design work
Interact with others	Collaborates with others and discusses work process and outcomes, elicits feedback and identifies improvements Selects and uses applicable communication conventions and techniques to respond to feedback and present prototypes to others
Planning and organising	Plans, organises and completes tasks required to meet project and time requirements Makes a series of analytical decisions about design options and applicable resources required for different design outcomes and their representation, using input from others when required
Initiative and enterprise	Directs own exploration of techniques and processes, and critically evaluates test samples

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CUADES403 Research and apply techniques in spatial design.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUADES423 Research and apply techniques in spatial design

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design two products according to at least two different researched spatial design techniques.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

interpret requirements in a design brief in consultation with required personnel

identify and prepare resources required to respond to the design brief

test and use different approaches and techniques for the design of products, and document the results of testing

create a prototype based on selected design approach

adhere to applicable standards and legislative requirements for spatial design.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

factors that impact on the selection and use of resources when researching and applying techniques in spatial design

materials, tools and equipment, and their capabilities and application to spatial design and manufacture

role of experimentation and testing in the design process

techniques and processes used to test design approaches

legislation and standards relevant to spatial design.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

spatial design briefs

equipment, tools and materials used to produce models or maquettes of spatial designs

a suitable work space.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUADES511 Implement design solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to take a design concept or solution to the implementation stage. It involves confirming the proposed solution, gathering resources required to implement the solution, testing the solution and developing a prototype, and presenting the prototype to required personnel.

The unit applies to those who work as a designer, in any industry context, either independently or employed by an organisation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Design – Design Process

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Organise resources for realising the design solution	1.1 Confirm nature and scope of the proposed design solution 1.2 Research resources required for developing the design concept to implementation stage 1.3 Investigate different factors impacting the selection and use of resources 1.4 Select and prepare resources based on research and other legislative or organisational requirements
2. Test the design solution	2.1 Experiment with the design solution using different techniques and processes 2.2 Evaluate, challenge and refine testing processes 2.3 Gain input and feedback from required personnel during testing 2.4 Document outcomes of testing according to organisational and design solution requirements 2.5 Select final design solution based on outcomes of testing and input from others
3. Develop prototype	3.1 Create prototype based on agreed approaches 3.2 Select and organise materials, tools and equipment according to chosen design solution as required 3.3 Expose model to quality checks and ongoing analysis, enhancement and refinement 3.4 Compare completed prototype against identified needs and other considerations and make adjustments as required
4. Present prototype or model	4.1 Identify required personnel design should be presented to 4.2 Select format for presentation based on nature of audience and design 4.3 Present prototype and optimise clarity, conciseness and appeal

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Researches and interprets textual information from different sources
Writing	Documents research, resource requirements and testing outcomes using applicable language and formats
Oral Communication	Participates in different verbal exchanges and presentations using tone and vocabulary to suit audience Gains input and feedback using active listening and questioning techniques
Numeracy	Interprets and applies numeric information applicable to design solution Compares numerical data gathered from testing
Self-management	Understands and adheres to organisational policies, procedures and legislative requirements during planning and implementation of design solution
Teamwork	Takes audience, purpose and contextual factors into account when making decisions about what to communicate, with whom, why and how
Planning and organising	Sequences and schedules routine and complex activities, monitors implementation, and manages required communication
Initiative and enterprise	Makes different critical and non-critical decisions in relatively complex situations, taking client requirements and different into account Creates new and innovative ideas through exploration, analysis and critical thinking
Problem-solving	Applies formal problem-solving processes when responding to unpredictable issues and challenges that arise during the testing process

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBDES501 Implement design solutions.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUADES511 Implement design solutions

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

implement solutions according to at least two different designs.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

undertake critical analysis, testing and development of a prototype or aspect of a design solution to meet an identified need

present prototype to required personnel using applicable best practice methods.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

elements and principles of design and their application in the applicable design context

key features of the wider industry, with economic, social and historical context for the design solution

design trends and technologies including other designs and the work of other design practitioners in the applicable design context

sources of information that support the development of technical and other knowledge in the applicable design context

technical expertise, resources, materials, tools, equipment, techniques and industry processes required for the area the design solutions are being implemented in.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

other people to discuss the collaborative nature of the design process

resources required to test a design solution in a given industry context including materials, tools, equipment and expertise.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUADES512 Establish, negotiate and refine a design brief

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to work proactively with a client or commissioning organisation to develop and negotiate a design brief. It involves determining design requirements with stakeholders, developing and refining the design brief and finalising the terms and conditions of the brief.

It applies to individuals working in any industry or design context where the designer plays a key role in determining the scope and nature of work required. Establishment, negotiation and refinement of a design brief requires the integration of highly-developed creative thinking, communication and planning skills in a process that may not be linear. Adaptability and effective responses to change and new ideas are crucial.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Design – Design Process

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish design requirements	1.1 Identify and make contact with required stakeholders for the design project, in addition to the client 1.2 Identify and source information and references required for design project 1.3 Undertake critical analysis of sources and extract key information to inform the design project 1.4 Determine overall objectives and parameters for design project in collaboration with client and other key stakeholders 1.5 Seek, review and act on information needed to inform constructive communication with client
2. Develop and refine design brief	2.1 Develop concepts and ideas for inclusion in design brief 2.2 Undertake own analysis of concept and challenge ideas and approaches taken 2.3 Present ideas in applicable format/medium and discuss, debate and critically analyse in collaboration with key stakeholders 2.4 Reevaluate and refine options based on own analysis and discourse with others 2.5 Establish and agree on final nature and scope of design brief with client and document details according to organisational policies, procedures and standards
3. Negotiate terms and conditions	3.1 Negotiate and agree terms and conditions of brief in accordance with applicable organisational and professional standards 3.2 Clarify, agree and document roles and responsibilities of those involved in the project 3.3 Confirm agreements in writing in accordance with organisational policies and procedures 3.4 Identify the need for specialist advice when developing formal agreements or contracts, and seek required assistance

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Identifies and interprets textual information from various sources
Writing	Develops different documents using applicable vocabulary, context and formatting for different audiences
Oral Communication	Participates in discussions and elicits views of others using questions and listening techniques Presents ideas and seeks feedback from others using applicable tone, vocabulary and language structures
Numeracy	Interprets and applies numeric information applicable to design brief
Self-management	Identifies and adheres to organisational policies and procedures, industry standards and legislative requirements during planning and design of design solution
Teamwork	Seeks information from stakeholders using applicable communication conventions and protocols Uses a range of collaborative techniques to clarify and refine ideas and negotiate agreeable outcomes with others Clarifies and refines ideas and negotiates agreeable outcomes with others using different collaborative techniques
Planning and organising	Sequences and schedules complex activities, monitors implementation, and manages required communication
Problem-solving	Applies formal problem-solving processes when responding to unpredictable issues and challenges that arise during the testing process
Initiative and enterprise	Makes different critical and non-critical decisions in complex and non-complex situations, taking client and organisational requirements and possible constraints into account Generates new and innovative ideas and concepts through exploration, analysis and critical thinking

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBDES502 Establish, negotiate and refine a design brief.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUADES512 Establish, negotiate and refine a design brief

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop and finalise at least two different design briefs for a specific industry purpose.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

identify and establish brief requirements with client and key stakeholders.

determine and include the following information and references to the design brief:

legislative and regulatory context

financial and budgetary information

organisational materials

technical reports and data

schedules and timelines

participate in a discussion to clarify, negotiate and agree on terms and conditions.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

legal issues that affect negotiations and contracts in the applicable work context

the design process within the specific industry context/design discipline

scope, nature and potential variations that occur within design briefs applicable to a specific context

sources of information to assist the development of design concepts within a specific industry context.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

required equipment and media to communicate and present ideas

sources of information relevant to industry context

interaction with others to reflect the collaborative nature of the work, and communication and negotiation skills required.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUADES611 Manage design realisation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to manage the process of taking a design from concept to final realisation or production. It involves planning the realisation of designs, managing the implementation of the design and managing different stakeholders throughout the completion of the realisation process.

It applies to individuals working in any industry context or design discipline who take responsibility for turning design concept into reality – a product or service of value to the end-user. This person could be an individual designer-maker or a designer working as part of a larger design/production team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Design – Design Process

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan realisation of design	1.1 Collect, analyse and maintain required information on the design 1.2 Discuss and agree on standards of work and monitoring requirements with required personnel 1.3 Develop plan and schedule realisation that meets design requirements 1.4 Incorporate key roles and responsibilities linked to timelines and budget in plan
2. Implement and monitor realisation of design	2.1 Organise and allocate resources according to design requirements 2.2 Confirm obligations and quality standards are met according to design requirements 2.3 Maintain accurate, applicable and complete documentation in accordance with agreed standards 2.4 Monitor process through challenging and interrogating own design work 2.5 Confirm integrity of design is maintained at all times 2.6 Identify difficulties and problems that arise in relation to realisation of design and take action to rectify situation
3. Liaise and negotiate with stakeholders	3.1 Establish and maintain applicable communication channels with required personnel 3.2 Seek and provide information to required personnel according to design requirements 3.3 Assess adherence to agreed terms and conditions and negotiate changes in light of changed circumstances as required 3.4 Negotiate and agree on revisions with required parties according to organisational policies and procedures
4. Complete design process	4.1 Finalise design outcomes in accordance with terms and conditions 4.2 Seek feedback from required personnel on finished design and make final adjustments as agreed 4.3 Evaluate completed design in relation to own work and overall process

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Collates and analyses textual information from different sources applicable to the design realisation
Writing	Produces documentation using applicable structure, language and context to articulate own ideas and positions
Oral Communication	Articulates clearly using specific language and applicable tone to convey information Confirms understanding using active questioning and listening techniques
Numeracy	Interprets and uses numeric information in budgets and to determine work schedules
Self-management	Works independently and collectively within broad parameters, with a sense of responsibility and ownership of plans, decisions and outcomes Adheres to organisational policies and procedures
Teamwork	Takes audience, purpose and contextual factors into account when making decisions about what to communicate, with whom, why and how Fosters a collaborative culture within own sphere of influence, facilitating a sense of cohesion and commitment
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning and organising tasks to meet workplace deadlines, including those tasks that require liaison with other people
Initiative and enterprise	Analyses how variables impact outcomes using different experiences
Problem-solving	Applies formal problem-solving processes when responding to unpredictable issues and challenges that arise during the design process

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBDES601 Manage design realisation.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUADES611 Manage design realisation

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

manage the realisation of at least two different designs.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

adhere and monitor brief requirements that include:

standards, timeframes and budgets

technical feasibility

develop a plan and schedule for design realisation

participate in a discussion to clarify, negotiate and agree on terms and conditions of design realisation.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key responsibilities of required personnel in the design realisation context

best practices when dealing with setbacks in the production process

organisational policies and procedures applicable to realising designs

production processes in a particular industry context or discipline including required materials, tools and equipment.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

resources, tools, materials and equipment required for realising a design in a specific context

a design concept that the candidate can take to realisation stage

other people to reflect the collaborative nature of the work.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUADES612 Research global design trends

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to research and critically evaluate global design trends. It involves research and analysis of information and ideas at a complex level, and the evaluation and extension of the individual’s professional skills.

It applies to individuals who need to maintain a current and comprehensive knowledge of global design trends to inform their own professional practice. Although predominantly for designers, this unit may also be applicable to those who work in related management, marketing and production areas.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Design – Design Process

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Research design trends	1.1 Analyse and select formal and informal research strategies and source information on global design trends 1.2 Identify and explore new and alternative sources of information 1.3 Evaluate the credibility of information gathered and confirm research scope is sufficiently broad
2. Analyse design trends to inform own practice	2.1 Challenge and extend own perspectives and ways of thinking using researched information 2.2 Examine and assess implications and consequences of design trends on own work 2.3 Identify creative and commercial opportunities presented by emerging trends and technologies using critical analysis 2.4 Develop systems to identify and respond to opportunities
3. Develop and articulate positions and ideas	3.1 Develop substantiated positions and ideas on global design trends 3.2 Generate informed discussion, debate and critical analysis with peers and colleagues 3.3 Challenge and refine own positions using debate and feedback
4. Extend own design skills	4.1 Identify and use opportunities presented by research to extend own design skills 4.2 Reevaluate and refine approaches to work in the context of current and emerging trends 4.3 Improve skills continuously using practice, discussion and ongoing evaluation

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Plans and implements strategies to improve and extend own knowledge and skills
Reading	Analyses and synthesises complex and varied information from different sources
Writing	Documents methods for identifying future opportunities using vocabulary and structure applicable to context and purpose
Oral Communication	Elicits the views others by participating in critical discourse and debate on conceptual and technical design trends Gains input and feedback using active listening techniques
Self-management	Keeps abreast of trends and issues Appreciates the world of work is dynamic, with changing needs and priorities, and that career development is not a linear process that can be closely controlled
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility for planning and organising tasks required to conduct required research, including how to link with the work of others
Initiative and enterprise	Keeps abreast of innovations and good practice beyond own context, borrowing, adapting, combining and redesigning for own purposes Evaluates outcomes using reflection and feedback from others
Technology	Identifies digital systems, devices and applications with potential to meet current and future needs

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to BSBDES602 Research global design trends

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUADES612 Research global design trends

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

conduct research on at least three different global design trends.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

document the analysis, critique and synthesis of complex sources to develop own positions and ideas

collaborate with others at least once during the research process to present and refine own positions and ideas

identify at least two opportunities to refine own design skills in the context of current and emerging trends.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

broad global design trends that apply to all design disciplines

business implications and consequences of adopting trends and emergent technologies

research methodologies and options applicable to researching global design trends

sources of information on global design, design trends and broader references that may inform emerging and innovative design practice

current and emerging design technologies and trends at a global level in at least one area of design.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

sources of information required to research global design trends

technology required to conduct research

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUADIG303 Produce and prepare photo images

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare photo images for integration into an interactive media sequence or product.

It applies to individuals who produce a variety of photo images for production of virtual worlds, from digital still composition to panoramas. They work closely with a programmer or interactive media author and may offer technical advice and support to a team.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual Communication – Digital Content and Imaging

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Use scanner to capture photo images	1.1 Source and identify appropriate photographic images according to requirements of photographic project brief 1.2 Discuss selection of images with relevant personnel, and check compliance with copyright conditions 1.3 Assess scanner features to confirm quality outcomes will meet brief requirements 1.4 Operate scanner according to manufacturer’s specifications 1.5 Use appropriate scanner settings to ensure image output meets production requirements 1.6 Transfer and store photographic image files to a computer using standard naming conventions
2. Use digital camera to create photo images	2.1 Clarify photographic project brief with relevant personnel 2.2 Assess digital camera features to ensure outcome will meet requirements of brief 2.3 Plan camera shots, taking into account lighting, framing, composition and other relevant factors 2.4 Load and operate digital camera according to manufacturer’s specifications 2.5 Consider digital camera focus, exposure and shutter speed to ensure image capture meets production requirements 2.6 Check photographic images meet brief requirements 2.7 Transfer and store photographic image files to a computer using standard naming conventions
3. Edit photo images	3.1 Load digital imaging software and import photo image source files 3.2 Adopt safe ergonomic practices when using screens and keyboards for extended periods of time 3.3 Manipulate and save digital images using designated digital imaging software 3.4 Create photo images that incorporate visual design and communication principles 3.5 Evaluate outcome for visual impact, effectiveness and fitness for purpose 3.6 Confirm images meet project requirements with relevant personnel
4. Prepare photo image assets	4.1 Save files in appropriate output format to meet platform requirements 4.2 Assign metadata tags if required 4.3 Group files logically in a folder system using standard naming conventions 4.4 Store files in share drive or repository for production team access

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.4-1.6, 2.4-2.7, 4.1, 4.3	Interprets textual information to follow equipment operation and project requirements
Writing	1.6, 2.7, 4.1-4.3	Selects the vocabulary and conventions appropriate to text for naming files
Oral Communication	1.2, 2.1, 3.6	Uses listening and questioning techniques to discuss project brief and to confirm outcomes Uses descriptive and technical language to participate in oral exchanges
Navigate the world of work	1.2, 3.2	Complies with legislative requirements
Interact with others	1.2, 2.1, 3.6	Uses appropriate communication practices and protocols to confirm requirements and present images
Get the work done	1.1, 1.3-1.6, 2.2-2.7, 3.1, 3.3-3.6, 4.1-4.4	Takes responsibility for logically planning and producing photo images according to design briefs and visual design principles Makes decisions directly related to task completion Utilises a range of features within digital cameras, scanners and digital imaging software to create and store photo images

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUADIG303 Produce and prepare photo images	CUFDIG303A Produce and prepare photo images	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Minor edits to performance criteria.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUADIG303 Produce and prepare photo images

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

use a scanner and digital camera to capture images that satisfy project briefs

use digital imaging software and techniques, design and communication principles to produce images that meet project requirements

save and store files according to requirements.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe the features of a digital camera that are essential for creating images to the required standard

outline the basic techniques used to compose camera shots

explain how visual design and communication principles are are relevant to photography

explain safe work practices in relation to working on computers for periods of time

explain the procedure for checking copyright clearance.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

a scanner and digital camera

digital imaging software

project briefs

information or manuals about operating equipment.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUADIG304 Create visual design components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to create visual designs for interactive media components that can be integrated into a range of media products.

It applies to individuals who generate and assess ideas to create visual design components in response to specifications under supervision in a team environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual Communication – Digital Content and Imaging

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Clarify work requirements	1.1 Clarify visual design components required in the project brief, in consultation with relevant personnel 1.2 Identify project timelines and discuss factors that may determine or affect visual design concepts 1.3 Clarify, in discussion with relevant personnel, the target user or audience, and determine format and delivery platform
2. Generate and assess ideas	2.1 Research media products, designs, images, artwork and other creative sources that may inspire visual design ideas 2.2 Develop a range of visual design ideas that are technically feasible, respond to project specifications and provide creative solutions to design issues 2.3 Present and review visual design ideas with relevant personnel
3. Develop design concept	3.1 Experiment with traditional and digital methods to create required visual design components 3.2 Explore a range of typographical and visual design elements to create components 3.3 Evaluate initial design ideas with relevant personnel to select final design concept 3.4 Confirm design concept complies with copyright laws 3.5 Check output format meets delivery platform requirements 3.6 Adopt safe ergonomic practices when using equipment for long periods of time
4. Produce components	4.1 Develop components based on the final design concept using various design techniques 4.2 Apply visual design principles and communication principles to produce components that have high visual impact 4.3 Save components in an appropriate format according to project specifications
5. Finalise visual design components	5.1 Review visual design components against design and technical specifications 5.2 Discuss and confirm additional requirements or modifications with relevant personnel, and make amendments as required 5.3 Save and archive visual design components using industry or enterprise naming conventions and version control protocols

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	2.1, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 4.1, 4.3, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3	Reviews and researches creative source material to generate ideas Checks that output meets requirements Locates correct folders for storing electronic data
Writing	2.2, 3.1, 3.2, 4.1, 4.3, 5.2, 5.3	Prepares information to accompany design components Names files according to requirements
Oral Communication	1.1-1.3, 2.3, 3.3, 4.3, 5.2	Participates effectively in spoken interactions using active listening and questioning to confirm and clarify understanding
Navigate the world of work	3.4, 3.6	Complies with legislative requirements
Interact with others	1.1-1.3, 2.3, 3.3, 4.3, 5.2	Collaborates with relevant personnel to ensure that end result meets requirements
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.3, 3.1-3.3, 3.5, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1-5.	Takes responsibility for planning and producing design components according to project requirements and design principles Makes decisions directed related to completion of tasks Uses experimentation to develop new or innovative design approaches Selects and uses appropriate software to conceive, produce, store and present visual design components

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUADIG304 Create visual design components	CUFDIG304A Create visual design components	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages. Minor edits to elements and performance criteria.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUADIG304 Create visual design components

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

explore and experiment with design techniques and visual design and communication principles to produce ideas and concepts for visual design components

use design techniques to create visual design components that respond effectively to a project brief

present and discuss ideas, concepts and designs with relevant personnel

save and archive files using standard industry or enterprise naming conventions.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe differences between traditional and digital methods in creating visual images, and advantages and disadvantages of each

describe visual design, typographic and communication principles used to construct visual design components

explain safe work practices in relation to working on computers for periods of time

explain the procedure for checking copyright clearance.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

project briefs

relevant software

manuals and information to support software.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUADIG517 Design digital simulations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to research, plan and design drafts for digital simulations of real-world environments and processes.

The unit applies to those who work closely with subject experts to develop virtual environments for fields including architecture, science and engineering, medicine, conservation and manufacturing. They may also collaborate with programmers and software authors so the simulation is technically achievable.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual communication – Digital content and imaging

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify project requirements	1.1 Confirm objectives and desired outcomes of project brief in consultation with required personnel 1.2 Identify target audience and determine format and delivery platform of simulations in discussion with required personnel
2. Research and plan approach	2.1 Investigate real world environment to be simulated and determine technical parameters that may be required 2.2 Evaluate designs and other information that may assist modelling real world environment 2.3 Determine performance objectives, task complexity and user skill levels 2.4 Determine required depth of physical and functional fidelity that meets production requirements 2.5 Research and identify applicable simulation authoring tools 2.6 Discuss ideas and solutions in collaboration with required personnel
3. Draft simulation design documents	3.1 Identify processes that determine functional behaviour of simulation and specify how this behaviour is represented by control objects 3.2 Define underlying functionality in model that specifies essential settings, states, conditions and parameters 3.3 Specify user interface controls that enable user interaction with simulation 3.4 Identify critical impacts, alerts or costs for incorrect user operation 3.5 Specify sequencing of difficulty levels, if required 3.6 Confirm proposed simulation is technically feasible in consultation with required personnel 3.7 Present clear and detailed draft simulation design specifications for discussion and feedback with required personnel 3.8 Outline positive and negative feedback from user responses when interacting with simulations, and adjust as required
4. Finalise simulation design documents	4.1 Review designs against desired project outcomes and objectives 4.2 Review designs against creative, technical and intellectual property requirements 4.3 Adjust design specifications as necessary after discussions with required personnel 4.4 Archive user interface controls

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Participates effectively in spoken interactions using language and features applicable to audience Confirms project requirements and elicits feedback using questioning and listening strategies Communicates with audience using industry standard practices and protocols
Reading	Interprets and comprehends familiar and unfamiliar technical, descriptive, and legal textual information
Writing	Documents information using correct formatting procedures, and uses specialised vocabulary when drafting design documents Accurately incorporates modifications and user feedback in specification documentation
Initiative and enterprise	Integrates prior knowledge with new technical research and feedback from required personnel Ensures design integrity remains and continually generates and evaluates design ideas Makes decisions that impact on entire project
Planning and organising	Takes responsibility, coordinates and plans tasks and ensures project requirements met Ensures project is continually assessed and evaluated
Self-management	Adheres to legislative requirements related to intellectual property
Teamwork	Works collaboratively with production personnel throughout all stages of project
Technology	Assists with design tasks using digital tools

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CUADIG507 Design digital simulations.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUADIG517 Design digital simulations

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

design at least two examples of digital simulations according to different project briefs.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

research and generate ideas for technically feasible simulations that meet target audience requirements

develop draft design specifications for digital simulations that are clear, detailed and technically feasible

review and seek feedback from required personnel and produce final design specifications.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

typical formats and documentation for presenting simulation designs

strategies to evaluate designs and respond to feedback to improve designs

technical parameters of digital simulations, including:

algorithms

rules

laws

physical & mathematical formulae

authoring tools used for digital simulations

user interfaces used for digital simulations

ways that technical parameters represent real world processes

common delivery platforms of simulations

how intellectual property rights are managed in design of digital simulations.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

briefs for digital simulations on which designs can be based

access to real-world environments to be simulated

facilities and resources to develop design simulations

interaction with others required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUADIG519 Investigate technologies for the creation of digital art

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to further application of technologies in own creative practice. It involves researching different technologies, exploring them in-depth and applying different technologies to one’s own work.

The unit applies to those who produce creative digital media work or integrate digital and traditional media. Their technology exploration is conducted independently with mentoring and guidance as required.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual Communication – Digital Content and Imaging

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Research digital technologies	1.1 Evaluate current, emerging and experimental digital technologies and equipment applicable to artistic practice 1.2 Research the capabilities of different digital technologies and equipment to achieve different effects 1.3 Determine cost and supply issues for different technologies and equipment
2 Select digital technologies for in-depth exploration	2.1 Assess the creative and professional opportunities offered by different technologies 2.2 Determine limitations and constraints of different technologies 2.3 Discuss the characteristics and opportunities of different digital art technologies with required personnel 2.4 Select technologies that suit own artistic practice and apply according to safety requirements
3 Integrate technologies into own work	3.1 Experiment with technologies to challenge and extend their capabilities for use in own artistic works 3.2 Develop own ways of working with technologies to achieve desired outcomes
4 Manage digital technologies in professional practice	4.1 Establish systems to maintain currency of knowledge of digital art technologies 4.2 Maintain the quality and life of equipment and consumables through required handling and storage procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Reading	Interprets technical information and specifications for application to creative work
Writing	Records technical and numerical information related to job requirements and outcomes
Oral Communication	Participates in detailed discussions about digital technologies with required personnel using clear language and related industry terminology Gathers information and confirms understanding using careful listening and questioning techniques
Numeracy	Assesses costs of digital resources
Self-management	Maintains industry knowledge required to perform role Meets workplace expectations to use equipment and consumables responsibly to minimise waste, repair or replacement
Initiative and enterprise	Evaluates research findings to inform analytical decisions about selection of digital technologies for exploration
Technology	Implements organisational systems to keep up with changes in digital technologies Recognises the potential of new approaches in use of digital systems and tools and incorporates exploratory and experimental strategies into own work to achieve desired outcomes

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CUADIG509 Investigate technologies for the creation of digital art.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUADIG519 Investigate technologies for the creation of digital art

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

investigate at least two different technologies for the creation of digital art.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

research, experiment with and integrate technologies to create at least two individual styles of digital art

use and adapt technologies in ways that support coherence of own creative works.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

ways in which different digital technologies and processes are used, adapted, combined and challenged by professional artists in contemporary practice

cost and supply parameters issues for different technologies and types of equipment to support professional practice

storage requirements and options for different materials used in digital work

ways to remain informed of changes in digital art technologies

key safety requirements for digital technologies in an art context.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

tools, equipment and materials required for exploring technologies for the creation of digital art

applicable information sources.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUADRA201 Develop drawing skills

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use a limited range of basic drawing techniques to produce fundamental drawings from simple ideas. This unit relates to drawing as an art form and differs from units that focus on drawing as a visual representation tool.

It typically applies to individuals who have developed some general design or drawing skills and who are now embarking on a career in visual arts. They have little or no experience in drawing and work under close supervision and with guidance from others.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual communication – drawing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare drawing resources	1.1 Calculate and obtain type and quantity of drawing equipment, tools and materials according to own selected ideas for the work 1.2 Prepare equipment, tools and materials according to procedures for workplace safety, cost control and waste minimisation 1.3 Set up a safe work space with guidance from key people
2. Use and test drawing techniques	2.1 View a range of drawings in different styles, and discuss with key people how effects are achieved 2.2 Match potential techniques to ideas for own drawings with assistance from key people 2.3 Test a range of techniques to determine the effects they achieve through experimentation with samples, practice pieces or work in progress 2.4 Use selected techniques to produce fundamental drawings, considering and applying elements and principles of design 2.5 Clean and store equipment, tools, and materials according to specific needs of different items 2.6 Handle equipment, tools and materials safely and minimise waste throughout all processes
3. Review work to develop skills	3.1 Review own drawings and note areas for future improvement 3.2 Seek and consider feedback from key people to identify areas for improvement 3.3 Review different opportunities to build own skills and select suitable options

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Learning	3.3	Plans a learning process to build own skills
Reading	1.2	Interprets detailed information from familiar procedural documents to determine production and safety requirements
Oral Communication	1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 3.2	Clearly explains ideas for designs and techniques using relevant industry language Uses questioning and active listening techniques to gain information and feedback and confirm understanding
Numeracy	1.1, 1.3, 2.4	Uses basic calculations to determine quantities of materials, measure dimensions of work space and drawings
Navigate the world of work	1.2, 1.3, 2.4, 2.6	Follows defined procedures and legislative requirements, understands boundaries of own work and skill, and seeks clarification and guidance on all issues
Interact with others	1.3, 2.1, 2.2, 3.2	Seeks guidance and cooperates with instructions and advice from others to achieve best outcomes for own creative work
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 2.1-2.4	Organises all processes to set up work space, test techniques and produce creative work with close guidance from others Makes routine decisions using procedures to guide activities Makes decisions about appropriate techniques by evaluating and testing a limited range of known options with assistance from others Resolves problems with technique through trial, error and practice

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUADRA201 Develop drawing skills	CUVDRA201A Develop drawing skills	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages and clarify intent.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUADRA201 Develop drawing skills

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

produce multiple fundamental drawings where the materials and techniques support own ideas for work

document a basic plan to build own skills, outlining own selected skill development options.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe the general features of major styles of drawing and the work of key practitioners relevant to individual area of interest

outline, for the elements and principles of design, the fundamental characteristics, primary interrelationships and use in fundamental drawings

outline, for a range of equipment and tools used to produce drawings, key physical features and uses, cleaning techniques and storage requirements

outline the general features and use of a basic range of materials and techniques used to produce fundamental drawings

outline typical work space requirements for producing fundamental drawings including ways of organising space and equipment for efficient work operation

outline procedures for working safely with drawing materials, tools and equipment.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

equipment, tools and materials used to produce drawings

relevant information sources.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUAGLA401 Experiment with techniques to produce glasswork

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to proactively experiment and innovate with various glassworking techniques and design concepts to develop professional practice and an individual style.

It applies to individuals who have well developed skills in design and technique and who often produce work at a preprofessional level for sale in outlets such as markets and fairs. They work independently with limited supervision and guidance as required.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual communication – glass

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop proficiency with a range of glassworking techniques and media	1.1 Evaluate potential for new approaches to glasswork based on capabilities of known techniques 1.2 Adapt or introduce new equipment, tools and materials to achieve different effects 1.3 Extend own capability with glassworking techniques through experimentation on samples, practice pieces or a work in progress 1.4 Assess safety and sustainability issues for different techniques and media
2. Develop ideas for glasswork	2.1 Discuss, with key people, creative and other goals for own glass objects 2.2 Research, adapt and use relevant ideas and approaches from other practitioners and comply with intellectual property requirements 2.3 Use knowledge of different glassworking techniques to inform ideas 2.4 Consider how different techniques and ideas can best work together 2.5 Assess the professional potential and presentation requirements of own work to inform ideas 2.6 Refine and confirm ideas based on research, experimentation and collaboration with others
3. Organise glassworking resources	3.1 Identify specific resource requirements for the chosen work 3.2 Research potential sources of supply for glasswork resources 3.3 Evaluate cost and other constraints that impact on development of the work 3.4 Evaluate and respond to presentation considerations for finished glass objects 3.5 Coordinate required resources and set up according to safety requirements
4. Create finished glasswork	4.1 Create glass objects using techniques and media selected from research and experimentation, considering and applying elements and principles of design 4.2 Review and refine ideas and approaches based on ongoing experience with production of own work 4.3 Handle equipment, tools and materials safely; minimise and safely dispose of waste throughout all processes 4.4 Document development of own work and the research and ideas that informed it
5. Evaluate own glasswork	5.1 Reflect on own conceptual development and technical execution of the work 5.2 Identify areas for future skill development and options to learn 5.3 Discuss completed work with others and consider all feedback

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Learning	5.2	Identifies own skills gaps and may initiate a learning plan to progress professional career
Reading	2.2, 3.2	Interprets and evaluates complex and unfamiliar information to support design ideas and to identify key information about resources
Writing	4.4	Uses clear, specific and industry related terminology to document a comprehensive record of research, conceptual idea development and production
Oral Communication	2.1, 5.3	Clearly represents ideas for designs and techniques using relevant industry and conceptual language Uses questioning and active listening techniques to elicit different perspectives about creative ideas and feedback and to confirm understanding
Numeracy	2.5, 3.1-3.3	Uses basic calculations to measure and record dimensions of display areas and appropriate size of art pieces to suit requirements Uses basic calculations to determine and record quantities of equipment, tools and materials Interprets budgetary constraints and supplier prices and calculates sometimes complex order costs
Navigate the world of work	1.4, 2.2, 3.5, 4.3	Takes responsibility for compliance with legal, safety and sustainability practices associated with creative work
Interact with others	2.1, 5.3	Discusses design concepts and collaborates with other artists to generate new ideas and solutions to achieve best outcomes for own creative work Engages in an open conversation to elicit and consider the merit of feedback from peers and others to enhance future performance
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 2.2-2.6, 3.1, 3.5, 4.1, 4.2	Takes responsibility for completing own creative works from design inception to realisation, efficiently and logically sequencing the stages of preparation and production Manages own decisions about appropriate design ideas and techniques by experimentation with a range of explored options Resolves problems with technique through experimentation and analysis Reviews work in progress resolving problems through refinement of approach Creates opportunities to use a more innovative approach and personal style

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUAGLA401 Experiment with techniques to produce glasswork	CUVGLA401A Experiment with techniques to produce glasswork	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages and clarify intent. Minor edits to performance criteria.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUAGLA401 Experiment with techniques to produce glasswork

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

use a process of thorough research and experimentation to confirm ideas for own work

identify and acquire resources required to complete chosen work

adapt and use a range of glassworking techniques to create a single major work or multiple glass objects that:

shows technical proficiency in chosen techniques

reflects understanding of elements and principles of design

demonstrates innovation and the emergence of an individual style

review and document the research and development process.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe intellectual property requirements relevant to producing glasswork

summarise methods used to research creative and technical approaches to glasswork

explain how the works of other practitioners may be used to inform individual practice

describe the role of experimentation in developing and refining ideas for glass objects and how it relates to the development of an individual style

explain ways to adapt, extend and combine the capabilities of a wide range of glassworking techniques

describe, for the elements and principles of design, the detailed characteristics, key interrelationships, use in glasswork and how they may be challenged

summarise, for a wide range of tools and equipment used to produce glass objects, key physical features, uses and maintenance requirements

list and describe the physical properties and capabilities of a wide range of materials used to produce glasswork

list suppliers of resources for professional glassworking practice with particular emphasis on raw, part-processed and processed glassworking materials

describe practices and procedures for working safely and sustainably with materials, tools and equipment for producing glasswork.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

equipment, tools and materials used to produce glass objects

relevant information sources.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUAGLA501 Refine glassworking techniques

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to research and experiment with a broad range of glassworking techniques to refine and evaluate an individual professional style.

It applies to highly skilled visual artists who integrate the use of those different techniques explored, to realise a coherent body of creative work which could include functional items or art pieces. They work with a high level of independence seeking mentoring and guidance as required.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual communication – glass

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Research glassworking ideas and techniques	1.1 Support professional practice by expanding knowledge of historical and contemporary glasswork 1.2 Research ways that other artists have used different glassworking techniques 1.3 Investigate how particular glassworking techniques work to achieve different technical effects 1.4 Evaluate the relationships between glassworking techniques and ideas 1.5 Adapt and use relevant ideas and approaches and comply with intellectual property requirements
2. Select glassworking techniques for refinement	2.1 Evaluate creative and professional opportunities offered by different glassworking techniques for own approach to work 2.2 Identify and assess limitations and constraints of particular techniques 2.3 Select a broad range of glassworking techniques for refinement
3. Determine safety requirements for glassworking	3.1 Investigate safety issues associated with glasswork 3.2 Set up work space, equipment, tools and materials according to safety requirements 3.3 Establish and follow safe work practices 3.4 Monitor key safety issues during production of the work
4. Consolidate glassworking technique to professional level	4.1 Develop increasing confidence and skill through practice and experimentation 4.2 Proactively identify and resolve technical problems in glassworking projects based on developing expertise 4.3 Challenge and test ideas and use creative thinking techniques to encourage new and unpredictable ideas to emerge 4.4 Evolve ideas and other professional skills through ongoing experimentation with technique 4.5 Develop own ways of working with techniques to create individual style 4.6 Create a coherent body of glasswork that shows command of selected glassworking techniques
5. Evaluate own glassworking technique	5.1 Evaluate development of own technique with others and seek feedback 5.2 Seek and participate in professional discussions that challenge and explore different concepts and approaches 5.3 Evaluate particular ways that experimentation with different techniques has informed own artwork 5.4 Identify ways to further develop technique as part of professional practice and build ideas into future work

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.3	Interprets and evaluates complex and unfamiliar information to support design ideas and to identify key information about techniques
Oral Communication	5.1, 5.2	Uses questioning and active listening techniques to elicit feedback and confirm understanding Initiates and participates in complex discussions, encouraging contributions, eliciting different perspectives on creative and technical ideas, clarifying, summarising and building constructively on the input of others
Navigate the world of work	1.5, 3.1-3.4	Takes responsibility for compliance with legal, safety and sustainability practices associated with creative work
Interact with others	5.2	Encourages contribution of creative, innovative and technical ideas from other artists Fosters a collaborative approach to professional skills development through sharing and receiving knowledge, experience and information with other artists as an integral part of artistic work relationships and seeks mentoring as required
Get the work done	1.1-1.4, 2.3, 4.1-4.6	Develops broad, flexible conceptual plans to develop own artistic knowledge, techniques and professional style, identifying and responding to issues as they arise Takes responsibility for completing own research and creative works from design inception to realisation, managing own time and productivity to sequence stages Manages own decisions about refinement of techniques through research and selection according to interest Resolves problems with technique through practice, experimentation and analysis Creates opportunities to use a more innovative approach and personal style

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUAGLA501 Refine glassworking techniques	CUVGLA501A Refine glassworking techniques	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages and clarify intent.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUAGLA501 Refine glassworking techniques

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

research an extensive range of glassworking techniques to inform own work practice

refine glassworking technique through a process of thorough experimentation and practice to create a coherent body of glasswork work which:

shows a command of chosen techniques

demonstrates the development of an individual style

supports own ideas for work.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe intellectual property requirements relevant to producing glassworks

identify an extensive range of information sources that support research in glassworking practice

summarise, for historical and contemporary glasswork, the main cultural, sociological, philosophical, aesthetic, political and commercial influences

explain, for own work practice and that of other artists, the relationship between glassworking technique and particular effects and design ideas

explain, for an extensive range of glassworking techniques, how they work to achieve effects and their limitations and constraints in achieving effects

describe a range of creative thinking techniques and how they can be used to encourage new ideas

describe how the elements and principles of design apply to glasswork, and how these elements and principles may be challenged

discuss formal and informal professional development opportunities for professional arts practitioners working with glass

explain key safety requirements for glasswork.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

equipment, tools and materials used to produce glass objects

relevant information sources.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUAGLA502 Investigate glassworking materials and processes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to research and explore a range of glassworking materials and processes to develop an individual professional style.

It applies to highly skilled visual artists who integrate the use of those different materials and processes explored, to realise a body of creative work which could include functional items or art pieces. They work with a high level of independence seeking mentoring and guidance as required.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual communication – glass

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Research glassworking materials and processes	1.1 Research ways that other artists have used different glassworking materials and processes to achieve different effects and identify intellectual property requirements 1.2 Research physical properties and capabilities of a range of glassworking materials 1.3 Investigate how different materials and glassworking techniques best combine to achieve different technical effects 1.4 Investigate safety issues associated with different materials and processes 1.5 Collate and store safety and technical data to meet safety requirements for glasswork 1.6 Determine cost and supply issues for different materials
2. Select glassworking materials and processes for exploration	2.1 Seek and participate in professional discussions about characteristics and opportunities of particular glassworking materials and processes 2.2 Evaluate creative and professional opportunities offered by different glassworking materials and processes for own approach to work 2.3 Identify and assess limitations and constraints of particular materials and processes 2.4 Select a particular range of materials and processes that suit own practice
3. Integrate glassworking materials and processes into own work	3.1 Explore own new and different ways of working with materials and processes to achieve new effects and desired outcomes 3.2 Challenge and stretch the capabilities and uses of different materials and processes through experimentation on samples, practice pieces or a work in progress 3.3 Proactively identify and resolve technical problems with material use 3.4 Develop own ways of working with materials and processes to create individual style 3.5 Develop a coherent body of glasswork that shows command of selected glassworking materials 3.6 Use safe work practices for handling materials and disposal of waste
4. Manage glassworking materials	4.1 Establish supply of glassworking materials which meets price, quality and delivery expectations 4.2 Develop ways of working with materials that minimise waste 4.3 Maintain quality and maximise shelf-life of glassworking materials through appropriate handling and storage

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1-1.6	Interprets and evaluates complex and unfamiliar information to identify key information about materials
Oral Communication	2.1	Initiates and participates in complex discussions, encouraging contributions, eliciting different perspectives on effective material use, clarifying, summarising and building constructively on the input of others
Numeracy	1.6, 4.1	Interprets budgetary constraints and supplier prices and calculates sometimes complex order costs
Navigate the world of work	1.4, 1.5, 3.6. 4.2	Takes responsibility for compliance with legal, safety and sustainability practices associated with creative work
Interact with others	2.1	Encourages contribution of creative and technical ideas from other artists Fosters a collaborative approach to professional skills development through sharing and receiving knowledge, experience and information with other artists as an integral part of artistic work relationships and seeks mentoring as required
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 2.2, 2.4, 3.1-3.5, 4.1, 4.3	Develops broad, flexible conceptual plans to develop own artistic knowledge and professional style with materials, identifying and responding to issues as they arise Takes responsibility for completing own research and creative works from design inception to realisation, managing own time and productivity to sequence stages Manages own decisions about use of materials through research and selection according to interest Resolves problems with materials technique through practice, experimentation and analysis Creates opportunities to use a more innovative approach and personal style

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUAGLA502 Investigate glassworking materials and processes	CUVGLA502A Investigate glassworking materials and processes	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages and clarify intent.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUAGLA502 Investigate glassworking materials and processes

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

research the properties, capabilities and use of an extensive range of glassworking materials to inform own work practice

refine the use of glassworking materials through a process of thorough experimentation and practice to create a coherent body of glasswork which:

shows a command of chosen materials

demonstrates the development of an individual style

supports own ideas for work.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe intellectual property requirements relevant to producing glassworks

identify an extensive range of information sources that support research in glassworking materials

describe, for an extensive range of materials used to produce glass objects:

physical properties and capabilities

the characteristics of materials under different treatments and how they work to achieve different effects

limitations and constraints in achieving effects

describe how different materials and glassworking techniques combine to achieve different technical effects

explain ways to use, adapt, combine and challenge the capabilities of an extensive range of glassworking materials to develop an individual professional style

summarise supply sources for an extensive range of glassworking materials used in professional practice

describe, for glassworking materials, typical types, content and use of safety and technical data including Safety Data Sheets (SDS)

explain key safety requirements for glasswork.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

equipment, tools and materials used to produce glass objects

relevant information sources.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUAILL401 Develop and refine illustrative work

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to work with a brief to create illustrations through a process of testing design approaches and illustration techniques.

It applies to illustrators who are still developing a full repertoire of professional skills and an individual style. They work with limited supervision and guidance as required. Illustrators may be employees or work on a freelance basis.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual communication – illustration

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Interpret briefs for illustrative work	1.1 Interpret the specifications of illustration briefs 1.2 Discuss and clarify issues about specifications, parameters and constraints with relevant people as required 1.3 Evaluate client requirements to make decisions about style and content of illustrative work 1.4 Source and evaluate information pertinent to briefs
2. Organise resources	2.1 Calculate, select and organise equipment, tools and materials based on the requirements of the work 2.2 Set up a safe and efficient workspace 2.3 Prepare, maintain, store and dispose of all resources according to each item's needs and according to workplace procedures
3. Test design approaches for illustrative work	3.1 Produce preliminary visual representations that take account of intellectual property requirements 3.2 Identify possible illustrative approaches and establish criteria, in line with the brief, for selecting final approach 3.3 Experiment with different illustrative techniques to test a range of approaches that will best communicate ideas required by the brief 3.4 Evaluate testing processes against criteria and select approach that best meets requirements of briefs 3.5 Critique own work for conceptual success and technical execution and seek feedback, as required 3.6 Refine and accurately document the illustrative approach based on testing processes
4. Produce finished illustrative work	4.1 Create illustrations using techniques selected from experimentation and testing, considering and applying elements and principles of design 4.2 Review and refine ideas and approaches based on ongoing experience with production of own work 4.3 Seek and consider feedback from key people to refine illustrative work as required 4.4 Present finished work within agreed work parameters

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 1.4	Interprets and evaluates complex and unfamiliar information in briefs
Writing	3.6	Uses clear, specific and industry related terminology to document a comprehensive record of illustrative approaches to a design brief
Oral Communication	1.2, 3.5, 4.3	Uses questioning and active listening techniques to elicit information about job requirements and confirm understanding
Numeracy	2.1	Performs basic calculations required to identify quantities of resources
Navigate the world of work	2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 3.1	Understands and complies with legislative requirements and defined workplace procedures
Interact with others	1.2, 3.5, 4.3	Seeks the perspective and guidance of others to inform design ideas and achieve best outcomes for own creative work Seeks and considers feedback from peers and others to enhance future performance
Get the work done	1.3, 1.4, 2.1, 3.2-3.4, 4.1, 4.2, 4.4	Organises and implements processes to set up work, assess techniques and produce creative work within set parameters Manages own decisions about appropriate techniques by testing a range of explored options Resolves problems with technique through experimentation an testing Reviews work in progress, resolving problems with technique through refinement of approach

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUAILL401 Develop and refine illustrative work	CUVILL401A Research and apply techniques for illustrative work	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages and clarify intent. Title changed.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUAILL401 Develop and refine illustrative work

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

organise workspace and resources needed to meet requirements of illustrative work, according to workplace and legislative requirements

experiment with illustration techniques to create multiple illustrations that:

meet the requirements of associated briefs

show technical proficiency in chosen techniques

indicate review and refinement of own ideas.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe intellectual property requirements relevant to producing illustrations

describe the role of experimentation in developing and refining ideas for illustrations

explain how the elements and principles of design are used to inform illustrative work

list and briefly describe the resources required to produce illustrations, including key physical features, cleaning and maintenance techniques, and storage requirements

discuss typical workspace requirements for producing illustrations including ways of organising space and equipment for safe and efficient work operation

describe practices and procedures for working safely and sustainably with materials, tools and equipment for producing illustrations.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

equipment, tools and materials used to produce illustrations

briefs on which to base illustrations

relevant information sources.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUAPPR512 Develop sustainability of own professional practice

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to establish goals for own professional practice and determine how your practice can be developed in a sustainable way. All aspects of sustainability, such as individual, social, environmental and economic, should be considered.

The unit applies to those who may be required to consider the sustainability of their practice in any creative sector or artistic area of expertise.

No licensing, legislative or certification conditions apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Industry capability – Professional practice

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Research and develop goals for own practice	1.1 Identify own professional goals and aspirations in context of chosen practice area 1.2 Identify and consult with required personnel to support identified goals and aspirations 1.3 Evaluate opportunities and limitations that affect contemporary practice in chosen area 1.4 Identify future directions for professional practice in consultation with required personnel 1.5 Develop goals for overall practice direction
2. Evaluate current sustainability of own practice	2.1 Identify and explore components of sustainable professional practice in chosen area of work 2.2 Evaluate current practice against identified components 2.3 Research ways to increase sustainability of professional practice
3. Develop and implement strategies to improve professional practice sustainability	3.1 Develop and implement practical and innovative strategies for enhancing sustainability of practice 3.2 Develop and nurture own professional networks and collaborate with others 3.3 Integrate practices that support own lifelong learning in chosen field 3.4 Seek feedback and refine own ideas and strategies for developing professional practice 3.5 Evaluate constraints and limitations of strategies and address as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication	Actively participates in discussions of a range of sustainability issues with peers, using listening and questioning skills to elicit views
Reading	Evaluates a broad range of sometimes complex information in a variety of forms
Initiative and enterprise	Uses systematic, analytical processes in a variety of situations to set goals, gather required information, and identify and evaluate options Identifies potential of new approaches to enhance work practices and outcomes, and considers fundamental and incremental changes that lead to longer term goals
Self-management	Makes judgements and decisions in response to complex factors in contemporary practice in chosen area Takes responsibility for own workload, discussing some key aspects with others
Teamwork	Participates in a collaborative exchange of ideas and trends Builds rapport to establish relationships

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit. Supersedes and is not equivalent to CUAPPR502 Develop own sustainable professional practice.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUAPPR512 Develop sustainability of own professional practice

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

identify at least two opportunities and implement at least two strategies to enhance sustainability in own practice.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

research and collaborate with required personnel to identify professional development ideas and issues applicable to own practice

develop a set of at least five realistic goals for own practice that contribute to sustainability of own professional practice

adopt sustainable work practices in all areas of activity.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

sustainability opportunities and constraints as they apply to own professional context

factors that affect contemporary practice, including:

buying trends

sustainable work practices

economic considerations

impacts of technology on practice

lifestyle trends

practice location

social issues

intellectual property considerations

personal emotional wellness

tools, techniques and strategies used by practitioners to develop and evaluate practice sustainability

key aspects of individual, social, economic and environmental sustainability and their impact on an area of practice.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

research sources

opportunities to develop professional networks

interaction with others required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUAPPR513 Present a body of own creative work

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use creative, technical and project management skills to produce a professional and innovative presentation of own creative work.

The unit applies to individuals who maintain an up-to-date presentation package or portfolio of creative work. This unit involves the use of digital formatting in the design and delivery of the presentation or portfolio.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Industry capability – Professional Practice

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Evaluate and select presentation ideas	1.1 Research presentation ideas using required information sources 1.2 Explore new and innovative ideas for digitally presenting work using ideas from other disciplines 1.3 Develop presentation ideas in consultation with required personnel 1.4 Select presentation idea based on intended purpose and requirements 1.5 Evaluate production requirements and content implications of selected presentation idea
2. Plan presentation	2.1 Develop presentation concept using critical thinking techniques 2.2 Refine presentation concept considering explicit and implicit messages required for intended audience 2.3 Develop production budget, timeframes and workflow plan 2.4 Support key communication messaging using design templates and prototypes
3. Create presentation	3.1 Develop presentation within required timeframe, selecting and integrating content that supports identified objectives and messages 3.2 Obtain and record clearance of copyright and intellectual property rights on sourced content 3.3 Address conceptual and technical challenges as required 3.4 Review projected and actual budget outcomes, adjusting process as required
4. Deliver and evaluate presentation	4.1 Present own creative work in format and style required for intended audience and purpose 4.2 Evaluate presentation based on identified objectives and feedback from required personnel 4.3 Identify opportunities for updating and refining presentation

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Performs calculations or estimates of requirements, timeframe and costs Selects, totals and orders required resources within budgetary and time constraints
Oral communication	Explains own ideas for presentation to required personnel using language required for audience Participates in abstract discussions of ideas and solutions using listening and questioning skills to elicit feedback Uses required communication practices and protocols in discussions and presentations
Reading	Gathers, interprets and analyses information from different sources and identifies required information
Writing	Completes presentation using accurate, specific and industry-related terminology Completes required supporting documentation using clear and technically specific language
Teamwork	Gains insight into current practices and ideas for change using perspectives of others
Initiative and enterprise	Manages complex tasks and understands their contribution to longer term goals Recognises potential of developing and applying new ideas for improvements in work practices and outcomes
Planning and organising	Sets goals, gathers required information, and evaluates and selects options
Problem solving	Uses systematic and analytical processes in different situations
Self-management	Takes responsibility for compliance with legal and regulatory responsibilities
Technology	Considers purpose, needs and limitations when selecting and using different technologies and applications

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CUAPPR503 Present a body of own creative work.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUAPPR513 Present a body of own creative work

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

complete at least one presentation for a selected creative product that reflects proposed purpose, objectives and messages and meets requirements of intended audience.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

research and identify at least one or more new or innovative ways for presenting portfolios of creative work

use digital formatting in design and delivery of presentation

apply copyright and intellectual property requirements to presentation of creative product

design a presentation concept that includes key proposed objectives and messages

realise the presentation concept within required budget and timeframes

evaluate presentation and document ways to respond to future presentation opportunities.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

common techniques used for presenting portfolios of work in creative practices

techniques for digitally formatting presentation design and delivery

professional trends related to presentation ideas and technologies for area of work, including design, layout, typography, interactivity and accessibility

critical thinking techniques that inform presentation concept developments

elements of cohesive and coherent presentations

copyright and intellectual property issues and legislation associated with professional creative practice, including ways of identifying requirements related to:

information in professional presentations

self-promotion

contracts.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

technology and sources of information required for researching presentation methodologies

presentation tools

information sources required to present creative work described in performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUAPPR514 Establish and maintain environmentally sustainable creative practice

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to integrate environmentally sustainable approaches into creative art or design practice in order to reduce own ecological footprint across all areas of operation. It involves evaluating environmental sustainability of current practices, ensuring resources are used in a sustainable way and making sustainable decisions to ensure continuous sustainability in the practice.

The unit applies to those who work as artists or designers. Sustainability considerations apply both to activities within the practice and to the design of products and services that might be made, operated or used by others. The practitioner applies a self-directed approach to ensuring the sustainability of own creative practice.

No licensing, legislative or certification conditions apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Industry capability – Professional practice

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Evaluate environmental sustainability of current practice	1.1 Assess source of materials used in current practice, taking account of their origin and abundance 1.2 Investigate and evaluate resource use and sustainability issues in current practice 1.3 Identify and evaluate applicable legislation, codes of practice and national standards that impact on workplace sustainability and confirm compliance 1.4 Analyse and address existing and potential environmental risks and hazards in the workplace
2. Use resources sustainably in own practice	2.1 Use sustainable work practices across all areas of activity 2.2 Explore use of alternative sources of materials, including recycled products where possible 2.3 Source and use more sustainable approaches in work, including sustainable materials in preference to materials in short supply 2.4 Maximise use of waste products arising from the creative process 2.5 Monitor and measure use of resources in own practice, and make changes that reduce usage where practicable
3. Make sustainable design decisions	3.1 Evaluate choice and use of materials in design briefs, whether generated by self or others 3.2 Assess impact of user needs and preferences on sustainable design options 3.3 Assess environmental impact of intended production processes 3.4 Enhance sustainability by asking pertinent questions 3.5 Positively influence the sustainability of design process within scope of own responsibility 3.6 Include explicit reference to sustainability issues in design and production documentation
4. Maintain currency of sustainability issues and options	4.1 Maintain currency of specialised knowledge of sustainability issues applicable to own area of expertise 4.2 Proactively identify sources of information and professional development to build own sustainability skills 4.3 Integrate current and emerging ideas into own practice

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Identifies and analyses sustainability aspects of completed work through self-appraisal and positively enhances practice Enhances professional development through ongoing accumulation of information about contemporary and developing methodologies
Numeracy	Prepares detailed resource specifications, making adjustments based on sustainability considerations relating to availability and usage
Oral communication	Articulates clearly and conveys sustainability requirements using specific and applicable language suitable to audience Confirms and clarifies understanding using listening and questioning techniques
Writing	Accurately records applicable sustainability issues and approaches in workplace documentation using clear and specialised language
Initiative and enterprise	Sets sustainability goals, gathers applicable information and identifies and evaluates options against agreed criteria using systematic and analytical processes in different situations Recognises the potential to develop and apply new ideas and enhance sustainable work practices and outcomes
Self-management	Keeps up to date with legislation, codes of practice, and national standards applicable to own rights and responsibilities and considers implications of these for own work practice Takes responsibility for own work practices negotiating some key sustainability aspects with others

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CUAPPR504 Establish and maintain environmentally sustainable creative practice.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUAPPR514 Establish and maintain environmentally sustainable creative practice

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

establish and maintain at least two environmentally sustainable creative practices.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

develop new ideas for developing sustainable practices within own creative work

develop a set of actions that enhance the environmental sustainability of individual practice

work with others and positively influence the sustainability of the design process where applicable

apply varied knowledge of key aspects of sustainability to those areas of creative practice that can be made more sustainable

monitor, measure and reduce, where practicable, use of resources in own practice.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

sources of raw materials used in the applicable area of creative practice

specific sustainability issues that impact on the applicable area of creative practice in terms of both design and production

ways to positively influence sustainability in the design and production of own work

tools, techniques and strategies used by practitioners to build sustainable practice

legislation, codes of practice and standards about sustainability in the relevant areas of practice.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

information relating to sustainable practices and materials

scenarios requiring the establishment and maintenance of environmentally sustainable creative practices.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUAPPR515 Establish and maintain safe creative practice

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to determine and respond effectively to broad and specific safety requirements in a professional practice. It involves determining work health and safety (WHS) requirements, identifying hazards, managing risks, and monitoring and enhancing safety of the practice.

The unit applies to those who are sole practitioners or working in collaborative teams across all sectors and areas of expertise, who are responsible for managing safety. The practitioner applies a self-directed approach to ensuring safety. The unit could apply to a range of internal and external work environments, including workshops, studios, offices, field locations and performance venues. The unit does not apply to individuals employed by organisations to manage the safety of a practice.

No licensing, legislative or certification conditions apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Industry capability – Professional practice

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine WHS requirements for professional practice	1.1 Research key features of legislation that apply to professional practice 1.2 Source and evaluate practice-specific codes, standards and guidelines that affect the management of safety in the applicable work environment 1.3 Develop systems and procedures that respond to WHS requirements and effectively integrate those responses into practice management 1.4 Evaluate the role of others in practice safety and involve them as required
2. Identify hazards and assess and manage risks	2.1 Identify existing and potential hazards specific to the area of practice using applicable methods, templates and tools 2.2 Assess and manage risks associated with those hazards in line with established processes and according to WHS legislation and codes of practice 2.3 Implement and monitor developed systems and procedures in response to identified requirements for hazard control measures and risk assessment in the workplace 2.4 Develop and maintain current and accurate documentation that supports hazard identification and risk management in workplace practices 2.5 Address hazard identification and risk assessment and management at the planning, design and evaluation stages of any change in the workplace and confirm that new hazards are not created
3. Monitor and enhance safety of the practice	3.1 Maintain currency of WHS knowledge applicable to own area of practice 3.2 Seek feedback from colleagues on workplace safety practices and potential issues, and integrate improvements into systems and procedures as required 3.3 Proactively identify other sources of information and professional development opportunities relating to safety 3.4 Integrate current and emerging ideas and technologies that support workplace safety into own practice

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy	Collects and interprets numerical information relating to workplace hazards, identifying issues and responding by amending workplace systems and procedures as required Calculates, measures and estimates in relation to probability and the likelihood of specific types of risks, and develops their control measures
Oral communication	Listens to and notes specific information relating to practice safety and confirms and clarifies requirements using listening and questioning skills Participates in an oral exchange requiring some negotiation regarding safety procedures and practices
Reading	Reads and evaluates a series of complex texts and determines how general and specific legislative, regulatory and work requirements relate to the safety of practice
Writing	Writes detailed procedural text based on the needs of the practice, providing clear plain English information about systems and procedures required to address workplace safety and meet reporting obligations
Initiative and enterprise	Reflects on the way in which variables impact on decision outcomes and contributes to refinement of decision-making processes in the future using past experiences
Planning and organising	Develops plans and manages complex tasks with an awareness of how they may contribute to long-term goals Gathers applicable information and identifies and evaluates options against established criteria using systematic, analytical processes in different situations
Problem solving	Recognises different problems and responds intuitively to those requiring immediate attention, quickly drawing on current knowledge and past experience to devise solutions
Self-management	Keeps abreast of applicable legislative requirements and considers their implications when negotiating, planning and undertaking work relating to improving practice safety
Teamwork	Collaborates with others and achieves joint outcomes, playing an active role in influencing practice safety and sometimes taking a leadership role

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CUAPPR505 Establish and maintain safe creative practice.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUAPPR515 Establish and maintain safe creative practice

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

establish and maintain at least two safe creative practices.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

analyse the needs of a particular practice and develop a set of systems, procedures and practices that support safety in that context

identify key safety issues, including specific hazards and risks in the applicable area of practice

apply general work health and safety (WHS) legislation and specific codes, standards or guidelines relevant to own practice.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

essential components of work health and safety (WHS) legislation, regulations and codes of practice applicable to the specific area of practice

essential WHS responsibilities of employers, manufacturers, suppliers, employees and other parties with legal responsibilities

applicable industry or process-specific safety guidelines that apply to particular fields of work and particular work environments

hazards and their associated risks that exist in the specific professional practice

potential impact of not addressing hazards and risks in the specific area of practice

organisational systems, procedures and practices that support WHS management and regulatory compliance for a professional practice, including those relating to:

business planning, especially new technology and organisational change

purchasing policies and procedures

reporting on financial, technical and other resource needs

maintenance of WHS systems and procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to general and practice-specific (WHS) information.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUAPPR612 Collaborate in professional creative projects

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to collaborate with other creative practitioners to establish, realise and evaluate a creative project.

The unit applies to those who are independent creative practitioners working together in a collaborative team on commercial or community creative projects in physical or virtual environments. They may work on individual pieces of creative work or on thematically connected works in the broader context of a work brief, exhibition, competition or themed event. The unit applies to self-generated projects as well as those developed in response to opportunities presented by others.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Industry capability – Professional Practice

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for collaborative project	1.1 Establish sustainable and productive creative relationships 1.2 Engage with collaborative communities and partnerships based on potential benefits for self and others 1.3 Identify factors inhibiting potential collaboration and address as required 1.4 Identify and pursue collaboration opportunities
2. Establish collaborative project	2.1 Establish collaborative project and contribute to project objectives and parameters 2.2 Agree ways of working that acknowledges different contributions of required personnel 2.3 Determine ethical considerations, copyright and intellectual property requirements 2.4 Identify professional and practical project requirements 2.5 Organise and allocate work activities with clear and agreed outcomes
3. Realise collaborative project	3.1 Contribute own technical and creative expertise from idea generation to project realisation 3.2 Extend own expertise and learn from others as project progresses 3.3 Monitor project progress against agreed objectives 3.4 Challenge, test and share ideas with project team 3.5 Suggest ideas and solutions for technical, creative and organisational challenges 3.6 Meet established personal responsibilities for creative work and overall project
4. Evaluate collaborative project	4.1 Engage in review and evaluation with others involved in project 4.2 Evaluate own contribution based on collaborative effort and professional relationships with others 4.3 Identify and seek opportunities for refining and expanding own expertise

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Identifies strengths and weaknesses and opportunities for improvement using self-appraisal and feedback
Oral communication	Shares and explores abstract creative concepts and ideas using required language and communication methods
Reading	Interprets information from project documentation
Writing	Documents roles and project requirements using language and format required for context and intended audience
Teamwork	Establishes and maintains professional working relationships Achieves joint outcomes using and enhancing skills and knowledge related to complex issues, ideas and creative challenges Recognises and responds to explicit and implicit meanings in communication, seeking clarification where misinterpretation might create difficulties
Initiative and enterprise	Achieves goals of professional standard using diverse practices Works autonomously and takes responsibility and ownership for complex project work Explores new ideas with understanding of importance for viability and effectiveness of own role Gathers required information and identifies, evaluates and refines options against agreed understanding using systemic and analytical processes
Planning and organising	Develops plans for managing complex tasks and incorporates contribution of own and others’ practice
Problem solving	Identifies different problems and responds to difficulties by drawing on current knowledge and past experience to devise solutions within required timeframes
Self-management	Complies with legal, regulatory and ethical responsibilities

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CUAPPR602 Collaborate in professional creative projects.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUAPPR612 Collaborate in professional creative projects

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

realise at least one creative work of professional standard in collaboration with required personnel, involving:

contributing to agreed objectives and parameters

contributing to technical, creative and organisational expertise according to agreed team approaches

modelling due diligence and professionalism

establishing and maintain sustainable professional relationships

evaluating and resolve complex technical, creative or organisational problems.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

apply copyright and intellectual property requirements to creative work.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

types of face-to-face and virtual communities, networks and groups required for own professional creative practice

benefits of collaboration for individuals, businesses and communities, including value of collaboration as problem-solving tool

behaviours and factors supporting professional relationships and collaboration in context of creative projects

common problems in collaborative process and how to avoid or resolve them

project management processes and procedures required for creative projects

ways of evaluating success of projects and collaborative undertakings, including benefits of alternative evaluation approaches:

formal reporting

professional critique

reviewing peer feedback

copyright and intellectual property issues and legislation associated with professional creative practice, including ways of identifying requirements related to:

shared intellectual property

self-promotion

contracts.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

opportunities to collaborate with other individuals.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUAPPR613 Engage in the business of creative practice

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to approach the business aspects of working as a creative practitioner in a professional manner. It involves developing professional work practices, evaluating different business practices, investigating financial and legal aspects of creative practice and evaluating own professional opportunities.

The unit applies to those who, depending on the creative practice, operate as sole practitioners, in artist cooperatives, or as freelance or contract workers. Regardless of the business model, all practitioners earning income from their practice engage with the professional business requirements for a sustainable creative practice. Independent creative practitioners sometimes work as employees in small and large organisations.

No licensing, legislative or certification conditions apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Industry capability – Professional practice

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop and apply professional work practices	1.1 Develop a professional work ethic when practicing creatively 1.2 Collaborate and communicate with other professionals about the business aspects of creative practice 1.3 Determine the skills and knowledge needed to operate as a successful creative practitioner 1.4 Evaluate own current skills and knowledge and the need for related professional development 1.5 Identify own skills and knowledge and assess potential for using specialist expertise
2. Evaluate different business practices	2.1 Investigate different ways that creative practitioners do business 2.2 Investigate different business practices, systems and procedures that need to be considered as part of professional creative practice 2.3 Assess relevance and implications of particular business structures 2.4 Identify physical resources required by own creative practice and how they might be accessed 2.5 Develop an overall approach to business aspects of own practice based on evaluation of applicable information 2.6 Evaluate all aspects of own practice as a key component of business and personal growth
3. Address financial aspects of creative practice	3.1 Investigate financial considerations for creative practice 3.2 Research and assess different ways of commercialising work and ideas 3.3 Evaluate different ways of costing and selling creative work 3.4 Assess broader financial management requirements and their application to own practice 3.5 Develop and apply individual approaches to financial management of practice
4. Analyse the rights and obligations of creative practitioners	4.1 Evaluate legal and moral rights and obligations of professional creative practice 4.2 Practise work and business in ways that meet legal and moral obligations 4.3 Pursue own rights as a creative practitioner consistent with own professional and ethical standards 4.4 Establish and maintain sound approaches to safety and sustainability in professional practice
5. Evaluate and pursue professional opportunities	5.1 Evaluate work opportunities within and beyond the creative sector 5.2 Identify and pursue potential work opportunities beyond established patterns of work 5.3 Identify and access sources of professional advice 5.4 Evaluate local and global opportunities for own practice 5.5 Identify and evaluate opportunities offered by current and emerging trends in the consumption of culture and creative products 5.6 Analyse the experiences of others as a way of discovering different opportunities

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Demonstrates commitment to an ongoing process of professional development
Numeracy	Interprets numerical information and manages financial aspects of the professional practice business
Oral communication	Interacts effectively with different professional practitioners, choosing language to share and explore potentially abstract creative concepts and ideas
Reading	Identifies, analyses and evaluates often complex information from different sources and identifies practices, systems and procedures that could enhance own professional creative practice
Writing	Prepares documentation of work that incorporates synthesis of knowledge and ideas using appropriate terminology and cohesive language in a format applicable to purpose
Initiative and enterprise	Gathers applicable information and identifies, evaluates and refines options against agreed criteria using systematic and analytical processes Identifies the way in which variables impact on decision outcomes and refines decision-making processes using experiences Identifies the critical importance of the ongoing exploration of new ideas to the viability and effectiveness of own role
Problem solving	Articulates and challenges the values, beliefs and assumptions that may shape thinking and routinely reframes and redefines problems when generating new ideas and fresh perspectives Identifies different problems and responds intuitively to difficulties by quickly drawing on current knowledge and past experience to devise solutions
Self-management	Works with a high degree of autonomy, taking responsibility and ownership for all aspects of work, including compliance with legal and regulatory rights and responsibilities Keeps abreast of trends and issues in a dynamic world and readily adapts to changing needs and priorities Identifies innovative ways of developing and sharing skills and knowledge with others
Teamwork	Contributes to a collaborative culture, collaborating with others on practice development issues, facilitating a sense of commitment and cohesion, and highlighting and using the strengths of those involved Invests time and energy in building rapport with other creative and business professionals as an integral part of addressing management and development issues

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CUAPPR603 Engage in the business of creative practice.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUAPPR613 Engage in the business of creative practice

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop at least two cohesive approaches and strategies, that are grounded in research and analysis, for developing and managing own practice.

In the course of the above, the candidate must:

research and evaluate different complex and varied business information, including business structures, financial considerations, and legal rights and obligations

interact with other professionals on management and development issues

identify professional work opportunities within and beyond the creative sectors, including new and emerging opportunities

apply legal and moral rights and obligations relevant to own practice.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

types of behaviour, skills and practice that constitute a professional way of working in the specific area of creative practice

professional development opportunities for the specific area of creative practice

types and sources of external expertise and professional advice for creative practitioners that could be used in professional practice, including different industry organisations

general business structures, practices, systems and procedures that apply to all professional practitioners, as well as typical ways that business is done in the specific area of creative practice

physical resources needed for different types of professional practice and different ways they may be set up or accessed

financial management practices that apply to all professional practitioners, including financial models and structures that apply to the specific area of creative practice

factors to consider when costing and selling work and methods of selling work, including commissions

trends in the consumption of culture and creative products and their impact on professional creative practice

legal and moral obligations of creative practitioners, including intellectual property, work health and safety, and sustainability considerations.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

interaction with others required to demonstrate the performance evidence

general business information required to demonstrate the performance evidence.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUARES301 Apply knowledge of history and theory to own arts practice

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to assess the relevance of historical and theoretical information for application to own arts practice.

It applies to individuals working in any area of arts practice who use analytical skills and apply some judgement and autonomy to the research process.

No licensing, legislative or certification conditions apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Knowledge management – research

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Maintain and develop knowledge of history and theory	1.1 Monitor relevant sources of industry information based on areas of interest, work and learning 1.2 Develop processes to review and maintain knowledge of history and theory relevant to own arts practice in consultation with appropriate people
2. Evaluate information	2.1 Evaluate information from range of sources 2.2 Extract and evaluate key ideas relevant to own arts practice 2.3 Use information in compliance with intellectual property requirements and in culturally appropriate way
3. Apply information to own arts practice	3.1 Determine own ideas about ways information is used 3.2 Integrate ideas into development of own arts practice 3.3 Discuss application of knowledge of history and theory with appropriate people and incorporate feedback and ideas as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Reading	1.1, 2.1, 2.2	Identifies useful information sources and evaluates visual and textual content to select information relevant to own practice
Oral Communication	1.2, 3.3	Participates in exchanges of ideas and information with others Uses listening and questioning to clarify and confirm understanding of other opinions
Navigate the world of work	2.3	Understands responsibility to follow legal requirements and cultural protocols when using information in own practice
Get the work done	1.1, 1.2, 3.1, 3.2	Plans and organises a range of routine tasks required to inform own practice Determines simple organisational processes to keep up with information relevant to own practice Analyses theoretical information to decide how it will be used in own practice

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUARES301 Apply knowledge of history and theory to own arts practice	CUVRES301A Apply knowledge of history and theory to own arts practice	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUARES301 Apply knowledge of history and theory to own arts practice

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

review a range of information and evaluate its relevance to current arts practice

maintain information for application to own creative practice

participate in discussions about art practice and demonstrate how feedback and ideas are used in own arts practice.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

identify sources of information on history and theory relevant to own arts practice

describe theoretical and historical contexts relevant to own arts practice

outline ways information assists the development of own arts practice

describe information maintenance methods that enhance own arts practice

outline intellectual property issues and legislation relevant to the use of information and ideas in own work.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

a range of relevant and current information services and sources

interaction with others.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUASCU411 Experiment with techniques to produce sculpture

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to proactively experiment and innovate with various sculptural techniques and design concepts to develop professional practice, form an individual style and produce finished sculptures.

The unit applies to those who have well developed skills in design and technique and who often produce work at a preprofessional level for sale in a range of settings. They work independently with limited supervision and guidance as required.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual Communication – Sculpture

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop proficiency with a range of sculptural techniques and media	1.1 Evaluate potential for new approaches to sculpture based on capabilities of known techniques 1.2 Achieve different effects by introducing and adapting new equipment, tools and materials 1.3 Extend own capability with sculptural techniques through experimentation on samples, practice pieces or a work in progress 1.4 Assess safety and sustainability issues for different techniques and media
2. Develop ideas for sculptures	2.1 Research, adapt and use relevant ideas and approaches from other practitioners and comply with intellectual property requirements 2.2 Use knowledge of different sculptural techniques to inform ideas and discuss with required personnel 2.3 Evaluate how different techniques and ideas can best work together 2.4 Assess the professional potential and presentation requirements of own work 2.5 Refine and confirm ideas based on research, experimentation and collaboration with others
3. Organise sculpture resources	3.1 Identify specific resource requirements for sculpture work 3.2 Research potential sources of supply for sculpture resources 3.3 Evaluate cost and other constraints that impact on development of the work 3.4 Evaluate and respond to presentation considerations for finished sculptures 3.5 Coordinate required resources and set up according to safety requirements
4. Create finished sculptures	4.1 Create sculptures using techniques and media selected from research and experimentation 4.2 Review and refine ideas and approaches based on ongoing experience with production of own work 4.3 Handle equipment, tools and materials safely; minimise and safely dispose of waste throughout all processes 4.4 Document development of own work and the research and ideas that informed it
5. Evaluate own sculptural work	5.1 Reflect on own conceptual development and technical execution of work 5.2 Identify areas for future skill development and options to learn 5.3 Discuss completed work with others and consider all feedback

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

SKILL	DESCRIPTION
Learning	Formulates a learning plan when attempting to fill skill gaps
Reading	Interprets and evaluates complex and unfamiliar information when considering design ideas
Writing	Uses clear, specific and industry related terminology when documenting a comprehensive record of research, conceptual idea development and production
Oral Communication	Represents clear ideas for designs and techniques using required industry and conceptual language Uses questioning and active listening techniques to elicit different perspectives about creative ideas and feedback and to confirm understanding
Numeracy	Uses basic calculations to measure and record dimensions of display areas and appropriate size of art pieces to suit Uses basic calculations to determine and record quantities of equipment, tools and materials Interprets budgetary constraints and supplier prices and calculates sometimes complex order costs
Teamwork	Assess design ideas and review own work through the perspective and guidance of others Engages in an open conversation to elicit and consider the merit of feedback from peers and others
Self-management	Takes responsibility for compliance with legal, safety and sustainability practices associated with creative work Manages own decisions about appropriate design ideas and techniques by experimentation with a range of explored options Reviews work in progress, resolving problems through refinement of approach Creates opportunities to use a more innovative approach and personal style

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to CUASCU401 Experiment with techniques to produce sculpture.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUASCU411 Experiment with techniques to produce sculpture

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package Version 5.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

experiment with at least two different sculpture techniques and apply findings to sculpture works.

In the course above, the candidate must:

confirm ideas for own work using a process of thorough research and experimentation

identify and acquire resources required to complete chosen work

adapt and use a range of sculptural techniques to create a single major work or multiple pieces of sculpture that:

shows technical proficiency

incorporates understanding of elements and principles of design

demonstrates innovation and the emergence of an individual style

review and document the research and development process.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

key contemporary conceptual frameworks in sculpture

intellectual property requirements relevant to producing sculptural works.

methods used to research creative and technical approaches to sculptural work

how the works of other practitioners may be used to inform individual practice

role of experimentation in developing and refining ideas for sculptures and how it relates to the development of an individual style

ways to adapt, extend and combine the capabilities of a wide range of sculptural techniques

elements and principles of design, including:

detailed design characteristics

key interrelationships

use in sculptures and how they may be challenged

tools and equipment used to produce sculpture:

key physical features and uses

cleaning and maintenance techniques

storage requirements

physical properties and capabilities of a range of materials and techniques used to produce sculptures

suppliers of resources for professional sculpture practice, including raw, part-processed and processed sculpture materials

practices and procedures for working safely and sustainably with materials, tools and equipment for producing sculpture.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a workplace or simulated environment where the conditions are typical of those in a working environment in this industry.

This includes access to:

equipment, tools and materials used to produce sculptures

credible information sources.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

CUAWOO401 Experiment with techniques to produce wood objects

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to proactively experiment and innovate with various woodworking techniques and design concepts to develop professional practice and an individual style.

It applies to individuals who have well developed skills in design and technique and who often produce work at a preprofessional level for sale in outlets such as markets and fairs. They work independently with limited supervision and guidance as required.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Visual communication – wood

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop proficiency with a range of woodworking techniques and media	1.1 Evaluate potential for new approaches to woodwork based on capabilities of known techniques 1.2 Adapt or introduce new equipment, tools and materials to achieve different effects 1.3 Extend own capability with woodworking techniques through experimentation on samples, practice pieces or a work in progress 1.4 Assess safety and sustainability issues for different techniques and media
2. Develop ideas for wood objects	2.1 Discuss, with key people, creative and other goals for own wood objects 2.2 Research, adapt and use relevant ideas and approaches from other practitioners and comply with intellectual property requirements 2.3 Use knowledge of different woodworking techniques to inform ideas 2.4 Consider how different techniques and ideas can best work together 2.5 Assess the professional potential and presentation requirements of own work to inform ideas 2.6 Refine and confirm ideas based on research, experimentation and collaboration with others
3. Organise woodworking resources	3.1 Identify specific resource requirements for the chosen work 3.2 Research potential sources of supply for woodworking resources 3.3 Evaluate cost and other constraints that impact on development of the work 3.4 Evaluate and respond to presentation considerations for finished wood objects 3.5 Coordinate required resources and set up according to safety requirements
4. Create finished wood objects	4.1 Create wood objects using techniques and media selected from research and experimentation, considering and applying elements and principles of design 4.2 Review and refine ideas and approaches based on ongoing experience with production of own work 4.3 Handle equipment, tools and materials safely; minimise and safely dispose of waste throughout all processes 4.4 Document development of own work and the research and ideas that informed it
5. Evaluate own wood objects	5.1 Reflect on own conceptual development and technical execution of the work 5.2 Identify areas for future skill development and options to learn 5.3 Discuss completed work with others and consider all feedback

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Performance Criteria	Description
Learning	5.2	Identifies own skill gaps and future learning options
Reading	2.2, 3.2	Interprets and evaluates complex and unfamiliar information to support design ideas and to identify key information about resources
Writing	4.4	Uses clear, specific and industry related terminology to document a comprehensive record of research, conceptual idea development and production
Oral Communication	2.1, 5.3	Clearly represents ideas for designs and techniques using relevant industry and conceptual language Uses questioning and active listening techniques to elicit different perspectives about creative ideas and feedback and to confirm understanding
Numeracy	2.5, 3.1-3.3	Uses basic calculations to measure and record dimensions of display areas and appropriate size of wood objects to suit Uses basic calculations to determine and record quantities of equipment, tools and materials Interprets budgetary constraints and supplier prices and calculates sometimes complex order costs
Navigate the world of work	1.4, 2.2, 3.5, 4.3	Takes responsibility for compliance with legal, safety and sustainability practices associated with creative work
Interact with others	2.1, 5.3	Discusses design concepts and collaborates with other artists to generate new ideas and solutions to achieve best outcomes for own creative work Engages in an open conversation to elicit and consider the merit of feedback from peers and others to enhance future performance
Get the work done	1.1-1.3, 2.2-2.6, 3.1, 3.5, 4.1, 4.2	Takes responsibility for completing own creative works from design inception to realisation, efficiently and logically sequencing the stages of preparation and production Manages own decisions about appropriate design ideas and techniques by experimentation with a range of explored options Resolves problems with technique through experimentation and analysis Reviews work in progress resolving problems through refinement of approach Creates opportunities to use a more innovative approach and personal style.

Unit Mapping Information

Code and title current version	Code and title previous version	Comments	Equivalence status
CUAWOO401 Experiment with techniques to produce wood objects	CUVWOO401A Experiment with techniques to produce wood objects	Updated to meet Standards for Training Packages and clarify intent. Minor edits to performance criteria.	Equivalent unit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

Assessment Requirements for CUAWOO401 Experiment with techniques to produce wood objects

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with CUA Creative Arts and Culture Training Package version 2.0.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to:

use a process of thorough research and experimentation to confirm ideas for own work

identify and acquire resources required to complete chosen work

adapt and use a range of woodworking techniques to create a single major work or multiple wood objects that:

shows technical proficiency in chosen techniques

reflects understanding of elements and principles of design

demonstrates innovation and the emergence of an individual style

review and document the research and development process.

Note: If a specific volume or frequency is not stated, then evidence must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

To complete the unit requirements safely and effectively, the individual must:

describe intellectual property requirements relevant to producing wood objects

summarise methods used to research creative and technical approaches to woodworking

explain how the works of other practitioners may be used to inform individual practice

describe the role of experimentation in developing and refining ideas for wood objects and how it relates to the development of an individual style

explain ways to adapt, extend and combine the capabilities of a wide range of woodworking techniques

describe, for the elements and principles of design, the detailed characteristics, key interrelationships, use in wood objects and how they may be challenged

summarise, for a range of tools and equipment used to produce wood objects, key physical features and uses, cleaning and maintenance techniques and storage requirements

describe the physical properties and capabilities of a range of materials and techniques used to produce wood objects

list suppliers of resources for professional woodworking practice with particular emphasis on raw, part-processed and processed woodworking materials

describe practices and procedures for working safely and sustainably with materials, tools and equipment for producing wood objects.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must be conducted in a safe environment where evidence gathered demonstrates consistent performance of typical activities experienced in creative arts industry environments. The assessment environment must include access to:

equipment, tools and materials used to produce wood objects

information sources.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational educational and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=1db201d9-4006-4430-839f-382ef6b803d5

HLTAID011 Provide First Aid

Modification History

Not applicable.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to provide a first aid response to a casualty in line with first aid guidelines determined by the Australian Resuscitation Council (ARC) and other Australian national peak clinical bodies.

The unit applies to all persons who may be required to provide a first aid response in a range of situations, including community and workplace settings.

Specific licensing/regulatory requirements relating to this competency, including requirements for refresher training should be obtained from the relevant national/state/territory Work Health and Safety Regulatory Authorities.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Respond to an emergency situation.	1.1. Recognise and assess an emergency situation. 1.2. Ensure safety for self, bystanders and casualty. 1.3. Assess the casualty and recognise the need for first aid response. 1.4. Seek assistance from emergency services.
2. Apply appropriate first aid procedures.	2.1. Perform cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) in accordance ARC guidelines. 2.2. Provide first aid in accordance with established first aid principles. 2.3. Display respectful behaviour towards casualty. 2.4. Obtain consent from casualty where possible. 2.5. Use available resources and equipment to make the casualty as comfortable as possible. 2.6. Operate first aid equipment according to manufacturers’ instructions. 2.7. Monitor the casualty’s condition and respond in accordance with first aid principles.
3. Communicate details of the incident.	3.1. Accurately convey incident details to emergency services. 3.2. Report details of incident in line with appropriate workplace or site procedures. 3.3. Complete applicable workplace or site documentation, including incident report form. 3.4. Maintain privacy and confidentiality of information in line with statutory or organisational policies.
4. Review the incident.	4.1. Recognise the possible psychological impacts on self and other rescuers and seek help when required. 4.2. Contribute to a review of the first aid response as required.

Foundation Skills

The Foundation Skills describe those required skills (language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills) that are essential to performance.
Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and not equivalent to HLTAID003 Provide first aid

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=ced1390f-48d9-4ab0-bd50-b015e5485705

Assessment Requirements for HLTAID011 Provide First Aid

Modification History

Not applicable.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to complete tasks outlined in elements and performance criteria of this unit in the context of the workplace or community setting.

There must be evidence that the candidate has completed the following tasks in line with State/Territory regulations, first aid codes of practice, first aid guidelines determined by the Australian Resuscitation Council (ARC) and other Australian national peak clinical bodies and workplace or site procedures:

managed, in line with ARC guidelines, the unconscious, breathing casualty including appropriate positioning to reduce the risk of airway compromise

managed, in line with ARC guidelines, the unconscious, non-breathing adult, including:

performing at least 2 minutes of uninterrupted single rescuer cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) (5 cycles of both compressions and ventilations) on an adult resuscitation manikin placed on the floor

following the prompts of an automated external defibrillator (AED) to deliver at least one shock

demonstrating a rotation of single rescuer operators with minimal interruptions to compressions

responding appropriately in the event of regurgitation or vomiting

managed, in line with ARC guidelines, the unconscious, non-breathing infant, including:

performing at least 2 minutes of uninterrupted single rescuer CPR (5 cycles both compressions and ventilations) on an infant resuscitation manikin placed on a firm surface

managed casualties, with the following:

anaphylaxis

asthma

non-life-threatening bleeding

choking

envenomation, using pressure immobilisation

fractures, dislocations, sprains and strains, using appropriate immobilisation techniques

minor wound cleaning and dressing

nosebleed

shock

responded to at least one simulated first aid incident contextualised to the candidate’s workplace or community setting, where the candidate has no knowledge of the casualty’s condition prior to starting treatment, including:

identifying the casualty’s illness or injury through history, signs and symptoms

using personal protective equipment (PPE) as required

providing appropriate first aid treatment

conveying incident details to emergency services or advising casualty on any required post incident action

providing an accurate verbal and written report of the incident

reviewing the incident.

Knowledge Evidence

Demonstrated knowledge required to complete the tasks outlined in elements and performance criteria of this unit:

guidelines and procedures including:

ARC guidelines relevant to the provision of first aid

first aid guidelines from Australian national peak clinical bodies

potential incident hazards and risk minimisation processes when providing first aid

infection control procedures, including use of standard precautions and resuscitation barrier devices

requirements for currency of skill and knowledge

first aid codes of practice

appropriate workplace or site procedures relevant to the provision of first aid

contents of first aid kits

legal, workplace and community considerations including:

duty of care requirements

own skills and limitations

consent and how it relates to the conscious and unconscious casualty

privacy and confidentiality requirements

awareness of potential need for stress management techniques and available support for rescuers

considerations when providing CPR, including:

upper airway and effect of positional change

appropriate duration and cessation of CPR

appropriate use of an AED

safety and maintenance procedures for an AED

chain of survival

how to access emergency services

techniques for providing CPR to adults, children and infants including:

how to recognise that a casualty is unconscious and not breathing normally

rate, ratio and depth of compressions and ventilations

correct hand positioning for compressions

basic anatomy, physiology and the differences between adults, children and infants relating to CPR

signs, symptoms and management of the following conditions and injuries:

allergic reaction

anaphylaxis

asthma

non-life-threatening and life-threatening bleeding

burns

cardiac conditions, including chest pain

choking

diabetes

drowning

envenomation - all current treatments

eye injuries

fractures, dislocations, strains and sprains

head, neck and spinal injuries

hypothermia

hyperthermia

minor wounds

nose-bleed

poisoning

seizures

shock

sharps injuries

stroke.

Assessment Conditions

Each candidate to demonstrate skills in an environment that provides realistic in-depth, scenarios and simulations to assess candidates’ skills and knowledge.

Due to the nature of this type of training, it is acceptable for the performance evidence to be collected in a simulated environment.

Compression and ventilation skills must be demonstrated on resuscitation manikins following ARC guidelines for the purpose of assessment of CPR procedures.

Assessment must ensure access to:

adult and infant resuscitation manikins following ARC guidelines for the purpose of assessment of CPR procedures

adrenaline auto-injector training device

AED training devices

workplace first aid kit

placebo bronchodilator and spacer device

different types of wound dressings and bandages

blankets and items to treat for shock

personal protective equipment (PPE)

workplace injury, trauma or illness record, or other applicable workplace or site incident report form.

Simulated assessment environments must simulate real-life situations where these skills and knowledge would be performed, with all the relevant equipment and resources of that workplace or community environment.

Assessors must satisfy the Standards for Registered Training Organisations’ requirements for assessors and must hold this unit or demonstrate equivalent skills and knowledge to that contained within this unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=ced1390f-48d9-4ab0-bd50-b015e5485705

ICPPRN3840 Set up and produce basic digital print

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICP Printing and Graphic Arts Training Package Version 4.0.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to set up for and produce basic digitally printed product incorporating the use of raster image processor (RIP) technology when outputting to digital devices including wide format.

It applies to individuals working as print machinists in the printing and graphic arts industry who may set up, operate and monitor equipment and machinery and who may have to prepare material and apply solutions to problems. They may also provide leadership and guidance to others with some limited responsibility for the output of others.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Printing

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Check components and functions of digital print system	1.1 Check user-replaceable consumables and replacement as required 1.2 Check substrate feeding mechanisms and transport units and clear of misfeeds as required 1.3 Complete set up for data and electrical power 1.4 Perform shutdown and restart procedures according to manufacturer specifications 1.5 Install and set up required print driver and job download software
2. Perform digital printing system maintenance	2.1 Perform routine maintenance tasks according to manufacturer specifications and work health and safety (WHS) requirements 2.2 Clean substrate transport and inking systems 2.3 Check temperature and humidity conditions and substrate registration mechanisms 2.4 Perform ink density calibration 2.5 Implement basic maintenance solutions to minimise ink residue, substrate misfeed, paper particle dust, uncalibrated systems and ink coverage
3. Undertake substrate handling procedures	3.1 Develop and maintain paper handling and storage system for digital print environment according to requirements for substrate integrity and digital image quality 3.2 Check machine status, review print counters and consumable levels and estimate time requirements for reordering, servicing and reporting purpose
4. Confirm job specifications	4.1 Identify job specifications 4.2 Confirm availability of all job components 4.3 Check finishing requirements and coordinate internal workflow and outsource arrangements according to enterprise procedures 4.4 Calculate run time and completion time of job
5. Set up reel system	5.1 Adjust unwind reel 5.2 Set up and adjust rewind reel 5.3 Set up and adjust minor in-line processes
6. Set up sheet transportation system on sheet-fed machine	6.1 Load substrate into feeding mechanism and specify substrate properties in the user control interface 6.2 Identify and make adjustments to the delivery unit using the user control interface 6.3 Adjust on-line finishing unit using the user control interface
7. Use processor to set up job	7.1 Locate and retrieve electronic data files 7.2 Set processor parameters according to job specifications 7.3 Perform required preview and preflight checks of electronic data files 7.4 Apply basic troubleshooting methods to identify and rectify unverified data files, file errors and job requirement inconsistencies according to manufacturer specifications
8. Submit data files to digital print machine	8.1 Determine job priority according to job specifications and production schedules 8.2 Submit data file to print and image quality, and perform machine productivity checks
9. Produce digital proof and run digital print job	9.1 Conduct proof run and confirm proof conforms to job specifications and client requirements according to enterprise procedures 9.2 Conduct print run is according to job specifications 9.3 Monitor quality throughout print job and make adjustments as required
10. Perform document finishing	10.1 Identify and perform required document finishing 10.2 Package finished print according to delivery requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills incorporated in the performance criteria that are required for competent performance.

Skill	Description
Writing	Enters routine data associated with production processes and enterprise procedures
Numeracy	Interprets and analyses a range of mathematical information used in familiar and routine tasks
Self-management	Identifies and follows explicit and implicit protocols and meets expectations associated with own role, taking some responsibility for decisions regarding when and how to complete tasks, co-ordinate with, or delegate to others Complies with work health and safety and enterprise procedures relevant to own role
Teamwork	Cooperates with others as part of familiar routine activities, and contributes to specific activities requiring joint responsibility and accountability Identifies what to communicate, with whom and how, in routine work situations
Planning and organising	Determines priorities and sequences steps involved in clearly defined, familiar tasks
Problem solving	Responds to predictable problems and implements standard or logical solutions related to role in immediate work environment
Technology	Follows routine procedures for using digital technology by reading data from electronic monitoring and control systems

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to ICPPRN384 Set up and produce basic digital print.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a74b7a0f-a253-47e3-8be0-5d426e24131d

Assessment Requirements for ICPPRN3840 Set up and produce basic digital print

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with ICP Printing and Graphic Arts Training Package Version 4.0.

Performance Evidence

The candidate must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

set up and print four basic digital printing jobs according to manufacturer specifications, enterprise procedures and work health and safety (WHS) requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

The candidate must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

enterprise procedures, manufacturer specifications and work health and safety (WHS) requirements for:

setting up and operating in-line processes

the rewind function

workplace job ticket procedures and pre-printing set-up checks and procedures

procedures for:

file transfer actions and problem solving

selecting inks/toners for varied printed products and ensuring ink/toner quality

setting up on-line processes

obtaining client approval of the print and final approval of a basic job

proof checking

circumstances where client’s required binding method is unavailable

packaging finished print work

common problems and faults arising from:

printing on lightweight paper

incorrect feeding and delivery

the process if required substrate is unavailable

the range of substrate weights that can be printed on a specific machine

the availability of pre-prepared substrates for a specific machine

the maximum delivery quantity for a specific machine

the function of the raster image processor (RIP) in the job

data formats used in digital print

common troubleshooting methods required in the job

required calculations for run and completion time of job

the benefits of electronic data over scanning hardcopy, and ways to submit a PDF file to a digital printer

in-line options and on-line finishing options available on a specific machine

circumstances where a job would be modified before printing

various types of binding

alternative options if document size is too thick to staple

quality criteria to check in proof

the purpose of packing finished print work

manufacturer manuals, enterprise procedures and work health and safety documentation, including their location and purpose.

Assessment Conditions

Gather evidence to demonstrate consistent performance in conditions that are safe and replicate the workplace. Noise levels, production flow, interruptions and time variances must be typical of those experienced in the printing field of work and include access to:

special purpose tools, equipment and materials

digital print machinery

RIP or front-end processor.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a74b7a0f-a253-47e3-8be0-5d426e24131d

MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering

Modification History

Release 1. New unit. Supersedes and not equivelant to MEM13014A Apply principles of occupational health and safety in the work environment, MEM14004A Plan to undertake a routine task, MEM15002A Apply quality systems, MEM15024A Apply quality procedures, MEM16007A Work with others in a manufacturing, engineering or related environment.

Application

This unit of competency defines the skills and knowledge required to work effectively in manufacturing and engineering work situations, including planning routine work and participating in and following work health and safety (WHS) procedures. The unit applies to working either individually or in a team situation and includes contributing to work-related group activities in a manufacturing or engineering workplace.

This unit covers WHS skills associated with carrying out routine operational activities safely and in compliance with legislative and regulatory requirements.

The unit covers the skills associated with participation in quality systems, communication and cooperation with others. The unit applies to workplaces with informal or formal quality management and improvement systems.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Band:	A

Unit Weight:	2

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil.

Competency Field

Work health and safety

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Determine job requirements	1.1	Identify goals, objectives and task requirements and clarify with appropriate persons, where required
1.2	Prioritise task requirements
2	Review and modify plan	2.1	Adjust timelines, priorities and other planning components to respond to contingencies, as necessary
2.2	Re-examine results of work activity against the plan and identify possible improvements to future performance of work tasks
3	Work effectively with others in the workplace	3.1	Identify own role and responsibilities and relationship to other employees, including employees performing related/interdependent activities
3.2	Identify supervisors and other sources of advice and assistance for own work
3.3	Apply effective interpersonal skills to interact with others and contribute to activities and objectives
3.4	Review and modify own work progress to complement the work of others
3.5	Report own work progress to supervisors and where required to fellow employees using standard operating procedures (SOPs)
4	Follow safe work practices	4.1	Check for and identify hazards in the work area before and during work
4.2	Follow procedures for avoiding or controlling hazards already identified in instructions, signage or other workplace communication
4.3	Identify and report risks and hazards not covered by procedures
4.4	Select, use and maintain relevant personal protective equipment (PPE) by procedures, as required
4.5	Recognise emergency situations and take appropriate initial emergency action
4.6	Follow procedures for responding to emergencies
4.7	Report incidents, injuries and other WHS non-conformances according to procedures
5	Work within a quality system	5.1	Follow instructions and procedures and perform duties in accordance with standard operating procedures or quality system requirements
5.2	Ensure conformance of product and process to specifications
5.3	Report defects and non-conformance to specifications according to procedures
5.4	Participate in process improvement procedures, where required
6	Participate in workplace health and safety procedures	6.1	Identify workplace health and safety policies and procedures relevant to own work and work area
6.2	Identify relevant WHS managers and representatives for own work area
6.3	Provide input to minimise hazards in work area in line with organisation WHS procedures and participative arrangements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those required skills (reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy) that are essential to workplace performance in this unit of competency.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

This field allows for different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included.
Quality systems include one (1) or more of the following	quality planning quality assurance quality control quality improvement procedures and processes
Task requirements include one (1) or more of the following:	timeframe quality requirements outcome and performance requirements job history checks reporting requirements tools and equipment materials and parts supporting documents
Specifications include one (1) or more of the following:	task lists instructions manufacturer manuals diagrams and schematics sketches parts lists SOPs
Planning includes one (1) or more of the following:	preparing a plan to complete the task organising task into manageable steps including appropriate order and timing monitoring the progress of processes related to own responsibilities applying relevant WHS instructions collecting, sorting, recording results of work seeking advice and guidance on setting priorities and timeframes seeking feedback from supervisor, trainer or mentor

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. New unit. Supersedes and not equivelant to MEM13014A Apply principles of occupational health and safety in the work environment, MEM14004A Plan to undertake a routine task, MEM15002A Apply quality systems, MEM15024A Apply quality procedures, MEM16007A Work with others in a manufacturing, engineering or related environment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b7050d37-5fd0-4740-8f7d-3b7a49c10bb2

Assessment Requirements for MEM13015 Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering

Modification History

Release 1. New unit. Supersedes and not equivelant to MEM13014A Apply principles of occupational health and safety in the work environment, MEM14004A Plan to undertake a routine task, MEM15002A Apply quality systems, MEM15024A Apply quality procedures, MEM16007A Work with others in a manufacturing, engineering or related environment.

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy the requirements of the elements and performance criteria on at least two (2) occasions and include:

following work instructions, standard operating procedures (SOPs) and safe work practices

identifying and avoiding or controlling hazards

reporting hazards, incidents, injuries and other work health and safety (WHS) non-conformances following SOPs

recognising and responding to emergencies following SOPs

identifying and obtaining, instructions and information on job requirements, including one or more of the following:

verbal or written job instructions

specifications

SOPs

charts

lists

identifying and responding to contingencies, including:

equipment breakdowns

non-conforming components

safety hazards

recording information into proforma workplace documents, including:

production tally forms

quality control forms

safety incident forms

performing assigned tasks and checking outcome of own work for conformance to specifications

identifying own responsibilities within the workplace quality system

giving and receiving feedback on own and group work

seeking assistance from supervisors and mentors.

Knowledge Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate the required knowledge for this unit must be relevant to and satisfy all of the requirements of the elements and performance criteria and include knowledge of:

safe work practices and procedures and use and application of personal protective equipment

basic quality system terminology and concept, including:

quality assurance

quality control

quality improvement

procedures to be followed in performing own work

objectives, requirements and specifications to which the individual's work is to comply

costs and consequences of poor quality

effective interpersonal skills:

effective listening

basic speaking skills

use of workplace terminology and jargon

giving and receiving feedback

checking and clarifying task-related information

verbal, visual and written instructions

appropriate modes and methods of communication

barriers to effective communication

sources of technical expertise/assistance

hazards and control measures associated with workplace activities.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

have vocational competency in working safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering at least to the level being assessed with relevant industry knowledge and experience

satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations 2015 or its replacement and comply with the National Vocational Education and Training Regulator Act 2011, its replacement or equivalent legislation covering VET regulation in a non-referring state/territory as the case requires

Where possible assessment must occur in operational workplace situations. Where this is not possible or where personal safety or environmental damage are limiting factors, assessment must occur in a sufficiently rigorous simulated environment that reflects realistic operational workplace conditions. This must cover all aspects of workplace performance, including environment, task skills, task management skills, contingency management skills and job role environment skills

Conditions for assessment must include access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required, including relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications

Assessment processes and techniques must be appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy requirements of the work being performed and the needs of the candidate.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b7050d37-5fd0-4740-8f7d-3b7a49c10bb2

MEM16006 Organise and communicate information

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MEM16006A Organise and communicate information

Application

This unit of competency covers the skills and knowledge required to access, organise and communicate information related to production, maintenance or associated processes or tasks that apply in manufacturing, engineering or related environments.

For accessing and recording of data requiring system knowledge and judgement, Unit MEM16008 Interact with computing technology should be selected.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Band:	A

Unit Weight:	2

Pre-requisite Unit

MEM13015	Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering

Competency Field

Communication

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Access information	1.1	Determine information requirements of tasks and access relevant information from a range of sources
1.2	Recognise and use workplace terminology correctly
2	Organise and analyse information	2.1	Interpret information and organise in accordance with work requirements
2.2	Determine relevance and implications for immediate work requirements
3	Communicate organised information using established workplace methods	3.1	Identify purpose of communication and appropriate communication method
3.2	Communicate information using established workplace methods

Foundation Skills

This section describes those required skills (reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy) that are essential to workplace performance in this unit of competency.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

This field allows for different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included.
Range of sources include using one (1) or more of the following:	job instructions specifications standard operating procedures (SOPs) charts lists documents computer data drawings sketches tables technical manuals and/or charts other applicable reference material
Determining relevance of information includes one (1) or more of the following:	checking relevance of information to own work selecting task relevant information from a larger document or from a diagram preparing an opinion based on analysis of simple facts expressing an opinion on the cause of faults
Workplace terminology refers to one (1) or more of the following:	equipment processes workplace areas staff procedures
Established workplace methods include using one (1) or more of the following:	proforma reports data entry verbal drawings
Purpose of communication includes one (1) or more of the following:	simple incident/non-conformance report maintenance request production records material usage records work records other standard workplace records

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MEM16006A Organise and communicate information

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b7050d37-5fd0-4740-8f7d-3b7a49c10bb2

Assessment Requirements for MEM16006 Organise and communicate information

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MEM16006A Organise and communicate information

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy the requirements of the elements and performance criteria on at least two (2) occasions and include:

following work instructions, standard operating procedures (SOPs) and safe work practices

accessing and recording relevant information from a range of sources

recognising and using workplace appropriate terminology

reading, interpreting and following information in workplace documentation

checking and clarifying information

organising, categorising and sequencing information

communicating using appropriate methods and procedures for a variety of situations.

Knowledge Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate the required knowledge for this unit must be relevant to and satisfy the requirements of the elements and performance criteria and include knowledge of:

safe work practices and procedures

types of information relevant to the workplace and required tasks

terminology used in the workplace relevant to own work

available sources of information

information analysis techniques appropriate to tasks and position

methods of categorising and organising information including correct sequencing of information

methods of recording and communicating information.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

have vocational competency in organising and communicating information at least to the level being assessed with relevant industry knowledge and experience

satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations 2015 or its replacement and comply with the National Vocational Education and Training Regulator Act 2011, its replacement or equivalent legislation covering VET regulation in a non-referring state/territory as the case requires

Where possible assessment must occur in operational workplace situations. Where this is not possible or where personal safety or environmental damage are limiting factors, assessment must occur in a sufficiently rigorous simulated environment that reflects realistic operational workplace conditions. This must cover all aspects of workplace performance, including environment, task skills, task management skills, contingency management skills and job role environment skills

Conditions for assessment must include access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required, including relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications

Assessment processes and techniques must be appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy requirements of the work being performed and the needs of the candidate.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b7050d37-5fd0-4740-8f7d-3b7a49c10bb2

MEM16008 Interact with computing technology

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MEM16008A Interact with computing technology

Application

This unit of competency defines the skills and knowledge required to use a range of computing technology typically used in manufacturing, engineering or related environments to access, input and store information.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Band:	A

Unit Weight:	2

Pre-requisite Unit

MEM13015	Work safely and effectively in manufacturing and engineering
MEM16006	Organise and communicate information

Competency Field

Communication

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Determine job requirements	1.1	Follow standard operating procedures and comply with work health and safety (WHS) requirements at all times
1.2	Identify job requirements from specifications, job sheets or work instructions
1.3	Identify information/data required to be accessed, input or stored and its source
2	Access information/data	2.1	Follow access procedures and navigate technology to find the required information/data
2.2	Use relevant software application menus, functions and commands to locate required information/data
2.3	Retrieve information/data using organisational procedures
2.4	Check information/data for relevance to job requirements
3	Input information/data	3.1	Use relevant software menus, functions and commands to manipulate information/data
3.2	Enter, change or remove information/data, as required
4	Store information/data	4.1	Save data/files following standard procedures prior to exiting the application
4.2	Produce data output, as required
4.3	Follow procedures for shutting down/logging off/exiting computing technology
5	Access assistance as required	5.1	Identify appropriate personnel and consult, as required
5.2	Identify manuals, online help and other reference materials and use, as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes those required skills (reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy) that are essential to workplace performance in this unit of competency.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

This field allows for different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included.
Access procedures include one (1) or more of the following:	logging on security procedures virus checks start-up routines application start-up
Technology includes one (1) or more of the following:	hand held data recording devices screen based equipment personal computers bar coders tablets
Applications include one (1) or more of the following:	word processing spreadsheets databases customised engineering and manufacturing applications material resource planning (MRP) warehousing inventory applications predictive reliability and maintenance applications production data management applications
Data output includes one (1) or more of the following:	report email chart graph printout data transfer labels

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MEM16008A Interact with computing technology

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b7050d37-5fd0-4740-8f7d-3b7a49c10bb2

Assessment Requirements for MEM16008 Interact with computing technology

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MEM16008A Interact with computing technology

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy the requirements of the elements and performance criteria on at least two (2) occasions and include:

following work instructions, standard operating procedures (SOPs) and safe work practices

accessing, inputting, manipulating and storing information using workplace computing technology whilst following standard procedures

accessing assistance, where required.

Knowledge Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate the required knowledge for this unit must be relevant to and satisfy the requirements of the elements and performance criteria and include knowledge of:

safe work practices and procedures

functions and capabilities of computing technology used in the workplace

functions of software applications

use and features of data outputs.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

have vocational competency in interacting with computing technology at least to the level being assessed with relevant industry knowledge and experience

satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations 2015 or its replacement and comply with the National Vocational Education and Training Regulator Act 2011, its replacement or equivalent legislation covering VET regulation in a non-referring state/territory as the case requires

Where possible assessment must occur in operational workplace situations. Where this is not possible or where personal safety or environmental damage are limiting factors, assessment must occur in a sufficiently rigorous simulated environment that reflects realistic operational workplace conditions. This must cover all aspects of workplace performance, including environment, task skills, task management skills, contingency management skills and job role environment skills

Conditions for assessment must include access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required, including relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications

Assessment processes and techniques must be appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy requirements of the work being performed and the needs of the candidate.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b7050d37-5fd0-4740-8f7d-3b7a49c10bb2

MEM18001C Use hand tools

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers using a range of hand tools for a variety of general engineering applications.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	Applications may include hand tools used for adjusting, dismantling, assembling and finishing of items or components, and the finishing, cutting, scraping of metallic and non-metallic material to size and shape. This includes simple tapping and threading and routine maintenance of hand tools. This unit should not be selected if the hand tool is dedicated to a single operation or machine and if only a machine specific/customised tool is used. When using hand held power tools or power tools used for hand held operations, refer to Unit MEM18002B (Use power tools/hand held operations). Band: A Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Use hand tools	1.1. Hand tools are selected appropriate to the task requirements. 1.2. Hand tools are used to produce desired outcomes to job specifications which may include finish, tension, size or shape. 1.3. All safety requirements are adhered to before, during and after use. 1.4. Unsafe or faulty tools are identified and marked for repair according to designated procedures before, during and after use. 1.5. Routine maintenance of tools, including hand sharpening is undertaken according to standard operational procedures, principles and techniques. 1.6. Hand tools are stored safely in appropriate location according to standard operational procedures and manufacturers' recommendations.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: reading and following information on standard operating procedures following verbal instructions selecting hand tools appropriate to the task using hand tools safely identifying hand tool defects and marking for repair maintaining/sharpening hand tools using appropriate techniques storing hand tools in accordance with manufacturers'/standard operating procedures
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: applications of different hand tools in a general engineering context common faults and/or defects in hand tools procedures for marking unsafe or faulty tools for repair routine maintenance requirements for a range of hand tools storage location and procedures for a range of hand tools hazards and control measures associated with using hand tools use and application of personal protective equipment safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to use hand tools for a range of general engineering applications.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with using hand tools or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Hand tools	Hacksaws, hammers, punches, screwdrivers, sockets, wrenches, scrapers, chisels, gouges, wood planes and files of all cross-sectional shapes and types
Job specifications	Finish, tension, size or shape etc.
Routine maintenance	Cleaning, lubricating, tightening, simple tool repairs, hand sharpening and adjustments using engineering principles, tools, equipment and procedures

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Maintenance and diagnostics

MEM18002B Use power tools/hand held operations

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers using a range of hand held power tools and fixed power tools for hand held operations for a variety of general engineering applications.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to loosening and fastening items or components and shaping, finishing, cutting, grinding metallic and non-metallic materials and/or tool bits to size and shape. This unit should not be selected if the power tools used are dedicated to an operation or machine, e.g. nut-runner, air drill, power driver, etc. For using hand tools, see Unit MEM18001C (Use hand tools). Band: A Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Use power tools	1.1. Power tools are selected appropriate to the task requirements. 1.2. Power tools are used for a determined sequence of operations - which may include clamping, alignment and adjustment to produce desired outcomes - to job specifications which may include finish, size or shape. 1.3. All safety requirements are adhered to before, during and after use. 1.4. Unsafe or faulty tools are identified and marked for repair before, during and after use according to designated procedures. 1.5. Operational maintenance of tools, including hand sharpening, is undertaken according to standard workplace procedures, principles and techniques. 1.6. Power tools are stored safely in appropriate location according to standard workshop procedures and manufacturers' recommendations.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: reading and following information on standard operating procedures following verbal instructions selecting power tools appropriate to the task using power tools safely using clamping/securing devices identifying power tool defects maintaining power tools using appropriate techniques sharpening tools/tool bits within the scope of this unit storing power tools according to manufacturers'/ standard operating procedures.
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: application of different power tools clamping/securing methods adjustments/alignments to a range of power tools common faults and/or defects in power tools procedures for marking unsafe or faulty power tools for repair routine maintenance requirements of a range of power tools tool sharpening techniques for a range of power tools storage location and procedures of a range of power tools hazards/control measures associated with power tools use and application of personal protective equipment safe work practices and procedures

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to use power tools/hand held operations.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with using power tools/hand held operations or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Power tools	Electric or pneumatic/hydraulic drills, grinders, jigsaws, nibblers, cutting saws, sanders, planers, routers, pedestal drills and pedestal grinders
Clamping	Multigrips, vices, jigs and fixtures, clamps etc.
Job specifications	Finish, size or shape etc.
Operational maintenance	Hand sharpening, cleaning, lubricating, tightening Simple tool repairs and adjustments using engineering principles, tools, equipment and procedures to statutory and regulatory requirements

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Maintenance and diagnostics

MEM20003A Install and upgrade locks and hardware

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers installing and upgrading locks/locking systems and lock furniture, including providing advice on installation and upgrade requirements and instructing clients on the use of the product.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies across commercial, industrial and domestic applications. It requires the ability to plan and administer the installation process from start to completion. Work would be carried out mainly off-site, and to organisational, industry and legislative requirements. Fitting of door control devices is covered in Unit MEM20005A (Install and maintain door control devices/systems) Band: A Unit Weight: 4

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM18001C	Use hand tools
MEM18002B	Use power tools/hand held operations

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Establish installation and upgrade requirements	1.1. Customer requirements and work order/instructions are identified and clarified with appropriate person/s as required in accordance with organisational requirements. 1.2. Customer is advised of products, product options and possible upgrade options in accordance with organisational and customer requirements. 1.3. Installation procedure is established in accordance with work order and with minimal disruption to customer, services or normal work routines.
2. Organise and prepare installation	2.1. Appropriate and serviceable tools, equipment, and materials are selected and obtained in accordance with organisational requirements, procedures and fitting instructions. 2.2. A safe work site is established and maintained in accordance with OHS, legislative and organisational requirements. 2.3. Suitable safety and personal protective equipment is selected and used in accordance with OHS, legislative and organisational requirements. 2.4. Access to site and specific site requirements are established, and appropriate arrangements made in accordance with client and organisational requirements.
3. Install and upgrade locks and hardware	3.1. Installation location is prepared, measured and marked out as appropriate. 3.2. Locks and hardware are fitted in accordance with manufacturer specifications and organisational requirements. 3.3. Lock and hardware function is checked for correct functioning and operational problems are rectified. 3.4. Work is carried out using safe work procedures and practices and in accordance with applicable legislation, codes, regulations and standards. 3.5. Problems affecting the installation are identified and variations to installation are discussed and resolved with appropriate persons.
4. Complete the installation	4.1. Work site is cleaned and left in presentable condition in accordance with original presentation, client requirements, industry standards and organisational requirements. 4.2. Final inspections are undertaken to ensure installation conforms with industry, legislative and order requirements. 4.3. Client is notified of job completion and client acceptance is obtained in accordance with organisational procedures. 4.4. Client is instructed on use of product in accordance with organisational requirements and manufacturer specifications. 4.5. Relevant documentation is accurately completed and processed in accordance with industry, legislative and organisational requirements.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: measuring and marking out with tape measures, rules, squares and templates identify existing fixtures and fittings (if any) including type and quality of construction establishing customer requirements such as location, product type/colour/function, compatibility with existing hardware communicating product information interpreting fitting instructions/templates/terminology planning stages/steps for installation or upgrade and suitable timeframe for installation checking tools for serviceability selecting appropriate tools for the type of products, materials and conditions identifying and assessing hazards using safety and personal protective equipment safely using tools and equipment drilling, filing, fixing applying safe work practices assessing the potential for unforeseen problems and incidents to affect the installation testing and confirming function of locks and hardware completing and processing documentation
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: utility and application of locks/hardware/accessories fixtures (doors, frames, windows etc.) and their type of construction, such as foam fill, hollow, clad, steel, aluminium and other materials types and functions of locks, hardware and accessories to suit different fixtures and materials factors for determining customer requirements factors affecting suitable options including intended use, cost, compatibility with existing hardware installation procedures for locks/hardware/accessories terminology relating to lock products and installation tools and equipment for installing locks, hardware and lock furniture use of specialised tools, such as morticers, routers, jigs, cherry centre materials, parts and components for installation of locks and lock furniture hazards and risks to installer, client and public applicable legislation, local regulations safety and emergency measures and safe work practices to avoid or minimise potential and actual hazards individual responsibilities and duty of care types and uses of personal protective equipment access and installation factors, such as site safety issues, night access, disruption to client work routines, installation environment, building codes procedures for measuring and marking lock and lock furniture positions installation procedures for locks and lock furniture effects of incorrect installation common installation problems troubleshooting and lock testing methods potential installation problems and incidents, including breakdowns, environmental, physical, time and cost restrictions, product supply problems strategies for resolving problems and incidents procedures and industry standards for site clean-up organisational requirements for final inspection organisational requirements for client acceptance manufacturer specifications, uses, limitations and warranties for relevant product/s procedures to complete and process relevant documentation, including installation details, costings, materials used, records of faults and damage, installation problems and factors, testing and inspection results environmentally safe disposal procedures for packaging and other waste procedures for client notification and acceptance of job completion

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to install and upgrade locks and hardware. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with installing and upgrading locks and hardware, or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Customer requirements	May relate to product type, function and capabilities, access issues, installation locations and positions, upgrade information, service and maintenance requirements, product operation and warranty information, costings
Work order/instructions	Schedules, timeframes, access and site information, products, installation and upgrade requirements, specific client requests, materials, costings, warranties and service information, legislation, codes and regulatory requirements, OHS factors and requirements
Organisational requirements	Quality assurance standards and procedures, service standards, safety and OHS practices and obligations, resource storage and use, organisational processes and procedures, documentation processes, product and process training
Tools, equipment and other materials	Hand tools, power tools and accessories, fixing tools, special-purpose equipment, lubricants, adhesives and sealants, cleaning materials, wire and cable, vacuum, door&window and frame materials e.g. aluminium, timber, MDF
Safety and personal protective equipment	Night hats, signs, barriers, masks/goggles/safety glasses, earmuffs/plugs, vests, hard hats, gloves, knee pads, safety boots, warning signs and tapes, fire extinguisher, first aid kit
Locks and hardware	Cylinder nightlatches and deadlocks, lever and cylinder mortice locks, tubular deadbolts, key in knob, key in lever, tie bolts, door control devices, exit devices, lockable bolts, peep holes, window locks
Safe work procedures and practices	Risk identification and assessment, non compliance with building codes and regulations, safety practices and regulations, safe use of tools and equipment, individual responsibilities and obligations, safety training and procedures, emergency and first aid procedures, working in confined spaces, use of personal protective equipment, industry standards and codes of practice, dust and fibres in relation to MDF and possible asbestos
Legislation, codes, regulations and standards	Industry licensing, industry codes of practice, privacy laws, Australian standards, building codes and those of other regulatory bodies, quality assurance, organisational standards and practices, awards and enterprise agreements, competition, trade and consumer protection laws

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Locksmithing

MEM20005A Install and maintain door control devices/systems

Modification History

Not Applicable

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor	This unit covers selecting, installing, fault finding and adjusting a range of door control devices and door control systems.

Application of the Unit

Application of the unit	This unit applies to the correct selection and installation of mechanical door control devices and door control systems in commercial, industrial and domestic environments. It requires the ability to identify maintenance requirements, use safe and efficient work practices to inspect, service and repair mechanical door control devices, maintain a hazard-free work area and accurately document and maintain information systems. Band: A Unit Weight: 2

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not Applicable

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisite units
Path 1	MEM18001C	Use hand tools
MEM18002B	Use power tools/hand held operations

Employability Skills Information

Employability skills	This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
1. Prepare for installation and service	1.1. Work order is reviewed and clarified with appropriate person(s) as required in accordance with organisational requirements. 1.2. Tools, equipment and materials are selected appropriate to job requirements and checked for operational effectiveness in accordance with manufacturers' specifications. 1.3. Faulty or unsafe tools are identified and segregated for repair or replacement in accordance with organisational procedures. 1.4. Potential and existing risks and hazards associated with maintenance activities are identified and controlled in accordance with OHS policies and procedures and organisational requirements. 1.5. Suitable personal protective equipment is selected and maintained in accordance with OHS and organisational requirements.
2. Install door control devices/systems	2.1. All work is conducted using safe operating practices in accordance with OHS and organisational requirements. 2.2. The appropriate door control device/systems are selected for the given door type and specifications. 2.3. Door control devices/systems are installed in accordance with manufacturers' specifications, work order and OHS requirements legislative and organisational requirements. 2.4. Door control devices/systems are checked for correct operation and adjusted as necessary.
3. Service door control device	3.1. Checks are conducted on door control devices/systems and/or components to identify any damage, friction or sticking in accordance with manufacturers' specifications. 3.2. Assessment of viability for continued operation or replacement of door control device. 3.3. Door control devices/systems and/or components are adjusted in accordance with manufacturers' specifications, work order and OHS requirements legislative and organisational requirements.
4. Complete installation or service	4.1. Notification of work completion is made to appropriate person(s) in accordance with organisational procedures. 4.2. Documentation is promptly and accurately completed and processed in accordance with industry, legislative and organisational requirements. 4.3. Work area, tools and equipment are cleaned and stored in accordance with OHS and organisational requirements. 4.4. Malfunctions, faults, wear or damage to tools is reported for repair or replacement in accordance with organisational policy and procedures. 4.5. Waste from service and repair activities is collected, treated and disposed or recycled in accordance with organisational and environmental requirements.

Required Skills and Knowledge

REQUIRED SKILLS AND KNOWLEDGE
This section describes the skills and knowledge required for this unit.
Required skills
Look for evidence that confirms skills in: communicating in a clear and concise manner using appropriate tools and equipment lubricating mechanical locks and locking systems demonstrating basic logic and lateral thinking processes disassembling/reassembling mechanical locks/locking systems identifying faults reading and interpreting specifications, charts and diagrams methodically organising and prioritising work tasks solving routine problems working in confined spaces accurately estimating materials, tools and equipment requirements applying safe and environmentally aware workplace practices
Required knowledge
Look for evidence that confirms knowledge of: types, functions and specifications of door control devices/systems correct selection of door control devices operational principles of door control devices/systems common door control devices/systems faults maintenance requirements of door control devices/systems tests to confirm door control devices/systems operation procedures to disassemble/reassemble technical terminology types of doors and windows and mechanical system applications maintenance risks and hazards working in confined space procedures duty of care

Evidence Guide

EVIDENCE GUIDE
The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria, required skills and knowledge, range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to install and maintain door control devices/systems across a range of areas. Competency in this unit cannot be claimed until all prerequisites have been satisfied.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. The assessment environment should not disadvantage the candidate. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with installing and maintaining door control systems/devices, or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.
Guidance information for assessment

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT
The range statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Bold italicised wording, if used in the performance criteria, is detailed below. Essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) may also be included.
Work order	Work schedules, completion dates, job requirements and tasks, specific client requirements, access to site and specific site requirements, resource requirements, OHS requirements, compliance with relevant legislation, budget allocations, warranties and service information
Appropriate person(s)	Installer, sub contractor, technician, supervisor, manager, director, client
Organisational requirements	Legal and organisational operational policies and procedures, operations manuals, induction and training materials, insurance policy agreements, client and organisational confidentiality requirements, organisational goals/objectives/plans/systems/ processes, employer and employee rights and responsibilities, own role, responsibility and delegation, quality and continuous improvement processes and standards, client service standards, defined resource parameters, OHS policies/procedures/programs, emergency and evacuation procedures, duty of care, code of conduct, code of ethics, access and equity policy, principles and practice, records and information systems and processes, communication channels and reporting procedures
Tools and equipment	Hand tools, fixing tools, strippers, router, file, drill, power saw, spirit level, soldering iron, welder, ladder, hoist, drop sheet, batteries, master key plans, personal protective equipment, communications equipment
Materials	Solder, insulation tape, springs, pins, graphite powder, oil, silicon, dry lube, grease, lockease, glue, paint, patch materials, electronic components, cleaning compounds, key blanks
Risks and hazards	Non-compliance with building codes and regulations, exposed electrical wiring, manual handling, exposure to asbestos, dust, noise, live power, vermin, water, glass fibre, building debris, natural and other gas build-up
Maintenance	Cleaning, inspection, lubrication, routine repairs, identification of worn parts, confirming operation, adjustments, key cutting, replacement of worn parts
OHS policies and procedures	Hazardous and risk assessment mechanisms, implementation of safety regulations, safety training, safety systems incorporating - work clearance procedures, isolation procedures, gas and vapour, monitoring/testing procedures, use of protective equipment and clothing, use of codes of practice
Personal protective clothing and equipment	Masks, safety glasses, head protection, ear muffs, safety boots, knee pads, gloves, warning signs and tapes, first aid kit
Door control devices/systems	Surface mounted door closers, semi concealed door closers, concealed closers, semi automatic/automatic door control devices, exit devices
Safe operating practices	Working safely around electrical wiring, cables and overhead power lines, working safely around tools and equipment, hazard recognition, emergency procedures, awareness of electrical hazards, following confined spaces procedures, administering first aid
Applicable legislation, codes and national standards	Compliance with Australian building codes and regulations, compliance with Australian Communications Authority (ACA) cabling standards, EPA noise control regulations, relevant Commonwealth/State/Territory legislation which affect organisational operation - OHS and safe work practices, environmental issues, equal employment opportunity, industrial relations, anti-discrimination and diversity, licensing arrangements, Australian standards, quality assurance and certification requirements, relevant industry codes of practice, trade practices, award and enterprise agreements, privacy requirements and privacy related legislation
Documentation	Completion of work log, mechanical lock/locking system problems/faults, warranty conditions and allowances, recommendation for repairs, operational checks and maintenance conducted, testing and commissioning results, parts and components replaced, materials used, recommendations for future operation and maintenance, costings

Unit Sector(s)

Unit sector

Co-requisite units

Co-requisite units

Competency field

Competency field	Locksmithing

MEM30031 Operate computer-aided design (CAD) system to produce basic drawing elements

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MEM30031A Operate computer-aided design (CAD) system to produce basic drawing elements.

Application

This unit of competency defines the skills and knowledge required to apply functions of computer-aided design (CAD) software programs that are typically used in the production of detail drawings.

This unit is suitable for those working within a CAD or drafting work environment and may be applied across engineering and manufacturing environments. It covers competent use of a CAD program to perform basic drawing tasks used in the development of detail drawings. Drawings may include plans, diagrams, charts, circuits, systems or schematics.

All work is carried out under supervision.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Drawing, drafting and design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm drawing requirements	1.1 Follow standard operating procedures (SOPs) and comply with work health and safety (WHS) requirements at all times 1.2 Confirm purpose, scope, and information and presentation requirements for drawing 1.3 Review available information relevant to project and work requirements and identify and address further information needs 1.4 Identify computing equipment and software used in the organisation 1.5 Identify workflow and procedures for work supervision
2. Identify key features of CAD software	2.1 Describe types of CAD software used for detail drafting, their key features and suitability for producing specific drawing outcomes 2.2 Identify differences in CAD process to generate 2D drawings and 3D models, and reasons for each presentation 2.3 Identify differences in CAD process to generate single and multiple view drawings, and reasons for each presentation 2.4 Identify CAD software used in the organisation and confirm compatibility with other software programs and peripheral equipment 2.5 Identify software features for linked specifications, catalogues or materials ordering
3. Access software and set up for drawing work	3.1 Open software and navigate organisational filing and library system 3.2 Select organisational and software templates and determine uses 3.3 Select organisational symbols, codes and standards to be applied in drafting work and how these are accessed and applied 3.4 Apply workplace procedures to retrieve and manipulate required information and navigate computing technology 3.5 Set up working environment to meet organisational requirements
4. Produce basic drawing elements	4.1 Use CAD functions to produce basic drawing elements 4.2 Use editing and transfer tools and methods to modify drawing elements 4.3 Apply dimensions, text and symbols to drawing elements 4.4 Import and export files into and out of working space 4.5 Generate different views and perspectives 4.6 Organise presentation of work to meet job requirements
5. Complete CAD operations	5.1 Save and file drawing elements in accordance with organisational procedures 5.2 Print drawing elements and evaluate presentation 5.3 Evaluate work and identify areas for improvement 5.4 Close applications, perform CAD housekeeping and maintain organisational filing system

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

This field allows for different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included.
CAD software includes one or more of the following:	AutoCAD Inventor Revit Solidworks ProSteel XSteel. software with the ability to create designs in 2D or 3D to visualise construction, and contains functions of development, modification and optimisation of the design process.
Basic drawing elements include one or more of the following:	points line angles circles arcs planes figures solids squares rectangles triangles bisected lines dividing lines polygon ellipse spline dimension hatch.
Editing and transfer tools and methods include one or more of the following:	delete fillet chamfer erase trim/extend break undo and redo commands zooming and panning moving, copying, rotating and mirroring polar and rectangular duplication object snaps dimensions selecting entities dividing scaling measuring grouping.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MEM30031A Operate computer-aided design (CAD) system to produce basic drawing elements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b7050d37-5fd0-4740-8f7d-3b7a49c10bb2

Assessment Requirements for MEM30031 Operate computer-aided design (CAD) system to produce basic drawing elements

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MEM30031A Operate computer-aided design (CAD) system to produce basic drawing elements.

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy the requirements of the elements and performance criteria and include:

identifying drawing work requirements and selecting appropriate software functions and features

identifying features and uses of CAD software used in detail drafting

accessing and using computing equipment and CAD software functions on at least two occasions to produce drawing elements.

Note: Where a volume and/or frequency is not specified, demonstration must be provided at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate the required knowledge for this unit must be relevant to and satisfy the requirements of the elements and performance criteria and include knowledge of:

different approaches to drawing

CAD software programs

basic drawing elements

awareness of copyright and intellectual property issues in relation to drawing

environmental and work health and safety (WHS) issues associated with the tools and materials used for drawing

quality assurance (QA) procedures

CAD program capabilities and processes

editing and transfer tools and methods.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

have vocational competency in operating computer-aided design (CAD) system to produce basic drawing elements at least to the level being assessed with relevant industry knowledge and experience

satisfy the assessor requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations 2015 or its replacement and comply with the National Vocational Education and Training Regulator Act 2011, its replacement or equivalent legislation covering VET regulation in a non-referring state/territory as the case requires.

Where possible, assessment must occur in operational workplace situations. Where this is not possible or where personal safety or environmental damage are limiting factors, assessment must occur in a sufficiently rigorous simulated environment that reflects realistic operational workplace conditions that cover all aspects of workplace performance, including environment, task skills, task management skills, contingency management skills and job role environment skills.

Conditions for assessment must include access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required including relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications.

Assessment processes and techniques must be appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy requirements of the work being performed and the needs of the candidate.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=b7050d37-5fd0-4740-8f7d-3b7a49c10bb2

MEM30031A Operate computer-aided design (CAD) system to produce basic drawing elements

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Unit Descriptor

This unit of competency covers the skills and knowledge required to apply functions of computer-aided design (CAD) software programs that are typically used in the production of detail drawings.

Application of the Unit

This unit is suitable for those working within a CAD or drafting work environment and may be applied across engineering and manufacturing environments. It covers competent use of a CAD program to perform basic drawing tasks used in the development of detail drawings. Drawings may include plans, diagrams, charts, circuits, systems or schematics.

This unit includes using computer equipment and selecting software functions in order to generate basic drawing elements.

Work is conducted under supervision.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative, regulatory or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-Requisites

Not applicable.

Employability Skills Information

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element. Where bold italicised text is used, further information is detailed in the required skills and knowledge section and the range statement. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the evidence guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

1	Confirm drawing requirements	1.1	Confirm purpose, scope, and information and presentation requirements for drawing
1.2	Review available information relevant to project and work requirements, and identify and address further information needs
1.3	Identify computing equipment and software used in the organisation
1.4	Identify work flow and procedures for work supervision
1.5	Examine requirements for presentation of drawings

2	Identify key features of CAD software	2.1	Describe types of CAD software used for detail drafting, their key features and suitability for producing specific drawing outcomes
2.2	Describe types of CAD software used for design drafting, their key features and suitability for producing specific drawing outcomes
2.3	Identify differences in CAD process to generate 2-D drawings and 3-D models, and reasons for each presentation
2.4	Identify differences in CAD process to generate single and multiple view drawings, and reasons for each presentation
2.5	Identify CAD software used in the organisation and confirm compatibility with other software programs and peripheral equipment
2.6	Identify software features for linked specifications, catalogues or materials ordering

3	Access software and set up for drawing work	3.1	Open software and navigate organisational filing and library system
3.2	Identify organisational and software templates and determine uses
3.3	Identify organisational symbols, codes and standards to be applied in drafting work and how these are accessed and applied
3.4	Apply workplace procedures to retrieve and manipulate required information and navigate computing technology
3.5	Set up working environment

4	Produce basic drawing elements	4.1	Use CAD functions to produce basic drawing elements
4.2	Use editing and transfer tools and methods to modify drawing elements
4.3	Apply dimensions, text and symbols to drawing elements
4.4	Import and export files into/out of working space
4.5	Generate different views and perspectives
4.6	Organise presentation of work

5	Complete CAD operations	5.1	Save and file drawing elements according to organisational procedures
5.2	Print drawing elements and evaluate presentation
5.3	Evaluate work and identify areas for improvement
5.4	Close applications, perform CAD housekeeping and maintain organisational filing system

Required Skills and Knowledge

Required skills
Required skills include: literacy skills sufficient to read instructions for drawings work using computer technologies and navigating software numeracy skills sufficient to interpret technical information and determine scaling and layout issues navigating software to: manipulate drawing entities modify dimension styles create and use layers manipulate the drawing origin define and utilise symbol libraries utilise grids/grid snaps and object snaps display views at multiple scales add title blocks/frame to layout a drawing for printing prepare advanced drawings in plane orthogonal or equivalent set up prototype drawings define and extract attribute data create bills of materials (BOM) utilising attribute data and third-party application software
Required knowledge
Required knowledge includes: general knowledge of different approaches to drawing awareness of copyright and intellectual property issues and legislation in relation to drawing environmental and occupational health and safety (OHS) issues associated with the tools and materials used for drawing quality assurance procedures CAD program capabilities and processes

Evidence Guide

The evidence guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the performance criteria required skills and knowledge range statement and the Assessment Guidelines for the Training Package.
Overview of assessment	A person who demonstrates competency in this unit must be able to use CAD software to produce graphics commonly used in drafting work.
Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit	Assessors must be satisfied that the candidate can competently and consistently perform all elements of the unit as specified by the criteria, including required knowledge, and be capable of applying the competency in new and different situations and contexts. Specifically the candidate must be able to: work within typical site/teamwork structures and methods apply worksite communication procedures comply with organisational policies and procedures, including quality requirements participate in work meetings comply with quality requirements use industry terminology apply appropriate safety procedures identify drawing work requirements and determine appropriate software functions and features identify features and uses of CAD software used in detail and design drafting access and use computing equipment and CAD software functions to produce drawing elements.
Context of and specific resources for assessment	This unit may be assessed on the job, off the job or a combination of both on and off the job. Where assessment occurs off the job, that is the candidate is not in productive work, then an appropriate simulation must be used where the range of conditions reflects realistic workplace situations. The competencies covered by this unit would be demonstrated by an individual working alone or as part of a team. Where applicable, reasonable adjustment must be made to work environments and training situations to accommodate ethnicity, age, gender, demographics and disability. Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities. This unit could be assessed in conjunction with any other units addressing the safety, quality, communication, materials handling, recording and reporting associated with drafting or other units requiring the exercise of the skills and knowledge covered by this unit.
Method of assessment	Assessors should gather a range of evidence that is valid, sufficient, current and authentic. Evidence can be gathered through a variety of ways, including direct observation, supervisor's reports, project work, samples and questioning. Questioning techniques should not require language, literacy and numeracy skills beyond those required in this unit of competency. The candidate must have access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required. The candidate must be permitted to refer to any relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications, codes, standards, manuals and reference materials.

Range Statement

CAD software	CAD software may include: AutoCAD Inventor Revitt Solidworks ProSteel XSteel other programs
Key features	Key features may include: 2-D 3-D modelling built-in specifications file import/export save undo scale
Specific drawing outcomes	Specific drawing outcomes may include 2-D 3-D modelling drawings for specific engineering applications orthographic/isometric/perspectives/schematics
Basic drawing elements	Basic drawing elements may include: points, line angles, circles, arcs, planes, figures and solids squares, rectangles and triangles bisected lines and dividing lines polygon, ellipse, spline, dimension and hatch
Editing and transfer tools and methods	Editing and transfer tools and methods may include: delete, fillet, chamfer, erase, trim/extend, break, undo and redo commands zooming and panning moving, copying, rotating and mirroring polar and rectangular duplication object snaps dimensions selecting entities dividing scaling measuring grouping

Unit Sector(s)

Drawing, drafting and design

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MSAPMSUP201A Receive or despatch goods

Modification History

Not applicable.

Unit Descriptor

Unit descriptor

This competency covers the handling of materials by an operator as an adjunct to the job of making product. It applies to a limited range of materials. It is NOT intended to be an alternative warehousing competency.

This competency is typically performed by operators working either independently or as part of a work team.

Application of the Unit

Application of this unit

This competency applies to operators who receive, process despatch orders, despatch products/materials and maintain records. The key factors are correctly identifying and selecting the goods to be despatched and ensuring they are despatched to the correct location.

It includes:

checking order requests/consignment note documentation for products/materials to be despatched

identifying and selecting the correct products/materials

organising products/materials to be moved into the right place by the right time, using the appropriate handling equipment

preparing products/materials for despatch

completing and checking all documentation

updating records.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Pre-Requisites

Prerequisites

This unit has no prerequisites.

Employability Skills Information

Employability Skills

This unit contains employability skills.

Elements and Performance Criteria Pre-Content

ELEMENT Elements describe the essential outcomes of a unit of competency	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENT ELEMENT	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA Performance Criteria describe the required performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the Element. Assessment of performance is to be consistent with the Evidence Guide.
1. Identify work requirements.	1.1 Read and interpret documentation. 1.2 Identify required schedules for receipt or despatch. 1.3 Identify correct product/material. 1.4 Plan work sequence using workplace and product knowledge. 1.5 Select appropriate materials handling equipment as required. 1.6 Identify OH&S requirements.
2. Move materials into/out of storage or from production.	2.1 Check paperwork and identity of materials. 2.2 Check for completeness and/or damage. 2.3 Take action on non-conforming products/materials. 2.4 Handle and move products/materials into/out of storage safely. 2.5 Store materials safely as necessary.
3. Prepare goods for despatch.	3.1 Identify and read workplace procedures for assembling and completing orders. 3.2 Select and check goods for despatch. against product/material knowledge, labels and other identification systems. 3.3 Sort, assemble and consolidate products as necessary. 3.4 Secure order and place in storage areas, in accordance with schedule. 3.5 Check order against despatch schedule and order form.
4. Complete materials movement records.	4.1 Complete materials movement records (in or out). 4.2 Update records as required. 4.3 Complete other paperwork and records as required.

Required Skills and Knowledge

This describes the essential skills and knowledge and their level required for this unit.

Knowledge and understanding of the materials handling processes and requirements sufficient to recognise non-standard situations and then determine appropriate action which is consistent with operating guidelines is required.

Knowledge is required of the product/material, its properties and uses sufficient for correct receipt, storage and despatching. Knowledge of the relevant OHS and environmental requirements is required along with an ability to implement them in a manner which is relevant to the materials handled.

Competence includes the ability toapply and/or describe:

product/material knowledge

inventory and ordering systems

transport requirements and restrictions for products/materials

correct OHS procedures

storage/handling principles and procedures

material hazard properties and their implications for safe handling and storage

significance of material to customers; transport requirements and restrictions for materials

plan own work, including predicting consequences and identifying improvements

identify and describe own role and role of others involved directly in the processing of orders and despatching of products

use PPE, safely handle products and materials, read relevant safety information and apply safety precautions appropriate to the task

distinguish between causes of problems such as product requirements and job priority as relevant to the practical completion of the job.

Language, literacy and numeracy requirements

This unit requires the ability to read and interpret typical product specifications, job sheets, procedures, material labels and safety information as provided to operators.

Writing is required to the level of completing workplace forms.

Basic numeracy is required, e.g. to determine that two 25 kg bags are needed to make up a requirement for 50 kg.

Evidence Guide

The Evidence Guide provides advice on assessment and must be read in conjunction with the Performance Criteria, required skills and knowledge, the Range Statement and the Assessment Guidelines for this Training Package.

Overview of assessment

A holistic approach should be taken to the assessment.

Assessors must be satisfied that the person can consistently perform the unit as a whole, as defined by the Elements, Performance Criteria and skills and knowledge.

Critical aspects for assessment and evidence required to demonstrate competency in this unit

It is essential that competence is demonstrated in the ability torecognise and analyse potential situations requiring action and then in implementing appropriate corrective action.

Consistent performance should be demonstrated. For example, look to see that:

packaging standards are met consistently

procedures and work instructions are read and interpreted correctly

potential problems are recognisedand action is taken (ie, the problem is fixed or reported)

action is taken to ensure problems are dealt with in a timely manner

problems caused by product/material issues are recognised and an appropriate contribution made to a solution

items initiated are followed through until final resolution has occurred.

effective communication between team members, supervisors and other staff is maintained.

Competence must be demonstrated in the operation of all ancillary equipment to the level required for this competency unit.

Assessment method and context

Assessment will occur using industrial equipment and will be undertaken in a work-like environment.

Competence in this unit may be assessed:

by observation over time on a processing plant

by using a suitable simulation and/or a range of case studies/scenarios

through a combination of these techniques.

In all cases it is expected that practical assessment will be combined with targeted questioning to assess the underpinning knowledge and theoretical assessment will be combined with appropriate practical/simulation or similar assessment. Assessors need to be aware of any cultural issues that may affect responses to questions.

Assessment processes and techniques must be culturally appropriate and appropriate to the oracy, language and literacy capacity of the assessee and the work being performed.

Specific resources for assessment

This section should be read in conjunction with the Range Statement for this unit of competency. Resources required include suitable access to an operating plant or equipment that allows for appropriate and realistic simulation. A bank of case studies/scenarios and questions will also be required to the extent that they form part of the assessment method. Questioning may take place either in the workplace, or in an adjacent, quiet facility such as an office or lunchroom. No other special resources are required.

Access must be provided to appropriate learning and/or assessment support when required. Where applicable, physical resources should include equipment modified for people with disabilities.

Range Statement

RANGE STATEMENT

The Range Statement relates to the unit of competency as a whole. It allows for different work environments and situations that may affect performance. Add any essential operating conditions that may be present with training and assessment depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts.

Where reference is made to industry codes of practice, and/or Australian/international standards, the latest version must be used.

Context

This competency covers the handling of a limited range of products/materials and their moving into and out of a plant/storage. It is NOT intended for people who, as a major function, operate a warehouse. The appropriate Transport and Distribution competencies should be used here.

This competency may require the operation of forklift trucks or other regulated load shifting devices which are NOT included in this competency, and so would be a co-requisite competency.

The terms order request, documentation, labels, transportation requirements 'paperwork' and 'records' mean any and all relevant information and data whether it is manual, paper based, electronic or verbal, either in person or by phone/radio.

This competency does not imply that moving materials into and from storage/plant are conducted equally, or even using similar techniques. Customers may be internal or external and the loading/unloading of products/materials may mean getting them onto/off a truck or simply from/to the next department.

Procedures

All operations are performed in accordance with procedures.

Procedures include all relevant workplace procedures, work instructions, temporary instructions and relevant industry and government codes and standards.

Tools and equipment

This competency includes use of equipment and tools such as:

mobile plant/fork lifts

manual handling equipment

hand tools

shrink wrappers

tape machine labellers

loose bulk packing equipment.

computers, bar code readers

bag filling equipment

pallets

wrapping machines

personal protective equipment (PPE)

distribution equipment, including A-frames, stillages, containers, elevated platforms and communication equipment.

Hazards

Typical hazards include:

inappropriate movements and postures

physical and atmospheric hazards of materials

height or depth of storage receptacles

stationary and moving machinery, parts or components

noise, light, energy sources

humidity, air temperature, radiant heat

manual handling hazards.

Problems

'Respond to routine problems' means 'apply known solutions to a limited range of predictable problems'. Typical process and product problems may include:

special storage requirements including moisture and contamination control

handling of incomplete loads (either in or out)

handling of materials which do not meet specifications

conflicting priorities

incomplete or incorrect paperwork.

product requirements

job priority

product/material variations.

Variables

Key variables to be monitored include:

types of products or materials to be received/despatched

handling heights

types of equipment

types of workplace documentation

atmospheric conditions.

Unit Sector(s)

Not applicable.

MSFDG2001 Assemble leadlight and stained glass components

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFSL2001 Assemble leadlight and stained glass components.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to assemble leadlight and stained glass components using a range of fixing and joining components.

This unit applies to individuals working with designed glass.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Leadlight and Stained Glass

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan and prepare for work	1.1 Identify and follow work health and safety, legislative and organisational requirements 1.2 Identify and select tools and equipment based on job requirements and check for serviceability and safety prior to use 1.3 Identify, obtain and prepare materials appropriate to the work application and safely handle and locate ready for use 1.4 Identify workplace environment considerations and apply measures to reduce noise, dust and obstacles 1.5 Plan assembly sequence in a logical order
2. Assemble components	2.1 Lay out components and assemble using jigs and appropriate fastenings 2.2 Use hand and/or power tools, and equipment correctly based on job needs 2.3 Check assembled work for compliance with specifications 2.4 Prepare, assemble and fit components in accordance with specifications 2.5 Repair or tag work which does not meet quality specifications for further processing, recycling or disposal in accordance with workplace procedures 2.6 Organise and store finished products in holding area suited to the product
3. Clean work area and maintain equipment	3.1 Tag and report faulty and/or defective equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Remove waste and scrap in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Clean and inspect tools and equipment for serviceable condition and store appropriately in accordance with workplace procedures 3.4 Maintain equipment and clean-up work area in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFSL2001 Assemble leadlight and stained glass components.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFDG2001 Assemble leadlight and stained glass components

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFSL2001 Assemble leadlight and stained glass components.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

assembled leadlight and stained glass components, including at least 1 of each of the following:

panel

door insert

window insert.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

state or territory work health and safety legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to the full range of processes for assembling leadlight and stained glass components

organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for component assembly

environmental protection requirements relating to the disposal of waste material

problem identification and resolution in assembly

types of tools and equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

characteristics of leadlight and stained glass components and materials used in assembly

procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

materials for assembly

tools and equipment to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence

job requirements

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFDG3003 Paint and fire glass

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFSL3005 Paint and fire glass.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to apply patterns and/or designs to glass with vitreous paints to achieve specific outcomes through the firing of glass.

This unit applies to individuals working with designed glass.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Leadlight and Stained Glass

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify painting and firing requirements	1.1 Identify and follow work health and safety, legislative and workplace procedures 1.2 Identify types and quantities of patterns, designs and materials required from plans or work instructions 1.3 Identify the processes for painting patterns and designs onto glass and achieving specific outcomes through the firing of glass
2. Prepare to paint and fire glass	2.1 Determine painting sequence in a logical order to suit the job 2.2 Select and check tools, equipment and materials for suitability, serviceability and safety prior to use 2.3 Check patterns and design templates against specifications or job order 2.4 Match paint colours against the plan or work order and prepare glass for painting
3. Apply vitreous paint	3.1 Apply paint to the glass surface in accordance with the pattern or design template 3.2 Identify and rectify any problems occurring during the painting operation
4. Conduct firing operations	4.1 Determine firing sequence in a logical order to suit the job 4.2 Check kiln prior to use to ensure it is appropriate for the firing, serviceable and in a safe condition 4.3 Identify and check kiln components and controls, including emergency stops and guards, for correct operation 4.4 Prepare glass for firing and operate, adjust and monitor kiln equipment to ensure correct product quality and output 4.5 Identify and rectify any problems occurring during the firing operation
5. Finalise the work	5.1 Inspect painted and fired glass for quality of work and repair or discard in accordance with workplace procedures 5.2 Clean and store tools, equipment and materials in accordance with workplace procedures 5.3 Clean work area is cleaned and leave in a safe condition and dispose of waste or recycle in accordance with workplace protocols 5.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFSL3005 Paint and fire glass.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFDG3003 Paint and fire glass

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFSL3005 Paint and fire glass.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

painted and fired glass using both of the following techniques:

freehand process

template process.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

state or territory work health and safety legislation, regulations, standards, codes of practice, relevant to the full range of processes for painting and firing glass

organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for glass painting and firing

glass painting and firing terminology and techniques

types of glass suitable for painting and firing, their properties, uses and limitations

types of vitreous paints, their characteristics, properties, uses and limitations

techniques for application of different types of patterns and designs

operation of glass firing kiln

characteristics and properties of glass when heat is applied and the likely impact of various environmental effects on painted and fired glass

environmental protection requirements relating to the disposal of waste material

problem identification and resolution relating to painting and firing glass

storage systems and labelling

procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

glass for painting

kiln

tools and equipment to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL2031 Remove existing floor coverings

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL2005 Remove existing floor coverings.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to remove existing floor coverings.

This unit applies to individuals removing floor coverings in accordance with established workplace procedures.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must also be applied. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan work	1.1 Identify and follow work health and safety, legislative and organisational requirements 1.2 Read documentation and identify work requirements 1.3 Select tools, equipment and materials and check for suitability, serviceability and safety prior to use 1.4 Plan sequence of work to ensure removal of floor coverings is in logical order 1.5 Prepare and position materials and equipment for use
2. Remove floor coverings	2.1 Select starting point to ensure entry and exit access throughout the operation 2.2 Check area and flooring for presence of any hazardous substances and take appropriate action 2.3 Remove floor covering using techniques suited to the type of material 2.4 Securely package removed floor coverings in manageable bundles for removal from the area 2.5 Check exposed floor and safely remove any protruding nails, carpet grippers, adhesives, levelling compounds and remnants of floor coverings
3. Complete housekeeping	3.1 Store and recycle unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Check, clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Clean work area and dispose of rubbish safely 3.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL2005 Remove existing floor coverings.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2031 Remove existing floor coverings

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL2005 Remove existing floor coverings.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

removed floor coverings in accordance with safety and job requirements:

1 by hand

1 using mechanical equipment.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

removal of floor coverings:

workplace safety system requirements

environmental protection and sustainability requirements

work flow

potential risk factors, including the presence of hazardous substances, and how to respond, including to the presences of asbestos

characteristics of floor coverings and different techniques and materials used to fix:

carpet with soft underlay and gripper strips

parquetry with hard underlay

resilient floor covering installed on concrete

carpet, resilient and cork tile

tiled floors

strip timber

floating floor

techniques and processes for the removal of different types of floor coverings, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond

types of tools and equipment use for removal and procedures for their safe set up, use and maintenance:

manual

mechanical

procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

locations with floor covering for removal

equipment, tools and materials to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence

work orders

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL2032 Select, prepare and apply moisture barriers to concrete subfloors

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFL2009 Select, prepare and apply moisture barriers and damp-proof membranes to concrete sub-floors.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to apply moisture barriers in readiness for the installation of floor coverings and coatings.

This unit applies to flooring technicians preparing floors in accordance with pre-determined work orders.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must also be applied. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Identify and follow work health and safety, legislative and organisational requirements 1.2 Read documentation and identify work requirements and process 1.3 Inspect subfloors in accordance with Australian Standards and identify treatment system 1.4 Select and check tools, equipment and materials for suitability, serviceability and safety prior to use 1.5 Access safety data sheets (SDS), or equivalent, and apply to work 1.6 Prepare materials and equipment and safely position for use 1.7 Prepare surfaces in accordance with manufacturer recommendations
2. Apply moisture suppressant	2.1 Apply surface coating to required depth and coverage in accordance with manufacturer specifications and job requirements 2.2 Check subfloor is clear for application of moisture barrier in accordance with requirements
3. Apply moisture barrier	3.1 Establish moisture type as hydrostatic pressure, capillary moisture, or new concrete with high moisture content 3.2 Establish moisture content as reducing, construction moisture or a result of damaged membrane or capillary action 3.3 Strengthen all corners, cracks and other penetrations in accordance with manufacturer instructions 3.4 Lay barrier material with required number of coats in accordance with manufacturer instructions 3.5 Check subfloor for compliance with quality requirements and identify and rectify deficiencies
4. Complete housekeeping	4.1 Store or recycle unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 4.2 Clean remains of compounds used and dispose of appropriately 4.3 Check, clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 4.4 Clean work area, remove waste material and dispose of safely 4.5 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2032 Select, prepare and apply moisture barriers to concrete subfloors

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFL2009 Select, prepare and apply moisture barriers and damp-proof membranes to concrete sub-floors.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

completed 2 moisture suppressant and barrier installations:

1 moisture barrier (dealing with an external moisture problem that may be due to hydrostatic pressure or capillary action)

1 moisture suppressant (dealing with construction moisture in green concrete).

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement, including calculation of area and estimation of material requirements

application of moisture suppressant and barrier systems:

Australian Standards requirements

workplace safety system requirements

environmental protection and sustainability requirements

work flow

types, characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of tools and equipment used during work process

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of moisture barriers and moisture suppressants

techniques for the application of products, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond

procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

concrete subfloors to be treated

equipment, tools and materials to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence

safety data sheets

work orders

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL2033 Install hard underlays

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL2016 Install hard underlays.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to cut and fit hard underlay materials prior to laying floor coverings.

This unit applies to flooring technicians working in accordance with pre-determined work orders.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must also be applied. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for installation	1.1 Identify and follow work health and safety, legislative and organisational requirements 1.2 Read documentation and identify work requirements 1.3 Assess subfloor condition for the type of underlay and/or floor covering to be installed 1.4 Select underlay material suitable to the final surface to be laid 1.5 Select adhesives and fastenings based on job requirements 1.6 Select tools and equipment and check for suitability, serviceability and safety prior to use 1.7 Plan sequence of work, including the starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation
2. Set out materials	2.1 Check hard underlay to be installed against order 2.2 Acclimatise hard underlay in accordance with manufacturer recommendations 2.3 Establish working lines and starting point 2.4 Lay out materials to meet specification requirements and to minimise waste 2.5 Mark and cut material to specification with minimum waste
3. Lay underlay	3.1 Identify and follow instructions and sequence for laying and fixing 3.2 Organise materials for fixing and use in accordance with safety management requirements 3.3 Use fixing methods and equipment following manufacturer instructions 3.4 Check completed installation for flaws and materials and rectify
4. Complete housekeeping	4.1 Store and recycle unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 4.2 Check, clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Clean work area and dispose of rubbish safely 4.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL2016 Install hard underlays.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2033 Install hard underlays

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL2016 Install hard underlays.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

completed 2 hard underlay installations in accordance with job requirements and manufacturer recommendations using 5.5mm sheet products:

1 adhesive and fastener fixed on to the subfloor

1 fastener fixed on timber subfloor.

Knowledge Evidence

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement, including calculation of area and estimation of material requirements

installation of hard underlays:

Australian Standards requirements

workplace safety system requirements

environmental protection and sustainability requirements

how to access manufacturer instructions

work flow

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of hard underlays

types, characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of tools, equipment and materials

laying techniques, the types of problems that can occur and how to avoid and respond

quality indicators for completed work

procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

locations requiring installation of hard underlay

underlay as specified in the Performance Evidence

equipment, tools and materials to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence

work orders

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL2034 Prepare subfloors with cementitious coating applications

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFL2006 Prepare, select and apply smoothing and patching compounds, and, MSFFL2007 Select and apply appropriate compounds and additives.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to select, prepare, and apply primers, admix and cementitious products to concrete and timber subfloors using skim, smoothing, levelling and bulk filling coating techniques in readiness for the installation of floor coverings and coatings. It may apply to internal and external applications.

This unit applies to flooring technicians working in accordance with pre-determined work orders.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify work requirements	1.1 Identify and follow work health and safety, legislative and organisational requirements 1.2 Read work documentation and identify job requirements 1.3 Inspect subfloors against requirements of Australian Standards to ensure that they are dry, smooth, plane, and sound and confirm extent of required preparation and work 1.4 Select and check tools, equipment and materials for suitability, serviceability and safety prior to use
2. Inspect subfloors to determine irregularities	2.1 Inspect and confirm construction type, structure and sub-structure 2.2 Run and check datum lines and confirm accurate dimensions 2.3 Inspect and identify nature and extent of surface irregularities 2.4 Check subfloors and walls for contamination, moisture content, plane, smooth and suitable preparation 2.5 Clean surface using suitable floor preparation equipment and or cleaning agents in accordance with manufacturer recommendation
3. Select primers, additives and cementitious compounds	3.1 Determine suitability of the primers and compounds for compatibility and levelling requirements through trial applications 3.2 Select suitable primers, additives and cementitious compounds based on their functions in accordance with the needs of the job 3.3 Select method of application based on job requirements 3.4 Apply selected primers to the subfloor in accordance with manufacturer instructions
4. Prepare additives and cementitious compounds	4.1 Establish mixing station and mix selected cementitious compounds and additives in accordance with safety management requirements and manufacturer instructions 4.2 Plan a sequence of work that ensures the application of cementitious compounds and additives in logical order
5. Apply cementitious compounds and additives	5.1 Establish working lines and select starting point 5.2 Apply prepared compounds and additives to the surface in accordance with manufacturer instructions 5.3 Inspect completed applications and identify and address deficiencies
6. Complete housekeeping	6.1 Store and recycle unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 6.2 Check, clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 6.3 Clean work area and dispose of rubbish safely 6.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2034 Prepare subfloors with cementitious coating applications

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFL2006 Prepare, select and apply smoothing and patching compounds, and, MSFFL2007 Select and apply appropriate compounds and additives.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

achieved the required substrate finish with each of the following on both timber and concrete subfloors:

level coat to 3mm thickness

primer

rapid set mortar patch or ramp

skim coat.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement, including calculation of area and estimation of material requirements

characteristics and requirements of concrete and timber subfloor preparation

characteristics and requirements of concrete and fibre board wall preparation

application of compounds and additives:

workplace safety system requirements

environmental protection and sustainability requirements

how to access manufacturer instructions

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of compounds and additives, including:

porous substrate primer

non-porous substrate primer

substrate moisture barrier and green slab primer

fibre

high polymer cement-based finishes

latex powder and emulsion based subfloor smoothing compounds

levelling and smoothing compounds and primers

pumpable cement base floor leveller

rapid setting and drying repair mortar

self-smoothing and/or levelling cements

synthetic resin dispersion

two part, chemically cured epoxy coating for porous concrete floors

graded aggregate for bulking

kiln dry sand for priming and bulking

types, characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of tools, equipment and materials

techniques for the application of compounds and additives, the types of problems that may occur, and how to avoid and respond

quality indicators for subfloor surface finishes

procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

subfloors requiring application of compounds and additives

compounds and additives

equipment, tools and materials to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence

work orders

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL2035 Mechanically prepare surfaces for installation of flooring materials

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to:

MSFFL2011 Select, operate and maintain grinding equipment

MSFFL2012 Select, operate and maintain shot blasting equipment

MSFFL2013 Select, operate and maintain demolition equipment

MSFFL2014 Select, operate and maintain scarifying equipment

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to select and use powered equipment for the preparation of surfaces prior to the installation of flooring materials. It includes the requirement for floor grinding, and for knowledge of a range of different preparation methods.

This unit applies to flooring technicians preparing surfaces in accordance with pre-determined work orders where assessment of preparation needs would already have taken place.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must also be applied. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Identify and follow work health and safety, legislative and organisational requirements 1.2 Read documentation and identify work requirements and process 1.3 Select and check tools, equipment and materials for suitability, serviceability and safety prior to use 1.4 Identify required sources and types of power supply 1.5 Plan sequence of work, including the starting point, to ensure work is completed in logical order
2. Clean and prepare subfloor	2.1 Select, correctly fit and use personal protective equipment in accordance with nature of preparation task 2.2 Safely remove fittings and fixtures from the subfloor and store for future use 2.3 Clear subfloor of loose debris and dirt, and clean using processes suited to the floor type
3. Treat the subfloor	3.1 Select work sequence and starting point 3.2 Prepare perimeter using light equipment and appropriate cutter 3.3 Prepare main area to the required standard using selected powered equipment in accordance with manufacturer specifications 3.4 Clean floor area, inspect and re-work as required to meet job requirements
4. Complete housekeeping	4.1 Store or recycle unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 4.2 Check, clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Clean work area and dispose of rubbish safely 4.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2035 Mechanically prepare surfaces for installation of flooring materials

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to:

MSFFL2011 Select, operate and maintain grinding equipment

MSFFL2012 Select, operate and maintain shot blasting equipment

MSFFL2013 Select, operate and maintain demolition equipment

MSFFL2014 Select, operate and maintain scarifying equipment

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

prepared 2 surfaces in accordance with finish requirements using powered floor preparation equipment, with at least one being a grinding preparation.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

how to identify subfloors where specialist preparation is required and the different types of preparation methods available to achieve the required surface quality

floor preparation using equipment:

organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures

Australian Standards requirements

workplace safety system requirements

how to access manufacturer instructions

environmental protection and sustainability requirements

work flow for different types of floor preparation

types, characteristics, uses, and limitations of different floor preparation equipment, including how to operate equipment used for:

floor demolition

grinding – single headed, double-headed, planetary action (tooling selection requirements)

scarifying

shot blasting

sanding with rotary floor sander

fixtures and fittings that need to be removed prior to surface preparation

when wet method cleaning is required prior to mechanical methods being used

cleaning products suited to different types of contaminant and how they are used

processes for clean-up and disposal of waste slurry

procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

floors requiring preparation

grinding equipment

surfaces to be prepared

work orders

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL2038 Install lay flat vinyl floor coverings

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL2021 Install lay flat vinyl floor coverings.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to set out, lay and cut flat vinyl floor coverings to single and connecting rooms using pattern matching, seam cutting, joining and sealing techniques.

This unit applies to flooring technicians laying floor coverings in accordance with pre-determined work orders.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must also be applied Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for installation	1.1 Identify and follow work health and safety, legislative and organisational requirements 1.2 Read documentation and identify work requirements 1.3 Confirm subfloor suitability for installation consistent with Australian Standards and manufacturer recommendations 1.4 Select adhesives, trims and accessories based on job requirements 1.5 Select and check tools, equipment and materials for suitability, serviceability and safety prior to use 1.6 Plan sequence of work, including starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation 1.8 Check coverings to be installed against order and acclimatise in accordance with manufacturer recommendations
2. Set out materials	2.1 Identify and follow instructions and sequence for laying and fixing 2.2 Organise and use floor coverings in accordance with safety management requirements 2.3 Establish working lines and starting point
3. Lay flat vinyl	3.1 Lay out floor coverings to meet directional sequence, pattern match, specification requirements minimising waste and joins 3.2 Accurately and clearly mark floor coverings for cutting 3.3 Cut floor coverings to required pattern and shape with minimum waste of materials 3.4 Apply adhesives in accordance with manufacturer instructions 3.5 Seal seams using cold welding techniques and equipment suited to the material 3.6 Check completed installation for flaws in installation and materials, and identify and rectify faults
4. Complete housekeeping	4.1 Store and recycle unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 4.2 Check, clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Clean work area and dispose of rubbish safely 4.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL2021 Install lay flat vinyl floor coverings.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2038 Install lay flat vinyl floor coverings

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL2021 Install lay flat vinyl floor coverings.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

cut, laid and fixed flat vinyl floor coverings in accordance with job requirements:

to a single room with external corners, including pattern match at seams, using freehand, template or scribing method, with seams to be cold-welded

to connecting rooms, including pattern match at seams and cross joins using free-hand, template or scribing method, with seams to be cold-welded

pattern match repair by double cutting the corresponding pattern, with seams to be cold-welded.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement, including calculation of area and estimation of material requirements

lay flat vinyl flooring installation:

Australian Standards requirements

workplace safety system requirements

how to access manufacturer instructions

environmental protection and sustainability requirements

work flow

characteristics and requirements of sub-floor preparation

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of:

lay flat vinyl floor coverings including encapsulated glass fibre and text backing products

lay flat vinyl floor covering installation adhesives including water-based acrylic, water-based contact and solvent-based contact

cold chemical seam welding techniques

types, characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of tools and equipment

type, characteristics, uses and limitations of other materials used

techniques for set out, laying and cutting, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond

quality indicators for completed work

procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

locations requiring lay flat vinyl installations

lay flat vinyl flooring

equipment, tools and materials to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence, including safety and personal protective equipment

work orders

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL2040 Install engineered timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL2024 Install engineered timber flooring.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare for work and install, stick by stick, an engineered timber floor within a space over a soft underlay, including preparation, cutting, laying and fixing.

This unit applies to flooring technicians working in accordance with pre-determined work orders.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare materials for installation	1.1 Identify and follow work health and safety, legislative and organisational requirements 1.2 Correctly identify work requirements and process from review of documentation 1.3 Confirm subfloor suitability for installation consistent with Australian Standards and manufacturer recommendations 1.4 Select and check tools, equipment and materials prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition 1.5Plan sequence of work to ensure efficiency and quality of application
2. Set out materials for installation	2.1 Check engineered timber flooring against work order and acclimatise in accordance with manufacturer recommendations 2.2 Organise and use engineered timber flooring for fixing in accordance with safety management requirements 2.3 Remove or undercut skirting boards or cover trims, as required, and store for re-fitting or send for machining in accordance with work requirements 2.4 Prepare required adhesives and accessories for use in accordance with manufacturer instructions
3. Lay out flooring	3.1 Follow instructions and sequence for laying and fixing 3.2 Lay out engineered timber flooring to meet directional sequence, pattern match, specification requirements and to minimise waste and joins 3.3 Maximise the aesthetics of the materials, including matching grains and colours 3.4 Accurately mark engineered timber flooring materials for cutting 3.5 Cut materials to length and size for final laying ensuring minimum waste
4. Lay flooring	4.1 Use materials in accordance with safety management requirements 4.2 Use fixing methods and equipment in accordance with manufacturer recommendations 4.3 Allow appropriate field and perimeter expansion joints 4.4 Fit and/or re-fit skirting boards or cover trims and finish 4.5 Inspect finished job and rectify any imperfections following workplace procedures 4.6 Identify and make required preparations for sanding of flooring
5. Complete housekeeping	5.1 Store and recycle unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 5.2 Check, clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 5.3 Clean work area and dispose of rubbish safely 5.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL2024 Install engineered timber flooring.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2040 Install engineered timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL2024 Install engineered timber flooring.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

installed each of the following types of engineered timber flooring systems in accordance with job requirements:

direct stick system

floating system

nail down system.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement, including calculation of area and estimation of material requirements

engineered timber flooring installation:

Australian Standards requirements

workplace safety system requirements

work flow

environmental protection and sustainability requirements

how to access manufacturer instructions

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of different products

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of adhesives, including:

polyvinyl alcohol (PVA)

epoxy

polyurethane elastomeric

characteristics and requirements of subfloor preparation

types, characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of tools, equipment and materials

techniques for set out, laying, cutting and fixing, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond

quality indicators for completed work

procedures and protocols for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

location for installation

engineered timber flooring

equipment, tools and materials to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence, including safety and personal protective equipment

work orders

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL2041 Install impact and sound absorption underlay

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL2025 Install impact and sound absorption underlay.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare, set out, cut and lay impact and sound absorption underlay over a new or existing subfloor in preparation for the installation of a laminate or engineered timber floor.

This unit applies to flooring technicians installing underlay in accordance with pre-determined work orders.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must also be applied. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Identify and follow work health and safety, legislative and organisational requirements 1.2 Correctly identify work requirements and process from review of documentation 1.3 Confirm subfloor suitability for installation consistent with Australian Standards and manufacturer recommendations 1.4 Select adhesives, mouldings, trims and fixings based on job requirements 1.5 Select and check tools and equipment prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition 1.6 Plan sequence of work to ensure efficiency and quality of application
2. Set out materials	2.1 Check impact and sound absorption underlay against work order and acclimatise in accordance with manufacturer recommendations 2.2 Use materials in accordance with safety management requirements 2.3 Establish working lines and starting point
3. Cut impact and sound absorption underlay	3.1 Follow instructions and sequence for laying and fixing 3.2 Lay out underlay to meet directional sequence, specification requirements and to minimise waste and joins 3.3 Cut underlay to required shape with minimum waste of materials
4. Lay and fix impact and sound absorption underlay	4.1 Use materials in accordance with safety management requirements 4.2 Prepare required adhesives and edge strips/accessories for use 4.3 Apply required adhesive to subfloor in accordance with manufacturer instructions 4.4 Fix underlay using methods and equipment that follow manufacturer instructions 4.5 Check completed installation for flaws in installation and materials and rectify faults in accordance with workplace procedures
5. Complete housekeeping	5.1 Store and recycle unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 5.2 Check, clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 5.3 Clean work area and dispose of rubbish safely 5.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL2025 Install impact and sound absorption underlay.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2041 Install impact and sound absorption underlay

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL2025 Install impact and sound absorption underlay.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

completed 3 sound absorption underlay installations to complete rooms in accordance with job requirements – jobs should individually or cumulatively involve:

obstructions

irregular angles.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement, including calculation of area and angles, and estimation of material requirements

impact and sound absorption underlay installation:

Australian Standards requirements

workplace safety system requirements

work flow

environmental protection and sustainability requirements

how to access manufacturer instructions

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of products, including:

single fibre

composite fibre

bonded foam

recycled rubber

characteristics and requirements of subfloor preparation

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of different adhesives, including:

solvent and water-based contact

acrylic or polyurethane elastomeric

types, characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of tools, equipment and materials

techniques for set out, laying and cutting, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond

quality indicators for completed work

procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

location for installation

impact and sound absorption underlay

equipment, tools and materials to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence, including safety and personal protective equipment

work orders

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL2042 Nail strip timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL2026 Nail strip timber flooring.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use top-nailing or secret nailing methods when installing tongue and groove strip timber flooring onto plywood underlay and battens over joists, concrete or a subfloor to either raise a floor or correct the level of a floor

Timber flooring includes timber plywood underlay manufactured under a JAS-ANZ accredited product certification scheme meeting the internationally recognised IS0 Type 5 system for product reliability to AS/NZS 2269.0:2012 Plywood - Structural - Specifications

This unit applies to flooring technicians working in accordance with pre-determined work orders.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must also be applied. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Identify and follow work health and safety, legislative and organisational requirements 1.2 Correctly identify work requirements and process from review of documentation 1.3 Assess subfloor condition for suitability for nailing consistent with Australian Standards and manufacturer recommendations 1.4 Select fixings and adhesives based on job requirements 1.5 Select and check tools, equipment and materials prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition 1.6 Plan sequence of work to ensure efficiency and quality of application
2. Prepare to nail strip timber flooring	2.1 Follow instructions and sequence for nailing and fixing timber flooring 2.2 Establish work lines and starting point 2.3 Lay out timber flooring to meet directional sequence, pattern match, specification requirements, minimising waste and joins 2.4 Inspect timber flooring material and confirm species, grade, size and quantity against work orders 2.5 Moisture check timber using required equipment and confirm suitability of moisture content for site conditions as per pre-site inspection procedures 2.6 Maximise the aesthetics of the materials by matching grains and colours where appropriate 2.7 Establish safely located work station as power source for nail guns, and run air hoses to worksite in manner that minimises risk
3. Nail strip timber flooring	3.1 Organise and use nails, staples and adhesives for fixing in accordance with safety management requirements 3.2 Use nailing methods and equipment in accordance with manufacturer recommendations and Australian Standards 3.3 Position strip timber flooring using cramping procedures 3.4 Use required nailing methods based on job requirements 3.5 Inspect finished job and rectify any imperfections following workplace procedures.
4. Complete housekeeping	4.1 Store and recycle unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 4.2 Check, clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Clean work area and dispose of rubbish safely 4.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL2026 Nail strip timber flooring.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2042 Nail strip timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL2026 Nail strip timber flooring.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

completed 3 solid timber flooring installations to complete rooms in accordance with work requirements, demonstrating the use of:

top nail fixing throughout a room

secret nail fixing throughout a room.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement, including calculation of area and estimation of material requirements

nailing of timber flooring:

Australian Standards requirements

workplace safety system requirements

work flow

environmental protection and sustainability requirements

how to access manufacturer instructions

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of:

installation adhesive, including elastomeric, polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), polyurethane

nails or staples

characteristics and requirements of subfloor preparation

types, characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of tools, equipment and materials

techniques for secret and top nailing, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond, including basic wood working techniques

quality indicators for completed work

procedures and protocols for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

location for installation

strip timber flooring requiring nailing

equipment, tools and materials to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence, including safety and personal protective equipment

work orders

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL2043 Install expansion joints

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL2027 Install expansion joints.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install expansion joints and gaps, calculating how many and how often they are to be installed, and what size and type are necessary for the application at hand.

This unit applies to flooring technicians working in accordance with pre-determined work orders.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Identify and follow work health and safety, legislative and organisational requirements 1.2 Correctly identify work requirements and process from review of documentation 1.3 Confirm subfloor suitability for installation consistent with Australian Standards and manufacturer recommendations 1.4 Select suitable expansion joints, cover strips, fixings and adhesives 1.5 Select and check tools, equipment and materials prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition 1.6 Plan sequence of work to ensure efficiency and quality of installation
2. Set out expansion joints for installation	2.1 Position expansion joints according to the requirements of the flooring type, manufacturer specifications and Australian Standards 2.2 Organise timber or metal mouldings or cork expansion strip for fixing and use in accordance with relevant management requirements 2.3 Prepare required adhesives and fixings for use in accordance with manufacturer instructions 2.4 Establish working lines and starting point
3. Prepare expansion joints	3.1 Follow instructions and sequence for cutting and fixing 3.2 Lay out timber or metal mouldings to meet directional sequence, pattern match, specification requirements and to minimise waste and joins 3.3 Maximise the aesthetics of the materials, where appropriate, matching grains and colours 3.4 Accurately and clearly mark timber or metal moulding or cork expansion strip materials for cutting 3.5 Cut timber or metal moulding or cork expansion strip to length and size for final fixing ensuring minimum waste
4. Install expansion joints	4.1 Organise and use timber or metal mouldings or cork expansion strip for fixing in accordance with relevant safety management requirements 4.2 Prepare and use required adhesives and mechanical fixings in accordance with manufacturer instructions 4.3 Fit timber or metal mouldings or cork expansion strip to perimeter wall expansion gaps, expansion joints in the body of the floor or transition areas 4.4 Inspect finished job and rectify any imperfections following workplace procedures
5. Complete housekeeping	5.1 Store and recycle unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 5.2 Check, clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 5.3 Clean work area and dispose of rubbish safely 5.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL2027 Install expansion joints.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2043 Install expansion joints

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL2027 Install expansion joints.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

assessed the need for, placed and fitted 5 expansion joints in complete rooms, including:

intermittent expansion allowance in a solid strip floor

cork expansion trim in a solid timber or parquetry floor

caulking joint to a solid timber or parquetry floor

proprietary trims to a laminate, bamboo or engineered floor

expansion joint to a previously completed floor of any type.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement, including calculation of area and estimation of material requirements

expansion joint installation:

Australian Standards requirements

workplace safety system requirements

work flow

environmental and sustainability protection requirements

how to access manufacturer instructions

how to assess the requirements for expansion joints and the implications of incorrect assessment

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of:

the placement and fitting of expansion joints for timber and engineered flooring

timber or metal mouldings and cork expansion strip when fitting expansion joints to timber and engineered flooring

characteristics and requirements of expansion joint preparation

types, characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of tools, equipment and materials

techniques for set out, laying, cutting and fixing, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond, including basic wood working techniques

quality indicators for completed work

procedures and protocols for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

flooring installations requiring expansion joints

equipment, tools and materials to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence, including safety and personal protective equipment

work orders

workplace procedures.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL2044 Install mouldings and edge trims to timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL2028 Install mouldings and edge trims to timber flooring.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare, set out, cut and fix timber or metal mouldings and trims to timber and engineered flooring after installation, replacement, sanding and finishing.

This unit applies to flooring technicians installing mouldings and edge trims in accordance with pre-determined work orders.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must also be applied. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Identify and follow work health and safety, legislative and organisational requirements 1.2 Correctly identify work requirements and process from review of documentation 1.3 Confirm floor suitablity for installation consistent with Australian Standards, industry standards and manufacturer recommendations 1.4 Select adhesives, mouldings, trims and fixings based on job requirements 1.5 Select and check tools, equipment and materials prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition 1.6 Plan sequence of work, including the starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation
2. Set out materials for installation	2.1Acclimatise mouldings and trims in accordance with manufacturer recommendations 2.2 Organise mouldings, trims and materials in accordance with safety management requirements 2.3 Establish working lines and starting point.
3. Cut mouldings and trims	3.1 Follow instructions and sequence for cutting and fixing 3.2 Lay out mouldings and trims to meet directional sequence, pattern match, specification requirements and to minimise waste and joins 3.3 Maximise the aesthetics of the materials, where appropriate, matching grains and colours 3.4 Accurately and clearly mark moulding and trim materials for cutting 3.5 Cut moulding and trim to length and size for final fixing ensuring minimum waste
4. Fix mouldings/trims	4.1 Prepare adhesives, mechanical fixings and accessories for use in accordance with manufacturer instructions 4.2 Use fixing methods and equipment in accordance with manufacturer recommendations 4.3 Fit skirting boards and/or mouldings to perimeter walls allowing for expansion joints 4.4 Fit and/or re-fit cover trims and edge strips to expansion joints and transitions of the timber flooring 4.5 Inspect finished job and rectify any imperfections in accordance with workplace procedures
5. Complete housekeeping	5.1 Store and recycle unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 5.2 Check, clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 5.3 Clean work area and dispose of rubbish safely 5.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL2028 Install mouldings and edge trims to timber flooring.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2044 Install mouldings and edge trims to timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL2028 Install mouldings and edge trims to timber flooring.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

completed 3 installations to complete rooms in accordance with job requirements.

installed each of the following moulding types at least once:

edge and end mouldings

metal cover strips

scotia

skirting boards (scribed)

skirting boards (mitred)

stair nosing.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement, including calculation of area and estimation of material requirements

moulding and edge trim fixing:

Australian Standards requirements

workplace safety system requirements

environmental protection and sustainability requirements

how to access manufacturer instructions

work flow

characteristics and requirements of sub-floor preparation

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of:

timber and metal mouldings and trims

adhesives

mechanical fixings

types, characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of tools and equipment

basic wood working techniques

techniques for set out, cutting and fixing, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond

quality indicators for installed mouldings and edge trims

procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

installation requiring mouldings and edge trims

mouldings and edge trims

equipment, tools and materials to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence, including safety and personal protective equipment

work orders

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL2045 Coarse sand timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL2015 Coarse sand timber flooring.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare for work and coarse sand existing floors using a drum or belt driven sanding machine to grade the surface to remove cupping, ridges, high points or deep scratches. This usually involves three passes and the gradual overlapping of each run.

This unit applies to flooring technicians working in accordance with pre-determined work orders.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for the work	1.1 Identify and follow work health and safety, legislative and organisational requirements 1.2 Read work documentation and identify job requirements 1.3 Inspect timber flooring for contamination, moisture content and suitability for sanding operations, and identify and complete any pre-sanding tasks 1.4 Assess timber flooring condition and confirm the extent of floor preparation required to meet job specifications 1.5 Remove mechanical fixings to avoid damage to equipment and surfaces 1.6 Select and check tools, equipment and materials for suitability, serviceability and safety prior to use 1.7 Plan sequence of work suited to the job
2. Conduct coarse sanding operations	2.1 Set up and check sanding equipment and safety features in accordance with manufacturer instructions 2.2 Select and change equipment to meet requirements of the job 2.3 Conduct trial runs and confirm machine operation and quality of finished work 2.4 Select, attach and routinely check sanding belts or papers and change to ensure quality finish 2.5 Complete sanding systematically and effectively within the required timeframe 2.6 Complete routine lubrication and adjustments to the equipment as required for efficient operation 2.7 Clean and check final finish against quality and job requirements, and rectify deficiencies
3. Complete housekeeping	3.1 Store and recycle unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Check, clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Clean work area and dispose of rubbish safely 3.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL2015 Coarse sand timber flooring.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL2045 Coarse sand timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL2015 Coarse sand timber flooring.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

coarse sanded 2 complete rooms, including edges, in accordance with job requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement, including calculation of area

coarse sanding operations:

Australian Standards requirements

workplace safety systems

work flow

environmental protection and sustainability requirements

floor conditions requirements for sanding operations

characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of tools and equipment for both edge and centre sanding

techniques for machine use, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond

procedures and protocols for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

floors requiring sanding

equipment, tools and materials to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence, including safety and personal protective equipment

work orders

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3052 Plan and cost flooring technology work

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3001 Plan and cost flooring technology work.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to obtain job information, plan the scope of work, estimate the net cost of providing products and/or services and calculate the final cost to the customer. It includes the development of customer quotations.

This unit applies to flooring technicians.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify job requirements	1.1 Obtain details of customer requirements in a manner suited to the nature of the job 1.2 Read and correctly interpret aspects of site plans and supporting documentation that affect flooring installation 1.3 Take and record accurate site measurements 1.4 Confirm details of other conditions that may impact installation from site assessment reports 1.5 Create a floor plan to scale and record details in accordance with workplace procedures
2. Develop a work plan	2.1 Identify and analyse technical and material options for completing the work 2.2 Accurately quantify details of products and/or services required for the work 2.3 Confirm draft outline work proposal with customer and amend as necessary 2.4 Finalise and document work plan that clearly specifies the scope of work
3. Estimate costs	3.1 Estimate required materials types and quantities based on work plan 3.2 Calculate types and duration of usage of major tools and equipment required to support the work plan 3.3 Estimate labour requirements based on work plan 3.4 Identify and estimate other costs that may be incurred based on work plan
4. Determine cost to customer	4.1 Accurately calculate and document total cost of providing products and/or services based on estimates 4.2 Determine and document allowances for overheads and mark-up percentages in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Accurately calculate and document final cost to customer in accordance with workplace procedures
5. Complete final documentation	5.1 Check and verify costing details in accordance with workplace procedures 5.2 Identify and resolve costing errors or anomalies 5.3 Prepare accurate customer quotation in accordance with workplace formats 5.4 File or store costing and quotation documentation for future reference in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

The Foundation Skills describe those required skills (such as, language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills) that are essential to performance:

technology skills to draw floor plans to scale and to use calculators and computers for costings and quotation preparation.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3001 Plan and cost flooring technology work

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3052 Plan and cost flooring technology work

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3001 Plan and cost flooring technology work.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

planned, costed and documented 3 flooring installation jobs that have different requirements in terms of:

scope and nature of products and/or services

labour costs

material costs

major equipment usage

site conditions

created scale floor plans in both manual and digital formats

used the following processes correctly in estimating and costing the 3 jobs:

estimation

measurement

the four basic mathematical operations – addition, subtraction, multiplication and division

calculation of percentage mark-ups

calculation of Goods and Services Tax (GST).

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

implications of Australian Standards on planning and costing of work for the relevant flooring materials

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement, including calculation of area and estimation of material and labour requirements

site conditions and how they may impact planning and costing of work:

access requirements

building project status

heating/cooling requirements

humidity

lighting

power supply

security arrangements

temperature

ventilation

how to draw a floor plan to scale

products and/or services for which costings are being prepared, including:

sources of information

features, options and suitability for different customer requirements including requirements for preparation, installation and finishing

legal and ethical considerations

costs involved in providing products/services:

materials, tools and major equipment for preparation, installation and finishing

labour rates and their components (normal and overtime estimates, both direct and indirect costs covering employees and contractors)

production time and cost

transport and delivery

overhead components

project management principles and their application to planning of flooring installations

components of a work plan that inform job costing, including:

covering and/or installation type

finishing

floor preparation

personnel and timings by labour type

transportation methods and costs

work area isolation and/or protection

work permits, as applicable

work timings and program

industry sector and enterprise costing and quoting procedures:

mark-up percentages

application of GST

documentation formats and inclusions for quotations and contracts

terms and conditions included in quotations

checking and approval processes

procedures to address variations.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

details of customer requirements

sites requiring installation of flooring materials

measuring equipment

site assessment information

manual drawing materials

digital drawing software

information technology hardware

workplace procedures and costing schedules for planning and costing of work.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3055 Respond to complaints about flooring installations

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFL3032 Inspect defective timber flooring.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare for, carry out and report on inspections of flooring where there are issues related to defective materials or workmanship. It includes the development of proposals for remediation of faults.

This unit applies to flooring technicians who have a full suite of installation skills and knowledge in one or more areas of flooring technology, and who are only responding to complaints installations undertaken by themselves or their business.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must also be applied. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine work requirements	1.1 Identify the nature of the flooring problem from work documentation or through consultation with the customer 1.2 Clarify and agree to the purpose, scope, formality and reporting requirements for the inspection 1.3 Consult with customer and document and agree to the need for, and liability associated with, the outcome of invasive inspection techniques 1.4 Select and check tools, equipment and materials required for the inspection for suitability, serviceability and safety prior to use 1.5 Plan sequence of work to ensure efficiency and quality of outcome
2. Conduct the inspection	2.1 Identify and follow work health and safety legislative and organisational requirements 2.2 Complete initial visual and other non-invasive inspections to identify and isolate further inspection needs 2.3 Make areas which have been invasively inspected safe
3. Report on the inspection	3.1 Accurately document the report, clearly identifying the scope of the inspection, findings and suggested options for addressing the faults or findings 3.2 Present report to the customer and provide required technical clarifications 3.3 Organise follow up action based on report outcomes and recommendations.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3055 Respond to complaints about flooring installations

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFL3032 Inspect defective timber flooring.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

conducted 2 inspections that individually or cumulatively include:

a report and scope of works to remediate an issue, or make alterations to a previously completed floor

a report that identifies a client issue and uses technical information and appropriate industry and manufacture guidelines to justify not remediating the identified client issue/s.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

key aspects of state or territory legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice, including individual technician rights and obligations relating to:

workplace health and safety

consumer law

invasive inspection techniques and effects commonly experienced

organisational customer communication standards and protocols

organisational and site standards, requirements, policies and procedures for the inspection of floors and associated reporting

industry and manufacturer guidelines and how they are applied in situations of defective materials or workmanship

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement, including calculation of area and estimation of material requirements

scope, format and inclusions for flooring reports, and how these may vary

different types of faults and repair / restoration options:

subfloor

materials

structural

finishing.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

defective floors for inspection

work orders

workplace procedures

modelling of industry operating conditions.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3057 Select and fit diamond tools for concrete surface preparation and polishing

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3048 Select and fit diamond tools for concrete surface preparation and polishing.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to select and fit appropriate diamond grinding and polishing tools for use in concrete floor preparation and finishing machines. It applies to concrete cleaning and polishing operations in commercial and residential environments and involves application of skills and knowledge at a sub-trade worker level.

This unit applies to flooring technicians working in accordance with pre-determined work orders.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Flooring technology

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify the required concrete surface application	1.1 Examine concrete surface to be prepared and polished to evaluate the level, any undulations and surface condition 1.2 Establish types of grinding and polishing techniques required based on floor inspection of the job 1.3 Determine the need for wet or dry application and any additional abrasives required 1.4 Evaluate floor moisture test results and use results to determine the floor grinding and polishing steps for the job
2. Select diamond grinding tools	2.1 Identify required diamond tools and bond type for surface preparation 2.2 Determine grit size for grinding based on job requirements 2.3 Match segments of diamond tool and bond type to the job requirements and machine to be used for grinding 2.4 Fit diamond tools to the planetary machine for surface preparation operations ensuring tool rotation is correct for the machine set-up
3. Select floor diamond polishing tools	3.1 Identify required diamond tools and bond type for surface polishing 3.2 Determine grit size for the polishing job 3.3 Match segments of diamond tool and bond type to the job requirements and machine to be used for polishing 3.4 Fit diamond tools to the planetary machine for surface polishing operations ensuring tool rotation is correct for the machine set up
4. Clean up work area and tools	4.1 Examine all diamond tools and identify those which are able to be re-used and which are to be discarded 4.2 Clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Record items to be discarded in workplace documentation and make disposal in accordance with manufacturer recommendations 4.4 Clear work area and safely remove waste

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3048 Select and fit diamond tools for concrete surface preparation and polishing.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3057 Select and fit diamond tools for concrete surface preparation and polishing

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3048 Select and fit diamond tools for concrete surface preparation and polishing.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

selected and fit appropriate diamond grinding and polishing tools to be used in planetary action concrete finishing equipment to meet the requirements of 2 different jobs.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

concrete surface preparation and polishing:

Australian Standards requirements

environmental protection and sustainability requirements

equipment types:

full set of single or twin segments (for when a flat floor finish is required)

half set of single or twin segments (for when flat floor finish is not required)

different diamond tool applications:

floor flattening and removing undulation (hard, medium and soft concrete)

removal of surface contaminants:

carpet glue

vinyl adhesive

epoxy paint

smoothing exposed aggregate

grinding exposed aggregate

concrete surface polishing (hard, medium and soft)

gloss levels (high, medium and low gloss)

hardness of material being ground (aggregate and sand abrasiveness)

the grinding and/or polishing pressure

bond types:

metal

resin

ceramic

hybrid

factors that influence wear:

hardness of the bond

diamond grit size

number of segments

presence of water

use of additional abrasives such as sand, silicone or carbide

quality of diamond tool being used

machine speed

operator experience

grit size

too small so surface contaminants, such as glue smears

too coarse leaving scratching and excessive diamond wear

bond

too soft, leaving machine marks and excessive diamond wear

too hard, resulting in glazed surface

not using hardest bond first

incorrect choice of segments could result in an uneven floor, excessive diamond consumption and overloading the planetary machine, scratches remaining in finished floor

procedures and protocols for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

concrete surface floors for polishing

equipment, tools and materials to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence

work orders

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3058 Provide advice to customers on floor coverings

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3050 Provide advice to customers on floor coverings.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop product knowledge and provide advice to customers on a range of floor coverings, including carpet and other textile, resilient, timber and laminate products.

This unit applies to any individual providing advice on floor coverings.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Flooring technology

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop and maintain knowledge of flooring products and services	1.1 Research current information on floor covering products and services from authoritative sources 1.2 Identify characteristics of floor covering products and services using available product and service documentation 1.3 Document and maintain information on floor covering products and services in a format consistent with organisational requirements 1.4 Use knowledge to improve quality within personal work areas
2. Identify customer needs	2.1 Question customers in detail and use active listening to determine product and/or service requirements 2.2 Offer accurate technical and/or specialist advice to the customer to support sales activity and customer understanding and decision making 2.3 Establish customer's financial limitations and expectations for flooring product purchase 2.4 Discuss and confirm customer needs based on information gathered
3. Recommend flooring products and services	3.1 Make recommendations consistent with organisational requirements and customer needs 3.2 Promote advantages of product and organisation based on knowledge of produce features and services offered 3.3 Verify evidence in support of recommendations and present in a suitable format 3.4 Estimate impact of activities from verifiable customer feedback sources

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3050 Provide advice to customers on floor coverings.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3058 Provide advice to customers on floor coverings

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3050 Provide advice to customers on floor coverings.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

responded to 4 different customer enquiries that individually or cumulatively require provision of information on all of the following floor coverings:

carpet and other textile products

laminate

resilient

timber

provided accurate information for each of the above enquiries that includes:

product characteristics and origins

competitive features

how the product matches the customer needs

installation techniques and requirements

maintenance requirements

cost.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

legal and ethical considerations when providing advice on floor coverings, including individual responsibility under Australian consumer law

workplace safety systems related to floor coverings and their installation

sources and types of reliable information about different floor covering materials

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of different floor covering materials, including installation, finishing and maintenance considerations for:

timber and laminate floor coverings products and services

resilient floor coverings products and services

carpet and other textile floor coverings products and services

product and service information, including:

availability

competitive features

distribution process

origins

price and organisational pricing policies

organisational customer service and sales protocols and procedures for:

interactions with customers

documentation requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

product information

customer enquiries

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3066 Install linoleum floor coverings

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3012 Install linoleum floor coverings.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to set out, cut and lay linoleum floor coverings in domestic and commercial installations using templating and scribing methods.

This unit applies to flooring technicians installing linoleum in accordance with pre-determined work orders.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must also be applied. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for installation	1.1 Identify and follow work health and safety, legislative and organisational requirements 1.2 Read documentation and identify work requirements 1.3 Confirm subfloor suitability for installation consistent with Australian Standards and manufacturer recommendations 1.4 Select adhesives, trims and accessories based on job requirements 1.5 Select and check tools, equipment and materials for suitability, serviceability and safety prior to use 1.6 Plan sequence of work, including the starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation 1.7 Check linoleum to be installed against work order and acclimatise in accordance with manufacturer recommendations
2. Set out materials	2.1 Identify and follow instructions and sequence for laying and fixing 2.2 Organise linoleum floor coverings for fixing and use in accordance with safety management requirements 2.3 Establish working lines and starting point 2.4 Cut required soft underlay to specification 2.5 Set out, cut and fit required pre-form fillet in accordance with specification
3. Cut materials	3.1 Lay out linoleum floor coverings to meet directional sequence, pattern match, specification requirements, minimising waste and joins 3.2 Accurately and clearly mark linoleum floor coverings for cutting 3.3 Cut linoleum floor coverings to required pattern and shape with minimum waste of materials
4. Lay linoleum	4.1 Organise and use materials for welding and fixing in accordance with safety management requirements 4.2 Use welding and fixing methods and equipment following manufacturer instructions 4.3 Set out and install resilient skirting, reducer and edge strips in accordance with job requirements 4.4 Check complete installation for flaws in installation and materials and rectify faults
5. Complete housekeeping	5.1 Store or recycle unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 5.2 Check, clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 5.3 Clean work area and dispose of rubbish safely 5.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3012 Install linoleum floor coverings.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3066 Install linoleum floor coverings

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3012 Install linoleum floor coverings.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

installed the following linoleum floor coverings in accordance with job requirements:

pattern scribe, cut, lay and heat-welded linoleum sheet floor coverings using 32mm fillet cove in one sheet to a small area (WC, laundry including heat-welded joins

scribe to skirting boards, cut, flat lay and heat-welded linoleum sheet floor coverings in multiple runs

pattern scribe or scribe, cut, flat lay and butt join seam linoleum sheet floor coverings to one room.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement, including calculation of area and estimation of material requirements

linoleum floor covering installation:

Australian Standards requirements

workplace safety system requirements

environmental protection and sustainability requirements

how to access manufacturer instructions

work flow

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of linoleum floor coverings and installation adhesives

characteristics and requirements of sub-floor preparation

types, characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of tools, equipment and materials

techniques for set out, layout, cutting and installation, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond, including specific linoleum heat welding techniques

procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

locations requiring linoleum flooring installations

linoleum flooring

equipment, tools and materials to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence, including safety and personal protective equipment

work orders

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3068 Install resilient floor coverings using custom designs and decorative finishes

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3014 Install resilient floor coverings using custom designs and decorative finishes.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare, set out lay and fix resilient sheet floor coverings using custom designs, mechanically and hand cut motifs, logos and decorative finishes.

This unit applies to flooring technicians installing resilient flooring in accordance with pre-determined work orders.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must also be applied. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for installation	1.1 Identify and follow work health and safety, legislative and organisational requirements 1.2 Read documentation and identify work requirements 1.3 Confirm subfloor suitability for installation consistent with Australian Standards and manufacturer recommendations 1.4 Select adhesives, trims and accessories based on job requirements 1.5 Select and check tools, equipment and materials prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition 1.6 Plan sequence of work, including the starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation 1.7 Check resilient floor coverings against work order and acclimatise in accordance with manufacturer recommendations.
2. Set out materials	2.1 Identify and follow instructions and sequence for laying and fixing 2.2 Organise and use resilient floor coverings for fixing in accordance with safety management requirements 2.3 Establish working lines and starting point and accurately mark on the subfloor 2.4 Set out and mark motifs, logos or custom designs on the subfloor in accordance with design
3. Lay resilient floor covering	3.1 Lay out resilient floor coverings to meet directional sequence, pattern match and specification requirements, minimising waste and joins 3.2 Accurately and clearly mark resilient flooring materials for cutting 3.3 Cut resilient floor coverings to required shape ensuring minimum waste 3.4 Organise materials for fixing and use in accordance with relevant safety management requirements 3.5 Prepare adhesives and edge strips and/or accessories for use in accordance with manufacturer instructions 3.6 Use welding, fixing methods and equipment in accordance with manufacturer instructions 3.7 Inspect finished job and rectify any imperfections following workplace procedures
4. Complete housekeeping	4.1 Store and recycle unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 4.2 Check, clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Clean work area and dispose of rubbish safely 4.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3014 Install resilient floor coverings using custom designs and decorative finishes.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3068 Install resilient floor coverings using custom designs and decorative finishes

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3014 Install resilient floor coverings using custom designs and decorative finishes.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

cut and laid resilient floor coverings using custom designs and decorative finishes in accordance with job requirements:

1 inlayed custom designed pattern including a circle design and heat welded.

1 feature border coved installation with heat welded external and internal mitres

1 feature welding design of a different colour to the existing floor colour.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement, including calculation of area and estimation of material requirements

resilient floor covering custom design installation:

Australian Standards requirements

workplace safety system requirements

environmental protection and sustainability requirements

how to access manufacturer instructions

work flow

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of different resilient floor coverings:

homogenous and heterogeneous

linoleum sheet

encapsulated glass fibre

inlaid

characteristics and requirements of subfloor preparation

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of different adhesives, including:

plasticised and rubber resign acrylic

two-part epoxy

water-based and solvent-based contact adhesives

types, characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of tools, equipment and materials

techniques for set out, laying, cutting, welding and fixing, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond

quality indicators for completed work

procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

locations requiring installation of resilient sheet flooring

resilient sheet flooring

equipment, tools and materials to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence, including safety and personal protective equipment

work orders

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3069 Install rubber floor coverings

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3016 Install rubber floor coverings.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to set out, cut, lay and fix rubber sheet and tile floor coverings.

This unit applies to flooring technicians installing rubber floor coverings in accordance with pre-determined work orders.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must also be applied. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for installation	1.1 Identify and follow work health and safety, legislative and organisational requirements 1.2 Read documentation and identify work requirements 1.3 Confirm subfloor suitability for installation consistent with Australian Standards and manufacturer recommendations 1.4 Select adhesives, trims and accessories based on job requirements 1.5 Select and check tools, equipment and materials for suitability, serviceability and safety prior to use 1.6 Plan sequence of work, including the starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation 1.7 Check rubber floor covering against order and acclimatise in accordance with manufacturer recommendations
2. Set out materials	2.1 Identify and follow instructions and sequence for laying and fixing 2.2 Organise and use rubber floor coverings for fixing in accordance with safety management requirements 2.3 Establish working lines and starting point.
3. Lay resilient floor covering	3.1 Lay out rubber floor coverings to meet directional sequence, pattern match, specification requirements, minimising waste and joins 3.2 Accurately and clearly mark rubber flooring materials for cutting 3.3 Cut rubber floor covering materials to required shape ensuring minimum waste 3.4 Prepare adhesives and edge strips and/or accessories for use as required 3.5 Use fixing methods and equipment in accordance with manufacturer recommendations 3.6 Inspect finished job and rectify any imperfections in accordance with workplace procedures
4. Complete housekeeping	4.1 Store and recycle unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 4.2 Check, clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Clean work area and dispose of rubbish safely 4.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3016 Install rubber floor coverings.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3069 Install rubber floor coverings

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3016 Install rubber floor coverings.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

installed the following rubber floors in accordance with job requirements:

1 epoxy rubber tile installation to connecting rooms

1 polyurethane rubber sheet installation to connecting rooms.

Knowledge Evidence

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement, including calculation of area and estimation of material requirements

rubber floor covering installation:

Australian Standards requirements

workplace safety system requirements

environmental protection and sustainability requirements

how to access manufacturer instructions

work flow

type, characteristics, uses and limitations of:

rubber floor covering including, sheet and tile, smooth and studded

installation adhesives including, two-part epoxy, acrylic, contact

trims and accessories

characteristics and requirements of subfloor preparation

types, characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of tools and equipment

techniques for set out, laying and cutting, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond

quality indicators for completed work

procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

locations requiring rubber flooring installations

rubber flooring

equipment, tools and materials to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence, including safety and personal protective equipment

work orders

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3071 Install anti-static and conductive resilient floor coverings

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFL3019 Install anti-static resilient floor coverings, and, MSFFL3020 Install conductive resilient floor coverings.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare, cut, lay and fix anti-static and conductive resilient floor coverings using specialised techniques in residential or commercial properties.

This unit applies to flooring technicians installing floor coverings in accordance with pre-determined work orders.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must also be applied. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for installation	1.1 Identify and follow work health and safety, legislative and organisational requirements 1.2 Read documentation and identify work requirements 1.3 Confirm subfloor suitability for installation consistent with Australian Standards and manufacturer recommendations 1.4 Select adhesives, trims and accessories based on job requirements 1.5 Select and check tools, equipment and materials for suitability, serviceability and safety prior to use 1.6 Plan sequence of work, including the starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation 1.7 Check floor covering against order and acclimatise in accordance with manufacturer recommendations
2. Set out materials	2.1 Identify and follow instructions and sequence for laying and fixing 2.2 Organise floor coverings and use in accordance with safety management requirements 2.3 Establish working lines and starting point.
3. Lay and fix resilient flooring	3.1 Lay out floor coverings to meet directional sequence, pattern match, specification requirements, minimising waste and joins 3.2 Accurately and clearly mark flooring materials for cutting 3.3 Cut flooring materials to required shape ensuring minimum waste 3.4 Prepare adhesives and edge strips and/or accessories for use 3.5 Lay floor covering and fix to meet job specifications 3.6 Check completed installation for flaws in installation and materials and rectify faults following workplace procedures.
4. Complete housekeeping	4.1 Store and recycle unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 4.2 Check, clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Clean work area and dispose of rubbish safely 4.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3071 Install anti-static and conductive resilient floor coverings

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFL3019 Install anti-static resilient floor coverings, and, MSFFL3020 Install conductive resilient floor coverings.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

completed the following installations in accordance with job requirements:

1 anti-static resilient floor installation using a conductive acrylic adhesive system

1 installation of a static conductive resilient floor covering with an isolating layer and using conductive adhesive and earthing strip.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement, including calculation of area and estimation of material requirements

anti-static and conductive resilient floor covering installation:

Australian Standards requirements

workplace safety system requirements

environmental protection and sustainability requirements

how to access manufacturer instructions

work flow

characteristics and requirements of subfloor preparation

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of:

anti-static and resilient flooring with a resistance rating from 108 to 1010 ohms

static conductive covering with a resistance reading of 10 4 to 10 8 using a copper grid and isolating layer

types, characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of tools and equipment

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of:

adhesives including acrylic, conductive acrylic

copper earthing strips

tapes

trims and accessories

techniques for set out, laying, cutting and fixing, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond

quality indicators for completed work

procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

locations requiring installation of anti-static and conductive resilient floor coverings

anti-static and conductive resilient floor coverings

equipment, tools and materials to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence, including safety and personal protective equipment

work orders

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3072 Mix and apply thin-film rollcoat resin flooring systems

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare and apply thin-film rollcoat resin flooring systems.

This unit applies to flooring technicians working in accordance with pre-determined work orders.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Identify and follow work health and safety legislative, and organisational requirements 1.2 Correctly interpret work orders and confirm job requirements 1.3 Select and check tools and equipment for suitability, serviceability and safety prior to use 1.4 Plan application with respect to specified film thickness and/or consumption, cutting in, boundaries, seams, joints and exit points
2. Prepare substrate	2.1 Inspect condition of the mechanically prepared subfloor and confirm suitability for required finish consistent with manufacturer recommendations 2.2 Remove dust and debris from the substrate prior to application, and control sources
3. Set out work area	3.1 Establish mixing area in suitable area and select surface protection measures and apply to areas not being coated 3.2 Check coating materials for correct quantities, undamaged packaging and no obvious discrepancies in colour and viscosity 3.3 Select suitable masking tape and correctly apply to mark off edges, transitions and other floor boundaries
4. Prepare rollcoat system	4.1 Correctly fit personal protective equipment (PPE) before coating materials are handled 4.2 Accurately measure and mix component quantities in accordance with supplier instructions
5. Apply rollcoat system	5.1 Apply mixed basecoat in accordance with supplier application notes 5.2 Prepare cured basecoat for topcoat application in accordance with supplier application notes 5.3 Apply mixed topcoat in accordance with supplier application notes 5.4 Check coating applications for quality at each stage and rectify any deficiencies
6. Complete housekeeping	6.1 Check, clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 6.2 Seal and store unused coating materials in accordance with supplier instructions 6.3 Clean work area and dispose of rubbish safely 6.4 Accurately complete required workplace and project documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3072 Mix and apply thin-film rollcoat resin flooring systems

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

applied 3 separate thin-film rollcoat resin flooring systems in accordance with job requirements:

1 to an area of at least 10m2

1 to an area of more than 10m2

1 to an area of more than 50m2

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

key aspects of state or territory legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice, including individual technician rights and obligations relating to:

workplace health and safety

consumer law

environmental protection and sustainable use of materials

how to access supplier instructions

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of thin-film rollcoat flooring systems

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement, including calculation of area and use of ratios for mixing

types, uses and limitations of tools and equipment used in thin-film applications

characteristics and requirements of suitable substrate preparation, including different methods and products used to profile, repair, prime and clean

the features and layout of an effective mixing area

taping techniques to protect surfaces that aren’t to be coated, including walls, edges, transitions and boundaries on the floor.

personal protective equipment (PPE) and correct usage

techniques for the following, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond:

measuring out and mixing thin-film rollcoat flooring systems, including pigment, fillers and stir-in additives

applying thin-film rollcoat flooring systems, including cutting in, brushing, spreading with a squeegee and rolling

characteristics and requirements of suitable preparation between coats

quality indicators for finished flooring system

cleaning and storage procedures for PPE, tools, equipment and unused materials

disposal procedures for waste materials

requirements and protocols for recording, reporting and maintaining workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

The following aspects of the Performance Evidence must have been demonstrated and directly observed by the assessor in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies:

application of a thin-film rollcoat resin flooring system to an area of at least 10m2.

Remaining aspects of the Performance Evidence may be demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies but there is no requirement for direct observation by the assessor.

The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

locations requiring thin-film rollcoat resin flooring

work orders

tools and equipment to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence, including safety and personal protective equipment

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3073 Mix and apply thin-film broadcast resin flooring systems

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare and apply broadcast flooring systems.

This unit applies to flooring technicians working in accordance with pre-determined work orders.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for the work	1.1 Identify and follow work health and safety, legislative, and organisational requirements 1.2 Correctly interpret work orders and confirm job requirements 1.3 Select and check tools and equipment for suitability, serviceability and safety prior to use 1.4 Plan application with respect to specified film thickness and/or consumption, cutting in, boundaries, seams, joints and exit points
2. Prepare substrate	2.1 Inspect condition of the mechanically prepared subfloor and confirm suitability for required finish consistent with manufacturer recommendations 2.2 Remove dust and debris from the substrate prior to application, and control sources
3. Set out work area	3.1 Establish mixing area in suitable area and select surface protection measures and apply to areas not being coated 3.2 Check coating materials for correct quantities, undamaged packaging and no obvious discrepancies in colour and viscosity 3.3 Select suitable masking tape and correctly apply to mark off edges, transitions and other floor boundaries
4. Prepare broadcast system	4.1 Correctly fit personal protective equipment (PPE) before handling coating materials 4.2 Accurately measure component quantities and mix in accordance with supplier instructions
5. Apply broadcast system	5.1 Apply mixed basecoat in accordance with supplier application notes 5.2 Apply aggregate broadcast in accordance with supplier application notes and finish requirements 5.3 Prepare cured basecoat in readiness for topcoat application 5.4 Apply mixed topcoat in accordance with supplier application notes 5.5 Check coating applications for quality at each stage and rectify any deficiencies
6. Complete housekeeping	6.1 Check, clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 6.2 Store and seal unused coating materials in accordance with supplier instructions 6.3 Clean work area and dispose of rubbish safely 6.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3073 Mix and apply thin-film broadcast resin flooring systems

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

applied the following range of thin-film broadcast flooring systems in accordance with job requirements:

1 flake flooring system to an area of at least 10m2

1 flake flooring system to an area of more than 10m2

1 non-slip flooring system to an area of more than 10m2

1 broadcast flooring system (flake or non-slip) to an area of more than 50m2.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

key aspects of state or territory legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice, including individual technician rights and obligations relating to:

workplace health and safety

consumer law

environmental protection and sustainable use of materials

how to access supplier application notes

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of broadcast flooring systems

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement, including calculation of area and use of ratios for mixing

types, uses and limitations of tools and equipment used in broadcast applications

characteristics and requirements of suitable substrate preparation, including different methods and products used to profile, repair, prime and clean

the features and layout of an effective mixing area

taping techniques to protect surfaces that aren’t to be coated, including walls, edges, transitions and boundaries on the floor

personal protective equipment (PPE) and correct usage

techniques for the following, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond:

measuring out and mixing broadcast flooring systems, including aggregate, pigment, fillers and stir-in additives

applying thin-film broadcast flooring systems, including broadcasting, cutting in, brushing, spreading with a squeegee and rolling

characteristics and requirements of suitable preparation between coats

quality indicators for finished flooring system

cleaning and storage procedures for PPE, tools, equipment and unused materials

disposal procedures for waste materials

requirements and protocols for recording, reporting and maintaining workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

The following aspects of the Performance Evidence must have been demonstrated and directly observed by the assessor in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies:

application of a flake flooring system to an area of at least 10m2.

Remaining aspects of the Performance Evidence may be demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies but there is no requirement for direct observation by the assessor.

The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

locations requiring broadcast flooring

work orders

tools and equipment to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence, including safety and personal protective equipment

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3074 Mix and apply self-levelling resin flooring systems

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare and apply self-levelling flooring systems.

This unit applies to flooring technicians working in accordance with pre-determined work orders.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for the work	1.1 Identify and follow work health and safety, legislative, and organisational requirements 1.2 Correctly interpret work orders and confirm job requirements 1.3 Check tools and equipment prior to use to ensure suitability, condition and safety 1.4 Plan application with respect to specified film thickness and/or consumption, cutting in, boundaries, seams, joints and exit points
2. Prepare the substrate	2.1 Inspect condition of the mechanically prepared subfloor and confirm suitability for required finish consistent with manufacturer recommendations 2.2 Remove dust and debris from the substrate prior to application, and control sources
3. Set out work area	3.1 Establish mixing area in suitable area and select surface protection measures and apply to areas not being coated 3.2 Check coating materials for correct quantities, undamaged packaging and no obvious discrepancies in colour and viscosity 3.3 Select suitable masking tape and correctly apply to mark off edges, transitions and other floor boundaries
4. Prepare self-levelling system	4.1 Correctly fit personal protective equipment (PPE) before coating materials are handled 4.2 Accurately measure component quantities and mix in accordance with supplier instructions.
5. Apply self-levelling system	5.1 Apply mixed primer in accordance with supplier application notes 5.2 Suitably prepare cured primer in accordance with supplier application notes in readiness for self-level application 5.3 Apply mixed self-level in accordance with supplier’s application notes 5.4 Check coating applications for quality at each stage and rectify any deficiencies
6. Complete housekeeping	6.1 Check, clean and store tools and in accordance with workplace procedures 6.2 Seal and store unused coating materials in accordance with supplier instructions 6.3 Clean work area and dispose of rubbish safely 6.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3074 Mix and apply self-levelling resin flooring systems

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

applied 3 separate self-levelling flooring systems in accordance with job requirements:

1 to an area of at least 10m2

1 to an area of more than 10m2

1 to an area of more than 20m2.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

key aspects of state or territory legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice, including individual technician rights and obligations relating to:

workplace health and safety

consumer law

environmental protection and sustainable use of materials

how to access supplier application instructions

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of self-levelling flooring systems

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement, including calculation of area and use of ratios for mixing

types, uses and limitations of tools and equipment used in self-levelling applications

characteristics and requirements of suitable substrate preparation, including different methods and products used to profile, repair, prime and clean

the features and layout of an effective mixing area

taping techniques to protect surfaces that aren’t to be coated, including walls, edges, transitions and boundaries on the floor

personal protective equipment (PPE) and correct usage

techniques for the following, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond:

measuring out and mixing thin-film rollcoat flooring systems (primer) and self-levelling flooring systems, including pigment, fillers and stir-in additives

applying self-levelling flooring systems, including cutting in, trowelling and spike rolling

characteristics and requirements of suitable preparation between coats

quality indicators for finished flooring system

cleaning and storage procedures for PPE, tools, equipment and unused materials

disposal procedures for waste materials

requirements and protocols for recording, reporting and maintaining workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

The following aspects of the Performance Evidence must have been demonstrated and directly observed by the assessor in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies:

application of a self-levelling flooring system to an area of at least 10m2.

Remaining aspects of the Performance Evidence may be demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies but there is no requirement for direct observation by the assessor.

The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

locations requiring self-levelling flooring applications

work orders

tools and equipment to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence, including safety and personal protective equipment

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3075 Mix and apply trowel-applied resin flooring systems

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare and apply trowel-applied flooring systems.

This unit applies to flooring technicians working in accordance with pre-determined work orders.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for the work	1.1 Identify and follow work health and safety, legislative, and organisational requirements 1.2 Correctly interpret work orders and confirm job requirements 1.3 Select and check tools and equipment for suitability, serviceability and safety prior to use 1.4 Plan application with respect to specified film thickness and/or consumption, cutting in, boundaries, seams, joints and exit points
2. Prepare the substrate	2.1 Inspect condition of the mechanically prepared subfloor and confirm suitability for required finish consistent with supplier recommendations 2.2 Remove dust and debris from the substrate prior to application, and control sources
3. Set out work area	3.1 Establish mixing area in suitable area and select surface protection measures and apply to areas not being coated 3.2 Check coating materials for correct quantities, undamaged packaging and no obvious discrepancies in colour and viscosity 3.3 Select suitable masking tape and correctly apply to mark off edges, transitions and other floor boundaries
4. Prepare trowel-applied system	4.1 Correctly fit personal protective equipment (PPE) is before handling coating materials 4.2 Accurately measure component quantities and mix in accordance with supplier instructions
5. Apply trowel-applied system	5.1 Apply mixed primer in accordance with supplier application notes 5.2 Suitably prepare cured primer in readiness for trowel-applied application 5.3 Apply mixed mortar in accordance with supplier application notes 5.4 Check coating applications for quality at each stage and rectify any deficiencies
6. Complete housekeeping	6.1 Check, clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 6.2 Seal and store unused coating materials in accordance with supplier instructions 6.3 Clean work area and dispose of rubbish safely 6.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3075 Mix and apply trowel-applied resin flooring systems

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

applied the following range of trowel-applied flooring systems in accordance with job requirements

1 to an area of at least 10m2

1 to screed an area of more than 10m2

1 to slurry coat an area of more than 10m2

1 to re-grade an area of more than 10m2

1 slurry broadcast system.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

key aspects of state or territory legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice, including individual technician rights and obligations relating to:

workplace health and safety

consumer law

environmental protection and sustainable use of materials

how to access supplier instructions

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of trowel-applied flooring systems

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement, including calculation of area and use of ratios for mixing

types, uses and limitations of tools and equipment used in self-levelling applications

characteristics and requirements of suitable substrate preparation, including different methods and products used to profile, repair, prime and clean

the features and layout of an effective mixing area

taping techniques to protect surfaces that aren’t to be coated, including walls, edges, transitions and boundaries on the floor

personal protective equipment (PPE) and correct usage

techniques for the following, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond:

measuring out and mixing trowel-applied flooring systems, including pigment, fillers and stir-in additives

applying trowel-applied flooring systems, including screeding, setting floor heights and finishing

applying a slurry broadcast system

characteristics and requirements of suitable preparation between coats

quality indicators for finished flooring system

cleaning and storage procedures for PPE, tools, equipment and unused materials

disposal procedures for waste materials

requirements and protocols for recording, reporting and maintaining workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

The following aspects of the Performance Evidence must have been demonstrated and directly observed by the assessor in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies:

application of a trowel-applied resin flooring system to an area of at least 10m2.

Remaining aspects of the Performance Evidence may be demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies but there is no requirement for direct observation by the assessor.

The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

locations requiring trowel-applied flooring applications

work orders

tools and equipment to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence, including safety and personal protective equipment

workplace procedures.

The assessor must directly observe the mixing and application of the flooring system to a complete area of at least 10m2.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3076 Mix and apply high-build decorative resin flooring systems

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare and apply high-build decorative flooring systems.

This unit applies to flooring technicians working in accordance with pre-determined work orders.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for the work	1.1 Identify and follow work health and safety, legislative, and organisational requirements 1.2 Correctly interpret work orders and confirm job requirements 1.3 Select and check tools and equipment for suitability, serviceability and safety prior to use 1.4 Plan application with respect to specified film thickness and/or consumption, cutting in, boundaries, seams, joints and exit points
2. Prepare the substrate	2.1 Inspect condition of the mechanically prepared subfloor and confirm suitability for required finish consistent with supplier recommendations 2.2 Remove dust and debris from the substrate prior to application, and control sources
3. Set out work area	3.1 Establish mixing area in suitable area and select surface protection measures and apply to areas not being coated 3.2 Check coating materials for correct quantities, undamaged packaging and no obvious discrepancies in colour and viscosity 3.3 Select suitable masking tape and correctly apply to mark off edges, transitions and other floor boundaries
4. Prepare high-build decorative system	4.1 Correctly fit personal protective equipment (PPE) before coating materials are handled 4.2 Accurately measure component quantities and mix in accordance with supplier instructions.
5. Apply high-build decorative system	5.1 Apply mixed basecoat in accordance with supplier application notes 5.2 Prepare cured basecoat for topcoat application in accordance with supplier application notes 5.3 Apply mixed topcoat in accordance with supplier application notes 5.4 Check coating applications for quality at each stage and rectify any deficiencies
6. Complete housekeeping	6.1 Check, clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 6.2 Seal and store unused coating materials in accordance with supplier instructions 6.3 Clean work area and dispose of rubbish safely 6.4 Accurately complete required workplace and project documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3076 Mix and apply high-build decorative resin flooring systems

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

applied 3 separate high-build decorative resin flooring systems in accordance with job requirements:

1 to an area of at least 10m2

1 to an area of more than 10m2

1 to an area of more than 20m2.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

key aspects of state or territory legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice, including individual technician rights and obligations relating to:

workplace health and safety

consumer law

environmental protection and sustainable use of materials

how to access supplier instructions

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of high-build decorative flooring systems

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement, including calculation of area and use of ratios for mixing

types, uses and limitations of tools and equipment used in high-build decorative applications

characteristics and requirements of suitable substrate preparation, including different methods and products used to profile, repair, prime and clean

the features and layout of an effective mixing area

taping techniques to protect surfaces that aren’t to be coated, including walls, edges, transitions and boundaries on the floor

personal protective equipment (PPE) and correct usage

techniques for the following, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond:

measuring out and mixing high-build flooring systems, including pigment, fillers and stir-in additives

applying high-build decorative flooring systems, including cutting in, brushing, spreading with a squeegee, rolling and pigment blending/manipulation

characteristics and requirements of suitable preparation between coats

quality indicators for finished flooring system

cleaning and storage procedures for PPE, tools, equipment and unused materials

disposal procedures for waste materials

requirements and protocols for recording, reporting and maintaining workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

The following aspects of the Performance Evidence must have been demonstrated and directly observed by the assessor in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies:

application of high-build decorative resin flooring system to an area of at least 10m2.

Remaining aspects of the Performance Evidence may be demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies but there is no requirement for direct observation by the assessor.

The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

locations requiring high-build decorative flooring applications

work orders

tools and equipment to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence, including safety and personal protective equipment

workplace procedures.

The assessor must directly observe the mixing and application of the flooring system to a complete area of at least 10m2.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3077 Prepare subfloors for resin flooring systems

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare and repair subfloors in preparation for the installation of resin flooring systems. It includes patching, floor levelling, in-fills, dynamic cracks, joints, coving and priming to strengthen weak slabs.

This unit applies to flooring technicians working in accordance with pre-determined work orders.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for the work	1.1 Identify and follow work health and safety, legislative, and organisational requirements 1.2 Correctly interpret work orders and confirm job requirements 1.3 Select and check tools and equipment for suitability, serviceability and safety prior to use 1.4 Plan application with respect to order of repairs, material consumption, height of coves boundaries, joints and exit points
2. Prepare subfloors	2.1 Inspect condition of the substrate and confirm suitability for required repair consistent with supplier recommendations 2.2 Select and safely use equipment and machinery for required cutting and removal 2.3 Remove dust and debris from the substrate prior to application, and control sources
3. Set out work area	3.1 Establish mixing area in suitable area and select surface protection measures and apply to areas not being coated 3.2 Check materials for correct quantities, undamaged packaging and no obvious discrepancies in colour and viscosity 3.3 Select suitable masking tape and correctly apply to mark off edges, transitions and other floor boundaries
4. Prepare subfloor repair system	4.1 Correctly fit personal protection equipment (PPE) before coating materials are handled 4.2 Accurately measure and mix component quantities in accordance with supplier instructions.
5. Apply subfloor repair system	5.1 Apply mixed priming and repair materials in accordance with supplier application notes 5.2 Manipulate, measure and cut materials using appropriate tools and in accordance with project requirements 5.3 Check repair applications for quality at each stage and rectify any deficiencies
6. Complete housekeeping	6.1 Check, clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 6.2 Seal and store unused materials in accordance with supplier instructions 6.3 Clean work area and dispose of rubbish safely 6.4 Accurately complete required workplace and project documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3077 Prepare subfloors for resin flooring systems

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

completed the following:

2 patch repairs – patch chipped concrete and static crack repairs to feather edge

2 floor levelling repairs – ramp at door transition and falls to drain

2 in-fills – rebuild expansion joint and install a floor waste

2 crack repairs – chase out, overfill, grind back and infill, sawcut and caulk sealant

2 coves – install arrowhead coving system and smooth edge cove

1 primer to strengthen weak or porous substrate.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

key aspects of state or territory legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice, including individual technician rights and obligations relating to:

workplace health and safety

consumer law

environmental protection and sustainable use of materials

how to access supplier instructions

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement, including calculation of area, volumes and use of ratios for mixing

types, uses and limitations of tools and equipment used in substrate repair

characteristics and requirements of suitable subfloor preparation, including different methods and products used to profile, repair, prime and clean

the features and layout of an effective mixing area

taping techniques to protect surfaces that aren’t to be coated, including walls, edges, transitions and boundaries on the floor

personal protective equipment (PPE) and correct usage

techniques for the following, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond:

measuring out and mixing substrate repair systems, including pigment, fillers and/or aggregate and stir-in additives

applying floor levelers, including brushing, rolling, raking and troweling

identifying when and how to apply a suitable resin primer to strengthen up a weak or porous substrate

applying in-fills, including brushing, trowelling and finishing

applying dynamic crack repair systems, including concrete cutting, trowelling and caulking

applying joint repair systems, including concrete cutting, jackhammering, trowelling and caulking

applying coving, including brushing, trowelling, coving and finishing

quality indicators for repaired substrate

cleaning and storage procedures for PPE, tools, equipment and unused materials

disposal procedures for waste materials

requirements and protocols for recording, reporting and maintaining workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

subfloors requiring repairs as outlined in the Performance Evidence

work orders

tools and equipment to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence, including safety and personal protective equipment

workplace procedures.

The assessor must directly observe each type of repair being made on at least one occasion.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3078 Install direct stick timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3031 Install direct stick timber flooring.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to set out, cut, lay and fix pre-finished, engineered or solid direct stick timber flooring within a space to a hard underlay base or subfloor.

This unit applies to flooring technicians installing timber flooring in accordance with pre-determined work orders.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must also be applied. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Identify and follow work health and safety, legislative and organisational requirements 1.2 Correctly identify work requirements and process from review of documentation 1.3 Confirm subfloor suitability for installation consistent with Australian Standards and manufacturer recommendations 1.4 Select underlays adhesives, trims and accessories based on job requirements 1.5 Select and check tools, equipment and materials prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition 1.6 Plan sequence of work, including the starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation.
2. Set out materials for installation	2.1 Check flooring against work order and acclimatise in accordance with manufacturer recommendations 2.2 Organise pre-finished, engineered or direct stick timber flooring for fixing and use in accordance with relevant safety management requirements 2.3 Remove or undercut skirting boards or cover trims, if required, and store for re-fitting or send for machining in accordance with job requirements 2.4 Prepare required adhesives and accessories for use in accordance with manufacturer instructions 2.5 Establish working lines and starting point
3. Prepare and cut flooring	3.1 Follow instructions and sequence for laying and fixing 3.2 Lay appropriate underlay in accordance with manufacturer recommendations 3.3 Lay out flooring to meet directional sequence, pattern match, specification requirements, and minimising waste and joins 3.4 Maximise the aesthetics of materials, where appropriate, by matching grains and colours 3.5 Accurately and clearly mark flooring for cutting 3.6 Cut timber flooring to length and size for final laying ensuring minimum waste.
4. Lay flooring	4.1 Organise materials for fixing and use in accordance with safety management requirements 4.2 Prepare required adhesives and accessories for use 4.3 Use fixing methods and equipment in accordance with manufacturer recommendations 4.4 Allow appropriate field and perimeter expansion joints 4.5 Fit and/or re-fit skirting boards or cover trims and finish in accordance with job requirements 4.6 Inspect finished job and rectify any imperfections in accordance with workplace procedures
5. Complete housekeeping	5.1 Store and recycle unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 5.2 Check, clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 5.3 Clean work area and dispose of rubbish safely 5.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3031 Install direct stick timber flooring.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3078 Install direct stick timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3031 Install direct stick timber flooring.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

completed 3 installations of solid timber product to complete rooms in accordance with job requirements, with at least 1 of each of the following:

direct stick to timber

direct stick to concrete.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement, including calculation of area and estimation of material requirements

direct stick timber flooring:

Australian Standards requirements

workplace safety system requirements

work flow

environmental protection and sustainability requirements

how to access manufacturer instructions

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of:

direct stick timber flooring

installation adhesives, including polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), epoxies, polyurethane elastomeric

characteristics and requirements of subfloor preparation

types, characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of tools, equipment and materials

techniques for set out, laying, cutting and fixing, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond, including basic wood working techniques

quality indicators for completed work

procedures and protocols for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

location requiring direct stick timber installation

direct stick timber

equipment, tools and materials to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence, including safety and personal protective equipment

work orders

workplace procedures.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3079 Adapt and apply custom designs to timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3029 Adapt and apply custom designs to timber flooring.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required prepare and present a range of design solutions to fulfill a design brief, including the interpretation of technical drawings, design schedules, and the adaption of installation systems and materials to provide solutions to environmental issues.

This unit applies to flooring technicians.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Select and adapt the design	1.1 Determine parameters of client design concept from documentation or interaction with the client 1.2 Match client design concept with available custom designs and select the preferred design 1.3 Confirm subfloor suitability for installation consistent with Australian Standards and manufacturer recommendations 1.4 Adapt design concept to suit the site conditions
2. Select materials	2.1 Use budget and availability constraints to identify realistic material options 2.2 Analyse timber options on the basis of durability, longevity, aesthetics, manufacturer recommendations and client expectations 2.3 Select most appropriate material options and incorporate into the job specification
3. Select the installation system and finishing technique	3.1 Identify and analyse effects of finishing materials on the final appearance of the design 3.2 Identify environmental and site conditions that may create limitations or restrictions on the installation systems available 3.3 Identify effects of the finishing technique on the final appearance of the design 3.4 Select finishing techniques and materials which best complement the design aesthetics and incorporate into the job specification
4. Finalise the job specification	4.1 Finalise job specifications covering working drawings, material specifications and costs 4.2 Obtain client approval for the job specification

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3029 Adapt and apply custom designs to timber flooring.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3079 Adapt and apply custom designs to timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3029 Adapt and apply custom designs to timber flooring.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

adapted 2 custom designs for timber flooring, including the preparation of detailed job specifications.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement, including calculation of area and estimation of material requirements

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of commonly used flooring timbers in relation to:

colour

texture

hardness

workability

compatibility

endurance

types, characteristics, uses, limitations and effects on timber of finishing materials

availability and costs of flooring timbers

manual and computer aided drawing techniques.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

product information

customer requirements

drawing materials – manual and/or computer-aided

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3080 Install timber flooring materials to stairs

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3030 Cut and install timber flooring materials to stairs.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare, set out, cut and lay timber flooring materials to stairs and steps.

This unit applies to flooring technicians installing timber to stairs in accordance with pre-determined work orders.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must also be applied. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare materials for installation	1.1 Identify and follow work health and safety, legislative and organisational requirements 1.2 Correctly identify work requirements and process from review of documentation 1.3 Confirm subfloor suitability for installation consistent with Australian Standards and manufacturer recommendations 1.4 Measure stairway or steps and accurately calculate the required amount flooring materials 1.5 Select adhesives, trims and accessories based on job requirements 1.6 Select tools and equipment and check prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition 1.7 Plan sequence of work, including a starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation
2. Set out materials for installation	2.1 Check timber flooring against work order and acclimatise in accordance with manufacturer recommendations 2.2 Use materials in accordance with safety management requirements 2.3 Establish working lines and starting point
3. Lay out flooring material	3.1 Follow instructions and sequence for laying and fixing 3.2 Lay out materials to meet specifications and minimise waste 3.3 Maximise the aesthetics of the materials, including matching grains and colours 3.4 Check required underlay against specified type, manufacturer recommendations and fittings 3.5 Carry out any remedial work to stairway to ensure finished stairway is consistent with guidelines set out in relevant standards, codes and guidelines
4. Install flooring material	4.1 Cut flooring materials in accordance with workplace procedures 4.2 Install required underlay in accordance with manufacturer recommendations 4.3 Use fixing methods and equipment in accordance with manufacturer recommendations and safety management requirements 4.4 Install flooring materials to specifications to the subfloor in accordance with workplace procedures 4.5 Check finished stairway for flaws in installation and materials and rectify faults
5. Complete housekeeping	5.1 Store and recycle unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 5.2 Check, clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 5.3 Clean work area and dispose of rubbish safely 5.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3030 Cut and install timber flooring materials to stairs.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3080 Install timber flooring materials to stairs

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3030 Cut and install timber flooring materials to stairs.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

completed 3 types of timber flooring material installations to stairs, that individually or cumulatively involve:

standard stairs

kite winders

triangular winders

installation of a non-slip nosing, tape or non-slip coating.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement, including calculation of area and estimation of material requirements

timber flooring installations to stairs:

Australian Standards requirements

workplace safety system requirements

work flow

environmental protection and sustainability requirements

how to access manufacturer instructioins

characteristics of timber and monolithic sub-floors

techniques for preparing sub-floors

techniques and requirements for conducting moisture testing (why only this unit?)

types and characteristics of different stair styles, including:

open newel

bullnose steps

circular

recessed steps

open tread

box steps

kite winder treads

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of timber flooring materials on stairs, including:

parquetry

floating floors

strip timber floors (non-structural)

types, characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of tools, materials and equipment

techniques for set out, laying, cutting and fixing, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond

quality indicators for completed work

procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

stairs requiring installation of timber coverings

equipment, tools and materials to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence, including safety and personal protective equipment

work orders

workplace procedures.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3081 Install block parquetry flooring

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFL3033 Install bock parquetry flooring, and, MSFFL3035 Install patterned parquetry flooring.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare, set out, cut and install block parquetry flooring in domestic and commercial sites. It includes patterned parquetry.

This unit applies to flooring technicians working in accordance with pre-determined work orders.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must also be applied. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Identify and follow work health and safety, legislative and organisational requirements 1.2 Correctly identify work requirements and process from review of documentation 1.3 Confirm subfloor condition as suitable for installation consistent with Australian Standards and manufacturer recommendations 1.4 Select and check tools, equipment and materials prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition 1.5 Remove or undercut skirting boards or cover trims if required and store for re-fitting in accordance with work requirements 1.6 Plan sequence of work, including the position of each expansion joint, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation
2. Set out block parquetry flooring	2.1 Inspect timber flooring material and check against work orders, ensuring the species, grade, size and quantity are correct 2.2 Moisture check timber using required equipment and confirm suitability of moisture content for site conditions as per pre-site inspection procedures 2.3 Organise and use block parquetry flooring for fixing in accordance with safety management requirements 2.4 Prepare required adhesives and edge strips in accordance with manufacturer instructions 2.5 Accurately measure area to be covered, and establish working lines and starting point
3. Lay out and cut parquetry blocks	3.1 Follow instructions and sequence for laying and fixing 3.2 Lay appropriate underlay in accordance with manufacturer recommendations 3.3 Lay out block parquetry flooring to meet directional sequence, pattern match, specification requirements, and to minimise waste and joins 3.4 Maximise the aesthetics of the materials, including matching grains and colours 3.5 Accurately and clearly mark parquetry blocks for cutting 3.6 Cut parquetry blocks, to provide appropriate size and shape ensuring minimum waste
4. Install block parquetry	4.1 Use required adhesives and edge strips/accessories in accordance with manufacturer instructions 4.2 Use fixing methods and equipment following manufacturer recommendations 4.3 Install and fix parquetry to produce required pattern 4.4 Allow for appropriate field and perimeter expansion joints 4.5 Fit and/or re-fit and finish skirting boards or cover trims 4.6 Inspect finished job and rectify any imperfections following workplace procedures
5. Complete housekeeping	5.1 Store and recycle unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 5.2 Check, clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 5.3 Clean work area and dispose of rubbish safely 5.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3081 Install block parquetry flooring

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFL3033 Install bock parquetry flooring, and, MSFFL3035 Install patterned parquetry flooring.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

installed 2 block parquetry floors to complete rooms in accordance with job requirements, as follows:

1 block floor with a straight or square pattern

1 block floor with herringbone pattern.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement, including calculation of area and estimation of material requirements

block and patterned parquetry flooring:

Australian Standards requirements

workplace safety system requirements

work flow

environmental protection and sustainability requirements

how to access manufacturer instructions

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of patterned and mosaic parquetry

characteristics and requirements of subfloor preparation

types, characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of tools, equipment and materials

techniques for set out, laying, cutting and installation, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond, including basic wood working techniques

quality indicators for completed work

procedures and protocols for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

locations requiring parquetry installations

equipment, tools and materials to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence, including safety and personal protective equipment

work orders

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3082 Install cork tiles

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3034 Install cork tiles.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to set out, lay, cut and install pre-finished or raw cork tiles, or cork supplied in other forms, over a pre-prepared hard underlay or subfloor.

This unit applies to flooring technicians installing cork in accordance with pre-determined work orders.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must also be applied. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for installation	1.1 Identify and follow work health and safety, legislative and organisational requirements 1.2 Correctly identify work requirements and process from review of documentation 1.3 Confirm subfloor suitability for installation consistent with Australian Standards and manufacturer recommendations 1.4 Select adhesives, trims and accessories based on job requirements 1.5 Select and check tools, equipment and materials prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition 1.6 Plan sequence of work to correctly identify the starting point and to ensure lay out and fixing is in logical order
2. Set out materials	2.1 Check cork tiles against work order and acclimatise in accordance with manufacturer recommendation 2.2 Organise materials for fixing and use in accordance with safety management requirements 2.3 Establish working lines and starting point
3. Lay cork tiles	3.1 Follow instructions and sequence for laying and fixing 3.2 Lay out tiles to meet specification requirements and to minimise waste 3.3 Match or contrast tile grains and patterns in accordance with work requirments 3.4 Accurately and clearly mark tiles for cutting 3.5 Cut and lay tiles to required shape with minimum waste of materials 3.6 Check completed installation for flaws and rectify faults
4. Complete housekeeping	4.1 Store and recycle unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 4.2 Check, clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Clean work area and dispose of rubbish safely 4.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3034 Install cork tiles.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3082 Install cork tiles

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3034 Install cork tiles.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

completed 2 cork tile installations in accordance with job requirements:

1 using dry method

1 using wet method.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement, including calculation of area and estimation of material requirements

cork tile installation:

Australian Standards requirements

workplace safety system requirements

environmental protection and sustainability requirements

how to access manufacturer instructions

work flow

type, characteristics, uses and limitations of:

cork tiles

cork tile installation adhesives (for wet and dry methods)

primers

fillers

sealers

characteristics and requirements of sub-floor preparation

types, characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of tools and equipment

techniques for set out, laying and cutting, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond

quality indicators for completed work

procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

installation location

cork tiles

equipment, tools and materials to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence, including safety and personal protective equipment

work orders

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3087 Plan and implement maintenance systems for timber, laminate and engineered flooring

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3041 Maintain timber, laminate and engineered flooring.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge to prepare and implement maintenance systems for timber, laminate and engineered flooring. The maintenance plan must be cost-effective, environmentally sensitive and specific to floor type and location.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare maintenance plan	1.1 Identify maintenance requirements for timber, laminate and engineered flooring from relevant information sources 1.2 Identify and qualify maintenance costs based on review of information 1.3 Check maintenance requirements against warranty, insurance agreements and indemnity provisions 1.4 Develop maintenance plan to promote and sustain performance and production systems in accordance with workplace requirements 1.5 Establish communication strategies with regard to maintenance plan, environmental and work health and safety policies, and enterprise requirements 1.6 Confirm subfloor suitability for installation consistent with Australian Standards and manufacturer recommendations
2. Implement maintenance plan	2.1 Select and check tools, equipment and materials prior to use 2.2 Identify, secure and include resource and supply requirements in enterprise budgets and operational considerations 2.3 Communicate prepared maintenance schedules and procedures to customers, staff, contractors and suppliers 2.4 Implement and schedule maintenance plans and work sequences to minimise disruption to customer operations 2.5 Assess potential risks and/or hazards with regard to staff and supply problems, and prepare contingency plans accordingly 2.6 Maintain timber, laminate and engineered flooring to manufacturer specifications, work health and safety and organisational requirements
3. Monitor maintenance plan	3.1 Monitor maintenance activities and performance against maintenance plan for efficiency and effectiveness 3.2 Monitor and control workplace hazards and environmental implications associated with maintenance procedures in line with WHS and customer requirements 3.3 Monitor and control costs within maintenance system budget requirements 3.4 Accurately document relevant information maintenance plan information in accordance with customer requirements 3.5 Maintain timber, laminate and engineered flooring in clean and safe operational condition

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3041 Maintain timber, laminate and engineered flooring.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3087 Plan and implement maintenance systems for timber, laminate and engineered flooring

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3041 Maintain timber, laminate and engineered flooring.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

prepared 3 of the following maintenance systems:

1 strip timber floor

1 parquetry flooring

1 cork flooring

1 laminate floating flooring

1 pre-finished engineered flooring

implemented 1 of the above maintenance systems.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

mathematical procedures for estimation and calculation maintenance and repair costing within budgetary guidelines

flooring maintenance planning:

Australian Standards requirements

types of maintenance requirements

environmental protection and sustainability requirements

manufacturer recommendations

information to be evaluated

resource implications

methods and process for planning

communication

implementation scheduling.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

floors requiring maintenance schedules.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3089 Apply solvent-based coatings to timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3023 Apply solvent-based coatings to timber flooring.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to select solvent-based coating systems appropriate for the job, prepare for the work and apply selected coatings to timber and parquetry floors.

This unit applies to flooring technicians working in accordance with pre-determined work orders.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and prepare for work requirements	1.1 Identify and follow work health and safety, legislative and organisational requirements 1.2 Read work documentation and identify job requirements 1.3 Select coating material based on product qualities and client expectations 1.4 Assess selected coating materials for compatibility with each other, with the surface to be finished and with manufacturer recommendations 1.5 Select and check tools, equipment and materials for suitability, serviceability and safety prior to use 1.6 Inspect and confirm readiness of surface to be finished, and erect barrier signs to coating area 1.7 Plan sequence of work to ensure efficiency and quality of application
2. Apply finishing system	2.1 Check ventilation before chemical fumes are released, and confirm all work health and safety and environmental protection requirements are met 2.2 Apply coating material in accordance with manufacturer recommendations 2.3 Observe recommended drying times between coats 2.4 Buff and sand between coats in accordance with manufacturer recommendations 2.5 Check final finish against quality and job requirements, and rectify deficiencies 2.6 Provide required floor maintenance instructions and warranty provisions to the client in accordance with workplace procedures.
3. Complete housekeeping	3.1 Reseal unused materials and store in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Check, clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Clear and clean work area and dispose of rubbish safely 3.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3023 Apply solvent-based coatings to timber flooring.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3089 Apply solvent-based coatings to timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3023 Apply solvent-based coatings to timber flooring.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

applied solvent-based coatings in accordance with job requirements to 2 complete rooms:

used 2 different products

applied coating to 2 different timber species.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement, including calculation of area

solvent-based coating application:

Australian Standards requirements

workplace safety systems

work flow

environmental protection and sustainability requirements

methods of, and requirements for, timber floor preparation, including basic sanding, finishing sanding and edging

type, characteristics, uses and limitations of different resin, epoxy and polyurethane products in relation to:

aesthetic quality

durability and longevity

ventilation and other safety requirements

moisture content

reaction to change of temperature and relative humidity

manufacturer recommendations

characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of finishing tools and equipment

techniques for application, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond

procedures and protocols for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

floors requiring finishing

equipment, tools and materials to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence, including safety and personal protective equipment

work orders

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3090 Apply water-based coatings to timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3024 Apply water-based coatings to timber flooring.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to select water-based coating systems appropriate for the job, prepare for the work and apply the selected coatings to timber and parquetry floors.

This unit applies to flooring technicians working in accordance with pre-determined work orders.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and prepare for work requirements	1.1 Identify and follow work health and safety, legislative and organisational requirements 1.2 Read work documentation and identify job requirements 1.3 Select coating material based on product qualities and client expectations 1.4 Assess selected coating materials are compatible with each other, with the surface to be finished and with manufacturer recommendations 1.5 Select and check tools, equipment and materials for suitability, serviceability and safety prior to use 1.6 Inspect and confirm readiness of surface to be finished, and erect barrier signs to coating area 1.7 Plan sequence of work to ensure efficiency and quality of application
2. Apply finishing system	2.1 Check ventilation before chemical fumes are released, and confirm all work health and safety and environmental protection requirements are met 2.2 Apply coating material in accordance with manufacturer recommendations 2.3 Observe recommended drying times between coats 2.4 Buff and sand between coats in accordance with manufacturer recommendations 2.5 Check final finish against quality and job requirements, and rectify deficiencies 2.6 Provide required floor maintenance instructions and warranty provisions to the client in accordance with workplace procedures.
3. Complete housekeeping	3.1 Store and recycle unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Check, clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Clear and clean work area and dispose of rubbish safely 3.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3024 Apply water-based coatings to timber flooring.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3090 Apply water-based coatings to timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3024 Apply water-based coatings to timber flooring.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

applied water-based coatings in accordance with job requirements to 2 complete rooms:

used 2 different products

applied coating to 2 different timber species.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement, including calculation of area

water-based coating application:

Australian Standards requirements

workplace safety systems

work flow

environmental protection and sustainability requirements

methods of, and requirements for, timber floor preparation - basic sanding, finishing sanding and edging

type, characteristics, uses and limitations of different water-based products in relation to:

aesthetic quality

durability and longevity

ventilation and other safety requirements

moisture content

reaction to change of temperature and relative humidity

manufacturer recommendations

characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of finishing tools and equipment

techniques for application, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond

procedures and protocols for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

floors requiring finishing

equipment, tools and materials to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence, including safety and personal protective equipment

work orders

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3092 Apply composite-based coatings to timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3026 Apply composite-based coatings to timber flooring.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to select composite-based coating systems appropriate for the job, prepare for the work and apply the selected coatings to timber and parquetry floors.

This unit applies to flooring technicians working in accordance with pre-determined work orders

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and prepare for work requirements	1.1 Identify and follow work health and safety, legislative and organisational requirements 1.2 Read work documentation and identify job requirements 1.3 Select coating material based on product qualities and client expectations 1.4 Assess selected coating materials as being compatible with each other, with the surface to be finished and with manufacturer recommendations 1.5 Select and check tools, equipment and materials for suitability, serviceability and safety prior to use 1.6 Inspect and assess surface to be finished as being ready for coating and erect barrier signs to coating area 1.7 Plan sequence of work to ensure efficiency and quality of application
2. Apply finishing system	2.1 Check ventilation before chemical fumes are released, and confirm all work health and safety and environmental protection requirements are met 2.2 Prepare coating material in accordance with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Apply coating material in accordance with manufacturer recommendations 2.4 Observe recommended drying times between coats 2.5 Buff and sand between coats in accordance to manufacturer recommendations 2.6 Check final finish against quality and job requirements, and rectify deficiencies 2.7 Provide required floor maintenance instructions and warranty provisions to the client in accordance with workplace procedures
3. Complete housekeeping	3.1 Store and recycle unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Check, clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Clear and clean work area and dispose of rubbish safely 3.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3026 Apply composite-based coatings to timber flooring.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3092 Apply composite-based coatings to timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3026 Apply composite-based coatings to timber flooring.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

applied composite-based coatings in accordance with job requirements to 2 complete rooms:

used 2 different products

applied coating to 2 different timber species.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement, including calculation of area

composite-based coating application:

Australian Standards requirements

workplace safety systems requirements

work flow

environmental protection and sustainability requirements

methods of, and requirements for, timber floor preparation, including basic sanding, finishing sanding and edging

type, characteristics, uses and limitations of different composite-based products in relation to:

aesthetic quality

durability and longevity

ventilation and other safety requirements

moisture content

reaction to change of temperature and relative humidity

manufacturer recommendations

characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of finishing tools and equipment

techniques for application, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond

procedures and protocols for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

floors requiring finishing

equipment, tools and materials to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence, including safety and personal protective equipment

work orders

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3094 Apply stains and fillers to timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3028 Apply stains and fillers to timber flooring.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to select stains and fillers appropriate for the job, prepare for the work and apply the selected coatings to timber and parquetry floors.

This unit applies to flooring technicians working in accordance with pre-determined work orders.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and prepare for work requirements	1.1 Identify and follow work health and safety, legislative and organisational requirements 1.2 Read work documentation and identify job requirements 1.3 Select stain and filler material based on product qualities and client expectations 1.4 Assess selected stain and filler materials as being compatible with each other, with the surface to be finished, and with manufacturer recommendations 1.5 Select and check tools, equipment and materials for suitability, serviceability and safety prior to use 1.6 Identify surface or other faults and repair in preparation for finishing 1.7 Inspect and confirm readiness of surface to be stained and/or filled and assess for coating with the selected stain and/or filler and erect barrier signs to coating area 1.8 Plan sequence of work to ensure efficiency and quality of application
2. Apply finishing system	2.1 Check ventilation before chemical fumes are released, and confirm all work health and safety and environmental protection requirements are met, including use of personal protective equipment 2.2 Prepare staining and/or filling material in accordance with manufacturer specifications 2.3 Make trial applications of stains and/or fillers to check equipment operation, materials consistency, viscosity and specified colour 2.4 Identify faults and/or inconsistencies in colour and follow workplace procedures for rectification and adjustment 2.5 Apply staining and/or filling material in accordance with manufacturer recommendations 2.6 Observe recommended drying times between coats 2.7 Buff and sand between coats in accordance to manufacturer recommendations 2.8 Inspect and approve finished products for suitability for further processing 2.9 Check final finish against quality and job requirements, and rectify deficiencies
3. Complete housekeeping	3.1 Store and recycle unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Check, clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Clear and clean work area and dispose of rubbish safely 3.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3028 Apply stains and fillers to timber flooring.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3094 Apply stains and fillers to timber flooring

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3028 Apply stains and fillers to timber flooring.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

applied each of the following types of stain to a complete room in accordance with job requirements:

lacquer-based

spirit-based

applied fillers to:

1 parquetry floor

1 strip timber floor.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement, including calculation of area

stain and filler application:

Australian Standards requirements

workplace safety systems requirements

work flow

environmental protection and sustainability requirements

methods of, and requirements for, timber floor preparation - basic sanding, finishing sanding and edging

type, characteristics, uses and limitations of different stain and filler products in relation to:

aesthetic quality

durability and longevity

ventilation and other safety requirements

moisture content

reaction to change of temperature and relative humidity

manufacturer recommendations

characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of finishing tools and equipment

techniques for application, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond

procedures and protocols for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

floors requiring finishing

equipment, tools and materials to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence, including safety and personal protective equipment

work orders

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3098 Sand and fill parquetry flooring

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3045 Sand and fill parquetry flooring.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare for work and sand and fill parquetry floors in preparation for applying coating or re-coating to the flooring. It involves operating split drum and/or belt floor sander, rotary or orbital sanding and edge sanding machines.

This unit applies to flooring technicians working in accordance with pre-determined work orders.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant State and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for the work	1.1 Identify and follow work health and safety, legislative and organisational requirements 1.2 Read work documentation and identify job requirements 1.3 Identify surface suitability for fine sanding based on contamination and moisture content inspection, and complete pre-sanding requirements 1.4 Assess and confirm parquetry flooring condition and the extent of coarse, finish and fine sanding and filling required to meet job specifications 1.5 Select and check tools, equipment and materials for suitability, serviceability and safety prior to use 1.6 Isolate and/or encapsulate the job site to contain dust fallout from sanding operation 1.7 Plan sequence of work to ensure efficiency and quality of application
2. Sand floor	2.1 Set up, check and adjust sanding equipment and safety features in accordance with manufacturer instructions 2.2 Select and change equipment to meet requirements of the job 2.3 Select, attach and routinely check and change sanding belts or papers to ensure quality finish 2.4 Conduct trial runs to check machine operations and quality of finished work 2.5 Complete sanding systematically and effectively with the grain, against the grain and across the grain within the minimum required timeframe 2.6 Complete required routine lubrication and adjustments to the equipment 2.7 Clean and check final finish against quality and job requirements, and rectify deficiencies
3. Fill floor	3.1 Check ventilation before chemical fumes are released, and confirm all WHS and environmental protection requirements are met 3.2 Prepare filling material in accordance with manufacturer specifications 3.3 Make trial applications of fillers to check equipment operation, materials consistency, viscosity and specified colour 3.4 Identify faults and/or inconsistencies in colour and follow workplace procedures for rectification and adjustments 3.5 Apply filling material in accordance with manufacturer recommendations and observe drying times between coats 3.6 Sand between coats as required in accordance with manufacturer recommendations 3.7 Clean and check final finish against quality and job requirements, and rectify deficiencies
4. Complete housekeeping	4.1 Store and recycle unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 4.2 Check, clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Clean work area and dispose of rubbish safely 4.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3045 Sand and fill parquetry flooring.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3098 Sand and fill parquetry flooring

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3045 Sand and fill parquetry flooring.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

completed the full sanding process for 2 parquetry floors in complete rooms in accordance with job specifications:

1 block

1 mosaic or multi-directional patterned.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement, including calculation of area

parquetry sanding operations:

Australian Standards requirements

procedures

workplace safety systems

work flow

environmental protection and sustainability requirements

floor condition requirements for sanding operations

characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of tools and equipment for:

finish sanding

edge sanding

fine sanding

techniques for machine use, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond

procedures and protocols for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

parquetry floors requiring filling and sanding

equipment, tools and materials to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence, including safety and personal protective equipment

work orders

workplace procedures.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3099 Apply finishes to cork flooring

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3046 Apply finishes to cork flooring.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to select coating systems appropriate for the job, prepare for the work and apply the selected finishes to cork flooring.

This unit applies to flooring technicians working in accordance with pre-determined work orders.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and prepare for work requirements	1.1 Identify and follow work health and safety, legislative and organisational requirements 1.2 Read work documentation and identify job requirements 1.3 Select coating material based on product qualities and client expectations 1.4 Assess selected coating materials as being compatible with each other, with the surface to be finished and with manufacturer recommendations 1.5 Select and check tools, equipment and materials for suitability, serviceability and safety prior to use 1.6 Inspect and confirm readiness of surface to be finished and erect barrier signs to area 1.7 Plan sequence of work suited to the job
2. Apply finishing system	2.1 Check ventilation before chemical fumes are released, and confirm all work health and safety and environmental protection requirements are met 2.2 Apply coating material in accordance with manufacturer recommendations 2.3 Observe recommended drying times between coats 2.4 Carry out required buffing or sanding between coats in accordance with manufacturer recommendations 2.5 Check final finish against quality and job requirements, and rectify deficiencies
3. Complete housekeeping	3.1 Store and recycle unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Check, clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Clear and clean work area and dispose of rubbish safely 3.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3046 Apply finishes to cork flooring.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3099 Apply finishes to cork flooring

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3046 Apply finishes to cork flooring.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

applied 2 different base coatings in accordance with job requirements to 2 complete rooms.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement, including calculation of area

application of finishes to cork flooring:

Australian Standards requirements

workplace safety systems

work flow

environmental protection and sustainability requirements

methods of, and requirements for, timber floor preparation - basic sanding, finishing sanding and edging

type, characteristics, uses and limitations of different products in relation to:

aesthetic quality

durability and longevity

ventilation and other safety requirements

moisture content

reaction to change of temperature and relative humidity

manufacturer recommendations

characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of finishing tools and equipment

techniques for application, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond

procedures and protocols for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

floors requiring finishing

equipment, tools and materials to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence, including safety and personal protective equipment

work orders

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3100 Apply densifiers and sealers to concrete surfaces

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3049 Apply densifiers and sealers to concrete surfaces.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to inspect and prepare concrete surfaces for polishing using densifying and sealing materials.

This unit applies to flooring technicians working in accordance with pre-determined work orders.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must also be applied. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Flooring technology

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Read work documentation and identify job requirements and process 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety, legislative and organisational requirements 1.3 Select materials based on job requirements, surface compatibility, manufacturer recommendations and client expectations 1.4 Select and check application tools, equipment and materials prior to use for suitability, serviceability and safety 1.5 Inspect and confirm readiness of surface to be finished, and erect barrier signs to area 1.6 Measure area and accurately calculate material requirements 1.7 Plan work sequence to ensure efficiency and quality of application
2. Apply densifying or sealing system	2.1 Check ventilation before chemical fumes are released, and confirm all work health and safety and environmental protection requirements are met 2.2 Wet surface and apply materials in accordance with manufacturer recommendations 2.3 Observe recommended drying times between coats 2.4 Check applied material when dry against quality and job requirements and rectify deficiencies
3. Complete housekeeping	3.1 Store or recycle unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Check, clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Clean work area and remove waste and dispose of safely 3.4 Remove and store barriers and signs in accordance with workplace procedures 3.5 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3049 Apply densifiers and sealers to concrete surfaces

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3100 Apply densifiers and sealers to concrete surfaces

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFFL3049 Apply densifiers and sealers to concrete surfaces.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

applied densifying, sealing and grouting products to achieve the required finish in accordance with job requirements to both 1 new and 1 existing concrete surface.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement, including calculation of area and estimation of material requirements

densifying and sealing of concrete:

Australian Standards requirements

workplace safety systems

environmental protection and sustainability requirements

work flow

types, characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of preparation and application tools and equipment

methods of concrete floor preparation and requirements prior to application in relation to:

contaminants

debris

dust

moisture content level and stability

characteristics of densifier and sealer products in relation to ventilation and reaction to change of temperature and relative humidity

type, characteristics, uses and limitation of materials, including manufacturer recommendations for:

reactive concrete densifiers using colloidal silica to harden and densify new or older concrete surfaces

densifiers and sealers to protect concrete from stains, dust production and wear, and supports polishing

application methods and techniques, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond, including for:

pour and brush spreading

low-pressure, airless spraying

quality indicators for finished surfaces

procedures and protocols for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

concrete surfaces to be finished

equipment, tools and materials for application of products

work orders

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFL3101 Install bamboo flooring

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFL2023 Install laminate timber and bamboo flooring.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to set out, cut, lay and fix bamboo flooring.

This unit applies to flooring technicians working in accordance with pre-determined work orders.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking flooring work. Industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must also be applied. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Flooring technology

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Identify and follow work health and safety, legislative and organisational requirements 1.2 Correctly identify work requirements and process from review of documentation 1.3 Confirm subfloor suitability for installation consistent with Australian Standards and manufacturer recommendations 1.4 Select underlays adhesives, trims and accessories based on job requirements 1.5 Select and check tools and equipment prior to use to ensure that they are appropriate for the work, serviceable and in a safe condition 1.6 Plan sequence of work, and starting point, to ensure efficiency and quality of installation
2. Set out materials for installation	2.1 Check flooring against work order and acclimatise in accordance with manufacturer recommendations 2.2 Organise and use flooring for fixing in accordance with relevant safety management requirements 2.3 Remove or undercut skirting boards or cover trims, and store for re-fitting or send for machining in accordance with work requirements 2.4 Prepare required adhesives and accessories for use 2.5 Establish working lines and starting point
3. Prepare and cut flooring	3.1 Follow instructions and sequence for laying and fixing 3.2 Lay appropriate underlay in accordance with manufacturer recommendations 3.3 Lay out flooring to meet directional sequence, pattern match, specification requirements, and to minimise waste and joins 3.4 Maximise the aesthetics of the materials, where appropriate, matching grains and colours 3.5 Accurately and clearly mark flooring for cutting 3.6 Cut flooring to length and size for final laying ensuring minimum waste
4. Lay flooring	3.1 Follow instructions and sequence for laying and fixing 3.2 Lay appropriate underlay in accordance with manufacturer recommendations 3.3 Lay out flooring to meet directional sequence, pattern match, specification requirements, and to minimise waste and joins 3.4 Maximise the aesthetics of the materials, where appropriate, matching grains and colours 3.5 Accurately and clearly mark flooring for cutting 3.6 Cut flooring to length and size for final laying ensuring minimum waste
5. Complete housekeeping	5.1 Store and recycle unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 5.2 Check, clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 5.3 Clean work area and dispose of rubbish safely 5.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFL3101 Install bamboo flooring

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFL2023 Install laminate timber and bamboo flooring.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

installed bamboo flooring to 3 complete rooms in accordance with job requirements making specific allowances for lateral expansion and contraction of the flooring product.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement, including calculation of area and estimation of material requirements

bamboo timber flooring:

Australian Standards requirements

workplace safety system requirements

work flow

environmental protection and sustainability requirements

how to access manufacturer instructions

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of

bamboo flooring products

installation adhesives, including polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), epoxies, polyurethane elastomeric

characteristics and requirements of subfloor preparation

types, characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of tools, equipment and materials

techniques for set out, laying, cutting and fixing, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond, including basic wood working techniques

quality indicators for completed work

procedures and protocols for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

location requiring bamboo installation

bamboo flooring

equipment, tools and materials to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence, including safety and personal protective equipment

work orders

workplace procedures.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM2010 Set up and operate basic static machines

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers operating and maintaining basic static machines used for sawing, planing, sanding and drilling in the production of furniture.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Work instructions are used to determine job requirements, including design, quality, materials, equipment, and quantities
1.2	Cutting list and job specifications are read and interpreted
1.3	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including ventilation requirements and personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.4	Material for machining is selected and inspected for quality
1.5	Machines, cutting tools and jigs are identified and checked for safe and effective operation
1.6	Procedures are determined for minimising waste material
1.7	Procedures are identified for maximising energy efficiency while completing the job
2	Set up machines	2.1	Safety equipment, including emergency stops, gauges, guards and controls are checked
2.2	Machine settings and adjustments are made in accordance with job requirements and machine and tool manufacturer instructions
2.3	Trial runs are conducted to check machine operation, accuracy and quality of finished work
2.4	Necessary adjustments are made to machine settings
3	Operate machines	3.1	Machine start-up procedure is carried out in accordance with manufacturer instructions
3.2	Material is fed into machine in accordance with manufacturer instructions, safe handling procedures and standard workplace operating procedures
3.3	Machine is operated in accordance with its designed capacity and purpose, tooling requirements and to manufacturer recommendations
3.4	Machine operation is monitored to ensure product quality and output
3.5	Waste quantities are checked and minimised
3.6	Items that do not meet quality requirements are repaired, recycled or discarded according to workplace procedures
3.7	Problems with the required work and/or the operation of the machine are identified and reported to appropriate persons
4	Finalise operation and maintain equipment	4.1	Work area is cleaned, hand and/or power tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored in accordance with workplace procedures
4.2	Machinery is cleaned and left in a safe mode
4.3	Faulty and/or defective equipment is tagged and reported in accordance with workplace practices
4.4	Unused hardware is collected and stored for re-use or disposal following workplace procedures
4.5	Waste and scrap materials are dealt with following workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Basic static machines include:	cross-cut saw rip saw panel saw surface planer (buzzer/jointer) disc sander belt sander, including linisher, edge sander and stroke (Lacey) sander vertical drill press horizontal borer (single bit) band saw panel planer (thicknesser) bobbin sander
Tasks include:	docking, including: (oversize + 20 mm) (accurate to +/- 0.25 mm) square (no tolerance) parallel rip (oversize by 5 mm+) setting up scribe saw setting up riving knife to AS 1473-1991 Guarding and safe use of woodworking machinery cutting flat panel board (off rip fence using scribe saw) cutting flat panel board (off cross-cut fence using scribe saw) machining face machining edge machining chamfer or bevel sanding straight surface sanding convex surface sanding end grain removing/replacing belts sanding veneer face of flat panel board sanding solid timber face sanding solid timber edges (remove arris/shape) selecting and replacing drill bits drilling holes to pre-determined depths vertically drilling holes to pre-determined depths horizontally hinge boring removing/replacing saw blade folding, unfolding, reversing saw blade blade identification/selection off fence ripping freehand ripping freehand curve cutting parallel plane width parallel plane thickness sand concave surface machine fault-finding
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods code, and local safe operating procedures work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving in the set up, operation and maintenance of machines competency may be demonstrated in workplaces involved in the manufacture of solid timber furniture, domestic furniture, commercial furniture, kitchen and bathroom cabinets and/or furniture components
Materials to be machined include:	solid timber manufactured board metal uPVC
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFM2010B Set up, operate and maintain basic static machines.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM2010 Set up and operate basic static machines

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Read and interpret cutting lists and job specifications to prepare for work

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection processes to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Identify, set up, operate and monitor the machines and complete the tasks identified in the Range of Conditions

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Range, characteristics, uses and limitations of basic static machines

Characteristics of materials and uses of products produced

Workplace:

quality standards and procedures

guidelines regarding acceptable tolerance levels

safety policies and procedures

Procedures for reporting machinery faults and material defects

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to basic static machinery, standard operating procedures and unprocessed materials.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3010 Prepare cutting list from plans and job specifications

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers reading plans and job specifications to prepare cutting lists and providing data for subsequent processing operations.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Read plans and job specifications	1.1	Job specifications, set-out rods and plans are used to determine the job requirements, including cutting list, dimension, design, quality materials and processes
1.2	Job components are established according to job specification and workplace procedures
1.3	Geometry of components are established according to specifications
2	Prepare cutting lists	2.1	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
2.2	Cutting list is checked and set out in accordance with workplace procedures, plans and specifications
2.3	Components are identified and described using common workplace terminology
2.4	Sizes and tolerance of components are established and documented in accordance with workplace procedures
2.5	Processing requirements are identified and documented
2.6	Dimensional allowances for further processing are identified and documented
3	Read and interpret cutting lists	3.1	Cutting list is read and interpreted in accordance with the job requirements
3.2	Quantities and dimensions are interpreted
3.3	Quality standards and waste factors are considered
3.4	Processing methods are established
3.5	Processing time is identified

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit scope includes:	reading of plans and specifications and the preparation of cutting lists for the production of furniture components preparation of cutting lists may be completed by both manual and computer assisted/generated means
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods codes, and local safe operating procedures work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving in the reading of plans and specifications and the preparation of cutting lists competency may be determined in workplaces involved in the manufacture of solid timber furniture, domestic furniture, commercial furniture, kitchen and bathroom cabinets and/or furniture components
Materials to be considered include:	solid timber manufactured board metal plastics glass
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFM3012B Prepare cutting list from plans and job specifications.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3010 Prepare cutting list from plans and job specifications

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Locate, interpret and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials and tools used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and manufacturers' instructions to:

minimise the risk of injury to self and others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain optimum production output and product quality

Interpret production plans and prepare cutting lists on a minimum of four (4) occasions with lists each having at least ten (10) different components and, overall, the lists incorporating four (4) different types of material

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Characteristics of materials and tooling used and use of products programmed

Identification of equipment, processes and procedures

Pattern techniques for optimising materials

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to plans and specifications, standard cutting list formats and workplace standard processing procedures.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3011 Measure and draw site layout for manufactured furniture products

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers measuring and recording site layout details to provide an accurate basis for both manufacture and installation of furniture products.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Obtain measurements	1.1	The purpose of obtaining measurements is clarified and confirmed
1.2	The most appropriate method of obtaining the measurement is selected and applied
1.3	Accurate measurements are obtained, confirmed and recorded
1.4	Calculations required for the measurement or validation are selected and correctly applied
1.5	Quality assurance requirements, standards and tolerances associated with enterprise operations are recognised and adhered to
2	Draw site layout	2.1	Intended use of the site is clarified and confirmed
2.2	A site plan is prepared showing all features and measurements
2.3	A site elevation is completed showing all features and measurements
2.4	Unique and non-complying features which may impact on manufacture and/or installation are highlighted and referred to the appropriate party

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
Unit scope includes:	measurement and drawing of site layout related to the manufacture and installation of furniture, cabinets, glass, soft furnishings, upholstery, picture framing and floor covering products
Drawing include:	manual or computer-aided
Measurements:	are to be in metric scale, cover all dimensions of the site and furnishings and involve the use of: rulers tape measures squares service detectors laser or equivalent technology
Critical dimensions that may impact on manufacture and installation include:	the square of the structure angles of floor to walls walls to ceiling vertical walls horizontal floor and ceiling service locations and critical structural criteria
Calculations include:	area perimeter volume mass scales and ratios (ingredients/elements and triangulation) and require the application of addition subtraction multiplication and division processes calculations are to be performed both manually and with the aid of a calculator
Unit context includes:	work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods codes and local safe operating procedures work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFM3013B Measure and draw site layout for manufactured furniture products.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3011 Measure and draw site layout for manufactured furniture products

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Identify the factors relevant to the measurements and drawings

Communicate effectively to enable accurate calculations, measurements and drawings

Accurately measure and record particulars for required sector sites and materials

Draw accurate, scaled plans and elevations relevant to the site using manual or computer-aided methods

Identify and communicate on measurements and dimensions which may impact on manufacture and/or installation

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Knowledge Evidence

Furniture design and planning criteria

Drawing techniques, technologies and processes

Furniture installation methods, criteria and techniques

Measurement techniques and equipment/tools

Theory and practice of calculations (addition, subtraction, multiplication and division)

Conventional signs and markings for plans and drawings

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to information on the site and products for measurement and calculation, suitable work area appropriate to the activity, suitable site plans/drawings and/or specifications, and measuring, calculating and recording devices.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3021 Set up, operate and maintain computer numerically controlled (CNC) sizing machines

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers setting up, operating and maintaining CNC sizing machines to produce furniture or components.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Work instructions are used to determine job requirements, including design, quality, materials, equipment and quantities
1.2	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.3	Material for machining is selected and inspected for appropriate quality
1.4	Procedures are determined for minimising waste material
1.5	Procedures are identified for maximising energy efficiency while completing the job
2	Set up machines	2.1	CNC program is set to job requirements
2.2	Safety equipment, including emergency stops, gauges, guards and controls are checked
2.3	Machine settings and adjustments are made in accordance with job requirements and machine and tool manufacturer instructions
2.4	Machines, cutting tools and jigs are checked for safe and effective operation
2.5	Trial runs are conducted to check machine operation and quality of finished work
2.6	Final adjustments are made to CNC programs and equipment according to workplace procedures
3	Operate machines	3.1	Machines are operated and monitored to ensure product quality and output
3.2	Waste quantities are checked and minimised
3.3	Problems with the required work are identified and reported to appropriate persons
3.4	Items that do not meet quality requirements are repaired, recycled or discarded according to workplace procedures
3.5	Any authorised changes in working procedures are followed
4	Finalise operation and maintain equipment	4.1	Work area is cleaned, hand and/or power tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored in accordance with workplace procedures
4.2	Machinery is cleaned and left in a safe mode
4.3	Faulty and/or defective equipment is tagged and reported in accordance with workplace practices
4.4	Unused hardware is collected and stored for re-use or disposal following workplace procedures
4.5	Waste and scrap materials are dealt with following workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
CNC sizing machines include:	CNC beam saws double end profiling machines
Unit scope includes:	computer programming skills reading and interpreting drawings stock control setting cutting speeds computer-aided machining operations saw and tool maintenance
Materials to be sized include:	solid timber manufactured board laminate solid synthetic materials and plastics
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods code, and local safe operating procedures work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving in the set up and operation of machines competency may be demonstrated in workplaces involved in the manufacture of solid timber furniture, domestic furniture, commercial furniture, kitchen and bathroom cabinets and/or furniture components
Tools include:	machine-specific tools screwdrivers hammers spanners
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFM3030B Set up, operate and maintain CNC sizing machines.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3021 Set up, operate and maintain computer numerically controlled (CNC) sizing machines

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Locate, interpret and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection practices to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment or products

maintain required production output and product quality

Identify, set up and operate CNC sizing equipment, including the use of safety cut-outs and guards, to produce a range of complex cutting patterns

Conduct operator maintenance on the machine and related equipment

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of CNC sizing machines

CNC theory, practices and techniques

Characteristics of materials used and uses of products produced

Work flow processes

Procedures for reporting materials, product or equipment faults

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to CNC controlled equipment, standard operating procedures and unprocessed materials.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFFM3022 Set up, operate and maintain computer numerically controlled (CNC) machining and processing centres

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency covers setting up, operating and maintaining CNC machining and processing centres to produce furniture or components.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Competency Field

Unit Sector

Furniture Making

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Work instructions are used to determine job requirements, including design, quality, materials, equipment and quantities
1.2	Work health and safety (WHS) requirements, including personal protection needs, are observed throughout the work
1.3	Material for machining is selected and inspected for appropriate quality
1.4	Procedures are determined for minimising waste material
1.5	Procedures are identified for maximising energy efficiency while completing the job
2	Set up for machining and processing	2.1	CNC program is set to job requirements
2.2	Safety equipment, including emergency stops, gauges, guards and controls are checked
2.3	Machining and processing settings and adjustments are made in accordance with job requirements and machining and processing and tool manufacturer instructions
2.4	Machining and processing, cutting tools and jigs are checked for safe and effective operation
2.5	Trial runs are conducted to check machining and processing operation and quality of finished work
2.6	Final adjustments are made to CNC programs and equipment according to workplace procedures
3	Operate machining and processing centres	3.1	Machining and processing centres are operated and monitored to ensure product quality and output
3.2	Waste quantities are checked and minimised
3.3	Problems with the required work are identified and reported to appropriate persons
3.4	Items that do not meet quality requirements are repaired, recycled or discarded according to workplace procedures
3.5	Any authorised changes in working procedures are followed
4	Finalise operation and maintain equipment	4.1	Work area is cleaned, hand and/or power tools and equipment are cleaned, maintained and stored in accordance with workplace procedures
4.2	Machinery is cleaned and left in a safe mode
4.3	Faulty and/or defective equipment is tagged and reported in accordance with workplace practices
4.4	Unused hardware is collected and stored for re-use or disposal following workplace procedures
4.5	Waste and scrap materials are dealt with following workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency. Detail on appropriate performance levels for each furnishing unit of competency in reading, writing, oral communication and numeracy utilising the Australian Core Skills Framework (ACSF) are provided in the Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.

Range of Conditions

Specifies different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included. Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.
CNC machining and processing centres include	a three axis machining centre multi-tasking machining centres flat-bed routers and mortise
Materials to be machined and processed include:	solid timber manufactured board
Unit scope includes:	reading and interpreting drawings selecting and installing tooling setting jigs and fixtures programming (sub-programs and parametrics) performance of computer-aided design (CAD)/computer-aided manufacture (CAM) functions downloading and storage of data to complete detailed profiling other specified operations
Unit context includes:	WHS requirements, including legislation, building codes, material safety management systems, hazardous substances and dangerous goods code, and local safe operating procedures work is carried out in accordance with legislative obligations, environmental legislation, relevant health regulations, manual handling procedures and organisation insurance requirements work requires individuals to demonstrate some discretion, judgement and problem solving in the set up and operation of machining and processing centres competency may be demonstrated in workplaces involved in the manufacture of solid timber furniture, domestic furniture, commercial furniture, kitchen and bathroom cabinets and/or furniture components
Tools and equipment include:	stand-alone or integral computing systems machine-specific tools
Personal protective equipment includes:	that prescribed under legislation, regulations and enterprise policies and practices
Information and procedures include:	workplace procedures relating to the use of tools and equipment work instructions, including job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs workplace procedures relating to reporting and communication manufacturer specifications and operational procedures

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFFM3031B Set up, operate and maintain CNC machining and processing centres.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFFM3022 Set up, operate and maintain computer numerically controlled (CNC) machining and processing centres

Modification History

Release 1 - New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

Locate, interpret and apply relevant information

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Identify materials used in the work process

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection practices to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment or products

maintain required production output and product quality

Identify, set up and operate CNC machining and processing centre equipment to complete detailed profiling, including:

development and application of sub-program

development and application of parametric program, and

application of CAD/CAM functions

Conduct operator maintenance on the machining and processing centre equipment

Use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly complete measurements, calculate area and estimate material requirements

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems, interpret basic plans and follow safety procedures

Minimise wastage of resources, including materials, time and money

Work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

Types, characteristics, uses and limitations of CNC machining and processing centres

CNC theory, practices and techniques

Characteristics of materials used and uses of products produced

Work flow processes

Procedures for reporting materials, product or equipment faults

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the furnishing industry at least to the level being assessed with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the furnishing industry.

Assessment methods must confirm consistency of performance over time rather than a single assessment event and in a range of workplace relevant contexts.

Assessment must be by observation of relevant tasks with questioning on underpinning knowledge and, where applicable, multimedia evidence, supervisor’s reports, projects and work samples.

Assessment is to be conducted on single units of competency or in conjunction with other related units of competency. Foundation skills are integral to competent performance in the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessment must occur on the job or in a workplace simulated facility with relevant process, equipment, materials, work instructions and deadlines.

Access is required to CNC controlled equipment, standard operating procedures, unprocessed materials.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG2011 Glaze and reglaze residential windows and doors

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG2008 Glaze and re-glaze residential windows and doors.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install glass to metal or timber doors, windows and other frames. It includes residential glazing and reglazing confined to simple windows such as fixed, sliding, casement, awning and double hung or louvres and doors such as sliding, hinged, pivot and bi-fold. Work may involve removal and installation of designed glass panels.

This unit applies to glaziers working in accordance with pre-determine work orders.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify work requirements	1.1 Identify requirements for glass type and fixing method from review of documentation and communication with the customer 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.3 Plan a logical work sequence suited to the job and workplace procedures
2. Prepare for work	2.1 Take accurate site measurements and establish clearance and wedge requirements 2.2 Select glass and frames, and check for type, size and imperfections against job requirements 2.3 Select glass type and fixing method in accordance with Australian Standards and advise customer if requirements impact on glass ordered 2.4 Select and check tools and equipment for suitability, serviceability and safety prior to use 2.5 Prepare fixing and sealing materials by mixing or cutting to length, in accordance with job requirements
3. Identify site conditions and constraints	3.1 Recognise on-site hazards and constraints and take corrective action in accordance with regulations and workplace requirements 3.2 Apply covering material to protect existing fixtures and fittings in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Identify characteristics of the window or door which may affect the finished job and take corrective action
4. Perform glazing	4.1 Safely remove and dispose of glass from existing frame in accordance with workplace procedures 4.2 Prepare frame to receive glass through check of size against specifications, removal of sealant remains, and surface preparation 4.3 Cut glass to size in accordance with work requirements 4.4 Fix glass to the frame using the selected method and in accordance with established industry procedures and Australian Standards 4.5 Use solvents and sealants in accordance with manufacturer recommendations and Australian Standards 4.6 Remove excess sealing material and clean glass and frame with suitable cleaning agents after fixing
5. Complete work	5.1 Check completed installation for compliance with specifications and rectify any deficiencies 5.2 Clean and store tools, equipment and materials in accordance with workplace procedures 5.3 Clean work area and leave in a safe condition, and dispose of or recycle waste in accordance with workplace protocols 5.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG2008 Glaze and re-glaze residential windows and doors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG2011 Glaze and reglaze residential windows and doors

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG2008 Glaze and re-glaze residential windows and doors.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

performed each of the following tasks at least once:

cut glass in accordance with Australian Standard AS1288

calculated glazing clearance and cutting size

hacked out and/or removed beads and glass safely from timber windows and doors

prepared glazing rebates and channels prior to installation

removed and disassembled aluminium window sashes and doors and removed glass safely

installed and/or adjusted unique, spiral or spring balances on double hung windows

taken template and glazed irregular shaped openings

glazed or reglazed each of the following at least once in accordance with AS1288:

timber putty faced window sashes or door panel

timber beaded:

sidelight

fixed panel

pivot or hinged or bi-fold doors

aluminium framed channel glazed door or window

aluminium framed beaded door or window with wedge rubbers

louvre blades.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

relevant Australian Standards, their purpose and key provisions:

AS 1288: Glass in buildings - Selection and installation

AS/NZS 2208: Safety glazing materials in buildings

AS/NZS 4667: Quality requirements for cut-to-size and processed glass

organisational customer communication standards and protocols

workplace safety system requirements related to the glazing of window and doorframes

work flow requirements in relation to fitting glass

qualities and characteristics of glass, including hazards and handling requirements for:

annealed glass

coated glass and insulated glass units

laminated glass patterned glass

tinted and heat reflective glass

toughened glass

wired glass

qualities and characteristics of different frame types and how this impacts the glazing process, including:

plastic

aluminium

steel

solid timber

factors that affect the fixing of glass and how this impacts on work, including:

compliance

specification

type of glass and frame

security requirements for specific locations

sealing methods

types, characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of tools, equipment and materials, including:

glass handling and lifting equipment

hack-out knives

nail punches

pop rivet guns

pry bars

putty knives

rubber mallets

sealant guns

spiral balancer

sprig and/or diamond guns

tape measures

tungsten wheel glass cutters

vinyl cutters and rollers

types, characteristics, safe use and limitations of other materials, including:

adhesives

gaskets

glazing tapes

sealants

setting blocks

factors for consideration for products that include sash cords

glazing techniques for window and door frames, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond, including:

channel glazing

beaded glazing

double glazing

heal and toe glazing

quality indicators for glazed windows and doors

documentation requirements for completed glazing work.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

locations and/or frames requiring glazing and reglazing

frames and glass as specified in the Performance Evidence

equipment, tools and materials to perform tasks specified in Performance Evidence

work orders

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG2012 Operate glass freefall rack and table

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG2003 Operate glass freefall rack and table.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use freefall racks and tables in handling glass.

This unit applies to glass processing workers and some glaziers working in accordance with established procedures.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements, using all required personal protective equipment 1.2 Identify work requirements and plan work sequence and method in a logical order to suit the job 1.3 Select and check tools and equipment for suitability, serviceability and safety prior to use 1.4 Clear work area of unauthorised personnel prior to and during freefall operations in accordance with workplace procedures 1.5 Check freefall rack for correct operation, make table level, and clear of any foreign material
2. Freefall glass	2.1 Inspect glass for faults prior to freefalling and take action in accordance with workplace procedures 2.2 Conduct freefall in accordance with industry standards and safety requirements 2.3 Identify and report problems occurring during operation to appropriate persons in accordance with workplace procedures 2.4 Follow authorised changes in working procedures and/or requirements 2.5 Move glass to required location for cutting or processing
3. Complete work	3.1 Label glass in accordance with workplace procedures ensuring there are no projections 3.2 Clean work area, dispose of rubbish safely and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Remove tools, equipment and unused materials and store in accordance with workplace procedures 3.4 Shut down freefall table and inspect in accordance with manufacturer instructions 3.5 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG2003 Operate glass freefall rack and table.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG2012 Operate glass freefall rack and table

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG2003 Operate glass freefall rack and table.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

followed all pre-freefall inspections and safety procedures to freefall any glass on at least 2 occasions with glass size to be at least 1830mm x 2440mm.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

freefalling of glass:

workplace safety system requirements, including personal protective equipment (gloves, gauntlets, hard hat, bolero)

work flow requirements

qualities and characteristics of annealed and laminated glass, including hazards and handling requirements

types, characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of tools and equipment used in freefalling glass:

glass handling equipment and hand tools (knuckle saver, suckers, cutters, pliers)

principles, techniques and different methods of freefalling glass from a rack to a table (above or to the side), the types of problems that can occur and how to avoid and respond

when teamwork is required for large factory run sizes

procedures for the recording and reporting of damaged and/or broken glass or equipment during freefalling.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

freefall rack and table

glass product for freefalling

glass handling equipment and hand tools

safety and personal protective equipment

work orders

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG2013 Move single glass sheets by mechanical means

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG2006 Move single glass sheets by mechanical means.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan for, and move sheet glass by mechanical means individually and as part of a team.

This unit applies to glass processing workers and glaziers working in accordance with established procedures.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for glass moving	1.1 Read work instructions and identify type and quantity of glass to be relocated 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements, using all required personal protective equipment 1.3 Identify glass sheets to be moved and estimate or calculate weight using appropriate method 1.4 Identify risks to self, others, material and equipment arising from the required lifting, load carrying, set down or movement of glass 1.5 Correctly identify mechanical handling equipment and teamwork requirements based on the size, weight and type of glass
2. Plan glass movement	2.1 Identify destination for glass and determine routes to be followed 2.2 Compare required clearances to available space and make adjustments 2.3 Plan process for relocating glass in accordance with workplace procedures, and include contingency measures for potential difficulties 2.4 Check proposed process against advisory standards and workplace procedures for compliance
3. Relocate glass	3.1 Set and test equipment settings and safety controls in accordance with workplace procedures with faulty equipment tagged and alternative arrangements made 3.2 Check glass for imperfections and damage prior to movement 3.3 Operate equipment in accordance with approved advisory standards, manufacturer instructions, workplace procedures and safety requirements 3.4 Follow planned process and route and relocate glass without damage to material, personnel or equipment 3.5 Attach required labels and store glass in accordance with workplace procedures ensuring there are no projections 3.6 Check relocation to see that it meets work requirements, and report any differences
4. Complete work	4.1 Clean, maintain and store handling equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 4.2 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG2006 Move single glass sheets by mechanical means.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG2013 Move single glass sheets by mechanical means

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG2006 Move single glass sheets by mechanical means.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

relocated glass sheets of different types, thicknesses and weights in accordance with safety requirements and all relevant regulations and standards:

laminated and/or tempered and annealed float

3 different weights and sizes, with 2 measuring at least 4.0m2 and weighing at least 100 kg

used 3 of the following types of equipment:

gantry or mobile crane up to 4.9 SWL

glass dolly

mini crane with vacuum sucker

portable lifter

scissor grab

vacuum rig

moved sheet glass as part of a team on at least 1 occasion.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

mathematical procedures for calculation of glass weight

glass sheet movement by mechanical means:

quality, characteristics and behaviour of glass sheet when lifted and moved

risks and hazards

workplace safety system requirements

work flow requirements

principles and techniques, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond

capabilities, operating processes and procedures for mechanical handling equipment:

weight load limits (WWL) and how to determine

safe working load (SWL) tables and how to use

gantry cranes up to 4.9 safe working load (SWL)

scissor grabs

vacuum rigs

portable lifter

features of glass sheet storage systems

documentation requirements for glass movement.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

glass sheets to be moved

equipment, tools and materials to complete tasks specified in the Performance Evidence

safety and personal protective equipment

work orders

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG2014 Cut thin glass by hand

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFGG2004 Process thin glass by hand.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to cut, shape and apply finishing techniques to annealed glass up to 8 mm thick, and laminated glass up to 8.38 mm thick. This may include mirrors, and work may be for residential or commercial purposes.

This unit applies to glass processing workers and glaziers cutting glass in accordance with pre-determined work orders.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify work requirements	1.1 Read work instructions and identify cutting requirements 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements, using all required personal protective equipment 1.3 Select and check required tools, equipment and materials for suitability, serviceability and safety prior to use 1.4 Plan sequence of work to ensure processing is conducted in a logical order
2. Prepare for work	2.1 Select glass cutting table and clear work surface of debris and dust 2.2 Clear work area of obstructions and potential hazards with cullet bins located close to work area 2.3 Check glass for imperfections and damage prior to handling 2.4 Safely place glass to be cut in the required work area using correct manual handling procedures 2.5 Accurately measure glass to minimise waste in accordance with workplace standards 2.6 Set and test equipment and safety controls in accordance with workplace standards
3. Cut glass	3.1 Operate and monitor tools and equipment in accordance with manufacturer instructions and workplace procedures to achieve required cuts within specified tolerances 3.2 Make routine equipment, tool lubrication and adjustments in accordance with manufacturer instructions 3.3 Identify and report problems to appropriate persons, and follow any authorised changes in working procedures 3.4 Inspect completed product for compliance with quality and work order requirements, and repair, reprocess or discard in accordance with workplace procedures
4. Complete work	4.1 Label and store cut glass in accordance with workplace procedures ensuring there are no projections 4.2 Clean work area, safely dispose of rubbish and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Remove and store tools, equipment and unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 4.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG2014 Cut thin glass by hand

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFGG2004 Process thin glass by hand.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

undertaken the following in accordance with all safety requirements and Australian Standard AS/NZS 4667:

for annealed glass, up to 8mm in thickness and up to 1.0 m 2in size, cut all of the following both in a thickness up to 6mm and in a thickness 6mm or above:

freehand cuts using templates for simple shapes other than square

straight cuts by hand and speed cutter

truncated and radius corners

circles

fan holes

freehand pay holes

for laminated glass, up to 8.38 mm in thickness and up to 1.0 m 2in size, cut all of the following at least once:

simple shapes other than a square

truncated corners

ovals

made straight cuts in laminated glass up to 8.38mm by hand and speed cutter.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

purpose and key provision of Australian Standard AS/NZS 4667 – all sections

work flow requirements in relation to glass cutting

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement, including calculation of area and estimation of glass requirements

thin glass:

qualities and characteristics, including hazards and handling requirements

workplace safety system requirements

work flow requirements

common work requirements, including:

cut types

shaping

holes

edges

how to create a template for cutting

types, characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of glass cutting tools and equipment, including:

cutters, including circle, speed, tungsten wheel

cutting tables

templates

cutting and processing techniques, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond

quality assurance

workplace documentation requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

equipment, tools and materials required to complete tasks specified in the Performance Evidence

glass product to be cut

safety and personal protective equipment

work orders

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG2015 Process glass by basic machines

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFGG2007 Process glass by basic machines.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to shape, drill and edge annealed glass using basic machines involving hand-held and static processes.

This unit applies to glass processing workers and glaziers.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify work requirements	1.1 Read work instructions and identify job requirements 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements, using all required personal protective equipment 1.3 Select and check required tools, equipment and materials for serviceability and safety prior to use 1.4 Plan sequence of work to ensure processing is conducted in a logical order
2. Prepare for work	2.1 Select glass processing table and clear work surface of debris and dust 2.2 Clear work area of obstructions and potential hazards 2.3 Check glass for imperfections and damage prior to handling 2.4 Relocate glass to be processed in the work area using appropriate handling techniques 2.5 Accurately measure glass to minimise waste in accordance with workplace standards 2.6 Identify and test components and controls of machines, including emergency stops and guards and take appropriate action if not in working order
3. Conduct processing operations	3.1 Operate and monitor tools and equipment in accordance with manufacturer instructions and workplace procedures to achieve correct product quality and output within specified tolerances 3.2 Make routine equipment, tool lubrication and adjustments in accordance with manufacturer instructions 3.3 Identify and report problems to appropriate persons, and follow any authorised changes in working procedures 3.4 Inspect completed product for compliance with quality and work requirements and repair, reprocess or discard in accordance with workplace procedures
4. Complete work	4.1 Label and store processed glass in accordance with workplace procedures ensuring there are no projections 4.2 Clean work area, safely dispose of rubbish and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Remove and store tools, equipment and unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 4.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG2015 Process glass by basic machines

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFGG2007 Process glass by basic machines.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

undertaken the following processes in accordance with all safety requirements and Australian Standard AS/NZS 4667: Quality requirements for cut-to-size and processed glass using basic machines (hand-held and static operation):

for annealed glass up to 8mm, and for laminated glass up to 8.38mm:

arris

flat polish

flat grind

round and polish

mitre edge

holes with tungsten drill bits

holes with diamond drill bits.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

purpose and key provisions of Australian Standard AS/NZS 4667: (all sections)

workplace safety system requirements related to glass processing by basic machines

work flow requirements in relation to glass processing

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement, including calculation of area and estimation of material requirements

qualities and characteristics of annealed and laminated glass, including hazards and handling requirements

common work requirements for work requiring basic machine processing, including: drilling and edging – arising, flat finish, round and mitre bevelling, grinding, polishing

types, characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of glass cutting tools and equipment, including defect reporting for:

diamond drills and/or presses – freestanding, portable, wall-mounted

edging machines:

diamond or pencil edgers

finger slotters

finishing or belt machines,

hand tools

pumice or cork polishers

lubricants

marking tools

measuring tools, including tape measures, L-squares and straight edges

templates

procedures for basic machine processing, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond

quality indicators for processed glass

procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

equipment, tools and materials to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence

glass product to be processed

safety and personal protective equipment

work orders

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG2016 Assemble glazing products

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFGG2009 Fabricate and assemble frames.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify work requirements, prepare for work and assemble components for glazing products. Glazing products may be made from aluminium, steel, timber or unplasticised polyvinyl chloride (uPVC).

This unit applies to individuals assembling products in accordance with pre-determined work orders and plans.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

Unit Sector

Glass and glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify work requirements and components	1.1 Read work documentation and identify assembly requirements 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.3 Plan a logical work sequence suited to the job and workplace procedures
2. Prepare for assembly	2.1 Select and check tools and equipment for suitability, serviceability and safety prior to use 2.2 Select and confirm component parts against specifications 2.3 Check measurements for accuracy, legibility and tolerance, and note and position mating or directional marks 2.4 Set up assembly tools and equipment in accordance with production objectives, manufacturer instructions and workplace procedures
3. Assemble components	3.1 Lay out and assemble components ensuring conformity to specifications, alignment and appropriate fastening 3.2 Attach hardware and fixings in accordance with specifications 3.3 Reveal product once assembled in accordance with job requirements 3.4 Inspect completed product for compliance with specifications and quality requirements, and repair, reprocess or discard in accordance with workplace procedures
4. Complete work	4.1 Label and store completed products in accordance with workplace procedures and Australian Standards 4.2 Clean work area and safely dispose of waste 4.3 Remove and store tools, equipment and unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 4.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG2016 Assemble glazing products

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFGG2009 Fabricate and assemble frames.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

assembled 3 of the following types of glazing products with relevant hardware in accordance with job requirements:

double hung

casement

sashless sliding pack

showerscreen framed or semi-frameless

sliding

wardrobe

installed all of the following component hardware to products (this may require product in addition to those above):

weather seals

wheels

stays

hinges

guides

locks.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of

Australian Standards AS 2047: (Sections 6, 7 and 8)

glazing product assembly:

workplace safety system requirements

work flow

characteristics, uses and limitations of different products

how to interpret processing requirements from different types of work documentation

types, characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of fabrication tools and equipment:

assembly benches

copy routers

electric and pneumatic powered drills and screwdrivers

end millers

frame and sash tooling

hand tools

hydraulic and manual presses

pleuws guns

pneumatic

pop rivet guns

saws, including drop and upcut

type, characteristics, uses and limitations of other materials used in assembly:

fasteners (screws and pop rivets)

gaskets

hardware

plastics

sealants

tapes

timber reveals

vinyl

techniques for product assembly, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond

quality indicators for assembled products

procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

product materials and components

equipment, tools and materials to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence

safety and personal protective equipment

work orders

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG3022 Construct and repair leadlight panels

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG3014 Construct and repair leadlight panels.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to construct and repair leadlight panels and may involve restoration and conservation of historically important lead lighting works. It includes measuring, design and selection of materials and tools, and disassembly and assembly, weatherproofing and polishing of leadlight panels.

This unit applies to individuals working with designed glass.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Glass and glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify work requirements	1.1 Establish safety, quality and functional performance requirements of the panel 1.2 Recognise and respond to the need for research on the historical importance of the panel 1.3 Inspect leadlight panel to be repaired to identify faults and compare any faults found with customer requirements and any previously identified faults
2. Plan leadlight panel construction/repair	2.1 Analyse plan or design of leadlight panel to identify work requirements, methods and specifications 2.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 2.3 Plan steps or stages in construction and/or repair, noting check points for required measurements and tests 2.4 Obtain approval of work construction plan in accordance with workplace procedures
3. Identify suitable materials and equipment	3.1 Select and check tools and equipment for suitability, serviceability and safety prior to use 3.2 Select leadlight construction materials according to specification, matching the original texture, colour, thickness and opacity of the stained glass
4. Construct/repair the leadlight panel	4.1 Follow plan to construct and/or repair the leadlight panel 4.2 Conduct checks at the identified points 4.3 Identify and recommend modifications within workplace procedures 4.4 Document modifications to the plan and seek appropriate approvals in accordance with workplace procedures
5. Complete work	5.1 Inspect leadlight panel for quality of work and repair or reconstruct in accordance with workplace procedures 5.2 Clean and store tools, equipment and materials in accordance with workplace procedures 5.3 Clean work area and leave in a safe condition, and dispose or recycle waste in accordance with workplace protocols 5.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG3014 Construct and repair leadlight panels.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3022 Construct and repair leadlight panels

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG3014 Construct and repair leadlight panels.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

constructed and/or repaired 3 different leadlight panels.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

end use of leadlight panels and required safety, quality and structural standards

characteristics, including hazards and workplace safety system requirements, associated with the materials used in leadlight panel construction

operation of tools and equipment used in constructing and/or repairing leadlight panels

research techniques to establish the historical importance of lead lighting works

processes and procedures involved in the construction and/or repair process of leadlight panels, including historically important works

impact of design features of the leadlight panel on purpose, materials and construction

relevant Australian Standards.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

leadlight panels for repair or plans for new panels

glass handling equipment and hand tools

safety and personal protective equipment

work orders.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG3023 Apply and handle films

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFGG3007 Apply and handle films.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare glass surfaces and apply window film. Work may be completed in domestic or commercial environments, including automotive enterprises.

This unit applies to glass processing workers.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking application of window film and coating work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify work requirements	1.1 Read work instructions and identify job requirements 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements, using all required personal protective equipment 1.3 Identify tools, equipment, accessories and materials for the application of coating and/or film in accordance with workplace procedures 1.4 Read materials safety data sheets (MSDS) and/or product application and safety information, and use to guide work practices 1.5 Note processes, time and safety requirements and use to plan work in a logical sequence
2. Prepare for work	2.1 Select and check required tools, equipment and materials for serviceability and safety prior to use 2.2 Check film for application for defects or damage 2.3 Measure surfaces and cut materials and templates without causing damage according to accepted industry methods, materials and procedures 2.4 Check glass for damage and suitability, and prepare using methods, materials and equipment in accordance with manufacturer instructions and workplace practices 2.5 Identify and report any faults and/or flaws in accordance with workplace procedures 2.6 Complete required workplace documentation and handle by measuring, cutting and surface preparation outcomes
3. Apply film	3.1 Use equipment and accessories to handle the film in accordance with manufacturer and workplace instructions 3.2 Keep surfaces clean and free of contamination in accordance with specifications and procedures 3.3 Identify problems and report to appropriate persons in accordance with workplace procedures, and follow authorised changes to work process
4. Inspect tinted product and refurbish work area	4.1 Inspect glass and rectify any film faults in accordance with workplace procedures 4.2 Apply Australian Standard sticker in accordance with job requirements 4.3 Remove products for storage or further processing as required by workplace procedures
5. Complete work	5.1 Clean work area, dispose of rubbish safely and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures 5.2 Remove tools, equipment and unused materials and store in accordance with workplace procedures 5.3 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3023 Apply and handle films

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFGG3007 Apply and handle films.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

completed the following in accordance with all safety requirements and job instructions on 2 occasions:

accurately cut film from patterns

trimmed film on glass

followed manufacturer guidelines for the application of films.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

different contexts for the use of coatings and films and the instructions and specifications and requirements that apply in those contexts -

Australian Standards

statutory requirements, including Australian Design Rules (ADRs)

manufacturers (including vehicle manufacturers)

insurers

workplace safety system requirements and relevant technical information for applying film to glass

work flow requirements in relation to the application of film to glass

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement, including calculation of area and estimation of material requirements

qualities and characteristics of glass, including hazards and handling requirements, for the different types of filmed glass

content of typical work instructions for application of film, including:

application techniques

colour

quantity

type

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of different films, including:

decorative film

reflective

safety

security

solar

tinted

types, characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of tools, equipment and materials using in application and handling of films:

techniques for measuring, cutting, surface preparation and application, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond

quality indicators for applied films and coatings

procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

area equipped with required safety and personal protective equipment

equipment, tools and materials to complete tasks specified in the Performance Evidence

glass sheet or product for processing

work orders

workplace procedures.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG3024 Form glass

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG3008 Form glass.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to form glass in kilns for manufacture of customised formed glass products. Patterns may be existing moulds or improvised designs.

This unit applies to glass processing workers forming product in accordance with pre-determined work orders.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify work requirements	1.1 Read work instructions and identify job and quality requirements 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements, using all required personal protective equipment 1.3 Identify the process for obtaining materials and moving completed work to the next process and plan work sequence in a logical order to suit the job 1.4 Establish and maintain communication with others involved with the work
2. Prepare for work	2.1 Select and check required kiln tools, equipment and materials for suitability, serviceability and safety prior to use 2.2 Identify and check kiln components and safety controls for correct operation
3. Conduct glass forming operations	3.1 Operate, adjust and monitor kiln and forming equipment in accordance with workplace procedures to ensure correct product quality and output 3.2 Identify and report problems occurring during work operations to appropriate personnel in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Follow authorised changes in working procedures and/or requirements 3.4 Inspect product for quality against work instructions, and rework or discard items that do not meet requirements
4. Complete work	4.1 Clean work area, safely dispose of rubbish and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures 4.2 Remove and store tools, equipment and unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG3008 Form glass.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3024 Form glass

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG3008 Form glass.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

formed glass of 4 differing patterns in accordance with all job and safety requirements using slumping techniques to the capacity of the kiln being used.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workplace safety system requirements related to the forming of glass, including personal protective equipment

work flow requirements in relation to forming of glass

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement, including calculation of area and estimation of material requirements

qualities and characteristics of glass to be formed, including hazards and handling requirements:

float glass

patterned glass

sheet glass

content of typical work instructions for glass forming, including:

materials to be used

pattern or mould to be used

process required to complete work tasks

number of sheets to be formed and holding area for completed items

the correct kiln settings for the glass being formed

types, characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of glass forming tools, equipment and materials:

dowel

kilns

moulds and items for background patterns

sand and patterning material

sea shells

trowels

wire

techniques for forming glass, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond

quality indicators for formed glass

procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

glass processing work area equipped with required safety and personal protective equipment

equipment, tools and materials to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence

unprocessed product to be formed

work orders

workplace procedures.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG3025 Apply patterns and designs to glass

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG3009 Apply patterns and designs to glass.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to apply patterns and/or designs to glass surfaces to manufacture decorative glass products.

This unit applies to glass processing workers.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify work requirements	1.1 Read work instructions and identify job requirements 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements, using all required personal protective equipment 1.3 Select and check required tools, equipment and materials for serviceability and safety prior to use 1.4 Plan sequence of work to ensure processing is conducted in a logical order
2. Apply pattern or design	2.1 Produce required template from plan or design using software in accordance with workplace practices 2.2 Apply pattern or design template or mask glass surface with appropriate materials in accordance with job requirements 2.3 Apply pattern or design to glass surface in accordance with workplace procedures or industry practice 2.4 Identify and report problems to appropriate persons, and follow any authorised changes in working procedures 2.5 Inspect product for quality of work and repair or discard in accordance with workplace procedures
3. Complete work	3.1 Label processed glass and store in accordance with workplace procedures ensuring there are no projections 3.2 Clean work area, safely dispose of rubbish and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Remove and store tools, equipment and unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 3.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG3009 Apply patterns and designs to glass.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3025 Apply patterns and designs to glass

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG3009 Apply patterns and designs to glass.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

completed the following in accordance with all job and safety requirements:

set up, processed, uploaded, cut and applied designs from computerised software programs on 2 occasions

applied patterns and designs to glass using 2 different methods.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

workplace safety system requirements related to the application of patterns and designs to glass surfaces

work flow requirements in relation to other stages of the work process

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement, including calculation of area and estimation of material requirements

content of typical work instructions for applying patterns and designs, including:

material to be used for application of design or pattern

material curing time pattern or plan to be followed

process required to complete work tasks

items to which pattern or design is to be applied

holding area for completed items

qualities and characteristics of glass and materials, including hazards and handling requirements for:

annealed glass

laminated glass

toughened glass

mirrors

types, characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of tools, equipment and materials:

digital printing equipment

etching chemicals

masking materials

sandblasting equipment

screen printing equipment

templates

techniques for applying patterns and designs to glass, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond

quality indicators for designed glass

procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

glass processing work area

safety and personal protective equipment

equipment, tools and materials to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence

glass product

work orders

workplace procedures.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG3026 Laminate glass

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG3010 Set up and operate glass laminating equipment.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to set up, operate, monitor and maintain glass laminating equipment.

This unit applies to glass processing workers producing laminated glass in accordance with pre-determined work orders.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Read work instructions and identify work and quality requirements 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements, using all required personal protective equipment 1.3 Identify quality procedures for each stage of the process 1.4 Plan work sequence in a logical order to suit the job and workplace procedures 1.5 Establish and maintain communication with others involved with the work to ensure efficient work flow coordination, personnel cooperation and safety
2. Set up equipment	2.1 Complete pre-operational equipment checks in accordance with workplace procedures 2.2 Confirm machine operation through quality checks on first production of finished items 2.3 Make adjustments to settings and parameters based on initial quality checks.
3. Conduct glass laminating operations	3.1 Prepare glass to be laminated for the process in accordance with workplace procedures or industry practice 3.2 Complete startup and shutdown procedures for equipment in accordance with manufacturer instructions or workplace procedures 3.3 Conduct glass delivery and washing procedures in accordance with manufacturer instructions or workplace procedures 3.4 Monitor white room conditions and conduct procedures in accordance with manufacturer instructions or workplace procedures 3.5 Operate white room hoist in accordance with manufacturer instructions or workplace procedures 3.6 Accurately apply interlayer in accordance with work instructions 3.7 Operate pre-press oven and glass stacker in accordance with manufacturer instructions or workplace procedures and accurately document required information 3.8 Operate air lifter in accordance with manufacturer instructions or workplace procedures 3.9 Load, operate and unload autoclave in accordance with manufacturer instructions or workplace procedures
4. Complete work and maintain equipment	4.1 Inspect completed product for compliance with quality and work order requirements and reprocess or discard in accordance with workplace procedures 4.2 Test, classify and mark laminated glass in accordance with Australian Standards, and store in designated holding area 4.3 Clean work area and safely dispose of rubbish in accordance with workplace procedures 4.4 Inspect, maintain and tag equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 4.5 Remove and store tools, equipment and unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 4.6 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG3010 Set up and operate glass laminating equipment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3026 Laminate glass

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG3010 Set up and operate glass laminating equipment.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

completed the laminating process using 3 different glass types and interlayer thicknesses.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

purpose and key provisions of Australian Standard AS/NZS 2208 – testing requirements

workplace safety system requirements related to the operation of glass laminating equipment

work flow requirements relating to the operation of glass laminating equipment, including how the process fits into the overall glass processing system

the role and importance of communication with others in relation to quality and safety

mathematical procedures for effective equipment operation and fault investigation

common items found in work instructions for glass laminating, including:

material to be used

number of sheets to be laminated and holding area for completed items

process required to complete work tasks

type, thickness and colour of the interlayer

correct machine heat and pressure settings for the materials being used

qualities, characteristics and uses of different types of laminated glass, including:

annealed float glass

automotive glass

bullet and bandit resistant glass

heat-strengthened glass

insulated glass

patterned laminated glass

safety glass

toughened glass

glass and window rating systems for:

fade control

noise

security applications

characteristics of materials used, and uses of products produced in the glass laminating process

types, characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of glass laminating equipment:

autoclave

washing machines

hoist

pre-press oven

standards stamping equipment, including stamp

vacuum lifter

white room

procedures for each step of the lamination process, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond

quality indicators for laminated glass

procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

equipment, tools and materials to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence

glass product to be laminated

safety and personal protective equipment

work orders

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG3027 Toughen glass

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG3011 Set up and operate glass toughening equipment.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to set up, operate, monitor and maintain glass toughening equipment.

This unit applies to glass processing workers toughening glass in accordance with pre-determined work orders.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Read work instructions and identify job and quality requirements 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements, using all required personal protective equipment 1.3 Identify quality procedures for each stage of the process 1.4 Plan work sequence in a logical order to suit the job and workplace procedures 1.5 Establish and maintain communication with others involved with the work to ensure efficient work flow coordination, personnel cooperation and safety
2. Set up equipment	2.1 Complete pre-operational equipment checks in accordance with workplace procedures 2.2 Confirm machine operation through quality checks on first production of finished items 2.3 Make adjustments to settings and parameters based on initial quality checks
3. Conduct glass toughening operations	3.1 Prepare glass to be toughened for process in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Position glass to be toughened on furnace load table and stamp with product identification in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Load glass into furnace in accordance with manufacturer instructions and workplace procedures 3.4 Monitor furnace operation and make adjustments, as required, in accordance with manufacturer instructions or workplace procedures 3.5 Identify and report problems occurring during work operations to appropriate persons 3.6 Follow correct furnace shutdown and end of shift procedures in accordance with manufacturer instructions and workplace procedures
4. Complete work and maintain equipment	4.1 Inspect completed product for compliance with quality and work order requirements and accept or reject in accordance with workplace procedures 4.2 Place completed work in holding area in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Unload glass from furnace in accordance with manufacturer instructions and workplace procedures 4.4 Clean work area and safely dispose of rubbish 4.5 Inspect, maintain and tag equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 4.6 Remove and store tools, equipment and unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 4.7 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG3011 Set up and operate glass toughening equipment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3027 Toughen glass

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG3011 Set up and operate glass toughening equipment.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

completed processing for all of the following at least once:

laminated glass

multiple thicknesses of annealed glass

heat-strengthened glass.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

purpose and key provisions of Australian Standard AS/NZS 2208 – testing requirements

workplace safety system requirements for the operation of glass toughening equipment

work flow requirements for the operation of glass toughening equipment, including how the process fits into the overall glass processing system

the role and importance of communication with others in relation to quality and safety

mathematical procedures for measurement and fault investigation

common items found in work instructions for glass toughening:

material to be used

number of sheets to be toughened and holding area for completed items

process required to complete work tasks

required machine settings and adjustments

characteristics of materials used and uses of products produced in the glass toughening process:

clear glass

coated glass

low E glass

tinted and patterned annealed glass

features of the glass toughening process, including the principles, purpose and properties of toughened glass

types, characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of glass toughening equipment

toughening furnaces and their component parts

procedures for each step of the toughening process, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond

quality indicators for toughened glass

procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

equipment, tools and materials to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence

glass product to be toughened

safety and personal protective equipment

work orders

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG3028 Select, cut and process materials for glazing products

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFGG2009 Fabricate and assemble frames, and, MSFGG3020 Use static machines for aluminium and unplasticised polyvinyl chloride (uPVC) fabrication.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify work requirements, prepare tools and materials, and cut and process materials for glazing products. Materials may be aluminium, steel, timber or unplasticised polyvinyl chloride (uPVC).

This unit applies to individuals cutting and processing materials in accordance with pre-determined work orders and plans.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking glass and glazing work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify work requirements	1.1 Read work documentation and identify cutting and processing requirements 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.3 Plan a logical work sequence suited to the job and workplace procedures
2. Prepare for work	2.1 Select and check tools and equipment for suitability, serviceability and safety prior to use 2.2 Identify and match samples signed off by the customer 2.3 Check required components against specifications and select from available products 2.4 Set and test cutting equipment settings and safety controls in accordance with workplace procedures and manufacturer instructions 2.5 Accurately measure materials, and mark to cutting list requirements with most economical use of materials
3. Cut materials	3.1 Reconfirm machine settings through trial cutting on test materials prior to commencement of full cutting process 3.2 Cut materials to list requirements in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Identify problems with the cutting process and make required adjustments to process or equipment 3.3 Check and confirm that materials have been correctly and accurately cut to size based on job specifications and repair, reprocess or discard in accordance with workplace procedures
4. Fabricate parts	4.1 Set and test equipment settings and safety controls in accordance with workplace procedures and manufacturer instructions 4.2 Position and secure materials in jig to prevent movement 4.3 Process materials in accordance with specification 4.4 Identify processing problems and make required adjustments to process or equipment 4.5 Inspect completed product for compliance with quality and work order requirements and repair, reprocess or discard in accordance with workplace procedures
5. Complete work	5.1 Process and store completed product in accordance with workplace procedures 5.2 Remove excess materials for disposal or recycling in accordance with workplace procedures 5.3 Clean work area and safely dispose of rubbish 5.4 Remove and store tools, equipment and unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 5.5 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3028 Select, cut and process materials for glazing products

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFGG2009 Fabricate and assemble frames, and, MSFGG3020 Use static machines for aluminium and unplasticised polyvinyl chloride (uPVC) fabrication.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

completed all of the following in accordance with work, safety and Australian Standards requirements:

produced a cutting list by hand and through use of software

identified, selected and checked 3 different extrusion profiles against customer requirements

cut:

3 different profiles

3 different lengths to allow 3 different set up and checks of the saw

processed materials for 2 different product types by hand:

using a jig

using hand tools including punches and files

processed materials for 2 different product types by machine (must be different to those products processed by hand)

demonstrated skills in:

identifying the correct processing type

identifying the correct die

changing the die in the press

drilling or crimping

precision measurement

safe use of a die punch press.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

Australian Standards/New Zealand Standards AS/NZS 4667 and AS1288: their key purpose and how they impact fabrication work

mathematical procedures for estimation, optimisation and precision measurement

glazing product cutting and processing:

workplace safety system requirements

work flow requirements

qualities and characteristics of materials used in different glazing products

how to interpret cutting and processing requirements from different types of work documentation

cutting and processing techniques, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond:

identifying the correct processing type

identifying the correct die

changing the die in the press

drilling or crimping

precision measurement

safe use of a die punch press

installation considerations for different products and how this impacts cutting and processing

types, characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of cutting tools and equipment:

hack saw

drop saw

rip saw

up cut saw

techniques and requirements for calibrating and adjusting cutting equipment

types, characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of different jigs and fixtures and die punch presses

quality indicators for cut and processed components

documentation requirements for fabrication work.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

equipment, tools and materials to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence

work orders

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG3029 Assess glass and glazing requirements

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG3002 Assess glass and glazing requirements.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to determine and evaluate residential glass and glazing requirements against the requirements of relevant Australian Standards.

This unit applies to glaziers, who apply specialised knowledge in determining compliance requirements for glass and glazing products.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for assessment	1.1 Review work documentation and identify customer requirements and expectations regarding glass and glazing work 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.3 Accurately record requirements in accordance with workplace procedures and requirements 1.4 Access and review research materials relevant to the assessment
2. Conduct assessment	2.1 Identify influencing factors and their significance, and determine impact on the end product 2.2 Identify products and/or types of glass and determine their application 2.3 Identify optimal solution and confirm specifications
3. Document outcomes	3.1 Accurately document outcomes of assessment in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Use outcomes to plan and complete work that meets all compliance requirements

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG3002 Assess glass and glazing requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3029 Assess glass and glazing requirements

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG3002 Assess glass and glazing requirements.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

assessed glazing requirements and developed solutions that meet the requirements of Australian Standards AS 1288, AS 2208 and AS/NZS 4668 where requirements individually or cumulatively present situations that involve:

at least 4 different types of glazing

safety glazing requirements, including thickness and materials limitations

impacts of human activity

wind loading requirements

installation parameters.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

Australian Standards, their purpose and key provisions:

AS 1288 (sections 1, 4, 5 and 8 plus overview of 6,7 and 9)

AS/NZS 2208 (overview all sections)

AS/NZS 4667 (overview all sections)

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

the assessment process and factors that influence assessment, including impacts of:

wind

humans

formats and required inclusions for glass and glazing work orders.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

product information

AS/NZS documentation as detailed in the Knowledge Evidence

customer requirements

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG3030 Process glass by automatic machines

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG3006 Process glass by automatic machines.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required create jobs and to program and operate automatic glass processing equipment for cutting, drilling, shaping and edging of glass.

This unit applies to glass processing workers.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Create job	1.1 Read work instructions and identify design requirements 1.2 Select and use software features to create job that meets requirements 1.3 Transfer file to machine in required format
2. Program machine	2.1 Check readiness of machine for operation in accordance with workplace procedures 2.2 Accurately calculate and enter information required by machine in accordance with processing requirements
3. Operate and monitor machine	3.1 Use system controls correctly to start required process 3.2 Communicate with other team members in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Monitor and respond to system alerts in accordance with machine operating procedures
4. Complete work	4.1 Unload glass from machine in accordance with safety procedures and check against job and quality requirements 4.2 Label and store processed glass in accordance with workplace procedures ensuring there are no projections 4.3 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG3006 Process glass by automatic machines.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3030 Process glass by automatic machines

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG3006 Process glass by automatic machines.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

used automatic glass processing equipment for all of the following:

cutting from optimisation data

drilling

edging.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

purpose and key provisions of Australian Standard AS/NZS 4667:2000 Quality requirements for cut-to-size and processed glass

workplace safety system requirements related to glass processing by automatic machine

work flow requirements in relation to glass processing

mathematical procedures for machine programming

qualities and characteristics of different types of glass, including hazards and handling requirements

features of software used in automatic processing in relation to design and file transfer

types, characteristics, safe use, maintenance and capabilities of computer-navigated and Computer Numerical Control (CNC) machines:

bevellers and brilliant cutter

diamond saws

edgers

laser glass cutters

straight line and shape annealed and laminated glass cutters

water jet machines

marking tools

measuring tools, including tape measures, L-squares and straight edges

templates

types of information that needs to be entered into automatic machines:

glass thickness

size

type

stock sheet size

off-cut sizes

procedures for automatic machine processing, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond

quality indicators for processed glass

procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

equipment, tools and materials to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence

glass product to be processed

work orders

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG3031 Cut thick glass

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFGG3004 Process thick glass.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required create jobs and to program and operate automatic glass processing equipment for cutting, drilling, shaping and edging of glass.

This unit applies to glass processing workers.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify work requirements	1.1 Read work instructions and identify cutting requirements 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements, using all required personal protective equipment 1.3 Select and check required tools, equipment and materials for serviceability and safety prior to use 1.4 Plan sequence of work to ensure cutting is conducted in a logical order
2. Prepare for cutting	2.1 Select glass cutting table and clear work surface of debris and dust 2.2 Clear work area of obstructions and potential hazards and locate cullet bins close to work area 2.3 Check glass for imperfections and damage prior to handling 2.4 Relocate glass to be cut to the work area using correct manual handling procedures 2.5 Accurately measure glass to minimise waste within specified tolerances in accordance with workplace standards 2.6 Set and test equipment settings and safety controls in accordance with workplace standards
3. Cut glass	3.1 Operate and monitor tools and in accordance with manufacturer instructions and workplace procedures to achieve required cuts within specified tolerances 3.2 Make routine equipment, tool lubrication and adjustments in accordance with manufacturer instructions 3.3 Identify and report problems to appropriate persons, and follow any authorised changes in working procedures 3.4 Inspect completed product for compliance with quality and work order requirements and repair, reprocess or discard in accordance with workplace procedures
4. Complete work	4.1 Label and store processed glass in accordance with workplace procedures ensuring there are no projections 4.2 Clean work area, safely dispose of rubbish and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Remove and store tools, equipment and unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 4.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3031 Cut thick glass

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFGG3004 Process thick glass.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

undertaken the following in accordance with all safety and AS/NZS 4667 requirements:

cut at least 3 different thicknesses of annealed glass (between 8mm and 25mm thick)

cut at least 2 different thicknesses of laminated glass (between 8.38mm and 25mm thick)

completed all of the following on both annealed and laminated glass:

straight cuts by hand and diamond saws

simple shapes

truncated and radius corners

circles and ovals.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

purpose and key provisions of Australian Standard AS/NZS 4667

mathematical procedures for optimisation

types of information commonly found in work instructions and how to interpret

thick glass:

qualities and characteristics, including hazards and handling requirements

workplace safety system requirements

work flow requirements

cutting techniques, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond

laminate requirements as glass thickness increases

quality assurance

workplace documentation requirements

types, characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of glass cutting tools and equipment:

circle

speed

tungsten wheel.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

glass sheet and/or product greater than 8mm to be cut

equipment, tools and materials to complete tasks specified in the Performance Evidence

safety and personal protective equipment

work orders

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG3033 Install shower screens

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFGG3015 Fabricate and install shower screens and wardrobe doors.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify work requirements, prepare tools and materials, and install shower screens.

This unit applies to glaziers installing products in accordance with pre-determined work orders.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking glass and glazing work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify work requirements	1.1 Read work documentation and identify installation requirements 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.3 Determine required installation methods and materials, and estimate quantities 1.4 Plan a logical work sequence suited to the job and workplace procedures
2. Prepare for installation	2.1 Select and check tools and equipment for suitability, serviceability and safety prior to use 2.2 Select and confirm type and quantity of components and materials against specifications 2.3 Measure and prepare components and materials using required tools in accordance with specifications
3. Identify site conditions and constraints	3.1 Consult customer and obtain permission prior to site inspection 3.2 Identify site safety hazards and take corrective action to reduce injury to self and others 3.3 Identify other on-site characteristics for their impact on the installation process 3.4 Take accurate site measurements and confirm against job specification 3.5 Protect existing fixtures and fittings through the application of suitable coverings
4. Install products	4.1 Prepare location for shower screen in accordance with job requirements 4.2 Move product into place in accordance with safety requirements 4.3 Prepare product for installation and make adjustments to ensure correct fit 4.4 Fix product using the selected method and in accordance with recognised Australian standards 4.5 Use solvents and sealants in accordance with manufacturer recommendations and Australian Standards 4.6 Remove excess sealing material and clean product after fixing 4.7 Inspect completed installation against specifications and quality requirements, and rectify any defects
5. Complete work	5.1 Obtain and document customer approval of the completed installation in accordance with workplace procedures 5.2 Remove scraps and off-cuts for disposal or recycling in accordance with workplace procedures 5.3 Clean work area and safely dispose of rubbish 5.4 Remove tools, equipment and unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 5.5 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3033 Install shower screens

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFGG3015 Fabricate and install shower screens and wardrobe doors.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

installed the following in accordance with work, safety and Australian Standards requirements:

1 frameless shower screen

1 framed or semi-frameless shower screen.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

Australian Standards, purpose and key provisions of AS 3740

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

organisational customer communication standards and protocols

types, characteristics and uses of different shower screen products, including:

sliding shower door

pivot shower door

semi-frameless

frameless

framed

shower screen installation:

workplace safety system requirements

work flow requirements

qualities and characteristics of glass and framing materials

site characteristics that may impact installation and how to respond

considerations for selection of fixing methods

installation techniques, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond

fabrication methods for different products and how this impacts installation

basic fabrication techniques for on-site product adjustments

quality assurance

types, characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of tools and equipment

uses and limitations of adhesives and sealants

documentation requirements for installation work.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

equipment, tools and materials to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence

work orders

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG3034 Install residential windows and doors

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MFGG3016 Fabricate and install residential windows and doors.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify work requirements, prepare tools and materials, and install window and door products in residential environments. This may include wardrobe doors.

This unit applies to glaziers installing products in accordance with pre-determined work orders.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking glass and glazing work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify work requirements	1.1 Read work documentation and identify installation requirements 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.3 Determine required installation methods and materials, and estimate quantities 1.4 Plan a logical work sequence suited to the job and workplace procedures
2. Prepare for installation	2.1 Select and check tools and equipment for suitability, serviceability and safety prior to use 2.2 Select and confirm type and quantity of components and materials against specifications 2.3 Measure and prepare components and materials using required tools in accordance with specifications.
3. Identify site conditions and constraints	3.1 Consult customer and obtain permission prior to site inspection 3.2 Identify site safety hazards and take corrective action to reduce injury to self and others 3.3 Identify other on-site characteristics for their impact on the installation process 3.4 Take accurate site measurements and confirm against job specification 3.5 Protect existing fixtures and fittings through the application of suitable coverings
4. Install products	4.1 Prepare opening to receive product in accordance with specific job requirements 4.2 Move product into place in accordance with safety requirements 4.3 Prepare product for installation and make adjustments to ensure correct fit 4.4 Fix product using the selected method and in accordance with Australian and industry standards 4.5 Use solvents and sealants in accordance with manufacturer recommendations and Australian Standards 4.6 Remove excess sealing material and clean product after fixing 4.7 Inspect completed installation against specifications and quality requirements, and rectify any defects
5. Complete work	5.1 Obtain and document customer approval of the completed installation in accordance with workplace procedures 5.2 Remove scraps and off-cuts for disposal or recycling in accordance with workplace procedures 5.3 Clean work area and safely dispose of rubbish 5.4 Remove tools, equipment and unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 5.5 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3034 Install residential windows and doors

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MFGG3016 Fabricate and install residential windows and doors.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

installed the following in accordance with work, safety and Australian Standards requirements

1 residential window with hardware

1 residential door with hardware.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

Australian Standards, their purpose and key provisions:

AS1288

AS 2047: sections 6 and 8

AS/NZS 4667

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

organisational customer communication standards and protocols

types, characteristics and uses of residential window and door products and associated hardware:

materials

door styles:

bi-fold

sliding

timber framed

hinged

window styles:

awning

casement

double glazed

double hung

louvre

sliding

framed, including timber and other materials

residential window and door installation:

workplace safety system requirements

work flow requirements

site characteristics that may impact installation and how to respond

considerations for selection of fixing methods

installation techniques, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond:

preparing the opening

installing and fixing the product

adding hardware

fabrication methods for different products and how this impacts the installation process

basic window and door fabrication techniques for on-site product adjustments

quality assurance

types, characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of installation tools and equipment

uses and limitations of adhesives and sealants for different products and installation contexts

documentation requirements for installation work.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

equipment, tools and materials to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence

work orders

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG3035 Install mirrors and glass splashbacks

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFGG3021 Prepare and install mirrors.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify work requirements, prepare tools and materials, and install mirrors and glass splashbacks, including mirror wardrobes.

This unit applies to glaziers installing products in accordance with pre-determined work orders.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking glass and glazing work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify work requirements	1.1 Read work documentation and identify installation requirements 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.3 Determine required installation methods and materials, and estimate quantities 1.4 Plan a logical work sequence suited to the job and workplace procedures
2. Prepare for installation	2.1 Select and check tools and equipment for suitability, serviceability and safety prior to use 2.2 Select and check components and materials against specifications 2.3 Measure and prepare components and materials using required tools in accordance with specifications
3. Identify site conditions and constraints	3.1 Consult customer and obtain permission prior to site inspection 3.2 Identify site safety hazards and take corrective action to reduce injury to self and others 3.3 Identify other on-site characteristics for their impact on the installation process 3.4 Take accurate measurements and confirm against job specification 3.5 Protect existing fixtures and fittings through the application of suitable coverings
4. Install products	4.1 Prepare installation location to receive product in accordance with specific job requirements 4.2 Move product into place in accordance with safety requirements 4.3 Prepare product for installation and make adjustments to ensure correct fit 4.4 Fix product using the selected method and in accordance with Australian and industry standards 4.5 Use solvents and sealants in accordance with manufacturer recommendations and Australian Standards 4.6 Remove excess sealing material and clean product after fixing 4.7 Inspect completed installation against specifications and quality requirements, and rectify any defects
5. Complete work	5.1 Obtain and document customer approval of the completed installation in accordance with workplace procedures 5.2 Remove scraps and off-cuts for disposal or recycling in accordance with workplace procedures 5.3 Clean work area and safely dispose of rubbish 5.4 Remove tools, equipment and unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 5.5 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3035 Install mirrors and glass splashbacks

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFGG3021 Prepare and install mirrors.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

installed the following in accordance with work, safety and Australian Standards requirements where installations either individually or cumulatively require both adhesive and mechanical fixing:

1 framed mirror

1 frameless mirror

1 glass splashback with at least 1 power outlet

1 mirror wardrobe

1 mirror or glass splashback return.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

Australian Standards, their purpose and key provisions:

AS/NZS 4667

regulation relating to proximity of glass products to kitchen appliances

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

organisational customer communication standards and protocols

types, characteristics and uses of mirror and glass splashback products and associated hardware:

framed

frameless

return

wall

safety and security (mirrors)

tinted (mirrors)

mirror and glass splashback installation:

workplace safety system requirements

work flow requirements

site characteristics that may impact installation and how to respond

installation techniques, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond

fabrication methods for different products and how this impacts installation

considerations for selection of fixing methods

basic fabrication techniques for on-site product adjustments

quality assurance

types, characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of installation tools and equipment

uses and limitations of adhesives and sealants

documentation requirements for installation work.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

equipment, tools and materials to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence

work orders

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG3036 Install commercial glazing products

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFGG3017 Fabricate and install commercial glazing.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify work requirements, prepare tools and materials, and install flat and curved glazing products in commercial environments such as shopfronts, doors and windows.

This unit applies to individuals installing products. They may or may not also fabricate the products.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking glass and glazing work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify work requirements	1.1 Read work documentation and identify installation requirements 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.3 Determine required installation methods and materials, and estimate quantities 1.5 Plan a logical work sequence suited to the job and workplace procedures
2. Prepare for installation	2.1 Select and check tools and equipment for suitability, serviceability and safety prior to use 2.2 Select and confirm type and quantity of components and materials against specifications 2.3 Measure and prepare components and materials using required tools in accordance with specifications
3. Identify site conditions and constraints	3.1 Consult customer and obtain permission prior to site inspection 3.2 Identify site safety hazards and take corrective action to reduce injury to self and others 3.3 Identify other on-site characteristics for their impact on the installation process 3.4 Take accurate measurements and confirm against job specification 3.5 Apply covering material to protect existing fixtures and fittings in accordance with workplace procedures
4. Prepare frame/opening and materials	4.1 Remove glass in accordance with safety and work requirements 4.2 Assess frame and/or opening to ensure suitability for re-glazing in accordance with customer requirements and Australian Standards 4.3 Report defective frames for repair or replacement in accordance with workplace procedures 4.4 Prepare frame and/or opening to receive glass through check of size against specifications, removal of sealant remains and surface preparation 4.5 Prepare fixing and sealing materials by mixing or cutting to length in accordance with job requirements
5. Fit glass	5.1 Fix glass to the frame using the selected method and in accordance with recognised industry procedures and Australian Standards 5.2 Use solvents and sealants in accordance with manufacturer recommendations and Australian Standards 5.3 Remove excess sealing material and clean glass and frame after fixing
6. Complete work	6.1 Check completed installation for compliance with customer requirements, specifications and Australian Standards 6.2 Clean and store tools, equipment and materials in accordance with workplace procedures 6.3 Clean work area, leave in a safe condition and dispose of waste or recycle in accordance with workplace protocols 6.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3036 Install commercial glazing products

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFGG3017 Fabricate and install commercial glazing.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

completed 2 commercial project installations in accordance with work, safety and Australian Standards requirements, to include at least 2 of the following:

combined window and door project

frameless commercial windows

shopfront and door

shopfront and door using sub-head and sub-sill.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

Australian Standards, their purpose and key provisions:

AS/NZS 4667

AS 1288

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

types, characteristics and uses of commercial glazing products

commercial glazing product installation:

workplace safety system requirements

work flow requirements

qualities and characteristics of glass and framing materials, including curved glass

qualities, characteristics, uses and limitations of component hardware:

concealed overhead closer

guides

hinges

locks

pivots

weather seals

wheels

stays

site characteristics that may impact installation and how to respond

installation techniques, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond

fabrication methods for different products and how this impacts installation

basic fabrication techniques for on-site product adjustments

quality assurance

types, characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of installation tools and equipment

uses and limitations of adhesives and sealants in glazing installations

documentation requirements for installation work.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

equipment, tools and materials to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence

work orders

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG3037 Install structural glazing products

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFGG3018 Prepare and install architectural engineered glazing.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify work requirements, prepare tools and materials, and install structural glazing products.

This unit applies to individuals installing structural glazing products. They may or may not also fabricate the products.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking glass and glazing work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify work requirements	1.1 Read work documentation and identify installation requirements 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements 1.3 Determine required installation methods and materials, and estimate quantities 1.4 Plan a logical work sequence suited to the job and workplace procedures
2. Prepare for installation	2.1 Select and check tools and equipment for suitability, serviceability and safety prior to use 2.2 Select and confirm type and quantity of components and materials against specifications 2.3 Measure and prepare components and materials using required tools in accordance with specifications
3. Identify site conditions and constraints	3.1 Consult customer and obtain permission prior to site inspection 3.2 Identify site safety hazards and take corrective action to reduce injury to self and others 3.3 Identify other on-site characteristics for their impact on the installation process 3.4 Take accurate measurements and confirm against job specification 3.5 Apply covering material to protect existing fixtures and fittings in accordance with workplace procedures
4. Prepare frame/opening and materials	4.1 Remove glass in accordance with safety and work requirements 4.2 Assess frame and/or opening condition to ensure suitability for re-glazing in accordance with customer requirements and Australian Standards 4.3 Report defective frames for repair or replacement in accordance with workplace procedures 4.4 Prepare frame and/or opening to receive glass in accordance with Australian Standards 4.5 Prepare fixing and sealing materials by mixing or cutting to length in accordance with job requirements
5. Fit glass	5.1 Fix glass using the selected method and in accordance with industry procedures and Australian Standards 5.2 Use solvents and sealants in accordance with manufacturer recommendations and Australian Standards 5.3 Remove excess sealing material and clean glass and frame after fixing
6. Complete work	6.1 Check completed installation for compliance with customer requirements, specifications and Australian Standards 6.2 Clean and store tools, equipment and materials in accordance with workplace procedures 6.3 Clean work area and leave in a safe condition and dispose of waste or recycle in accordance with workplace protocols 6.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3037 Install structural glazing products

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFGG3018 Prepare and install architectural engineered glazing.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

completed 3 of the following structural glazing installations in accordance with work, safety and Australian Standards requirements:

balustrade

curtain walls

glass floor glazing

overhead glazing

suspended or spider assembly

toughened assembly.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

Australian Standards, their purpose and key provisions:

AS/NZ1288

AS/NZS 4667

AS 1288

AS4285

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

organisational customer communication standards and protocols

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of structural glazing products, including:

aluminium glazing systems, including planar assemblies

balustrading

curtain wall systems

glass floor glazing

panel wall systems (hung and stacked)

overhead glazing

spider assemblies

toughened assemblies

structural glazing product installation:

workplace safety system requirements

work flow requirements

qualities and characteristics of structural glass, acrylic and framing materials

qualities, characteristics, uses and limitations of component hardware:

concealed overhead closer

guides

hinges

locks

pivots

weather seals

wheels

stays

site characteristics that may impact installation and how to respond

installation techniques, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond

fabrication methods for different products and how this impacts installation

basic fabrication techniques for on-site product adjustments

quality assurance

types, characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of installation tools and equipment

uses and limitations of adhesives and sealants in structural glazing installations

role of engineering consultancy in structural glazing and how this impacts the installation role

documentation requirements for installation work.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

equipment, tools and materials to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence

work orders

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG3038 Conduct commercial and structural reglazing

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG3019 Conduct commercial and structural re-glazing.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to replace glass in commercial and structural applications.

This unit applies to glaziers working in accordance with pre-determined work orders.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking glass and glazing work. Industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must also be applied. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify work requirements	1.1 Identify work requirements for the type of glass to be used and the method of fixing from work documentation and communication with the customer 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements for commercial reglazing 1.3 Plan a logical work sequence suited to the job and workplace procedures
2. Prepare for work	2.1 Take accurate site measurements and establish clearance and wedge requirements 2.2 Select glass and frames to match job requirements and check for type, size and imperfections against job requirements and relevant Australian Standards 2.3 Select glass fixing method to meet specifications 2.4 Select and check tools and equipment for suitability, serviceability and safety prior to use
3. Identify site conditions and constraints	3.1 Consult customer and obtain permission prior to site inspection 3.2 Identify site safety hazards and take corrective action to reduce injury to self and others 3.3 Identify other on-site characteristics for their impact on the installation process 3.4 Take accurate site measurements and confirm against job specification 3.5 Protect existing fixtures and fittings through the application of suitable coverings
4. Prepare frame and materials	4.1 Remove glass in accordance with safety requirements 4.2 Assess frame condition to ensure suitability for reglazing in accordance with Australian Standards 4.3 Report defective frames for repair or replacement in accordance with workplace procedures 4.4 Prepare frame to receive glass in accordance with specifications 4.5 Prepare fixing and sealing materials by mixing or cutting to length, in accordance with job requirements
5. Cut and fit glass	5.1 Safely cut glass using appropriate equipment in accordance with specific job requirements 5.2 Fix glass to the frame using the selected method in accordance with workplace procedures and Australian Standards 5.3 Use solvents and sealants in accordance with manufacturer recommendations and Australian Standards 5.4 Remove excess sealing material and clean glass and frame with suitable cleaning agents after fixing
6. Complete work	6.1 Check completed installation for compliance with customer requirements, specifications and Australian Standards 6.2 Clean and store tools, equipment and materials in accordance with workplace procedures 6.3 Clean work area and leave in a safe condition and dispose of waste or recycle in accordance with workplace protocols 6.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG3019 Conduct commercial and structural re-glazing.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3038 Conduct commercial and structural reglazing

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG3019 Conduct commercial and structural re-glazing.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

accurately measured glass in accordance with job specifications for all of the following:

curved glass

doors

sliding tracks

shopfronts and returns

curtain wall

structural and/or overhead glazing

used 3 different commercial products, one of which must be curved glass

used the following glazing methods:

pocket

flush

channel glazing

structural and double glazing.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

Australian Standards, their purpose and key provisions:

AS 1288

AS/NZS 466

regulations and standards for safe working at heights and on scaffolding

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

organisational customer communication standards and protocols

types, characteristics and uses of commercial and structural glazing products

commercial and structural reglazing:

workplace safety system requirements

work flow requirements for fitting glass

qualities and characteristics of glass, including hazards and handling requirements

qualities and characteristics of different frame types and how this impacts the glazing process, including:

plastic

aluminium

steel

solid timber

considerations for selection of fixing methods

techniques, methods, materials and processes for glazing and reglazing, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond

types of silicone products and their use, including structural silicone

fabrication methods for different products and how this impacts installation

basic fabrication techniques for on-site product adjustments

quality assurance

types, characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of installation tools and equipment.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

a commercial site for glazing and reglazing

equipment, tools and materials to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence

work orders

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG3039 Manually move glass

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFGG2005 Apply basic glass handling, and, MSFGG3001 Store and handle glass.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan for and move sheets of glass by hand, both individually and as part of a team. Movement of glass may be within a glass workplace or between the workplace and another site.

This unit applies to glass processing workers and glaziers working in accordance with established procedures.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for glass handling	1.1 Read instructions and identify the type and quantity of glass to be relocated 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements using all required personal protective equipment throughout the work 1.3 Identify sheet glass to be moved and estimate or calculate weight, shape, points of balance, and dimensions 1.4 Identify risks to self, others, material and equipment arising from required lifting, load carrying, set down or movement of glass 1.5 Identify the need for equipment or team lifting based on nature of glass and level of risk
2. Plan glass movement	2.1 Identify destination for glass and determine routes to be followed 2.2 Compare required clearances to available space and make any required adjustments 2.3 Plan process for relocating glass, and include contingency measures for potential difficulties 2.4 Check proposed process against advisory standards and workplace procedures for compliance
3. Relocate glass	3.1 Check glass for imperfections and damage prior to movement 3.2 Lift, lower and carry glass, in accordance with approved local work health and safety codes and workplace procedures 3.3 Coordinate team lifting tasks in accordance with approved local work health and safety codes and workplace procedures 3.4 Follow planned process and route and relocate glass without damage to material, personnel or equipment 3.5 Attach required labels and store glass in accordance with workplace procedures ensuring there are no projections 3.6 Check relocation against work requirements, and report any differences
4. Complete work	4.1 Clean, maintain and store handling equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 4.2 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3039 Manually move glass

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFGG2005 Apply basic glass handling, and, MSFGG3001 Store and handle glass.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

completed each of the following in accordance with all safety and manual handling procedures on at least 1 occasion:

individual movement of annealed equal to or above 1.2 m2

individual movement of laminated glass equal to or above 1.2 m2

team movement of annealed glass equal to or above 4.5 m2

team movement of laminated glass equal to or above 4.5 m2

moved glass in the following contexts:

loading and unloading of trucks

between trolleys and work benches.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

key information from work health and safety regulations relating to manual tasks and national code of practice:

role and responsibilities of the employer and employees in relation to manual handling safety

manual handling techniques that support safe work practice:

preparing the load

preparing the environment

using the stronger muscles in the legs where possible, rather than spinal muscles

maintaining a neutral spine when lifting and carrying

using two hands to lift or carry

keeping the load close to the body and centre of gravity

avoiding lifting objects above shoulder height

minimising repetitive movements

positions not held for long periods of time

avoiding twisting by repositioning feet while turning

mathematical procedures for calculation of glass weight

glass manual handling:

quality, characteristics and behaviour of glass sheet when lifted and moved

risks and hazards

workplace safety system requirements

work flow requirements

principles and techniques of freefalling glass

the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond

specific considerations when:

loading and unloading trucks

moving between trolleys and/or stillages, work benches and racks

types, uses and limitations of tools and equipment used to support manual handling of glass

features of glass sheet storage systems

processes and communication protocols for team lifting

workplace documentation requirements for glass movement.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources:

glass storage and handling area

trolleys and/or stillages

work benches

racks

glass sheet to be relocated

safety and personal protective equipment

work orders

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG3040 Move block and bulk glass sheet by mechanical means

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG3003 Move block and bulk glass sheet by mechanical means.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan for and move block and bulk flat glass by mechanical means in workplaces which are involved in the manufacture, processing and/or installation of sheet glass.

This unit applies to glass processing workers.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for the task	1.1 Read work instructions and identify type and quantity of glass to be relocated 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements, using all required personal protective equipment 1.3 Identify blocks of glass sheet to be moved and estimate or calculate weight using appropriate method 1.4 Identify risks to self, others, material and equipment arising from the required lifting, load carrying, set down or movement of glass 1.5 Correctly identify mechanical handling equipment based on the size, weight and type of glass
2. Plan glass movement	2.1 Identify destination for glass and routes to be followed based on work order or storage procedures 2.2 Compare required clearances to available space and make required adjustments 2.3 Plan process for relocating glass in accordance with workplace procedures, and include contingency measures for potential difficulties 2.4 Check proposed process against advisory standards and workplace procedures for compliance
3. Relocate glass	3.1 Set and test equipment settings and safety controls in accordance with workplace procedures with faulty equipment tagged and alternative arrangements made 3.2 Check glass for imperfections and damage prior to movement 3.3 Operate equipment in accordance with approved advisory standards, manufacturer instructions, workplace procedures and safety requirements 3.4 Follow planned process and route and relocate glass without injury or damage to material and equipment 3.5 Label glass in accordance with workplace procedures, ensuring there are no projections 3.6 Check relocation against work requirements, and report any differences to relevant personnel
4. Complete work	4.1 Clean, maintain and store handling equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 4.2 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG3003 Move block and bulk glass sheet by mechanical means.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3040 Move block and bulk glass sheet by mechanical means

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG3003 Move block and bulk glass sheet by mechanical means.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

relocated mid-range (at least 2440x3660mm) block glass in accordance with safety requirements and all relevant regulations and Australian Standards:

on 3 different occasions

used block lifters in conjunction with gantry cranes

completed relocations that involve at least 2 of the following:

trucks

containers

freefall or fixed racks or frame trolley

relocated end caps and/or cases using chains and/or slings in conjunction with gantry cranes at least once.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

mathematical procedures for calculation of glass weight

block and bulk glass movement by mechanical means:

quality, characteristics and behaviour of block glass sheet when lifted and moved

risks and hazards

workplace safety system requirements

work flow requirements

principles and techniques, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond

capabilities, operating processes and procedures for mechanical handling equipment:

gantry cranes

block lifters

slings and chains (Australian Standards AS 1418 and licensing requirements)

specific issues associated with the loading and unloading of containers

features of block and bulk glass storage systems

documentation requirements for glass movement.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

glass storage and handling area

equipment, tools and materials as specified in the Performance Evidence

block and bulk glass sheet to be relocated

safety and personal protective equipment

work orders

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG3041 Manufacture insulated glass units

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG3013 Set up and operate insulated glass unit manufacturing equipment.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to set up and operate insulated glass unit (IGU) manufacturing equipment to process two sheets of glass that are separated by a spacer and sealed to form an airtight unit and conducting associated quality testing.

This unit applies to glass processing workers producing insulated glass units (IGUs) in accordance with pre-determined work orders.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Read work instructions and identify job and quality requirements 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements, using all required personal protective equipment 1.3 Identify quality procedures for each stage of the process 1.4 Plan work sequence in a logical order to suit the job and workplace procedures 1.5 Establish and maintain communication with others involved with the work to ensure efficient work flow coordination, personnel cooperation and safety
2. Set up equipment	2.1 Complete pre-operational equipment checks in accordance with workplace procedures 2.2 Confirm machine operation through quality checks on first production of finished items 2.3 Make adjustments to settings and parameters based on initial quality checks
3. Conduct IGU manufacturing operations	3.1 Load and orient glass sheets into IGU machine using the appropriate mechanical and automated handling equipment 3.2 Assemble IGU spacers in accordance with specification and workplace procedures 3.3 Operate IGU machine to wash and dry glass and to press the unit using any required additives 3.4 Operate primary and secondary seal equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 3.5 Conduct testing for water vapour (dewpoint) and integrity of sealing (moisture) in accordance with workplace procedures
4. Complete work and maintain equipment	4.1 Inspect completed product for compliance with quality and work order requirements and reprocess or discard in accordance with workplace procedures 4.2 Quarantine, label and store serviceable units in accordance with industry standards and workplace procedures 4.3 Clean work area and safely dispose of rubbish 4.4 Clean and inspect IGU machine for serviceability in accordance with workplace procedures 4.5 Inspect, maintain and tag equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 4.6 Remove and store tools, equipment and unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 4.7 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG3013 Set up and operate insulated glass unit manufacturing equipment.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3041 Manufacture insulated glass units

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG3013 Set up and operate insulated glass unit manufacturing equipment.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit and:

prepared, set up and manufactured units of 2 different thicknesses and conducted the appropriate quality testing of 2 differing insulated glass unit (IGU) configurations to the capacity of the IGU machine in accordance with all safety and Australian Standards requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

purpose and key provisions of Australian Standards – glass and window rating systems for insulation applications and when IGUs are appropriate:

AS/NZS 2208

AS/NZS 4666

workplace safety system requirements related to the operation of IGU manufacturing equipment

work flow requirements relating to the operation of IGU manufacturing equipment, including how the process fits into the overall glass processing system

the role and importance of communication with others in relation to quality and safety

mathematical procedures for calculation of IGU weight

common items found in work instructions for IGU operations, including:

material to be used

process required to complete work tasks

the required size of the units

number of IGUs required and holding area for completed items

characteristics of materials used and uses of products produced in the IGU manufacturing process

glass and window rating systems for insulation applications

types, characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of tools and equipment

characteristics and uses of other material used, including:

procedures for each step of the IGU process, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond

quality indicators for finished products

procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

equipment, tools and materials to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence

glass product to be processes

safety and personal protective equipment

work orders

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGG3042 Process glass by semi-automatic machines

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG3005 Process glass by semi-automatic machines.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to cut, drill, shape and edge glass using semi-automatic glass processing equipment.

This unit applies to glass processing workers.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Glass and Glazing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify work requirements	1.1 Read work instructions and identify job requirements 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements, using all required personal protective equipment 1.3 Determine quality standards and identify procedures in accordance with workplace requirements and industry standards 1.4 Plan sequence of work to ensure processing is conducted in a logical order
2. Prepare for work	2.1 Identify components and controls of machines, including emergency stops and guards, and take appropriate action if not in working order in accordance with workplace procedures 2.2 Accurately calculate and enter information required by machine for required process 2.3 Clear work area of obstructions and potential hazards 2.4 Identify and locate glass to be processed and check for imperfections and damage using appropriate handling techniques
3. Conduct processing operations	3.1 Operate and monitor machines in accordance with manufacturer instructions and workplace procedures to ensure correct product quality and output 3.2 Make required routine lubrication and adjustments of machines and/or equipment 3.3 Identify problems occurring during work operations and report to appropriate persons in accordance with workplace procedures, and follow any authorised changes in working procedures 3.4 Inspect completed product for quality of work and repair, reprocess or discard in accordance with workplace procedures.
4. Complete work	4.1 Label processed glass and store in accordance with workplace procedures ensuring there are no projections 4.2 Clean work area, safely dispose of rubbish and identify items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures 4.3 Remove and store tools, equipment and unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures 4.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG3005 Process glass by semi-automatic machines.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGG3042 Process glass by semi-automatic machines

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGG3005 Process glass by semi-automatic machines.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

set up and used semi-automatic glass processing equipment in accordance with all safety and Australian Standards requirements as follows:

3 of the following machines:

straight line edger

straight line beveller

single and/or double head glass drill

glass washer and dryer

shaped beveller

glass cutting table

3 of the following processes:

cutting

drilling

edging

washing and drying

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

purpose and key provisions of Australian Standard AS/NZS 4667

workplace safety system requirements related to glass processing by semi-automatic machine

work flow requirements in relation to glass processing

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement, including calculation of area and estimation of material requirements

qualities and characteristics of float and laminate glass, including hazards and handling requirements

types, characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of semi-automatic machines:

cutting tables

milling machines

shape cutters

single and double head diamond drill machine

straight line and variable angle edgers

straight line annealed and laminated glass cutters

washing machines

types, characteristics, safe use, maintenance and limitations of other tools and equipment used:

lubricants

marking tools

measuring tools, including tape measures, L-squares and straight edges

templates

procedures for semi-automatic machine processing, the types of problems that may occur and how to avoid and respond

quality indicators for processed glass

procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of workplace records and information.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

equipment, tools and materials to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence

glass product to be processed

safety and personal protective equipment

work orders

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGN2001 Make measurements and calculations

Modification History

Release 2. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGN2001 Make measurements and calculations, (Release 1).

Release 1. New unit of competency

Application

This unit of competency describes the skills and knowledge required to identify the measuring equipment required in work task, and make and record accurate measurements and calculations. It includes identifying and responding to routine and non-routine problems with the process.

The unit applies to any individual taking measurements and making calculations as part of their job role.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Not applicable.

Unit Sector

Generic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify required measurements and equipment	1.1	Select measuring equipment suited to the task
1.2	Identify measuring units to be used, and the level of detail required, from work documents
1.3	Check condition and calibration of measuring equipment and confirm it is fit for purpose
2. Take measurements	2.1	Make justified estimate of range of results that may be obtained
2.2	Identify and take account of external factors affecting measurement accuracy
2.3	Take measurements using mathematical techniques suited to task
2.4	Compare measurements against range of expected results
2.5	Check accuracy and correctness of numerical information
2.6	Record results to required level of detail
3. Carry out calculations	3.1	Identify measurement data to be used for calculations from work instructions
3.2	Determine calculation methods and techniques suited to task
3.3	Make justified estimate of range of quantities that may be obtained
3.4	Carry out calculations and check accuracy of results
3.5	Record results to required level of detail
4. Address routine and non-routine problems	4.1	Identify known faults that can occur during measurement activity
4.2	Identify and take necessary action on causes of routine faults
4.3	Log problems according to workplace procedures
4.4	Identify and report non-routine problems to designated personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.
Oral communication skills to:	communicate ideas and information, and report problems
Reading skills to:	interpret familiar workplace documentation, including: work instructions: job sheets, cutting lists, plans, drawings and designs project plans and briefs product and material specifications

Unit Mapping Information

Release 2. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGN2001 Make measurements and calculations (Release 1).

Release 1. New unit of competency.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGN2001 Make measurements and calculations

Modification History

Release 2. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGN2001 Make measurements and calculations (Release 1).

Release 1. New unit of competency

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills of this unit, which must include the ability to:

work from specific project plans or briefs to accurately determine and cost the quantities of materials or products for a minimum of three different projects.

In the course of determining and costing the above projects, the person must:

record estimation of results that may be obtained

use measuring, calculating, and recording devices

check and record results.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

purpose for measuring and calculating in workplace context

mathematical principles and problem-solving strategies to make basic measurements and calculations

uses and limitations of the following measuring equipment:

calculators

calipers

computers

laser or equivalent technology

rulers

squares

tapes measures

weighing scales

workplace procedures and protocols relating to:

handling materials and products while undertaking measurement to minimise damage

recording and reporting outcomes of measurement and calculation

reporting non-routine problems

quality standards

requirements of working with others in a team

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must occur in the workplace, or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

Access is required to:

project plans and briefs

measuring and calculating equipment specified in the knowledge evidence

recording equipment required to demonstrate the performance evidence

quality standards and enterprise procedures.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGN2002 Move and store materials and products

Modification History

Release 2. Supersedes and is equivalent MSFGN2002 Move and store materials and products (Release 1).

Release 1. New unit of competency. Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFGN2002B Move and store materials and products.

Application

This unit of competency describes the skills and knowledge required to move, store and record stocks of materials and products. It involves establishing suitable areas for the required storage, as well as suitable methods for stacking and storing. The unit requires the use of workplace technology to record stock movement in workplace inventory or records systems.

The unit applies to any individual moving and storing materials and products as part of their job role.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Not applicable.

Unit Sector

Generic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to store materials and products	1.1	Identify materials and products to be stored according to work instructions
1.2	Identify potential uses of materials and products, and frequency of use or of required access
1.3	Determine size and shape of materials and products, and special storage requirements
1.4	Locate required instructions, care labels, and stock identification information
1.5	Forward product re-order documentation to required personnel in a timely manner when it is required and according to workplace procedures
2. Establish storage areas	2.1	Select storage area suitable for type and quantity of materials and products
2.2	Obtain required workplace clearances for use of storage area
2.3	Clear storage area of waste and contaminants and install, or have installed, required safety equipment
2.4	Plan storage area to safely and effectively position goods in line with workplace handling and storing procedures and requirements
2.5	Organise access and working space to enable safe lifting and use of required manual handling equipment and forklifts
3. Move materials and products	3.1	Select and access any assistance and equipment required for lifting and handling activity according to workplace procedures
3.2	Complete movement activities using required handling equipment and according to work instructions, work health and safety (WHS) requirements, and workplace procedures
3.3	Forward safe storage materials and products to required personnel in line with established work practices
3.4	Observe condition of materials and products on arrival at storage area and return items below specification according to workplace procedures
4. Store materials and products and finalise activity	4.1	Stack materials and products appropriately for weight loading, size and crushability and observe any requirements for separation of particular types of hazardous or incompatible materials and products
4.2	Store materials and products according to WHS requirements, material and product specifications and workplace procedures
4.3	Locate materials and products in a manner that enables access to frequently required items
4.4	Record stock movement and storage details in inventory or records system according to established workplace protocols
4.5	Seek and respond to feedback from others to continuously improve work performance

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.
Numeracy skills to:	identify and interpret familiar and simple mathematical information relating to: material and product identification information length, mass, volume/capacity, and temperature measures weight load capacity of storage shelves order and group materials and products based on their shape, measurement, and weight in order to correctly stack and store them
Oral communication skills to:	communicate information and report non-routine problems: speaking clearly asking questions to gain information
Reading skills to:	interpret routine workplace documentation, including work instructions and WHS requirements
Technology skills to:	use workplace technology when moving and storing materials and products, including inventory systems, equipment, and measuring and recording devices

Unit Mapping Information

Release 2. Supersedes and is equivalent MSFGN2002 Move and store materials and products, (Release 1).

Release 1. New unit of competency. Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFGN2002B Move and store materials and products.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGN2002 Move and store materials and products

Modification History

Release 2. Supersedes and is equivalent MSFGN2002 Move and store materials and products, (Release 1).

Release 1 - New unit of competency. Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFGN2002B Move and store materials and products.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills of this unit on at least one occasion. It must include the ability to:

Apply safe handling requirements for equipment, products and materials, including use of personal protective equipment

Plan and organise activities, including the preparation and layout of the storage site to avoid any backtracking or work flow interruptions

Communicate ideas and information to enable confirmation of work requirements and specifications and the reporting of work outcomes and problems

Follow work instructions, operating procedures and inspection practices to:

minimise the risk of injury to self or others

prevent damage to goods, equipment and products

maintain required production output and product quality

Establish and maintain storage areas for:

Use a range of non-regulated materials handling devices

Collect, organise and understand information related to the movement and storage of materials and products, work orders, plans and safety procedures

Use checking and inspection techniques to anticipate movement and storage problems, avoid re-working and avoid wastage

Use workplace technology related to movement and storage, including inventory systems, tools, equipment, and measuring and recording devices

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

work health and safety (WHS) procedures, practices, and regulations specific to moving and storing materials and products:

controlling hazards and risks

using firefighting equipment, first aid equipment

operating non-regulated material-handling machines and appliances

using required PPE and clothing

workplace procedures and protocols relating to:

safe handling, lifting, and storing of materials and products

obtaining workplace clearances for use of storage area

stacking and storing according to:

work flow requirements of materials and products

product dimensions and specifications

selecting and using controls and safety equipment to manage risk when moving and storing items

returning received materials and products that are below specification

reporting non-routine problems

recording and reporting in system of stock inventory and/or records

disposing of waste safely and sustainably

cleaning and storing equipment used in moving and storage process

potential hazards associated with moving and storing materials and products:

fire and explosion

security issues

operator safety in handling and lifting items

hazardous materials and dangerous goods

special storage requirements:

maintaining contaminant-free materials and products

safe storage arrangements

impact of material and product characteristics and specifications on storing process:

stacking according to weight loading, size and crushability of materials and products

storage of perishable and non-perishable inventory

separation of hazardous or incompatible materials and products

factors affecting storage arrangements:

potential damage to materials and products from other stored items

potential damage to stored items, including crushing, scratching, and contamination

frequency of required access and use

height, weight, and size of items

types, characteristics, uses, and limitations of the following items required for moving and storing the items described in performance evidence:

tools and equipment:

manual materials handling equipment

non-motorised lifting and movement aids

open and enclosed pallets

pre-fabricated and fixed shelving

non-regulated material-handling machines and appliances

weight loading capacity of storage shelves used in performance evidence

requirements of working with others in a team

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must occur in the workplace, or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

Access is required to tools, materials, equipment and specifications for the work described in the performance evidence above, including:

products and materials and storage facilities required to demonstrate the performance evidence

tools and equipment specified in the knowledge evidence, including non-regulated material-handling machines and appliances

workplace documentation specified in knowledge evidence:

work instructions

WHS procedures, regulations, and workplace procedures.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGN3001 Read and interpret work documents

Modification History

Release 2. Supersedes and is equivalent MSFGN3001 Read and interpret work documents, (Release 1).

Release 1. New unit of competency. Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFGN3001B - Read and interpret work documents.

Application

This unit of competency describes the skills and knowledge required to identify type and purpose of work document, read and interpret the document, and plan work in response. It also includes the handling and management of documentation.

The unit applies to any individual reading and interpreting work documents as part of their job role.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Not applicable.

Unit Sector

Generic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify type and purpose of work document	1.1	Identify key information relevant to own work in documentation
1.2	Locate and evaluate explanatory and additional information needed to interpret document
1.3	Seek clarification to confirm the intention of information where necessary
2. Interpret document	2.1	Identify and interpret information required for job planning
2.2	Identify and interpret design and style features identified by industry-recognised terms in documentation
2.3	Compare document design and style features with other sources, based on job needs
3. Plan own work sequence	3.1	Identify work sequence, tasks, and required tools and equipment, from documentation
3.2	Identify stages of work and where checks against specifications must be made
3.3	Check work plan specifications for accuracy against drawings and original documentation and identify and rectify errors
4. Maintain documentation	4.1	Handle plans and documents according to workplace procedures
4.2	Keep supplementary explanatory documentation and modification information according to workplace procedures
4.3	File and store all documentation for easy retrieval and according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.
Numeracy skills to:	use mathematical ideas and techniques to correctly interpret content of workplace documents
Technology skills to:	use workplace technology to access, file and store workplace documentation

Unit Mapping Information

Release 2. Supersedes and is equivalent MSFGN3001 Read and interpret work documents, (Release 1).

Release 1. New unit of competency Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFGN3001B - Read and interpret work documents.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGN3001 Read and interpret work documents

Modification History

Release 2. Supersedes and is equivalent MSFGN3001 Read and interpret work documents, (Release 1).

Release 1. New unit of competency Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFGN3001B - Read and interpret work documents.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills of this unit, which must include the ability to:

locate, read, and interpret at least ten different work documents, which must include at least one of each of the following:

Australian Standards relevant to sector

manufacturer technical instructions and specifications

real or simulated local work documents, including:

building codes required for a project

job procedures

safe work instructions or equivalent

safety data sheets (SDS)

visual material and/or photographs

work plans

work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise information management

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

different types of workplace documentation, both hard copy and digital, their key features and formats:

Australian Standards

building codes

job procedures

manufacturer technical instructions and specifications

SDS

work plans

conventions and symbols of plans, drawings, and specifications

workplace procedures for filing and storing documentation

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must occur in the workplace, or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

Access is required to:

suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including all documentation specified in the Performance Evidence

modelling of industry operating conditions, including time constraints for document review.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGN3002 Estimate and cost job

Modification History

Release 3. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGN3002 Estimate and cost job (Release 2).

Release 2. Assessment Requirements amended. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGN3002 Estimate and cost job (Release 1).

Release 1. New unit of competency. Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFGN3002B - Estimate and cost job.

Application

This unit of competency describes the skills and knowledge required to obtain job information, estimate the net cost of providing products and services, and calculate the final cost to the customer. It includes developing customer quotations.

The unit applies to workers who cost jobs for individual customers in line with established costing procedures.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Not applicable.

Unit Sector

Generic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Gather job information	1.1	Obtain details of customer requirements in line with job and workplace requirements
1.2	Record job specifications based on information gathered
1.3	Source and develop details relating to delivery points and methods of transportation
2. Estimate time and labour	2.1	Estimate required material types and quantities or service type based on specifications
2.2	Estimate labour requirements based on specifications
2.3	Identify time requirements to manufacture and/or install product(s), or perform service(s) and estimate other costs that may be incurred based on specifications
3Calculate costs	3.1	Calculate and document total cost of providing product or service based on estimates
3.2	Determine and document allowances for overheads and mark-up percentages according to workplace procedures
3.3	Calculate and document final cost to customer according to workplace procedures
4. Complete final documentation	4.1	Check and verify costing details according to workplace procedures
4.2	Identify and resolve costing errors or anomalies
4.3	Prepare accurate customer quotation according to workplace formats
4.4	File and store costing and quotation documentation for future reference according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.
Technology skills to:	use calculators and computer software for costings and preparing quotations

Unit Mapping Information

Release 3. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGN3002 Estimate and cost job (Release 2).

Release 2. Assessment Requirements amended. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGN3002 Estimate and cost job (Release 1).

Release 1. New unit of competency. Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFGN3002B - Estimate and cost job.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGN3002 Estimate and cost job

Modification History

Release 3. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFGN3002 Estimate and cost job (Release 2).

Release 2. Text missing from Assessment Requirements reinstated

Release 1. New unit of competency. Supersedes and is equivalent to LMFGN3002B - Estimate and cost job.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria, and foundation skills of this unit, which must include the ability to:

estimate and cost three different jobs that each have different requirements in terms of:

scope and nature of product and/or service

labour costs

material costs

quantities of material required

overheads associated with the job

use the following mathematical processes correctly in estimating and costing the above three jobs:

estimation

calculation of percentage mark-ups

calculation of GST

use workplace technology related to the estimation and validation of job costs

work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

ways in which job information may be gathered, including:

on-site inspection and measurement

customer discussion

review of documentation

products and/or services for which costings are being prepared, including:

sources of information

features, options and suitability for different customer requirements

legal and ethical considerations

costs involved in providing products/services:

materials

labour rates and their components

production time and cost

transport and delivery

overhead components

industry sector and enterprise costing and quoting procedures:

mark-up percentages

application of GST

documentation formats and inclusions for quotations

terms and conditions included in quotations

checking and approval processes

workplace procedures and protocols for:

establishing information on customer requirements

recording job specifications

checking and verifying costing details

filing and storing costing and quotation documentation

mathematical processes used to estimate and cost jobs:

estimation

the four basic mathematical operations: addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division

calculation of percentage mark-ups

calculation of GST

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must occur in the workplace, or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies.

Access is required to:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

product/service information

costing and quotation procedures and documentation

technology for calculation of costs

modelling of industry operating conditions, including time constraints for preparation of costings and quotations.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the assessor requirements in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFGN4001 Research and meet ethical and compliance requirements

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFDT2015 Investigate legal requirements for design, and, MSFID4011 Determine work health and safety (WHS) implications of interior effects.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to research and use information that supports ethical and compliant work practice or product specification in the relevant industry. It includes the requirement to be able to maintain currency of knowledge.

This unit applies to any individual whose work involves taking responsibility for determining and following the compliance regimes and ethical frameworks that apply to an area of work. This may include work in design, manufacture and service and/or product provision.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

General

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Research information	1.1 Identify credible sources of compliance and ethical practice information 1.2 Evaluate areas of work and determine scope of requirements 1.3 Access and interpret information relevant to the specific area of work 1.4 Identify risks, penalties and consequences of non-compliance and unethical approaches 1.5 Organise and store gathered information in a format that allows for ongoing use
2. Use information in work practice	2.1 Recognise work situations where ethical and compliance requirements must be considered 2.2 Apply and adapt specific and relevant information to the work situation and maintain accurate work records 2.3 Communicate and promote ethical and compliance considerations to clients and colleagues based on the work situation 2.4 Recognise actual or potential non-compliance or unethical practice and use effective problem-solving to develop response 2.5 Recognise situations requiring specialist expert advice and assess and obtain credible sources of assistance
3. Maintain currency of knowledge	3.1 Identify and use opportunities to maintain knowledge of current compliance requirements and ethical frameworks 3.2 Share updated knowledge with colleagues and clients and support improved practice through discussion 3.3 Identify situations where work practices could be improved to meet compliance and ethical responsibilities 3.4 Support improved practice through proactive engagement in review and adjustment of processes and protocols

Foundation Skills

The Foundation Skills describe those required skills (such as, language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills) that are essential to performance:

technology skills to research information using digital media.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFGN4001 Research and meet ethical and compliance requirements

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFFDT2015 Investigate legal requirements for design, and, MSFID4011 Determine work health and safety (WHS) implications of interior effects.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

researched, interpreted and used ethical and compliance information to address 3 different work situations or product specifications:

used digital research methodologies

navigated 3 different information sources, 1 of which must be a government website

developed compliant and cost-effective responses to 2 different issues of non-compliance and 1 ethical issue.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

sources of information and advice on compliance and ethical practice:

local, state, territory or commonwealth government departments or regulatory agencies

industry associations

Internet

legal professionals

media

unions

online research methodologies and how to assess the credibility of online sources

objectives and primary components of laws, codes, standards and licensing requirements that impact on businesses in the furnishing industry, relevant to the individual sector:

Australian Consumer Law

Australian Standards

duty of care imposed by the Law of Torts

fundamentals of contract law

import / export regulations

intellectual property and copyright

National Construction Code

sustainability – sourcing and use of materials

work health and safety

the following aspects of the above laws, regulations, codes and standards:

auditing and inspection regimes

key business insurances

key practices that are prohibited

main consequences of non-compliance

need to apply for and maintain business or occupational licensing

requirements for record keeping and acceptable record keeping mechanisms

requirements to develop and implement plans, policies and procedures

rights and responsibilities of employees and employers

statutory reporting requirements

ethical issues of specific relevance to the furnishing sector, and strategies that support ethical practice, including in the area of sustainability

the relationship between compliance and ethics

workplace policies, procedures and protocols:

how they are/should be developed

processes for review, including consultation and mechanisms for input.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

information technology for research.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID4012 Decorate residential interiors

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID4002 Decorate residential interiors.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to analyse the design brief, conduct research and generate and refine decoration concepts for existing residential interior spaces. It includes selecting materials and finishes for surface decoration and arranging the objects and elements within the space.

This unit applies to interior decorators who research, analyse and evaluate information from a wide range of different sources to develop decoration solutions.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking interior decoration and design work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Interior Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse the project brief	1.1 Evaluate project specifications, parameters and constraints, and confirm with client 1.2 Select work resources based on the needs of the project 1.3 Establish communication with other people involved in the project
2. Conduct research for the design	2.1 Identify and assess aspects of the space that impact on potential solutions through site analysis and measurement 2.2 Identify and assess information for relevance to the project brief 2.3 Determine functional and planning issues specific to the site and client requirements 2.4 Clearly document research outcomes 2.5 Develop a project plan that identifies key steps and responsibilities
3. Generate decoration concepts	3.1 Use creative methodologies to generate decoration concepts and themes 3.2 Assess concepts against the project brief to select most viable solution 3.3 Present concept to client using support documentation suited to the scope of the project 3.4 Discuss ideas with client and modify concept according to feedback
4. Design the space	4.1 Generate decoration ideas from the concept 4.2 Explore and assess surface materials, finishes and colours for their ability to express the concept 4.3 Explore and assess furniture, fixtures, fittings and accessories for their ability to express the concept 4.4 Explore and assess the allocation and arrangement of objects within the space 4.5 Develop sketches that clearly document the space 4.6 Seek client feedback, agree to and record amendments, and revise and refine ideas
5. Revise and refine solution	5.1 Revise and refine planning through a process of reflection and testing 5.2 Select finishes, fittings, fixtures, furniture, materials and accessories appropriate to the concept and brief parameters 5.3 Select colour scheme that complements the space and creates the required visual experience 5.4 Examine environmental aspects of decoration solution, identify areas for improved sustainability and incorporate in line with brief and client requirements
6. Present decoration solution	6.1 Prepare final presentation for the client choosing presentation method, techniques and media suited to the decoration solution 6.2 Clearly explain key features and benefits of the solution 6.3 Engage client to gain feedback on decoration solution 6.4 Analyse client feedback and response to determine success in achieving client satisfaction 6.5 Evaluate work through feedback and own reflection, and identify potential improvements for use in future projects

Foundation Skills

The Foundation Skills describe those required skills (such as, language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills) that are essential to performance:

technology skills to research and present design information using digital media.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID4002 Decorate residential interiors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID4012 Decorate residential interiors

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID4002 Decorate residential interiors.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

developed and presented decoration proposals that meet the requirements of the project brief for 3 interior residential spaces, one of which must comprise multiple rooms.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

key purpose and relevance of Australian Standards and the National Construction Code (NCC) to interior decoration work

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

type and scope of client and/or project brief that informs interior decoration:

budget

client preferences

aesthetic and functional requirements

site characteristics

timeline

types and features of resources that support the provision of design advice, and how they are used, including:

research tools and techniques

product tools

communication tools

elements and principles of design, their interrelationships, and how they are used in interior decoration

potential areas for research in an interior decoration project, sources of information and key aspects that impact solutions, including:

ergonomics, anthropometrics and proxemics

environmental considerations

product information:

accessories

floor finishes

furniture

lighting

soft furnishings

wall finishes

window treatments

design process, key stages and associated planning techniques

creative design methodologies and how they can be used

types and features of drawings and other visual presentation techniques used to present interior decoration solutions

sketching techniques sufficient to represent key elements of interior space.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design briefs

spaces for decoration

measuring equipment

information technology for research and design presentation.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID4013 Design residential interior lighting

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFID4008 Assess interior light and recommend light fittings.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to assess natural light and determine supplementary lighting requirements in an existing residential interior space and design lighting for that space.

This unit applies to interior decorators and designers. They analyse and compare information from diverse sources to inform a design solution.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking interior decoration and design work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Interpret lighting requirements	1.1 Evaluate project specifications, parameters and constraints, and confirm with client 1.2 Determine intended space functions and associated activities and desired effects 1.3 Select work resources based on the needs of the project 1.4 Identify key project stakeholders and establish required communication protocols
2. Assess existing orientation and natural light	2.1 Determine natural light and ultraviolet (UV) penetration from site analysis 2.2 Determine aspect and orientation from project brief and building plans 2.3 Examine window treatments and placement for their efficiency in controlling light 2.4 Review selection of colours for walls, ceilings, furnishings and wall hangings for their effect on raising or lowering the effect of light into the space 2.5 Assess methods of site light control and light control devices for their effect on natural light.
3. Determine supplementary lighting requirements	3.1 Identify and assess supplementary lighting sources and their potential to achieve the desired lighting effects 3.2 Research and assess the ongoing maintenance and environmental impact of potential supplementary lighting 3.3 Identify actual and potential location for supplementary lighting and determine required changes to achieve desired outcomes 3.4 Analyse effect of supplementary lighting on the existing or proposed colour spectrum
4. Generate lighting concepts	4.1 Use creative methodologies to generate lighting concepts and themes 4.2 Assess concepts against the project brief to select most viable solution 4.3 Present concept to client using support documentation suited to the scope of the project 4.4 Discuss ideas with client and modify concept according to feedback 4.5 Select lighting options that meet industry standards and accurately document specifications
5. Revise and refine solution	5.1 Revise and refine lighting concepts through a process of reflection and testing 5.2 Examine environmental aspects of lighting solution and identify and integrate options for improved sustainability 5.3 Research and select appropriate lighting options that meet industry standards 5.4 Select the final lighting design that best meets the requirements of the brief
6. Present lighting solution	6.1 Document lighting solution using industry symbols and conventions for all fittings and components 6.2 Relate selection of light fittings to layout, including furniture, ceiling forms and natural light 6.3 Develop and document comprehensive schedule for lighting design 6.4 Present lighting solution and clearly explain key features and benefits 6.5 Analyse client feedback and response to determine success in achieving client satisfaction 6.6 Evaluate work through feedback and own reflection, and identify potential improvements for use in future projects

Foundation Skills

The Foundation Skills describe those required skills (such as, language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills) that are essential to performance:

technology skills to research lighting information and document the lighting solution using digital media.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID4013 Design residential interior lighting

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFID4008 Assess interior light and recommend light fittings.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and:

designed and documented lighting solutions for residential spaces in response to 3 project briefs with varying parameters in terms of:

space aspect and orientation

type of space

different moods or atmospheres to be achieved

different activities to be addressed

budget.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

type and scope of client and/or project brief information needed to inform research and recommendation:

budget

client preferences

aesthetic and functional requirements

site characteristics – size, shape, services, structural considerations

timeline

types and features of resources that support the provision of design advice, and how they are used, including:

research tools and techniques

product tools

communication tools

mathematical procedures for estimation, measurement and calculation of costings

basic light characteristics:

natural

UV

interaction between colour and light

how aspect and orientation impact light and lighting selection

supplementary lighting:

effects on the colour spectrum

special effects that can be achieved

technical terminology

sources of information on lighting products and devices

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of different lighting products and devices in different spaces

switching options and requirements

features and effects of different lighting devices:

bulb types

ceiling lights

flood lights

lamps

spot lights

wall lights

methods of light control and their uses in different situations

how furnishing selections impact light in an interior space

the relationship between lighting and key parameters for:

atmosphere and mood

activities undertaken in the space

how to identify basic aspects of electricity board that may impact lighting choices:

age of board

number of circuits

safety switches

signs of rewiring

Australian lighting standards and drawing conventions for lighting formats.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design briefs

sites for lighting

measuring equipment

information technology for research and design presentation.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID4014 Produce digital models and documentation for interior design projects

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID5014 Use CAD applications to complete models and documentation for interior design projects.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to review information about the design brief and proposed solution, and then use the features of computer-aided design (CAD) applications to produce models and extract two dimensional (2D) and three dimensional (3D) drawings and documentation in accordance with all standard practice notations and drawing protocols.

This unit applies to interior designers, including kitchen and bathroom designers.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine project requirements	1.1 Review and confirm project brief and its parameters 1.2 Identify drawing and documentation requirements based on examination of design concepts and proposed solutions 1.3 Confirm and check calculations and measurements for accuracy and cohesion 1.4 Select and prepare computing equipment and suitable software for use based on the project needs 1.5 Create customised template in accordance with individual workplace requirements
2. Produce 3D model and documentation	2.1 Design, create and apply layering strategy for project 2.2 Develop architectural library for relevant design components 2.3 Create custom designed library parts in accordance with operating system 2.4 Apply text, line, font and dimension styles 2.5 Use pan, zoom and orbit tools to navigate in the 2D and 3D windows within the model 2.6 Add text and notations to the drawing in accordance with drawing protocols 2.7 Add dimensions to the drawing in accordance with drawing protocols 2.8 Produce 3D detailed suite of rooms, complete with fenestration and doors on appropriate layers 2.9 Use advanced features of drawing tools to generate 3D form
3. Create 2D drawings and edit components	3.1 Create drawings from the model created 3.2 Use editing tools correctly to modify drawing elements and text 3.3 Modify, change or transfer object properties to a different layer
4. Render surfaces	4.1 Use CAD library to assign materials to surfaces and objects of the model 4.2 Explore and create new material surfaces that supplement library of materials 4.3 Edit texture, transparency, luminescence and patterns to achieve desired surface effects using shade settings 4.4 Include light fixtures in model and adjust parameters to achieve desired effects
5. Create and edit 3D views of the model	5.1 Create isometric, two and three point perspective views using a range of camera settings and rendering techniques 5.2 Reposition camera or target to provide alternate views using a variety of camera techniques 5.3 Create effect of natural and artificial lighting in 3D space to achieve photo realistic awareness of the 3D model and the effect of light on surfaces 5.4 Examine rendering time considerations to achieve specific output.
6. Plot and print for final presentations	6.1 Save perspective views and make appropriate for final media presentation 6.2 Save appropriate views to meet requirements of brief 6.3 Create page layout for plotting and printing 6.4 Prepare page layout using saved views and documentation 6.5 Plot 2D documentation with appropriate line weights 6.6 Prepare slide show presentation using saved views and documentation
7. Save and back up files	7.1 Create folders and files in logical structure to store drawing projects 7.2 Save and file drawings to allow easy access according to workplace documentation system 7.3 Identify and compare appropriate techniques for reducing file size 7.4 Back-up copies of files in accordance with organisation procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID5014 Use CAD applications to complete models and documentation for interior design projects.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID4014 Produce digital models and documentation for interior design projects

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID5014 Use CAD applications to complete models and documentation for interior design projects.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

designed and produced the following in accordance with the design concept and/or solution and the drafting and drawing protocols required by Australian Standards and the National Construction Code (NCC)

2 sets of orthographic drawings comprising:

plans

elevations

sections

services

2 3D perspective drawings.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

mathematical procedures for working with scale

types of CAD equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

CAD applications and their features, uses and limitations including those related to:

different views

layering

editing

rendering

drafting and drawing codes and practices relevant to interiors including those for abbreviations

2D and 3D drawing techniques

documentation control procedures

types of challenges that occur using CAD, and how to avoid and respond.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design information for documentation

information technology hardware

CAD software.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID4015 Prepare materials and finishes boards for client presentation

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID4003 Prepare a materials board for client presentation.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify presentation requirements and prepare materials or sample board for client presentation for interior decoration and design projects. The materials board includes visual demonstration of colour, materials, samples, finishes and textiles used in the decoration and design project.

This unit applies to interior decorators and designers.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify presentation requirements from project brief	1.1 Review project brief to determine presentation requirements 1.2 Confirm parameters for the project with client 1.3 Select work resources based on project requirements 1.4 Assess and interpret all required information to inform the presentation process
2. Prepare boards	2.1 Obtain substrate in the selected colour and cut to the desired size 2.2 Gather and prepare visual information in accordance with the design theme and project brief 2.3 Gather products, materials and accessories and prepare selected items 2.4 Compose and arrange material and sample board components 2.5 Label fixtures or compile a legend that translates the parts and colours
3. Prepare for client presentation	3.1 Develop and prepare presentation methodology suited to the audience 3.2 Make board presentation to the client to sell the attributes of the design solution 3.3 Support presentation of materials board information with multimedia and computer-based strategies

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID4003 Prepare a materials board for client presentation.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID4015 Prepare materials and finishes boards for client presentation

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID4003 Prepare a materials board for client presentation.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

prepared materials and finishes boards for 3 different decoration or design solutions.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

elements and principles of design, their interrelationships, and how they are used in interior decoration

purpose and typical components of a materials and finishes board

how to construct a materials board:

types of materials available for substrate

ways of organising the board for maximum effect

fixing methods for different components

visual presentation methods and tools for supporting a materials board, including digital options

psychology of colours.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design briefs

physical materials and samples for boards.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID4016 Design colour schemes for interior and exterior spaces

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFID4001 Research, analyse and apply colour for interior spaces.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to assess colour requirements, research and experiment with different colour options and create preferred colour schemes for presentation to the client.

This unit applies to interior decorators and designers.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Assess colour requirements for the project	1.1 Evaluate project specifications, parameters and constraints, and confirm with client 1.2 Select work resources based on the needs of the project 1.3 Identify and assess the space, its light and continuing colours for impact on potential solutions 1.4 Identify key project stakeholders and establish required communication protocols
2. Research colour schemes for interiors	2.1 Research and analyse colour psychology in accordance with the needs of the project 2.2 Research and analyse cultural and historical influences on colour to inform the needs of the project 2.3 Research and compile information on the impact of specific colours on the interior space
3. Explore colour schemes	3.1 Use colour wheels to mix and match alternative colour schemes to determine suitability of colours to a space 3.2 Explore the use of additive and subtractive colour mixing to inform colour selections 3.3 Explore and test colour systems and colour combinations and/or juxtapositions against the brief 3.4 Assess effect of light against the impact of colours being proposed for use 3.5 Assess visual perception of colours in accordance with the project brief 3.6 Match samples using colour mixing techniques 3.7 Evaluate colour effect perceptions by use of light to mix and throw coloured light onto surfaces 3.8 Ascertain contrast and harmony of colours through selection of colours in accordance with the project brief
4. Finalise and present colour scheme	4.1 Choose final selection of colours based on exploration and key objectives of the project brief 4.2 Prepare a visual representation that communicates the key aspects of the preferred solution using rendering media suited to the project 4.3 Present recommendations in a format and level of detail suited to the client and scope of the project 4.4 Seek client feedback on the proposed solution 4.5 Make adjustments to the final design solution based on feedback 4.6 Accurately document selection specifications

Foundation Skills

The Foundation Skills describe those required skills (such as, language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills) that are essential to performance:

technology skills to research colour information using digital media.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID4016 Design colour schemes for interior and exterior spaces

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFID4001 Research, analyse and apply colour for interior spaces.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

developed and presented colour schemes in response to 3 different design briefs that individually or cumulatively involve both interiors and exteriors:

developed samples to represent colour mixing, matching, combinations and effects

visually presented colour schemes using rendering and other techniques to illustrate how ideas meet overall project requirements.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

research sources for information about colour, including current trends

elements and principles of design

design process and how ideas progress

terminology of colour

colour wheels and how they are used in interior decoration and design

cultural and historical influences of colour

colour systems and theories

colour psychology influences

use of colour in different types of interior spaces

processes for additive and subtractive colour mixing

effects of natural and artificial light on colour and finish types

types of rendering media and how they are used.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design briefs

information technology for research

colour wheels.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID4017 Research and recommend furniture and accessories

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID4004 Research and recommend furniture and accessories.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to determine decoration requirements, research product options and make recommendations for loose furniture and accessories.

This unit applies to individuals providing advice in a retail, consulting or design studio environment. They analyse and compare product information from a wide range of sources to develop a design solution.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine project requirements	1.1 Evaluate project specifications, parameters and constraints, and confirm with client 1.2 Identify and assess aspects of the space that impact on potential solutions 1.3 Identify key project stakeholders and establish required communication protocols
2. Research furniture and accessories options	2.1 Source and assess style options that match the brief 2.2 Analyse and review intended use against functional features of different products 2.3 Consider and investigate new technologies for manufacturing and maintaining furniture and accessories 2.4 Consider and investigate relevant anthropometrics, ergonomics and spatial relationships 2.5 Analyse and evaluate product properties for their suitability and sustainability 2.6 Source and compare information about costs and availability against the project brief
3. Refine ideas and select preferred solution	3.1 Explore, integrate and refine different options through a process of reflection and testing 3.2 Choose a preferred solution based on research findings and the key objectives of the project brief 3.3 Prepare a visual representation that communicates the key aspects of the preferred solution
4. Make recommendations to client	4.1 Present recommendations in a format and level of detail suited to the client and scope of the project 4.2 Clearly articulate rationale for the chosen solution and present to the client 4.3 Provide cost estimates associated with purchasing and obtaining the furniture and accessories to the client 4.4 Seek client feedback on the proposed solution 4.5 Base adjustments made to the final design solution on feedback

Foundation Skills

The Foundation Skills describe those required skills (such as, language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills) that are essential to performance:

technology skills to research product options and present recommendations using digital media.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID4004 Research and recommend furniture and accessories.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID4017 Research and recommend furniture and accessories

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID4004 Research and recommend furniture and accessories.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

researched and presented furniture and accessories solutions in response to different project briefs that individually or cumulatively require solutions for:

3 different rooms

differing client requirements in terms of:

budget

style

product sustainability.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

legal and ethical considerations for the provision of product advice, including:

individual worker responsibilities under Australian consumer law

environmental impact of product lifecycle

social responsibility of product

universally accessible design considerations

type and scope of client and/or project brief information needed to inform research and recommendation:

budget

client preferences

aesthetic and functional requirements:

site characteristics

timeline

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

how different aspects of space impact on potential solutions, including:

colour

size

shape

level of light

structural features

environmental conditions (humidity)

types and features of resources that support the provision of design advice, and how they are used, including:

research tools

product tools

communication tools

sources of information on furniture and accessories, including:

how to access information

ways to interrogate and distil information

features of different furniture and accessory types and styles, used in different spaces, including:

bathrooms

bedrooms

kitchens

laundries

living and entertainment areas

offices

reception areas and/or hallways

current and emerging manufacturing technologies for furniture and accessories

properties of furniture and accessories and how these inform recommendations:

construction, composition and materials, including tactile nature of products

finishes

maintenance requirements

quality

safety – flammability, fixing requirements

sustainability – sourcing, production, longevity, recycling or end of life disposal

basic aspects of ergonomics, anthropometric and proxemic values

elements and principles of design, their interrelationships, and how they are used in interior decoration

different ways of creating visual representations for design solutions.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design briefs

information technology for research and design presentation.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID4018 Research and recommend hard materials and finishes for interiors

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID4006 Research and recommend hard materials and finishes for interiors.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to determine design and decoration requirements, research product options and make recommendations for hard materials and finishes.

This unit applies to individuals providing advice in a retail, consulting or design studio environment. They analyse and compare product information from a wide range of sources to develop a design solution.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine project requirements	1.1 Review and clarify project brief with client 1.2 Confirm and evaluate parameters and constraints 1.3 Select work resources based on the needs of the project 1.4 Identify and assess aspects of the space that impact on potential solutions 1.5 Identify key project stakeholders and establish required communication protocols
2. Research material and finish options	2.1 Select materials and finishes that match the brief and are suited to aesthetic nature of the space 2.2 Analyse and review intended use against functional features of different products 2.3 Consider and investigate new hard materials and finish technologies 2.4 Analyse and evaluate product properties for their safety, suitability and sustainability 2.5 Identify application issues in terms of available expertise 2.6 Source and compare information about costs and availability against the project brief
3. Refine ideas and select preferred solution	3.1 Explore, integrate and refine different options through a process of reflection and testing 3.2 Choose a preferred solution based on research findings and the key objectives of the project brief 3.3 Prepare a visual representation that communicates the key aspects of the preferred solution
4. Make recommendations to client	4.1 Present recommendations in a format and level of detail suited to the client and scope of the project 4.2 Clearly articulate rationale for the chosen solution and present to the client 4.3 Provide realistic cost estimates associated with recommendations 4.4 Seek client feedback on the proposed solution 4.5 Base adjustments made to the final design solution on feedback

Foundation Skills

The Foundation Skills describe those required skills (such as, language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills) that are essential to performance:

technology skills to research product options and present recommendations using digital media.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID4006 Research and recommend hard materials and finishes for interiors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID4018 Research and recommend hard materials and finishes for interiors

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID4006 Research and recommend hard materials and finishes for interiors.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

researched and presented recommendations for hard materials and finishes in response to different project briefs that individually or cumulatively require solutions for:

3 different spaces

differing client requirements in terms of:

budget

style.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

legal and ethical considerations for the provision of product advice, including:

individual worker responsibilities under Australian consumer law

environmental impact of product lifecycle

social responsibility of product

universally accessible design considerations

type and scope of client and/or project brief information needed to inform research and recommendation:

budget

client preferences

aesthetic and functional requirements

site characteristics

timeline

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

how different aspects of space impact on potential solutions, including:

colour

size

shape

level of light

structural features

types and features of resources that support the provision of design advice, and how they are used, including:

research tools

product tools

communication tools

sources of information on hard materials and finishes, including:

how to access information

ways to interrogate and distil information

features of different hard materials and finishes used in different spaces, including:

bathrooms

bedrooms

external areas

kitchens

laundries

living and entertainment areas

offices

reception areas and/or hallways

current and emerging manufacturing technologies for hard materials and finishes

properties of hard materials and finishes and how these inform recommendations:

aesthetics

application methods

construction, composition and materials, including tactile nature of products and finishes

maintenance requirements

quality

safety – application, flammability, fixing requirements

sustainability – sourcing, production, longevity, recycling or end of life disposal

elements and principles of design, their interrelationships, and how they are used in interior decoration or design

different ways of creating visual representations for design solutions.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design briefs

information technology for research and design presentation.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID4019 Research interior decoration and design influences

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFID4009 Research architectural styles and movements, and, MSFID4010 Research interior decoration and design influences.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to research and analyse significant influences on contemporary and historical interior decoration and design movements to inform current and future work. It includes the requirement to maintain currency of knowledge around emerging trends.

This unit applies to interior decorators and designers. They analyse and compare information from diverse sources to inform work practice.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Interior Design.

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan research	1.1 Clearly define research objectives based on work needs 1.2 Evaluate and select formal and informal research methods based on their potential to meet the research objective 1.3 Identify and locate relevant and credible sources of information on interior decoration and design influences
2. Gather and analyse information on interior decoration and design influences	2.1 Identify and investigate information on key influences on the development of design movements, styles and practices 2.2 Gather information using a systematic approach 2.3 Establish relevance of information according to research objectives 2.4 Compare and contrast different information sources and extract key information 2.5 Organise and compile research materials and results of the research in a manner that facilitates future use and reference
3. Maintain currency with design and decoration movements and styles	3.1 Regularly check research sources and compiled information for usefulness in informing decoration and design projects 3.2 Analyse current and emerging cultural, economic and environmental influences on architecture for impact and usefulness in future projects 3.3 Identify and pursue opportunities to update and expand own knowledge 3.4 Incorporate findings from research into design projects based on project needs

Foundation Skills

The Foundation Skills describe those required skills (such as, language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills) that are essential to performance:

technology skills to use digital research and compile and maintain research findings.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID4019 Research interior decoration and design influences

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFID4009 Research architectural styles and movements, and, MSFID4010 Research interior decoration and design influences.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

researched and collated or documented key aspects of information on all of the following:

significant historical influences on interior decoration and design, including different architectural movements and styles, and significant individuals

changes in decoration and design trends and philosophy over time

current and emerging decoration and design trends that impact design practice.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

credible sources of information on interior decoration and design, and the type of information they can provide

types of research techniques, both formal and informal used to research a range of design and decoration movements and styles that assist with informing current design practices

how to effectively analyse design elements and principles

ways to assess the validity and credibility of information sources

accurate referencing of information sources

significant impacts on the historical and contemporary development of interior design and decoration, including:

individuals

architectural movements and relationship between architecture and interior decoration and design

how architecture uses space, light and material to affect mood

environmental

social and cultural

economic

processes that support the analysis of information and how to use them, including:

comparing

contrasting

reflecting

distinguishing relevant from irrelevant

ways to collate and/or document research information to facilitate future use.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

information technology for research.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID4020 Research and integrate embedded technologies in interior designs

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to determine technology requirements, research products, make recommendations and present requirements appropriately on design documentation.

This unit applies to interior designers, including kitchen and bathroom designers. They analyse and compare product information from a wide range of different sources to develop a design solution.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine project requirements	1.1 Evaluate project specifications, parameters and constraints, and confirm with client 1.2 Select work resources based on the needs of the project 1.3 Identify key project stakeholders and establish required communication protocols
2. Research options for embedded technologies	2.1 Identify credible sources of information on proposed technologies 2.2 Analyse intended use and review against functional features of different products 2.3 Analyse and evaluate product properties for their suitability and compliance with Australian Standards 2.4 Source information about costs and availability and compare against the project brief 2.5 Identify and integrate potential sustainability features or issues into the research process
3. Refine ideas and select preferred solution	3.1 Explore and refine different options for integrating technology into the space through a process of reflection and testing 3.2 Choose a preferred solution based on research findings and the key objectives of the project brief 3.3 Present recommendations in a format and level of detail that suits the client and scope of the project 3.4 Clearly articulate and present rationale for the chosen solution to the client 3.5 Seek client feedback on the proposed solution and make adjustments accordingly
4. Develop design specifications	4.1 Develop documentation detailing information about embedded technologies required for installation using appropriate drawing protocols 4.2 Provide an evidence-based estimate for embedded technologies purchase and installation 4.3 Present the completed design documentation and costing in a professional format.

Foundation Skills

The Foundation Skills describe those required skills (such as, language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills) that are essential to performance:

technology skills to use digital research and create documents.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID4020 Research and integrate embedded technologies in interior designs

Modification History

Release 1. New unit.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

researched and integrated embedded technologies in response to 3 different project briefs that individually or cumulatively require solutions for:

automation

appliance integration.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

legal and ethical considerations for the provision of design advice on embedded technologies, including:

individual worker responsibilities under Australian consumer law

compliance requirements for products recommended

installation requirements as per National Construction Code (NCC) and relevant licensing regimes

type and scope of client / project brief information needed to inform research and recommendation:

budget

aesthetic and functional client preferences

site characteristics

timeline

types and features of resources that support the provision of design advice, and how they are used, including:

research tools

product tools

communication tools

sources of credible information on embedded technologies, including:

how to access

ways to interrogate and identify and distil information

how to distinguish reputable products

availability and features of current and emerging embedded technologies used in different interior spaces, including those related to:

appliances

automated drawers and doors

counter tops

computer screens

lifting systems

lighting systems

sound systems

switch glass

window furnishings

factors for consideration in selecting embedded technologies:

accessibility

compatibilities from safety perspective

compliance with Australian Standards

privacy

security

service requirements and availability of servicing

considerations and limitations for embedding technologies in different cabinetry and interior spaces

installation requirements for different types of embedded technologies, including who is able to install different types of technologies

how to specify embedded technologies on design documentation.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design briefs

information technology for research and design presentation.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID4021 Design soft furnishing solutions for interior spaces

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFID4005 Research and recommend soft furnishings for interiors, and, MSFID5011 Specify soft furnishings for complete interior solution.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to determine soft furnishing requirements, research and refine options and present a design solution to the client.

This unit applies to individuals providing advice in a retail, consulting or design studio environment. They analyse and compare product information from a wide range of different sources to develop a design solution.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine project requirements	1.1 Evaluate project specifications, parameters and constraints, and confirm with client 1.2 Select work resources based on the needs of the project 1.3 Identify and assess aspects of the space that impact on potential solutions 1.4 Take and document accurate measurements of floors, furniture, and window openings 1.5 Collect and develop visual aids of all existing and continuing structures, furniture and furnishings that inform the project 1.6 Establish communication with other people involved in the project
2. Research soft furnishing options	2.1 Source and assess style designs that match the brief in regards to form and function 2.2 Source and assess fabrics, trims and/or componentry options that match the brief 2.3 Research, assess and consider visual and tactile characteristics of different products 2.4 Analyse and review intended use against functional and technical features of different products 2.5 Consider and investigate new technologies and innovations for their application to the brief 2.6 Analyse and evaluate product properties for their suitability 2.7 Identify and consider installation constraints 2.8 Source and compare information about costs and availability against the project brief 2.9 Identify and integrate potential sustainability features or issues into the research process
3. Refine ideas and select preferred solution	3.1 Explore, integrate and refine different options through a process of reflection and testing 3.2 Choose a preferred solution that includes fabrics, furnishings and fixing technologies based on research findings and the key objectives of the project brief 3.3 Prepare a visual representation that communicates the key aspects of the preferred solution
4. Make recommendation to client	4.1 Present recommendations in a format and level of detail suited to the client and scope of the project 4.2 Clearly articulate rationale for the chosen solution and present to the client 4.3 Provide documented product specifications and cost estimates associated with sourcing, manufacturing and installation of the soft furnishings to the client 4.4 Seek client feedback on the proposed solution 4.5 Make adjustments to the final design solution based on feedback 4.6 Evaluate work through feedback and own reflection, and identify potential improvements for use in future projects

Foundation Skills

The Foundation Skills describe those required skills (such as, language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills) that are essential to performance:

technology skills to research and present design information using digital media.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID4021 Design soft furnishing solutions for interior spaces

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFID4005 Research and recommend soft furnishings for interiors, and, MSFID5011 Specify soft furnishings for complete interior solution.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

designed and presented soft furnishing solutions in response to 3 different project briefs that individually or cumulatively require solutions for the following, with at least 1 project requiring the integration of all three:

soft furnishings

soft floor coverings

decorative solutions for windows and openings

designed solutions for different client requirements in terms of:

budget

style.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

legal and ethical considerations for the provision of product advice, including:

individual worker responsibilities under Australian consumer law

environmental impact of product lifecycle

social responsibility of product lifecycle

universally accessible design considerations

type and scope of client and/or project brief information needed to inform research and recommendation:

budget

client preferences

aesthetic and functional requirements

site characteristics

timeline

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

how different aspects of space impact on potential solutions, including:

colour

level of light

positioning

size

shape

structural features

types and features of resources that support the provision of design advice, and how they are used, including:

research tools

product tools

communication tools

sources of information on soft furnishings, including:

how to access

ways to identify, interrogate and distil information

features of different soft furnishing types and styles, used in different spaces, and properties of materials, including how pattern repeats affect material use, trimmings and componentry used, including those for:

bedding treatments

cushions

floor coverings –carpet, hard finishes, rugs

lampshades

trimmings

upholstery

walls

window coverings, including how pattern repeats affect material use

current and emerging manufacturing technologies for soft furnishings

factors about the properties of soft furnishings and how these inform recommendations:

level of insulation and/or acoustic properties

level of light control

construction, composition and materials, including tactile nature of products

fibre composition and attributes of fabrics, linings and fills

installation considerations and availability of expertise

quality

safety – flammability, fixing requirements

sustainability

textile use – standards and testing methods/scores

maintenance and/or cleaning requirements

useable width of fabric, including pattern repeats, wide width, continuous, multi directional, railroaded

human interaction and/or use of soft furnishings

current and emerging trends in window treatments and options:

fabric requirements

fixing technologies

types of openings

basic aspects of ergonomics, anthropometric and proxemic values

elements and principles of design, their interrelationships, and how they are used in interior decoration

different ways of creating visual representations for design solutions.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design briefs

spaces for decoration

measuring equipment

information technology for research and design presentation.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID4022 Prepare quotation and contract documentation for design projects

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFID4006 Prepare quotation and contact documentation for design projects.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify design costs and prepare quotation and contract documentation for client agreement. It does not include costings related to the realisation of the design.

This unit applies to designers.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine design costs	1.1 Assess design outcomes from review of design brief 1.2 Explore requirements with client using open questioning and discussion 1.3 Identify factors and complexities that affect the scope of design services 1.4 Identify and obtain information needed from others involved in the project 1.5 Accurately calculate design costs based on current rates and outcomes of brief review and customer discussions
2. Prepare and present quotation	2.1 Itemise and accurately detail inclusions on documentation 2.2 Identify and include information to support quotation 2.3 Present quote to the client and discuss to confirm agreement on inclusions 2.4 Modify and finalise quote based on client response 2.5 Obtain and document client agreement to the quote
3. Prepare and present contract documentation	3.1 Select contract format based on the scope of the design project, business protocols and legal requirements 3.2 Identify and action the need for specialist legal expertise based on the project nature and scope 3.3 Note inclusions, costs and parameters of design services in the contract documents 3.4 Develop and accurately document terms and conditions

Foundation Skills

The Foundation Skills describe those required skills (such as, language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills) that are essential to performance:

technology skills to prepare and present quotations and associated documentation using digital media.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID4022 Prepare quotation and contract documentation for design projects

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFID4006 Prepare quotation and contact documentation for design projects.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

prepared quotations and contract documentation for 3 different design projects.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

key components of contract law at an overview level:

terms and obligations of contract

methods of contractual agreement

exclusion clauses

dispute resolution clause

termination of contracts

how to determine scope of design services required from a project brief and client information, and how different factors typically impact costs:

design complexity

level of customer certainty about preferences

desired number and nature of concepts for development

amount of consultation required with client and other suppliers

ways that design services are costed

design quotation presentation and inclusions

types of additional information that may be included in quotations:

quotes from suppliers

promotional information

features and inclusions of design contracts

legal obligations of designers

mathematical procedures for estimation and costing, including application of goods and services tax (GST).

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design briefs

information technology for document creation.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID5016 Develop decoration proposals for complex sites

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID5002 Develop a decoration proposal for a complex site.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to analyse the project brief, research options, and develop decoration proposals for high-end residential or commercial interior spaces, that include multiple usage areas and require multiple interrelated decoration themes.

This unit applies to interior decorators. They analyse and compare information from a wide range of different sources to develop and plan integrated decoration solutions.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking interior decoration and design work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse the project brief	1.1 Evaluate project specifications, parameters and constraints, and confirm with client 1.2 Select work resources based on project needs 1.3 Identify key project stakeholders and establish required communication protocols
2. Conduct project research	2.1 Identify and assess aspects of the space that impact on potential solutions through site analysis and measurement 2.2 Identify, assess and analyse information for relevance to the project brief 2.3 Determine functional and planning issues specific to the site and client requirements 2.4 Clearly document research outcomes 2.5 Develop a project plan that identifies key steps and responsibilities
3 Generate decorative themes and concepts	3.1 Generate multiple ideas that are sympathetic to the project brief 3.2 Explore, integrate and refine different options through a process of reflection and testing 3.3 Translate ideas into two and three dimensional (2D and 3D) space resolution using a range of techniques and media 3.4 Test viability of interrelated ideas in a holistic way 3.5 Present themes and concepts to the client using support documentation suited to the scope of the project 3.6 Obtain client feedback and revise and refine ideas without loss of design integrity
4 Select and specify solutions	4.1 Develop and document specifications based on preferred themes and concepts 4.2 Develop materials and finishes board based on specifications 4.3 Prepare rendered digital 2D and 3D drawing of the scheme represent the desired effect
5 Present fully resolved scheme	5.1 Present final decoration solution to the client and clearly explain key features and benefits 5.2 Seek and analyse client feedback to determine success in achieving client satisfaction 5.4 Evaluate work through feedback and own reflection, and identify potential improvements for use in future projects

Foundation Skills

The Foundation Skills describe those required skills (such as, language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills) that are essential to performance:

technology skills to research and present design information using digital media.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID5002 Develop a decoration proposal for a complex site.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5016 Develop decoration proposals for complex sites

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID5002 Develop a decoration proposal for a complex site.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

developed and presented integrated interior decoration proposals that meet the requirements of the project brief for 3 complex sites that:

are either high-end residential or commercial

require multiple decoration themes across different areas

individually or cumulatively include specifications for all of the following:

wall finishes

floor finishes

lighting

furniture

window treatments

accessories

artwork.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

key purpose and relevance of Australian Standards and the National Construction Code (NCC) to interior decoration work

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

how different aspects of space impact on potential solutions, including:

elements and principles of design, their interrelationships, and how they are used in interior decoration

level of light

structural features

type and scope of client / project brief that informs proposals:

budget

client preferences

requirements:

aesthetic

functional

site characteristics

timeline

types and features of resources that support the provision of design advice, and how they are used, including:

research tools

product tools

communication tools

potential areas for research in an interior decoration project, sources of information and key aspects that impact solutions:

ergonomics, anthropometrics and proxemics

environmental considerations

product information

accessories

floor finishes

furniture

lighting

soft furnishings

wall finishes

window treatments

design process, key stages and associated planning techniques

creative design methodologies and how they can be used

types and features of drawings and other visual presentation techniques used to present interior decoration solutions

features and capabilities of computer programs used for drawings and preparation of decoration documentation

different ways of creating visual representations for design solutions.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

decoration briefs

spaces for decoration

measuring equipment

information technology for research and design presentation.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID5017 Develop event decoration proposals

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID5007 Decorate for events.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to analyse the project brief and event information, develop and refine decoration ideas and present those ideas as fully specified proposals.

This unit applies to interior decorators and designers. They analyse and compare information from a wide range of different sources to develop and plan decoration solutions for a specific event.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking interior decoration and design work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse the project brief	1.1 Evaluate project specifications, parameters and constraints, and confirm with client 1.2 Select work resources based on the needs of the project 1.3 Identify key project stakeholders and establish required communication protocols
2. Analyse event information	2.1 Determine size of space and identify and assess aspects of the event space that impact on potential solutions 2.2 Analyse event theme and marketing strategy for impact on decoration 2.3 Assess proposed number and movement of people at the event for its impact on decoration solutions 2.4 Identify event cultural considerations for impact on decoration
3. Develop decoration ideas	3.1 Research products, materials, finishes and colours based on event requirements 3.2 Assess and review performance and characteristics of products against event requirements 3.3 Generate ideas that are sympathetic to the event theme and concept 3.4 Present ideas to the client using support documentation suited to the nature of the project 3.5 Obtain client feedback and revise and refine ideas accordingly
4. Develop decoration proposal	4.1 Determine format and inclusions for proposal based on the project brief and communicate ideas 4.2 Develop and document detailed product and service specifications 4.3 Source, cost and document products and services in accordance with budget requirements 4.4 Develop and document schedule of work with allocation of responsibilities based on ideas being proposed 4.5 Check proposal information for cohesion and accuracy 4.6 Present final proposal to the client in a manner suited to the scope and nature of the project 4.7 Evaluate work through client feedback and identify own reflection and potential improvements for use in future work

Foundation Skills

The Foundation Skills describe those required skills (such as, language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills) that are essential to performance:

technology skills to research and present design information using digital media.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID5007 Decorate for events.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5017 Develop event decoration proposals

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID5007 Decorate for events.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

developed decoration proposals for 3 events that respond to the project brief.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

mathematical procedures for estimation, measurement and calculation of costs

elements and principles of design, their interrelationships, and how they are used in interior decoration

ergonomics, anthropometrics, proxemics and aesthetic values

different types of events and how decoration is used for different purposes and contexts

potential event parameters, constraints and compliance requirements and how they impact on decoration

types and features of resources that support the provision of design advice, and how they are used, including:

research tools

product tools

communication tools

how different aspects of space impact on potential solutions, including:

access and egress

colour

size

shape

level of light

site location, capacity and orientation

structural features

event characteristics and their impact on decoration:

concept and theme

target market

scale

location (indoor and/or outdoor)

different products and services for event decoration and how they are used:

decoration products:

accessories

finishes

furniture

lighting

materials

perishable items

contractors and consultants

different ways of creating visual representations for design solutions

formats and inclusions for event decoration proposals

event display techniques.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

event briefs

spaces for decoration

measuring equipment

information technology for research and design presentation.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID5018 Provide interior styling service

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID5010 Provide interior styling service.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to determine requirements, develop the styling approach and manage the styling process through the selection, sourcing and placing of objects and accessories for visual effect. Styling may be for permanent or temporary application.

This unit applies to stylists working in residential, retail or commercial environments. They analyse and compare information from a wide range of different sources and both plan and manage the operational aspects of the styling process.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm services with client	1.1 Provide clear information to client about the range of services offered as an interior stylist 1.2 Negotiate and confirm in writing the styling service to be provided with client
2. Determine project requirements	2.1 Evaluate project specifications, parameters and constraints, and confirm with client 2.2 Select work resources based on the needs of the project 2.3 Establish communication with other people involved in the project 2.4 Develop and document project schedule identifying key steps and responsibilities
3. Develop ideas and select preferred solutions	3.1 Identify, research and evaluate style options against the key objectives of the brief and desired effect on end users 3.2 Accurately measure and prepare sketches and drawings of space dimensions and identify aspects of the space that impact on potential solutions 3.3 Integrate cultural and historical considerations into style considerations 3.4 Identify suppliers appropriate to client target market and confirm availability of products and materials 3.5 Present themes and concepts of the finished space to the client using support documentation suited to the scope of the project 3.6 Obtain client feedback and revise and refine ideas accordingly
4. Specify confirmed style	4.1 Prepare accurate plan and/or specifications, including layout, for the confirmed interior styling service 4.2 Prepare and confirm detailed quotation and timeline with client 4.3 Create schedule and plan for sourcing and obtaining products and services
5. Style the space	5.1 Procure items in the schedule to achieve design outcome 5.2 Create visual impact by strategically curating objects into the styled space according to layout, taking into account design elements and principles 5.3 Seek client feedback on arrangement and make adjustments accordingly without loss of design integrity

Foundation Skills

The Foundation Skills describe those required skills (such as, language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills) that are essential to performance:

technology skills to research and present design information using digital media.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID5010 Provide interior styling service.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5018 Provide interior styling service

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID5010 Provide interior styling service.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and

created detailed interior styling schemes with visual representations that support the project brief for 3 interior projects with differing client requirements in terms of:

budget

style.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

ergonomics, anthropometrics, proxemics and aesthetic values

scope and nature of styling and the stylist role in different contexts, including:

commercial interiors

magazines and television

real estate sales

residential interiors

factors that influence client choices for style

key steps in the styling process and how these are planned and implemented for both permanent and temporary styling

elements and principles of design, their interrelationships, and how they are used in interior decoration

sources of product information and types, characteristics, and uses for:

accessories

floor finishes

furniture

lighting

soft furnishings

wall finishes

window treatments

sketching and drawing techniques

different ways of creating visual representations for design solutions

formats and required inclusions for:

design specifications

styling budgets.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

project briefs

spaces for styling

measuring equipment

information technology for research and design presentation.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID5019 Decorate interiors for restoration projects

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID5015 Decorate interiors for restoration projects.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to analyse the project brief, research options and develop interior decoration solutions for restoration projects that meet the conservation and heritage requirements of the building style and era.

This unit applies to interior decorators. They analyse and compare information from a wide range of different sources to develop and plan decoration solutions.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking interior decoration and design work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse the project brief	1.1 Evaluate project specifications, parameters and constraints, and confirm with client 1.2 Select work resources based on project needs 1.3 Identify key project stakeholders and establish required communication protocols
2. Research decoration requirements	2.1 Conduct site analysis to assess the requirements of the spaces requiring decoration 2.3 Identify style, era, theme and features of the site 2.4 Identify issues relating to the conservation and heritage environment and determine their implications for the project 2.5 Identify and analyse impacting environmental issues 2.6 Identify and research sources to inform the decoration process based on analysis 2.7 Clearly document research outcomes 2.8 Develop a project plan that identifies key steps and responsibilities
3. Generate decoration solution	3.1 Assess regulatory requirements relating to decoration to determine compliance 3.2 Generate decoration concepts and assess against restoration requirements and the restoration style and era 3.3 Examine environmental aspects of decoration solution and identify areas for improved sustainability and incorporate where possible within the parameters of the brief 3.4 Develop and clearly define conceptual approach 3.5 Develop preliminary drawings with decoration treatment inclusions and positioning 3.6 Discuss preliminary concept ideas with client and receive and analyse feedback 3.7 Modify concept according to feedback and seek client agreement
4. Prepare client presentation	4.1 Present concept to client in a format and level of detail suited to the client and scope of the project 4.2 Clearly articulate and present rationale for the chosen solution to the client 4.3 Seek and analyse client feedback and response to determine success in achieving client satisfaction 4.4 Evaluate work through feedback and own reflection, and identify potential improvements for use in future projects

Foundation Skills

The Foundation Skills describe those required skills (such as, language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills) that are essential to performance:

technology skills to research and present design information using digital media.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID5015 Decorate interiors for restoration projects.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5019 Decorate interiors for restoration projects

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID5015 Decorate interiors for restoration projects.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

analysed, researched and developed integrated decoration solutions that meet the design brief for 3 different restoration projects

visually presented solutions using both manual and computer-based drawing techniques and at least 1 other presentation technique.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

local, state or territory or national legislation, regulations or codes of practice relevant to heritage conservation of sites

Australian Standards and the National Construction Code (NCC)

key aspects of The Burra Charter, the Australia ICOMOS charter for places of cultural significance

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

elements and principles of design, their interrelationships, and how they are used in interior decoration

ergonomics, anthropometrics, proxemics and aesthetic values

types and features of resources that support the provision of design and decoration advice, and how they are used, including:

research tools

product tools

communication tools

other experts

sources of information and expertise on interior restorations

features of the following in Australia:

key architectural styles and eras

historical design styles and movements

issues that typically impact decoration solutions for restoration projects, and how these can be addressed, including:

building condition

compatibility and matching of new and old materials, methods of manufacture and finishing

frameworks that control activity in the building:

building standards

decision-making processes

conservation orders and conditions

safety standards

occupancy and use guidelines

services availability

protection and conservation of features

specialist artisan skills and techniques available to replicate era decoration styles

sustainability considerations in restoration projects

different ways of creating visual representations for design solutions

features and capabilities of computer programs used for drawings and preparation of decoration documentation.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design briefs

restoration spaces for decoration

measuring equipment

information technology for research and design presentation.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID5020 Design residential interiors

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID5001 Design residential interiors.

Application

This unit of competency describes the skills and knowledge required to formulate creative design solutions for residential interior design projects, satisfying the physiological, psycho-logical, social, cultural and environmental requirements of the client brief. Designs include the manipulation of interior elements such as walls, floors, ceilings and staircases.

This unit applies to interior designers.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking interior decoration and design work. Access to con-struction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse the project brief	1.1 Evaluate project specifications, parameters and constraints, and confirm with client 1.2 Select resources appropriate to work requirements 1.3 Identify key project stakeholders and establish required communication protocols
2. Conduct project research	2.1 Identify and assess aspects of the space that impact on potential solutions through site analysis and measurement 2.2 Clarify intended function and desired effects and explore with the client 2.3 Research and evaluate contextual information relating to the brief 2.4 Determine functional, access and planning issues specific to the site and client requirements 2.5 Identify and liaise with key consultants to determine structural, electrical, mechanical and environmental elements of the building that impact design 2.6 Develop and document project plan identifying key steps and responsibilities
3. Develop design concepts	3.1 Generate multiple ideas that are sympathetic to the project brief 3.2 Explore, integrate and refine different options through a process of reflection and testing 3.3 Assess environmental implications of the project and review design concepts to ensure maximum energy efficiency is achieved in solution 3.4 Test viability of interrelated ideas in an holistic way 3.5 Present concepts to the client using support documentation and tools suited to the scope of the project
4. Design the space	4.1 Translate ideas into three dimensional (3D) space satisfying functional criteria 4.2 Explore evidence of 3D notions through modelling 4.3 Present the idea with the greatest potential for success to promote the design's acceptance using both 2D and 3D representations 4.4 Select a materials palette to enhance spatial ideas 4.5 Seek client feedback, agree to and record amendments and revise and refine ideas 4.6 Modify design in response to critical feedback without losing integrity of the design intention
5. Revise and refine solution	5.1 Further review and resolve spatial planning and resolve in response to client feedback 5.2 Select materials, colours, finishes, fixtures and fittings that are appropriate for the concept and brief parameters 5.3 Seek feedback through consultation with the client and incorporate into design solution.
6. Prepare client presentation	6.1 Choose presentation method, techniques and media based on suitability for the design solution 6.2 Prepare documentation, drawings and material selections that are consistent with the design intent 6.3 Complete work to plan and within brief constraints 6.4 Analyse client feedback and response to determine success in achieving client satisfaction 6.5 Evaluate work through feedback and own reflection, and identify potential improvements for use in future projects

Foundation Skills

The Foundation Skills describe those required skills (such as, language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills) that are essential to performance:

technology skills to research and present design information using digital media.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID5001 Design residential interiors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5020 Design residential interiors

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID5001 Design residential interiors.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

developed and presented interior designs that meet the requirements of the project brief for 3 residential interiors that individually or cumulatively involve:

multiple spaces and residential functions

spatial planning

changes to room layouts

building services requirements

structural aspects requirements

multiple levels.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

the scope of interior design, and when an architect or structural engineer needs to be involved

Australian Standards, National Construction Code (NCC) and statutory planning regulations affecting interior design for single occupancy detached or attached dwellings , and individual sole occupancy units within a class 2 building, including:

minimum room sizes

minimum ceiling heights

habitable and non-habitable rooms

natural light and ventilation

stairs and ramps

mechanical ventilation of non-habitable rooms

ergonomics, anthropometrics, proxemics and aesthetic values

design process, key stages and associated planning techniques

types of creative methodologies used in the design process

mathematical procedures for working in scale

types of information that may inform the design process:

cultural

environmental

historical

technological

type and scope of client and/or project brief that informs work in a residential context:

budget

client preferences

aesthetic and functional requirements

site characteristics

timeline

how different aspects of space impact on potential solutions, including:

design elements and principles

colour

light

materiality

fenestrations

types and features of resources that support the provision of design advice, and how they are used, including:

research tools

product tools

communication tools

basic residential building construction and how the existing structure may be impacted by interior design through:

penetrations to interior floor and ceiling

changes to interior load bearing elements

structural integration of new interior elements with existing structure

basic construction of built interior elements, load bearing and non-load bearing, and how they are designed and represented through drawings:

internal walls

internal floors

ceiling components

internal columns

internal doors

interior beams

interior stairs

interior custom joinery

types of services in residential buildings, their features, and how they are designed:

hydraulic

electrical

information and communication technology (ICT)

environmental controls

lighting

types and features of drawings and other visual presentation techniques used to present design solutions

digital and non-digital sketching and drawing techniques to architectural drawing standards.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design briefs

spaces for design

measuring equipment

information technology for research and design presentation.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID5021 Evaluate site structure and services for interior design briefs

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID5003 Evaluate site for interior design brief.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to assess structural components and services in a residential building to determine their impact on the interior design brief.

This unit applies to interior designers, including kitchen and bathroom designers. They analyse and integrate information from site inspection, documentation and consultation to inform the design process.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking interior decoration and design work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for site evaluation	1.1 Review project brief and clarify with client 1.2 Confirm and evaluate parameters and constraints 1.3 Select work resources based on the needs of the design brief 1.4 Determine scope of site evaluation from information and arrange a site visit with client 1.5 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements for specific site
2. Assess structural elements	2.1 Identify and inspect key structural elements of the space for their impact on the design brief 2.2 Identify changes required to structural elements to meet design brief and examine implications 2.3 Assess materials and finishes used in structural aspects for their implications for the design brief 2.4 Identify the need for specialist assessment of structural implications, communicate to the client and organise within the scope of the design brief 2.5 Measure space accurately and document results to inform design project and documentation
3. Assess services	3.1 Identify and assess plumbing, water and drainage features for impact on design brief 3.2 Assess features of electrical service to determine suitability for design requirements 3.3 Assess other services to determine suitability for design requirements
4. Conduct additional research to support site evaluation	4.1 Confirm outcomes of site evaluation through consultation with specialist professionals based on the design brief 4.2 Accurately interpret building documentation for additional information 4.3 Review information gathered against compliance requirements and identify further work needs 4.4 Accurately document site evaluation information and research outcomes

Foundation Skills

The Foundation Skills describe those required skills (such as, language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills) that are essential to performance:

technology skills to research information using digital media.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID5003 Evaluate site for interior design brief.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5021 Evaluate site structure and services for interior design briefs

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID5003 Evaluate site for interior design brief.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

conducted a site evaluation and documented the outcomes for 3 different sites in response to 3 different design briefs.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

state or territory work health and safety legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice

role of Australian Standards and the National Construction Code (NCC)

state and local planning regulations affecting interior design

type and scope of client and/or project brief that informs site analysis:

budget

client preferences

aesthetic and functional requirements

site characteristics

timeline

types and features of resources that support the provision of design advice, and how they are used, including:

research tools

product tools

communication tools

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

specialist professionals that may need to be involved and their respective roles and interrelationships, including:

architects

electricians

engineers

licensed builders

plumbers

basic building and architectural terminology

types, features, uses and limitations of different construction methods and materials used in structural elements, including those for:

floors

roofs

walls

key aspects of services requiring assessment, including what is within the scope of the designer role and what requires specialist assessment:

air conditioning and/or extraction

communication

gas

electrical

plumbing

methods and formats for documenting site evaluation findings.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design briefs

sites for evaluation

building documentation

measuring equipment

information technology for research.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID5022 Explore and apply creative design methodology to interior space

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID5005 Explore and apply creative design methodology to interior space.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to apply the elements and principles of design to manipulate three dimensional (3D) interior space and form in response to a design brief. It involves the observation and analysis of a range of complex spatial typologies and a process of exploration and refinement to develop a design solution.

This unit applies to individuals who design any type of interior space.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Evaluate interior spaces	1.1 Observe and evaluate existing spatial relationships of objects against the design brief 1.2 Observe and compare existing spatial typologies against the design brief 1.3 Observe and evaluate existing spatial arrangements and organising systems against the design brief.
2. Manipulate 3D space and form	2.1 Use the elements and principles of design to organise elements in 3D interior space based on the requirements of the brief 2.2 Manipulate 3D space using principles related to colour, texture and light 2.3 Explore spatial arrangements to satisfy brief requirements 2.4 Explore scale, volume and proportion for 3D space and form to satisfy brief requirements
3. Resolve interior design problems	3.1 Resolve interior space and interrelated design issues through the application of the elements and principles of design 3.3 Evaluate design solution and further refine to satisfy brief requirements 3.4 Communicate interior design solution using media that best suits the solution 3.5 Explore and qualify feasibility of solution 3.6 Review design solution and processes used to assess own skill and identify areas for improvement or modification

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID5005 Explore and apply creative design methodology to interior space.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5022 Explore and apply creative design methodology to interior space

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID5005 Explore and apply creative design methodology to interior space.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

applied a creative design methodology that involves exploration, evaluation and refinement of a solution to 3 different interior spaces

used conceptual models, 3D and other spatial visualisation techniques to explore evaluate and resolve interior spaces.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

concept of space, and how the following impact the design process:

different spatial concepts

relationship of objects

relationship of forms

spatial interpretation methods

human behaviour and physiology

spatial typology and how these impact on the design of interior space:

apertures

atriums

ceiling planes

mezzanines

multi-level spaces

public spaces

staircases

thresholds

transitional spaces

vertical and horizontal circulation systems

voids

different spatial arrangements and organising systems, including:

axis

grids

lineal arrangements

centralised arrangements

nested spaces

modular systems

hierarchical systems

repetition structures

elements and principles of design, their interrelationships, and how they are used in interior design

key steps in the design process and how ideas progress

design communication techniques.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

spaces for design.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID5023 Design for all ages and abilities

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID5008 Design for people with disabilities and the elderly.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to analyse the project brief and client requirements, generate design options and finalise the design of interior spaces using the principles of universal design to respond to the needs of people of all ages and abilities. This may include people with a disability and the elderly.

This unit applies to interior designers, including kitchen and bathroom designers.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking interior decoration and design work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse the project brief	1.1 Evaluate project specifications, parameters and constraints, and confirm with client 1.2 Select work resources based on project requirements 1.3 Identify key project stakeholders and establish required communication protocols
2. Conduct project research	2.1 Identify and assess aspects of the space that impact on potential solutions through site analysis and measurement 2.2 Explore intended function of the space taking into account the position of doors and windows and any physical requirements for access and egress 2.3 Identify details of specific access issues through liaison with the client 2.4 Investigate and assess the impact of Australian Standards requirements
3. Generate design ideas	3.1 Generate multiple ideas that are sympathetic to the project brief, individual client needs and Australian Standards requirements 3.2 Explore, integrate and refine different options through a process of reflection and testing 3.3 Assess and review performance and characteristics of products in accordance with client requirements 3.4 Assess ergonomic, anthropometric and proxemic principles in respect of the space, the intended products and universal access 3.5 Analyse sustainability and cultural considerations in respect of the space 3.6 Present and discuss products, materials and finish options with the client 3.7 Obtain client feedback and revise and refine ideas accordingly
4. Finalise design	4.1 Develop accurate drawings detailing all required measurements, dimensions and features 4.2 Develop and document detailed specifications based on client preferences 4.3 Estimate and document costs associated with purchasing and obtaining the products
5. Present design solution	5.1 Present final design solution and costing to the client or nominated person in a format suited to the nature of the project 5.2 Seek feedback, and agree to and record adjustments 5.3 Base adjustments to the final design solution on feedback without loss of design integrity and functionality

Foundation Skills

The Foundation Skills describe those required skills (such as, language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills) that are essential to performance.

technology skills to research and present design information and drawings using digital media.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID5008 Design for people with disabilities and the elderly.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5023 Design for all ages and abilities

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID5008 Design for people with disabilities and the elderly.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

designed 3 spaces in accordance with the principles of universal design and Australian Standard AS1428.1 in response to project briefs that have explicit access requirements, 1 of which must relate to physical disability that requires client(s) to move around the space in a wheelchair.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

state or territory legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice relevant to universal access / universal design

purpose and key provisions of AS1428.1 – Design for access and mobility general requirements for access: all sections

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

sources of credible information on products and how they can be used or adapted for universal access

elements and principles of design, their interrelationships, and how they are used in interior design

ergonomics, anthropometrics, proxemics and aesthetic values

sustainability considerations for design

universal design guidelines in relation to:

interiors generally

kitchens

bathrooms

laundries

types of access issues experienced in the general population and the impact on how individuals use and engage with interior space

access – space requirements, circulation space, height, door widths, ramps

acoustic

aids – handgrips, rails

lighting

materials and finishes – tactility, non-slip

interior space solutions that respond to different access issues

types and features of drawings and other visual presentation techniques used to present design solutions

digital and non-digital sketching and drawing techniques to architectural drawing standards

formats and required inclusions for design specifications.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design briefs

spaces for design

measuring equipment

information technology for research and design presentation.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID5024 Design workplace interiors

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID5013 Design for small to medium scale commercial or institutional interiors.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use the design process for the formulation of creative interior design solutions for potentially complex workplace interiors, satisfying the physiological, psychological, social, cultural and environmental requirements of the brief.

This unit applies to interior designers.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking interior decoration and design work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse the project brief	1.1 Evaluate project specifications, parameters and constraints, and confirm with client 1.2 Select resources appropriate to work requirements 1.3 Establish and maintain communication with others involved in the project
2. Conduct project research	2.1 Identify and assess aspects of the space that impact on potential solutions through site analysis and measurement 2.2 Clarify intended function and desired effects and explore with the client 2.3 Research and evaluate contextual information relating to the brief 2.4 Determine functional, access and planning issues specific to the site and client requirements 2.5 Develop and document project plan identifying key steps and responsibilities
3. Develop design concepts	3.1 Generate multiple ideas that are sympathetic to the project brief 3.2 Explore, integrate and refine different options through a process of reflection and testing 3.3 Assess environmental implications of the project and review design concepts to ensure maximum energy efficiency is achieved in solution 3.4 Test viability of interrelated ideas in an holistic way 3.5 Present concepts to the client using support documentation and tools suited to the scope of the project
4. Design the space	4.1 Translate ideas into three dimensional (3D) space satisfying functional criteria 4.2 Explore evidence of 3D notions through modelling 4.3 Present the idea with the greatest potential for success to promote the design's acceptance using both 2D and 3D representations 4.4 Select a materials palette to enhance spatial ideas 4.5 Seek client feedback, agree to and record amendments and revise and refine ideas 4.6 Modify design in response to critical feedback without losing integrity of the design intention
5. Revise and refine solution	5.1 Further review and resolve spatial planning and resolve in response to client feedback 5.2 Select materials, colours, finishes, fixtures and fittings that are appropriate for the concept and brief parameters 5.3 Seek feedback through consultation with the client and incorporate into design solution
6. Prepare a fully rendered client presentation	6.1 Choose presentation method, techniques and media based on suitability for the design solution 6.2 Prepare documentation, drawings and material selections that are consistent with the design intent 6.3 Complete work to plan and within brief constraints 6.4 Analyse client feedback and response to determine success in achieving client satisfaction 6.5 Evaluate work through feedback and own reflection, and identify potential improvements for use in future projects

Foundation Skills

The Foundation Skills describe those required skills (such as, language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills) that are essential to performance.

technology skills to research and present design information and drawings using digital media.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID5013 Design for small to medium scale commercial or institutional interiors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5024 Design workplace interiors

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID5013 Design for small to medium scale commercial or institutional interiors.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

developed and presented designs that meet the requirements of the brief for 3 workplace interiors.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

Australian Standards and the National Construction Code (NCC) aligned to the building classification

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

current and emerging trends that influence workplace design, including changing nature of work and employee interactions with the workplace

different types of workplaces and impacts on the design process

type and scope of client and/or project brief that informs work in a workplace context:

budget

client preferences

requirements:

aesthetic

functional

site characteristics

timeline

how different aspects of space impact on potential solutions, including:

colour

size

shape

level of light

structural features

types and features of resources that support the provision of design advice, and how they are used, including:

research tools

product tools

communication tools

elements and principles of design, their interrelationships, and how they are used in interior design

ergonomics, anthropometrics, proxemics and aesthetic values

design process, key stages and associated planning techniques

types of information that may inform the design process:

commercial

cultural

environmental

historical

political

technological

types of creative methodologies used in the design process

types and features of drawings and other visual presentation techniques used to present design solutions -

digital and non-digital sketching and drawing techniques to architectural drawing standards

regulations, conditions and variables relating to the specific workplace context:

access

building conditions

building standards

decision making processes

electricity supply

flexibility of structural changes

guidelines for traffic flow

guidelines relating to the specific use such as health standards

lease conditions

occupancy rates

other occupancy

public use patterns

safety standards

services available

size

workforce planning.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design briefs

workplace sites for design

measuring equipment

information technology for research and design presentation.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID5025 Develop residential interior design project documentation

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFID4007 Identify materials, construction techniques and methods used in building interiors.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to produce residential interior design project documentation using computer-aided design (CAD) programs. Documentation includes researching, detailing and specifying the materials, construction techniques and methods associated with residential interior design fit-outs for new or existing buildings.

This unit applies to interior designers.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking interior decoration and design work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Interior design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm detailed design requirements	1.1 Analyse site measurements and design drawings to confirm information on structures and services 1.2 Identify structural and service impacts of proposed design 1.3 Review regulatory implications of proposed design 1.4 Identify and respond to the need for professional advice on design viability 1.5 Identify and plan appropriate digital drawing schedule based on review of required project trades, construction and requirements 1.6 Identify and accurately document areas for demolition
2. Prepare digital design documentation	2.1 Research methods of construction and assembly for the proposed interior elements 2.2 Research materials, hardware and fixtures appropriate for the scope of the project 2.3 Develop accurate scale drawings of all built elements with required dimensions and annotations 2.4 Include all required information related to substrate, finish, junctions and fixings 2.5 Develop associated accurate, itemised specification notes and schedules in accordance with job requirements 2.6 Seek and incorporate client feedback on any design changes and on detail design development
3. Manage documentation package	3.1 Maintain current and accurate drawing register 3.2 Develop and implement coding and numbering system for drawings 3.3 Manage drawing amendments in accordance with agreed processes and procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5025 Develop residential interior design project documentation

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFID4007 Identify materials, construction techniques and methods used in building interiors.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

developed digital drawings, specifications and schedules for 3 residential interior designs that individually or cumulatively include:

detailing of kitchen and bathrooms

spaces with multiple levels

designs with structural implications such as changes to load bearing elements or floor penetrations

detailing of custom joinery and furniture

detailing of wet areas.

Knowledge Evidence

role of Australian Standards and the National Construction Code (NCC) statutory planning regulations affecting residential interior design for:

single occupancy detached and/or attached dwellings

multi-residential projects

individual sole occupancy units within a class 2 building

mathematical procedures for estimation, measurement and use of computer aided drawing technology

computer aided drawing techniques

basic building and architectural terminology and architectural drawings conventions

line weights

symbols

coding

scale

annotations

scope of commercial interior design projects, and when an architect or structural engineer needs to be involved

structural implications and limitations for interior design in residential buildings:

impact of interior floor and ceiling penetrations

impact of changes to interior load bearing elements

structural integration of new interior elements with existing (or proposed) structure

sources of professional advice on building and construction

break–down of the design project and its components for construction, the different trades involved, and the type of drawings and documentation required

residential building classes and a basic knowledge of how they are constructed:

beams and/or trusses

concrete

floor slabs

foundations

glass

masonry

steel

timber

windows

construction of built interior elements, load bearing and non-load bearing, and how they are represented on drawings and specifications:

ceiling components

interior beams

interior stairs

internal columns

internal doors

internal floors

internal wall assemblies

custom joinery for residential interior design, the fundamental techniques of how they are assembled, constructed and detailed through drawing:

architectural hardware

balustrades

built in furniture

built storage

carcases and substrates

ceiling features

concealed lighting

feature walls and panelling

kitchen and bathroom cabinetry and details

pelmets

stairs, platforms, and/or raised floors

window seats

materials used in residential interior design the fundamental techniques of how they are researched, fixed, and detailed and specified through drawings and schedules:

claddings

floor materials

formats and required inclusions for furnishing, fixtures and equipment schedules

formats and required inclusions for design specifications.

formats and required inclusions for door and furniture hardware

formats and required inclusions for door and window schedules

formats and required inclusions for materials schedules

glazing

linings

stone

wall materials

wet areas- fixtures, fittings and surface treatments

building services in residential design, their features, regulatory requirements and structural implications and how they are represented on detailed design drawings:

hydraulics

electrical

information and communications technology

conventions for document and drawing management and control:

title blocks

amendments

cross referencing

coding

review processes.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design information for documentation

information technology hardware

CAD software.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID5027 Research and recommend colour applications and finishes

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID5009 Research and recommend colour and applied finishes.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to assess colour requirements, research colour applications and finishes for diverse spaces and surfaces and make recommendations to the client.

This unit applies to interior decorators and designers.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse project requirements	1.1 Evaluate project specifications, parameters and constraints, and confirm with client 1.2 Select work resources based on the needs of the project 1.3 Identify key project stakeholders and establish required communication protocols
2. Research and colour applications and finishes	2.1 Assess the style, size lighting and intended use of the space as the basis for colour research 2.2 Assess the nature of surfaces and determine the impacts of different colour applications and finishes 2.3 Identify and research new technologies for relevance to the project 2.4 Assess potential application methods and techniques and available expertise for the desired effect 2.5 Analyse and compare options for their sustainability and safety
3. Refine ideas and select preferred solution	3.1 Explore, integrate and refine different options through a process of reflection and testing 3.2 Choose a preferred selection of colour applications and finishes based on research findings and the key objectives of the project brief
4. Finalise and present colour solution	4.1 Prepare a visual representation that communicates the key aspects of the preferred solution 4.2 Present recommendations in a format and level of detail suited to the client and scope of the project 4.3 Clearly articulate rationale for the chosen solution and present to the client 4.4 Provide cost estimates associated with the chosen solution to the client 4.5 Seek client feedback on the proposed solution 4.6 Make adjustments to the final design solution based on feedback

Foundation Skills

The Foundation Skills describe those required skills (such as, language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills) that are essential to performance:

technology skills to digitally research product options and present recommendations.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID5009 Research and recommend colour and applied finishes.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5027 Research and recommend colour applications and finishes

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID5009 Research and recommend colour and applied finishes.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

researched and presented solutions for colour applications and finishes in response to 3 different design briefs that individually or cumulatively require solutions for spaces that include:

cabinetry

ceilings

floors

walls.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

colour:

terminology

systems and theories

psychology

research sources for information about colour, including current trends

social, psychological, cultural and historical relationships and influences of colour

current and emerging manufacturing technologies

use of colour on different surfaces and the factors for consideration for all ages and abilities

features of different types of finishes and applications available to achieve different effects on:

cabinetry

furniture

ceilings

floors

walls

properties of colour applications and finishes, and how these inform recommendations:

construction, composition and materials, including tactile nature of products

maintenance requirements

quality

safety – flammability, product fixing requirements

sustainability – sourcing, production, longevity

methods of application

building standards in relation to colour contrasts for commercial premises

effects of natural and artificial light on colour

light reflective values (LVR) of colours and finishes

elements and principles of design, their interrelationships, and how they are used in interior decoration or design

design process and how ideas progress

different ways of creating visual representations for design solutions.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design briefs

spaces for which applications and finishes are recommended

information technology for research and design presentation.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID5028 Research and recommend artwork

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID5012 Research and recommend artwork.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to determine decoration requirements, research product options and make recommendations for specifying artwork within a project.

This unit applies to individuals providing advice in a retail, consulting or design studio environment. They analyse and compare product information from a wide range of different sources to develop a design solution.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine project requirements	1.1 Evaluate project specifications, parameters and constraints, and confirm with client 1.2 Select work resources based on the needs of the project 1.3 Identify and assess aspects of the space that impact on potential solutions 1.4 Analyse and review intended application for the artwork in the available space 1.5 Identify and investigate the most appropriate method of display in artwork within the existing space 1.6 Identify key project stakeholders and establish required communication protocols
2. Research artwork options	2.1 Source and analyse relevant information about potential artwork and artists 2.2 Assess and compare aesthetic requirements of the artwork with surrounding site and design elements 2.3 Analyse and evaluate properties of the materials used in the production of artwork 2.4 Assess elements and principles of design used in the creation of the artwork in relation to the available site 2.5 Source and compare information about costs and availability against the project brief 2.6 Identify and integrate potential sustainability features or issues into the research process
3. Refine ideas and select preferred solution	3.1 Explore, integrate and refine different options through a process of reflection and testing 3.2 Choose a preferred solution based on research findings and the key objectives of the project brief
4. Recommend artwork	4.1 Prepare a visual representation that communicates the key aspects of the preferred solution 4.2 Present recommendations in a format and level of detail suited to the client and scope of the project 4.3 Clearly articulate and present rationale for the chosen solution to the client 4.4 Provide client with realistic cost estimates for purchasing or hiring and/or exhibiting the artwork within the site 4.5 Seek client feedback on the proposed solution 4.6 Make adjustments to the final design solution based on feedback 4.7 Evaluate work through feedback and own reflection and identify potential improvements for use in future projects.

Foundation Skills

The Foundation Skills describe those required skills (such as, language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills) that are essential to performance:

technology skills to research artwork options and present recommendations using digital media.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID5012 Research and recommend artwork.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID5028 Research and recommend artwork

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID5012 Research and recommend artwork.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

researched and presented artwork recommendations in response to different project briefs that individually or cumulatively require solutions for the following:

two dimensional (2D) artwork

3D artwork

artwork for different interior design applications

artwork as a style guide for an interior scheme and/or design project.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

legal and ethical considerations for the provision of product advice, including:

individual worker responsibilities under Australian consumer law

Australian copyright issues surrounding use of artwork and original images in interior design applications

type and scope of client and/or project brief information needed to inform research and recommendation:

budget

client preferences

aesthetic and functional requirements

site characteristics

timeline

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

how different aspects of space impact on potential solutions, including:

colour

size

shape

level of light

structural features

types and features of resources that support the provision of design advice, and how they are used, including:

research tools

product tools

communication tools

sources of information on 2D and 3D artworks, including:

how to access

ways to identify, interrogate and distil information

elements and principles of design, their interrelationships, and how they are used in interior decoration

ways to integrate art images and objects into an interior design scheme

nature of artworks and their characteristics for consideration:

art movements

artist

concept

materials/medium

origin / source

uniqueness (original, limited edition, print)

whether the art 2D or3D requires specific lighting and/or electrical connections or plumbing

types and characteristics of different types of frames, framing materials and methods of display:

commercial hanging systems / gallery track

invisible installation methods

picture rails

plinths

art printed interior design materials

different ways of creating visual representations for design solutions that incorporate two dimensional and/or three dimensional artworks.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design briefs

information technology for research and design presentation.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID6010 Design commercial interior lighting

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFID5006 Design interior lighting.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to assess natural light and determine supplementary lighting requirements in both existing and potential commercial interior spaces, and design lighting as part of an integrated interior solution.

This unit applies to interior decorators and designers. They analyse and compare information from diverse sources to inform a design solution.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking interior decoration and design work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Interpret lighting requirements	1.1 Evaluate project specifications, parameters and constraints, and confirm with client 1.2 Determine intended facility and space functions and the associated tasks and processes 1.3 Select work resources based on the needs of the project 1.4 Identify key project stakeholders and establish required communication protocols
2. Assess existing orientation and natural light	2.1 Determine natural light and ultraviolet (UV) penetration from site analysis 2.2 Determine aspect and orientation from project brief and building plans 2.3 Examine window treatments and placement for their efficiency in controlling light 2.4 Review selection of colours for walls, ceilings, furnishings and fittings for their effect on raising or lowering the effect of light into the space 2.5 Assess methods of site light control and light control devices for their effect on natural light
3. Determine supplementary lighting requirements	3.1 Identify and assess supplementary lighting sources and their potential to achieve the desired lighting effects 3.2 Assess the practicality and safety requirements for supplementary lighting in the facility 3.3 Research and assess the ongoing maintenance and environmental impact and energy efficiency of potential supplementary lighting 3.4 Identify actual and potential location for supplementary lighting and determine required changes to achieve desired outcomes 3.5 Analyse effect of supplementary lighting on the existing or proposed colour spectrum
4. Generate lighting concepts	4.1 Use creative methodologies to generate lighting concepts and themes 4.2 Assess concepts against the project brief to select most viable solution 4.3 Present concept to client using support documentation suited to the scope of the project 4.4 Discuss ideas with client and modify concept according to feedback 4.5 Select lighting options that meet industry standards and accurately document specifications
5. Revise and refine solution	5.1 Revise and refine lighting concepts through a process of reflection and testing 5.2 Examine environmental aspects of lighting solution and identify and integrate options for improved sustainability 5.3 Research and select appropriate lighting options that meet industry standards 5.4 Select the final lighting design that best meets the requirements of the brief
6. Present lighting solution	6.1 Document lighting solution using industry symbols and conventions for all fittings and components 6.2 Create three dimensional (3D) visualisations of lighting effects using appropriate software 6.3 Develop and document comprehensive schedule for lighting design 6.4 Present lighting solution and clearly explain key features and benefits 6.5 Analyse client feedback and response to determine success in achieving client satisfaction 6.6 Evaluate work through feedback and own reflection, and identify potential improvements for use in future projects

Foundation Skills

The Foundation Skills describe those required skills (such as, language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills) that are essential to performance:

technology skills to research and present design information and drawings using digital media.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID6010 Design commercial interior lighting

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFID5006 Design interior lighting.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and:

designed and documented lighting solutions with 3D visualisations for 3 different commercial spaces:

each space must be different in terms of activities, tasks and processes undertaken in the space

1 must be an existing space requiring a new lighting design

1 must be a potential space, yet to be constructed.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

type and scope of client and/or project brief information needed to inform research and recommendation:

budget

client preferences

aesthetic and functional requirements

site characteristics – size, shape, services, structural considerations

timeline

types and features of resources that support the provision of design advice, and how they are used, including:

research tools and techniques

product tools

communication tools

mathematical procedures for estimation, measurement and calculation of costings

basic light characteristics:

natural

UV

interaction between colour and light

how aspect and orientation impact light and lighting selection

artificial light:

effects on the colour spectrum

energy efficiency

special effects that can be achieved

technical terminology

lighting design options and trends in the context of commercial spaces:

hospitality

multi-residential

retail

workplace

sources of information on commercial lighting products and devices

features and effects of different types of commercial lighting products

methods of light control and their uses in different situations

how furnishing selections impact light in an interior space

the relationship between lighting and key parameters for:

atmosphere and mood

activities undertaken in the space

Australian Standard AS1680 – its purpose and key provisions

drawing conventions for lighting formats.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design briefs

sites for lighting

measuring equipment

information technology for research and design presentation.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID6011 Resolve complex spatial design problems through modelling

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID6001 Resolve complex spatial design problems through modelling.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to develop and refine conceptual models to inform design work through experimentation with a range of spatial modelling techniques. It includes managing and organising resource requirements for new work and realising a fully resolved interior scheme.

This unit applies to interior designers.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Adapt and develop concepts as a result of design research	1.1 Establish criteria that are most likely to facilitate the achievement of the conceptual vision 1.2 Collaborate with colleagues to develop conceptual thinking approaches 1.3 Examine a range of spatial problems to determine suitable approaches 1.4 Research, adapt and incorporate relevant ideas and approaches from other practitioners
2. Visualise design concepts using modelling techniques	2.1 Extend capabilities of a range of two dimensional (2D) conceptual notions through 3D modelling 2.2 Refine the conceptual vision based on ongoing experimentation using sophisticated modelling techniques 2.3 Present to the client a sophisticated concept model appropriate to the brief and evaluate feedback
3. Manage and organise resource requirements for new work	3.1 Research materials, tools, equipment and computer-aided design (CAD) applications for the achievement of different 3D effects 3.2 Determine and organise resource requirements that arise from the use of techniques and experimental approaches for new work 3.3 Determine critical path, projecting completion dates of each stage of the project
4. Develop extend and resolve spatial ideas through modelling	4.1 Experiment with a range of modelling techniques to explore and develop complex 3D notions 4.2 Apply and manipulate design elements and principles to assist in design development 4.3 Explore and manipulate scale, volume and proportion as part of a design development process 4.4 Develop a range of models by hand or using CAD applications to revise and refine spatial ideas 4.5 Use collaboration as an integral part of the process
5. Present a fully resolved interior space	5.1 Select modelling technique to meet the established criteria 5.2 Select appropriate scale to meet brief criteria 5.3 Accurately represent resolved spatial ideas to scale 5.4 Accurately represent materials and textures to scale 5.5 Resolve and demonstrate construction, detailing and finishes through sophisticated modelling 5.6 Present detailed model to client and evaluate feedback

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID6001 Resolve complex spatial design problems through modelling.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID6011 Resolve complex spatial design problems through modelling

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID6001 Resolve complex spatial design problems through modelling.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

fully resolved a final design solution for 3 complex spatial design problems through manual or computer-based modelling, demonstrating skills in:

collaboration

critical thinking

creativity and innovation.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

elements and principles of design, their interrelationships, and how they are used in interior design

design process and progression of ideas

design communication techniques

types and nature of complex spatial challenges, and how modelling can be used to resolve:

apertures

atriums

ceiling planes

mezzanines

multi-level spaces

public spaces

staircases

thresholds

transitional spaces

vertical and horizontal circulation systems

voids

different modelling and/or 3D visualisation techniques:

concept modelling

mass modelling

detailed modelling

3D printing

CAD models

features and uses of White models

features and uses of Maquettes

structures in design contexts

modular systems and repeats

advanced 3D geometry.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design briefs involving complex spatial challenges

manual or computer aided modelling materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID6012 Design for large scale commercial or institutional interiors

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID6003Design for large scale commercial or institutional interiors.

Application

This unit of competency describes the skills required to follow a design process for the formulation of creative and complex design solutions to large scale commercial or institutional interior design situations satisfying the physiological, psychological, social, cultural, technical and environmental requirements of the brief.

This unit applies to interior designers.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking interior decoration and design work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse the project brief	1.1 Evaluate project specifications, parameters and constraints, and confirm with client 1.2 Select resources appropriate to work requirements and check for operational effectiveness 1.3 Establish and maintain communication with others in the design project.
2. Conduct project research	2.1 Identify and assess aspects of the space that impact on potential solutions through site analysis and measurement 2.2 Clarify the intended function of the space and explore with client 2.3 Research and evaluate contextual information relating to the brief 2.4 Determine functional and planning issues specific to the site and client requirements 2.5 Identify issues relating to the commercial environment and determine their implications for the design project 2.6 Organise and present research material in a format suited to the project 2.7 Develop and document project plan identifying key steps and responsibilities
3. Develop design concepts	3.1 Generate multiple ideas and concepts that are sympathetic to the design brief 3.2 Explore, integrate and refine different options through a process of reflection and testing 3.3 Identify and address access issues relating the project in design solution 3.4 Assess environmental implications of the project and review design concepts to ensure maximum energy efficiency is achieved in solution 3.5 Test viability of interrelated ideas in a holistic way 3.6 Present concepts to the client using support documentation and tools suited to the scope of the project
4. Design the space	4.1 Translate ideas into three dimensional (3D) space satisfying functional criteria 4.2 Explore evidence of 3D notions through modelling 4.3 Present idea with the greatest potential for success to promote the design's acceptance using both 2D and 3D representations 4.4 Seek client feedback, agree to and record amendments, and revise and refine ideas 4.5 Select a materials palette to enhance spatial ideas 4.6 Modify design in response to critical feedback without losing integrity of the design intention
5. Revise and refine solution	5.1 Assess ergonomic and anthropometric principles in respect to the space and the intended products 5.2 Further review and resolve spatial planning in response to client feedback 5.3 Select materials, colours, finishes, fixtures and fittings appropriate to the concept and brief parameters 5.4 Receive feedback through consultation with the client and incorporate into design solution
6. Prepare a fully rendered client presentation	6.1 Choose presentation method, techniques and media based on suitability for the design solution 6.2 Prepare documentation, drawings and material selections that are consistent with the design intent 6.3 Complete work to plan and within brief constraints 6.4 Analyse client feedback and response to determine success in achieving client satisfaction 6.5 Evaluate work through feedback and own reflection, and identify potential improvements for use in future projects

Foundation Skills

The Foundation Skills describe those required skills (such as, language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills) that are essential to performance:

technology skills to research and present design information and drawings using digital media.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID6003 Design for large scale commercial or institutional interiors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID6012 Design for large scale commercial or institutional interiors

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID6003 Design for large scale commercial or institutional interiors.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

developed and presented designs that meet the requirements of the brief for 3 large scale commercial or institutional interiors.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

Australian Standards and the National Construction Code (NCC)

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

type and scope of client / project brief that informs work in a hospitality context:

budget

client preferences

aesthetic and functional requirements

site characteristics

timeline

how different aspects of space impact on potential solutions, including:

colour

size

shape

level of light

structural features

types and features of resources that support the provision of design advice, and how they are used, including:

research tools

product tools

communication tools

elements and principles of design, their interrelationships, and how they are used in interior design

ergonomics, anthropometrics, proxemics and aesthetic values

design process, key stages and associated planning techniques

types of information that may inform the design process:

commercial

cultural

environmental

historical

political

technological

types of creative methodologies used in the design process

types and features of drawings and other visual presentation techniques used to present design solutions

digital and non-digital sketching and drawing techniques to architectural drawing standards

regulations, conditions and variables relating to the specific commercial or institutional context:

access

building conditions

building standards

decision making processes

electricity supply

flexibility of structural changes

guidelines for traffic flow

guidelines relating to the specific use such as health standards

lease conditions

occupancy rates

other occupancy

public use patterns

safety standards

services available

size.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design briefs

commercial environments for design

measuring equipment

information technology for research and design presentation.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID6013 Design interiors for hospitality environments

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID6004 Design interiors for hospitality environments.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to follow a design process for the formulation of creative interior design solutions to potentially complex requirements in hospitality environments such as bars, restaurants, hotels and function centres.

This unit applies to interior designers.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking interior decoration and design work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse the project brief	1.1 Evaluate project specifications, parameters and constraints, and confirm with client 1.2 Select work resources based on project requirements 1.3 Identify key project stakeholders and establish required communication protocols
2. Conduct project research	2.1 Identify and assess aspects of the space that impact on potential solutions through site analysis and measurement 2.2 Clarify the intended function of the space and explore with client 2.3 Research and evaluate contextual information relating to the brief 2.4 Determine functional and planning issues specific to the site and client requirements 2.5 Identify issues relating to the hospitality environment and determine their implications for the design project 2.6 Organise and present research material that informs response to the brief using relevant software 2.7 Develop and document project plan identifying key steps and responsibilities
3. Develop design concepts	3.1 Generate multiple ideas and concepts that are sympathetic to the design brief 3.2 Explore, integrate and refine different options through a process of reflection and testing 3.3 Identify and address access issues relating the project in design solution 3.4 Assess environmental implications of the project and review design concepts to ensure maximum energy efficiency is achieved in solution 3.5 Test viability of interrelated ideas in a holistic way 3.6 Present concepts to the client using support documentation and tools suited to the scope of the project
4. Design the space	4.1 Translate ideas into three dimensional (3D) space satisfying functional criteria 4.2 Explore evidence of 3D notions through modelling 4.3 Present idea with the greatest potential for success to promote the design's acceptance using both 2D and 3D representations 4.4 Seek client feedback, agree to and record amendments, and revise and refine ideas 4.5 Select a materials palette that enhances spatial ideas 4.6 Modify design in response to critical feedback without losing integrity of the design intention
5. Revise and refine solution	5.1 Assess ergonomic and anthropometric principles in respect to the space and the intended products 5.2 Further review and resolve spatial planning in response to client feedback 5.3 Select materials, colours, finishes, fixtures and fittings appropriate to the concept and brief parameters 5.4 Receive feedback through consultation with the client and incorporate into design solution.
6. Prepare a fully rendered client presentation	6.1 Choose presentation method, techniques and media based on suitability for the design solution 6.2 Prepare documentation, drawings and material selections that are consistent with the design intent 6.3 Complete work to plan and within brief constraints 6.4 Analyse client feedback and response to determine success in achieving client satisfaction 6.5 Evaluate work through feedback and own reflection, and identify potential improvements for use in future projects

Foundation Skills

The Foundation Skills describe those required skills (such as, language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills) that are essential to performance:

technology skills to research and present design information and drawings using digital media.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID6004 Design interiors for hospitality environments

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID6013 Design interiors for hospitality environments

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID6004 Design interiors for hospitality environments.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

developed and presented designs that meet the requirements of the brief for 3 interiors in hospitality environments.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

Australian Standards and the National Construction Code (NCC)

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

type and scope of client / project brief that informs work in a hospitality context:

budget

client preferences

aesthetic and functional requirements

site characteristics

timeline

how different aspects of space impact on potential solutions, including:

colour

size

shape

level of light

structural features

types and features of resources that support the provision of design advice, and how they are used, including:

research tools

product tools

communication tools

elements and principles of design, their interrelationships, and how they are used in interior design

ergonomics, anthropometrics, proxemics and aesthetic values

design process, key stages and associated planning techniques

types of information that may inform the design process:

commercial

cultural

environmental

historical

political

technological

types of creative methodologies used in the design process

types and features of drawings and other visual presentation techniques used to present design solutions

digital and non-digital sketching and drawing techniques to architectural drawing standards

regulations, conditions and variables relating to the specific hospitality context:

access

building conditions

building standards

decision making processes

electricity supply

flexibility of structural changes

guidelines for traffic flow

guidelines relating to the specific use such as health standards

lease conditions

occupancy rates

other occupancy

public use patterns

safety standards

services available

size.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design briefs

hospitality environments for design

measuring equipment

information technology for research and design presentation.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID6014 Design for retail interiors

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID6005 Design for retail interiors.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design retail environments for the effective selling of products and services. Retail design covers the application of branding, marketing and consumer research to satisfy the commercial, physiological, psychological, social, cultural and environmental requirements of the interior design brief. Retail environments may be for an entire building or for retail tenancies within larger building complexes.

This unit applies to interior designers.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking interior decoration and design work. Access to construction sites require certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse the project brief	1.1 Evaluate project specifications, parameters and constraints, and confirm with client 1.2 Select resources appropriate to work requirements 1.3 Identify key project stakeholders and establish required communication protocols
2. Conduct brand analysis and project research	2.1 Identify and assess aspects of the space that impact on potential solutions through site analysis and measurement 2.2 Clarify the intended function of the space and explore with client 2.3 Research and evaluate the features of the brand and target market relating to the brief 2.4 Determine functional and planning issues specific to the site and client requirements 2.5 Identify issues relating to the retail environment and determine their implications for the design project 2.6 Organise and collate research material that informs response to the brief using relevant software 2.7 Develop and document project plan identifying key steps and responsibilities
3. Develop design concepts	3.1 Generate multiple ideas and concepts that are sympathetic to the design brief and brand values 3.2 Explore, integrate and refine different options through a process of reflection and testing 3.3 Identify and address access issues relating the project in design solution 3.4 Assess environmental implications of the project and review design concepts to ensure maximum energy efficiency is achieved in solution 3.5 Test viability of interrelated ideas in an holistic way 3.6 Present concepts to the client using support documentation and tools suited to the scope of the project
4. Design the space	4.1 Translate ideas into three dimensional (3D) space satisfying functional criteria 4.2 Explore evidence of 3D notions through modelling 4.3 Present idea with the greatest potential for success to promote the design's acceptance using both 2D and 3D representations 4.4 Seek client feedback, agree to and record amendments, and revise and refine ideas 4.5 Select a materials palette to enhance spatial ideas 4.6 Modify design in response to critical feedback without losing integrity of the design intention
5. Revise and refine solution	5.1 Assess ergonomic and anthropometric principles in respect to the space and the intended products 5.2 Further revise spatial planning and resolve in response to client feedback 5.3 Select and design materials, colours, finishes, fixtures and fittings appropriate to the concept and brief parameters 5.4 Receive feedback through consultation with the client and incorporate into design solution
6. Prepare a fully rendered client presentation	6.1 Choose presentation method, techniques and media based on suitability for the design solution 6.2 Prepare documentation, drawings and material selections that are consistent with the design intent 6.3 Complete work to plan and within brief constraints 6.4 Analyse client feedback and response to determine success in achieving client satisfaction 6.5 Evaluate work through feedback and own reflection, and identify potential improvements for use in future projects

Foundation Skills

The Foundation Skills describe those required skills (such as, language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills) that are essential to performance:

technology skills to research and present design information and drawings using digital media.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID6005 Design for retail interiors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID6014 Design for retail interiors

Modification History

Not applicable.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

developed and presented designs that meet the requirements of the brief for 3 retail interiors that individually or cumulatively include:

analysis of brand, client profiles and marketing

custom joinery or display designs.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

regulations, conditions and variables relating to the specific retail context:

access and accessibility

building conditions

building standards

decision making processes

electricity supply

egress

flexibility of structural changes

Fire Resistant Level (FRL) of materials

guidelines for traffic flow

guidelines relating to the specific use such as health standards

lease conditions

occupancy rates

other occupancy

public use patterns

safety standards

services available

size

Australian Standards, regulatory requirements and the National Construction Code (NCC) affecting the design of retail tenancies within Class 6 buildings:

accessibility

egress

FRL of materials

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

branding and marketing, including:

brand and brand values

brand image

client base

visual identity

type and scope of client and/or project brief that informs work in a retail context:

budget

target market

commercial requirements

brand analysis

point of sale requirements

consumer research

functional requirements

commercial requirements

product stock and range

retail display requirements

lighting

signage

visual identity

way finding

shop fronts

consumer and user centered processes for design

how different aspects of space impact on potential solutions, including:

colour

size

shape

level of light

structural features

types and features of resources that support the provision of design advice, and how they are used, including:

research tools

product tools

communication tools

elements and principles of design, their interrelationships, and how they are used in interior design

ergonomics, anthropometrics, proxemics and aesthetic values

design process, key stages and associated planning techniques

types of information that may inform the design process:

commercial

cultural

environmental

historical

political

technological

types of creative methodologies used in the design process

types and features of drawings and other visual presentation techniques used to present design solutions

digital and non-digital sketching and drawing techniques to architectural drawing standards.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design briefs

retail environments for design

measuring equipment

information technology for research and design presentation.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID6015 Design for conservation and restoration projects

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID6006 Design for conservation and restoration projects.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to follow a design process for the formulation of creative interior design solutions to potentially complex conservation and restoration projects. It includes the need for design solutions to satisfy the physiological, psychological, social, cultural and environmental requirements of the brief and heritage style and conservation conditions.

This unit applies to interior designers.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking interior decoration and design work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse the project brief	1.1 Evaluate project specifications, parameters and constraints, and confirm with client 1.2 Select resources appropriate to work requirements and check for operational effectiveness 1.3 Identify key project stakeholders and establish required communication protocols
2. Conduct project research	2.1 Identify and assess aspects of the space that impact on potential solutions through site analysis and measurement 2.2 Clarify the intended function of the space and explore with client 2.3 Research and evaluate contextual information relating to the brief 2.4 Determine functional and planning issues specific to the site and client requirements 2.5 Identify issues relating to the conservation and restoration environment and determine their implications for the design project 2.6 Organise and collate research material that informs response to the brief using relevant software 2.7 Develop and document project plan identifying key steps and responsibilities
3. Develop design concepts	3.1 Generate multiple ideas and concepts that are sympathetic to the design brief 3.2 Explore, integrate and refine different options through a process of reflection and testing 3.3 Assess environmental implications of the project and review design concepts to ensure maximum energy efficiency is achieved in solution 3.4 Test viability of interrelated ideas in a holistic way 3.5 Present concepts to the client using support documentation and tools suited to the scope of the project
4. Design the space	4.1 Translate ideas into three dimensional (3D) space satisfying functional criteria 4.2 Explore evidence of 3D notions through modelling 4.3 Present idea with the greatest potential for success to promote the design's acceptance using both 2D and 3D representations 4.4 Seek client feedback, agree to and record amendments, and revise and refine ideas 4.5 Select a materials palette to enhance spatial ideas 4.6 Modify design in response to critical feedback without losing integrity of the design intention
5. Revise and refine solution	5.1 Assess ergonomic and anthropometric principles in respect to the space and the intended products 5.2 Further review and resolve spatial planning in response to client feedback 5.3 Select materials, colours, finishes, fixtures and fittings appropriate to the concept and brief parameters 5.4 Receive feedback through consultation with the client and incorporate into design solution
6. Prepare a fully rendered client presentation	6.1 Choose presentation method, techniques and media based on suitability for the design solution 6.2 Prepare documentation, drawings and material selections that are consistent with the design intent 6.3 Complete work to plan and within brief constraints 6.4 Analyse client feedback and response to determine success in achieving client satisfaction 6.5 Evaluate work through feedback and own reflection, and identify potential improvements for use in future projects

Foundation Skills

The Foundation Skills describe those required skills (such as, language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills) that are essential to performance:

technology skills to research and present design information and drawings using digital media.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID6006 Design for conservation and restoration projects.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID6015 Design for conservation and restoration projects

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID6006 Design for conservation and restoration projects.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

developed and presented designs that meet the requirements of the brief for 3 conservation and/or restoration interiors.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

Australian Standards and the National Construction Code (NCC)

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

type and scope of client and/or project brief that informs work in a hospitality context:

budget

client preferences

aesthetic and functional requirements

site characteristics

timeline

how different aspects of space impact on potential solutions, including:

colour

size

shape

level of light

structural features

types and features of resources that support the provision of design advice, and how they are used, including:

research tools

product tools

communication tools

elements and principles of design, their interrelationships, and how they are used in interior design

ergonomics, anthropometrics, proxemics and aesthetic values

design process, key stages and associated planning techniques

types of information that may inform the design process:

commercial

cultural

environmental

historical

political

technological

types of creative methodologies used in the design process

types and features of drawings and other visual presentation techniques used to present design solutions

digital and non-digital sketching and drawing techniques to architectural drawing standards

regulations, conditions and variables relating to the specific conservation / restoration context:

issues that typically impact decoration solutions for restoration projects, and how these can be addressed, including:

building condition

compatibility and matching of new and old materials

frameworks that control activity in the building:

building standards

decision-making processes

conservation orders and conditions

safety standards

occupancy and use guidelines

services availability

protection and conservation of features.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design briefs

conservation and/or restoration environments for design

measuring equipment

information technology for research and design presentation.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID6016 Select and monitor contractors

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID6007 Select and instruct consultants and contractors.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to analyse requirements and select and monitor contractors for an interior decoration or design project. Engagement of contractors may be direct or on behalf of the client.

This unit applies to interior decorators and designers who coordinate the services of multiple contractors to achieve the design solution for the client.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse project requirements	1.1 Determine contractor requirements from detailed review of proposed design 1.2 Identify and document key project activities, interrelationships and timelines 1.3 Develop quality and cost criteria based on the project brief and proposed design 1.4 Incorporate regulatory, safety, risk and sustainability issues into contractor engagement processes 1.5 Develop accurate and comprehensive contractor specifications
2. Source and select contractors	2.1 Research current and relevant information on potential contractors 2.2 Collate accurate specifications, technical data and other requested information for potential contractors 2.3 Obtain and evaluate contractor qualifications against specifications and nominated quality criteria 2.4 Create contractor agreements in writing detailing all costs and product and/or service details 2.5 Identify insurances necessary for the engagement of contractors for the specific project
3. Monitor contractors	3.1 Create documentation for contractors that provides accurate information about project requirements and timelines 3.2 Establish communication protocols that facilitate efficient exchange of information and expertise 3.3 Evaluate contractor performance against agreements and timelines and take action accordingly to support project quality and integrity 3.4 Evaluate information from contractor performance for its application to future work

Foundation Skills

The Foundation Skills describe those required skills (such as, language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills) that are essential to performance:

technology skills to use digital research and create and present project documentation.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID6007 Select and instruct consultants and contractors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID6016 Select and monitor contractors

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID6007 Select and instruct consultants and contractors.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

selected and scheduled contractors for 3 different interior design or decoration projects that individually or cumulatively require 3 different services.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

types of contractors used in interior decoration and design projects, and the interrelationships between them

mathematical procedures for estimation, measurement and quotation evaluation

considerations for the engagement and management of contractors:

regulatory:

Australian Standards and the National Construction Code

local government planning approval

work site entry legislation

licensing

heritage regulations

sustainability

sources of information on interior design related services and products

product and service terminology, features and options, current technology and risk considerations in these key service areas:

building and construction

cabinetmakers

design

electrical

floor installation and finishing

painting

picture framing

plastering

plumbing

soft furnishing

tiling

requirements for contractor briefing and specification documents

formats and inclusions for written agreements in interior design and decoration projects

insurance implications of engaging contractors

project management techniques, including planning and implementation.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

proposed designs

information technology for research and document creation.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID6017 Evaluate design project outcomes

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID6008 Evaluate design project outcomes.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify evaluation criteria and engage in a structured process of critical evaluation to make a judgement about the success of the design outcome. It also includes making suggestions for design improvements based on the evaluation.

This unit applies to designers.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify evaluation criteria	1.1 Analyse project brief to determine key design requirements 1.2 Verify problems or underlying factors to be addressed in the project brief 1.3 Identify communication requirements for the project 1.4 Research and identify current industry design trends relating to project brief 1.5 Research and identify workplace and industry standards in relation to design presentation 1.6 Research and verify quality and evaluation criteria that apply to design processes
2. Apply evaluation criteria	2.1 Examine design drawings, and all associated documentation to identify all features of the finished design against the original design concept 2.2 Evaluate the design and all specifications against project brief to check consistency 2.3 Evaluate the design and use critical reflection to determine how well elements and principles of design have been applied 2.4 Evaluate the design for consistency with current industry trends and influences 2.5 Evaluate the design against client requirements, including adherence to time and budget 2.6 Evaluate the design for quality and innovation 2.7 Evaluate processes engaged to develop finished design for effectiveness in achieving final design outcomes
3. Suggest design improvements	3.1 Examine and document factors affecting the outcome of the project 3.2 Use collaboration and critical thinking to inform suggestions for improving that design and how it meets the established design criteria 3.3 Use technical design skills to reflect evaluation outcomes and communicate improvements 3.4 Identify and test potential design improvements for viability 3.5 Achieve design improvements through selection, adaptation and introduction of materials, tools, technology and design processes 3.6 Respect intellectual and copyright requirements when incorporating ideas from others 3.7 Compile and produce evaluation report that addresses key criteria

Foundation Skills

The Foundation Skills describe those required skills (such as, language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills) that are essential to performance:

technology skills use digital research and create evaluation reports.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID6008 Evaluate design project outcomes.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID6017 Evaluate design project outcomes

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID6008 Evaluate design project outcomes.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

evaluated the outcomes of 3 interior design projects, including 1 residential and 1 commercial design

demonstrated skills in:

collaboration

using critical thinking processes

reflective practice.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

Australian Standards and National Construction Code (NCC) relevant to interior design

elements and principles of design, including liveability and accessibility

ergonomics, anthropometrics, proxemics and aesthetic values

sustainability considerations for interior design

how to determine evaluation criteria for interior design projects, and how these may vary

how to establish evaluation criteria for interior design projects and key considerations:

the design process and its application

application of elements and principles of design

consistency with project brief – client needs, budget, timeline

adherence to compliance requirements

sustainability outcomes

suitability for current interior design trends and expectations

compliance with building standards

models and processes for collaboration, evaluation and reflective practice, including:

how to establish a personal work methodology

how to work with others and in a team by recognising dependencies and using cooperative approaches to optimise work flow and productivity

ways of communicating and presenting ideas and critiques

how to initiate new ideas and work techniques

how to experiment in both the planning of projects and methods of execution

types and features of drawings and other visual presentation techniques used to present interior design solutions - digital and non-digital.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

completed designs and supporting design documentation

information technology for research and document creation.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID6018 Apply 3D digital visualisation techniques to represent interior designs

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID6002 Apply 3-D visualisation techniques to represent interior designs.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to select and apply digital rendering techniques to three dimensional (3D) computer aided design (CAD) models and create realistic visualisations of interior design projects for the purpose of design development and presentation.

This unit applies to interior designers.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Analyse project	1.1 Review, confirm and clarify project brief 1.2 Assess and confirm parameters for the project 1.3 Select resources appropriate to work requirements and check for operational effectiveness 1.4 Establish and maintain communication with relevant personnel in accordance with project requirements and/or workplace practices
2. Select rendering techniques	2.1 Determine rendering requirements for project presentation requirements 2.2 Select rendering software with capability to achieve desired effects within the project timeframe and budget 2.3 Assess equipment suitability for rendering software and achieving desired effects 2.4 Plan rendering tasks in accordance with project requirements
3. Apply rendering functions	3.1 Select and apply image resolutions to meet project requirements 3.2 Select and apply ratios to meet project requirements 3.3 Adjust renderer attributes to obtain desired visual effects
4. Check render integrity and quality	4.1 Test and refine render integrity through critical evaluation 4.2 Identify and re-link missing images and textures to obtain required quality 4.3 Test render duration for optimising process 4.4 Test alpha channels and opacity matts 4.5 Test render layers and passes
5. Optimise images for render processes	5.1 Identify and complete relevant pre-rendering optimisations tasks 5.2 Adjust and refine renderer attributes to optimise render duration 5.3 Select appropriate file output format, file names and output destinations 5.4 Select appropriate file names and output destinations
6. Render model and extract selected views	6.1 Complete final rendering processes and review to ensure compliance with system and client requirements 6.2 Correctly format files for required print and digital presentation outputs 6.3 Store in accordance with system requirements

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID6002 Apply 3-D visualisation techniques to represent interior designs.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID6018 Apply 3D digital visualisation techniques to represent interior designs

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID6002 Apply 3-D visualisation techniques to represent interior designs.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

used creative and critical thinking processes to render digital models for representation of interior design project intentions using digital software applications, and created rendered perspective views, including the creation of the following effects:

lighting

shading

rendering

furniture and fittings

reflections and translucency

foreground objects

integrating realistic background and views

accurate representation of materiality and texture

mood and atmosphere

simulated day and night-time effects

texturing.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

elements and principles of design

ergonomics, anthropometrics, proxemics and aesthetic values

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

standards, requirements, policies and procedures for producing digital rendering

types of digital rendering software packages, their features and capabilities, and how they are manipulated to achieve desired outcomes

the digital rendering process and how it can be optimized

equipment requirements and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

types of problems with digital rendering and how they can be resolved

methods of storage for rendered components

procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of digital rendering records and information

applying rendering tasks using and refining render components for best performance

techniques for visualising 2D notions into 3D space.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

completed designs in modelling software for extraction

digital hardware and software.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID6019 Produce digital presentations for commercial projects

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID6009 Produce digital presentations for commercial projects.

Application

This unit of competency describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare, produce and present digital presentations for interior design projects in accordance with project briefs.

This unit applies to interior designers.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Assess project presentation requirements	1.1 Review and clarify brief to determine presentation requirements 1.2 Assess and confirm parameters for the project 1.3 Select resources appropriate to work requirements and check for operational effectiveness 1.4 Establish and maintain communication with others
2. Prepare for digital presentation	2.1 Measure space to obtain all dimensions and specifications 2.2 Examine and plan placement of products and accessories as well as application of finishes 2.3 Assess and plan the spatial organisation of the area in accordance with its intended use 2.4 Explore options and potential innovative approaches for digital presentation solutions 2.5 Prepare initial presentation and discuss and negotiate ideas and concepts with client and other stakeholders
3. Produce digital presentation	3.1 Critically evaluate and compare digital presentation options 3.2 Develop project-specific digital methodologies based on evaluation of options 3.3 Manage and use electronic business files and financial tools to assist in the development of the presentation 3.4 Produce and check final digital presentation for client communication
4. Present digital presentation	4.1 Present to the client, selling the attributes of the design solution 4.3 Produce and include materials and product schedules in the final digital presentation 4.4 Produce floor plan(s) and elevations to portray placement of products and specify finishes using rendering techniques and portray digitally 4.5 Support digital presentation with colour boards and detailed drawings in accordance with project requirements

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID6009 Produce digital presentations for commercial projects.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID6019 Produce digital presentations for commercial projects

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFID6009 Produce digital presentations for commercial projects.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

used creative and critical thinking processes to produce a digital presentation for an interior design commercial project consisting of plans, elevations and/or sections and three dimensional (3D) views for 3 different spaces.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

elements and principles of design

ergonomics, anthropometrics, proxemics and aesthetic values

types of digital presentation methods for different contexts

types of digital software packages for presentation of interior designs, their features and capabilities and how they are used to achieve desired outcomes

techniques for interpreting 2D notions into 3D space

digital presentation development and use

standards, requirements, policies and procedures for producing digital presentations

equipment and procedures for their safe use, operation and maintenance

procedures for the recording, reporting and maintenance of digital records and information

types of problems with digital presentations and how they can be resolved.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design briefs and associated concepts and design solutions for representation that need to be digitally presented

digital hardware and software.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFID6020 Develop commercial interior design project documentation

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFID5004 Specify structural elements, systems and services for interior spaces.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to produce commercial interior design project documentation using computer-aided design (CAD) programs. Project documentation covers researching, resolving and detailing through drawings, the materials, construction methods and building services associated with retail, hospitality, and workplace interior design projects. Designs may be for the fit-out of entire buildings or for tenancies within larger buildings, new or existing.

This unit applies to interior designers.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking interior decoration and design work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Interior design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm detailed design requirements	1.1 Confirm documentation requirements through analysis of the design proposal 1.2 Analyse the site and building construction to identify structural and service implications of proposed design 1.3 Identify building classification and review regulatory implications of proposed design 1.4 Identify building services, and implications of proposed design 1.5 Identify and respond to the need for professional advice on design viability 1.6 Identify and plan appropriate digital drawing schedule based on review of required project trades, construction and requirements
2. Research and resolve interior details	2.1 Research methods of construction and assembly for the proposed interior elements 2.2 Research materials, hardware and fixtures appropriate for the scope of the project 2.3 Modify and resolve details to meet requirements and prepare detailed development drawings 2.4 Seek client feedback and agree on any modifications
3. Prepare digital construction documentation	3.1 Develop accurate and fully dimensioned plans, sections and reflected ceiling plans with required annotations 3.2 Develop fully dimensioned and annotated details for material junctions, wall construction, ceiling elements 3.3 Identify services requirements and accurately integrate into documentation 3.4 Include all required information related to substrate, finish, junctions and fixings 3.5 Develop associated accurate, itemised specification notes and schedules in accordance with job requirements 3.6 Seek and incorporate client feedback on any design changes and on detail design development
4. Manage documentation package and quality control	4.1 Maintain current and accurate drawing register 4.2 Develop and implement coding and numbering system for drawings 4.3 Manage drawing amendments in accordance with agreed processes and procedures 4.4 Produce document package in required formats

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFID6020 Develop commercial interior design project documentation

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFID5004 Specify structural elements, systems and services for interior spaces.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

developed digital drawings, specifications and schedules for 3 commercial interior designs that individually or cumulatively include:

class 5 or above buildings or projects with multi-classification

spaces with multiple levels

designs with structural requirements

service requirements

detailing of custom joinery

produced complete documentation package in 2 different formats.

Knowledge Evidence

role of Australian Standards and the National Construction Code (NCC) and statutory planning regulations affecting commercial interior design in class 5 or above buildings or multi-classification buildings for:

aged care facilities

bar and/or restaurant projects

hotels

retail projects

workplaces

commercial building classes, their features, regulatory framework and impact on interior fit-out requirements:

accessibility

acoustic controls

energy ratings

fire egress and exit pathways

floorplate densities

fire rating level (FRL) requirements of materials

natural and artificial light

natural and mechanical ventilation

sustainability score systems and/or indexes

toilets and/or sanitary provisions

sources of professional advice on building and construction

mathematical procedures for estimation, measurement and use of computer aided drawing technology

computer aided drawing techniques, building and architectural terminology and architectural drawings conventions:

coding

cross referencing

line weights

scale

symbols

scope of commercial interior design projects, and when an architect or structural engineer needs to be involved

break-down of projects into logical parts based on the construction process and the type of drawings and documentation required for different trades

construction of built interior elements, load bearing and non-load bearing, and how they are represented on drawings and specifications:

beams and columns

ceilings, ceiling components, and integrated services

doors and assemblies

floors and flooring systems and integrated services

stairs and balustrades

walls, partitions, glazing and components

materials used in commercial interior design fit-outs, the fundamental techniques of how they are applied, fixed and detailed through drawing and schedules:

floor materials, junctions and offsets

formats and required inclusions for design specifications

FRL requirements

glazing and doors

interior claddings

wall linings

architectural elements in commercial interiors, their features, regulatory requirements structural implications, and how they are represented on architectural drawings:

building cores

lifts and lift lobbies

service and utility spaces

stairs and fire stairs

tenancy separations and fire separation

toilets

voids and atrium

custom joinery for commercial interior design, the fundamental techniques of how they are assembled, constructed and detailed through drawing:

architectural hardware

bars

built-in furniture and seating

ceiling features

concealed lighting

display systems

integrated technology

platforms and/or raised floors

point of sale display systems

reception desks

storage

substrates and finish material

workstations

commercial building construction and how to interpret architectural and engineering drawings:

beams and/or trusses

concrete

curtain walls and external glazing

glass

masonry

steel

structural grids

structural implications and limitations for interior design in commercial buildings:

impact of interior floor and ceiling penetrations

impact of changes to interior load bearing elements

structural integration of new interior elements with existing (or proposed) building

commercial kitchen documentation requirements and associated regulations

types of services in commercial and multi-residential buildings, their features, regulatory requirements and how they are represented on detailed design drawings:

acoustics

electrical

environmental controls

hydraulics

information and communications technology (ICT)

lighting

mechanical ventilation.

documentation management and controls:

amendments and multi-access drawing protocols

drawings codes and cross-referencing

drawings schedules

file management – cloud, print and digital

quality control

formats and required inclusions for schedules and design specifications:

door schedules

fixtures, furniture and equipment schedules

materials schedules.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design information for documentation

information technology hardware

CAD software.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFKB3009 Provide advice on modular kitchens

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and not equivalent to MSFKB3007 Provide advice on cabinet design features.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to provide clients with information relating to the features and benefits of modular kitchen products and components, and to advise on best fit to meet client needs.

This unit applies to individuals providing advice in a kitchen showroom or similar environment where a set range of designs and components are available and basic technical and design information relevant to cabinets is used.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Kitchens and Bathrooms

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify client requirements	1.1 Obtain client requirements for kitchen components through questioning or review of documentation 1.2 Access and interpret plans, drawings and any design details relevant to the client enquiry 1.3 Identify and confirm services available appropriate to the client’s needs and confirm with client
2. Provide information on materials, hardware and accessories	2.1 Access and research information on all product options and to ensure advice to clients is fully informed 2.2 Explain product options to the client noting specific features and benefits 2.3 Clearly explain construction, installation and ordering details
3. Provide layout options	3.1 Prepare layout options using modular cabinets based on client information 3.2 Assess advantages and disadvantages of options
4. Suggest best solution to meet client needs	4.1 Discuss options with the client to ascertain responses and preferences 4.2 Provide advice on best options to meet client requirements and confirm preferences
5. Complete costing and ordering documentation	5.1 Record client details and confirm for accuracy 5.2 Determine required quantities based on manufacturer specifications, plans and client needs 5.3 Prepare and present accurate costing to the client 5.4 Place formal order and provide clear and accurate documentation to the client

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFKB3009 Provide advice on modular kitchens

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and not equivalent to MSFKB3007 Provide advice on cabinet design features.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

advised 3 different clients on options for modular kitchen products to suit their needs, with each kitchen to comprise:

appliances

benchtops

cabinetry

hardware and accessories

splashback.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

how different client requirements impact advice provided:

brand preferences

budget

function

timelines

how to interpret symbols and terminology on plans and drawings

types and characteristics of different products:

appliances

benchtops

cabinetry

hardware

other surfaces

types of product technical information and how to access and interpret this information

aspect and orientation

care and maintenance requirements

characteristics and qualities

colour range

modular cabinet construction

dimensions

environmental specifications

finishes

installation requirements

price

quality and performance

warranties

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

documentation procedures for placing cabinet orders.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

client requirements

technical and design information on kitchen products

workplace procedures and documentation for placing orders.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFKB3010 Detail cabinet construction requirements

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFKB3008 Identify cabinet construction and installation methods.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge to provide detailed specifications and design drawings for cabinetry commonly used in kitchens, bathrooms and laundries.

This unit applies to kitchen and bathroom designers.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Kitchens and Bathrooms

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish cabinet design requirements	1.1 Confirm cabinetry requirements through review of documentation or discussion with the client 1.2 Determine design parameters and constraints based on client requirements and review of the site 1.3 Take and record accurate site measurements 1.4 Accurately document project requirements
2. Design cabinet	2.1 Develop cabinet design ideas and options based on project requirements and available products and services 2.2 Complete drawings that visually represent cabinet design ideas 2.3 Refine options through experimentation and discussion with client 2.4 Confirm and accurately document client preferences
3. Produce construction documentation	3.1 Develop accurate drawing, detailing all required measurements, dimensions and features 3.2 Identify structural features and components that impact the design on documentation using appropriate drawing protocols 3.3 Identify information to inform construction and installation and accurately document

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFKB3010 Detail cabinet construction requirements

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFKB3008 Identify cabinet construction and installation methods.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

created detailed custom designed cabinet solutions and associated drawings for 3 different sites with varying conditions.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

compliance requirements for cabinetry in relation to:

safety

sustainability

sources of information on cabinetry products, their features and costs

drawing techniques, including protocols and symbols for detailing of cabinet requirments

features of cabinets and components used in kitchen and bathroom projects

current and emerging cabinet construction techniques, their features and limitations, and how these may affect cabinetry design, including:

computer numerical control systems (CNC)

computer-aided manufacturing (CAM)

custom manufacture principles and processes

factors that affect cabinet design and installation, including:

different methods of installation

installation requirements of appliances

moisture and humidity considerations

waterproofing considerations

sequence of installation

design modifications

services location

availability of installation expertise

site constraints

supply chains for kitchen and bathroom components and materials:

ordering

delivery.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design briefs

measuring equipment

drawing materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFKB3011 Plan kitchen and bathroom projects

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFKB3001 Identify processed in kitchen and bathroom projects.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to plan key stages of kitchen and bathroom projects, both renovations and new builds.

This unit applies to kitchen and bathroom designers, sales advisors and tradespeople involved in kitchen and bathroom construction at different stages of the process.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Kitchens and Bathrooms

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine project scope	1.1 Seek information about the project through direct client communication or review of documentation 1.2 Establish scope and complexity of project from information provided 1.3 Establish key people and organisations to be involved in the project and their respective roles and responsibilities
2. Assess individual work requirements	2.1 Determine own work responsibilities from review of project information 2.2 Agree communication lines and protocols with individuals whose role intersects with, and impacts on, own responsibilities 2.3 Confirm and document detailed sequencing details with others involved in the project
3. Plan work	3.1 Develop and document a project schedule that reflects work requirements 3.2 Address the contingencies involved in project sequencing in consultation with others 3.3 Confirm and communicate work schedule to others involved in the project in a timely manner

Foundation Skills

The Foundation Skills describe those required skills (such as, language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills) that are essential to performance:

technology skills to document project schedules.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFKB3011 Plan kitchen and bathroom projects

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFKB3001 Identify processed in kitchen and bathroom projects.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

planned and documented the work process for 3 different projects, 1 of which must be a kitchen and 1 of which must be a bathroom.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

typical client requirements and/or potential components of a project brief

roles and responsibilities of all those involved in kitchen and bathroom projects, how these interrelate and the impact on project planning and sequencing:

architects

colour consultants

designers

material and component suppliers

tradespeople:

builders

cabinetmakers

electricians

flooring specialists

glaziers

painters

plumbers / gas fitters

stonemasons

tilers

waterproofers

the overall planning process, potential key stages and sequencing of kitchen and bathroom projects and what each stage involves:

concept design

design specification

planning approval

technical site assessment/site measure

demolition

construction:

services

waterproofing

installation

differences between renovation and new build projects

project planning techniques and required plan inclusions:

sequence of operations

budget

timelines

allocation and delivery of resources

contingencies

features of cabinets and components used in kitchen and bathroom projects, including manufacturing methodologies

supply chains for kitchen and bathroom components and materials.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

project briefs.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFKB4009 Determine spatial planning considerations for kitchen design

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFKB4001 Determine spatial planning considerations for kitchen design.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to examine the various space requirements and options for kitchen designs. It includes the need to determine the planning and contractual issues arising from work subject to compliance requirements.

This unit applies to kitchen designers who use discretion, judgement and problem solving in the analysis of design requirements.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking kitchen and bathroom work.

Industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must also be applied Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Kitchens and Bathrooms

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine project requirements	1.1 Establish communication with the client and obtain information regarding the client needs and expectations 1.2 Determine design parameters and constraints based on client requirements and review of the site 1.3 Take accurate site measurements and record and identify location of current services for impact on design 1.4 Accurately document project requirements
2. Examine layout options	2.1 Identify key work zones and determine prime activities and associated appliances in the context of the brief 2.2 Identify traffic flow patterns and considerations for kitchen space based on client requirements 2.3 Consider how the principles of proximity should be used to maximise the practicality of the kitchen layout 2.4 Identify location of services and determine implications for relocation 2.5 Identify the need or potential for structural change based on scope of the brief 2.6 Analyse suitability of layout options for kitchen space and determine limitations and benefits based on information gathered
3. Determine storage options	3.1 Identify storage requirements of kitchen work zones from brief and client information 3.2 Examine storage options for suitability and determine implications for design 3.3 Identify dimensions and space requirements of standard and potential customised storage options for design
4. Assess kitchen ergonomic considerations	4.1 Use basic principles of ergonomics to determine space planning implications 4.2 Identify requirements for working height based on specific client needs 4.3 Identify manual handling considerations for kitchen design tailored to client needs 4.4 Consider storage principles and determine implications for design 4.5 Take into account special considerations for children, older people and/or disabled people in accordance with brief or client needs
5. Examine appliance requirements	5.1 Identify required appliances and determine standard dimensions, clearances and required services 5.2 Identify manufacturer guidelines and statutory regulations regarding the placement and installation of appliances and examine implications for design 5.3 Analyse work space implications for appliances and determine implications for design
6. Determine planning and contractual considerations	6.1 Recognise the need for work or change that is subject to compliance requirements based on outcomes of assessment 6.2 Determine and integrate implications of structural work and relocation or change to service requirements into the design process 6.3 Identify and organise the need for specialist expertise and advice
7. Collate and document information	7.1 Analyse, collate and combine information gathered based on the needs of the project 7.2 Document information from assessment in a format that allows for easy reference as the design project progresses

Foundation Skills

The Foundation Skills describe those required skills (such as, language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills) that are essential to performance.

technology skills to document information to inform design using digital media.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFKB4001 Determine spatial planning considerations for kitchen design.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFKB4009 Determine spatial planning considerations for kitchen design

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFKB4001 Determine spatial planning considerations for kitchen design.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

determined and documented spatial planning considerations for 3 different kitchens, 1 of which must be a renovation, and 1 of which must be a new build.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

liveable housing design – current and emerging thinking and trends

principles of ergonomics and their application to kitchen design:

clearance (minimum spatial tolerances for access)

reach (maximum spatial tolerances and workspace envelope)

factors for consideration in planning kitchen spaces:

clearances – floor, traffic

space requirements for reaching, bending and crouching

eating space requirements

additional space requirements for areas such as computers, entertaining and laundry

number and types of users of kitchen

installation requirements

ways of collating and documenting information to inform the design process and how to develop itemised schedules

aspects of kitchen design:

layout options:

island

single wall set out

galley

L-shape

U-shape

work zones.

storage - common requirements, options and storage principles for:

food

food preparation items

food service items

cleaning

composting, recycling and rubbish

food storage zone

food preparation zone

clean-up zone

bench top clearances

landing space

triangle concepts

types, characteristics, uses and spatial requirements for different built-in and small appliances

coffee machine

cook tops of all types

dishwasher

exhaust systems

ovens of all types

refrigerator

sink

small appliances

water filtration systems

types, characteristics and use of different lighting options, both natural and artificial

types of work impacted by planning and building regulations, and the requirements and regulations that apply, including licensing requirements for

electrical, including lighting

glazing

plumbing

structural changes (movement of walls, installation of new flooring).

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design briefs

sites for kitchen designs

measuring equipment

information technology for document creation.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFKB4010 Determine spatial planning considerations for bathroom design

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFKB4004 Determine spatial planning considerations for bathroom design.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to examine the various space requirements and options for bathroom designs. It includes the need to determine the planning and contractual issues arising from work subject to compliance requirements.

This unit applies to bathroom designers who use discretion, judgement and problem solving in the analysis of design requirements.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking kitchen and bathroom work.

Industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must also be applied Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Kitchens and Bathrooms

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine project requirements	1.1 Establish communication with the client and obtain information regarding the client needs and expectations 1.2 Determine design parameters and constraints based on client requirements and review of the site 1.3 Take accurate site measurements and record and identify location of current services for impact on design 1.4 Accurately document project requirements
2. Examine layout options	2.1 Identify key use zones for bathrooms and determine prime activities and associated sanitaryware, fixtures and fittings in the context of the brief 2.2 Identify traffic flow patterns and considerations for space based on client requirements 2.3 Identify location of services and determine implications for relocation 2.4 Identify the need or potential for structural change based on scope of the brief 2.5 Analyse suitability of layout options for space and determine limitations and benefits based on information gathered
3. Determine storage options	3.1 Identify storage requirements of bathrooms from brief and client information 3.2 Examine storage options for suitability to bathroom spaces and determine implications for design 3.3 Identify for design, dimensions and space requirements of standard and potential customised storage options
4. Assess bathroom ergonomic considerations	4.1 Examine and use basic principles of ergonomics to determine space planning implications 4.2 Identify requirements for working height based on specific client needs 4.3 Identify manual handling considerations for bathroom design tailored to client needs 4.4 Consider storage principles to determine implications for design 4.5 Take into account special considerations for children, older people and/or disabled people in accordance with brief or client needs
5. Examine requirements for appliances, fixtures and fittings	5.1 Determine manufacturer guidelines and statutory regulations regarding the placement and installation of sanitaryware 5.2 Establish space implications for appliances and determine implications for design
6. Determine planning and contractual considerations	6.1 Recognise the need for work or change that is subject to compliance requirements based on outcomes of assessment 6.2 Determine and integrate implications of structural work and relocation or change to service requirements into the design process 6.3 Identify and organise the need for specialist expertise and advice
7. Collate and document information	7.1 Analyse, collate and combine information gathered based on the needs of the project 7.2 Document information from assessment in a format that allows for easy reference as the design project progresse.

Foundation Skills

The Foundation Skills describe those required skills (such as, language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills) that are essential to performance:

technology skills to document information to inform design using digital media.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFKB4004 Determine spatial planning considerations for bathroom design.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFKB4010 Determine spatial planning considerations for bathroom design

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFKB4004 Determine spatial planning considerations for bathroom design.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

determined and documented spatial planning considerations for 3 different bathrooms, 1 of which must be a renovation, and 1 of which must be a new build.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

liveable housing design – current and emerging thinking and trends

principles of ergonomics and their application to bathroom design:

clearance (minimum spatial tolerances for access)

reach (maximum spatial tolerances and workspace envelope

factors for consideration in planning bathroom spaces:

additional space requirements often incorporated into bathrooms for functions such as dressing, ironing, make-up areas

installation requirements

clearances – floor, traffic

space requirements for reaching, bending and crouching

ways of collating and documenting information to inform the design process and how to develop itemised schedules

aspects of bathroom design:

layout options, including placement of:

basins

baths and/or spas

lighting

power

showers and shower screens

toilets and bidets

vanities

ventilation

use zones:

bathing and/or showering

drying

other ancillary uses

storage - common requirements, options and storage principles

types, characteristics, uses and spatial requirements for different appliances, fixtures and fittings, including:

shower, shower screen and shower head

toilet and bidet

bath and spa

laundry related items

vanities, taps and sinks

cabinets

towel racks

types, characteristics and use of different lighting and ventilation options, both natural and artificial

types of work impacted by planning and building regulations, and the requirements and regulations that apply, including licensing requirements for:

electrical (power and lighting)

glazing (shower doors, shower screens, bath enclosures, windows, mirrors)

painting

plumbing

structural changes

structural changes (movement of walls, installation of new flooring)

tiling

waterproofing.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design briefs

sites for bathroom designs

measuring equipment

information technology for document creation.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFKB4011 Design ancillary residential cabinetry

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFKB4007 Design ancillary residential cabinetry.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to determine cabinetry requirements, develop custom design options and specify requirements to inform production and installation. Ancillary cabinetry is cabinetry outside of kitchen, bathroom and laundry applications.

This unit applies to interior designers, including kitchen and bathroom designers. They analyse varied information to develop design solutions.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking kitchen and bathroom work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Kitchens and Bathrooms

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine project requirements	1.1 Confirm cabinetry requirements through review of documentation or discussion with the client 1.2 Determine design parameters and constraints based on client requirements and review of the site 1.3 Take and record accurate site measurements 1.4 Accurately document project requirements
2. Develop design options	2.1 Develop cabinet design ideas and options based on project requirements and available products and services 2.2 Complete drawings that visually represent cabinet design ideas 2.3 Refine options through experimentation and discussion with client 2.4 Confirm and accurately document client preferences
3. Develop design specifications	3.1 Develop accurate drawing detailing all required measurements, dimensions and features 3.2 Identify structural features and components that impact the design on documentation using appropriate drawing protocols 3.3 Identify information to inform construction and installation and accurately document on specification 3.4 Identify and estimate costs associated with all aspects of design, construction and installation 3.5 Present complete design documentation and cost estimate to client in professional format suited to the scope and nature of the project

Foundation Skills

The Foundation Skills describe those required skills (such as, language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills) that are essential to performance:

technology skills to create digital documents and drawings.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFKB4007 Design ancillary residential cabinetry.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFKB4011 Design ancillary residential cabinetry

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFKB4007 Design ancillary residential cabinetry.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

designed, documented and presented 3 of the following ancillary cabinetry solutions with cost estimates:

dressing rooms

entertainment units

home offices

shelving units and/or cupboards

wine cellars

work rooms.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

compliance requirements for cabinetry in relation to:

safety

sustainability

sources of information on cabinetry products, their features and costs

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of different types of cabinets:

dressing rooms

entertainment units

home offices

shelving units and/or cupboards

wine cellars

work rooms

different client requirements and design parameters and how these impact cabinet design

budget

colour, style and tone

embedded technology

quality of finish

relationship with other features of the room

structural and functional requirements

timeline

options for cabinetry structure, materials and components and their suitability for different applications

cabinet construction and installation methods and considerations and how these impact the design selection

sketching and drawing techniques, protocols and symbols

formats and required inclusions for design specifications

processes for calculating and documenting cabinetry costs.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design briefs

spaces for cabinetry

measuring equipment

information technology for document creation

manual and computer aided drawing materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFKB4012 Determine layout for laundry components

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFKB4008 Determine layout for laundry components.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use design principles to design and document the layout for a laundry, including placement of components, such as cabinets, appliances and required laundry facilities. It does not include designing any changes to plumbing, electrical or waterproofing, other than the location of required service.

This unit applies to interior designers, including kitchen and bathroom designers. They use specialised knowledge and analyse varied information to develop design solutions.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking kitchen and bathroom work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Kitchens and Bathrooms

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine project requirements	1.1 Establish communication with the client and obtain information regarding the client needs and expectations 1.2 Determine design parameters and constraints based on client requirements and review of the site 1.3 Identify location of current services for impact on design 1.4 Take and record accurate site measurements 1.5 Accurately document project requirements
2. Examine layout options	2.1 Examine layout options, access and traffic flow implications 2.2 Assess environmental implications of the layout and review options for achieving maximum energy efficiency 2.3 Develop ideas and options for layouts and components based on project requirements and available products and services 2.4 Complete drawings that visually represent cabinet design ideas 2.5 Refine options through experimentation and discussion with client 2.6 Confirm and accurately document client preferences
3. Develop design specifications	3.1 Develop accurate drawings, detailing all required measurements, dimensions and features 3.2 Identify required changes to service outlets and waterproofing for preferred design and accurately document 3.3 Check compliance of the design with regulatory requirements 3.4 Develop and accurately document specifications for all products and services 3.5 Identify and estimate costs associated with all aspects of design, construction and installation 3.6 Present complete design documentation and estimate to client in professional format suited to the scope and nature of the project

Foundation Skills

The Foundation Skills describe those required skills (such as, language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills) that are essential to performance:

technology skills to create digital documents and drawings.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFKB4008 Determine layout for laundry components.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFKB4012 Determine layout for laundry components

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFKB4008 Determine layout for laundry components.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

designed, documented and presented laundry layouts in response to 3 different design briefs.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

compliance requirements for laundry designs

information to be gathered from site analysis:

observing current inclusions and appliances

identifying current laundry features and services

measuring laundry dimensions and features

identifying structural conditions and features of current laundry layout or which require building or engineering advice in a new laundry design

observing general house style

sources of information on laundry components

features of laundry designs and types, characteristics, uses and limitations of laundry components, including:

washing machine, dryer, ironing facilities, laundry sink and hanging facilities

storage areas, cabinets and shelving

tiling, fixtures and fittings

shower, shower screen, toilet and basin

spatial planning considerations for laundry designs, including:

access issues, including for people with disabilities

location and capacity of services

requirements of laundry appliances

usage and traffic flows typical to a laundry

laundry storage requirements

formats and required inclusions for laundry design specifications, including:

measurements and dimensions

fixtures and fittings

product codes

materials

sketching and drawing techniques, protocols and symbols

processes for calculating and documenting costs.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design briefs

spaces for laundry design

measuring equipment

information technology for document creation

manual and computer aided drawing materials.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFKB4013 Document residential building services

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFKB4003 Identify and document services required to support fitted furniture designs.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify and document existing services, examine the implications for new interior space design and develop layout documentation showing details of proposed new service locations. It does not include layout of service pipes, wiring, conduits or installation of services.

This unit applies to interior designers, including kitchen and bathroom designers who use discretion, judgement and problem solving in the determination of service requirements.

Licensing, legislative or certification requirements may apply to this unit and relevant state/territory and local government agencies should be consulted to determine any necessary certification or licensing for undertaking kitchen and bathroom work. Access to construction sites requires certification of general induction training specified by the National Code of Practice for Induction for Construction Work (ASCC 2007).

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Kitchens and Bathrooms

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify and document available services	1.1 Arrange access to work area with client in accordance with project requirements 1.2 Identify and follow on-site work health and safety procedures 1.3 Locate and accurately document existing services on site diagrams or plans using correct industry symbols and protocols 1.4 Identify type and capacity of services and accurately document using correct industry symbols and protocols 1.5 Take accurate site measurements to inform layout documentation
2. Examine implications of services on design	2.1 Determine intentions or options for services from design brief, drawings and plans 2.2 Assess details obtained from site against design requirements 2.3 Identify appliances in the design brief and examine implications on services 2.4 Identify compliance issues relating to the location of services 2.5 Determine implications of current services on design
3. Determine new service system layout	3.1 Determine details of potential new service layout requirements from the design brief 3.2 Assess required and desirable performance characteristics and sustainability of service products 3.3 Assess ergonomic, anthropometric and proxemic principles in respect of the intended products 3.4 Obtain costing details and confirm suitability against the design brief 3.5 Identify the need for specialist contractor advice about design implications and organise in accordance with the scope of work 3.6 Confirm and agree service system layouts that meet design brief requirements with client
4. Complete digital layout documentation	4.1 Create detailed digital service layout documentation showing location of all required services using correct industry symbols and protocols 4.2 Accurately document associated product specifications in accordance with industry standards

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFKB4003 Identify and document services required to support fitted furniture designs.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFKB4013 Document residential building services

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFKB4003 Identify and document services required to support fitted furniture designs.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

conducted a site survey and documented services information for 3 different sites

developed digital service layout documentation that complies with industry standards and protocols for 3 different designs (to include 1 renovation and 1 new build), which individually or cumulatively include documentation of the following services:

electrical:

power points

data outlets

lighting

gas

plumbing:

water outlets

drainage features.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

state or territory work health and safety legislation, regulations, standards and codes of practice

purpose and key provisions of Australian Standard AS1100 and its impact on documentation requirements

statutory planning regulations affecting services in interior spaces, including kitchens and bathrooms

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

basic building and architectural terminology

basic features of the following building services and their layout:

electricity – outlets, controls, switches

lighting

plumbing

gas

air-conditioning and/or ventilation

sketching and drawing techniques

industry symbols and protocols for the documentation of building services

cost implications of existing services on design – relocation, capacity, fixtures and fittings

local planning processes

sustainability considerations for service layouts

sources of information on cabinetry products

different products, their characteristics, performance and service requirement:

appliances

lighting

formats and required inclusions for design specifications.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

sites to be assessed

measuring equipment

information technology hardware

CAD software.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFKB4015 Research and recommend materials, components and finishes for kitchen designs

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFKB4002 Research and recommend materials, components and finishes for kitchen designs.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to determine requirements of the kitchen design brief, research options, and make recommendations for materials, components and finishes.

This unit applies to individuals working in kitchen design roles. They analyse and compare product information from a wide range of different sources to inform a design solution.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify requirements of kitchen designs brief	1.1 Evaluate project specifications, parameters and constraints, and confirm with client 1.2 Select work resources based on the needs of the project 1.3 Identify and assess aspects of the space that impact on potential solutions 1.4 Identify key project stakeholders and establish required communication protocols
2. Research options for kitchen materials, components and finishes	2.1 Examine products used in kitchen applications and determine suitability to meet design brief 2.2 Research new material technologies and determine suitability to meet design brief 2.3 Select options for further analysis and design development
3. Evaluate functional and aesthetic characteristics	3.1 Use elements and principles of design to examine the appropriateness of materials, components and finishes for client requirements 3.2 Assess aesthetic qualities with regard to desired effect 3.3 Assess application methods and available expertise for the desired effect 3.4 Assess and compare costs and quality of materials, components and finishes 3.5 Examine sustainability considerations for materials, components and finishes 3.6 Research hazards associated with the use and application of materials, components and finishes
4. Refine ideas and select preferred solution	4.1 Explore, integrate and refine different options through a process of reflection and testing 4.2 Choose a preferred solution based on research findings and the key objectives of the project brief 4.3 Prepare a visual representation that communicates the key aspects of the preferred solution
5. Make recommendations	5.1 Present recommendations in a format and level of detail suited to the client and scope of the project 5.2 Clearly articulate rationale for the chosen solution and present to the client 5.3 Seek client feedback on the proposed solution 5.4 Base adjustments to the final design solution on feedback 5.5 Accurately document specifications of selection and prepare for integration into design drawings and plans

Foundation Skills

The Foundation Skills describe those required skills (such as, language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills) that are essential to performance:

technology skills to research product options and present recommendations using digital media.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFKB4002 Research and recommend materials, components and finishes for kitchen designs.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFKB4015 Research and recommend materials, components and finishes for kitchen designs

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFKB4002 Research and recommend materials, components and finishes for kitchen designs.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

researched and presented recommendations for materials, components and finishes for 3 kitchen designs, 1 of which must be a renovation, and 1 of which must be a new build.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

liveable housing design – current and emerging thinking and trends

type and scope of client / project brief information needed to inform research and recommendation:

budget

client preferences

aesthetic and functional requirements

site characteristics – size, shape, services, structural considerations

timeline

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

sources of information on kitchen products:

how to access

ways to interrogate and identify and distil information

how different aspects of space impact on potential solutions, including:

colour

size

shape

level of light

structural features

types and features of resources that support the provision of kitchen design advice, and how they are used, including:

research tools

product information tools

communication tools

elements and principles of design, their interrelationships, and how they are used in kitchen design

current and emerging technologies for kitchen products, including construction and installation techniques and their impact on design

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of different kitchen products, including:

materials:

glass

laminate – low pressure, high pressure

particleboard

plywood

resin-based solid surfaces

stainless steel

stone – reconstituted, solid

tiles

timber and timber veneer

vinyl and/or foil wrap

components:

accessories – handles, hinges, runners, taps

cabinetry

benchtops

splashbacks

kickboards/plinths/legs

finishes:

edging and edge profiles

paints

waxes

lacquers

stains

pigments

oils

plastic coatings

ceramics

different ways of creating visual representations for design solutions.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design briefs

information technology for research and design presentation.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFKB4016 Research and recommend materials, components and finishes for bathroom designs

Modification History

Release 2. Minor upgrade to Element # 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFKB4016 Research and recommend materials, components and finishes for bathroom designs (Release 2)

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFKB4005 Research and recommend materials, components and finishes for bathroom designs.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to determine requirements of the bathroom design brief, research options, and make recommendations for materials, components and finishes.

This unit applies to individuals working in bathroom design roles. They analyse and compare product information from a wide range of different sources to inform a design solution.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Interior Decoration and Design

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify requirements of bathroom designs brief	1.1 Evaluate project specifications, parameters and constraints, and confirm with client 1.2 Select work resources based on the needs of the project 1.3 Identify and assess aspects of the space that impact on potential solutions 1.4 Identify key project stakeholders and establish required communication protocols
2. Research options for bathroom materials, components and finishes	2.1 Examine products used in bathroom applications and determine suitability to meet design brief 2.2 Research new material technologies and determine suitability to meet design brief 2.3 Select options for further analysis and design development
3. Evaluate functional and aesthetic characteristics	3.1 Use elements and principles of design to examine the appropriateness of materials, components and finishes for client requirements 3.2 Assess aesthetic qualities with regard to desired effect 3.3 Assess application methods and available expertise for the desired effect 3.4 Assess and compare costs and quality of materials, components and finishes 3.5 Determine waterproofing capabilities from product research 3.6 Examine sustainability considerations for materials, components and finishes 3.7 Research hazards associated with the use and application of materials, components and finishes
4. Refine ideas and select preferred solution	4.1 Explore, integrate and refine different options through a process of reflection and testing 4.2 Choose a preferred solution based on research findings and the key objectives of the project brief 4.3 Prepare a visual representation that communicates the key aspects of the preferred solution
5. Make recommendations	5.1 Present recommendations in a format and level of detail suited to the client and scope of the project 5.2 Clearly articulate and present rationale for the chosen solution and present to the client 5.3 Seek client feedback on the proposed solution 5.4 Make adjustments to the final design solution based on feedback 5.5 Accurately document and prepare specifications of selection for integration into design drawings and plans

Foundation Skills

The Foundation Skills describe those required skills (such as, language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills) that are essential to performance:

technology skills to research product options and present recommendations using digital media.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 2. Minor upgrade to Element # 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFKB4016 Research and recommend materials, components and finishes for bathroom designs (Release 2)

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFKB4005 Research and recommend materials, components and finishes for bathroom designs.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFKB4016 Research and recommend materials, components and finishes for bathroom designs

Modification History

Release 2. Minor upgrade to Element # 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFKB4016 Research and recommend materials, components and finishes for bathroom designs (Release 2)

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFKB4005 Research and recommend materials, components and finishes for bathroom designs.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and:

researched and presented recommendations for materials, components and finishes for 3 bathroom designs, 1 of which must be a renovation, and 1 of which must be a new build.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

liveable housing design – current and emerging thinking and trends

type and scope of client and/or project brief information needed to inform research and recommendation:

budget

client preferences

aesthetic and functional requirements:

site characteristics – size, shape, services, structural considerations

timeline

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

sources of information on bathroom products:

how to access

ways to interrogate and identify and distil information

how different aspects of space impact on potential solutions, including:

colour

size

shape

level of light

structural features

types and features of resources that support the provision of bathroom design advice, and how they are used, including:

research tools

product information tools

communication tools

elements and principles of design, their interrelationships, and how they are used in bathroom design

current and emerging technologies for bathroom products, including construction techniques and their impact on design

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of different bathroom products, including:

materials:

glass

laminate – low pressure, high pressure

particleboard

plywood

resin-based solid surfaces

stainless steel

stone – reconstituted, solid

tiles

timber and timber veneer

vinyl/foil wrap

components:

accessories – handles, hinges, runners, taps

benchtops

cabinetry

kickboards/plinths/legs

shelving

showers / baths

sinks

splashbacks

toilets / bidets

walls

finishes, including potential hazards:

edging and edge profiles

paints

waxes

lacquers

stains

pigments

oils

plastic coatings

ceramics

veneers

waterproofing finishes

different ways of creating visual representations for design solutions.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

design briefs

information technology for research and design presentation.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFPF2009 Cut mouldings to length

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFPF2002 Cut mouldings to length.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare and use equipment to cut frame mouldings to the required length. Frames may be for artworks, documents, textiles or three dimensional (3D) items.

This unit applies to picture framers and others preparing mouldings in accordance with pre-determined frame designs.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Competency Field

Picture framing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Read work order and identify cutting requirements 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements throughout the work 1.3 Identify and obtain required materials and components 1.4 Select and check tools and equipment for suitability, quality, serviceability and safety prior to use 1.5 Plan the work sequence suited to the job
2. Cut mouldings	2.1 Check and set cutting equipment safety controls and measurement stops 2.2 Accurately measure and cut moulding, and check length for correct sizing. 2.3 Inspect cut mouldings for compliance with quality and work order requirements and rectify any deficiencies 2.4 Achieve required cut quality, output and wastage within allowable limits through correct operation of cutting equipment 2.5 Identify and report problems with the cutting process to appropriate persons
3. Complete work	3.1 Mark completed work for identification and store in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Identify and store scraps and off-cuts for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Clean work area and safely dispose of rubbish 3.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation 3.5 Check, clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFPF2002 Cut mouldings to length.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFPF2009 Cut mouldings to length

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFPF2002 Cut mouldings to length.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

cut frame mouldings (with at least 1 moulding to be more than 90 mm wide) to meet specified work order requirements:

in each of the following materials:

synthetic (45 degrees)

timber (1 x multi-angle and 45 degrees)

using the following cutting tools safely to achieve quality cuts:

guillotines

saws.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

work flow process for cutting of frame mouldings

safety considerations and requirements when cutting mouldings, including personal protective equipment

types of information relevant to cutting of mouldings found in work orders and how to interpret this information:

type of moulding to be cut

pattern or plan to be followed

drawings

cutting lists

number of items to be cut and holding area for completed items

equipment settings for the materials that are being cut

required cutting fluids

characteristics, uses and limitations of mouldings made from the following materials:

aluminium

synthetics

timber

mathematical procedures for estimation, angles and measurement

functions, features and safe use of cutting machines and devices, including specific workplace procedures and manufacturer specifications for:

guillotines

saws

techniques for cutting frame mouldings, the types of problems that can occur and how to respond

items for recycling and importance of using materials sustainably

documentation requirements for identifying and recording work.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

workspace equipped with:

cutting tools and equipment as specified in Performance Evidence

consumables

mouldings

personal protective equipment

work orders.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFPF2010 Join mouldings

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFPF2003 Join mouldings.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to join mouldings to form artwork frames. Frames may be for artworks, documents, textiles or three dimensional (3D) items.

This unit applies to picture framers and others completing work in accordance with pre-determined frame designs.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Competency Field

Picture framing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Read work order and identify joining requirements 1.2 Identify and follow work health safety requirements throughout the work 1.3 Obtain and check frame components against work instructions for size, number, pattern and finish profile 1.4 Identify and report shortages and defective items in accordance with workplace practice 1.5 Select fixing and joining devices in accordance with work instructions and type of moulding to be joined 1.6 Select and check tools and equipment for suitability, quality, serviceability and safety prior to use 1.7 Plan the work sequence to suit the job
2. Assemble frames	2.1 Lay out components and join using selected equipment, fastenings and appropriate adhesives 2.2 Check assembled frame for alignment, required pattern matching and correct fasteners and attachments 2.3 Finish corners in accordance with workplace requirements 2.4 Inspect completed frames for compliance with quality and work order requirements, and rectify any deficiencies 2.5 Store joined frames in accordance with workplace requirements
3. Complete work	3.1 Mark completed work for identification and store in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Identify and store items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Clean work area and safely dispose of rubbish 3.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation 3.5 Check, clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFPF2003 Join mouldings.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFPF2010 Join mouldings

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFPF2003 Join mouldings.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

assembled frames of each of the following types (at least one of them being a multi-angle frame) up to a width of 100mm:

synthetic

timber

aluminium

with each frame type to include all of the following the following profiles:

flat

traditional

ornate

floater frame

reverse

safely used the following techniques to achieve quality joins:

drill and nail

underpinning

screwing corner stakes (for aluminium).

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

work flow process for frame assembly

safety considerations and requirements for joining mouldings, including personal protective equipment

types of information relevant to joining of mouldings found in work orders and how to interpret this information:

frame size

types of attachments

required materials and tools

quality requirements

characteristics of the following moulding materials that impact frame assembly:

synthetic

timber

aluminium

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

functions, features and safe use of tools and equipment used in the assembly process:

drill

nails

underpinners

techniques for joining mouldings, the types of problems that can occur and how to respond

items for recycling and importance of using materials sustainably

documentation requirements for identifying and recording work.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

workspace equipped with:

joining tools, equipment and consumables to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence

personal protective equipment

moulding components for assembly

work orders.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFPF2011 Mount artwork

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFPF2004 Mount artwork.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to mount artwork to substrates prior to framing. It includes dry and wet mounting, pressure rolling, laminating and hinging of artwork. Frames may be for artworks, documents, textiles or three dimensional (3D) items.

This unit applies to picture framers completing work according to a pre-determined frame design.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Picture Framing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Read work order and identify mounting requirements 1.2 Assess artwork to determine the most appropriate mounting process, including the composition of substrate and fixing materials 1.3 Identify and observe quality assurance requirements are identified and observed throughout the process in accordance with industry standards and workplace practices 1.4 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements throughout the work 1.5 Select tools and equipment suited to the type of mounting and check for quality, serviceability and safety prior to use 1.6 Accurately measure and cut materials to size, and assemble in accordance with industry standards and workplace procedures 1.7 Position fixing agents in accordance with workplace procedures
2. Mount artwork to substrate	2.1 Set up mounting equipment in accordance with manufacturer instructions and workplace practices 2.2 Position artwork in accordance with job requirements 2.3 Prepare and apply required adhesives based on type and composition of artwork 2.4 Operate mounting equipment safely and in accordance with manufacturer instructions 2.5 Inspect mounted artwork for compliance with quality and work order requirements and rectify any deficiencies
3. Complete work	3.1 Mark completed work for identification and store in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Identify and store items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Clean work area and safely dispose of rubbish 3.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation 3.5 Check, clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFPF2004 Mount artwork.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet. - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFPF2011 Mount artwork

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFPF2004 Mount artwork.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

mounted artwork to specification using each of the following forms of mounting on at least 1 item:

wet

dry

laminating

pressure roller

hinging.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

characteristics, uses and limitations of the various methods of mounting artwork, and interactions between materials used in:

dry mounting paper-based artwork using heat press and cold press

wet mounting paper and canvas-based artwork using adhesives and vacuum press

laminating paper-based artwork using pressure roller or laminating equipment

hinging, prefabricated or custom made

work flow process for different mounting processes

safety considerations and requirements when mounting artwork, including personal protective equipment

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

functions, features and safe use of tools and equipment used for different types of mounting:

general tools:

cutting blades

measuring tapes and marking out tools

for dry mounting:

heat presses (hard and soft bed)

tacking iron

piercing tool

overlay effect sheets

silicone release paper

Teflon and foam plastic blankets

for wet mounting:

vacuum press

scrapers

glue/adhesive applicators (rollers and spray guns)

for pressure mounting:

pressure rolling equipment

cold film

for laminating:

cold roller laminator

laminating equipment

for hinging:

straight edge

thin brush

weight bags

mixing vessel and swizzle

steam generator

microwave oven

materials and consumables used for different types of mounting:

for dry and wet mounting

medium density fibreboard (MDF)

foam core

screen board

mat board

heat and pressure sensitive films and tissues

adhesives (ethyl vinyl adhesive (EVA), poly vinyl adhesive (PVA), heat and pressure sensitive tissues and films)

for laminating

plastic film

for hinging

hinging paper (mulberry paper and rice paper)

pre-made hinging tape

wheat starch

distilled water and methyl cellulose

types of problems that can occur in mounting and how to respond:

lumps and bumps

adhesive migration

misalignment and use of incorrect adhesive

quality and aesthetic requirements in mounting artwork

the effect of the mounting process on the artwork

documentation requirements for identifying and recording work.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

workspace equipped with:

mounting tools, equipment and consumables for all required types of mounting as specified in the Performance Evidence

personal protective equipment

work orders

artwork for mounting.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet. - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFPF2012 Cut mat boards

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFPF2005 Cut mat boards

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to cut simple mat boards by hand and machine for the mounting of artwork.

This unit applies to picture framers cutting mat board in accordance with pre-determined frame designs.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Picture Framing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for cutting	1.1 Read work order and identify cutting requirements 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements throughout the work 1.3 Select and check tools and equipment for suitability, quality, serviceability and safety prior to use 1.4 Select mat cutting machines and blades suited to the required cut and adjust for angled, circular or oval cuts 1.5 Set cutting equipment components, controls and clamping systems 1.6 Select, accurately measure and lay out board material in accordance with work requirements and to minimise waste 1.7 Plan the work sequence suited to the job
2. Conduct cutting operation	2.1 Place and clamp mat board on machine 2.2 Inspect cut board for compliance with quality and work order requirements and rectify any deficiencies 2.3 Achieve required cut quality, output and wastage within allowable limits through correct operation of cutting equipment 2.4 Identify and report problems occurring during work operations to appropriate persons 2.5 Make routine equipment adjustments to achieve required output
3. Complete work	3.1 Mark completed work for identification and store in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Identify and store items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Clean work area and safely dispose of rubbish 3.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation 3.5 Check, clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFPF2005 Cut mat boards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFPF2012 Cut mat boards

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFPF2005 Cut mat boards.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

cut 4 ply mat boards, both single and double, by hand:

bevel cut

reverse cut

multi-window

cut 8 ply mat boards by hand:

single-hole bevel cut

multi-hole bevel cut.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

work flow process for cutting of mat boards

safety considerations and requirements when cutting mat boards, including personal protective equipment

characteristics, uses and limitations of mat board materials and finishes, including handling and storage requirements:

paper pulp

rag and/or cotton pulp

alpha cellulose pulp board

finishes – plain, metallic, suede

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

functions, features and safe use of both manual and computerised mat cutting machines

straight line

circle and/or oval

machines with interchangeable cutting heads

functions, features and safe use of hand-operated tools:

cutting blades

clamps

marking out tools

techniques for cutting mat boards, the types of problems that can occur and how to respond

documentation requirements for identifying and recording work.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

workspace equipped with:

manual cutting tools, equipment and consumables to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence

personal protective equipment

work orders

mat boards for cutting.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFPF2013 Cut and handle glazing materials for framing

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFPF2006 Cut and handle glazing materials for framing.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to cut and handle glazing materials, including acrylic sheet, for picture and mirror frames.

This unit applies to picture framers cutting glazing materials in accordance with pre-determined frame designs.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Picture Framing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Read work order and identify glazing requirements 1.2 Identify and follow work health safety requirements throughout the work 1.3 Select and check tools and equipment for quality, serviceability and safety prior to use 1.4 Locate required glazing material and check for imperfections and damage prior to handling 1.5 Handle glazing material in accordance with safety requirements and any labelling instructions 1.6 Select and clear work area of obstructions and potential hazards 1.7 Plan sequence of work to ensure cutting is conducted in a logical order
2. Cut glazing materials	2.1 Accurately measure glazing material to minimise waste and ensure specified tolerances in accordance with workplace standards 2.2 Achieve required product quality and output through correct operation and monitoring of glazing equipment and tools 2.3 Complete routine machine lubrication and adjustments in accordance with manufacturer instructions 2.4 Identify and report problems occurring during work operations to appropriate persons 2.5 Inspect completed work for compliance with quality and work order requirements and rectify any deficiencies
3. Complete work	3.1 Mark completed work for identification and store in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Identify and store items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Clean work area and safely dispose of rubbish 3.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation 3.5 Check, clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFPF2006 Cut and handle glazing materials for framing.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFPF2013 Cut and handle glazing materials for framing

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFPF2006 Cut and handle glazing materials for framing.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

set up, prepared for and cut glazing materials:

cut 3 pieces of glass of varying size to within 0.5 mm tolerance (including at least 1 piece of conservation grade glass)

cut 3 pieces of acrylic of varying size to within 0.5 mm tolerance

cut 2 pieces of oval glass of varying size to within 1.5 mm tolerance

safely used the following tools and equipment:

saws

scoring tools

speed cutters

tungsten wheel glass cutters

wall-mounted glass cutters.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

work flow process for the cutting of glazing materials

safety considerations and requirements for handling and cutting glazing materials, including personal protective equipment

potential variations in work order requirements for glazing in relation to glass:

type

thickness

colour

qualities and characteristics of glazing materials, including the hazards and handling requirements for:

float glass

conservation and museum glass

specialty glass

anti-reflective and non- reflective glass

sheet acrylic

conservation acrylic

mirrors

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

functions, features and safe use of cutting tools and equipment, including specific workplace procedures, manufacturer specifications and defect reporting procedures for:

flat felt-covered cutting tables

lubricants

marking pens or chinagraph pencils

saws

scoring tools

speed cutters

T-squares or L-squares

tape measures

templates

tungsten wheel glass cutters

wall-mounted glass cutters

techniques for cutting glazing materials, the types of problems that can occur, and how to respond

documentation requirements for identifying and recording work.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

workspace equipped with:

cutting table, tools and equipment as specified in Performance Evidence

personal protective equipment

glazing materials

work orders.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFPF2014 Assemble basic artwork packages

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFPF2007 Assemble a basic artwork package.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify, gather and assemble all picture frame components.

This unit applies to picture framers and others completing work in accordance with pre-determined frame designs. Designs involve basic framing for two dimensional (2D), flat artworks requiring a simple, single frame.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Picture Framing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for assembly	1.1 Read work order and identify assembly requirements 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements throughout the work 1.3 Select a safe and suitable work areas to assemble package 1.4 Identify and obtain components, fittings and attachments required for the package 1.5 Select and check tools and equipment for quality, serviceability and safety prior to use 1.6 Plan the work sequence suited to the job
2. Assemble components	2.1 Select and inspect package components for faults and repair or return in accordance with workplace procedures 2.2 Clean and lay out components in accordance with workplace procedures 2.3 Mount artwork using the specified method 2.4 Assemble frame components, adjust to fit and fix in place 2.5 Fit frame over package and fix backing in accordance with workplace procedures 2.6 Attach fittings, attachments and hanging aids in accordance with workplace procedures 2.7 Inspect package for quality, address defects or label and store in accordance with workplace procedures
3. Complete work	3.1 Mark completed work for identification and store in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Identify and store items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Clean work area and safely dispose of rubbish 3.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation 3.5 Check, clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFPF2007 Assemble a basic artwork package.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFPF2014 Assemble basic artwork packages

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFPF2007 Assemble a basic artwork package.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

assembled 3 artwork packages to the required job specification, with at least 1 to be a matted artwork.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

work flow process for the assembly of artwork packages

safety considerations and requirements when assembling artworks, including personal protective equipment

features and functions of the components of an artwork package and how they are assembled and/or constructed:

artwork

backing

fittings and attachments (including hanging attachments)

frame

glass and/or acrylic

mat board

mount

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

functions, features and safe use of tools and equipment used to assemble artwork packages:

air blower

screwdrivers

staple guns

staple lifter

features, uses and limitations of materials used to assemble artwork packages:

adhesives

cardboard

cleaning agents

composites

laminates

metal/alloys

nails

paper

tacks

tapes

timber

techniques for assembling artwork packages, the types of problems that can occur and how to respond

documentation requirements for identifying and recording work.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

workspace equipped with:

assembly tools, equipment and consumables to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence

personal protective equipment

work orders

components of artwork packages for assembly.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFPF2015 Repair framing material finishes

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFPF2008 Recognise and repair finishes of framing materials.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare and use materials and equipment to repair damaged framing materials.

This unit applies to picture framers and others completing work in accordance with a pre-determined work orders.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Picture Framing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare for work	1.1	Read work order and identify repair requirements
1.2	Inspect frame composition and finish of frame, determine the feasibility of effecting the repair and advise the relevant person
1.3	Identify and follow work health and safety requirements throughout the work
1.4	Plan the work sequence suited to the job
1.5	Select and check tools and equipment for quality, serviceability and safety prior to use
2	Repair framing materials	2.1	Measure, mix and use fillers and abrasive agents safely and effectively to remove or fill holes and other blemishes in materials
2.2	Repair other defects in accordance with workplace procedures
2.3	Match colours to suit existing finish of materials
2.4	Apply finishes to materials in accordance with workplace procedures
2.5	Problems occurring during repairs are identified and reported to appropriate persons
2.6	Inspect repaired material to ensure best possible match to existing finish and store, return for further repair or scrap in accordance with workplace procedures
3	Complete work	3.1	Mark completed work for identification and store in accordance with workplace procedures
3.2	Identify and store items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures
3.3	Clean work area and safely dispose of rubbish
3.4	Accurately complete required workplace documentation
3.5	Check, clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFPF2008 Recognise and repair finishes of framing materials.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFPF2015 Repair framing material finishes

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFPF2008 Recognise and repair finishes of framing materials.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

repaired 5 different damaged items of picture framing materials.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

work flow process for repair of framing material finishes

safety considerations and requirements for repairing finishes to framing materials

types, characteristics, uses and limitations of different framing materials:

mouldings of various materials

mat boards

perspex

glass

types of defects in the finish of framing materials and their method of repair for:

nail and/or pin holes

splits and cracks

worn finishes and dents and bruises

mathematical procedures for estimation, measurement and use of ratios for mixing

functions, features and safe use of repair tools and equipment

types of finishes to framing materials and how to colour matching and repair:

painted surfaces

schalag metal

gesso

shellac and stained finish

documentation requirements for identifying and recording work.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

workspace equipped with framing repair tools, equipment and consumables to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence

work orders

frames for repair.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFPF3011 Decorate mat boards

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFPF3002 Decorate mat boards.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to decorate mat boards by hand and machine, including use of specialty cutting, line inking, colour washing and marble papers.

This unit applies to picture framers decorating boards in accordance with pre-determined frame designs. They use discretion, judgement and specialised knowledge to select and use different techniques and materials.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Picture Framing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Read work order and identify decorative requirements 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements throughout the work 1.3 Select and check tools and equipment for quality, serviceability and safety prior to use 1.4 Select mat cutting machines that meet requirements for specialty decorative cutting 1.5 Select decorative inks, paints and application equipment to match work order 1.6 Select and prepare a safe and suitable work area 1.7 Select and lay out board material in accordance with work requirements and to minimise waste 1.8 Plan the work sequence suited to the job
2. Create decoration	2.1 Decorate the mat board through correct use of machine capabilities to maximise the presentation of the artwork 2.2 Use decoration hand tools to achieve desired effects 2.3 Inspect decoration for compliance with quality and work order requirements and rectify any deficiencies
3. Complete work	3.1 Mark completed work for identification and store in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Identify and store items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Clean work area and safely dispose of rubbish 3.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation 3.5 Check, clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFPF3002 Decorate mat boards.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFPF3011 Decorate mat boards

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFPF3002 Decorate mat boards.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

completed the following decoration on any size mat boards:

cut V groove

cut mat with decorative corners

applied wash panels and/or lines

applied decorative transfers

used hand techniques and machines to achieve decorative effects.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

work flow process for decoration of mat boards

safety considerations and requirements when cutting mat boards, including personal protective equipment

characteristics, uses and limitations of different types of mat boards, including handling and storage requirements

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

functions, features and safe use of tools and equipment, including:

hand-operated tools:

cutting blades

hand cutters

marking out tools

application equipment (pens and brushes)

manual and computerised mat cutters

lettering and line drawing guides

colouring applications

mat board decorating techniques, including use of different inks and paints, the types of problems that can occur and how to respond

documentation requirements for identifying and recording work.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

workspace equipped with:

mat cutting tools, equipment and consumables to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence

inks, paints and application equipment

personal protective equipment

mat boards for decoration

work orders.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFPF3013 Prepare textiles for framing

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFPF3004 Prepare textiles for framing.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare and mount textiles for framing, including lacing, couching, blocking, stretching and straining of textiles and stitching to backing of textiles.

This unit applies to picture framers completing work in accordance with pre-determined frame designs. They use discretion, judgement and specialised knowledge to select and adapt different techniques and materials.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Picture Framing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Read work order, identify proposed mounting requirements and confirm workplace capability 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements throughout the work 1.3 Analyse textile and its compatibility with the mounting process, including the type of mounting and the composition of the substrate material 1.4 Select tools and equipment suited to the type of mounting and check for quality, serviceability and safety prior to use 1.5 Identify and select required materials in the appropriate size quantity
2. Manipulate textiles	2.1 Prepare materials in accordance with the type of mounting 2.2 Place textile into position using the selected method 2.3 Manipulate textile to ensure the item is free of creases and overstretching marks and shows correct proportioning of images 2.4 Inspect textile for compliance with quality and work order requirements and rectify any deficiencies using techniques suited to the mounting method
3. Complete work	3.1 Mark completed work for identification and store in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Identify and store items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Clean work area and safely dispose of rubbish 3.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation 3.5 Check, clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFPF008 Prepare textiles for framing.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFPF3004 Prepare textiles for framing

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFPF3013 Prepare textiles for framing

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFPF3004 Prepare textiles for framing

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

prepared textiles for framing that include canvas works, needle art and clothing items:

using each of the following preparation techniques on at least one textile:

lacing

couching

stretching and/or straining

stitching

blocking.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

work flow process in relation to preparing textiles for framing

safety considerations and requirements when preparing textiles, including personal protective equipment

types of textiles presented for framing and their features:

painted canvas

weavings

tapestries

cross-stitch

applique

silk work

clothing items

type, characteristics, uses and limitations of the various methods of preparing textiles for framing, and the materials used for:

lacing

couching

stretching and/or straining

stitching

blocking

mathematical procedures for estimation and measurement

functions, features and safe use of tools and equipment used to prepare textiles for framing:

needles

stretching pliers

stapler

techniques for preparing textiles, the types of problems that can occur and how to respond

quality and aesthetic requirements in preparing textiles for framing

the potential impacts of mounting on textiles and how to avoid damage

documentation requirements for identifying and recording.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

workspace equipped with:

tools, equipment and consumables for all required types of textile preparation as specified in the Performance Evidence

personal protective equipment

work orders

textiles for framing.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFPF3014 Assess and prepare framing design requirements

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFPF3005 Recognise and handle artwork for framing, and, MSFPF3006 Prepare design requirements for framing.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to assess design requirements from both a conservation and aesthetic perspective, and develop a frame design that maintains and enhances the historic, sentimental or monetary value of the item to be framed.

This unit applies to picture framers who prepare designs for a wide range of framed items in different media. They apply discretion and judgment when selecting framing options for different artworks.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Picture Framing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for design assessment	1.1 Clear and prepare work area for inspection of artwork in accordance with workplace standards 1.2 Receive and handle artwork in accordance with industry recognised handling methods and workplace procedures 1.3 Obtain initial information about historic, monetary or sentimental value from the customer 1.4 Seek information from customer in relation to expectations and parameters of framing
2. Assess restoration and conservation requirements	2.1 Establish the period and quality of artwork, and its historic or monetary value through examination 2.2 Identify and document artwork composition and production techniques and associated restoration or conservation requirements 2.3 Determine limitations and options for mounting and framing 2.4 Identify the need for any specialised expertise in assessing, restoring or framing the artwork
3. Assess aesthetic requirements	3.1 Assess artwork against the elements and principles of design and their impact on framing selection 3.2 Seek and use information about customer preferences and where the item will be placed for any impact on design requirements
4. Develop frame design	4.1 Confirm compatibility of framing materials from manufacturer and industry information 4.2 Select framing materials that complement artwork based on the elements and principles of design and conservation needs 4.3 Present design options to the customer and make informed recommendations base on customer and artwork needs
5. Confirm final design	5.1 Agree and accurately document customer requirements for final design on a work order in accordance with workplace practice 5.2 Determine costing from pricing schedule, advise customer, and include accurate cost details on work order 5.3 Provide invoice that includes advice on terms and conditions for framing and obtain written customer approval 5.4 Store artwork ready for framing to prevent loss or damage in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFPF3014 Assess and prepare framing design requirements

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFPF3005 Recognise and handle artwork for framing, and, MSFPF3006 Prepare design requirements for framing.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

prepared design requirements, work orders and condition reports for framing designs for all of the following:

an object

a textile

a work on paper

a canvas

an item that requires conservation framing.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

major categories of art media and items typically presented for framing

current and emerging trends in framing design

influences on frame design:

frame package design to suit required level of conservation

framing style to match image quality and aesthetic value

customer preferences and home decor

mouldings, fittings and attachments to suit framing and hanging requirements

handling requirements when inspecting items presented for framing

conservation considerations when assessing items presented for framing:

monetary or sentimental value of the item

customers preferences

factors and characteristics that contribute to the need for specialist expertise

restoration and/or preservation techniques for artwork and frames

factors that can cause damage to artworks and how to reduce risk

light

temperature

humidity

physical damage

insects

pollution

elements and principles of design, their interrelationships and how these impact on framing design

elements:

line

direction

shape

size

texture

value

colour

principles:

repetition

alteration

harmony

graduation

contrast (or opposition or conflict)

dominance

unity

balance

framing materials and their suitability for different items:

acrylic and glass

backing materials

composite construction and other framing material, such as paper/cardboard/fabric mat board

metal and/or alloy extrusion

timber

mounting methods and their suitability for different items:

hinging

supports

lacing

stretching and direct mounting

available products, their suitability for different ‘levels’ of framing (decoration, conservation, museum) and impacts on artwork

backing

mat board

glazing

hinging

legal and ethical liabilities and obligations for framing

documentation requirements for presenting framing designs

mathematical procedures for estimation, measurement, and calculations of costs

pricing processes and systems used in picture framing businesses.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

workspace equipped with:

a layout table

frame component samples and manufacturer information, including mouldings and mat boards

colour wheel

items requiring framing design.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFPF3015 Apply frame finishes

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFPF3007 Apply frame finishes.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to covers applying surface coatings to picture frames. Frames may be for artworks, documents, textiles or three dimensional (3D) items.

This unit applies to picture framers completing work in accordance with pre-determined frame designs. They use discretion, judgement and specialised knowledge to use and adapt techniques and finishing materials.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Picture Framing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for work	1.1 Read work order and identify job requirements 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements throughout the work 1.3 Select and check tools, equipment and materials for quality, serviceability and safety prior to use 1.4 Prepare an appropriately ventilated area for use 1.5 Plan the work sequence based on processing and application techniques, time and safety requirements
2. Apply surface finishes	2.1 Check frame surfaces for contamination and faults prior to finish application 2.2 Repair or report faults in accordance with workplace procedures 2.3 Test colour matches and trial applications of finish to check equipment operation and required materials consistency 2.4 Apply complete surface finish in accordance job instructions and workplace procedures 2.5 Check surface finish against job requirements and rectify any faults to achieve required result
3. Complete work	3.1 Mark completed work for identification and store in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Identify and store items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Clean work area and safely dispose of rubbish 3.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFPF3007 Apply frame finishes.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFPF3015 Apply frame finishes

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFPF3007 Apply frame finishes.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

applied the following finishing techniques to frames:

hand staining

hand finishing

washed finishing

mechanical finishing

faux finishing.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

work flow process for frame finishing, including spraying operations

safety considerations and requirements for frame finishing, including personal protective equipment

types and features of different picture frames to which finishes may be applied:

timber

metal and/or alloy

synthetic material

mathematical procedures for estimation, measurement and use of ratios for mixing

types and features of different natural and synthetic picture frame finishes including safety requirements for use of:

faux

foil

lacquer

oil

paint

polishes

powder

stain

varnishes

wax

acrylics

enamels

polyurethane

finishing techniques, how they are achieved and typical application problems:

hand staining

hand finishing

washed finishing

mechanical finishing

faux finishing

features, functions and safe use of tools and equipment used in frame finishing:

air spray gun

airless spray gun

air compressor and hoses

paint and brushes

finish containers

scrapers

spray booth

fume extraction/ventilation system

materials used in frame finishing for:

cleaning – cutting compounds, methylated spirits, rags

surface preparation – abrasive papers, steel wool, sandpaper, rubbers

surface repair – fillers

documentation requirements for identifying and recording work.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

workspace equipped with:

tools, equipment and consumables to complete frame finishing tasks in the Performance Evidence

personal protective equipment

finishing materials

work orders

frames to be finished.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFPF3016 Assemble complex artwork packages

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFPF3008 Assemble a complex artwork package.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify, gather and assemble all picture frame components required to complete complex, custom framing of artwork that includes three dimensional (3D) items, use of mat boards, spacers and fillets and items requiring conservation framing or specialist handling.

This unit applies to picture framers completing work in accordance with pre-determined frame designs. They use discretion, judgement and specialised knowledge to select and adapt different techniques.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Picture Framing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for assembly	1.1 Read work order and identify assembly requirements 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements throughout the work 1.3 Select safe and suitable work areas to assemble package 1.4 Identify and obtain components, fittings and attachments required for the package 1.5 Select and check tools and equipment for quality, serviceability and safety prior to use 1.6 Plan the work sequence suited to the job
2. Assemble components	2.1 Select and inspect package components for faults and repair or return in accordance with workplace procedures 2.2 Clean and lay out components in accordance with workplace procedures 2.3 Mount artwork using the specified method 2.4 Assemble frame components, adjust to fit and fix in place 2.5 Fit frame over package and fix backing in accordance with workplace procedures 2.6 Attach fittings, attachments and hanging aids in accordance with workplace procedures 2.7 Inspect package for quality, address defects or label and store in accordance with workplace procedures
3. Complete work	3.1 Mark completed work for identification and store in accordance with workplace procedures 3.2 Identify and store items for recycling in accordance with workplace procedures 3.3 Clean work area and safely dispose of rubbish 3.4 Accurately complete required workplace documentation 3.5 Check, clean and store tools and equipment in accordance with workplace procedures 3.6 Mark completed work for identification and store in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

persedes and is equivalent to MSFPF3008 Assemble a complex artwork package.

Unit Mapping Information

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFPF3016 Assemble complex artwork packages

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFPF3008 Assemble a complex artwork package.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

assembled each of the following to the required job specification:

a matted artwork with fillet

a multi-frame item of artwork

a memorabilia box frame at least 50 mm deep

a textile

a full conservation framed artwork.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

work flow process for assembly of complex artwork packages

features and functions of the components of complex artwork packages and how they are assembled:

artwork

backing

fittings and attachments (including hanging attachments)

frame

glass and/or acrylic

mat board

mount

functions, features and safe use of tools and equipment used to assemble artwork packages:

clamps

cutting blades

drills

flexi-point gun

hammers

marking out tools

screwdrivers

staplers

tacker

materials, and how they are used to assemble artwork packages:

adhesives

cardboard

cleaning agents

composites

laminates

metal/alloy

nails

paper

tacks

tapes

timber

techniques for assembling artwork packages, the types of problems that can occur and how to respond

scope of liabilities and obligations relating to framing artwork

conservation techniques for artwork and frames

potential impacts of the assembly process on the artwork and techniques to avoid damage.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

workspace equipped with:

assembly tools, equipment and consumables to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence

personal protective equipment

work orders

components of artwork packages for assembly.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFPF3017 Install artwork

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFPF3009 Install artwork.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to install framed artwork in domestic or commercial situations, positioned singly or grouped in conjunction with other pieces of artwork, or in an adjustable gallery system. It includes the requirement to install heavy items as part of a team.

This unit applies to any individual installing artwork. Individuals use discretion, judgement and specialised knowledge to determine hanging constraints and select appropriate tools and equipment.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

N/A

Unit Sector

Picture Framing

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm installation requirements	1.1 Read work order and identify installation requirements 1.2 Identify and follow work health and safety requirements throughout the work 1.3 Weigh and view artwork to be installed to determine design characteristics and physical dimensions and shape 1.4 Develop and action an installation plan suited to the scope of the job and gain approvals from customer and relevant authorities
2. Prepare for installation	2.1 Specifications and/or plans are read and interpreted 2.2 Identify and order attachments, fittings, hanging/fixing devices and display features 2.3 Select and check tools and equipment for quality, serviceability and safety prior to use 2.4 Prepare artwork to be installed for safe and secure transit to worksite 2.5 Plan the installation sequence suited to the job and identify the need for team installation
3. Hang artwork	3.1 Identify and follow safe manual handling requirements 3.2 Follow agreed installation plan and task sequence 3.3 Take accurate measurements to ensure correct placement of artwork 3.4 Install attachments, fittings, hanging and/or fixing devices and display features in accordance with identified requirements and constraints 3.5 Position artwork in accordance with work requirement 3.6 Check completed installation for security and against required specifications
4. Finalise installation	4.1 Obtain and customer approval for installation in accordance with workplace procedures 4.2 Clean work area and safely dispose of rubbish 4.3 Accurately complete other required workplace documentation 4.4 Clean, store and recycle tools, equipment and unused materials in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFPF3009 Install artwork.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

Assessment Requirements for MSFPF3017 Install artwork

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFPF3009 Install artwork.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

installed 3 items of artwork, of which one must weigh more than 16kg and be installed as a member of a team

installed 1 item on each of the following types of walls:

brick

plaster sheet

lath and plaster

installed 1 grouped set of artworks.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

work flow process for the installation of artwork

safety considerations and requirements when installing artwork, including manual handling techniques

types and features of framed artwork and the composition and characteristics of frames

composition, different load bearing ability and methods of construction of walls and ceilings

functions, features and safe use of tools and equipment used for artwork installation:

caulking gun

hammer

ladders

pliers

plumb bob

power drill and fittings

screwdrivers

spirit level

square

tape measure

work platform/trestles

functions, features and safe use of fixing devices and materials

attachments

fittings

hanging and/or fixing devices and display features

nails

tacks

screws

staples

filler

adhesive tapes

design factors that influence the placement of artwork in relation to furniture, room design and existing artwork

potential impacts of the installation process on artwork, and how to avoid damage

legal liability when installing artwork

documentation requirements for completing on-site installations.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

locations / walls for installation

installation tools, equipment and materials to complete tasks in the Performance Evidence

work orders

framed artwork and attachments, fittings and hanging and/or fixing devices as specified in performance evidence.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSMENV272 Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices

Modification History

Release 2. Equivalent. Minor edits for improved clarity. Range of conditions removed. Duplication between Performance Evidence and Performance Criteria removed. Assessment conditions updated.

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAENV272B Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to comply with environmental regulations, identify environment issues and minimise the risks of negative impact on work and carry out improvements in own work area.

This unit applies to operators and team members who are required to follow procedures to work in an environmentally sustainable manner.

This unit applies to all sectors of the manufacturing industry and members of its value chain. It may also be applied to all sections of an organisation, including office and warehouse. This unit will need to be contextualised for the industry sector, organisation and section.

This unit applies to an individual working alone or as part of a team and working in liaison with other shift team members and the control room operator, as appropriate.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must also be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

HSE

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify current resource use and environmental issues	1.1 Identify workplace environmental and resource efficiency issues 1.2 Identify resources used in own work role 1.3 Confirm current usage of resources
2. Comply with environmental regulations	2.1 Read and follow environmental policies and procedures to ensure compliance with federal, state/territory and local government laws, by-laws, regulations and mandated codes of practice, and codes and standards that the organisation applies voluntarily 2.2 Ask questions and seek clarification relating to environmental work requirements 2.3 Identify incidents, including breaches or potential breaches of environmental regulations and occurrences outside of standard procedures and report to appropriate personnel 2.4 Report environmental incidents using workplace forms and procedures
3. Seek opportunities to improve environmental practices and resource efficiency	3.1 Follow workplace procedures to improve environmental practices and resource efficiency 3.2 Make suggestions for improvements to environmental workplace practices and work plans

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 2. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAENV272B Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=d1287d36-dff4-4e9f-ad2c-9d6270054027

Assessment Requirements for MSMENV272 Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices

Modification History

Release 2. Equivalent. Minor edits for improved clarity. Range of conditions removed. Duplication between Performance Evidence and Performance Criteria removed. Assessment conditions updated.

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAENV272B Participate in environmentally sustainable work practices.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

followed environmental policies and identified potential breaches of environmental regulations and suggested improvements within the limit of own authority.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

environmental sustainability issues relevant to organisation

resource use and impact of inefficiencies associated with own work role

environmental and resource efficiency policies and procedures for own work role

environmental regulations and guidelines and their impact on own work role

the environmental issues, hazards and risks associated with own work role

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

environmental regulations, guidelines and procedures

workplace incident reporting procedures and forms.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=d1287d36-dff4-4e9f-ad2c-9d6270054027

MSMENV472 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAENV472B Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices

Application

This unit of competency covers the skills and knowledge required to effectively analyse the workplace in relation to environmentally sustainable work practices, and to implement improvements and monitor their effectiveness.

This unit of competency applies to those who have responsibility for a specific area of work or who lead a work group or team. It addresses the knowledge, processes and techniques necessary to implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices, including the development of processes and tools.

It includes identifying areas for improvement, developing plans to make improvements, and implementing and monitoring improvements in environmental performance.

This unit of competency applies to all sectors of the manufacturing industry and members of its value chain. It may also be applied to all sections of an organisation, including office and warehouse. This unit will need to be appropriately contextualised as it is applied across an organisation and across different industry sectors.

This unit of competency applies to an individual working alone or as part of a team/work group and working in liaison with other shift team members and the control room operator, as appropriate.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

HSE

Unit Sector

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element
1	Investigate current practices in relation to resource usage	1.1	Identify environmental regulations applying to the enterprise
1.2	Assess procedures for assessing compliance with environmental regulations
1.3	Collect information on environmental and resource efficiency systems and procedures and provide to the work group, as required
1.4	Measure and record current resource usage by members of the work group
1.5	Analyse and record current purchasing strategies
1.6	Analyse current work processes to access information and data, and assist in identifying areas for improvement

2	Set targets for improvements	2.1	Seek input from stakeholders, key personnel and specialists
2.2	Access external sources of information and data as required
2.3	Evaluate alternative solutions to workplace environmental issues
2.4	Set efficiency targets

3	Implement performance improvement strategies	3.1	Source and use techniques/tools to assist in achieving targets
3.2	Apply continuous improvement strategies to own work area of responsibility, and communicate ideas and possible solutions to the work group and management
3.3	Integrate environmental and resource efficiency improvement plans for own work group with other operational activities and implement them
3.4	Seek suggestions and ideas about environmental and resource efficiency management from stakeholders and act upon them where appropriate
3.5	Implement costing strategies to fully value environmental assets

4	Monitor performance	4.1	Document outcomes and communicate reports on targets to key personnel and stakeholders
4.2	Evaluate strategies and environmental performance, including breaches or potential breaches of regulations and occurrences outside of standard procedure which may lead to lower environmental performance
4.3	Set new targets and investigate and apply new tools and strategies
4.4	Promote successful strategies and reward participants where possible

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

This field allows for different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included.
Regulatory framework	The latest version of all legislation, regulations, industry codes of practice and Australian/international standards, or the version specified by the local regulatory authority, must be used, and include one or more of the following: legislative requirements, including work health and safety (WHS) industry codes of practice and guidelines environmental regulations and guidelines Australian and other standards licence and certification requirements ISO 14001:2015 Environmental management systems
Procedures	All operations must be performed in accordance with relevant procedures. Procedures are written, verbal, visual, computer-based or in some other form, and include one or more of the following: work instructions standard operating procedures (SOPs) safe work method statements (SWMS) formulas/recipes batch sheets temporary instructions any similar instructions provided for the smooth running of the plant

Unit Mapping Information

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=d1287d36-dff4-4e9f-ad2c-9d6270054027

Assessment Requirements for MSMENV472 Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAENV472B Implement and monitor environmentally sustainable work practices

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy the requirements of the elements and performance criteria and must include the ability to:

investigate/analyse resource usage

evaluate improvement alternatives and set targets

implement improvements within the limit of own authority

monitor the performance of improvements.

Knowledge Evidence

Evidence must be provided that demonstrates knowledge of:

relevant environmental and resource efficiency issues, specific to industry practices, including:

contribution to climate change and other macro threats that can arise from materials and work processes used

regulated environmental issues

issues relevant to licencing conditions

best practice environmental approaches relevant to own area of responsibility

methods for measuring and calculating resource usage.

Assessment Conditions

The unit should be assessed holistically and the judgement of competence based on a holistic assessment of the evidence.

The collection of performance evidence:

should occur over a range of situations

will typically include a supervisor/third-party report focusing on consistent performance and problem recognition and solving. A supervisor/third-party report must be prepared by someone who has a direct, relevant, current relationship with the person being assessed and who is in a position to form a judgement on workplace performance relevant to the unit of competency

will typically include the use of appropriate tools, equipment and documents

may use industry-based simulation for all or part of the unit particularly where safety, lack of opportunity or significant cost is an issue.

Assessment should occur in operational workplace situations. Where this is not possible, or where personal safety or environmental damage are limiting factors, assessment must occur in a sufficiently rigorous simulated environment reflecting realistic operational workplace conditions. This must cover all aspects of workplace performance, including environment, task skills, task management skills, contingency management skills and job role environment skills.

Assessment in a simulated environment should use evidence collected from one or more of:

walk-throughs

pilot plant operation

demonstration of skills

industry based case studies/scenarios

‘what ifs’.

Knowledge evidence may be collected concurrently with performance evidence (provided a record is kept) or through an independent process, such as workbooks, written assessments or interviews (provided a record is kept).

Assessment processes and techniques must be appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy requirements of the work being performed and the needs of the candidate.

Conditions for assessment must include access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required, including relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications associated with this unit.

The regulatory framework will be reflected in workplace policies and procedures and is not required to be independently assessed.

Foundation skills are integral to competent performance of the unit and should not be assessed separately.

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the Standards for Registered Training Organisations 2015 assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=d1287d36-dff4-4e9f-ad2c-9d6270054027

MSMENV672 Develop workplace policy and procedures for environmental sustainability

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAENV672B Develop workplace policy and procedures for environmental sustainability

Application

This unit of competency covers the skills and knowledge required to develop and implement a workplace sustainability policy, including the modification of the policy to suit changed circumstances.

This unit of competency applies to team leaders/supervisors/managers who are required to develop approaches to environmental sustainability within workplaces, including the development and implementation of policy.

It includes communicating with relevant stakeholders, developing and monitoring sustainability policies and reviewing and improving sustainability policies.

This unit of competency applies to all sectors of the manufacturing industry. It may also be applied to all sections of an organisation, including the office and warehouse. This unit will need to be appropriately contextualised as it is applied across an organisation and across different industry sectors.

This unit of competency applies to an individual working alone or as part of a team or group and working in liaison with other shift team members and the control room operator, as appropriate.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

HSE

Unit Sector

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element
1	Develop workplace sustainability policy	1.1	Define the scope of sustainability policy
1.2	Identify and consult with stakeholders during the policy development process
1.3	Review the environmental sustainability strategies relevant to all stages of work covered by the policy
1.4	Make recommendations for policy options based on likely effectiveness, timeframes and cost
1.5	Develop policy that reflects the organisation's commitment to sustainability as an integral part of the business planning, and as a business opportunity
1.6	Agree upon appropriate methods of implementation

2	Communicate the policy	2.1	Promote the policy, including its expected outcome to key stakeholders
2.2	Inform those involved in implementing the policy as to outcomes expected, activities to be undertaken and responsibilities assigned

3	Implement the policy	3.1	Develop and communicate procedures to help implement the policy
3.2	Employ strategies for implementation of policy in resource efficiency
3.3	Establish recording systems for tracking changes in sustainability approaches and assign responsibilities

4	Review policy implementation	4.1	Record outcomes and provide feedback to key personnel and stakeholders
4.2	Investigate success or otherwise of policy
4.3	Monitor records to identify trends that may require remedial action to implemented policy and procedures
4.4	Modify policy and or procedures as required to ensure improvements are made

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

This field allows for different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included.
Regulatory framework	The latest version of all legislation, regulations, industry codes of practice and Australian/international standards, or the version specified by the local regulatory authority, must be used, and include one or more of the following: legislative requirements, including work health and safety (WHS) industry codes of practice and guidelines environmental regulations and guidelines Australian and other standards licence and certification requirements ISO 14001:2015 Environmental management systems
Procedures	All operations must be performed in accordance with relevant procedures. Procedures are written, verbal, visual, computer-based or in some other form, and include one or more of the following: work instructions standard operating procedures (SOPs) safe work method statements (SWMS) formulas/recipes batch sheets temporary instructions any similar instructions provided for the smooth running of the plant

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAENV672B Develop workplace policy and procedures for environmental sustainability

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=d1287d36-dff4-4e9f-ad2c-9d6270054027

Assessment Requirements for MSMENV672 Develop workplace policy and procedures for environmental sustainability

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAENV672B Develop workplace policy and procedures for environmental sustainability

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy the requirements of the elements and performance criteria and must include the ability to:

scope and develop an integrated sustainability policy and procedure within an enterprise

raise awareness among stakeholders and those involved in implementing the policy of expected outcomes

develop a workable implementation strategy

ensure policy implementation is monitored, reviewed and modified where

Knowledge Evidence

Evidence must be provided that demonstrates knowledge of:

relevant policy development and implementation processes and practices

principles, practices and available tools and techniques of sustainability management relevant to the particular industry context.

Assessment Conditions

The unit should be assessed holistically and the judgement of competence based on a holistic assessment of the evidence.

The collection of performance evidence is best done from a report and/or folio of evidence drawn from:

a single project which provides sufficient evidence of the requirements of all the elements and performance criteria

multiple smaller projects which together provide sufficient evidence of the requirements of all the elements and performance criteria.

A third-party report, or similar, may be needed to testify to the work done by the individual, particularly when the project has been done as part of a project team.

Assessment should occur in operational workplace situations. Where this is not possible, or where personal safety or environmental damage are limiting factors, assessment must occur in a sufficiently rigorous simulated environment reflecting realistic operational workplace conditions. This must cover all aspects of workplace performance, including environment, task skills, task management skills, contingency management skills and job role environment skills.

Knowledge evidence may be collected concurrently with performance evidence or through an independent process, such as workbooks, written assessments or interviews (provided a record is kept).

Assessment processes and techniques must be appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy requirements of the work being performed and the needs of the candidate.

Conditions for assessment must include access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required, including relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications associated with this unit.

The regulatory framework will be reflected in workplace policies and procedures and is not required to be independently assessed.

Foundation skills are integral to competent performance of the unit and should not be assessed separately.

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the Standards for Registered Training Organisations 2015 assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=d1287d36-dff4-4e9f-ad2c-9d6270054027

MSMOPS101 Make measurements

Modification History

Release 2. Equivalent. Minor edits for improved clarity. Range of conditions removed. Duplication between Performance Evidence and Performance Criteria removed. Assessment conditions updated.

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAPMOPS101A Make measurements

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use physical and/or chemical measuring equipment to make or take routine measurements and keep records related to the measurements.

This unit applies to an individual working alone or as part of a team and working in liaison with other shift team members and the control room operator, as appropriate.

This unit applies to all routine measurements within manufacturing and similar environments.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must also be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify appropriate measurements	1.1 Select appropriate measuring equipment 1.2 Identify units of measurement to be used and the detail required 1.3 Check measuring equipment is in calibration
2. Perform and record measurements	2.1 Identify and take account of relevant external factors 2.2 Perform measurements using appropriate techniques 2.3 Compare measurements against the range of expected results 2.4 Self-check numerical information for accuracy and correctness 2.5 Record the result accurately in the appropriate format and level of detail
3. Respond to routine problems in accordance with procedures	3.1 Identify known problems that occur during the measurement 3.2 Identify and act on causes of routine problems 3.3 Log problems 3.4 Identify non-routine problems and report to appropriate personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 2. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAPMOPS101A Make measurements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=d1287d36-dff4-4e9f-ad2c-9d6270054027

Assessment Requirements for MSMOPS101 Make measurements

Modification History

Release 2. Equivalent. Minor edits for improved clarity. Range of conditions removed. Duplication between Performance Evidence and Performance Criteria removed. Assessment conditions updated.

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAPMOPS101A Make measurements.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

performed and recorded at least 1 of the following workplace measurements:

extent

dimension

quantity

mass

capacity

capability

responded to routine and non-routine measuring problems in accordance with organisation procedures

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

basic units of measurement, including

kilogram

metre

second

types of measuring devices, including how, when and why they are used

purpose of equipment calibration and methods of checking equipment is within calibration

routine problems that may arise in the work environment and corrective action and reporting procedures appropriate to the problem cause.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

measuring devices and equipment

calibration procedures

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=d1287d36-dff4-4e9f-ad2c-9d6270054027

MSMOPS363 Organise on-site work

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAPMOPS363A Organise on site work

Application

This unit of competency covers the skills and knowledge required to organise and prepare for on-site work in a field situation, such as a remote mine site or large industrial complex where extensive permit or clearance systems exist.

The operator will be required to plan the work, ensure permits and other arrangements are in place to allow the on-site work to proceed safely, and set-up the tools, equipment and materials at the site.

This unit of competency applies to an individual working alone or as part of a team or group and working in liaison with other shift team members.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Operations

Unit Sector

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element
1	Plan the work	1.1	Review the requirements of the work
1.2	Arrange all necessary permits and permissions for site inspections and work
1.3	Examine the site where the work will take place
1.4	Identify plant and equipment isolations
1.5	Identify hazards and risk controls
1.6	Plan to minimise downtime, economically use materials and meet quality specifications
1.7	Plan work, including sequences, times, process stages, engineering controls and personal protective equipment (PPE) requirements
1.8	Prepare all necessary documentation and finalise the permissions and approvals for conducting the work

2	Prepare equipment, tools and materials	2.1	Identify equipment, tools and materials required
2.2	Arrange for supply of all tools, equipment and materials
2.3	Arrange for transport to site of all equipment, tools and materials

3	Set up work location	3.1	Assemble and check materials and tools for suitability for purpose
3.2	Establish required communication with site personnel
3.3	Establish a safe work area
3.4	Establish isolations and tag/lock out as required
3.5	Check tools, equipment and materials against site situation and conditions

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

This field allows for different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included.
Regulatory framework	The latest version of all legislation, regulations, industry codes of practice and Australian/international standards, or the version specified by the local regulatory authority, must be used, and include one or more of the following:  legislative requirements, including work health and safety (WHS) industry codes of practice and guidelines environmental regulations and guidelines Australian and other standards licence and certification requirements
Procedures	All operations must be performed in accordance with relevant procedures. Procedures are written, verbal, visual, computer-based or in some other form, and include one or more of the following: work permits emergency procedures work instructions standard operating procedures (SOPs) safe work method statements (SWMS) formulas/recipes batch sheets temporary instructions any similar instructions provided for the smooth running of the plant
Work requirements	Work requirements are determined from one or more of the following: work orders specifications job descriptions designs other documents
On-site work	On-site work is done in situ, not in a factory or workshop, and includes one or more of the following: conveyor belt splicing and repairs rubber lagging of conveyor drums rubber lining of tanks polymer piping systems installation or repairs polymer constructions (e.g. fume cupboards or signs) refractory lining concrete casting
Isolations	Isolations include one or more of the following: power supply tag locations process materials energy sources and equipment isolation system
Safe work area	Safe work area includes areas for one or more of the following: scaffolding lifting gear lay down area work area other equipment in appropriate locations
Tools and equipment	Tools and equipment include one or more of the following: manual handling aids hand winches portable power generators and vulcanising equipment knives and other cutting instruments portable hoists/lifting equipment not requiring any special permits or licences spanners, wrenches and hammers power operated hand tools, such as drills, cutting disks and sanders specialised tools for the job relevant PPE
Hazards	Hazards include one or more of the following: manual handling hazards hand tools and handheld power tools (e.g. knife, cutting and grinding disk hazards) smoke, darkness and heat heat, smoke, dust or other atmospheric hazards electricity gas gases and liquids under pressure structural hazards structural collapse equipment failures industrial (machinery, equipment and product) equipment or product mass noise, rotational equipment or vibration limited head spaces or overhangs working at heights, in restricted or confined spaces, or in environments subjected to heat, noise, dusts or vapours fire and explosion flammability and explosivity hazardous products and materials unauthorised personnel sharp edges, protrusions or obstructions slippery surfaces, spills or leaks extreme weather other hazards that might arise
Non-routine problems	Routine problems must be resolved by applying known solutions. Non-routine problems must be resolved by applying operational knowledge to develop new solutions, either individually or in collaboration with relevant experts, to: determine problems needing action determine possible fault causes develop solutions to problems which do not have a known solution follow through items initiated until final resolution has occurred report problems outside area of responsibility to designated person Non-routine problems are unexpected problems, or variations of previous problems and include one or more of: lack of accessibility equipment isolations logistics of materials and equipment to work site variations in materials and/or contamination of materials Operational knowledge includes one or more of: procedures training technical information such as journals, engineering specifications remembered experience relevant knowledge obtained from appropriate people

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAPMOPS363A Organise on site work

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=d1287d36-dff4-4e9f-ad2c-9d6270054027

Assessment Requirements for MSMOPS363 Organise on-site work

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAPMOPS363A Organise on site work

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy the requirements of the elements and performance criteria and must include the ability to:

identify job requirements and site conditions and plan the work

sequence and schedule work tasks and stages to maximise efficiency and meet quality specifications

select and arrange all equipment and materials for the site and set up tools, equipment and materials on site

identify hazards and apply relevant hazard controls

read and interpret work specifications, work orders, job sheets and material labels

communicate effectively with team/work group and other personnel at the site

apply operational knowledge to non-routine problems.

Knowledge Evidence

Evidence must be provided that demonstrates knowledge of:

organisational procedures, including:

work permit systems

safety, emergency and hazard control

relevant organisation standard operating procedures (SOPs)

hazards that may arise in the job/work environment, including:

their possible causes

potential consequences

appropriate risk controls

hierarchy of controls

work flow sequences and materials demand

factors and potential effects of variations in raw materials and equipment operation in relation to quality of product

planning process, including breaking the work down into steps and stages

products, materials and material characteristics.

Assessment Conditions

The unit should be assessed holistically and the judgement of competence based on a holistic assessment of the evidence.

The collection of performance evidence:

should occur over a range of situations which include typical disruptions to normal, smooth operations

will typically include a supervisor/third-party report focusing on consistent performance and problem recognition and solving. A supervisor/third-party report must be prepared by someone who has a direct, relevant, current relationship with the person being assessed and who is in a position to form a judgement on workplace performance relevant to the unit of competency

must include the use of appropriate tools, equipment and safety gear requiring demonstration of preparation, operation, completion and responding to problems

may use industry-based simulation for all or part of the unit particularly where safety, lack of opportunity or significant cost is an issue.

Assessment should occur in operational workplace situations. Where this is not possible, or where personal safety or environmental damage are limiting factors, assessment must occur in a sufficiently rigorous simulated environment reflecting realistic operational workplace conditions. This must cover all aspects of workplace performance, including environment, task skills, task management skills, contingency management skills and job role environment skills.

Assessment in a simulated environment should use evidence collected from one or more of:

walk-throughs

pilot plant operation

demonstration of skills

industry based case studies/scenarios

‘what ifs’.

Knowledge evidence may be collected concurrently with performance evidence (provided a record is kept) or through an independent process, such as workbooks, written assessments or interviews (provided a record is kept).

Assessment processes and techniques must be appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy requirements of the work being performed and the needs of the candidate.

Conditions for assessment must include access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required, including relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications associated with this unit.

The regulatory framework will be reflected in workplace policies and procedures and is not required to be independently assessed.

Foundation skills are integral to competent performance of the unit and should not be assessed separately.

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the Standards for Registered Training Organisations 2015 assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=d1287d36-dff4-4e9f-ad2c-9d6270054027

MSMPCI101 Adapt to work in industry

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAPCI101A Adapt to work in industry

Application

This unit covers the fundamental knowledge and skills needed to adapt to the workplace when taking up employment within the manufacturing industry. It includes following industry and workplace guidelines and procedures in a day-to-day work context, as well as appropriate work behaviour.

This unit applies to learners seeking practical skills that are relevant and useful to the area in which the learner hopes to gain employment, is currently working, and/or as a pathway to further study.

This unit applies to a learning and assessment environment where access to normal production operations is not available. Typically this will be a VET in Schools delivery environment but it may be another simulated or trial manufacturing environment where a high degree of supervision exists. Students may be on work placement.

The unit has application in qualifications for all occupations in the manufacturing industry and it should be regarded as an integrating unit. When delivered/assessed as part of a qualification, this unit must be customised to ensure its relevance to the real or simulated work activities and related workplaces.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Manufacturing pathways

Unit Sector

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element
1	Manage own learning	1.1	Consider and articulate own personal goals or vision
1.2	Identify opportunities for learning new ideas and techniques in relation to personal goals
1.3	Recognise personal learning needs and skill gaps
1.4	Identify opportunities for skills development activities in liaison with relevant personnel
1.5	Access and apply learning tools and practices to the job
1.6	Take advantage of on-the-job and off-the-job learning opportunities

2	Adapt to and demonstrate appropriate work practice	2.1	Identify and interpret work requirements with advice from appropriate persons
2.2	Use appropriate dress and behaviour in the workplace
2.3	Identify and balance work and personal priorities
2.4	Apply time management strategies to work duties
2.5	Tailor interactions with others to take into account different backgrounds, cultures and languages

3	Work within organisational requirements	3.1	Identify organisational requirements and key activities of the workplace
3.2	Identify and apply relevant workplace policies and guidelines to work undertaken, including work health and safety (WHS) requirements
3.3	Interpret the range of organisational values and cultural norms
3.4	Discuss and clarify any uncertainties with key personnel

4	Identify the sectors of the industry	4.1	Identify the main sectors of the manufacturing industry, their key activities and the way in which they interrelate
4.2	Clarify the roles and responsibilities of the manufacturing industry
4.3	Identify key industry representatives and their roles
4.4	Identify current issues or events impacting on the industry

5	Identify industry sector products and services	5.1	Identify the products provided by the industry sector
5.2	Identify the services provided by the industry sector
5.3	Identify appropriate standards of service across the industry sector
5.4	Clarify quality standards for products and services as identified by the industry

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

This field allows for different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included.
Skill gaps	Skills gaps relevant to work place requirements include one or more of the following: physical capacity skills workplace technology skills, such as business equipment, computer technology, machinery, hand tools, and security systems numeracy and literacy skills customer service skills communication skills, such as listening and understanding, speaking clearly/directly, reading and writing technical skills
Skill development activities	Skill development activities include one or more of the following: information technology (IT) courses human resources programs coaching and mentoring programs having the chance to learn a new task or to operate a new piece of equipment or workplace technology participating in external or internal training programs guided workplace experience
Learning tools and practices	Learning tools and practices include one or more of the following: note taking reviewing manuals and training guides discussion practice observation trial and error a combination of any of these
On-the-job opportunities	On-the-job opportunities include one or more of the following: filling in for a co-worker in a new area attending talks or seminars arranged by the workplace shadowing another co-worker in a different area receiving on-the-job training and supervised practice
Off-the-job opportunities	Off-the-job opportunities include one or more of the following: taking a course with a training provider attending conferences or seminars attending site visits with a supervisor participating in workplace social events participating in community events
Appropriate dress and behaviour	Appropriate dress and behaviour includes: personal dress and presentation demeanour and attitude displayed to customers and fellow employees
Time management strategies	Time management strategies include one or more of the following: being punctual goal setting balancing work and personal priorities or agendas prioritisation of required tasks or activities planning daily or weekly work overcoming procrastination dealing with interruptions (contingency planning) organising own work environment
Organisational requirements	Organisational requirements include: organisational policies and guidelines common organisational practices performance plans WHS policies, procedures and programs
Workplace policies and guidelines	Workplace policies and guidelines include, but are not limited to: attendance punctuality standards for health and fitness obeying orders confidentiality dress codes alcohol and drug restrictions personal safety and duty of care related to WHS terms and conditions of employment
Organisational values	Organisational values include one or more of the following: innovation community responsibility environment responsibility
Cultural norms	Cultural norms include: manners meanings specific to the language of the workplace history workplace etiquette
Main sectors of the industry	Main sectors of industry include: textiles, clothing and footwear furniture chemical manufacturing plastics and rubber products manufacturing maintenance and engineering manufacture of glass or concrete products
Roles and responsibilities of the industry	The roles and responsibilities of the industry include: providing quality products and services providing quality customer service providing proper training to those in the industry
Key industry representatives	Key industry representatives include: industry associations enterprises unions legislative bodies
Current issues or events include	Current issues or events include: economic environmental political technological supply and demand
Industry products	Industry products are the outcomes of manufacturing processes and include one or more of the following: clothing and footwear concrete and glass products tyres and plastic car components electronic components metal products
Industry services	Industry services include one or more of: customer support product advice health and diet advice delivery services consulting services warrantees and/or guarantees
Service standards	Service standards include one or more of the following: developing and maintaining product and service knowledge identifying customer needs and expectations correctly meeting reasonable needs and request of customers within acceptable time frames taking opportunities to enhance the quality of products and services dealing with conflict situations responding to customer complaints maintaining a positive and cooperative manner establishing relationships with customers following appropriate hygiene and safety procedures referring difficult complaints to appropriate persons
Quality standards	Quality standards include one or more of the following: consistency standards quality specifications time requirements meeting customer requirements

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAPCI101A Adapt to work in industry

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=d1287d36-dff4-4e9f-ad2c-9d6270054027

Assessment Requirements for MSMPCI101 Adapt to work in industry

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAPCI101A Adapt to work in industry

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy all of the requirements of the elements and performance criteria and demonstrate the ability to:

consistently apply required knowledge and skills when adapting to different workplace requirements, contexts and environments

follow workplace work health and safety (WHS) and environmental protection procedures and responsibilities

consistently follow relevant workplace procedures, policies, instructions and regulations, including relevant manufacturer's guidelines relating to the operation and use of equipment

complete work systematically with required time management and attention to detail without damage to goods, equipment or personnel

recognise limitations, ask for help and seek clarification or information about work requirements and procedures

take prompt action to report and/or rectify any workplace problems in accordance with workplace procedures

recognise and adapt appropriately to cultural differences in the workplace, including modes of behaviour and interactions among staff and others

identify and interpret information on sectors in the manufacturing industries

articulate own goals and vision and identify skills gaps and ways they may be addressed

identify and interpret information on the range of products and services produced by manufacturing industries

identify and take advantage of learning opportunities in the workplace

use literacy skills in regard to written and verbal communication in the workplace

use basic interpersonal and communication skills, including listening and questioning and receiving feedback

use workplace technology skills where appropriate or required.

Knowledge Evidence

Must provide evidence that demonstrates knowledge of:

current events, activities, products and services of the manufacturing industry

workplace policies, procedures and guidelines

time management strategies and appropriate workplace etiquette

workplace equipment, tools and other technologies used in the manufacturing industry and where and how to obtain information and instructions on their safe use and basic care and servicing

sources of information on the industry sector and skills development activities.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must occur in a simulated environment or a workplace.

This unit must always be assessed in holistically in conjunction with other units of competency that form part of a specified job function.

Foundation skills are integral to competent performance of the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Performance must be demonstrated consistently over a period of time and for a range of manufacturing contexts.

Assessors must:

satisfy the Standards for Registered Training Organisations 2015 assessor requirements

have vocational competency in the manufacturing industry at least to the level being assessed, with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the manufacturing industry.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=d1287d36-dff4-4e9f-ad2c-9d6270054027

MSMPCI103 Demonstrate care and apply safe practices at work

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAPCI103A Demonstrate care and apply safe practices at work

Application

This unit of competency covers the knowledge and skills needed to understand, apply and satisfy safe work practices in an industry. It includes identifying and following work procedures for hazards and risks, monitoring and maintaining cleanliness and tidiness at work, and reporting hazards and risks in appropriate ways. It applies to work health and safety (WHS) requirements and internal workplace policies and procedures.

This unit applies to learners seeking practical skills that are relevant and useful to the area in which the learner hopes to gain employment, is currently working, and/or as a pathway to further study.

This unit applies to a learning and assessment environment where access to normal production operations is not available. Typically this will be a VET in Schools delivery environment but it may be another simulated or trial manufacturing environment where a high degree of supervision exists. Students may be on work placement.

The unit has application in qualifications for all occupations in the manufacturing industry and it should be regarded as an integrating unit. When delivered/assessed as part of a qualification, the unit must be customised to ensure its relevance to real or simulated work activities and related workplaces.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Manufacturing pathways

Unit Sector

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element
1	Follow workplace OHS procedures	1.1	Identify, interpret and apply relevant WHS, workplace hazard control procedures and safe work practices
1.2	Identify and adhere to workplace procedures for reporting hazards promptly and efficiently
1.3	Undertake all work activities in a safe manner according to WHS guidelines, enterprise policies and procedures
1.4	Assess the work area regularly and follow procedures to report, remove or minimise potential hazards
1.5	Use personal protective equipment (PPE) correctly in accordance with established safety and workplace procedures

2	Maintain personal wellbeing in the workplace	2.1	Identify risks to personal wellbeing which may affect safe performance in the workplace and use strategies to prevent and manage them
2.2	Identify, interpret and follow procedures for maintaining a tidy and clean personal work area

3	Identify and report on safety of self and others	3.1	Identify and correct or report situations which may endanger self or other workers
3.2	Report incidents and injuries to self or others on the job to appropriate persons and deal with them in a timely manner
3.3	Contribute to participative arrangements to foster safe working practices, as appropriate

4	Take action in emergency situations	4.1	Recognise emergency situations and take action within scope of individual responsibility
4.2	Follow emergency procedures in accordance with organisational procedures
4.3	Seek assistance from colleagues and/or other authorities, where appropriate

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

This field allows for different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included.
Hazard control procedures	Hazard control procedures include one or more of the following: emergency, fire and accident procedures hazard identification and removal or, if this is not possible, establish a hazard control use of PPE relevant manufacturer guidelines relating to the operation and use of equipment WHS regulations safe use of mechanical, pneumatic, hydraulic and/or electrical equipment safe use of chemicals and toxic substances
Workplace hazards	Workplace hazards include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: untidy work conditions, including poor and unnecessary obstacles and equipment in work areas sharp instruments or equipment excessive noise hot substances and equipment electricity and water electrical equipment being careless when using cutting equipment or dealing with heat or hot surfaces damaged equipment moving machinery materials handling gases and liquids under pressure working at heights confined spaces inappropriate lifting practices dangerous floor surfaces movements of equipment, goods and vehicles chemicals and other harmful substances, including fumes and dust toxic substances damaged packing material and containers inflammable materials and fire hazards unavailable waste management and disposal procedures extremes in weather conditions unsuitable lighting levels water hazards dangerous storage areas
Safe work practices	Safe work practices include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: manual handling procedures correct posture safe lifting and bending using appropriate PPE
Risks to personal wellbeing	Risk to personal wellbeing include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: smoking, alcohol and drug use lack of sleep poor diet lack of exercise stress not using appropriate methods when lifting or moving heavy objects not wearing proper PPE
PPE	PPE includes, but is not limited to, one or more of the following: gloves masks uniform safety headwear and footwear safety glasses two-way radios high visibility clothing
Appropriate persons	Appropriate persons include one or more of the following: workplace personnel supervisors team leaders management WHS personnel other persons authorised or nominated by the organisation
Emergency situations	Emergency situations include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: accidents overheating equipment injuries, such as cuts, scalds and burns health conditions, such as fainting, asthma attacks and allergic reactions spills and leakages of harmful gas and liquids structural failures and breakages robbery fire flooding power failures or shorts
Participative arrangements	Participative arrangements include one or more of the following: workplace meetings suggestion schemes regular communications with team leaders information sessions

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAPCI103A Demonstrate care and apply safe practices at work

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=d1287d36-dff4-4e9f-ad2c-9d6270054027

Assessment Requirements for MSMPCI103 Demonstrate care and apply safe practices at work

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAPCI103A Demonstrate care and apply safe practices at work

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy all of the requirements of the elements and performance criteria, and demonstrate the ability to:

follow relevant workplace procedures, policies, instructions and regulations, including work health and safety (WHS) regulations and hazard prevention policies and procedures, environment protection, and manufacturer guidelines relating to the operation and use of equipment

follow workplace procedures for hazard identification and risk control

use relevant personal protective equipment (PPE)

complete work systematically with required attention to detail without damage to goods, equipment or personnel

use appropriate written and verbal communication in the workplace

use basic interpersonal and communication skills, including listening and questioning, and receiving feedback

promptly report workplace hazards and WHS incidents and take appropriate action

solve or report problems identified when dealing with safety hazards and applying appropriate hazard control procedures

recognise limitations, ask for help and seek clarification or information about work requirements and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

Must provide evidence that demonstrates knowledge of:

procedures related to WHS to be followed in the work area concerned

workplace hazards and ways to minimise or remove them

workplace equipment, materials, housekeeping equipment and the processes and precautions for their use

PPE relevant to the job and job context

appropriate hygiene and safety standards.

Assessment Conditions

Assessment must occur in a simulated environment or a workplace.

This unit must always be assessed in holistically in conjunction with other units of competency that form part of a specified job function.

Foundation skills are integral to competent performance of the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Performance must be demonstrated consistently over a period of time.

Assessors must:

as a minimum, satisfy the Standards for Registered Training Organisations 2015 assessor requirements

hold training and assessment competencies as determined by the National Skills Standards Council (NSSC) or its successors

have vocational competency in the manufacturing industry at least to the level being assessed, with broad industry knowledge and experience, usually combined with a relevant industry qualification

Be familiar with the current skills and knowledge used and have relevant, current experience in the manufacturing industry.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=d1287d36-dff4-4e9f-ad2c-9d6270054027

MSMPER200 Work in accordance with an issued permit

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAPMPER200C Work in accordance with an issued permit

Application

This unit of competency covers the skills and knowledge required to work in accordance with an issued permit. It aims to ensure that people working under a permit to work understand the system, know the limitations of the permit under which they are working and comply with all the requirements of the permit. The people to whom this unit applies may be called 'permit recipients' or 'permit holders' by some organisations. Some organisations call 'permits' 'clearances'.

This unit of competency applies to persons who are required to conduct work activities under the authority of an issued permit to work and within the context and requirements of that permit. This typically applies to all work done by maintenance staff and contractors and also to any other non-process work performed on the plant.

This unit of competency applies to an individual working alone or as part of a team/work group and working in liaison with other team members, as appropriate.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Work Control Systems

Unit Sector

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element
1	Apply for permit	1.1	Confirm the scope and location of the work to be done
1.2	Identify the need for a work permit for the work to be carried out
1.3	Identify the type of work permit required
1.4	Collate information required for the issue of the permit
1.5	Apply for the permit following the organisation’s requirements

2	Identify the scope of the permit	2.1	Check that work to be done complies with the permit type
2.2	Check that the scope and location of work comply with the permit issued
2.3	Identify hazards and check that the hazard controls specified on the permit are consistent with the hazard analysis
2.4	Check that preparations specified on the permit have been completed
2.5	Sign onto/receive the permit

3	Prepare for permitted work	3.1	Maintain safe working conditions and environment by using available isolation procedures and safety equipment
3.2	Monitor plant conditions and hazards to ensure work under the permit remains safe
3.3	Ensure that appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) is selected and worn, and emergency equipment is available, as required by the permit and relevant procedures
3.4	Inspect work area to ensure safety and compliance with permit requirements and procedures

4	Work in accordance with an issued permit	4.1	Use required hazard reduction/control measures
4.2	Comply with requirements of the permit, including safety observer if required
4.3	Display issued permit on work site as required
4.4	Ensure compliance with scope, location and timeframe specified in the permit.
4.5	Seek variation to permit/new permit if job or work environment vary from that specified in the permit
4.6	Suspend job and make worksite safe before leaving job
4.7	Formally seek and receive authorised extensions to the permit when required
4.8	Give end-of-day status report to permit issuer

5	Complete permit to work	5.1	Obtain new permit or have existing permit revalidated before work is recommenced
5.2	Check the work conducted against the issued permit to ensure that all the nominated work requirements have been satisfied
5.3	Monitor general housekeeping to ensure that the site has been left in a clean and safe condition
5.4	Ensure personal lock outs/tag outs/isolations are removed in accordance with procedures
5.5	Communicate status of the work conducted and the results of the permit to relevant personnel
5.6	Complete documentation as required and have permit signed off when job is completed

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

This field allows for different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included.
Regulatory framework	The latest version of all legislation, regulations, industry codes of practice and Australian/international standards, or the version specified by the local regulatory authority, must be used, and include one or more of the following: legislative requirements, including work health and safety (WHS) industry codes of practice and guidelines environmental regulations and guidelines Australian and other standards licence and certification requirements
Procedures	All operations must be performed in accordance with relevant procedures. Procedures are written, verbal, visual, computer-based or in some other form, and include one or more of the following: work instructions standard operating procedures (SOPs) safe work method statements (SWMS) temporary instructions any similar instructions provided
Work permits	Work permits include one or more of the following: cold work/general permit to work excavation hot work vehicle entry minor repairs working at heights confined space entry other special permits where there is an appropriate sign-off as required
Information required for permit	Information required for the issue of the permit includes one or more of the following: work description tools to be used process/methods of work/SOPs Where hazardous materials are being used relevant material safety data sheets (MSDS) will also be required.
Hazards	Hazards include one or more of the following: slips and trips emergency equipment is unavailable smoke, darkness and heat heat, smoke, dust or other atmospheric hazards electricity gas gases and liquids under pressure structural hazards structural collapse industrial (machinery, equipment and product) equipment or product mass noise, rotational equipment or vibration limited head spaces or overhangs work where a fall by a person from one level to another is reasonably likely to cause injury working in restricted or confined spaces, or in environments subjected to heat, noise, dusts or vapours flammability and explosivity hazardous products and materials unauthorised personnel sharp edges, protrusions or obstructions, swarf and scrap spills or leaks extreme weather other hazards that might arise unsafe conditions developing through failure to conform with the provisions of a work permit hazards created by the nature or location of the work hazards created by the proximity of the work to other work or normal operations
Display issued permit	The permit holder must keep the issued permit with them on site. It must be displayed or ready to be shown as required by the site/job requirements, including one or more of the following: displayed in a mounting provided by the site accessible in a folder which is on the worksite carried in overall pockets in a manner which allows it to be readily shown on request

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAPMPER200C Work in accordance with an issued permit

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=d1287d36-dff4-4e9f-ad2c-9d6270054027

Assessment Requirements for MSMPER200 Work in accordance with an issued permit

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAPMPER200C Work in accordance with an issued permit

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy all of the requirements of the elements and performance criteria, and demonstrate the ability to:

identify type and scope of permit relevant to the job

interpret and implement permit conditions

identify changes to conditions which may lead to the permit being revoked before the job is completed

monitor hazards and hazard controls.

Knowledge Evidence

Evidence must be provided that demonstrates knowledge of:

different types of permits and the work they cover, including three (3) or more of:

cold work/general permit to work

excavation

hot work

vehicle entry

minor repairs

working at heights

confined space entry

other permit types as used on site

the impact of the regulatory framework and organisation procedures under which the permit operates upon the particular job requiring the permit

hazards associated with tasks covered by the permit and related hazard controls

types of tests/inspections required for the issue of work permits including one (1) or more of:

atmospheric, oxygen/breathability

temperature

humidity

combustibles, oxygen, enriched or reduced

electricity

stored pressure/energy

flammability/explosivity

toxicity

electricity

stored energy/pressure.

Assessment Conditions

Competency must be achieved before performing this work unsupervised. Therefore this unit will typically be assessed off the job. Where assessment is undertaken on the job, appropriate supervision and safety precautions must be provided.

The unit should be assessed holistically and the judgement of competence based on a holistic assessment of the evidence.

The collection of performance evidence:

should provide evidence of the ability to perform over the range of situations which might be expected to be encountered, including typical disruptions to normal, smooth work conditions

will typically include the use of appropriate tools, equipment and safety gear requiring demonstration of preparation, operation, completion and responding to problems

may use industry-based simulation particularly where safety, lack of opportunity or significant cost is an issue.

Off-the-job assessment must sufficiently reflect realistic operational workplace conditions that cover all aspects of workplace performance, including environment, task skills, task management skills, contingency management skills and job role environment skills.

Assessment in a simulated environment should use evidence collected from one or more of:

walk-throughs

demonstration of skills

industry-based case studies/scenarios

‘what ifs’.

Knowledge evidence may be collected concurrently with performance evidence (provided a record is kept) or through an independent process, such as workbooks, written assessments or interviews (provided a record is kept).

Assessment processes and techniques must be appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy requirements of the work being performed and the needs of the candidate.

Conditions for assessment must include access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required, including relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications associated with this unit.

The regulatory framework will be reflected in workplace policies and procedures and is not required to be independently assessed.

Foundation skills are integral to competent performance of the unit and should not be assessed separately.

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the Standards for Registered Training Organisations 2015 assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=d1287d36-dff4-4e9f-ad2c-9d6270054027

MSMSUP102 Communicate in the workplace

Modification History

Release 2. Equivalent. Minor edits for improved clarity. Range of conditions removed. Assessment conditions updated.

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAPMSUP102A Communicate in the workplace.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to receive, relay and record written and oral messages and to provide relevant information in response to requests within timelines.

This unit applies to personnel who are required to communicate clearly and accurately to record messages, seek clarification, access needed information, relay information to other people and complete workplace documentation.

This unit applies to all work environments.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must also be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Support

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Receive and relay messages	1.1 Receive message and confirm understanding 1.2 Accurately record the message 1.3 Relay message accurately to appropriate person or section within designated timelines
2. Interpret messages	2.1 Clarify message if necessary 2.2 Take appropriate action 2.3 Respond to communication problems
3. Respond to request for information	3.1 Acknowledge the request for information and clarify understanding 3.2 Access information from appropriate sources 3.3 Relay information to appropriate person or section in a manner appropriate for the receiver
4. Complete workplace forms	4.1 Select appropriate form 4.2 Assemble information required for form 4.3 Complete workplace form 4.4 Submit workplace form

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 2. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAPMSUP102A Communicate in the workplace.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=d1287d36-dff4-4e9f-ad2c-9d6270054027

Assessment Requirements for MSMSUP102 Communicate in the workplace

Modification History

Release 2. Equivalent. Minor edits for improved clarity. Range of conditions removed. Assessment conditions updated.

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAPMSUP102A Communicate in the workplace.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

received, recorded and relayed messages, including:

listening attentively and asking questions to confirm understanding

responded to at least one request for information in accordance with procedures, including:

using clear and concise language in both verbal and written communication

completed workplace forms legibly and accurately

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

sources of information

communication equipment

organisation procedures, including:

telephone and communications protocols and/or procedures

documentation and record keeping

types and meaning of workplace codes, numbers, symbols, signs and colours typically used in the work environment

types, purpose and importance of workplace documentation

workplace expectations for acceptable language and tone, including swearing, level of formality, courteousness and respect for diversity

challenges in communicating with people from culturally and linguistically diverse (CALD) backgrounds in the workplace and possible strategies

communication problems and corrective actions relevant to own role

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

workplace documentation and/or information

workplace forms.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=d1287d36-dff4-4e9f-ad2c-9d6270054027

MSMSUP106 Work in a team

Modification History

Release 2. Equivalent. Minor edits for improved clarity. Range of conditions removed. Duplication between Performance Evidence and Performance Criteria removed. Assessment conditions updated.

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAPMSUP106A Work in a team.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to organise own activities within a team to fit with work schedules and to meet operational guidelines.

This unit applies to team members who are required to use interpersonal and communication skills to plan, organise and complete their work activities according to instructions and with limited discretionary powers.

This unit applies to all work environments.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must also be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Support

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify work activities	1.1 Identify task requirements of the team 1.2 Identify own tasks that are part of the team requirement 1.3 Prioritise team and individual activities as directed
2. Organise daily work plan	2.1 Break work activities down into small achievable components 2.2 Record activities as required by procedures 2.3 Seek assistance from other team members when difficulties in achieving allocated tasks arise
3. Participate in a team	3.1 Use communication and interpersonal skills to ensure effective teamwork 3.2 Acknowledge information and feedback provided by other team members in work group 3.3 Acknowledge team roles and support team members in achieving their role

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 2. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAPMSUP106A Work in a team.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=d1287d36-dff4-4e9f-ad2c-9d6270054027

Assessment Requirements for MSMSUP106 Work in a team

Modification History

Release 2. Equivalent. Minor edits for improved clarity. Range of conditions removed. Duplication between Performance Evidence and Performance Criteria removed. Assessment conditions updated.

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAPMSUP106A Work in a team.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

participated in at least 1 work team to achieve allocated tasks

used communication and interpersonal skills with:

team members

team leaders

supervisors.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

organisation procedures, including:

record keeping requirements

own role in team and meeting team requirements and the role of other team members, team leaders and supervisors

organisation work standards and how the team contributes to them

interpersonal and communication techniques that promote effective teamwork including:

listening

questioning

paraphrasing

non-verbal communication

giving and receiving feedback.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies, as well as, using suitable facilities, equipment and resources.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=d1287d36-dff4-4e9f-ad2c-9d6270054027

MSMSUP240 Undertake minor maintenance

Modification History

Release 2. Equivalent. Range of conditions removed. Duplication between Performance Evidence and Performance Criteria removed. Assessment conditions updated.

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAPMSUP240A Undertake minor maintenance.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to undertake minor maintenance and solve routine problems to procedures. Minor maintenance can include operational maintenance, general cleaning, part removal and part replacement and other activities that do not require a trade qualification.

This unit applies to an individual working alone or as part of a team or group and working in liaison with other shift team members and the control room operator, as appropriate.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must also be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Support

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify maintenance requirements	1.1 Identify equipment variations and/or irregularities using observed data and plant records 1.2 Assess the urgency and priority of the situation 1.3 Identify appropriate corrective action 1.4 Identify correct tools and materials 1.5 Assess the impact of the maintenance activity and communicate to appropriate personnel 1.6 Identify hazards and risk controls 1.7 Identify work permit requirements
2. Prepare for maintenance activity	2.1 Ensure equipment is turned off and isolated according to procedures 2.2 Clear the area of obstructions and hazardous materials 2.3 Obtain appropriate tools, parts, materials and procedures 2.4 Obtain the appropriate work permits and adhere to the requirements 2.5 Communicate the impending maintenance activity to the appropriate personnel
3. Perform maintenance activity	3.1 Access all relevant information 3.2 Undertake maintenance activity according to procedures 3.3 Use tools and maintenance techniques correctly 3.4 Restore equipment to normal working condition 3.5 Leave the work area in a clean and safe condition 3.6 Ensure permits are signed-off as appropriate
4. Test equipment	4.1 Test equipment according to procedures 4.2 Return equipment to service 4.3 Ensure equipment meets normal operating requirements
5. Record maintenance activity	5.1 Complete maintenance logs and/or plant history records 5.2 Report maintenance activity to relevant personnel 5.3 Identify and report outstanding maintenance requirements to relevant personnel

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 2. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAPMSUP240A Undertake minor maintenance.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=d1287d36-dff4-4e9f-ad2c-9d6270054027

Assessment Requirements for MSMSUP240 Undertake minor maintenance

Modification History

Release 2. Equivalent. Range of conditions removed. Duplication between Performance Evidence and Performance Criteria removed. Assessment conditions updated.

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAPMSUP240A Undertake minor maintenance.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

undertaken at least 1 minor maintenance activity, including:

using available data and records to recognise fault and no-fault conditions in standard and non-standard situations

applying operational guidelines and known solutions to correct variations and/or irregularities

applying approved hazard control, work permit and safety procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

principles of operation of the equipment to be maintained

function and troubleshooting of major internal components and their problems

appropriate testing procedures and use of equipment for a range of equipment faults

typical causes of equipment failures and the service conditions which may increase maintenance

types and nature of maintenance (preventative, predictive, corrective) uses, benefits and limitations

factors that may affect product quality or production output and appropriate remedies.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

maintenance documentation, guidelines, procedures and schedules, including data and plant records

maintenance tools and equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE).

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=d1287d36-dff4-4e9f-ad2c-9d6270054027

MSMSUP273 Handle goods

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAPMSUP273A Handle goods

Application

This unit of competency covers the skills and knowledge required to receive and despatch products and/or materials from either internal or external sources as an adjunct to the job of making product.

It applies to operators who are required to receive and process orders, maintain records, identify and select goods to be despatched and ensure they are despatched to the correct location.

This unit of competency applies to an individual working alone or as part of a team/work group and working in liaison with other shift team members and the control room operator, as appropriate.

This unit of competency focuses on processing goods to be despatched and/or received. The person undertaking this role may require additional competencies to cover the operation of forklift trucks or other regulated load shifting devices.

This competency is NOT intended for people who, as a major function, operate a store or warehouse. For these people warehousing units of competency should be used.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Support

Unit Sector

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element
1	Identify work requirements	1.1	Read and interpret documentation
1.2	Identify required schedules for receipt or despatch
1.3	Identify correct product/material
1.4	Identify potential problems and required action/solution
1.5	Plan work sequence using workplace and product knowledge
1.6	Select appropriate materials handling equipment as required
1.7	Identify work health and safety (WHS) requirements

2	Prepare for receiving or despatching goods	2.1	Select and check goods for receiving/despatch against product/material knowledge, labels and other identification systems
2.2	Sort, assemble and consolidate products as necessary
2.3	Secure order and place in storage areas in accordance with schedule
2.4	Check order against receiving/despatch schedule and order form

3	Move materials into/out of storage or to/from production	3.1	Check paperwork and identity of materials
3.2	Check for completeness and/or damage
3.3	Take action on non-conforming products/materials
3.4	Move products/materials safely
3.5	Store materials safely as required
3.6	Resolve routine problems that arise in accordance with procedures

4	Complete materials movement records	4.1	Complete materials movement records (in or out)
4.2	Update records as required
4.3	Complete other paperwork and records as required

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

This field allows for different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included.
Regulatory framework	The latest version of all legislation, regulations, industry codes of practice and Australian/international standards, or the version specified by the local regulatory authority, must be used, and include one or more of the following: legislative requirements, including work health and safety (WHS) industry codes of practice and guidelines environmental regulations and guidelines Australian and other standards licence and certification requirements
Procedures	All operations must be performed in accordance with relevant procedures. Procedures are written, verbal, visual, computer-based or in some other form, and include one or more of the following: emergency procedures work instructions standard operating procedures (SOPs) safe work method statements (SWMS) formulas/recipes batch sheets temporary instructions any similar instructions provided for the smooth running of the plant
Documentation and records	Documentation and records include: any information and data in relation to despatch, receipt, movement and storage of goods whether it is manual, paper-based, electronic or verbal, either in person or by phone/radio, and includes one or more of the following: order requests invoices picking slips labels transportation requirements bills of materials inventory lists databases
Tools and equipment	Tools and equipment include one or more of the following: mobile plant/fork lifts manual handling equipment hand tools shrink wrappers tape machine labellers loose bulk packing equipment computers and bar code readers bag filling equipment pallets wrapping machines personal protective equipment (PPE) distribution equipment, such as A-frames, stillages, containers, elevated platforms and communication equipment
Hazards	Hazards include one or more of the following: inappropriate movements and postures manual handling hazards heat, smoke, dust or other atmospheric hazards electricity gas gases and liquids under pressure equipment failures industrial (machinery, equipment and product) equipment or product mass noise, rotational equipment or vibration hazardous products and materials unauthorised personnel sharp edges, protrusions or obstructions slippery surfaces, spills or leaks extreme weather other hazards that might arise
Routine problems	Routine problems must be resolved by applying known solutions. Routine problems are predictable and include one or more of the following: special storage requirements, including moisture and contamination control compatibility of goods in loads and in storage handling of incomplete loads (either in or out) handling of materials which do not meet specifications conflicting priorities incomplete or incorrect paperwork product requirements job priority product/material variations Known solutions are drawn from one or more of the following: procedures training remembered experience Non-routine problems must be reported according to according to relevant procedures.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAPMSUP273A Handle goods

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=d1287d36-dff4-4e9f-ad2c-9d6270054027

Assessment Requirements for MSMSUP273 Handle goods

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAPMSUP273A Handle goods

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy the requirements of the elements and performance criteria and must include the ability to:

identify and select goods to be moved in accordance with documentation

apply known solutions to routine problems

prepare and organise goods to be moved to fit with schedules

select and use handling equipment

read and interpret product specifications, job sheets, procedures, material labels and safety information

complete documentation and records

apply appropriate safety precautions and procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

Evidence must be provided that demonstrates knowledge of:

organisation procedures, including:

safety, emergency and hazard control

inventory and ordering systems

types and application of handling equipment and any licensing requirements

manual handling techniques and ergonomics

safe storage of dangerous goods and hazardous materials

transport requirements and restrictions for products/materials

production workflow requirements.

Assessment Conditions

The unit should be assessed holistically and the judgement of competence based on a holistic assessment of the evidence.

The collection of performance evidence:

should occur over a range of situations which include typical disruptions to normal, smooth operations

will typically include a supervisor/third-party report focusing on consistent performance and problem recognition and solving. A supervisor/third-party report must be prepared by someone who has a direct, relevant, current relationship with the person being assessed and who is in a position to form a judgement on workplace performance relevant to the unit of competency

must include the use of appropriate tools, equipment and safety gear requiring demonstration of preparation, operation, completion and responding to problems

may use industry-based simulation for part but not all of the unit particularly where safety, lack of opportunity or significant cost is an issue.

Assessment should occur in operational workplace situations. Where this is not possible, or where personal safety or environmental damage are limiting factors, assessment must occur in a sufficiently rigorous simulated environment reflecting realistic operational workplace conditions. This must cover all aspects of workplace performance, including environment, task skills, task management skills, contingency management skills and job role environment skills.

Assessment in a simulated environment should use evidence collected from one or more of:

walk-throughs

pilot plant operation

demonstration of skills

industry-based case studies/scenarios

‘what ifs’.

Knowledge evidence may be collected concurrently with performance evidence (provided a record is kept) or through an independent process, such as workbooks, written assessments or interviews (provided a record is kept).

Assessment processes and techniques must be appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy requirements of the work being performed and the needs of the candidate.

Conditions for assessment must include access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required, including relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications associated with this unit.

The regulatory framework will be reflected in workplace policies and procedures and is not required to be independently assessed.

Foundation skills are integral to competent performance of the unit and should not be assessed separately.

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the Standards for Registered Training Organisations 2015 assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=d1287d36-dff4-4e9f-ad2c-9d6270054027

MSMSUP390 Use structured problem-solving tools

Modification History

Release 2. Equivalent. Minor edits for improved clarity. Range of conditions removed.

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAPMSUP390A Use structured problem-solving tools.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use structured process improvement tools to solve process and other problems. It describes the broad application of in-depth and rigorous structured problem-solving techniques to identify opportunities for improvement.

This unit applies to experienced operators, team leaders, supervisors or people in similar roles who are required to identify improvements and/or solve problems beyond those associated directly with the process unit and/or equipment.

This unit applies to an individual working alone or as part of a team or group and working in liaison with other shift team members and the control room operator, as appropriate.

This unit of competency applies to all work environments.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Support

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify the problem	1.1 Identify variances from desired operating and/or output parameters and quality 1.2 Define the extent, cause and nature of the problem by observation and investigation 1.3 State and specify the problem clearly
2. Determine fundamental cause of problem	2.1 Select problem-solving tool appropriate to the problem and the context 2.2 Identify possible causes based on experience and the use of problem-solving tools and analytical techniques 2.3 Develop possible cause statements 2.4 Determine fundamental cause
3. Determine corrective action	3.1 Determine all possible options for resolution of the problem 3.2 Identify strengths and weaknesses of possible options 3.3 Determine corrective action to remove the problem and possible future causes 3.4 Develop implementation plans identifying measurable objectives, resource needs and timelines in accordance with safety and operating procedures 3.5 Develop recommendations for ongoing monitoring and testing
4. Communicate recommendations	4.1 Prepare report on recommendations 4.2 Present recommendations to appropriate personnel 4.3 Follow up recommendations

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 2. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAPMSUP390A Use structured problem-solving tools

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=d1287d36-dff4-4e9f-ad2c-9d6270054027

Assessment Requirements for MSMSUP390 Use structured problem-solving tools

Modification History

Release 2. Equivalent. Minor edits for improved clarity. Range of conditions removed.

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAPMSUP390A Use structured problem-solving tools.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

identified at least 1 problem

analysed problem using at least 1 analysis tool drawn from each of 2 different groups of tools (basic, visual, process, business and organisation specific)

selected the preferred solution

developed and used an implementation plan, that includes:

specific, measurable, achievable, relevant, timed (SMART) objectives

resource requirements

methods for reaching objectives

timelines

methods of checking and adjusting adherence to plan

communicated effectively with other personnel.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

relevant organisation procedures

risks, risk assessment and controls relevant to problem being analysed

targets and measures for output and quality

types and application of problem-solving tools and analytical techniques

relevant equipment and operational processes.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies, as well as, using suitable facilities, equipment and resources.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=d1287d36-dff4-4e9f-ad2c-9d6270054027

MSMSUP404 Coordinate maintenance

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAPMOPS404A Co-ordinate maintenance

Application

This unit of competency covers the skills and knowledge required to coordinate maintenance of a manufacturing facility.

It applies to experienced technicians, supervisors, maintenance coordinators or team leaders, working either independently or as part of a team. They will be required to apply knowledge of equipment operating principles, service requirements and workplace production operations to the coordination of maintenance activities to meet the objectives of restoring the plant/equipment condition, consistent with production requirements. They will not be required to actually do the maintenance.

This unit of competency applies to all work environments and sectors within the manufacturing industry. It applies to coordination of one or more of:

predictive and preventative operational maintenance

proactive maintenance

reactive maintenance.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Support

Unit Sector

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element
1	Plan maintenance	1.1	Develop work plans for scheduled routine maintenance activities
1.2	Develop contingency plans for unscheduled maintenance activities
1.3	Source maintenance providers (internal/external)
1.4	Develop costings for maintenance work
1.5	Identify and control hazards
1.6	Document and record required production interruptions, processes and procedures
1.7	Obtain required authorisations for the maintenance work

2	Organise maintenance	2.1	Schedule maintenance activities, with reference to production requirements and availability of resources
2.2	Review available maintenance expertise and arrange appropriate training and assessment where necessary
2.3	Obtain approvals for maintenance schedule as necessary to coordinate with production requirements

3	Assemble maintenance requirements	3.1	Determine resources required (equipment, personnel and consumables) to meet maintenance schedule
3.2	Locate and coordinate supply of consumables, equipment and expertise to meet maintenance schedule
3.3	Purchase equipment, consumables and expertise as required

4	Complete maintenance	4.1	Complete maintenance schedule
4.2	Make appropriate readings, measurements and recordings and compare to equipment, product and other relevant specifications
4.3	Identify areas requiring further testing of plant, which has been subject to maintenance, and recommend appropriate procedures to supervisory staff
4.4	Make appropriate adjustments to the maintenance schedule
4.5	Complete records as required, noting areas where changes to equipment operation or routine maintenance are required

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

This field allows for different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included.
Regulatory framework	The latest version of all legislation, regulations, industry codes of practice and Australian/international standards, or the version specified by the local regulatory authority, must be used, and include one or more of the following: legislative requirements, including work health and safety (WHS) industry codes of practice and guidelines environmental regulations and guidelines Australian and other standards licence and certification requirements
Procedures	All operations must be performed in accordance with relevant procedures. Procedures are written, verbal, visual, computer-based or in some other form, and include one or more of the following: emergency procedures work instructions standard operating procedures (SOPs) safe work method statements (SWMS) formulas/recipes batch sheets temporary instructions any similar instructions provided for the smooth running of the plant
Tools and equipment	Tools and equipment include one or more of the following: hand tools specific for the task testing equipment measuring and aligning equipment computer equipment relevant personal protective equipment (PPE)
Hazards	Hazards include one or more of the following: ineffective isolations of energy sources, motive power and process materials manual handling of machinery components hot, cold or components containing dangerous materials external hazards (e.g. traffic into a maintenance area) smoke, darkness and heat heat, smoke, dust or other atmospheric hazards electricity gas gases and liquids under pressure structural hazards structural collapse equipment failures industrial (machinery, equipment and product) equipment or product mass noise, rotational equipment or vibration limited head spaces or overhangs working at heights, in restricted or confined spaces, or in environments subjected to heat, noise, dusts or vapours fire and explosion flammability and explosivity hazardous products and materials unauthorised personnel sharp edges, protrusions or obstructions slippery surfaces, spills or leaks extreme weather other hazards that might arise
Data and plant records	Data and plant records include one or more of the following: plant data log sheets operational and performance reports equipment performance (e.g. speed, output and variations) equipment component performance sequences and timing of operations materials changes (desired and not desired) physical aspects, such as noise, smell, feel and pressure condition monitoring information planned maintenance schedules procedures manufacturer specifications, instructions, service manuals and other information

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAPMOPS404A Co-ordinate maintenance

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=d1287d36-dff4-4e9f-ad2c-9d6270054027

Assessment Requirements for MSMSUP404 Coordinate maintenance

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAPMOPS404A Co-ordinate maintenance

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy the requirements of the elements and performance criteria and must include the ability to:

plan for maintenance requirements in standard and non-standard situations and determine appropriate action consistent with operation guidelines and regulatory framework

identify and interpret information from a range of internal and external sources

develop and adjust work plans for the maintenance activities

coordinate resources to meet maintenance work plans

communicate effectively with team/work group, supervisors and other personnel

monitor work plans for maintenance activities.

Knowledge Evidence

Evidence must be provided that demonstrates knowledge of:

characteristics and capabilities of relevant equipment, materials and processes

functions and troubleshooting of internal components and their problems

routine and non-routine causes of equipment failures and processes to develop solutions

service conditions which may increase maintenance

urgency and timeliness factors in planning maintenance activities in relation to production requirements

proactive, predictive, preventative and reactive maintenance principles.

Assessment Conditions

The unit should be assessed holistically and the judgement of competence based on a holistic assessment of the evidence.

The collection of performance evidence:

should occur over a range of situations which include typical disruptions to normal, smooth operation of an operating plant

will typically include a supervisor/third-party report or other evidence, focusing on consistent performance and problem recognition and solving. A supervisor/third-party report must be prepared by someone who has a direct, relevant, current relationship with the person being assessed and who is in a position to form a judgement on workplace performance relevant to the unit of competency

must include the coordination of maintenance in an appropriate industrial context

may use industry-based simulation for part only of the unit where safety, lack of opportunity or significant cost is an issue.

Assessment should occur in operational workplace situations. Where this is not possible, or where personal safety or environmental damage are limiting factors, assessment must occur in a sufficiently rigorous simulated environment reflecting realistic operational workplace conditions. This must cover all aspects of workplace performance, including environment, task skills, task management skills, contingency management skills and job role environment skills.

Assessment in a simulated environment should use evidence collected from one or more of:

walk-throughs

pilot plant operation

demonstration of skills

industry-based case studies/scenarios

‘what ifs’.

Knowledge evidence may be collected concurrently with performance evidence (provided a record is kept) or through an independent process, such as workbooks, written assessments or interviews (provided a record is kept).

Assessment processes and techniques must be appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy requirements of the work being performed and the needs of the candidate.

Conditions for assessment must include access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required, including relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications associated with this unit.

The regulatory framework will be reflected in workplace policies and procedures and is not required to be independently assessed.

Foundation skills are integral to competent performance of the unit and should not be assessed separately.

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the Standards for Registered Training Organisations 2015 assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=d1287d36-dff4-4e9f-ad2c-9d6270054027

MSMWHS100 Follow WHS procedures

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAPMOHS100A Follow OHS procedures

Application

This unit of competency covers the skills and knowledge required to recognise hazards commonly occurring at the workplace and follow work health and safety (WHS) instructions and procedures.

It covers recognising known hazards, such as those identified in procedures or training, and identifying the underlying causes of these identified hazards.

This unit of competency applies to people on-site who are required to follow WHS instructions and procedures relating to the activity being undertaken. They will be aware of the importance of maintaining their own health and safety and the health and safety of others in the workplace and will also be capable of dealing with incidents and emergencies within their own scope of responsibility and under the direction of their supervisor for the site activity.

While the instructions and procedures must be derived from the relevant organisation WHS policies, the person is not required to understand or interpret these policies. This interpretation should be undertaken by their supervisor for the site activity when informing them of the WHS requirements.

This unit of competency applies to an individual who will be accompanied or directly supervised while on-site.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Work health and safety

Unit Sector

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element
1	Recognise hazards	1.1	Identify hazards commonly found in the workplace
1.2	Check work area routinely before and during work
1.3	Describe causes of identified hazards

2	Follow procedures for hazard control	2.1	Follow procedures to remove or minimise hazards, within the scope of responsibilities and competencies
2.2	Use required personal protective and other safety equipment (PPE)
2.3	Describe the potential consequences of failing to follow these procedures and instructions

3	Follow emergency procedures	3.1	Recognise emergency/emergency alarm
3.2	Go to muster point following procedure
3.3	Follow instructions related to the emergency

4	Report problems	4.1	Report to appropriate people in accordance with workplace procedures when hazards or other problems arise

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

This field allows for different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included.
Regulatory framework	The latest version of all legislation, regulations, industry codes of practice and Australian/international standards, or the version specified by the local regulatory authority, must be used, and include one or more of the following: legislative requirements, including work health and safety (WHS) industry codes of practice and guidelines environmental regulations and guidelines Australian and other standards licence and certification requirements
Procedures	All operations must be performed in accordance with relevant procedures. Procedures are written, verbal, visual, computer-based or in some other form, and include one or more of the following: emergency procedures work instructions standard operating procedures (SOPs) safe work method statements (SWMS) temporary instructions any similar instructions provided for the smooth running of the plant
Hazards	Hazards include one or more of the following: slip/trip hazards PPE not available or not functional heat, smoke, dust or other atmospheric hazards electricity gas gases and liquids under pressure equipment in unsafe condition with hazard controls not functional noise, rotational equipment or vibration fire and explosion flammability and explosivity hazardous products and materials sharp edges, protrusions or obstructions, swarf and scrap extreme weather other hazards that might arise
Problems	Problems must be reported and corrective action taken according to relevant procedures. Problems include one or more of the following: recognition of hazards problems encountered in controlling risks associated with hazards observation of an injury and/or incident which occurred in the workplace clarification of understanding of WHS policies and procedures
Appropriate personnel	Appropriate personnel include one or more of the following: employer supervisor employees elected as WHS representatives other personnel with WHS responsibilities
Reporting methods	Reporting methods include one or more of the following: verbal written

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAPMOHS100A Follow OHS procedures

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=d1287d36-dff4-4e9f-ad2c-9d6270054027

Assessment Requirements for MSMWHS100 Follow WHS procedures

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAPMOHS100A Follow OHS procedures

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy the requirements of the elements and performance criteria and demonstrate the ability to:

recognise hazards

use required personal protective equipment (PPE)

take the action specified in the procedures

report the situation as specified in the procedures

Knowledge Evidence

Evidence must be provided that demonstrates knowledge of:

the rights and responsibilities of personnel under the WHS legislation

hazard and emergency signs, labels and alarms

hazards that may arise in the job/work environment, including:

their possible causes

potential consequences

appropriate risk controls

types and application of PPE

procedures for reporting WSE problems and taking action

emergency procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Competency must be achieved before performing this activity. Therefore this unit will typically be assessed off the job. Where assessment is undertaken on the job, appropriate supervision and safety precautions must be provided.

The unit should be assessed holistically and the judgement of competence based on a holistic assessment of the evidence.

The collection of performance evidence:

should provide evidence of the ability to perform over the range of situations which might be expected to be encountered, including typical disruptions to normal, smooth work conditions

will typically include the use of appropriate tools, equipment and safety gear requiring demonstration of preparation, operation, completion and responding to problems

may use industry-based simulation particularly where safety, lack of opportunity or significant cost is an issue.

Off-the-job assessment must sufficiently reflect realistic operational workplace conditions that cover all aspects of workplace performance, including environment, task skills, task management skills, contingency management skills and job role environment skills.

Assessment in a simulated environment should use evidence collected from one or more of:

walk-throughs

demonstration of skills

industry-based case studies/scenarios

‘what ifs’.

Knowledge evidence may be collected concurrently with performance evidence (provided a record is kept) or through an independent process, such as workbooks, written assessments or interviews (provided a record is kept).

Assessment processes and techniques must be appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy requirements of the work being performed and the needs of the candidate.

Conditions for assessment must include access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required, including relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications associated with this unit.

The regulatory framework will be reflected in workplace policies and procedures and is not required to be independently assessed.

Foundation skills are integral to competent performance of the unit and should not be assessed separately.

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the Standards for Registered Training Organisations 2015 assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=d1287d36-dff4-4e9f-ad2c-9d6270054027

MSMWHS200 Work safely

Modification History

Release 3. Equivalent. Mapping information updated.

Release 2. Equivalent. Minor edits for improved clarity. Range of conditions removed. Duplication between Performance Evidence and Performance Criteria removed. Assessment conditions updated.

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAPMOHS200A Work safely.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to apply workplace policies and procedures to maintain a safe work environment for self and others. This includes identifying work health and safety (WHS) hazards, assessing risk and following safety procedures in the workplace with minimal supervision.

This unit applies to an individual working alone or as part of a team or group and working in liaison with other shift team members and the control room operator, as appropriate.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must also be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Unit Sector

Work health and safety

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify hazards and assess risk	1.1 Identify hazards in the work area before and during work 1.2 Access and apply relevant safety data sheets (SDS) 1.3 Assess risks for the identified hazards 1.4 Identify controls for these hazards from procedures 1.5 Review effectiveness of controls within the scope of authority 1.6 Identify and report remaining risk
2. Follow procedures for risk control	2.1 Control risks when working under minimal supervision by following workplace procedures 2.2 Follow safety signs and other safety indicators and zones 2.3 Select, use and maintain relevant personal protective equipment (PPE) 2.4 Handle and store items and materials relevant to job safely
3. Follow emergency procedures	3.1 Recognise emergency situations 3.2 Take appropriate initial emergency action 3.3 Follow procedures for dealing with a range of site or plant emergencies
4. Participate in the enhancement of safety	4.1 Raise WHS issues with designated personnel in accordance with workplace procedures and relevant requirements of WHS legislation 4.2 Contribute to participative arrangements for WHS management in the workplace within organisation procedures and the scope of responsibilities and competencies 4.3 Provide input to minimise hazards in work area in line with organisation WHS procedures 4.4 Provide input to opportunities for development of work group's competencies in relation to WHS 4.5 Support the implementation of procedures to control risks using the hierarchy of control and in accordance with organisation procedures 4.6 Report to appropriate people in accordance with workplace procedures when non-routine hazards arise
5. Work in accordance with WHS policies and procedures	5.1 Follow workplace procedures to achieve a safe working environment in accordance with all relevant WHS legislation, including codes of practice relating to hazards within the workplace or industry 5.2 Identify the duties, rights and obligations of employees and employers under the relevant WHS legislation 5.3 Complete hazard, accident or incident reports as required by workplace procedures 5.4 Seek assistance with documentation and processes when needed

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 2. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAPMOHS200A Work safely

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=d1287d36-dff4-4e9f-ad2c-9d6270054027

Assessment Requirements for MSMWHS200 Work safely

Modification History

Release 3. Equivalent. Mapping information updated.

Release 2. Equivalent. Minor edits for improved clarity. Range of conditions removed. Duplication between Performance Evidence and Performance Criteria removed. Assessment conditions updated.

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAPMOHS200A Work safely.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

identified hazards relevant to work area and followed procedures to:

assess risks associated with the hazards

identify and apply standard controls

check that controls are in place and operational.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

organisational work health and safety (WHS) procedures, including procedures for reporting WHS problems and corrective actions

duties, rights and obligations of employees and employers under the relevant WHS legislation as they relate to the job role

hazards that may arise in the work environment, including:

their possible causes

potential consequences

appropriate risk controls

hierarchy of control

types and application of personal protective equipment (PPE)

hazard and emergency signs, labels and alarms

appropriate responses to non-standard situations.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

WHS procedures, incident reporting documentation and safety data sheets (SDS).

personal protective equipment (PPE)

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=d1287d36-dff4-4e9f-ad2c-9d6270054027

MSMWHS300 Facilitate the implementation of WHS for a work group

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAPMOHS300A Facilitate the implementation of OHS for a work group

Application

This unit of competency covers the skills and knowledge required to implement and monitor defined work health and safety (WHS) policies and procedures for a work group or area.

This unit of competency applies to people in a team leader or similar role and to people who are on a WHS committee.

It covers the ability to provide clear directions, information, instruction, training and appropriate supervision regarding the relevant state/territory WHS legislation, codes of practice, industry standards, workplace procedures and work instructions. It also covers the ability to coach team members to participate and contribute to WHS management issues.

This unit of competency applies to an individual working alone or as part of a team or group and working in liaison with other shift team members and the control room operator, as appropriate.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

MSMWHS200	Work safely

Competency Field

HSE

Unit Sector

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element
1	Communicate WHS information for co-workers in team	1.1	Accurately and clearly explain to the work group basic WHS rights, responsibilities and requirements
1.2	Provide, in a readily accessible manner, information on the relevant organisation WHS policies, procedures and programs, and accurately and clearly explain them to the work group
1.3	Regularly provide relevant information about identified hazards and the outcomes of risk assessment and risk control procedures, and accurately and clearly explain them to the work group

2	Coach co-workers in team	2.1	Establish mutual support groups, e.g. buddy system, to encourage effective development of individual and group competencies in WHS
2.2	Provide personal encouragement and assistance to team members to contribute to the management of WHS at the workplace

3	Facilitate the consultative process	3.1	Deal with, and promptly resolve, issues raised through consultation or refer to the appropriate personnel for resolution in accordance with workplace procedures
3.2	Seek input from work group on WHS issues and proposed changes to process, procedures or work place
3.3	Encourage and use feedback from individuals and teams to identify and initiate improvements in the management of WHS
3.4	Promptly inform the work group of the outcomes of consultation over WHS issues

4	Implement and monitor organisation procedures for identifying hazards, and assessing and controlling risk	4.1	Implement and monitor WHS policies and procedures as defined by organisation
4.2	Monitor existing risk control measures and report results regularly
4.3	Access internal and external sources of relevant WHS information
4.4	Evaluate and identify inadequacies in existing risk control measures in accordance with the hierarchy of control, and report to designated personnel
4.5	Identify inadequacies in resource allocation for implementation of risk control measures and report to designated personnel
4.6	Identify actual/potential inadequacies in procedures and report to designated personnel
4.7	Identify actual/potential inadequacies in individual or team competency and report to designated personnel

5	Maintain and use WHS records	5.1	Accurately and legibly complete WHS records for work area, in accordance with workplace requirements for WHS records and legal requirements for the maintenance of records of workplace injury and disease
5.2	Use aggregated information from the area WHS records to identify hazards and monitor risk control procedures within work area according to procedures and within scope of responsibilities and competencies

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

This field allows for different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included.
Regulatory framework	The latest version of all legislation, regulations, industry codes of practice and Australian/international standards, or the version specified by the local regulatory authority, must be used, and include one or more of the following: legislative requirements, including work health and safety (WHS) industry codes of practice and guidelines environmental regulations and guidelines Australian and other standards licence and certification requirements All operations to which this unit applies are subject to stringent health, safety and environment (HSE) requirements, which may be imposed through state/territory or federal legislation, and these must not be compromised at any time. Where there is an apparent conflict between performance criteria and HSE requirements, the HSE requirements take precedence.
Procedures	All operations must be performed in accordance with relevant procedures. Procedures are written, verbal, visual, computer-based or in some other form, and include one or more of the following: emergency procedures work instructions standard operating procedures (SOPs) safe work method statements (SWMS) formulas/recipes batch sheets temporary instructions any similar instructions provided for the smooth running of the plant
Hazards	Hazards include one or more of the following: smoke, darkness and heat electricity gas and gases and liquids under pressure structural hazards structural collapse industrial (machinery, equipment and product) equipment or product mass noise, rotational equipment or vibration working at heights, in restricted or confined spaces, or in environments subjected to heat, noise, dusts or vapours flammability and explosivity hazardous products and materials sharp edges, protrusions or obstructions slippery surfaces, spills or leaks limited head spaces or overhangs unauthorised personnel other hazards that might arise
Appropriate personnel	Appropriate personnel include one or more of the following: employer supervisor employees elected as WHS representatives other personnel with WHS responsibilities
WHS records	WHS records include one or more of the following: hazard and incident reports logs/logs sheets inspection/start up/shut down checklists injury reports maintenance records
WHS information sources	WHS information sources include one or more of the following: WHS legislation, codes of practice and Australian and International standards WHS regulators WorkSafe Australia Guides industry bodies internet sites, journals and newsletters manufacturer manuals material safety data sheets (MSDS) and registers organisation WHS policies and procedures internal risk assessments, job safety analyses (JSAs) and workplace inspections internal hazard and incident reports

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAPMOHS300A Facilitate the implementation of OHS for a work group

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=d1287d36-dff4-4e9f-ad2c-9d6270054027

Assessment Requirements for MSMWHS300 Facilitate the implementation of WHS for a work group

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSAPMOHS300A Facilitate the implementation of OHS for a work group

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy all of the requirements of the elements and performance criteria and include the ability to:

communicate using appropriate style and format for a range of stakeholders to:

promote and facilitate consultation and participation in the WHS processes

provide WHS information to work group

explain WHS procedures to work team members

report to designated personnel

seek input and feedback on WHS issues

undertake WHS issue resolution

implement and monitor defined WHS activities for a work group or area

encourage and assist the development of work group members

evaluate and report on WHS procedures and practices

participate in decisions which impact on WHS for the workgroup

recognise a situation requiring action, including hazards, and take specified action to rectify or seek assistance as appropriate.

Knowledge Evidence

Must provide evidence that demonstrates knowledge relevant to their job sufficient to operate independently and to solve routine and non-routine problems, including:

assessment of risk and implementation of risk control measures

rights and responsibilities of employees under WHS legislation

obligations of employers under the WHS legislation, including duty of care

regulatory requirements for WHS information and consultation and processes and arrangements to meet these obligations

regulatory requirements for WHS record keeping and reporting

regulatory requirements for training and licensing relevant to WHS

the hierarchy of control

counselling, disciplinary and issue resolution processes.

Assessment Conditions

Where the candidate does not currently possess evidence of competency in MSMWHS200 Work safely, it may be co-assessed with this unit.

The unit should be assessed holistically and the judgement of competence based on a holistic assessment of the evidence.

The collection of performance evidence:

should provide evidence of the ability to perform over the range of situations which might be expected to be encountered, including typical disruptions to normal, smooth work conditions

will typically include a supervisor/third-party report focusing on consistent performance and problem recognition and solving. A supervisor/third-party report must be prepared by someone who has a direct, relevant, current relationship with the person being assessed and who is in a position to form a judgement on workplace performance relevant to the unit of competency

must include a demonstration of communication of WHS information to a group and the use of appropriate consultation and participation from within that group

may use industry-based simulation for all or part of the unit particularly where safety, lack of opportunity or significant cost is an issue.

Assessment should occur in operational workplace situations. Where this is not possible, or where personal safety or environmental damage are limiting factors, assessment must occur in a sufficiently rigorous simulated environment reflecting realistic operational workplace conditions. This must cover all aspects of workplace performance, including environment, task skills, task management skills, contingency management skills and job role environment skills.

Assessment in a simulated environment should use evidence collected from one or more of:

walk-throughs

pilot plant operation

demonstration of skills

industry-based case studies/scenarios

‘what ifs’.

Knowledge evidence may be collected concurrently with performance evidence (provided a record is kept) or through an independent process, such as workbooks, written assessments or interviews (provided a record is kept).

Assessment processes and techniques must be appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy requirements of the work being performed and the needs of the candidate.

Conditions for assessment must include access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required, including relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications associated with this unit.

Foundation skills are integral to competent performance of the unit and should not be assessed separately.

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy the Standards for Registered Training Organisations 2015 assessor requirements.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=d1287d36-dff4-4e9f-ad2c-9d6270054027

MSS015043 Develop strategies for more sustainable use of resources

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code changed. Application changed. Performance Criteria changed. Foundation Skills populated. Assessment Requirements changed. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSS015022 Develop strategies for more sustainable use of resources.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to use material (mass) balancing to identify loss in a process and make recommendations to reduce waste. The process may be identified in any part of the value chain for delivery of a product or service.

This unit applies to managers, operational or technical specialists or similar roles who are required to determine resource usage and loss and problem-solve to identify improvement strategies.

This unit applies to any organisation that is implementing sustainability improvements.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil.

Competency Field

Sustainable operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Quantify resource consumption	1.1 Identify all significant resources used by process 1.2 Identify consumption measurements available for each resource 1.3 Quantify consumption for each resource at identified process steps
2. Quantify resource loss	2.1 Determine theoretical consumption of each resource 2.2 Compare theoretical consumption with actual consumption 2.3 Quantify loss (emission) for each resource
3. Recommend strategies for reducing waste	3.1 Short-list high emission processes 3.2 Analyse short-listed processes to identify emission steps and/or locations 3.3 Determine root cause of emissions 3.4 Investigate methods for reducing emissions and evaluate impacts, outcomes, risks and costs3.5 Develop strategies and recommendations for improvement likely to deliver overall sustainability benefits
4. Prepare resources use audit report	4.1 Identify purpose of report and key stakeholders 4.2 Compile data, implications and recommendations 4.3 Write report and communicate with stakeholders

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret familiar and technical information

Writing skills to report on implications of data and make recommendations

Oral communication skills to communicate with stakeholders

Numeracy skills to identify and interpret measurements, perform calculations using equations

Learning skills to identify information needs and sources of information.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSS015022 Develop strategies for more sustainable use of resources.

Links

The MSS Sustainability Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet: - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=5b04f318-804f-4dc0-9463-c3fb9a3fe998

Assessment Requirements for MSS015043 Develop strategies for more sustainable use of resources

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code changed. Application changed. Performance Criteria changed. Foundation Skills populated. Assessment Requirements changed. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSS015022 Develop strategies for more sustainable use of resources.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

use materials (mass) balancing to identify loss (emission) for at least 1 process that comprises at least:

three process steps

three types of resources

prepare written report which interprets the data and includes at least 1 recommendation to reduce waste.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

methods and uses of material (mass) balancing

methods and uses of energy balancing

methods of comparing theoretical with actual resource consumption

methods for mapping processes and resources consumed

methods of measuring actual resource usage

design thinking as applied to problem solving and innovation for sustainability

current and emerging approaches to quantifying and evaluating costs, benefits, impacts and risks in relation to sustainability including direct, indirect and intangible factors

current and emerging approaches to reducing waste including:

identifying, retaining and managing residual resources

biological materials flow

technical materials flow

impact of supply chain decisions

role of digitalisation

AS/NZS ISO 14001 Environmental Management Systems or its authorised replacement.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources

modelling of industry operating conditions.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

The MSS Sustainability Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet: - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=5b04f318-804f-4dc0-9463-c3fb9a3fe998

MSS015044 Design sustainable product or process

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code changed. Application changed. Elements changed. Performance Criteria changed. Foundation Skills populated. Assessment Requirements changed. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSS015023 Design sustainable product or process.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design a new or redesign an existing product (process, product or service) and its production process to achieve optimal sustainability outcomes.

This unit applies to managers, operational or technical experts or similar roles who are required to liaise with the internal or external customer and to investigate, evaluate and innovate to achieve agreed product and process specifications. The specifications will reflect decisions for ‘improved’ outcomes in direct, indirect and/or intangible sustainability impact.

This unit does not require the use of design software, detailed drawing or visual design skills.

This unit applies to any organisation.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Sustainable operations

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Negotiate product parameters for low sustainability impact	1.1 Consult with customer to determine apparent need and desired function and features of product 1.2 Determine customer expectations in relation to sustainability impact of product 1.3 Identify market, expected time to market and cost constraints of product and production process 1.4 Identify desired functions and features likely to generate significant sustainability impacts throughout life of product 1.5 Source and analyse specialist advice, stakeholder input and other information to identify alternatives with lower sustainability impacts 1.6 Provide rationale and negotiate with stakeholders to refine product functions and features to reduce sustainability impacts 1.7 Develop and document agreed initial product parameters
2. Develop sustainable product design and production design options	2.1 Identify resource options suitable for product parameters 2.2 Identify production processes suitable for product parameters 2.3 Evaluate immediate and long-term benefits, costs, risks and impacts for different combinations of resources and production processes 2.4 Investigate alternatives with lower sustainability impact and evaluate against product parameters and cost, benefit and risk factors 2.5 Identify product parameters which generate significant sustainability impacts and determine alternatives to improve sustainability 2.6 Present low sustainability impact options for product and production design and alternative product parameters to stakeholders 2.7 Negotiate with stakeholders to confirm final product parameters
3. Develop product and production design	3.1 Develop product design specifications with input from specialists and other stakeholders 3.2 Confirm sustainability impacts throughout expected life of process, product or service 3.3 Review designs against product parameters 3.4 Obtain confirmation and/or authorisations from customer and other stakeholders 3.5 Document design specifications according to organisation requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to review information on approaches to sustainability

Writing skills to document design specifications

Oral communication skills to negotiate with customer and other stakeholders

Numeracy skills to quantify direct and intangible aspects of sustainability impact

Learning skills to identify information needs and sources of information.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=5b04f318-804f-4dc0-9463-c3fb9a3fe998

Assessment Requirements for MSS015044 Design sustainable product or process

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code changed. Application changed. Elements changed. Performance Criteria changed. Foundation Skills populated. Assessment Requirements changed. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSS015023 Design sustainable product or process.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

develop and evaluate sustainability impact of at least 2 sets of design options which include both product design and production design

negotiate and confirm design specifications for optimal sustainability outcomes for at least one process, product or service.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

sustainability impacts from using different materials and different processes and to produce products of different specifications

current and emerging design approaches to improve sustainability and the impact throughout the life of a process, product or service including:

human-centred and iterative design

designing out waste and pollution

choice of materials, resources and energy

reduction of material, resources and energy usage including digitalisation, dematerialisation, shared resources, service-based ‘products’

extended product life including modularity, repairability, stewardship, remanufacturing

alternative sources of materials and components related to the product design and the sustainability differences of each

alternative processes related to the production design and the sustainability differences of each

current and emerging approaches to quantifying and evaluating costs, benefits, impacts and risks in relation to sustainability, including direct, indirect and intangible factors

carbon equivalence and conversion factors

design documentation and approvals requirements.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources

modelling of industry operating conditions.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=5b04f318-804f-4dc0-9463-c3fb9a3fe998

MSS402003 Apply competitive systems and practices

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code changed. Application changed. Elements changed. Performance criteria changed. Foundation Skills changed. Range of Conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSS402001 Apply competitive systems and practices.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to apply basic improvement concepts and practices.

This unit applies to an individual who is required to recognise their own role in the value chain, apply improvement methods within the organisation’s competitive systems and practices framework and contribute ideas to the improvement process.

For the purpose of this unit, customer features are functions or aspects of a product, process or service, and ‘customer benefits’ refers to expected value for the customer.

This unit applies to any organisation that is implementing competitive systems and practices.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevenat legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Competitive systems and practices

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify own place in the value chain	1.1 Identify customers relevant to own work and their needs or requirements 1.2 Identify suppliers for own work 1.3 Identify value contributions along chain 1.4 Identify and recommend methods of increasing own contribution to value chain
2. Improve the product or service and process value	2.1 Identify customer features and/or benefits in product or service and process 2.2 Identify aspects of product or service and process which contribute to customer features and/or benefits 2.3 Identify aspects of product and process which do not contribute to customer features and/or benefits 2.4 Recommend methods of reducing waste or increasing features and/or benefits
3. Use competitive systems and practices	3.1 Identify competitive systems and practices used in organisation and own work area 3.2 Apply practices appropriate for job or process 3.3 Monitor job or process and make adjustments to improve it in accordance with procedures 3.4 Identify own skill requirements and, if required, seek skill development

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explict in the performance criteria.

Oral communication skills to communicate improvement ideas and development needs

Numeracy skills to monitor improvements using basic arithmetic with simple measures of time, quantity and value

Learning skills to identify own development needs.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the preformance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSS402001 Apply competitive systems and practices.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=5b04f318-804f-4dc0-9463-c3fb9a3fe998

Assessment Requirements for MSS402003 Apply competitive systems and practices

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code changed. Application changed. Elements changed. Performance criteria changed. Foundation Skills changed. Range of Conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSS402001 Apply competitive systems and practices.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

apply at least one competitive system or practice, as required by the organisation, to own work on at least 2 occasions

recommend at least 2 improvements to product or service and/or process. The improvement ideas must target one or both of:

reduced waste (muda)

improved features or benefits to the customer.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

features of competitive operational practices being used in own work area

internal and external customers relevant to own work

customer needs or requirements for product or service

own role in fulfilling customer needs or requirements

value chain for products or services

own place in the value chain

supply chain for products or services

identifying and reducing muda (waste) relevant to own work

simple measures of improvement relevant to own work including time, quantity and value.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environement that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources

modelling of industry operating conditions, including:

implementation of competitive systems and practices environment.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=5b04f318-804f-4dc0-9463-c3fb9a3fe998

MSS402004 Sustain process improvements

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code changed. Application changed. Elements changed. Performance Criteria changed. Foundation Skills populated. Range of Conditions removed. Assessment Requirements changed. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSS402002 Sustain process improvements.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prevent improvements in own work from slipping back to former or other less efficient practices.

This unit applies to an individual who is required to monitor improvements and identify areas that require corrective action; and to act on these according to their job role and level of responsibility.

This unit applies to any organisation that is implementing competitive systems and practices.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Competitive systems and practices

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Examine previous improvements	1.1 Identify impact of previous process improvements to equipment, operations, services or products in own work area 1.2 Identify improvements where objectives have not been met
2. Implement corrective actions	2.1 Identify corrective actions that can be taken by self on process improvements that have not met objectives 2.2 Obtain any approvals required to take corrective actions 2.3 Seek assistance with any skills or other support needed to identify and/or adopt improved processes 2.4 Adopt improved processes
3. Check changes	3.1 Identify improvements expected from improved processes 3.2 Identify methods of observing and measuring expected improvements in own work area 3.3 Check if expected improvements are occurring and report problems in accordance with procedures
4. Sustain improvements	4.1 Identify possible further improvement and/or mistake-proofing to sustain improved processes 4.2 Discuss improvement ideas with peers and supervisors to confirm or amend improvements 4.3 Take action to implement improvements in accordance with procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to understand workplace procedures and documentation

Oral communication skills to communicate issues, corrective actions and improvement ideas and own development needs

Numeracy skills to monitor improvements using basic arithmetic with simple measures of time, quantity and value

Learning skills to identify own skills development needs.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSS402002 Sustain process improvements.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=5b04f318-804f-4dc0-9463-c3fb9a3fe998

Assessment Requirements for MSS402004 Sustain process improvements

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code changed. Application changed. Elements changed. Performance Criteria changed. Foundation Skills populated. Range of Conditions removed. Assessment Requirements changed. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSS402002 Sustain process improvements.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

identify impact of at least 3 previous improvements

identify at least one improvement where objectives have not been met, apply corrective action, monitor its effectiveness and identify at least one change to sustain the improvement.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

identifying and reducing muda (waste) relevant to own work

simple measures of improvement relevant to own work including time, quantity and value

mistake-proofing techniques which focus on:

processes

people.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources

modelling of industry operating conditions, including:

at least three improvements, with defined improvement objectives, made using competitive systems and practices.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=5b04f318-804f-4dc0-9463-c3fb9a3fe998

MSS402022 Apply quick changeover procedures

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code changed. Application changed. Performance Criteria changed. Foundation Skills populated. Range of Conditions removed. Assessment Requirements changed. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSS402020 Apply quick changeover procedures.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare for and apply quick changeover according to procedures.

This unit applies to individuals who are required to apply quick changeover of equipment, processes, batches, product or service type or other aspects of the work.

This unit applies to any organisation that is implementing quick changeover, typically within competitive systems and practices.

This unit may not be applicable to a totally continuous operation producing only one product, or simultaneous range of products. The unit is also not applicable to a maintenance/pressure vessel inspection shutdown as experienced by continuous process manufacturers.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Competitive systems and practices

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare for changeover	1.1 Determine when changeover will be required 1.2 Review plans and instructions for quick changeover 1.3 Identify role of others in quick changeover 1.4 Obtain and organise all tools, parts and materials required for changeover 1.5 Organise changeover process taking into account internal and external set-up activities 1.6 Identify quality specifications and targets relevant to changeover
2. Make quick changeover	2.1 Plan changeover according to quick changeover principles 2.2 Liaise and work with relevant people in quick changeover 2.3 Complete changeover according to procedures 2.4 Check output meets specification 2.5 Debrief with all relevant stakeholders 2.6 Note any steps which result in waste 2.7 Recommend changes to reduce waste
3. Improve work health and safety (WHS)	3.1 Identify hazards to self or others in all steps or actions in changeover process 3.2 Determine risks from each hazard 3.3 Identify actions which may be performed in a more ergonomic manner 3.4 Recommend changes to improve WHS

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to understand workplace documentation

Oral communication skills to debrief and make recommendations

Numeracy skills to check outputs, identify waste.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSS402020 Apply quick changeover procedures.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=5b04f318-804f-4dc0-9463-c3fb9a3fe998

Assessment Requirements for MSS402022 Apply quick changeover procedures

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code changed. Application changed. Performance Criteria changed. Foundation Skills populated. Range of Conditions removed. Assessment Requirements changed. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSS402020 Apply quick changeover procedures.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

perform, and suggest improvements to, at least 3 quick changeovers.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

principles of quick changeover, including:

setting of target time for changeover

conversion of internal set-up time to external set-up time, where appropriate

simplification of changeover steps

monitoring and continuous improvement of changeovers

purpose and requirements of changeover

types of muda (waste) relevant to the changeover, including ‘required’ muda

methods of minimising muda

quality requirements for process, products or services affected by changeover

relevant operational procedures

health, safety and environment (HSE) procedures relevant to own job.

Assessment Conditions

and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

documented quick changeover processes or procedures

modelling of industry operating conditions.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=5b04f318-804f-4dc0-9463-c3fb9a3fe998

MSS402032 Interpret cost and waste in terms of customer value

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code changed. Unit title changed. Application changed. Elements changed. Performance Criteria changed. Foundation Skills populated. Range of Conditions removed. Assessment Conditions changed. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSS402031 Interpret product costs in terms of customer requirements.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify major cost components of a process or part of a process and their basic relationship to customer benefit or customer perceived value.

For the purposes of this unit any cost that does not directly lead to customer benefit is considered waste (muda). It differs from MSS403086 Improve cost factors in work practices, which focuses on costs rather than customer benefit.

The term customer benefit is used to refer to expected value for the customer and the unit does not require review of customer feedback or determination of customer perceived value. Where information on customer perceived value is available this can be taken to meet the requirements of customer benefit.

This unit applies to individuals who are required to determine costs that contribute to delivering customer benefits and those that don’t, and use this to identify changes within own work or work area that can reduce waste (muda).

This unit applies to any organisation that is implementing continuous improvement or more formal competitive systems and practices.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Competitive systems and practices

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify customer benefits and cost components of process	1.1 Identify customer benefits in process 1.2 Identify cost components in process and determine those which deliver customer benefits
2. Determine options to reduce waste (muda)	2.1 Identify performance required to meet customer needs in own work and/or that of team 2.2 Identify actual performance 2.3 Compare cost components of process with current targets 2.4 Separate cost components into those that contribute to customer benefits and those that do not 2.5 Determine non-contributing cost components that are not required and which are under control of individual or team
3. Minimise waste (muda)	3.1 Recommend changes to reduce muda and obtain approvals according to procedures 3.2 Adopt approved changes to reduce muda 3.3 Monitor effect of changes in relation to cost factors and customer benefits to determine recommendations for further improvements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret cost information and current targets

Writing skills to seek approvals

Oral communication skills to make recommendations and seek approval for changes

Numeracy skills to calculate cost information and monitor performance.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSS402031 Interpret product costs in terms of customer requirements.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=5b04f318-804f-4dc0-9463-c3fb9a3fe998

Assessment Requirements for MSS402032 Interpret cost and waste in terms of customer value

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code changed. Unit title changed. Application changed. Elements changed. Performance Criteria changed. Foundation Skills populated. Range of Conditions removed. Assessment Conditions changed. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSS402031 Interpret product costs in terms of customer requirements.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

identify customer benefits (or customer perceived value) and cost factors for at least one process or part of a process

reduce muda for at least one process or part of a process and identify the effect on cost factors and customer benefits.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

how to identify what contributes to customer benefit (expected customer perceived value) or customer perceived value

difference between features and benefits

concepts of expense, income and capital

fixed and variable cost components relevant to own work:

power and other sources of energy

materials, plant, equipment

production or process time, including impact of salary and wages

administration and other support expenses

government taxes and charges

financial and non-financial impacts of cost reductions

the difference between internally and externally controlled costs

difference between overhead, labour and consumables

targets for the process, product or service and related performance indicators

takt time and output rates

types of muda relevant to the process, products or services including ‘required’ muda

methods of minimising muda.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

financial and cost information for the process, product or service

targets and performance indicators

modelling of industry operating conditions.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=5b04f318-804f-4dc0-9463-c3fb9a3fe998

MSS402051 Apply quality standards

Modification History

Release 2. Mapping updated to include superseded unit (not equivalent to LMTGN2002B Apply quality standards)

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSS402051A Apply quality standards

Application

This unit of competency covers the skills and knowledge required to apply quality standards to work operations in an organisation. The unit is designed to complement competitive systems and practices units.

This unit applies to an individual who is expected to take responsibility for the quality of their own work, and to take actions specified in the procedures and within the scope of their job and authority to ensure that quality standards are met.

This unit requires the application of skills associated with interpreting and applying workplace standards and identifying and addressing problems that interfere with quality outcomes. The unit requires initiative, enterprise and self-management to ensure quality standards are achieved.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Competitive systems and practices

Unit Sector

Not applicable

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Assess own work	1.1	Continuously check completed work against workplace standards relevant to the operation being undertaken.
1.2	Demonstrate an understanding of how the work activities and completed work relate to the next production process or processes and to the final products or services concerned.
1.3	Identify and isolate faulty components, products or processes.
1.4	Record and/or report faults and any identified causes to the supervisor concerned, where required, in accordance with workplace procedures.
2	Assess quality of received components, parts or materials	2.1	Continuously measure/check received components, parts, materials, information, service or final products against workplace standards and specifications for conformance.
2.2	Demonstrate an understanding of how the received components, parts or materials, information or service relate to the current operation and how they contribute to the final quality of the product or service.
2.3	Identify and isolate faulty components, parts, materials or information that relate to the operator's work.
2.4	Record and/or report faults and any identified causes in accordance with workplace procedures.
2.5	Identify causes of any identified faults and take corrective action as specified in workplace procedures.
3	Investigate causes of quality deviations	3.1	Record information on quality and other indicators of process performance.
3.2	Investigate and report causes of deviations from specified quality standards for components.
3.3	Recommend suitable preventative action based on workplace quality standards and the identified causes of deviations from specified quality standards of materials.

Foundation Skills

This section describes those required skills (language, literacy and numeracy) that are essential to performance.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

This field allows for different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included.
Competitive systems and practices include one or more of:	lean operations agile operations preventative and predictive maintenance approaches statistical process control systems, including six sigma and three sigma Just in Time (JIT), kanban and other pull-related operations control systems supply, value, and demand chain monitoring and analysis 5S continuous improvement (kaizen) breakthrough improvement (kaizen blitz) cause/effect diagrams overall equipment effectiveness (OEE) takt time process mapping problem solving run charts standard procedures current reality tree.
Quality parameters include one or more of:	finish size durability product or process variations materials alignment colour damage and imperfections time is complete/contains all required information/data complies to template uses the correct styles and formats.
Quality checks include one or more of:	visual inspection physical measurements chemical tests checks against patterns, templates, styles, formats and guides processing time.
Materials include one or more of:	physical raw materials orders, forms and other documentation services required for undertaking an operation (e.g. power, water, compressed air and fuel).
Procedures (written, verbal, visual, computer based, etc) include one or more of:	work instructions standard operating procedures (SOPs) safe work method statements formulas/recipes batch sheets temporary instructions any similar instructions provided for the smooth running of the plant.
Indicators of production performance include one or more of:	number of items/production rate delays and causes of delays (where known) other information as specified in the procedures.
Data entry/recording includes one or more of:	keyboard written (including ticks or signs) verbal.
Sources of information/ documents include one or more of:	quality and Australian Standards and procedures work instructions, patterns, designs and recipes organisation work procedures manufacturer instructions for materials and equipment organisational or external personnel customer requirements.
Investigate and report requires following set procedures which include one or more of:	verbal instructions documented procedures other quality procedures as implemented within an organisation or work environment.
Workplace context includes one or more of:	work organisation procedures and practices relating to the manufacture and quality outcomes for products conditions of service, legislation and industrial agreements, including: workplace agreements and awards federal or state/territory legislation standard work practice.
Reporting/communication includes one or more of:	verbal and written communication in accordance with organisational policies and procedures oral, written or visual communication, including simple data.
Being responsible for the maintenance of own work quality includes one or more of	contributing to the quality improvement of team or section output, where necessary, in accordance with workplace procedures following safety, environmental, housekeeping and quality procedures as specified by materials/machine/equipment manufacturers, regulatory authorities and the organisation.
Applicable regulations and legislation include one or more of	work health and safety (WHS) legislation relevant to workplace activities workers compensation legislation.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 2. Mapping updated to include supersedes and not equivalent to LMTGN2002B Apply quality standards

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSS402051A Apply quality standards

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=5b04f318-804f-4dc0-9463-c3fb9a3fe998

Assessment Requirements for MSS402051 Apply quality standards

Modification History

Release 2. Mapping updated to include superseded unit (not equivalent to LMTGN2002B Apply quality standards)

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSS402051A Apply quality standards

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy the requirements of the elements and performance criteria and include the ability, for one (1) or more products/processes, to:

check and measure relevant quality parameters

interpret results of quality checks in terms of specifications, patterns and work standards

take required action where standards of materials, component parts, final product or work processes are found to be unacceptable

maintain accurate records.

Knowledge Evidence

Must provide evidence that demonstrates knowledge relevant to their job role sufficient to fulfil their job role under routine only supervision, including:

relevant quality standards, policies and procedures

relevant production processes, materials and products

relevant measurement techniques and quality checking procedures

reporting procedures.

Assessment Conditions

The unit should be assessed holistically and the judgement of competence shall be based on a holistic assessment of the evidence.

The collection of performance evidence:

should occur over a range of situations which include typical disruptions to normal, smooth operation of the workplace

will typically include a supervisor/third-party report focussing on consistent performance and problem recognition and solving. A supervisor/third-party report must be prepared by someone who has a direct, relevant, current relationship with the person being assessed and who is in a position to form a judgement on workplace performance relevant to the unit of competency

must include the application of quality standards to own workplace

will typically include the use of appropriate tools, equipment and safety gear requiring demonstration of preparation, operation, completion and responding to problems.

Assessment should occur in operational workplace situations. Knowledge evidence may be collected concurrently with performance evidence (provided a record is kept) or through an independent process such as workbooks, written assessments or interviews (provided a record is kept).

Assessment processes and techniques must be appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy requirements of the work being performed and the needs of the candidate.

Conditions for assessment must include access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required, including relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications associated with this unit.

Foundation skills are integral to competent performance of the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessors must satisfy the assessor competency requirements that are in place at the time of the assessment as set by the VET regulator.

The assessor must demonstrate both technical competency and currency.

Technical competence can be demonstrated through:

relevant VET or other qualification/Statement of Attainment AND/OR

relevant workplace experience

Currency can be demonstrated through:

performing the competency being assessed as part of current employment OR

having consulted with an organisation providing relevant environmental monitoring, management or technology services about performing the competency being assessed within the last twelve months.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=5b04f318-804f-4dc0-9463-c3fb9a3fe998

MSS402055 Apply quality standards

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code changed. Application changed. Elements changed. Performance Criteria changed. Foundation Skills populated. Range of Conditions removed. Assessment Requirements changed. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSS402051 Apply quality standards.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to apply procedures to monitor the quality of own work and take action to ensure that quality standards are met.

This unit applies to individuals who are required to take responsibility for the quality of their own work and work to defined procedures.

This unit applies to any organisation. No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Competitive systems and practices

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify quality requirements	1.1 Identify procedures and/or workplace standards that support quality in own work 1.2 Identify specifications relevant to quality of final products or services
2. Maintain quality of own work activities and completed work	2.1 Identify how work activities and completed work relate to quality of next processes and of final products or services 2.2 Continuously check own work for conformance to quality requirements 2.3 Identify and isolate faulty work 2.4 Review faults to identify causes within own area of responsibility and apply corrective action as specified in workplace procedures 2.5 Record and/or report faults according to procedures
3. Monitor quality of inputs	3.1 Identify inputs required for own work including any parts, materials, information and services 3.2 Identify how inputs contribute to quality of own work and of final products or services 3.3 Continuously measure and check received inputs for conformance to workplace standards and specifications 3.4 Identify and isolate faulty inputs related to own work 3.5 Review faults to identify and apply any corrective action within own area of responsibility 3.6 Record and/or report faults according to procedures
4. Recommend preventative action for quality deviations within own work	4.1 Record and review information on quality and other indicators of performance to identify deviations within own work and/or inputs 4.2 Apply procedures to investigate and report causes of deviations from quality requirements 4.3 Recommend preventative action that could address cause/s of deviations

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to understand workplace documentation

Writing skills to record and report faults and causes

Oral communication skills to discuss quality requirements, interactions between own work and other processes

Numeracy skills to monitor quality indicators and other performance measures.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSS402051 Apply quality standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=5b04f318-804f-4dc0-9463-c3fb9a3fe998

Assessment Requirements for MSS402055 Apply quality standards

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code changed. Application changed. Elements changed. Performance Criteria changed. Foundation Skills populated. Range of Conditions removed. Assessment Requirements changed. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSS402051 Apply quality standards.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

monitor quality, identify and take corrective action on at least one non-conformance in each of:

own work

inputs to own work

review at least one fault and suggest action/s to prevent recurrence.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

quality standards, specifications, policies and procedures for own work and inputs

quality parameters, measurement methods and checking procedures

reporting procedures

procedures and level of responsibility for corrective actions

verbal instructions or documented procedures for investigating faults.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources

modelling of industry operating conditions.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=5b04f318-804f-4dc0-9463-c3fb9a3fe998

MSS402056 Apply and improve standardised work practices

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code changed. Unit title changed. Application changed. Elements changed. Performance Criteria changed. Foundation Skills populated. Range of Conditions removed. Assessment Requirements changed. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSS402052 Implement continuous improvements based on standardised work practices.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to apply standardised work practices to support continuous improvement.

This unit applies to workers who are required to contribute to continuous improvement within their own role or as part of a formal or ad hoc team by applying standardised procedures and practices and suggesting how to improve them.

This unit applies to any organisation that is implementing continuous improvement or more formal competitive systems and practices.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Competitive systems and practices

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify standardised procedures applicable to work	1.1 Identify current operation and tasks in own work 1.2 Check each operation and task to ensure it is required to meet customer need 1.3 Select relevant procedures applicable to operations and tasks to meet customer, regulatory and other required needs 1.4 Obtain takt time required for each selected operational step and task and compare with available time 1.5 Incorporate takt time and selected operational step and task in daily work plan, as appropriate 1.6 Take action, according to procedures, when time to complete operational steps and tasks exceeds takt time 1.7 Liaise with relevant people regarding need to undertake any operations and tasks not directly related to customer benefit
2. Apply and review standardised practices	2.1 Follow standardised procedures and practices to complete own work 2.2 Identify factors preventing full application of standardised procedures and practices 2.3 Identify variability in actual processes and products 2.4 Identify waste which arises from following standard procedures and practices
3. Make improvements	3.1 Suggest possible improvements for identified problems and review with input from key stakeholders 3.2 Check effectiveness of suggested improvements in accordance with continuous improvement procedures 3.3 Examine outcome of checking process and standardise effective improvements in accordance with procedures and approvals

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to understand familiar workplace procedures and work documentation

Writing skills to communicate simple information in familiar workplace documents

Oral communication skills to discuss issues within familiar procedures and suggest improvements

Numeracy skills to perform simple calculations using time, quantities, fractions and percentages.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSS402052 Implement continuous improvements based on standardised work practices.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=5b04f318-804f-4dc0-9463-c3fb9a3fe998

Assessment Requirements for MSS402056 Apply and improve standardised work practices

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code changed. Unit title changed. Application changed. Elements changed. Performance Criteria changed. Foundation Skills populated. Range of Conditions removed. Assessment Requirements changed. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSS402052 Implement continuous improvements based on standardised work practices.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

apply at least one standardised procedure for the work area

suggest, apply and review at least 2 improvements to at least one standardised procedure.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

customer needs, including internal and external customers

own role in delivering value to customers

forms of takt time that apply to different types of tasks

relevance of takt time and available time to own role or work area

identification and possible causes of variability and muda in own role or work area.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

standardised procedure/s for the job role or work area

modelling of industry operating conditions.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=5b04f318-804f-4dc0-9463-c3fb9a3fe998

MSS402081 Contribute to the application of a proactive maintenance strategy

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSS402081A Contribute to the application of a proactive maintenance strategy

Application

This unit of competency covers the skills and knowledge required by an individual to make a positive contribution to proactive maintenance strategies, including actions that contribute to equipment uptime and overall equipment effectiveness (OEE). This unit applies in an organisation which is following a predictive, preventative or reliability-centred maintenance strategy and which requires commitment from all employees. The employee should 'own' their equipment/plant and take an active part in the implementation of the strategy within the scope of their authority.

This unit requires the application of skills associated with accessing and maintaining equipment/plant documentation. It also requires problem solving, initiative and enterprise to continually monitor and maintain operational performance of equipment/plant used in work role.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Competitive systems and practices

Unit Sector

Not applicable

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Maintain equipment/plant	1.1	Keep equipment/plant within area of responsibility clean.
1.2	Ensure equipment/plant is serviced and adjusted, as required, in accordance with procedures and own level of responsibility.
1.3	Access manufacturer manuals and specifications, where required, to expand knowledge on the maintenance of equipment/plant.
1.4	Access and update documentation on equipment/plant operation and maintenance in accordance with workplace procedures.
2	Monitor operation of equipment/plant	2.1	Regularly check key conditions of the equipment/plant as defined in workplace procedures.
2.2	Regularly check equipment/plant OEE.
2.3	Note any deviation from conditions specified in procedures.
3	Identify deviations and patterns	3.1	Identify any previous occurrences of a deviation.
3.2	Identify any related deviations which have occurred.
3.3	Identify any unusual occurrence which may be related to a deviation.
4	Take action appropriate to competency and authority on deviation	4.1	Liaise with relevant people regarding the deviation and the solution.
4.2	Implement solution and/or assist with the implementation of the solution, as appropriate.

Foundation Skills

This section describes those required skills (language, literacy and numeracy) that are essential to performance.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

This field allows for different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included.
Competitive systems and practices include one or more of:	lean operations agile operations preventative and predictive maintenance approaches statistical process control systems, including six sigma and three sigma Just in Time (JIT), kanban and other pull-related operations control systems supply, value, and demand chain monitoring and analysis 5S continuous improvement (kaizen) breakthrough improvement (kaizen blitz) cause/effect diagrams OEE takt time process mapping problem solving run charts standard procedures current reality tree.
Uptime includes one or more of:	the overall availability of the plant the inverse of downtime or the unavailability of the plant the fraction, percentage or time the plant is available for production.
Procedures (written, verbal, visual, computer based, etc.) include one or any combination of:	work instructions standard operating procedures (SOPs) safe work method statements formulas/recipes batch sheets temporary instructions any similar instructions provided for the smooth running of the plant.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSS402081A Contribute to the application of a proactive maintenance strategy

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=5b04f318-804f-4dc0-9463-c3fb9a3fe998

Assessment Requirements for MSS402081 Contribute to the application of a proactive maintenance strategy

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSS402081A Contribute to the application of a proactive maintenance strategy

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy the requirements of the elements and performance criteria, and include the ability to monitor equipment/plant in one (1) or more areas, and to:

maintain the equipment/plant to the required standard

identify deviations in OEE requiring action

take the action required by the procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

Must provide evidence that demonstrates knowledge relevant to their job role sufficient to fulfil their job role under routine only supervision, including:

interpretation of trends or other non-random variation

determining OEE (availability x performance x quality rate) and uptime metrics

principles of operation of plant/equipment and factors likely to cause deviations in performance

identifying deviations requiring action

appropriate actions for dealing with deviations.

Assessment Conditions

The unit should be assessed holistically and the judgement of competence shall be based on a holistic assessment of the evidence.

The collection of performance evidence:

should occur over a range of situations which include typical disruptions to normal, smooth operation of the workplace

will typically include a supervisor/third-party report focussing on consistent performance and problem recognition and solving. A supervisor/third-party report must be prepared by someone who has a direct, relevant, current relationship with the person being assessed and who is in a position to form a judgement on workplace performance relevant to the unit of competency

must include the application of proactive maintenance in own workplace

will typically include the use of appropriate tools, equipment and safety gear requiring demonstration of preparation, operation, completion and responding to problems.

Assessment should occur in operational workplace situations.

Knowledge evidence may be collected concurrently with performance evidence (provided a record is kept) or through an independent process such as workbooks, written assessments or interviews (provided a record is kept).

Assessment processes and techniques must be appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy requirements of the work being performed and the needs of the candidate.

Conditions for assessment must include access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required, including relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications associated with this unit.

Foundation skills are integral to competent performance of the unit and should not be assessed separately.

Assessors must satisfy the assessor competency requirements that are in place at the time of the assessment as set by the VET regulator.

The assessor must demonstrate both technical competency and currency.

Technical competence can be demonstrated through:

relevant VET or other qualification/Statement of Attainment AND/OR

relevant workplace experience

Currency can be demonstrated through:

performing the competency being assessed as part of current employment OR

having consulted with an organisation providing relevant environmental monitoring, management or technology services about performing the competency being assessed within the last twelve months.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=5b04f318-804f-4dc0-9463-c3fb9a3fe998

MSS402087 Apply cost factors to work practices

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code changed. Application changed. Elements changed. Performance Criteria changed. Foundation Skills populated. Assessment Requirements changed. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSS402082 Apply cost factors to work practices.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to identify cost components in work practices and determine the broad cost impacts of alternative actions.

This unit applies to personnel who are required to identify and compare the costs of alternatives and apply this in making decisions within own scope of responsibility. Typically the decisions will contribute to efficient organisation of own work and/or improvement to production time and cycle times.

This unit applies to any organisation.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Competitive systems and practices

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Identify the major cost components of process, product or service in own work area	1.1 Identify cost components in process, product or service in own work area 1.2 Identify alternative actions and related cost components 1.3 Identify impact of current and alternative actions on costs
2. Identify constraints to cost efficiency	2.1 Identify required production or process rate and major costs 2.2 Identify costs factors that can and cannot be controlled by individual or team 2.3 Relate identified costs factors to impact on overall cost of production or process 2.4 Identify cost factors that are constraint to cost efficiency in own work area
3. Apply cost efficient work practices	3.1 Identify changes to improve cost efficiency 3.2 Explain to relevant people implications of changes, using simple financial terms 3.3 Discuss changes with relevant people to identify positive and negative non-financial implications and determine acceptable negative impact 3.4 Select actions which minimise overall costs within acceptable negative impact 3.5 Monitor actions to ensure cost efficiency in own work area is maintained

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret workplace documents to identify cost components

Oral communication skills to communicate about financial and non-financial impacts with relevant people

Numeracy skills to interpret and compare cost components.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSS402082 Apply cost factors to work practices.

Links

The MSS Sustainability Companion Volume I Implementation Guides are available from VETNet: - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=5b04f318-804f-4dc0-9463-c3fb9a3fe998

Assessment Requirements for MSS402087 Apply cost factors to work practices

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code changed. Application changed. Elements changed. Performance Criteria changed. Foundation Skills populated. Assessment Requirements changed. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSS402082 Apply cost factors to work practices.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

compare cost implications for at least 2 alternatives to a current process, product or service

apply at least 1 cost-efficiency improvement in own work area.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

concepts of expense, income and capital

relative impact of fixed and variable cost components relevant to own work, including:

power and energy

materials, plant and equipment

production or process time, including impact of salary and wages

administration and other support expenses

government taxes and charges

financial and non-financial impacts of cost reductions

the difference between internally and externally controlled costs

difference between overhead, labour and consumables.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

sources of information in relation to cost factors

modelling of industry operating conditions.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

The MSS Sustainability Companion Volume I Implementation Guides are available from VETNet: - - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=5b04f318-804f-4dc0-9463-c3fb9a3fe998

MSS403022 Facilitate a Just in Time system

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code changed. Application changed. Elements changed. Performance Criteria changed. Foundation Skills populated. Range of Conditions removed. Assessment Requirements changed. Workplace outcome has changed. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSS403021 Facilitate a Just in Time system.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to facilitate improvements in a Just in Time (JIT) system in a team or work area.

This unit applies to senior operators, team leaders or others who have been given the authority to lead, facilitate and assist others within a JIT system to monitor its operation and to identify and implement improvements to the system.

This unit applies to any organisation that is implementing competitive systems and practices.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Competitive systems and practices

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Monitor and sustain the operation of the JIT system	1.1 Regularly review, with input from team, performance against key measures and identify areas of poor performance 1.2 Seek feedback from other stakeholders on operation of JIT system 1.3 Analyse information to identify need for quick fix action 1.4 Take or initiate appropriate quick fix action 1.5 Assist team to understand why quick fix action is appropriate
2. Identify improvements to the JIT system	2.1 Regularly communicate with team or work group members regarding operation of JIT system 2.2 Review, with input from team, JIT key performance indicators (KPIs) 2.3 Discuss operation of JIT system with relevant personnel across organisation and seek their feedback 2.4 Analyse information to identify areas for improvement
3. Facilitate team to implement improvements to the JIT system	3.1 Confirm areas for improvement with input from team and relevant personnel 3.2 Identify root cause of JIT-related problems 3.3 Review value of key measures 3.4 Recognise skill and/or other development needs of team and provide or initiate support 3.5 Provide mentoring and/or guidance to assist team members to contribute to JIT improvements 3.6 Facilitate collaboration with team and others develop improvement options to address identified causes and/or issues 3.7 Gain agreement from relevant personnel on improvements to be implemented 3.8 Implement or assist with implementation of agreed improvements within scope of autonomy

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret workplace documentation

Oral communication skills to facilitate communication with a range of stakeholders in the value stream and to support team participation

Numeracy skills to identify and interpret key measures.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=5b04f318-804f-4dc0-9463-c3fb9a3fe998

Assessment Requirements for MSS403022 Facilitate a Just in Time system

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code changed. Application changed. Elements changed. Performance Criteria changed. Foundation Skills populated. Range of Conditions removed. Assessment Requirements changed. Workplace outcome has changed. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSS403021 Facilitate a Just in Time system.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

facilitate, with 2 or more other people, at least 3 improvements to support a JIT system.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

levels of autonomy and decision-making parameters

JIT methods relevant to own work area

production data generated by the process and its application to JIT

methods of gathering data against key performance indicators (KPIs)

root cause analysis methods

underpinning values relevant to competitive systems and practices including:

respect for people

respect for process

transparency and culture of learning

facilitation techniques to encourage input to, and engagement with, improvements

approaches to supporting team members to contribute and debate ideas

possible skill and/or other development needs in relation to JIT and how to address them.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources

modelling of industry operating conditions, including:

functioning or in development JIT system.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=5b04f318-804f-4dc0-9463-c3fb9a3fe998

MSS403087 Mistake proof an operational process

Modification History

Release 1. Updated unit code. Changes to elements and performance criteria. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements amended. Equivalent outcome.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge to analyse a process that a team is responsible for and determine methods of mistake proofing it. This includes determining, implementing and sustaining improvement activities.

The person will typically be a technical expert, team leader or be in a role where they have sufficient technical understanding of processes in their own work and that of others to be able to mistake proof the production process in their area.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Competitive systems and practices

Unit Sector

Not applicable

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Analyse process	1.1	Identify sources of variability and non-conformance in the process
1.2	Identify critical control points in process
1.3	Analyse causes of variability and non-conformance
2	Develop preventative options	2.1	Liaise with team members and other people to develop mistake proof options for performing operation
2.2	Test and validate mistake proofing options
3	Implement permanent fix	3.1	Liaise with relevant people to have systems and procedures changed to implement solution
3.2	Liaise with relevant people to implement the solution
3.3	Liaise with relevant people to ensure self and others in the team or work area have appropriate skills
3.4	Follow through to ensure implementation occurs
4	Monitor implementation	4.1	Critically observe the implementation
4.2	Compare the results of the implementation against the expected outcomes
4.3	Modify solution to improve outcomes
4.4	Confirm procedures reflect change
4.5	Confirm training and assessment reflects change
4.6	Audit change at agreed period or cycle
4.7	Address any observed deviation
5	Seek improvements	5.1	Observe and monitor changes
5.2	Analyse process again to ensure improvements are sustained

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSS403051 Mistake proof an operational process.

Links

The MSS Sustainability Companion Volume implementation Guides are available from VETNet: - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=5b04f318-804f-4dc0-9463-c3fb9a3fe998

Assessment Requirements for MSS403087 Mistake proof an operational process

Modification History

Release 1. Updated unit code. Changes to elements and performance criteria. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements amended. Equivalent outcome.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

mistake proofed (applied baka yoke or poka yoke) to at least 1 operational process.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

baka yoke and poka yoke approaches

factors causing variability in the process and methods of controlling it

error causes and control options

cost benefit analysis, feasibility, regulatory compliance and perceived value to the customer

validation of baka yoke and poka yoke proposals.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions, contingencies, facilities, equipment and resources.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

The MSS Sustainability Companion Volume implementation Guides are available from VETNet: - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=5b04f318-804f-4dc0-9463-c3fb9a3fe998

MSS404054 Apply statistics to operational processes

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code changed. Application changed. Performance criteria changed. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSS404052 Apply statistics to operational processes.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to gather and analyse process data to support the control of processes and operations. It includes interpretation of sampling procedures, frequency distributions, random and non- random variations in data/control charts; use of control limits to determine whether monitored processes are in control; and communicating this information to others.

This unit applies to a person working in an organisation applying statistical process control on processes or operations. The statistical process control will usually be used to monitor the processes or operations and determine when action needs to be taken. The appropriate action will then be taken in accordance with standard procedures.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil.

Competency Field

Competitive systems and practices

Unit Sector

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Collect process data	1.1	Read and interpret sampling scheme
1.2	Obtain measurements in accordance with standard sampling procedures
1.3	Handle data in accordance with procedures
2. Interpret data	2.1	Plot data on control chart
2.2	Identify random and non-random patterns of results
2.3	Identify results outside the control limits
2.4	Identify situations requiring action
2.5	Take action in accordance with procedures
2.6	Calculate cost of non-conformance
3. Calculate control limits	3.1	Consult stakeholders to determine appropriate limits
3.2	Calculate and revise control limits
3.3	Plot limits on control chart and complete all records in accordance with procedures
3.4	Explain impact of limit to stakeholders

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to MSS404052 Apply statistics to operational processes.

Links

The MSS Sustainability Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet: - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=5b04f318-804f-4dc0-9463-c3fb9a3fe998

Assessment Requirements for MSS404054 Apply statistics to operational processes

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code changed. Application changed. Performance criteria changed. Range of conditions removed. Assessment requirements changed. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSS404052 Apply statistics to operational processes.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

gathered, analysed and interpreted process data to monitor and control at least 2 operational processes.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

purpose of sampling and measurement

sampling methods to be used

methods of calculating mean and standard deviation and their purpose in statistical control

concept of limits, including 1, 2, 3 and 6 sigma limits

types of control charts and their applications to different types of process and product and for different purposes

process causes of variation and typical cause types of non-random variation

non-process causes of variation

stable and unstable processes

causes of stability and instability in the process

calculation of control limits and process capability and the applications of different control limits

standard distribution curve and confidence limits.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions, contingencies, facilities, equipment and resources.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

The MSS Sustainability Companion Volume Implementation Guides are available from VETNet: - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=5b04f318-804f-4dc0-9463-c3fb9a3fe998

MSS404056 Apply statistics to operational processes

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code changed. Application changed. Foundation Skills populated. Assessment Requirements changed. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSS404054 Apply statistics to operational processes.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to gather and analyse process data to support the control of processes and operations.

This unit applies to team leaders, technical experts, experienced operators or others who are required to interpret data and apply statistical concepts to determine whether monitored processes are in control and to communicate this information to others.

This unit applies to any organisation that is applying statistical process control on processes or operations.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Competitive systems and practices

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Collect process data	1.1 Read and interpret sampling scheme 1.2 Obtain measurements in accordance with standard sampling procedures 1.3 Handle data in accordance with procedures
2. Interpret data	2.1 Plot data on control chart 2.2 Identify random and non-random patterns of results 2.3 Identify results outside the control limits 2.4 Identify situations requiring action 2.5 Take action in accordance with procedures 2.6 Calculate cost of non-conformance
3. Calculate control limits	3.1 Consult stakeholders to determine appropriate limits 3.2 Calculate and revise control limits 3.3 Plot limits on control chart and complete all records in accordance with procedures 3.4 Explain impact of limit to stakeholders

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret process control data

Writing skills to plot control charts

Oral communication skills to discuss/explain process control limits with stakeholders

Numeracy skills to calculate cost factors, interpret data, apply statistical concepts and plot control charts.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSS404054 Apply statistics to operational processes.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=5b04f318-804f-4dc0-9463-c3fb9a3fe998

Assessment Requirements for MSS404056 Apply statistics to operational processes

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code changed. Application changed. Foundation Skills populated. Assessment Requirements changed. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSS404054 Apply statistics to operational processes.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

collect and interpret process data and apply to control of at least 2 operational processes

calculate control limits and plot control charts for at least 2 operational processes.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

purpose of sampling and measurement

sampling methods to be used

methods of calculating mean and standard deviation and their purpose in statistical control

concept of limits, including 1, 2, 3 and 6 sigma limits

types of control charts and their applications to different types of process and product and for different purposes

process causes of variation and typical cause types of non-random variation

non-process causes of variation

stable and unstable processes

causes of stability and instability in the process

calculation of control limits and process capability and the applications of different control limits

standard distribution curve and confidence limits.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources

modelling of industry operating conditions, including:

functioning statistical process control processes and related procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=5b04f318-804f-4dc0-9463-c3fb9a3fe998

MSS404080 Undertake process capability improvements

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code changed. Application changed. Foundation Skills populated. Assessment Requirements changed. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSS404084 Undertake process capability improvements.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to apply statistical methods to analyse process capability data and identify variations due to assignable causes and to develop and implement improvements to improve process capability.

This unit applies to technical experts, team leaders or others who have the authority to identify and justify process capability improvements, make (or arrange for) changes to be made to procedures, equipment or process and monitor the improvement actions.

This unit applies to any organisation that has applied six sigma or three sigma processes to determine process capability.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Competitive systems and practices

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Obtain required data	1.1 Identify process for study 1.2 Obtain or organise process to obtain required data and information
2. Analyse information	2.1 Read and interpret data and determine assignable causes 2.2 Develop possible improvements to eliminate assignable causes 2.3 Develop process improvement proposals
3. Improve process capability	3.1 Obtain required authorisations to implement improvements 3.2 Liaise with relevant people to implement improvements 3.3 Obtain or organise required data for improved process 3.4 Recalculate process capability 3.5 Implement revised data collection and processing and new capability information 3.6 Monitor improvements to determine any further action to achieve desired outcome/s

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret data and workplace documentation

Oral communication skills to liaise with stakeholders to obtain data and to ensure implementation of improvements

Numeracy skills to use statistical methods to interpret data and information in relation to process capability improvements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSS404084 Undertake process capability improvements.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=5b04f318-804f-4dc0-9463-c3fb9a3fe998

Assessment Requirements for MSS404080 Undertake process capability improvements

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code changed. Application changed. Foundation Skills populated. Assessment Requirements changed. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSS404084 Undertake process capability improvements.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

interpret process capability data to identify assignable causes of variation and identify at least one process capability improvement

liaise with stakeholders to gain authorisations and support the implementation of the improvement

plan, implement and review the improvement.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

data collection and manipulation techniques

variability, normal distribution and three and six sigma limits

type of variations:

random variation (no assignable cause)

non-random variation (which has an assignable cause).

methods of identifying causes of non-random variation in the process

approaches to reducing variability

process capability improvement proposals and authorisations.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources

modelling of industry operating conditions, including:

process capability determined via use of six sigma or three sigma processes.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=5b04f318-804f-4dc0-9463-c3fb9a3fe998

MSS405035 Design a process layout

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code changed. Application changed. Elements changed. Performance Criteria changed. Foundation Skills populated. Range of Conditions removed. Assessment Requirements changed. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSS405022 Design a process layout.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to design or redesign a process using a process layout as distinct from volume production layout (product layout).

This unit applies to technical experts who will apply the principles of competitive systems and practices to identify process boundaries and determine layout and infrastructure requirements and solutions with input from others.

This applies to any organisation implementing a process layout within competitive systems and practices.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Competency Field

Competitive systems and practices

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine process for redesign	1.1 Obtain or develop a process map of existing process 1.2 Identify main products or classes of products produced by existing process 1.3 Determine product families (or clusters) based on product profiles, sales forecasts and patterns and compatible process steps 1.4 Determine process boundaries to accommodate one or more proposed families
2. Engineer the process	2.1 Make a preliminary selection of equipment, technology and process for proposed families 2.2 Estimate required resource times for each family 2.3 Calculate total resourcing required for each family 2.4 Estimate appropriate lot size 2.5 Evaluate costs, benefits and alignment to organisation’s competitive systems and practices approach to determine viability of proposed families and preliminary process layout
3. Design the infrastructure	3.1 Consult with stakeholders to determine details of layout needs 3.2 Identify physical infrastructure required by system 3.3 Identify information and control infrastructure required 3.4 Identify work organisation required 3.5 Identify work health and safety (WHS) and other regulatory requirements 3.6 Identify workforce development and training requirements 3.7 Check the availability of required infrastructure and compatibility with requirements
4. Lay out the process	4.1 Draft proposed process flow map 4.2 Draft proposed configuration diagram 4.3 Draft proposed space plan or layout 4.4 Check availability of services and structural suitability 4.5 Validate proposed layout with stakeholders 4.6 Finalise process layout 4.7 Develop implementation plan in liaison with stakeholders 4.8 Implement and review layout

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret workplace documentation

Writing skills to document process flows and recommendations

Oral communication skills to facilitate engagement and consult with a range of stakeholders

Numeracy skills to calculate benefit/cost ratio, resource requirements, process capability.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSS405022 Design a process layout.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=5b04f318-804f-4dc0-9463-c3fb9a3fe998

Assessment Requirements for MSS405035 Design a process layout

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code changed. Application changed. Elements changed. Performance Criteria changed. Foundation Skills populated. Range of Conditions removed. Assessment Requirements changed. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSS405022 Design a process layout.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

redesign at least one process using a process layout within competitive systems and practices.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

principles of process layout design

equipment capabilities and reliability

workforce capabilities and reliability

business and customer requirements from layout

work health and safety (WHS) and other regulatory requirements

determining product profile and processing requirements including:

components/materials needed

equipment/technology/processes required

volume of activity to manufacture forecast amount

set-up time

equipment time

person time

process time.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

access to relevant data and information

modelling of industry operating conditions, including:

functioning competitive systems and practices environment.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=5b04f318-804f-4dc0-9463-c3fb9a3fe998

MSS405076 Facilitate the development of a new product

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code changed. Application changed. Performance Criteria changed. Foundation Skills populated. Range of Conditions removed. Assessment Requirements changed. Workplace outcome changed. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSS405075 Facilitate the development of a new product.

Application

This unit of competency covers the skills and knowledge required to interpret a new product design and determine how the product will be manufactured, balancing the business and technical sides of the new product design.

This unit applies to technical experts, managers or similar roles who have been given the responsibility to consult with customer, management and other stakeholders, determine the materials, components and production processes to be used for the new product; determine process capability; oversee production trials; and facilitate procedures for ongoing production of the product.

This unit applies to any organisation that is implementing a new product design in a competitive systems and practices environment.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

MSS404056 Apply statistics to operational processes.

Competency Field

Competitive systems and practices

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Confirm design brief for new product	1.1 Review product design with customer and other key stakeholders to determine technical specifications, timelines, aesthetic, cost, sustainability and customer perceived value 1.2 Determine, with input from key stakeholders, supply chain and production choices with potential benefits for sustainability and/or customer perceived value and implications for design brief 1.3 Determine any regulatory, industry code or intellectual property (IP) requirements for product 1.4 Identify any required tooling, process or equipment needs 1.5 Confirm design brief, including relevant drawings 1.6 Determine design brief conforms to organisation objectives and capability 1.7 Obtain approval on total design brief from all relevant personnel
2. Determine material requirements for product	2.1 Select appropriate materials and components in liaison with key stakeholders 2.2 Determine material and component testing and evaluation regime required to meet product end use requirements and regulatory and/or industry code requirements 2.3 Arrange for testing and evaluation of trial materials and components 2.4 Guide material trial process and interpret material trial results 2.5 Determine final materials and components specifications and details of value chain
3. Determine process requirements for product	3.1 Select process to make product in liaison with key stakeholders and based on relevant factors 3.2 Determine any special process and/or equipment requirements for this product 3.3 Communicate with production personnel to determine any concerns and/or training or other needs 3.4 Adjust design, as required, to satisfy customer and production needs
4. Ensure process needs for new product have been met	4.1 Liaise with equipment design and procurement personnel to ensure they align with requirements 4.2 Interpret hardware specifications and ensure they are appropriate for job 4.3 Liaise with process personnel to ensure draft procedures for new product have been developed 4.4 Validate product cost and design meets organisation requirements and capability
5. Trial new product through the process	5.1 Design trialling procedures to evaluate key aspects of product and process 5.2 Liaise with relevant stakeholders to facilitate engagement with trials 5.3 Ensure trialling procedures incorporate health, safety and environment (HSE) requirements 5.4 Coordinate trialling of new product 5.5 Interpret product trial results and guide product trial process 5.6 Tune process to optimise production of new product
6. Determine process capability	6.1 Plot appropriate statistical process control charts 6.2 Determine confidence limits 6.3 Compare confidence limits with product specification
7. Coordinate product trials	7.1 Determine product testing and evaluation regime required to meet end use requirements and regulatory and/or industry code requirements 7.2 Arrange for testing and evaluation of trial product or prototype 7.3 Interpret product trial results and guide product trial process 7.4 Determine final product specification in liaison with key stakeholders 7.5 Make changes to materials, process and equipment as needed to meet final product specifications
8. Implement standard procedures for new product	8.1 Monitor initial production and, in liaison with relevant team members, adjust process, conditions and materials to ensure product and process outcomes conform to customer, regulatory and organisation requirements 8.2 Update process specifications to reflect optimised operations 8.3 Make, or initiate action for, updates to standard operating procedures (SOPs) to reflect new product 8.4 Make, or initiate action for, updates to update equipment and other hardware records to reflect additions/changes 8.5 Oversee completion and submission of project records and reports 8.6 Archive records according to company procedure

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Reading skills to interpret product designs, technical specifications and organisation objectives

Writing skills to ensure procedures are correct, ensure records and reports are completed

Oral communication skills to liaise with stakeholders across a range technical and operational areas

Numeracy skills to determine metrics for trials, apply statistical concepts and plot control charts.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSS405075 Facilitate the development of a new product.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=5b04f318-804f-4dc0-9463-c3fb9a3fe998

Assessment Requirements for MSS405076 Facilitate the development of a new product

Modification History

Release 1. Unit code changed. Application changed. Performance Criteria changed. Foundation Skills populated. Range of Conditions removed. Assessment Requirements changed. Workplace outcome changed. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSS405075 Facilitate the development of a new product.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and demonstrated the ability to:

interpret at least one new product design and facilitate the development, trialling and standardisation of its production

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

organisation’s strategic goals and objectives relevant to new product

new product/application requirements, expected performance outcomes and key indicators

current and emerging approaches to sustainable product design and production

types of materials and components suitable for the new product design and their impact on sustainability, customer perceived value and organisation objectives

alternative processes, plant and/or equipment for making the new product and their impact on sustainability, customer perceived value and organisation objectives

methods and criteria for decision making

determination of process capability

appropriate sampling and testing for materials, components and products

determination of processing time, product cost, benefit cost of the new product

interpretation of trial and/or field test results

underpinning values relevant to competitive systems and practices and application to production design including at least 5 of the following:

respect for people

respect for process

transparency and culture of learning

creation of value and customer perceived value

empowered teams and devolved decision making and/or strategy deployment

go and see and/or go to the source decision making

rapid cycle or iterative development

empirical development.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

product design

modelling of industry operating conditions, including:

functioning competitive systems and practices environment.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet – - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=5b04f318-804f-4dc0-9463-c3fb9a3fe998

MSTGN2005 Perform minor maintenance

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to LMTGN2005B Perform minor maintenance

Application

This unit of competency covers skills and knowledge to provide minor maintenance of production machines.

The unit of competency applies to checking machine performance and undertaking minor adjustments to production machines.

Work involves limited discretion, initiative and judgement on the job in own work, including liaison with specialist mechanics and technicians.

Work may be conducted in a variety of environments, such as operational workplace activities, restricted space and hazardous, controlled or exposed conditions.

Work may be undertaken on a range of machines that may include microprocessor or computer controls.

This unit of competency is applicable to all sectors of the textiles, clothing and footwear (TCF) industry.

Work may be conducted in small to large scale enterprises and may involve individual and team activities.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Generic

Unit Sector

Not applicable

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Determine job requirements	1.1	Follow standard operating procedures (SOPs)
1.2	Comply with work health and safety (WHS) requirements at all times
1.3	Use appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) in accordance with SOPs
1.4	Identify job requirements from specifications, drawings, job sheets or work instructions
2	Operate machine and assess performance	2.1	Start and stop machine according to manufacturer requirements
2.2	Monitor machine operation and production readings to ensure correct procedures are assessed and product meets quality standards
2.3	Identify and report problem with machine
3	Rectify minor machine fault	3.1	Identify, address and report minor tool faults in machine and associated equipment, where necessary, to meet specified requirements
3.2	Identify, document and report major machine or product faults and inform appropriate personnel
3.3	Complete machine maintenance records and other documentation accurately
4	Maintain effective machine operation	4.1	Clean machine according to WHS practices and schedules, workplace procedures and manufacturer cleaning instructions
4.2	Lubricate machine according to workplace requirements and schedules, workplace procedures and manufacturer lubricating instructions
4.3	Check machine to ensure correct operation

Foundation Skills

This section describes those required skills (language, literacy and numeracy) that are essential to performance.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

This field allows for different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included.
Workplace procedures include one or more of the following:	requirements prescribed by legislation, awards, agreements and conditions of employment SOPs work instructions oral, written and visual communication quality practices, including responsibility for maintenance of own work quality and contribution to quality improvement of team or section output housekeeping tasks related to environmental protection, waste disposal, pollution control and recycling WHS practices
Australian Standards include:	the relevant industry or Australian Standards that are current at the time this unit is being undertaken

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to LMTGN2005B Perform minor maintenance

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a203ec5c-de7d-406b-b3e1-8f1a9b76e92e

Assessment Requirements for MSTGN2005 Perform minor maintenance

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to LMTGN2005B Perform minor maintenance

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy the requirements of the elements and performance criteria, and include:

reading and following work instructions, standard operating procedures (SOPs), safe work practices

applying relevant standards

starting and stopping machines and undertaking machine maintenance according to specifications, on at least two (2) occasions

recognising fault conditions

monitoring operating performance of machine, including machine production readings, against machine specifications

making minor adjustments to rectify minor machine faults or problems

completing all required tasks within job role for maintaining machine operations

applying workplace procedures

recording and reporting machine or product faults.

Knowledge Evidence

Evidence must be provided that demonstrates knowledge of:

safe work practices and procedures and use of personal protective equipment (PPE)

relevant Australian Standards

procedures and guidelines for safe operation and maintenance of machines

typical fault conditions and related fault-finding procedures

basic machine maintenance and repair techniques

cleaning and lubricating techniques

technical specifications manuals

quality standards and practices

workplace procedures

recording and reporting practices.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

satisfy the assessor competency requirements that are in place at the time of the assessment, as set by the VET regulator

have vocational competency in performing minor machine maintenance, at least to the level being assessed, with relevant industry knowledge and experience.

Assessment should occur in operational workplace situations. Where this is not possible, or where personal safety or environmental damage are limiting factors, assessment must occur in a sufficiently rigorous simulated environment reflecting realistic operational workplace conditions. This must cover all aspects of workplace performance, including environment, task skills, task management skills, contingency management skills and job role environment skills.

Assessment processes and techniques must be appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy requirements of the work being performed and the needs of the candidate.

Conditions for assessment must include access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required, including relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications associated with this unit.

The unit is applicable to all TCF sectors and assessment must ensure it is delivered to suit the industry it is being applied to.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a203ec5c-de7d-406b-b3e1-8f1a9b76e92e

MSTGN3016 Plan tasks to assist production operations

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSTGN3005 Plan tasks to assist production operations.

Application

This unit of competency describes the skills and knowledge required to assist in production planning by performing specific planning tasks. Tasks may include the development of rosters, work health and safety practices, workplace procedures, documentation practices and organisational systems.

This unit applies to all sectors of the textiles, clothing and footwear (TCF) industry.

Work may be conducted in small to large scale enterprises and may involve individual and team activities.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Generic

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance Criteria Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to plan tasks	1.1 Determine job and safe work requirements from work information 1.2 Discuss planning requirements with supervisor and confirm work brief 1.3 Confirm timeline, jobs and work priorities associated with planning tasks with supervisor or manager 1.4 Check workplace procedures and documentation relating to planning tasks and identify key personnel
2. Conduct planning task	2.1 Communicate with team, section or individuals and key personnel to seek support for planning task requirements 2.2 Assess and apply relevant criteria from previous and current work practices, organisational guidelines, documentation systems and quality standards to planning task 2.3 Use planning tools and techniques to coordinate and sequence tasks and integrate work health and safety practices to develop plan that meets workplace requirements 2.4 Test plan with key personnel and adjust based on feedback
3. Implement plan	3.1 Communicate all plan information in an effective way to work team, section and individuals 3.2 Seek feedback from team, section members and individuals to support effective operation of team or section 3.3 Monitor implementation of plan, and identify and apply required changes to improve outcomes 3.4 Document plan and implementation practices in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance.

Reading skills to interpret work instructions, standard operating procedures (SOPs), specifications and key requirements of industry standards

Initiative and enterprise skills to organise the work of others to meet customer deadlines and quality requirements.

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSTGN3005 Plan tasks to assist production operations.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a203ec5c-de7d-406b-b3e1-8f1a9b76e92e

Assessment Requirements for MSTGN3016 Plan tasks to assist production operations

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSTGN3005 Plan tasks to assist production operations.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

planned 2 tasks to assist production operations, covering at least 1 of the following:

work rosters

work health and safety practices

workplace procedures

communicated effectively about the development of the plan to work team, section and individuals

monitored the plan and made changes to improve outcomes

documented the plan.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

safe work practices and procedures and use of personal protective equipment (PPE)

Australian Standards, industry regulations and codes of practice that govern the control of chemicals, relevant to the workplace (such as Australian/New Zealand Standard™ AS/NZS 4146:2000 Laundry practice, applicable to a laundry workplace)

production and work flow system in the workplace

factors and constraints that negatively impact on effective work flow and how they can be controlled

effective work methods to achieve production objectives and timelines

effective communication strategies

planning tools and techniques

quality standards and procedures relevant to enterprise

scheduling techniques

resourcing policies, relevant to enterprise

general staffing levels, capabilities and application of standard times

workplace recording and reporting practices.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

a TCF production environment set up with relevant standard operating procedures (SOPs), safety information and equipment

access to team members.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a203ec5c-de7d-406b-b3e1-8f1a9b76e92e

MSTTF2002 Cut, bend and shape metal

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to LMTTF2017A Cut, bend and shape metal

Application

This unit of competency covers the skills and knowledge required to cut prescribed lengths of metal bar stock and to bend the lengths into various shapes by hand or with the aid of formers.

Work may involve interaction with other people in the workplace, including supervisors and production personnel. Work may be conducted in a variety of environments, such as operational indoor or outdoor workplaces and hazardous or exposed conditions

Work may be conducted in small to large scale enterprises and may involve individual and team activities. Work is performed within defined procedures under direct supervision.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Textile fabrication

Unit Sector

Not applicable

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Determine job requirements	1.1	Follow standard operating procedures (SOPs)
1.2	Comply with work health and safety (WHS) requirements at all times
1.3	Use appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) in accordance with SOPs
1.4	Identify job requirements from specifications, drawings, job sheets or work instructions
2	Prepare for cutting, bending and shaping metal	2.1	Read and interpret workplace procedures and instructions
2.2	Establish safe working environment
2.3	Obtain specifications of material to be used and shape to be formed
2.4	Plan sequence of task operations and calculate required length of material
2.5	Select appropriate section material to meet specification, and choose suitable length of material stock for cutting to minimise waste
2.6	Move material to be cut to work area
2.7	Prepare appropriate hand and power tools
3	Prepare for cutting process	3.1	Mark out cutting points on material and select appropriate cutting equipment
3.2	Check area to ensure equipment doesn’t become entangled or damaged during operation
3.3	Secure material to prevent movement
4	Cut material and informally check product	4.1	Use safety equipment in accordance with WHS requirements when using cutting equipment
4.2	Select and install appropriate consumables as to manufacturers requirements
4.3	Set and operate equipment in accordance with accepted industry and WHS practices
4.4	Cut material to correct length and remove burrs or rough edges by brushing, grinding or filing
4.5	Inspect cut sections to verify that their size and condition meets specifications and relevant workplace and industry quality standards
5	Prepare for forming process	5.1	Plan sequence of forming operations and select appropriate forming equipment
5.2	Check forming equipment for damage or operating defects
5.3	Select and set appropriate formers
6	Form material and informally check product	6.1	Place metal section in former and secure, as necessary
6.2	Heat metal section to facilitate bending, as necessary
6.3	Hot or cold bend the metal section around formers or hand form to required specification
6.4	Descale or otherwise finish formed product after forming
6.5	Inspect formed product to verify that it meets specifications and relevant workplace and industry quality standards
7	Maintain work area and equipment	7.1	Clean work area and stow tools and electrical equipment away safely
7.2	Comply with environmental regulations to reuse, recycle or dispose of materials as required
7.3	Clean and maintain cutting and forming equipment in accordance with workplace requirements and manufacturer specifications
7.4	Perform programmed maintenance which is within the operator’s area of responsibility
7.5	Inform supervisor of any abnormal conditions needing maintenance or repair

Foundation Skills

This section describes those required skills (language, literacy and numeracy) that are essential to performance.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

This field allows for different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included.
Workplace procedures include one or more of the following:	requirements prescribed by legislation, awards, agreements and conditions of employment SOPs work instructions oral, written and visual communication quality practices, including responsibility for maintenance of own work quality and contribution to quality improvement of team or section output housekeeping tasks related to environmental protection, waste disposal, pollution control and recycling WHS practices
Australian Standards include:	the relevant industry or Australian Standards that are current at the time this unit is being undertaken
Hand tools include one or more of the following:	hammers punches vices clamps jigs formers hand drills hacksaws files tongs wire brushes plus gloves goggles and other safety equipment
Power tools include one or more of the following:	power hacksaws portable electric drills portable sanders and wire brushes guillotine abrasive disk cutting equipment gas cutting equipment
WHS practices	WHS practices include hazard identification and control, risk assessment and implementation of risk reduction measures specific to the tasks described by this unit, and include one or more of the following: manual handling techniques SOPs PPE safe materials handling taking of rest breaks ergonomic arrangement of workplaces following marked walkways safe storage of equipment housekeeping reporting accidents and incidents environmental practices

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to LMTTF2017A Cut, bend and shape metal

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a203ec5c-de7d-406b-b3e1-8f1a9b76e92e

Assessment Requirements for MSTTF2002 Cut, bend and shape metal

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to LMTTF2017A Cut, bend and shape metal

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy the requirements of the elements and performance criteria, and include:

reading and following work instructions, standard operating procedures (SOPs), safe work practices

applying relevant standards

complying with all relevant safety requirements applicable to the safe use of cutting and bending equipment

interpreting work orders

interpreting equipment and materials specifications and instructions needed for the cutting and forming processes

setting up cutting and forming equipment

performing cutting process using at least three (3) different tools or equipment according to workplace procedures, on at least three (3) different products

performing forming processes according to workplace procedures on at least three (3) products

inspecting completed work to assess quality

performing normal operator maintenance of work area to enable work to be conducted safely and efficiently

documenting and communicating work related information including reporting faults and other problems

applying workplace procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

Evidence must be provided that demonstrates knowledge of:

safe work practices and procedures and use of personal protective equipment (PPE)

relevant Australian Standards

specific work health and safety (WHS) requirements associated with cutting and heating equipment

common metals and basic sections used in fabrication work

metal cutting processes

metal grinding and dressing processes

metal forming processes

the range of cutting and forming equipment, hand tools and power tools used in cutting and forming processes and their appropriateness for particular applications

power sources, such as single phase, three phase and weather-protected outlets

operating principles of tools and equipment used in cutting, dressing and forming metals, including abrasive cutting wheels, gas equipment, grinding wheels, guillotines and power hacksaws

hazards associated with powered machinery and gas equipment

materials and equipment specifications

environmental requirements of relevant industry and workplace procedures

general housekeeping policies and procedures

WHS practices, including hazard identification and control measures

quality practices

workplace procedures

recording and reporting practices.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

satisfy the assessor competency requirements that are in place at the time of the assessment, as set by the VET regulator

have vocational competency in cutting, bending and shaping metal, at least to the level being assessed, with relevant industry knowledge and experience.

Assessment should occur in operational workplace situations. Where this is not possible, or where personal safety or environmental damage are limiting factors, assessment must occur in a sufficiently rigorous simulated environment reflecting realistic operational workplace conditions. This must cover all aspects of workplace performance, including environment, task skills, task management skills, contingency management skills and job role environment skills.

Assessment processes and techniques must be appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy requirements of the work being performed and the needs of the candidate.

Conditions for assessment must include access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required, including relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications associated with this unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a203ec5c-de7d-406b-b3e1-8f1a9b76e92e

MSTTF2005 Translate information into measurements or diagrams

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to LMTTF2005A Translate information into measurements or diagrams

Application

This unit of competency covers the skills and knowledge required to translate information received orally and by other means on customer requirements into hard copy form for costing and production purposes.

Work may include interaction with enterprise clients either individually or in collaboration with other personnel from the operator's enterprise.

Work may be conducted in operational indoor or outdoor workplaces

Work may be conducted in small to large scale enterprises and may involve individual and team activities. Work is performed within defined procedures under direct supervision.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Textile fabrication

Unit Sector

Not applicable

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare to translate information into measurements or diagrams	1.1	Identify customer requirements from customer information
1.2	Review customer information to ensure all required data is available
1.3	Seek additional information, as needed
1.4	Locate and interpret technical information about products, materials, equipment and operating procedures, as required, for processing customer request
1.5	Follow workplace procedures and instructions
2	Identify components, products and services	2.1	Develop concept of completed product or service
2.2	Determine required accessories, attachments and other components
2.3	Determine anchor points, and types and sizes of openings
2.4	Identify potential difficulties or hazards associated with manufacture of the product or provision of the service
2.5	Identify environmental features, regulations, insurance requirements, legal requirements and other factors which may affect the product or service to be provided
3	Develop graphical information to help define customer requirements	3.1	Apply knowledge of customer requirements to produce freehand sketches or diagrams illustrating the customer's requirements
3.2	Transfer dimensions and angles on to the sketch or diagram accurately
3.3	Mark out positions of attachments, openings, fittings or inserts accurately and clearly
3.4	Show positions of ropes, struts, retractors or supports clearly
3.5	Develop and incorporate details of gussets, pockets, hips and other features in the sketches, diagrams or drawings
3.6	Calculate dimensional allowances for cutting, rolled edges, joins and reinforcements, and incorporate in the sketches, diagrams or drawings
3.7	Make provision for seams, joins and overlaps and check all dimensions and angles are accurate
3.8	Use tools, equipment and resources to WHS practices
3.9
4	Finalise information	4.1	Prepare final sketches, diagrams and drawings manually or using computer-aided design (CAD) system to confirm customer requirements and provide feedback to customer
4.2	Store information, sketches, diagrams and drawings according to workplace procedures
4.3	Pass on graphical information to personnel within the organisation responsible for further action

Foundation Skills

This section describes those required skills (language, literacy and numeracy) that are essential to performance.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

This field allows for different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included.
Workplace procedures include one or more of the following:	requirements prescribed by legislation, awards, agreements and conditions of employment standard operating procedures (SOPs) work instructions oral, written and visual communication quality practices, including responsibility for maintenance of own work quality and contribution to quality improvement of team or section output housekeeping tasks related to environmental protection, waste disposal, pollution control and recycling WHS practices
Australian Standards include:	the relevant industry or Australian Standards that are current at the time this unit is being undertaken
Tools, equipment and resources include one or more of the following:	measuring equipment rules squares protractors calculators computers and software ,including computer applications involving geometric constructions and surface area calculations
WHS practices:	WHS practices include hazard identification and control, risk assessment and implementation of risk reduction measures specific to the tasks described by this unit, and include one or more of the following: manual handling techniques SOPs personal protective equipment (PPE) safe materials handling taking of rest breaks ergonomic arrangement of workplaces following marked walkways safe storage of equipment housekeeping reporting accidents and incidents environmental practices

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to LMTTF2005A Translate information into measurements or diagrams

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a203ec5c-de7d-406b-b3e1-8f1a9b76e92e

Assessment Requirements for MSTTF2005 Translate information into measurements or diagrams

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to LMTTF2005A Translate information into measurements or diagrams

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy the requirements of the elements and performance criteria, and include:

reading and following work instructions, standard operating procedures (SOPs), safe work practices and other reference material

applying relevant standards

locating and interpreting technical information about products, materials, equipment and operating procedures

complying with all relevant safety requirements, including safe use of measuring tools (including laser devices) and other equipment

conceptualising customer needs from customer information

interpreting specifications and instructions for products and materials offered to customers, and translating ideas into basic 3-D sketches and drawings for at least three (3) products

clarifying customer instructions and providing feedback to customer

making calculations and allowances as required to create accurate final drawings and diagrams for at least two (2) products, using manual or computer-aided design (CAD) programs to produce drawings, where possible

documenting and communicating work related information

applying workplace procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

Evidence must be provided that demonstrates knowledge of:

safe work practices and procedures and use of personal protective equipment (PPE)

relevant Australian Standards

a range of common products and services offered by the workplace

general operating principles of common products and equipment on offer

common types of materials used in the industry and their applications

limitations of canvas and other materials used

common types of strengthening and fastenings

measuring instruments and techniques

mathematical processes

plane geometry and plane geometrical shapes

mathematical formulae (e.g. areas and volumes)

engineering drawing principles and practices

environmental requirements of relevant industry and workplace procedures

general industry housekeeping policies and procedures

work health and safety (WHS) practices, including hazard identification and control measures

quality practices

workplace procedures

recording and reporting practices.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

satisfy the assessor competency requirements that are in place at the time of the assessment, as set by the VET regulator

have vocational competency in translating information into measurements or diagrams, at least to the level being assessed, with relevant industry knowledge and experience.

Assessment should occur in operational workplace situations. Where this is not possible, or where personal safety or environmental damage are limiting factors, assessment must occur in a sufficiently rigorous simulated environment reflecting realistic operational workplace conditions. This must cover all aspects of workplace performance, including environment, task skills, task management skills, contingency management skills and job role environment skills.

Assessment processes and techniques must be appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy requirements of the work being performed and the needs of the candidate.

Conditions for assessment must include access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required, including relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications associated with this unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a203ec5c-de7d-406b-b3e1-8f1a9b76e92e

MSTTF2009 Identify and select canvas and sail materials

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to LMTTF2009A Identify and select canvas and sail materials

Application

This unit of competency covers the skills and knowledge required to identify and select appropriate materials to use in the manufacture of canvas or sail products.

This unit of competency applies to identifying, selecting and handling materials, and checking stock availability. Work may involve interaction with other people in the workplace including supervisors and production personnel. Work may be conducted in operational indoor or outdoor workplaces

Work may be conducted in small to large scale enterprises and may involve individual and team activities. Work is performed within defined procedures under direct supervision.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Textile fabrication

Unit Sector

Not applicable

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Determine job requirements	1.1	Follow standard operating procedures (SOPs)
1.2	Comply with work health and safety (WHS) requirements at all times
1.3	Use appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) in accordance with SOPs
1.4	Identify job requirements from specifications, drawings, job sheets or work instructions
2	Identify materials	2.1	Identify materials by appearance, texture, density, stock labels and product codes
2.2	Check stock labels or tags against product codes and manufacturer specifications to confirm correct identification
2.3	Read and apply workplace procedures and instructions
3	Select materials	3.1	Select materials in accordance with job specifications, fitness for purpose and work order instructions
3.2	Check materials stocks to ensure sufficient quantities of materials are available to meet job requirements
3.3	Check materials to ensure they conform to specifications, descriptions and relevant quality standards
4	Handle and store materials	4.1	Follow appropriate WHS practices and work procedures when examining stock in racks or shelves
4.2	Follow safe working practices when handling or moving stock
4.3	Use appropriate lifting equipment to lift heavy or awkward loads
4.4	Use appropriate posture and lifting techniques for manual handling of materials
4.5	Seek assistance in handling materials when necessary
4.6	Store materials in accordance with workplace procedures and manufacturer recommendations

Foundation Skills

This section describes those required skills (language, literacy and numeracy) that are essential to performance.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

This field allows for different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included.
Workplace procedures include one or more of the following:	requirements prescribed by legislation, awards, agreements and conditions of employment SOPs work instructions oral, written and visual communication quality practices, including responsibility for maintenance of own work quality and contribution to quality improvement of team or section output housekeeping tasks related to environmental protection, waste disposal, pollution control and recycling WHS practices
Australian Standards include:	the relevant industry or Australian Standards that are current at the time this unit is being undertaken
Materials include the following:	fibres and yarns used in canvas and sail making ropes dacron, nylon and composite sail cloths attachments (metal and non-metal) adhesives
WHS practices	WHS practices include hazard identification and control, risk assessment and implementation of risk reduction measures specific to the tasks described by this unit, and include one or more of the following: manual handling techniques SOPs PPE safe materials handling taking of rest breaks ergonomic arrangement of workplaces following marked walkways safe storage of equipment housekeeping reporting accidents and incidents environmental practices

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to LMTTF2009A Identify and select canvas and sail materials

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a203ec5c-de7d-406b-b3e1-8f1a9b76e92e

Assessment Requirements for MSTTF2009 Identify and select canvas and sail materials

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to LMTTF2009A Identify and select canvas and sail materials

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy the requirements of the elements and performance criteria, and include:

reading and following work instructions, standard operating procedures (SOPs), safe work practices

applying relevant standards

locating and interpreting technical information about materials used in the canvas and sail making industry

identifying at least five (5) examples of materials by appearance, texture, density and other relevant characteristics

interpreting and applying work orders, materials specifications and instructions for storage, handling and use

correctly identifying and handling at least five (5) textile materials used in the canvas and sail making industry

selecting appropriate materials to meet specified job requirements

complying with all relevant safety requirements including safe handling and storage of materials

storing materials according to product requirements and workplace procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

Evidence must be provided that demonstrates knowledge of:

safe work practices and procedures and use of personal protective equipment (PPE)

relevant Australian Standards

product construction principles and methods

characteristics of a wide range of materials used in the canvas and sail industry

industry applications of various materials

relative advantages and disadvantages of various materials for particular applications

joining characteristics of various materials

materials labelling principles and practices, including 'care' labelling

standard industry practices for storage and handling of materials

relevant materials quality standards

work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements of relevant industry and workplace procedures

general housekeeping policies and procedures

quality practices

workplace procedures.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

satisfy the assessor competency requirements that are in place at the time of the assessment, as set by the VET regulator

have vocational competency in identifying and selecting canvas and sail materials, at least to the level being assessed, with relevant industry knowledge and experience.

Assessment should occur in operational workplace situations. Where this is not possible, or where personal safety or environmental damage are limiting factors, assessment must occur in a sufficiently rigorous simulated environment reflecting realistic operational workplace conditions. This must cover all aspects of workplace performance, including environment, task skills, task management skills, contingency management skills and job role environment skills.

Assessment processes and techniques must be appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy requirements of the work being performed and the needs of the candidate.

Conditions for assessment must include access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required, including relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications associated with this unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a203ec5c-de7d-406b-b3e1-8f1a9b76e92e

MSTTF2014 Weld plastic materials

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to LMTTF2014A Weld plastic materials

Application

This unit of competency covers the skills and knowledge required to weld plastic materials within the safe operating parameters of the equipment used.

The unit of competency applies to hot air and hot wedge welding of plastic in the textile fabrication industry. Work may be conducted in a variety of environments, such as operational indoor or outdoor workplaces, and in hazardous or exposed conditions.

Work may be conducted in small to large scale enterprises and may involve individual and team activities. Work is performed within defined procedures under direct supervision.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Textile fabrication

Unit Sector

Not applicable

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Determine job requirements	1.1	Follow standard operating procedures (SOPs)
1.2	Comply with work health and safety (WHS) requirements at all times
1.3	Use appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) in accordance with SOPs
1.4	Identify job requirements from specifications, drawings, job sheets or work instructions
2	Select welding process and plan the work	2.1	Read and interpret workplace procedures and instructions
2.2	Determine nature of material to be welded and select an appropriate welding process
2.3	Establish a safe working environment, identify suitable electrical power outlets and plan work to maximise safety and productivity
2.4	Select appropriate hand-held or stationary manual welding equipment, check serviceability and follow correct ‘on’ procedures
2.5	Select and prepare appropriate supplementary hand and power tools for the job
3	Perform welding	3.1	Prepare surfaces of material for welding
3.2	Lay out material on working table or other suitable surface and anchor material to prevent movement
3.3	Adjust equipment temperature to prescribed settings
3.4	Lower screens or barriers, where fitted, prior to welding process
3.5	Operate welding equipment in accordance with workplace procedures
3.6	Examine weld area or test for correct fusion of materials, and remove work piece
4	Check quality of weld and finalise work	4.1	Inspect completed weld to verify that it meets the required standard
4.2	Label or tag completed product and complete any necessary documentation in accordance with workplace procedures
4.3	Clean work area, clean and return tools and equipment to safe storage, and perform normal basic maintenance, in accordance with workplace requirements and manufacturer specifications

Foundation Skills

This section describes those required skills (language, literacy and numeracy) that are essential to performance.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

This field allows for different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included.
Workplace procedures include one or more of the following:	requirements prescribed by legislation, awards, agreements and conditions of employment SOPs work instructions oral, written and visual communication quality practices, including responsibility for maintenance of own work quality and contribution to quality improvement of team or section output housekeeping tasks related to environmental protection, waste disposal, pollution control and recycling WHS practices
Australian Standards include:	the relevant industry or Australian Standards that are current at the time this unit is being undertaken
Materials include one or more of the following:	PVC vinyls clear plastics
Welding equipment includes two or more of the following:	foot controlled welder hand welder hot air welder hot wedge welder
Hand and power tools include one or more of the following:	hammers rasps files portable sanders
WHS practices	WHS practices include hazard identification and control, risk assessment and implementation of risk reduction measures specific to the tasks described by this unit, and include one or more of the following: manual handling techniques SOPs PPE safe materials handling taking of rest breaks ergonomic arrangement of workplaces following marked walkways safe storage of equipment housekeeping reporting accidents and incidents environmental practices

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to LMTTF2014A Weld plastic materials

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a203ec5c-de7d-406b-b3e1-8f1a9b76e92e

Assessment Requirements for MSTTF2014 Weld plastic materials

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to LMTTF2014A Weld plastic materials

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy the requirements of the elements and performance criteria, and include:

reading and following work instructions, standard operating procedures (SOPs), safe work practices

applying relevant standards

complying with all relevant safety requirements, including safe use of plastic welding equipment, hand and power tools and electrical equipment

following work orders

interpreting equipment and materials specifications and instructions needed for the plastic welding process

preparing material to be welded and setting up welding equipment

performing at least two (2) forms of welding of plastic materials to industry standards, quality and consistency, and testing for correct fusion of materials, on at least five (5) occasions

performing normal operator maintenance of work area to enable work to be conducted safely and efficiently

labelling or tagging materials, and documenting and communicating work-related information, including reporting of faults and other problems, according to workplace procedures

Knowledge Evidence

Evidence must be provided that demonstrates knowledge of:

safe work practices and procedures and use of personal protective equipment (PPE)

relevant Australian Standards

specific work health and safety (WHS) requirements associated with hot air and hot wedge welding

hazards associated with heated plastics

plastic welding principles and techniques

general operating principles of plastic welding equipment

a range of plastic welding equipment, hand tools and power tools commonly used in the plastic welding process and their appropriateness for particular applications

power sources, such as single phase, three phase and weather-protected outlets

materials and equipment specifications

relevant quality standards for plastic welds

WHS and environmental requirements of relevant industry and workplace procedures

general housekeeping policies and procedures

WHS practices, including hazard identification and control measures

quality practices

workplace procedures

recording and reporting practices.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

satisfy the assessor competency requirements that are in place at the time of the assessment, as set by the VET regulator

have vocational competency in welding plastic materials, at least to the level being assessed, with relevant industry knowledge and experience.

Assessment should occur in operational workplace situations. Where this is not possible, or where personal safety or environmental damage are limiting factors, assessment must occur in a sufficiently rigorous simulated environment reflecting realistic operational workplace conditions. This must cover all aspects of workplace performance, including environment, task skills, task management skills, contingency management skills and job role environment skills.

Assessment processes and techniques must be appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy requirements of the work being performed and the needs of the candidate.

Conditions for assessment must include access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required, including relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications associated with this unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a203ec5c-de7d-406b-b3e1-8f1a9b76e92e

MSTTF2015 Install products on and off site

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to LMTTF2016A Install products on and off site

Application

This unit of competency covers the skills and knowledge required to install canvas and sail products both on site and off site.

The unit of competency applies to the installation, operation and maintenance of canvas and sail products and equipment both on and off site. Work may be conducted in a variety of environments, such as operational indoor, outdoor workplaces or on site

Work may require independence, discretion, judgement and acceptance of responsibility for overall work outcomes. Work may involve planning and coordination of tasks and processes, interaction with other enterprise personnel, enterprise clients, manufacturer representatives and other external personnel.

Work may be conducted in small to large scale enterprises and may involve individual and team activities.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Textile fabrication

Unit Sector

Not applicable

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Determine job requirements	1.1	Follow standard operating procedures (SOPs)
1.2	Comply with work health and safety (WHS) requirements at all times
1.3	Use appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) in accordance with SOPs
1.4	Identify job requirements from specifications, drawings, job sheets or work instructions
2	Prepare for installation	2.1	Read and interpret workplace procedures and instructions, including interpreting drawings and technical information to guide installation
2.2	Plan task operation sequence, identify suitable electrical power outlets and equipment to work above ground, as required
2.3	Arrange additional assistance, if required
2.4	Select and prepare appropriate tools and prepare site
3	Prepare to work above ground	3.1	Select, secure and adequately support ladders or other devices, such as steps or bosun's chair, as required for the tasks
3.2	Erect appropriate barriers and signs when working overhead
3.3	Obtain assistance, as necessary, when working above the ground or deck
4	Fit products	4.1	Use appropriate marking tools and measuring equipment to mark out fitting positions
4.2	Check products to be installed to ensure they meet specifications and are fit for their intended purpose
4.3	Use appropriate ladders or other devices to gain height advantage
4.4	Sequence all operations according to specifications and workplace procedures ,as required, to complete a normal installation
4.5	Apply appropriate WHS precautions and environmental practices during all phases of the installation
4.6	Work in cooperation with other team members, as required, to fit products
5	Inspect and check quality	5.1	Inspect completed work to verify that the products and installation work meet job specifications and relevant workplace and industry quality standards
5.2	Check that installation is correct, and that products fit and operate correctly
5.3	Determine if any re-work or rectification is required, undertake re-work or take other appropriate action
6	Provide customer information and finalise work	6.1	Supply customer with information on how to use product, as required
6.2	Demonstrate product to customer and answer questions within scope of own responsibility
6.3	Clean work area, clean and return tools to safe storage, and perform normal basic maintenance, in accordance with workplace procedures
6.4	Clean and stow away ladders, bosun's chair or other equipment
6.5	Complete project documentation and obtain customer signature, if required

Foundation Skills

This section describes those required skills (language, literacy and numeracy) that are essential to performance.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

This field allows for different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included.
Workplace procedures include one or more of the following:	requirements prescribed by legislation, awards, agreements and conditions of employment SOPs work instructions oral, written and visual communication quality practices, including responsibility for maintenance of own work quality and contribution to quality improvement of team or section output housekeeping tasks related to environmental protection, waste disposal, pollution control and recycling WHS practices
Australian Standards include:	the relevant industry or Australian Standards that are current at the time this unit is being undertaken
Products include one or more of the following:	blinds awnings annexes sails
Tools include one or more of the following:	hand tools: hammers punches hand drills saws hacksaws rasps wire brushes pop-rivets expanding bolts power tools: portable electric drills routers portable sanders abrasive disk cutting equipment electric punches
Normal installation includes one or more of the following	using appropriate tools to drill and prepare locating holes safely lifting or lowering products into position using appropriate fastenings to attach or anchor product fitting pulleys or sheave blocks threading or attaching ropes or cables, as necessary fitting stays or other fastenings cleaning up work area after fitting
WHS practices	WHS practices include hazard identification and control, risk assessment and implementation of risk reduction measures specific to the tasks described by this unit, and include one or more of the following: manual handling techniques SOPs PPE safe materials handling taking of rest breaks ergonomic arrangement of workplaces following marked walkways safe storage of equipment housekeeping reporting accidents and incidents environmental practices

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to LMTTF2016A Install products on and off site

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a203ec5c-de7d-406b-b3e1-8f1a9b76e92e

Assessment Requirements for MSTTF2015 Install products on and off site

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to LMTTF2016A Install products on and off site

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy the requirements of the elements and performance criteria, and include:

reading and following work instructions, standard operating procedures (SOPs), safe work practices

applying relevant standards

complying with all relevant safety requirements, including safe use of ladders, bosun's chair, load hoisting equipment and electrical equipment

interpreting work orders, drawings and installation instructions

complying with product and equipment specifications during installation

performing normal installation and setting of products and equipment on at least two (2) occasions

using relevant hand and power tools safely

inspecting and testing operation of installed products and equipment

specifying any rectification necessary

performing normal operator maintenance of work area to enable work to be conducted safely and efficiently

communicating effectively with client on installation process and product operation

demonstrating products to customer, answering questions, completing project documentation and obtaining customer signature, if required, according to workplace procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

Evidence must be provided that demonstrates knowledge of:

safe work practices and procedures and use of personal protective equipment (PPE)

relevant Australian Standards

electrical and general workplace hazards and means of identifying them

operating principles of products and associated equipment to be installed

the range of hand tools, power tools, measuring devices and other equipment used in the installation process, and their operating principles and appropriateness for particular applications

power sources, such as single phase, three phase and weather-protected outlets

format of product and equipment specifications

setting and adjustment principles and processes for products and equipment being installed

typical problems of products and associated equipment and their rectification procedures

relevant product quality standards for products and equipment installed

work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements of relevant industry and workplace procedures, including use of equipment for working aloft

general housekeeping policies and procedures

mathematical processes used in the installation and checking processes

WHS practices, including hazard identification and control measures

quality practices

workplace procedures

recording and reporting practices.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

satisfy the assessor competency requirements that are in place at the time of the assessment, as set by the VET regulator

have vocational competency in installing products on and off site, at least to the level being assessed, with relevant industry knowledge and experience.

Assessment should occur in operational workplace situations. Where this is not possible, or where personal safety or environmental damage are limiting factors, assessment must occur in a sufficiently rigorous simulated environment reflecting realistic operational workplace conditions. This must cover all aspects of workplace performance, including environment, task skills, task management skills, contingency management skills and job role environment skills.

Assessment processes and techniques must be appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy requirements of the work being performed and the needs of the candidate.

Conditions for assessment must include access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required, including relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications associated with this unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a203ec5c-de7d-406b-b3e1-8f1a9b76e92e

MSTTF3001 Identify client and site requirements for installation of fabricated textile products

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to LMTTF3001A Identify client requirements (on site)

Application

This unit of competency covers the skills and knowledge required to establish and document client and site requirements for the installation of fabricated textile products.

The unit includes identifying client requirements and WHS and environmental issues from site inspection, using discretion, initiative and judgement on the job. Work may be conducted in a variety of environments, such as large to small scale enterprises, including indoor or outdoor operations.

All elements of this unit of competency are performed under the general guidance and review of a supervisor.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Textile fabrication

Unit Sector

Not applicable

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Prepare to identify client’s requirements on site	1.1	Prepare inspection tools and equipment and arrange for visit on site
1.2	Establish contact and apply communication skills to develop rapport with the client
1.3	Provide personal identification and confirm purpose of visit
1.4	Explain process for determining client's needs
1.5	Obtain permission to inspect location, take measurements and gather relevant information
2	Obtain detailed information from client	2.1	Use appropriate questioning techniques to identify client requirements and gather detailed information
2.2	Present preliminary product information and discuss options with client
2.3	Document client requirements
3	Conduct site inspection	3.1	Arrange and adapt to work area, so that inspection can be conducted safely and efficiently
3.2	Select ladders, steps or bosun's chair, as appropriate, to inspect site and take measurements, and use in accordance with work health and safety (WHS) practices
3.3	Secure and adequately support ladder or other device
3.4	Erect appropriate barriers and signs when operator is overhead
3.5	Seek assistance, as necessary, when working above ground or deck
3.6	Identify safe anchor points for products or other relevant architectural or marine structural equipment
3.7	Take measurements and note special features likely to affect installation of products or their performance in service
3.8	Take account of labour rates and costs of materials and equipment to estimate costs, and record results of inspection
4	Conclude inspection on site	4.1	Replace items shifted or removed during the information gathering process
4.2	Return client equipment used in the inspection process
4.3	Notify client when operator is leaving the site

Foundation Skills

This section describes those required skills (language, literacy and numeracy) that are essential to performance.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

This field allows for different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included.
Workplace procedures include one or more of the following:	requirements prescribed by legislation, awards, agreements and conditions of employment standard operating procedures (SOPs) work instructions oral, written and visual communication quality practices, including responsibility for maintenance of own work quality and contribution to quality improvement of team or section output housekeeping tasks related to environmental protection, waste disposal, pollution control and recycling WHS practices
Australian Standards include:	the relevant industry or Australian Standards that are current at the time this unit is being undertaken
Client’s requirements include one or more of the following:	types of materials types of products and equipment operating principles and mechanisms costs timelines colours size, dimensions and shape delivery and installation dates installation procedure to be followed crowd barriers or fencing
WHS practices include one or more of the following:	WHS practices include hazard identification and control, risk assessment and implementation of risk reduction measures specific to the tasks described by this unit, and include one or more of the following: manual handling techniques SOPs personal protective equipment (PPE) safe materials handling taking of rest breaks ergonomic arrangement of workplaces following marked walkways safe storage of equipment housekeeping reporting accidents and incidents additional licensing or permits environmental practices

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to LMTTF3001A Identify client requirements (on site)

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a203ec5c-de7d-406b-b3e1-8f1a9b76e92e

Assessment Requirements for MSTTF3001 Identify client and site requirements for installation of fabricated textile products

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to LMTTF3001A Identify client requirements (on site)

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy the requirements of the elements and performance criteria, and include:

reading and following work instructions, standard operating procedures (SOPs), safe work practices

applying relevant standards

preparing tools and equipment for inspection, arranging visit on site, and conducting at least twp (2) on-site inspections safely and efficiently to determine work requirements

greeting client in an appropriate manner, identifying and confirming client needs, and demonstrating product knowledge

taking measurements and noting site requirements likely to affect installation of products or their performance in service

asking appropriate questions, clarifying information and providing feedback to client

documenting and communicating work-related information including costs, measurements, specifications, client details and requirements

complying with all relevant safety requirements, including safe use of ladders, steps, measuring tools (including laser devices), and other equipment

concluding inspection on site according to workplace procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

Evidence must be provided that demonstrates knowledge of:

safe work practices and procedures and use of personal protective equipment (PPE)

relevant Australian Standards

hazards associated with working at heights

range of products and services offered by the workplace

principles of operating products and equipment

types of materials and their applications

limitations of canvas and other materials used

types of strengthening and fastenings

the service life of different materials

instruments and techniques for measuring

mathematical processes

mathematical formulae for areas and volumes

labour rates and approximate costs of products and materials

power sources, such as single phase, three phase and weather-protected outlets

work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements of relevant industry and workplace procedures

general industry housekeeping policies and procedures

WHS practices, including hazard identification and control measures

client communication

quality practices

workplace practices

practices for recording and reporting.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

satisfy the assessor competency requirements that are in place at the time of the assessment, as set by the VET regulator

have vocational competency in identifying client requirements on site, at least to the level being assessed, with relevant industry knowledge and experience.

Assessment should occur in operational workplace situations. Where this is not possible, or where personal safety or environmental damage are limiting factors, assessment must occur in a sufficiently rigorous simulated environment reflecting realistic operational workplace conditions. This must cover all aspects of workplace performance, including environment, task skills, task management skills, contingency management skills and job role environment skills.

Assessment processes and techniques must be appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy requirements of the work being performed and the needs of the candidate.

Conditions for assessment must include access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required, including relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications associated with this unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a203ec5c-de7d-406b-b3e1-8f1a9b76e92e

MSTTF3002 Gain customer acceptance of service proposal

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to LMTTF3002A Gain customer acceptance of service proposal

Application

This unit of competency covers the skills and knowledge required to gain customer acceptance of a proposal to provide a product and service.

The unit of competency applies to establishing and documenting a proposal to meet customer requirements and obtaining agreement for work to proceed. Interaction with the customer is usually performed individually but may involve collaborative approach with other personnel from the operator's workplace.

Work may be conducted in a variety of environments, such as operational indoor, outdoor workplaces or on site.

Work may be conducted in small to large scale enterprises and may involve individual and team activities. Work is performed within defined procedures under direct supervision.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Textile fabrication

Unit Sector

Not applicable

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Develop customer proposal	1.1	Review documentation to confirm all required information is available
1.2	Establish customer requirements and determine products, processes and service for customer
1.3	Identify alternatives and determine material and production costs
1.4	Calculate costs for proposed service
1.5	Assess timing, costs and service against customer requirements
1.6	Develop proposal and document for customer
2	Present proposal to customer	2.1	Contact customer and present proposal in person, or by using digital technology or by other arranged means
2.2	Provide customer with detailed information regarding products, processes and alternative solutions, which could satisfy customer requirements
2.3	Discuss features and benefits of proposal with the customer
3	Seek customer acceptance	3.1	Respond to any customer concerns, seek customer approval and acceptance, and confirm agreement
3.2	Identify any required changes to the proposal and modify proposal accordingly
3.3	Obtain customer acceptance
4	Confirm service to be provided	4.1	Confirm customer address and contact details
4.2	Establish agreement with the customer and obtain signature
4.3	Confirm time, product and service to be provided and arrange delivery
4.4	Provide duplicate of proposal and agreement to customer for future reference
4.5	Obtain deposit, where applicable, or arrange other payment from customer
4.6	Provide customer receipt and record form of payment

Foundation Skills

This section describes those required skills (language, literacy and numeracy) that are essential to performance.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

This field allows for different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included.
Workplace procedures include one or more of the following:	requirements prescribed by legislation, awards, agreements and conditions of employment standard operating procedures (SOPs) work instructions oral, written and visual communication quality practices, including responsibility for maintenance of own work quality and contribution to quality improvement of team or section output housekeeping tasks related to environmental protection, waste disposal, pollution control and recycling work health and safety (WHS) practices
Australian Standards include:	the relevant industry or Australian Standards that are current at the time this unit is being undertaken
Documentation includes one or more of the following:	sketches, diagrams and maps dimensions and measurements documentation on customer requirements
Customer requirements include one or more of the following:	types of materials types of products and equipment operating principles and mechanisms costs timelines colours size, dimensions and shape delivery and installation dates installation procedure to be followed
WHS practices	WHS practices include hazard identification and control, risk assessment and implementation of risk reduction measures specific to the tasks described by this unit, and include one or more of the following: manual handling techniques SOPs personal protective equipment (PPE) safe materials handling taking of rest breaks ergonomic arrangement of workplaces following marked walkways safe storage of equipment housekeeping reporting accidents and incidents environmental practices

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to LMTTF3002A Gain customer acceptance of service proposal

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a203ec5c-de7d-406b-b3e1-8f1a9b76e92e

Assessment Requirements for MSTTF3002 Gain customer acceptance of service proposal

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to LMTTF3002A Gain customer acceptance of service proposal

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy the requirements of the elements and performance criteria on at least three occasions and include:

reading and following work instructions, standard operating procedures (SOPs), safe work practices

applying relevant standards

establishing customer requirements and determining products, processes and services for customer, on at least three (3) occasions

calculating costs and identifying details of proposed products and services

providing customer with detailed proposal in person, or electronically or other appropriate method

answering customer queries to clarify or amend proposal if required

developing written proposal for customer approval, incorporating all required details, including costs, products and services and timeframe

establishing agreement with the customer and obtaining signature and deposit or arranging other payment

completing required documentation for customer and own workplace according workplace procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

Evidence must be provided that demonstrates knowledge of:

safe work practices and procedures and use of personal protective equipment (PPE)

relevant Australian Standards

workplace documentation and procedures for establishing agreements to provide services

hazards associated with working at heights

range of products and services offered by the enterprise

principles of operating products and equipment

types of materials and their applications

limitations of canvas and other materials used

types of strengthening and fastenings

service life of different materials

instruments and techniques for measuring

mathematical processes

mathematical formulas for area and volume

labour rates and approximate costs of products and materials

power sources such as single phase, three phase, and weather protected outlets

work health and safety (WHS) and environmental requirements of relevant industry and workplace procedures

general industry housekeeping policies and procedures

WHS practices, including hazard identification and control measures

quality practices

workplace procedures

practices for documenting agreements and recording and reporting provision of products and services.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

satisfy the assessor competency requirements that are in place at the time of the assessment, as set by the VET regulator

have vocational competency in gaining customer acceptance of service proposal, at least to the level being assessed, with relevant industry knowledge and experience.

Assessment should occur in operational workplace situations. Where this is not possible, or where personal safety or environmental damage are limiting factors, assessment must occur in a sufficiently rigorous simulated environment reflecting realistic operational workplace conditions. This must cover all aspects of workplace performance, including environment, task skills, task management skills, contingency management skills and job role environment skills.

Assessment processes and techniques must be appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy requirements of the work being performed and the needs of the candidate.

Conditions for assessment must include access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required, including relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications associated with this unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a203ec5c-de7d-406b-b3e1-8f1a9b76e92e

MSTTF3004 Perform advanced welding of plastic materials

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to LMTTF3004A Perform advanced welding of plastic materials

Application

This unit of competency covers the skills and knowledge required to perform high frequency welding of plastic materials using equipment within the safe operating parameters of the equipment used.

The unit of competency applies to the welding of plastic in the textile fabrication industry. Work may be conducted in a variety of environments, such as operational indoor or outdoor workplaces, and hazardous or exposed conditions.

Work may be conducted in small to large scale enterprises and may involve individual and team activities. Work is performed within defined procedures under direct supervision.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

MSTTF2014	Weld plastic materials

Competency Field

Textile fabrication

Unit Sector

Not applicable

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Determine job requirements	1.1	Follow standard operating procedures (SOPs)
1.2	Comply with work health and safety (WHS) requirements at all times
1.3	Use appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE) in accordance with SOPs
1.4	Identify job requirements from specifications, drawings, job sheets or work instructions
2	Prepare for welding	2.1	Read and interpret workplace procedures and instructions
2.2	Determine nature of material to be welded and select an appropriate welding process
2.3	Establish a safe working environment, identify suitable electrical power outlets and plan work to maximise safety and productivity
2.4	Select appropriate hand-held or stationary manual welding equipment, check serviceability and follow correct ‘on’ procedures
2.5	Select and prepare appropriate supplementary hand and power tools for the job
3	Perform high frequency welding	3.1	Prepare surfaces of material for welding
3.2	Lay out material on working table or other suitable surface and anchor material to prevent movement
3.3	Adjust equipment temperature or operating frequency to prescribed settings
3.4	Lower screens or barriers, where fitted, prior to welding process
3.5	Keep operator and bystanders at an appropriate distance or suitably protected when high frequency welding is being undertaken
3.6	Operate welding equipment in accordance with WHS and workplace procedures
3.7	Examine weld area or test for correct fusion of materials, and remove work piece
3.8	Identify and address problems or faults
4	Check quality of weld and finalise work	4.1	Inspect completed weld to verify that it meets the required standard
4.2	Label or tag completed product and complete any necessary documentation in accordance with workplace procedures
4.3	Clean work area, clean and return tools and equipment to safe storage, and perform normal basic maintenance, in accordance with workplace requirements and manufacturer specifications

Foundation Skills

This section describes those required skills (language, literacy and numeracy) that are essential to performance.

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

This field allows for different work environments and conditions that may affect performance. Essential operating conditions that may be present (depending on the work situation, needs of the candidate, accessibility of the item, and local industry and regional contexts) are included.
Workplace procedures include one or more of the following:	requirements prescribed by legislation, awards, agreements and conditions of employment SOPs work instructions oral, written and visual communication quality practices, including responsibility for maintenance of own work quality and contribution to quality improvement of team or section output housekeeping tasks related to environmental protection, waste disposal, pollution control and recycling WHS practices
Australian Standards include:	the relevant industry or Australian Standards that are current at the time this unit is being undertaken
Materials include the following:	PVC vinyls clear plastics
Hand and power tools include the following:	hammers rasps files portable sanders high frequency welder
WHS practices	WHS practices include hazard identification and control, risk assessment and implementation of risk reduction measures specific to the tasks described by this unit, and include one or more of the following: manual handling techniques SOPs PPE safe materials handling taking of rest breaks ergonomic arrangement of workplaces following marked walkways safe storage of equipment housekeeping reporting accidents and incidents environmental practices

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to LMTTF3004A Perform advanced welding of plastic materials

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a203ec5c-de7d-406b-b3e1-8f1a9b76e92e

Assessment Requirements for MSTTF3004 Perform advanced welding of plastic materials

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to LMTTF3004A Perform advanced welding of plastic materials

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy the requirements of the elements and performance criteria and include:

reading and following work instructions, standard operating procedures (SOPs), safe work practices and other reference material

applying relevant standards

complying with all relevant safety requirements, including safe use of plastic welding equipment, hand and power tools and electrical equipment

following work orders

interpreting equipment and materials specifications and instructions needed for the plastic welding process

preparing material to be welded and setting up welding equipment

using high frequency welder on at least five (5) products and performing welds, according to workplace requirements, with a satisfactory degree of quality consistency

performing normal operator maintenance of work area to enable work to be conducted safely and efficiently

documenting and communicating work-related information including reporting of faults and other problems

labelling or tagging completed product and completing any necessary documentation in accordance with workplace procedures.

Knowledge Evidence

Evidence must be provided that demonstrates knowledge of:

safe work practices and procedures and use of personal protective equipment (PPE)

relevant Australian Standards

specific work health and safety (WHS) requirements associated with hot air and hot wedge welding

hazards associated with heated plastics

plastic welding principles and techniques

operations of a high frequency welder

general operating principles of plastic welding equipment

a range of plastic welding equipment, hand tools and power tools commonly used in the plastic welding process, and their appropriateness for particular applications

operations of a high frequency welder

power sources, such as single phase, three phase and weather-protected outlets

materials and equipment specifications

relevant quality standards for plastic welds

WHS and environmental requirements of relevant industry and workplace procedures

general housekeeping policies and procedures

WHS practices, including hazard identification and control measures

quality practices

workplace procedures

recording and reporting practices.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must:

satisfy the assessor competency requirements that are in place at the time of the assessment, as set by the VET regulator

have vocational competency in performing advanced welding of plastic materials, at least to the level being assessed, with relevant industry knowledge and experience.

Assessment should occur in operational workplace situations. Where this is not possible, or where personal safety or environmental damage are limiting factors, assessment must occur in a sufficiently rigorous simulated environment reflecting realistic operational workplace conditions. This must cover all aspects of workplace performance, including environment, task skills, task management skills, contingency management skills and job role environment skills.

Assessment processes and techniques must be appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy requirements of the work being performed and the needs of the candidate.

Conditions for assessment must include access to all tools, equipment, materials and documentation required, including relevant workplace procedures, product and manufacturing specifications associated with this unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a203ec5c-de7d-406b-b3e1-8f1a9b76e92e

MSTTX2014 Perform industrial sewing on textile products

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSTTX2009 Perform industrial sewing on textile products.

Application

This unit of competency describes the skills and knowledge required to identify work requirements and sew textile products to specifications using industrial sewing machines.

This unit applies to operators working in accordance with defined procedures in any textile manufacturing context. Machines and tasks are preset.

Areas of work may include automotive trimming, blinds and awnings, clothing manufacture, leatherwork, marine trimming, sailmaking, upholstery or specialised textile manufacture.

No licensing or certification requirements exist at the time of publication. Relevant legislation, industry standards and codes of practice within Australia must be applied.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil.

Competency Field

Textile production.

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements	Performance Criteria
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to perform industrial sewing	1.1 Identify job requirements from work documentation 1.2 Identify and comply with work health and safety requirements in accordance with workplace procedures 1.3 Receive and check work and determine any follow-up action 1.4 Lay out work in sequence 1.5 Prepare and check workstation and machine in accordance with workplace procedures 1.6 Follow procedures for minimising waste
2. Sew textile product	2.1 Sew products to meet specifications, quality standards and speed of operations 2.2 Control machine speed and work handling according to the type of operations, fabrics and product type 2.3 Check machine performance regularly and inspect finished work for signs of faulty operation 2.4 Take required action to rectify faults during the sewing process in accordance with workplace procedures
3. Complete work	3.1 Inspect completed sewn components against quality standards, identify any faults and take appropriate action 3.2 Accurately record results of inspection and any action to correct or reject faulty work 3.3 Take and keep a record of preventative action to avoid recurrence of defective work 3.4 Complete production records in accordance with workplace procedures 3.5 Direct completed work to the next operation or packing section

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance.

Numeracy skills to:

interpret numerical information on machines and in job requirements

measure and compare work against production and quality requirements

Oral communication skills to share and report job information to colleagues and supervisors

Reading skills to interpret job requirements and workplace procedures

Writing skills to complete quality forms and production records

Other foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSTTX2009 Perform industrial sewing on textile products.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a203ec5c-de7d-406b-b3e1-8f1a9b76e92e

Assessment Requirements for MSTTX2014 Perform industrial sewing on textile products

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSTTX2009 Perform industrial sewing on textile products.

Performance Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has completed the tasks outlined in the elements and performance criteria of this unit, and:

completed sewing to required specifications on 5 different jobs, with all of the following to be included in any combination:

operation of 2 different industrial sewing machines

positioning, feeding and handling of work pieces with some discretionary changes, contouring or critical stopping points

gathering

easing

tucking

stitching curves

responded appropriately to 2 different sewing problems.

Knowledge Evidence

There must be evidence the candidate has knowledge of:

existence of any Australian Standards requirements for materials or products being sewn

techniques for use and basic maintenance of two types of industrial sewing machine

main types and sizes of needles and their applications

basic characteristics of fabrics and threads used in different types of textile products, including how they perform and required tensions

workplace practices and procedures for:

quality assurance

recording and reporting of information

identification and rectification of problems

safety and hazard control, including use of product-specific personal protective equipment (PPE) and manual handling

waste management and sustainability.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must have been demonstrated in the workplace or in a simulated environment that reflects workplace conditions and contingencies. The following conditions must be met for this unit:

use of suitable facilities, equipment and resources, including:

industrial sewing machines (minimum 2 types)

textile products to be sewn

work specifications

workplace procedures.

Assessors must satisfy the NVR/AQTF mandatory competency requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=a203ec5c-de7d-406b-b3e1-8f1a9b76e92e

SIRRINV002 Control stock

Modification History

Not applicable.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to process stock orders, maintain stock levels, minimise stock losses, manage stocktakes and maintain all documents that relate to the administration of any type of stock.

This unit applies to individuals responsible for stock control. They work within organisational systems and procedures, but make decisions about stock administration and may have responsibility for others.

No occupational licensing, certification or specific legislative requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Inventory

Unit Sector

Retail

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Monitor stock receipt and dispatch.	1.1.Implement organisational policies and procedures for receipt, dispatch and secure storage of stock. 1.2.Allocate tasks and monitor staff to ensure organisational procedures are followed, and documentation is completed correctly. 1.3.Confirm that stock quantity and quality inspections on receipt meet organisational standards. 1.4.Act on variations to quantity and quality of delivered stock. 1.5.Supervise safe stock handling and storage.
2. Maintain stock records.	2.1.Monitor stock and maintain stock at required levels. 2.2.Maintain, monitor and adjust stock reorder cycles as required. 2.3.Provide clear information to team members about individual stock recording responsibilities. 2.4.Maintain stock storage and movement records. 2.5.Record and report stock discrepancies. 2.6.Monitor stock performance and identify and report fast and slow-selling items.
3. Process and follow up orders.	3.1.Process and raise stock orders according to organisational procedures. 3.2.Monitor delivery of stock to ensure agreed deadlines and inventory requirements are met. 3.3.Liaise with suppliers to ensure continuity of supply. 3.4.Resolve routine supply problems or refer to appropriate personnel for action. 3.5.Distribute stock within the organisation according to required allocations. 3.6.Handle routine supply problems or refer to management as required by store policy.
4. Minimise stock losses.	4.1.Regularly check storage of stock and ensure its protection. 4.2.Identify, record and report stock losses. 4.3.Identify avoidable losses and establish reasons for them. 4.4.Recommend solutions and implement procedures to prevent future losses.
5. Coordinate stocktake or cyclical count.	5.1.Explain procedures for stocktake and cyclical counts to team members. 5.2.Allocate stocktaking tasks to individual team members ensuring effective use of staff resources to complete task. 5.3.Provide team members with clear directions for performance of each task. 5.4.Produce accurate reports for management on stocktake data, including discrepancies.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance in this unit, but not explicit in the performance criteria are listed here, along with a brief context statement.
SKILLS	DESCRIPTION
Reading skills to:	interpret supplier purchasing agreements, purchase orders, records of incoming stock and organisational policies and procedures for stock control.
Numeracy skills to:	calculate: supplier costs and complex order costs complex details of stock on hand and stock losses and produce complex numerically-based reports reconcile incoming stock and invoices against purchase orders.
Technology skills to:	use business technology for inventory management.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=ca051b1b-5101-4ec2-ac1c-49699303188d

Assessment Requirements for SIRRINV002 Control stock

Modification History

Not applicable.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to complete tasks outlined in elements and performance criteria of this unit in the context of the job role, and:

maintain and order stock across one stock cycle according to organisational procedures using all of the following stock processes:

receipt

dispatch

ordering

stock level monitoring

records maintenance

produce three different stock control reports

organise and coordinate one stocktake or cyclical count

provide clear and correct information to team members involved in stock control processes.

Knowledge Evidence

Demonstrated knowledge required to complete the tasks outlined in elements and performance criteria of this unit:

organisational policies and procedures for:

receipt and dispatch of goods, including inspection for quantity and quality

stock ordering and reordering

stock replenishment

stock rotation

reporting of stock discrepancies, damage and loss

safe transport, handling and storage of goods

stock control

stocktaking and cyclical counts

pricing, labelling and packaging

stock security

key aspects of legislation and codes of practice relevant to stock control:

Australian Consumer Law

Work Health and Safety (WHS)

manual handling

licensing for mechanical movement of stock

principles of stock control:

rotation and replenishment

product life cycle

impact of business planning and sales forecasts on stock control

types of stock control systems used in the sector

reasons for stock loss and damage and methods to control these and protect stock.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be demonstrated in a retail environment. This can be:

an industry workplace

a simulated industry environment.

Assessment must ensure access to:

current plain English regulatory documents distributed by government regulators outlining key aspects of legislation and codes of practice relevant to stock control as listed in Knowledge Evidence

a computerised stock control system

stock for use in stock control activities

organisational policies and procedures for stock control

team members; these can be:

individuals in an industry workplace, or

individuals who participate in role plays or simulated activities, set up for the purpose of assessment, in a simulated industry environment.

Assessors must satisfy the Standards for Registered Training Organisations’ requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=ca051b1b-5101-4ec2-ac1c-49699303188d

SIRRMER004 Develop visual merchandising creative concepts

Modification History

Not applicable.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to develop visual merchandising concepts in response to a design brief or organisational strategy. It requires the ability to generate a range of creative ideas and present these ideas to stakeholders for feedback and approval.

This unit applies to visual merchandisers and stylists working in a diverse range of sectors and business contexts. They operate with independence, under limited supervision of others, and within established organisational policies and procedures. They may have responsibility for making a range of creative and operational decisions within the scope of their job role.

No occupational licensing, certification or specific legislative requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Merchandising

Unit Sector

Retail

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine visual merchandising requirements.	1.1. Access and interpret a visual merchandising design brief. 1.2. Identify and confirm visual merchandising objectives, specifications and constraints. 1.3. Clarify budgetary and time requirements with relevant personnel. 1.4. Review existing visual merchandising activity and performance results to identify strengths and weaknesses. 1.5. Research local and global visual merchandising trends and draw inspiration to inform concept development. 1.6. Review competitor and market activity to identify trends and creative opportunities.
2. Generate options for visual merchandising concept.	2.1. Apply principles and elements of design to generate creative concept options that meet design brief or reflect organisational merchandise strategy. 2.2. Ensure concept options reflect visual merchandising objectives, specifications and constraints. 2.3. Challenge assumptions and traditional ways of working to generate concept options that promote diverse and innovative approaches to visual merchandising. 2.4. Consider the need for scalability and generate concept options accordingly. 2.5. Consider the need for consistency across channels and locations and generate concept options accordingly. 2.6. Assess commercial and creative feasibility of concept options and make any required adjustments. 2.7. Document visual and written representations of concept options.
3. Present creative options.	3.1. Prepare materials and documentation that support the presentation of concept options and aid audience visualisation. 3.2. Use visual and verbal communication techniques to present creative options to relevant stakeholders. 3.3. Promote preferred concept option demonstrating alignment to design brief or organisational merchandise strategy. 3.4. Seek feedback from stakeholders and make any required adjustments to creative options. 3.5. Agree on preferred concept options and ensure consistent understanding and expectations of all relevant stakeholders.
4. Finalise the visual merchandising concept.	4.1. Document detailed visual and written representations of the finalised and agreed visual merchandising concept. 4.2. Seek final approval. 4.3. Communicate finalised visual merchandising concept to relevant personnel for implementation.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance in this unit, but not explicit in the performance criteria, are listed here, along with a brief context statement.
SKILLS	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication skills to:	adapt communication techniques and styles to meet the needs of a target stakeholder audience when presenting visual merchandising concept options.
Numeracy skills to:	determine financial feasibility of visual merchandising design options in line with budgetary requirements.
Technology skills to:	access, document and communicate information using digital technologies.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implemenation Guides - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=ca051b1b-5101-4ec2-ac1c-49699303188d

Assessment Requirements for SIRRMER004 Develop visual merchandising creative concepts

Modification History

Not applicable.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to complete tasks outlined in elements and performance criteria of this unit in the context of the job role, and:

review a visual merchandising design brief and develop two different visual merchandising concept options that reflect:

target audience

brand and product objectives

commercial objectives

resourcing specifications and constraints

implementation specifications and constraints

use elements and principles of design

research local and global visual merchandising trends and use findings to inform concept development

present one of the above concept options using:

visual and verbal communication techniques

digital and non-digital representations of concept option

document one finalised visual merchandise creative concept.

Knowledge Evidence

Demonstrated knowledge required to complete the tasks outlined in elements and performance criteria of this unit:

key aspects of legal and ethical considerations as they relate to visual merchandising concept development:

copyright

intellectual property

role of a design brief in visual merchandising concept development

role of an organisational merchandise strategy in visual merchandising concept development

principles of visual merchandising and their application in visual merchandising concept development

current visual merchandising trends

sources of creative influence

key considerations made in visual merchandising concept development and common types of:

objectives

specifications

constraints

creative concept development and application of:

design processes

creative thinking techniques

innovative approaches

scalability and its role in visual merchandising concept development

techniques to determine commercial and creative feasibility of visual merchandising concepts

elements and principles of design and their application in visual merchandising:

elements of design:

texture

form

colour

space

line

principles of design:

harmony

rhythm

balance

dominance

scale

proportion

light

contrast

visual and written techniques for representing visual merchandising creative concepts

digital and non-digital methods for creating visual representations of design ideas

presentation techniques for:

story-telling

increased sensory engagement

aiding visualisation

communicating concept options:

visual

verbal

communicating to a range of audiences

managing feedback and critiquing

gaining agreement.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be demonstrated in a service industries environment. This can be:

an industry workplace

a simulated industry environment.

Assessment must ensure access to:

visual merchandising design briefs

sources of information on current local and global visual merchandising trends

digital and non-digital tools for creating visual representation of design ideas

stakeholders with whom the individual can interact. These can be:

stakeholders in an industry workplace, or

stakeholders who participate in role plays or simulated activities, set up for the purpose of assessment, in a simulated industry environment.

Assessors must satisfy the Standards for Registered Training Organisations’ requirements for assessors, and:

have worked in a job role for at least two years where they have applied the skills and knowledge within this unit of competency.

Links

Companion Volume Implemenation Guides - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=ca051b1b-5101-4ec2-ac1c-49699303188d

SIRRMER005 Implement visual merchandising concepts

Modification History

Not applicable.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to plan the implementation of a visual merchandising concept. It requires the ability to accurately interpret a concept, arrange resourcing, monitor concept implementation and determine the effectiveness of the concept.

This unit applies to visual merchandisers and stylists working in a diverse range of sectors and business contexts. They operate with independence, under limited supervision of others, and within established organisational policies and procedures. They may have responsibility for making a range of creative and operational decisions within the scope of their job role.

No occupational licensing, certification or specific legislative requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Merchandising

Unit Sector

Retail

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Develop concept implementation plan.	1.1. Access and review visual merchandising concept and determine implementation requirements and constraints. 1.2. Determine internal and external resource requirements including available budget. 1.3. Access and review organisational visual merchandising guidelines and standards to inform implementation plan development. 1.4. Identify opportunities to create cost-efficiencies and maximise use of resources. 1.5. Identify potential risks to be managed throughout the implementation process and develop contingency plans. 1.6. Identify key activities and plan the allocation of roles, responsibilities and timelines. 1.7. Plan product selection and inventory management. 1.8. Plan internal and external communication strategies for communicating implementation roles, responsibilities and timelines. 1.9. Develop performance criteria to evaluate the effectiveness of the concept. 1.10. Document an implementation plan and seek any required approval.
2. Implement the concept.	2.1. Communicate concept implementation plan to relevant personnel. 2.2. Monitor the implementation of visual merchandising concept and respond to issues as they arise. 2.3. Provide support and coaching to team members throughout the implementation process. 2.4. Photograph and document concept implementation. 2.5. Finalise concept according to implementation plan.
3. Review concept.	3.1. Seek feedback from stakeholders about concept effectiveness. 3.2. Evaluate concept implementation against predetermined performance criteria. 3.3. Review and assess effectiveness of concepts in achieving desired performance outcomes. 3.4. Use findings to make suggestions for future improvements.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance in this unit, but not explicit in the performance criteria, are listed here, along with a brief context statement.
SKILLS	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy skills to:	interpret diverse components of budgets and develop resource specifications within budgetary parameters.
Technology skills to:	access, document and communicate information using digital technologies.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=ca051b1b-5101-4ec2-ac1c-49699303188d

Assessment Requirements for SIRRMER005 Implement visual merchandising concepts

Modification History

Not applicable.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to complete tasks outlined in elements and performance criteria of this unit in the context of the job role, and:

develop a visual merchandising implementation plan for one visual merchandising concept, detailing:

objectives

resource requirements

budgeting

product selection

inventory management

key activities and timelines

allocation of roles and responsibilities

risk considerations and contingency plans

communication strategy

performance criteria

exit strategy

oversee the implementation of one concept, by:

communicating implementation plan to others

ensuring objectives and standards are met

managing risks and issues

review visual merchandising concept performance against performance criteria to determine effectiveness and make recommendations for future improvements.

Knowledge Evidence

Demonstrated knowledge required to complete the tasks outlined in elements and performance criteria of this unit:

key aspects of visual merchandising implementation planning:

steps in the planning process

technologies that support effective implementation planning

stakeholder involvement

managing implementation and consistency across multiple channels and locations

alignment to organisational visual merchandising guidelines and standards

implementation plan formats and key considerations:

objectives

resource requirements

budgeting

product selection and availability

inventory management

key activities and timelines

allocation of roles and responsibilities

risk considerations and contingency plans

communication strategy

performance criteria

exit strategy

internal and external factors impacting on the successful implementation of visual merchandising concepts and strategies to minimise impacts:

availability of resources and product

scalability

communication issues

budget overruns

feedback

consistency and quality across multiple channels and locations

techniques to evaluate and determine the effectiveness of a visual merchandising campaign:

profitability

operational efficiency

success in meeting objectives.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be demonstrated in a service industries environment. This can be:

an industry workplace

a simulated industry environment.

Assessment must ensure access to:

visual merchandising concept

visual merchandising concept performance data.

Assessors must satisfy the Standards for Registered Training Organisations' requirements for assessors, and:

have worked in a job role for at least two years where they have applied the skills and knowledge within this unit of competency.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=ca051b1b-5101-4ec2-ac1c-49699303188d

SIRRMER007 Design and install visual merchandising displays

Modification History

Not applicable.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to design and create visual merchandising displays for promotional purposes. It requires the ability to review a visual merchandising concept to identify display objectives, and to build displays using a range of construction methods and materials.

This unit applies to visual merchandisers and stylists working in a diverse range of sectors and business contexts. They operate with independence, under limited supervision of others, and within established organisational policies and procedures. They may have responsibility for making a range of creative and operational decisions within the scope of their job role.

No occupational licensing, certification or specific legislative requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Merchandising

Unit Sector

Retail

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine display requirements.	1.1. Access and review a visual merchandising concept to determine display requirements. 1.2. Determine display purpose and desired messaging. 1.3. Identify scaling and spatial specifications and constraints that will impact display design. 1.4. Access creative sources of information and research display trends to draw inspiration to inform display design.
2. Design displays.	2.1. Design displays that reflect organisational merchandise strategy, style guidelines and standards. 2.2. Plan display structure and positioning that reflects customer traffic flow and visual paths. 2.3. Incorporate multi-sensory elements into display design to enhance customer engagement and interaction with product. 2.4. Design displays that promote cross-selling and generate commercial benefit. 2.5. Design displays that are structurally sound and meet work, health and safety requirements. 2.6. Apply principles and elements of design to display designs. 2.7. Identify resources, materials and construction techniques required to build displays. 2.8. Identify opportunities to create cost-efficiencies and maximise use of resources. 2.9. Produce visual representations of display designs. 2.10. Seek approval for display designs and make any required adjustments.
3. Install displays.	3.1. Source materials and resources required to create displays. 3.2. Select appropriate time to build displays that minimises disruption to customers. 3.3. Apply construction techniques and use power tools to build displays. 3.4. Ensure product availability at primary location. 3.5. Consider product grouping based on key features, price, size and type. 3.6. Handle stock and equipment according to safe manual handling and work health and safety requirements to prevent injury to self. 3.7. Finalise displays and adjust as required to ensure visual appeal is maximised. 3.8. Ensure finalised displays meet display design and work, health and safety requirements. 3.9. Clean and tidy work area and remove excess materials and stock. 3.10. Dispose of waste to minimise environmental impacts.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance in this unit, but not explicit in the performance criteria, are listed here, along with a brief context statement.
SKILLS	DESCRIPTION
Numeracy skills to:	perform accurate measurements for use in the design and installation of visual merchandising displays.
Initiative and enterprise skills to:	ensure product selection and placement is managed according to the commercial needs of the business.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=ca051b1b-5101-4ec2-ac1c-49699303188d

Assessment Requirements for SIRRMER007 Design and install visual merchandising displays

Modification History

Not applicable.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to complete tasks outlined in elements and performance criteria of this unit in the context of the job role, and:

review a visual merchandising concept to design and create three of the following visual merchandising displays:

window display

lifestyle display

bulk stack display

event installation

promotional display

pop-up shop display

exhibition display

food display

create visual representations of the above display designs using digital software on at least one occasion

use common construction techniques and power tools to work with materials to create visual merchandising displays

create the above displays:

applying the elements and principles of design

following work, health and safety requirements

within typical workplace time constraints

that align with visual merchandising style guidelines and standards

incorporate the following sensory elements, on at least one occasion, in the above displays:

sound

smell

touch

sight.

Knowledge Evidence

Demonstrated knowledge required to complete the tasks outlined in elements and performance criteria of this unit:

types of visual merchandising displays:

purpose

benefits

limitations

key aspects and considerations of visual merchandising display design:

creating alignment with organisational merchandise strategy

display purpose and desired messaging

scaling

spatial specifications

product styling

customer traffic flow

customer visual paths

materials

construction methods

current visual merchandising display trends

sources of creative influence

tools used creating visual representation of displays

techniques to achieve the following through visual merchandising displays:

increased customer engagement

sales generation

cross-selling

cost-efficiencies

common types of material and construction methods used in visual merchandising displays:

benefits

limitations

elements and principles of design and their application in visual merchandising display design:

elements of design:

texture

form

colour

space

line

principles of design:

harmony

rhythm

balance

dominance

scale

proportion

light

contrast

use of multi-sensory elements in visual merchandising displays:

sound

smell

touch

sight

key aspects of work, health and safety as it relates to visual merchandising displays.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be demonstrated in a service industries environment. This can be:

an industry workplace

a simulated industry environment.

Assessment must ensure access to:

visual merchandising style guidelines and standards

visual merchandising concept

display space

display supplies:

materials

power tools

product

display equipment

equipment

fixtures.

Assessors must satisfy the Standards for Registered Training Organisations' requirements for assessors, and:

have worked in a job role for at least two years where they have applied the skills and knowledge within this unit of competency.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=ca051b1b-5101-4ec2-ac1c-49699303188d

SIRRMER009 Plan and organise display lighting

Modification History

Not applicable.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to plan and organise lighting for visual merchandising installations. It requires the ability to determine lighting requirements, assess suitable lighting options that enhance visual merchandising, and ensure lighting use is sustainable and efficient.

This unit applies to visual merchandisers and stylists working in a diverse range of sectors and business contexts. They operate with independence, under limited supervision of others, and within established organisational policies and procedures. They may have responsibility for making a range of creative and operational decisions within the scope of their job role.

No occupational licensing, certification or specific legislative requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Merchandising

Unit Sector

Retail

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine lighting requirements.	1.1. Access and review visual merchandising concept and plans to determine functional and ambient lighting requirements. 1.2. Identify lighting specifications, budget and constraints. 1.3. Evaluate suitability of existing lighting and identify required changes. 1.4. Review existing site layout to determine feasible lighting options. 1.5. Access creative sources of information and research lighting trends to draw inspiration for display lighting. 1.6. Research and compare the features, costs and benefits of lighting options.
2. Develop lighting plans.	2.1. Select lighting solutions that best meet lighting requirements. 2.2. Take opportunities to create cost-efficiencies and maximise use of resources. 2.3. Identify the need for professional contractors to carry out lighting installation work. 2.4. Document lighting costings and ensure plan meets budgeting requirements. 2.5. Incorporate safety and environmental sustainability considerations into the planning process. 2.6. Document lighting plan lighting plan and seek any required approval.
3. Organise lighting installation.	3.1. Communicate lighting plan and desired outcomes to relevant personnel. 3.2. Source materials and resources required for lighting installation. 3.3. Select appropriate time to install lighting that minimises disruption to customers. 3.4. Install lighting according to work, health and safety requirements and manufacturer’s instructions. 3.5. Monitor the work of contractors as required to ensure lighting plan requirements are met. 3.6. Finalise lighting installation and adjust to ensure visual appeal is maximised and lighting objectives are met. 3.7. Clean and tidy work area and remove excess materials.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance in this unit, but not explicit in the performance criteria, are listed here, along with a brief context statement.
SKILLS	DESCRIPTION
Reading skills to:	interpret documentation and terminology used to describe lighting features and functionality.
Oral communication skills to:	communicate lighting requirements to external personnel and ensure agreed understanding.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=ca051b1b-5101-4ec2-ac1c-49699303188d

Assessment Requirements for SIRRMER009 Plan and organise display lighting

Modification History

Not applicable.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to complete tasks outlined in elements and performance criteria of this unit in the context of the job role, and:

review a visual merchandising concept to develop a lighting plan to achieve three of the following:

creation of ambience

gain attention and recognition

product enhancement

influence perception of space

emotional engagement

decorative purpose

document the above lighting plan specifying:

objectives

costings

lighting equipment and resource requirements

energy usage

lighting placement

monitor the installation of one lighting plan by:

communicating key responsibilities

evaluating lighting installation against lighting plan.

Knowledge Evidence

Demonstrated knowledge required to complete the tasks outlined in elements and performance criteria of this unit:

role of lighting in visual merchandising:

creation of ambience

gain attention and recognition

product enhancement

influence perception of space

emotional engagement

decorative purpose

common lighting systems and solutions:

purpose

benefits

limitations

installation requirements

functionality

key aspects and considerations of lighting planning:

objectives

budgets and costings

lighting equipment and resource requirements

energy usage

lighting placement

store layout and design

use of external contractors

access to power supply

interrelationship with other sensory devices

colour of light, effects and common uses:

warm white

cool white

daylight

typical running of lighting:

costs

energy usage

key bulb types:

efficiency

light distribution

lifetime

colour rendering

quantity of light

key aspects of work, health and safety as it relates to installation of lighting

environmental sustainability considerations that impact lighting planning.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be demonstrated in a service industries environment. This can be:

an industry workplace

a simulated industry environment.

Assessment must ensure access to:

visual merchandising concept

space to install lighting

lighting equipment.

Assessors must satisfy the Standards for Registered Training Organisations’ requirements for assessors, and:

have worked in a job role for at least two years where they have applied the skills and knowledge within this unit of competency.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=ca051b1b-5101-4ec2-ac1c-49699303188d

SIRRMER011 Design and install merchandise signage

Modification History

Not applicable.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to prepare signage for use in the display of merchandise and promotional activity. It requires the ability to determine signage requirements, design suitable signage options and arrange production.

This unit applies to visual merchandisers and stylists working in a diverse range of sectors and business contexts. They operate with independence, under limited supervision of others, and within established organisational policies and procedures. They may have responsibility for making a range of creative and operational decisions within the scope of their job role.

No occupational licensing, certification or specific legislative requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Merchandising

Unit Sector

Retail

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Determine signage requirements.	1.1. Determine signage purpose and desired messaging and seek any required clarification. 1.2. Identify and confirm signage specifications, budget and constraints. 1.3. Access and review organisational style guidelines and standards to inform signage design.
2. Design signage.	2.1. Access creative sources of information and identify signage trends to draw inspiration to inform design. 2.2. Test and experiment with forms of imagery, typography and language that meet purpose, desired messaging and organisational styling requirements. 2.3. Determine the relevance and use of digital and non-digital signage types. 2.4. Identify resources required to produce signage and confirm feasibility and alignment with budget. 2.5. Determine internal and external resourcing and production requirements. 2.6. Identify opportunities to create cost-efficiencies and maximise use of resources. 2.7. Identify and action measures for achieving resourcing efficiencies in signage production. 2.8. Develop a production brief to provide external parties with clear and detailed signage brief.
3. Produce signage.	3.1. Provide a signage production brief to internal and external signage producers. 3.2. Review signage samples and provide feedback for improvements. 3.3. Produce signage using digital and non-digital signage production techniques. 3.4. Monitor signage production to ensure timelines are met. 3.5. Ensure finalised signage meets signage design.
4. Install signage.	4.1. Install signage and adjust as required to ensure visual appeal is maximised. 4.2. Monitor signage to ensure currency and accuracy of information. 4.3. Dispose of unwanted signage, minimising environmental impacts. 4.4. Correctly store unused signage to prevent damage.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance in this unit, but not explicit in the performance criteria, are listed here, along with a brief context statement.
SKILLS	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication skills to:	communicate signage requirements to external personnel and ensure agreed understanding.
Technology skills to:	prepare signage designs and produce signage using digital technologies.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=ca051b1b-5101-4ec2-ac1c-49699303188d

Assessment Requirements for SIRRMER011 Design and install merchandise signage

Modification History

Not applicable.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to complete tasks outlined in elements and performance criteria of this unit in the context of the job role, and:

design three of the following types of signage:

price signage

promotional signage

decal signage

production information signage

directory signage

design the above signage using the following on at least one occasion:

hand drawing

digital design software

prepare a design brief and arrange the external production of one of the above signage types

use digital and non-digital techniques for the production of one of the above signage types

install signage on one occasion.

Knowledge Evidence

Demonstrated knowledge required to complete the tasks outlined in elements and performance criteria of this unit:

role of signage in merchandising:

promotional

pricing

information and communication

common signage types and formats of signage, both digital and non-digital:

purpose

benefits

limitations

common signage materials and production methods

key aspects and considerations of signage design and planning:

budget

materials

sizing

time-frame

imagery

quantity

finishing

typography and its role in signage:

digital typography

font styles

font sourcing

use and applicability of various fonts

imagery and its role in signage

digital design and its application in signage production

print production processes as related to the production of signage:

print sizes and formats

techniques to achieve efficiencies

printing methods

print finishes.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be demonstrated in a service industries environment. This can be:

an industry workplace

a simulated industry environment.

Assessment must ensure access to:

organisational style guidelines and standards

space for signage installation

signage production supplies:

materials

design tools:

digital

non-digital.

Assessors must satisfy the Standards for Registered Training Organisations' requirements for assessors, and:

have worked in a job role for at least two years where they have applied the skills and knowledge within this unit of competency.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=ca051b1b-5101-4ec2-ac1c-49699303188d

SIRXCEG001 Engage the customer

Modification History

Not applicable.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to interact and communicate with a diverse range of customers to assist with basic enquiries and contribute to a service culture.

It applies to individuals working in frontline customer service roles in a diverse range of industry sectors and business contexts. They operate with some independence under general supervision and guidance from others, and within established organisational policies and procedures.

No occupational licensing, certification or specific legislative requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Customer Engagement

Unit Sector

Cross-Sector

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Engage customers.	1.1.Greet customers in a polite and friendly manner within designated response times and make them a priority over other workplace duties. 1.2.Clearly communicate with customers using appropriate verbal and non-verbal communication. 1.3.Adapt communication style to appropriately communicate with customers from diverse backgrounds.
2. Assist customers.	2.1.Identify and act on opportunities to assist customers and be available to assist customers when needed. 2.2.Question and actively listen to customers to determine their needs. 2.3.Resolve routine customer problems according to individual responsibility level and organisational policies and procedures. 2.4.Address general customer enquiries and provide accurate information in a clear and courteous manner.
3. Contribute to a service culture.	3.1.Act in line with organisational service standards to ensure quality customer service. 3.2.Show interest in customer's needs and maintain a welcoming customer environment free of complacency. 3.3.Seek assistance from relevant personnel when customer’s needs are beyond scope of own responsibility. 3.4.Identify and take opportunities to improve customer service standards. 3.5.Refer customer service issues and feedback to relevant personnel for action.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=ca051b1b-5101-4ec2-ac1c-49699303188d

Assessment Requirements for SIRXCEG001 Engage the customer

Modification History

Not applicable.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to complete tasks outlined in elements and performance criteria of this unit in the context of the job role, and:

contribute to a customer service culture by providing customer service, in line with organisational service standards, across four different customer interactions

for the above four customer interactions, individually or cumulatively involve:

customers from diverse backgrounds

resolution of two routine customer problems

provision of accurate information to address two general customer enquiries

referral of unresolved customer enquiry

use of effective communication techniques and positive body language.

Knowledge Evidence

Demonstrated knowledge required to complete the tasks outlined in elements and performance criteria of this unit:

organisational service standards and procedures for:

designated customer service response times

interacting with customers

solving routine customer problems

providing information to customers

basic principles for achieving positive customer service

verbal and non-verbal communication

techniques for effective communication:

open and closed questioning

paraphrasing

effective listening

voice tonality and volume

body language and its role in customer service

effective communication strategies for interacting with customers of diverse backgrounds

commercial impact of:

positive customer service

poor customer service

organisational information and sources of information to assist customer with customer enquiries.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be demonstrated in a services industry environment. This can be:

an industry workplace

a simulated industry environment.

Assessment must ensure access to:

relevant documentation:

organisational service standards and procedures for:

designated customer service response times

interacting with customers

solving routine customer problems

providing information to customers

customers from a diverse range of backgrounds; these can be:

individuals in an industry workplace, or

individuals who participate in role plays or simulated activities, set up for the purpose of assessment, in a simulated industry environment.

Assessors must satisfy the Standards for Registered Training Organisations’ requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=ca051b1b-5101-4ec2-ac1c-49699303188d

SIRXCEG004 Create a customer-centric culture

Modification History

Not applicable.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to manage and ensure the delivery of customer service standards and work with team members to improve customer experiences.

It applies to individuals working in customer service management roles in a diverse range of industry sectors and business contexts. They operate independently with some responsibility for others and decision making, and within established organisational policies and procedures.

No occupational licensing, certification or specific legislative requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Customer Engagement

Unit Sector

Cross-Sector

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Promote a customer focused culture.	1.1.Ensure team understanding of and commitment to providing quality customer service and enhancing the customer’s experience. 1.2.Promote customer service standards within the team and encourage ownership over delivery of service standards. 1.3.Act as a positive role model displaying customer centric behaviours and consistently delivering on customer service standards.
2. Foster the customer culture.	2.1.Ensure adequate team resourcing to ensure delivery on customer service standards. 2.2.Monitor customer service and take action when standards are not met. 2.3.Provide feedback to team on their ability to meet customer service standards. 2.4.Provide coaching to team members to enhance customer service delivery.
3. Monitor and adjust customer service.	3.1.Seek feedback from team and customers on customer service standards. 3.2.Review customer trends and demands and seek opportunities to enhance customer experience based on findings. 3.3.Develop and document customer service improvement plans in consultation with the team.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=ca051b1b-5101-4ec2-ac1c-49699303188d

Assessment Requirements for SIRXCEG004 Create a customer-centric culture

Modification History

Not applicable.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to complete tasks outlined in elements and performance criteria of this unit in the context of the job role, and:

monitor and review customer service standards, on three different occasions, and document a plan to improve customer service standards based on observations

demonstrate the following approaches to promoting a customer-centric culture:

role-modelling customer service standards

observing standard of customer service delivery

coaching team members towards improvement

identifying and rectifying customer service delivery issues.

Knowledge Evidence

Demonstrated knowledge required to complete the tasks outlined in elements and performance criteria of this unit:

principles of quality customer service:

customer expectations

enhancing customer experience

techniques for:

coaching others

providing performance feedback

seeking feedback

monitoring and reviewing customer services standards

improving customer service standards

organisational customer services standards:

professional service standards

designated response times

customer service procedures

resources required to deliver on customer service standards

commercial impact of:

quality customer service

poor customer service

positive and negative customer reviews

value and role of customer feedback in improving service delivery.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be demonstrated in a services industry environment. This can be:

an industry workplace

a simulated industry environment.

Assessment must ensure access to:

organisational customer service standards:

professional service standards

designated response times

customer service procedures

resources required to deliver on customer service standards

team members and customers; these can be:

individuals in an industry workplace, or

individuals who participate in role plays or simulated activities, set up for the purpose of assessment, in a simulated industry environment.

Assessors must satisfy the Standards for Registered Training Organisations’ requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=ca051b1b-5101-4ec2-ac1c-49699303188d

SIRXOSM005 Develop a basic website for customer engagement

Modification History

Release 2.	Supersedes and is equivalent to Release 1. SIRXOSM005 Develop a basic website for customer engagement. Minor changes. Correction to PC numbering.
Release 1.	New unit. No equivalent unit.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to plan and build a basic website suited to organisation purposes and customer requirements. It requires the ability to plan and develop both the structure and content for the site, and to test and evaluate the site before it goes live.

It covers those skills needed by an organisation that chooses to develop its own site, using website building platforms, rather than using the services of information technology specialists.

It applies to individuals who work independently or with limited guidance from others, including senior operational personnel, business unit managers and, particularly to small business owner operators.

This unit applies to self-employed individuals, and owners and employees of any type of organisation including commercial, not-for-profit and government organisations.

No occupational licensing, certification or specific legislative requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Online and Social Media

Unit Sector

Cross-Sector

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan website structure.	1.1. Determine website purpose, structure and style to suit target customer audience requirements. 1.2. Identify required functions, capabilities and security requirements which meet website purpose. 1.3. Determine need for interactive forms and functions to capture customer information and maximise customer interaction. 1.4. Plan layout and navigation flow for appearance, readability, links and ease of use. 1.5. Document structure to facilitate efficient development. 1.6. Research and select website building software applications and hosting services based on website requirements. 1.7. Identify current and future website functionality, and compatibility of software applications to ensure add-ons can be achieved.
2. Develop website content.	2.1. Select and evaluate information to create relevant website content consistent with organisational policy for information that can be publicly shared 2.2. Design interactive forms and user functionality to capture required information. 2.3. Create and utilise a list of key words to promote and ensure search engine optimisation. 2.4. Use language, style and tone suited to organisational brand, image and target audience. 2.5. Select non-text content features to complement website text. 2.6. Check content for accuracy, currency and relevance.
3. Create website pages.	3.1. Utilise functions and templates provided by website building software to create pages and effective navigation. 3.2. Select page titles and key words that reflect purpose and can be easily understood by audience. 3.3. Utilise key words throughout site to maximise traffic to website and targeted content. 3.4. Incorporate non-text content features to enhance page presentation. 3.5. Create interactive forms and functions to capture customer information and maximise interaction. 3.6. Develop linked webpages and ensure links are clearly named and unambiguous. 3.7. Use consistent design features across all pages for ease of readability and navigation. 3.8. Upload files to web hosting service according to technical requirements.
4. Test and critically evaluate website before site goes live.	4.1. Test all website functions and navigation to confirm operational status and ease of use. 4.2. Test useability of interactive forms and functions. 4.3. Check accuracy of content and evaluate design for appeal and match to organisation image. 4.4. Run test searches to ensure key words are driving traffic to the site and targeted content. 4.5. Adjust content, design, key words and navigation flow to ensure website is fit for purpose and meets organisation image requirements.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance in this unit, but not explicit in the performance criteria are listed here, along with a brief context statement.
SKILLS	DESCRIPTION
Reading skills to:	interpret unfamiliar jargon and directions of different complexity found website platform building software interpret the intent of and extract relevant content from organisational documents.
Writing skills to:	produce cohesive website content using clear and detailed language suitable for purpose and audience create content of online forms to elicit the required information using relevant headings and questions in a logical sequence.
Planning and organising skills to:	coordinate multiple elements involved in developing a website in a logical and time efficient sequence.
Self-management skills to:	critically evaluate own work to improve website content and functionality take responsibility for development of website from information collection through to evaluation before site goes live.

Unit Mapping Information

Release 2.	Supersedes and is equivalent to Release 1. SIRXOSM005 Develop a basic website for customer engagement. Minor changes. Correction to PC numbering.
Release 1.	New unit. No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=ca051b1b-5101-4ec2-ac1c-49699303188d

Assessment Requirements for SIRXOSM005 Develop a basic website for customer engagement

Modification History

Release 2.	Supersedes and is equivalent to Release 1. SIRXOSM005 Develop a basic website for customer engagement. Minor changes. Correction to PC numbering.
Release 1.	New unit. No equivalent unit.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to complete tasks outlined in elements and performance criteria of this unit in the context of the job role, and:

plan for and build one basic website, to the point of publication, suited to identified purpose and customer requirements

integrate at least three of the following functions into the website structure:

search facility

interactive fillable forms

uploading and downloading information

active links to other sites

links to drive navigation to featured content

chat facilities for provision of information

facilities for customer feedback, testimonials and commentary on content

security of customer and organisational information

utilise at least four of the following design features into the website to create appeal and ease of readability and access:

coloured frames and banners

different fonts and colours for headings and text

lists using numbers and bullet points

images

videos

animations

sound files

tables, graphs or charts

test all functions and links built into the website on two different devices before the site goes live

evaluate content, design and useability, for two different devices, and identify three areas of potential change to be considered before the site goes live.

Knowledge Evidence

Demonstrated knowledge required to complete the tasks outlined in elements and performance criteria of this unit:

role of a website in the communications or marketing mix for particular types of organisations

common functions provided by basic websites and how these can be effectively used for different organisational purposes:

search facility

interactive fillable forms

uploading and downloading information

active links to other sites including social media pages

chat facilities for provision of information

facilities for customer feedback, testimonials and commentary on content

security of:

customer private and financial information including through password protection

images and information owned by website operator

collection of data on traffic and user interaction with site

a range of website building software providers including website functionality provided, advantages and disadvantages, and associated costs

compatibility issues that can occur between different types of website building software applications

types of available templates including how to access and build into a website

how interactive fillable forms work and how information collected is provided to the website operator

features of effective website layout and navigation flow

functions that can be used to drive navigation to featured content and external web pages:

highlighted, coloured and underlined words

pop up messages

hyperlink text and tags in hypertext markup language (HTML)

general principles for effective website design and how the following design features can be used to create appeal, ease of readability and access:

consistency across pages

coloured frames and banners

headings

different fonts and colours

lists using numbers and bullet points

images, videos, animations and sound files

tables, graphs and charts

navigation tabs with simple directive language relevant to purpose

how to make web content more accessible to people with disability and they key content of published accessibility guidelines

techniques for manipulating digital images and graphics, and their insertion into a website

principles of search engine optimisation (SEO) and how traffic is driven to websites through use of:

key words and density on the page

organic searches

features of browsers, search engines and web crawlers, and how they impact on website design, decisions and meta-tags

how web hosting services operate, a range of services offered by providers and associated costs

how to obtain and register a domain name and what services are generally included as part of registration

methods used to test newly developed websites, prior to site going live, and logical sequence of testing.

Assessment Conditions

This unit and Assessment Requirements references customers as a generic term throughout. However, because different industries and organisations use different terms to describe their stakeholders, learners should use terms appropriate for their industry during assessment.

Learners can develop a website for actual organisational use or one for the purposes of assessment.

Assessment must ensure use of:

computers and mobile devices for the development and testing of website

website building software applications.

Assessors must satisfy the assessor requirements nominated in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations, or their successor, and must have workplace experience where they have applied the skills and knowledge covered in this unit of competency.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=ca051b1b-5101-4ec2-ac1c-49699303188d

SIRXSLS001 Sell to the retail customer

Modification History

Not applicable.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to deliver quality customer service and sell to retail customers. It requires the ability to determine customer needs, match products and services to their needs, and facilitate a sale.

This unit applies to all retail sectors and business sizes from large format stores to small independents. It applies to retail personnel at all levels who play a role in engaging with customers with the purpose of selling.

No occupational licensing, certification or specific legislative requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Sales

Unit Sector

Cross-Sector

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Establish customer needs.	1.1.Connect with the customer within designated response times and establish rapport. 1.2.Use questioning and active listening to facilitate effective two-way communication. 1.3.Observe and determine appropriate level of interaction based on customer verbal and non-verbal cues. 1.4.Determine and clarify customer preferences, needs and expectations.
2. Provide advice on products and services.	2.1.Use product and service knowledge to tailor options to specific customer needs, and offer alternatives when product is unavailable. 2.2.Clearly explain and promote product and service features and benefits where relevant. 2.3.Advise on promotional events where relevant. 2.4.Provide additional information to address customer questions and objections. 2.5.Offer comparisons to competitor product or service range as required. 2.6.Collaborate with the customer to determine product or service option most suited to their needs. 2.7.Take opportunities to upsell and cross sell products and services that enhance customer request and maximise profitability of sale.
3. Facilitate the sale of products and services.	3.1.Select and use appropriate techniques to close sale. 3.2.Direct the customer to designated point-of-sale and process sale, as required, according to organisational procedures. 3.3.Farewell customer on leaving, and invite to return. 3.4.Provide any required after sales service according to organisational procedures.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance in this unit, but not explicit in the performance criteria are listed here, along with a brief context statement.
Reading skills to:	interpret: detailed in-house and supplier product information documents plain English documents that outline organisational customer service policy and procedures.
Numeracy skills to:	interpret basic fee information from in-house documents and complete basic pricing calculations.
Problem-solving skills to:	respond to customer objections and provide appropriate solutions to satisfy customer needs.
Technology skills to:	use technologies equipped with search functionality and information systems to source product and service information.

Unit Mapping Information

No equivalent unit.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=ca051b1b-5101-4ec2-ac1c-49699303188d

Assessment Requirements for SIRXSLS001 Sell to the retail customer

Modification History

Not applicable.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to complete tasks outlined in elements and performance criteria of this unit in the context of the job role, and:

interact with four different retail customers to initiate and close the sale of different retail products or services

demonstrate the following during the above customer interactions:

appropriate communication

establishment and clarification of customer needs, wants and expectations

product and/or service knowledge

appropriate sales approach to sell benefits and features of products and/or services

overcome objections and close sales

upsell and/or cross sell additional products and/or services that complement the sale

promotion of customer loyalty and repeat sales.

Knowledge Evidence

Demonstrated knowledge required to complete the tasks outlined in elements and performance criteria of this unit:

appropriate body language for customer service

basic principles of positive customer service and sales

open and closed questioning techniques related to the sale of product and services

verbal and non-verbal cues indicating customer understanding of information

techniques for effective communication with customers of diverse backgrounds:

cultural diversity

special needs

sales techniques:

opening techniques

recognising buying signals

strategies to focus customer on specific products and services

selling add-ons and complementary products

overcoming customer objections

closing techniques

primary components of consumer protection laws that relate to selling products and services, especially organisational responsibility for supplying products and services as described or substituting suitable products and services when unable

primary components of privacy law, and actions that retail business must take to protect privacy of customer information

for the specific retail sector:

professional service standards and protocols for retail industry personnel

attitudes and attributes expected by the retail industry to work with customers

different customer service needs and expectations

for the particular retail organisation:

product and service knowledge:

product and service range offering

product specifications, features and benefits

designated response times for providing customer service

customer service procedures including recording of and storing customer details.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be demonstrated in a retail environment. This can be:

an industry workplace

a simulated industry environment.

Assessment must ensure access to:

relevant documentation:

organisational policies and procedures for:

customer service

sale of products and services

resolving customer complaints

collection and storage of customer details

organisational product information and price lists

supplier brochures, information sheets and price lists

promotional activity information

current plain English regulatory documents distributed by government regulators for:

consumer protection law

privacy law

customers with whom the individual can interact to sell products and services; these can be:

individuals in an industry workplace, or

individuals who participate in role plays or simulated activities, set up for the purpose of assessment, in a simulated industry environment operated within a training organisation

assessment activities that allow the individual to:

work within commercial speed, timing and productivity

manage tasks and contingencies in the context of the job role.

Assessors must satisfy the Standards for Registered Training Organisations’ requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=ca051b1b-5101-4ec2-ac1c-49699303188d

SITXMPR011 Plan and implement sales activities

Modification History

Not applicable.

Application

This unit describes the performance outcomes, skills and knowledge required to plan and implement sales activities. It requires the ability to identify and analyse market and customer needs, proactively target current and new customers, plan the operation of sales calls, make calls and prepare sales reports.

The unit applies to all industry sectors, and to those responsible for coordinating sales activities within the parameters of an established sales strategy. Individuals working independently with limited supervision undertake this role. This could include sales and marketing personnel or managers and owner-operators of small businesses.

The skills in this unit must be applied in accordance with Commonwealth and State/Territory legislation, Australian/New Zealand standards and industry codes of practice.

No occupational licensing, certification or specific legislative requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Nil

Competency Field

Marketing and Public Relations

Unit Sector

Cross-Sector

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan sales activities.	1.1. Plan sales activities for existing and potential customers according to marketing plan or other organisational systems. 1.2. Identify, analyse and incorporate organisation, customer and market information into sales planning process. 1.3. Source prospects and create profiles. 1.4. Proactively seek and evaluate innovative sales opportunities and take advantage of new technologies and media. 1.5. Estimate potential revenue, based on analysis of information and in consultation with appropriate colleagues. 1.6. Plan activities and practical sales call patterns that maximise opportunities to meet individual and team targets and are consistent with legal, ethical and sustainability requirements.
2. Prepare for sales calls.	2.1. Make sales call appointments in advance where appropriate. 2.2. Develop sales call strategies and tactics based on market knowledge, current sales focus and consultation with colleagues. 2.3. Gather information and support materials to support sales calls.
3. Make sales calls.	3.1. Make sales calls according to agreed call patterns. 3.2. Build relationships with customers through use of effective interpersonal communication styles. 3.3. Develop customer trust and confidence through demonstration of personal and professional integrity. 3.4. Proactively identify and resolve customer issues and problems. 3.5. Use selling techniques to maximise opportunities to meet or exceed sales targets. 3.6. Provide current, accurate and relevant information on product features and benefits according to current marketing focus. 3.7. Encourage feedback from customers and proactively seek market intelligence.
4. Review and report on sales activities.	4.1. Review activities according to agreed evaluation methods and incorporate results into future sales planning. 4.2. Prepare sales reports according to organisational policy and required timeframes. 4.3. Present current and clear market intelligence to those responsible for sales and marketing planning.

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance in this unit, but not explicit in the performance criteria are listed here, along with a brief context statement.
SKILLS	DESCRIPTION
Oral communication skills to:	establish and conduct positive business relationships.
Numeracy skills to:	calculate potential sales revenues create and interpret sales statistics.
Initiative and enterprise skills to:	proactively identify and respond to operational or more systemic customer problems.

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to SITXMPR003 Plan and implement sales activities.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=68c40a93-e51d-4e0f-bc06-899dff092694

Assessment Requirements for SITXMPR011 Plan and implement sales activities

Modification History

Not applicable.

Performance Evidence

Evidence of the ability to complete tasks outlined in elements and performance criteria of this unit in the context of the job role, and:

plan and implement sales activities according to organisational requirements for at least two different operations, products or services, including conducting at least one sales call as part of the activities for each operation, product or service

use effective communication techniques during sales calls that are part of above sales activities

prepare a report on each of the above sales activities.

Knowledge Evidence

Demonstrated knowledge required to complete the tasks outlined in elements and performance criteria of this unit:

principles of selling, sales communication and relationship building

industry structures and interrelationships, industry networks and information sources

industry and market knowledge appropriate to the sector and organisation:

distribution and marketing networks, including those that support the product or service being promoted

commission structures

current customer and market trends

links between sales and other areas of organisational operations

structure and content of marketing plans and the role of sales in the overall marketing mix

information inputs into sales planning process:

competitive activity

current sales figures for nominated periods

financial statistics

market trends

sales and marketing reports

sales call strategies and tactics:

focus on specific products or offers

response to competitive activity

use of individual customer history

legal issues that impact on sales activities and sales personnel:

Australian consumer law

work health and safety obligations

ethical considerations for sales personnel:

honesty in sales

targeting particular groups in the community

evaluation methods to review sales activities

sustainability considerations for sales activities:

reducing waste of printed materials

sustainability as a sales tool.

Assessment Conditions

Skills must be demonstrated in an operational business environment. This can be:

an industry workplace; or

a simulated industry environment set up for the purposes of assessment.

Assessment must ensure access to:

current information and communications technology used by industry to manage sales activities

marketing plans, operational sales documents, sales reports and sales support materials

other people with whom the individual can interact. These can be:

those in an industry workplace who are assisted by the individual during the assessment process; or

individuals who participate in role plays or simulated activities, set up for the purpose of assessment, in a simulated industry environment operated within a training organisation.

Assessors must satisfy the Standards for Registered Training Organisations’ requirements for assessors.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=68c40a93-e51d-4e0f-bc06-899dff092694

TAEDEL311 Provide work skill instruction

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with TAE Training and Education Training Package Version 5.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to TAEDEL301 Provide work skill instruction.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to conduct individual and small group work skill instruction using existing support materials and demonstration of work skills as a training strategy; and assess the success of training and one’s own training performance. It focuses on the training being driven by the work process and context.

The unit applies to a person working under supervision as a work skill instructor in a wide range of settings not restricted to training organisations.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Delivery and facilitation

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Organise instruction and demonstration	1.1 Gather information about learner characteristics and learning needs 1.2 Confirm a safe learning environment 1.3 Prepare simple session plan for work skill instruction and demonstration objectives 1.4 Access and review support materials for their suitability and relevance 1.5 Organise access to physical support material required for instruction and demonstration 1.6 Notify learners of planned work skill instruction
2. Conduct instruction and demonstration	2.1 Interact with learners to establish a safe and comfortable learning environment 2.2 Brief learners on work health and safety (WHS) procedures and requirements prior to, and during, training 2.3 Follow plan for work skill instruction and cover all learning objectives 2.4 Use facilitation techniques to structure, pace and enhance learning, and explain and demonstrate work skills 2.5 Apply coaching techniques to assist learning 2.6 Use communication techniques to provide information, engage and instruct learners and demonstrate work skills 2.7 Monitor professional relationship with learner, and adjust to suit learner needs 2.8 Provide opportunities for learners to practise the work skill
3. Check training performance	3.1 Use observation and questioning to check learner acquisition and use of new skills and knowledge 3.2 Provide feedback on learner performance to support learning 3.3 Monitor learner progress and outcomes in consultation with the learner
4. Review training performance	4.1 Gather feedback from learners on work skill instruction according to organisational procedures 4.2 Reflect on own practice in providing instruction and demonstration, and identify strategies for improvement 4.3 Maintain, store and secure learner records, according to organisational and legal requirements

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Reading	Sources and interprets processes and procedures, support materials, and information relevant to providing work instruction
Writing	Completes required workplace documentation using appropriate language and format
Oral communication	Uses communication techniques to build rapport, monitor progress and provide feedback to learners
Numeracy	Interprets and uses scheduling and sequencing information, and estimates time
Initiative and enterprise	Asks questions to clarify understanding, and to provide and seek feedback Identifies and responds to potential risks, problems and opportunities for improvement and considers options for different approaches
Planning and organising	Organises and completes work according to defined requirements, taking responsibility for some decisions and sequencing tasks to achieve efficient outcomes
Teamwork	Builds rapport and establishes productive working relationships to achieve learning outcomes

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to TAEDEL301 Provide work skill instruction.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=35337905-785d-4f93-8777-e9991ad4c6c3

Assessment Requirements for TAEDEL311 Provide work skill instruction

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with TAE Training and Education Training Package Version 5.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to TAEDEL301 Provide work skill instruction.

Performance Evidence

The individual must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

provide at least 3 work skill instruction sessions, with each session being of at least 30 minutes duration and involving:

a different work skill for each session

delivery of at least 1 session to an individual learner

delivery of at least 1 session to a small group of at least 2 learners.

Knowledge Evidence

The individual must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisational procedures for gathering feedback from learners on work skill instruction

learner characteristics and needs

information included in a plan for work skill instruction:

session plan, consisting of:

session objectives

content to be covered

delivery approach to be used

task breakdown

timing

sources, availability and content of suitable support materials

training facilitation and coaching techniques to support adult learning relevant to work skill instruction, and when to use them

overview of adult learning principles and their application to work skill instruction

key steps for practising self-reflection on own work skill instruction to identify opportunities for improvement

sources of assistance relating to contextualising support materials to the workplace

work health and safety (WHS) issues in the learning environment, including:

roles and responsibilities of key personnel

responsibilities of learners

WHS policies and procedures, including those relating to:

hazard and risk identification

safe use of equipment and emergency procedures

risk controls for the specific learning environment.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a real or simulated vocational education and training environment. Evidence gathered for assessment may include that collected in real time or via a submitted recording.

This includes access to:

learners requiring work skill instruction

support materials relating to the work skill instruction sessions described in performance evidence

access to information about the plan for work skill instruction, including session plan, task breakdown and timing.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=35337905-785d-4f93-8777-e9991ad4c6c3

TAEDEL412 Facilitate workplace-based learning

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with TAE Training and Education Training Package Version 5.0. Supersedes and is equivalent toTAEDEL402 Plan, organise and facilitate learning in the workplace.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to prepare for, plan and facilitate workplace-based learning for learners in the workplace. It includes customising and implementing existing learning plans and resources based on products that are nationally recognised or aligned with other recognised frameworks, and reviewing own practice.

The unit applies to entry-level vocational education and training (VET) teachers and trainers who use facilitation and technical skills to facilitate learning in the workplace based on products that are nationally recognised or aligned with other recognised frameworks.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Delivery and facilitation

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Prepare to facilitate workplace-based learning	1.1 Clarify and confirm workplace-based learning objectives and scope 1.2 Analyse position descriptions and work routines to determine that learning objectives can safely be met in the workplace-based learning 1.3 Establish workplace environment for learning 1.4 Identify personnel to be involved in the workplace-based learning and their job roles and responsibilities.
2. Develop plan for workplace-based learning	2.1 Arrange for integration and monitoring of workplace-based learning activities 2.2 Identify phases and duration for learners’ work-based learning 2.3 Identify need for support personnel within work-based learning 2.4 Draft plan for workplace-based learning that meets learning objectives, uses a range of learning opportunities, and outlines required safety arrangements 2.5 Obtain agreement from required personnel to finalise and implement the plan for workplace-based learning
3. Establish the learning relationship	3.1 Conduct initial meeting with learner to commence work-based learning and explain learning objectives and processes 3.2 Discuss and agree planned learning opportunities and activities according to any regulatory requirements 3.3 Select techniques for facilitating learning in the workplace to meet learners’ needs and explain intended approach to learners 3.4 Discuss and organise required support for foundation skill and learning needs within scope of own job role; and access specialist support where required 3.5 Monitor supervisory arrangements appropriate to learners’ levels of knowledge, skill and experience, provide support and encouragement, and ensure learners’ health and safety
4. Implement workplace-based learning	4.1 Prepare learning environment and check equipment prior to use 4.2 Monitor and address work health and safety (WHS) hazards and risks before and during training 4.3 Oversee learning activities in workplace following the sequence of the workplace-based learning plan 4.4 Implement techniques that facilitate learners’ application of skills and knowledge to workplace activities
5. Develop the learning relationship	5.1 Observe learner cues and change approaches where necessary to engage learners and maintain momentum 5.2 Encourage learners to take responsibility for learning and to use self-reflection 5.3 Monitor effectiveness of learning relationship through regular interaction
6. Close and evaluate the workplace-based learning	6.1 Use interpersonal and communication techniques to close the learning relationship 6.2 Seek feedback from learners and workplace stakeholders on outcomes achieved and value of the learning relationship 6.3 Evaluate effectiveness of workplace-based learning against objectives, and the processes and techniques used 6.4 Review and reflect on own facilitation of workplace-based learning and identify areas for improvement 6.5 Recommend improvements to own workplace-based learning practice based on review process

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Digital literacy	Uses main features and functions of digital tools and electronic applications required in own role to access and exchange information
Reading	Accesses and interprets compliance information, contractual information, WHS information, and documents relevant to learning in the workplace
Writing	Maintains documentation relevant to workplace-based learning according to organisational and workplace requirements
Oral communication	Uses oral communication techniques to identify needs, build rapport, agree on learning, facilitate learning and monitor practice Selects appropriate vocabulary adjusting language, tone and pace to promote effective interactions, and to build learner engagement Asks questions to clarify understanding, and seeks feedback and further information
Numeracy	Interprets and uses scheduling and sequencing information, and estimates time and risk
Planning and organising	Organises and completes work according to defined requirements, taking responsibility for decisions and sequencing tasks to achieve efficient outcomes
Problem solving	Identifies and responds to problems and opportunities for improvement, considering options for different approaches Uses systematic, analytical processes in complex, routine and non-routine situations, gathering information, and identifying and evaluating options based on organisational needs
Self-management	Follows organisational protocols, policies and procedures in the management of records Recognises and responds to contractual and ethical requirements associated with own role
Teamwork	Cooperates and collaborates with others as part of routine activities to achieve team results, and to confirm outcomes meet requirements

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent toTAEDEL402 Plan, organise and facilitate learning in the workplace.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=35337905-785d-4f93-8777-e9991ad4c6c3

Assessment Requirements for TAEDEL412 Facilitate workplace-based learning

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with TAE Training and Education Training Package Version 5.0. Supersedes and is equivalent toTAEDEL402 Plan, organise and facilitate learning in the workplace.

Performance Evidence

The individual must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

develop a workplace-based learning plan for at least 3 different learners, with each plan incorporating activities sequenced to ensure safe and effective learning that leads to the required standard of work performance

facilitate workplace-based learning for at least 1 of the above learners using products that are nationally recognised or aligned with other recognised frameworks on at least 3 different occasions, where each occasion must:

be of at least 30 minutes’ duration

address a different performance outcome from the workplace-based learning plan.

In the course of the above, the individual must:

demonstrate communication skills to build rapport with the learners

liaise with required workplace personnel.

Knowledge Evidence

The individual must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

regulatory requirements relating to facilitating learning in the workplace

organisational procedures relating to facilitating learning in the workplace

systems for identifying skill development needs in the workplace

key components of a workplace learning plan, including:

learning activities and objectives

required safety arrangements

dimensions of competency and how they guide workplace-based learning practices

strategies and processes for identifying and organising foundation skills support for learners, including language, literacy, numeracy, digital literacy and employability skills, , including use of current authorised Australian foundation skills frameworks

facilitation techniques appropriate to facilitating learning in the workplace, and strategies for encouraging, including and engaging those who learn in different ways, including:

demonstration

instruction

questioning

coaching

supervised practice

strategies and techniques for engaging and liaising with other workplace stakeholders

types of workplace constraints and distractions and how to manage them

learning theories and adult learning principles and their application to facilitating learning in the workplace

strategies and techniques for identifying and supporting workplace-based learners with additional learning needs, including:

reasons that some learners may require additional support

support strategies for different types of need

evaluation, review and reflection techniques

workplace training pathways, including apprenticeships and traineeships

work health and safety (WHS) responsibilities relating to workplace-based learning, including supervision and support.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a real or simulated workplace environment. Evidence gathered for assessment may include that collected in real time or via a submitted recording.

This includes access to:

learners requiring workplace-based learning

organisational procedures for facilitating workplace-based learning of nationally recognised training products.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=35337905-785d-4f93-8777-e9991ad4c6c3

TAEDEL414 Mentor in the workplace

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with TAE Training and Education Training Package Version 5.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to TAEDEL404 Mentor in the workplace.

Application

This unit describes the skills and knowledge required to establish and develop a professional mentoring relationship with an individual in a workplace. It includes the skills and knowledge to plan and prepare for the mentoring, and implement strategies suited to the mentee, the workplace and the mentoring relationship.

The unit applies to workplace supervisors or other work colleagues who work under limited supervision and have responsibility for mentoring individuals in the workplace. This may include, but is not limited to, those who mentor an apprentice or trainee employed by, or undertaking a work placement within, an organisation.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Unit Sector

Delivery and facilitation

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1. Plan and prepare for mentoring relationship	1.1 Identify scope and boundaries of the mentoring relationship according to organisational procedures 1.2 Develop and document mentoring plan according to organisational requirements 1.3 Establish ground rules and negotiate realistic expectations with the mentee 1.4 Establish and maintain confidentiality of the mentoring relationship according to legislative requirements and organisational policies and procedures
2. Facilitate mentoring relationship	2.1 Undertake activities intended to develop mentee’s confidence and trust in the mentoring relationship 2.2 Share personal experiences and knowledge with mentee according to agreed objectives 2.3 Support mentee to develop and use skills in problem solving and decision making 2.4 Use personal and professional networks to assist the mentee 2.5 Provide information, and guidance to enhance engagement in the workplace 2.6 Use techniques for resolving differences without damaging the mentoring relationship, and obtain assistance according to organisational procedures
3. Monitor mentoring relationship	3.1 Provide planning assistance and guidance as requested by the mentee in a form and style to suit their requirements 3.2 Provide feedback to the mentee on progress towards achieving the expectations and goals of the mentoring process 3.3 Recognise and discuss changes in the mentoring relationship with stakeholders 3.4 Negotiate and manage closure of the mentoring arrangement
4. Review mentoring	4.1 Establish and discuss benefits gained from the mentoring process 4.2 Reflect on and articulate the personal benefits gained from providing mentoring 4.3 Identify and report the outcomes of the mentoring arrangement and the benefits to the organisation according to organisational procedures to improve the mentoring system or program

Foundation Skills

This section describes those language, literacy, numeracy and employment skills that are essential to performance but not explicit in the performance criteria.

Skill	Description
Digital literacy	Uses main features and functions of digital tools and electronic applications required in own role to access and exchange information
Reading	Sources and interprets texts relevant to mentoring context, including organisational policies and learner information
Writing	Develops content and documents information relevant to mentoring plan
Oral communication	Uses appropriate communication techniques to: build rapport, trust and engagement provide guidance and feedback
Problem solving	Identifies and responds to problems, considering options for different approaches
Self-management	Follows legislative requirements, organisational protocols, policies and procedures in workplace mentoring
Teamwork	Collaborates with mentee to builds rapport and achieve joint outcomes and effective interaction Provides mentoring and role modelling to achieve agreed outcomes Cooperates and consults with mentee to clarify understanding and seek feedback

Unit Mapping Information

Supersedes and is equivalent to TAEDEL404 Mentor in the workplace.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=35337905-785d-4f93-8777-e9991ad4c6c3

Assessment Requirements for TAEDEL414 Mentor in the workplace

Modification History

Release	Comments
Release 1	This version first released with TAE Training and Education Training Package Version 5.0. Supersedes and is equivalent to TAEDEL404 Mentor in the workplace.

Performance Evidence

The individual must demonstrate the ability to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including evidence of the ability to:

negotiate and document an agreed mentoring plan with 1 mentee that sets out clear objectives and a timeframe for the mentoring relationship

facilitate at least 3 mentoring sessions of at least 30 minutes each with 1 mentee.

Knowledge Evidence

The individual must be able to demonstrate knowledge to complete the tasks outlined in the elements, performance criteria and foundation skills of this unit, including knowledge of:

organisational policies and procedures and codes of practice relating to the provision of workplace mentoring, including:

equal employment opportunity, equity and diversity responsibilities

work health and safety (WHS) responsibilities

key features of a mentoring plan suited to mentee needs and workplace context

key methods and strategies for working with a mentee, including:

using active listening and open questions to build rapport

encouraging self-reflection and confidence

acceptable behaviour in a mentoring relationship.

Assessment Conditions

Skills in this unit must be demonstrated in a real or simulated workplace environment. Evidence gathered for assessment may include that collected in real time or via a submitted recording.

This includes access to:

mentoring plan template

at least 1 mentee.

Assessors of this unit must satisfy the requirements for assessors in applicable vocational education and training legislation, frameworks and/or standards.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide is found on VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=35337905-785d-4f93-8777-e9991ad4c6c3

TLIA0019 Despatch stock

Modification History

Release 1. This is the first release of this unit of competency in the TLI Transport and Logistics Training Package.

Application

This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to despatch stock. It includes analysing orders to identify work requirements, following workplace processes to prepare goods for despatch, and completing despatch tasks in accordance with workplace procedures and schedules. Work is performed under some supervision generally within a team environment. No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Not applicable.

Competency Field

A ‒ Handling Cargo/Stock

Unit Sector

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Review order to identify work requirements	1.1	Order request, pick request and consignment note are reviewed for completion and despatch instruction
1.2	Required schedules for despatch are identified
1.3	Products ordered are located and verified
1.4	Despatch schedule, storage location and product knowledge are used to plan sequence of work
1.5	Appropriate material handling equipment is selected within required work health and safety (WHS)/occupational health and safety (OHS) regulations and timeframe for the despatch
2	Follow workplace processes to prepare goods for despatch	2.1	Goods for despatch are selected and checked against labels and other identification systems
2.2	Products are sorted, assembled and consolidated
2.3	Orders are secured and placed in storage or despatch zones in accordance with schedule
3	Complete despatch following workplace procedures and schedules	3.1	Records are completed, and labels and appropriate documentation are attached
3.2	Load labels and documentation are checked and loading is organised in accordance with workplace procedures and dangerous goods codes as required
3.3	Final check of load labels and despatch and transfer documentation is completed in accordance with workplace procedures and statutory requirements
3.4	Goods are confirmed as available for despatch and appropriate reporting is undertaken

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment. Non-essential conditions can be found in the TLI Transport and Logistics Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide.

Unit Mapping Information

This unit replaces and is equivalent to TLIA2021 Despatch stock.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=df441c6e-213d-43e3-874c-0b3f7036d851

Assessment Requirements for TLIA0019 Despatch stock

Modification History

Release 1. This is the first release of this unit of competency in the TLI Transport and Logistics Training Package.

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy all of the requirements of the elements and performance criteria on at least one occasion and include:
communicating and working effectively with others when organising despatch operations completing documentation related to organising despatch operations completing tasks within work health and safety (WHS)/occupational health and safety (OHS) guidelines and workplace procedures modifying activities depending on operational contingencies, risk situations and environments interpreting and following instructions, procedures and labels relevant to organising despatch operations selecting and using relevant equipment and communications technology when organising despatch operations selecting and using required personal protective equipment (PPE) conforming to industry and WHS/OHS standards.

Knowledge Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy all of the requirements of the elements and performance criteria and include knowledge of:
documentation and recording requirements for despatch operations equipment used during despatch operations and the precautions and procedures that should be followed in its use housekeeping standards and procedures operational work systems, equipment, management and site operating systems for despatching goods potential problems and possible solutions relating to despatching goods relevant legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry guidelines for despatching operations relevant WHS/OHS and environmental protection procedures and guidelines site layout, obstacles and specialised zones workplace procedures and policies for organising despatch operations.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must hold credentials specified within the Standards for Registered Training Organisations current at the time of assessment. Assessment must satisfy the Principles of Assessment and Rules of Evidence and all regulatory requirements included within the Standards for Registered Training Organisations current at the time of assessment. Assessment must occur in workplace operational situations where it is appropriate to do so; where this is not appropriate, assessment must occur in simulated workplace operational situations that replicate workplace conditions. Assessment processes and techniques must be appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy requirements of the work being performed and the needs of the candidate. Resources for assessment must include access to: relevant and appropriate materials, tools, equipment and PPE currently used in industry applicable documentation including legislation, regulations, codes of practice, workplace procedures and operation manuals.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=df441c6e-213d-43e3-874c-0b3f7036d851

TLIA0020 Package goods

Modification History

Release 1. This is the first release of this unit of competency in the TLI Transport and Logistics Training Package.

Application

This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to package goods. It includes selecting materials, packing, and labelling packaged goods to the required labelling standards and regulatory requirements. Work is performed under some supervision generally within a team environment. No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Not applicable.

Competency Field

A ‒ Handling Cargo/Stock

Unit Sector

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Select materials and pack goods	1.1	Packaging specifications and order packaging documentation are obtained and interpreted
1.2	Packaging equipment suitable for the goods to be packed is selected and checked for safe operational use
1.3	Packaging materials are identified and matched to specifications
1.4	Work plan is followed, materials are used economically, and appropriate packaging is used and secured to minimise loss and damage in transit or storage
1.5	Work is conducted in accordance with work health and safety (WHS)/occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements
1.6	Completed packed goods are stacked to minimise damage in accordance with workplace procedures
1.7	Hazards and control measures are identified and implemented prior to commencing work
2	Label packaged goods	2.1	Workplace labelling standards are identified and followed
2.2	Appropriate goods handling, labelling and other identification symbols are used
2.3	Relevant documentation is attached in accordance with workplace procedures
2.4	Workplace documentation is completed according to workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment. Non-essential conditions can be found in the TLI Transport and Logistics Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide.

Unit Mapping Information

This unit replaces and is equivalent to TLIA2011 Package goods.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=df441c6e-213d-43e3-874c-0b3f7036d851

Assessment Requirements for TLIA0020 Package goods

Modification History

Release 1. This is the first release of this unit of competency in the TLI Transport and Logistics Training Package.

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy all the requirements of the elements, and performance criteria on at least one occasion and include:
applying safety precautions and required action to minimise, control or eliminate hazards that may exist during work activities attaching and completing relevant documentation to goods checking and monitoring equipment performance checking operation of packaging equipment in terms of service schedule and standard operating procedures communicating and working effectively with others when conducting work completing documentation related to work activities when packaging goods following work activities in terms of planned schedule reading and interpreting instructions, procedures and labels selecting and using relevant materials selecting and using required personal protective equipment (PPE) conforming to industry and work health and safety (WHS)/occupational health and safety (OHS) standards working without injury to self or others, or damage to goods or equipment.

Knowledge Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy all the requirements of the elements and performance criteria and include knowledge of:
differences in equipment documentation requirements for packaging goods such as a workplan housekeeping standards and procedures operational work systems and equipment for packaging goods problems associated with packaging goods and appropriate action to resolve these problems potential problems and possible solutions relating to packaging goods relevant legislation, regulations, codes of practice, industry guidelines and workplace policies and procedures for packaging goods relevant WHS/OHS and environmental protection procedures and guidelines site layout and obstacles size, shape and special requirements estimations of goods.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must hold credentials specified within the Standards for Registered Training Organisations current at the time of assessment. Assessment must satisfy the Principles of Assessment and Rules of Evidence and all regulatory requirements included within the Standards for Registered Training Organisations current at the time of assessment. Assessment must occur in workplace operational situations where it is appropriate to do so; where this is not appropriate, assessment must occur in simulated workplace operational situations that replicate workplace conditions. Assessment processes and techniques must be appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy requirements of the work being performed and the needs of the candidate. Resources for assessment must include access to: relevant and appropriate materials, tools, equipment and PPE currently used in industry applicable documentation including legislation, regulations, codes of practice, workplace procedures and operation manuals.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=df441c6e-213d-43e3-874c-0b3f7036d851

TLIA0023 Receive goods

Modification History

Release 1. This is the first release of this unit of competency in the TLI Transport and Logistics Training Package.

Application

This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to receive goods. It includes identifying workplace procedures and documentation requirements for receiving goods; checking and inspecting goods on arrival and completing workplace documentation; and unloading, unpacking and storing stock. Work is performed under some supervision generally within a team environment. No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Not applicable.

Competency Field

A ‒ Handling Cargo/Stock

Unit Sector

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify workplace procedures and documentation requirements for receiving goods	1.1	Workplace procedures for receiving goods are identified
1.2	Purpose of documents associated with receiving goods is interpreted
1.3	Workplace documentation requirements for receiving goods, including dangerous goods, are identified
1.4	Hazards are identified, risks are assessed and control measures implemented in accordance with workplace procedures
2	Check and inspect goods on arrival and complete workplace documentation	2.1	Procedures for checking goods against orders or manifests are identified and followed
2.2	Discrepancies and damaged goods are reported to relevant personnel
2.3	Non-conforming goods are appropriately documented and despatched or stored in accordance with workplace procedures
3	Unload, unpack and store stock	3.1	Appropriate manual handling techniques and equipment are identified and used
3.2	Safe work procedures and relevant personal protective equipment (PPE) are used when unloading, unpacking and storing stock
3.3	Appropriate storage locations and requirements for products with specific attributes are identified
3.4	Goods are unloaded and unpacked in accordance with workplace procedures
3.5	Assistance is sought from relevant personnel to maintain safe and effective work
3.6	Directions are followed to store stock in appropriate areas

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment. Non-essential conditions can be found in the TLI Transport and Logistics Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide.

Unit Mapping Information

This unit replaces and is equivalent to TLIA2013 Receive goods.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=df441c6e-213d-43e3-874c-0b3f7036d851

Assessment Requirements for TLIA0023 Receive goods

Modification History

Release 1. This is the first release of this unit of competency in the TLI Transport and Logistics Training Package.

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy all the requirements of the elements and performance criteria on at least one occasion and include:
applying precautions and required action to minimise, control or eliminate hazards that may exist when receiving goods communicating and working effectively with others when receiving goods completing and interpreting documentation related to receiving goods identifying documentation requirements for receiving goods, including dangerous goods, and reporting damage identifying hazards, assessing risks and implementing control measures interpreting and following instructions, procedures, information, labels and signs relevant to receiving goods operating and adapting to differences in equipment and hand tools in accordance with standard operating procedures reporting and/or rectifying identified problems promptly in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace procedures selecting and using relevant load handling equipment when receiving goods selecting and using required personal protective equipment (PPE) conforming to industry and work health and safety (WHS)/occupational health and safety (OHS) standards working systematically with required attention to detail without injury to self or others, or damage to goods or equipment.

Knowledge Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy all the requirements of the elements and performance criteria and include knowledge of:
attributes of goods with specific storage needs communication techniques documentation requirements for receiving goods focus of operation of work systems, equipment, management and site operating systems for receiving goods hand tools and equipment selection requirements housekeeping standards and procedures potential problems and possible solutions relating to receiving goods relevant legislation, regulations, codes of practice and industry guidelines for receiving goods relevant WHS/OHS and environmental protection procedures and guidelines site layout and obstacles size, shape and special requirements of goods and loads specifications and standards for checking and inspecting received goods workplace procedures and policies for receiving goods.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must hold credentials specified within the Standards for Registered Training Organisations current at the time of assessment. Assessment must satisfy the Principles of Assessment and Rules of Evidence and all regulatory requirements included within the Standards for Registered Training Organisations current at the time of assessment. Assessment must occur in workplace operational situations where it is appropriate to do so; where this is not appropriate, assessment must occur in simulated workplace operational situations that replicate workplace conditions. Assessment processes and techniques must be appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy requirements of the work being performed and the needs of the candidate. Resources for assessment must include access to: relevant and appropriate materials, tools, equipment and PPE currently used in industry applicable documentation including legislation, regulations, codes of practice, workplace procedures and operation manuals.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=df441c6e-213d-43e3-874c-0b3f7036d851

TLIA0025 Assess and monitor optimum stock levels

Modification History

Release 1. This is the first release of this unit of competency in the TLI Transport and Logistics Training Package.

Application

This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to assess and monitor optimum stock levels. It includes assessing projected demand, assessing variables impacting on optimum stock levels, and determining and monitoring optimum inventory levels. Work is performed in accordance with workplace requirements and relevant regulations. There is the need to exercise discretion and judgement for self and others in planning and using resources, services and processes to achieve required outcomes. No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Not applicable.

Competency Field

A – Handling Cargo/Stock.

Unit Sector

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Assess projected demand	1.1	Current inventory levels are monitored and recorded following workplace procedures and regulatory requirements
1.2	Immediate inbound and outbound inventory levels are considered in analysis
1.3	Information and data from sales plan and stock movement history are analysed, as required
1.4	Projected high and low volume periods are determined from the analysis of sales plan and historical stock movement data, as required
1.5	Seasonal nature of stock demand is determined from the analysis of sales plan and stock movement data
1.6	Required inventory levels are determined from the analysis of production and vendor supply cycle stages
2	Assess variables that impact on optimum stock levels	2.1	Stock supply and consignment delivery lead times are determined
2.2	Internal processing and distribution times are determined
2.3	Spoilage, obsolescence times and shelf life are calculated, as required
2.4	Maximum stock carrying capacity is assessed
2.5	Physical and human resources are assessed in relation to projected stock requirements
2.6	Contingencies are developed for abnormal distribution disruptions to supply chain
3	Determine optimum inventory levels	3.1	Supply and distribution lead times are considered
3.2	Optimum stock levels are calculated, and risk assessed against business activities
3.3	Optimum inventory levels are confirmed with appropriate personnel and outcomes of previous analysis
4	Monitor optimum inventory levels	4.1	Inventory benchmarks are continually compared to current and future sales and turnover requirements
4.2	Adjustments to inventory levels are undertaken in consultation with relevant personnel, workplace processes and within scope of authority
4.3	Changes and requests for adjustments to inventory levels are documented in accordance with workplace procedures
4.4	Physical and human resources are identified and used to maintain and monitor optimum inventory levels

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment. Non-essential conditions can be found in the TLI Transport and Logistics Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide.

Unit Mapping Information

This unit replaces and is equivalent to TLIA4028 Assess and monitor optimum stock levels.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=df441c6e-213d-43e3-874c-0b3f7036d851

Assessment Requirements for TLIA0025 Assess and monitor optimum stock levels

Modification History

Release 1. This is the first release of this unit of competency in the TLI Transport and Logistics Training Package.

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy all the requirements of the elements and performance criteria on at least one occasion and include:
applying relevant legislation and workplace procedures assessing and modifying activities depending on operational contingencies, risk situations and environments communicating and working effectively with others completing relevant documentation utilising workplace systems and procedures considering projected demand, contingencies and stock level variables, including: cultural external storage capacity seasonal supplier activity determining and monitoring optimum inventory levels and adjustments interpreting and following relevant instructions, procedures and policies planning and organising resource availability, including the competencies of individuals in a team or group reporting and/or rectifying identified problems, faults or malfunctions promptly in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace procedures selecting and applying relevant data analysis using available technology working systematically with required attention to detail without injury to self or others, or damage to goods or equipment.

Knowledge Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy all the requirements of the elements and performance criteria and include knowledge of:
data and documentation requirements when assessing and monitoring optimum stock levels impact of failing to maintain optimum stock levels on the business national codes and regulations, business policies, plans and workplace procedures for maintaining stock levels problems when assessing and monitoring optimum stock levels and appropriate solutions purpose and use of key information required when optimising stock levels supply arrangements, resources, management and workplace operating systems to optimise stock levels worksite layout and organisational structure.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must hold credentials specified within the Standards for Registered Training Organisations current at the time of assessment. Assessment must satisfy the Principles of Assessment and Rules of Evidence and all regulatory requirements included within the Standards for Registered Training Organisations current at the time of assessment. Assessment must occur in workplace operational situations where it is appropriate to do so; where this is not appropriate, assessment must occur in simulated workplace operational situations that replicate workplace conditions. Assessment processes and techniques must be appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy requirements of the work being performed and the needs of the candidate. Resources for assessment must include access to: a range of relevant exercises, case studies and/or simulations relevant and appropriate materials, tools, equipment and personal protective equipment currently (PPE) used in industry applicable documentation, including legislation, regulations, codes of practice, workplace procedures and operation manuals.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=df441c6e-213d-43e3-874c-0b3f7036d851

TLIA0031 Organise transport of freight or goods

Modification History

Release 1. This is the first release of this unit of competency in the TLI Transport and Logistics Training Package.

Application

This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to organise the transport of freight or goods. It includes planning transport operations, organising freight transport, completing the required documentation, finalising organisational processes in compliance with relevant codes of practice and regulations, and applying policies and procedures to organise the transport of freight or goods. It is performed under general supervision, with some accountability and responsibility for self and others in achieving prescribed outcomes. No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Not applicable.

Competency Field

A – Handling Cargo/Stock.

Unit Sector

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan transport operations	1.1	Product knowledge of goods and workplace procedures are applied to the transportation analysis process
1.2	Domestic and international regulations, codes and procedures for transporting freight are identified
1.3	Hazards are identified, risks are assessed and control measures are implemented
1.4	Resources are identified to match the task
1.5	Work processes are planned to meet agreed timelines
1.6	Types of transportation required for the freight or goods are identified to match customer requirements, freight type and delivery time
1.7	Goods transfer methods between modes of transport are selected, as required
2	Organise freight transport	2.1	Personnel are informed of work requirements and timelines
2.2	Handling methods suitable to the goods and transport method are selected
2.3	Personnel, equipment, temporary storage areas and contingencies, are allocated and supervised, as required
2.4	Discrepancies in freight are noted and appropriate action is undertaken in accordance with workplace procedures
2.5	Freight is secured to minimise damage to contents
2.6	Work processes are monitored to ensure human resources and equipment are maintained at productive levels in accordance with workplace and work health and safety (WHS)/occupational health and safety (OHS) requirements
3	Complete organisational processes	3.1	Monitoring processes to track freight movement are implemented
3.2	Reporting requirements are communicated to appropriate personnel
3.3	Workplace documents and records are checked for completion and stored in accordance with workplace procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment. Non-essential conditions can be found in the TLI Transport and Logistics Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide.

Unit Mapping Information

This unit replaces and is equivalent to TLIA4032 Organise transport of freight or goods.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=df441c6e-213d-43e3-874c-0b3f7036d851

Assessment Requirements for TLIA0031 Organise transport of freight or goods

Modification History

Release 1. This is the first release of this unit of competency in the TLI Transport and Logistics Training Package.

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy all the requirements of the elements and performance criteria on at least one occasion and include:
applying precautions and required action to minimise, control or eliminate identified hazards applying relevant legislation and workplace procedures communicating effectively with others completing relevant documentation identifying, monitoring and managing resources for transport of freight or goods modifying activities depending on operational contingencies, risk situations and environments monitoring and prioritising work activities in terms of planned schedule planning own work, prioritising work activities, predicting consequences and identifying improvements planning transport operations of freight or goods reading, interpreting and following relevant instructions, procedures and signs reporting and/or rectifying identified problems, faults or malfunctions promptly in accordance with regulatory requirements and workplace procedures securing freight in accordance with regulations selecting and using required communication systems using suitable handling methods working systematically with required attention to detail without injury to self or others, or damage to goods or equipment.

Knowledge Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy all the requirements of the elements and performance criteria and include knowledge of:
possible problems and appropriate solutions procedures for assessing storage and transport requirements and options procedures for calculating/estimating weight, volumes and dimensions procedures for coordinating the transfer and storage of goods, including multi-modal transport procedures for identifying and evaluating information needed to facilitate the transport of freight procedures for organising required permits and for completing transport documentation procedures for selecting transport/storage equipment and systems relevant legislative requirements and codes of practice relevant work health and safety (WHS)/occupational health and safety (OHS) and environmental procedures and regulations sources of information and documentation for organising the transport of freight and goods.

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must hold credentials specified within the Standards for Registered Training Organisations current at the time of assessment. Assessment must satisfy the Principles of Assessment and Rules of Evidence and all regulatory requirements included within the Standards for Registered Training Organisations current at the time of assessment. Assessment must occur in workplace operational situations where it is appropriate to do so; where this is not appropriate, assessment must occur in simulated workplace operational situations that replicate workplace conditions. Assessment processes and techniques must be appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy requirements of the work being performed and the needs of the candidate. Resources for assessment must include access to: a range of relevant exercises, case studies and/or simulations relevant and appropriate materials, tools, equipment and personal protective equipment (PPE) currently used in industry applicable documentation, including legislation, regulations, codes of practice, workplace procedures and operation manuals.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=df441c6e-213d-43e3-874c-0b3f7036d851

TLIA3016 Use inventory systems to organise stock control

Modification History

Release 1. This is the first release of this unit of competency in the TLI Transport and Logistics Training Package.

Application

This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to use inventory systems to organise stock control in accordance with relevant regulations and workplace requirements, as part of work activities in the transport and logistics industry.

It includes identifying inventory and stock control systems in use in the workplace, using re-order procedures to maintain stock levels, organising cyclical stock counts and reporting discrepancies or variances.

Work is performed under some supervision generally within a team environment.

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Not applicable.

Competency Field

A – Handling Cargo/Stock

Unit Sector

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify inventory and stock control systems in use in the workplace	1.1	Workplace inventory and stock control equipment, software and systems are identified
1.2	Reasons for common database approach to inventory records and documentation in the warehouse are explained
1.3	Procedures for identifying and reporting discrepancies or variances are identified
2	Use re-order procedures to maintain stock levels	2.1	Stock level maintenance checking is conducted
2.2	Stock is re-ordered to meet stock level maintenance requirements in accordance with workplace policies and procedures
2.3	Data is accurately entered and extracted from the inventory/records system using appropriate workplace procedures
3	Organise cyclical stock counts and report discrepancies or variances	3.1	Process for cyclical stock count is planned and work is allocated to team members
3.2	Clear directions on tasks to be performed are given
3.3	Stocktake activities are conducted in accordance with workplace procedures
3.4	Types and causes of record discrepancies are identified
3.5	Procedures for noting and correcting minor discrepancies are used
3.6	Major discrepancies are reported in accordance with workplace procedures
3.7	Workplace documentation is completed
4	Produce reports on record keeping and inventory functions	4.1	Types of reports to be produced from inventory records systems are identified
4.2	Reports are produced in accordance with workplace procedures and relevant regulatory requirements

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment.

Non-essential conditions can be found in the Companion Volume Implementation Guide.

Unit Mapping Information

This unit replaces and is equivalent to TLIA3016A Use inventory systems to organise stock control.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=df441c6e-213d-43e3-874c-0b3f7036d851

Assessment Requirements for TLIA3016 Use inventory systems to organise stock control

Modification History

Release 1. This is the first release of this unit of competency in the TLI Transport and Logistics Training Package.

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy all of the requirements of the elements and performance criteria on at least one occasion and include:
applying relevant legislation and workplace procedures communicating effectively with others modifying activities depending on operational contingencies, risk situations and environments operating and adapting to differences in equipment in accordance with standard operating procedures reading, interpreting and following relevant instructions, procedures, information and signs reporting and/or rectifying identified problems, faults or malfunctions promptly, in accordance with workplace procedures selecting and using relevant communications, computing and office equipment working systematically with required attention to detail without injury to self or others, or damage to goods or equipment.

Knowledge Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy all of the requirements of the elements and performance criteria and include knowledge of:
applications of different types of inventory systems and stock management approaches Australian codes and regulations relevant for organising stock control computer records and documentation requirements for stock control, including forms, checklists and inventory reports housekeeping standards and procedures operational inventory systems, equipment, management and site operating systems for controlling stock principles of operation and functions of inventory systems workplace procedures and policies for using inventory systems to organise stock control workplace processes for records management and producing inventory reports.

Assessment Conditions

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy applicable regulatory requirements, which include requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations current at the time of assessment. As a minimum, assessment must satisfy applicable regulatory requirements, which include requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations current at the time of assessment. Assessment must occur in workplace operational situations where it is appropriate to do so; where this is not appropriate, assessment must occur in simulated workplace operational situations that replicate workplace conditions. Assessment processes and techniques must be appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy requirements of the work being performed and the needs of the candidate. Resources for assessment include: a range of relevant exercises, case studies and/or simulations applicable documentation including workplace procedures, regulations, codes of practice and operation manuals relevant materials, tools, equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=df441c6e-213d-43e3-874c-0b3f7036d851

TLID0021 Store and handle dangerous goods and hazardous substances

Modification History

Release 1. This is the first release of this unit of competency in the TLI Transport and Logistics Training Package.

Application

This unit involves the skills and knowledge required to store and handle dangerous goods and hazardous substances. It includes identifying requirements for working with dangerous goods and/or hazardous substances, confirming site incident procedures and selecting handling techniques in accordance with relevant work health safety (WHS)/occupational health and safety (OHS) regulations concerning the safe handling of dangerous goods and hazardous substances, within the transport and logistics industry. Work is performed under general supervision. No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply to this unit at the time of publication.

Pre-requisite Unit

Not applicable.

Competency Field

D – Load Handling

Unit Sector

Not applicable.

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Identify requirements for working with dangerous goods and/or hazardous substances	1.1	Dangerous goods and/or hazardous substances are identified from information, including class labels, manifests and other documentation
1.2	Job hazards are identified and required action is taken to minimise, control or eliminate identified hazards
1.3	Storage requirements for dangerous goods and/or hazardous substances are identified and applied
1.4	Legislative requirements for dangerous goods and/or hazardous substances are used to plan work activities
1.5	Handling procedures for different classes and characteristics of goods are identified
1.6	Confirmation is sought from relevant personnel where dangerous goods and/or hazardous materials do not appear to be appropriately marked
2	Confirm site incident procedures	2.1	Incident reporting processes are identified
2.2	Emergency equipment is identified and checked in accordance with workplace procedures and statutory regulations
2.3	Emergency procedures are identified and confirmed
3	Select handling techniques	3.1	Load handling and shifting techniques are identified in accordance with particular goods and workplace procedures
3.2	Handling equipment is checked for conformity with workplace requirements and manufacturer guidelines
3.3	Suitable signage or placards are checked for compliance with workplace procedures, as required

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency.

Range of Conditions

Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment. Non-essential conditions can be found in the TLI Transport and Logistics Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide.

Unit Mapping Information

This unit replaces and is equivalent to TLID2003 Handle dangerous goods/hazardous substances.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=df441c6e-213d-43e3-874c-0b3f7036d851

Assessment Requirements for TLID0021 Store and handle dangerous goods and hazardous substances

Modification History

Release 1. This is the first release of this unit of competency in the TLI Transport and Logistics Training Package.

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy all the requirements of the elements and performance criteria on at least one occasion and include:
completing relevant documentation estimating weights and dimensions of loads and any special requirements identifying and assessing handling and storage precautions and requirements for dangerous goods and/or hazardous substances identifying and selecting safety requirements for handling dangerous goods and/or hazardous substances identifying containers and goods coding, markings and emergency information panels for mode of transport and/or for storage selected, as required identifying dangerous goods/hazardous substances using labels, Globally Harmonized System of Classification and Labelling of Chemicals (GHS), International Maritime Dangerous Goods (IMDG) Code markings, HAZCHEM signs and other relevant identification criteria identifying job and site hazards, and planning work to minimise risks maintaining workplace records and documentation operating electronic communications equipment to required protocol reading, interpreting and following relevant instructions, procedures, regulations, information and signs selecting and using required personal protective equipment (PPE) conforming to industry and work health and safety (WHS)/occupational health and safety (OHS) standards working systematically with required attention to detail without injury to self or others, or damage to goods or equipment.

Knowledge Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy all the requirements of the elements and performance criteria and include knowledge of:
housekeeping standards and workplace procedures problems that may arise when handling of dangerous goods and hazardous substances and actions that should be taken to prevent or solve these problems recognising hazards and applying precautions and required action to minimise, control or eliminate recognised hazards relevant regulations, codes and signage concerning handling dangerous goods and hazardous substances including: Australian Dangerous Goods (ADG) Code Australian Standards GHS HAZCHEM signs IMDG Code risks when handling dangerous goods and hazardous substances and related precautions to control risk workplace procedures for handling and storing dangerous goods and hazardous substances

Assessment Conditions

Assessors must hold credentials specified within the Standards for Registered Training Organisations current at the time of assessment. Assessment must satisfy the Principles of Assessment and Rules of Evidence and all regulatory requirements included within the Standards for Registered Training Organisations current at the time of assessment. Assessment must occur in workplace operational situations where it is appropriate to do so; where this is not appropriate, assessment must occur in simulated workplace operational situations that replicate workplace conditions. Assessment processes and techniques must be appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy requirements of the work being performed and the needs of the candidate. Resources for assessment must include access to: a range of relevant exercises, case studies and/or simulations relevant and appropriate materials, tools, equipment and PPE currently used in industry applicable documentation, including legislation, regulations, current ADG Code, codes of practice, workplace procedures and operation manuals.

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=df441c6e-213d-43e3-874c-0b3f7036d851

TLILIC0003 Licence to operate a forklift truck

Modification History

Release 1. This is a release of this unit of competency in the TLI Transport and Logistics Training Package.

Application

This unit specifies the skills and knowledge required to operate a forklift truck safely in accordance with all relevant legislative requirements. Competence in this unit, does not in itself result in a HRWL licence to operate this plant. Forklift truck means a powered industrial truck equipped with lifting media made up of a mast and an elevating load carriage to which is attached a pair of fork arms or other attachments that can be raised 900 mm or more above the ground, but does not include a pedestrian-operated truck or a pallet truck. A person performing this work is required to hold a forklift truck High Risk Work Licence (HRWL). This unit requires a person operating a forklift truck to: plan for the work/task prepare for the work/task perform work/task pack up Licensing/Regulatory Information Legislative and regulatory requirements are applicable to this unit of competency. This unit is based on the licensing requirements of Part 4.5 of the Model Work Health and Safety (WHS) Regulations and meets Commonwealth, State and Territory HRWL requirements. The National Assessment Instrument (NAI) is the mandated assessment for the HRWL to operate the relevant licencing class as detailed in this unit.

Pre-requisite Unit

Not applicable

Competency Field

LIC - Licencing Units

Unit Sector

Not applicable

Elements and Performance Criteria

ELEMENTS	PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
Elements describe the essential outcomes.	Performance criteria describe the performance needed to demonstrate achievement of the element.
1	Plan work/task	1.1	Task requirements are identified from work orders or equivalent and confirmed with relevant people and site inspection is conducted in accordance with workplace procedures
1.2	Work area operating surface is assessed to determine suitability for operational use of forklift truck in accordance with workplace procedures
1.3	Suitability of forklift truck and attachment working load limit (WLL) is determined for the load/s and work/task requirements in accordance with manufacturer requirements and workplace procedures
1.4	Working area is inspected and appropriate paths for operating the forklift truck and moving and placing load/s in work area are assessed and managed in accordance with workplace procedures
1.5	Hazard and risk control measures are identified and reported to relevant person/s in accordance with workplace procedures
1.6	Traffic management plan implementation is confirmed in accordance with workplace procedures
1.7	Appropriate communication procedures are identified with relevant people in accordance with workplace procedures
1.8	All work is confirmed to ensure coverage of work/task requirements for the relevant work area is in accordance with workplace procedures
2	Prepare for work/task	2.1	Consultation with workplace person/s is maintained to ensure workplan is clear and consistent with site requirements in accordance with safe work procedures
2.2	Weather and work environmental conditions are assessed to determine any impact on forklift truck operations in accordance with manufacturer requirements and safe work procedures
2.3	Risk control measures for hazards identified are checked for implementation in accordance with safe work procedures
2.4	Forklift truck is accessed in a safe manner in accordance with manufacturer requirements and workplace procedures
2.5	Forklift truck logbook is checked in accordance with manufacturer, regulatory requirements and safe work procedures
2.6	Pre-start checks are carried out and any damage and defects are reported, recorded and appropriate action is taken in accordance with safe work procedures and manufacturer requirements
2.7	Forklift truck is set up correctly with any relevant attachments as per work plan in accordance with relevant manufacturer requirements including data plate and safe work procedures
2.8	Operational checks are carried out and any damage and defects are reported, recorded and appropriate action is taken in accordance with manufacturer requirements and safe work procedures
2.9	Hazard and risk control measures are checked for implementation and communicated to people in the work area in accordance with safe work procedures
3	Perform work/task	3.1	Weight and positioning of load is assessed to ensure compliance with forklift truck data plate requirements and in accordance with safe work procedures
3.2	Forklift truck is operated safely in accordance with manufacturer requirements and safe work procedures
3.3	Loads are monitored constantly when lifting, moving, lowering and placing to ensure stability of load and avoidance of hazards in accordance with safe work procedures
3.4	Unplanned and unsafe situations are responded to in accordance with safe work procedures
3.5	Loads are picked up, transported and placed using all forklift truck movements in accordance with safe work procedures
3.6	Forklift truck is parked, switched off and isolated appropriately in accordance with manufacturer requirements and safe work procedures
4	Pack Up	4.1	Forklift truck shutdown procedures are carried out in accordance with manufacturer requirements and safe work procedures
4.2	Forklift truck is secured to prevent unauthorised access/use in accordance with safe work procedures

Foundation Skills

Foundation skills essential to performance are explicit in the performance criteria of this unit of competency

Range of Conditions

Range is restricted to essential operating conditions and any other variables essential to the work environment. Non-essential conditions may be found in the Companion Volume Implementation Guide.

Unit Mapping Information

This unit replaces and is equivalent to TLILIC2001 Licence to operate a forklift truck

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=df441c6e-213d-43e3-874c-0b3f7036d851

Assessment Requirements for TLILIC0003 Licence to operate a forklift truck

Modification History

Release 1. This is the first release of this unit of competency in the TLI Transport and Logistics Training Package.

Performance Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy all the requirements of the elements and performance criteria on at least one occasion and include:
applying safe operating procedures for a forklift truck including: maintaining safe operating speed travelling with load lowered to an appropriate height for the terrain, operating surface and visibility in relation to direction of travel applying relevant forklift truck manufacturer requirements and data plate information and approved modifications to attachments fitted are in accordance with manufacturer requirements carrying out pre-start checks, including visual inspection which must include: battery charge as required by manufacturer requirements checking and interpreting data plate/s are relevant to the attachment and the forklift truck checking for signs of paint separation and stressed welds indicating potential structural weakness document evidence of damage engine / mechanical fluid level checks including fuel as required by manufacturer requirements ensuring availability of correct forklift truck logbook and updating records as required ensuring forklift truck tynes or other attachment/s are securely fitted ensuring seat and mirrors are adjusted appropriately and seat belt is functional fluid leaks lights are working effectively safety equipment checks signage and labels to ensure they are visible and legible wheels and tyres for damage/correct inflation if applicable conducting and applying risk and hazard assessment strategies including: insufficient lighting other specific hazards including dangerous goods overhead hazards and fixed structures, roof beams and doorways restricted and poorly ventilated areas surface suitability based on forklift truck and task requirements the risk of collision with people, moving plant and fixed structures weather conditions complying with Commonwealth, State and Territory Work Health and Safety (WHS)/Occupational Health and Safety (OHS)/Occupational Safety and Health (OSH) legislation, regulations safe work and workplace procedures conducting operational checks, which must ensure: all controls are located, identified and tested for functionality all hydraulic functions operated to maximum extension and ensuring attachment (if fitted) movements and control functions are smooth and comply with operating requirements hazard warning systems (e.g. reversing beepers, lights and horns) are functional recording and maintaining accurate information relating to forklift truck operations safety devices as fitted start-up is in accordance with manufacturer requirements steering, transmission and brake functions comply with operating requirements there are no unusual noises confirming and following traffic management plan procedures relevant to their role in the work area conducting relevant procedures for refuelling and isolating fuel/power source as per manufacturer requirements using appropriate PPE determining relevant lifting attachment to perform work/task determining lift requirements including: positioning of unusually balanced/shaped loads centre of gravity dynamic nature of load tyne/attachment positioning weight ensuring risk control measures within the work area are effective as per workplace procedures identifying, isolating and tagging out defective equipment and reporting to authorised person/s interpreting and confirming relevant documentation, workplace instructions, safety information, emergency procedures for the work task and relevant area interpreting workplace procedures in relation to various environmental conditions maintaining communication with other workplace personnel through using worksite procedures including: audible and visual warning devices signage two-way radio verbal instructions written instructions maintaining three points of contact whilst accessing and egressing forklift truck and ensuring rungs / steps are free of hazards operating and monitoring safe forklift truck operations using minimum 250kg dynamic and non-dynamic loads that include: aligning tynes/attachment to load carrying out a lift to 75% of the maximum height conducting trial lift to ensure forklift truck and load are stable, and load is safe to move correctly using horns and mirrors in workplace correctly positioning and using an observer to assist when operating with a load that may restrict vision or be placed out of vision of the operator driving applicable to conditions and moving loads safely driving a forklift truck safely with load in forward and reverse, while maintaining visibility through an obstacle course including: an 'S' bend with a minimum 90 degrees left and right turn ensuring load/s remains stable through pick up, transport and placement forklift truck speed is appropriate to load and surroundings lowering dynamic and non-dynamic loads to appropriate height for travel in forward and reverse picking up, driving, manoeuvring and placing dynamic and non-dynamic loads safely at various heights within a compliant racking system picking up, driving, manoeuvring and placing dynamic and non-dynamic loads safely into/onto an elevated, flat, stable area tilting mast (or forks if applicable) to ensure balance of load using gluts/dunnage appropriately and lowering load safely using tilt and side shift (where fitted) safely to manoeuvre dynamic and non-dynamic loads into allocated space reporting to relevant person/s on site risk control measures that are not in place or are deficient setting up an exclusion zone securely parking forklift truck and isolating in appropriate position including: minimising possible access by unauthorised person/s tynes/attachment lowered to required position in accordance with manufacturer requirements park brake applied switching off, isolating fuel/power source and removing key according to workplace procedures shutting down a forklift truck in accordance with manufacturer requirements and workplace procedures

Knowledge Evidence

Evidence required to demonstrate competence in this unit must be relevant to and satisfy all of the requirements of the elements and performance criteria and include knowledge of:
Australian and industry standards, codes of practice and guidelines to safely operate a forklift truck communication procedures including: audible and visual warning devices hand signals questioning techniques signage traffic warning systems two-way radio written instructions forklift truck characteristics and capabilities, manufacturer requirements and instructions for any attachments impact of the following on the operation of the forklift truck including: failure/loss of control including brakes and steering failure of equipment during forklift truck operations forklift truck instability causes including: deterioration of ground condition overloading pick up and placement of load irregular loads operating on ramps and uneven surfaces and in restricted spaces use of forklift truck data plate and attachment data plate and appropriate methodology to determine weight of a load is appropriate for forklift truck and any attachment if fitted including the estimation or determination from: labels on the actual load markings on the actual load paperwork such as consignment notes, running sheets and weighbridge dockets weighing a carton and calculating load manufacturer requirements, instructions and operator's manual problems, and appropriate response procedures to unplanned and/or unsafe environmental conditions including: wind lightning water/ice impacted surface/ground rain extreme heat Ultra violet (UV) exposure problems and equipment faults, and implementing appropriate response procedures to unplanned and/or unsafe situations including: lock out and tag out procedures relevant procedures for refuelling and recharging forklift truck using appropriate PPE including: gas bottle connecting battery to charger and disconnecting battery from charger and reconnecting to forklift truck refuelling procedures for recording, reporting and maintaining workplace records and information risk assessment process including hierarchy of control: elimination substitution isolation engineering controls administrative controls personal protective equipment (PPE) safe use and compliance of different types of attachments including: bale clamps carpet spike for carpet rolls drum carrier jib attachment paper roll clamps personnel work platforms rotators slippers/fork extensions on tynes suitability and lifting capability of the attachment to be used shut down procedures for a forklift truck in accordance with manufacturer requirements traffic management plan procedures and requirements typical routine problems encountered operating a forklift truck and associated equipment, and adjustments required for correction workplace procedures including work plan which may be verbal, documented/written, or electronically generated work area operating surface suitability including issues with: backfilled ground bitumen (damaged, cracked) concrete (damaged, cracked) hard compacted soil potholes railway tracks rough uneven or difficult terrain including sloping surfaces, uneven surfaces, steel decks and grates soft soils trench covers Work Health and Safety (WHS)/Occupational Health and Safety (OHS)/Occupational Safety and Health (OSH) requirements, safe work and workplace procedures

Assessment Conditions

As a minimum, assessors must satisfy applicable regulatory requirements, which include requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations current at the time of assessment. As a minimum, assessment must satisfy applicable regulatory requirements, which include requirements in the Standards for Registered Training Organisations current at the time of assessment. Assessment processes and techniques must be appropriate to the language, literacy and numeracy requirements of the work being performed and the needs of the candidate. Assessment must occur in workplace operational situations. Where this is not appropriate, assessment must occur in simulated workplace operational situations that reflect workplace conditions. Simulators must not be used in the assessment of this unit of competency. Resources for assessment must include access to: a suitable forklift truck that complies with AS 2359 Powered industrial trucks and is in a safe/serviceable condition in accordance with manufacturer requirements associated equipment for forklift truck operations suitable dynamic and non-dynamic loads suitable compliant racking system relevant and appropriate materials, tools, equipment and personal protective equipment currently used in industry applicable documentation including: approved codes of practice and relevant guidance material relevant Australian technical standards manufacturer guidelines (instructions, requirements or checklists), relevant industry standards and operating procedures (where applicable)

Links

Companion Volume Implementation Guide - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=df441c6e-213d-43e3-874c-0b3f7036d851

MSF Furnishing Training Package

Modification History

Release	Release date	Comment
Release 8.0	Furnishing Release 8.0, contains: Two (2) updated equivalent qualifications: MSF30822 Certificate III in Flooring Technology MSF40422 Certificate IV in Glass and Glazing 28 revised equivalent units Eight (8) new units 11 new skill sets.
Release 7.0	08 December 2022	Furnishing Release 7.0, contains: Five (5) updated equivalent qualifications: MSF10122 Certificate I in Furnishing MSF20322 Certificate II in Cabinet Making and Timber Technology MSF20522 Certificate II in Furniture Making Pathways MSF30122 Certificate III in Furniture Finishing MSF30722 Certificate III in Upholstery Three (3) updated non-equivalent qualifications: MSF20122 Certificate II in Furnishing MSF30322 Certificate III in Cabinet Making and Timber Technology MSF40522 Certificate IV in Piano Technology Three qualifications update core BSB and CUA units: MSF40122 Certificate IV in Interior Decoration MSF50222 Diploma of Interior Design MSF60122 Advanced Diploma of Interior Design One new unit of competency: MSFGN2004 Produce simple scale drawings by hand 89 revised equivalent units of competency 24 revised non-equivalent units of competency 55 deleted units of competency Five (5) skill sets.
Release 6.0	03 June 2022	Furnishing Release 6.0, contains: Two (2) revised non-equivalent qualifications: MSF40222 Certificate IV in Furniture Design and Manufacturing MSF50322 Diploma of Furniture Design and Manufacturing One (1) revised equivalent qualifications: MSF30422 Certificate III in Glass and Glazing Thirty seven 37 units of competency: 35 upgraded units of competency 2 new unit of competency MSFFDM4019 Research and select manufacturing technologies MSFGG2017 Fabricate and install insect and security screens 25 deleted units three skill sets with updated codes resulting from unit code updates imported elective units updated across the training package Minor updates to first aid units in qualifications: MSF20113 Certificate II in Furnishing MSF20413 Certificate II in Glass and Glazing MSF30418 Certificate III in Glass and Glazing One qualification deleted: MSF50118 Diploma of Stained Glass and Leadlighting 13 units deleted.
Release 5.0	07 May 2020	Furnishing Release 5.0, contains: One (1) revised non-equivalent qualification: MSF30919 Certificate III in Blinds, Awnings, Security Screens and Grilles Five (5) new units of competency: MSFBA3011 Assemble awnings MSFBA3012 Assemble interior blinds MSFBA3019 Assemble roller shutters MSFBA3020 Install roller shutters MMSFFDT3001 Install low-voltage technology, automation, and intelligent management systems in furnishing Fourteen (14) revised and superseded units of competency: Five (5) revised equivalent units of competency: MSFBA2011 Select and apply hardware and fixings for blinds, awnings, screens and grilles MSFBA3014 Assemble pelmets MSFBA3017 Install interior blinds MSFGN3004 Resolve quality and compliance issues MSFSF2015 Cut single layer fabrics Nine (9) revised non-equivalent units of competency: MSFBA3015 Install louvre shutters MSFBA3016 Install awnings MSFBA3018 Assess suitability of blinds and awnings MSFBA3021 Assemble louvre shutters MSFGN2003 Organise Australian Standards testing of products, materials, and their design MSFGN3003 Advise customers on products and services MSFSF3014 Construct Roman-style blinds MSFSS3004 Install non-security and security screens and grilles MSFSS3005 Assemble non-security and security screens and grilles
Release 4.0	3 December 2018	Furnishing Release 4.0, contains: 9 revised qualifications: MSF30418 Certificate III in Glass and Glazing MSF30818 Certificate III in Flooring Technology MSF40418 Certificate IV in Glass and Glazing MSF31018 Certificate III Interior Decoration Retail Services MSF40118 Certificate IV in Interior Decoration MSF40318 Certificate IV in Kitchen and Bathroom Design MSF50218 Diploma of Interior Design MSF60118 Advanced Diploma of Interior Design MSF30518 Certificate III in Picture Framing 176 units of competency: 168 revised units 8 new units.
Release 3.1	9 December, 2016	Industry Reference Committee upgrade: MSF20313 Qualification Descriptor adjusted to reflect target group – no change to qualification. Missing content for MSFFDT5004 replaced on TGA – no change to endorsed unit. Replacement of superseded imported units in MSF20113, MSF20313, MSF30413 and MSF30913. Listing of imported units corrected in MSF50313. Refer to MSF Furnishing Training Package Companion Volume Implementation Guide for further information.
Release 3	12 July, 2016	SF Release 3.0 Addition of one new pathways qualification and 10 new pathways units of competency. Industry Reference Committee upgrades Replacement of superseded imported units – all qualifications. Inclusion of 3 new furniture fitting Skill Sets Clarification/correction of packaging rules re WHS units of competency and additional information included in Application re licensing and workplace requirements: MSF20313, MSF30413, MSF30813, MSF30913, MSF31013, MSF31112, MSF31313, MSF50213 and MSF60113.
Release 2	4 March, 2016	Endorsement of four (4) new units of competency: MSFFL3051 Install timber flooring to joists MSFSL3006 Assemble copper foil glass components MSFSL3007 Fuse glass MSFSL3008 Process coloured and textured glass by hand ISC upgrade: MSF30413 -Three (3) new units included in Group D MSF30813 - One (1) new unit included in Group A, Timber electives 26 qualifications updated to reflect current release of 94 imported units. For full details of changes refer to MSF Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.
Release 1.3	10 September 2015	ISC upgrade MSF31113 - Packaging for pathways clarified and choice for Group A corrected. No changes to packaging rules. New Skill Set - MSFSS00004 Kitchen and Bathroom Installer License MSFGG3009 - minor additions to Range of Conditions and Performance Evidence Update of Australian Standards codes: MSFGG2008 Glaze and re-glaze residential windows and doors MSFGG2009 Fabricate and assemble frames MSFGG3013 Set up and operate insulated glass unit (IGU) manufacturing equipment MSFGG3016 Fabricate and install residential windows and doors MSFGG3017 Fabricate and install commercial glazing MSFGG3018 Prepare and install architectural engineered glazing MSFGG4001 Apply standards and codes of practice for the glass industry MSFGG4004 Perform laser measurement and levelling for glass windows and doors in buildings For full details of changes refer to MSF Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide.
Release 1.2	17 March 2014	ISC Upgrades Data transfer corrections for: MSFGN3002 - Assessment Requirements reinstated MSFFF2005 - Performance Evidence reinstated MSFID6009 - Prerequisite unit reinstated Data transfer corrections to unit mapping for: MSFFT4009 MSFFM3013 Correction to unit title for: MSFGG3020 Eight qualifications amended: MSF20113 - two (2) unit titles corrected MSF20313 - one (1) unit title corrected MSF20413 - one (1) unit title corrected MSF30413 - two (2) unit codes and two (2) unit titles corrected MSF30813 - two (2) unit titles corrected MSF31113 - one (1) unit title corrected MSF40413 - one (1) unit title corrected and prerequisite unit reinstated in elective group MSF60113 - one (1) unit title corrected For full details of changes refer to mapping information in the MSF Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide http://www.mskills.com.au/training-packages/furnishing
Release 1.1	22 January 2014	ISC Upgrade Data transfer corrections to unit mapping for: MSFCP2003 MSFFL2023 MSFFL2025 Refer to units for details Two qualifications amended: MSF30413 - two (2) unit titles corrected MSF30813 - one (1) imported elective unit updated Two (2) new Skill Sets One (1) new imported unit for inclusion in a Skill Set - MSAPMOHS300A One (1) superseded imported unit replaced - CPCCCO3046A For full details of changes refer to mapping information in the MSF Furnishing Training Package Implementation Guide http://mskills.com.au/training-packages/furnishing
Release 1	10 December 2013	Initial release

Credit Arrangements

At the time of endorsement of this Training Package no national credit arrangements exist.

Links

Companion Volume implementation guides are found in VETNet - https://vetnet.gov.au/Pages/TrainingDocs.aspx?q=0601ab95-583a-4e93-b2d4-cfb27b03ed73

MSFSS00009 Insulating Glass Unit Manufacturing

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFSS00002 Insulating Glass Unit Manufacturing.

Description

This Skill Set has been developed for the upskilling of existing glaziers in the requirements for the manufacturing of insulated glass units (IGU’s) so as to conform to the new standards of a growing market.

Pathways Information

This Skill Set can only be achieved after completion of MSF30413 Certificate III in Glass and Glazing, or equivalent qualification at a similar qualification level.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply directly to this Skill Set at the time of publication. However, in some jurisdictions licensing or regulatory requirements may apply. Users are required to check local requirements.

Skill Set Requirements

MSMWHS300	Facilitate the implementation of WHS for a work group
MSFGG3039	Manually move glass
MSFGG3042	Process glass by semi-automatic machines
MSFGG3030	Process glass by automatic machines
MSFGG3041	Set up and operate insulated glass unit (IGU) manufacturing equipment
MSS402051	Apply quality standards

Target Group

People currently employed, or future employees, engaged in the manufacture of insulating glazing units (also known as double glazing units).

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These competencies from the MSF30413 Certificate III in Glass and Glazing meet the minimum industry requirements for the manufacture of insulating glazing units as defined in AS/NZS4666.

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MSFSS00010 Insulating Glass Unit Fabricator/Installer

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is not equivalent to MSFSS00003 Insulating Glass Unit Fabricator/Installer.

Description

This Skill Set has been developed for the upskilling of existing glaziers in the requirements for the fabrication and installation of insulated glass units (IGU’s) so as to conform to the new standards of a growing market.

Pathways Information

This Skill Set can only be achieved after completion of MSF30413 Certificate III in Glass and Glazing.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

No licensing, legislative or certification requirements apply directly to this Skill Set at the time of publication. However, in some jurisdictions licensing or regulatory requirements may apply. Users are required to check local requirements.

Skill Set Requirements

MSFGG2016	Assemble glazing products
MSFGG3028	Select, cut and process materials for glazing products
MSFGG3039	Manually move glass
MSFGG3034	Install residential windows and doors
MSFGG3036	Install commercial glazing products
MSS402051	Apply quality standards

Target Group

People currently employed, or future employees, engaged in the fabrication and installation of insulating glazing units (commonly known as double glazing units).

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These competencies from the MSF30413 Certificate III in Glass and Glazing meet the minimum industry requirements for the fabrication and installation of insulating glazing units as defined in AS/NZS4666.

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.

MSFSS00013 Furnishing Industry Compliance

Modification History

Release 1. Supersedes and is equivalent to MSFSS00008 Furnishing Industry Compliance.

Description

This Skill Set has been developed by industry to develop and upskill workers with an understanding of Australian Standards and compliance requirements for the manufacture, distribution, and repair (after care) of fitted and free standing furnishing products.

Pathways Information

These units provide credit towards relevant Certificate IV qualifications from the MSF Furnishing Training Package.

Licensing/Regulatory Information

Not applicable.

Skill Set Requirements

MSFFDM4018	Research and organise product inspection and testing
MSFGN4001	Research and meet ethical and compliance requirements
MSFGN3004	Resolve quality and compliance issues
MSS402051	Apply quality standards

Target Group

This skill sets is for individuals who have completed any Certificate III from the MSF Furnishing Training Package or other aligned industry training packages or who have documented relevant industry experience, and are now required to upskill and to ensure compliance requirements are maintained and monitored to meet Australian standards and client needs.

Suggested words for Statement of Attainment

These competencies from the MSF Furnishing Training Package meet the minimum industry requirements for the ensuring compliance of fitted furniture to Australian and industry standards.

Custom Content Section

Not applicable.